diff --git a/Common/Enums.cs b/Common/Enums.cs
index 5c9916494..aa56ebe3d 100644
--- a/Common/Enums.cs
+++ b/Common/Enums.cs
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
namespace Common
{
@@ -289,17 +290,18 @@ namespace Common
CompoundAux,
Compound,
HeatMeterVolume,
- HeatMeterEnergy,
+ HeatMeterMass,//...MF
+ HeatMeterEnergy,
SingleOrCompound, /// Only used when querying results
}
public enum PulsesTypeByQuantity : short
{
- [Description("dm3")] Volume_dm3,
- [Description("kg")] Mass_kg,
+ [Description("dm3")] Volume_dm3,
+ [Description("kg")] Mass_kg,
Count
- }
+ }
public enum Medium
{
@@ -837,6 +839,15 @@ namespace Common
E63 = (1L << 62),
}
+ //...MF
+ public enum FlowType : int
+ {
+ none,
+ volume,
+ mass,
+ Count,
+ }
+
#region iPERL enums
public enum Side
diff --git a/Common/Units.cs b/Common/Units.cs
index 8f5e5571a..2513a4d64 100644
--- a/Common/Units.cs
+++ b/Common/Units.cs
@@ -33,6 +33,20 @@ namespace Common
[Description("m3/m")] m3pm, /// 1 m3/m = 60 m3/h
[Description("cf/s")] cfs, /// 1 cubic foot per second = 101.9406477312 m3/h
+
+ [Description("g/s")] gps, /// 1 g/s = 0.0036 t/h
+ [Description("g/min")] gpm, /// 1 g/min = 0.00006 t/h
+ [Description("g/h")] gph, /// 1 g/h = 0.000001 t/h
+ [Description("kg/s")] kgps, /// 1 kg/s = 3.6 t/h
+ [Description("kg/min")] kgpm, /// 1 kg/min = 0.06 t/h
+ [Description("kg/h")] kgph, /// 1 kg/h = 0.001 t/h
+ [Description("t/s")] tps, /// 1 t/s = 3600 t/h
+ [Description("t/min")] tpm, /// 1 t/min = 60 t/h
+ [Description("t/h")] tph, /// 1 t/h = 1 t/h
+ [Description("lb/s")] lbps, /// 1 lb/s ≈ 1.633 t/h
+ [Description("lb/min")] lbpm, /// 1 lb/min ≈ 0.027216 t/h
+ [Description("lb/h")] lbph, /// 1 lb/h ≈ 0.0004536 t/h
+
[Description("g")] g, /// 0.001 kg
[Description("oz")] oz, /// 0.0283495231 kg
[Description("lb")] lb, /// 0.45359237 kg
@@ -221,11 +235,13 @@ namespace Common
[Description("Corrente")] Current,
[Description("Voltaggio")] Voltage,
#else
- [Description("RegisterReader")] RegisterReader,
- [Description("MultiFunctionalVariables")] MultiFunctionalVariables,
+ [Description("RegisterReader")] RegisterReader,
+ [Description("MultiFunctionalVariables")] MultiFunctionalVariables,
+ [Description("VolumeFlow")] VolumeFlow,
[Description("Volume")] Volume,
[Description("Flow")] Flow,
- [Description("Mass")] Mass,
+ [Description("MassFlow")] MassFlow,
+ [Description("Mass")] Mass,
[Description("Time")] Time,
[Description("Temperature")] Temperature,
[Description("Pressure")] Pressure,
@@ -236,8 +252,9 @@ namespace Common
[Description("Energy")] Energy,
[Description("Pulses")] Pulses,
[Description("Pulses/liter")] PulsePerLtr,
+ [Description("Pulses/kg")] PulsePerKilogram, //...MF
+ [Description("Pulses/Unit")] PulsePerUnit,//...MF
[Description("Pulses/kWh")] PulsePerKWh,
- [Description("Pulses/Unit")] PulsePerUnit,
[Description("Conductivity")] Conductivity,
/// Quantities without units and conversions
@@ -281,29 +298,72 @@ namespace Common
return Quantity.Pulses;
case Unit.ml:
+ return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.l:
+ return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.dm3:
+ return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.USgal:
+ return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.UKgal:
+ return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.cf:
+ return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.m3:
return Quantity.Volume;
case Unit.lph:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.cfph:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.lpm:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.USgalpm:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.m3ph:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.lps:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.USgalps:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.m3pm:
+ return Quantity.Flow;
case Unit.cfs:
return Quantity.Flow;
+ case Unit.gps:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.gpm:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.gph:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.kgps:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.kgpm:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.kgph:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.tps:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.tpm:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.tph:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.lbps:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.lbpm:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+ case Unit.lbph:
+ return Quantity.MassFlow;
+
case Unit.g:
+ return Quantity.Mass;
case Unit.oz:
+ return Quantity.Mass;
case Unit.lb:
+ return Quantity.Mass;
case Unit.kg:
+ return Quantity.Mass;
case Unit.t:
return Quantity.Mass;
@@ -387,8 +447,10 @@ namespace Common
}
}
- public static bool IsVolume(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.Volume); }
+ public static bool IsVolumeFlow(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.VolumeFlow); }
+ public static bool IsVolume(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.Volume); }
public static bool IsFlow(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.Flow); }
+ public static bool IsMassFlow(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.MassFlow); }
public static bool IsMass(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.Mass); }
public static bool IsTime(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.Time); }
public static bool IsTemperature(Unit unit) { return IsQuantity(unit, Quantity.Temperature); }
diff --git a/Common/Utils.cs b/Common/Utils.cs
index b9befa258..2b1b2c6ac 100644
--- a/Common/Utils.cs
+++ b/Common/Utils.cs
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ namespace Common
string passwordOfDay = Convert.ToString(number, 8);
return (userName.Equals("milan") && password.Equals("kraken")) ||
- (userName.Equals("BuMi") && password.Equals("70630")) ||
+ (userName.Equals("bumi") && password.Equals("70630")) ||
(userName.Equals("igor") && password.Equals("mojronko8")) ||
(userName.Equals("lubo1212") && password.Equals("Tatry52")) ||
(userName.Equals("Michal") && password.Equals("Plok789456123")) ||
diff --git a/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig b/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig
index 64e85c9ac..a02128ff9 100644
--- a/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig
+++ b/SharedComponents/obj/Debug/net472/SharedComponents.GeneratedMSBuildEditorConfig.editorconfig
@@ -1,8 +1,5 @@
is_global = true
build_property.RootNamespace = SharedComponents
-build_property.ProjectDir = C:\Sensus projects\LocalBranch_start_at_19.2.2026\tbf-exchange260123\tbf\SharedComponents\
+build_property.ProjectDir = C:\Users\micha\git\tbf\SharedComponents\
build_property.EnableComHosting =
build_property.EnableGeneratedComInterfaceComImportInterop =
-build_property.CsWinRTUseWindowsUIXamlProjections = false
-build_property.EffectiveAnalysisLevelStyle =
-build_property.EnableCodeStyleSeverity =
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/Ambient/Comet/AmbientCfg.cs b/TBF/Rig/Ambient/Comet/AmbientCfg.cs
index 80a74662c..119f632c6 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/Ambient/Comet/AmbientCfg.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/Ambient/Comet/AmbientCfg.cs
@@ -73,8 +73,11 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Ambient.Comet
[XmlIgnore]
public IList GNodes { get; set; }
- /// Private parameterless constructor invoked by all other (public) constructors
- AmbientCfg()
+ [XmlIgnore]
+ public bool IsOffline { get; set; }
+
+ /// Private parameterless constructor invoked by all other (public) constructors
+ AmbientCfg()
{
GNodes = new List();
Format = string.Empty;
@@ -128,15 +131,15 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Ambient.Comet
"Stop bits", /// 4
"Handshake", /// 5
"Set DTR to one", /// 6
- "Unit of temperature", /// 7
+ "Units of temperature", /// 7
"Temperature limit Lo", /// 8
"Temperature limit Hi", /// 9
"Default temperature", /// 10
- "Unit of pressure", /// 11
+ "Units of pressure", /// 11
"Pressure limit Lo", /// 12
"Pressure limit Hi", /// 13
"Default pressure", /// 14
- "Unit of rel. humidity", /// 15
+ "Units of rel. humidity", /// 15
"Rel. humidity limit Lo", /// 16
"Rel. humidity limit Hi", /// 17
"Default retl. humidity", /// 18
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/DEItem.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/DEItem.cs
index a07e26c37..f7cca5df6 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/DEItem.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/DEItem.cs
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry
[Description("Load")] Load, /// Load from water meters when the form is open, save on OK
[Description("Load (readonly)")] LoadReadOnly, /// Load from water meters when the form is open, prevent changes, do not save
[Description("Set")] Set, /// Set to 'yes' when the form is open
+ [Description("Set by RegReader")] RegReader, /// Set to 'yes' when the form is open
Count,
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/CycleBgEnForm.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/CycleBgEnForm.cs
index 3fb74061a..e84674d4e 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/CycleBgEnForm.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/CycleBgEnForm.cs
@@ -5,10 +5,13 @@ using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
+using System.Threading.Tasks;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using log4net;
+using NHibernate.Util;
using Results.Entities;
using TBF.Resources;
+using TBF.Rig.GenericDevices;
namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
{
@@ -49,6 +52,18 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
readonly Label[] labels; /// Labels for water meter numbers
readonly ComboBox[,] comboBoxes; /// Combo boxes for values in columns
readonly CheckBox[] checkBoxes; /// Check boxes for water meter enable/disable
+ ///
+ bool readSerialNoByRegisterReader = true;
+ ///
+ /// automaticly read serial number from register reader
+ ///
+ bool bAutoRead;
+ ///
+ ///autoclose disabled by default, if > 0 is enabled
+ /// - in seconds
+ ///
+ int iAutocloseGap;
+
readonly MultiPurposeBtnFunction multiPurposeButtonFn;
bool multiPurposeButtonFlag;
@@ -60,18 +75,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
/// Set to 'true' when the form closes
public bool Completed { get { return completed; } }
bool completed;
+ private readonly IRegReader[] regReaders;
- ///
+ ///
/// Parameterless constructor for common functionality
///
public CycleBgEnForm()
{
InitializeComponent();
-
- this.Icon = Properties.Resources.TBF_icon;
-
- ControlBox = false;
+ ControlBox = false;
completed = false;
StartForceCloseHandler();
}
@@ -89,7 +102,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
/// Water meter items displayed in columns (in the matrix in the main part of the form)
/// true = This form is displayed at the end of cycle
public CycleBgEnForm(IList waterMeters, int _lineSize, string title, FontSz sz, bool isLrOrder, bool isCameraPicture,
- string formCloseKeys, IList commonItems, IList colItems, bool isEnd = false)
+ string formCloseKeys, IList commonItems, IList colItems, bool AutoRead, int AutoCloseGap, bool isEnd = false)
: this()
{
/// Arguments
@@ -102,6 +115,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
this.commonItems = commonItems;
this.colItems = colItems;
this.isEnd = isEnd;
+
+ this.bAutoRead = AutoRead;
+ this.iAutocloseGap = AutoCloseGap; //autoclose disabled by default, if > 0 is enabled
/// Preserve column items for use in SummaryResults
if (!isEnd)
@@ -423,6 +439,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
}
+ public CycleBgEnForm(IList waterMeters, IRegReader[] regReaders, int title, string myCfgBgTitle, FontSz myCfgBgSize, bool myCfgBgIsLrOrder, bool myCfgBgIsCameraPicture, string myCfgBgFormCloseKeys, IList getItems, IList getColumns, bool b, IRegReader[] iRegReaders, bool AutoRead, int AutoCloseGap)
+ : this(waterMeters, title, myCfgBgTitle, myCfgBgSize, myCfgBgIsLrOrder, myCfgBgIsCameraPicture, myCfgBgFormCloseKeys, getItems, getColumns,AutoRead,AutoCloseGap, b)
+ {
+ this.regReaders = regReaders;
+ if (bAutoRead)
+ {
+ ReadAndProcessSerialNumbersByRegReader();
+ }
+ }
+
///
/// Add combo box items from a history stored in a string array (obtained usually from LocalSettings)
///
@@ -509,6 +535,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
case Ac.Set:
commonComboBoxes[ix].Text = Strings.yes;
break;
+ case Ac.RegReader:
+ commonComboBoxes[ix].Text = "--";
+ break;
}
}
@@ -690,47 +719,66 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
char[] digits = new char[] { '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9' };
-
- ///
- /// Find a column with serial numbers
- ///
- for (int k = 0; k < colItems.Count; k++)
+
+ // if (readSerialNoByRegisterReader)
+ // {
+ // Task.Run(() => ReadAndProcessSerialNumbersByRegReader());
+ // }
+ // else
{
- if ((colItems[k].Content == Ct.SerialNr || colItems[k].Content == Ct.SerialNrAux) && colItems[k].Action != Ac.LoadReadOnly)
+ ///
+ /// Find a column with serial numbers
+ ///
+ for (int k = 0; k < colItems.Count; k++)
{
- ///
- /// Column with serial numbers found => perform an auto s/n assignment
- ///
- string firstSN = comboBoxes[k, firstIx].Text;
-
- int firstSnNr;
- int startIx = firstSN.IndexOfAny(digits);
- if (startIx >= 0)
+ if ((colItems[k].Content == Ct.SerialNr || colItems[k].Content == Ct.SerialNrAux) &&
+ colItems[k].Action != Ac.LoadReadOnly)
{
- int lastDigitPosPlus1 = startIx + 1;
- var listOfDigits = new List(digits);
- while (lastDigitPosPlus1 < firstSN.Length && listOfDigits.Contains(firstSN[lastDigitPosPlus1]))
- {
- lastDigitPosPlus1++;
- }
- int digitsCount = lastDigitPosPlus1 - startIx;
+ ///
+ /// Column with serial numbers found => perform an auto s/n assignment
+ ///
+ string firstSN = comboBoxes[k, firstIx].Text;
- if (int.TryParse(firstSN.Substring(startIx, digitsCount), out firstSnNr) && firstSnNr >= 0)
+
+
+
+
+ int firstSnNr;
+ int startIx = firstSN.IndexOfAny(digits);
+ if (startIx >= 0)
{
- for (int ix = firstIx + 1; ix < wmsCount; ix++)
+ int lastDigitPosPlus1 = startIx + 1;
+ var listOfDigits = new List(digits);
+ while (lastDigitPosPlus1 < firstSN.Length &&
+ listOfDigits.Contains(firstSN[lastDigitPosPlus1]))
{
- if (checkBoxes[ix].Checked)
+ lastDigitPosPlus1++;
+ }
+
+ int digitsCount = lastDigitPosPlus1 - startIx;
+
+ if (int.TryParse(firstSN.Substring(startIx, digitsCount), out firstSnNr) &&
+ firstSnNr >= 0)
+ {
+ for (int ix = firstIx + 1; ix < wmsCount; ix++)
{
- firstSnNr++;
- string newSN = firstSnNr.ToString();
- int len = newSN.Length;
- if (len <= digitsCount)
+ if (checkBoxes[ix].Checked)
{
- comboBoxes[k, ix].Text = firstSN.Substring(0, startIx + digitsCount - len) + newSN + firstSN.Substring(startIx + digitsCount);
- }
- else
- {
- comboBoxes[k, ix].Text = firstSN.Substring(0, startIx) + newSN + firstSN.Substring(startIx + digitsCount); ;
+ firstSnNr++;
+ string newSN = firstSnNr.ToString();
+ int len = newSN.Length;
+ if (len <= digitsCount)
+ {
+ comboBoxes[k, ix].Text =
+ firstSN.Substring(0, startIx + digitsCount - len) + newSN +
+ firstSN.Substring(startIx + digitsCount);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ comboBoxes[k, ix].Text = firstSN.Substring(0, startIx) + newSN +
+ firstSN.Substring(startIx + digitsCount);
+ ;
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -762,6 +810,136 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
}
+ private void ReadAndProcessSerialNumbersByRegReader()
+ {
+ log.Debug("Reading serial numbers from register readers...");
+ this.SerialNumberRead += (s, eArgs) =>
+ {
+ log.Debug("Serial updated: " + eArgs.SerialNumber);
+ UpdateSomethingBySerial(eArgs.Reader, eArgs.SerialNumber);
+ };
+
+ BeforeUpdate();
+ this.DoneUpdateBySerial += (s, eArgs) =>
+ {
+ log.Debug("Serial updated DONE!");
+ DoneUpdate();
+ };
+
+ ReadSerialNumbersAsync(regReaders);
+ }
+
+ private void UpdateSomethingBySerial(IRegReader eReader, string eSerialNumber)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"RegReader name: {eReader.Name}, Serial No updated: " + eSerialNumber);
+ PopulateComboBoxWithSerialNumbers(eReader, eSerialNumber);
+ }
+
+ LinkedHashMap storeUIForUpdate = new LinkedHashMap();
+ private Cursor _previousCursor;
+ private bool GetStoredOrDefault(string key)
+ {
+ bool value;
+ if (storeUIForUpdate.TryGetValue(key, out value))
+ return value;
+
+ return true; // default if nothing stored
+ }
+
+ private void BeforeUpdate()
+ {
+ log.Debug("BeforeUpdate");
+
+ storeUIForUpdate["okButton"] = this.okButton.Enabled;
+ storeUIForUpdate["clearButton"] = this.clearButton.Enabled;
+ storeUIForUpdate["multiPurposeButton"] = this.multiPurposeButton.Enabled;
+
+ this.okButton.Enabled = false;
+ this.clearButton.Enabled = false;
+ this.multiPurposeButton.Enabled = false;
+
+ _previousCursor = Cursor.Current;
+ Cursor.Current = Cursors.WaitCursor;
+
+
+ //Enable all checkboxes
+
+ for (int firstIx = 0; firstIx < wmsCount; firstIx++)
+ {
+ checkBoxes[firstIx].Checked = true;
+ }
+
+
+
+ }
+ private void DoneUpdate()
+ {
+ log.Debug("DoneUpdate");
+
+ //enbale only found checkboxes
+ int comboRows = comboBoxes.GetLength(0);
+ int comboCols = comboBoxes.GetLength(1);
+
+ for (int k = 0; k < colItems.Count && k < comboRows; k++)
+ {
+ for (int ix = 0; ix < wmsCount && ix < comboCols; ix++)
+ {
+ bool letEnable = false;
+ var combo = comboBoxes[k, ix];
+ if (combo != null)
+ {
+ letEnable = !string.IsNullOrEmpty(combo.Text);
+ }
+
+ if (letEnable && checkBoxes.Length > ix)
+ {
+
+ checkBoxes[ix].Enabled = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+
+ this.okButton.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("okButton");
+ this.clearButton.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("clearButton");
+ this.multiPurposeButton.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("multiPurposeButton");
+ Cursor.Current = _previousCursor;
+
+ if (iAutocloseGap > 0)
+ {
+ AutoClickOkAfterDelay(iAutocloseGap * 1000);
+ }
+ }
+
+ private void PopulateComboBoxWithSerialNumbers( IRegReader eReader, string eSerialNumber)
+ {
+ if (regReaders == null || comboBoxes == null)
+ return;
+
+ int regReadersLength = regReaders.Length;
+ int comboRows = comboBoxes.GetLength(0);
+ int comboCols = comboBoxes.GetLength(1);
+
+ for (int k = 0; k < colItems.Count && k < comboRows; k++)
+ {
+ for (int ix = 0; ix < wmsCount && ix < comboCols; ix++)
+ {
+ int regIndex = ix + wmsCount*k;
+
+ if (regIndex >= 0 && regIndex < regReadersLength)
+ {
+ var combo = comboBoxes[k, ix];
+ if (combo != null && regReaders[regIndex] == eReader)
+ {
+ combo.Text = eSerialNumber;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
private void comboBox_SelectedIndexChanged(object sndr, EventArgs e)
{
if (!isHandlersEnabled) return;
@@ -908,5 +1086,150 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
#endregion
+
+ public event EventHandler SerialNumberRead;
+ public event EventHandler DoneUpdateBySerial;
+
+ public sealed class SerialNumberReadEventArgs : EventArgs
+ {
+ public IRegReader Reader { get; private set; }
+ public string SerialNumber { get; private set; }
+
+ public SerialNumberReadEventArgs(IRegReader reader, string serialNumber)
+ {
+ Reader = reader;
+ SerialNumber = serialNumber;
+ }
+ }
+
+ public sealed class SerialNumberReadDoneEventArgs : EventArgs
+ {
+ public SerialNumberReadDoneEventArgs()
+ {
+ }
+ }
+
+ protected virtual void OnSerialNumberRead(IRegReader reader, string serial)
+ {
+ var handler = SerialNumberRead; // copy for thread-safety
+ if (handler == null) return;
+ if (IsHandleCreated && InvokeRequired)
+ {
+ BeginInvoke(new Action(() =>
+ handler(this, new SerialNumberReadEventArgs(reader, serial))));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ handler(this, new SerialNumberReadEventArgs(reader, serial));
+ }
+ }
+
+ protected virtual void OnReadDone()
+ {
+ var handler = DoneUpdateBySerial; // copy for thread-safety
+ if (handler == null) return;
+
+ if (IsHandleCreated && InvokeRequired)
+ {
+ BeginInvoke(new Action(() =>
+ handler(this, new SerialNumberReadDoneEventArgs())));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ handler(this, new SerialNumberReadDoneEventArgs());
+ }
+ }
+
+ public async void ReadSerialNumbersAsync(IEnumerable regReaders)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"Reading-> regReaders.length({(regReaders != null ? regReaders.Count() : 0)})");
+ if (regReaders == null)
+ {
+ log.Debug("Reading-> regReaders is null");
+ return;
+ }
+
+
+ foreach (IRegReader reader in regReaders)
+ {
+ if (reader == null) continue;
+ log.Debug($"Reading-> regReader: {reader.GetType().Name}");
+ }
+
+
+ try
+ {
+ var groups = regReaders
+ .OfType()
+ .GroupBy(r => r.Group)
+ .OrderBy(g => g.Key);
+
+ if (groups != null)
+ log.Debug($"Reading-> groups.length({groups.Count()})");
+
+ foreach (var group in groups)
+ {
+ var subGroups = group
+ .GroupBy(r => r.MuxBoardNrOrGroup14)
+ .OrderBy(sg => sg.Key);
+
+ foreach (var subGroup in subGroups)
+ {
+ log.Debug(string.Format("Processing Group {0}, SubGroup {1}", group.Key, subGroup.Key));
+
+ // Start tasks in parallel inside subgroup
+ var tasks = subGroup.Select(async r =>
+ {
+ var serial = await r.DataEntry_ReadSerialNumber().ConfigureAwait(false);
+ return new KeyValuePair((IRegReader)r, serial);
+ }).ToList();
+
+ var results = await Task.WhenAll(tasks).ConfigureAwait(false);
+
+ foreach (var kv in results)
+ {
+ var reader = kv.Key;
+ var serial = kv.Value;
+
+ if (string.IsNullOrWhiteSpace(serial))
+ continue;
+
+ // Notify for each successful read
+ OnSerialNumberRead(reader, serial);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("Error reading serial numbers from register readers", ex);
+ }
+ finally
+ {
+ OnReadDone();
+ }
+
+
+ log.Debug("Reading serial numbers DONE!");
+ }
+
+ public void AutoClickOkAfterDelay(int delayMs = 10000)
+ {
+ _ = AutoClickInternal(okButton, delayMs);
+ }
+
+ private async Task AutoClickInternal(Button clickButton, int delayMs)
+ {
+ await Task.Delay(delayMs);
+
+ if (clickButton.IsHandleCreated && clickButton.Enabled && clickButton.Visible)
+ {
+ // Invoke on UI thread
+ if (clickButton.InvokeRequired)
+ clickButton.BeginInvoke(new Action(() => clickButton.PerformClick()));
+ else
+ clickButton.PerformClick();
+ }
+ }
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormCfg.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormCfg.cs
index 83376d5f9..ea877ef37 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormCfg.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormCfg.cs
@@ -41,8 +41,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
public bool BgIsLrOrder; /// 5
public bool BgIsCameraPicture; /// 6
public string BgFormCloseKeys; /// 7
+ public bool BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo;/// 8 - new
+ public int BgAutoCloseGap; /// 9 - new
- public bool EnShowForm; /// 8
+ public bool EnShowForm; /// 8 + 2
public string EnTitle; /// 9
public FontSz EnSize; /// 10
// int EnItemsCount; /// 11
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
public bool TestIsCameraPicture; /// 22
public string TestStartPicName; /// 23
public string TestEndPicName; /// 24
- public string TestFormCloseKeys; /// 25
+ public string TestFormCloseKeys; /// 25 + 2
public Ct[] BgItemContent; /// 26 + 4 * ix
public string[] BgItemCaption; /// 27 + 4 * ix
@@ -343,6 +345,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
BgIsLrOrder = false;
BgIsCameraPicture = false;
BgFormCloseKeys = string.Empty;
+ BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo = false;
+ BgAutoCloseGap = 10;
EnShowForm = false;
EnTitle = "Enter water meter data";
@@ -389,16 +393,18 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
string[] paramNames = new string[]
{
- "Beginning: Show form",
- "Beginning: Form title",
- "Beginning: Font ize",
- "Beginning: Common items count",
+ "Beginning: Show form", //0
+ "Beginning: Form title", //1
+ "Beginning: Font ize", //2
+ "Beginning: Common items count",//3
"Beginning: Columns count",
"Beginning: Left-to-right order",
"Beginning: Show camera picture",
"Beginning: Keys to close the form",
+ "Beginning: Read Automatic Serial No from watermeter", //8
+ "Beginning: Continue automatic after Read Serial No", //9
- "End: Show form",
+ "End: Show form",//8+2
"End: Form title",
"End: Font size",
"End: Common items count",
@@ -508,17 +514,18 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
case 0:
case 5:
case 6:
- case 8:
- case 13:
- case 14:
+ case 8: //new auto read SerialNo
+ case 10: //8+2
+ case 15:
case 16:
- case 20:
- case 21:
+ case 18:
case 22:
+ case 23:
+ case 24:
return new string[] { Strings.yes, Strings.no };
case 2:
- case 10:
- case 18:
+ case 12:
+ case 20:
for (FontSz sz = 0; sz < FontSz.Count; sz++) list.Add(sz.ToDescription());
return list;
default:
@@ -596,26 +603,28 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
case 5: return BgIsLrOrder ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
case 6: return BgIsCameraPicture ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
case 7: return BgFormCloseKeys;
+ case 8: return BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;;
+ case 9: return BgAutoCloseGap.ToString();
- case 8: return EnShowForm ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 9: return EnTitle;
- case 10: return EnSize.ToDescription();
- case 11: return GetEnItemsCount().ToString();
- case 12: return GetEnColumnsCount().ToString();
- case 13: return EnIsLrOrder ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 14: return EnIsCameraPicture ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 15: return EnFormCloseKeys;
+ case 10: return EnShowForm ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 11: return EnTitle;
+ case 12: return EnSize.ToDescription();
+ case 13: return GetEnItemsCount().ToString();
+ case 14: return GetEnColumnsCount().ToString();
+ case 15: return EnIsLrOrder ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 16: return EnIsCameraPicture ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 17: return EnFormCloseKeys;
- case 16: return TestStartEndShowForm ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 17: return TestTitle;
- case 18: return TestSize.ToDescription();
- case 19: return GetTestColumnsCount().ToString();
- case 20: return TestStartBoxAlwaysEn ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 21: return TestIsLrOrder ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 22: return TestIsCameraPicture ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
- case 23: return TestStartPicName;
- case 24: return TestEndPicName;
- case 25: return TestFormCloseKeys;
+ case 18: return TestStartEndShowForm ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 19: return TestTitle;
+ case 20: return TestSize.ToDescription();
+ case 21: return GetTestColumnsCount().ToString();
+ case 22: return TestStartBoxAlwaysEn ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 23: return TestIsLrOrder ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 24: return TestIsCameraPicture ? Strings.yes : Strings.no;
+ case 25: return TestStartPicName;
+ case 26: return TestEndPicName;
+ case 27: return TestFormCloseKeys;
default: return string.Empty;
}
@@ -714,10 +723,12 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
case 5: BgIsLrOrder = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
case 6: BgIsCameraPicture = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
case 7: BgFormCloseKeys = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
-
- case 8: EnShowForm = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 9: EnTitle = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 10:
+ case 8: BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 9: BgAutoCloseGap = int.Parse(str); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+
+ case 10: EnShowForm = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 11: EnTitle = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 12:
for (FontSz sz = 0; sz < FontSz.Count; sz++)
{
if (str == sz.ToDescription())
@@ -727,15 +738,15 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
}
return CfgUpdateFlags.None;
- case 11: SetEnItemsCount(int.Parse(str)); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 12: SetEnColumnsCount(int.Parse(str)); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 13: EnIsLrOrder = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 14: EnIsCameraPicture = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 15: EnFormCloseKeys = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 13: SetEnItemsCount(int.Parse(str)); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 14: SetEnColumnsCount(int.Parse(str)); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 15: EnIsLrOrder = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 16: EnIsCameraPicture = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 17: EnFormCloseKeys = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 16: TestStartEndShowForm = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 17: TestTitle = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 18:
+ case 18: TestStartEndShowForm = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 19: TestTitle = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 20:
for (FontSz sz = 0; sz < FontSz.Count; sz++)
{
if (str == sz.ToDescription())
@@ -745,13 +756,13 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
}
return CfgUpdateFlags.None;
- case 19: SetTestColumnsCount(int.Parse(str)); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 20: TestStartBoxAlwaysEn = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 21: TestIsLrOrder = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 22: TestIsCameraPicture = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 23: TestStartPicName = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 24: TestEndPicName = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
- case 25: TestFormCloseKeys = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 21: SetTestColumnsCount(int.Parse(str)); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 22: TestStartBoxAlwaysEn = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 23: TestIsLrOrder = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 24: TestIsCameraPicture = (str == Strings.yes); return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 25: TestStartPicName = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 26: TestEndPicName = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
+ case 27: TestFormCloseKeys = str; return CfgUpdateFlags.RestartRqrd;
default:
return CfgUpdateFlags.None;
@@ -872,34 +883,36 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
case 2:
case 5:
case 6:
- case 8:
- case 10:
- case 13:
- case 14:
+ case 8://Auto close - yes/No
+ case 10://8+2
+ case 12:
+ case 15:
case 16:
case 18:
case 20:
- case 21:
case 22:
+ case 23:
+ case 24:
message = string.Empty;
if (ParamValues(i).Contains(str)) return true;
break;
case 3:
case 4:
- case 11:
- case 12:
- case 19:
+ case 9: //Gap AutoClose
+ case 13:
+ case 14:
+ case 21:
message = string.Empty;
if (int.TryParse(str, out idummy)) return true;
break;
case 1:
case 7:
- case 9:
- case 15:
+ case 11:
case 17:
- case 23:
- case 24:
+ case 19:
case 25:
+ case 26:
+ case 27:
message = string.Empty;
return true;
default:
@@ -942,6 +955,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
prms.BgIsLrOrder = BgIsLrOrder;
prms.BgIsCameraPicture = BgIsCameraPicture;
prms.BgFormCloseKeys = BgFormCloseKeys;
+ prms.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo = BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo;
+ prms.BgAutoCloseGap = BgAutoCloseGap;
prms.EnShowForm = EnShowForm;
prms.EnTitle = EnTitle;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormNoStartEnd.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormNoStartEnd.cs
index 6d7808b91..5482a1b55 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormNoStartEnd.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/EntryFormNoStartEnd.cs
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
if (currentOp != CurrentOp.None) throw new Exception("Sequence error");
currentOp = CurrentOp.FormAtCycleBeginning;
this.waterMeters = Sequences.ProcessData.BatchRslts.Batch.WaterMeters;
+ regReaders = regReadersOptional;
return this;
}
@@ -234,9 +235,17 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
DEItem.AddColumn(myCfg.BgColumnContent[i], myCfg.BgColumnCaption[i], myCfg.BgColumnAction[i], myCfg.BgColumnWidth[i]);
}
}
-
- modelessDlg = new CycleBgEnForm(waterMeters, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.BgTitle, myCfg.BgSize, myCfg.BgIsLrOrder, myCfg.BgIsCameraPicture,
- myCfg.BgFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetItems(), DEItem.GetColumns(), false);
+
+ if (regReaders != null)
+ {
+ modelessDlg = new CycleBgEnForm(waterMeters, regReaders, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.BgTitle, myCfg.BgSize, myCfg.BgIsLrOrder, myCfg.BgIsCameraPicture,
+ myCfg.BgFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetItems(), DEItem.GetColumns(), false, regReaders, myCfg.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo, myCfg.BgAutoCloseGap);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ modelessDlg = new CycleBgEnForm(waterMeters, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.BgTitle, myCfg.BgSize, myCfg.BgIsLrOrder, myCfg.BgIsCameraPicture,
+ myCfg.BgFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetItems(), DEItem.GetColumns(), myCfg.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo, myCfg.BgAutoCloseGap, false);
+ }
modelessDlg.Show();
}
///
@@ -264,7 +273,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
modelessDlg = new CycleBgEnForm(waterMeters, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.EnTitle, myCfg.EnSize, myCfg.EnIsLrOrder, myCfg.EnIsCameraPicture,
- myCfg.EnFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetItems(), DEItem.GetColumns(), true);
+ myCfg.EnFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetItems(), DEItem.GetColumns(), myCfg.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo, myCfg.BgAutoCloseGap, true);
modelessDlg.Show();
}
///
@@ -286,7 +295,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
modelessDlg = new TestStartEndForm(waterMeters, myRef.regReaders, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.TestTitle, myCfg.TestSize,
myCfg.TestStartBoxAlwaysEn, myCfg.TestIsLrOrder, myCfg.TestFormCloseKeys,
DEItem.GetColumns(), isCompound, volumeUnit, myCfg.TestIsCameraPicture,
- startImages, endImages, ocr, ocrMessage, myRef.OcrStream);
+ startImages,endImages, ocr, ocrMessage, myRef.OcrStream,
+ myCfg.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo, myCfg.BgAutoCloseGap);
modelessDlg.Show();
}
///
@@ -308,7 +318,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
modelessDlg = new TestStartEndForm(waterMeters, myRef.regReaders, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.TestTitle, myCfg.TestSize,
myCfg.TestStartBoxAlwaysEn, myCfg.TestIsLrOrder, myCfg.TestFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetColumns(),
isCompound, volumeUnit, myCfg.TestIsCameraPicture, startImages, endImages,
- ocr, ocrMessage, myRef.OcrStream, wmStartStateStr, refVolume, errLimLo, errLimHi);
+ ocr, ocrMessage, myRef.OcrStream, myCfg.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo, myCfg.BgAutoCloseGap, wmStartStateStr, refVolume, errLimLo, errLimHi);
modelessDlg.Show();
}
///
@@ -330,7 +340,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
modelessDlg = new TestStartEndForm(waterMeters, myRef.regReaders, TBF.Data.LineSize, myCfg.TestTitle, myCfg.TestSize,
myCfg.TestStartBoxAlwaysEn, myCfg.TestIsLrOrder, myCfg.TestFormCloseKeys, DEItem.GetColumns(),
isCompound, volumeUnit, myCfg.TestIsCameraPicture, startImages, endImages,
- ocr, ocrMessage, myRef.OcrStream, wmStartStateStr, refVolume, errLimLo, errLimHi);
+ ocr, ocrMessage, myRef.OcrStream, myCfg.BgIsAutoReadingSerialNo,myCfg.BgAutoCloseGap, wmStartStateStr, refVolume, errLimLo, errLimHi);
modelessDlg.Show();
}
///
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/ProcParams.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/ProcParams.cs
index 3fce4e9ba..044232e37 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/ProcParams.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/ProcParams.cs
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
using Common;
using Config.Entities;
using log4net;
-using System;
///
/// Copyright (c) 2022-2023 Sensus Slovensko a.s.
///
+using System;
using System.IO;
using System.Xml.Serialization;
using TBF.Rig.Generic;
@@ -97,16 +97,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
return pars;
}
- public override bool UpdateFromDbEntity(ComponentProcedure dbEntity)
- {
- if (dbEntity == null) return false;
- try
- {
- ProcParams tmp = Serializer.Deserialize(new StringReader(dbEntity.Parameters)) as ProcParams;
+ public override bool UpdateFromDbEntity(ComponentProcedure dbEntity)
+ {
+ if (dbEntity == null) return false;
+ try
+ {
+ ProcParams tmp = Serializer.Deserialize(new StringReader(dbEntity.Parameters)) as ProcParams;
- procedureParamsEntity = dbEntity;
- componentName = dbEntity.CmpntName;
- procedure = dbEntity.Procedure;
+ procedureParamsEntity = dbEntity;
+ componentName = dbEntity.CmpntName;
+ procedure = dbEntity.Procedure;
if (tmp != null)
{
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
catch (Exception ex)
{
log.DebugFormat(
- "Error during RRProcParams deserialization. CmpntName='{0}', Procedure='{1}', Parameters='{2}', Exception: {3}",
+ "Error during Procedure parameters deserialization. CmpntName='{0}', Procedure='{1}', Parameters='{2}', Exception: {3}",
dbEntity?.CmpntName,
dbEntity?.Procedure,
dbEntity?.Parameters,
@@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
}
- ///
- /// Parameterless constructor initializes the parameters
- ///
- public ProcParams()
+ ///
+ /// Parameterless constructor initializes the parameters
+ ///
+ public ProcParams()
{
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/TestStartEndForm.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/TestStartEndForm.cs
index e6a963db0..0b656c3e3 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/TestStartEndForm.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/TestStartEndForm.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ using TBF.Rig.GenericDevices;
using TBF.Resources;
using System.Threading;
using System.IO;
+using System.Threading.Tasks;
+using NHibernate.Util;
using static System.Net.Mime.MediaTypeNames;
namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
@@ -60,6 +62,17 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
readonly double refVolume;
readonly double warningLimLo; /// limit to display exclamation mark, typically 2x errLimLo
readonly double warningLimHi; /// limit to display exclamation mark, typically 2x errLimHi
+
+ private bool _readDataFromRegReaders = true;
+ ///
+ /// automaticly read serial number from register reader
+ ///
+ bool bAutoRead;
+ ///
+ ///autoclose disabled by default, if > 0 is enabled
+ /// - in seconds
+ ///
+ int iAutocloseGap;
/// Derived from arguments in the constructor
readonly bool isEnd;
@@ -121,10 +134,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
public TestStartEndForm()
{
InitializeComponent();
-
- this.Icon = Properties.Resources.TBF_icon;
-
- ControlBox = false;
+ ControlBox = false;
imageProcessingThread = null;
completed = false;
StartForceCloseHandler();
@@ -157,7 +167,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
public TestStartEndForm(IList waterMeters, IRegReader[] regReaders, int _lineSize, string title, FontSz sz,
bool isStartBoxAlwaysEn, bool isLrOrder, string formCloseKeys, IList colItems, bool isCompound,
Unit initialVolumeUnit, bool isCameraPicture, string[] startImages, string[] endImages,
- OcrVidi ocrVidi, string ocrMessage, string streamName, string[] wmStartStateStr = null,
+ OcrVidi ocrVidi, string ocrMessage, string streamName, bool bAutoRead, int iAutocloseGap, string[] wmStartStateStr = null,
double refVolume = 0, double errLimLo = 0, double errLimHi = 0)
: this()
{
@@ -182,6 +192,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
this.refVolume = refVolume;
this.warningLimLo = 2 * errLimLo;
this.warningLimHi = 2 * errLimHi;
+ this.bAutoRead = bAutoRead;
+ this.iAutocloseGap = iAutocloseGap;
if (waterMeters == null || regReaders == null ||
(wmStartStateStr != null && wmStartStateStr.Length != (isCompound ? 2 : 1) * waterMeters.Count))
@@ -466,6 +478,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
okButton.Text = Strings.OkBtnText;
}
+
+
///
/// Initialize combo boxes state defined by related 'Action'.
/// Clear check boxes.
@@ -496,6 +510,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
textBoxes[k, i].Enabled = (isStartBoxAlwaysEn || !isEnd) && waterMeters[i] != null && !waterMeters[i].Disabled
&& rrIx < regReaders.Length && regReaders[rrIx] != null;
}
+
}
else if (colItems[k].Content == Ct.StartStateAux)
{
@@ -567,10 +582,207 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
}
+
+ if (bAutoRead)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"Reading serial numbers from register readers... IsEnd: {isEnd}");
+ this.VolumeStartReadbyRegReader += (s, eArgs) =>
+ {
+ log.Debug("Volume updated: " + eArgs.Volume);
+ UpdateVolume(eArgs.Reader, eArgs.Volume);
+ };
+
+ BeforeUpdate();
+ this.DoneUpdateByRegReader += (s, eArgs) =>
+ {
+ log.Debug("Volume updated DONE!");
+ DoneUpdate();
+ };
+
+ ReadVolumeAsync(regReaders);
+ }
isHandlersEnabled = true;
}
+ LinkedHashMap storeUIForUpdate = new LinkedHashMap();
+ private Cursor _previousCursor;
+ private bool GetStoredOrDefault(string key)
+ {
+ bool value;
+ if (storeUIForUpdate.TryGetValue(key, out value))
+ return value;
+
+ return true; // default if nothing stored
+ }
+
+ private void BeforeUpdate()
+ {
+ log.Debug("BeforeUpdate");
+
+ storeUIForUpdate["okButton"] = this.okButton.Enabled;
+ storeUIForUpdate["largeTextBox"] = this.largeTextBox.Enabled;
+ storeUIForUpdate["largeExclamationLabel"] = this.largeExclamationLabel.Enabled;
+ storeUIForUpdate["unitComboBox"] = this.unitComboBox.Enabled;
+
+ this.okButton.Enabled = false;
+ this.largeTextBox.Enabled = false;
+ this.largeExclamationLabel.Enabled = false;
+ this.unitComboBox.Enabled = false;
+
+ _previousCursor = Cursor.Current;
+ Cursor.Current = Cursors.WaitCursor;
+ }
+
+ private void DoneUpdate()
+ {
+ log.Debug("DoneUpdate");
+ this.okButton.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("okButton");
+ this.largeTextBox.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("largeTextBox");
+ this.largeExclamationLabel.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("largeExclamationLabel");
+ this.unitComboBox.Enabled = GetStoredOrDefault("unitComboBox");
+ Cursor.Current = _previousCursor;
+
+ if (iAutocloseGap > 0)
+ {
+ AutoClickOkAfterDelay();
+ }
+ }
+
+ public void UpdateVolume(IRegReader eArgsReader, double eArgsVolume)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"RegReader name: {eArgsReader.Name}, Serial No updated: " + eArgsVolume);
+ PopulateVolume(eArgsReader, eArgsVolume);
+ }
+
+ /// 24-bit counter wrap in liters: 2^24 ticks * 0.00025 L/tick
+ private const double VOL_RANGE_LITERS = 16777216.0 * 0.00025; // 4194.304
+
+ ///
+ /// Populate Volume - also include roll over VOL_RANGE_LITERS
+ /// Unit test Concept: TBFTests/Rig/DataEntry/Uni/PopulateVolumeRolloverTests_Concept.cs
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public void PopulateVolume(IRegReader eArgsReader, double eArgsVolume)
+ {
+
+ if (regReaders == null || Double.IsNaN(eArgsVolume) || textBoxes == null)
+ return;
+
+ int regReadersLength = regReaders.Length;
+ int comboRows = textBoxes.GetLength(0);
+ int comboCols = textBoxes.GetLength(1);
+
+ //just combine Start and End - switch column to write
+ List ctValues = isEnd
+ ? new List { Ct.EndState, Ct.EndStateAux }
+ : new List { Ct.StartState, Ct.StartStateAux };
+
+ double VolumeRaw = eArgsVolume;
+ // Test and compensate roll over
+ if (isEnd)
+ {
+ if (eArgsReader != null && (!Double.IsNaN(eArgsReader.BeginWMState)))
+ {
+ if (eArgsReader.BeginWMState > VolumeRaw) //Do RollOver
+ {
+ VolumeRaw = eArgsVolume + VOL_RANGE_LITERS;
+ log.Debug(
+ $"Roll over detected: {eArgsReader.Name} - {eArgsReader.BeginWMState} -> {VolumeRaw}");
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ //volume from form
+ Double beginVolume = findBeginStateFromForm();
+
+
+ if (beginVolume > VolumeRaw) //Do RollOver
+ {
+ VolumeRaw = eArgsVolume + VOL_RANGE_LITERS;
+ log.Debug(
+ $"Begin from Form! Roll over detected: {eArgsReader.Name} - {beginVolume} -> {VolumeRaw}");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (int k = 0; k < colItems.Count && k < comboRows; k++)
+ {
+ Ct current = (Ct)colItems[k].Content;
+ if (ctValues.Contains(current)) // it define if is start or end
+ {
+ for (int ix = 0; ix < wmsCount && ix < comboCols; ix++)
+ {
+ int regIndex = ix;
+
+ if (regIndex >= 0 && regIndex < regReadersLength)
+ {
+ var textBox = textBoxes[k, ix];
+ if (textBox != null && regReaders[regIndex] == eArgsReader)
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (VolumeUnit == Unit.None)
+ VolumeUnit = Unit.l;
+ Double convertTo = Units.ConvertTo(VolumeUnit, VolumeRaw);
+ textBox.Text = convertTo.ToString();
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error($"Error converting volume to {VolumeUnit}: {ex.Message}");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ private Double findBeginStateFromForm()
+ {
+
+ List ctValues = new List { Ct.StartState, Ct.StartStateAux };
+
+ int regReadersLength = regReaders.Length;
+ int comboRows = textBoxes.GetLength(0);
+ int comboCols = textBoxes.GetLength(1);
+
+ for (int k = 0; k < colItems.Count && k < comboRows; k++)
+ {
+ Ct current = (Ct)colItems[k].Content;
+ if (ctValues.Contains(current)) // it define if is start or end
+ {
+ for (int ix = 0; ix < wmsCount && ix < comboCols; ix++)
+ {
+ int regIndex = ix;
+
+ if (regIndex >= 0 && regIndex < regReadersLength)
+ {
+ var textBox = textBoxes[k, ix];
+ if (textBox != null && textBox.Text != null && textBox.Text.Length > 0)
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (VolumeUnit == Unit.None)
+ VolumeUnit = Unit.l;
+ double VolumeRaw = Double.Parse(textBox.Text);
+ Double convertBeginVolumeINLiters = Units.ConvertFrom(VolumeUnit, VolumeRaw);
+ return convertBeginVolumeINLiters;
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error($"Error converting volume to {VolumeUnit}: {ex.Message}");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0.0D;
+ }
+
///
/// When one combo box is updated using drop-down menu, all combo boxes
/// are updated by this function.
@@ -1181,7 +1393,11 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
Brush lightBrush = new SolidBrush(Color.LightGreen);
Brush darkBrush = new SolidBrush(Color.Green);
Font largeFont = new Font("arial", 24.0F, FontStyle.Bold); /// normal image
- Font smallFont = new Font("arial", 12.0F, FontStyle.Bold); /// zoomed image
+ Font smallFont = new Font("arial", 12.0F, FontStyle.Bold);
+
+
+
+ /// zoomed image
///
/// Show selected image in the picture box.
@@ -1252,5 +1468,137 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.Uni
}
#endregion
+
+ public event EventHandler VolumeStartReadbyRegReader;
+ public event EventHandler DoneUpdateByRegReader;
+
+ public sealed class VolumeReadEventArgs : EventArgs
+ {
+ public IRegReader Reader { get; private set; }
+ public double Volume { get; private set; }
+
+ public VolumeReadEventArgs(IRegReader reader, double volume)
+ {
+ Reader = reader;
+ Volume = volume;
+ }
+ }
+
+ public sealed class VolumeReadDoneEventArgs : EventArgs
+ {
+ public VolumeReadDoneEventArgs()
+ {
+ }
+ }
+
+ protected virtual void OnReadVolume(IRegReader reader, double volume)
+ {
+ var handler = VolumeStartReadbyRegReader; // copy for thread-safety
+ if (handler == null) return;
+ if (IsHandleCreated && InvokeRequired)
+ {
+ BeginInvoke(new Action(() =>
+ handler(this, new VolumeReadEventArgs(reader, volume))));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ handler(this, new VolumeReadEventArgs(reader, volume));
+ }
+ }
+
+ protected virtual void OnReadDone()
+ {
+ var handler = DoneUpdateByRegReader; // copy for thread-safety
+ if (handler == null) return;
+
+ if (IsHandleCreated && InvokeRequired)
+ {
+ BeginInvoke(new Action(() =>
+ handler(this, new VolumeReadDoneEventArgs())));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ handler(this, new VolumeReadDoneEventArgs());
+ }
+ }
+
+ public async void ReadVolumeAsync(IEnumerable regReaders)
+ {
+ log.Debug("Reading serial numbers from register readers...");
+
+ try
+ {
+ var groups = regReaders
+ .OfType()
+ .GroupBy(r => r.Group)
+ .OrderBy(g => g.Key);
+
+ foreach (var group in groups)
+ {
+ var subGroups = group
+ .GroupBy(r => r.MuxBoardNrOrGroup14)
+ .OrderBy(sg => sg.Key);
+
+ foreach (var subGroup in subGroups)
+ {
+ log.Debug(string.Format("Processing Group {0}, SubGroup {1}", group.Key, subGroup.Key));
+
+ // Start tasks in parallel inside subgroup
+ var tasks = subGroup.Select(async r =>
+ {
+ double volume = Double.NaN;
+ if (isEnd)
+ {
+ volume = await r.DataEntry_ReadEndVolume().ConfigureAwait(false);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ volume = await r.DataEntry_ReadBeginVolume().ConfigureAwait(false);
+ }
+ return new KeyValuePair((IRegReader)r, volume);
+ }).ToList();
+
+ var results = await Task.WhenAll(tasks).ConfigureAwait(false);
+
+ foreach (var kv in results)
+ {
+ var reader = kv.Key;
+ var volume = kv.Value;
+
+ // Notify for each successful read
+ OnReadVolume(reader, volume);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("Error reading Strat Volume from register readers", ex);
+ }
+ finally
+ {
+ OnReadDone();
+ }
+ log.Debug("Reading Start Volume DONE!");
+ }
+
+ public void AutoClickOkAfterDelay(int delayMs = 10000)
+ {
+ _ = AutoClickInternal(okButton, delayMs);
+ }
+
+ private async Task AutoClickInternal(Button clickButton, int delayMs)
+ {
+ await Task.Delay(delayMs);
+
+ if (clickButton.IsHandleCreated && clickButton.Enabled && clickButton.Visible)
+ {
+ // Invoke on UI thread
+ if (clickButton.InvokeRequired)
+ clickButton.BeginInvoke(new Action(() => clickButton.PerformClick()));
+ else
+ clickButton.PerformClick();
+ }
+ }
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/CycleBeginningForm.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/CycleBeginningForm.cs
index 5ed22db3b..2c9e579b7 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/CycleBeginningForm.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/CycleBeginningForm.cs
@@ -39,10 +39,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.iPerl
public CycleBeginningForm()
{
InitializeComponent();
-
- this.Icon = Properties.Resources.TBF_icon;
-
- ControlBox = false;
+ ControlBox = false;
completed = false;
StartForceCloseHandler();
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/TestStartEndForm.cs b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/TestStartEndForm.cs
index 385ee420b..e4fabb2e7 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/TestStartEndForm.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/DataEntry/iPerl/TestStartEndForm.cs
@@ -50,10 +50,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.DataEntry.iPerl
public TestStartEndForm()
{
InitializeComponent();
-
- this.Icon = Properties.Resources.TBF_icon;
-
- ControlBox = false;
+ ControlBox = false;
TextBoxesCount = 48;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/Dummy/FlowMeter/FlowMeterCfg.cs b/TBF/Rig/Dummy/FlowMeter/FlowMeterCfg.cs
index a2ba2eebb..629d72527 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/Dummy/FlowMeter/FlowMeterCfg.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/Dummy/FlowMeter/FlowMeterCfg.cs
@@ -54,9 +54,12 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Dummy.FlowMeter
double msrdValLimLo = 0;
double msrdValLimHi;
+ [XmlIgnore]
+ public bool IsOffline { get; set; }
- /// Private parameterless constructor invoked by all other (public) constructors
- FlowMeterCfg()
+
+ /// Private parameterless constructor invoked by all other (public) constructors
+ FlowMeterCfg()
{
GNodes = new List();
}
@@ -89,7 +92,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Dummy.FlowMeter
{
"Nominal flow [m3/h]", /// 0
"Display format", /// 1
- "Unit of flow on a display", /// 2
+ "Units of flow on a display", /// 2
};
public string ParamName(int i) { return paramNames[i]; }
public int ParamsCount() { return paramNames.Length; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IRegReaderSmart.cs b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IRegReaderSmart.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5133990d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IRegReaderSmart.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+using System;
+using System.Threading.Tasks;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.GenericDevices
+{
+ public interface IRegReaderSmart
+ {
+ Task DataEntry_ReadSerialNumber();
+ Task DataEntry_ReadBeginVolume();
+ Task DataEntry_ReadEndVolume();
+
+ int Group { get; }
+ int MuxBoardNrOrGroup14 { get; }
+
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IScaleCfg.cs b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IScaleCfg.cs
index c3ef15835..4dd3e3d6d 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IScaleCfg.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/IScaleCfg.cs
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.GenericDevices
float BuoyancyTemp { get; set; } /// ambient temperature in [degree C]
float BuoyancyPress { get; set; } /// ambient pressure in [100000 Pa]
float BuoyancyHumi { get; set; } /// ambient relative humidity in [%]
- float WeightStandardDensity { get; set; } /// density of the weight standard used to calibrate the scale [kg/m3]
+ float WeightStandardDensity { get; set; } /// density of the volume standard used to calibrate the scale [kg/m3]
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethod.cs
index e355909db..da72e8e85 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethod.cs
@@ -9,12 +9,19 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.GenericDevices
{
public interface ITestMethod : TBF.Rig.Generic.IComponent
{
- ///
- /// Check compatibility of the method with the watermeters
- ///
- /// Type of watermeters
- /// true when the watermeters can be tested by this method
- bool CanTest(MetersKind meters);
+ ///
+ /// Check compatibility of the method with the watermeters
+ ///
+ /// Type of watermeters
+ /// true when the watermeters can be tested by this method
+ FlowType MethodFlowType { get; }
+
+ ///
+ /// Check compatibility of the method with the watermeters
+ ///
+ /// Type of watermeters
+ /// true when the watermeters can be tested by this method
+ bool CanTest(MetersKind meters);
///
/// Check capabilities of devces in the output path required for this test method
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethodSmart.cs b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethodSmart.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7cb466f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/GenericDevices/ITestMethodSmart.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+namespace TBF.Rig.GenericDevices
+{
+ ///
+ /// * mark test method from smart family devices
+ /// * (this Test method is used for devices that support smart reader)
+ ///
+ public interface ITestMethodSmart
+ {
+
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/Sequences/MainSeq.cs b/TBF/Rig/Sequences/MainSeq.cs
index 1ae3f8e76..ae6a22162 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/Sequences/MainSeq.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/Sequences/MainSeq.cs
@@ -56,23 +56,39 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Sequences
{
try
{
+ // /// 1nd argument
+ // ITestMethodCfg testMethodCfg = cfg as ITestMethodCfg;
+ // if (testMethodCfg == null)
+ // {
+ //
+ // }
+ //
+ // /// 2rd argument: as is
+ //
+ // /// 3th argument
+ // IList iPerlCommParams = new List();
+ // foreach (var tp in multiTestParams) iPerlCommParams.Add(tp as iPerlCommunicationParams);
+ //
+ // /*myRef.modelessDlg = new TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlCommunicationForm(iPerlCfg, tests, iPerlCommParams);
+ // myRef.modelessDlg.Show();*/
+ //
+ // myRef.modelessDlg = new SmartCommunicationForm( testMethod , tests, iPerlCommParams);
+ // myRef.modelessDlg.Show();
+
/// 1nd argument
- ITestMethodCfg testMethodCfg = cfg as ITestMethodCfg;
- if (testMethodCfg == null)
- {
-
- }
+ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.TestMethodCfg iPerlCfg = cfg as TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.TestMethodCfg;
/// 2rd argument: as is
/// 3th argument
- IList iPerlCommParams = new List();
- foreach (var tp in multiTestParams) iPerlCommParams.Add(tp as iPerlCommunicationParams);
+ IList iPerlCommParams = new List();
+ foreach (var tp in multiTestParams) iPerlCommParams.Add(tp as TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlCommunicationParams);
/*myRef.modelessDlg = new TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlCommunicationForm(iPerlCfg, tests, iPerlCommParams);
myRef.modelessDlg.Show();*/
- myRef.modelessDlg = new SmartCommunicationForm( testMethod , tests, iPerlCommParams);
+ myRef.modelessDlg = new TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlCommunicationForm(
+ testMethod as TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.TestMethod, tests, iPerlCommParams);
myRef.modelessDlg.Show();
}
catch (Exception e)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Adjustment/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Adjustment/TestMethod.cs
index 5c0dccdcd..ed1a6a571 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Adjustment/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Adjustment/TestMethod.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.Adjustment
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ChangeFlowDirection/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ChangeFlowDirection/TestMethod.cs
index 0a1632b4a..652f774a2 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ChangeFlowDirection/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ChangeFlowDirection/TestMethod.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.ChangeFlowDirection
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/CombinedWithDetection/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/CombinedWithDetection/TestMethod.cs
index d9c50a777..be5eaf8aa 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/CombinedWithDetection/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/CombinedWithDetection/TestMethod.cs
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.CombinedWithDetection
readonly TestMethodCfg testMethodCfg;
public bool IsRise { get { return testMethodCfg != null ? testMethodCfg.IsRise : false; } }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public TestMethod() { }
///
public TestMethod(Generic.IComponentCfg cfg)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Counter/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Counter/TestMethod.cs
index ff4a676d4..e62b771b1 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Counter/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Counter/TestMethod.cs
@@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.Counter
///
static int nextCounterIdx = 0;
public static int CountersCount { get { return nextCounterIdx; } }
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public static TestMethod[] Counters = new TestMethod[0];
///
private int counterIdx0; /// 0-based index of this counter
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/DiverterTest/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/DiverterTest/Component.cs
index a236534d2..58d1502f2 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/DiverterTest/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/DiverterTest/Component.cs
@@ -24,7 +24,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.DiverterTest
readonly TestMethodCfg testMethodCfg;
- public Component() { }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
+ public Component() { }
public Component(Generic.IComponentCfg cfg)
: base(cfg)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Dummy/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Dummy/TestMethod.cs
index 79b8d3955..c04668e27 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Dummy/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Dummy/TestMethod.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.Dummy
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Endurance/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Endurance/Component.cs
index f748b74c1..52066a834 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Endurance/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Endurance/Component.cs
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.Endurance
readonly TestMethodCfg testMethodCfg;
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public Component() { }
///
public Component(Generic.IComponentCfg cfg)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Evacuation/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Evacuation/Component.cs
index f78a44f08..aa33fff63 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Evacuation/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Evacuation/Component.cs
@@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.Evacuation
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
- public override string ToString()
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+ public override string ToString()
{
return string.Format("{0}({1})", GetType().Namespace.Substring(8), Cfg.ToString(1));
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Compound/Component.cs
index 94de94da4..5a50b37cd 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStart.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 5e4a5fd3e..eb396b1af 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStart.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Single/Component.cs
index 187011867..e204b1aaf 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStart/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStart.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartAdvanced/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartAdvanced/Single/Component.cs
index 4c10f789d..e3fdf0b36 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartAdvanced/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartAdvanced/Single/Component.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartAdvanced.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs
index f1cc51ce9..15ac430a6 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartDeferredEval.Compound
private IntermediateData intermediateData;
public object IntermediateData { get { return intermediateData; } }
- public IList Execute(Test test, int repetNr, bool isLastRepetition)
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
+ public IList Execute(Test test, int repetNr, bool isLastRepetition)
{
return (new FixedStartDeferredEvalSeq()).Execute(test, repetNr, isLastRepetition, true, null, DebugLevel, out intermediateData);
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index b70f05dab..3aa1248cc 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartDeferredEval.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethodWith2ndPass
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs
index 26244738c..505c2ca75 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartDeferredEval.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethodWith2ndPass
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Compound/Component.cs
index 9f55dcf52..40b63cdbf 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartMassCollAdvanced.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod, ISequenceCondition
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index ed8668f72..263709f25 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartMassCollAdvanced.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod, ISequenceCondition
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Single/Component.cs
index e161a7891..e3d520945 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollAdvanced/Single/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartMassCollAdvanced.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs
index 1f6a2383d..75d1fe8b7 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethodWith2ndPass
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 1a42125c1..00b2b25f8 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethodWith2ndPass
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs
index ee9903300..305eda5a7 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartMassCollDeferredEval.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethodWith2ndPass
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs
index a27b29393..7fa716ced 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartTankCollection.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs
index 9e4d4dd44..777e57006 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FixedStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FixedStartTankCollection.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlowAdjustment/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlowAdjustment/Component.cs
index 4e5d338a0..7c46d2e20 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlowAdjustment/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlowAdjustment/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlowAdjustment
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Compound/Component.cs
index 766f1233f..6756a495c 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStart.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index ba4e0d45e..77575540f 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStart.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Single/Component.cs
index a12b7a7aa..099cfe2fc 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStart/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStart.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Compound/Component.cs
index 4b138c002..9905f219f 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index af705957d..a926d0c43 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Single/Component.cs
index c7dcd4757..132e2a9fd 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartFirstRepetWithMassColl.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Compound/Component.cs
index 77ce82531..01e8d0567 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollComparative.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 6a7d64f30..5dc3bb5a0 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollComparative.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Single/Component.cs
index 2a0303897..7b72b3a88 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollComparative/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollComparative.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Compound/Component.cs
index 9485d2e13..0ec35c4d4 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollProlonged.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index a766deb0d..28356e9ab 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollProlonged.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Single/Component.cs
index 21c169761..27a1f6c7d 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollProlonged/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollProlonged.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs
index e0d8417cd..6540c998b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollection.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 058dfd7b9..9abb8d5a8 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollection.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs
index 16216d4dd..097f9eeab 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartMassCollection.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs
index 5471e1ebc..59120e61f 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartTankCollection.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs
index e0718c2cf..0844cd551 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/FlyingStartTankCollection/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.FlyingStartTankCollection.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/GrabImage/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/GrabImage/Component.cs
index 3671eacee..547f57e8c 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/GrabImage/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/GrabImage/Component.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.GrabImage
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LeakTest/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LeakTest/TestMethod.cs
index dcadf3cf0..111902349 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LeakTest/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LeakTest/TestMethod.cs
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.LeakTest
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LiveStream/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LiveStream/Component.cs
index 03b8c1cc9..3d5073cd5 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LiveStream/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/LiveStream/Component.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.LiveStream
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ManualEntry/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ManualEntry/Component.cs
index b1479c7cb..9796f8b02 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ManualEntry/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/ManualEntry/Component.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.ManualEntry
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
readonly ManualEntryCfg myCfg;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/End/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/End/Component.cs
index 0930abef9..6e694ac4d 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/End/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/End/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.OuterLoop.End
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/Start/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/Start/Component.cs
index c3c4edd62..6557b7090 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/Start/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/OuterLoop/Start/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.OuterLoop.Start
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PMaxTest/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PMaxTest/TestMethod.cs
index f05ed0a9d..25fc77282 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PMaxTest/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PMaxTest/TestMethod.cs
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.PMaxTest
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTest/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTest/TestMethod.cs
index ef791482a..c3896570e 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTest/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTest/TestMethod.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.PulsesTest
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTestManual/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTestManual/TestMethod.cs
index 1b6193968..e4ec7d998 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTestManual/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/PulsesTestManual/TestMethod.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.PulsesTestManual
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Q2CorrectionFromHistory/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Q2CorrectionFromHistory/Component.cs
index f41d83a51..62d760e6b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Q2CorrectionFromHistory/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/Q2CorrectionFromHistory/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.Q2CorrectionFromHistory
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ISimultTestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/RoiDetection/RoiDetection.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/RoiDetection/RoiDetection.cs
index 7da50e655..5676cb691 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/RoiDetection/RoiDetection.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/RoiDetection/RoiDetection.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.RoiDetection
public class RoiDetection : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(RoiDetection));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return true; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640End.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640End.cs
index 024764e9f..0d8716783 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640End.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640End.cs
@@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.S640Communication
public class S640End : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ISimultTestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(S640End));
- public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+ public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return false; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640Start.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640Start.cs
index 2fa2d1cc5..6f1cb4a46 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640Start.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/S640Communication/S640Start.cs
@@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.S640Communication
public class S640Start : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ISimultTestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(S640Start));
- public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+ public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return false; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SensitivityTest/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SensitivityTest/TestMethod.cs
index 661617d22..2e0d78bbb 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SensitivityTest/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SensitivityTest/TestMethod.cs
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.SensitivityTest
public class TestMethod : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartMeterFlyingStartMassCollection/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartMeterFlyingStartMassCollection/TestMethod.cs
index 06263ed90..c10a1e989 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartMeterFlyingStartMassCollection/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartMeterFlyingStartMassCollection/TestMethod.cs
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.SmartMeterFlyingStartMassCollection
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
- public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+ public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return false; }
public bool SimultWithPrevious { get { return _testMethodCfg.TestParams.SimultWithPrevious; } }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartTest/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartTest/TestMethod.cs
index 90f3cb53b..873ab6f73 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartTest/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/SmartTest/TestMethod.cs
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.SmartTest
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return false; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Compound/Component.cs
index 2f5cdb9f9..ad6b7ae7e 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStart.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 8c1ddb148..87279a296 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStart.HeatMeters
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Single/Component.cs
index 810a9a18f..f309bcb90 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStart/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStart.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollWODiv/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollWODiv/Component.cs
index c20d71a3f..7dd49d9f1 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollWODiv/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollWODiv/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollWODiv
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs
index 8ba5e4a28..23314398b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollection.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 377da9672..54989e7ee 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollection.HeatMeters
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return true; }
public bool CheckDeviceCaps(Test test, OutputPath devices, out string message)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs
index 43ddc8d89..48c3770ac 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollection/Single/Component.cs
@@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollection.Single
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
-
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return true; }
public bool CheckDeviceCaps(Test test, OutputPath devices, out string message)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Compound/Component.cs
index 5965db49e..5fe0d4087 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance.Compound
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 193984440..b790ed208 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance.HeatMeters
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return true; }
public bool CheckDeviceCaps(Test test, OutputPath devices, out string message)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Single/Component.cs
index cd5c3105c..96965cf69 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance/Single/Component.cs
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionAdvance.Single
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool IsSupportedCollector(IComponent component) { return (component is IProcedureCameraCollect); }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return true; }
public bool CheckDeviceCaps(Test test, OutputPath devices, out string message)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvanceCollect/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvanceCollect/Single/Component.cs
index 5af2f197a..9dca8cea5 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvanceCollect/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionAdvanceCollect/Single/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionAdvanceCollect.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod, IProcedureCameraCollect
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
private Procedure parentProcedure;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Compound/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Compound/Component.cs
index 7a78b8390..44d665871 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Compound/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Compound/Component.cs
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon.Compound
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Combined; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return true; }
public bool CheckDeviceCaps(Test test, OutputPath devices, out string message)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/HeatMeters/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/HeatMeters/Component.cs
index 0c38aec23..ea817b40b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/HeatMeters/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/HeatMeters/Component.cs
@@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon.HeatMeters
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
-
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
+
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.HeatMeter; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return true; }
public bool CheckDeviceCaps(Test test, OutputPath devices, out string message)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Single/Component.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Single/Component.cs
index b7c86676b..7ba3bfa87 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Single/Component.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon/Single/Component.cs
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.StandingStartMassCollectionPoseidon.Single
public class Component : ComponentBase, GenericDevices.ITestMethod
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(Component));
+
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.mass;
+
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/CommCompletedEventArgs.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/CommCompletedEventArgs.cs
index c23bb0a47..b0bec23db 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/CommCompletedEventArgs.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/CommCompletedEventArgs.cs
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
ThreadId,
WMNr0,
(Ihead != null) ? Ihead.Name : "null",
- Wm.WMPosition,
+ (Wm != null) ? Wm.WMPosition : -1,
(CommMessage != null) ? CommMessage : "null",
CommErr);
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/OpticalHeadTest.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/OpticalHeadTest.cs
index 4bbf6e05b..9eaa28552 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/OpticalHeadTest.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/OpticalHeadTest.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-using Config.Resources;
+using Config.Resources;
using log4net;
using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom.Helper;
using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom.Services;
@@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ using System;
using System.Threading;
using TBF.Rig.Hart.Common;
using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead;
-using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication;
-using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication.implementations;
using static Sensus.iPerl.NfcHandler.MCI_Protocol;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
@@ -28,7 +26,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
try
{
byte[] pcb = null;
- int readRetVal = IPerlCorrections.ReadRequestPort(SmartCommunicationForm.TestMethodCfg, iHead, RegisterReaders.CommonRR.MessageID.Configuration, Sensus.iPerl.NfcHandler.MCI_Protocol.StructName.Configuration, 16, 5, out pcb);
+ int readRetVal = iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadRequestPort(iHead, MessageID.Configuration, Sensus.iPerl.NfcHandler.MCI_Protocol.StructName.Configuration, 16, 5, out pcb);
if (readRetVal == 0)
{
return RfidHelper.HexLiteral2Unsigned(RfidHelper.SwapHexcode(BitConverter.ToString(pcb).Replace("-", string.Empty))).ToString();
@@ -45,7 +43,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
internal static string SetActiveMode(IperlHead iHead)
{
byte[] cmd = new byte[1] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode };
- if (0 == IPerlCorrections.WriteRequestPort(SmartCommunicationForm.TestMethodCfg, iHead, RegisterReaders.CommonRR.MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
+ if (0 == iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteRequestPort(iHead, MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
{
return "OK";
}
@@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
internal static string SetTestMode(IperlHead iHead)
{
byte[] cmd = new byte[1] { (byte)Command.SetTestMode };
- if (0 == IPerlCorrections.WriteRequestPort(SmartCommunicationForm.TestMethodCfg, iHead, RegisterReaders.CommonRR.MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
+ if (0 == iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteRequestPort(iHead, MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
{
return "OK";
}
@@ -73,7 +71,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
try
{
- int retValue = IPerlCorrections.WriteRequestPort(SmartCommunicationForm.TestMethodCfg, iHead, RegisterReaders.CommonRR.MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioParams, 0x1898, 1, new byte[] { (byte)3 }); // WakeUpInterval
+ int retValue = iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteRequestPort(iHead, MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioParams, 0x1898, 1, new byte[] { (byte)3 }); // WakeUpInterval
return 0 == retValue ? "OK" : "Error";
}
catch (Exception ex)
@@ -86,7 +84,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
try
{
- int retValue = IPerlCorrections.WriteRequestPort(SmartCommunicationForm.TestMethodCfg,iHead, RegisterReaders.CommonRR.MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, 1, new byte[] { (byte)1 }); // System Status
+ int retValue = iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteRequestPort(iHead, MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, 1, new byte[] { (byte)1 }); // System Status
return 0 == retValue ? "OK" : "Error";
}
catch (Exception ex)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethod.cs
index 211239883..947a10445 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethod.cs
@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ using System.Collections.Generic;
using log4net;
using Common;
using Config.Entities;
-using TBF.Rig.Generic;
using TBF.Rig.GenericDevices;
using TBF.Rig.Sequences;
using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication;
@@ -14,18 +13,20 @@ using TBF.UiBridge;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
- public class TestMethod : SmartComponentBase, ISimultTestMethod, ISequenceCondition, ISessionDataMngmnt
+ public class TestMethod : SmartComponentBase, ISimultTestMethod, ISequenceCondition, ISessionDataMngmnt, ITestMethodSmart
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestMethod));
protected static readonly ILog rfidDataLogger = LogManager.GetLogger("RfidData");
- public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+ public FlowType MethodFlowType => FlowType.volume;
- public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
+ public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
+
+ public bool CanTest(MetersKind meters) { return meters == MetersKind.Single; }
public bool DoTransitions() { return false; }
- public bool SimultWithPrevious { get { return _testMethodCfgIPerl.TestParams.SimultWithPrevious; } }
- public bool SimultWithNext { get { return _testMethodCfgIPerl.TestParams.SimultWithNext; } }
+ public bool SimultWithPrevious { get { return testMethodCfg.TestParams.SimultWithPrevious; } }
+ public bool SimultWithNext { get { return testMethodCfg.TestParams.SimultWithNext; } }
#region Configuration Change Handling
@@ -42,18 +43,18 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
CfgChangeHandler += delegate(object sender, CfgChangeArgs args)
{
- TestMethodCfg_IPerl tmpCfgIPerl = args.Cfg as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
- if (tmpCfgIPerl != null && tmpCfgIPerl.Name.Equals(Name))
+ TestMethodCfg tmpCfg = args.Cfg as TestMethodCfg;
+ if (tmpCfg != null && tmpCfg.Name.Equals(Name))
{
if (args.Command == CfgChangeCmd.CfgChange)
{
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.CommTimeout = tmpCfgIPerl.CommTimeout;
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries = tmpCfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries;
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries = tmpCfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries;
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.IperlCheckErrorsToStop = tmpCfgIPerl.IperlCheckErrorsToStop;
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.UseWebService = tmpCfgIPerl.UseWebService;
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.BaseUrl = tmpCfgIPerl.BaseUrl;
- _testMethodCfgIPerl.RelativeUrl = tmpCfgIPerl.RelativeUrl;
+ testMethodCfg.CommTimeout = tmpCfg.CommTimeout;
+ testMethodCfg.DelayBetweenRetries = tmpCfg.DelayBetweenRetries;
+ testMethodCfg.MaxCommRetries = tmpCfg.MaxCommRetries;
+ testMethodCfg.IperlCheckErrorsToStop = tmpCfg.IperlCheckErrorsToStop;
+ testMethodCfg.UseWebService = tmpCfg.UseWebService;
+ testMethodCfg.BaseUrl = tmpCfg.BaseUrl;
+ testMethodCfg.RelativeUrl = tmpCfg.RelativeUrl;
}
}
};
@@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
#endregion Configuration Change Handling
- readonly TestMethodCfg_IPerl _testMethodCfgIPerl;
+ readonly TestMethodCfg testMethodCfg;
public bool[] IperlCommMilestone;
IList sequenceConditionOps;
@@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
public TestMethod(Generic.IComponentCfg cfg)
: base(cfg)
{
- _testMethodCfgIPerl = cfg as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
+ testMethodCfg = cfg as TestMethodCfg;
CreateMilestonesAndConditions();
}
@@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
if (DebugLevel == DebugMode.Normal)
{
- return (new iPerlCommunicationSeq()).Execute(test, repetNr, this, _testMethodCfgIPerl.TestParams);
+ return (new iPerlCommunicationSeq()).Execute(test, repetNr, this, testMethodCfg.TestParams);
}
else
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfg_IPerl.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfg.cs
similarity index 94%
rename from TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfg_IPerl.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfg.cs
index 39242cfc5..99f50111b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfg_IPerl.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfg.cs
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.SmartMeterFlyingStartMassCollection;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
[XmlRoot("TestMethodCfg")] // Add this attribute to match the XML root
- public class TestMethodCfg_IPerl : ComponentCfgBase, IiPerlTestMethodCfg
+ public class TestMethodCfg : ComponentCfgBase, IiPerlTestMethodCfg
{
- public static XmlSerializer Serializer = XmlSerializer.FromTypes(new[] { typeof(TestMethodCfg_IPerl) })[0];
+ public static XmlSerializer Serializer = XmlSerializer.FromTypes(new[] { typeof(TestMethodCfg) })[0];
public override XmlSerializer GetSerializer() { return Serializer; }
public IComponentCfgCtrl GetControl(IList cmpntEntities) { return new TestMethodCfgCtrl(); }
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
}
/// Private parameterless constructor invoked by all other (public) constructors
- TestMethodCfg_IPerl()
+ TestMethodCfg()
{
Name = "SmartCommunication";
ParentName = string.Empty;
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
TestParams = CreateTestParamsProvider() as iPerlCommunicationParams;
}
- public TestMethodCfg_IPerl(IComponentFactory factory)
+ public TestMethodCfg(IComponentFactory factory)
: this()
{
this.Factory = factory;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfgCtrl.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfgCtrl.cs
index fe1e8a86f..033152d15 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfgCtrl.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodCfgCtrl.cs
@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ using Common;
using Config.Entities;
using TBF.Rig.Generic;
using TBF.Resources;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.CommonRR.IPerl;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
@@ -15,13 +14,13 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
public bool ShowMore { get { return false; } }
- TestMethodCfg_IPerl config;
+ TestMethodCfg config;
public IComponentCfg Config
{
get { return config as IComponentCfg; }
set
{
- config = value as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
+ config = value as TestMethodCfg;
Redraw();
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodFactory.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodFactory.cs
index 437c86575..d72ececac 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodFactory.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/TestMethodFactory.cs
@@ -9,18 +9,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
public class TestMethodFactory : IComponentFactory
{
public string ClassName { get { return GetType().Namespace.Substring(8); } }
-
- public override string ToString() { return ClassName; }
public IComponent DummyComponent() { return new TestMethod(); }
public IComponent GetComponent(IComponentCfg cfg, IList components) { return new TestMethod(cfg); }
- public IComponentCfg DefaultConfig() { return new TestMethodCfg_IPerl(this); }
+ public IComponentCfg DefaultConfig() { return new TestMethodCfg(this); }
public IComponentCfg CmpntCfgFromCmpntEntity(Config.Entities.Component component)
{
- return ComponentCfgBase.CreateFromDbEntity(TestMethodCfg_IPerl.Serializer, component, this);
+ return ComponentCfgBase.CreateFromDbEntity(TestMethodCfg.Serializer, component, this);
}
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/common/OptoTelegramRaw.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/common/OptoTelegramRaw.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a11bcfa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/common/OptoTelegramRaw.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+///
+/// Copyright (c) 2015-2021 Sensus Metering Systems
+///
+
+using System;
+using System.Globalization;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.common
+{
+ public enum OptoTelegramFlags : byte
+ {
+ OK = 0,
+ OK_TestStart,
+ OK_TestEnd,
+ InvalidTelegram, /// Wrong telegram format of checksum error
+ SyncError,
+ }
+
+ public class OptoTelegramRaw
+ {
+ public static readonly int Length = 42;
+ private static CultureInfo culture;
+
+
+ ///
+ /// Strobed value
+ ///
+ public static decimal TestStartTimestampDec;
+
+ ///
+ /// Stored values
+ ///
+ public OptoTelegramFlags Flags;
+
+ public DateTime DateTime; /// From PC
+ public float RefFlow; /// [m3/h]
+ public int Counter;
+
+ public Int32 EmfRaw; /// Signed EMF from iPerl opto data
+ public Int16 MagneticFieldRaw;
+ public Int16 FlowRaw;
+ public double VolumeRaw;
+ public double VolumeRawExt;
+ public Int16 Impedance;
+ public double Timestamp;
+ public double TimestampExt;
+ public byte CheckSum;
+
+ ///
+ /// Calculated values
+ ///
+ public double EMF()
+ {
+ return 0.000000333 * (double)EmfRaw;
+ }
+ public double MagneticField() { return (double)MagneticFieldRaw; }
+ public double Flow(double scalingFactor) { return 0.225 * scalingFactor * (double)FlowRaw; }
+ public double Volume(double scalingFactor) { return 0.0000625 * scalingFactor * (double)VolumeRawExt; }
+ public Int32 FlipTime() { return Impedance; }
+ public decimal TimestampDec() { return (decimal)TimestampExt / (decimal)8192; }
+ public double VolumeDelta(double scalingFactor, OptoTelegramRaw previous) { return (previous == null) ? 0 : Volume(scalingFactor) - previous.Volume(scalingFactor); }
+ public decimal TimeDelta() { return TimestampDec() - TestStartTimestampDec; }
+ public string Label()
+ {
+ if (Flags == OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart) return "#### start test ####";
+ else if (Flags == OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd) return "#### end of test ####";
+ else return string.Empty;
+ }
+
+
+ static OptoTelegramRaw()
+ {
+ culture = CultureInfo.CreateSpecificCulture("DE"); /// This is to use comma as decimal number separator
+ }
+
+ public OptoTelegramRaw()
+ {
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Parses optical telegram and returns OptoTelegramRaw object
+ ///
+ ///
+ /// Create a configuration structure from a complete byte array
+ ///
+ /// Telegram description:
+ ///
+ /// AAAAAA[tab]BBBB[tab]CCCC[tab]DDDDDD[tab]EEEE[tab]FFFFFFFF[tab]GG[cr][lf] (42 bytes)
+ ///
+ /// Data Comment Type Calculate to decimal
+ /// ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ /// AAAAAA EMF Int24 Value * 0.000000333
+ /// BBBB Magnetic field Int16 Value
+ /// CCCC Flow Int16 Value * 0.225 * Scalig factor
+ /// DDDDDD Volume Int24 Value / 16000 * Scaling factor
+ /// EEEE Impedance Int16 Value
+ /// FFFFFFFF Timestamp Uint32 Value / 8192
+ /// GG Checksum Byte
+ /// ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ ///
+ /// Example:
+ /// FFFFFE 51EA 0000 65324E 0087 F6319DFF 86
+ /// FFDD3A 51F9 0000 65324E 0088 F631A60B 45
+ /// ...
+ ///
+ /// A complete byte array data
+ /// true = telegram OK, false = telegram NOK
+ // public bool UpdateFromString(string telegram, int counter, float refFlow, ref Int64 volumeRawExtLast, ref Int64 timestampExtLast, bool isLog = false)
+ // {
+ // DateTime = DateTime.Now;
+ // Counter = counter;
+ // RefFlow = refFlow;
+ //
+ // if ((telegram == null) || (telegram.Length < Length) ||
+ // (telegram[6] != '\t') || (telegram[11] != '\t') || (telegram[16] != '\t') ||
+ // (telegram[23] != '\t') || (telegram[28] != '\t') || (telegram[37] != '\t') ||
+ // (!isLog && (telegram[40] != '\r' || telegram[41] != '\n')))
+ // {
+ // Flags = OptoTelegramFlags.InvalidTelegram;
+ // return false;
+ // }
+ //
+ // UInt32 uEmfRaw;
+ // bool f1 = UInt32.TryParse(telegram.Substring(0, 6), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out uEmfRaw);
+ // EmfRaw = (uEmfRaw > 0x7FFFFF) ? ((int)uEmfRaw - 0x1000000) : (int)uEmfRaw;
+ //
+ // bool f2 = Int16.TryParse(telegram.Substring(7, 4), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out MagneticFieldRaw);
+ // bool f3 = Int16.TryParse(telegram.Substring(12, 4), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out FlowRaw);
+ // bool f4 = UInt32.TryParse(telegram.Substring(17, 6), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out VolumeRaw);
+ // bool f5 = Int16.TryParse(telegram.Substring(24, 4), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out Impedance);
+ // bool f6 = UInt32.TryParse(telegram.Substring(29, 8), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out Timestamp);
+ // bool f7 = byte.TryParse(telegram.Substring(38, 2), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out CheckSum);
+ //
+ // byte calculatedCheckSum = 0;
+ // for (int i = 0; i < Length - 4; i++)
+ // {
+ // calculatedCheckSum += (byte)telegram[i];
+ // }
+ //
+ // bool allOk = f1 && f2 && f3 && f4 && f5 && f6 && f7 && (calculatedCheckSum == CheckSum);
+ //
+ // if (allOk)
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Cope with 'VolumeRaw' overflow
+ // ///
+ // Int64 uncorrected = (Int64)(((UInt64)volumeRawExtLast & 0xFFFFFFFFFF000000UL) | VolumeRaw);
+ // if (Math.Abs(uncorrected - volumeRawExtLast) <= 0x800000L)
+ // {
+ // VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = uncorrected;
+ // }
+ // else if (Math.Abs(uncorrected + 0x1000000L - volumeRawExtLast) <= 0x800000L)
+ // {
+ // VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = uncorrected + 0x1000000L;
+ // }
+ // else if (Math.Abs(uncorrected - 0x1000000L - volumeRawExtLast) <= 0x800000L)
+ // {
+ // VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = uncorrected - 0x1000000L;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = uncorrected;
+ // }
+ //
+ // ///
+ // /// Cope with 'Timestamp' overflow
+ // ///
+ // uncorrected = (Int64)(((UInt64)timestampExtLast & 0xFFFFFFFF00000000UL) | Timestamp);
+ // if (Math.Abs(uncorrected - timestampExtLast) <= 0x80000000L)
+ // {
+ // TimestampExt = timestampExtLast = uncorrected;
+ // }
+ // else if (Math.Abs(uncorrected + 0x100000000L - timestampExtLast) <= 0x80000000L)
+ // {
+ // TimestampExt = timestampExtLast = uncorrected + 0x100000000L;
+ // }
+ // else if (Math.Abs(uncorrected - 0x100000000L - timestampExtLast) <= 0x80000000L)
+ // {
+ // TimestampExt = timestampExtLast = uncorrected - 0x100000000L;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // TimestampExt = timestampExtLast = uncorrected;
+ // }
+ // }
+ //
+ // Flags = allOk ? OptoTelegramFlags.OK : OptoTelegramFlags.InvalidTelegram;
+ //
+ // return allOk;
+ // }
+
+
+ // -------- TIMESTAMP (seconds) --------
+ // bbbbbbbb – unsigned 32 bit ASIC time stamp in 8192 ticks per second– rolls over after 2^32
+ private const double TS_TICKS_PER_SEC = 8192.0;
+ private const double TS_RANGE = 4294967296.0 / TS_TICKS_PER_SEC; // 2^32 / 8192 = 524288 sec
+
+ // -------- VOLUME (liters) --------
+ // vvvvvv is unsigned 24-bit, 1 tick = 1/4 ml = 0.00025 L
+ private const double VOL_LITERS_PER_TICK = 0.00025; // liters per tick
+ private const double VOL_RANGE = 16777216.0 * VOL_LITERS_PER_TICK; // 2^24 * 0.00025 = 4194.304 L
+
+ // -------- VOLUME (liters) --------
+ private const double GAL_TO_LITER = 3.785411784;
+
+ public void UpdateFromSmart(
+ DiagnosticLedState4Data data,
+ int counter,
+ float refFlow,
+ ref double volumeRawExtLast,
+ ref double timestampExtLast)
+ {
+ DateTime = DateTime.Now;
+ Counter = counter;
+ RefFlow = refFlow;
+
+ FlowRaw = data.RawFlow;
+ VolumeRaw = data.RawVolume;
+
+ // ---- TIMESTAMP RAW (seconds, modulo TS_RANGE) ----
+ // If upstream conversion ever produced negative values, normalize them.
+ double ts = data.AsicTimestamp; // already in seconds, but wraps every TS_RANGE
+ ts = ts % TS_RANGE;
+ if (ts < 0) ts += TS_RANGE;
+
+ Timestamp = ts;
+
+ // ---------- VOLUME UNWRAP ----------
+ double v = VolumeRaw;
+
+ if (double.IsNaN(volumeRawExtLast))
+ {
+ VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = v;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // nearest-lap unwrap
+ //double k = Math.Round(volumeRawExtLast - v) / VOL_RANGE);
+ if (v < volumeRawExtLast)
+ {
+ VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = v + VOL_RANGE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ VolumeRawExt = volumeRawExtLast = v;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ---------- TIMESTAMP UNWRAP (seconds) ----------
+ if (double.IsNaN(timestampExtLast))
+ {
+ TimestampExt = timestampExtLast = ts;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // robust unwrap: choose the smallest jump across the modulo boundary
+ double lastMod = timestampExtLast % TS_RANGE;
+ if (lastMod < 0) lastMod += TS_RANGE;
+
+ double delta = ts - lastMod;
+
+ if (delta < -TS_RANGE / 2.0) delta += TS_RANGE;
+ else if (delta > TS_RANGE / 2.0) delta -= TS_RANGE;
+
+ TimestampExt = timestampExtLast = timestampExtLast + delta;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+
+
+ ///
+ /// Alternative to UpdateFromString(...) when data are flushed
+ ///
+ public bool UpdateFromStringDummy(string telegram)
+ {
+ DateTime = DateTime.Now;
+ RefFlow = 0;
+
+ if ((telegram == null) || (telegram.Length < Length) ||
+ (telegram[6] != '\t') || (telegram[11] != '\t') || (telegram[16] != '\t') ||
+ (telegram[23] != '\t') || (telegram[28] != '\t') || (telegram[37] != '\t') ||
+ (telegram[40] != '\r') || (telegram[41] != '\n'))
+ {
+ Flags = OptoTelegramFlags.InvalidTelegram;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ bool f7 = byte.TryParse(telegram.Substring(38, 2), NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out CheckSum);
+
+ byte calculatedCheckSum = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < Length - 4; i++)
+ {
+ calculatedCheckSum += (byte)telegram[i];
+ }
+
+ bool allOk = f7 && (calculatedCheckSum == CheckSum);
+
+ Flags = allOk ? OptoTelegramFlags.OK : OptoTelegramFlags.InvalidTelegram;
+
+ return allOk;
+ }
+
+
+ public void SetFlags(OptoTelegramFlags flags)
+ {
+ this.Flags = flags;
+ }
+
+
+ public string ToString(double scalingFactor, OptoTelegramRaw previous)
+ {
+ if (Flags == OptoTelegramFlags.SyncError)
+ {
+ return "Sychronization error";
+ }
+ else if (Flags == OptoTelegramFlags.InvalidTelegram)
+ {
+ return "Invalid telegram";
+ }
+ else /// if (flags == OptoTelegramFlags.OK / OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart / OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd)
+ {
+ return string.Format("{0}:{1}:{2}.{3}\t{4} :\t{5}\t{6}\t{7}\t{8}\t{9}\t{10}\t{11}\t{12}\t{13}\t{14}\t{15}\t{16}\t{17}\t{18}\t{19}\t{20}\t{21}\t{22}",
+ DateTime.Hour.ToString("D2"),
+ DateTime.Minute.ToString("D2"),
+ DateTime.Second.ToString("D2"),
+ DateTime.Millisecond.ToString("D4"),
+ Counter,
+ (EmfRaw & 0x00FFFFFF).ToString("X6"),
+ MagneticFieldRaw.ToString("X4"),
+ FlowRaw.ToString("X4"),
+ VolumeRaw.ToString("X6"),
+ Impedance.ToString("X4"),
+ Timestamp.ToString("X8"),
+ CheckSum.ToString("X2"),
+ EMF().ToString("F4", culture),
+ MagneticField().ToString("F0", culture),
+ Flow(scalingFactor).ToString("F2", culture),
+ Volume(scalingFactor).ToString("F4", culture),
+ FlipTime().ToString("F0", culture),
+ TimestampDec().ToString("F4", culture),
+ (RefFlow * 1000).ToString("F2", culture),
+ VolumeDelta(scalingFactor, previous).ToString("F4", culture),
+ TimeDelta().ToString("F3", culture),
+ scalingFactor.ToString("F1", culture),
+ Label());
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrame.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrame.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7730399e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrame.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+using System;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol
+{
+ public sealed class IperlHatFrame
+ {
+ public byte Start { get; }
+ public byte Direction { get; }
+ public byte End { get; }
+ public byte Length { get; }
+
+ public byte[] CommandInformation { get; }
+ public byte[] Payload { get; }
+
+ public IperlHatFrame(byte start, byte direction, byte length, byte[] commandBytes, byte[] payload, byte end)
+ {
+ Start = start;
+ Direction = direction;
+ Length = length;
+ CommandInformation = commandBytes ?? Array.Empty();
+ Payload = payload ?? Array.Empty();
+ End = end;
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrameBuilder.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrameBuilder.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..078d526f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrameBuilder.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol
+{
+ public sealed class IperlHatFrameBuilder
+ {
+
+ private byte _direction;
+ private readonly List _commandBytes = new List();
+ private readonly List _payload = new List();
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder RequestResponse(bool enabled)
+ {
+ _direction = enabled ? TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Write : TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Read;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddCommand(ProtocolCommand command)
+ {
+ _commandBytes.Add((byte)command);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddSubCommand(ProtocolCommand subCommand)
+ {
+ if (_commandBytes.Count == 0 ||
+ _commandBytes[0] != (byte)ProtocolCommand.DeviceSpecific)
+ throw new InvalidOperationException(
+ "Sub-command is only valid for DeviceSpecific (0xFD) commands.");
+
+ _commandBytes.Add((byte)subCommand);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddSubCommand(ProtocolStatuses subCommand)
+ {
+ if (_commandBytes.Count == 0 ||
+ _commandBytes[0] != (byte)ProtocolCommand.SetState)
+ throw new InvalidOperationException(
+ "Sub-command is only valid for SetState (0xA1) commands.");
+
+ _commandBytes.Add((byte)subCommand);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddDeviceCommand(
+ ProtocolDeviceSubCommand subCommand)
+ {
+ _commandBytes.Add((byte)ProtocolCommand.DeviceSpecific);
+ _commandBytes.Add((byte)subCommand);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder SetVersionCommand()
+ {
+ _commandBytes.Add((byte)ProtocolCommand.Question);
+ _payload.AddRange(TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Version);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddPayload(byte[] payload)
+ {
+ if (payload != null)
+ _payload.AddRange(payload);
+
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddPayload(DiagnosticLedState state)
+ {
+ _payload.Add((byte)state);
+
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddPayload(byte payload)
+ {
+ _payload.Add(payload);
+
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddDiagnosticLedState(DiagnosticLedState state)
+ {
+ RequestResponse(true);
+ AddDeviceCommand(ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.SetDiagnosticLEDState);
+ AddPayload((byte)state);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrameBuilder AddNullTerminatedAscii(string text)
+ {
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(text))
+ _commandBytes.AddRange(
+ System.Text.Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text));
+
+ _commandBytes.Add(0x00);
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public IperlHatFrame BuildFrame()
+ {
+ if (_commandBytes.Count == 0)
+ throw new InvalidOperationException("No command specified.");
+
+ byte length = (byte)(4 + _commandBytes.Count + _payload.Count); // 4 = START + dirrection + LEN + END
+
+
+ return new IperlHatFrame(
+ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Start,
+ _direction,
+ length,
+ _commandBytes.ToArray(),
+ _payload.ToArray(),
+ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.End);
+ }
+
+ public byte[] BuildBytes()
+ {
+ IperlHatFrame frame = BuildFrame();
+
+ if (frame.CommandInformation.Length > 0 && frame.CommandInformation[0] == TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question)
+ {
+ var bytes = new List
+ {
+ frame.Start,
+ frame.Direction,
+ };
+
+ bytes.AddRange(frame.CommandInformation);
+ bytes.AddRange(frame.Payload);
+ bytes.Add(frame.End);
+
+ return bytes.ToArray();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ var bytes = new List
+ {
+ frame.Start,
+ frame.Direction,
+ frame.Length,
+ };
+
+ bytes.AddRange(frame.CommandInformation);
+ bytes.AddRange(frame.Payload);
+ bytes.Add(frame.End);
+
+ return bytes.ToArray();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrameParser.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrameParser.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e57dafadd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatFrameParser.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol
+{
+ public sealed class IperlHatFrameParser
+ {
+
+ public IperlHatResponse Parse(byte[] data)
+ {
+ if (data == null)
+ throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(data));
+
+ if (data.Length < 5)
+ throw new FormatException("Frame too short.");
+
+
+
+ if (data[0] != TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Start)
+ {
+ //if version parse version
+ if (data[0] == TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question)
+ {
+ //Define Question answer
+ var prefix = new List{ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question };
+ var end = new List{ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.End };
+
+ if (IsPrefixValid(data, prefix, end))
+ {
+ //whole payload may be like "vers: Harry T:B800, V:06.06.01, FW:190215, 7ECE, B1.6.01, HW:4, Serial:0"
+ prefix = new List{ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question };
+ byte[] payloadVersion = ExtractPayloadUsePrefix(data, prefix, end);
+ return new IperlHatResponse(TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question, payloadVersion.Length > 0 ? TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.StatusOk : TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.StatusNok, payloadVersion);
+ }
+ }
+
+ throw new FormatException("Invalid START byte.");
+ }
+
+ if (data[1] != TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Read)
+ throw new FormatException("Frame is no Response.");
+
+ byte length = data[2];
+ if (length != data.Length)
+ throw new FormatException("Length mismatch.");
+
+ byte direction = data[1];
+ byte status = data[3];
+
+ var prefixCommand = new List{ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Start,direction,length,status };
+ var endCommand = new List{ TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.End };
+
+ byte[] payload = ExtractPayloadUsePrefix(data,prefixCommand,endCommand);
+
+ return new IperlHatResponse(0x00, status, payload);
+ }
+
+
+ private static byte[] ExtractPayloadUsePrefix(byte[] data, List prefix, List end)
+ {
+ // payload exists only if frame longer than:
+ // START + DIRECTION + LEN + CTRL + END = 5 bytes
+ // OR VERSION_START + VERSION = 5 bytes
+ if (data.Length <= 5)
+ return Array.Empty();
+
+ //check prefix is equal
+ int prefixLength = prefix.Count;
+ byte[] commandPrefix = new byte[prefixLength];
+ Buffer.BlockCopy(data, 0, commandPrefix, 0, prefixLength);
+
+ if (StartsWithPrefix(end, commandPrefix))
+ {
+ return Array.Empty();
+ }
+
+ int payloadLength = data.Length - (prefix.Count + end.Count);
+ byte[] payload = new byte[payloadLength];
+ Buffer.BlockCopy(data, prefix.Count, payload, 0, payloadLength);
+ return payload;
+ }
+
+ private static bool IsPrefixValid(byte[] data, List prefix, List end)
+ {
+ int prefixLength = prefix.Count;
+ // payload exists only if frame longer than:
+ // OR VERSION_START + VERSION = 5 bytes - "?VERS" version implemented
+ if (data.Length <= prefixLength) // need be and on END
+ return false;
+
+ //check prefix is equal
+ byte[] commandPrefix = new byte[prefixLength];
+ Buffer.BlockCopy(data, 0, commandPrefix, 0, prefixLength);
+
+ if (StartsWithPrefix(end, commandPrefix))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ private static bool StartsWithPrefix(List data, byte[] prefix)
+ {
+ if (data.Count < prefix.Length)
+ return false;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < prefix.Length; i++)
+ {
+ if (data[i] != prefix[i])
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ private static byte[] ExtractVersionPayload(byte[] data)
+ {
+ // payload exists only if frame longer than:
+ // START + LEN + CTRL + STATUS + CHK_HI + CHK_LO = 6 bytes
+ if (data.Length <= 5)
+ return Array.Empty();
+
+ int payloadLength = data.Length - 4;
+ byte[] payload = new byte[payloadLength];
+ Buffer.BlockCopy(data, 5, payload, 0, payloadLength);
+ return payload;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatProtocol.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatProtocol.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cc4b1c4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatProtocol.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol
+{
+ public static class IperlHatProtocol
+ {
+ public const byte START = 0x0D;
+
+ // Control bits (CNTRL1)
+ public const byte RESPONSE_FLAG = 0x08; // RF
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatProtocolConstants.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatProtocolConstants.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e055e384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatProtocolConstants.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol
+{
+ public static class IperlHatProtocolConstants
+ {
+ public const byte Start = 0x53; //'S'
+ public const byte Write = 0x57; // 'W'
+ public const byte Read = 0x52; // 'R'
+ public const byte End = 0x0D; //'.'
+ public const byte Question = (byte)0x3F; // '?'
+ public static readonly byte[] Version = {0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x73 }; // 'v' 'e' 'r' 's'
+
+ public const byte StatusOk = 0x01;
+ public const byte StatusNok = 0x00;
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatResponse.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatResponse.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1ca70750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/IperlHatProtocol/IperlHatResponse.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+using System;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol
+{
+ public sealed class IperlHatResponse
+ {
+ public byte Control { get; } //classic control byte - valid for question now
+ private byte Status { get; }
+ public byte[] Payload { get; }
+
+ public bool IsOk => Status == TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.StatusOk;
+
+ public IperlHatResponse(byte control, byte status, byte[] payload)
+ {
+ Control = control;
+ Status = status;
+ Payload = payload ?? Array.Empty();
+ }
+
+ public int GetResponse(ref bool isInt)
+ {
+ if (Payload.Length > 0 && Payload.Length <= 1)
+ {
+ isInt = true;
+ return Payload[0];
+ }
+
+ isInt = false;
+ return 0xFD;
+ }
+
+ public T GetResponse(out bool ok) where T : struct
+ {
+ ok = false;
+
+ // we expect exactly 1 byte payload
+ if (Payload == null || Payload.Length != 1)
+ return default;
+
+ byte raw = Payload[0];
+
+ Type t = typeof(T);
+
+ // ----- BYTE -----
+ if (t == typeof(byte))
+ {
+ ok = true;
+ return (T)(object)raw;
+ }
+
+ // ----- INT -----
+ if (t == typeof(int))
+ {
+ ok = true;
+ return (T)(object)(int)raw;
+ }
+
+ // ----- USHORT -----
+ if (t == typeof(ushort))
+ {
+ ok = true;
+ return (T)(object)(ushort)raw;
+ }
+
+ // ----- ENUM -----
+ if (t.IsEnum)
+ {
+ // check if value exists in enum
+ if (!Enum.IsDefined(t, raw))
+ return default;
+
+ ok = true;
+ return (T)Enum.ToObject(t, raw);
+ }
+
+ // unsupported type
+ return default;
+ }
+
+ public string GetAsciiPayload()
+ {
+ if (Payload.Length == 0)
+ return null;
+
+ int length = Array.IndexOf(Payload, (byte)0x00);
+ if (length < 0)
+ length = Payload.Length;
+
+ return System.Text.Encoding.ASCII.GetString(Payload, 0, length);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParser.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParser.cs
similarity index 84%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParser.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParser.cs
index 993697110..2c7e07b94 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParser.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParser.cs
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
using System;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
{
public sealed class DiagnosticLedParser
{
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
_state = state;
}
- public DiagnosticLedData ParseLine(string line)
+ public DiagnosticLedData ParseLine(string line, bool checkLineTermination = true)
{
if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(line))
throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(line));
- if (!line.EndsWith("\r\n"))
+ if (checkLineTermination && !line.EndsWith("\r\n"))
throw new FormatException("Invalid diagnostic LED line termination");
string trimmed = line.TrimEnd('\r', '\n');
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedState.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedState.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..033b93658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedState.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
+{
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED output mode.
+ ///
+ /// Determines the format and content of high-speed serial diagnostic data
+ /// emitted by the meter when the diagnostic LED is enabled.
+ ///
+ ///
+ /// Each state corresponds to a specific TAB-separated ASCII HEX frame layout
+ /// as defined in the iPERL TouchRead protocol documentation.
+ ///
+ ///
+ /// See
+ /// diagnostic LED States.
+ ///
+ ///
+ public enum DiagnosticLedState : byte
+ {
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED OFF - State #0.
+ ///
+ /// Basic diagnostic output containing raw ADC, field strength,
+ /// flow rate, volume accumulator, and capacitor voltage.
+ ///
+ ///
+ StateOFF = 0x00,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #1.
+ ///
+ /// Basic diagnostic output containing raw ADC, field strength,
+ /// flow rate, volume accumulator, and capacitor voltage.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State1 = 0x01,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #2.
+ ///
+ /// Extends State #1 with LCD volume, meter state,
+ /// and low-flow cutoff indication.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State2 = 0x02,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #3.
+ ///
+ /// Extends State #1 with field calibration value,
+ /// ASIC timestamp, and field drive time.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State3 = 0x03,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #4.
+ ///
+ /// Extended diagnostic output including mean flow rate,
+ /// field measurements, integrator calibration values,
+ /// and ASIC state.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State4 = 0x04,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #5.
+ ///
+ /// Extends State #4 with water impedance measurement.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State5 = 0x05,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #6.
+ ///
+ /// Extends State #5 with electrode delta, spike detection data,
+ /// pipe status, LCD volume, and additional ASIC state.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State6 = 0x06,
+
+ ///
+ /// Diagnostic LED State #7.
+ ///
+ /// Extends State #6 with raw ADC before offset correction,
+ /// detrended ADC value, imaginary water impedance,
+ /// electrode voltage noise, and ADC offset learning status.
+ ///
+ ///
+ State7 = 0x07,
+
+ ///
+ /// Unknown state.
+ ///
+ StatusUnknown = 0xFF,
+ }
+}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedData.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedData.cs
similarity index 75%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedData.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedData.cs
index b53ad0f71..edc2c561e 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedData.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedData.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Base class for all Diagnostic LED data frames.
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
///
public abstract class DiagnosticLedData
{
+ const double GalToLiterConversion = 3.785411784D;
+ public abstract int GetByteCount();
+
///
/// Raw diagnostic LED line exactly as received from the meter,
/// including checksum and CRLF.
@@ -63,10 +66,35 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
public short RawFlow { get; protected set; }
///
- /// Unsigned 24-bit raw volume accumulation in units of ¼ milliliter per bit.
+ /// Unsigned 24-bit raw volume accumulation in units of ¼ milliliter per bit. it is in Gal * 2
///
- public uint RawVolume { get; protected set; }
-
+ public uint RawVolume1to4 { get; protected set; } // in 1/4 ml Gal * 2
+
+ ///
+ /// Raw volume in liters
+ ///
+ public double RawVolume // in liter
+ {
+ get
+ {
+ double volume = (RawVolume1to4 * 0.00025) ; // convert to liters
+ return volume;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Raw volume in Gal
+ ///
+ public double RawVolumeInGal // in Gal
+ {
+ get
+ {
+ double volume = (RawVolume1to4 * 4.0) / 1000.0F; // convert to Gal
+ //volume = (volume / GalToLiterConversion) / 2; // convert to liter
+ return volume;
+ }
+ }
+
///
/// Unsigned 16-bit millivolt delta measured on the field drive capacitor.
///
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedFrameSpec.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedFrameSpec.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d034dcaef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedFrameSpec.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+using System;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+{
+ public static class DiagnosticLedFrameSpec
+ {
+ public static int GetExpectedAsciiLength(DiagnosticLedState state)
+ {
+ switch (state)
+ {
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State1: return 33;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State2: return 48;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State3: return 50;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State4: return 84;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State5: return 89;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State6: return 112;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State7: return 139;
+ default: throw new ArgumentOutOfRangeException(nameof(state));
+ }
+ }
+
+ public static int GetExpectedFieldCount(DiagnosticLedState state)
+ {
+ switch (state)
+ {
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State1: return 6;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State2: return 9;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State3: return 9;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State4: return 15;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State5: return 16;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State6: return 21;
+ case DiagnosticLedState.State7: return 26;
+ default: throw new ArgumentOutOfRangeException(nameof(state));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState1Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState1Data.cs
similarity index 68%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState1Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState1Data.cs
index e905a4e8c..651a7637b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState1Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState1Data.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #1 data frame.
@@ -33,8 +33,26 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(f[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(f[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(f[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(f[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(f[3]);
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(f[4]);
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState1Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format: xxxxxx aaaa yyyy vvvvvv cccc ss
+ /// Chars total = 26
+ /// Tabs = 5
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 33
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 33;
+ }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState2Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState2Data.cs
similarity index 77%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState2Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState2Data.cs
index d4eac87a8..f5364d6ae 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState2Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState2Data.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #2 data frame.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(fields[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[4]);
// ---- State #2 specific ----
@@ -67,6 +67,24 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
MeterState = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[6]);
IsLowFlowCutoff = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[7]) != 0;
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState2Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}, LcdVolume={LcdVolume}, MeterState={MeterState}, IsLowFlowCutoff={IsLowFlowCutoff}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format: xxxxxx aaaa yyyy vvvvvv cccc gggggggg mm ff ss
+ /// Chars total = 38
+ /// Tabs = 8
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 48
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 48;
+ }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState3Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState3Data.cs
similarity index 77%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState3Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState3Data.cs
index 070c100f9..fb000f1dd 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState3Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState3Data.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #3 data frame.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(fields[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[4]);
// ---- State #3 specific fields ----
@@ -67,5 +67,23 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
AsicTimestamp = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt32(fields[6]);
FieldDriveTimeUs = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[7]);
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState3Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}, FieldCalibration={FieldCalibration}, AsicTimestamp={AsicTimestamp}, FieldDriveTimeUs={FieldDriveTimeUs}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format: xxxxxx aaaa yyyy vvvvvv cccc tttt bbbbbbbb ff ss
+ /// Chars total = 40
+ /// Tabs = 8
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 50
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 50;
+ }
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState4Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState4Data.cs
similarity index 65%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState4Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState4Data.cs
index 46c737059..bb0df1c27 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState4Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState4Data.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #4 data frame.
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
/// 0 – xxxxxx signed 24-bit ADC value
/// 1 – aaaa unsigned 16-bit Field strength
/// 2 – yyyy signed 16-bit Raw flow rate (1/4 ml per bit)
- /// 3 – vvvvvv unsigned 24-bit Raw volume accumulation
+ /// 3 – vvvvvv unsigned 24 bit raw volume accumulation in ¼ ml per bit
/// 4 – cccc unsigned 16-bit Capacitor mV delta
/// 5 – tttt unsigned 16-bit Field calibration
/// 6 – bbbbbbbb unsigned 32-bit ASIC timestamp
@@ -30,7 +30,19 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
public sealed class DiagnosticLedState4Data : DiagnosticLedData
{
public ushort FieldCalibration { get; }
- public uint AsicTimestamp { get; }
+
+ ///
+ /// ASIC timestamp in seconds
+ ///
+ public double AsicTimestamp
+ {
+ get { return AsicTimestampTicks / 8192; } //4096.0; }
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// ASIC timestamp in units of 1 / 4096 seconds.
+ ///
+ public uint AsicTimestampTicks { get; }
public byte FieldDriveTimeUs { get; }
public int MeanFlowRate { get; }
@@ -50,12 +62,13 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(fields[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]); //1/4 ml Gal double
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[4]);
// ---- State #4 specific ----
FieldCalibration = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[5]);
- AsicTimestamp = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt32(fields[6]);
+
+ AsicTimestampTicks = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt32(fields[6]);
FieldDriveTimeUs = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[7]);
MeanFlowRate = unchecked((int)DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt32(fields[8]));
@@ -68,6 +81,24 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
AsicState = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[13]);
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState4Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, RawVolume1to4 = {RawVolume1to4}, RawVolumeGal={RawVolumeInGal}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}, FieldCalibration={FieldCalibration}, AsicTimestamp={AsicTimestamp}, FieldDriveTimeUs={FieldDriveTimeUs}, MeanFlowRate={MeanFlowRate}, Field1Measurement={Field1Measurement}, Field2Measurement={Field2Measurement}, IntegratorCalibrationPositive={IntegratorCalibrationPositive}, IntegratorCalibrationNegative={IntegratorCalibrationNegative}, AsicState={AsicState}, RawLine={RawLine}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format: xxxxxx aaaa yyyy vvvvvv cccc tttt bbbbbbbb mmmmmmmm ff gggg hhhh cccc nnnn qq ss
+ /// Chars total = 68
+ /// Tabs = 14
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 84
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 84;
+ }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState5Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState5Data.cs
similarity index 79%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState5Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState5Data.cs
index 2835d04fc..a18b926d3 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState5Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState5Data.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #5 data frame.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ public sealed class DiagnosticLedState5Data : DiagnosticLedData
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(fields[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[4]);
// ---- State #5 specific ----
@@ -88,6 +88,24 @@ public sealed class DiagnosticLedState5Data : DiagnosticLedData
AsicState = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[13]);
WaterImpedance = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[14]);
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState5Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}, FieldCalibration={FieldCalibration}, AsicTimestamp={AsicTimestamp}, FieldDriveTimeUs={FieldDriveTimeUs}, MeanFlowRate={MeanFlowRate}, Field1Measurement={Field1Measurement}, Field2Measurement={Field2Measurement}, IntegratorCalibrationPositive={IntegratorCalibrationPositive}, IntegratorCalibrationNegative={IntegratorCalibrationNegative}, AsicState={AsicState}, WaterImpedance={WaterImpedance}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format: xxxxxx aaaa yyyy vvvvvv cccc tttt bbbbbbbb mmmmmmmm ff iiii ss
+ /// Chars total = 72
+ /// Tabs = 15
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 89
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 89;
+ }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState6Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState6Data.cs
similarity index 82%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState6Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState6Data.cs
index 46a853867..5303a3417 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState6Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState6Data.cs
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
using System;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #6 data frame.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ public sealed class DiagnosticLedState6Data : DiagnosticLedData
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(fields[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[4]);
// ---- State #6 specific ----
@@ -129,6 +129,24 @@ public sealed class DiagnosticLedState6Data : DiagnosticLedData
return (SpikeDetectionStatus)SpikeDetection;
}
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState6Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}, FieldCalibration={FieldCalibration}, AsicTimestamp={AsicTimestamp}, FieldDriveTimeUs={FieldDriveTimeUs}, MeanFlowRate={MeanFlowRate}, Field1Measurement={Field1Measurement}, Field2Measurement={Field2Measurement}, IntegratorCalibrationPositive={IntegratorCalibrationPositive}, IntegratorCalibrationNegative={IntegratorCalibrationNegative}, AsicState0={AsicState0}, WaterImpedance={WaterImpedance}, SpikeDetection={SpikeDetection}, PipeStatus={PipeStatus}, LcdVolume={LcdVolume}, AsicState1={AsicState1}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format: xxxxxx aaaa yyyy vvvvvv cccc tttt bbbbbbbb mmmmmmmm ff iiii rrrr pp ll dddddddd oo ss
+ /// Chars total = 90
+ /// Tabs = 20
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 112
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 112;
+ }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState7Data.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState7Data.cs
similarity index 81%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState7Data.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState7Data.cs
index e2ea42dff..37341581a 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState7Data.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/DiagnosticLedState7Data.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
///
/// Diagnostic LED State #7 data frame.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ public sealed class DiagnosticLedState7Data : DiagnosticLedData
Adc24 = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt24(fields[0]);
FieldStrength = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[1]);
RawFlow = DiagnosticHex.ParseInt16(fields[2]);
- RawVolume = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
+ RawVolume1to4 = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt24(fields[3]);
CapacitorMv = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[4]);
// ---- State #6 fields ----
@@ -132,6 +132,24 @@ public sealed class DiagnosticLedState7Data : DiagnosticLedData
ElectrodeVoltageNoise = DiagnosticHex.ParseUInt16(fields[23]);
AdcOffsetLearningStatus = DiagnosticHex.ParseByte(fields[24]);
}
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return $"DiagnosticLedState7Data: Adc24={Adc24}, FieldStrength={FieldStrength}, RawFlow={RawFlow}, RawVolume={RawVolume}, CapacitorMv={CapacitorMv}, FieldCalibration={FieldCalibration}, AsicTimestamp={AsicTimestamp}, FieldDriveTimeUs={FieldDriveTimeUs}, MeanFlowRate={MeanFlowRate}, Field1Measurement={Field1Measurement}, Field2Measurement={Field2Measurement}, IntegratorCalibrationPositive={IntegratorCalibrationPositive}, IntegratorCalibrationNegative={IntegratorCalibrationNegative}, AsicState0={AsicState0}, WaterImpedance={WaterImpedance}, ElectrodeDeltaMv={ElectrodeDeltaMv}, SpikeDetection={SpikeDetection}, PipeStatus={PipeStatus}, LcdVolume={LcdVolume}, AsicState1={AsicState1}, RawAdcBeforeOffset={RawAdcBeforeOffset}, DetrendedAdc={DetrendedAdc}, ImaginaryWaterImpedance={ImaginaryWaterImpedance}, ElectrodeVoltageNoise={ElectrodeVoltageNoise}, AdcOffsetLearningStatus={AdcOffsetLearningStatus}";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Format:
+ /// Chars total = 112
+ /// Tabs = 25
+ /// CRLF = 2
+ /// Total bytes = 139
+ ///
+ /// Total bytes
+ public override int GetByteCount()
+ {
+ return 139;
+ }
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/PipeStatus.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/PipeStatus.cs
similarity index 65%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/PipeStatus.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/PipeStatus.cs
index 8a64ac23c..ce229feb9 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/PipeStatus.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/PipeStatus.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
public enum PipeStatus : byte
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/SpikeDetectionStatus.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/SpikeDetectionStatus.cs
similarity index 67%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/SpikeDetectionStatus.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/SpikeDetectionStatus.cs
index 5a5a700b4..ba1d8d324 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/SpikeDetectionStatus.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/parserer/SpikeDetectionStatus.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer
{
public enum SpikeDetectionStatus : byte
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticChecksum.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticChecksum.cs
similarity index 76%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticChecksum.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticChecksum.cs
index 3d9b5e4cd..34abc6571 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticChecksum.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticChecksum.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils
{
internal static class DiagnosticChecksum
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticHex.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticHex.cs
similarity index 91%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticHex.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticHex.cs
index b08549f7a..fefd02486 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticHex.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnosticHex.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
using System;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils
{
internal static class DiagnosticHex
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnostigLedDataByUnit.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnostigLedDataByUnit.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..960594c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/utils/DiagnostigLedDataByUnit.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils
+{
+ public class DiagnostigLedDataByUnit
+ {
+ private readonly Common.Unit _unitFlow;
+ private readonly Common.Unit _unitVolume;
+ private readonly DiagnosticLedState4Data _data;
+
+ public DiagnostigLedDataByUnit(Common.Unit unitFlow, Common.Unit unitVolume, DiagnosticLedState4Data data)
+ {
+ this._unitFlow = unitFlow;
+ this._unitVolume = unitVolume;
+ this._data = data;
+ }
+
+ public Common.Unit Unit => _unitVolume;
+ public DiagnosticLedState4Data Data => _data;
+
+ public double RawFlow {
+ get { return UnitVolume(_unitFlow, _data.RawFlow); }
+ }
+
+ public double RawVolume
+ {
+ get { return Common.Units.ConvertFrom(_unitVolume, _data.RawVolume); }
+ }
+
+ public double AsicTimestamp
+ {
+ get { return _data.AsicTimestamp; }
+ }
+
+ public static double UnitVolume(Common.Unit unit, double volume)
+ {
+ return Common.Units.ConvertFrom(unit, volume); /// 1 liter
+ }
+
+ public static uint DeltaTicks(uint oldTicks, uint newTicks)
+ {
+ return newTicks >= oldTicks
+ ? newTicks - oldTicks
+ : uint.MaxValue - oldTicks + newTicks + 1;
+ }
+
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/HexFormatter.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/HexFormatter.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e87448abe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/HexFormatter.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+using System;
+using System.Globalization;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger
+{
+ public static class HexFormatter
+ {
+ ///
+ /// Byte to hex string.
+ /// Formats a single byte as 0xNN.
+ /// Example: 0x0D
+ ///
+ public static string ToHex(byte value)
+ {
+ return "0x" + value.ToString("X2");
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// int to byte - securely
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public static byte ToHexByte(int value)
+ {
+ if (value < 0 || value > 255)
+ throw new ArgumentOutOfRangeException(nameof(value),
+ "Value must be between 0 and 255.");
+
+ return (byte)value;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Formats a byte array as 0xNN 0xNN ...
+ ///
+ public static string ToHex(byte[] data)
+ {
+ if (data == null || data.Length == 0)
+ return "";
+
+ var sb = new System.Text.StringBuilder();
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < data.Length; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0)
+ sb.Append(' ');
+
+ sb.Append("0x");
+ sb.Append(data[i].ToString("X2"));
+ }
+
+ return sb.ToString();
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Formats a byte array exactly as shown in serial terminals.
+ /// Example: "0D 04 08 01 00 1A"
+ ///
+ public static string ToSerialHex(byte[] data)
+ {
+ if (data == null || data.Length == 0)
+ return string.Empty;
+
+ var sb = new System.Text.StringBuilder();
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < data.Length; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0)
+ sb.Append(' ');
+
+ sb.Append(data[i].ToString("X2"));
+ }
+
+ return sb.ToString();
+ }
+
+
+ public static string ToHexWithAscii(byte value)
+ {
+ char c = (value >= 32 && value <= 126) ? (char)value : '.';
+ return $"0x{value:X2} ('{c}')";
+ }
+
+ public static string ToSerialHexWithAscii(byte[] data)
+ {
+ if (data == null || data.Length == 0)
+ return string.Empty;
+
+ var hex = new StringBuilder(data.Length * 3);
+ var ascii = new StringBuilder(data.Length);
+
+ foreach (byte b in data)
+ {
+ hex.Append(b.ToString("X2")).Append(' ');
+
+ // Printable ASCII range
+ if (b >= 32 && b <= 126)
+ {
+ ascii.Append((char)b);
+ }
+ // Binary numbers 0–9 -> show digit
+ else if (b <= 9)
+ {
+ ascii.Append((char)('0' + b));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ascii.Append('.');
+ }
+ }
+
+ // remove last trailing space in hex
+ if (hex.Length > 0)
+ hex.Length--;
+
+ return $"{hex} | {ascii}";
+ }
+
+
+
+ public static string ToHex(int value)
+ {
+ return $"0x{(byte)value:X2}";
+ }
+
+ public static byte[] IntToBytesBE(int value, int byteCount)
+ {
+ var result = new byte[byteCount];
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < byteCount; i++)
+ result[byteCount - 1 - i] = (byte)(value >> (8 * i));
+
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ public static byte[] IntToBytesLE(int value, int byteCount)
+ {
+ var result = new byte[byteCount];
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < byteCount; i++)
+ result[i] = (byte)(value >> (8 * i));
+
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ public static byte[] AsciiToBytes(string text)
+ {
+ return string.IsNullOrEmpty(text)
+ ? Array.Empty()
+ : System.Text.Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text);
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Converts a hex string to a byte array.
+ /// Like: string hex = "3F 76 65 72 73 3A 20 48 61 72 72 79 20 54 3A 42 38 30 30 2C 20";
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public static byte[] HexStringToByteArray(string hex)
+ {
+ if (hex == null)
+ throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(hex));
+
+ return hex
+ .Split(new[] { ' ', '\t', '\r', '\n' }, StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries)
+ .Select(b => byte.Parse(b, NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.InvariantCulture))
+ .ToArray();
+ }
+
+ }
+
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/IpelHatCommandDecoder.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/IpelHatCommandDecoder.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65bed0d29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/IpelHatCommandDecoder.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger
+{
+ public class IpelHatCommandDecoder
+ {
+ public static string DescribeCommand(byte command)
+ {
+ return "";
+ }
+
+ public static string DescribeDirection(byte direction)
+ {
+ if (direction == IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Write)
+ return "(WRITE - OUTGOING)";
+
+ if (direction == IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Read)
+ return "(READ - INCOMING)";
+
+ return "INVALID CONTROL BITS (unsupported pattern)";
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/IperlHatLogger.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/IperlHatLogger.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63724f3ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/IperlHatLogger.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+using System;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger
+{
+ public static class IperlHatLogger
+ {
+ public static string DescribeTx(byte[] frame)
+ {
+ if (frame == null || frame.Length < 5)
+ return "Invalid frame";
+
+ if (frame[2] == IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question)
+ {
+ return
+ "TX Frame\n" +
+ $" START : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[0])}\n" +
+ $" DIRECTION : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[1])} ({IpelHatCommandDecoder.DescribeDirection(frame[1])})\n" +
+ $" COMMAND : {HexFormatter.ToHexWithAscii(frame[2])}\n" +
+ $" INFO : {HexFormatter.ToSerialHexWithAscii(GetInformatioQuestion(frame))}\n" +
+ $" END : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[frame.Length - 1])}\n" +
+ $" RAW : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame)}";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return
+ "TX Frame\n" +
+ $" START : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[0])}\n" +
+ $" DIRECTION : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[1])} ({HexFormatter.ToHexWithAscii(frame[1])}) {IpelHatCommandDecoder.DescribeDirection(frame[1])}\n" +
+ $" LEN : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[2])} - {(int)frame[2]}\n" +
+ $" COMMAND : {HexFormatter.ToHexWithAscii(frame[3])}\n" +
+ $" INFO : {HexFormatter.ToSerialHexWithAscii(GetInformation(frame))}\n" +
+ $" END : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[frame.Length - 1])}\n" +
+ $" RAW : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame)}";
+ }
+ }
+
+ //payload
+ private static byte[] GetInformation(byte[] frame)
+ {
+ int infoLength = frame.Length - 5; // START + DIRECTION + LEN + COMMAND + END
+ if (infoLength <= 0)
+ return Array.Empty();
+
+ var info = new byte[infoLength];
+ Buffer.BlockCopy(frame, 4, info, 0, infoLength);
+ return info;
+ }
+
+ //payload for question
+ private static byte[] GetInformatioQuestion(byte[] frame)
+ {
+ int infoLength = frame.Length - 4; // START + DIRECTION + COMMAND + END
+ if (infoLength <= 0)
+ return Array.Empty();
+
+ var info = new byte[infoLength];
+ Buffer.BlockCopy(frame, 3, info, 0, infoLength);
+ return info;
+ }
+
+ public static string DescribeRx(byte[] frame, TouchReadResponse response)
+ {
+ return
+ "RX Frame\n" +
+ $" START : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[0])}\n" +
+ $" LEN : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame[1])} ({frame[1]})\n" +
+ $" CONTROL : {HexFormatter.ToHex(response.Control)}\n" +
+ $" STATUS : {HexFormatter.ToHex(response.Status)} ({DescribeStatus(response.Status)})\n" +
+ $" PAYLOAD : {HexFormatter.ToHex(response.Payload)}\n" +
+ $" RAW : {HexFormatter.ToHex(frame)}";
+ }
+
+ private static string DescribeStatus(byte status)
+ {
+ switch (status)
+ {
+ case 0x01: return "Command complete, no errors";
+ case 0x02: return "Unable to execute";
+ case 0x04: return "Unsupported control bits";
+ default: return "Unknown status";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadControlDecoder.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadControlDecoder.cs
similarity index 82%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadControlDecoder.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadControlDecoder.cs
index c747e5a1b..2d2a3d0dd 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadControlDecoder.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadControlDecoder.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.hexLogger
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger
{
public static class TouchReadControlDecoder
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadLogger.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadLogger.cs
similarity index 93%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadLogger.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadLogger.cs
index 11fa0e017..372adfe55 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadLogger.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/hexLogger/TouchReadLogger.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
using System;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.hexLogger
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger
{
public static class TouchReadLogger
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ITouchReadLedParser.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/ITouchReadLedParser.cs
similarity index 62%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ITouchReadLedParser.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/ITouchReadLedParser.cs
index fc8907e67..b3cac3b6e 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ITouchReadLedParser.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/ITouchReadLedParser.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.led
{
public interface ITouchReadLedParser
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParser.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParser.cs
similarity index 85%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParser.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParser.cs
index 0ba81be12..7947029cc 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParser.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParser.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
using System.Globalization;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.led
{
public class ShortVariableLedParser : ITouchReadLedParser
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedData.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedData.cs
similarity index 96%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedData.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedData.cs
index 8064ae507..427ccf1a1 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedData.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedData.cs
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
using System;
using System.Globalization;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.led
{
///
/// Parsed data from a unidirectional TouchRead LED message.
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessage.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessage.cs
similarity index 88%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessage.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessage.cs
index 3d15579f6..abb0ef647 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessage.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessage.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
using System;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.led
{
public class TouchReadLedMessage
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadCommand.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolCommand.cs
similarity index 91%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadCommand.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolCommand.cs
index 6ea8862fe..5b6758817 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadCommand.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolCommand.cs
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons
{
///
/// Common iPERL TouchRead bidirectional commands.
/// These commands consist of a single-byte command code
/// placed in the Information field.
///
- public enum TouchReadCommand : byte
+ public enum ProtocolCommand : byte
{
///
/// Simple (legacy) commands (e.g. View Factory ID = 0x01)
@@ -129,6 +129,12 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
/// Device-specific command prefix.
/// Must be followed by a device sub-command byte.
///
- DeviceSpecific = 0xFD
+ DeviceSpecific = 0xFD,
+
+ ///
+ /// Question - specific switch to add additional payload request like "vers"
+ /// Mandatory add payload
+ ///
+ Question = 0x3F,
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e83e13b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons
+{
+ ///
+ /// Device-specific TouchRead sub-commands.
+ /// These sub-commands are used together with the
+ /// (0xFD) command.
+ ///
+ public enum ProtocolDeviceSubCommand : byte
+ {
+ // ==========================================================
+ // System / Time
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ ///
+ /// View system time.
+ /// Returns uint32 seconds since 2000-01-01 00:00:00.
+ ///
+ ViewSystemTime = 0x10,
+
+ ///
+ /// Set system time.
+ /// Payload: uint32 seconds since 2000-01-01.
+ /// If set to zero, the meter resets and erases data.
+ /// Protected by meter seal.
+ ///
+ SetSystemTime = 0x11,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Alarm Mask / Alarm Configuration
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View alarm mask (lower 16 bits).
+ ViewAlarmMask = 0x31,
+
+ /// Set alarm mask (lower 16 bits).
+ SetAlarmMask = 0x32,
+
+ /// View alarm persistence period (days).
+ ViewPersistence = 0x33,
+
+ /// Set alarm persistence period (days).
+ SetPersistence = 0x34,
+
+ /// View leak duration (hours).
+ ViewLeakDuration = 0x35,
+
+ /// Set leak duration (hours).
+ SetLeakDuration = 0x36,
+
+ /// View current alarm states.
+ ViewAlarms = 0x37,
+
+ /// Set alarm states (protected by meter seal).
+ SetAlarms = 0x38,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Manufacture / Counters
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View manufacture date.
+ ViewManufactureDate = 0x39,
+
+ /// Set manufacture date (protected by meter seal).
+ SetManufactureDate = 0x3A,
+
+ /// View seconds idle.
+ ViewSecondsIdle = 0x3B,
+
+ /// View seconds active.
+ ViewSecondsActive = 0x3D,
+
+ /// View seconds used.
+ ViewSecondsUsed = 0x3F,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Snapshot / Datalog
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View snapshot data.
+ ViewSnapshotData = 0x41,
+
+ /// View datalog duration.
+ ViewDatalogDuration = 0x43,
+
+ /// Set datalog duration.
+ SetDatalogDuration = 0x44,
+
+ /// Read datalog.
+ ReadDatalog = 0x45,
+
+ /// Clear datalog.
+ ClearDatalog = 0x46,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // History
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View history mask.
+ ViewHistoryMask = 0x47,
+
+ /// Set history mask.
+ SetHistoryMask = 0x48,
+
+ /// Read history.
+ ReadHistory = 0x49,
+
+ /// Clear history.
+ ClearHistory = 0x4A,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Diagnostics / Status
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View diagnostics.
+ ViewDiagnostics = 0x4B,
+
+ /// Reset diagnostics.
+ ResetDiagnostics = 0x4C,
+
+ /// View status file.
+ ViewStatusFile = 0x4F,
+
+ /// Set status file (protected by meter seal).
+ SetStatusFile = 0x50,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Calibration / Configuration
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View calibration structure.
+ ViewCalibrationStructure = 0x51,
+
+ /// Set calibration structure (protected by meter seal).
+ SetCalibrationStructure = 0x52,
+
+ /// View calibration.
+ ViewCalibration = 0x53,
+
+ /// Set calibration (protected by meter seal).
+ SetCalibration = 0x54,
+
+ /// View reboot count.
+ ViewRebootCount = 0x55,
+
+ /// Set reboot count (protected by meter seal).
+ SetRebootCount = 0x56,
+
+ /// View temperature.
+ ViewTemperature = 0x57,
+
+ /// Set temperature (protected by meter seal).
+ SetTemperature = 0x58,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Diagnostic LED / Hardware
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ ///
+ /// Set diagnostic LED state.
+ /// Enables or disables high-speed LED serial output.
+ ///
+ /// See
+ /// diagnostic LED output modes.
+ ///
+ ///
+ SetDiagnosticLEDState = 0x60,
+
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Build / Firmware Info
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// View iPERL build information.
+ ViewIPerlBuild = 0x65,
+
+ /// Set iPERL build (protected by meter seal).
+ SetIPerlBuild = 0x66,
+
+ // ==========================================================
+ // Bootloader (DANGEROUS – use with care)
+ // ==========================================================
+
+ /// Enter bootloader mode.
+ EnterBootloader = 0x81,
+
+ /// Read FLASH memory.
+ ReadFlash = 0x82,
+
+ /// Erase all FLASH memory.
+ EraseAll = 0x83,
+
+ /// Erase FLASH segment.
+ EraseSegment = 0x84,
+
+ /// Update firmware code.
+ UpdateCode = 0x85,
+
+ /// Exit bootloader mode.
+ ExitBootloader = 0x86
+ }
+}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolStatuses.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolStatuses.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4c014548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/protocolCommons/ProtocolStatuses.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons
+{
+ public enum ProtocolStatuses : byte
+ {
+ Idle = 0x01,
+ Active = 0x02,
+ EndOfLife = 0x03,
+ MeterTest = 0x04,
+ MeterTestEMF = 0x05,
+
+ Unknown = 0x00
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrame.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrame.cs
similarity index 88%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrame.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrame.cs
index 1b9fb04f9..00c1afaf8 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrame.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrame.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
using System;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol
{
public sealed class TouchReadFrame
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameBuilder.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrameBuilder.cs
similarity index 73%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameBuilder.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrameBuilder.cs
index dbe7ebb47..ed3827970 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameBuilder.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrameBuilder.cs
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol
{
public sealed class TouchReadFrameBuilder
{
@@ -15,16 +17,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
return this;
}
- public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddCommand(TouchReadCommand command)
+ public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddCommand(ProtocolCommand command)
{
_information.Add((byte)command);
return this;
}
- public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddSubCommand(TouchReadDeviceSubCommand subCommand)
+ public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddSubCommand(ProtocolDeviceSubCommand subCommand)
{
if (_information.Count == 0 ||
- _information[0] != (byte)TouchReadCommand.DeviceSpecific)
+ _information[0] != (byte)ProtocolCommand.DeviceSpecific)
throw new InvalidOperationException(
"Sub-command is only valid for DeviceSpecific (0xFD) commands.");
@@ -33,9 +35,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
}
public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddDeviceCommand(
- TouchReadDeviceSubCommand subCommand)
+ ProtocolDeviceSubCommand subCommand)
{
- _information.Add((byte)TouchReadCommand.DeviceSpecific);
+ _information.Add((byte)ProtocolCommand.DeviceSpecific);
_information.Add((byte)subCommand);
return this;
}
@@ -47,6 +49,14 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
return this;
}
+
+ public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddDiagnosticLedState(DiagnosticLedState state)
+ {
+ _information.Add((byte)ProtocolCommand.DeviceSpecific);
+ _information.Add((byte)ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.SetDiagnosticLEDState);
+ _information.Add((byte)state);
+ return this;
+ }
public TouchReadFrameBuilder AddNullTerminatedAscii(string text)
{
@@ -104,7 +114,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
return bytes.ToArray();
}
- private static ushort CalculateChecksum(IEnumerable data)
+ public static ushort CalculateChecksum(IEnumerable data)
{
ushort sum = 0;
foreach (var b in data)
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameParser.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrameParser.cs
similarity index 95%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameParser.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrameParser.cs
index 0755a2f22..e11ec1d6d 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameParser.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadFrameParser.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
using System;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol
{
public sealed class TouchReadFrameParser
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadProtocol.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadProtocol.cs
similarity index 69%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadProtocol.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadProtocol.cs
index 9200decb9..2c44f4a09 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadProtocol.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadProtocol.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol
{
public static class TouchReadProtocol
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadResponse.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadResponse.cs
similarity index 90%
rename from TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadResponse.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadResponse.cs
index c58d08dc7..20e12f26a 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadResponse.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/C4/wiredProtocol/TouchReadResponse.cs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
using System;
-namespace TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.wiredProtocol
{
public sealed class TouchReadResponse
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/OpthoHeadService.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/OpthoHeadService.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08372dd45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/OpthoHeadService.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+using log4net;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication
+{
+ public class OpthoHeadService
+ {
+
+
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/OptoHeadTest.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/OptoHeadTest.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d33dc278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/OptoHeadTest.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+using System;
+using System.IO.Ports;
+using Common;
+using log4net;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.Utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication
+{
+ public class OptoHeadTest : IDisposable
+ {
+ //protected static readonly ILog rfidDataLogger = LogManager.GetLogger("RfidData");
+ private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(OptoHeadTest));
+
+ private IperlHead iperlHead;
+ private SerialDriver serialDriver;
+
+ public static SerialDriver BuildConnection(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ return new SerialDriverBuilder()
+ .WithPort($"COM{iHead.RfidComPortNr}")
+ .WithBaudRate(2400)
+ .WithDataBits(8)
+ .WithParity(Parity.None)
+ .WithStopBits(StopBits.One)
+ .WithTimeouts(4000, 2000)
+ .BuildAndConnect();
+
+ }
+
+ public OptoHeadTest(IperlHead iperlHead)
+ {
+ this.iperlHead = iperlHead;
+ }
+
+ public void CloseConnection()
+ {
+ if (serialDriver != null)
+ serialDriver.CloseConnection();
+ serialDriver = null;
+ }
+
+ public bool ReadSerialNr()
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (iperlHead != null)
+ {
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iperlHead);
+
+ log.Debug("ReadSerialNr called for iHead: " + iperlHead.ToString() + " serialDriver: " + serialDriver);
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ string serialNo = headService.ReadRequest_PCB(ref iperlHead);
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(serialNo))
+ {
+ log.Info($"Success Serial No: {serialNo} on COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} serialDriver: {serialDriver}");
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error($"ReadSerialNr(COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}) - Exception:" + ex.Message);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ public string ReadRequest_PCB()
+ {
+ if (iperlHead.DebugLevel == DebugMode.Simulate)
+ {
+ return "-OK Simulated response-";
+ }
+
+ try
+ {
+ if (iperlHead != null)
+ {
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iperlHead);
+
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ string serialNo = headService.ReadRequest_PCB(ref iperlHead);
+ log.Info($"PCB Number: {serialNo} on COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} serialDriver: {serialDriver}");
+ return serialNo;
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("ReadRequest_PCB() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ return (ex.Message.ToString());
+ }
+
+ return "";
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set Test mode
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public bool SetTestMode()
+ {
+ log.Debug("SetTestMode called for iHead: " + iperlHead.ToString());
+ bool activityModeActive = SetActivityMode_Active();
+ bool optActiveMode = SetOptTestMode();
+
+ log.Debug("SetTestMode result: optoMod-> " + optActiveMode + " meterModeActive ->" + activityModeActive);
+ return (optActiveMode && activityModeActive);
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set Active mode
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public bool SetActiveMode()
+ {
+ log.Debug("SetActiveMode called for iHead: " + iperlHead.ToString());
+ bool optActiveMode = SetOptActiveMode(iperlHead);
+ //bool activityModeIdle = SetActivityMode_Idle();
+
+ return optActiveMode;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set Idle mode - only
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public bool SetIdleMode()
+ {
+ log.Debug("SetIdleMode called for iHead: " + iperlHead.ToString());
+ bool activityModeIdle = SetActivityMode_Idle();
+
+ return activityModeIdle;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set Test mode - string response
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public string SetTestMode(ref bool isTestModeSuccessful)
+ {
+ if (iperlHead.DebugLevel == DebugMode.Simulate)
+ {
+ isTestModeSuccessful = true;
+ return "-OK Simulated response-";
+ }
+
+ try
+ {
+ bool testMode = SetTestMode();
+ isTestModeSuccessful = testMode;
+ return testMode ? "Set Test Mode - OK" : "Set Test Mode - FAILED";
+ }catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("SetTestMode() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ return "Set Test Mode - Exception";
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+ ///
+ /// Set Optical -> Test mode
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ private bool SetOptTestMode()
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (iperlHead != null)
+ {
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iperlHead);
+
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ bool optTestMode = headService.SetOptTestMode(iperlHead);
+ if (iperlHead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.OpthoStatusMode = optTestMode ? DiagnosticLedState.State4 : DiagnosticLedState.StatusUnknown;
+ return optTestMode;
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("SetOptTestMode() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set Active mode - string response
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public string SetActiveMode(ref bool isTestModeSuccessful)
+ {
+ if (iperlHead.DebugLevel == DebugMode.Simulate)
+ {
+ isTestModeSuccessful = true;
+ return "-OK Simulated response-";
+ }
+
+ try
+ {
+ bool activeMode = SetActiveMode();
+ isTestModeSuccessful = activeMode;
+ return activeMode ? "Set Active Mode - OK" : "Set Active Mode - FAILED";
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("SetActiveMode() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ return "Set Active Mode - Exception";
+ }
+ }
+ ///
+ /// Set Optical -> Active mode
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ private bool SetOptActiveMode(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (iHead != null)
+ {
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iHead);
+
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ return headService.SetOptActiveMode(iHead);
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("SetOptActiveMode() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set activity mode to active
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ private bool SetActivityMode_Active()
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (iperlHead != null)
+ {
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iperlHead);
+
+ log.Debug("SetActivityMode_Active called for iHead: " + iperlHead.ToString() + " serialDriver: " + serialDriver);
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ return headService.SetActivityMode_Active(iperlHead);
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("SetActivityMode_Active() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Set activity mode to idle
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ private bool SetActivityMode_Idle()
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ if (iperlHead != null)
+ {
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iperlHead);
+
+ log.Debug("SetActivityMode_Idle called for iHead: " + iperlHead.ToString() + " serialDriver: " + serialDriver);
+
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ return headService.SetActivityMode_Idle(iperlHead);
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error("SetActivityMode_Idle() - Exception:" + ex.StackTrace);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+
+ public void Dispose()
+ {
+ CloseConnection();
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Read configuration from iHead
+ /// DiagnosticLedState is not readable, mus only be set!
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public bool ReadConfiguration(DiagnosticLedState ledState )
+ {
+ if (iperlHead.DebugLevel == DebugMode.Simulate)
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ try
+ {
+
+ if (iperlHead != null)
+ {
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct = new ConfigStruct();
+
+ if (serialDriver == null)
+ serialDriver = BuildConnection(iperlHead);
+
+ RadioService headService = new RadioService(serialDriver);
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.PCBNumberString = headService.ReadRequest_PCB(ref iperlHead);
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.StatusMode = headService.GetActivityStatusMode(iperlHead);
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.Unit = headService.GetUnit(iperlHead);
+
+ if (ledState != DiagnosticLedState.StatusUnknown) // do set
+ {
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.OpthoStatusMode = headService.SetOptoStatusMode(iperlHead, ledState);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.OpthoStatusMode = DiagnosticLedState.StatusUnknown;
+ }
+
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.Version = headService.GetVersion(iperlHead);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/RadioService.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/RadioService.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a17fbf16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/RadioService.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+using log4net;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.IperlHatProtocol;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.Utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication
+{
+ public class RadioService
+ {
+ private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(RadioService));
+
+ static string okResponse = "Command complete, no errors";
+ static string errorResponse = "Unable to execute";
+
+ private ISerialDriver serialDriver;
+ public RadioService(SerialDriver serialDriver)
+ {
+ this.serialDriver = serialDriver;
+ log.Debug("RadioService created with serialDriver= " + serialDriver + "");
+ }
+
+ public RadioService(ISerialDriver serialDriver)
+ {
+ this.serialDriver = serialDriver;
+ log.Debug("RadioService created with serialDriver= " + serialDriver + "");
+ }
+
+ public string ReadRequest_PCB(ref IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ var request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddCommand(ProtocolCommand.ViewFactoryId)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 10000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return null;
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ if (decoded.IsOk)
+ {
+ string asciiPayload = decoded.GetAsciiPayload();
+ if (iHead.ConfigStruct != null) // store mechanism
+ {
+ iHead.ConfigStruct.PCBNumberString = asciiPayload;
+ }
+ return asciiPayload;
+ }
+
+ return null;
+ }
+
+ public ProtocolStatuses GetActivityStatusMode(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ serialDriver.Open();
+
+ var request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddCommand(ProtocolCommand.ViewState)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 10000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return ProtocolStatuses.Unknown;
+
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+
+ if (!decoded.IsOk)
+ return ProtocolStatuses.Unknown;
+
+ ProtocolStatuses statusMode = decoded.GetResponse(out bool isOK);
+
+ if (!isOK)
+ return ProtocolStatuses.Unknown; // wrong payload
+
+ return statusMode;
+ }
+
+ public DiagnosticLedState SetOptoStatusMode(IperlHead iHead, DiagnosticLedState opthoStatusMode)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ serialDriver.Open();
+
+ var request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddDeviceCommand(ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.SetDiagnosticLEDState)
+ .AddPayload(opthoStatusMode)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 10000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return DiagnosticLedState.StatusUnknown;
+
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+
+ log.Debug("SetOptoStatusMode isOK: " + decoded.IsOk);
+ // if is response ok - it set it correctly
+ if (!decoded.IsOk)
+ return DiagnosticLedState.StatusUnknown;
+
+ return opthoStatusMode;
+ }
+
+
+ private static ushort SafeIntToUShort(int value)
+ {
+ if (value < ushort.MinValue || value > ushort.MaxValue)
+ return 0xFD; // your error code
+
+ return (ushort)value;
+ }
+
+
+ public string GetVersion(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ byte[] request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddCommand(ProtocolCommand.Question)
+ .AddPayload(IperlHatProtocolConstants.Version)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 10000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return "";
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ log.Debug("GetVersion isOK: " + decoded.IsOk);
+ if (decoded.IsOk)
+ {
+ return decoded.GetAsciiPayload();
+ }
+
+ return "";
+ }
+
+
+ public bool SetActivityMode_Active(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ //Set LED to state 4
+ byte[] request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddCommand(ProtocolCommand.SetState)
+ .AddSubCommand(ProtocolStatuses.Active) // Active
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 5000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return false;
+
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ log.Debug("SetActivityMode_Active isOK: " + decoded.IsOk);
+ if (decoded.IsOk && iHead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ {
+ iHead.ConfigStruct.StatusMode = ProtocolStatuses.Active;
+ }
+ return decoded.IsOk;
+ }
+
+ public bool SetActivityMode_Idle(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ //Set Activity State Idle
+ byte[] request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddCommand(ProtocolCommand.SetState)
+ .AddSubCommand(ProtocolStatuses.Idle)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 5000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return false;
+
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ log.Debug("SetActivityMode_Idle isOK: " + decoded.IsOk);
+ if (decoded.IsOk && iHead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ {
+ iHead.ConfigStruct.StatusMode = ProtocolStatuses.Idle;
+ }
+ return decoded.IsOk;
+ }
+
+ public bool SetOptTestMode(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ //Set LED to state 4
+ var request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddDeviceCommand(ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.SetDiagnosticLEDState)
+ .AddPayload(DiagnosticLedState.State4)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 5000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return false;
+
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ bool isOk = decoded.IsOk;
+ log.Debug("SetOptTestMode isOK: " + isOk);
+ if (decoded.IsOk && iHead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ {
+ iHead.ConfigStruct.OpthoStatusMode = DiagnosticLedState.State4;
+ }
+ return isOk;
+
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// stop data streaming by LED
+ ///
+ ///
+ ///
+ public bool SetOptActiveMode(IperlHead iHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ //Set LED to state 1
+ var request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddDeviceCommand(ProtocolDeviceSubCommand.SetDiagnosticLEDState)
+ .AddPayload(DiagnosticLedState.StateOFF)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 5000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return false;
+
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ log.Debug("SetOptActiveMode isOK: " + decoded.IsOk);
+ if (decoded.IsOk && iHead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ {
+ iHead.ConfigStruct.OpthoStatusMode = DiagnosticLedState.StateOFF;
+ }
+ return decoded.IsOk;
+ }
+
+ public string GetUnit(IperlHead iperlHead)
+ {
+ if (!serialDriver.IsOpen())
+ {
+ serialDriver.Open();
+ }
+
+ var request = new IperlHatFrameBuilder()
+ .RequestResponse(true)
+ .AddCommand(ProtocolCommand.ViewFactoryId)
+ .BuildBytes();
+
+
+ byte[] rawData = serialDriver.SendAndWait(request, 10000);
+ if (rawData == null)
+ return null;
+
+ // parse rawData
+ var parser = new IperlHatFrameParser();
+ IperlHatResponse decoded = parser.Parse(rawData);
+ if (decoded.IsOk)
+ {
+ string asciiPayload = decoded.GetAsciiPayload();
+ if (iperlHead.ConfigStruct != null) // store mechanism
+ {
+ iperlHead.ConfigStruct.Unit = asciiPayload;
+ }
+ return asciiPayload;
+ }
+
+ return null;
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/ISerialDriver.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/ISerialDriver.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e75c5c0f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/ISerialDriver.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.Utils
+{
+ public interface ISerialDriver
+ {
+ bool IsOpen();
+ bool Open();
+ byte[] SendAndWait(byte[] request, int timeout);
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/SerialDriver.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/SerialDriver.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c08d803a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/SerialDriver.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Diagnostics;
+using System.IO.Ports;
+using System.Threading;
+using FluentNHibernate.Conventions;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.Utils
+{
+ public class SerialDriver : IDisposable, ISerialDriver
+ {
+ readonly log4net.ILog log = log4net.LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(SerialDriver));
+ public string ErrorMessage { get; private set; }
+ private List SerialPortReadBuffer = new List();
+
+ private SerialPort _serialPort;
+ private readonly List _binMessages = new List();
+ private bool _isReading;
+
+ // Stored configuration (used by Builder)
+ private readonly string _portName;
+ private readonly int _baudRate;
+ private readonly int _dataBits;
+ private readonly Parity _parity;
+ private readonly StopBits _stopBits;
+ private readonly int _readTimeout;
+ private readonly int _writeTimeout;
+
+ private readonly ManualResetEvent _responseReceived = new ManualResetEvent(false);
+
+ #region Constructors
+
+ // Default constructor (legacy support)
+ public SerialDriver()
+ {
+ _serialPort = new SerialPort();
+ }
+
+ // Builder constructor
+ internal SerialDriver(
+ string portName,
+ int baudRate,
+ int dataBits,
+ Parity parity,
+ StopBits stopBits,
+ int readTimeout,
+ int writeTimeout)
+ {
+ _portName = portName;
+ _baudRate = baudRate;
+ _dataBits = dataBits;
+ _parity = parity;
+ _stopBits = stopBits;
+ _readTimeout = readTimeout;
+ _writeTimeout = writeTimeout;
+ }
+
+ #endregion
+
+ #region Open / Close
+
+ // Builder-based open
+ public bool Open()
+ {
+ return OpenConnection(
+ _portName,
+ _baudRate,
+ _dataBits,
+ _parity,
+ _stopBits,
+ _readTimeout,
+ _writeTimeout
+ );
+ }
+
+ // Legacy API (unchanged)
+ public bool OpenConnection(
+ string comPort,
+ int baudrate,
+ int dataBits,
+ Parity parity,
+ StopBits stopbits,
+ int readTimeout = 1000,
+ int writeTimeout = 1000)
+ {
+ lock (this)
+ {
+ CloseConnection();
+
+ try
+ {
+ ErrorMessage = string.Empty;
+
+ _serialPort = new SerialPort(comPort, baudrate, parity, dataBits, stopbits)
+ {
+ ReadTimeout = readTimeout,
+ WriteTimeout = writeTimeout
+ };
+
+ _serialPort.DataReceived += DataReceivedHandler;
+ _serialPort.Open();
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ ErrorMessage = $"COM error: Open failed {comPort}. {ex.Message}";
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!_serialPort.IsOpen)
+ {
+ ErrorMessage = $"COM error: Can't open {comPort}.";
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ log.Debug("SerialDriver opened successfully for port: " + comPort);
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ public void CloseConnection()
+ {
+ if (_serialPort != null)
+ {
+ _serialPort.DataReceived -= DataReceivedHandler;
+ if (_serialPort.IsOpen)
+ _serialPort.Close();
+
+ _serialPort.Dispose();
+ _serialPort = null;
+ }
+ }
+
+ public bool IsOpen() => _serialPort?.IsOpen == true;
+
+ #endregion
+
+ #region Send / Receive
+
+ public bool SendMessage(byte[] sendDataBytes, int length, int readTimeout = 1000, int writeTimeout = 1000)
+ {
+ if (!IsOpen()) return false;
+ if (sendDataBytes.Length == 0) return true;
+
+ try
+ {
+ PrepareReading();
+
+ _serialPort.WriteTimeout = writeTimeout;
+ _serialPort.ReadTimeout = readTimeout;
+ _serialPort.Write(sendDataBytes, 0, length);
+
+ _isReading = true;
+
+ var stopwatch = Stopwatch.StartNew();
+ while (_isReading)
+ {
+ if (stopwatch.ElapsedMilliseconds > readTimeout)
+ {
+ ErrorMessage = "COM error: Receive timeout";
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ ErrorMessage = $"COM error: Transmit failed {_serialPort.PortName}. {ex.Message}";
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ private void PrepareReading()
+ {
+ _serialPort.DiscardInBuffer();
+ _binMessages.Clear();
+ _responseReceived.Reset();
+ SerialPortReadBuffer.Clear();
+ _isReading = true;
+ }
+
+ public byte[] GetRawData()
+ {
+ return _binMessages.ToArray();
+ }
+
+ private void DataReceivedHandler(object sender, SerialDataReceivedEventArgs e)
+ {
+ lock (this)
+ {
+ if (_serialPort == null || !_serialPort.IsOpen) return;
+
+ try
+ {
+ //Thread.Sleep(5);
+
+ if (!SerialPortReadBuffer.IsEmpty())
+ {
+ SerialPortReadBuffer.Clear();
+ }
+
+ int iWordCounter = 0;
+ bool isStart = false;
+ bool isQuestion = false;
+ int iLength = 0;
+ while (true)//_serialPort.BytesToRead > 0
+ {
+ byte readByte = (byte)_serialPort.ReadByte();
+
+ //I have START
+ if (readByte == C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Start)
+ {
+ iWordCounter++;
+ isStart = true;
+ }
+ // I have QUESTION
+ if (readByte == C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.Question)
+ {
+ iWordCounter++;
+ isQuestion = true;
+ }
+ //I count length from start
+ if (iWordCounter > 0)
+ iWordCounter++;
+
+ if (iWordCounter > 0)
+ {
+ //Store byte to data
+ SerialPortReadBuffer.Add(readByte);
+ }
+ // we have length
+ if (iLength == 0 && isStart && SerialPortReadBuffer.Count > 2 )
+ {
+ iLength = (int)SerialPortReadBuffer[2];
+ }
+
+ //If we have enough bytes
+ if (isStart && iLength > 0
+ && (SerialPortReadBuffer.Count >= iLength ||
+ readByte == C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.End
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ //if we read END
+ if (isQuestion && readByte == C4.IperlHatProtocol.IperlHatProtocolConstants.End)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SerialPortReadBuffer.Count > 0)
+ {
+ _binMessages.AddRange(SerialPortReadBuffer.ToArray());
+ _responseReceived.Set();
+ }
+ }
+ catch (TimeoutException te)
+ {
+ // Ignore shutdown race conditions
+ }
+ finally
+ {
+ _isReading = false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ public byte[] SendAndWait(byte[] data, int timeoutMs)
+ {
+ if (!IsOpen())
+ throw new InvalidOperationException("Serial port not open");
+
+ log.Debug("SendAndWait() - TX: " + HexFormatter.ToHex(data));
+ PrepareReading();
+ _serialPort.Write(data, 0, data.Length);
+
+ if (!_responseReceived.WaitOne(timeoutMs))
+ {
+ log.Error("SendAndWait() - Response timeout! Details: " +
+ " SerialPortReadBuffer: " + HexFormatter.ToHex(SerialPortReadBuffer.ToArray()) +
+ " _binMessages" + HexFormatter.ToHex(_binMessages.ToArray()) +
+ "_responseReceived: " + _responseReceived.WaitOne(0)
+ );
+
+ ErrorMessage = "COM error: response timeout";
+ return null;
+ }
+
+ return GetRawData();
+ }
+
+
+ #endregion
+
+ public void Dispose()
+ {
+ CloseConnection();
+ }
+
+ public override string ToString()
+ {
+ return "SerialDriver: " + _serialPort.PortName + " (opened status:" + _serialPort.IsOpen +")";
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/SerialDriverBuilder.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/SerialDriverBuilder.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e9c9aa00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/communication/Utils/SerialDriverBuilder.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+using System;
+using System.IO.Ports;
+
+namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.Utils
+{
+ public class SerialDriverBuilder
+ {
+ private string _portName;
+ private int _baudRate = 9600;
+ private int _dataBits = 8;
+ private Parity _parity = Parity.None;
+ private StopBits _stopBits = StopBits.One;
+ private int _readTimeout = 1000;
+ private int _writeTimeout = 1000;
+
+ public SerialDriverBuilder WithPort(string portName)
+ {
+ _portName = portName;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public SerialDriverBuilder WithBaudRate(int baudRate)
+ {
+ _baudRate = baudRate;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public SerialDriverBuilder WithDataBits(int dataBits)
+ {
+ _dataBits = dataBits;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public SerialDriverBuilder WithParity(Parity parity)
+ {
+ _parity = parity;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public SerialDriverBuilder WithStopBits(StopBits stopBits)
+ {
+ _stopBits = stopBits;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ public SerialDriverBuilder WithTimeouts(int readTimeout, int writeTimeout)
+ {
+ _readTimeout = readTimeout;
+ _writeTimeout = writeTimeout;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Build driver WITHOUT opening connection
+ ///
+ public SerialDriver Build()
+ {
+ return new SerialDriver(
+ _portName,
+ _baudRate,
+ _dataBits,
+ _parity,
+ _stopBits,
+ _readTimeout,
+ _writeTimeout
+ );
+ }
+
+ ///
+ /// Build driver AND open connection
+ ///
+ public SerialDriver BuildAndConnect()
+ {
+ var driver = Build();
+ if (!driver.Open())
+ {
+ throw new InvalidOperationException(driver.ErrorMessage);
+ }
+ return driver;
+ }
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.cs
similarity index 68%
rename from TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.cs
index c1d2f592e..767dc30e9 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.cs
@@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead;
using Results.Entities;
using static Sensus.iPerl.NfcHandler.MCI_Protocol;
using System.Threading.Tasks;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
@@ -48,9 +51,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
}
- public partial class iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod : Form, GenericDevices.IHasCompleted
+ public partial class iPerlCommunicationForm : Form, GenericDevices.IHasCompleted
{
- private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod));
+ private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(iPerlCommunicationForm));
protected static readonly ILog rfidDataLogger = LogManager.GetLogger("RfidData");
const int Hz2CorrFactorsAddr = 0x1875; /// Used by Reset2HzCorrection(...) and Write2HzCorrection(...)
@@ -61,6 +64,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
public const string ReadConfigurationStr = "Read configuration"; /// Example: "Read configuration" or "Read configuration if enabled"
public const string SetTestModeStr = "Set Test mode"; /// Example: "Set Test mode" or "Set Test mode A0" (hexadecimal number is the required 'testModeConfig'
public const string SetActiveModeStr = "Set Active mode";
+ public const string ReadSerialNrStr = "Read SerialNr";
+ public const string SetIdleModeStr = "Set Idle mode";
public const string ReadCalibrationStr = "Read calibration";
public const string ReadCalibrationV4Str = "Read calibration_V4";
public const string WriteCalibrationFactorStr = "Write calibration factor";
@@ -112,21 +117,22 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Value returned by readRequestPort(...)
public static int ReadRequestPort(IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, StructName structName, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
{
- Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, CfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries));
+ Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, cfg.DelayBetweenRetries));
if (iperlHead.DebugLevel == DebugMode.FailureDuringOperation) iperlHead.DebugLevel = DebugMode.Normal;
if (iperlHead.DebugLevel != DebugMode.Normal) // Simulation
{
- return SimulationServices.ReadRequest(CfgIPerl, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, out buffer);
+ throw new Exception("ReadRequestPort() is not supported in simulation mode.");
+ //return SimulationServices.ReadRequest(cfg, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, out buffer);
}
- if (iperlHead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()) // NFC Interface
+ if (iperlHead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC) // NFC Interface
{
- return NfcServices.ReadRequest(CfgIPerl, iperlHead, structName, offset, length, out buffer);
+ return NfcServices.ReadRequest(cfg, iperlHead, structName, offset, length, out buffer);
}
else // RFID Interface
{
- return RfidServices.ReadRequest(CfgIPerl, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, out buffer);
+ return RfidServices.ReadRequest(cfg, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, out buffer);
}
}
@@ -137,21 +143,21 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Value returned by writeRequestPort(...)
public static int WriteRequestPort(IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, StructName structName, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
{
- Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, CfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries));
+ Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, cfg.DelayBetweenRetries));
if (iperlHead.DebugLevel == DebugMode.FailureDuringOperation) iperlHead.DebugLevel = DebugMode.Normal;
if (iperlHead.DebugLevel != DebugMode.Normal) // Simulation
{
- return SimulationServices.WriteRequest(CfgIPerl, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, buffer);
+ return SimulationServices.WriteRequest(cfg, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, buffer);
}
- if (iperlHead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()) // NFC Interface
+ if (iperlHead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC) // NFC Interface
{
- return NfcServices.WriteRequest(CfgIPerl, iperlHead, structName, offset, length, buffer);
+ return NfcServices.WriteRequest(cfg, iperlHead, structName, offset, length, buffer);
}
else // RFID Interface
{
- return RfidServices.WriteRequest(CfgIPerl, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, buffer);
+ return RfidServices.WriteRequest(cfg, iperlHead, messageID, offset, length, buffer);
}
}
#endregion iPerl_Head_RFID_Interface: ReadRequestPort, WriteRequestPort
@@ -192,7 +198,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// RFID multiplexer PCB / RFID serial port and worker thread related variables
///
static TestMethod testMethod;
- public static TestMethodCfg_IPerl CfgIPerl;
+ public static TestMethodCfg cfg;
static IList tests;
static IList multiTestParams;
@@ -208,22 +214,19 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Parameterless constructor (without watermeters, threads)
- public iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod()
+ public iPerlCommunicationForm()
{
InitializeComponent();
-
- this.Icon = Properties.Resources.TBF_icon;
-
}
///
/// Constructor for checkBox states (active/inactive iPerl head) editing.
///
/// Initial check box states
- public iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod(bool isCheckBoxesEditMode)
+ public iPerlCommunicationForm(bool isCheckBoxesEditMode)
: this()
{
- iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.CfgIPerl = new TestMethodCfg_IPerl(null); // default iPerl Head communication params
+ iPerlCommunicationForm.cfg = new TestMethodCfg(null); // default iPerl Head communication params
if (isCheckBoxesEditMode)
{
checkBoxesEditMode = true;
@@ -255,7 +258,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Constructor for one iPerlCommunication 'test'
///
/// Number of text boxes for serial numbers
- public iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod(TestMethod testMethod, Test test, iPerlCommunicationParams testParams)
+ public iPerlCommunicationForm(TestMethod testMethod, Test test, iPerlCommunicationParams testParams)
: this(testMethod, new List { test }, new List { testParams })
{
}
@@ -264,15 +267,15 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Constructor for multiple iPerlCommunication 'tests'
///
/// Number of text boxes for serial numbers
- public iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod(TestMethod testMethod, IList tests, IList multiTestParams)
+ public iPerlCommunicationForm(TestMethod testMethod, IList tests, IList multiTestParams)
: this()
{
checkBoxesEditMode = false;
- iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.testMethod = testMethod;
- iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.CfgIPerl = testMethod.Cfg as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
- iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.tests = tests;
- iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.multiTestParams = multiTestParams;
+ iPerlCommunicationForm.testMethod = testMethod;
+ iPerlCommunicationForm.cfg = testMethod.Cfg as TestMethodCfg;
+ iPerlCommunicationForm.tests = tests;
+ iPerlCommunicationForm.multiTestParams = multiTestParams;
if (multiTestParams.Count > 0)
{
@@ -350,13 +353,13 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// group numbers are >=1, lastGroup == 0 means there is no group
lastGroup = 0;
- foreach (var iPerl in iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.iperlHeads)
+ foreach (var iPerl in iPerlCommunicationForm.iperlHeads)
{
if (iPerl.Group > lastGroup) lastGroup = iPerl.Group;
}
workerThreads = new List();
- for (int i = 0; i < CfgIPerl.NrThreads; i++)
+ for (int i = 0; i < cfg.NrThreads; i++)
{
Thread thread = new Thread(Worker);
thread.CurrentCulture = CultureInfo.CurrentCulture;
@@ -365,7 +368,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
}
muxBrdOrGroup14Nrs = new List();
- foreach (var iPerl in iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.iperlHeads)
+ foreach (var iPerl in iPerlCommunicationForm.iperlHeads)
{
if (!muxBrdOrGroup14Nrs.Contains(iPerl.MuxBoardNrOrGroup14)) muxBrdOrGroup14Nrs.Add(iPerl.MuxBoardNrOrGroup14);
}
@@ -674,7 +677,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
#if TURA_SPECIAL
int threadIx = threadID; /// Just one thread for TURA_SPECIAL
#else
- for (int threadIx = threadID; threadIx < threadID + 4; threadIx += CfgIPerl.NrThreads)
+ for (int threadIx = threadID; threadIx < threadID + 4; threadIx += cfg.NrThreads)
#endif
{
bool wmFound = false;
@@ -707,48 +710,15 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
///
if ((ihead == null) || ihead.Disabled || !ckbState[wmNr0]) error = CommErr.HeadDisabledByUser;
#if IPERL
+ else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(ReadSerialNrStr.ToLower())) error = ReadSerialNr(threadID, ihead, ref resultStr);
else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(SetTestModeStr.ToLower())) error = SetTestMode(threadID, ihead, ref resultStr);
else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Equals(SetActiveModeStr.ToLower())) error = SetActiveMode(threadID, ihead, ref resultStr);
+ else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Equals(SetIdleModeStr.ToLower())) error = SetIdleMode(threadID, ihead, ref resultStr);
+ else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(ReadConfigurationStr.ToLower())) error = ReadConfiguration(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
///
/// RFID communication functions below require a reference to water meter entity (wm != null)
///
else if (wm == null) error = CommErr.CommFailed;
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(ReadConfigurationStr.ToLower())) error = ReadConfiguration(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == ReadCalibrationStr.ToLower()) error = ReadCalibration(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == ReadCalibrationV4Str.ToLower()) error = ReadCalibrationV4(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteCalibrationFactorStr.ToLower())) error = WriteCalibrationFactor(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr.ToLower())) error = WriteCalibrationV4Factors(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == NormalizeCalibrationFactorStr.ToLower()) error = NormalizeCalibrationFactor(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == NormalizeCalibrationV4FactorsStr.ToLower()) error = NormalizeCalibrationV4Factors(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == ReadQ2CorrectionStr.ToLower()) error = ReadQ2Correction(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == ResetQ2CorrectionStr.ToLower()) error = ResetQ2Correction(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower()) error = WriteDefaultQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == InitOrReadQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower()) error = InitOrReadQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteQ2CorrectionStr.ToLower()) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Standard, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteQ2CorrectionAltStr.ToLower()) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Dewa, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Greece, currentActivity.Substring(WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteQ2CorrectionRLStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.RL, currentActivity.Substring(WriteQ2CorrectionRLStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteQ2CorrectionLRStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.LR, currentActivity.Substring(WriteQ2CorrectionLRStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteQ2CorrectionIncl05Str.ToLower()) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Standard_incl_05, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteQ2CorrectionPlusIncl05Str.ToLower()) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Standard_plus_incl_05, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteQ2CorrectionAltIncl05Str.ToLower()) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Dewa_incl_05, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == WriteQ2CorrectionPlusAltIncl05Str.ToLower()) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Dewa_plus_incl_05, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceIncl05Str.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Greece_incl_05, currentActivity.Substring(WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceIncl05Str.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteQ2CorrectionRLIncl05Str.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.RL_incl_05, currentActivity.Substring(WriteQ2CorrectionRLIncl05Str.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(WriteQ2CorrectionLRIncl05Str.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.LR_incl_05, currentActivity.Substring(WriteQ2CorrectionLRIncl05Str.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestRLOnlyStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestRLDir, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestLROnlyStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestLRDir, null);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(UpdateQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.Update, currentActivity.Substring(UpdateQ2CorrectionsStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.ConditionalUpdate, currentActivity.Substring(ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrectionsStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrRLStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.ConditionalUpdateRL, currentActivity.Substring(ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrRLStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrLRStr.ToLower())) error = CalculateAndWriteQ2Corrections(threadID, ihead, wm, currentTest, ref resultStr, Q2CorrType.ConditionalUpdateLR, currentActivity.Substring(ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrLRStr.Length).Trim());
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == Reset2HzCorrectionStr.ToLower()) error = Reset2HzCorrection(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == Write2HzCorrectionStr.ToLower()) error = Write2HzCorrection(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == GetDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower()) error = GetQ2PreCorrectionsFormRest(threadID, ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == DewaReworkRLStr.ToLower()) error = DewaRework(ihead, wm, FlowDir.R_L, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower() == DewaReworkLRStr.ToLower()) error = DewaRework(ihead, wm, FlowDir.L_R, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(StartTestingSealedMetersStr.ToLower())) error = StartTestingSealedMeter(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
- else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(EndTestingSealedMetersStr.ToLower())) error = EndTestingSealedMeter(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
else if (currentActivity.ToLower().Contains(SimulateCmd.ToLower())) error = Simulate(ihead, wm, ref resultStr);
#endif
else
@@ -837,6 +807,58 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
}
}
+ private CommErr ReadSerialNr(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, ref string resultStr)
+ {
+ log.Debug("ReadSerialNr threadId=" + threadId + ", ihead=" + ihead.ToString());
+ if (ihead.ConfigStruct == null)
+ {
+ log.Debug("ConfigStruct is null - created new in ReadSerialNr()");
+ ihead.ConfigStruct = new ConfigStruct();
+ }
+ if (ihead.CommFailed || ihead.ConfigStruct == null) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+
+ //I will do communication to meter now
+
+ CommErr error = CommErr.Read;
+ if (ihead.OptoHeadTest.ReadSerialNr())
+ {
+ log.Debug("ReadSerialNr successful");
+ resultStr = string.Format($"Serial No: {ihead.OptoHeadTest.ReadRequest_PCB()}");
+ error = CommErr.None;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ resultStr = "Failed Read Serial No";
+ }
+
+ return error;
+ }
+
+ private CommErr SetIdleMode(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, ref string resultStr)
+ {
+ log.Debug("SetActiveMode threadId=" + threadId);
+ CommErr error = CommErr.CmdActive;
+
+ /// Switch to active mode
+
+ if (ihead.OptoHeadTest.SetIdleMode())
+ {
+ error = CommErr.None;
+ }
+
+
+ if (error == CommErr.None)
+ {
+ if (ihead.ConfigStruct == null)
+ resultStr = "OK (Config not available)";
+ else
+ resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.GetStatusModeString();
+ }
+
+
+ return error;
+ }
+
#region Communication functions
#if IPERL
@@ -850,6 +872,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// true on success
static CommErr ReadConfiguration(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
{
+ // TODO BUMI in clasic case we need to read most of data - see ConfigStruct
+
+
///
/// The activity is "Read configuration" (this enables the watermeter, resets error flag)
/// or "Read configuration if enabled" (this keeps the error flag).
@@ -861,22 +886,35 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //zeroing
ihead.ConfigStruct = null; /// Clear previous ConfigStruct, avoid reuse of (not anymore valid) PCB Number
CommErr error = CommErr.Read;
int readRetVal = 0;
/// Read configuration
- byte[] config = null;
- readRetVal = ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0, ConfigStruct.Length, out config);
- if (readRetVal == 0)
+
+ if (ihead.OptoHeadTest.ReadConfiguration(DiagnosticLedState.State4))
{
error = CommErr.None;
- ihead.ConfigStruct = ConfigStruct.FromByteArray(config);
- resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.ToString(1);
+ //read, set and create ConfigStruct is set directly in method ReadConfiguration
+ //ihead.ConfigStruct = new ConfigStruct(); //.FromByteArray(config);
+ if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ {
+ resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.ToString(1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ resultStr = "Data not available";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ resultStr = "Failed to read configuration";
}
- return error + Math.Max(0, Math.Min(readRetVal, 4));
+ //return error + Math.Max(0, Math.Min(readRetVal, 4));
+ return error;
}
@@ -892,90 +930,50 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// true on success
static CommErr SetTestMode(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, ref string resultStr)
{
+ log.Debug("SetTestMode threadId=" + threadId + ", ihead=" + ihead.ToString());
+ if (ihead.ConfigStruct == null)
+ {
+ log.Debug("ConfigStruct is null - created new in SetTestMode()");
+ ihead.ConfigStruct = new ConfigStruct();
+ }
if (ihead.CommFailed || ihead.ConfigStruct == null) return CommErr.CommFailed;
- Byte testModeConfig = 0xA0; /// Default value
+ //I will do communication to meter now
+
+ DiagnosticLedState testModeConfig = DiagnosticLedState.State4; /// Default value
///
- if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > SetTestModeStr.Length)
+
+ if (ihead.OptoHeadTest.SetTestMode())
{
- string testModeConfigStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(SetTestModeStr.Length + 1);
- UInt16 byteVal;
- if (UInt16.TryParse(testModeConfigStr, NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out byteVal) && byteVal <= 255)
- {
- testModeConfig = (Byte)byteVal; /// Update with specified value
- }
+ log.Debug($" Iperl:{ihead.Name}, test mode activated now");
}
+
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState == MeterState.Test && ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig == testModeConfig)
+ if (ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState == ProtocolStatuses.Active/*Test*/ && ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig == testModeConfig)
{
/// Already in the correct test mode
resultStr = "Already " + ihead.ConfigStruct.ToString(1);
+ log.Debug($" Iperl:{ihead.Name}, status: {resultStr}");
return CommErr.None;
}
/// Communication necessary
CommErr error = CommErr.None;
-
- if (error==CommErr.None && (ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig != testModeConfig) && (ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState != MeterState.Active))
- {
- /// Switch to Active mode in order to change TestModeConfig
- error = CommErr.CmdActive;
- byte[] cmd = new byte[1] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode };
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
- {
- error = CommErr.None;
- }
-
- /// Delay min. 250 ms
- Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, CfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries));
- }
-
- if (error == CommErr.None && (ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig != testModeConfig))
- {
- /// Change the TestModeConfig if necessary
- error = CommErr.Write;
- byte[] tstMdCfg = new byte[1] { testModeConfig };
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 21, 1, tstMdCfg))
- {
- ihead.ConfigStruct.Update(21, tstMdCfg);
- error = CommErr.None;
- }
-
- /// Delay min. 250 ms
- Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, CfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries));
- }
-
- if (error == CommErr.None)
- {
- /// Switch to test mode
- error = CommErr.CmdTest;
- byte[] cmd = new byte[1] { (byte)Command.SetTestMode };
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
- {
- error = CommErr.None;
- }
-
- /// Delay min. 250 ms
- Thread.Sleep(Math.Max(250, CfgIPerl.DelayBetweenRetries));
- }
-
+
/// Now the meter should be in the Test mode ... verify
if (error == CommErr.None)
{
/// Verify the configuration
- Thread.Sleep(2000); // RFID: 1000 ms is enough, NFC needs min 2000 ms
error = CommErr.Verify;
- byte[] config = null;
- int retVal = ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0, ConfigStruct.Length, out config);
- if (0 == retVal)
+
+
+ if ((ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState == ProtocolStatuses.Active) &&
+ (ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig == testModeConfig))
{
- ihead.ConfigStruct = ConfigStruct.FromByteArray(config);
- if ((ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState == MeterState.Test) && (ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig == testModeConfig))
- {
- error = CommErr.None;
- resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.ToString(1);
- }
+ error = CommErr.None;
+ resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.GetActiveModeString();
}
+
}
return error;
@@ -991,44 +989,25 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// true on success
static CommErr SetActiveMode(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, ref string resultStr)
{
+ log.Debug("SetActiveMode threadId=" + threadId);
CommErr error = CommErr.CmdActive;
/// Switch to active mode
- byte[] cmd = new byte[1] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode };
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0, 1, cmd))
+
+ if (ihead.OptoHeadTest.SetActiveMode())
{
error = CommErr.None;
}
-#if VERIFY_ACTIVE_MODE
- if (error == CommErr.None)
- {
- error = CommErr.Verify;
- /// Read configuration
- byte[] cfg_0_3 = null;
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct == null)
- {
- if (0 == ReadRequestPort(threadId, ihead, MessageID.Configuration, 0, 4, out cfg_0_3))
- {
- ihead.ConfigStruct.Update(0, cfg_0_3);
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState == MeterState.Active)
- {
- error = CommErr.None;
- resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.ToString(1);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-#else
if (error == CommErr.None)
{
if (ihead.ConfigStruct == null)
resultStr = "OK (Config not available)";
else
- resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.ToString(1);
+ resultStr = ihead.ConfigStruct.GetActiveModeString();
}
-#endif
+
return error;
}
@@ -1040,32 +1019,32 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Water meter object
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr ReadCalibration(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
-
- CommErr error = CommErr.Read;
- int readRetVal = 0;
-
- /// Read calibration
- byte[] calib = null;
- readRetVal = ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 0, CalibrationStruct.Length, out calib);
- if (readRetVal == 0)
- {
- ihead.CalibrationStruct = CalibrationStruct.FromByteArray(calib);
-
- if (wm.OrigCalibFactor == 0)
- {
- wm.OrigCalibFactor = ihead.CalibrationStruct.Calibration;
- wm.FWVersion = ihead.CalibrationStruct.FWVersionStr();
- }
-
- resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStruct.ToString();
- error = ihead.VerifyIPerlType() ? CommErr.None : CommErr.WrongIPerlType;
- }
-
- return error + Math.Max(0, Math.Min(readRetVal, 4));
- }
+ // static CommErr ReadCalibration(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // CommErr error = CommErr.Read;
+ // int readRetVal = 0;
+ //
+ // /// Read calibration
+ // byte[] calib = null;
+ // readRetVal = ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 0, CalibrationStruct.Length, out calib);
+ // if (readRetVal == 0)
+ // {
+ // ihead.CalibrationStruct = CalibrationStruct.FromByteArray(calib);
+ //
+ // if (wm.OrigCalibFactor == 0)
+ // {
+ // wm.OrigCalibFactor = ihead.CalibrationStruct.Calibration;
+ // wm.FWVersion = ihead.CalibrationStruct.FWVersionStr();
+ // }
+ //
+ // resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStruct.ToString();
+ // error = ihead.VerifyIPerlType() ? CommErr.None : CommErr.WrongIPerlType;
+ // }
+ //
+ // return error + Math.Max(0, Math.Min(readRetVal, 4));
+ // }
///
@@ -1074,33 +1053,33 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Water meter object
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr ReadCalibrationV4(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
-
- CommErr error = CommErr.Read;
- int readRetVal = 0;
-
- /// Read calibration
- byte[] calib = null;
- readRetVal = ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 0, CalibrationStructV4.Length, out calib);
- if (readRetVal == 0)
- {
- ihead.CalibrationStructV4 = CalibrationStructV4.FromByteArray(calib);
-
- if ((wm.OrigCalibFactor == 0) && (wm.OrigCalibFactorLNA == 0))
- {
- wm.OrigCalibFactor = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Calibration;
- wm.OrigCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.CalibrationLNA;
- wm.FWVersion = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.FWVersionStr();
- }
-
- resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.ToString();
- error = ihead.VerifyIPerlType() ? CommErr.None : CommErr.WrongIPerlType;
- }
-
- return error + Math.Max(0, Math.Min(readRetVal, 4));
- }
+ // static CommErr ReadCalibrationV4(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // CommErr error = CommErr.Read;
+ // int readRetVal = 0;
+ //
+ // /// Read calibration
+ // byte[] calib = null;
+ // readRetVal = ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 0, CalibrationStructV4.Length, out calib);
+ // if (readRetVal == 0)
+ // {
+ // ihead.CalibrationStructV4 = CalibrationStructV4.FromByteArray(calib);
+ //
+ // if ((wm.OrigCalibFactor == 0) && (wm.OrigCalibFactorLNA == 0))
+ // {
+ // wm.OrigCalibFactor = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Calibration;
+ // wm.OrigCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.CalibrationLNA;
+ // wm.FWVersion = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.FWVersionStr();
+ // }
+ //
+ // resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.ToString();
+ // error = ihead.VerifyIPerlType() ? CommErr.None : CommErr.WrongIPerlType;
+ // }
+ //
+ // return error + Math.Max(0, Math.Min(readRetVal, 4));
+ // }
///
@@ -1112,130 +1091,130 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Water meter object
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr WriteCalibrationFactor(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed || (ihead.CalibrationStruct == null)) return CommErr.CommFailed;
-
- ///
- /// Parse calibration factor (1 argument) or calibration factor limits (2 arguments)
- ///
- UInt16 newCalibFactor = 0;
- if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > WriteCalibrationFactorStr.Length)
- {
- UInt16 factorLimitLo;
- UInt16 factorLimitHi;
- UInt16 val;
-
- string calibFactrorStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(WriteCalibrationFactorStr.Length + 1);
- string[] arguments = calibFactrorStr.Split(new char[] { ' ' });
-
- if (arguments.Length >= 2 &&
- UInt16.TryParse(arguments[0], out factorLimitLo) && factorLimitLo > 0 &&
- UInt16.TryParse(arguments[1], out factorLimitHi) && factorLimitHi > 0)
- {
- ///
- /// Lower and upper limits for the calibration factor are specified as iPerlCommunication activity arguments
- ///
- if (ihead.LastTestResult == null || !ihead.LastTestResult.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(ihead.LastTestResult, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
- }
- else if (arguments.Length == 1 && UInt16.TryParse(arguments[0], out val) && val > 0)
- {
- ///
- /// Calibration factor value is specified as an iPerlCommunication activity argument
- ///
- newCalibFactor = val; /// Update with specified value
- }
- else if (arguments.Length == 1 && wm.GetTestData(arguments[0]) != null)
- {
- ///
- /// Adjustment test name is specified as an iPerlCommunication activity argument
- ///
- Results.Entities.TestData adjustTestData = wm.GetTestData(arguments[0]);
- Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt adjustTestRslt;
- if (adjustTestData == null)
- {
- return CommErr.MissingTest;
- }
- else if (adjustTestData.Repeats == 1)
- {
- /// Find a test result if Repeats == 1
- adjustTestRslt = wm.GetMeterTestRslt(arguments[0]);
-
- if (adjustTestRslt == null || !adjustTestRslt.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
- }
- else
- {
- /// Calculate a summarized test result if Repeats > 1
- adjustTestRslt = new Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt();
- for (int i = 1; i <= adjustTestData.Repeats; i++)
- {
- Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt oneMTR = wm.GetMeterTestRslt(Utils.TestTitle(adjustTestData, i));
- if (oneMTR == null || !oneMTR.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
-
- adjustTestRslt.VolumeMeter += oneMTR.VolumeMeter;
- adjustTestRslt.VolumeRef += oneMTR.VolumeRef;
- }
- }
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, ihead.FactorLimitLo, ihead.FactorLimitHi);
- }
- else
- {
- ///
- /// Otherwise the last test is supposed to be an adjustment test
- ///
- if (ihead.LastTestResult == null || !ihead.LastTestResult.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(ihead.LastTestResult, ihead.CalibFactor, ihead.FactorLimitLo, ihead.FactorLimitHi);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ///
- /// No iPerlCommunication activity arguments --> The last test is supposed to be an adjustment test
- ///
- if (ihead.LastTestResult == null || !ihead.LastTestResult.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(ihead.LastTestResult, ihead.CalibFactor, ihead.FactorLimitLo, ihead.FactorLimitHi);
- }
-
- if (newCalibFactor == 0) return CommErr.OutOfRange;
-
- ///
- /// Start communication with iPerl
- ///
- CommErr error;
- byte[] data = new byte[2] { (byte)(newCalibFactor & 0x00FF), (byte)((newCalibFactor >> 8) & 0x00FF) };
- ///
- /// Write the new calibration factor (up to cfg.MaxCommRetries tims)
- ///
- error = CommErr.Write;
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, data))
- {
- ///
- /// Read and verify the calibration factor
- ///
- error = CommErr.ReadAfterWrite;
- byte[] calib_2_3 = null;
- if (0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, out calib_2_3))
- {
- error = CommErr.Verify;
- if (calib_2_3 != null && calib_2_3.Length == 2 && data[0] == calib_2_3[0] && data[1] == calib_2_3[1])
- {
- error = CommErr.None;
- ihead.CalibrationStruct.Update(data, 2);
- wm.CalibFactor = newCalibFactor;
- resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStruct.ToString();
- }
- }
- }
-
- ihead.CalibrationStruct.Update(data, 2);
-
- return error;
- }
+ // static CommErr WriteCalibrationFactor(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed || (ihead.CalibrationStruct == null)) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // ///
+ // /// Parse calibration factor (1 argument) or calibration factor limits (2 arguments)
+ // ///
+ // UInt16 newCalibFactor = 0;
+ // if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > WriteCalibrationFactorStr.Length)
+ // {
+ // UInt16 factorLimitLo;
+ // UInt16 factorLimitHi;
+ // UInt16 val;
+ //
+ // string calibFactrorStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(WriteCalibrationFactorStr.Length + 1);
+ // string[] arguments = calibFactrorStr.Split(new char[] { ' ' });
+ //
+ // if (arguments.Length >= 2 &&
+ // UInt16.TryParse(arguments[0], out factorLimitLo) && factorLimitLo > 0 &&
+ // UInt16.TryParse(arguments[1], out factorLimitHi) && factorLimitHi > 0)
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Lower and upper limits for the calibration factor are specified as iPerlCommunication activity arguments
+ // ///
+ // if (ihead.LastTestResult == null || !ihead.LastTestResult.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(ihead.LastTestResult, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ // else if (arguments.Length == 1 && UInt16.TryParse(arguments[0], out val) && val > 0)
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Calibration factor value is specified as an iPerlCommunication activity argument
+ // ///
+ // newCalibFactor = val; /// Update with specified value
+ // }
+ // else if (arguments.Length == 1 && wm.GetTestData(arguments[0]) != null)
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Adjustment test name is specified as an iPerlCommunication activity argument
+ // ///
+ // Results.Entities.TestData adjustTestData = wm.GetTestData(arguments[0]);
+ // Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt adjustTestRslt;
+ // if (adjustTestData == null)
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ // }
+ // else if (adjustTestData.Repeats == 1)
+ // {
+ // /// Find a test result if Repeats == 1
+ // adjustTestRslt = wm.GetMeterTestRslt(arguments[0]);
+ //
+ // if (adjustTestRslt == null || !adjustTestRslt.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // /// Calculate a summarized test result if Repeats > 1
+ // adjustTestRslt = new Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt();
+ // for (int i = 1; i <= adjustTestData.Repeats; i++)
+ // {
+ // Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt oneMTR = wm.GetMeterTestRslt(Utils.TestTitle(adjustTestData, i));
+ // if (oneMTR == null || !oneMTR.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ //
+ // adjustTestRslt.VolumeMeter += oneMTR.VolumeMeter;
+ // adjustTestRslt.VolumeRef += oneMTR.VolumeRef;
+ // }
+ // }
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, ihead.FactorLimitLo, ihead.FactorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Otherwise the last test is supposed to be an adjustment test
+ // ///
+ // if (ihead.LastTestResult == null || !ihead.LastTestResult.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(ihead.LastTestResult, ihead.CalibFactor, ihead.FactorLimitLo, ihead.FactorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// No iPerlCommunication activity arguments --> The last test is supposed to be an adjustment test
+ // ///
+ // if (ihead.LastTestResult == null || !ihead.LastTestResult.TestDone) return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(ihead.LastTestResult, ihead.CalibFactor, ihead.FactorLimitLo, ihead.FactorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (newCalibFactor == 0) return CommErr.OutOfRange;
+ //
+ // ///
+ // /// Start communication with iPerl
+ // ///
+ // CommErr error;
+ // byte[] data = new byte[2] { (byte)(newCalibFactor & 0x00FF), (byte)((newCalibFactor >> 8) & 0x00FF) };
+ // ///
+ // /// Write the new calibration factor (up to cfg.MaxCommRetries tims)
+ // ///
+ // error = CommErr.Write;
+ // if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, data))
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Read and verify the calibration factor
+ // ///
+ // error = CommErr.ReadAfterWrite;
+ // byte[] calib_2_3 = null;
+ // if (0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, out calib_2_3))
+ // {
+ // error = CommErr.Verify;
+ // if (calib_2_3 != null && calib_2_3.Length == 2 && data[0] == calib_2_3[0] && data[1] == calib_2_3[1])
+ // {
+ // error = CommErr.None;
+ // ihead.CalibrationStruct.Update(data, 2);
+ // wm.CalibFactor = newCalibFactor;
+ // resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStruct.ToString();
+ // }
+ // }
+ // }
+ //
+ // ihead.CalibrationStruct.Update(data, 2);
+ //
+ // return error;
+ // }
///
@@ -1247,159 +1226,159 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Water meter object
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr WriteCalibrationV4Factors(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed || (ihead.CalibrationStructV4 == null)) return CommErr.CommFailed;
-
- ///
- /// Parse calibration factor (1 argument) or calibration factor limits (2 arguments)
- ///
- UInt16 newCalibFactor = 0;
- UInt16 newCalibFactorLNA = 0;
- if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr.Length)
- {
- UInt16 factorLimitLo = 0;
- UInt16 factorLimitHi = 0;
- UInt16 lnaFactorLimitLo = 0;
- UInt16 lnaFactorLimitHi = 0;
- Results.Entities.TestData adjustTestData = null;
- Results.Entities.TestData lnaAdjustTestData = null;
- Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt adjustTestRslt = null;
- Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt lnaAdjustTestRslt = null;
-
- string calibFactrorStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr.Length + 1);
- string[] arguments = calibFactrorStr.Split(new char[] { ' ' });
-
- if (arguments.Length == 6)
- {
- if (!wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[0], out adjustTestData) ||
- !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[1], out factorLimitLo) || factorLimitLo <= 0 &&
- !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[2], out factorLimitHi) || factorLimitHi <= 0 &&
- !wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[3], out lnaAdjustTestData) ||
- !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[4], out lnaFactorLimitLo) || lnaFactorLimitLo <= 0 &&
- !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[5], out lnaFactorLimitHi) || lnaFactorLimitHi <= 0)
- {
- return CommErr.WrongArguments;
- }
- else
- {
- adjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, adjustTestData);
- lnaAdjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, lnaAdjustTestData);
-
- if ((adjustTestRslt == null) || (lnaAdjustTestRslt == null))
- {
- return CommErr.MissingTest;
- }
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
- newCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(lnaAdjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactorLNA, lnaFactorLimitLo, lnaFactorLimitHi);
- }
- }
- else if (arguments.Length == 4)
- {
- if (!wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[0], out adjustTestData) ||
- !wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[1], out lnaAdjustTestData) ||
- !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[2], out lnaFactorLimitLo) || lnaFactorLimitLo <= 0 &&
- !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[3], out lnaFactorLimitHi) || lnaFactorLimitHi <= 0)
- {
- return CommErr.WrongArguments;
- }
- else
- {
- factorLimitLo = ihead.FactorLimitLo;
- factorLimitHi = ihead.FactorLimitHi;
-
- adjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, adjustTestData);
- lnaAdjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, lnaAdjustTestData);
-
- if ((adjustTestRslt == null) || (lnaAdjustTestRslt == null))
- {
- return CommErr.MissingTest;
- }
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
- newCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(lnaAdjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactorLNA, lnaFactorLimitLo, lnaFactorLimitHi);
- }
- }
- else if (arguments.Length == 2)
- {
- if (!wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[0], out adjustTestData) ||
- !wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[1], out lnaAdjustTestData))
- {
- return CommErr.WrongArguments;
- }
- else
- {
- factorLimitLo = ihead.FactorLimitLo;
- factorLimitHi = ihead.FactorLimitHi;
- lnaFactorLimitLo = ihead.FactorLimitLo;
- lnaFactorLimitHi = ihead.FactorLimitHi;
-
- adjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, adjustTestData);
- lnaAdjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, lnaAdjustTestData);
-
- if ((adjustTestRslt == null) || (lnaAdjustTestRslt == null))
- {
- return CommErr.MissingTest;
- }
-
- newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
- newCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(lnaAdjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactorLNA, lnaFactorLimitLo, lnaFactorLimitHi);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- return CommErr.WrongArguments;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- return CommErr.WrongArguments;
- }
-
- if (newCalibFactor == 0 || newCalibFactorLNA == 0) return CommErr.OutOfRange;
-
- ///
- /// Start communication with iPerl
- ///
- CommErr error;
- byte[] data = new byte[2] { (byte)(newCalibFactor & 0x00FF), (byte)((newCalibFactor >> 8) & 0x00FF) };
- byte[] dataLNA = new byte[2] { (byte)(newCalibFactorLNA & 0x00FF), (byte)((newCalibFactorLNA >> 8) & 0x00FF) };
- ///
- /// Write the new calibration factor (up to cfg.MaxCommRetries tims)
- ///
- error = CommErr.Write;
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, data) &&
- 0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 34, 2, dataLNA))
- {
- ///
- /// Read and verify the calibration factor
- ///
- error = CommErr.ReadAfterWrite;
- byte[] calib_2_3 = null;
- byte[] calib_34_35 = null;
- if (0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, out calib_2_3) &&
- 0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 34, 2, out calib_34_35))
- {
- error = CommErr.Verify;
- if (calib_2_3 != null && calib_2_3.Length == 2 && data[0] == calib_2_3[0] && data[1] == calib_2_3[1] &&
- calib_34_35 != null && calib_34_35.Length == 2 && dataLNA[0] == calib_34_35[0] && dataLNA[1] == calib_34_35[1])
- {
- error = CommErr.None;
- ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(data, 2);
- ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(dataLNA, 34);
- wm.CalibFactor = newCalibFactor;
- wm.CalibFactorLNA = newCalibFactorLNA;
- resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.ToString();
- }
- }
- }
-
- ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(data, 2);
- ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(dataLNA, 34);
-
- return error;
- }
+ // static CommErr WriteCalibrationV4Factors(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed || (ihead.CalibrationStructV4 == null)) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // ///
+ // /// Parse calibration factor (1 argument) or calibration factor limits (2 arguments)
+ // ///
+ // UInt16 newCalibFactor = 0;
+ // UInt16 newCalibFactorLNA = 0;
+ // if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr.Length)
+ // {
+ // UInt16 factorLimitLo = 0;
+ // UInt16 factorLimitHi = 0;
+ // UInt16 lnaFactorLimitLo = 0;
+ // UInt16 lnaFactorLimitHi = 0;
+ // Results.Entities.TestData adjustTestData = null;
+ // Results.Entities.TestData lnaAdjustTestData = null;
+ // Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt adjustTestRslt = null;
+ // Results.Entities.MeterTestRslt lnaAdjustTestRslt = null;
+ //
+ // string calibFactrorStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr.Length + 1);
+ // string[] arguments = calibFactrorStr.Split(new char[] { ' ' });
+ //
+ // if (arguments.Length == 6)
+ // {
+ // if (!wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[0], out adjustTestData) ||
+ // !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[1], out factorLimitLo) || factorLimitLo <= 0 &&
+ // !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[2], out factorLimitHi) || factorLimitHi <= 0 &&
+ // !wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[3], out lnaAdjustTestData) ||
+ // !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[4], out lnaFactorLimitLo) || lnaFactorLimitLo <= 0 &&
+ // !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[5], out lnaFactorLimitHi) || lnaFactorLimitHi <= 0)
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.WrongArguments;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // adjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, adjustTestData);
+ // lnaAdjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, lnaAdjustTestData);
+ //
+ // if ((adjustTestRslt == null) || (lnaAdjustTestRslt == null))
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ // }
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
+ // newCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(lnaAdjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactorLNA, lnaFactorLimitLo, lnaFactorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ // }
+ // else if (arguments.Length == 4)
+ // {
+ // if (!wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[0], out adjustTestData) ||
+ // !wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[1], out lnaAdjustTestData) ||
+ // !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[2], out lnaFactorLimitLo) || lnaFactorLimitLo <= 0 &&
+ // !UInt16.TryParse(arguments[3], out lnaFactorLimitHi) || lnaFactorLimitHi <= 0)
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.WrongArguments;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // factorLimitLo = ihead.FactorLimitLo;
+ // factorLimitHi = ihead.FactorLimitHi;
+ //
+ // adjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, adjustTestData);
+ // lnaAdjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, lnaAdjustTestData);
+ //
+ // if ((adjustTestRslt == null) || (lnaAdjustTestRslt == null))
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ // }
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
+ // newCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(lnaAdjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactorLNA, lnaFactorLimitLo, lnaFactorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ // }
+ // else if (arguments.Length == 2)
+ // {
+ // if (!wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[0], out adjustTestData) ||
+ // !wm.TryGetTestData(arguments[1], out lnaAdjustTestData))
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.WrongArguments;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // factorLimitLo = ihead.FactorLimitLo;
+ // factorLimitHi = ihead.FactorLimitHi;
+ // lnaFactorLimitLo = ihead.FactorLimitLo;
+ // lnaFactorLimitHi = ihead.FactorLimitHi;
+ //
+ // adjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, adjustTestData);
+ // lnaAdjustTestRslt = GetAverageTestRslt(wm, lnaAdjustTestData);
+ //
+ // if ((adjustTestRslt == null) || (lnaAdjustTestRslt == null))
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.MissingTest;
+ // }
+ //
+ // newCalibFactor = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(adjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactor, factorLimitLo, factorLimitHi);
+ // newCalibFactorLNA = ihead.CalculateNewCalibFactor(lnaAdjustTestRslt, ihead.CalibFactorLNA, lnaFactorLimitLo, lnaFactorLimitHi);
+ // }
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.WrongArguments;
+ // }
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.WrongArguments;
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (newCalibFactor == 0 || newCalibFactorLNA == 0) return CommErr.OutOfRange;
+ //
+ // ///
+ // /// Start communication with iPerl
+ // ///
+ // CommErr error;
+ // byte[] data = new byte[2] { (byte)(newCalibFactor & 0x00FF), (byte)((newCalibFactor >> 8) & 0x00FF) };
+ // byte[] dataLNA = new byte[2] { (byte)(newCalibFactorLNA & 0x00FF), (byte)((newCalibFactorLNA >> 8) & 0x00FF) };
+ // ///
+ // /// Write the new calibration factor (up to cfg.MaxCommRetries tims)
+ // ///
+ // error = CommErr.Write;
+ // if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, data) &&
+ // 0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 34, 2, dataLNA))
+ // {
+ // ///
+ // /// Read and verify the calibration factor
+ // ///
+ // error = CommErr.ReadAfterWrite;
+ // byte[] calib_2_3 = null;
+ // byte[] calib_34_35 = null;
+ // if (0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 2, 2, out calib_2_3) &&
+ // 0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Calibration, StructName.Calibration, 34, 2, out calib_34_35))
+ // {
+ // error = CommErr.Verify;
+ // if (calib_2_3 != null && calib_2_3.Length == 2 && data[0] == calib_2_3[0] && data[1] == calib_2_3[1] &&
+ // calib_34_35 != null && calib_34_35.Length == 2 && dataLNA[0] == calib_34_35[0] && dataLNA[1] == calib_34_35[1])
+ // {
+ // error = CommErr.None;
+ // ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(data, 2);
+ // ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(dataLNA, 34);
+ // wm.CalibFactor = newCalibFactor;
+ // wm.CalibFactorLNA = newCalibFactorLNA;
+ // resultStr = ihead.CalibrationStructV4.ToString();
+ // }
+ // }
+ // }
+ //
+ // ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(data, 2);
+ // ihead.CalibrationStructV4.Update(dataLNA, 34);
+ //
+ // return error;
+ // }
///
@@ -1638,28 +1617,28 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
switch (ihead.MeterType)
{
case MeterType.DN15:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_15_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_15_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_15_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_15_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN20:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_20_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_20_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_20_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_20_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN25:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_63_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_63_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_63_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_63_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN25_Q3_10:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_10_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_10_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_10_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_10_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN32:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_32_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_32_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_32_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_32_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN40:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_40_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_40_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_40_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_40_lr;
break;
default:
q2corrRL = 0;
@@ -1742,28 +1721,28 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
switch (ihead.MeterType)
{
case MeterType.DN15:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_15_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_15_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_15_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_15_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN20:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_20_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_20_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_20_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_20_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN25:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_63_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_63_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_63_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_63_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN25_Q3_10:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_10_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_25_10_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_10_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_25_10_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN32:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_32_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_32_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_32_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_32_lr;
break;
case MeterType.DN40:
- q2corrRL = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_40_rl;
- q2corrLR = CfgIPerl.DfltQ2c_40_lr;
+ q2corrRL = cfg.DfltQ2c_40_rl;
+ q2corrLR = cfg.DfltQ2c_40_lr;
break;
default:
q2corrRL = 0;
@@ -2266,80 +2245,80 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Arrow direction
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr DewaRework(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, FlowDir flowDir, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
-
- byte arrow = (flowDir == FlowDir.L_R) ? (byte)1 : (byte)2; /// L-R is reverse flow (=1), R-L is forward flow (=2)(default)
-
- List dataToBeWritten = new List
- {
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()? 33:0x19A1, new byte[] { (byte)0xA5 }, "Open Sealing"), // ?????
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()? 5:0x1985, new byte[] { arrow }, "Arrow"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()? 28:0x199C, new byte[5], "Clear S/N"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0x0015, new byte[] { (byte)0xA0 }, "Test mode config = A0"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()? 14:0x198E, new byte[] { (byte)(2510 & 0xFF), (byte)((2510 >> 8) & 0xFF) }, "Receipt mean current")
- };
-
- // check meter status: 1-Idle, 2-Active, 3-Test, 4-End Of Life
- if (0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 1, 1, out byte[] rdData))
- {
- int eMeterState = (int)((SByte)rdData[0]);
- switch (eMeterState)
- {
- case 1: // Idle -> Test -> Active
- dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetTestMode }, "Set test mode"));
- dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"));
- break;
- case 3: // Test Mode -> Active
- dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"));
- break;
- }
- }
-
- dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, new byte[] { (byte)1 }, "System Status"));
- dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioParams, 0x1898, new byte[] { (byte)3 }, "WakeUpInterval"));
- dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioParams, 0x18A2, new byte[] { (byte)0x4A, (byte)0x53, (byte)0x3B, (byte)0x8F,
- (byte)0x70, (byte)0x31, (byte)0xC2, (byte)0x5D,
- (byte)0x6F, (byte)0x2D, (byte)0xE8, (byte)0x07,
- (byte)0x6E, (byte)0x0F, (byte)0x97, (byte)0xC3, }, "AES Key Crypted"));
-
- int successfyllyWrittenFlags = 0; /// Ones in this word represent communication failures, LSB represents the first step
- int mask = 1;
- foreach (var wData in dataToBeWritten)
- {
- bool isSuccessfullyWritten = false;
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, wData.MessageID, wData.StructName, wData.Offset, wData.Data.Length, wData.Data))
- {
- isSuccessfullyWritten = true;
- }
-
- if (!isSuccessfullyWritten)
- {
- /// Communication failed in this step
- successfyllyWrittenFlags = (successfyllyWrittenFlags | mask);
- }
-
- mask = (mask << 1); /// Adjust the mask for the next step
- }
-
- if (successfyllyWrittenFlags == 0)
- {
- /// Success
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
- {
- ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState = MeterState.Active;
- ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig = (byte)0xA0;
- }
-
- resultStr = "OK";
- return CommErr.None;
- }
- else
- {
- return CommErr.Write;
- }
- }
+ // static CommErr DewaRework(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, FlowDir flowDir, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // byte arrow = (flowDir == FlowDir.L_R) ? (byte)1 : (byte)2; /// L-R is reverse flow (=1), R-L is forward flow (=2)(default)
+ //
+ // List dataToBeWritten = new List
+ // {
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC? 33:0x19A1, new byte[] { (byte)0xA5 }, "Open Sealing"), // ?????
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC? 5:0x1985, new byte[] { arrow }, "Arrow"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC? 28:0x199C, new byte[5], "Clear S/N"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0x0015, new byte[] { (byte)0xA0 }, "Test mode config = A0"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC? 14:0x198E, new byte[] { (byte)(2510 & 0xFF), (byte)((2510 >> 8) & 0xFF) }, "Receipt mean current")
+ // };
+ //
+ // // check meter status: 1-Idle, 2-Active, 3-Test, 4-End Of Life
+ // if (0 == ReadRequestPort(ihead, MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 1, 1, out byte[] rdData))
+ // {
+ // int eMeterState = (int)((SByte)rdData[0]);
+ // switch (eMeterState)
+ // {
+ // case 1: // Idle -> Test -> Active
+ // dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetTestMode }, "Set test mode"));
+ // dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"));
+ // break;
+ // case 3: // Test Mode -> Active
+ // dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"));
+ // break;
+ // }
+ // }
+ //
+ // dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, new byte[] { (byte)1 }, "System Status"));
+ // dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioParams, 0x1898, new byte[] { (byte)3 }, "WakeUpInterval"));
+ // dataToBeWritten.Add(new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioParams, 0x18A2, new byte[] { (byte)0x4A, (byte)0x53, (byte)0x3B, (byte)0x8F,
+ // (byte)0x70, (byte)0x31, (byte)0xC2, (byte)0x5D,
+ // (byte)0x6F, (byte)0x2D, (byte)0xE8, (byte)0x07,
+ // (byte)0x6E, (byte)0x0F, (byte)0x97, (byte)0xC3, }, "AES Key Crypted"));
+ //
+ // int successfyllyWrittenFlags = 0; /// Ones in this word represent communication failures, LSB represents the first step
+ // int mask = 1;
+ // foreach (var wData in dataToBeWritten)
+ // {
+ // bool isSuccessfullyWritten = false;
+ // if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, wData.MessageID, wData.StructName, wData.Offset, wData.Data.Length, wData.Data))
+ // {
+ // isSuccessfullyWritten = true;
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (!isSuccessfullyWritten)
+ // {
+ // /// Communication failed in this step
+ // successfyllyWrittenFlags = (successfyllyWrittenFlags | mask);
+ // }
+ //
+ // mask = (mask << 1); /// Adjust the mask for the next step
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (successfyllyWrittenFlags == 0)
+ // {
+ // /// Success
+ // if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ // {
+ // ihead.ConfigStruct.StatusMode = ProtocolStatuses.Active;
+ // ihead.ConfigStruct.OpthoStatusMode = DiagnosticLedState.State4;
+ // }
+ //
+ // resultStr = "OK";
+ // return CommErr.None;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.Write;
+ // }
+ // }
///
/// Start testing a sealed meter
@@ -2348,68 +2327,68 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Water meter object
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr StartTestingSealedMeter(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
-
- Byte testModeConfig = 0xA0; /// Default value
- ///
- if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > StartTestingSealedMetersStr.Length)
- {
- string testModeConfigStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(StartTestingSealedMetersStr.Length + 1);
- UInt16 byteVal;
- if (UInt16.TryParse(testModeConfigStr, NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out byteVal) && byteVal <= 255)
- {
- testModeConfig = (Byte)byteVal; /// Update with specified value
- }
- }
-
- iPerlDataWrite[] dataToBeWritten = new iPerlDataWrite[]
- {
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()? 33:0x19A1, new byte[] { (byte)0xA5 }, "Open Sealing"), /// 0x5A=sealed, 0xA5=unsealed ??????
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, new byte[] { (byte)1 }, "System Status"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0x0015, new byte[] { testModeConfig }, string.Format("Test mode config = {0:X2}", testModeConfig)),
- };
-
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null) ihead.OrigTestModeConfig = ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig;
-
- int successfyllyWrittenFlags = 0; /// Ones in this word represent communication failures, LSB represents the first step
- int mask = 1;
- foreach (var wData in dataToBeWritten)
- {
- bool isSuccessfullyWritten = false;
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, wData.MessageID, wData.StructName, wData.Offset, wData.Data.Length, wData.Data))
- {
- isSuccessfullyWritten = true;
- }
-
- if (!isSuccessfullyWritten)
- {
- /// Communication failed in this step
- successfyllyWrittenFlags = (successfyllyWrittenFlags | mask);
- }
-
- mask = (mask << 1); /// Adjust the mask for the next step
- }
-
- if (successfyllyWrittenFlags == 0)
- {
- /// Success
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
- {
- ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState = MeterState.Active;
- ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig = (byte)0xA0;
- }
-
- resultStr = "OK";
- return CommErr.None;
- }
- else
- {
- return CommErr.Write;
- }
- }
+ // static CommErr StartTestingSealedMeter(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // Byte testModeConfig = 0xA0; /// Default value
+ // ///
+ // if (multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Length > StartTestingSealedMetersStr.Length)
+ // {
+ // string testModeConfigStr = multiTestParams[currentActivityStep].Activity.Substring(StartTestingSealedMetersStr.Length + 1);
+ // UInt16 byteVal;
+ // if (UInt16.TryParse(testModeConfigStr, NumberStyles.HexNumber, CultureInfo.CurrentCulture, out byteVal) && byteVal <= 255)
+ // {
+ // testModeConfig = (Byte)byteVal; /// Update with specified value
+ // }
+ // }
+ //
+ // iPerlDataWrite[] dataToBeWritten = new iPerlDataWrite[]
+ // {
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC? 33:0x19A1, new byte[] { (byte)0xA5 }, "Open Sealing"), /// 0x5A=sealed, 0xA5=unsealed ??????
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, new byte[] { (byte)1 }, "System Status"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0x0015, new byte[] { testModeConfig }, string.Format("Test mode config = {0:X2}", testModeConfig)),
+ // };
+ //
+ // if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null) ihead.OrigTestModeConfig = ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig;
+ //
+ // int successfyllyWrittenFlags = 0; /// Ones in this word represent communication failures, LSB represents the first step
+ // int mask = 1;
+ // foreach (var wData in dataToBeWritten)
+ // {
+ // bool isSuccessfullyWritten = false;
+ // if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, wData.MessageID, wData.StructName, wData.Offset, wData.Data.Length, wData.Data))
+ // {
+ // isSuccessfullyWritten = true;
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (!isSuccessfullyWritten)
+ // {
+ // /// Communication failed in this step
+ // successfyllyWrittenFlags = (successfyllyWrittenFlags | mask);
+ // }
+ //
+ // mask = (mask << 1); /// Adjust the mask for the next step
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (successfyllyWrittenFlags == 0)
+ // {
+ // /// Success
+ // if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ // {
+ // ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState = MeterState.Active;
+ // ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig = (byte)0xA0;
+ // }
+ //
+ // resultStr = "OK";
+ // return CommErr.None;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.Write;
+ // }
+ // }
///
/// End testing a sealed meter
@@ -2418,70 +2397,70 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
/// Water meter object
/// String passed to caller
/// true on success
- static CommErr EndTestingSealedMeter(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ // static CommErr EndTestingSealedMeter(IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (ihead.CommFailed) return CommErr.CommFailed;
+ //
+ // Byte testModeConfig = (ihead.OrigTestModeConfig != 0) ? ihead.OrigTestModeConfig : (byte)0x80; /// Restore original value (default is 0x80)
+ //
+ // iPerlDataWrite[] dataToBeWritten = new iPerlDataWrite[]
+ // {
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0x0015, new byte[] { testModeConfig }, string.Format("Test mode config = {0:X2}", testModeConfig)),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, new byte[] { (byte)0 }, "System Status"),
+ // new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC? 33:0x19A1, new byte[] { (byte)0x5A }, "Close Sealing") /// 0x5A=sealed, 0xA5=unsealed ??????
+ // };
+ //
+ // int successfyllyWrittenFlags = 0; /// Ones in this word represent communication failures, LSB represents the first step
+ // int mask = 1;
+ // foreach (var wData in dataToBeWritten)
+ // {
+ // bool isSuccessfullyWritten = false;
+ // if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, wData.MessageID, wData.StructName, wData.Offset, wData.Data.Length, wData.Data))
+ // {
+ // isSuccessfullyWritten = true;
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (!isSuccessfullyWritten)
+ // {
+ // /// Communication failed in this step
+ // successfyllyWrittenFlags = (successfyllyWrittenFlags | mask);
+ // }
+ //
+ // mask = (mask << 1); /// Adjust the mask for the next step
+ // }
+ //
+ // if (successfyllyWrittenFlags == 0)
+ // {
+ // /// Success
+ // if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
+ // {
+ // ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState = MeterState.Active;
+ // ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig = (byte)0xA0;
+ // }
+ //
+ // resultStr = "OK";
+ // return CommErr.None;
+ // }
+ // else
+ // {
+ // return CommErr.Write;
+ // }
+ // }
- Byte testModeConfig = (ihead.OrigTestModeConfig != 0) ? ihead.OrigTestModeConfig : (byte)0x80; /// Restore original value (default is 0x80)
-
- iPerlDataWrite[] dataToBeWritten = new iPerlDataWrite[]
- {
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Command, StructName.Command, 0x0000, new byte[] { (byte)Command.SetActiveMode }, "Set active mode"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.Configuration, StructName.Configuration, 0x0015, new byte[] { testModeConfig }, string.Format("Test mode config = {0:X2}", testModeConfig)),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.RadioPassthrough, StructName.RadioInfo, 0x1804, new byte[] { (byte)0 }, "System Status"),
- new iPerlDataWrite(MessageID.MetrologyMemory, StructName.Calibration, ihead.CommInterface == CommunicationInterface.NFC.ToDescription()? 33:0x19A1, new byte[] { (byte)0x5A }, "Close Sealing") /// 0x5A=sealed, 0xA5=unsealed ??????
- };
-
- int successfyllyWrittenFlags = 0; /// Ones in this word represent communication failures, LSB represents the first step
- int mask = 1;
- foreach (var wData in dataToBeWritten)
- {
- bool isSuccessfullyWritten = false;
- if (0 == WriteRequestPort(ihead, wData.MessageID, wData.StructName, wData.Offset, wData.Data.Length, wData.Data))
- {
- isSuccessfullyWritten = true;
- }
-
- if (!isSuccessfullyWritten)
- {
- /// Communication failed in this step
- successfyllyWrittenFlags = (successfyllyWrittenFlags | mask);
- }
-
- mask = (mask << 1); /// Adjust the mask for the next step
- }
-
- if (successfyllyWrittenFlags == 0)
- {
- /// Success
- if (ihead.ConfigStruct != null)
- {
- ihead.ConfigStruct.MeterState = MeterState.Active;
- ihead.ConfigStruct.TestModeConfig = (byte)0xA0;
- }
-
- resultStr = "OK";
- return CommErr.None;
- }
- else
- {
- return CommErr.Write;
- }
- }
-
- static CommErr GetQ2PreCorrectionsFormRest(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
- {
- if (!ProcessData.IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated)
- {
- ProcessData.IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated = true;
- /*bool success = iPerlCommunicationSeq.GetQ2PreCorrectionsOrBackups(cfg, wm.WMTypeId(),
- out ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionLR,
- out ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionRL);*/
- }
-
- resultStr = string.Format("Q2 pre-corrections: LR={0} RL={1}", ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionLR, ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionRL);
- return CommErr.None;
- }
+ // static CommErr GetQ2PreCorrectionsFormRest(int threadId, IperlHead ihead, WaterMeter wm, ref string resultStr)
+ // {
+ // if (!ProcessData.IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated)
+ // {
+ // ProcessData.IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated = true;
+ // /*bool success = iPerlCommunicationSeq.GetQ2PreCorrectionsOrBackups(cfg, wm.WMTypeId(),
+ // out ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionLR,
+ // out ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionRL);*/
+ // }
+ //
+ // resultStr = string.Format("Q2 pre-corrections: LR={0} RL={1}", ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionLR, ProcessData.CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionRL);
+ // return CommErr.None;
+ // }
static CommErr SetIperlCommMilestoneReached(TestMethod testMethod, ConditionID id, ref string resultStr)
{
@@ -2734,34 +2713,35 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
private async Task ProcessTask(IperlHead iHead, object tag)
{
string txt = "";
+ bool success = false;
switch (tag)
{
case "ReadPCB":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.ReadRequest_PCB(iHead);
+ txt = iHead.OptoHeadTest.ReadRequest_PCB();
break;
case "WriteRequestPort_u8_Customer_Text":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.WriteRequestPort_u8_Customer_Text(iHead);
+ txt = "Not Supported NOW!";//OpticalHeadTest.WriteRequestPort_u8_Customer_Text(iHead);
break;
case "OpenSealing":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.OpenSealing(iHead);
+ txt = "Not Supported NOW!";//OpticalHeadTest.OpenSealing(iHead);
break;
case "StartTestMode":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.SetTestMode(iHead);
+ txt = iHead.OptoHeadTest.SetTestMode(ref success);
break;
case "TurnOffTestMode":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.SetActiveMode(iHead);
+ txt = iHead.OptoHeadTest.SetActiveMode(ref success);
break;
case "TurnOffRadio":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.TurnOffRadio(iHead);
+ txt = "Not Supported NOW!";//OpticalHeadTest.TurnOffRadio(iHead);
break;
case "SetProductionMode":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.SetProductionMode(iHead);
+ txt = "Not Supported NOW!";//OpticalHeadTest.SetProductionMode(iHead);
break;
case "SetRFID":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.SetRfidMode(iHead);
+ txt = "Not Supported NOW!";//OpticalHeadTest.SetRfidMode(iHead);
break;
case "SetNFC":
- txt = OpticalHeadTest.SetNfcMode(iHead);
+ txt = "Not Supported NOW!";//OpticalHeadTest.SetNfcMode(iHead);
break;
}
return txt;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.designer.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.designer.cs
similarity index 99%
rename from TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.designer.cs
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.designer.cs
index 25d6628d4..e87740ce6 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.designer.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.designer.cs
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
///
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
- partial class iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod
+ partial class iPerlCommunicationForm
{
///
/// Required designer variable.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
///
private void InitializeComponent()
{
- System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager resources = new System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager(typeof(iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod));
+ System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager resources = new System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager(typeof(iPerlCommunicationForm));
this.wmTextBox2 = new System.Windows.Forms.TextBox();
this.wmLabel2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.wmLabel1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
@@ -2585,7 +2585,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedToolWindow;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.MinimizeBox = false;
- this.Name = "iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod";
+ this.Name = "iPerlCommunicationForm";
this.SizeGripStyle = System.Windows.Forms.SizeGripStyle.Hide;
this.Text = "iPerl Communication";
this.TopMost = true;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.resx b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.resx
similarity index 100%
rename from TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.resx
rename to TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationForm.resx
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationParams.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationParams.cs
index 506dd509a..0e7e78352 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationParams.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationParams.cs
@@ -10,23 +10,27 @@ using Config.Entities;
using TBF.Rig.Generic;
using TBF.Resources;
using System.Collections.Generic;
-using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
- public class iPerlCommunicationParams : TestParamsBase, ITestParams
+ public class iPerlCommunicationParams : TestParamsBase, IParamsProvider, ITestParams
{
public static XmlSerializer Serializer = XmlSerializer.FromTypes(new[] { typeof(iPerlCommunicationParams) })[0];
public override XmlSerializer GetSerializer() { return Serializer; }
+ public string Activity
+ {
+ get { return base.Activity; }
+ set { base.Activity = value; }
+ }
- public string Activity { get; set; } /// Communication activity
- public bool SimultWithPrevious { get; set; }
- public bool SimultWithNext { get; set; }
+ /// Communication activity
+ public bool SimultWithPrevious;
+ public bool SimultWithNext;
public override void InitializeAll()
{
- Activity = "Read Configuration";
+ Activity = iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadConfigurationStr;
SimultWithPrevious = false;
SimultWithNext = false;
}
@@ -46,54 +50,56 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
if (i == 0)
{
var retVal = new List();
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ReadConfigurationStr);
- retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} A0", iPerlCommunicationConstants.SetTestModeStr));
- retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} A4", iPerlCommunicationConstants.SetTestModeStr));
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ReadCalibrationStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ReadCalibrationV4Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.NormalizeCalibrationFactorStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.NormalizeCalibrationV4FactorsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.GetDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ReadQ2CorrectionStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ResetQ2CorrectionStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.InitOrReadQ2CorrectionsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteCalibrationFactorStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionAltStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionRLStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionLRStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionAltIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionPlusIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionPlusAltIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionRLIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.WriteQ2CorrectionLRIncl05Str);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.Q2correctedFromCmd + "Qx");
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.StrictQ2ErrorCheckStr + "Qx");
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.Q2correctionCheckCmd);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.IperlCheckCmd);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestRLOnlyStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestLROnlyStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.UpdateQ2CorrectionsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrectionsStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrRLStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrLRStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadConfigurationStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadSerialNrStr);
+ retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} A0", iPerlCommunicationForm.SetTestModeStr));
+ retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} A4", iPerlCommunicationForm.SetTestModeStr));
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadCalibrationStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadCalibrationV4Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.NormalizeCalibrationFactorStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.NormalizeCalibrationV4FactorsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.GetDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadQ2CorrectionStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ResetQ2CorrectionStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.InitOrReadQ2CorrectionsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteCalibrationFactorStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteCalibrationV4FactorsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionAltStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionRLStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionLRStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionAltIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionPlusIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionPlusAltIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionGreeceIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionRLIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.WriteQ2CorrectionLRIncl05Str);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationSeq.Q2correctedFromCmd + "Qx");
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationSeq.StrictQ2ErrorCheckStr + "Qx");
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationSeq.Q2correctionCheckCmd);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationSeq.IperlCheckCmd);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestRLOnlyStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.UpdateBothQ2FactorsTestLROnlyStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.UpdateQ2CorrectionsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrectionsStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrRLStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.ConditnlUpdateQ2CorrLRStr);
retVal.Add("Q2 corrected from Q2adj");
retVal.Add("Q2 correction check Q2bc Q2ac");
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.SetActiveModeStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.SetActiveModeStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.SetIdleModeStr);
retVal.Add("---");
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.Reset2HzCorrectionStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.Write2HzCorrectionStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.DewaReworkRLStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.DewaReworkLRStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.StartTestingSealedMetersStr);
- retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationConstants.EndTestingSealedMetersStr);
- retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} if enabled", iPerlCommunicationConstants.ReadConfigurationStr));
- retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} 80", iPerlCommunicationConstants.SetTestModeStr));
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.Reset2HzCorrectionStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.Write2HzCorrectionStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.DewaReworkRLStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.DewaReworkLRStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.StartTestingSealedMetersStr);
+ retVal.Add(iPerlCommunicationForm.EndTestingSealedMetersStr);
+ retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} if enabled", iPerlCommunicationForm.ReadConfigurationStr));
+ retVal.Add(string.Format("{0} 80", iPerlCommunicationForm.SetTestModeStr));
retVal.Add("iPerl_check prevWorkStep direction q2factors");
for (ConditionID id = ConditionID.A; id < ConditionID.Count; id++)
{
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationSeq.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationSeq.cs
index 29880f179..81e64bfe4 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationSeq.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlCommunicationSeq.cs
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
///
void OpenIPerlCommForm(iPerlCommunicationSeq myRef, TestMethod method, Test test, iPerlCommunicationParams testParams)
{
- myRef.modelessDlg = new iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod(method, test, testParams);
+ myRef.modelessDlg = new iPerlCommunicationForm(method, test, testParams);
myRef.modelessDlg.Show();
}
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
///
public IList Execute(Test test, int repetitionNr, TestMethod method, ITestParams testParams)
{
- TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl = method.Cfg as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
+ TestMethodCfg cfg = method.Cfg as TestMethodCfg;
IList e; /// Events from currently running operations
checkUiOp = new Operations.CheckUIOp(true); /// Runs in more then one state
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
processDataLoggingOp = new TBF.Rig.Operations.ProcessDataLoggingOp(processDataLogger, this, false);
string cmd;
- if (testParams.Activity.ToLower().Equals(cmd = iPerlCommunicationFormTestMethod.GetDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower()))
+ if (testParams.Activity.ToLower().Equals(cmd = iPerlCommunicationForm.GetDefaultQ2CorrectionsStr.ToLower()))
{
TestProgressEventArgs.SetEstimatedTimes(new int[] { 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 30, 0, 0 });
Bridge.OnTestProgress(this, new TestProgressEventArgs(test, Progress.JustStarted));
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
}*/
#endif
- if (cfgIPerl.UseWebService)
+ if (cfg.UseWebService)
{
- IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated = GetQ2PreCorrectionsOrBackups(cfgIPerl, wmType, out CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionLR, out CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionRL);
+ IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated = GetQ2PreCorrectionsOrBackups(cfg, wmType, out CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionLR, out CalculatedQ2PreCorrectionRL);
}
/// Generate test results
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
{
if (mtr.TestRslt == tstRslt)
{
- mtr.Passed = !cfgIPerl.UseWebService || IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated;
+ mtr.Passed = !cfg.UseWebService || IsQ2PreCorrectionCalculated;
mtr.TestDone = true;
break;
}
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
Bridge.OnTestCompleted(this, new TestCompletedEventArgs(test.Name, tstRslt));
allResults.Info(TestResult2CsvLine(test.Name, 0)); /// Append the results to the CSV-file
- if (wrongMetersCount >= cfgIPerl.IperlCheckErrorsToStop)
+ if (wrongMetersCount >= cfg.IperlCheckErrorsToStop)
{
State.Create("iPerlCommunicationSeq : Show check result")
.AddOperation(new Operations.LargeMessageBoxOp(message))
@@ -409,12 +409,12 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
///
/// Read default Q2 correction factors from a REST service (= Web service).
///
- /// iPerlCommunication component configuration
+ /// iPerlCommunication component configuration
/// Water meter type (WZ Typ)
/// Default Q2 correction LR
/// Default Q2 correction RL
/// true when successful
- static bool ReadCorrectionsFromWebService(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, int wmType, out int q2PreCorrectionLR, out int q2PreCorrectionRL)
+ static bool ReadCorrectionsFromWebService(TestMethodCfg cfg, int wmType, out int q2PreCorrectionLR, out int q2PreCorrectionRL)
{
if (wmType == 0)
{
@@ -426,9 +426,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
try
{
- GetQ2PreCorrectionClient client = new GetQ2PreCorrectionClient(cfgIPerl.BaseUrl);
+ GetQ2PreCorrectionClient client = new GetQ2PreCorrectionClient(cfg.BaseUrl);
client.GetToken("ReadUser", "sensus", "https://deluh1web03.world.fluidtechnology.net/SensusCore/api/v1/Locations/1/Login2").Wait();
- Q2PreCorrection response = client.GetQ2Correction(string.Format(cfgIPerl.RelativeUrl, wmType)).Result;
+ Q2PreCorrection response = client.GetQ2Correction(string.Format(cfg.RelativeUrl, wmType)).Result;
if (response != null && response.AreDataCalculated)
{
q2PreCorrectionLR = response.CorrLR;
@@ -456,15 +456,15 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication
///
/// Obtain Q2 correction factors from a REST service or from local settings (stored backup values)
///
- /// iPerlCommunication component configuration
+ /// iPerlCommunication component configuration
/// Water meter type (WZ Typ)
/// Default Q2 correction LR
/// Default Q2 correction RL
/// true when successful
- public static bool GetQ2PreCorrectionsOrBackups(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, int wmType, out int q2PreCorrectionLR, out int q2PreCorrectionRL)
+ public static bool GetQ2PreCorrectionsOrBackups(TestMethodCfg cfg, int wmType, out int q2PreCorrectionLR, out int q2PreCorrectionRL)
{
/// Get Q2 pre-correction values from REST service
- bool restOK = ReadCorrectionsFromWebService(cfgIPerl, wmType, out q2PreCorrectionLR, out q2PreCorrectionRL);
+ bool restOK = ReadCorrectionsFromWebService(cfg, wmType, out q2PreCorrectionLR, out q2PreCorrectionRL);
/// Store / load Q2 pre-correction values
Point storedValue;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ConfigStruct.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ConfigStruct.cs
index ee19bd1e4..71b928a7f 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ConfigStruct.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ConfigStruct.cs
@@ -3,264 +3,203 @@
///
using System;
using System.IO;
+using System.Text;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
public class ConfigStruct
{
- public const int Length = 32;
+ //public const int Length = 32; // dynamic
- public Byte Version; /// 0: 1 byte
- public MeterState MeterState; /// 1: 1 byte
- public UInt32 TargetTimeVeryLowBatt; /// 2: 4 bytes in seconds
- public UInt32 TargetTimeLowBatt; /// 6: 4 bytes, in seconds
- public UInt32 TestModeTime; /// 10: 4 bytes, Max. test mode time in seconds
- public UInt16 EmptyPipeThreshold; /// 14: 2 bytes
- public byte[] PCBNumber; /// 16: 5 bytes
- public byte TestModeConfig; /// 21: 1 byte
- public UInt32 RadioAddress; /// 22: 4 bytes
- public UInt16 TempCalibration; /// 26: 2 bytes
- public UInt16 AlarmMask; /// 28: 2 bytes, Default 0xA3F7
- public UInt16 ConfigCheckSum; /// 30: 2 bytes
+ //public Byte Version; // 0: 1 byte
+ public string PCBNumberString; // dynamic
+ public ProtocolStatuses StatusMode; // byte
+ public DiagnosticLedState OpthoStatusMode;// byte
+ public string Unit; //dynamic
+ public string Version; // dynamic
+
public ConfigStruct()
{
- PCBNumber = new byte[5];
}
- public byte[] ToByteArray()
+ //Optho test status mode
+ public DiagnosticLedState TestModeConfig
{
- byte[] result = new byte[Length];
-
- result[0] = Version;
- result[1] = (byte)MeterState;
-
- result[2] = (byte)(TargetTimeVeryLowBatt & 0x000000FF);
- result[3] = (byte)((TargetTimeVeryLowBatt >> 8) & 0x000000FF);
- result[4] = (byte)((TargetTimeVeryLowBatt >> 16) & 0x000000FF);
- result[5] = (byte)((TargetTimeVeryLowBatt >> 24) & 0x000000FF);
-
- result[6] = (byte)(TargetTimeLowBatt & 0x000000FF);
- result[7] = (byte)((TargetTimeLowBatt >> 8) & 0x000000FF);
- result[8] = (byte)((TargetTimeLowBatt >> 16) & 0x000000FF);
- result[9] = (byte)((TargetTimeLowBatt >> 24) & 0x000000FF);
-
- result[10] = (byte)(TestModeTime & 0x000000FF);
- result[11] = (byte)((TestModeTime >> 8) & 0x000000FF);
- result[12] = (byte)((TestModeTime >> 16) & 0x000000FF);
- result[13] = (byte)((TestModeTime >> 24) & 0x000000FF);
-
- result[14] = (byte)(EmptyPipeThreshold & 0x00FF);
- result[15] = (byte)((EmptyPipeThreshold >> 8) & 0x00FF);
-
- result[16] = PCBNumber[0];
- result[17] = PCBNumber[1];
- result[18] = PCBNumber[2];
- result[19] = PCBNumber[3];
- result[20] = PCBNumber[4];
-
- result[21] = TestModeConfig;
-
- result[22] = (byte)(RadioAddress & 0x000000FF);
- result[23] = (byte)((RadioAddress >> 8) & 0x000000FF);
- result[24] = (byte)((RadioAddress >> 16) & 0x000000FF);
- result[25] = (byte)((RadioAddress >> 24) & 0x000000FF);
-
- result[26] = (byte)(TempCalibration & 0x00FF);
- result[27] = (byte)((TempCalibration >> 8) & 0x00FF);
-
- result[28] = (byte)(AlarmMask & 0x00FF);
- result[29] = (byte)((AlarmMask >> 8) & 0x00FF);
-
- result[30] = (byte)(ConfigCheckSum & 0x00FF);
- result[31] = (byte)((ConfigCheckSum >> 8) & 0x00FF);
-
- return result;
+ get { return OpthoStatusMode; }
}
-
- ///
- /// Create a configuration structure from a complete byte array
- ///
- /// A complete byte array data
- /// ConfigStruct or null when byte array was not complete
- public static ConfigStruct FromByteArray(byte[] data)
+ //Activity test status mode
+ public ProtocolStatuses MeterState
{
- if (data.Length != Length) return null;
-
- ConfigStruct result = new ConfigStruct();
-
- result.Version = data[0];
- result.MeterState = (MeterState)data[1];
- result.TargetTimeVeryLowBatt = (((UInt32)data[5] * 256 + data[4]) * 256 + data[3]) * 256 + data[2];
- result.TargetTimeLowBatt = (((UInt32)data[9] * 256 + data[8]) * 256 + data[7]) * 256 + data[6];
- result.TestModeTime = (((UInt32)data[13] * 256 + data[12]) * 256 + data[11]) * 256 + data[10];
- result.EmptyPipeThreshold = (UInt16)(data[15] * 256 + data[14]);
- result.PCBNumber[0] = data[16];
- result.PCBNumber[1] = data[17];
- result.PCBNumber[2] = data[18];
- result.PCBNumber[3] = data[19];
- result.PCBNumber[4] = data[20];
- result.TestModeConfig = data[21];
- result.RadioAddress = (((UInt32)data[25] * 256 + data[24]) * 256 + data[23]) * 256 + data[22];
- result.TempCalibration = (UInt16)(data[27] * 256 + data[26]);
- result.AlarmMask = (UInt16)(data[29] * 256 + data[28]);
- result.ConfigCheckSum = (UInt16)(data[31] * 256 + data[30]);
-
- return result;
+ get
+ {
+ return StatusMode;
+ }
}
-
- ///
- /// Update the configuration structure from an incomplete byte array
- ///
- /// Offset of byte array data in ConfigStruct
- /// Byte array data
- /// true when successful, false when data are not appropriate
- public bool Update(int offset, byte[] data)
- {
- if (offset == 0 && data.Length == 2)
- {
- /// iPerl mode of function
- Version = data[0];
- MeterState = (MeterState)data[1];
- return true;
- }
- else if (offset == 0 && data.Length == 4)
- {
- /// iPerl mode of function and extra 2 bytes
- Version = data[0];
- MeterState = (MeterState)data[1];
- return true;
- }
- else if (offset == 21 && data.Length == 1)
- {
- /// TestModeConfig value
- TestModeConfig = data[21 - offset];
- return true;
- }
- else if (offset == 0 && data.Length == Length)
- {
- /// Complete ConfigStruct
- Version = data[0];
- MeterState = (MeterState)data[1];
- TargetTimeVeryLowBatt = (((UInt32)data[5] * 256 + data[4]) * 256 + data[3]) * 256 + data[2];
- TargetTimeLowBatt = (((UInt32)data[9] * 256 + data[8]) * 256 + data[7]) * 256 + data[6];
- TestModeTime = (((UInt32)data[13] * 256 + data[12]) * 256 + data[11]) * 256 + data[10];
- EmptyPipeThreshold = (UInt16)(data[15] * 256 + data[14]);
- PCBNumber[0] = data[16];
- PCBNumber[1] = data[17];
- PCBNumber[2] = data[18];
- PCBNumber[3] = data[19];
- PCBNumber[4] = data[20];
- TestModeConfig = data[21];
- RadioAddress = (((UInt32)data[25] * 256 + data[24]) * 256 + data[23]) * 256 + data[22];
- TempCalibration = (UInt16)(data[27] * 256 + data[26]);
- AlarmMask = (UInt16)(data[29] * 256 + data[28]);
- ConfigCheckSum = (UInt16)(data[31] * 256 + data[30]);
- return true;
- }
- else
- return false;
- }
+
///
/// Returns PCB number string (12 characters, 12 decimal digits)
///
/// PCB number STRING
- public string GetPcbNrString()
- {
- return PCBNumber2String(this.PCBNumber);
- }
+ public string GetPcbNrString(){
+ return PCBNumberString;
+ }
- ///
- /// Converts PCBNumber to string (12 characters, 12 decimal digits)
- ///
- ///
- /// PCB number string
- public static string PCBNumber2String(byte[] pcbNumber)
- {
- if (pcbNumber.Length != 5) return string.Empty;
- Int64 number = 0;
- for (int i = 4; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- number = 256 * number + (Int64)pcbNumber[i];
- }
-
- return number.ToString();
- }
+ public string GetStatusModeString()
+ {
+ return string.Format(
+ "Config: StatusMode={0}",
+ StatusMode
+ );
+ }
+
+ public string GetActiveModeString()
+ {
+ return string.Format(
+ "Config: StatusMode={0}, OpthoStatusMode={1}",
+ StatusMode,
+ OpthoStatusMode
+ );
+ }
public override string ToString()
{
- return string.Format("Config: V{0} State={1} VLoBattT={2}s LoBattT={3}s TestModeT={4}s EPThld={5} PCB#={6} TMCfg={7} RadioAddr={8} TempCalib={9} AlarmMask={10} CfgCheckSum={11}",
- Version,
- MeterState,
- TargetTimeVeryLowBatt,
- TargetTimeLowBatt,
- TestModeTime,
- EmptyPipeThreshold,
- GetPcbNrString(),
- TestModeConfig.ToString("X2"),
- RadioAddress,
- TempCalibration,
- AlarmMask.ToString("X4"),
- ConfigCheckSum.ToString("X4"));
+ return string.Format(
+ "Config: PCB#={0} StatusMode={1} Unit={2} V{3}",
+
+ GetPcbNrString(),
+ StatusMode,
+ Unit,
+ Version
+ );
}
public string ToString(int sel)
{
- return string.Format("{1} PCB#={6} TMCfg={7}",
- Version,
- MeterState,
- TargetTimeVeryLowBatt,
- TargetTimeLowBatt,
- TestModeTime,
- EmptyPipeThreshold,
- GetPcbNrString(),
- TestModeConfig.ToString("X2"),
- RadioAddress,
- TempCalibration,
- AlarmMask.ToString("X4"),
- ConfigCheckSum.ToString("X4"));
+ return string.Format(
+ "Config: PCB#={0} StatusMode={1} Unit={2} V{3}",
+
+ GetPcbNrString(),
+ StatusMode,
+ Unit,
+ Version
+ );
}
public virtual void WriteBinary(BinaryWriter writer)
{
- writer.Write(Version);
- writer.Write((byte)MeterState);
- writer.Write(TargetTimeVeryLowBatt);
- writer.Write(TargetTimeLowBatt);
- writer.Write(TestModeTime);
- writer.Write(EmptyPipeThreshold);
- writer.Write(PCBNumber[0]);
- writer.Write(PCBNumber[1]);
- writer.Write(PCBNumber[2]);
- writer.Write(PCBNumber[3]);
- writer.Write(PCBNumber[4]);
- writer.Write(TestModeConfig);
- writer.Write(RadioAddress);
- writer.Write(TempCalibration);
- writer.Write(AlarmMask);
- writer.Write(ConfigCheckSum);
+ if (writer == null)
+ throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(writer));
+
+ // ---- Marker ----
+ writer.Write((byte)0x11);
+
+ // ---- Version ----
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(Version))
+ {
+ // Convert string to bytes (UTF8 is standard)
+ byte[] versionBytes = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(Version);
+ // 1) write length
+ writer.Write(versionBytes.Length);
+ // 2) write string bytes
+ writer.Write(versionBytes);
+ //writer.Write(Version);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ writer.Write(0);//Length
+ }
+
+ // ---- StatusMode ----
+ writer.Write((byte)StatusMode);
+
+ // ---- PCB Number ----
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PCBNumberString))
+ {
+ byte[] PCBNumberStringBytes = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(PCBNumberString);
+ // 1) write length
+ writer.Write(PCBNumberStringBytes.Length);
+ // 2) write string bytes
+ writer.Write(PCBNumberStringBytes);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ writer.Write(0); //Length
+ }
+
+ // ---- Unit ----
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(Unit))
+ {
+ // Convert string to bytes (UTF8 is standard)
+ byte[] unitBytes = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(Unit);
+ // 1) write length
+ writer.Write(unitBytes.Length);
+ // 2) write string bytes
+ writer.Write(unitBytes);
+ //writer.Write(Version);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ writer.Write(0); //Length
+ }
+
}
public virtual void ReadBinary(BinaryReader reader)
{
- Version = reader.ReadByte();
- MeterState = (MeterState)reader.ReadByte();
- TargetTimeVeryLowBatt = reader.ReadUInt32();
- TargetTimeLowBatt = reader.ReadUInt32();
- TestModeTime = reader.ReadUInt32();
- EmptyPipeThreshold = reader.ReadUInt16();
- PCBNumber[0] = reader.ReadByte();
- PCBNumber[1] = reader.ReadByte();
- PCBNumber[2] = reader.ReadByte();
- PCBNumber[3] = reader.ReadByte();
- PCBNumber[4] = reader.ReadByte();
- TestModeConfig = reader.ReadByte();
- RadioAddress = reader.ReadUInt32();
- TempCalibration = reader.ReadUInt16();
- AlarmMask = reader.ReadUInt16();
- ConfigCheckSum = reader.ReadUInt16();
+ if (reader == null)
+ throw new ArgumentNullException(nameof(reader));
+
+ // ---- Marker ----
+ byte marker = reader.ReadByte();
+ if (marker != 0x11)
+ throw new InvalidDataException($"Invalid config marker: 0x{marker:X2}");
+
+ // ---- Version ----
+ int versionLength = reader.ReadInt32();
+ if (versionLength < 0)
+ throw new InvalidDataException("Invalid Version length.");
+
+ byte[] versionBytes = reader.ReadBytes(versionLength);
+ if (versionBytes.Length != versionLength)
+ throw new EndOfStreamException("Unexpected end of stream while reading Version.");
+
+ Version = versionLength > 0
+ ? Encoding.UTF8.GetString(versionBytes)
+ : string.Empty;
+
+ // ---- StatusMode ----
+ StatusMode = (ProtocolStatuses)reader.ReadByte();
+
+ // ---- PCB Number ----
+ int pcbLength = reader.ReadInt32();
+ if (pcbLength < 0)
+ throw new InvalidDataException("Invalid PCB number length.");
+
+ byte[] pcbBytes = reader.ReadBytes(pcbLength);
+ if (pcbBytes.Length != pcbLength)
+ throw new EndOfStreamException("Unexpected end of stream while reading PCB number.");
+
+ PCBNumberString = pcbLength > 0
+ ? Encoding.UTF8.GetString(pcbBytes)
+ : string.Empty;
+
+ // ---- Unit ----
+ int unitLength = reader.ReadInt32();
+ if (unitLength < 0)
+ throw new InvalidDataException("Invalid Unit length.");
+
+ byte[] unitBytes = reader.ReadBytes(unitLength);
+ if (unitBytes.Length != unitLength)
+ throw new EndOfStreamException("Unexpected end of stream while reading Unit.");
+
+ Unit = unitLength > 0
+ ? Encoding.UTF8.GetString(unitBytes)
+ : string.Empty;
}
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/FlowDirectionDetection.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/FlowDirectionDetection.cs
index 37745792e..2e23e3f6d 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/FlowDirectionDetection.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/FlowDirectionDetection.cs
@@ -11,40 +11,35 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(IperlHead));
- const int FIFO_SIZE = 64; /// 8 sec. @ 8Hz
- const double MAX_OPTO_DROPOUT = 4.5; /// sec.
-
+ const int FIFO_SIZE = 64; // 8 sec @ 8Hz
+ const double MAX_OPTO_DROPOUT = 4.5; // sec
- Int64[] volumeRawFifo; /// Volume FIFO buffer
- Int64[] timestampFifo; /// Timestamp FIFO buffer
+ private readonly double[] volumeRawFifo;
+ private readonly double[] timestampFifo; // centered timestamps
- int fifoCount; /// Number of valid FIFO items
- int fifoIx; /// Index of the next FIFO item
- DateTime lastFifoWriteTime; /// Time of the last write to FIFO
+ private int fifoCount;
+ private int fifoIx;
+ private DateTime lastFifoWriteTime;
- ///
- /// Sums for linear regression calculation
- ///
- decimal sumXX;
- decimal sumX;
- decimal sumXY;
- decimal sumY;
- decimal N;
+ // regression sums (double is ideal here)
+ private double sumXX;
+ private double sumX;
+ private double sumXY;
+ private double sumY;
- double minSlope; /// max. slope of the regressed line, always positive or 0
- double maxSlope; /// min. slope of the regressed line, always negative or 0
+ private double minSlope;
+ private double maxSlope;
+
+ // timestamp centering for numerical stability
+ private double firstTimestamp = double.NaN;
public FlowDirectionDetection()
{
- volumeRawFifo = new Int64[FIFO_SIZE];
- timestampFifo = new Int64[FIFO_SIZE];
+ volumeRawFifo = new double[FIFO_SIZE];
+ timestampFifo = new double[FIFO_SIZE];
ClearFifo();
}
-
- ///
- /// Clear FIFO data
- ///
public void ClearFifo()
{
fifoCount = 0;
@@ -55,94 +50,93 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
sumX = 0;
sumXY = 0;
sumY = 0;
- N = 0;
minSlope = 0;
maxSlope = 0;
+ firstTimestamp = double.NaN;
}
-
///
- /// Write data to FIFO
+ /// Add sample to rolling FIFO and update regression sums
///
- /// Volume
- /// Time stamp
- public void WriteToFifo(Int64 volumeRaw, Int64 timestamp)
+ public void WriteToFifo(double volumeRaw, double timestamp)
{
- ///
- /// Update sums for linear regression calculation
- ///
+ // establish time origin (CRITICAL for double precision)
+ if (double.IsNaN(firstTimestamp))
+ firstTimestamp = timestamp;
+
+ double x = timestamp - firstTimestamp; // centered time
+ double y = volumeRaw;
+
+ // remove oldest sample if buffer full
if (fifoCount == FIFO_SIZE)
{
- /// Buffer is already full, the oldest item will be re-written
- sumXX -= timestampFifo[fifoIx] * timestampFifo[fifoIx];
- sumX -= timestampFifo[fifoIx];
- sumXY -= timestampFifo[fifoIx] * volumeRawFifo[fifoIx];
- sumY -= volumeRawFifo[fifoIx];
- N--;
- }
- sumXX += timestamp * timestamp;
- sumX += timestamp;
- sumXY += timestamp * volumeRaw;
- sumY += volumeRaw;
- N++;
+ double oldX = timestampFifo[fifoIx];
+ double oldY = volumeRawFifo[fifoIx];
+
+ sumXX -= oldX * oldX;
+ sumX -= oldX;
+ sumXY -= oldX * oldY;
+ sumY -= oldY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fifoCount++;
+ }
+
+ // add new sample
+ sumXX += x * x;
+ sumX += x;
+ sumXY += x * y;
+ sumY += y;
+
+ // store sample
+ timestampFifo[fifoIx] = x;
+ volumeRawFifo[fifoIx] = y;
- ///
- /// Save new values to FIFO
- ///
- volumeRawFifo[fifoIx] = volumeRaw;
- timestampFifo[fifoIx] = timestamp;
fifoIx = (fifoIx + 1) % FIFO_SIZE;
- fifoCount = Math.Min(fifoCount + 1, FIFO_SIZE);
lastFifoWriteTime = DateTime.Now;
}
-
- ///
- /// Determine whether there are enough recent FIFO data
- ///
- /// true when data valid
public bool AreFifoDataValid()
{
- return (DateTime.Now.Subtract(lastFifoWriteTime).TotalSeconds <= MAX_OPTO_DROPOUT) && (fifoCount == FIFO_SIZE);
+ return (DateTime.Now.Subtract(lastFifoWriteTime).TotalSeconds <= MAX_OPTO_DROPOUT)
+ && (fifoCount == FIFO_SIZE);
}
-
- ///
- /// Verify whether the flow direction is correct
- ///
- /// OptoHeadState.OptoAndDirOK, OptoHeadState.OptoNok or OptoHeadState.DirNok
public OptoHeadState CheckFlowDirection(Counting counting, string iPerlHeadName)
{
- if (!AreFifoDataValid()) return OptoHeadState.OptoNok;
+ if (!AreFifoDataValid())
+ return OptoHeadState.OptoNok;
try
{
- decimal numer = N * sumXY - sumX * sumY;
- decimal denom = N * sumXX - sumX * sumX;
+ double N = fifoCount;
- if (denom == 0) return OptoHeadState.DirNok;
+ double numer = N * sumXY - sumX * sumY;
+ double denom = N * sumXX - sumX * sumX;
+
+ if (Math.Abs(denom) < 1e-12)
+ return OptoHeadState.DirNok;
+
+ double slope = numer / denom;
- /// Calculate the slope of the regressed line, determine min. and max.
- double slope = (double)(numer / denom);
if (slope > maxSlope) maxSlope = slope;
if (slope < minSlope) minSlope = slope;
- if ( counting == Counting.Arbitrary ||
+ if (counting == Counting.Arbitrary ||
(counting == Counting.Positive && maxSlope > Math.Abs(2 * minSlope)) ||
(counting == Counting.Negative && minSlope < -Math.Abs(2 * maxSlope)))
{
return OptoHeadState.OptoAndDirOK;
}
- else
- {
- return OptoHeadState.DirNok;
- }
+
+ return OptoHeadState.DirNok;
}
- catch (Exception)
+ catch (Exception ex)
{
- log.ErrorFormat("{0} : CheckFlowDirection() failed", iPerlHeadName);
- return OptoHeadState.DirNok; /// ???
+ log.ErrorFormat("{0} : CheckFlowDirection() failed: {1}", iPerlHeadName, ex);
+ return OptoHeadState.DirNok;
}
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHead.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHead.cs
index 2df3887c2..b4502c2ab 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHead.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHead.cs
@@ -6,28 +6,36 @@ using System.IO;
using System.IO.Ports;
using log4net;
using Common;
-using Common.Iperl;
using Config.Entities;
using TBF.Rig.Generic;
using TBF.Rig.GenericDevices;
using Sensus.iPerl.NfcHandler;
using NHibernate;
-using Renci.SshNet;
using System.Linq;
-using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
-using System.Xml;
-using System.Xml.Linq; // This line is correct and does not need to be changed.
-using System.Windows;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Threading.Tasks;
+using System.Xml.Linq;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication; // This line is correct and does not need to be changed.
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.utils;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.hexLogger;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.Utils;
+using OptoTelegramFlags = TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.common.OptoTelegramFlags;
+using OptoTelegramRaw = TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.common.OptoTelegramRaw;
using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication.common;
+
+
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
///
/// This component = instance of this class is a placeholder for a combined main watermeter
///
- public class IperlHead : ComponentBase, IDevice,IRegReaderDatastream, ISessionDataMngmnt, IOperation, ISmartReader
+ public class IperlHead : ComponentBase, IDevice,IRegReaderDatastream, ISessionDataMngmnt, IOperation, IRegReaderSmart
{
private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(IperlHead));
+ private static readonly ILog logStream = LogManager.GetLogger("StreamData");
public override string ToString() { return string.Format("{0}({1})", ClassName, Cfg.ToString(-1)); }
#if TURA_SPECIAL
@@ -38,63 +46,49 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
public const string OptoDataDirectory = "C:\\TBF\\ProcessData";
public const int StartOptoDataCount = OptoDataBufferSize / 2;
public const int EndOptoDataCount = OptoDataBufferSize - StartOptoDataCount;
- public const int StartEndFilterSamplesCount2 = 20; /// StartEndFilterSamplesCount = 2 * StartEndFilterSamplesCount2 + 1
+ public const int StartEndFilterSamplesCount2 = 2; //20 /// StartEndFilterSamplesCount = 2 * StartEndFilterSamplesCount2 + 1
public const int FeatureVectorSize = 9;
+ private OptoHeadTest _optoHeadTest;
+
+ public OptoHeadTest OptoHeadTest
+ {
+ get
+ {
+ if (_optoHeadTest == null)
+ _optoHeadTest = new OptoHeadTest(this);
+ return _optoHeadTest;
+ }
+ set { _optoHeadTest = value; }
+ }
+
readonly IperlHeadCfg iperlHeadCfg;
-
public int RfidComPortNr { get { return iperlHeadCfg.RfidComPortNr; } }
- public bool CommFailed { get; set; }
- public bool Disabled { get; set; }
public int OptoComPortNr { get { return iperlHeadCfg.OptoComPortNr; } }
public int MuxBoardNrOrGroup14 { get { return iperlHeadCfg.MuxBoardNr; } }
public int Group { get { return iperlHeadCfg.Group; } }
public iPerlHead.MeterType MeterType { get { return iperlHeadCfg.MeterType; } }
- public string CommInterface { get { return iperlHeadCfg.CommunicationInterface.ToDescription(); } }
+ public CommunicationInterface CommInterface { get { return iperlHeadCfg.CommunicationInterface; } }
-
- static int? ExtractPreferredNumber(string input)
- {
- if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(input))
- return null;
-
- // Match all sequences of digits
- var matches = Regex.Matches(input, @"\d+");
- if (matches.Count == 0)
- return null;
-
- // Prefer the last one if there are multiple
- string selected = matches[matches.Count - 1].Value; // last element
- return int.Parse(selected);
- }
-
- ///
- /// this is a hack to get the position from the name
- /// name must consist only with digit describing order of the meter
- ///
public int Position
{
get
{
- //BUMI this is a hack to get the position from the name
- // but it is not working for all cases !!!!!
- // - what stupid prediction (what index should be used?? see: 'S4iPerl1' or ...)
-
- int? extractPreferredNumber = ExtractPreferredNumber(Name);
- if (extractPreferredNumber.HasValue)
- return extractPreferredNumber.Value;
- return 0;
+ int firstDigitPos = Name.IndexOfAny(new char[] { '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', '0' });
+ int position;
+ return (firstDigitPos < 0) ? 0 : (int.TryParse(Name.Substring(firstDigitPos), out position) ? position : 0);
}
}
public RegisterReaderType RegisterReaderType { get { return RegisterReaderType.DataStream; } }
public double PulsesPerLtr {
- get { return 1000.0; }
- set {PulsesPerLtr = value; }
+ get { return 1000.0; }
+ set { }
}
public double LtrsPerPulse { get { return 1 / PulsesPerLtr; } }
public string QuantityUnits { get; set; }
+
public double CalibTarget { get { return iperlHeadCfg.ProcParams.CalibTarget; } }
public ushort FactorLimitLo { get { return (ushort)iperlHeadCfg.ProcParams.FactorLimitLo; } }
public ushort FactorLimitHi { get { return (ushort)iperlHeadCfg.ProcParams.FactorLimitHi; } }
@@ -118,7 +112,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
simulatedPcbNr = value;
}
}
-
+
+ public bool Disabled;
+ public bool CommFailed;
public int ResultCode;
@@ -132,8 +128,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
///
/// Passed to OptoTelegramRaw.UpdateFromString(...)
///
- Int64 volumeRawExtLast;
- Int64 timestampExtLast;
+ double volumeRawExtLast;
+ double timestampExtLast;
FlowDirectionDetection flowDirectionDetection;
@@ -190,13 +186,23 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
///
public int WMPulses { get { return wmPulses; } }
public int WMRefPulses { get { return wmRefPulses; } }
- public double BeginWMState { get { return beginWMState; } set { beginWMState = value; }}
- public double EndWMState { get { return endWMState; } set { endWMState = value;} }
- public double WMVolume { get { return wmVolume; } }
- public double WMTestTime { get { return wmTestTime; } }
+ public double BeginWMState { get { return ResolveNaNDouble(beginWMState); } }
+ public double EndWMState { get { return ResolveNaNDouble(endWMState); } }
+ public double WMVolume { get { return ResolveNaNDouble(wmVolume); } }
+ public double WMTestTime { get { return ResolveNaNDouble(wmTestTime); } }
string simulatedPcbNr = null;
+ double ResolveNaNDouble(double d)
+ {
+ if (Double.IsNaN(d))
+ {
+ return 0.0;
+ }
+ else
+ return d;
+ }
+
int wmPulses;
int wmRefPulses;
double beginWMState;
@@ -269,7 +275,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
const double C = B * 60.0; /// Raw units per hour, 480
double D = C / A; /// ml correction per hour
double F = D / (nominalTestFlowLph * 10.0); /// Error corrected with 8 Raw Units per minute [%]
- double G = F / B; /// Error corrected with 1 Raw Unit per minute [%]
+ double G = F / B; /// Error corrected with 1 Raw Units per minute [%]
/// Do not change the factor for an invalid measurement (q2adjResult.VolumeMeter == 0)
double q2CorrectionFactor = (Math.Abs(currentQ2Result.VolumeMeter) <= float.Epsilon) ? Convert.ToDouble(currentFactor) :
@@ -389,7 +395,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
///
/// Timestamp from the opto telegram
///
- private Int64 lastTimestamp;
+ private double lastTimestamp;
private double timestampSec;
private double timestampSec0;
@@ -412,14 +418,14 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
///
/// Volume of water from the opto telegram
///
- private Int64 lastVolumeRaw; /// Last read raw volume
+ private double lastVolumeRaw; /// Last read raw volume
private double volumeLtr;
private double volumeLtr0;
/// Test start volume for metrology in liters
public double VolumeLtrStart
{
- get { return NoSamples ? 0 : VolumeFromSamples(optoData, optoDataCount, TestStartTelegramIx, ScalingFactor(), StartEndFilterSamplesCount2); }
+ get { return NoSamples ? 0 : VolumeFromSamples(optoData, optoDataCount, TestStartTelegramIx, ScalingFactor(), 0); }
}
/// Test end volume for metrology in liters
public double VolumeLtrEnd
@@ -473,7 +479,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
/// Check whether head is connected, working
try
{
- OpenOptoSerialPort($"COM{iperlHeadCfg.OptoComPortNr}", 9600, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One, Handshake.None);
+ OpenOptoSerialPort($"COM{iperlHeadCfg.OptoComPortNr}", 38400, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One, Handshake.None);
CloseOptoSerialPort();
log.FatalFormat($"{Name} initialized: {this}");
}
@@ -618,10 +624,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
ResultCode = 0;
- volumeLtr = 0;
- volumeLtr0 = 0;
- timestampSec = 0;
- timestampSec0 = 0;
+ volumeLtr = Double.NaN;
+ volumeLtr0 = Double.NaN;
+ timestampSec = Double.NaN;
+ timestampSec0 = Double.NaN;
extraDataPath = null;
@@ -887,34 +893,63 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
endWMState = volumeLtr;
wmVolume = Math.Abs(endWMState - beginWMState);
wmPulses = (int)(wmVolume * (double)PulsesPerLtr + 0.5);
+ log.Debug("wmPulses = " + wmPulses + "wmVolume = " + wmVolume + "PulsesPerLtr = " + PulsesPerLtr + "");
wmRefPulses = StateMachine.ControlBoardMain.RefPulses;
wmTestTime = timestampSec - timestampSec0;
}
- private void OpenOptoSerialPort(string comPort, int baudRate, Parity parity, int dataBits, StopBits stopBit, Handshake handshake)
+ private void OpenOptoSerialPort(
+ string comPort,
+ int baudRate,
+ Parity parity,
+ int dataBits,
+ StopBits stopBit,
+ Handshake handshake,
+ int openTimeoutMs = 3000)
{
if (DebugLevel == DebugMode.FailureDuringOperation) DebugLevel = DebugMode.Normal;
- if (DebugLevel == DebugMode.Normal)
- {
- /// Open serial port: 9600 Bd, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity
- try
- {
- CloseOptoSerialPort();
- optoSerialPort = new SerialPort(comPort, baudRate, parity, dataBits, stopBit);
- optoSerialPort.Handshake = handshake;
- optoSerialPort.Open();
- log.FatalFormat($"{Name} OptoPort opened: {this}");
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- log.FatalFormat($"{Name} OptoPort - error opening port: {this}" + Environment.NewLine + ex.Message);
- throw ex;
- }
- }
- else
+ if (DebugLevel != DebugMode.Normal)
{
optoSerialPort = null;
log.FatalFormat($"{Name} OproPort simulated: {this}");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ try
+ {
+ CloseOptoSerialPort();
+
+ var port = new SerialPort(comPort, baudRate, parity, dataBits, stopBit)
+ {
+ Handshake = handshake,
+ NewLine = "\r\n",
+ Encoding = Encoding.ASCII
+ };
+
+ port.ReadTimeout = 5000;
+ port.WriteTimeout = 5000;
+ port.DtrEnable = true;
+ port.RtsEnable = true;
+
+ // Run Open() on separate task
+ var openTask = Task.Run(() => port.Open());
+
+ if (!openTask.Wait(openTimeoutMs))
+ {
+ port.Dispose();
+ throw new TimeoutException(
+ $"Opening serial port {comPort} timed out after {openTimeoutMs} ms.");
+ }
+
+ optoSerialPort = port;
+
+ log.FatalFormat($"{Name} OptoPort opened: {this}");
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.FatalFormat($"{Name} OptoPort - error opening port: {this}"
+ + Environment.NewLine + ex.Message);
+ throw; // NEVER use "throw ex;" (destroys stack trace)
}
}
@@ -937,7 +972,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
try
{
- OpenOptoSerialPort($"COM{iperlHeadCfg.OptoComPortNr}", 9600, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One, Handshake.None);
+ OpenOptoSerialPort($"COM{iperlHeadCfg.OptoComPortNr}", 38400, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One, Handshake.None);
}
catch (Exception)
{
@@ -961,18 +996,6 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
dataStreamState = DataStreamState.ProcessAndSave;
}
- public void SetCommunicationInterface(string commInterface)
- {
- CommunicationInterface com = (CommunicationInterface)Enum.Parse(typeof(CommunicationInterface), commInterface);
- SetCommunicationInterface(com);
- }
-
- public void SetCommunicationInterface(RegisterReaders.CommonRR.CommunicationInterface commInterface)
- {
- CommunicationInterface com = (CommunicationInterface)Enum.Parse(typeof(CommunicationInterface), commInterface.ToDescription());
- SetCommunicationInterface(com);
- }
-
///
/// Returns true when processing and saving datastream data is in progress
///
@@ -981,11 +1004,6 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
return dataStreamState == DataStreamState.ProcessAndSave;
}
- void ISmartReader.SetRfidInterface()
- {
- SetRfidInterface();
- }
-
///
/// Stop processing and saving datastream data
///
@@ -1001,121 +1019,95 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
bool synchronized;
bool synchronized2;
string partOfTelegram;
- private RegisterReaders.CommonRR.CommunicationInterface _commInterface;
- private string _commInterface1;
+
+ DiagnosticLedParser parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State4);
///
/// Reads opto-datastream via serial port. Invoked from RunDeviceBefore()
///
- /// Telegram description:
- /// AAAAAA[tab]BBBB[tab]CCCC[tab]DDDDDD[tab]EEEE[tab]FFFFFFFF[tab]GG[cr][lf] (42 bytes)
- /// Example:
- /// FFFFFE 51EA 0000 65324E 0087 F6319DFF 86
- /// FFDD3A 51F9 0000 65324E 0088 F631A60B 45
- /// ...
- ///
- /// OptoState.Read or OptoState.Flush
- void ReadOptoData(DataStreamState optoState)
- {
+ /// Telegram description:
+ /// AAAAAA[tab]BBBB[tab]CCCC[tab]DDDDDD[tab]EEEE[tab]FFFFFFFF[tab]GG[cr][lf] (42 bytes)
+ /// Example:
+ /// FFFFFE 51EA 0000 65324E 0087 F6319DFF 86
+ /// FFDD3A 51F9 0000 65324E 0088 F631A60B 45
+ /// ...
+ ///
+ /// OptoState.Read or OptoState.Flush
+ void ReadOptoData(DataStreamState optoState)
+ {
if (optoSerialPort is null) return;
+
lock (this)
{
- int nrBytes = optoSerialPort.BytesToRead;
- if (nrBytes > 0)
+ try
{
- char[] buffer = new char[nrBytes];
- optoSerialPort.Read(buffer, 0, nrBytes);
- string received = new string(buffer);
-
- string allRcvd = partOfTelegram + received;
-
- while (true)
+ int nrBytes = optoSerialPort.BytesToRead;
+ if (nrBytes > 0)
{
- int pos = allRcvd.IndexOf("\r\n");
+ // This will now wait max 3 seconds (ReadTimeout)
+ string line = optoSerialPort.ReadLine();
- if (pos < 0)
+ byte[] bytes = optoSerialPort.Encoding.GetBytes(line);
+ log.Debug("ComPort: " + OptoComPortNr + " OPTHO RX ← " + HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(bytes));
+
+ if (optoState == DataStreamState.ProcessAndSave)
{
- /// No CR+LF found, wait for more characters in the next invocation
- partOfTelegram = allRcvd;
- return;
+ DiagnosticLedState4Data data =
+ (DiagnosticLedState4Data)parser.ParseLine(line, false);
+
+ int bufferIx = BufferIdx(optoDataCount);
+
+ if (synchronized)
+ {
+ optoData[bufferIx].Counter = optoDataCount;
+ optoData[bufferIx].SetFlags(OptoTelegramFlags.SyncError);
+ }
+
+ if (data != null)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} Parsed optho data:" + data);
+ logStream.Debug($"ID: {OptoComPortNr} " + data);
+
+ optoData[bufferIx].UpdateFromSmart(
+ data,
+ optoDataCount,
+ Convert.ToSingle(Sequences.ProcessData.RefFlow.Val),
+ ref volumeRawExtLast,
+ ref timestampExtLast);
+
+ flowDirectionDetection.WriteToFifo(volumeRawExtLast, timestampExtLast);
+
+ OptoTelegramReceived(
+ optoDataCount,
+ true,
+ volumeRawExtLast,
+ timestampExtLast);
+ }
+
+ optoDataCount++;
}
else
{
- /// CR+LF found
- if (optoState == DataStreamState.ProcessAndSave)
- {
- int bufferIx = BufferIdx(optoDataCount);
+ // Flush mode
+ DiagnosticLedState4Data data =
+ (DiagnosticLedState4Data)parser.ParseLine(line, false);
- if (pos < OptoTelegramRaw.Length - 2)
- {
- /// CR+LF found too early, truncate the beginning incl CR+LF and keep scanning in this loop
- allRcvd = allRcvd.Substring(pos + 2);
- if (synchronized)
- {
- optoData[bufferIx].Counter = optoDataCount;
- optoData[bufferIx].SetFlags(OptoTelegramFlags.SyncError);
- }
- synchronized = true;
- }
- else if (optoData[bufferIx].UpdateFromString(allRcvd.Substring(pos - OptoTelegramRaw.Length + 2),
- optoDataCount,
- Convert.ToSingle(Sequences.ProcessData.RefFlow.Val),
- ref volumeRawExtLast, ref timestampExtLast))
- {
- /// CR+LF was found && (pos >= OptoTelegramRaw.Length - 2) && the telegram is OK
- flowDirectionDetection.WriteToFifo(volumeRawExtLast, timestampExtLast);
- OptoTelegramReceived(optoDataCount, synchronized2, volumeRawExtLast, timestampExtLast);
- synchronized2 = synchronized;
- allRcvd = allRcvd.Substring(pos + 2);
- }
- else
- {
- /// CR+LF was found && (pos >= OptoTelegramRaw.Length - 2) but the telgram was not OK
- optoData[bufferIx].Counter = optoDataCount;
- optoDataCount++;
- allRcvd = allRcvd.Substring(pos + 2);
- }
-
- optoDataCount++;
- }
- else /// optoState == OptoState.Flush
- {
- if (pos < OptoTelegramRaw.Length - 2)
- {
- /// CR+LF found too early, truncate the beginning incl CR+LF and keep scanning in this loop
- allRcvd = allRcvd.Substring(pos + 2);
- synchronized = true;
- }
- // CR+LF found and (pos >= OptoTelegram.Length - 2)
- else if (toBeFlushed.UpdateFromString(allRcvd.Substring(pos - OptoTelegramRaw.Length + 2),
- 0,
- Convert.ToSingle(Sequences.ProcessData.RefFlow.Val),
- ref volumeRawExtLast, ref timestampExtLast))
- {
- flowDirectionDetection.WriteToFifo(volumeRawExtLast, timestampExtLast);
- synchronized2 = synchronized;
- allRcvd = allRcvd.Substring(pos + 2);
- }
- else
- {
- allRcvd = allRcvd.Substring(pos + 2);
- }
- }
+ flowDirectionDetection.WriteToFifo(volumeRawExtLast, timestampExtLast);
}
}
-
- //OnOptoReceived(this, new OptoReceivedEventArgs(s));
}
- else
+ catch (TimeoutException)
{
- //OnOptoReceived(this, new OptoReceivedEventArgs("."));
+ // ✅ No data received within 3 seconds
+ log.Debug($"OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} ReadLine timeout (3s) - continuing.");
+
+ // Just continue without parsing
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error($"OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} Read error: {ex.Message}");
}
}
- }
-
- void ISmartReader.ResetNfcInterface(bool? nfc_on)
- {
- ResetNfcInterface(nfc_on);
}
public string ReadOptoData()
@@ -1124,48 +1116,114 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
string received = ".";
lock (this)
{
- int nrBytes = optoSerialPort.BytesToRead;
- if (nrBytes > 0)
+ try
{
- char[] buffer = new char[nrBytes];
- optoSerialPort.Read(buffer, 0, nrBytes);
- received = new string(buffer);
+ string line = optoSerialPort.ReadLine(); // string
+ byte[] bytes = optoSerialPort.Encoding.GetBytes(line);
+ received = HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(bytes);
+ log.Debug("RX ← " + received);
+ }
+ catch (TimeoutException)
+ {
+ // ✅ No data received within 3 seconds
+ log.Debug($"ReadOptoData() OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} ReadLine timeout (3s) - continuing.");
+
+ // Just continue without parsing
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error($"ReadOptoData() OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} Read error: {ex.Message}");
}
}
return received;
}
-
- void ISmartReader.SetNfcInterface()
+
+ public async Task ReadOptoDataWithTimeoutAsync(int timeoutMs = 5000)
{
- SetNfcInterface();
+ if (optoSerialPort == null)
+ return string.Empty;
+
+ var readTask = Task.Run(() =>
+ {
+ lock (this)
+ {
+ if (optoSerialPort== null) return string.Empty;
+ try
+ {
+ string line = optoSerialPort.ReadLine();
+ byte[] bytes = optoSerialPort.Encoding.GetBytes(line);
+ string received = HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(bytes);
+
+ log.Debug("RX ← " + received);
+ return line;
+ }
+ catch (TimeoutException)
+ {
+ // ✅ No data received within 3 seconds
+ log.Debug($"ReadOptoData() OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} ReadLine timeout (3s) - continuing.");
+
+ // Just continue without parsing
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Error($"ReadOptoData() OPTHO {OptoComPortNr} Read error: {ex.Message}");
+ }
+
+ return string.Empty;
+ }
+ });
+
+ var completedTask = await Task.WhenAny(readTask, Task.Delay(timeoutMs));
+
+ if (completedTask == readTask)
+ {
+ return await readTask; // completed successfully
+ }
+
+ log.Debug("ReadOptoData timeout after " + timeoutMs + " ms");
+ return string.Empty; // timeout case
+ }
+
+ public string ReadOptoDataWithTimeout(int timeoutMs = 5000)
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ return ReadOptoDataWithTimeoutAsync(timeoutMs)
+ .GetAwaiter()
+ .GetResult();
+ }
+ catch
+ {
+ return string.Empty;
+ }
}
- void OptoTelegramReceived(int currentIx, bool async, Int64 volumeRawExt, Int64 timestampRawExt)
+ void OptoTelegramReceived(int currentIx, bool async, double volumeRawExt, double timestampRawExt)
{
currentTelegramIx = currentIx;
lastVolumeRaw = volumeRawExt;
lastTimestamp = timestampRawExt;
- if (volumeLtr == 0 && volumeLtr0 == 0)
+ if (Double.IsNaN(volumeLtr) && Double.IsNaN(volumeLtr0))
{
- volumeLtr = (double)lastVolumeRaw * ScalingFactor() / 16000.0;
+ volumeLtr = lastVolumeRaw;
volumeLtr0 = volumeLtr;
}
else
{
- volumeLtr = (double)lastVolumeRaw * ScalingFactor() / 16000.0;
+ volumeLtr = lastVolumeRaw;
}
- if (timestampSec == 0 && timestampSec0 == 0)
+ if (Double.IsNaN(timestampSec)&& Double.IsNaN(timestampSec0))
{
- timestampSec = (double)lastTimestamp / 8192.0;
+ timestampSec = lastTimestamp;
timestampSec0 = timestampSec;
}
else
{
- timestampSec = (double)lastTimestamp / 8192.0;
+ timestampSec = lastTimestamp;
}
}
@@ -1270,25 +1328,55 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
/// Filtered volume
double VolumeFromSamples(OptoTelegramRaw[] optoData, int optoDataCount, int unwrappedIx, double scalingFactor, int samplesCount2 = 0)
{
+ log.Debug("-- Get VolumeFromSamples() --");
+ if (samplesCount2 == 0)
+ {
+ if (unwrappedIx >= optoDataCount)
+ {
+ log.Debug(
+ $"-- FAILED VolumeFromSamples() - unwrappedIx {unwrappedIx} >= optoDataCount{optoDataCount}--");
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ int wrappedIx = BufferIdx(unwrappedIx);
+
+ if (optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK &&
+ optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart &&
+ optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"-- Get VolumeFromSamples() - Quit because:{optoData[wrappedIx].Flags}--");
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ log.Debug($"Valid data VolumeRawExt: {optoData[wrappedIx].VolumeRawExt}");
+ return optoData[wrappedIx].VolumeRawExt;
+ }
+
+
+ //TODO BUMI - do result as average from data - usually 5 samples
+
if (samplesCount2 < 0) samplesCount2 = 0;
if ((unwrappedIx - samplesCount2) < 0 || (unwrappedIx + samplesCount2) >= optoDataCount) return 0;
-
- Int64 sum = 0;
+
+
+ double sum = 0;
for (int i = unwrappedIx - samplesCount2; i <= unwrappedIx + samplesCount2; i++)
{
int wrappedIx = BufferIdx(i);
-
+
if (optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK &&
optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart &&
optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd)
{
return 0;
}
-
+
sum += optoData[wrappedIx].VolumeRawExt;
}
-
- return 0.0000625 * scalingFactor * sum / (double)(2 * samplesCount2 + 1);
+
+ return sum / (double)(2 * samplesCount2 + 1);
+ //return 0.0000625 * scalingFactor * sum / (double)(2 * samplesCount2 + 1);
+
}
///
@@ -1299,25 +1387,45 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
/// Filtered time
double TimeFromSamples(OptoTelegramRaw[] optoData, int optoDataCount, int unwrappedIx, int samplesCount2 = 0)
{
- if (samplesCount2 < 0) samplesCount2 = 0;
- if ((unwrappedIx - samplesCount2) < 0 || (unwrappedIx + samplesCount2) >= optoDataCount) return 0;
-
- Int64 sum = 0;
- for (int i = unwrappedIx - samplesCount2; i <= unwrappedIx + samplesCount2; i++)
+ log.Debug("-- Get TimeFromSamples() --");
+ if (unwrappedIx >= optoDataCount)
{
- int wrappedIx = BufferIdx(i);
-
- if (optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK &&
- optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart &&
- optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd)
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- sum += optoData[wrappedIx].TimestampExt;
+ log.Debug(
+ $"-- FAILED TimeFromSamples() - unwrappedIx {unwrappedIx} >= optoDataCount{optoDataCount}--");
+ return 0;
}
+
+ int wrappedIx = BufferIdx(unwrappedIx);
- return sum / (double)(8192 * (2 * samplesCount2 + 1));
+ if (optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK &&
+ optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart &&
+ optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"-- Get TimeFromSamples() - Quit because:{optoData[wrappedIx].Flags}--");
+ return 0;
+ }
+ log.Debug($"Valid data TimestampExt: {optoData[wrappedIx].TimestampExt}");
+ return optoData[wrappedIx].TimestampExt;
+
+ // if (samplesCount2 < 0) samplesCount2 = 0;
+ // if ((unwrappedIx - samplesCount2) < 0 || (unwrappedIx + samplesCount2) >= optoDataCount) return 0;
+ //
+ // Int64 sum = 0;
+ // for (int i = unwrappedIx - samplesCount2; i <= unwrappedIx + samplesCount2; i++)
+ // {
+ // int wrappedIx = BufferIdx(i);
+ //
+ // if (optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK &&
+ // optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestStart &&
+ // optoData[wrappedIx].Flags != OptoTelegramFlags.OK_TestEnd)
+ // {
+ // return 0;
+ // }
+ //
+ // sum += optoData[wrappedIx].TimestampExt;
+ // }
+ //
+ // return sum / (double)(8192 * (2 * samplesCount2 + 1));
}
///
@@ -1536,5 +1644,204 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
return this;
}
+
+
+ public async Task DataEntry_ReadSerialNumber()
+ {
+ log.Debug("called DataEntry_ReadSerialNumber()");
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(SerialNr)) return SerialNr;
+
+ //need to find serial number
+ SerialNr = await DataEntry_ReadSerialNumberAsync();
+
+ return SerialNr;
+ }
+
+ public Task DataEntry_ReadBeginVolume()
+ {
+ log.Debug("called DataEntry_ReadBeginVolumer()");
+
+ Task readedVolume = DataEntry_BeginVolumeAsync();
+
+ return readedVolume;
+ }
+
+ public Task DataEntry_ReadEndVolume()
+ {
+ log.Debug("called DataEntry_ReadBeginVolumer()");
+
+ Task readedVolume = DataEntry_EndVolumeAsync();
+
+ return readedVolume;
+ }
+
+
+ public async Task DataEntry_EndVolumeAsync()
+ {
+
+ if (optoSerialPort == null || !optoSerialPort.IsOpen)
+ {
+ StartDataStreamProcessing();
+ if (optoSerialPort == null || !optoSerialPort.IsOpen)
+ {
+ log.Error($"optoSerialPort COM: {this.OptoComPortNr} is not open - DataEntry_EndVolumeAsync()");
+ return Double.NaN;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return await Task.Run(() =>
+ {
+ log.Debug($"Try get End Volume! COM: {this.OptoComPortNr}");
+ volumeLtr = Double.NaN;
+
+ int counter = 0;
+ while (Double.IsNaN(volumeLtr) && counter < 2)
+ {
+ counter++;
+ try
+ {
+ string readOptoDataWithTimeout = ReadOptoDataWithTimeout(2000);
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(readOptoDataWithTimeout))
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ DiagnosticLedState4Data data =
+ (DiagnosticLedState4Data)parser.ParseLine(readOptoDataWithTimeout, false);
+ volumeLtr = data.RawVolume;
+ break;
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Warn($"Parsing DiagnosticLedState4Data: {ex.Message}");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ log.Debug($"Try get End Volume! COM: {this.OptoComPortNr}, Volume: {volumeLtr}");
+ if (optoSerialPort != null && optoSerialPort.IsOpen) CloseOptoSerialPort();
+
+ if (!Double.IsNaN(volumeLtr))
+ {
+ endWMState = volumeLtr;
+ if (!Double.IsNaN(beginWMState) && !Double.IsNaN(endWMState))
+ {
+ //Solve roll over
+ if (endWMState < beginWMState)
+ {
+ log.Debug($"Solve roll over! endWMState: {endWMState} < beginWMState: {beginWMState}");
+ const double VOL_RANGE_LITERS = 16777216.0 * 0.00025; // 4,194.304 l
+ endWMState += VOL_RANGE_LITERS;
+ volumeLtr = endWMState;
+ ReadPulses();
+ log.Debug($"Solve roll over! Upgraded endWMState: {endWMState}, beginWMState: {beginWMState}");
+ }
+ }
+ return endWMState;
+ }
+ //}
+
+ log.Warn("Default NaN value returned! Data Opto stream reading failed!");
+ return Double.NaN;
+ }).ConfigureAwait(false);
+ }
+
+
+ public async Task DataEntry_BeginVolumeAsync()
+ {
+ if (ConfigStruct == null)
+ {
+ log.Debug("ConfigStruct is null - created new in ReadSerialNr()");
+ ConfigStruct = new ConfigStruct();
+ }
+
+ return await Task.Run(() =>
+ {
+
+ log.Debug($"Try get Start Volume! COM: {this.OptoComPortNr}");
+
+ Start();
+
+ volumeLtr0 = Double.NaN;
+ int counter = 0;
+ while (Double.IsNaN(volumeLtr0) && counter < 10)
+ {
+ counter++;
+ try
+ {
+ string readOptoDataWithTimeout = ReadOptoDataWithTimeout(5000);
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(readOptoDataWithTimeout))
+ {
+ try
+ {
+ DiagnosticLedState4Data data =
+ (DiagnosticLedState4Data)parser.ParseLine(readOptoDataWithTimeout, false);
+ volumeLtr0 = data.RawVolume;
+ break;
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ log.Warn($"Parsing DiagnosticLedState4Data: {ex.Message}");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ log.Debug($"Try get Start Volume! COM: {this.OptoComPortNr}, Volume: {volumeLtr0}");
+ if (optoSerialPort != null && optoSerialPort.IsOpen) CloseOptoSerialPort();
+
+ if (!Double.IsNaN(volumeLtr0))
+ {
+ beginWMState = volumeLtr0;
+ ReadPulses();
+ return beginWMState;
+ }
+ //}
+
+ log.Warn("Default NaN value returned! Data Opto stream reading failed!");
+ return Double.NaN;
+ }).ConfigureAwait(false);
+ }
+
+ public async Task DataEntry_ReadSerialNumberAsync()
+ {
+ if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(SerialNr))
+ return SerialNr;
+
+ if (ConfigStruct == null)
+ {
+ log.Debug("ConfigStruct is null - created new in ReadSerialNr()");
+ ConfigStruct = new ConfigStruct();
+ }
+
+ if (CommFailed || ConfigStruct == null)
+ return CommErr.CommFailed.ToString();
+
+ return await Task.Run(() =>
+ {
+
+
+
+ log.Debug($"Try get ReadSerialNr! COM: {this.RfidComPortNr}");
+ if (OptoHeadTest.ReadSerialNr())
+ {
+ SerialNr = this.ConfigStruct.PCBNumberString;
+ log.Debug("ReadSerialNr successful");
+ }
+
+ //optoHeadTest.CloseConnection();
+
+ return SerialNr;
+ });
+ }
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHeadTestCtrl.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHeadTestCtrl.cs
index c89ca5c09..f65c32ade 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHeadTestCtrl.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/IperlHeadTestCtrl.cs
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ using System.Threading;
using System.Web.UI.WebControls;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using TBF.Rig.Sequences;
-using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
InitializeComponent();
if (config == null) return;
- SmartCommunicationForm.TestMethodCfg = new TestMethodCfg_IPerl(null); // default values for iPerlCommunication
+ iPerlCommunicationForm.cfg = new TestMethodCfg(null); // default values for iPerlCommunication
foreach(var head in ProcessData.IperlHeads)
{
@@ -78,14 +78,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
using (Tools.LogChecker logChecker = new Tools.LogChecker("RfidData", log4net.Core.Level.Debug))
{
ListItem rfidListItem = new ListItem();
- rfidListItem.Attributes.Add("style", "font-weight:bold");
+ rfidListItem.Attributes.Add("style", "font-volume:bold");
+ //rfidListItem.Attributes.Add("style", "font-weight:bold");
+ bool isTestModeSuccessful = false;
switch (rfidCommandComboBox.SelectedValue)
{
case "ReadPCB":
- rfidListItem.Text = $"PCB: {OpticalHeadTest.ReadRequest_PCB(iPerlHead)}";
+ rfidListItem.Text = $"PCB: {iPerlHead.OptoHeadTest.ReadRequest_PCB()}";
break;
case "SetTestMode":
- rfidListItem.Text = OpticalHeadTest.SetTestMode(iPerlHead);
+ rfidListItem.Text = iPerlHead.OptoHeadTest.SetTestMode(ref isTestModeSuccessful);
optoListBox.Items.Clear();
stopWorkerThread = false;
optoThread = new Thread(OptoWorker);
@@ -96,7 +98,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
}
break;
case "SetActiveMode":
- rfidListItem.Text = OpticalHeadTest.SetActiveMode(iPerlHead);
+
+ rfidListItem.Text = iPerlHead.OptoHeadTest.SetActiveMode(ref isTestModeSuccessful);
stopWorkerThread = true;
iPerlHead.StopDataStreamProcessing(); // close opto port
break;
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/NfcServices.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/NfcServices.cs
index d0df2c37c..9f50e64b9 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/NfcServices.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/NfcServices.cs
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-using log4net;
+using log4net;
using Sensus.iPerl.NfcHandler;
using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom.Exceptions;
using System;
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
internal class NfcServices
{
protected static readonly ILog rfidDataLogger = LogManager.GetLogger("RfidData");
- internal static int ReadRequest(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead, MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
+ internal static int ReadRequest(TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead, MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
{
- for (int i = 0; i < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries; i++)
+ for (int i = 0; i < cfg.MaxCommRetries; i++)
{
NfcDataHandler _nfcDataHandler = new NfcDataHandler();
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
try
{
rfidDataLogger.Info($"NFC COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} ReadRequest : {structName}, {offset}, {length}");
- OpenConnection(_nfcDataHandler, cfgIPerl, iperlHead);
+ OpenConnection(_nfcDataHandler, cfg, iperlHead);
- buffer = MciRead(_nfcDataHandler, cfgIPerl, structName, (ushort)offset, length);
+ buffer = MciRead(_nfcDataHandler, cfg, structName, (ushort)offset, length);
_nfcDataHandler.RFProtocolOFF(); // turn off rf antenna due to possible interference
CloseComPort(_nfcDataHandler);
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
}
catch (RfidValidationException)
{
- Thread.Sleep(cfgIPerl.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
+ Thread.Sleep(cfg.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
}
catch (Exception ex)
{
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
return 3;
}
- internal static int WriteRequest(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead, MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
+ internal static int WriteRequest(TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead, MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
{
NfcDataHandler _nfcDataHandler = new NfcDataHandler();
MessageEventHandlers(_nfcDataHandler);
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
try
{
rfidDataLogger.Info($"NFC COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} WriteRequest : {structName}, {offset}, {length}, {ByteArrayToHexString(buffer)}");
- OpenConnection(_nfcDataHandler, cfgIPerl, iperlHead);
+ OpenConnection(_nfcDataHandler, cfg, iperlHead);
- MciWrite(_nfcDataHandler, cfgIPerl, structName, (ushort)offset, length, buffer);
+ MciWrite(_nfcDataHandler, cfg, structName, (ushort)offset, length, buffer);
_nfcDataHandler.RFProtocolOFF(); // turn off rf antenna due to possible interference
CloseComPort(_nfcDataHandler);
@@ -83,14 +83,14 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
}
}
- private static void OpenConnection(NfcDataHandler nfcDataHandler, TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead)
+ private static void OpenConnection(NfcDataHandler nfcDataHandler, TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead)
{
string comPort = $"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}";
int retryCount = 0 ;
Open:
nfcDataHandler.Close();
Thread.Sleep(100);
- if (nfcDataHandler.OpenConnection(comPort, cfgIPerl.BaudRate, cfgIPerl.DataBits, cfgIPerl.ParityBit, cfgIPerl.StopBits))
+ if (nfcDataHandler.OpenConnection(comPort, cfg.BaudRate, cfg.DataBits, cfg.ParityBit, cfg.StopBits))
{
rfidDataLogger.Info($"NFC COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} Port Open");
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
if (!nfcDataHandler.ConnectDevice())
{
rfidDataLogger.Error($"NFC COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} Error connect device.");
- for (int i = 0; i < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries; i++)
+ for (int i = 0; i < cfg.MaxCommRetries; i++)
{
if (nfcDataHandler.Echo()) break;
}
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
retryCount++;
rfidDataLogger.Error($"NFC COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr} Error connect reader. Reconnect comport {retryCount}");
- if (retryCount < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries)
+ if (retryCount < cfg.MaxCommRetries)
{
nfcDataHandler.Close();
iperlHead.ResetNfcInterface(); // reset NFC head via optoport - switch to RFID and back to NFC interface
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
nfcDataHandler.Close();
}
- private static byte[] MciRead(NfcDataHandler nfcDataHandler, TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, StructName structName, ushort offset, int length)
+ private static byte[] MciRead(NfcDataHandler nfcDataHandler, TestMethodCfg cfg, StructName structName, ushort offset, int length)
{
bool isReadValues = false;
int retryCount = 0;
@@ -153,14 +153,14 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
rfidDataLogger.Info($"MCI Error: Unidentified");
retryCount++;
- if (retryCount < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries)
+ if (retryCount < cfg.MaxCommRetries)
goto Read;
}
else
{
rfidDataLogger.Info("Last error message: " + nfcDataHandler.LastErrorMessage);
retryCount++;
- if (retryCount < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries)
+ if (retryCount < cfg.MaxCommRetries)
goto Read;
}
}
@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
rfidDataLogger.Error("MciRead Last error message: " + ex.Message);
retryCount++;
- if (retryCount < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries)
+ if (retryCount < cfg.MaxCommRetries)
goto Read;
}
return new byte[length];
}
- private static void MciWrite(NfcDataHandler nfcDataHandler, TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, ushort offset, int length, byte[] payload)
+ private static void MciWrite(NfcDataHandler nfcDataHandler, TestMethodCfg cfg, MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, ushort offset, int length, byte[] payload)
{
int retryCount = 0;
Write:
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
rfidDataLogger.Error("MciWrite error message: " + ex.Message);
retryCount++;
- if (retryCount < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries)
+ if (retryCount < cfg.MaxCommRetries)
goto Write;
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ProcParams.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ProcParams.cs
index 0fab699f5..edb20f64d 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ProcParams.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/ProcParams.cs
@@ -149,16 +149,16 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
return pars;
}
- public override bool UpdateFromDbEntity(ComponentProcedure dbEntity)
- {
- if (dbEntity == null) return false;
- try
- {
- ProcParams tmp = Serializer.Deserialize(new StringReader(dbEntity.Parameters)) as ProcParams;
+ public override bool UpdateFromDbEntity(ComponentProcedure dbEntity)
+ {
+ if (dbEntity == null) return false;
+ try
+ {
+ ProcParams tmp = Serializer.Deserialize(new StringReader(dbEntity.Parameters)) as ProcParams;
- procedureParamsEntity = dbEntity;
- componentName = dbEntity.CmpntName;
- procedure = dbEntity.Procedure;
+ procedureParamsEntity = dbEntity;
+ componentName = dbEntity.CmpntName;
+ procedure = dbEntity.Procedure;
if (tmp != null)
{
@@ -181,7 +181,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
}
}
- public ProcParams()
+
+ public ProcParams()
{
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/RfidServices.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/RfidServices.cs
index f2af71a25..0a0bedf1e 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/RfidServices.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/RfidServices.cs
@@ -1,29 +1,28 @@
-using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom.Exceptions;
+using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom.Exceptions;
using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom.Helper;
using Sensus.iPerl.RfidCom;
using System;
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
using System.Threading;
using log4net;
-using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
internal class RfidServices
{
protected static readonly ILog rfidDataLogger = LogManager.GetLogger("RfidData");
- private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(SmartCommunicationForm));
+ private static readonly ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(iPerlCommunicationForm));
- internal static int ReadRequest(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
+ internal static int ReadRequest(TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
{
- for (int i = 0; i < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries; i++)
+ for (int i = 0; i < cfg.MaxCommRetries; i++)
{
- rfidDataLogger.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} Start {i} reading: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},{offset}, {length}... timeout {cfgIPerl.CommTimeout})");
+ rfidDataLogger.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} Start {i} reading: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},{offset}, {length}... timeout {cfg.CommTimeout})");
using (RfidLogic writer = new RfidLogic($"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}"))
{
try
{
- byte[] response = writer.ReadRequest((byte)messageID, offset, length, cfgIPerl.CommTimeout);
+ byte[] response = writer.ReadRequest((byte)messageID, offset, length, cfg.CommTimeout);
string hexString = RfidHelper.ConvertByteArrayToHexString(response);
string swapHexString = RfidHelper.SwapHexcode(hexString);
string decString = RfidHelper.HexLiteral2Unsigned(RfidHelper.SwapHexcode(hexString)).ToString();
@@ -57,42 +56,42 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
if (/*RfidHelper.IsPassThrough(messageID)*/ messageID == MessageID.ASICRegisterReadTest || messageID == MessageID.RadioPassthrough)
{
rfidDataLogger.Info($"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},...) {(i > 0 ? "<- Error: Invalid Pass-Through data." : "<- Info: Wait for Pass-Through data.")}");
- Thread.Sleep(cfgIPerl.PassThroughWaitTime);
+ Thread.Sleep(cfg.PassThroughWaitTime);
}
else
{
- Thread.Sleep(cfgIPerl.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
+ Thread.Sleep(cfg.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
}
}
catch (RfidValidationException)
{
- Thread.Sleep(cfgIPerl.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
+ Thread.Sleep(cfg.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
}
catch (Exception ex)
{
rfidDataLogger.Error($"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},...) {ex.Message}");
- Thread.Sleep(cfgIPerl.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
+ Thread.Sleep(cfg.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
}
}
}
- rfidDataLogger.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} reading failed after {cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},...)");
- log.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} reading failed after {cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},...)");
+ rfidDataLogger.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} reading failed after {cfg.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},...)");
+ log.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} reading failed after {cfg.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: ReadRequestPort ({messageID},...)");
buffer = new byte[length];
return 3;
}
- internal static int WriteRequest(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
+ internal static int WriteRequest(TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
{
RfidLogic writer = new RfidLogic($"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}");
string payload = RfidHelper.ConvertByteArrayToHexString(buffer);
- for (var i = 0; i < cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries; i++)
+ for (var i = 0; i < cfg.MaxCommRetries; i++)
{
- rfidDataLogger.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} Start {i} writting: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: WriteRequest ({messageID},{offset}, {length}, {payload}... timeout {cfgIPerl.CommTimeout})");
+ rfidDataLogger.Error($"{iperlHead.CommInterface} Start {i} writting: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: WriteRequest ({messageID},{offset}, {length}, {payload}... timeout {cfg.CommTimeout})");
try
{
if (writer.ClosePort()) writer.OpenPort();
- writer.WriteRequest((byte)messageID, offset, length, buffer, cfgIPerl.CommTimeout, false);
+ writer.WriteRequest((byte)messageID, offset, length, buffer, cfg.CommTimeout, false);
writer.ClosePort();
rfidDataLogger.InfoFormat($"{iperlHead.Name}({iperlHead.SerialNr},COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}): WriteRequestPort({messageID}, {offset}, {length}, {payload})");
return 0;
@@ -106,7 +105,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
else
{
rfidDataLogger.Error($"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: Error: {ex.Message}");
- Thread.Sleep(cfgIPerl.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
+ Thread.Sleep(cfg.WaitTimeAfterFailure);
if (i > 1)
{
rfidDataLogger.Error($"COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: Reopen the com port.");
@@ -116,8 +115,8 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
}
}
writer.ClosePort();
- rfidDataLogger.Error($"RFID writing failed after {cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: WriteRequestPort ({messageID},...) {System.Text.Encoding.UTF8.GetString(buffer)}");
- log.Error($"RFID writing failed after {cfgIPerl.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: WriteRequestPort ({messageID},...) {System.Text.Encoding.UTF8.GetString(buffer)}");
+ rfidDataLogger.Error($"RFID writing failed after {cfg.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: WriteRequestPort ({messageID},...) {System.Text.Encoding.UTF8.GetString(buffer)}");
+ log.Error($"RFID writing failed after {cfg.MaxCommRetries} retries: COM{iperlHead.RfidComPortNr}: WriteRequestPort ({messageID},...) {System.Text.Encoding.UTF8.GetString(buffer)}");
return 2;
}
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/SimulationServices.cs b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/SimulationServices.cs
index 7ccf4f6f5..0f90ae570 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/SimulationServices.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/TestMethods/iPerlCommunication/iPerlHead/SimulationServices.cs
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
using System;
+using System.IO;
using System.Linq;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.communication.C4.protocolCommons;
namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
@@ -7,11 +10,34 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
{
const int Q2CorrFactorsAddr = 0x1878;
- internal static int ReadRequest(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
+ internal static int ReadRequest(TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
{
- byte[] configurationBuffer = new byte[ConfigStruct.Length] { 3, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 160, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+ string pcbStr = iperlHead.RfidComPortNr.ToString().PadRight(10,'0') + iperlHead.Position.ToString("D2");
+ long decVal = Convert.ToInt64(pcbStr);
+ string nHexStr = decVal.ToString("X4");
+
+ ConfigStruct configStruct = new ConfigStruct();
+ configStruct.PCBNumberString = nHexStr;
+ configStruct.StatusMode = ProtocolStatuses.Active;
+ configStruct.OpthoStatusMode = DiagnosticLedState.State4;
+ configStruct.Version = "Good Version: 123456";
+
+ byte[] configurationBuffer;
+
+ using (var ms = new MemoryStream())
+ using (var writer = new BinaryWriter(ms))
+ {
+ configStruct.WriteBinary(writer);
+ writer.Flush();
+ configurationBuffer = ms.ToArray(); // ← this is the binary output
+ }
+
byte[] calibrationBuffer = new byte[CalibrationStructV4.Length] { 3, 0, 150, 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 150, 10 };
buffer = new byte[length];
+
+ return 0;//switch off
if (messageID == MessageID.Configuration)
{
@@ -34,7 +60,7 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication.iPerlHead
return iperlHead.Name.Equals("iPerl13") ? 2 : 0; /// Simulates an error on position 13
}
- internal static int WriteRequest(TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfgIPerl, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
+ internal static int WriteRequest(TestMethodCfg cfg, IperlHead iperlHead, MessageID messageID, int offset, int length, byte[] buffer)
{
return 0;
}
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlASICCorrections.cs b/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlASICCorrections.cs
index 888564eda..75ac506dd 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlASICCorrections.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlASICCorrections.cs
@@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication.implementations
string resultStr = string.Empty;
- WorkerActivity(currentActivity, ihead, wm, currentTest,
- wmNr0, ref error, ref resultStr, ckbState, threadID, currentActivityStep);
- ProcessResultOfWorkerActivity(iMultiTestParamsItem, currentActivity,
- currentGroup, ihead, wm, wmNr0, error, resultStr, ckbState, threadID);
+ // WorkerActivity(currentActivity, ihead, wm, currentTest,
+ // wmNr0, ref error, ref resultStr, ckbState, threadID, currentActivityStep);
+ // ProcessResultOfWorkerActivity(iMultiTestParamsItem, currentActivity,
+ // currentGroup, ihead, wm, wmNr0, error, resultStr, ckbState, threadID);
break;
}
@@ -524,10 +524,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication.implementations
public static int ReadRequestPort(ITestMethodCfg cfgMethod, ISmartReader smartHead, MessageID messageID,
MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
{
- TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfg = cfgMethod as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
+ TestMethodCfg cfg = cfgMethod as TestMethodCfg;
if (cfg == null)
{
- if (smartHead.Cfg is TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfg2) cfg = cfg2;
+ if (smartHead.Cfg is TestMethodCfg cfg2) cfg = cfg2;
}
Thread.Sleep(cfg == null ? 250 : Math.Max(250, cfg.DelayBetweenRetries));
diff --git a/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlCorrections.cs b/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlCorrections.cs
index ea6c6a307..d14df3d0b 100644
--- a/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlCorrections.cs
+++ b/TBF/Rig/Uni/SharedDialogs/SmartMetersCommunication/implementations/IPerlCorrections.cs
@@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication.implementations
string resultStr = string.Empty;
- WorkerActivity(currentActivity, ihead, wm, currentTest,
- wmNr0, ref error, ref resultStr, ckbState, threadID, currentActivityStep);
- ProcessResultOfWorkerActivity(iMultiTestParamsItem, currentActivity,
- currentGroup, ihead, wm, wmNr0, error, resultStr, ckbState, threadID);
+ // WorkerActivity(currentActivity, ihead, wm, currentTest,
+ // wmNr0, ref error, ref resultStr, ckbState, threadID, currentActivityStep);
+ // ProcessResultOfWorkerActivity(iMultiTestParamsItem, currentActivity,
+ // currentGroup, ihead, wm, wmNr0, error, resultStr, ckbState, threadID);
break;
}
@@ -524,10 +524,10 @@ namespace TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication.implementations
public static int ReadRequestPort(ITestMethodCfg cfgMethod, ISmartReader smartHead, MessageID messageID,
MCI_Protocol.StructName structName, int offset, int length, out byte[] buffer)
{
- TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfg = cfgMethod as TestMethodCfg_IPerl;
+ TestMethodCfg cfg = cfgMethod as TestMethodCfg;
if (cfg == null)
{
- if (smartHead.Cfg is TestMethodCfg_IPerl cfg2) cfg = cfg2;
+ if (smartHead.Cfg is TestMethodCfg cfg2) cfg = cfg2;
}
Thread.Sleep(cfg == null ? 250 : Math.Max(250, cfg.DelayBetweenRetries));
diff --git a/TBF/TBF.csproj b/TBF/TBF.csproj
index d84662498..f70b0bb3c 100644
--- a/TBF/TBF.csproj
+++ b/TBF/TBF.csproj
@@ -663,6 +663,7 @@
+
@@ -688,6 +689,7 @@
+
@@ -1263,50 +1265,17 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
- UserControl
-
-
- IPerlUniCfgCtrl.cs
-
-
- UserControl
-
-
- IperlASICUniHeadTestCtrl.cs
-
+
+
@@ -1607,10 +1576,54 @@
Component
-
- Form
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -1640,7 +1653,7 @@
-
+
UserControl
@@ -3362,12 +3375,8 @@
RRCfgCtrl.cs
-
- IPerlUniCfgCtrl.cs
-
-
- IperlASICUniHeadTestCtrl.cs
-
+
+
IPerlUniCfgCtrl.cs
@@ -3482,7 +3491,7 @@
GrabImageCfgCtrl.cs
-
+
diff --git a/TBF/UI/MainWnd.cs b/TBF/UI/MainWnd.cs
index 569eecb23..8bb041a6f 100644
--- a/TBF/UI/MainWnd.cs
+++ b/TBF/UI/MainWnd.cs
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ using TBF.UI.Shared;
using AppDiagnostic;
using SharedComponents;
using System.Diagnostics;
+using TBF.Rig.TestMethods.iPerlCommunication;
using TBF.Rig.Uni.SharedDialogs.SmartMetersCommunication;
namespace TBF.UI
@@ -1198,7 +1199,7 @@ namespace TBF.UI
private void optoHeadsToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
- new SmartCommunicationForm(true).ShowDialog();
+ new iPerlCommunicationForm(true).ShowDialog();
}
private void statusStrip1_DoubleClick(object sender, EventArgs e)
diff --git a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadBaudRateDetectionTests.cs b/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadBaudRateDetectionTests.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cae1d19b..000000000
--- a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadBaudRateDetectionTests.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.IO.Ports;
-using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.hexLogger;
-
-namespace TBFTests.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
-{
- [TestClass]
- public class TouchReadBaudRateDetectionTests
- {
- private const string ComPort = "COM3"; // COM PORT OF THE ASIC
- private const int ReadTimeoutMs = 1500;
-
- private static readonly int[] StandardBaudRates =
- {
- 300, 600, 7812, 1200, 18432, 2400, 4800,
- 9600, 10400, 15625, 19200, 31250, 36864,
- 38400, 50000, 57600, 62500, 76800, 115200
- };
-
- [TestMethod]
- [TestCategory("Hardware")]
- [TestCategory("Serial")]
- public void Detect_BaudRate_By_ViewFactoryId()
- {
- byte[] request = new TouchReadFrameBuilder()
- .RequestResponse(true)
- .AddCommand(TouchReadCommand.ViewFactoryId)
- .BuildBytes();
-
- var parser = new TouchReadFrameParser();
-
- foreach (int baud in StandardBaudRates)
- {
- Console.WriteLine($"--- Testing baud rate: {baud} ---");
-
- try
- {
- using (var port = new SerialPort(ComPort, baud, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One))
- {
- port.ReadTimeout = ReadTimeoutMs;
- port.WriteTimeout = 500;
- port.Open();
-
- port.DiscardInBuffer();
- port.DiscardOutBuffer();
-
- Console.WriteLine("TX → " + HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(request));
- port.Write(request, 0, request.Length);
-
- byte[] response = ReadFullFrame(port);
-
- Console.WriteLine("RX ← " + HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(response));
-
- TouchReadResponse decoded = parser.Parse(response);
-
- if (decoded.IsOk)
- {
- string factoryId = decoded.GetAsciiPayload();
-
- Console.WriteLine();
- Console.WriteLine("VALID RESPONSE");
- Console.WriteLine("Baud rate : " + baud);
- Console.WriteLine("Factory ID : " + factoryId);
- Console.WriteLine();
-
- Assert.IsFalse(string.IsNullOrEmpty(factoryId),
- "Factory ID is empty");
-
- return; // SUCCESS → stop scanning
- }
- }
- }
- catch (TimeoutException)
- {
- Console.WriteLine("Timeout");
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- Console.WriteLine("Error: " + ex.Message);
- }
- }
-
- Assert.Fail("No valid baud rate detected.");
- }
-
- private static byte[] ReadFullFrame(SerialPort port)
- {
- byte start = (byte)port.ReadByte();
- if (start != 0x0D)
- throw new InvalidOperationException("Invalid START byte");
-
- byte length = (byte)port.ReadByte();
-
- int remaining = length;
- byte[] buffer = new byte[2 + remaining];
-
- buffer[0] = start;
- buffer[1] = length;
-
- int offset = 2;
- while (remaining > 0)
- {
- int read = port.Read(buffer, offset, remaining);
- offset += read;
- remaining -= read;
- }
-
- return buffer;
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameBuilderTest.cs b/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameBuilderTest.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f9f4a284..000000000
--- a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadFrameBuilderTest.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using JetBrains.Annotations;
-using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.hexLogger;
-
-namespace TBFTests.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
-{
- [TestClass]
- [TestSubject(typeof(TouchReadFrameBuilder))]
- public class TouchReadFrameBuilderTest
- {
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Encode_ViewFactoryId_Command()
- {
- byte[] frame = new TouchReadFrameBuilder()
- .RequestResponse(true)
- .AddCommand(TouchReadCommand.ViewFactoryId)
- .BuildBytes();
-
- byte[] expected =
- {
- 0x0D, // START
- 0x04, // LEN
- 0x08, // CONTROL (RF)
- 0x01, // COMMAND
- 0x00, // CHECKSUM HI
- 0x1A // CHECKSUM LO
- };
-
- CollectionAssert.AreEqual(expected, frame);
-
- string log = TouchReadLogger.DescribeTx(frame);
- Console.WriteLine(log);
- Console.WriteLine(@"Raw: < {0} >", HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(frame));
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Encode_ViewProgrammableId_Command()
- {
- byte[] frame = new TouchReadFrameBuilder()
- .RequestResponse(true)
- .AddCommand(TouchReadCommand.ViewProgrammableId)
- .BuildBytes();
-
- byte[] expected =
- {
- 0x0D, // START
- 0x04, // LEN
- 0x08, // CONTROL (RF)
- 0x03, // COMMAND
- 0x00, // CHECKSUM HI
- 0x1C // CHECKSUM LO
- };
-
- CollectionAssert.AreEqual(expected, frame);
-
- string log = TouchReadLogger.DescribeTx(frame);
- Console.WriteLine(log);
- Console.WriteLine(@"Raw: <{0}>", HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(frame));
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Encode_SetState_Idle()
- {
- // Arrange
- byte[] frame = new TouchReadFrameBuilder()
- .RequestResponse(true)
- .AddCommand(TouchReadCommand.SetState)
- .AddPayload(new byte[] { 0x01 }) // Idle
- .BuildBytes();
-
- byte[] expected =
- {
- 0x0D, // START
- 0x05, // LEN
- 0x08, // CONTROL (RF)
- 0x1A, // COMMAND (Set State)
- 0x01, // PAYLOAD (Idle)
- 0x00, // CHECKSUM HI
- 0x35 // CHECKSUM LO
- };
-
- // Assert
- CollectionAssert.AreEqual(expected, frame,
- $"Encoded frame mismatch.\nExpected: {HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(expected)}\nActual: {HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(frame)}");
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- [ExpectedException(typeof(FormatException))]
- public void Decode_InvalidStart_Throws()
- {
- byte[] response =
- {
- 0x00, // invalid START
- 0x04,
- 0x00,
- 0x01,
- 0x00,
- 0x12
- };
-
- var parser = new TouchReadFrameParser();
-
- parser.Parse(response);
- }
- }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadSerialIntegrationTests.cs b/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadSerialIntegrationTests.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 554652324..000000000
--- a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/TouchReadSerialIntegrationTests.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.IO.Ports;
-using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.hexLogger;
-
-namespace TBFTests.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4
-{
- [TestClass]
- public class TouchReadSerialIntegrationTests
- {
- private const string ComPort = "COM3"; // CHANGE THIS
- private const int BaudRate = 9600;//38400;//115200;//9600; // VERIFY FROM METER DOC
- private const int ReadTimeoutMs = 2000;
-
- [TestMethod]
- [TestCategory("Hardware")]
- [TestCategory("Serial")]
- public void Serial_ViewFactoryId_ReadSerialNumber()
- {
- // -------- Arrange --------
- byte[] request = new TouchReadFrameBuilder()
- .RequestResponse(true)
- .AddCommand(TouchReadCommand.ViewFactoryId)
- .BuildBytes();
-
- var parser = new TouchReadFrameParser();
-
- using (var port = new SerialPort(ComPort, BaudRate, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One))
- {
- port.ReadTimeout = ReadTimeoutMs;
- port.WriteTimeout = 500;
- port.Open();
-
- // Flush buffers
- port.DiscardInBuffer();
- port.DiscardOutBuffer();
-
- // -------- Act --------
- port.Write(request, 0, request.Length);
-
- Console.WriteLine("TX → " + HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(request));
-
- byte[] response = ReadFullFrame(port);
-
- Console.WriteLine("RX ← " + HexFormatter.ToSerialHex(response));
-
- TouchReadResponse decoded = parser.Parse(response);
-
- // -------- Assert --------
- Assert.AreEqual(0x01, decoded.Status, "Meter returned error status");
-
- string serialNumber = decoded.GetAsciiPayload();
-
- Assert.IsFalse(string.IsNullOrEmpty(serialNumber),
- "Factory ID (serial number) is empty");
-
- Console.WriteLine("Meter Factory ID: " + serialNumber);
- }
- }
-
- ///
- /// Reads a full TouchRead frame from the serial port.
- /// Blocks until complete frame or timeout.
- ///
- private static byte[] ReadFullFrame(SerialPort port)
- {
- // Read START + LEN first
- byte start = (byte)port.ReadByte();
- if (start != 0x0D)
- throw new InvalidOperationException("Invalid START byte from meter");
-
- byte length = (byte)port.ReadByte();
-
- // LEN counts from CONTROL to CHECKSUM
- int remaining = length;
-
- byte[] buffer = new byte[2 + remaining];
- buffer[0] = start;
- buffer[1] = length;
-
- int offset = 2;
- while (remaining > 0)
- {
- int read = port.Read(buffer, offset, remaining);
- offset += read;
- remaining -= read;
- }
-
- return buffer;
- }
-
-
- [TestMethod]
- [TestCategory("Hardware")]
- public void Serial_RawSniff()
- {
- using (var port = new SerialPort("COM3", 9600, Parity.None, 8, StopBits.One))
- {
- port.ReadTimeout = 500;
- port.Open();
-
- Console.WriteLine("Listening for 5 seconds...");
- DateTime end = DateTime.Now.AddSeconds(5);
-
- while (DateTime.Now < end)
- {
- try
- {
- int b = port.ReadByte();
- Console.Write($"{b:X2} ");
- }
- catch (TimeoutException)
- {
- }
- }
-
- Console.WriteLine("\nDone.");
- }
- }
-
- }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParserTest.cs b/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParserTest.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 89a70f117..000000000
--- a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/diagnosticLed/DiagnosticLedParserTest.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-using JetBrains.Annotations;
-using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed.parserer;
-
-namespace TBFTests.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.diagnosticLed
-{
- [TestClass]
- [TestSubject(typeof(DiagnosticLedParser))]
- public class DiagnosticLedParserTest
- {
- private static string WithChecksum(string bodyWithoutChecksum)
- {
- byte sum = 0;
- foreach (char c in bodyWithoutChecksum)
- sum += (byte)c;
-
- return bodyWithoutChecksum + sum.ToString("X2") + "\r\n";
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State1()
- {
- string body =
- "FFFF9C\t" + // signed 24-bit ADC = -100
- "2020\t" + // field strength
- "FFFA\t" + // raw flow (-6)
- "0050FC\t" + // raw volume
- "0054\t"; // capacitor mV
-
- string line = WithChecksum(body);
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State1);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState1Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(-100, data.Adc24);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x2020, data.FieldStrength);
- Assert.AreEqual((short)-6, data.RawFlow);
- Assert.AreEqual((uint)0x0050FC, data.RawVolume);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0054, data.CapacitorMv);
- }
-
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State2()
- {
- string line =
- "00004F\t029A\t0000\tFFD3B1\t005C\t3B9AC9B1\t02\t01\t0D\r\n";
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State2);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState2Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(79, data.Adc24);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)666, data.FieldStrength);
- Assert.AreEqual((short)0, data.RawFlow);
- Assert.AreEqual(0xFFD3B1u, data.RawVolume);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)92, data.CapacitorMv);
- Assert.AreEqual(0x3B9AC9B1u, data.LcdVolume);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x02, data.MeterState);
- Assert.IsTrue(data.IsLowFlowCutoff);
- }
-
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State3()
- {
- string body =
- "FFCC09\t2020\tFFFA\t0050FC\t0054\t0B01\t048000\tA7\t";
-
- string line = WithChecksum(body);
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State3);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState3Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(-13303, data.Adc24);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x2020, data.FieldStrength);
- Assert.AreEqual((short)-6, data.RawFlow);
- Assert.AreEqual((uint)0x0050FC, data.RawVolume);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0054, data.CapacitorMv);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0B01, data.FieldCalibration);
- Assert.AreEqual((uint)0x048000, data.AsicTimestamp);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0xA7, data.FieldDriveTimeUs);
- }
-
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State4()
- {
- string body =
- "000ABC\t2020\tFFFA\t0050FC\t0054\t0B01\t048000\tA7\t" +
- "00001234\t00F0\t00F1\t0100\t0200\t03\t";
-
- string line = WithChecksum(body);
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State4);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState4Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(2748, data.Adc24);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x2020, data.FieldStrength);
- Assert.AreEqual((short)-6, data.RawFlow);
- Assert.AreEqual((uint)0x0050FC, data.RawVolume);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0054, data.CapacitorMv);
-
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0B01, data.FieldCalibration);
- Assert.AreEqual((uint)0x048000, data.AsicTimestamp);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0xA7, data.FieldDriveTimeUs);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(0x00001234, data.MeanFlowRate);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x00F0, data.Field1Measurement);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x00F1, data.Field2Measurement);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0100, data.IntegratorCalibrationPositive);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0200, data.IntegratorCalibrationNegative);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x03, data.AsicState);
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State5()
- {
- string body =
- "FFCC09\t2020\tFFFA\t0050FC\t0054\t0B01\t048000\tA7\t" +
- "00001234\t00F0\t00F1\t0100\t0200\t03\tFFEC\t";
-
- string line = WithChecksum(body);
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State5);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState5Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual((short)-20, data.WaterImpedance);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x03, data.AsicState);
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State6()
- {
- string body =
- "FFCC09\t2020\tFFFA\t0050FC\t0054\t0B01\t048000\tA7\t" +
- "00001234\t00F0\t00F1\t0100\t0200\t03\tFFEC\t0010\t" +
- "02\t" + // pp spike detection
- "02\t" + // ll pipe status
- "00000099\t" + // LCD volume
- "01\t"; // ASIC state1
-
-
- string line = WithChecksum(body);
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State6);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState6Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual((short)-20, data.WaterImpedance);
- Assert.AreEqual((short)0x0010, data.ElectrodeDeltaMv);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x02, data.SpikeDetection);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x02, data.PipeStatus);
- Assert.AreEqual((uint)0x99, data.LcdVolume);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x01, data.AsicState1);
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_DiagnosticLed_State7()
- {
- string body =
- "FFCC09\t2020\tFFFA\t0050FC\t0054\t0B01\t048000\tA7\t" +
- "00001234\t00F0\t00F1\t0100\t0200\t03\tFFEC\t0010\t" +
- "02\t" + // pp spike detection
- "02\t" + // ll pipe status
- "00000099\t" + // LCD volume
- "01\t" + // ASIC state1
- "FFAA10\t" + // raw ADC before offset
- "000123\t" + // detrended ADC
- "FFEE\t" + // imaginary water impedance
- "0011\t" + // electrode voltage noise
- "03\t"; // ADC offset learning status
-
- string line = WithChecksum(body);
-
- var parser = new DiagnosticLedParser(DiagnosticLedState.State7);
- var data = (DiagnosticLedState7Data)parser.ParseLine(line);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(-22000, data.RawAdcBeforeOffset);
- Assert.AreEqual(0x000123, data.DetrendedAdc);
- Assert.AreEqual((short)-18, data.ImaginaryWaterImpedance);
- Assert.AreEqual((ushort)0x0011, data.ElectrodeVoltageNoise);
- Assert.AreEqual((byte)0x03, data.AdcOffsetLearningStatus);
- }
-
-
-
-
- }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParserTest.cs b/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParserTest.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index b113ec2b6..000000000
--- a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/ShortVariableLedParserTest.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using JetBrains.Annotations;
-using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led;
-
-namespace TBFTests.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led
-{
- [TestClass]
- [TestSubject(typeof(ShortVariableLedParser))]
- public class ShortVariableLedParserTest
- {
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_ValidShortVariableMessage()
- {
- // Arrange
- string raw = ";12345678,00012345.67;";
- var message = new TouchReadLedMessage(raw);
- var parser = new ShortVariableLedParser();
-
- // Act
- TouchReadLedData data = parser.Parse(message);
-
- // Assert
- Assert.IsNotNull(data);
- Assert.AreEqual(raw, data.Raw);
- Assert.AreEqual("12345678", data.MeterId);
- Assert.AreEqual(12345.67m, data.Reading);
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- [ExpectedException(typeof(FormatException))]
- public void Parse_InvalidDecimal_Throws()
- {
- // Arrange
- string raw = ";12345678,ABCDEF;";
- var message = new TouchReadLedMessage(raw);
- var parser = new ShortVariableLedParser();
-
- // Act
- parser.Parse(message);
- }
- }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessageTest.cs b/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessageTest.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eb084082..000000000
--- a/TBFTests/Rig/RegisterReaders/iPerlASICReader/communication/C4/led/TouchReadLedMessageTest.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-using JetBrains.Annotations;
-using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting;
-using TBF.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led;
-
-namespace TBFTests.Rig.RegisterReaders.iPerlASICReader.communication.C4.led
-{
- [TestClass]
- [TestSubject(typeof(TouchReadLedMessage))]
- public class TouchReadLedMessageTest
- {
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void Parse_LedMessage_Basic()
- {
- string raw = ";12345678,00012345.67;";
-
- var msg = new TouchReadLedMessage(raw);
-
- Assert.AreEqual(2, msg.Fields.Length);
- Assert.AreEqual("12345678", msg.Fields[0]);
- Assert.AreEqual("00012345.67", msg.Fields[1]);
- }
-
- [TestMethod]
- public void TouchReadLedData_Parse_Extended()
- {
- string raw = ";12345678,ABC123,00012345.67,m3;";
-
- var msg = new TouchReadLedMessage(raw);
-
- var data = new TouchReadLedData(raw)
- {
- MeterId = msg.Fields[0],
- CustomerId = msg.Fields[1],
- Reading = TouchReadLedData.ParseDecimal(msg.Fields[2]),
- Units = msg.Fields[3]
- };
-
- Assert.AreEqual("12345678", data.MeterId);
- Assert.AreEqual("ABC123", data.CustomerId);
- Assert.AreEqual(12345.67m, data.Reading);
- Assert.AreEqual("m3", data.Units);
- }
- }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TBFTests/TBFTests.csproj b/TBFTests/TBFTests.csproj
index 0226c233e..cd6a043f3 100644
--- a/TBFTests/TBFTests.csproj
+++ b/TBFTests/TBFTests.csproj
@@ -103,12 +103,6 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/.signature.p7s b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index 186744ebd..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1.nupkg b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index b37b2f63c..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net20/Antlr3.Runtime.dll b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net20/Antlr3.Runtime.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bf359a63..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net20/Antlr3.Runtime.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net20/Antlr3.Runtime.xml b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net20/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 565e15d57..000000000
--- a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net20/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3249 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Antlr3.Runtime
-
-
-
-
- This is a char buffer stream that is loaded from a file
- all at once when you construct the object. This looks very
- much like an ANTLReader or ANTLRInputStream, but it's a special case
- since we know the exact size of the object to load. We can avoid lots
- of data copying.
-
-
-
-
- A kind of ReaderStream that pulls from an InputStream.
- Useful for reading from stdin and specifying file encodings etc...
-
-
-
-
- Vacuum all input from a Reader and then treat it like a StringStream.
- Manage the buffer manually to avoid unnecessary data copying.
-
-
-
- If you need encoding, use ANTLRInputStream.
-
-
-
-
- A pretty quick CharStream that pulls all data from an array
- directly. Every method call counts in the lexer. Java's
- strings aren't very good so I'm avoiding.
-
-
-
- The data being scanned
-
-
- How many characters are actually in the buffer
-
-
- 0..n-1 index into string of next char
-
-
- line number 1..n within the input
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- A list of CharStreamState objects that tracks the stream state
- values line, charPositionInLine, and p that can change as you
- move through the input stream. Indexed from 1..markDepth.
- A null is kept @ index 0. Create upon first call to mark().
-
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- What is name or source of this char stream?
-
-
- Copy data in string to a local char array
-
-
- This is the preferred constructor as no data is copied
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the index of char to
- be returned from LA(1).
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that it's in the same state it was
- when the object was created *except* the data array is not
- touched.
-
-
-
-
- consume() ahead until p==index; can't just set p=index as we must
- update line and charPositionInLine.
-
-
-
-
- A generic recognizer that can handle recognizers generated from
- lexer, parser, and tree grammars. This is all the parsing
- support code essentially; most of it is error recovery stuff and
- backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- State of a lexer, parser, or tree parser are collected into a state
- object so the state can be shared. This sharing is needed to
- have one grammar import others and share same error variables
- and other state variables. It's a kind of explicit multiple
- inheritance via delegation of methods and shared state.
-
-
-
- reset the parser's state; subclasses must rewinds the input stream
-
-
-
- Match current input symbol against ttype. Attempt
- single token insertion or deletion error recovery. If
- that fails, throw MismatchedTokenException.
-
-
-
- To turn off single token insertion or deletion error
- recovery, override recoverFromMismatchedToken() and have it
- throw an exception. See TreeParser.recoverFromMismatchedToken().
- This way any error in a rule will cause an exception and
- immediate exit from rule. Rule would recover by resynchronizing
- to the set of symbols that can follow rule ref.
-
-
-
- Match the wildcard: in a symbol
-
-
- Report a recognition problem.
-
-
- This method sets errorRecovery to indicate the parser is recovering
- not parsing. Once in recovery mode, no errors are generated.
- To get out of recovery mode, the parser must successfully match
- a token (after a resync). So it will go:
-
- 1. error occurs
- 2. enter recovery mode, report error
- 3. consume until token found in resynch set
- 4. try to resume parsing
- 5. next match() will reset errorRecovery mode
-
- If you override, make sure to update syntaxErrors if you care about that.
-
-
-
- What error message should be generated for the various exception types?
-
-
- Not very object-oriented code, but I like having all error message
- generation within one method rather than spread among all of the
- exception classes. This also makes it much easier for the exception
- handling because the exception classes do not have to have pointers back
- to this object to access utility routines and so on. Also, changing
- the message for an exception type would be difficult because you
- would have to subclassing exception, but then somehow get ANTLR
- to make those kinds of exception objects instead of the default.
- This looks weird, but trust me--it makes the most sense in terms
- of flexibility.
-
- For grammar debugging, you will want to override this to add
- more information such as the stack frame with
- getRuleInvocationStack(e, this.getClass().getName()) and,
- for no viable alts, the decision description and state etc...
-
- Override this to change the message generated for one or more
- exception types.
-
-
-
-
- Get number of recognition errors (lexer, parser, tree parser). Each
- recognizer tracks its own number. So parser and lexer each have
- separate count. Does not count the spurious errors found between
- an error and next valid token match
-
-
-
-
-
- What is the error header, normally line/character position information?
-
-
-
- How should a token be displayed in an error message? The default
- is to display just the text, but during development you might
- want to have a lot of information spit out. Override in that case
- to use t.ToString() (which, for CommonToken, dumps everything about
- the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
- your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
- so that it creates a new Java type.
-
-
-
- Override this method to change where error messages go
-
-
-
- Recover from an error found on the input stream. This is
- for NoViableAlt and mismatched symbol exceptions. If you enable
- single token insertion and deletion, this will usually not
- handle mismatched symbol exceptions but there could be a mismatched
- token that the match() routine could not recover from.
-
-
-
-
- A hook to listen in on the token consumption during error recovery.
- The DebugParser subclasses this to fire events to the listenter.
-
-
-
-
- Compute the context-sensitive FOLLOW set for current rule.
- This is set of token types that can follow a specific rule
- reference given a specific call chain. You get the set of
- viable tokens that can possibly come next (lookahead depth 1)
- given the current call chain. Contrast this with the
- definition of plain FOLLOW for rule r:
-
-
- FOLLOW(r)={x | S=>*alpha r beta in G and x in FIRST(beta)}
-
- where x in T* and alpha, beta in V*; T is set of terminals and
- V is the set of terminals and nonterminals. In other words,
- FOLLOW(r) is the set of all tokens that can possibly follow
- references to r in *any* sentential form (context). At
- runtime, however, we know precisely which context applies as
- we have the call chain. We may compute the exact (rather
- than covering superset) set of following tokens.
-
- For example, consider grammar:
-
- stat : ID '=' expr ';' // FOLLOW(stat)=={EOF}
- | "return" expr '.'
- ;
- expr : atom ('+' atom)* ; // FOLLOW(expr)=={';','.',')'}
- atom : INT // FOLLOW(atom)=={'+',')',';','.'}
- | '(' expr ')'
- ;
-
- The FOLLOW sets are all inclusive whereas context-sensitive
- FOLLOW sets are precisely what could follow a rule reference.
- For input input "i=(3);", here is the derivation:
-
- stat => ID '=' expr ';'
- => ID '=' atom ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' expr ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' atom ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ';'
-
- At the "3" token, you'd have a call chain of
-
- stat -> expr -> atom -> expr -> atom
-
- What can follow that specific nested ref to atom? Exactly ')'
- as you can see by looking at the derivation of this specific
- input. Contrast this with the FOLLOW(atom)={'+',')',';','.'}.
-
- You want the exact viable token set when recovering from a
- token mismatch. Upon token mismatch, if LA(1) is member of
- the viable next token set, then you know there is most likely
- a missing token in the input stream. "Insert" one by just not
- throwing an exception.
-
-
- Attempt to recover from a single missing or extra token.
-
- EXTRA TOKEN
-
- LA(1) is not what we are looking for. If LA(2) has the right token,
- however, then assume LA(1) is some extra spurious token. Delete it
- and LA(2) as if we were doing a normal match(), which advances the
- input.
-
- MISSING TOKEN
-
- If current token is consistent with what could come after
- ttype then it is ok to "insert" the missing token, else throw
- exception For example, Input "i=(3;" is clearly missing the
- ')'. When the parser returns from the nested call to expr, it
- will have call chain:
-
- stat -> expr -> atom
-
- and it will be trying to match the ')' at this point in the
- derivation:
-
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- ^
- match() will see that ';' doesn't match ')' and report a
- mismatched token error. To recover, it sees that LA(1)==';'
- is in the set of tokens that can follow the ')' token
- reference in rule atom. It can assume that you forgot the ')'.
-
-
- Not currently used
-
-
-
- Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
- into the label for the associated token ref; e.g., x=ID. Token
- and tree parsers need to return different objects. Rather than test
- for input stream type or change the IntStream interface, I use
- a simple method to ask the recognizer to tell me what the current
- input symbol is.
-
-
- This is ignored for lexers.
-
-
- Conjure up a missing token during error recovery.
-
-
- The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing
- symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol.
- For example, x=ID {f($x);}. The action clearly assumes
- that there has been an identifier matched previously and that
- $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but
- the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that
- this token is missing and we keep going. Because we
- have to return some token to replace the missing token,
- we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control
- over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly,
- you will want to create something special for identifier
- tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default
- action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates
- a CommonToken of the appropriate type. The text will be the token.
- If you change what tokens must be created by the lexer,
- override this method to create the appropriate tokens.
-
-
-
- Consume tokens until one matches the given token set
-
-
- Push a rule's follow set using our own hardcoded stack
-
-
-
- Return of the rules in your parser instance
- leading up to a call to this method. You could override if
- you want more details such as the file/line info of where
- in the parser java code a rule is invoked.
-
-
-
- This is very useful for error messages and for context-sensitive
- error recovery.
-
-
-
-
- A more general version of GetRuleInvocationStack where you can
- pass in the StackTrace of, for example, a RecognitionException
- to get it's rule stack trace.
-
-
-
- Return whether or not a backtracking attempt failed.
-
-
-
- Used to print out token names like ID during debugging and
- error reporting. The generated parsers implement a method
- that overrides this to point to their String[] tokenNames.
-
-
-
-
- For debugging and other purposes, might want the grammar name.
- Have ANTLR generate an implementation for this method.
-
-
-
-
- A convenience method for use most often with template rewrites.
- Convert a list of to a list of .
-
-
-
-
- Given a rule number and a start token index number, return
- MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN if the rule has not parsed input starting from
- start index. If this rule has parsed input starting from the
- start index before, then return where the rule stopped parsing.
- It returns the index of the last token matched by the rule.
-
-
-
- For now we use a hashtable and just the slow Object-based one.
- Later, we can make a special one for ints and also one that
- tosses out data after we commit past input position i.
-
-
-
-
- Has this rule already parsed input at the current index in the
- input stream? Return the stop token index or MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN.
- If we attempted but failed to parse properly before, return
- MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
-
- This method has a side-effect: if we have seen this input for
- this rule and successfully parsed before, then seek ahead to
- 1 past the stop token matched for this rule last time.
-
-
-
-
- Record whether or not this rule parsed the input at this position
- successfully. Use a standard java hashtable for now.
-
-
-
- return how many rule/input-index pairs there are in total.
- TODO: this includes synpreds. :(
-
-
-
- A stripped-down version of org.antlr.misc.BitSet that is just
- good enough to handle runtime requirements such as FOLLOW sets
- for automatic error recovery.
-
-
-
-
- We will often need to do a mod operator (i mod nbits). Its
- turns out that, for powers of two, this mod operation is
- same as (i & (nbits-1)). Since mod is slow, we use a
- precomputed mod mask to do the mod instead.
-
-
-
- The actual data bits
-
-
- Construct a bitset of size one word (64 bits)
-
-
- Construction from a static array of longs
-
-
- Construction from a list of integers
-
-
- Construct a bitset given the size
- The size of the bitset in bits
-
-
- return this | a in a new set
-
-
- or this element into this set (grow as necessary to accommodate)
-
-
- Grows the set to a larger number of bits.
- element that must fit in set
-
-
- Sets the size of a set.
- how many words the new set should be
-
-
- return how much space is being used by the bits array not how many actually have member bits on.
-
-
- Is this contained within a?
-
-
- Buffer all input tokens but do on-demand fetching of new tokens from
- lexer. Useful when the parser or lexer has to set context/mode info before
- proper lexing of future tokens. The ST template parser needs this,
- for example, because it has to constantly flip back and forth between
- inside/output templates. E.g., <names:{hi, <it>}> has to parse names
- as part of an expression but "hi, <it>" as a nested template.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
- (UnbufferedTokenStream is the same way.)
-
- This is not a subclass of UnbufferedTokenStream because I don't want
- to confuse small moving window of tokens it uses for the full buffer.
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later. The buffer in LookaheadStream overlaps sometimes
- as its moving window moves through the input. This list captures
- everything so we can access complete input text.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). tokens[p] should be LT(1). p=-1 indicates need
- to initialize with first token. The ctor doesn't get a token.
- First call to LT(1) or whatever gets the first token and sets p=0;
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
- Make sure index i in tokens has a token.
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
- When walking ahead with cyclic DFA or for syntactic predicates,
- we need to record the state of the input stream (char index,
- line, etc...) so that we can rewind the state after scanning ahead.
-
-
- This is the complete state of a stream.
-
-
- Index into the char stream of next lookahead char
-
-
- What line number is the scanner at before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
- What char position 0..n-1 in line is scanner before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
-
- A Token object like we'd use in ANTLR 2.x; has an actual string created
- and associated with this object. These objects are needed for imaginary
- tree nodes that have payload objects. We need to create a Token object
- that has a string; the tree node will point at this token. CommonToken
- has indexes into a char stream and hence cannot be used to introduce
- new strings.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens
-
-
-
- We need to be able to change the text once in a while. If
- this is non-null, then getText should return this. Note that
- start/stop are not affected by changing this.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens; < 0 implies invalid index
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token starts
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token stops
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
- Always leave p on an on-channel token.
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel
- token.
-
-
- All debugging events that a recognizer can trigger.
-
-
- I did not create a separate AST debugging interface as it would create
- lots of extra classes and DebugParser has a dbg var defined, which makes
- it hard to change to ASTDebugEventListener. I looked hard at this issue
- and it is easier to understand as one monolithic event interface for all
- possible events. Hopefully, adding ST debugging stuff won't be bad. Leave
- for future. 4/26/2006.
-
-
-
-
- The parser has just entered a rule. No decision has been made about
- which alt is predicted. This is fired AFTER init actions have been
- executed. Attributes are defined and available etc...
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
-
- Because rules can have lots of alternatives, it is very useful to
- know which alt you are entering. This is 1..n for n alts.
-
-
-
-
- This is the last thing executed before leaving a rule. It is
- executed even if an exception is thrown. This is triggered after
- error reporting and recovery have occurred (unless the exception is
- not caught in this rule). This implies an "exitAlt" event.
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
- Track entry into any (...) subrule other EBNF construct
-
-
-
- Every decision, fixed k or arbitrary, has an enter/exit event
- so that a GUI can easily track what LT/consume events are
- associated with prediction. You will see a single enter/exit
- subrule but multiple enter/exit decision events, one for each
- loop iteration.
-
-
-
-
- An input token was consumed; matched by any kind of element.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
-
-
-
-
- An off-channel input token was consumed.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
- (unless of course the hidden token is first stuff in the input stream).
-
-
-
-
- Somebody (anybody) looked ahead. Note that this actually gets
- triggered by both LA and LT calls. The debugger will want to know
- which Token object was examined. Like consumeToken, this indicates
- what token was seen at that depth. A remote debugger cannot look
- ahead into a file it doesn't have so LT events must pass the token
- even if the info is redundant.
-
-
-
-
- The parser is going to look arbitrarily ahead; mark this location,
- the token stream's marker is sent in case you need it.
-
-
-
-
- After an arbitrairly long lookahead as with a cyclic DFA (or with
- any backtrack), this informs the debugger that stream should be
- rewound to the position associated with marker.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still.
-
-
-
-
- To watch a parser move through the grammar, the parser needs to
- inform the debugger what line/charPos it is passing in the grammar.
- For now, this does not know how to switch from one grammar to the
- other and back for island grammars etc...
-
-
-
- This should also allow breakpoints because the debugger can stop
- the parser whenever it hits this line/pos.
-
-
-
-
- A recognition exception occurred such as NoViableAltException. I made
- this a generic event so that I can alter the exception hierachy later
- without having to alter all the debug objects.
-
-
-
- Upon error, the stack of enter rule/subrule must be properly unwound.
- If no viable alt occurs it is within an enter/exit decision, which
- also must be rewound. Even the rewind for each mark must be unwount.
- In the Java target this is pretty easy using try/finally, if a bit
- ugly in the generated code. The rewind is generated in DFA.predict()
- actually so no code needs to be generated for that. For languages
- w/o this "finally" feature (C++?), the target implementor will have
- to build an event stack or something.
-
- Across a socket for remote debugging, only the RecognitionException
- data fields are transmitted. The token object or whatever that
- caused the problem was the last object referenced by LT. The
- immediately preceding LT event should hold the unexpected Token or
- char.
-
- Here is a sample event trace for grammar:
-
- b : C ({;}A|B) // {;} is there to prevent A|B becoming a set
- | D
- ;
-
- The sequence for this rule (with no viable alt in the subrule) for
- input 'c c' (there are 3 tokens) is:
-
- commence
- LT(1)
- enterRule b
- location 7 1
- enter decision 3
- LT(1)
- exit decision 3
- enterAlt1
- location 7 5
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:0]
- location 7 7
- enterSubRule 2
- enter decision 2
- LT(1)
- LT(1)
- recognitionException NoViableAltException 2 1 2
- exit decision 2
- exitSubRule 2
- beginResync
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:1]
- LT(1)
- endResync
- LT(-1)
- exitRule b
- terminate
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the recognizer is about to consume tokens to resynchronize
- the parser. Any consume events from here until the recovered event
- are not part of the parse--they are dead tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the recognizer has finished consuming tokens in order
- to resychronize. There may be multiple beginResync/endResync pairs
- before the recognizer comes out of errorRecovery mode (in which
- multiple errors are suppressed). This will be useful
- in a gui where you want to probably grey out tokens that are consumed
- but not matched to anything in grammar. Anything between
- a beginResync/endResync pair was tossed out by the parser.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate was evaluate with this result and action text
-
-
-
- Announce that parsing has begun. Not technically useful except for
- sending events over a socket. A GUI for example will launch a thread
- to connect and communicate with a remote parser. The thread will want
- to notify the GUI when a connection is made. ANTLR parsers
- trigger this upon entry to the first rule (the ruleLevel is used to
- figure this out).
-
-
-
-
- Parsing is over; successfully or not. Mostly useful for telling
- remote debugging listeners that it's time to quit. When the rule
- invocation level goes to zero at the end of a rule, we are done
- parsing.
-
-
-
-
- Input for a tree parser is an AST, but we know nothing for sure
- about a node except its type and text (obtained from the adaptor).
- This is the analog of the consumeToken method. Again, the ID is
- the hashCode usually of the node so it only works if hashCode is
- not implemented. If the type is UP or DOWN, then
- the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The tree parser lookedahead. If the type is UP or DOWN,
- then the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
- A nil was created (even nil nodes have a unique ID...
- they are not "null" per se). As of 4/28/2006, this
- seems to be uniquely triggered when starting a new subtree
- such as when entering a subrule in automatic mode and when
- building a tree in rewrite mode.
-
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
-
- Upon syntax error, recognizers bracket the error with an error node
- if they are building ASTs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from token elements such as type etc...
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID, type, text are
- set.
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from an existing token.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only node.ID and token.tokenIndex
- are set.
-
-
-
- Make a node the new root of an existing root. See
-
-
- Note: the newRootID parameter is possibly different
- than the TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() newRoot parameter.
- In our case, it will always be the result of calling
- TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() and not root_n or whatever.
-
- The listener should assume that this event occurs
- only when the current subrule (or rule) subtree is
- being reset to newRootID.
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Make childID a child of rootID.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the token start/stop token index for a subtree root or node.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
- A DFA implemented as a set of transition tables.
-
-
- Any state that has a semantic predicate edge is special; those states
- are generated with if-then-else structures in a specialStateTransition()
- which is generated by cyclicDFA template.
-
- There are at most 32767 states (16-bit signed short).
- Could get away with byte sometimes but would have to generate different
- types and the simulation code too. For a point of reference, the Java
- lexer's Tokens rule DFA has 326 states roughly.
-
-
-
- Which recognizer encloses this DFA? Needed to check backtracking
-
-
-
- From the input stream, predict what alternative will succeed
- using this DFA (representing the covering regular approximation
- to the underlying CFL). Return an alternative number 1..n. Throw
- an exception upon error.
-
-
-
- A hook for debugging interface
-
-
-
- Given a String that has a run-length-encoding of some unsigned shorts
- like "\1\2\3\9", convert to short[] {2,9,9,9}. We do this to avoid
- static short[] which generates so much init code that the class won't
- compile. :(
-
-
-
- Hideous duplication of code, but I need different typed arrays out :(
-
-
- The recognizer did not match anything for a (..)+ loop.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates
- occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like matching a token.
- Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we hoist a predicate into
- a prediction decision.
-
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- A source of characters for an ANTLR lexer
-
-
-
- For infinite streams, you don't need this; primarily I'm providing
- a useful interface for action code. Just make sure actions don't
- use this on streams that don't support it.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith character of lookahead. This is the same usually as
- LA(i). This will be used for labels in the generated
- lexer code. I'd prefer to return a char here type-wise, but it's
- probably better to be 32-bit clean and be consistent with LA.
-
-
-
- ANTLR tracks the line information automatically
- Because this stream can rewind, we need to be able to reset the line
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- A simple stream of integers used when all I care about is the char
- or token type sequence (such as interpretation).
-
-
-
-
- Get int at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next int.
- Negative indexes are allowed. LA(-1) is previous token (token
- just matched). LA(-i) where i is before first token should
- yield -1, invalid char / EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Tell the stream to start buffering if it hasn't already. Return
- current input position, Index, or some other marker so that
- when passed to rewind() you get back to the same spot.
- rewind(mark()) should not affect the input cursor. The Lexer
- track line/col info as well as input index so its markers are
- not pure input indexes. Same for tree node streams.
-
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the symbol about to be
- read not the most recently read symbol.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that next call to index would return marker.
- The marker will usually be Index but it doesn't have to be. It's
- just a marker to indicate what state the stream was in. This is
- essentially calling release() and seek(). If there are markers
- created after this marker argument, this routine must unroll them
- like a stack. Assume the state the stream was in when this marker
- was created.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still. It is
- like invoking rewind(last marker) but it should not "pop"
- the marker off. It's like seek(last marker's input position).
-
-
-
-
- You may want to commit to a backtrack but don't want to force the
- stream to keep bookkeeping objects around for a marker that is
- no longer necessary. This will have the same behavior as
- rewind() except it releases resources without the backward seek.
- This must throw away resources for all markers back to the marker
- argument. So if you're nested 5 levels of mark(), and then release(2)
- you have to release resources for depths 2..5.
-
-
-
-
- Set the input cursor to the position indicated by index. This is
- normally used to seek ahead in the input stream. No buffering is
- required to do this unless you know your stream will use seek to
- move backwards such as when backtracking.
-
-
-
- This is different from rewind in its multi-directional
- requirement and in that its argument is strictly an input cursor (index).
-
- For char streams, seeking forward must update the stream state such
- as line number. For seeking backwards, you will be presumably
- backtracking using the mark/rewind mechanism that restores state and
- so this method does not need to update state when seeking backwards.
-
- Currently, this method is only used for efficient backtracking using
- memoization, but in the future it may be used for incremental parsing.
-
- The index is 0..n-1. A seek to position i means that LA(1) will
- return the ith symbol. So, seeking to 0 means LA(1) will return the
- first element in the stream.
-
-
-
-
- Only makes sense for streams that buffer everything up probably, but
- might be useful to display the entire stream or for testing. This
- value includes a single EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting symbols from? Normally, implementations will
- pass the buck all the way to the lexer who can ask its input stream
- for the file name or whatever.
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
- The element type of the input stream.
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
- Get the text of the token
-
-
- The line number on which this token was matched; line=1..n
-
-
- The index of the first character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- An index from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream.
- This must be valid in order to use the ANTLRWorks debugger.
-
-
-
-
- From what character stream was this token created? You don't have to
- implement but it's nice to know where a Token comes from if you have
- include files etc... on the input.
-
-
-
-
- A source of tokens must provide a sequence of tokens via nextToken()
- and also must reveal it's source of characters; CommonToken's text is
- computed from a CharStream; it only store indices into the char stream.
-
-
-
- Errors from the lexer are never passed to the parser. Either you want
- to keep going or you do not upon token recognition error. If you do not
- want to continue lexing then you do not want to continue parsing. Just
- throw an exception not under RecognitionException and Java will naturally
- toss you all the way out of the recognizers. If you want to continue
- lexing then you should not throw an exception to the parser--it has already
- requested a token. Keep lexing until you get a valid one. Just report
- errors and keep going, looking for a valid token.
-
-
-
-
- Return a Token object from your input stream (usually a CharStream).
- Do not fail/return upon lexing error; keep chewing on the characters
- until you get a good one; errors are not passed through to the parser.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting tokens from? normally the implication will simply
- ask lexers input stream.
-
-
-
- A stream of tokens accessing tokens from a TokenSource
-
-
- Get Token at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next Token.
- i<0 indicates tokens in the past. So -1 is previous token and -2 is
- two tokens ago. LT(0) is undefined. For i>=n, return Token.EOFToken.
- Return null for LT(0) and any index that results in an absolute address
- that is negative.
-
-
-
- How far ahead has the stream been asked to look? The return
- value is a valid index from 0..n-1.
-
-
-
-
- Get a token at an absolute index i; 0..n-1. This is really only
- needed for profiling and debugging and token stream rewriting.
- If you don't want to buffer up tokens, then this method makes no
- sense for you. Naturally you can't use the rewrite stream feature.
- I believe DebugTokenStream can easily be altered to not use
- this method, removing the dependency.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling tokens from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides Token objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all tokens from start to stop, inclusive.
- If the stream does not buffer all the tokens then it can just
- return "" or null; Users should not access $ruleLabel.text in
- an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Because the user is not required to use a token with an index stored
- in it, we must provide a means for two token objects themselves to
- indicate the start/end location. Most often this will just delegate
- to the other toString(int,int). This is also parallel with
- the TreeNodeStream.toString(Object,Object).
-
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later.
-
-
-
- Map from token type to channel to override some Tokens' channel numbers
-
-
- Set of token types; discard any tokens with this type
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- By default, track all incoming tokens
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). p==-1 indicates that the tokens list is empty
-
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
-
- Load all tokens from the token source and put in tokens.
- This is done upon first LT request because you might want to
- set some token type / channel overrides before filling buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
-
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel token.
-
-
-
- A simple filter mechanism whereby you can tell this token stream
- to force all tokens of type ttype to be on channel. For example,
- when interpreting, we cannot exec actions so we need to tell
- the stream to force all WS and NEWLINE to be a different, ignored
- channel.
-
-
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith token from the current position 1..n where k=1 is the
- first symbol of lookahead.
-
-
-
- Look backwards k tokens on-channel tokens
-
-
-
- Return absolute token i; ignore which channel the tokens are on;
- that is, count all tokens not just on-channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- A lexer is recognizer that draws input symbols from a character stream.
- lexer grammars result in a subclass of this object. A Lexer object
- uses simplified match() and error recovery mechanisms in the interest
- of speed.
-
-
-
- Where is the lexer drawing characters from?
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text matched so far for the current token or any text override.
-
-
- Setting this value replaces any previously set value, and overrides the original text.
-
-
-
- Return a token from this source; i.e., match a token on the char stream.
-
-
- Returns the EOF token (default), if you need
- to return a custom token instead override this method.
-
-
-
- Instruct the lexer to skip creating a token for current lexer rule
- and look for another token. nextToken() knows to keep looking when
- a lexer rule finishes with token set to SKIP_TOKEN. Recall that
- if token==null at end of any token rule, it creates one for you
- and emits it.
-
-
-
- This is the lexer entry point that sets instance var 'token'
-
-
-
- Currently does not support multiple emits per nextToken invocation
- for efficiency reasons. Subclass and override this method and
- nextToken (to push tokens into a list and pull from that list rather
- than a single variable as this implementation does).
-
-
-
-
- The standard method called to automatically emit a token at the
- outermost lexical rule. The token object should point into the
- char buffer start..stop. If there is a text override in 'text',
- use that to set the token's text. Override this method to emit
- custom Token objects.
-
-
-
- If you are building trees, then you should also override
- Parser or TreeParser.getMissingSymbol().
-
-
-
- What is the index of the current character of lookahead?
-
-
-
- Lexers can normally match any char in it's vocabulary after matching
- a token, so do the easy thing and just kill a character and hope
- it all works out. You can instead use the rule invocation stack
- to do sophisticated error recovery if you are in a fragment rule.
-
-
-
- A queue that can dequeue and get(i) in O(1) and grow arbitrarily large.
- A linked list is fast at dequeue but slow at get(i). An array is
- the reverse. This is O(1) for both operations.
-
- List grows until you dequeue last element at end of buffer. Then
- it resets to start filling at 0 again. If adds/removes are balanced, the
- buffer will not grow too large.
-
- No iterator stuff as that's not how we'll use it.
-
-
- dynamically-sized buffer of elements
-
-
- index of next element to fill
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
-
- Return element {@code i} elements ahead of current element. {@code i==0}
- gets current element. This is not an absolute index into {@link #data}
- since {@code p} defines the start of the real list.
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue
-
-
- Return string of current buffer contents; non-destructive
-
-
-
- A lookahead queue that knows how to mark/release locations in the buffer for
- backtracking purposes. Any markers force the {@link FastQueue} superclass to
- keep all elements until no more markers; then can reset to avoid growing a
- huge buffer.
-
-
-
- Absolute token index. It's the index of the symbol about to be
- read via {@code LT(1)}. Goes from 0 to numtokens.
-
-
- This is the {@code LT(-1)} element for the first element in {@link #data}.
-
-
- Track object returned by nextElement upon end of stream;
- Return it later when they ask for LT passed end of input.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- Implement nextElement to supply a stream of elements to this
- lookahead buffer. Return EOF upon end of the stream we're pulling from.
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue; override
- {@link FastQueue#remove()}; it's the same, just checks for backtracking.
-
-
-
- Make sure we have at least one element to remove, even if EOF
-
-
-
- Make sure we have 'need' elements from current position p. Last valid
- p index is data.size()-1. p+need-1 is the data index 'need' elements
- ahead. If we need 1 element, (p+1-1)==p must be < data.size().
-
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Size of entire stream is unknown; we only know buffer size from FastQueue
-
-
-
- Seek to a 0-indexed absolute token index. Normally used to seek backwards
- in the buffer. Does not force loading of nodes.
-
-
- To preserve backward compatibility, this method allows seeking past the
- end of the currently buffered data. In this case, the input pointer will
- be moved but the data will only actually be loaded upon the next call to
- {@link #consume} or {@link #LT} for {@code k>0}.
-
-
-
- A mismatched char or Token or tree node
-
-
-
- We were expecting a token but it's not found. The current token
- is actually what we wanted next. Used for tree node errors too.
-
-
-
-
- A parser for TokenStreams. "parser grammars" result in a subclass
- of this.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the token stream; resets the parser upon a set.
-
-
-
- Rules that return more than a single value must return an object
- containing all the values. Besides the properties defined in
- RuleLabelScope.predefinedRulePropertiesScope there may be user-defined
- return values. This class simply defines the minimum properties that
- are always defined and methods to access the others that might be
- available depending on output option such as template and tree.
-
-
-
- Note text is not an actual property of the return value, it is computed
- from start and stop using the input stream's toString() method. I
- could add a ctor to this so that we can pass in and store the input
- stream, but I'm not sure we want to do that. It would seem to be undefined
- to get the .text property anyway if the rule matches tokens from multiple
- input streams.
-
- I do not use getters for fields of objects that are used simply to
- group values such as this aggregate. The getters/setters are there to
- satisfy the superclass interface.
-
-
-
- The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy.
-
-
- To avoid English-only error messages and to generally make things
- as flexible as possible, these exceptions are not created with strings,
- but rather the information necessary to generate an error. Then
- the various reporting methods in Parser and Lexer can be overridden
- to generate a localized error message. For example, MismatchedToken
- exceptions are built with the expected token type.
- So, don't expect getMessage() to return anything.
-
- Note that as of Java 1.4, you can access the stack trace, which means
- that you can compute the complete trace of rules from the start symbol.
- This gives you considerable context information with which to generate
- useful error messages.
-
- ANTLR generates code that throws exceptions upon recognition error and
- also generates code to catch these exceptions in each rule. If you
- want to quit upon first error, you can turn off the automatic error
- handling mechanism using rulecatch action, but you still need to
- override methods mismatch and recoverFromMismatchSet.
-
- In general, the recognition exceptions can track where in a grammar a
- problem occurred and/or what was the expected input. While the parser
- knows its state (such as current input symbol and line info) that
- state can change before the exception is reported so current token index
- is computed and stored at exception time. From this info, you can
- perhaps print an entire line of input not just a single token, for example.
- Better to just say the recognizer had a problem and then let the parser
- figure out a fancy report.
-
-
-
- What input stream did the error occur in?
-
-
-
- What was the lookahead index when this exception was thrown?
-
-
-
- What is index of token/char were we looking at when the error occurred?
-
-
-
- The current Token when an error occurred. Since not all streams
- can retrieve the ith Token, we have to track the Token object.
- For parsers. Even when it's a tree parser, token might be set.
-
-
-
-
- If this is a tree parser exception, node is set to the node with
- the problem.
-
-
-
- The current char when an error occurred. For lexers.
-
-
-
- Track the line (1-based) at which the error occurred in case this is
- generated from a lexer. We need to track this since the
- unexpected char doesn't carry the line info.
-
-
-
-
- The 0-based index into the line where the error occurred.
-
-
-
-
- If you are parsing a tree node stream, you will encounter som
- imaginary nodes w/o line/col info. We now search backwards looking
- for most recent token with line/col info, but notify getErrorHeader()
- that info is approximate.
-
-
-
- Used for remote debugger deserialization
-
-
- Return the token type or char of the unexpected input element
-
-
-
- The set of fields needed by an abstract recognizer to recognize input
- and recover from errors etc... As a separate state object, it can be
- shared among multiple grammars; e.g., when one grammar imports another.
-
-
-
- These fields are publically visible but the actual state pointer per
- parser is protected.
-
-
-
-
- Track the set of token types that can follow any rule invocation.
- Stack grows upwards. When it hits the max, it grows 2x in size
- and keeps going.
-
-
-
-
- This is true when we see an error and before having successfully
- matched a token. Prevents generation of more than one error message
- per error.
-
-
-
-
- The index into the input stream where the last error occurred.
- This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found
- but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found,
- ad naseum. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least
- one token/tree node is consumed for two errors.
-
-
-
-
- In lieu of a return value, this indicates that a rule or token
- has failed to match. Reset to false upon valid token match.
-
-
-
- Did the recognizer encounter a syntax error? Track how many.
-
-
-
- If 0, no backtracking is going on. Safe to exec actions etc...
- If >0 then it's the level of backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- An array[size num rules] of dictionaries that tracks
- the stop token index for each rule. ruleMemo[ruleIndex] is
- the memoization table for ruleIndex. For key ruleStartIndex, you
- get back the stop token for associated rule or MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
- This is only used if rule memoization is on (which it is by default).
-
-
-
- The goal of all lexer rules/methods is to create a token object.
- This is an instance variable as multiple rules may collaborate to
- create a single token. nextToken will return this object after
- matching lexer rule(s). If you subclass to allow multiple token
- emissions, then set this to the last token to be matched or
- something nonnull so that the auto token emit mechanism will not
- emit another token.
-
-
-
-
- What character index in the stream did the current token start at?
- Needed, for example, to get the text for current token. Set at
- the start of nextToken.
-
-
-
- The line on which the first character of the token resides
-
-
- The character position of first character within the line
-
-
- The channel number for the current token
-
-
- The token type for the current token
-
-
-
- You can set the text for the current token to override what is in
- the input char buffer. Use setText() or can set this instance var.
-
-
-
-
- All tokens go to the parser (unless skip() is called in that rule)
- on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel
- so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel.
-
-
-
-
- Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed
- by parser.
-
-
-
- Useful for dumping out the input stream after doing some
- augmentation or other manipulations.
-
- You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the
- operations are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a
- String. This is very efficient because you are not moving data around
- all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to strings, the
- toString() method(s) check to see if there is an operation at the
- current index. If so, the operation is done and then normal String
- rendering continues on the buffer. This is like having multiple Turing
- machine instruction streams (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
-
- Since the operations are done lazily at toString-time, operations do not
- screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token
- index i does not change the index values for tokens i+1..n-1.
-
- Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get
- the original token stream back without undoing anything. Since
- the instructions are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and
- roll back any changes if there is an error just by removing instructions.
- For example,
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- TokenRewriteStream tokens = new TokenRewriteStream(lex);
- T parser = new T(tokens);
- parser.startRule();
-
- Then in the rules, you can execute
- Token t,u;
- ...
- input.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");}
- input.insertAfter(u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString());
-
- Actually, you have to cast the 'input' to a TokenRewriteStream. :(
-
- You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple
- rewrites from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction
- streams and use that name again when printing the buffer. This could be
- useful for generating a C file and also its header file--all from the
- same buffer:
-
- tokens.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
- tokens.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass1"));
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass2"));
-
- If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as
- the first example shows.
-
-
- What index into rewrites List are we?
-
-
- Token buffer index.
-
-
-
- Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer.
- Return the index of the next token to operate on.
-
-
-
-
- I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp
- instructions.
-
-
-
-
- You may have multiple, named streams of rewrite operations.
- I'm calling these things "programs."
- Maps String (name) -> rewrite (List)
-
-
-
- Map String (program name) -> Integer index
-
-
-
- Rollback the instruction stream for a program so that
- the indicated instruction (via instructionIndex) is no
- longer in the stream. UNTESTED!
-
-
-
- Reset the program so that no instructions exist
-
-
- We need to combine operations and report invalid operations (like
- overlapping replaces that are not completed nested). Inserts to
- same index need to be combined etc... Here are the cases:
-
- I.i.u I.j.v leave alone, nonoverlapping
- I.i.u I.i.v combine: Iivu
-
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | i-j in x-y delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.i-j.v delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | x-y in i-j ERROR
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | boundaries overlap ERROR
-
- Delete special case of replace (text==null):
- D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
-
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i in (x+1)-y delete I (since insert before
- we're not deleting i)
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i not in (x+1)-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i in x-y ERROR
- R.x-y.v I.x.u R.x-y.uv (combine, delete I)
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i not in x-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
-
- I.i.u = insert u before op @ index i
- R.x-y.u = replace x-y indexed tokens with u
-
- First we need to examine replaces. For any replace op:
-
- 1. wipe out any insertions before op within that range.
- 2. Drop any replace op before that is contained completely within
- that range.
- 3. Throw exception upon boundary overlap with any previous replace.
-
- Then we can deal with inserts:
-
- 1. for any inserts to same index, combine even if not adjacent.
- 2. for any prior replace with same left boundary, combine this
- insert with replace and delete this replace.
- 3. throw exception if index in same range as previous replace
-
- Don't actually delete; make op null in list. Easier to walk list.
- Later we can throw as we add to index -> op map.
-
- Note that I.2 R.2-2 will wipe out I.2 even though, technically, the
- inserted stuff would be before the replace range. But, if you
- add tokens in front of a method body '{' and then delete the method
- body, I think the stuff before the '{' you added should disappear too.
-
- Return a map from token index to operation.
-
-
- Get all operations before an index of a particular kind
-
-
-
- In an action, a lexer rule can set token to this SKIP_TOKEN and ANTLR
- will avoid creating a token for this symbol and try to fetch another.
-
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; traverse "get child" link
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; finish with a child list
-
-
-
- A generic tree implementation with no payload. You must subclass to
- actually have any user data. ANTLR v3 uses a list of children approach
- instead of the child-sibling approach in v2. A flat tree (a list) is
- an empty node whose children represent the list. An empty, but
- non-null node is called "nil".
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node from an existing node does nothing for BaseTree
- as there are no fields other than the children list, which cannot
- be copied as the children are not considered part of this node.
-
-
-
-
- Get the children internal List; note that if you directly mess with
- the list, do so at your own risk.
-
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track parent pointers.
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track child indexes.
-
-
- Add t as child of this node.
-
-
- Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then this routine moves children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array.
-
-
-
- Add all elements of kids list as children of this node
-
-
- Insert child t at child position i (0..n-1) by shifting children
- i+1..n-1 to the right one position. Set parent / indexes properly
- but does NOT collapse nil-rooted t's that come in here like addChild.
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
- Override in a subclass to change the impl of children list
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all child of t
-
-
- Walk upwards looking for ancestor with this token type.
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- Print out a whole tree not just a node
-
-
- Override to say how a node (not a tree) should look as text
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation.
-
-
-
- System.identityHashCode() is not always unique; we have to
- track ourselves. That's ok, it's only for debugging, though it's
- expensive: we have to create a hashtable with all tree nodes in it.
-
-
-
-
- Create tree node that holds the start and stop tokens associated
- with an error.
-
-
-
- If you specify your own kind of tree nodes, you will likely have to
- override this method. CommonTree returns Token.INVALID_TOKEN_TYPE
- if no token payload but you might have to set token type for diff
- node type.
-
- You don't have to subclass CommonErrorNode; you will likely need to
- subclass your own tree node class to avoid class cast exception.
-
-
-
-
- This is generic in the sense that it will work with any kind of
- tree (not just ITree interface). It invokes the adaptor routines
- not the tree node routines to do the construction.
-
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
- Transform ^(nil x) to x and nil to null
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Duplicate a node. This is part of the factory;
- override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
- I could use reflection to prevent having to override this
- but reflection is slow.
-
-
-
-
- Track start/stop token for subtree root created for a rule.
- Only works with Tree nodes. For rules that match nothing,
- seems like this will yield start=i and stop=i-1 in a nil node.
- Might be useful info so I'll not force to be i..i.
-
-
-
- A buffered stream of tree nodes. Nodes can be from a tree of ANY kind.
-
- This node stream sucks all nodes out of the tree specified in
- the constructor during construction and makes pointers into
- the tree using an array of Object pointers. The stream necessarily
- includes pointers to DOWN and UP and EOF nodes.
-
- This stream knows how to mark/release for backtracking.
-
- This stream is most suitable for tree interpreters that need to
- jump around a lot or for tree parsers requiring speed (at cost of memory).
- There is some duplicated functionality here with UnBufferedTreeNodeStream
- but just in bookkeeping, not tree walking etc...
-
- TARGET DEVELOPERS:
-
- This is the old CommonTreeNodeStream that buffered up entire node stream.
- No need to implement really as new CommonTreeNodeStream is much better
- and covers what we need.
-
- @see CommonTreeNodeStream
-
-
- The complete mapping from stream index to tree node.
- This buffer includes pointers to DOWN, UP, and EOF nodes.
- It is built upon ctor invocation. The elements are type
- Object as we don't what the trees look like.
-
- Load upon first need of the buffer so we can set token types
- of interest for reverseIndexing. Slows us down a wee bit to
- do all of the if p==-1 testing everywhere though.
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- IF this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- Reuse same DOWN, UP navigation nodes unless this is true
-
-
- The index into the nodes list of the current node (next node
- to consume). If -1, nodes array not filled yet.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Walk tree with depth-first-search and fill nodes buffer.
- Don't do DOWN, UP nodes if its a list (t is isNil).
-
-
- What is the stream index for node? 0..n-1
- Return -1 if node not found.
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use UP, DOWN nodes to represent
- the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes
- so instantiate new ones when uniqueNavigationNodes is true.
-
-
- Look backwards k nodes
-
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
-
- Used for testing, just return the token type stream
-
-
- Debugging
-
-
- A node representing erroneous token range in token stream
-
-
-
- A tree node that is wrapper for a Token object. After 3.0 release
- while building tree rewrite stuff, it became clear that computing
- parent and child index is very difficult and cumbersome. Better to
- spend the space in every tree node. If you don't want these extra
- fields, it's easy to cut them out in your own BaseTree subclass.
-
-
-
- A single token is the payload
-
-
-
- What token indexes bracket all tokens associated with this node
- and below?
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
-
-
-
- For every node in this subtree, make sure it's start/stop token's
- are set. Walk depth first, visit bottom up. Only updates nodes
- with at least one token index < 0.
-
-
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation. It provides
- really just factory methods; all the work is done by BaseTreeAdaptor.
- If you would like to have different tokens created than ClassicToken
- objects, you need to override this and then set the parser tree adaptor to
- use your subclass.
-
-
-
- To get your parser to build nodes of a different type, override
- create(Token), errorNode(), and to be safe, YourTreeClass.dupNode().
- dupNode is called to duplicate nodes during rewrite operations.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- What is the Token associated with this node? If
- you are not using CommonTree, then you must
- override this in your own adaptor.
-
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- If this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- The tree iterator we are using
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Tree (nil A B C) trees like flat A B C streams
-
-
- Tracks tree depth. Level=0 means we're at root node level.
-
-
- Tracks the last node before the start of {@link #data} which contains
- position information to provide information for error reporting. This is
- tracked in addition to {@link #prevElement} which may or may not contain
- position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
- @see RecognitionException#extractInformationFromTreeNodeStream
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
- Returns an element containing position information. If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code false}, then
- this method will return the {@code LT(1)} element if it contains position information, and otherwise return {@code null}.
- If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code true}, then this method will return the last known element containing position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
-
-
- For debugging; destructive: moves tree iterator to end.
-
-
- A utility class to generate DOT diagrams (graphviz) from
- arbitrary trees. You can pass in your own templates and
- can pass in any kind of tree or use Tree interface method.
- I wanted this separator so that you don't have to include
- ST just to use the org.antlr.runtime.tree.* package.
- This is a set of non-static methods so you can subclass
- to override. For example, here is an invocation:
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRInputStream(System.in);
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
- TParser parser = new TParser(tokens);
- TParser.e_return r = parser.e();
- Tree t = (Tree)r.tree;
- System.out.println(t.toStringTree());
- DOTTreeGenerator gen = new DOTTreeGenerator();
- StringTemplate st = gen.toDOT(t);
- System.out.println(st);
-
-
- Track node to number mapping so we can get proper node name back
-
-
- Track node number so we can get unique node names
-
-
- Generate DOT (graphviz) for a whole tree not just a node.
- For example, 3+4*5 should generate:
-
- digraph {
- node [shape=plaintext, fixedsize=true, fontsize=11, fontname="Courier",
- width=.4, height=.2];
- edge [arrowsize=.7]
- "+"->3
- "+"->"*"
- "*"->4
- "*"->5
- }
-
- Takes a Tree interface object.
-
-
-
- @author Sam Harwell
-
-
- Returns an element containing concrete information about the current
- position in the stream.
-
- @param allowApproximateLocation if {@code false}, this method returns
- {@code null} if an element containing exact information about the current
- position is not available
-
-
- Determines if the specified {@code element} contains concrete position
- information.
-
- @param element the element to check
- @return {@code true} if {@code element} contains concrete position
- information, otherwise {@code false}
-
-
-
- What does a tree look like? ANTLR has a number of support classes
- such as CommonTreeNodeStream that work on these kinds of trees. You
- don't have to make your trees implement this interface, but if you do,
- you'll be able to use more support code.
-
-
-
- NOTE: When constructing trees, ANTLR can build any kind of tree; it can
- even use Token objects as trees if you add a child list to your tokens.
-
- This is a tree node without any payload; just navigation and factory stuff.
-
-
-
- Is there is a node above with token type ttype?
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- This node is what child index? 0..n-1
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all children
-
-
-
- Add t as a child to this node. If t is null, do nothing. If t
- is nil, add all children of t to this' children.
-
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the node is a nil node but may still have children, meaning
- the tree is a flat list.
-
-
-
-
- What is the smallest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
-
- What is the largest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
- Return a token type; needed for tree parsing
-
-
- In case we don't have a token payload, what is the line for errors?
-
-
-
- How to create and navigate trees. Rather than have a separate factory
- and adaptor, I've merged them. Makes sense to encapsulate.
-
-
-
- This takes the place of the tree construction code generated in the
- generated code in 2.x and the ASTFactory.
-
- I do not need to know the type of a tree at all so they are all
- generic Objects. This may increase the amount of typecasting needed. :(
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree node from Token object; for CommonTree type trees,
- then the token just becomes the payload. This is the most
- common create call.
-
-
-
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(tokenType,fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel, "IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked when the text terminal option is set, as in
- IMAG<text='IMAG'>.
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG["IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(int,String).
-
-
-
- Duplicate a single tree node.
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
- Duplicate tree recursively, using dupNode() for each node
-
-
-
- Return a nil node (an empty but non-null node) that can hold
- a list of element as the children. If you want a flat tree (a list)
- use "t=adaptor.nil(); t.addChild(x); t.addChild(y);"
-
-
-
-
- Return a tree node representing an error. This node records the
- tokens consumed during error recovery. The start token indicates the
- input symbol at which the error was detected. The stop token indicates
- the last symbol consumed during recovery.
-
-
-
- You must specify the input stream so that the erroneous text can
- be packaged up in the error node. The exception could be useful
- to some applications; default implementation stores ptr to it in
- the CommonErrorNode.
-
- This only makes sense during token parsing, not tree parsing.
- Tree parsing should happen only when parsing and tree construction
- succeed.
-
-
-
- Is tree considered a nil node used to make lists of child nodes?
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs. Do nothing if t or child is null.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
-
- Given the root of the subtree created for this rule, post process
- it to do any simplifications or whatever you want. A required
- behavior is to convert ^(nil singleSubtree) to singleSubtree
- as the setting of start/stop indexes relies on a single non-nil root
- for non-flat trees.
-
-
-
- Flat trees such as for lists like "idlist : ID+ ;" are left alone
- unless there is only one ID. For a list, the start/stop indexes
- are set in the nil node.
-
- This method is executed after all rule tree construction and right
- before setTokenBoundaries().
-
-
-
- For identifying trees.
-
-
- How to identify nodes so we can say "add node to a prior node"?
- Even becomeRoot is an issue. Use System.identityHashCode(node)
- usually.
-
-
-
-
- Create a node for newRoot make it the root of oldRoot.
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- Return node created for newRoot.
-
-
-
- Be advised: when debugging ASTs, the DebugTreeAdaptor manually
- calls create(Token child) and then plain becomeRoot(node, node)
- because it needs to trap calls to create, but it can't since it delegates
- to not inherits from the TreeAdaptor.
-
-
-
- For tree parsing, I need to know the token type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the text of a node
-
-
-
- Return the token object from which this node was created.
- Currently used only for printing an error message.
- The error display routine in BaseRecognizer needs to
- display where the input the error occurred. If your
- tree of limitation does not store information that can
- lead you to the token, you can create a token filled with
- the appropriate information and pass that back. See
- BaseRecognizer.getErrorMessage().
-
-
-
-
- Where are the bounds in the input token stream for this node and
- all children? Each rule that creates AST nodes will call this
- method right before returning. Flat trees (i.e., lists) will
- still usually have a nil root node just to hold the children list.
- That node would contain the start/stop indexes then.
-
-
-
- Get the token start index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get the token stop index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get a child 0..n-1 node
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
- Remove ith child and shift children down from right.
-
-
- How many children? If 0, then this is a leaf node
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root.
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Replace from start to stop child index of parent with t, which might
- be a list. Number of children may be different after this call.
-
-
-
- If parent is null, don't do anything; must be at root of overall tree.
- Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do nothing.
-
-
-
- A stream of tree nodes, accessing nodes from a tree of some kind
-
-
-
- Get a tree node at an absolute index i; 0..n-1.
- If you don't want to buffer up nodes, then this method makes no
- sense for you.
-
-
-
-
- Get tree node at current input pointer + ahead where
- ==1 is next node. <0 indicates nodes in the past. So
- {@code LT(-1)} is previous node, but implementations are not required to
- provide results for < -1. {@code LT(0)} is undefined. For
- <=n, return . Return for {@code LT(0)}
- and any index that results in an absolute address that is negative.
-
-
-
- This is analogous to , but this returns a tree node
- instead of a . Makes code generation identical for both
- parser and tree grammars.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling nodes from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides node objects.
-
-
-
-
- If the tree associated with this stream was created from a
- {@link TokenStream}, you can specify it here. Used to do rule
- {@code $text} attribute in tree parser. Optional unless you use tree
- parser rule {@code $text} attribute or {@code output=template} and
- {@code rewrite=true} options.
-
-
-
-
- What adaptor can tell me how to interpret/navigate nodes and
- trees. E.g., get text of a node.
-
-
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use {@link Token#UP}, {@link Token#DOWN} nodes
- to represent the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes so
- we have to instantiate new ones. When doing normal tree parsing, it's
- slow and a waste of memory to create unique navigation nodes. Default
- should be {@code false}.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all nodes from {@code start} to {@code stop},
- inclusive. If the stream does not buffer all the nodes then it can still
- walk recursively from start until stop. You can always return
- {@code null} or {@code ""} too, but users should not access
- {@code $ruleLabel.text} in an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Replace children of {@code parent} from index {@code startChildIndex} to
- {@code stopChildIndex} with {@code t}, which might be a list. Number of
- children may be different after this call. The stream is notified because
- it is walking the tree and might need to know you are monkeying with the
- underlying tree. Also, it might be able to modify the node stream to
- avoid restreaming for future phases.
-
-
-
- If {@code parent} is {@code null}, don't do anything; must be at root of
- overall tree. Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do
- nothing.
-
-
-
-
- How to execute code for node t when a visitor visits node t. Execute
- pre() before visiting children and execute post() after visiting children.
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action before visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value. Children of returned value will be
- visited if using TreeVisitor.visit().
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action after visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value.
-
-
-
-
- A record of the rules used to match a token sequence. The tokens
- end up as the leaves of this tree and rule nodes are the interior nodes.
- This really adds no functionality, it is just an alias for CommonTree
- that is more meaningful (specific) and holds a String to display for a node.
-
-
-
-
- Emit a token and all hidden nodes before. EOF node holds all
- hidden tokens after last real token.
-
-
-
-
- Print out the leaves of this tree, which means printing original
- input back out.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all exceptions thrown during AST rewrite construction.
- This signifies a case where the cardinality of two or more elements
- in a subrule are different: (ID INT)+ where |ID|!=|INT|
-
-
-
- No elements within a (...)+ in a rewrite rule
-
-
- Ref to ID or expr but no tokens in ID stream or subtrees in expr stream
-
-
-
- A generic list of elements tracked in an alternative to be used in
- a -> rewrite rule. We need to subclass to fill in the next() method,
- which returns either an AST node wrapped around a token payload or
- an existing subtree.
-
-
-
- Once you start next()ing, do not try to add more elements. It will
- break the cursor tracking I believe.
-
- TODO: add mechanism to detect/puke on modification after reading from stream
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cursor 0..n-1. If singleElement!=null, cursor is 0 until you next(),
- which bumps it to 1 meaning no more elements.
-
-
-
- Track single elements w/o creating a list. Upon 2nd add, alloc list
-
-
- The list of tokens or subtrees we are tracking
-
-
- Once a node / subtree has been used in a stream, it must be dup'd
- from then on. Streams are reset after subrules so that the streams
- can be reused in future subrules. So, reset must set a dirty bit.
- If dirty, then next() always returns a dup.
-
-
- The element or stream description; usually has name of the token or
- rule reference that this list tracks. Can include rulename too, but
- the exception would track that info.
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Reset the condition of this stream so that it appears we have
- not consumed any of its elements. Elements themselves are untouched.
- Once we reset the stream, any future use will need duplicates. Set
- the dirty bit.
-
-
-
-
- Return the next element in the stream. If out of elements, throw
- an exception unless size()==1. If size is 1, then return elements[0].
- Return a duplicate node/subtree if stream is out of elements and
- size==1. If we've already used the element, dup (dirty bit set).
-
-
-
-
- Do the work of getting the next element, making sure that it's
- a tree node or subtree. Deal with the optimization of single-
- element list versus list of size > 1. Throw an exception
- if the stream is empty or we're out of elements and size>1.
- protected so you can override in a subclass if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- When constructing trees, sometimes we need to dup a token or AST
- subtree. Dup'ing a token means just creating another AST node
- around it. For trees, you must call the adaptor.dupTree() unless
- the element is for a tree root; then it must be a node dup.
-
-
-
-
- Ensure stream emits trees; tokens must be converted to AST nodes.
- AST nodes can be passed through unmolested.
-
-
-
-
- Queues up nodes matched on left side of -> in a tree parser. This is
- the analog of RewriteRuleTokenStream for normal parsers.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Treat next element as a single node even if it's a subtree.
- This is used instead of next() when the result has to be a
- tree root node. Also prevents us from duplicating recently-added
- children; e.g., ^(type ID)+ adds ID to type and then 2nd iteration
- must dup the type node, but ID has been added.
-
-
-
- Referencing a rule result twice is ok; dup entire tree as
- we can't be adding trees as root; e.g., expr expr.
-
- Hideous code duplication here with super.next(). Can't think of
- a proper way to refactor. This needs to always call dup node
- and super.next() doesn't know which to call: dup node or dup tree.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Get next token from stream and make a node for it
-
-
-
- Don't convert to a tree unless they explicitly call nextTree.
- This way we can do hetero tree nodes in rewrite.
-
-
-
- Return a node stream from a doubly-linked tree whose nodes
- know what child index they are. No remove() is supported.
-
- Emit navigation nodes (DOWN, UP, and EOF) to let show tree structure.
-
-
- If we emit UP/DOWN nodes, we need to spit out multiple nodes per
- next() call.
-
-
-
- A parser for a stream of tree nodes. "tree grammars" result in a subclass
- of this. All the error reporting and recovery is shared with Parser via
- the BaseRecognizer superclass.
-
-
-
- Set the input stream
-
-
-
- Match '.' in tree parser has special meaning. Skip node or
- entire tree if node has children. If children, scan until
- corresponding UP node.
-
-
-
-
- We have DOWN/UP nodes in the stream that have no line info; override.
- plus we want to alter the exception type. Don't try to recover
- from tree parser errors inline...
-
-
-
-
- Prefix error message with the grammar name because message is
- always intended for the programmer because the parser built
- the input tree not the user.
-
-
-
-
- Tree parsers parse nodes they usually have a token object as
- payload. Set the exception token and do the default behavior.
-
-
-
- The tree pattern to lex like "(A B C)"
-
-
- Index into input string
-
-
- Current char
-
-
- How long is the pattern in char?
-
-
- Set when token type is ID or ARG (name mimics Java's StreamTokenizer)
-
-
- Override this if you need transformation tracing to go somewhere
- other than stdout or if you're not using ITree-derived trees.
-
-
-
- This is identical to the ParserRuleReturnScope except that
- the start property is a tree nodes not Token object
- when you are parsing trees.
-
-
-
- Gets the first node or root node of tree matched for this rule.
-
-
- Do a depth first walk of a tree, applying pre() and post() actions as we go.
-
-
-
- Visit every node in tree t and trigger an action for each node
- before/after having visited all of its children. Bottom up walk.
- Execute both actions even if t has no children. Ignore return
- results from transforming children since they will have altered
- the child list of this node (their parent). Return result of
- applying post action to this node.
-
-
-
-
- Build and navigate trees with this object. Must know about the names
- of tokens so you have to pass in a map or array of token names (from which
- this class can build the map). I.e., Token DECL means nothing unless the
- class can translate it to a token type.
-
-
-
- In order to create nodes and navigate, this class needs a TreeAdaptor.
-
- This class can build a token type -> node index for repeated use or for
- iterating over the various nodes with a particular type.
-
- This class works in conjunction with the TreeAdaptor rather than moving
- all this functionality into the adaptor. An adaptor helps build and
- navigate trees using methods. This class helps you do it with string
- patterns like "(A B C)". You can create a tree from that pattern or
- match subtrees against it.
-
-
-
-
- When using %label:TOKENNAME in a tree for parse(), we must
- track the label.
-
-
-
- This adaptor creates TreePattern objects for use during scan()
-
-
-
- Compute a Map<String, Integer> that is an inverted index of
- tokenNames (which maps int token types to names).
-
-
-
- Using the map of token names to token types, return the type.
-
-
-
- Walk the entire tree and make a node name to nodes mapping.
- For now, use recursion but later nonrecursive version may be
- more efficient. Returns Map<Integer, List> where the List is
- of your AST node type. The Integer is the token type of the node.
-
-
-
- TODO: save this index so that find and visit are faster
-
-
-
- Do the work for index
-
-
- Return a List of tree nodes with token type ttype
-
-
- Return a List of subtrees matching pattern.
-
-
-
- Visit every ttype node in t, invoking the visitor. This is a quicker
- version of the general visit(t, pattern) method. The labels arg
- of the visitor action method is never set (it's null) since using
- a token type rather than a pattern doesn't let us set a label.
-
-
-
- Do the recursive work for visit
-
-
-
- For all subtrees that match the pattern, execute the visit action.
- The implementation uses the root node of the pattern in combination
- with visit(t, ttype, visitor) so nil-rooted patterns are not allowed.
- Patterns with wildcard roots are also not allowed.
-
-
-
-
- Given a pattern like (ASSIGN %lhs:ID %rhs:.) with optional labels
- on the various nodes and '.' (dot) as the node/subtree wildcard,
- return true if the pattern matches and fill the labels Map with
- the labels pointing at the appropriate nodes. Return false if
- the pattern is malformed or the tree does not match.
-
-
-
- If a node specifies a text arg in pattern, then that must match
- for that node in t.
-
- TODO: what's a better way to indicate bad pattern? Exceptions are a hassle
-
-
-
-
- Do the work for parse. Check to see if the t2 pattern fits the
- structure and token types in t1. Check text if the pattern has
- text arguments on nodes. Fill labels map with pointers to nodes
- in tree matched against nodes in pattern with labels.
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree or node from the indicated tree pattern that closely
- follows ANTLR tree grammar tree element syntax:
-
- (root child1 ... child2).
-
-
-
- You can also just pass in a node: ID
-
- Any node can have a text argument: ID[foo]
- (notice there are no quotes around foo--it's clear it's a string).
-
- nil is a special name meaning "give me a nil node". Useful for
- making lists: (nil A B C) is a list of A B C.
-
-
-
-
- Compare t1 and t2; return true if token types/text, structure match exactly.
- The trees are examined in their entirety so that (A B) does not match
- (A B C) nor (A (B C)).
-
-
-
- TODO: allow them to pass in a comparator
- TODO: have a version that is nonstatic so it can use instance adaptor
-
- I cannot rely on the tree node's equals() implementation as I make
- no constraints at all on the node types nor interface etc...
-
-
-
-
- Compare type, structure, and text of two trees, assuming adaptor in
- this instance of a TreeWizard.
-
-
-
- A token stream that pulls tokens from the code source on-demand and
- without tracking a complete buffer of the tokens. This stream buffers
- the minimum number of tokens possible. It's the same as
- OnDemandTokenStream except that OnDemandTokenStream buffers all tokens.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
-
- You can only look backwards 1 token: LT(-1).
-
- Use this when you need to read from a socket or other infinite stream.
-
- @see BufferedTokenStream
- @see CommonTokenStream
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- An extra token while parsing a TokenStream
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net40-client/Antlr3.Runtime.dll b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net40-client/Antlr3.Runtime.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 55c8fbd6a..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net40-client/Antlr3.Runtime.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net40-client/Antlr3.Runtime.xml b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net40-client/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 565e15d57..000000000
--- a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/net40-client/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3249 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Antlr3.Runtime
-
-
-
-
- This is a char buffer stream that is loaded from a file
- all at once when you construct the object. This looks very
- much like an ANTLReader or ANTLRInputStream, but it's a special case
- since we know the exact size of the object to load. We can avoid lots
- of data copying.
-
-
-
-
- A kind of ReaderStream that pulls from an InputStream.
- Useful for reading from stdin and specifying file encodings etc...
-
-
-
-
- Vacuum all input from a Reader and then treat it like a StringStream.
- Manage the buffer manually to avoid unnecessary data copying.
-
-
-
- If you need encoding, use ANTLRInputStream.
-
-
-
-
- A pretty quick CharStream that pulls all data from an array
- directly. Every method call counts in the lexer. Java's
- strings aren't very good so I'm avoiding.
-
-
-
- The data being scanned
-
-
- How many characters are actually in the buffer
-
-
- 0..n-1 index into string of next char
-
-
- line number 1..n within the input
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- A list of CharStreamState objects that tracks the stream state
- values line, charPositionInLine, and p that can change as you
- move through the input stream. Indexed from 1..markDepth.
- A null is kept @ index 0. Create upon first call to mark().
-
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- What is name or source of this char stream?
-
-
- Copy data in string to a local char array
-
-
- This is the preferred constructor as no data is copied
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the index of char to
- be returned from LA(1).
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that it's in the same state it was
- when the object was created *except* the data array is not
- touched.
-
-
-
-
- consume() ahead until p==index; can't just set p=index as we must
- update line and charPositionInLine.
-
-
-
-
- A generic recognizer that can handle recognizers generated from
- lexer, parser, and tree grammars. This is all the parsing
- support code essentially; most of it is error recovery stuff and
- backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- State of a lexer, parser, or tree parser are collected into a state
- object so the state can be shared. This sharing is needed to
- have one grammar import others and share same error variables
- and other state variables. It's a kind of explicit multiple
- inheritance via delegation of methods and shared state.
-
-
-
- reset the parser's state; subclasses must rewinds the input stream
-
-
-
- Match current input symbol against ttype. Attempt
- single token insertion or deletion error recovery. If
- that fails, throw MismatchedTokenException.
-
-
-
- To turn off single token insertion or deletion error
- recovery, override recoverFromMismatchedToken() and have it
- throw an exception. See TreeParser.recoverFromMismatchedToken().
- This way any error in a rule will cause an exception and
- immediate exit from rule. Rule would recover by resynchronizing
- to the set of symbols that can follow rule ref.
-
-
-
- Match the wildcard: in a symbol
-
-
- Report a recognition problem.
-
-
- This method sets errorRecovery to indicate the parser is recovering
- not parsing. Once in recovery mode, no errors are generated.
- To get out of recovery mode, the parser must successfully match
- a token (after a resync). So it will go:
-
- 1. error occurs
- 2. enter recovery mode, report error
- 3. consume until token found in resynch set
- 4. try to resume parsing
- 5. next match() will reset errorRecovery mode
-
- If you override, make sure to update syntaxErrors if you care about that.
-
-
-
- What error message should be generated for the various exception types?
-
-
- Not very object-oriented code, but I like having all error message
- generation within one method rather than spread among all of the
- exception classes. This also makes it much easier for the exception
- handling because the exception classes do not have to have pointers back
- to this object to access utility routines and so on. Also, changing
- the message for an exception type would be difficult because you
- would have to subclassing exception, but then somehow get ANTLR
- to make those kinds of exception objects instead of the default.
- This looks weird, but trust me--it makes the most sense in terms
- of flexibility.
-
- For grammar debugging, you will want to override this to add
- more information such as the stack frame with
- getRuleInvocationStack(e, this.getClass().getName()) and,
- for no viable alts, the decision description and state etc...
-
- Override this to change the message generated for one or more
- exception types.
-
-
-
-
- Get number of recognition errors (lexer, parser, tree parser). Each
- recognizer tracks its own number. So parser and lexer each have
- separate count. Does not count the spurious errors found between
- an error and next valid token match
-
-
-
-
-
- What is the error header, normally line/character position information?
-
-
-
- How should a token be displayed in an error message? The default
- is to display just the text, but during development you might
- want to have a lot of information spit out. Override in that case
- to use t.ToString() (which, for CommonToken, dumps everything about
- the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
- your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
- so that it creates a new Java type.
-
-
-
- Override this method to change where error messages go
-
-
-
- Recover from an error found on the input stream. This is
- for NoViableAlt and mismatched symbol exceptions. If you enable
- single token insertion and deletion, this will usually not
- handle mismatched symbol exceptions but there could be a mismatched
- token that the match() routine could not recover from.
-
-
-
-
- A hook to listen in on the token consumption during error recovery.
- The DebugParser subclasses this to fire events to the listenter.
-
-
-
-
- Compute the context-sensitive FOLLOW set for current rule.
- This is set of token types that can follow a specific rule
- reference given a specific call chain. You get the set of
- viable tokens that can possibly come next (lookahead depth 1)
- given the current call chain. Contrast this with the
- definition of plain FOLLOW for rule r:
-
-
- FOLLOW(r)={x | S=>*alpha r beta in G and x in FIRST(beta)}
-
- where x in T* and alpha, beta in V*; T is set of terminals and
- V is the set of terminals and nonterminals. In other words,
- FOLLOW(r) is the set of all tokens that can possibly follow
- references to r in *any* sentential form (context). At
- runtime, however, we know precisely which context applies as
- we have the call chain. We may compute the exact (rather
- than covering superset) set of following tokens.
-
- For example, consider grammar:
-
- stat : ID '=' expr ';' // FOLLOW(stat)=={EOF}
- | "return" expr '.'
- ;
- expr : atom ('+' atom)* ; // FOLLOW(expr)=={';','.',')'}
- atom : INT // FOLLOW(atom)=={'+',')',';','.'}
- | '(' expr ')'
- ;
-
- The FOLLOW sets are all inclusive whereas context-sensitive
- FOLLOW sets are precisely what could follow a rule reference.
- For input input "i=(3);", here is the derivation:
-
- stat => ID '=' expr ';'
- => ID '=' atom ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' expr ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' atom ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ';'
-
- At the "3" token, you'd have a call chain of
-
- stat -> expr -> atom -> expr -> atom
-
- What can follow that specific nested ref to atom? Exactly ')'
- as you can see by looking at the derivation of this specific
- input. Contrast this with the FOLLOW(atom)={'+',')',';','.'}.
-
- You want the exact viable token set when recovering from a
- token mismatch. Upon token mismatch, if LA(1) is member of
- the viable next token set, then you know there is most likely
- a missing token in the input stream. "Insert" one by just not
- throwing an exception.
-
-
- Attempt to recover from a single missing or extra token.
-
- EXTRA TOKEN
-
- LA(1) is not what we are looking for. If LA(2) has the right token,
- however, then assume LA(1) is some extra spurious token. Delete it
- and LA(2) as if we were doing a normal match(), which advances the
- input.
-
- MISSING TOKEN
-
- If current token is consistent with what could come after
- ttype then it is ok to "insert" the missing token, else throw
- exception For example, Input "i=(3;" is clearly missing the
- ')'. When the parser returns from the nested call to expr, it
- will have call chain:
-
- stat -> expr -> atom
-
- and it will be trying to match the ')' at this point in the
- derivation:
-
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- ^
- match() will see that ';' doesn't match ')' and report a
- mismatched token error. To recover, it sees that LA(1)==';'
- is in the set of tokens that can follow the ')' token
- reference in rule atom. It can assume that you forgot the ')'.
-
-
- Not currently used
-
-
-
- Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
- into the label for the associated token ref; e.g., x=ID. Token
- and tree parsers need to return different objects. Rather than test
- for input stream type or change the IntStream interface, I use
- a simple method to ask the recognizer to tell me what the current
- input symbol is.
-
-
- This is ignored for lexers.
-
-
- Conjure up a missing token during error recovery.
-
-
- The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing
- symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol.
- For example, x=ID {f($x);}. The action clearly assumes
- that there has been an identifier matched previously and that
- $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but
- the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that
- this token is missing and we keep going. Because we
- have to return some token to replace the missing token,
- we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control
- over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly,
- you will want to create something special for identifier
- tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default
- action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates
- a CommonToken of the appropriate type. The text will be the token.
- If you change what tokens must be created by the lexer,
- override this method to create the appropriate tokens.
-
-
-
- Consume tokens until one matches the given token set
-
-
- Push a rule's follow set using our own hardcoded stack
-
-
-
- Return of the rules in your parser instance
- leading up to a call to this method. You could override if
- you want more details such as the file/line info of where
- in the parser java code a rule is invoked.
-
-
-
- This is very useful for error messages and for context-sensitive
- error recovery.
-
-
-
-
- A more general version of GetRuleInvocationStack where you can
- pass in the StackTrace of, for example, a RecognitionException
- to get it's rule stack trace.
-
-
-
- Return whether or not a backtracking attempt failed.
-
-
-
- Used to print out token names like ID during debugging and
- error reporting. The generated parsers implement a method
- that overrides this to point to their String[] tokenNames.
-
-
-
-
- For debugging and other purposes, might want the grammar name.
- Have ANTLR generate an implementation for this method.
-
-
-
-
- A convenience method for use most often with template rewrites.
- Convert a list of to a list of .
-
-
-
-
- Given a rule number and a start token index number, return
- MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN if the rule has not parsed input starting from
- start index. If this rule has parsed input starting from the
- start index before, then return where the rule stopped parsing.
- It returns the index of the last token matched by the rule.
-
-
-
- For now we use a hashtable and just the slow Object-based one.
- Later, we can make a special one for ints and also one that
- tosses out data after we commit past input position i.
-
-
-
-
- Has this rule already parsed input at the current index in the
- input stream? Return the stop token index or MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN.
- If we attempted but failed to parse properly before, return
- MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
-
- This method has a side-effect: if we have seen this input for
- this rule and successfully parsed before, then seek ahead to
- 1 past the stop token matched for this rule last time.
-
-
-
-
- Record whether or not this rule parsed the input at this position
- successfully. Use a standard java hashtable for now.
-
-
-
- return how many rule/input-index pairs there are in total.
- TODO: this includes synpreds. :(
-
-
-
- A stripped-down version of org.antlr.misc.BitSet that is just
- good enough to handle runtime requirements such as FOLLOW sets
- for automatic error recovery.
-
-
-
-
- We will often need to do a mod operator (i mod nbits). Its
- turns out that, for powers of two, this mod operation is
- same as (i & (nbits-1)). Since mod is slow, we use a
- precomputed mod mask to do the mod instead.
-
-
-
- The actual data bits
-
-
- Construct a bitset of size one word (64 bits)
-
-
- Construction from a static array of longs
-
-
- Construction from a list of integers
-
-
- Construct a bitset given the size
- The size of the bitset in bits
-
-
- return this | a in a new set
-
-
- or this element into this set (grow as necessary to accommodate)
-
-
- Grows the set to a larger number of bits.
- element that must fit in set
-
-
- Sets the size of a set.
- how many words the new set should be
-
-
- return how much space is being used by the bits array not how many actually have member bits on.
-
-
- Is this contained within a?
-
-
- Buffer all input tokens but do on-demand fetching of new tokens from
- lexer. Useful when the parser or lexer has to set context/mode info before
- proper lexing of future tokens. The ST template parser needs this,
- for example, because it has to constantly flip back and forth between
- inside/output templates. E.g., <names:{hi, <it>}> has to parse names
- as part of an expression but "hi, <it>" as a nested template.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
- (UnbufferedTokenStream is the same way.)
-
- This is not a subclass of UnbufferedTokenStream because I don't want
- to confuse small moving window of tokens it uses for the full buffer.
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later. The buffer in LookaheadStream overlaps sometimes
- as its moving window moves through the input. This list captures
- everything so we can access complete input text.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). tokens[p] should be LT(1). p=-1 indicates need
- to initialize with first token. The ctor doesn't get a token.
- First call to LT(1) or whatever gets the first token and sets p=0;
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
- Make sure index i in tokens has a token.
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
- When walking ahead with cyclic DFA or for syntactic predicates,
- we need to record the state of the input stream (char index,
- line, etc...) so that we can rewind the state after scanning ahead.
-
-
- This is the complete state of a stream.
-
-
- Index into the char stream of next lookahead char
-
-
- What line number is the scanner at before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
- What char position 0..n-1 in line is scanner before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
-
- A Token object like we'd use in ANTLR 2.x; has an actual string created
- and associated with this object. These objects are needed for imaginary
- tree nodes that have payload objects. We need to create a Token object
- that has a string; the tree node will point at this token. CommonToken
- has indexes into a char stream and hence cannot be used to introduce
- new strings.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens
-
-
-
- We need to be able to change the text once in a while. If
- this is non-null, then getText should return this. Note that
- start/stop are not affected by changing this.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens; < 0 implies invalid index
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token starts
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token stops
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
- Always leave p on an on-channel token.
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel
- token.
-
-
- All debugging events that a recognizer can trigger.
-
-
- I did not create a separate AST debugging interface as it would create
- lots of extra classes and DebugParser has a dbg var defined, which makes
- it hard to change to ASTDebugEventListener. I looked hard at this issue
- and it is easier to understand as one monolithic event interface for all
- possible events. Hopefully, adding ST debugging stuff won't be bad. Leave
- for future. 4/26/2006.
-
-
-
-
- The parser has just entered a rule. No decision has been made about
- which alt is predicted. This is fired AFTER init actions have been
- executed. Attributes are defined and available etc...
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
-
- Because rules can have lots of alternatives, it is very useful to
- know which alt you are entering. This is 1..n for n alts.
-
-
-
-
- This is the last thing executed before leaving a rule. It is
- executed even if an exception is thrown. This is triggered after
- error reporting and recovery have occurred (unless the exception is
- not caught in this rule). This implies an "exitAlt" event.
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
- Track entry into any (...) subrule other EBNF construct
-
-
-
- Every decision, fixed k or arbitrary, has an enter/exit event
- so that a GUI can easily track what LT/consume events are
- associated with prediction. You will see a single enter/exit
- subrule but multiple enter/exit decision events, one for each
- loop iteration.
-
-
-
-
- An input token was consumed; matched by any kind of element.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
-
-
-
-
- An off-channel input token was consumed.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
- (unless of course the hidden token is first stuff in the input stream).
-
-
-
-
- Somebody (anybody) looked ahead. Note that this actually gets
- triggered by both LA and LT calls. The debugger will want to know
- which Token object was examined. Like consumeToken, this indicates
- what token was seen at that depth. A remote debugger cannot look
- ahead into a file it doesn't have so LT events must pass the token
- even if the info is redundant.
-
-
-
-
- The parser is going to look arbitrarily ahead; mark this location,
- the token stream's marker is sent in case you need it.
-
-
-
-
- After an arbitrairly long lookahead as with a cyclic DFA (or with
- any backtrack), this informs the debugger that stream should be
- rewound to the position associated with marker.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still.
-
-
-
-
- To watch a parser move through the grammar, the parser needs to
- inform the debugger what line/charPos it is passing in the grammar.
- For now, this does not know how to switch from one grammar to the
- other and back for island grammars etc...
-
-
-
- This should also allow breakpoints because the debugger can stop
- the parser whenever it hits this line/pos.
-
-
-
-
- A recognition exception occurred such as NoViableAltException. I made
- this a generic event so that I can alter the exception hierachy later
- without having to alter all the debug objects.
-
-
-
- Upon error, the stack of enter rule/subrule must be properly unwound.
- If no viable alt occurs it is within an enter/exit decision, which
- also must be rewound. Even the rewind for each mark must be unwount.
- In the Java target this is pretty easy using try/finally, if a bit
- ugly in the generated code. The rewind is generated in DFA.predict()
- actually so no code needs to be generated for that. For languages
- w/o this "finally" feature (C++?), the target implementor will have
- to build an event stack or something.
-
- Across a socket for remote debugging, only the RecognitionException
- data fields are transmitted. The token object or whatever that
- caused the problem was the last object referenced by LT. The
- immediately preceding LT event should hold the unexpected Token or
- char.
-
- Here is a sample event trace for grammar:
-
- b : C ({;}A|B) // {;} is there to prevent A|B becoming a set
- | D
- ;
-
- The sequence for this rule (with no viable alt in the subrule) for
- input 'c c' (there are 3 tokens) is:
-
- commence
- LT(1)
- enterRule b
- location 7 1
- enter decision 3
- LT(1)
- exit decision 3
- enterAlt1
- location 7 5
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:0]
- location 7 7
- enterSubRule 2
- enter decision 2
- LT(1)
- LT(1)
- recognitionException NoViableAltException 2 1 2
- exit decision 2
- exitSubRule 2
- beginResync
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:1]
- LT(1)
- endResync
- LT(-1)
- exitRule b
- terminate
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the recognizer is about to consume tokens to resynchronize
- the parser. Any consume events from here until the recovered event
- are not part of the parse--they are dead tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the recognizer has finished consuming tokens in order
- to resychronize. There may be multiple beginResync/endResync pairs
- before the recognizer comes out of errorRecovery mode (in which
- multiple errors are suppressed). This will be useful
- in a gui where you want to probably grey out tokens that are consumed
- but not matched to anything in grammar. Anything between
- a beginResync/endResync pair was tossed out by the parser.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate was evaluate with this result and action text
-
-
-
- Announce that parsing has begun. Not technically useful except for
- sending events over a socket. A GUI for example will launch a thread
- to connect and communicate with a remote parser. The thread will want
- to notify the GUI when a connection is made. ANTLR parsers
- trigger this upon entry to the first rule (the ruleLevel is used to
- figure this out).
-
-
-
-
- Parsing is over; successfully or not. Mostly useful for telling
- remote debugging listeners that it's time to quit. When the rule
- invocation level goes to zero at the end of a rule, we are done
- parsing.
-
-
-
-
- Input for a tree parser is an AST, but we know nothing for sure
- about a node except its type and text (obtained from the adaptor).
- This is the analog of the consumeToken method. Again, the ID is
- the hashCode usually of the node so it only works if hashCode is
- not implemented. If the type is UP or DOWN, then
- the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The tree parser lookedahead. If the type is UP or DOWN,
- then the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
- A nil was created (even nil nodes have a unique ID...
- they are not "null" per se). As of 4/28/2006, this
- seems to be uniquely triggered when starting a new subtree
- such as when entering a subrule in automatic mode and when
- building a tree in rewrite mode.
-
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
-
- Upon syntax error, recognizers bracket the error with an error node
- if they are building ASTs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from token elements such as type etc...
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID, type, text are
- set.
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from an existing token.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only node.ID and token.tokenIndex
- are set.
-
-
-
- Make a node the new root of an existing root. See
-
-
- Note: the newRootID parameter is possibly different
- than the TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() newRoot parameter.
- In our case, it will always be the result of calling
- TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() and not root_n or whatever.
-
- The listener should assume that this event occurs
- only when the current subrule (or rule) subtree is
- being reset to newRootID.
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Make childID a child of rootID.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the token start/stop token index for a subtree root or node.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
- A DFA implemented as a set of transition tables.
-
-
- Any state that has a semantic predicate edge is special; those states
- are generated with if-then-else structures in a specialStateTransition()
- which is generated by cyclicDFA template.
-
- There are at most 32767 states (16-bit signed short).
- Could get away with byte sometimes but would have to generate different
- types and the simulation code too. For a point of reference, the Java
- lexer's Tokens rule DFA has 326 states roughly.
-
-
-
- Which recognizer encloses this DFA? Needed to check backtracking
-
-
-
- From the input stream, predict what alternative will succeed
- using this DFA (representing the covering regular approximation
- to the underlying CFL). Return an alternative number 1..n. Throw
- an exception upon error.
-
-
-
- A hook for debugging interface
-
-
-
- Given a String that has a run-length-encoding of some unsigned shorts
- like "\1\2\3\9", convert to short[] {2,9,9,9}. We do this to avoid
- static short[] which generates so much init code that the class won't
- compile. :(
-
-
-
- Hideous duplication of code, but I need different typed arrays out :(
-
-
- The recognizer did not match anything for a (..)+ loop.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates
- occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like matching a token.
- Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we hoist a predicate into
- a prediction decision.
-
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- A source of characters for an ANTLR lexer
-
-
-
- For infinite streams, you don't need this; primarily I'm providing
- a useful interface for action code. Just make sure actions don't
- use this on streams that don't support it.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith character of lookahead. This is the same usually as
- LA(i). This will be used for labels in the generated
- lexer code. I'd prefer to return a char here type-wise, but it's
- probably better to be 32-bit clean and be consistent with LA.
-
-
-
- ANTLR tracks the line information automatically
- Because this stream can rewind, we need to be able to reset the line
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- A simple stream of integers used when all I care about is the char
- or token type sequence (such as interpretation).
-
-
-
-
- Get int at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next int.
- Negative indexes are allowed. LA(-1) is previous token (token
- just matched). LA(-i) where i is before first token should
- yield -1, invalid char / EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Tell the stream to start buffering if it hasn't already. Return
- current input position, Index, or some other marker so that
- when passed to rewind() you get back to the same spot.
- rewind(mark()) should not affect the input cursor. The Lexer
- track line/col info as well as input index so its markers are
- not pure input indexes. Same for tree node streams.
-
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the symbol about to be
- read not the most recently read symbol.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that next call to index would return marker.
- The marker will usually be Index but it doesn't have to be. It's
- just a marker to indicate what state the stream was in. This is
- essentially calling release() and seek(). If there are markers
- created after this marker argument, this routine must unroll them
- like a stack. Assume the state the stream was in when this marker
- was created.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still. It is
- like invoking rewind(last marker) but it should not "pop"
- the marker off. It's like seek(last marker's input position).
-
-
-
-
- You may want to commit to a backtrack but don't want to force the
- stream to keep bookkeeping objects around for a marker that is
- no longer necessary. This will have the same behavior as
- rewind() except it releases resources without the backward seek.
- This must throw away resources for all markers back to the marker
- argument. So if you're nested 5 levels of mark(), and then release(2)
- you have to release resources for depths 2..5.
-
-
-
-
- Set the input cursor to the position indicated by index. This is
- normally used to seek ahead in the input stream. No buffering is
- required to do this unless you know your stream will use seek to
- move backwards such as when backtracking.
-
-
-
- This is different from rewind in its multi-directional
- requirement and in that its argument is strictly an input cursor (index).
-
- For char streams, seeking forward must update the stream state such
- as line number. For seeking backwards, you will be presumably
- backtracking using the mark/rewind mechanism that restores state and
- so this method does not need to update state when seeking backwards.
-
- Currently, this method is only used for efficient backtracking using
- memoization, but in the future it may be used for incremental parsing.
-
- The index is 0..n-1. A seek to position i means that LA(1) will
- return the ith symbol. So, seeking to 0 means LA(1) will return the
- first element in the stream.
-
-
-
-
- Only makes sense for streams that buffer everything up probably, but
- might be useful to display the entire stream or for testing. This
- value includes a single EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting symbols from? Normally, implementations will
- pass the buck all the way to the lexer who can ask its input stream
- for the file name or whatever.
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
- The element type of the input stream.
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
- Get the text of the token
-
-
- The line number on which this token was matched; line=1..n
-
-
- The index of the first character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- An index from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream.
- This must be valid in order to use the ANTLRWorks debugger.
-
-
-
-
- From what character stream was this token created? You don't have to
- implement but it's nice to know where a Token comes from if you have
- include files etc... on the input.
-
-
-
-
- A source of tokens must provide a sequence of tokens via nextToken()
- and also must reveal it's source of characters; CommonToken's text is
- computed from a CharStream; it only store indices into the char stream.
-
-
-
- Errors from the lexer are never passed to the parser. Either you want
- to keep going or you do not upon token recognition error. If you do not
- want to continue lexing then you do not want to continue parsing. Just
- throw an exception not under RecognitionException and Java will naturally
- toss you all the way out of the recognizers. If you want to continue
- lexing then you should not throw an exception to the parser--it has already
- requested a token. Keep lexing until you get a valid one. Just report
- errors and keep going, looking for a valid token.
-
-
-
-
- Return a Token object from your input stream (usually a CharStream).
- Do not fail/return upon lexing error; keep chewing on the characters
- until you get a good one; errors are not passed through to the parser.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting tokens from? normally the implication will simply
- ask lexers input stream.
-
-
-
- A stream of tokens accessing tokens from a TokenSource
-
-
- Get Token at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next Token.
- i<0 indicates tokens in the past. So -1 is previous token and -2 is
- two tokens ago. LT(0) is undefined. For i>=n, return Token.EOFToken.
- Return null for LT(0) and any index that results in an absolute address
- that is negative.
-
-
-
- How far ahead has the stream been asked to look? The return
- value is a valid index from 0..n-1.
-
-
-
-
- Get a token at an absolute index i; 0..n-1. This is really only
- needed for profiling and debugging and token stream rewriting.
- If you don't want to buffer up tokens, then this method makes no
- sense for you. Naturally you can't use the rewrite stream feature.
- I believe DebugTokenStream can easily be altered to not use
- this method, removing the dependency.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling tokens from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides Token objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all tokens from start to stop, inclusive.
- If the stream does not buffer all the tokens then it can just
- return "" or null; Users should not access $ruleLabel.text in
- an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Because the user is not required to use a token with an index stored
- in it, we must provide a means for two token objects themselves to
- indicate the start/end location. Most often this will just delegate
- to the other toString(int,int). This is also parallel with
- the TreeNodeStream.toString(Object,Object).
-
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later.
-
-
-
- Map from token type to channel to override some Tokens' channel numbers
-
-
- Set of token types; discard any tokens with this type
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- By default, track all incoming tokens
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). p==-1 indicates that the tokens list is empty
-
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
-
- Load all tokens from the token source and put in tokens.
- This is done upon first LT request because you might want to
- set some token type / channel overrides before filling buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
-
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel token.
-
-
-
- A simple filter mechanism whereby you can tell this token stream
- to force all tokens of type ttype to be on channel. For example,
- when interpreting, we cannot exec actions so we need to tell
- the stream to force all WS and NEWLINE to be a different, ignored
- channel.
-
-
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith token from the current position 1..n where k=1 is the
- first symbol of lookahead.
-
-
-
- Look backwards k tokens on-channel tokens
-
-
-
- Return absolute token i; ignore which channel the tokens are on;
- that is, count all tokens not just on-channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- A lexer is recognizer that draws input symbols from a character stream.
- lexer grammars result in a subclass of this object. A Lexer object
- uses simplified match() and error recovery mechanisms in the interest
- of speed.
-
-
-
- Where is the lexer drawing characters from?
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text matched so far for the current token or any text override.
-
-
- Setting this value replaces any previously set value, and overrides the original text.
-
-
-
- Return a token from this source; i.e., match a token on the char stream.
-
-
- Returns the EOF token (default), if you need
- to return a custom token instead override this method.
-
-
-
- Instruct the lexer to skip creating a token for current lexer rule
- and look for another token. nextToken() knows to keep looking when
- a lexer rule finishes with token set to SKIP_TOKEN. Recall that
- if token==null at end of any token rule, it creates one for you
- and emits it.
-
-
-
- This is the lexer entry point that sets instance var 'token'
-
-
-
- Currently does not support multiple emits per nextToken invocation
- for efficiency reasons. Subclass and override this method and
- nextToken (to push tokens into a list and pull from that list rather
- than a single variable as this implementation does).
-
-
-
-
- The standard method called to automatically emit a token at the
- outermost lexical rule. The token object should point into the
- char buffer start..stop. If there is a text override in 'text',
- use that to set the token's text. Override this method to emit
- custom Token objects.
-
-
-
- If you are building trees, then you should also override
- Parser or TreeParser.getMissingSymbol().
-
-
-
- What is the index of the current character of lookahead?
-
-
-
- Lexers can normally match any char in it's vocabulary after matching
- a token, so do the easy thing and just kill a character and hope
- it all works out. You can instead use the rule invocation stack
- to do sophisticated error recovery if you are in a fragment rule.
-
-
-
- A queue that can dequeue and get(i) in O(1) and grow arbitrarily large.
- A linked list is fast at dequeue but slow at get(i). An array is
- the reverse. This is O(1) for both operations.
-
- List grows until you dequeue last element at end of buffer. Then
- it resets to start filling at 0 again. If adds/removes are balanced, the
- buffer will not grow too large.
-
- No iterator stuff as that's not how we'll use it.
-
-
- dynamically-sized buffer of elements
-
-
- index of next element to fill
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
-
- Return element {@code i} elements ahead of current element. {@code i==0}
- gets current element. This is not an absolute index into {@link #data}
- since {@code p} defines the start of the real list.
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue
-
-
- Return string of current buffer contents; non-destructive
-
-
-
- A lookahead queue that knows how to mark/release locations in the buffer for
- backtracking purposes. Any markers force the {@link FastQueue} superclass to
- keep all elements until no more markers; then can reset to avoid growing a
- huge buffer.
-
-
-
- Absolute token index. It's the index of the symbol about to be
- read via {@code LT(1)}. Goes from 0 to numtokens.
-
-
- This is the {@code LT(-1)} element for the first element in {@link #data}.
-
-
- Track object returned by nextElement upon end of stream;
- Return it later when they ask for LT passed end of input.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- Implement nextElement to supply a stream of elements to this
- lookahead buffer. Return EOF upon end of the stream we're pulling from.
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue; override
- {@link FastQueue#remove()}; it's the same, just checks for backtracking.
-
-
-
- Make sure we have at least one element to remove, even if EOF
-
-
-
- Make sure we have 'need' elements from current position p. Last valid
- p index is data.size()-1. p+need-1 is the data index 'need' elements
- ahead. If we need 1 element, (p+1-1)==p must be < data.size().
-
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Size of entire stream is unknown; we only know buffer size from FastQueue
-
-
-
- Seek to a 0-indexed absolute token index. Normally used to seek backwards
- in the buffer. Does not force loading of nodes.
-
-
- To preserve backward compatibility, this method allows seeking past the
- end of the currently buffered data. In this case, the input pointer will
- be moved but the data will only actually be loaded upon the next call to
- {@link #consume} or {@link #LT} for {@code k>0}.
-
-
-
- A mismatched char or Token or tree node
-
-
-
- We were expecting a token but it's not found. The current token
- is actually what we wanted next. Used for tree node errors too.
-
-
-
-
- A parser for TokenStreams. "parser grammars" result in a subclass
- of this.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the token stream; resets the parser upon a set.
-
-
-
- Rules that return more than a single value must return an object
- containing all the values. Besides the properties defined in
- RuleLabelScope.predefinedRulePropertiesScope there may be user-defined
- return values. This class simply defines the minimum properties that
- are always defined and methods to access the others that might be
- available depending on output option such as template and tree.
-
-
-
- Note text is not an actual property of the return value, it is computed
- from start and stop using the input stream's toString() method. I
- could add a ctor to this so that we can pass in and store the input
- stream, but I'm not sure we want to do that. It would seem to be undefined
- to get the .text property anyway if the rule matches tokens from multiple
- input streams.
-
- I do not use getters for fields of objects that are used simply to
- group values such as this aggregate. The getters/setters are there to
- satisfy the superclass interface.
-
-
-
- The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy.
-
-
- To avoid English-only error messages and to generally make things
- as flexible as possible, these exceptions are not created with strings,
- but rather the information necessary to generate an error. Then
- the various reporting methods in Parser and Lexer can be overridden
- to generate a localized error message. For example, MismatchedToken
- exceptions are built with the expected token type.
- So, don't expect getMessage() to return anything.
-
- Note that as of Java 1.4, you can access the stack trace, which means
- that you can compute the complete trace of rules from the start symbol.
- This gives you considerable context information with which to generate
- useful error messages.
-
- ANTLR generates code that throws exceptions upon recognition error and
- also generates code to catch these exceptions in each rule. If you
- want to quit upon first error, you can turn off the automatic error
- handling mechanism using rulecatch action, but you still need to
- override methods mismatch and recoverFromMismatchSet.
-
- In general, the recognition exceptions can track where in a grammar a
- problem occurred and/or what was the expected input. While the parser
- knows its state (such as current input symbol and line info) that
- state can change before the exception is reported so current token index
- is computed and stored at exception time. From this info, you can
- perhaps print an entire line of input not just a single token, for example.
- Better to just say the recognizer had a problem and then let the parser
- figure out a fancy report.
-
-
-
- What input stream did the error occur in?
-
-
-
- What was the lookahead index when this exception was thrown?
-
-
-
- What is index of token/char were we looking at when the error occurred?
-
-
-
- The current Token when an error occurred. Since not all streams
- can retrieve the ith Token, we have to track the Token object.
- For parsers. Even when it's a tree parser, token might be set.
-
-
-
-
- If this is a tree parser exception, node is set to the node with
- the problem.
-
-
-
- The current char when an error occurred. For lexers.
-
-
-
- Track the line (1-based) at which the error occurred in case this is
- generated from a lexer. We need to track this since the
- unexpected char doesn't carry the line info.
-
-
-
-
- The 0-based index into the line where the error occurred.
-
-
-
-
- If you are parsing a tree node stream, you will encounter som
- imaginary nodes w/o line/col info. We now search backwards looking
- for most recent token with line/col info, but notify getErrorHeader()
- that info is approximate.
-
-
-
- Used for remote debugger deserialization
-
-
- Return the token type or char of the unexpected input element
-
-
-
- The set of fields needed by an abstract recognizer to recognize input
- and recover from errors etc... As a separate state object, it can be
- shared among multiple grammars; e.g., when one grammar imports another.
-
-
-
- These fields are publically visible but the actual state pointer per
- parser is protected.
-
-
-
-
- Track the set of token types that can follow any rule invocation.
- Stack grows upwards. When it hits the max, it grows 2x in size
- and keeps going.
-
-
-
-
- This is true when we see an error and before having successfully
- matched a token. Prevents generation of more than one error message
- per error.
-
-
-
-
- The index into the input stream where the last error occurred.
- This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found
- but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found,
- ad naseum. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least
- one token/tree node is consumed for two errors.
-
-
-
-
- In lieu of a return value, this indicates that a rule or token
- has failed to match. Reset to false upon valid token match.
-
-
-
- Did the recognizer encounter a syntax error? Track how many.
-
-
-
- If 0, no backtracking is going on. Safe to exec actions etc...
- If >0 then it's the level of backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- An array[size num rules] of dictionaries that tracks
- the stop token index for each rule. ruleMemo[ruleIndex] is
- the memoization table for ruleIndex. For key ruleStartIndex, you
- get back the stop token for associated rule or MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
- This is only used if rule memoization is on (which it is by default).
-
-
-
- The goal of all lexer rules/methods is to create a token object.
- This is an instance variable as multiple rules may collaborate to
- create a single token. nextToken will return this object after
- matching lexer rule(s). If you subclass to allow multiple token
- emissions, then set this to the last token to be matched or
- something nonnull so that the auto token emit mechanism will not
- emit another token.
-
-
-
-
- What character index in the stream did the current token start at?
- Needed, for example, to get the text for current token. Set at
- the start of nextToken.
-
-
-
- The line on which the first character of the token resides
-
-
- The character position of first character within the line
-
-
- The channel number for the current token
-
-
- The token type for the current token
-
-
-
- You can set the text for the current token to override what is in
- the input char buffer. Use setText() or can set this instance var.
-
-
-
-
- All tokens go to the parser (unless skip() is called in that rule)
- on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel
- so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel.
-
-
-
-
- Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed
- by parser.
-
-
-
- Useful for dumping out the input stream after doing some
- augmentation or other manipulations.
-
- You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the
- operations are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a
- String. This is very efficient because you are not moving data around
- all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to strings, the
- toString() method(s) check to see if there is an operation at the
- current index. If so, the operation is done and then normal String
- rendering continues on the buffer. This is like having multiple Turing
- machine instruction streams (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
-
- Since the operations are done lazily at toString-time, operations do not
- screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token
- index i does not change the index values for tokens i+1..n-1.
-
- Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get
- the original token stream back without undoing anything. Since
- the instructions are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and
- roll back any changes if there is an error just by removing instructions.
- For example,
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- TokenRewriteStream tokens = new TokenRewriteStream(lex);
- T parser = new T(tokens);
- parser.startRule();
-
- Then in the rules, you can execute
- Token t,u;
- ...
- input.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");}
- input.insertAfter(u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString());
-
- Actually, you have to cast the 'input' to a TokenRewriteStream. :(
-
- You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple
- rewrites from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction
- streams and use that name again when printing the buffer. This could be
- useful for generating a C file and also its header file--all from the
- same buffer:
-
- tokens.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
- tokens.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass1"));
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass2"));
-
- If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as
- the first example shows.
-
-
- What index into rewrites List are we?
-
-
- Token buffer index.
-
-
-
- Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer.
- Return the index of the next token to operate on.
-
-
-
-
- I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp
- instructions.
-
-
-
-
- You may have multiple, named streams of rewrite operations.
- I'm calling these things "programs."
- Maps String (name) -> rewrite (List)
-
-
-
- Map String (program name) -> Integer index
-
-
-
- Rollback the instruction stream for a program so that
- the indicated instruction (via instructionIndex) is no
- longer in the stream. UNTESTED!
-
-
-
- Reset the program so that no instructions exist
-
-
- We need to combine operations and report invalid operations (like
- overlapping replaces that are not completed nested). Inserts to
- same index need to be combined etc... Here are the cases:
-
- I.i.u I.j.v leave alone, nonoverlapping
- I.i.u I.i.v combine: Iivu
-
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | i-j in x-y delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.i-j.v delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | x-y in i-j ERROR
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | boundaries overlap ERROR
-
- Delete special case of replace (text==null):
- D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
-
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i in (x+1)-y delete I (since insert before
- we're not deleting i)
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i not in (x+1)-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i in x-y ERROR
- R.x-y.v I.x.u R.x-y.uv (combine, delete I)
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i not in x-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
-
- I.i.u = insert u before op @ index i
- R.x-y.u = replace x-y indexed tokens with u
-
- First we need to examine replaces. For any replace op:
-
- 1. wipe out any insertions before op within that range.
- 2. Drop any replace op before that is contained completely within
- that range.
- 3. Throw exception upon boundary overlap with any previous replace.
-
- Then we can deal with inserts:
-
- 1. for any inserts to same index, combine even if not adjacent.
- 2. for any prior replace with same left boundary, combine this
- insert with replace and delete this replace.
- 3. throw exception if index in same range as previous replace
-
- Don't actually delete; make op null in list. Easier to walk list.
- Later we can throw as we add to index -> op map.
-
- Note that I.2 R.2-2 will wipe out I.2 even though, technically, the
- inserted stuff would be before the replace range. But, if you
- add tokens in front of a method body '{' and then delete the method
- body, I think the stuff before the '{' you added should disappear too.
-
- Return a map from token index to operation.
-
-
- Get all operations before an index of a particular kind
-
-
-
- In an action, a lexer rule can set token to this SKIP_TOKEN and ANTLR
- will avoid creating a token for this symbol and try to fetch another.
-
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; traverse "get child" link
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; finish with a child list
-
-
-
- A generic tree implementation with no payload. You must subclass to
- actually have any user data. ANTLR v3 uses a list of children approach
- instead of the child-sibling approach in v2. A flat tree (a list) is
- an empty node whose children represent the list. An empty, but
- non-null node is called "nil".
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node from an existing node does nothing for BaseTree
- as there are no fields other than the children list, which cannot
- be copied as the children are not considered part of this node.
-
-
-
-
- Get the children internal List; note that if you directly mess with
- the list, do so at your own risk.
-
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track parent pointers.
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track child indexes.
-
-
- Add t as child of this node.
-
-
- Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then this routine moves children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array.
-
-
-
- Add all elements of kids list as children of this node
-
-
- Insert child t at child position i (0..n-1) by shifting children
- i+1..n-1 to the right one position. Set parent / indexes properly
- but does NOT collapse nil-rooted t's that come in here like addChild.
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
- Override in a subclass to change the impl of children list
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all child of t
-
-
- Walk upwards looking for ancestor with this token type.
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- Print out a whole tree not just a node
-
-
- Override to say how a node (not a tree) should look as text
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation.
-
-
-
- System.identityHashCode() is not always unique; we have to
- track ourselves. That's ok, it's only for debugging, though it's
- expensive: we have to create a hashtable with all tree nodes in it.
-
-
-
-
- Create tree node that holds the start and stop tokens associated
- with an error.
-
-
-
- If you specify your own kind of tree nodes, you will likely have to
- override this method. CommonTree returns Token.INVALID_TOKEN_TYPE
- if no token payload but you might have to set token type for diff
- node type.
-
- You don't have to subclass CommonErrorNode; you will likely need to
- subclass your own tree node class to avoid class cast exception.
-
-
-
-
- This is generic in the sense that it will work with any kind of
- tree (not just ITree interface). It invokes the adaptor routines
- not the tree node routines to do the construction.
-
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
- Transform ^(nil x) to x and nil to null
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Duplicate a node. This is part of the factory;
- override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
- I could use reflection to prevent having to override this
- but reflection is slow.
-
-
-
-
- Track start/stop token for subtree root created for a rule.
- Only works with Tree nodes. For rules that match nothing,
- seems like this will yield start=i and stop=i-1 in a nil node.
- Might be useful info so I'll not force to be i..i.
-
-
-
- A buffered stream of tree nodes. Nodes can be from a tree of ANY kind.
-
- This node stream sucks all nodes out of the tree specified in
- the constructor during construction and makes pointers into
- the tree using an array of Object pointers. The stream necessarily
- includes pointers to DOWN and UP and EOF nodes.
-
- This stream knows how to mark/release for backtracking.
-
- This stream is most suitable for tree interpreters that need to
- jump around a lot or for tree parsers requiring speed (at cost of memory).
- There is some duplicated functionality here with UnBufferedTreeNodeStream
- but just in bookkeeping, not tree walking etc...
-
- TARGET DEVELOPERS:
-
- This is the old CommonTreeNodeStream that buffered up entire node stream.
- No need to implement really as new CommonTreeNodeStream is much better
- and covers what we need.
-
- @see CommonTreeNodeStream
-
-
- The complete mapping from stream index to tree node.
- This buffer includes pointers to DOWN, UP, and EOF nodes.
- It is built upon ctor invocation. The elements are type
- Object as we don't what the trees look like.
-
- Load upon first need of the buffer so we can set token types
- of interest for reverseIndexing. Slows us down a wee bit to
- do all of the if p==-1 testing everywhere though.
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- IF this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- Reuse same DOWN, UP navigation nodes unless this is true
-
-
- The index into the nodes list of the current node (next node
- to consume). If -1, nodes array not filled yet.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Walk tree with depth-first-search and fill nodes buffer.
- Don't do DOWN, UP nodes if its a list (t is isNil).
-
-
- What is the stream index for node? 0..n-1
- Return -1 if node not found.
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use UP, DOWN nodes to represent
- the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes
- so instantiate new ones when uniqueNavigationNodes is true.
-
-
- Look backwards k nodes
-
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
-
- Used for testing, just return the token type stream
-
-
- Debugging
-
-
- A node representing erroneous token range in token stream
-
-
-
- A tree node that is wrapper for a Token object. After 3.0 release
- while building tree rewrite stuff, it became clear that computing
- parent and child index is very difficult and cumbersome. Better to
- spend the space in every tree node. If you don't want these extra
- fields, it's easy to cut them out in your own BaseTree subclass.
-
-
-
- A single token is the payload
-
-
-
- What token indexes bracket all tokens associated with this node
- and below?
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
-
-
-
- For every node in this subtree, make sure it's start/stop token's
- are set. Walk depth first, visit bottom up. Only updates nodes
- with at least one token index < 0.
-
-
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation. It provides
- really just factory methods; all the work is done by BaseTreeAdaptor.
- If you would like to have different tokens created than ClassicToken
- objects, you need to override this and then set the parser tree adaptor to
- use your subclass.
-
-
-
- To get your parser to build nodes of a different type, override
- create(Token), errorNode(), and to be safe, YourTreeClass.dupNode().
- dupNode is called to duplicate nodes during rewrite operations.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- What is the Token associated with this node? If
- you are not using CommonTree, then you must
- override this in your own adaptor.
-
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- If this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- The tree iterator we are using
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Tree (nil A B C) trees like flat A B C streams
-
-
- Tracks tree depth. Level=0 means we're at root node level.
-
-
- Tracks the last node before the start of {@link #data} which contains
- position information to provide information for error reporting. This is
- tracked in addition to {@link #prevElement} which may or may not contain
- position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
- @see RecognitionException#extractInformationFromTreeNodeStream
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
- Returns an element containing position information. If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code false}, then
- this method will return the {@code LT(1)} element if it contains position information, and otherwise return {@code null}.
- If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code true}, then this method will return the last known element containing position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
-
-
- For debugging; destructive: moves tree iterator to end.
-
-
- A utility class to generate DOT diagrams (graphviz) from
- arbitrary trees. You can pass in your own templates and
- can pass in any kind of tree or use Tree interface method.
- I wanted this separator so that you don't have to include
- ST just to use the org.antlr.runtime.tree.* package.
- This is a set of non-static methods so you can subclass
- to override. For example, here is an invocation:
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRInputStream(System.in);
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
- TParser parser = new TParser(tokens);
- TParser.e_return r = parser.e();
- Tree t = (Tree)r.tree;
- System.out.println(t.toStringTree());
- DOTTreeGenerator gen = new DOTTreeGenerator();
- StringTemplate st = gen.toDOT(t);
- System.out.println(st);
-
-
- Track node to number mapping so we can get proper node name back
-
-
- Track node number so we can get unique node names
-
-
- Generate DOT (graphviz) for a whole tree not just a node.
- For example, 3+4*5 should generate:
-
- digraph {
- node [shape=plaintext, fixedsize=true, fontsize=11, fontname="Courier",
- width=.4, height=.2];
- edge [arrowsize=.7]
- "+"->3
- "+"->"*"
- "*"->4
- "*"->5
- }
-
- Takes a Tree interface object.
-
-
-
- @author Sam Harwell
-
-
- Returns an element containing concrete information about the current
- position in the stream.
-
- @param allowApproximateLocation if {@code false}, this method returns
- {@code null} if an element containing exact information about the current
- position is not available
-
-
- Determines if the specified {@code element} contains concrete position
- information.
-
- @param element the element to check
- @return {@code true} if {@code element} contains concrete position
- information, otherwise {@code false}
-
-
-
- What does a tree look like? ANTLR has a number of support classes
- such as CommonTreeNodeStream that work on these kinds of trees. You
- don't have to make your trees implement this interface, but if you do,
- you'll be able to use more support code.
-
-
-
- NOTE: When constructing trees, ANTLR can build any kind of tree; it can
- even use Token objects as trees if you add a child list to your tokens.
-
- This is a tree node without any payload; just navigation and factory stuff.
-
-
-
- Is there is a node above with token type ttype?
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- This node is what child index? 0..n-1
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all children
-
-
-
- Add t as a child to this node. If t is null, do nothing. If t
- is nil, add all children of t to this' children.
-
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the node is a nil node but may still have children, meaning
- the tree is a flat list.
-
-
-
-
- What is the smallest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
-
- What is the largest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
- Return a token type; needed for tree parsing
-
-
- In case we don't have a token payload, what is the line for errors?
-
-
-
- How to create and navigate trees. Rather than have a separate factory
- and adaptor, I've merged them. Makes sense to encapsulate.
-
-
-
- This takes the place of the tree construction code generated in the
- generated code in 2.x and the ASTFactory.
-
- I do not need to know the type of a tree at all so they are all
- generic Objects. This may increase the amount of typecasting needed. :(
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree node from Token object; for CommonTree type trees,
- then the token just becomes the payload. This is the most
- common create call.
-
-
-
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(tokenType,fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel, "IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked when the text terminal option is set, as in
- IMAG<text='IMAG'>.
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG["IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(int,String).
-
-
-
- Duplicate a single tree node.
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
- Duplicate tree recursively, using dupNode() for each node
-
-
-
- Return a nil node (an empty but non-null node) that can hold
- a list of element as the children. If you want a flat tree (a list)
- use "t=adaptor.nil(); t.addChild(x); t.addChild(y);"
-
-
-
-
- Return a tree node representing an error. This node records the
- tokens consumed during error recovery. The start token indicates the
- input symbol at which the error was detected. The stop token indicates
- the last symbol consumed during recovery.
-
-
-
- You must specify the input stream so that the erroneous text can
- be packaged up in the error node. The exception could be useful
- to some applications; default implementation stores ptr to it in
- the CommonErrorNode.
-
- This only makes sense during token parsing, not tree parsing.
- Tree parsing should happen only when parsing and tree construction
- succeed.
-
-
-
- Is tree considered a nil node used to make lists of child nodes?
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs. Do nothing if t or child is null.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
-
- Given the root of the subtree created for this rule, post process
- it to do any simplifications or whatever you want. A required
- behavior is to convert ^(nil singleSubtree) to singleSubtree
- as the setting of start/stop indexes relies on a single non-nil root
- for non-flat trees.
-
-
-
- Flat trees such as for lists like "idlist : ID+ ;" are left alone
- unless there is only one ID. For a list, the start/stop indexes
- are set in the nil node.
-
- This method is executed after all rule tree construction and right
- before setTokenBoundaries().
-
-
-
- For identifying trees.
-
-
- How to identify nodes so we can say "add node to a prior node"?
- Even becomeRoot is an issue. Use System.identityHashCode(node)
- usually.
-
-
-
-
- Create a node for newRoot make it the root of oldRoot.
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- Return node created for newRoot.
-
-
-
- Be advised: when debugging ASTs, the DebugTreeAdaptor manually
- calls create(Token child) and then plain becomeRoot(node, node)
- because it needs to trap calls to create, but it can't since it delegates
- to not inherits from the TreeAdaptor.
-
-
-
- For tree parsing, I need to know the token type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the text of a node
-
-
-
- Return the token object from which this node was created.
- Currently used only for printing an error message.
- The error display routine in BaseRecognizer needs to
- display where the input the error occurred. If your
- tree of limitation does not store information that can
- lead you to the token, you can create a token filled with
- the appropriate information and pass that back. See
- BaseRecognizer.getErrorMessage().
-
-
-
-
- Where are the bounds in the input token stream for this node and
- all children? Each rule that creates AST nodes will call this
- method right before returning. Flat trees (i.e., lists) will
- still usually have a nil root node just to hold the children list.
- That node would contain the start/stop indexes then.
-
-
-
- Get the token start index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get the token stop index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get a child 0..n-1 node
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
- Remove ith child and shift children down from right.
-
-
- How many children? If 0, then this is a leaf node
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root.
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Replace from start to stop child index of parent with t, which might
- be a list. Number of children may be different after this call.
-
-
-
- If parent is null, don't do anything; must be at root of overall tree.
- Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do nothing.
-
-
-
- A stream of tree nodes, accessing nodes from a tree of some kind
-
-
-
- Get a tree node at an absolute index i; 0..n-1.
- If you don't want to buffer up nodes, then this method makes no
- sense for you.
-
-
-
-
- Get tree node at current input pointer + ahead where
- ==1 is next node. <0 indicates nodes in the past. So
- {@code LT(-1)} is previous node, but implementations are not required to
- provide results for < -1. {@code LT(0)} is undefined. For
- <=n, return . Return for {@code LT(0)}
- and any index that results in an absolute address that is negative.
-
-
-
- This is analogous to , but this returns a tree node
- instead of a . Makes code generation identical for both
- parser and tree grammars.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling nodes from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides node objects.
-
-
-
-
- If the tree associated with this stream was created from a
- {@link TokenStream}, you can specify it here. Used to do rule
- {@code $text} attribute in tree parser. Optional unless you use tree
- parser rule {@code $text} attribute or {@code output=template} and
- {@code rewrite=true} options.
-
-
-
-
- What adaptor can tell me how to interpret/navigate nodes and
- trees. E.g., get text of a node.
-
-
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use {@link Token#UP}, {@link Token#DOWN} nodes
- to represent the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes so
- we have to instantiate new ones. When doing normal tree parsing, it's
- slow and a waste of memory to create unique navigation nodes. Default
- should be {@code false}.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all nodes from {@code start} to {@code stop},
- inclusive. If the stream does not buffer all the nodes then it can still
- walk recursively from start until stop. You can always return
- {@code null} or {@code ""} too, but users should not access
- {@code $ruleLabel.text} in an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Replace children of {@code parent} from index {@code startChildIndex} to
- {@code stopChildIndex} with {@code t}, which might be a list. Number of
- children may be different after this call. The stream is notified because
- it is walking the tree and might need to know you are monkeying with the
- underlying tree. Also, it might be able to modify the node stream to
- avoid restreaming for future phases.
-
-
-
- If {@code parent} is {@code null}, don't do anything; must be at root of
- overall tree. Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do
- nothing.
-
-
-
-
- How to execute code for node t when a visitor visits node t. Execute
- pre() before visiting children and execute post() after visiting children.
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action before visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value. Children of returned value will be
- visited if using TreeVisitor.visit().
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action after visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value.
-
-
-
-
- A record of the rules used to match a token sequence. The tokens
- end up as the leaves of this tree and rule nodes are the interior nodes.
- This really adds no functionality, it is just an alias for CommonTree
- that is more meaningful (specific) and holds a String to display for a node.
-
-
-
-
- Emit a token and all hidden nodes before. EOF node holds all
- hidden tokens after last real token.
-
-
-
-
- Print out the leaves of this tree, which means printing original
- input back out.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all exceptions thrown during AST rewrite construction.
- This signifies a case where the cardinality of two or more elements
- in a subrule are different: (ID INT)+ where |ID|!=|INT|
-
-
-
- No elements within a (...)+ in a rewrite rule
-
-
- Ref to ID or expr but no tokens in ID stream or subtrees in expr stream
-
-
-
- A generic list of elements tracked in an alternative to be used in
- a -> rewrite rule. We need to subclass to fill in the next() method,
- which returns either an AST node wrapped around a token payload or
- an existing subtree.
-
-
-
- Once you start next()ing, do not try to add more elements. It will
- break the cursor tracking I believe.
-
- TODO: add mechanism to detect/puke on modification after reading from stream
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cursor 0..n-1. If singleElement!=null, cursor is 0 until you next(),
- which bumps it to 1 meaning no more elements.
-
-
-
- Track single elements w/o creating a list. Upon 2nd add, alloc list
-
-
- The list of tokens or subtrees we are tracking
-
-
- Once a node / subtree has been used in a stream, it must be dup'd
- from then on. Streams are reset after subrules so that the streams
- can be reused in future subrules. So, reset must set a dirty bit.
- If dirty, then next() always returns a dup.
-
-
- The element or stream description; usually has name of the token or
- rule reference that this list tracks. Can include rulename too, but
- the exception would track that info.
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Reset the condition of this stream so that it appears we have
- not consumed any of its elements. Elements themselves are untouched.
- Once we reset the stream, any future use will need duplicates. Set
- the dirty bit.
-
-
-
-
- Return the next element in the stream. If out of elements, throw
- an exception unless size()==1. If size is 1, then return elements[0].
- Return a duplicate node/subtree if stream is out of elements and
- size==1. If we've already used the element, dup (dirty bit set).
-
-
-
-
- Do the work of getting the next element, making sure that it's
- a tree node or subtree. Deal with the optimization of single-
- element list versus list of size > 1. Throw an exception
- if the stream is empty or we're out of elements and size>1.
- protected so you can override in a subclass if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- When constructing trees, sometimes we need to dup a token or AST
- subtree. Dup'ing a token means just creating another AST node
- around it. For trees, you must call the adaptor.dupTree() unless
- the element is for a tree root; then it must be a node dup.
-
-
-
-
- Ensure stream emits trees; tokens must be converted to AST nodes.
- AST nodes can be passed through unmolested.
-
-
-
-
- Queues up nodes matched on left side of -> in a tree parser. This is
- the analog of RewriteRuleTokenStream for normal parsers.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Treat next element as a single node even if it's a subtree.
- This is used instead of next() when the result has to be a
- tree root node. Also prevents us from duplicating recently-added
- children; e.g., ^(type ID)+ adds ID to type and then 2nd iteration
- must dup the type node, but ID has been added.
-
-
-
- Referencing a rule result twice is ok; dup entire tree as
- we can't be adding trees as root; e.g., expr expr.
-
- Hideous code duplication here with super.next(). Can't think of
- a proper way to refactor. This needs to always call dup node
- and super.next() doesn't know which to call: dup node or dup tree.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Get next token from stream and make a node for it
-
-
-
- Don't convert to a tree unless they explicitly call nextTree.
- This way we can do hetero tree nodes in rewrite.
-
-
-
- Return a node stream from a doubly-linked tree whose nodes
- know what child index they are. No remove() is supported.
-
- Emit navigation nodes (DOWN, UP, and EOF) to let show tree structure.
-
-
- If we emit UP/DOWN nodes, we need to spit out multiple nodes per
- next() call.
-
-
-
- A parser for a stream of tree nodes. "tree grammars" result in a subclass
- of this. All the error reporting and recovery is shared with Parser via
- the BaseRecognizer superclass.
-
-
-
- Set the input stream
-
-
-
- Match '.' in tree parser has special meaning. Skip node or
- entire tree if node has children. If children, scan until
- corresponding UP node.
-
-
-
-
- We have DOWN/UP nodes in the stream that have no line info; override.
- plus we want to alter the exception type. Don't try to recover
- from tree parser errors inline...
-
-
-
-
- Prefix error message with the grammar name because message is
- always intended for the programmer because the parser built
- the input tree not the user.
-
-
-
-
- Tree parsers parse nodes they usually have a token object as
- payload. Set the exception token and do the default behavior.
-
-
-
- The tree pattern to lex like "(A B C)"
-
-
- Index into input string
-
-
- Current char
-
-
- How long is the pattern in char?
-
-
- Set when token type is ID or ARG (name mimics Java's StreamTokenizer)
-
-
- Override this if you need transformation tracing to go somewhere
- other than stdout or if you're not using ITree-derived trees.
-
-
-
- This is identical to the ParserRuleReturnScope except that
- the start property is a tree nodes not Token object
- when you are parsing trees.
-
-
-
- Gets the first node or root node of tree matched for this rule.
-
-
- Do a depth first walk of a tree, applying pre() and post() actions as we go.
-
-
-
- Visit every node in tree t and trigger an action for each node
- before/after having visited all of its children. Bottom up walk.
- Execute both actions even if t has no children. Ignore return
- results from transforming children since they will have altered
- the child list of this node (their parent). Return result of
- applying post action to this node.
-
-
-
-
- Build and navigate trees with this object. Must know about the names
- of tokens so you have to pass in a map or array of token names (from which
- this class can build the map). I.e., Token DECL means nothing unless the
- class can translate it to a token type.
-
-
-
- In order to create nodes and navigate, this class needs a TreeAdaptor.
-
- This class can build a token type -> node index for repeated use or for
- iterating over the various nodes with a particular type.
-
- This class works in conjunction with the TreeAdaptor rather than moving
- all this functionality into the adaptor. An adaptor helps build and
- navigate trees using methods. This class helps you do it with string
- patterns like "(A B C)". You can create a tree from that pattern or
- match subtrees against it.
-
-
-
-
- When using %label:TOKENNAME in a tree for parse(), we must
- track the label.
-
-
-
- This adaptor creates TreePattern objects for use during scan()
-
-
-
- Compute a Map<String, Integer> that is an inverted index of
- tokenNames (which maps int token types to names).
-
-
-
- Using the map of token names to token types, return the type.
-
-
-
- Walk the entire tree and make a node name to nodes mapping.
- For now, use recursion but later nonrecursive version may be
- more efficient. Returns Map<Integer, List> where the List is
- of your AST node type. The Integer is the token type of the node.
-
-
-
- TODO: save this index so that find and visit are faster
-
-
-
- Do the work for index
-
-
- Return a List of tree nodes with token type ttype
-
-
- Return a List of subtrees matching pattern.
-
-
-
- Visit every ttype node in t, invoking the visitor. This is a quicker
- version of the general visit(t, pattern) method. The labels arg
- of the visitor action method is never set (it's null) since using
- a token type rather than a pattern doesn't let us set a label.
-
-
-
- Do the recursive work for visit
-
-
-
- For all subtrees that match the pattern, execute the visit action.
- The implementation uses the root node of the pattern in combination
- with visit(t, ttype, visitor) so nil-rooted patterns are not allowed.
- Patterns with wildcard roots are also not allowed.
-
-
-
-
- Given a pattern like (ASSIGN %lhs:ID %rhs:.) with optional labels
- on the various nodes and '.' (dot) as the node/subtree wildcard,
- return true if the pattern matches and fill the labels Map with
- the labels pointing at the appropriate nodes. Return false if
- the pattern is malformed or the tree does not match.
-
-
-
- If a node specifies a text arg in pattern, then that must match
- for that node in t.
-
- TODO: what's a better way to indicate bad pattern? Exceptions are a hassle
-
-
-
-
- Do the work for parse. Check to see if the t2 pattern fits the
- structure and token types in t1. Check text if the pattern has
- text arguments on nodes. Fill labels map with pointers to nodes
- in tree matched against nodes in pattern with labels.
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree or node from the indicated tree pattern that closely
- follows ANTLR tree grammar tree element syntax:
-
- (root child1 ... child2).
-
-
-
- You can also just pass in a node: ID
-
- Any node can have a text argument: ID[foo]
- (notice there are no quotes around foo--it's clear it's a string).
-
- nil is a special name meaning "give me a nil node". Useful for
- making lists: (nil A B C) is a list of A B C.
-
-
-
-
- Compare t1 and t2; return true if token types/text, structure match exactly.
- The trees are examined in their entirety so that (A B) does not match
- (A B C) nor (A (B C)).
-
-
-
- TODO: allow them to pass in a comparator
- TODO: have a version that is nonstatic so it can use instance adaptor
-
- I cannot rely on the tree node's equals() implementation as I make
- no constraints at all on the node types nor interface etc...
-
-
-
-
- Compare type, structure, and text of two trees, assuming adaptor in
- this instance of a TreeWizard.
-
-
-
- A token stream that pulls tokens from the code source on-demand and
- without tracking a complete buffer of the tokens. This stream buffers
- the minimum number of tokens possible. It's the same as
- OnDemandTokenStream except that OnDemandTokenStream buffers all tokens.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
-
- You can only look backwards 1 token: LT(-1).
-
- Use this when you need to read from a socket or other infinite stream.
-
- @see BufferedTokenStream
- @see CommonTokenStream
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- An extra token while parsing a TokenStream
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/netstandard1.1/Antlr3.Runtime.dll b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/netstandard1.1/Antlr3.Runtime.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bab12edd..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/netstandard1.1/Antlr3.Runtime.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/netstandard1.1/Antlr3.Runtime.xml b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/netstandard1.1/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31d731fa3..000000000
--- a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/netstandard1.1/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3220 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Antlr3.Runtime
-
-
-
-
- A kind of ReaderStream that pulls from an InputStream.
- Useful for reading from stdin and specifying file encodings etc...
-
-
-
-
- Vacuum all input from a Reader and then treat it like a StringStream.
- Manage the buffer manually to avoid unnecessary data copying.
-
-
-
- If you need encoding, use ANTLRInputStream.
-
-
-
-
- A pretty quick CharStream that pulls all data from an array
- directly. Every method call counts in the lexer. Java's
- strings aren't very good so I'm avoiding.
-
-
-
- The data being scanned
-
-
- How many characters are actually in the buffer
-
-
- 0..n-1 index into string of next char
-
-
- line number 1..n within the input
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- A list of CharStreamState objects that tracks the stream state
- values line, charPositionInLine, and p that can change as you
- move through the input stream. Indexed from 1..markDepth.
- A null is kept @ index 0. Create upon first call to mark().
-
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- What is name or source of this char stream?
-
-
- Copy data in string to a local char array
-
-
- This is the preferred constructor as no data is copied
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the index of char to
- be returned from LA(1).
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that it's in the same state it was
- when the object was created *except* the data array is not
- touched.
-
-
-
-
- consume() ahead until p==index; can't just set p=index as we must
- update line and charPositionInLine.
-
-
-
-
- A generic recognizer that can handle recognizers generated from
- lexer, parser, and tree grammars. This is all the parsing
- support code essentially; most of it is error recovery stuff and
- backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- State of a lexer, parser, or tree parser are collected into a state
- object so the state can be shared. This sharing is needed to
- have one grammar import others and share same error variables
- and other state variables. It's a kind of explicit multiple
- inheritance via delegation of methods and shared state.
-
-
-
- reset the parser's state; subclasses must rewinds the input stream
-
-
-
- Match current input symbol against ttype. Attempt
- single token insertion or deletion error recovery. If
- that fails, throw MismatchedTokenException.
-
-
-
- To turn off single token insertion or deletion error
- recovery, override recoverFromMismatchedToken() and have it
- throw an exception. See TreeParser.recoverFromMismatchedToken().
- This way any error in a rule will cause an exception and
- immediate exit from rule. Rule would recover by resynchronizing
- to the set of symbols that can follow rule ref.
-
-
-
- Match the wildcard: in a symbol
-
-
- Report a recognition problem.
-
-
- This method sets errorRecovery to indicate the parser is recovering
- not parsing. Once in recovery mode, no errors are generated.
- To get out of recovery mode, the parser must successfully match
- a token (after a resync). So it will go:
-
- 1. error occurs
- 2. enter recovery mode, report error
- 3. consume until token found in resynch set
- 4. try to resume parsing
- 5. next match() will reset errorRecovery mode
-
- If you override, make sure to update syntaxErrors if you care about that.
-
-
-
- What error message should be generated for the various exception types?
-
-
- Not very object-oriented code, but I like having all error message
- generation within one method rather than spread among all of the
- exception classes. This also makes it much easier for the exception
- handling because the exception classes do not have to have pointers back
- to this object to access utility routines and so on. Also, changing
- the message for an exception type would be difficult because you
- would have to subclassing exception, but then somehow get ANTLR
- to make those kinds of exception objects instead of the default.
- This looks weird, but trust me--it makes the most sense in terms
- of flexibility.
-
- For grammar debugging, you will want to override this to add
- more information such as the stack frame with
- getRuleInvocationStack(e, this.getClass().getName()) and,
- for no viable alts, the decision description and state etc...
-
- Override this to change the message generated for one or more
- exception types.
-
-
-
-
- Get number of recognition errors (lexer, parser, tree parser). Each
- recognizer tracks its own number. So parser and lexer each have
- separate count. Does not count the spurious errors found between
- an error and next valid token match
-
-
-
-
-
- What is the error header, normally line/character position information?
-
-
-
- How should a token be displayed in an error message? The default
- is to display just the text, but during development you might
- want to have a lot of information spit out. Override in that case
- to use t.ToString() (which, for CommonToken, dumps everything about
- the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
- your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
- so that it creates a new Java type.
-
-
-
- Override this method to change where error messages go
-
-
-
- Recover from an error found on the input stream. This is
- for NoViableAlt and mismatched symbol exceptions. If you enable
- single token insertion and deletion, this will usually not
- handle mismatched symbol exceptions but there could be a mismatched
- token that the match() routine could not recover from.
-
-
-
-
- A hook to listen in on the token consumption during error recovery.
- The DebugParser subclasses this to fire events to the listenter.
-
-
-
-
- Compute the context-sensitive FOLLOW set for current rule.
- This is set of token types that can follow a specific rule
- reference given a specific call chain. You get the set of
- viable tokens that can possibly come next (lookahead depth 1)
- given the current call chain. Contrast this with the
- definition of plain FOLLOW for rule r:
-
-
- FOLLOW(r)={x | S=>*alpha r beta in G and x in FIRST(beta)}
-
- where x in T* and alpha, beta in V*; T is set of terminals and
- V is the set of terminals and nonterminals. In other words,
- FOLLOW(r) is the set of all tokens that can possibly follow
- references to r in *any* sentential form (context). At
- runtime, however, we know precisely which context applies as
- we have the call chain. We may compute the exact (rather
- than covering superset) set of following tokens.
-
- For example, consider grammar:
-
- stat : ID '=' expr ';' // FOLLOW(stat)=={EOF}
- | "return" expr '.'
- ;
- expr : atom ('+' atom)* ; // FOLLOW(expr)=={';','.',')'}
- atom : INT // FOLLOW(atom)=={'+',')',';','.'}
- | '(' expr ')'
- ;
-
- The FOLLOW sets are all inclusive whereas context-sensitive
- FOLLOW sets are precisely what could follow a rule reference.
- For input input "i=(3);", here is the derivation:
-
- stat => ID '=' expr ';'
- => ID '=' atom ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' expr ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' atom ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ';'
-
- At the "3" token, you'd have a call chain of
-
- stat -> expr -> atom -> expr -> atom
-
- What can follow that specific nested ref to atom? Exactly ')'
- as you can see by looking at the derivation of this specific
- input. Contrast this with the FOLLOW(atom)={'+',')',';','.'}.
-
- You want the exact viable token set when recovering from a
- token mismatch. Upon token mismatch, if LA(1) is member of
- the viable next token set, then you know there is most likely
- a missing token in the input stream. "Insert" one by just not
- throwing an exception.
-
-
- Attempt to recover from a single missing or extra token.
-
- EXTRA TOKEN
-
- LA(1) is not what we are looking for. If LA(2) has the right token,
- however, then assume LA(1) is some extra spurious token. Delete it
- and LA(2) as if we were doing a normal match(), which advances the
- input.
-
- MISSING TOKEN
-
- If current token is consistent with what could come after
- ttype then it is ok to "insert" the missing token, else throw
- exception For example, Input "i=(3;" is clearly missing the
- ')'. When the parser returns from the nested call to expr, it
- will have call chain:
-
- stat -> expr -> atom
-
- and it will be trying to match the ')' at this point in the
- derivation:
-
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- ^
- match() will see that ';' doesn't match ')' and report a
- mismatched token error. To recover, it sees that LA(1)==';'
- is in the set of tokens that can follow the ')' token
- reference in rule atom. It can assume that you forgot the ')'.
-
-
- Not currently used
-
-
-
- Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
- into the label for the associated token ref; e.g., x=ID. Token
- and tree parsers need to return different objects. Rather than test
- for input stream type or change the IntStream interface, I use
- a simple method to ask the recognizer to tell me what the current
- input symbol is.
-
-
- This is ignored for lexers.
-
-
- Conjure up a missing token during error recovery.
-
-
- The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing
- symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol.
- For example, x=ID {f($x);}. The action clearly assumes
- that there has been an identifier matched previously and that
- $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but
- the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that
- this token is missing and we keep going. Because we
- have to return some token to replace the missing token,
- we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control
- over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly,
- you will want to create something special for identifier
- tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default
- action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates
- a CommonToken of the appropriate type. The text will be the token.
- If you change what tokens must be created by the lexer,
- override this method to create the appropriate tokens.
-
-
-
- Consume tokens until one matches the given token set
-
-
- Push a rule's follow set using our own hardcoded stack
-
-
- Return whether or not a backtracking attempt failed.
-
-
-
- Used to print out token names like ID during debugging and
- error reporting. The generated parsers implement a method
- that overrides this to point to their String[] tokenNames.
-
-
-
-
- For debugging and other purposes, might want the grammar name.
- Have ANTLR generate an implementation for this method.
-
-
-
-
- A convenience method for use most often with template rewrites.
- Convert a list of to a list of .
-
-
-
-
- Given a rule number and a start token index number, return
- MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN if the rule has not parsed input starting from
- start index. If this rule has parsed input starting from the
- start index before, then return where the rule stopped parsing.
- It returns the index of the last token matched by the rule.
-
-
-
- For now we use a hashtable and just the slow Object-based one.
- Later, we can make a special one for ints and also one that
- tosses out data after we commit past input position i.
-
-
-
-
- Has this rule already parsed input at the current index in the
- input stream? Return the stop token index or MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN.
- If we attempted but failed to parse properly before, return
- MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
-
- This method has a side-effect: if we have seen this input for
- this rule and successfully parsed before, then seek ahead to
- 1 past the stop token matched for this rule last time.
-
-
-
-
- Record whether or not this rule parsed the input at this position
- successfully. Use a standard java hashtable for now.
-
-
-
- return how many rule/input-index pairs there are in total.
- TODO: this includes synpreds. :(
-
-
-
- A stripped-down version of org.antlr.misc.BitSet that is just
- good enough to handle runtime requirements such as FOLLOW sets
- for automatic error recovery.
-
-
-
-
- We will often need to do a mod operator (i mod nbits). Its
- turns out that, for powers of two, this mod operation is
- same as (i & (nbits-1)). Since mod is slow, we use a
- precomputed mod mask to do the mod instead.
-
-
-
- The actual data bits
-
-
- Construct a bitset of size one word (64 bits)
-
-
- Construction from a static array of longs
-
-
- Construction from a list of integers
-
-
- Construct a bitset given the size
- The size of the bitset in bits
-
-
- return this | a in a new set
-
-
- or this element into this set (grow as necessary to accommodate)
-
-
- Grows the set to a larger number of bits.
- element that must fit in set
-
-
- Sets the size of a set.
- how many words the new set should be
-
-
- return how much space is being used by the bits array not how many actually have member bits on.
-
-
- Is this contained within a?
-
-
- Buffer all input tokens but do on-demand fetching of new tokens from
- lexer. Useful when the parser or lexer has to set context/mode info before
- proper lexing of future tokens. The ST template parser needs this,
- for example, because it has to constantly flip back and forth between
- inside/output templates. E.g., <names:{hi, <it>}> has to parse names
- as part of an expression but "hi, <it>" as a nested template.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
- (UnbufferedTokenStream is the same way.)
-
- This is not a subclass of UnbufferedTokenStream because I don't want
- to confuse small moving window of tokens it uses for the full buffer.
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later. The buffer in LookaheadStream overlaps sometimes
- as its moving window moves through the input. This list captures
- everything so we can access complete input text.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). tokens[p] should be LT(1). p=-1 indicates need
- to initialize with first token. The ctor doesn't get a token.
- First call to LT(1) or whatever gets the first token and sets p=0;
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
- Make sure index i in tokens has a token.
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
- When walking ahead with cyclic DFA or for syntactic predicates,
- we need to record the state of the input stream (char index,
- line, etc...) so that we can rewind the state after scanning ahead.
-
-
- This is the complete state of a stream.
-
-
- Index into the char stream of next lookahead char
-
-
- What line number is the scanner at before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
- What char position 0..n-1 in line is scanner before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
-
- A Token object like we'd use in ANTLR 2.x; has an actual string created
- and associated with this object. These objects are needed for imaginary
- tree nodes that have payload objects. We need to create a Token object
- that has a string; the tree node will point at this token. CommonToken
- has indexes into a char stream and hence cannot be used to introduce
- new strings.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens
-
-
-
- We need to be able to change the text once in a while. If
- this is non-null, then getText should return this. Note that
- start/stop are not affected by changing this.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens; < 0 implies invalid index
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token starts
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token stops
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
- Always leave p on an on-channel token.
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel
- token.
-
-
- All debugging events that a recognizer can trigger.
-
-
- I did not create a separate AST debugging interface as it would create
- lots of extra classes and DebugParser has a dbg var defined, which makes
- it hard to change to ASTDebugEventListener. I looked hard at this issue
- and it is easier to understand as one monolithic event interface for all
- possible events. Hopefully, adding ST debugging stuff won't be bad. Leave
- for future. 4/26/2006.
-
-
-
-
- The parser has just entered a rule. No decision has been made about
- which alt is predicted. This is fired AFTER init actions have been
- executed. Attributes are defined and available etc...
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
-
- Because rules can have lots of alternatives, it is very useful to
- know which alt you are entering. This is 1..n for n alts.
-
-
-
-
- This is the last thing executed before leaving a rule. It is
- executed even if an exception is thrown. This is triggered after
- error reporting and recovery have occurred (unless the exception is
- not caught in this rule). This implies an "exitAlt" event.
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
- Track entry into any (...) subrule other EBNF construct
-
-
-
- Every decision, fixed k or arbitrary, has an enter/exit event
- so that a GUI can easily track what LT/consume events are
- associated with prediction. You will see a single enter/exit
- subrule but multiple enter/exit decision events, one for each
- loop iteration.
-
-
-
-
- An input token was consumed; matched by any kind of element.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
-
-
-
-
- An off-channel input token was consumed.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
- (unless of course the hidden token is first stuff in the input stream).
-
-
-
-
- Somebody (anybody) looked ahead. Note that this actually gets
- triggered by both LA and LT calls. The debugger will want to know
- which Token object was examined. Like consumeToken, this indicates
- what token was seen at that depth. A remote debugger cannot look
- ahead into a file it doesn't have so LT events must pass the token
- even if the info is redundant.
-
-
-
-
- The parser is going to look arbitrarily ahead; mark this location,
- the token stream's marker is sent in case you need it.
-
-
-
-
- After an arbitrairly long lookahead as with a cyclic DFA (or with
- any backtrack), this informs the debugger that stream should be
- rewound to the position associated with marker.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still.
-
-
-
-
- To watch a parser move through the grammar, the parser needs to
- inform the debugger what line/charPos it is passing in the grammar.
- For now, this does not know how to switch from one grammar to the
- other and back for island grammars etc...
-
-
-
- This should also allow breakpoints because the debugger can stop
- the parser whenever it hits this line/pos.
-
-
-
-
- A recognition exception occurred such as NoViableAltException. I made
- this a generic event so that I can alter the exception hierachy later
- without having to alter all the debug objects.
-
-
-
- Upon error, the stack of enter rule/subrule must be properly unwound.
- If no viable alt occurs it is within an enter/exit decision, which
- also must be rewound. Even the rewind for each mark must be unwount.
- In the Java target this is pretty easy using try/finally, if a bit
- ugly in the generated code. The rewind is generated in DFA.predict()
- actually so no code needs to be generated for that. For languages
- w/o this "finally" feature (C++?), the target implementor will have
- to build an event stack or something.
-
- Across a socket for remote debugging, only the RecognitionException
- data fields are transmitted. The token object or whatever that
- caused the problem was the last object referenced by LT. The
- immediately preceding LT event should hold the unexpected Token or
- char.
-
- Here is a sample event trace for grammar:
-
- b : C ({;}A|B) // {;} is there to prevent A|B becoming a set
- | D
- ;
-
- The sequence for this rule (with no viable alt in the subrule) for
- input 'c c' (there are 3 tokens) is:
-
- commence
- LT(1)
- enterRule b
- location 7 1
- enter decision 3
- LT(1)
- exit decision 3
- enterAlt1
- location 7 5
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:0]
- location 7 7
- enterSubRule 2
- enter decision 2
- LT(1)
- LT(1)
- recognitionException NoViableAltException 2 1 2
- exit decision 2
- exitSubRule 2
- beginResync
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:1]
- LT(1)
- endResync
- LT(-1)
- exitRule b
- terminate
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the recognizer is about to consume tokens to resynchronize
- the parser. Any consume events from here until the recovered event
- are not part of the parse--they are dead tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the recognizer has finished consuming tokens in order
- to resychronize. There may be multiple beginResync/endResync pairs
- before the recognizer comes out of errorRecovery mode (in which
- multiple errors are suppressed). This will be useful
- in a gui where you want to probably grey out tokens that are consumed
- but not matched to anything in grammar. Anything between
- a beginResync/endResync pair was tossed out by the parser.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate was evaluate with this result and action text
-
-
-
- Announce that parsing has begun. Not technically useful except for
- sending events over a socket. A GUI for example will launch a thread
- to connect and communicate with a remote parser. The thread will want
- to notify the GUI when a connection is made. ANTLR parsers
- trigger this upon entry to the first rule (the ruleLevel is used to
- figure this out).
-
-
-
-
- Parsing is over; successfully or not. Mostly useful for telling
- remote debugging listeners that it's time to quit. When the rule
- invocation level goes to zero at the end of a rule, we are done
- parsing.
-
-
-
-
- Input for a tree parser is an AST, but we know nothing for sure
- about a node except its type and text (obtained from the adaptor).
- This is the analog of the consumeToken method. Again, the ID is
- the hashCode usually of the node so it only works if hashCode is
- not implemented. If the type is UP or DOWN, then
- the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The tree parser lookedahead. If the type is UP or DOWN,
- then the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
- A nil was created (even nil nodes have a unique ID...
- they are not "null" per se). As of 4/28/2006, this
- seems to be uniquely triggered when starting a new subtree
- such as when entering a subrule in automatic mode and when
- building a tree in rewrite mode.
-
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
-
- Upon syntax error, recognizers bracket the error with an error node
- if they are building ASTs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from token elements such as type etc...
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID, type, text are
- set.
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from an existing token.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only node.ID and token.tokenIndex
- are set.
-
-
-
- Make a node the new root of an existing root. See
-
-
- Note: the newRootID parameter is possibly different
- than the TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() newRoot parameter.
- In our case, it will always be the result of calling
- TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() and not root_n or whatever.
-
- The listener should assume that this event occurs
- only when the current subrule (or rule) subtree is
- being reset to newRootID.
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Make childID a child of rootID.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the token start/stop token index for a subtree root or node.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
- A DFA implemented as a set of transition tables.
-
-
- Any state that has a semantic predicate edge is special; those states
- are generated with if-then-else structures in a specialStateTransition()
- which is generated by cyclicDFA template.
-
- There are at most 32767 states (16-bit signed short).
- Could get away with byte sometimes but would have to generate different
- types and the simulation code too. For a point of reference, the Java
- lexer's Tokens rule DFA has 326 states roughly.
-
-
-
- Which recognizer encloses this DFA? Needed to check backtracking
-
-
-
- From the input stream, predict what alternative will succeed
- using this DFA (representing the covering regular approximation
- to the underlying CFL). Return an alternative number 1..n. Throw
- an exception upon error.
-
-
-
- A hook for debugging interface
-
-
-
- Given a String that has a run-length-encoding of some unsigned shorts
- like "\1\2\3\9", convert to short[] {2,9,9,9}. We do this to avoid
- static short[] which generates so much init code that the class won't
- compile. :(
-
-
-
- Hideous duplication of code, but I need different typed arrays out :(
-
-
- The recognizer did not match anything for a (..)+ loop.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates
- occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like matching a token.
- Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we hoist a predicate into
- a prediction decision.
-
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- A source of characters for an ANTLR lexer
-
-
-
- For infinite streams, you don't need this; primarily I'm providing
- a useful interface for action code. Just make sure actions don't
- use this on streams that don't support it.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith character of lookahead. This is the same usually as
- LA(i). This will be used for labels in the generated
- lexer code. I'd prefer to return a char here type-wise, but it's
- probably better to be 32-bit clean and be consistent with LA.
-
-
-
- ANTLR tracks the line information automatically
- Because this stream can rewind, we need to be able to reset the line
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- A simple stream of integers used when all I care about is the char
- or token type sequence (such as interpretation).
-
-
-
-
- Get int at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next int.
- Negative indexes are allowed. LA(-1) is previous token (token
- just matched). LA(-i) where i is before first token should
- yield -1, invalid char / EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Tell the stream to start buffering if it hasn't already. Return
- current input position, Index, or some other marker so that
- when passed to rewind() you get back to the same spot.
- rewind(mark()) should not affect the input cursor. The Lexer
- track line/col info as well as input index so its markers are
- not pure input indexes. Same for tree node streams.
-
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the symbol about to be
- read not the most recently read symbol.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that next call to index would return marker.
- The marker will usually be Index but it doesn't have to be. It's
- just a marker to indicate what state the stream was in. This is
- essentially calling release() and seek(). If there are markers
- created after this marker argument, this routine must unroll them
- like a stack. Assume the state the stream was in when this marker
- was created.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still. It is
- like invoking rewind(last marker) but it should not "pop"
- the marker off. It's like seek(last marker's input position).
-
-
-
-
- You may want to commit to a backtrack but don't want to force the
- stream to keep bookkeeping objects around for a marker that is
- no longer necessary. This will have the same behavior as
- rewind() except it releases resources without the backward seek.
- This must throw away resources for all markers back to the marker
- argument. So if you're nested 5 levels of mark(), and then release(2)
- you have to release resources for depths 2..5.
-
-
-
-
- Set the input cursor to the position indicated by index. This is
- normally used to seek ahead in the input stream. No buffering is
- required to do this unless you know your stream will use seek to
- move backwards such as when backtracking.
-
-
-
- This is different from rewind in its multi-directional
- requirement and in that its argument is strictly an input cursor (index).
-
- For char streams, seeking forward must update the stream state such
- as line number. For seeking backwards, you will be presumably
- backtracking using the mark/rewind mechanism that restores state and
- so this method does not need to update state when seeking backwards.
-
- Currently, this method is only used for efficient backtracking using
- memoization, but in the future it may be used for incremental parsing.
-
- The index is 0..n-1. A seek to position i means that LA(1) will
- return the ith symbol. So, seeking to 0 means LA(1) will return the
- first element in the stream.
-
-
-
-
- Only makes sense for streams that buffer everything up probably, but
- might be useful to display the entire stream or for testing. This
- value includes a single EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting symbols from? Normally, implementations will
- pass the buck all the way to the lexer who can ask its input stream
- for the file name or whatever.
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
- The element type of the input stream.
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
- Get the text of the token
-
-
- The line number on which this token was matched; line=1..n
-
-
- The index of the first character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- An index from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream.
- This must be valid in order to use the ANTLRWorks debugger.
-
-
-
-
- From what character stream was this token created? You don't have to
- implement but it's nice to know where a Token comes from if you have
- include files etc... on the input.
-
-
-
-
- A source of tokens must provide a sequence of tokens via nextToken()
- and also must reveal it's source of characters; CommonToken's text is
- computed from a CharStream; it only store indices into the char stream.
-
-
-
- Errors from the lexer are never passed to the parser. Either you want
- to keep going or you do not upon token recognition error. If you do not
- want to continue lexing then you do not want to continue parsing. Just
- throw an exception not under RecognitionException and Java will naturally
- toss you all the way out of the recognizers. If you want to continue
- lexing then you should not throw an exception to the parser--it has already
- requested a token. Keep lexing until you get a valid one. Just report
- errors and keep going, looking for a valid token.
-
-
-
-
- Return a Token object from your input stream (usually a CharStream).
- Do not fail/return upon lexing error; keep chewing on the characters
- until you get a good one; errors are not passed through to the parser.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting tokens from? normally the implication will simply
- ask lexers input stream.
-
-
-
- A stream of tokens accessing tokens from a TokenSource
-
-
- Get Token at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next Token.
- i<0 indicates tokens in the past. So -1 is previous token and -2 is
- two tokens ago. LT(0) is undefined. For i>=n, return Token.EOFToken.
- Return null for LT(0) and any index that results in an absolute address
- that is negative.
-
-
-
- How far ahead has the stream been asked to look? The return
- value is a valid index from 0..n-1.
-
-
-
-
- Get a token at an absolute index i; 0..n-1. This is really only
- needed for profiling and debugging and token stream rewriting.
- If you don't want to buffer up tokens, then this method makes no
- sense for you. Naturally you can't use the rewrite stream feature.
- I believe DebugTokenStream can easily be altered to not use
- this method, removing the dependency.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling tokens from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides Token objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all tokens from start to stop, inclusive.
- If the stream does not buffer all the tokens then it can just
- return "" or null; Users should not access $ruleLabel.text in
- an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Because the user is not required to use a token with an index stored
- in it, we must provide a means for two token objects themselves to
- indicate the start/end location. Most often this will just delegate
- to the other toString(int,int). This is also parallel with
- the TreeNodeStream.toString(Object,Object).
-
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later.
-
-
-
- Map from token type to channel to override some Tokens' channel numbers
-
-
- Set of token types; discard any tokens with this type
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- By default, track all incoming tokens
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). p==-1 indicates that the tokens list is empty
-
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
-
- Load all tokens from the token source and put in tokens.
- This is done upon first LT request because you might want to
- set some token type / channel overrides before filling buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
-
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel token.
-
-
-
- A simple filter mechanism whereby you can tell this token stream
- to force all tokens of type ttype to be on channel. For example,
- when interpreting, we cannot exec actions so we need to tell
- the stream to force all WS and NEWLINE to be a different, ignored
- channel.
-
-
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith token from the current position 1..n where k=1 is the
- first symbol of lookahead.
-
-
-
- Look backwards k tokens on-channel tokens
-
-
-
- Return absolute token i; ignore which channel the tokens are on;
- that is, count all tokens not just on-channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- A lexer is recognizer that draws input symbols from a character stream.
- lexer grammars result in a subclass of this object. A Lexer object
- uses simplified match() and error recovery mechanisms in the interest
- of speed.
-
-
-
- Where is the lexer drawing characters from?
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text matched so far for the current token or any text override.
-
-
- Setting this value replaces any previously set value, and overrides the original text.
-
-
-
- Return a token from this source; i.e., match a token on the char stream.
-
-
- Returns the EOF token (default), if you need
- to return a custom token instead override this method.
-
-
-
- Instruct the lexer to skip creating a token for current lexer rule
- and look for another token. nextToken() knows to keep looking when
- a lexer rule finishes with token set to SKIP_TOKEN. Recall that
- if token==null at end of any token rule, it creates one for you
- and emits it.
-
-
-
- This is the lexer entry point that sets instance var 'token'
-
-
-
- Currently does not support multiple emits per nextToken invocation
- for efficiency reasons. Subclass and override this method and
- nextToken (to push tokens into a list and pull from that list rather
- than a single variable as this implementation does).
-
-
-
-
- The standard method called to automatically emit a token at the
- outermost lexical rule. The token object should point into the
- char buffer start..stop. If there is a text override in 'text',
- use that to set the token's text. Override this method to emit
- custom Token objects.
-
-
-
- If you are building trees, then you should also override
- Parser or TreeParser.getMissingSymbol().
-
-
-
- What is the index of the current character of lookahead?
-
-
-
- Lexers can normally match any char in it's vocabulary after matching
- a token, so do the easy thing and just kill a character and hope
- it all works out. You can instead use the rule invocation stack
- to do sophisticated error recovery if you are in a fragment rule.
-
-
-
- A queue that can dequeue and get(i) in O(1) and grow arbitrarily large.
- A linked list is fast at dequeue but slow at get(i). An array is
- the reverse. This is O(1) for both operations.
-
- List grows until you dequeue last element at end of buffer. Then
- it resets to start filling at 0 again. If adds/removes are balanced, the
- buffer will not grow too large.
-
- No iterator stuff as that's not how we'll use it.
-
-
- dynamically-sized buffer of elements
-
-
- index of next element to fill
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
-
- Return element {@code i} elements ahead of current element. {@code i==0}
- gets current element. This is not an absolute index into {@link #data}
- since {@code p} defines the start of the real list.
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue
-
-
- Return string of current buffer contents; non-destructive
-
-
-
- A lookahead queue that knows how to mark/release locations in the buffer for
- backtracking purposes. Any markers force the {@link FastQueue} superclass to
- keep all elements until no more markers; then can reset to avoid growing a
- huge buffer.
-
-
-
- Absolute token index. It's the index of the symbol about to be
- read via {@code LT(1)}. Goes from 0 to numtokens.
-
-
- This is the {@code LT(-1)} element for the first element in {@link #data}.
-
-
- Track object returned by nextElement upon end of stream;
- Return it later when they ask for LT passed end of input.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- Implement nextElement to supply a stream of elements to this
- lookahead buffer. Return EOF upon end of the stream we're pulling from.
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue; override
- {@link FastQueue#remove()}; it's the same, just checks for backtracking.
-
-
-
- Make sure we have at least one element to remove, even if EOF
-
-
-
- Make sure we have 'need' elements from current position p. Last valid
- p index is data.size()-1. p+need-1 is the data index 'need' elements
- ahead. If we need 1 element, (p+1-1)==p must be < data.size().
-
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Size of entire stream is unknown; we only know buffer size from FastQueue
-
-
-
- Seek to a 0-indexed absolute token index. Normally used to seek backwards
- in the buffer. Does not force loading of nodes.
-
-
- To preserve backward compatibility, this method allows seeking past the
- end of the currently buffered data. In this case, the input pointer will
- be moved but the data will only actually be loaded upon the next call to
- {@link #consume} or {@link #LT} for {@code k>0}.
-
-
-
- A mismatched char or Token or tree node
-
-
-
- We were expecting a token but it's not found. The current token
- is actually what we wanted next. Used for tree node errors too.
-
-
-
-
- A parser for TokenStreams. "parser grammars" result in a subclass
- of this.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the token stream; resets the parser upon a set.
-
-
-
- Rules that return more than a single value must return an object
- containing all the values. Besides the properties defined in
- RuleLabelScope.predefinedRulePropertiesScope there may be user-defined
- return values. This class simply defines the minimum properties that
- are always defined and methods to access the others that might be
- available depending on output option such as template and tree.
-
-
-
- Note text is not an actual property of the return value, it is computed
- from start and stop using the input stream's toString() method. I
- could add a ctor to this so that we can pass in and store the input
- stream, but I'm not sure we want to do that. It would seem to be undefined
- to get the .text property anyway if the rule matches tokens from multiple
- input streams.
-
- I do not use getters for fields of objects that are used simply to
- group values such as this aggregate. The getters/setters are there to
- satisfy the superclass interface.
-
-
-
- The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy.
-
-
- To avoid English-only error messages and to generally make things
- as flexible as possible, these exceptions are not created with strings,
- but rather the information necessary to generate an error. Then
- the various reporting methods in Parser and Lexer can be overridden
- to generate a localized error message. For example, MismatchedToken
- exceptions are built with the expected token type.
- So, don't expect getMessage() to return anything.
-
- Note that as of Java 1.4, you can access the stack trace, which means
- that you can compute the complete trace of rules from the start symbol.
- This gives you considerable context information with which to generate
- useful error messages.
-
- ANTLR generates code that throws exceptions upon recognition error and
- also generates code to catch these exceptions in each rule. If you
- want to quit upon first error, you can turn off the automatic error
- handling mechanism using rulecatch action, but you still need to
- override methods mismatch and recoverFromMismatchSet.
-
- In general, the recognition exceptions can track where in a grammar a
- problem occurred and/or what was the expected input. While the parser
- knows its state (such as current input symbol and line info) that
- state can change before the exception is reported so current token index
- is computed and stored at exception time. From this info, you can
- perhaps print an entire line of input not just a single token, for example.
- Better to just say the recognizer had a problem and then let the parser
- figure out a fancy report.
-
-
-
- What input stream did the error occur in?
-
-
-
- What was the lookahead index when this exception was thrown?
-
-
-
- What is index of token/char were we looking at when the error occurred?
-
-
-
- The current Token when an error occurred. Since not all streams
- can retrieve the ith Token, we have to track the Token object.
- For parsers. Even when it's a tree parser, token might be set.
-
-
-
-
- If this is a tree parser exception, node is set to the node with
- the problem.
-
-
-
- The current char when an error occurred. For lexers.
-
-
-
- Track the line (1-based) at which the error occurred in case this is
- generated from a lexer. We need to track this since the
- unexpected char doesn't carry the line info.
-
-
-
-
- The 0-based index into the line where the error occurred.
-
-
-
-
- If you are parsing a tree node stream, you will encounter som
- imaginary nodes w/o line/col info. We now search backwards looking
- for most recent token with line/col info, but notify getErrorHeader()
- that info is approximate.
-
-
-
- Used for remote debugger deserialization
-
-
- Return the token type or char of the unexpected input element
-
-
-
- The set of fields needed by an abstract recognizer to recognize input
- and recover from errors etc... As a separate state object, it can be
- shared among multiple grammars; e.g., when one grammar imports another.
-
-
-
- These fields are publically visible but the actual state pointer per
- parser is protected.
-
-
-
-
- Track the set of token types that can follow any rule invocation.
- Stack grows upwards. When it hits the max, it grows 2x in size
- and keeps going.
-
-
-
-
- This is true when we see an error and before having successfully
- matched a token. Prevents generation of more than one error message
- per error.
-
-
-
-
- The index into the input stream where the last error occurred.
- This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found
- but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found,
- ad naseum. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least
- one token/tree node is consumed for two errors.
-
-
-
-
- In lieu of a return value, this indicates that a rule or token
- has failed to match. Reset to false upon valid token match.
-
-
-
- Did the recognizer encounter a syntax error? Track how many.
-
-
-
- If 0, no backtracking is going on. Safe to exec actions etc...
- If >0 then it's the level of backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- An array[size num rules] of dictionaries that tracks
- the stop token index for each rule. ruleMemo[ruleIndex] is
- the memoization table for ruleIndex. For key ruleStartIndex, you
- get back the stop token for associated rule or MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
- This is only used if rule memoization is on (which it is by default).
-
-
-
- The goal of all lexer rules/methods is to create a token object.
- This is an instance variable as multiple rules may collaborate to
- create a single token. nextToken will return this object after
- matching lexer rule(s). If you subclass to allow multiple token
- emissions, then set this to the last token to be matched or
- something nonnull so that the auto token emit mechanism will not
- emit another token.
-
-
-
-
- What character index in the stream did the current token start at?
- Needed, for example, to get the text for current token. Set at
- the start of nextToken.
-
-
-
- The line on which the first character of the token resides
-
-
- The character position of first character within the line
-
-
- The channel number for the current token
-
-
- The token type for the current token
-
-
-
- You can set the text for the current token to override what is in
- the input char buffer. Use setText() or can set this instance var.
-
-
-
-
- All tokens go to the parser (unless skip() is called in that rule)
- on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel
- so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel.
-
-
-
-
- Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed
- by parser.
-
-
-
- Useful for dumping out the input stream after doing some
- augmentation or other manipulations.
-
- You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the
- operations are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a
- String. This is very efficient because you are not moving data around
- all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to strings, the
- toString() method(s) check to see if there is an operation at the
- current index. If so, the operation is done and then normal String
- rendering continues on the buffer. This is like having multiple Turing
- machine instruction streams (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
-
- Since the operations are done lazily at toString-time, operations do not
- screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token
- index i does not change the index values for tokens i+1..n-1.
-
- Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get
- the original token stream back without undoing anything. Since
- the instructions are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and
- roll back any changes if there is an error just by removing instructions.
- For example,
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- TokenRewriteStream tokens = new TokenRewriteStream(lex);
- T parser = new T(tokens);
- parser.startRule();
-
- Then in the rules, you can execute
- Token t,u;
- ...
- input.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");}
- input.insertAfter(u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString());
-
- Actually, you have to cast the 'input' to a TokenRewriteStream. :(
-
- You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple
- rewrites from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction
- streams and use that name again when printing the buffer. This could be
- useful for generating a C file and also its header file--all from the
- same buffer:
-
- tokens.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
- tokens.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass1"));
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass2"));
-
- If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as
- the first example shows.
-
-
- What index into rewrites List are we?
-
-
- Token buffer index.
-
-
-
- Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer.
- Return the index of the next token to operate on.
-
-
-
-
- I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp
- instructions.
-
-
-
-
- You may have multiple, named streams of rewrite operations.
- I'm calling these things "programs."
- Maps String (name) -> rewrite (List)
-
-
-
- Map String (program name) -> Integer index
-
-
-
- Rollback the instruction stream for a program so that
- the indicated instruction (via instructionIndex) is no
- longer in the stream. UNTESTED!
-
-
-
- Reset the program so that no instructions exist
-
-
- We need to combine operations and report invalid operations (like
- overlapping replaces that are not completed nested). Inserts to
- same index need to be combined etc... Here are the cases:
-
- I.i.u I.j.v leave alone, nonoverlapping
- I.i.u I.i.v combine: Iivu
-
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | i-j in x-y delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.i-j.v delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | x-y in i-j ERROR
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | boundaries overlap ERROR
-
- Delete special case of replace (text==null):
- D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
-
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i in (x+1)-y delete I (since insert before
- we're not deleting i)
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i not in (x+1)-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i in x-y ERROR
- R.x-y.v I.x.u R.x-y.uv (combine, delete I)
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i not in x-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
-
- I.i.u = insert u before op @ index i
- R.x-y.u = replace x-y indexed tokens with u
-
- First we need to examine replaces. For any replace op:
-
- 1. wipe out any insertions before op within that range.
- 2. Drop any replace op before that is contained completely within
- that range.
- 3. Throw exception upon boundary overlap with any previous replace.
-
- Then we can deal with inserts:
-
- 1. for any inserts to same index, combine even if not adjacent.
- 2. for any prior replace with same left boundary, combine this
- insert with replace and delete this replace.
- 3. throw exception if index in same range as previous replace
-
- Don't actually delete; make op null in list. Easier to walk list.
- Later we can throw as we add to index -> op map.
-
- Note that I.2 R.2-2 will wipe out I.2 even though, technically, the
- inserted stuff would be before the replace range. But, if you
- add tokens in front of a method body '{' and then delete the method
- body, I think the stuff before the '{' you added should disappear too.
-
- Return a map from token index to operation.
-
-
- Get all operations before an index of a particular kind
-
-
-
- In an action, a lexer rule can set token to this SKIP_TOKEN and ANTLR
- will avoid creating a token for this symbol and try to fetch another.
-
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; traverse "get child" link
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; finish with a child list
-
-
-
- A generic tree implementation with no payload. You must subclass to
- actually have any user data. ANTLR v3 uses a list of children approach
- instead of the child-sibling approach in v2. A flat tree (a list) is
- an empty node whose children represent the list. An empty, but
- non-null node is called "nil".
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node from an existing node does nothing for BaseTree
- as there are no fields other than the children list, which cannot
- be copied as the children are not considered part of this node.
-
-
-
-
- Get the children internal List; note that if you directly mess with
- the list, do so at your own risk.
-
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track parent pointers.
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track child indexes.
-
-
- Add t as child of this node.
-
-
- Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then this routine moves children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array.
-
-
-
- Add all elements of kids list as children of this node
-
-
- Insert child t at child position i (0..n-1) by shifting children
- i+1..n-1 to the right one position. Set parent / indexes properly
- but does NOT collapse nil-rooted t's that come in here like addChild.
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
- Override in a subclass to change the impl of children list
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all child of t
-
-
- Walk upwards looking for ancestor with this token type.
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- Print out a whole tree not just a node
-
-
- Override to say how a node (not a tree) should look as text
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation.
-
-
-
- System.identityHashCode() is not always unique; we have to
- track ourselves. That's ok, it's only for debugging, though it's
- expensive: we have to create a hashtable with all tree nodes in it.
-
-
-
-
- Create tree node that holds the start and stop tokens associated
- with an error.
-
-
-
- If you specify your own kind of tree nodes, you will likely have to
- override this method. CommonTree returns Token.INVALID_TOKEN_TYPE
- if no token payload but you might have to set token type for diff
- node type.
-
- You don't have to subclass CommonErrorNode; you will likely need to
- subclass your own tree node class to avoid class cast exception.
-
-
-
-
- This is generic in the sense that it will work with any kind of
- tree (not just ITree interface). It invokes the adaptor routines
- not the tree node routines to do the construction.
-
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
- Transform ^(nil x) to x and nil to null
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Duplicate a node. This is part of the factory;
- override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
- I could use reflection to prevent having to override this
- but reflection is slow.
-
-
-
-
- Track start/stop token for subtree root created for a rule.
- Only works with Tree nodes. For rules that match nothing,
- seems like this will yield start=i and stop=i-1 in a nil node.
- Might be useful info so I'll not force to be i..i.
-
-
-
- A buffered stream of tree nodes. Nodes can be from a tree of ANY kind.
-
- This node stream sucks all nodes out of the tree specified in
- the constructor during construction and makes pointers into
- the tree using an array of Object pointers. The stream necessarily
- includes pointers to DOWN and UP and EOF nodes.
-
- This stream knows how to mark/release for backtracking.
-
- This stream is most suitable for tree interpreters that need to
- jump around a lot or for tree parsers requiring speed (at cost of memory).
- There is some duplicated functionality here with UnBufferedTreeNodeStream
- but just in bookkeeping, not tree walking etc...
-
- TARGET DEVELOPERS:
-
- This is the old CommonTreeNodeStream that buffered up entire node stream.
- No need to implement really as new CommonTreeNodeStream is much better
- and covers what we need.
-
- @see CommonTreeNodeStream
-
-
- The complete mapping from stream index to tree node.
- This buffer includes pointers to DOWN, UP, and EOF nodes.
- It is built upon ctor invocation. The elements are type
- Object as we don't what the trees look like.
-
- Load upon first need of the buffer so we can set token types
- of interest for reverseIndexing. Slows us down a wee bit to
- do all of the if p==-1 testing everywhere though.
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- IF this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- Reuse same DOWN, UP navigation nodes unless this is true
-
-
- The index into the nodes list of the current node (next node
- to consume). If -1, nodes array not filled yet.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Walk tree with depth-first-search and fill nodes buffer.
- Don't do DOWN, UP nodes if its a list (t is isNil).
-
-
- What is the stream index for node? 0..n-1
- Return -1 if node not found.
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use UP, DOWN nodes to represent
- the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes
- so instantiate new ones when uniqueNavigationNodes is true.
-
-
- Look backwards k nodes
-
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
-
- Used for testing, just return the token type stream
-
-
- Debugging
-
-
- A node representing erroneous token range in token stream
-
-
-
- A tree node that is wrapper for a Token object. After 3.0 release
- while building tree rewrite stuff, it became clear that computing
- parent and child index is very difficult and cumbersome. Better to
- spend the space in every tree node. If you don't want these extra
- fields, it's easy to cut them out in your own BaseTree subclass.
-
-
-
- A single token is the payload
-
-
-
- What token indexes bracket all tokens associated with this node
- and below?
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
-
-
-
- For every node in this subtree, make sure it's start/stop token's
- are set. Walk depth first, visit bottom up. Only updates nodes
- with at least one token index < 0.
-
-
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation. It provides
- really just factory methods; all the work is done by BaseTreeAdaptor.
- If you would like to have different tokens created than ClassicToken
- objects, you need to override this and then set the parser tree adaptor to
- use your subclass.
-
-
-
- To get your parser to build nodes of a different type, override
- create(Token), errorNode(), and to be safe, YourTreeClass.dupNode().
- dupNode is called to duplicate nodes during rewrite operations.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- What is the Token associated with this node? If
- you are not using CommonTree, then you must
- override this in your own adaptor.
-
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- If this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- The tree iterator we are using
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Tree (nil A B C) trees like flat A B C streams
-
-
- Tracks tree depth. Level=0 means we're at root node level.
-
-
- Tracks the last node before the start of {@link #data} which contains
- position information to provide information for error reporting. This is
- tracked in addition to {@link #prevElement} which may or may not contain
- position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
- @see RecognitionException#extractInformationFromTreeNodeStream
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
- Returns an element containing position information. If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code false}, then
- this method will return the {@code LT(1)} element if it contains position information, and otherwise return {@code null}.
- If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code true}, then this method will return the last known element containing position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
-
-
- For debugging; destructive: moves tree iterator to end.
-
-
- A utility class to generate DOT diagrams (graphviz) from
- arbitrary trees. You can pass in your own templates and
- can pass in any kind of tree or use Tree interface method.
- I wanted this separator so that you don't have to include
- ST just to use the org.antlr.runtime.tree.* package.
- This is a set of non-static methods so you can subclass
- to override. For example, here is an invocation:
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRInputStream(System.in);
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
- TParser parser = new TParser(tokens);
- TParser.e_return r = parser.e();
- Tree t = (Tree)r.tree;
- System.out.println(t.toStringTree());
- DOTTreeGenerator gen = new DOTTreeGenerator();
- StringTemplate st = gen.toDOT(t);
- System.out.println(st);
-
-
- Track node to number mapping so we can get proper node name back
-
-
- Track node number so we can get unique node names
-
-
- Generate DOT (graphviz) for a whole tree not just a node.
- For example, 3+4*5 should generate:
-
- digraph {
- node [shape=plaintext, fixedsize=true, fontsize=11, fontname="Courier",
- width=.4, height=.2];
- edge [arrowsize=.7]
- "+"->3
- "+"->"*"
- "*"->4
- "*"->5
- }
-
- Takes a Tree interface object.
-
-
-
- @author Sam Harwell
-
-
- Returns an element containing concrete information about the current
- position in the stream.
-
- @param allowApproximateLocation if {@code false}, this method returns
- {@code null} if an element containing exact information about the current
- position is not available
-
-
- Determines if the specified {@code element} contains concrete position
- information.
-
- @param element the element to check
- @return {@code true} if {@code element} contains concrete position
- information, otherwise {@code false}
-
-
-
- What does a tree look like? ANTLR has a number of support classes
- such as CommonTreeNodeStream that work on these kinds of trees. You
- don't have to make your trees implement this interface, but if you do,
- you'll be able to use more support code.
-
-
-
- NOTE: When constructing trees, ANTLR can build any kind of tree; it can
- even use Token objects as trees if you add a child list to your tokens.
-
- This is a tree node without any payload; just navigation and factory stuff.
-
-
-
- Is there is a node above with token type ttype?
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- This node is what child index? 0..n-1
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all children
-
-
-
- Add t as a child to this node. If t is null, do nothing. If t
- is nil, add all children of t to this' children.
-
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the node is a nil node but may still have children, meaning
- the tree is a flat list.
-
-
-
-
- What is the smallest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
-
- What is the largest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
- Return a token type; needed for tree parsing
-
-
- In case we don't have a token payload, what is the line for errors?
-
-
-
- How to create and navigate trees. Rather than have a separate factory
- and adaptor, I've merged them. Makes sense to encapsulate.
-
-
-
- This takes the place of the tree construction code generated in the
- generated code in 2.x and the ASTFactory.
-
- I do not need to know the type of a tree at all so they are all
- generic Objects. This may increase the amount of typecasting needed. :(
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree node from Token object; for CommonTree type trees,
- then the token just becomes the payload. This is the most
- common create call.
-
-
-
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(tokenType,fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel, "IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked when the text terminal option is set, as in
- IMAG<text='IMAG'>.
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG["IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(int,String).
-
-
-
- Duplicate a single tree node.
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
- Duplicate tree recursively, using dupNode() for each node
-
-
-
- Return a nil node (an empty but non-null node) that can hold
- a list of element as the children. If you want a flat tree (a list)
- use "t=adaptor.nil(); t.addChild(x); t.addChild(y);"
-
-
-
-
- Return a tree node representing an error. This node records the
- tokens consumed during error recovery. The start token indicates the
- input symbol at which the error was detected. The stop token indicates
- the last symbol consumed during recovery.
-
-
-
- You must specify the input stream so that the erroneous text can
- be packaged up in the error node. The exception could be useful
- to some applications; default implementation stores ptr to it in
- the CommonErrorNode.
-
- This only makes sense during token parsing, not tree parsing.
- Tree parsing should happen only when parsing and tree construction
- succeed.
-
-
-
- Is tree considered a nil node used to make lists of child nodes?
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs. Do nothing if t or child is null.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
-
- Given the root of the subtree created for this rule, post process
- it to do any simplifications or whatever you want. A required
- behavior is to convert ^(nil singleSubtree) to singleSubtree
- as the setting of start/stop indexes relies on a single non-nil root
- for non-flat trees.
-
-
-
- Flat trees such as for lists like "idlist : ID+ ;" are left alone
- unless there is only one ID. For a list, the start/stop indexes
- are set in the nil node.
-
- This method is executed after all rule tree construction and right
- before setTokenBoundaries().
-
-
-
- For identifying trees.
-
-
- How to identify nodes so we can say "add node to a prior node"?
- Even becomeRoot is an issue. Use System.identityHashCode(node)
- usually.
-
-
-
-
- Create a node for newRoot make it the root of oldRoot.
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- Return node created for newRoot.
-
-
-
- Be advised: when debugging ASTs, the DebugTreeAdaptor manually
- calls create(Token child) and then plain becomeRoot(node, node)
- because it needs to trap calls to create, but it can't since it delegates
- to not inherits from the TreeAdaptor.
-
-
-
- For tree parsing, I need to know the token type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the text of a node
-
-
-
- Return the token object from which this node was created.
- Currently used only for printing an error message.
- The error display routine in BaseRecognizer needs to
- display where the input the error occurred. If your
- tree of limitation does not store information that can
- lead you to the token, you can create a token filled with
- the appropriate information and pass that back. See
- BaseRecognizer.getErrorMessage().
-
-
-
-
- Where are the bounds in the input token stream for this node and
- all children? Each rule that creates AST nodes will call this
- method right before returning. Flat trees (i.e., lists) will
- still usually have a nil root node just to hold the children list.
- That node would contain the start/stop indexes then.
-
-
-
- Get the token start index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get the token stop index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get a child 0..n-1 node
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
- Remove ith child and shift children down from right.
-
-
- How many children? If 0, then this is a leaf node
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root.
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Replace from start to stop child index of parent with t, which might
- be a list. Number of children may be different after this call.
-
-
-
- If parent is null, don't do anything; must be at root of overall tree.
- Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do nothing.
-
-
-
- A stream of tree nodes, accessing nodes from a tree of some kind
-
-
-
- Get a tree node at an absolute index i; 0..n-1.
- If you don't want to buffer up nodes, then this method makes no
- sense for you.
-
-
-
-
- Get tree node at current input pointer + ahead where
- ==1 is next node. <0 indicates nodes in the past. So
- {@code LT(-1)} is previous node, but implementations are not required to
- provide results for < -1. {@code LT(0)} is undefined. For
- <=n, return . Return for {@code LT(0)}
- and any index that results in an absolute address that is negative.
-
-
-
- This is analogous to , but this returns a tree node
- instead of a . Makes code generation identical for both
- parser and tree grammars.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling nodes from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides node objects.
-
-
-
-
- If the tree associated with this stream was created from a
- {@link TokenStream}, you can specify it here. Used to do rule
- {@code $text} attribute in tree parser. Optional unless you use tree
- parser rule {@code $text} attribute or {@code output=template} and
- {@code rewrite=true} options.
-
-
-
-
- What adaptor can tell me how to interpret/navigate nodes and
- trees. E.g., get text of a node.
-
-
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use {@link Token#UP}, {@link Token#DOWN} nodes
- to represent the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes so
- we have to instantiate new ones. When doing normal tree parsing, it's
- slow and a waste of memory to create unique navigation nodes. Default
- should be {@code false}.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all nodes from {@code start} to {@code stop},
- inclusive. If the stream does not buffer all the nodes then it can still
- walk recursively from start until stop. You can always return
- {@code null} or {@code ""} too, but users should not access
- {@code $ruleLabel.text} in an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Replace children of {@code parent} from index {@code startChildIndex} to
- {@code stopChildIndex} with {@code t}, which might be a list. Number of
- children may be different after this call. The stream is notified because
- it is walking the tree and might need to know you are monkeying with the
- underlying tree. Also, it might be able to modify the node stream to
- avoid restreaming for future phases.
-
-
-
- If {@code parent} is {@code null}, don't do anything; must be at root of
- overall tree. Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do
- nothing.
-
-
-
-
- How to execute code for node t when a visitor visits node t. Execute
- pre() before visiting children and execute post() after visiting children.
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action before visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value. Children of returned value will be
- visited if using TreeVisitor.visit().
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action after visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value.
-
-
-
-
- A record of the rules used to match a token sequence. The tokens
- end up as the leaves of this tree and rule nodes are the interior nodes.
- This really adds no functionality, it is just an alias for CommonTree
- that is more meaningful (specific) and holds a String to display for a node.
-
-
-
-
- Emit a token and all hidden nodes before. EOF node holds all
- hidden tokens after last real token.
-
-
-
-
- Print out the leaves of this tree, which means printing original
- input back out.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all exceptions thrown during AST rewrite construction.
- This signifies a case where the cardinality of two or more elements
- in a subrule are different: (ID INT)+ where |ID|!=|INT|
-
-
-
- No elements within a (...)+ in a rewrite rule
-
-
- Ref to ID or expr but no tokens in ID stream or subtrees in expr stream
-
-
-
- A generic list of elements tracked in an alternative to be used in
- a -> rewrite rule. We need to subclass to fill in the next() method,
- which returns either an AST node wrapped around a token payload or
- an existing subtree.
-
-
-
- Once you start next()ing, do not try to add more elements. It will
- break the cursor tracking I believe.
-
- TODO: add mechanism to detect/puke on modification after reading from stream
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cursor 0..n-1. If singleElement!=null, cursor is 0 until you next(),
- which bumps it to 1 meaning no more elements.
-
-
-
- Track single elements w/o creating a list. Upon 2nd add, alloc list
-
-
- The list of tokens or subtrees we are tracking
-
-
- Once a node / subtree has been used in a stream, it must be dup'd
- from then on. Streams are reset after subrules so that the streams
- can be reused in future subrules. So, reset must set a dirty bit.
- If dirty, then next() always returns a dup.
-
-
- The element or stream description; usually has name of the token or
- rule reference that this list tracks. Can include rulename too, but
- the exception would track that info.
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Reset the condition of this stream so that it appears we have
- not consumed any of its elements. Elements themselves are untouched.
- Once we reset the stream, any future use will need duplicates. Set
- the dirty bit.
-
-
-
-
- Return the next element in the stream. If out of elements, throw
- an exception unless size()==1. If size is 1, then return elements[0].
- Return a duplicate node/subtree if stream is out of elements and
- size==1. If we've already used the element, dup (dirty bit set).
-
-
-
-
- Do the work of getting the next element, making sure that it's
- a tree node or subtree. Deal with the optimization of single-
- element list versus list of size > 1. Throw an exception
- if the stream is empty or we're out of elements and size>1.
- protected so you can override in a subclass if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- When constructing trees, sometimes we need to dup a token or AST
- subtree. Dup'ing a token means just creating another AST node
- around it. For trees, you must call the adaptor.dupTree() unless
- the element is for a tree root; then it must be a node dup.
-
-
-
-
- Ensure stream emits trees; tokens must be converted to AST nodes.
- AST nodes can be passed through unmolested.
-
-
-
-
- Queues up nodes matched on left side of -> in a tree parser. This is
- the analog of RewriteRuleTokenStream for normal parsers.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Treat next element as a single node even if it's a subtree.
- This is used instead of next() when the result has to be a
- tree root node. Also prevents us from duplicating recently-added
- children; e.g., ^(type ID)+ adds ID to type and then 2nd iteration
- must dup the type node, but ID has been added.
-
-
-
- Referencing a rule result twice is ok; dup entire tree as
- we can't be adding trees as root; e.g., expr expr.
-
- Hideous code duplication here with super.next(). Can't think of
- a proper way to refactor. This needs to always call dup node
- and super.next() doesn't know which to call: dup node or dup tree.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Get next token from stream and make a node for it
-
-
-
- Don't convert to a tree unless they explicitly call nextTree.
- This way we can do hetero tree nodes in rewrite.
-
-
-
- Return a node stream from a doubly-linked tree whose nodes
- know what child index they are. No remove() is supported.
-
- Emit navigation nodes (DOWN, UP, and EOF) to let show tree structure.
-
-
- If we emit UP/DOWN nodes, we need to spit out multiple nodes per
- next() call.
-
-
-
- A parser for a stream of tree nodes. "tree grammars" result in a subclass
- of this. All the error reporting and recovery is shared with Parser via
- the BaseRecognizer superclass.
-
-
-
- Set the input stream
-
-
-
- Match '.' in tree parser has special meaning. Skip node or
- entire tree if node has children. If children, scan until
- corresponding UP node.
-
-
-
-
- We have DOWN/UP nodes in the stream that have no line info; override.
- plus we want to alter the exception type. Don't try to recover
- from tree parser errors inline...
-
-
-
-
- Prefix error message with the grammar name because message is
- always intended for the programmer because the parser built
- the input tree not the user.
-
-
-
-
- Tree parsers parse nodes they usually have a token object as
- payload. Set the exception token and do the default behavior.
-
-
-
- The tree pattern to lex like "(A B C)"
-
-
- Index into input string
-
-
- Current char
-
-
- How long is the pattern in char?
-
-
- Set when token type is ID or ARG (name mimics Java's StreamTokenizer)
-
-
- Override this if you need transformation tracing to go somewhere
- other than stdout or if you're not using ITree-derived trees.
-
-
-
- This is identical to the ParserRuleReturnScope except that
- the start property is a tree nodes not Token object
- when you are parsing trees.
-
-
-
- Gets the first node or root node of tree matched for this rule.
-
-
- Do a depth first walk of a tree, applying pre() and post() actions as we go.
-
-
-
- Visit every node in tree t and trigger an action for each node
- before/after having visited all of its children. Bottom up walk.
- Execute both actions even if t has no children. Ignore return
- results from transforming children since they will have altered
- the child list of this node (their parent). Return result of
- applying post action to this node.
-
-
-
-
- Build and navigate trees with this object. Must know about the names
- of tokens so you have to pass in a map or array of token names (from which
- this class can build the map). I.e., Token DECL means nothing unless the
- class can translate it to a token type.
-
-
-
- In order to create nodes and navigate, this class needs a TreeAdaptor.
-
- This class can build a token type -> node index for repeated use or for
- iterating over the various nodes with a particular type.
-
- This class works in conjunction with the TreeAdaptor rather than moving
- all this functionality into the adaptor. An adaptor helps build and
- navigate trees using methods. This class helps you do it with string
- patterns like "(A B C)". You can create a tree from that pattern or
- match subtrees against it.
-
-
-
-
- When using %label:TOKENNAME in a tree for parse(), we must
- track the label.
-
-
-
- This adaptor creates TreePattern objects for use during scan()
-
-
-
- Compute a Map<String, Integer> that is an inverted index of
- tokenNames (which maps int token types to names).
-
-
-
- Using the map of token names to token types, return the type.
-
-
-
- Walk the entire tree and make a node name to nodes mapping.
- For now, use recursion but later nonrecursive version may be
- more efficient. Returns Map<Integer, List> where the List is
- of your AST node type. The Integer is the token type of the node.
-
-
-
- TODO: save this index so that find and visit are faster
-
-
-
- Do the work for index
-
-
- Return a List of tree nodes with token type ttype
-
-
- Return a List of subtrees matching pattern.
-
-
-
- Visit every ttype node in t, invoking the visitor. This is a quicker
- version of the general visit(t, pattern) method. The labels arg
- of the visitor action method is never set (it's null) since using
- a token type rather than a pattern doesn't let us set a label.
-
-
-
- Do the recursive work for visit
-
-
-
- For all subtrees that match the pattern, execute the visit action.
- The implementation uses the root node of the pattern in combination
- with visit(t, ttype, visitor) so nil-rooted patterns are not allowed.
- Patterns with wildcard roots are also not allowed.
-
-
-
-
- Given a pattern like (ASSIGN %lhs:ID %rhs:.) with optional labels
- on the various nodes and '.' (dot) as the node/subtree wildcard,
- return true if the pattern matches and fill the labels Map with
- the labels pointing at the appropriate nodes. Return false if
- the pattern is malformed or the tree does not match.
-
-
-
- If a node specifies a text arg in pattern, then that must match
- for that node in t.
-
- TODO: what's a better way to indicate bad pattern? Exceptions are a hassle
-
-
-
-
- Do the work for parse. Check to see if the t2 pattern fits the
- structure and token types in t1. Check text if the pattern has
- text arguments on nodes. Fill labels map with pointers to nodes
- in tree matched against nodes in pattern with labels.
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree or node from the indicated tree pattern that closely
- follows ANTLR tree grammar tree element syntax:
-
- (root child1 ... child2).
-
-
-
- You can also just pass in a node: ID
-
- Any node can have a text argument: ID[foo]
- (notice there are no quotes around foo--it's clear it's a string).
-
- nil is a special name meaning "give me a nil node". Useful for
- making lists: (nil A B C) is a list of A B C.
-
-
-
-
- Compare t1 and t2; return true if token types/text, structure match exactly.
- The trees are examined in their entirety so that (A B) does not match
- (A B C) nor (A (B C)).
-
-
-
- TODO: allow them to pass in a comparator
- TODO: have a version that is nonstatic so it can use instance adaptor
-
- I cannot rely on the tree node's equals() implementation as I make
- no constraints at all on the node types nor interface etc...
-
-
-
-
- Compare type, structure, and text of two trees, assuming adaptor in
- this instance of a TreeWizard.
-
-
-
- A token stream that pulls tokens from the code source on-demand and
- without tracking a complete buffer of the tokens. This stream buffers
- the minimum number of tokens possible. It's the same as
- OnDemandTokenStream except that OnDemandTokenStream buffers all tokens.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
-
- You can only look backwards 1 token: LT(-1).
-
- Use this when you need to read from a socket or other infinite stream.
-
- @see BufferedTokenStream
- @see CommonTokenStream
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- An extra token while parsing a TokenStream
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/portable-net4+sl5+netcore45+wpa81+wp8+MonoAndroid1+MonoTouch1/Antlr3.Runtime.dll b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/portable-net4+sl5+netcore45+wpa81+wp8+MonoAndroid1+MonoTouch1/Antlr3.Runtime.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 63a4ba847..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/portable-net4+sl5+netcore45+wpa81+wp8+MonoAndroid1+MonoTouch1/Antlr3.Runtime.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/portable-net4+sl5+netcore45+wpa81+wp8+MonoAndroid1+MonoTouch1/Antlr3.Runtime.xml b/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/portable-net4+sl5+netcore45+wpa81+wp8+MonoAndroid1+MonoTouch1/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 31d731fa3..000000000
--- a/packages/Antlr3.Runtime.3.5.1/lib/portable-net4+sl5+netcore45+wpa81+wp8+MonoAndroid1+MonoTouch1/Antlr3.Runtime.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3220 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Antlr3.Runtime
-
-
-
-
- A kind of ReaderStream that pulls from an InputStream.
- Useful for reading from stdin and specifying file encodings etc...
-
-
-
-
- Vacuum all input from a Reader and then treat it like a StringStream.
- Manage the buffer manually to avoid unnecessary data copying.
-
-
-
- If you need encoding, use ANTLRInputStream.
-
-
-
-
- A pretty quick CharStream that pulls all data from an array
- directly. Every method call counts in the lexer. Java's
- strings aren't very good so I'm avoiding.
-
-
-
- The data being scanned
-
-
- How many characters are actually in the buffer
-
-
- 0..n-1 index into string of next char
-
-
- line number 1..n within the input
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- A list of CharStreamState objects that tracks the stream state
- values line, charPositionInLine, and p that can change as you
- move through the input stream. Indexed from 1..markDepth.
- A null is kept @ index 0. Create upon first call to mark().
-
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- What is name or source of this char stream?
-
-
- Copy data in string to a local char array
-
-
- This is the preferred constructor as no data is copied
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the index of char to
- be returned from LA(1).
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that it's in the same state it was
- when the object was created *except* the data array is not
- touched.
-
-
-
-
- consume() ahead until p==index; can't just set p=index as we must
- update line and charPositionInLine.
-
-
-
-
- A generic recognizer that can handle recognizers generated from
- lexer, parser, and tree grammars. This is all the parsing
- support code essentially; most of it is error recovery stuff and
- backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- State of a lexer, parser, or tree parser are collected into a state
- object so the state can be shared. This sharing is needed to
- have one grammar import others and share same error variables
- and other state variables. It's a kind of explicit multiple
- inheritance via delegation of methods and shared state.
-
-
-
- reset the parser's state; subclasses must rewinds the input stream
-
-
-
- Match current input symbol against ttype. Attempt
- single token insertion or deletion error recovery. If
- that fails, throw MismatchedTokenException.
-
-
-
- To turn off single token insertion or deletion error
- recovery, override recoverFromMismatchedToken() and have it
- throw an exception. See TreeParser.recoverFromMismatchedToken().
- This way any error in a rule will cause an exception and
- immediate exit from rule. Rule would recover by resynchronizing
- to the set of symbols that can follow rule ref.
-
-
-
- Match the wildcard: in a symbol
-
-
- Report a recognition problem.
-
-
- This method sets errorRecovery to indicate the parser is recovering
- not parsing. Once in recovery mode, no errors are generated.
- To get out of recovery mode, the parser must successfully match
- a token (after a resync). So it will go:
-
- 1. error occurs
- 2. enter recovery mode, report error
- 3. consume until token found in resynch set
- 4. try to resume parsing
- 5. next match() will reset errorRecovery mode
-
- If you override, make sure to update syntaxErrors if you care about that.
-
-
-
- What error message should be generated for the various exception types?
-
-
- Not very object-oriented code, but I like having all error message
- generation within one method rather than spread among all of the
- exception classes. This also makes it much easier for the exception
- handling because the exception classes do not have to have pointers back
- to this object to access utility routines and so on. Also, changing
- the message for an exception type would be difficult because you
- would have to subclassing exception, but then somehow get ANTLR
- to make those kinds of exception objects instead of the default.
- This looks weird, but trust me--it makes the most sense in terms
- of flexibility.
-
- For grammar debugging, you will want to override this to add
- more information such as the stack frame with
- getRuleInvocationStack(e, this.getClass().getName()) and,
- for no viable alts, the decision description and state etc...
-
- Override this to change the message generated for one or more
- exception types.
-
-
-
-
- Get number of recognition errors (lexer, parser, tree parser). Each
- recognizer tracks its own number. So parser and lexer each have
- separate count. Does not count the spurious errors found between
- an error and next valid token match
-
-
-
-
-
- What is the error header, normally line/character position information?
-
-
-
- How should a token be displayed in an error message? The default
- is to display just the text, but during development you might
- want to have a lot of information spit out. Override in that case
- to use t.ToString() (which, for CommonToken, dumps everything about
- the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
- your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
- so that it creates a new Java type.
-
-
-
- Override this method to change where error messages go
-
-
-
- Recover from an error found on the input stream. This is
- for NoViableAlt and mismatched symbol exceptions. If you enable
- single token insertion and deletion, this will usually not
- handle mismatched symbol exceptions but there could be a mismatched
- token that the match() routine could not recover from.
-
-
-
-
- A hook to listen in on the token consumption during error recovery.
- The DebugParser subclasses this to fire events to the listenter.
-
-
-
-
- Compute the context-sensitive FOLLOW set for current rule.
- This is set of token types that can follow a specific rule
- reference given a specific call chain. You get the set of
- viable tokens that can possibly come next (lookahead depth 1)
- given the current call chain. Contrast this with the
- definition of plain FOLLOW for rule r:
-
-
- FOLLOW(r)={x | S=>*alpha r beta in G and x in FIRST(beta)}
-
- where x in T* and alpha, beta in V*; T is set of terminals and
- V is the set of terminals and nonterminals. In other words,
- FOLLOW(r) is the set of all tokens that can possibly follow
- references to r in *any* sentential form (context). At
- runtime, however, we know precisely which context applies as
- we have the call chain. We may compute the exact (rather
- than covering superset) set of following tokens.
-
- For example, consider grammar:
-
- stat : ID '=' expr ';' // FOLLOW(stat)=={EOF}
- | "return" expr '.'
- ;
- expr : atom ('+' atom)* ; // FOLLOW(expr)=={';','.',')'}
- atom : INT // FOLLOW(atom)=={'+',')',';','.'}
- | '(' expr ')'
- ;
-
- The FOLLOW sets are all inclusive whereas context-sensitive
- FOLLOW sets are precisely what could follow a rule reference.
- For input input "i=(3);", here is the derivation:
-
- stat => ID '=' expr ';'
- => ID '=' atom ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' expr ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' atom ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ';'
-
- At the "3" token, you'd have a call chain of
-
- stat -> expr -> atom -> expr -> atom
-
- What can follow that specific nested ref to atom? Exactly ')'
- as you can see by looking at the derivation of this specific
- input. Contrast this with the FOLLOW(atom)={'+',')',';','.'}.
-
- You want the exact viable token set when recovering from a
- token mismatch. Upon token mismatch, if LA(1) is member of
- the viable next token set, then you know there is most likely
- a missing token in the input stream. "Insert" one by just not
- throwing an exception.
-
-
- Attempt to recover from a single missing or extra token.
-
- EXTRA TOKEN
-
- LA(1) is not what we are looking for. If LA(2) has the right token,
- however, then assume LA(1) is some extra spurious token. Delete it
- and LA(2) as if we were doing a normal match(), which advances the
- input.
-
- MISSING TOKEN
-
- If current token is consistent with what could come after
- ttype then it is ok to "insert" the missing token, else throw
- exception For example, Input "i=(3;" is clearly missing the
- ')'. When the parser returns from the nested call to expr, it
- will have call chain:
-
- stat -> expr -> atom
-
- and it will be trying to match the ')' at this point in the
- derivation:
-
- => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
- ^
- match() will see that ';' doesn't match ')' and report a
- mismatched token error. To recover, it sees that LA(1)==';'
- is in the set of tokens that can follow the ')' token
- reference in rule atom. It can assume that you forgot the ')'.
-
-
- Not currently used
-
-
-
- Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
- into the label for the associated token ref; e.g., x=ID. Token
- and tree parsers need to return different objects. Rather than test
- for input stream type or change the IntStream interface, I use
- a simple method to ask the recognizer to tell me what the current
- input symbol is.
-
-
- This is ignored for lexers.
-
-
- Conjure up a missing token during error recovery.
-
-
- The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing
- symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol.
- For example, x=ID {f($x);}. The action clearly assumes
- that there has been an identifier matched previously and that
- $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but
- the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that
- this token is missing and we keep going. Because we
- have to return some token to replace the missing token,
- we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control
- over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly,
- you will want to create something special for identifier
- tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default
- action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates
- a CommonToken of the appropriate type. The text will be the token.
- If you change what tokens must be created by the lexer,
- override this method to create the appropriate tokens.
-
-
-
- Consume tokens until one matches the given token set
-
-
- Push a rule's follow set using our own hardcoded stack
-
-
- Return whether or not a backtracking attempt failed.
-
-
-
- Used to print out token names like ID during debugging and
- error reporting. The generated parsers implement a method
- that overrides this to point to their String[] tokenNames.
-
-
-
-
- For debugging and other purposes, might want the grammar name.
- Have ANTLR generate an implementation for this method.
-
-
-
-
- A convenience method for use most often with template rewrites.
- Convert a list of to a list of .
-
-
-
-
- Given a rule number and a start token index number, return
- MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN if the rule has not parsed input starting from
- start index. If this rule has parsed input starting from the
- start index before, then return where the rule stopped parsing.
- It returns the index of the last token matched by the rule.
-
-
-
- For now we use a hashtable and just the slow Object-based one.
- Later, we can make a special one for ints and also one that
- tosses out data after we commit past input position i.
-
-
-
-
- Has this rule already parsed input at the current index in the
- input stream? Return the stop token index or MEMO_RULE_UNKNOWN.
- If we attempted but failed to parse properly before, return
- MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
-
- This method has a side-effect: if we have seen this input for
- this rule and successfully parsed before, then seek ahead to
- 1 past the stop token matched for this rule last time.
-
-
-
-
- Record whether or not this rule parsed the input at this position
- successfully. Use a standard java hashtable for now.
-
-
-
- return how many rule/input-index pairs there are in total.
- TODO: this includes synpreds. :(
-
-
-
- A stripped-down version of org.antlr.misc.BitSet that is just
- good enough to handle runtime requirements such as FOLLOW sets
- for automatic error recovery.
-
-
-
-
- We will often need to do a mod operator (i mod nbits). Its
- turns out that, for powers of two, this mod operation is
- same as (i & (nbits-1)). Since mod is slow, we use a
- precomputed mod mask to do the mod instead.
-
-
-
- The actual data bits
-
-
- Construct a bitset of size one word (64 bits)
-
-
- Construction from a static array of longs
-
-
- Construction from a list of integers
-
-
- Construct a bitset given the size
- The size of the bitset in bits
-
-
- return this | a in a new set
-
-
- or this element into this set (grow as necessary to accommodate)
-
-
- Grows the set to a larger number of bits.
- element that must fit in set
-
-
- Sets the size of a set.
- how many words the new set should be
-
-
- return how much space is being used by the bits array not how many actually have member bits on.
-
-
- Is this contained within a?
-
-
- Buffer all input tokens but do on-demand fetching of new tokens from
- lexer. Useful when the parser or lexer has to set context/mode info before
- proper lexing of future tokens. The ST template parser needs this,
- for example, because it has to constantly flip back and forth between
- inside/output templates. E.g., <names:{hi, <it>}> has to parse names
- as part of an expression but "hi, <it>" as a nested template.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
- (UnbufferedTokenStream is the same way.)
-
- This is not a subclass of UnbufferedTokenStream because I don't want
- to confuse small moving window of tokens it uses for the full buffer.
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later. The buffer in LookaheadStream overlaps sometimes
- as its moving window moves through the input. This list captures
- everything so we can access complete input text.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). tokens[p] should be LT(1). p=-1 indicates need
- to initialize with first token. The ctor doesn't get a token.
- First call to LT(1) or whatever gets the first token and sets p=0;
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
- Make sure index i in tokens has a token.
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
- When walking ahead with cyclic DFA or for syntactic predicates,
- we need to record the state of the input stream (char index,
- line, etc...) so that we can rewind the state after scanning ahead.
-
-
- This is the complete state of a stream.
-
-
- Index into the char stream of next lookahead char
-
-
- What line number is the scanner at before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
- What char position 0..n-1 in line is scanner before processing buffer[p]?
-
-
-
- A Token object like we'd use in ANTLR 2.x; has an actual string created
- and associated with this object. These objects are needed for imaginary
- tree nodes that have payload objects. We need to create a Token object
- that has a string; the tree node will point at this token. CommonToken
- has indexes into a char stream and hence cannot be used to introduce
- new strings.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens
-
-
-
- We need to be able to change the text once in a while. If
- this is non-null, then getText should return this. Note that
- start/stop are not affected by changing this.
-
-
-
- What token number is this from 0..n-1 tokens; < 0 implies invalid index
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token starts
-
-
- The char position into the input buffer where this token stops
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
- Always leave p on an on-channel token.
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel
- token.
-
-
- All debugging events that a recognizer can trigger.
-
-
- I did not create a separate AST debugging interface as it would create
- lots of extra classes and DebugParser has a dbg var defined, which makes
- it hard to change to ASTDebugEventListener. I looked hard at this issue
- and it is easier to understand as one monolithic event interface for all
- possible events. Hopefully, adding ST debugging stuff won't be bad. Leave
- for future. 4/26/2006.
-
-
-
-
- The parser has just entered a rule. No decision has been made about
- which alt is predicted. This is fired AFTER init actions have been
- executed. Attributes are defined and available etc...
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
-
- Because rules can have lots of alternatives, it is very useful to
- know which alt you are entering. This is 1..n for n alts.
-
-
-
-
- This is the last thing executed before leaving a rule. It is
- executed even if an exception is thrown. This is triggered after
- error reporting and recovery have occurred (unless the exception is
- not caught in this rule). This implies an "exitAlt" event.
- The grammarFileName allows composite grammars to jump around among
- multiple grammar files.
-
-
-
- Track entry into any (...) subrule other EBNF construct
-
-
-
- Every decision, fixed k or arbitrary, has an enter/exit event
- so that a GUI can easily track what LT/consume events are
- associated with prediction. You will see a single enter/exit
- subrule but multiple enter/exit decision events, one for each
- loop iteration.
-
-
-
-
- An input token was consumed; matched by any kind of element.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
-
-
-
-
- An off-channel input token was consumed.
- Trigger after the token was matched by things like match(), matchAny().
- (unless of course the hidden token is first stuff in the input stream).
-
-
-
-
- Somebody (anybody) looked ahead. Note that this actually gets
- triggered by both LA and LT calls. The debugger will want to know
- which Token object was examined. Like consumeToken, this indicates
- what token was seen at that depth. A remote debugger cannot look
- ahead into a file it doesn't have so LT events must pass the token
- even if the info is redundant.
-
-
-
-
- The parser is going to look arbitrarily ahead; mark this location,
- the token stream's marker is sent in case you need it.
-
-
-
-
- After an arbitrairly long lookahead as with a cyclic DFA (or with
- any backtrack), this informs the debugger that stream should be
- rewound to the position associated with marker.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still.
-
-
-
-
- To watch a parser move through the grammar, the parser needs to
- inform the debugger what line/charPos it is passing in the grammar.
- For now, this does not know how to switch from one grammar to the
- other and back for island grammars etc...
-
-
-
- This should also allow breakpoints because the debugger can stop
- the parser whenever it hits this line/pos.
-
-
-
-
- A recognition exception occurred such as NoViableAltException. I made
- this a generic event so that I can alter the exception hierachy later
- without having to alter all the debug objects.
-
-
-
- Upon error, the stack of enter rule/subrule must be properly unwound.
- If no viable alt occurs it is within an enter/exit decision, which
- also must be rewound. Even the rewind for each mark must be unwount.
- In the Java target this is pretty easy using try/finally, if a bit
- ugly in the generated code. The rewind is generated in DFA.predict()
- actually so no code needs to be generated for that. For languages
- w/o this "finally" feature (C++?), the target implementor will have
- to build an event stack or something.
-
- Across a socket for remote debugging, only the RecognitionException
- data fields are transmitted. The token object or whatever that
- caused the problem was the last object referenced by LT. The
- immediately preceding LT event should hold the unexpected Token or
- char.
-
- Here is a sample event trace for grammar:
-
- b : C ({;}A|B) // {;} is there to prevent A|B becoming a set
- | D
- ;
-
- The sequence for this rule (with no viable alt in the subrule) for
- input 'c c' (there are 3 tokens) is:
-
- commence
- LT(1)
- enterRule b
- location 7 1
- enter decision 3
- LT(1)
- exit decision 3
- enterAlt1
- location 7 5
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:0]
- location 7 7
- enterSubRule 2
- enter decision 2
- LT(1)
- LT(1)
- recognitionException NoViableAltException 2 1 2
- exit decision 2
- exitSubRule 2
- beginResync
- LT(1)
- consumeToken [c/<4>,1:1]
- LT(1)
- endResync
- LT(-1)
- exitRule b
- terminate
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the recognizer is about to consume tokens to resynchronize
- the parser. Any consume events from here until the recovered event
- are not part of the parse--they are dead tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the recognizer has finished consuming tokens in order
- to resychronize. There may be multiple beginResync/endResync pairs
- before the recognizer comes out of errorRecovery mode (in which
- multiple errors are suppressed). This will be useful
- in a gui where you want to probably grey out tokens that are consumed
- but not matched to anything in grammar. Anything between
- a beginResync/endResync pair was tossed out by the parser.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate was evaluate with this result and action text
-
-
-
- Announce that parsing has begun. Not technically useful except for
- sending events over a socket. A GUI for example will launch a thread
- to connect and communicate with a remote parser. The thread will want
- to notify the GUI when a connection is made. ANTLR parsers
- trigger this upon entry to the first rule (the ruleLevel is used to
- figure this out).
-
-
-
-
- Parsing is over; successfully or not. Mostly useful for telling
- remote debugging listeners that it's time to quit. When the rule
- invocation level goes to zero at the end of a rule, we are done
- parsing.
-
-
-
-
- Input for a tree parser is an AST, but we know nothing for sure
- about a node except its type and text (obtained from the adaptor).
- This is the analog of the consumeToken method. Again, the ID is
- the hashCode usually of the node so it only works if hashCode is
- not implemented. If the type is UP or DOWN, then
- the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The tree parser lookedahead. If the type is UP or DOWN,
- then the ID is not really meaningful as it's fixed--there is
- just one UP node and one DOWN navigation node.
-
-
-
-
- A nil was created (even nil nodes have a unique ID...
- they are not "null" per se). As of 4/28/2006, this
- seems to be uniquely triggered when starting a new subtree
- such as when entering a subrule in automatic mode and when
- building a tree in rewrite mode.
-
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
-
- Upon syntax error, recognizers bracket the error with an error node
- if they are building ASTs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from token elements such as type etc...
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID, type, text are
- set.
-
-
-
- Announce a new node built from an existing token.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only node.ID and token.tokenIndex
- are set.
-
-
-
- Make a node the new root of an existing root. See
-
-
- Note: the newRootID parameter is possibly different
- than the TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() newRoot parameter.
- In our case, it will always be the result of calling
- TreeAdaptor.becomeRoot() and not root_n or whatever.
-
- The listener should assume that this event occurs
- only when the current subrule (or rule) subtree is
- being reset to newRootID.
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Make childID a child of rootID.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only IDs are set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the token start/stop token index for a subtree root or node.
-
-
- If you are receiving this event over a socket via
- RemoteDebugEventSocketListener then only t.ID is set.
-
-
-
- A DFA implemented as a set of transition tables.
-
-
- Any state that has a semantic predicate edge is special; those states
- are generated with if-then-else structures in a specialStateTransition()
- which is generated by cyclicDFA template.
-
- There are at most 32767 states (16-bit signed short).
- Could get away with byte sometimes but would have to generate different
- types and the simulation code too. For a point of reference, the Java
- lexer's Tokens rule DFA has 326 states roughly.
-
-
-
- Which recognizer encloses this DFA? Needed to check backtracking
-
-
-
- From the input stream, predict what alternative will succeed
- using this DFA (representing the covering regular approximation
- to the underlying CFL). Return an alternative number 1..n. Throw
- an exception upon error.
-
-
-
- A hook for debugging interface
-
-
-
- Given a String that has a run-length-encoding of some unsigned shorts
- like "\1\2\3\9", convert to short[] {2,9,9,9}. We do this to avoid
- static short[] which generates so much init code that the class won't
- compile. :(
-
-
-
- Hideous duplication of code, but I need different typed arrays out :(
-
-
- The recognizer did not match anything for a (..)+ loop.
-
-
-
- A semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates
- occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like matching a token.
- Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we hoist a predicate into
- a prediction decision.
-
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- AST rules have trees
-
-
- Has a value potentially if output=AST;
-
-
- A source of characters for an ANTLR lexer
-
-
-
- For infinite streams, you don't need this; primarily I'm providing
- a useful interface for action code. Just make sure actions don't
- use this on streams that don't support it.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith character of lookahead. This is the same usually as
- LA(i). This will be used for labels in the generated
- lexer code. I'd prefer to return a char here type-wise, but it's
- probably better to be 32-bit clean and be consistent with LA.
-
-
-
- ANTLR tracks the line information automatically
- Because this stream can rewind, we need to be able to reset the line
-
-
- The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- A simple stream of integers used when all I care about is the char
- or token type sequence (such as interpretation).
-
-
-
-
- Get int at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next int.
- Negative indexes are allowed. LA(-1) is previous token (token
- just matched). LA(-i) where i is before first token should
- yield -1, invalid char / EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Tell the stream to start buffering if it hasn't already. Return
- current input position, Index, or some other marker so that
- when passed to rewind() you get back to the same spot.
- rewind(mark()) should not affect the input cursor. The Lexer
- track line/col info as well as input index so its markers are
- not pure input indexes. Same for tree node streams.
-
-
-
-
- Return the current input symbol index 0..n where n indicates the
- last symbol has been read. The index is the symbol about to be
- read not the most recently read symbol.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the stream so that next call to index would return marker.
- The marker will usually be Index but it doesn't have to be. It's
- just a marker to indicate what state the stream was in. This is
- essentially calling release() and seek(). If there are markers
- created after this marker argument, this routine must unroll them
- like a stack. Assume the state the stream was in when this marker
- was created.
-
-
-
-
- Rewind to the input position of the last marker.
- Used currently only after a cyclic DFA and just
- before starting a sem/syn predicate to get the
- input position back to the start of the decision.
- Do not "pop" the marker off the state. mark(i)
- and rewind(i) should balance still. It is
- like invoking rewind(last marker) but it should not "pop"
- the marker off. It's like seek(last marker's input position).
-
-
-
-
- You may want to commit to a backtrack but don't want to force the
- stream to keep bookkeeping objects around for a marker that is
- no longer necessary. This will have the same behavior as
- rewind() except it releases resources without the backward seek.
- This must throw away resources for all markers back to the marker
- argument. So if you're nested 5 levels of mark(), and then release(2)
- you have to release resources for depths 2..5.
-
-
-
-
- Set the input cursor to the position indicated by index. This is
- normally used to seek ahead in the input stream. No buffering is
- required to do this unless you know your stream will use seek to
- move backwards such as when backtracking.
-
-
-
- This is different from rewind in its multi-directional
- requirement and in that its argument is strictly an input cursor (index).
-
- For char streams, seeking forward must update the stream state such
- as line number. For seeking backwards, you will be presumably
- backtracking using the mark/rewind mechanism that restores state and
- so this method does not need to update state when seeking backwards.
-
- Currently, this method is only used for efficient backtracking using
- memoization, but in the future it may be used for incremental parsing.
-
- The index is 0..n-1. A seek to position i means that LA(1) will
- return the ith symbol. So, seeking to 0 means LA(1) will return the
- first element in the stream.
-
-
-
-
- Only makes sense for streams that buffer everything up probably, but
- might be useful to display the entire stream or for testing. This
- value includes a single EOF.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting symbols from? Normally, implementations will
- pass the buck all the way to the lexer who can ask its input stream
- for the file name or whatever.
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Rules can have start/stop info.
-
- The element type of the input stream.
-
-
-
- Gets the start element from the input stream
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stop element from the input stream
-
-
-
- Get the text of the token
-
-
- The line number on which this token was matched; line=1..n
-
-
- The index of the first character relative to the beginning of the line 0..n-1
-
-
-
- An index from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream.
- This must be valid in order to use the ANTLRWorks debugger.
-
-
-
-
- From what character stream was this token created? You don't have to
- implement but it's nice to know where a Token comes from if you have
- include files etc... on the input.
-
-
-
-
- A source of tokens must provide a sequence of tokens via nextToken()
- and also must reveal it's source of characters; CommonToken's text is
- computed from a CharStream; it only store indices into the char stream.
-
-
-
- Errors from the lexer are never passed to the parser. Either you want
- to keep going or you do not upon token recognition error. If you do not
- want to continue lexing then you do not want to continue parsing. Just
- throw an exception not under RecognitionException and Java will naturally
- toss you all the way out of the recognizers. If you want to continue
- lexing then you should not throw an exception to the parser--it has already
- requested a token. Keep lexing until you get a valid one. Just report
- errors and keep going, looking for a valid token.
-
-
-
-
- Return a Token object from your input stream (usually a CharStream).
- Do not fail/return upon lexing error; keep chewing on the characters
- until you get a good one; errors are not passed through to the parser.
-
-
-
-
- Where are you getting tokens from? normally the implication will simply
- ask lexers input stream.
-
-
-
- A stream of tokens accessing tokens from a TokenSource
-
-
- Get Token at current input pointer + i ahead where i=1 is next Token.
- i<0 indicates tokens in the past. So -1 is previous token and -2 is
- two tokens ago. LT(0) is undefined. For i>=n, return Token.EOFToken.
- Return null for LT(0) and any index that results in an absolute address
- that is negative.
-
-
-
- How far ahead has the stream been asked to look? The return
- value is a valid index from 0..n-1.
-
-
-
-
- Get a token at an absolute index i; 0..n-1. This is really only
- needed for profiling and debugging and token stream rewriting.
- If you don't want to buffer up tokens, then this method makes no
- sense for you. Naturally you can't use the rewrite stream feature.
- I believe DebugTokenStream can easily be altered to not use
- this method, removing the dependency.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling tokens from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides Token objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all tokens from start to stop, inclusive.
- If the stream does not buffer all the tokens then it can just
- return "" or null; Users should not access $ruleLabel.text in
- an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Because the user is not required to use a token with an index stored
- in it, we must provide a means for two token objects themselves to
- indicate the start/end location. Most often this will just delegate
- to the other toString(int,int). This is also parallel with
- the TreeNodeStream.toString(Object,Object).
-
-
-
-
- The most common stream of tokens is one where every token is buffered up
- and tokens are prefiltered for a certain channel (the parser will only
- see these tokens and cannot change the filter channel number during the
- parse).
-
-
- TODO: how to access the full token stream? How to track all tokens matched per rule?
-
-
-
- Record every single token pulled from the source so we can reproduce
- chunks of it later.
-
-
-
- Map from token type to channel to override some Tokens' channel numbers
-
-
- Set of token types; discard any tokens with this type
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- By default, track all incoming tokens
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
-
- The index into the tokens list of the current token (next token
- to consume). p==-1 indicates that the tokens list is empty
-
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
- Reset this token stream by setting its token source.
-
-
-
- Load all tokens from the token source and put in tokens.
- This is done upon first LT request because you might want to
- set some token type / channel overrides before filling buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Move the input pointer to the next incoming token. The stream
- must become active with LT(1) available. consume() simply
- moves the input pointer so that LT(1) points at the next
- input symbol. Consume at least one token.
-
-
-
- Walk past any token not on the channel the parser is listening to.
-
-
-
- Given a starting index, return the index of the first on-channel token.
-
-
-
- A simple filter mechanism whereby you can tell this token stream
- to force all tokens of type ttype to be on channel. For example,
- when interpreting, we cannot exec actions so we need to tell
- the stream to force all WS and NEWLINE to be a different, ignored
- channel.
-
-
-
-
- Given a start and stop index, return a List of all tokens in
- the token type BitSet. Return null if no tokens were found. This
- method looks at both on and off channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Get the ith token from the current position 1..n where k=1 is the
- first symbol of lookahead.
-
-
-
- Look backwards k tokens on-channel tokens
-
-
-
- Return absolute token i; ignore which channel the tokens are on;
- that is, count all tokens not just on-channel tokens.
-
-
-
-
- A lexer is recognizer that draws input symbols from a character stream.
- lexer grammars result in a subclass of this object. A Lexer object
- uses simplified match() and error recovery mechanisms in the interest
- of speed.
-
-
-
- Where is the lexer drawing characters from?
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text matched so far for the current token or any text override.
-
-
- Setting this value replaces any previously set value, and overrides the original text.
-
-
-
- Return a token from this source; i.e., match a token on the char stream.
-
-
- Returns the EOF token (default), if you need
- to return a custom token instead override this method.
-
-
-
- Instruct the lexer to skip creating a token for current lexer rule
- and look for another token. nextToken() knows to keep looking when
- a lexer rule finishes with token set to SKIP_TOKEN. Recall that
- if token==null at end of any token rule, it creates one for you
- and emits it.
-
-
-
- This is the lexer entry point that sets instance var 'token'
-
-
-
- Currently does not support multiple emits per nextToken invocation
- for efficiency reasons. Subclass and override this method and
- nextToken (to push tokens into a list and pull from that list rather
- than a single variable as this implementation does).
-
-
-
-
- The standard method called to automatically emit a token at the
- outermost lexical rule. The token object should point into the
- char buffer start..stop. If there is a text override in 'text',
- use that to set the token's text. Override this method to emit
- custom Token objects.
-
-
-
- If you are building trees, then you should also override
- Parser or TreeParser.getMissingSymbol().
-
-
-
- What is the index of the current character of lookahead?
-
-
-
- Lexers can normally match any char in it's vocabulary after matching
- a token, so do the easy thing and just kill a character and hope
- it all works out. You can instead use the rule invocation stack
- to do sophisticated error recovery if you are in a fragment rule.
-
-
-
- A queue that can dequeue and get(i) in O(1) and grow arbitrarily large.
- A linked list is fast at dequeue but slow at get(i). An array is
- the reverse. This is O(1) for both operations.
-
- List grows until you dequeue last element at end of buffer. Then
- it resets to start filling at 0 again. If adds/removes are balanced, the
- buffer will not grow too large.
-
- No iterator stuff as that's not how we'll use it.
-
-
- dynamically-sized buffer of elements
-
-
- index of next element to fill
-
-
-
- How deep have we gone?
-
-
-
-
- Return element {@code i} elements ahead of current element. {@code i==0}
- gets current element. This is not an absolute index into {@link #data}
- since {@code p} defines the start of the real list.
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue
-
-
- Return string of current buffer contents; non-destructive
-
-
-
- A lookahead queue that knows how to mark/release locations in the buffer for
- backtracking purposes. Any markers force the {@link FastQueue} superclass to
- keep all elements until no more markers; then can reset to avoid growing a
- huge buffer.
-
-
-
- Absolute token index. It's the index of the symbol about to be
- read via {@code LT(1)}. Goes from 0 to numtokens.
-
-
- This is the {@code LT(-1)} element for the first element in {@link #data}.
-
-
- Track object returned by nextElement upon end of stream;
- Return it later when they ask for LT passed end of input.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- tracks how deep mark() calls are nested
-
-
-
- Implement nextElement to supply a stream of elements to this
- lookahead buffer. Return EOF upon end of the stream we're pulling from.
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove first element in queue; override
- {@link FastQueue#remove()}; it's the same, just checks for backtracking.
-
-
-
- Make sure we have at least one element to remove, even if EOF
-
-
-
- Make sure we have 'need' elements from current position p. Last valid
- p index is data.size()-1. p+need-1 is the data index 'need' elements
- ahead. If we need 1 element, (p+1-1)==p must be < data.size().
-
-
-
- add n elements to buffer
-
-
- Size of entire stream is unknown; we only know buffer size from FastQueue
-
-
-
- Seek to a 0-indexed absolute token index. Normally used to seek backwards
- in the buffer. Does not force loading of nodes.
-
-
- To preserve backward compatibility, this method allows seeking past the
- end of the currently buffered data. In this case, the input pointer will
- be moved but the data will only actually be loaded upon the next call to
- {@link #consume} or {@link #LT} for {@code k>0}.
-
-
-
- A mismatched char or Token or tree node
-
-
-
- We were expecting a token but it's not found. The current token
- is actually what we wanted next. Used for tree node errors too.
-
-
-
-
- A parser for TokenStreams. "parser grammars" result in a subclass
- of this.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the token stream; resets the parser upon a set.
-
-
-
- Rules that return more than a single value must return an object
- containing all the values. Besides the properties defined in
- RuleLabelScope.predefinedRulePropertiesScope there may be user-defined
- return values. This class simply defines the minimum properties that
- are always defined and methods to access the others that might be
- available depending on output option such as template and tree.
-
-
-
- Note text is not an actual property of the return value, it is computed
- from start and stop using the input stream's toString() method. I
- could add a ctor to this so that we can pass in and store the input
- stream, but I'm not sure we want to do that. It would seem to be undefined
- to get the .text property anyway if the rule matches tokens from multiple
- input streams.
-
- I do not use getters for fields of objects that are used simply to
- group values such as this aggregate. The getters/setters are there to
- satisfy the superclass interface.
-
-
-
- The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy.
-
-
- To avoid English-only error messages and to generally make things
- as flexible as possible, these exceptions are not created with strings,
- but rather the information necessary to generate an error. Then
- the various reporting methods in Parser and Lexer can be overridden
- to generate a localized error message. For example, MismatchedToken
- exceptions are built with the expected token type.
- So, don't expect getMessage() to return anything.
-
- Note that as of Java 1.4, you can access the stack trace, which means
- that you can compute the complete trace of rules from the start symbol.
- This gives you considerable context information with which to generate
- useful error messages.
-
- ANTLR generates code that throws exceptions upon recognition error and
- also generates code to catch these exceptions in each rule. If you
- want to quit upon first error, you can turn off the automatic error
- handling mechanism using rulecatch action, but you still need to
- override methods mismatch and recoverFromMismatchSet.
-
- In general, the recognition exceptions can track where in a grammar a
- problem occurred and/or what was the expected input. While the parser
- knows its state (such as current input symbol and line info) that
- state can change before the exception is reported so current token index
- is computed and stored at exception time. From this info, you can
- perhaps print an entire line of input not just a single token, for example.
- Better to just say the recognizer had a problem and then let the parser
- figure out a fancy report.
-
-
-
- What input stream did the error occur in?
-
-
-
- What was the lookahead index when this exception was thrown?
-
-
-
- What is index of token/char were we looking at when the error occurred?
-
-
-
- The current Token when an error occurred. Since not all streams
- can retrieve the ith Token, we have to track the Token object.
- For parsers. Even when it's a tree parser, token might be set.
-
-
-
-
- If this is a tree parser exception, node is set to the node with
- the problem.
-
-
-
- The current char when an error occurred. For lexers.
-
-
-
- Track the line (1-based) at which the error occurred in case this is
- generated from a lexer. We need to track this since the
- unexpected char doesn't carry the line info.
-
-
-
-
- The 0-based index into the line where the error occurred.
-
-
-
-
- If you are parsing a tree node stream, you will encounter som
- imaginary nodes w/o line/col info. We now search backwards looking
- for most recent token with line/col info, but notify getErrorHeader()
- that info is approximate.
-
-
-
- Used for remote debugger deserialization
-
-
- Return the token type or char of the unexpected input element
-
-
-
- The set of fields needed by an abstract recognizer to recognize input
- and recover from errors etc... As a separate state object, it can be
- shared among multiple grammars; e.g., when one grammar imports another.
-
-
-
- These fields are publically visible but the actual state pointer per
- parser is protected.
-
-
-
-
- Track the set of token types that can follow any rule invocation.
- Stack grows upwards. When it hits the max, it grows 2x in size
- and keeps going.
-
-
-
-
- This is true when we see an error and before having successfully
- matched a token. Prevents generation of more than one error message
- per error.
-
-
-
-
- The index into the input stream where the last error occurred.
- This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found
- but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found,
- ad naseum. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least
- one token/tree node is consumed for two errors.
-
-
-
-
- In lieu of a return value, this indicates that a rule or token
- has failed to match. Reset to false upon valid token match.
-
-
-
- Did the recognizer encounter a syntax error? Track how many.
-
-
-
- If 0, no backtracking is going on. Safe to exec actions etc...
- If >0 then it's the level of backtracking.
-
-
-
-
- An array[size num rules] of dictionaries that tracks
- the stop token index for each rule. ruleMemo[ruleIndex] is
- the memoization table for ruleIndex. For key ruleStartIndex, you
- get back the stop token for associated rule or MEMO_RULE_FAILED.
-
-
- This is only used if rule memoization is on (which it is by default).
-
-
-
- The goal of all lexer rules/methods is to create a token object.
- This is an instance variable as multiple rules may collaborate to
- create a single token. nextToken will return this object after
- matching lexer rule(s). If you subclass to allow multiple token
- emissions, then set this to the last token to be matched or
- something nonnull so that the auto token emit mechanism will not
- emit another token.
-
-
-
-
- What character index in the stream did the current token start at?
- Needed, for example, to get the text for current token. Set at
- the start of nextToken.
-
-
-
- The line on which the first character of the token resides
-
-
- The character position of first character within the line
-
-
- The channel number for the current token
-
-
- The token type for the current token
-
-
-
- You can set the text for the current token to override what is in
- the input char buffer. Use setText() or can set this instance var.
-
-
-
-
- All tokens go to the parser (unless skip() is called in that rule)
- on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel
- so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel.
-
-
-
-
- Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed
- by parser.
-
-
-
- Useful for dumping out the input stream after doing some
- augmentation or other manipulations.
-
- You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the
- operations are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a
- String. This is very efficient because you are not moving data around
- all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to strings, the
- toString() method(s) check to see if there is an operation at the
- current index. If so, the operation is done and then normal String
- rendering continues on the buffer. This is like having multiple Turing
- machine instruction streams (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
-
- Since the operations are done lazily at toString-time, operations do not
- screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token
- index i does not change the index values for tokens i+1..n-1.
-
- Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get
- the original token stream back without undoing anything. Since
- the instructions are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and
- roll back any changes if there is an error just by removing instructions.
- For example,
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- TokenRewriteStream tokens = new TokenRewriteStream(lex);
- T parser = new T(tokens);
- parser.startRule();
-
- Then in the rules, you can execute
- Token t,u;
- ...
- input.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");}
- input.insertAfter(u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString());
-
- Actually, you have to cast the 'input' to a TokenRewriteStream. :(
-
- You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple
- rewrites from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction
- streams and use that name again when printing the buffer. This could be
- useful for generating a C file and also its header file--all from the
- same buffer:
-
- tokens.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
- tokens.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass1"));
- System.out.println(tokens.toString("pass2"));
-
- If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as
- the first example shows.
-
-
- What index into rewrites List are we?
-
-
- Token buffer index.
-
-
-
- Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer.
- Return the index of the next token to operate on.
-
-
-
-
- I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp
- instructions.
-
-
-
-
- You may have multiple, named streams of rewrite operations.
- I'm calling these things "programs."
- Maps String (name) -> rewrite (List)
-
-
-
- Map String (program name) -> Integer index
-
-
-
- Rollback the instruction stream for a program so that
- the indicated instruction (via instructionIndex) is no
- longer in the stream. UNTESTED!
-
-
-
- Reset the program so that no instructions exist
-
-
- We need to combine operations and report invalid operations (like
- overlapping replaces that are not completed nested). Inserts to
- same index need to be combined etc... Here are the cases:
-
- I.i.u I.j.v leave alone, nonoverlapping
- I.i.u I.i.v combine: Iivu
-
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | i-j in x-y delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.i-j.v delete first R
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | x-y in i-j ERROR
- R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | boundaries overlap ERROR
-
- Delete special case of replace (text==null):
- D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
-
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i in (x+1)-y delete I (since insert before
- we're not deleting i)
- I.i.u R.x-y.v | i not in (x+1)-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i in x-y ERROR
- R.x-y.v I.x.u R.x-y.uv (combine, delete I)
- R.x-y.v I.i.u | i not in x-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
-
- I.i.u = insert u before op @ index i
- R.x-y.u = replace x-y indexed tokens with u
-
- First we need to examine replaces. For any replace op:
-
- 1. wipe out any insertions before op within that range.
- 2. Drop any replace op before that is contained completely within
- that range.
- 3. Throw exception upon boundary overlap with any previous replace.
-
- Then we can deal with inserts:
-
- 1. for any inserts to same index, combine even if not adjacent.
- 2. for any prior replace with same left boundary, combine this
- insert with replace and delete this replace.
- 3. throw exception if index in same range as previous replace
-
- Don't actually delete; make op null in list. Easier to walk list.
- Later we can throw as we add to index -> op map.
-
- Note that I.2 R.2-2 will wipe out I.2 even though, technically, the
- inserted stuff would be before the replace range. But, if you
- add tokens in front of a method body '{' and then delete the method
- body, I think the stuff before the '{' you added should disappear too.
-
- Return a map from token index to operation.
-
-
- Get all operations before an index of a particular kind
-
-
-
- In an action, a lexer rule can set token to this SKIP_TOKEN and ANTLR
- will avoid creating a token for this symbol and try to fetch another.
-
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; traverse "get child" link
-
-
- imaginary tree navigation type; finish with a child list
-
-
-
- A generic tree implementation with no payload. You must subclass to
- actually have any user data. ANTLR v3 uses a list of children approach
- instead of the child-sibling approach in v2. A flat tree (a list) is
- an empty node whose children represent the list. An empty, but
- non-null node is called "nil".
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node from an existing node does nothing for BaseTree
- as there are no fields other than the children list, which cannot
- be copied as the children are not considered part of this node.
-
-
-
-
- Get the children internal List; note that if you directly mess with
- the list, do so at your own risk.
-
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track parent pointers.
-
-
- BaseTree doesn't track child indexes.
-
-
- Add t as child of this node.
-
-
- Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then this routine moves children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array.
-
-
-
- Add all elements of kids list as children of this node
-
-
- Insert child t at child position i (0..n-1) by shifting children
- i+1..n-1 to the right one position. Set parent / indexes properly
- but does NOT collapse nil-rooted t's that come in here like addChild.
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
- Override in a subclass to change the impl of children list
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all child of t
-
-
- Walk upwards looking for ancestor with this token type.
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- Print out a whole tree not just a node
-
-
- Override to say how a node (not a tree) should look as text
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation.
-
-
-
- System.identityHashCode() is not always unique; we have to
- track ourselves. That's ok, it's only for debugging, though it's
- expensive: we have to create a hashtable with all tree nodes in it.
-
-
-
-
- Create tree node that holds the start and stop tokens associated
- with an error.
-
-
-
- If you specify your own kind of tree nodes, you will likely have to
- override this method. CommonTree returns Token.INVALID_TOKEN_TYPE
- if no token payload but you might have to set token type for diff
- node type.
-
- You don't have to subclass CommonErrorNode; you will likely need to
- subclass your own tree node class to avoid class cast exception.
-
-
-
-
- This is generic in the sense that it will work with any kind of
- tree (not just ITree interface). It invokes the adaptor routines
- not the tree node routines to do the construction.
-
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
- Transform ^(nil x) to x and nil to null
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Duplicate a node. This is part of the factory;
- override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
- I could use reflection to prevent having to override this
- but reflection is slow.
-
-
-
-
- Track start/stop token for subtree root created for a rule.
- Only works with Tree nodes. For rules that match nothing,
- seems like this will yield start=i and stop=i-1 in a nil node.
- Might be useful info so I'll not force to be i..i.
-
-
-
- A buffered stream of tree nodes. Nodes can be from a tree of ANY kind.
-
- This node stream sucks all nodes out of the tree specified in
- the constructor during construction and makes pointers into
- the tree using an array of Object pointers. The stream necessarily
- includes pointers to DOWN and UP and EOF nodes.
-
- This stream knows how to mark/release for backtracking.
-
- This stream is most suitable for tree interpreters that need to
- jump around a lot or for tree parsers requiring speed (at cost of memory).
- There is some duplicated functionality here with UnBufferedTreeNodeStream
- but just in bookkeeping, not tree walking etc...
-
- TARGET DEVELOPERS:
-
- This is the old CommonTreeNodeStream that buffered up entire node stream.
- No need to implement really as new CommonTreeNodeStream is much better
- and covers what we need.
-
- @see CommonTreeNodeStream
-
-
- The complete mapping from stream index to tree node.
- This buffer includes pointers to DOWN, UP, and EOF nodes.
- It is built upon ctor invocation. The elements are type
- Object as we don't what the trees look like.
-
- Load upon first need of the buffer so we can set token types
- of interest for reverseIndexing. Slows us down a wee bit to
- do all of the if p==-1 testing everywhere though.
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- IF this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- Reuse same DOWN, UP navigation nodes unless this is true
-
-
- The index into the nodes list of the current node (next node
- to consume). If -1, nodes array not filled yet.
-
-
- Track the last mark() call result value for use in rewind().
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Walk tree with depth-first-search and fill nodes buffer.
- Don't do DOWN, UP nodes if its a list (t is isNil).
-
-
- What is the stream index for node? 0..n-1
- Return -1 if node not found.
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use UP, DOWN nodes to represent
- the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes
- so instantiate new ones when uniqueNavigationNodes is true.
-
-
- Look backwards k nodes
-
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
-
- Used for testing, just return the token type stream
-
-
- Debugging
-
-
- A node representing erroneous token range in token stream
-
-
-
- A tree node that is wrapper for a Token object. After 3.0 release
- while building tree rewrite stuff, it became clear that computing
- parent and child index is very difficult and cumbersome. Better to
- spend the space in every tree node. If you don't want these extra
- fields, it's easy to cut them out in your own BaseTree subclass.
-
-
-
- A single token is the payload
-
-
-
- What token indexes bracket all tokens associated with this node
- and below?
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
-
-
-
- For every node in this subtree, make sure it's start/stop token's
- are set. Walk depth first, visit bottom up. Only updates nodes
- with at least one token index < 0.
-
-
-
-
- A TreeAdaptor that works with any Tree implementation. It provides
- really just factory methods; all the work is done by BaseTreeAdaptor.
- If you would like to have different tokens created than ClassicToken
- objects, you need to override this and then set the parser tree adaptor to
- use your subclass.
-
-
-
- To get your parser to build nodes of a different type, override
- create(Token), errorNode(), and to be safe, YourTreeClass.dupNode().
- dupNode is called to duplicate nodes during rewrite operations.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- Tell me how to create a token for use with imaginary token nodes.
- For example, there is probably no input symbol associated with imaginary
- token DECL, but you need to create it as a payload or whatever for
- the DECL node as in ^(DECL type ID).
-
-
-
- This is a variant of createToken where the new token is derived from
- an actual real input token. Typically this is for converting '{'
- tokens to BLOCK etc... You'll see
-
- r : lc='{' ID+ '}' -> ^(BLOCK[$lc] ID+) ;
-
- If you care what the token payload objects' type is, you should
- override this method and any other createToken variant.
-
-
-
-
- What is the Token associated with this node? If
- you are not using CommonTree, then you must
- override this in your own adaptor.
-
-
-
- Pull nodes from which tree?
-
-
- If this tree (root) was created from a token stream, track it.
-
-
- What tree adaptor was used to build these trees
-
-
- The tree iterator we are using
-
-
- Stack of indexes used for push/pop calls
-
-
- Tree (nil A B C) trees like flat A B C streams
-
-
- Tracks tree depth. Level=0 means we're at root node level.
-
-
- Tracks the last node before the start of {@link #data} which contains
- position information to provide information for error reporting. This is
- tracked in addition to {@link #prevElement} which may or may not contain
- position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
- @see RecognitionException#extractInformationFromTreeNodeStream
-
-
- Make stream jump to a new location, saving old location.
- Switch back with pop().
-
-
- Seek back to previous index saved during last push() call.
- Return top of stack (return index).
-
-
- Returns an element containing position information. If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code false}, then
- this method will return the {@code LT(1)} element if it contains position information, and otherwise return {@code null}.
- If {@code allowApproximateLocation} is {@code true}, then this method will return the last known element containing position information.
-
- @see #hasPositionInformation
-
-
- For debugging; destructive: moves tree iterator to end.
-
-
- A utility class to generate DOT diagrams (graphviz) from
- arbitrary trees. You can pass in your own templates and
- can pass in any kind of tree or use Tree interface method.
- I wanted this separator so that you don't have to include
- ST just to use the org.antlr.runtime.tree.* package.
- This is a set of non-static methods so you can subclass
- to override. For example, here is an invocation:
-
- CharStream input = new ANTLRInputStream(System.in);
- TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
- CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
- TParser parser = new TParser(tokens);
- TParser.e_return r = parser.e();
- Tree t = (Tree)r.tree;
- System.out.println(t.toStringTree());
- DOTTreeGenerator gen = new DOTTreeGenerator();
- StringTemplate st = gen.toDOT(t);
- System.out.println(st);
-
-
- Track node to number mapping so we can get proper node name back
-
-
- Track node number so we can get unique node names
-
-
- Generate DOT (graphviz) for a whole tree not just a node.
- For example, 3+4*5 should generate:
-
- digraph {
- node [shape=plaintext, fixedsize=true, fontsize=11, fontname="Courier",
- width=.4, height=.2];
- edge [arrowsize=.7]
- "+"->3
- "+"->"*"
- "*"->4
- "*"->5
- }
-
- Takes a Tree interface object.
-
-
-
- @author Sam Harwell
-
-
- Returns an element containing concrete information about the current
- position in the stream.
-
- @param allowApproximateLocation if {@code false}, this method returns
- {@code null} if an element containing exact information about the current
- position is not available
-
-
- Determines if the specified {@code element} contains concrete position
- information.
-
- @param element the element to check
- @return {@code true} if {@code element} contains concrete position
- information, otherwise {@code false}
-
-
-
- What does a tree look like? ANTLR has a number of support classes
- such as CommonTreeNodeStream that work on these kinds of trees. You
- don't have to make your trees implement this interface, but if you do,
- you'll be able to use more support code.
-
-
-
- NOTE: When constructing trees, ANTLR can build any kind of tree; it can
- even use Token objects as trees if you add a child list to your tokens.
-
- This is a tree node without any payload; just navigation and factory stuff.
-
-
-
- Is there is a node above with token type ttype?
-
-
- Walk upwards and get first ancestor with this token type.
-
-
-
- Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
- list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
-
-
-
- This node is what child index? 0..n-1
-
-
- Set the parent and child index values for all children
-
-
-
- Add t as a child to this node. If t is null, do nothing. If t
- is nil, add all children of t to this' children.
-
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
-
- Delete children from start to stop and replace with t even if t is
- a list (nil-root tree). num of children can increase or decrease.
- For huge child lists, inserting children can force walking rest of
- children to set their childindex; could be slow.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the node is a nil node but may still have children, meaning
- the tree is a flat list.
-
-
-
-
- What is the smallest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
-
- What is the largest token index (indexing from 0) for this node
- and its children?
-
-
-
- Return a token type; needed for tree parsing
-
-
- In case we don't have a token payload, what is the line for errors?
-
-
-
- How to create and navigate trees. Rather than have a separate factory
- and adaptor, I've merged them. Makes sense to encapsulate.
-
-
-
- This takes the place of the tree construction code generated in the
- generated code in 2.x and the ASTFactory.
-
- I do not need to know the type of a tree at all so they are all
- generic Objects. This may increase the amount of typecasting needed. :(
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree node from Token object; for CommonTree type trees,
- then the token just becomes the payload. This is the most
- common create call.
-
-
-
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(tokenType,fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG[$tokenLabel, "IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Same as create(fromToken) except set the text too.
- This is invoked when the text terminal option is set, as in
- IMAG<text='IMAG'>.
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(Token).
-
-
-
-
- Create a new node derived from a token, with a new token type.
- This is invoked from an imaginary node ref on right side of a
- rewrite rule as IMAG["IMAG"].
-
-
-
- This should invoke createToken(int,String).
-
-
-
- Duplicate a single tree node.
- Override if you want another kind of node to be built.
-
-
- Duplicate tree recursively, using dupNode() for each node
-
-
-
- Return a nil node (an empty but non-null node) that can hold
- a list of element as the children. If you want a flat tree (a list)
- use "t=adaptor.nil(); t.addChild(x); t.addChild(y);"
-
-
-
-
- Return a tree node representing an error. This node records the
- tokens consumed during error recovery. The start token indicates the
- input symbol at which the error was detected. The stop token indicates
- the last symbol consumed during recovery.
-
-
-
- You must specify the input stream so that the erroneous text can
- be packaged up in the error node. The exception could be useful
- to some applications; default implementation stores ptr to it in
- the CommonErrorNode.
-
- This only makes sense during token parsing, not tree parsing.
- Tree parsing should happen only when parsing and tree construction
- succeed.
-
-
-
- Is tree considered a nil node used to make lists of child nodes?
-
-
-
- Add a child to the tree t. If child is a flat tree (a list), make all
- in list children of t. Warning: if t has no children, but child does
- and child isNil then you can decide it is ok to move children to t via
- t.children = child.children; i.e., without copying the array. Just
- make sure that this is consistent with have the user will build
- ASTs. Do nothing if t or child is null.
-
-
-
-
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=r yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=r yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If newRoot is a nil-rooted single child tree, use the single
- child as the new root node.
-
- old=^(nil a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r a b c)
- old=^(a b c), new=^(nil r) yields ^(r ^(a b c))
-
- If oldRoot was null, it's ok, just return newRoot (even if isNil).
-
- old=null, new=r yields r
- old=null, new=^(nil r) yields ^(nil r)
-
- Return newRoot. Throw an exception if newRoot is not a
- simple node or nil root with a single child node--it must be a root
- node. If newRoot is ^(nil x) return x as newRoot.
-
- Be advised that it's ok for newRoot to point at oldRoot's
- children; i.e., you don't have to copy the list. We are
- constructing these nodes so we should have this control for
- efficiency.
-
-
-
-
- Given the root of the subtree created for this rule, post process
- it to do any simplifications or whatever you want. A required
- behavior is to convert ^(nil singleSubtree) to singleSubtree
- as the setting of start/stop indexes relies on a single non-nil root
- for non-flat trees.
-
-
-
- Flat trees such as for lists like "idlist : ID+ ;" are left alone
- unless there is only one ID. For a list, the start/stop indexes
- are set in the nil node.
-
- This method is executed after all rule tree construction and right
- before setTokenBoundaries().
-
-
-
- For identifying trees.
-
-
- How to identify nodes so we can say "add node to a prior node"?
- Even becomeRoot is an issue. Use System.identityHashCode(node)
- usually.
-
-
-
-
- Create a node for newRoot make it the root of oldRoot.
- If oldRoot is a nil root, just copy or move the children to newRoot.
- If not a nil root, make oldRoot a child of newRoot.
-
-
-
- Return node created for newRoot.
-
-
-
- Be advised: when debugging ASTs, the DebugTreeAdaptor manually
- calls create(Token child) and then plain becomeRoot(node, node)
- because it needs to trap calls to create, but it can't since it delegates
- to not inherits from the TreeAdaptor.
-
-
-
- For tree parsing, I need to know the token type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the type of a node
-
-
- Node constructors can set the text of a node
-
-
-
- Return the token object from which this node was created.
- Currently used only for printing an error message.
- The error display routine in BaseRecognizer needs to
- display where the input the error occurred. If your
- tree of limitation does not store information that can
- lead you to the token, you can create a token filled with
- the appropriate information and pass that back. See
- BaseRecognizer.getErrorMessage().
-
-
-
-
- Where are the bounds in the input token stream for this node and
- all children? Each rule that creates AST nodes will call this
- method right before returning. Flat trees (i.e., lists) will
- still usually have a nil root node just to hold the children list.
- That node would contain the start/stop indexes then.
-
-
-
- Get the token start index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get the token stop index for this subtree; return -1 if no such index
-
-
- Get a child 0..n-1 node
-
-
- Set ith child (0..n-1) to t; t must be non-null and non-nil node
-
-
- Remove ith child and shift children down from right.
-
-
- How many children? If 0, then this is a leaf node
-
-
-
- Who is the parent node of this node; if null, implies node is root.
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- What index is this node in the child list? Range: 0..n-1
- If your node type doesn't handle this, it's ok but the tree rewrites
- in tree parsers need this functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Replace from start to stop child index of parent with t, which might
- be a list. Number of children may be different after this call.
-
-
-
- If parent is null, don't do anything; must be at root of overall tree.
- Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do nothing.
-
-
-
- A stream of tree nodes, accessing nodes from a tree of some kind
-
-
-
- Get a tree node at an absolute index i; 0..n-1.
- If you don't want to buffer up nodes, then this method makes no
- sense for you.
-
-
-
-
- Get tree node at current input pointer + ahead where
- ==1 is next node. <0 indicates nodes in the past. So
- {@code LT(-1)} is previous node, but implementations are not required to
- provide results for < -1. {@code LT(0)} is undefined. For
- <=n, return . Return for {@code LT(0)}
- and any index that results in an absolute address that is negative.
-
-
-
- This is analogous to , but this returns a tree node
- instead of a . Makes code generation identical for both
- parser and tree grammars.
-
-
-
-
- Where is this stream pulling nodes from? This is not the name, but
- the object that provides node objects.
-
-
-
-
- If the tree associated with this stream was created from a
- {@link TokenStream}, you can specify it here. Used to do rule
- {@code $text} attribute in tree parser. Optional unless you use tree
- parser rule {@code $text} attribute or {@code output=template} and
- {@code rewrite=true} options.
-
-
-
-
- What adaptor can tell me how to interpret/navigate nodes and
- trees. E.g., get text of a node.
-
-
-
-
- As we flatten the tree, we use {@link Token#UP}, {@link Token#DOWN} nodes
- to represent the tree structure. When debugging we need unique nodes so
- we have to instantiate new ones. When doing normal tree parsing, it's
- slow and a waste of memory to create unique navigation nodes. Default
- should be {@code false}.
-
-
-
-
- Return the text of all nodes from {@code start} to {@code stop},
- inclusive. If the stream does not buffer all the nodes then it can still
- walk recursively from start until stop. You can always return
- {@code null} or {@code ""} too, but users should not access
- {@code $ruleLabel.text} in an action of course in that case.
-
-
-
-
- Replace children of {@code parent} from index {@code startChildIndex} to
- {@code stopChildIndex} with {@code t}, which might be a list. Number of
- children may be different after this call. The stream is notified because
- it is walking the tree and might need to know you are monkeying with the
- underlying tree. Also, it might be able to modify the node stream to
- avoid restreaming for future phases.
-
-
-
- If {@code parent} is {@code null}, don't do anything; must be at root of
- overall tree. Can't replace whatever points to the parent externally. Do
- nothing.
-
-
-
-
- How to execute code for node t when a visitor visits node t. Execute
- pre() before visiting children and execute post() after visiting children.
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action before visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value. Children of returned value will be
- visited if using TreeVisitor.visit().
-
-
-
-
- Execute an action after visiting children of t. Return t or
- a rewritten t. It is up to the visitor to decide what to do
- with the return value.
-
-
-
-
- A record of the rules used to match a token sequence. The tokens
- end up as the leaves of this tree and rule nodes are the interior nodes.
- This really adds no functionality, it is just an alias for CommonTree
- that is more meaningful (specific) and holds a String to display for a node.
-
-
-
-
- Emit a token and all hidden nodes before. EOF node holds all
- hidden tokens after last real token.
-
-
-
-
- Print out the leaves of this tree, which means printing original
- input back out.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all exceptions thrown during AST rewrite construction.
- This signifies a case where the cardinality of two or more elements
- in a subrule are different: (ID INT)+ where |ID|!=|INT|
-
-
-
- No elements within a (...)+ in a rewrite rule
-
-
- Ref to ID or expr but no tokens in ID stream or subtrees in expr stream
-
-
-
- A generic list of elements tracked in an alternative to be used in
- a -> rewrite rule. We need to subclass to fill in the next() method,
- which returns either an AST node wrapped around a token payload or
- an existing subtree.
-
-
-
- Once you start next()ing, do not try to add more elements. It will
- break the cursor tracking I believe.
-
- TODO: add mechanism to detect/puke on modification after reading from stream
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cursor 0..n-1. If singleElement!=null, cursor is 0 until you next(),
- which bumps it to 1 meaning no more elements.
-
-
-
- Track single elements w/o creating a list. Upon 2nd add, alloc list
-
-
- The list of tokens or subtrees we are tracking
-
-
- Once a node / subtree has been used in a stream, it must be dup'd
- from then on. Streams are reset after subrules so that the streams
- can be reused in future subrules. So, reset must set a dirty bit.
- If dirty, then next() always returns a dup.
-
-
- The element or stream description; usually has name of the token or
- rule reference that this list tracks. Can include rulename too, but
- the exception would track that info.
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Reset the condition of this stream so that it appears we have
- not consumed any of its elements. Elements themselves are untouched.
- Once we reset the stream, any future use will need duplicates. Set
- the dirty bit.
-
-
-
-
- Return the next element in the stream. If out of elements, throw
- an exception unless size()==1. If size is 1, then return elements[0].
- Return a duplicate node/subtree if stream is out of elements and
- size==1. If we've already used the element, dup (dirty bit set).
-
-
-
-
- Do the work of getting the next element, making sure that it's
- a tree node or subtree. Deal with the optimization of single-
- element list versus list of size > 1. Throw an exception
- if the stream is empty or we're out of elements and size>1.
- protected so you can override in a subclass if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- When constructing trees, sometimes we need to dup a token or AST
- subtree. Dup'ing a token means just creating another AST node
- around it. For trees, you must call the adaptor.dupTree() unless
- the element is for a tree root; then it must be a node dup.
-
-
-
-
- Ensure stream emits trees; tokens must be converted to AST nodes.
- AST nodes can be passed through unmolested.
-
-
-
-
- Queues up nodes matched on left side of -> in a tree parser. This is
- the analog of RewriteRuleTokenStream for normal parsers.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
-
- Treat next element as a single node even if it's a subtree.
- This is used instead of next() when the result has to be a
- tree root node. Also prevents us from duplicating recently-added
- children; e.g., ^(type ID)+ adds ID to type and then 2nd iteration
- must dup the type node, but ID has been added.
-
-
-
- Referencing a rule result twice is ok; dup entire tree as
- we can't be adding trees as root; e.g., expr expr.
-
- Hideous code duplication here with super.next(). Can't think of
- a proper way to refactor. This needs to always call dup node
- and super.next() doesn't know which to call: dup node or dup tree.
-
-
-
- Create a stream with one element
-
-
- Create a stream, but feed off an existing list
-
-
- Get next token from stream and make a node for it
-
-
-
- Don't convert to a tree unless they explicitly call nextTree.
- This way we can do hetero tree nodes in rewrite.
-
-
-
- Return a node stream from a doubly-linked tree whose nodes
- know what child index they are. No remove() is supported.
-
- Emit navigation nodes (DOWN, UP, and EOF) to let show tree structure.
-
-
- If we emit UP/DOWN nodes, we need to spit out multiple nodes per
- next() call.
-
-
-
- A parser for a stream of tree nodes. "tree grammars" result in a subclass
- of this. All the error reporting and recovery is shared with Parser via
- the BaseRecognizer superclass.
-
-
-
- Set the input stream
-
-
-
- Match '.' in tree parser has special meaning. Skip node or
- entire tree if node has children. If children, scan until
- corresponding UP node.
-
-
-
-
- We have DOWN/UP nodes in the stream that have no line info; override.
- plus we want to alter the exception type. Don't try to recover
- from tree parser errors inline...
-
-
-
-
- Prefix error message with the grammar name because message is
- always intended for the programmer because the parser built
- the input tree not the user.
-
-
-
-
- Tree parsers parse nodes they usually have a token object as
- payload. Set the exception token and do the default behavior.
-
-
-
- The tree pattern to lex like "(A B C)"
-
-
- Index into input string
-
-
- Current char
-
-
- How long is the pattern in char?
-
-
- Set when token type is ID or ARG (name mimics Java's StreamTokenizer)
-
-
- Override this if you need transformation tracing to go somewhere
- other than stdout or if you're not using ITree-derived trees.
-
-
-
- This is identical to the ParserRuleReturnScope except that
- the start property is a tree nodes not Token object
- when you are parsing trees.
-
-
-
- Gets the first node or root node of tree matched for this rule.
-
-
- Do a depth first walk of a tree, applying pre() and post() actions as we go.
-
-
-
- Visit every node in tree t and trigger an action for each node
- before/after having visited all of its children. Bottom up walk.
- Execute both actions even if t has no children. Ignore return
- results from transforming children since they will have altered
- the child list of this node (their parent). Return result of
- applying post action to this node.
-
-
-
-
- Build and navigate trees with this object. Must know about the names
- of tokens so you have to pass in a map or array of token names (from which
- this class can build the map). I.e., Token DECL means nothing unless the
- class can translate it to a token type.
-
-
-
- In order to create nodes and navigate, this class needs a TreeAdaptor.
-
- This class can build a token type -> node index for repeated use or for
- iterating over the various nodes with a particular type.
-
- This class works in conjunction with the TreeAdaptor rather than moving
- all this functionality into the adaptor. An adaptor helps build and
- navigate trees using methods. This class helps you do it with string
- patterns like "(A B C)". You can create a tree from that pattern or
- match subtrees against it.
-
-
-
-
- When using %label:TOKENNAME in a tree for parse(), we must
- track the label.
-
-
-
- This adaptor creates TreePattern objects for use during scan()
-
-
-
- Compute a Map<String, Integer> that is an inverted index of
- tokenNames (which maps int token types to names).
-
-
-
- Using the map of token names to token types, return the type.
-
-
-
- Walk the entire tree and make a node name to nodes mapping.
- For now, use recursion but later nonrecursive version may be
- more efficient. Returns Map<Integer, List> where the List is
- of your AST node type. The Integer is the token type of the node.
-
-
-
- TODO: save this index so that find and visit are faster
-
-
-
- Do the work for index
-
-
- Return a List of tree nodes with token type ttype
-
-
- Return a List of subtrees matching pattern.
-
-
-
- Visit every ttype node in t, invoking the visitor. This is a quicker
- version of the general visit(t, pattern) method. The labels arg
- of the visitor action method is never set (it's null) since using
- a token type rather than a pattern doesn't let us set a label.
-
-
-
- Do the recursive work for visit
-
-
-
- For all subtrees that match the pattern, execute the visit action.
- The implementation uses the root node of the pattern in combination
- with visit(t, ttype, visitor) so nil-rooted patterns are not allowed.
- Patterns with wildcard roots are also not allowed.
-
-
-
-
- Given a pattern like (ASSIGN %lhs:ID %rhs:.) with optional labels
- on the various nodes and '.' (dot) as the node/subtree wildcard,
- return true if the pattern matches and fill the labels Map with
- the labels pointing at the appropriate nodes. Return false if
- the pattern is malformed or the tree does not match.
-
-
-
- If a node specifies a text arg in pattern, then that must match
- for that node in t.
-
- TODO: what's a better way to indicate bad pattern? Exceptions are a hassle
-
-
-
-
- Do the work for parse. Check to see if the t2 pattern fits the
- structure and token types in t1. Check text if the pattern has
- text arguments on nodes. Fill labels map with pointers to nodes
- in tree matched against nodes in pattern with labels.
-
-
-
-
- Create a tree or node from the indicated tree pattern that closely
- follows ANTLR tree grammar tree element syntax:
-
- (root child1 ... child2).
-
-
-
- You can also just pass in a node: ID
-
- Any node can have a text argument: ID[foo]
- (notice there are no quotes around foo--it's clear it's a string).
-
- nil is a special name meaning "give me a nil node". Useful for
- making lists: (nil A B C) is a list of A B C.
-
-
-
-
- Compare t1 and t2; return true if token types/text, structure match exactly.
- The trees are examined in their entirety so that (A B) does not match
- (A B C) nor (A (B C)).
-
-
-
- TODO: allow them to pass in a comparator
- TODO: have a version that is nonstatic so it can use instance adaptor
-
- I cannot rely on the tree node's equals() implementation as I make
- no constraints at all on the node types nor interface etc...
-
-
-
-
- Compare type, structure, and text of two trees, assuming adaptor in
- this instance of a TreeWizard.
-
-
-
- A token stream that pulls tokens from the code source on-demand and
- without tracking a complete buffer of the tokens. This stream buffers
- the minimum number of tokens possible. It's the same as
- OnDemandTokenStream except that OnDemandTokenStream buffers all tokens.
-
- You can't use this stream if you pass whitespace or other off-channel
- tokens to the parser. The stream can't ignore off-channel tokens.
-
- You can only look backwards 1 token: LT(-1).
-
- Use this when you need to read from a socket or other infinite stream.
-
- @see BufferedTokenStream
- @see CommonTokenStream
-
-
- Skip tokens on any channel but this one; this is how we skip whitespace...
-
-
- An extra token while parsing a TokenStream
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index d30b8b32a..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0.nupkg b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index fb12795d2..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/LICENSE b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/LICENSE
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d96b3afe..000000000
--- a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/LICENSE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-Copyright (c) 2008-2018, James Gregory and contributors
-All rights reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
- * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * Neither the name of James Gregory nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/README.md b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a2437d23..000000000
--- a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-
-
-[](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/nhibernate/fluent-nhibernate/branch/main)
-[](https://www.nuget.org/packages/FluentNHibernate)
-
-## What is FluentNHibernate?
-Fluent, XML-less, compile safe, automated, convention-based mappings for NHibernate. *Get your fluent on.*
-
-## Where can I get it?
-
-Install using the [FluentNHibernate NuGet package](https://www.nuget.org/packages/FluentNHibernate):
-
-```
-dotnet add package FluentNHibernate
-```
-
-## How do I use it?
-
-* Read the [introduction](https://github.com/FluentNHibernate/fluent-nhibernate/wiki/Getting-started).
-* Get latest version from [NuGet](https://www.nuget.org/packages/FluentNHibernate)
-* Create your [first project](https://github.com/FluentNHibernate/fluent-nhibernate/wiki/Getting-started#wiki-yourfirstproject).
-
-## Further reading
-
-Once you've followed the above, you can compare our [auto mapping](https://github.com/FluentNHibernate/fluent-nhibernate/wiki/Auto-mapping) to our [fluent interface](https://github.com/FluentNHibernate/fluent-nhibernate/wiki/Fluent-mapping) to see which suits your application, read through our [API documentation](https://github.com/FluentNHibernate/fluent-nhibernate/wiki/Fluent-configuration), or just see what's available for reading in our [wiki](https://github.com/FluentNHibernate/fluent-nhibernate/wiki).
-
-Contributors
----------------------------------------------
-
-Fluent NHibernate wouldn't be possible without the time and effort of its contributors. The team comprises of [James Gregory](http://jagregory.com), [Paul Batum](http://www.paulbatum.com), Andrew Stewart, [Hudson Akridge](https://github.com/HudsonAkridge), [Gleb Chermennov](https://github.com/chester89) and [Jorge Rodríguez Galán](https://github.com/jrgcubano).
-
-**Our valued committers are:** Aaron Jensen, Alexander Gross, Andrew Stewart, Barry Dahlberg, Bobby Johnson, Brian Donahue, Cameron Harris, Chad Myers, Chris Chilvers, Craig Neuwirt, Dan Malcolm, Daniel Mirapalheta, David Archer, David Longnecker, David R. Longnecker, Derick Bailey, Erik Ojebo, Firo, Hudson Akridge, Ivan Zlatev, James Freiwirth, James Gregory, James Kovacs, Jeremy Skinner, Lee Henson, Louis DeJardin, Patric Forsgard, Paul Batum, Roelof Blom, Stuart Childs, Tom Janssens, Tuna Toksoz, U-BSOD\pruiz, di97mni, dschilling, felixg, jeremydmiller, kevm, leebrandt, maxild, robsosno, [Jorge Rodríguez Galán](https://github.com/jrgcubano) and many more.
-
-Thanks goes to [Jeremy Miller](http://codebetter.com/blogs/jeremy.miller) for the original idea and implementation.
-
-Fluent NHibernate is © 2008-2018 [James Gregory](http://jagregory.com) and contributors under the [BSD license](https://github.com/nhibernate/fluent-nhibernate/blob/main/LICENSE)
-
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/net461/FluentNHibernate.dll b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/net461/FluentNHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index bdbac086d..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/net461/FluentNHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/net461/FluentNHibernate.pdb b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/net461/FluentNHibernate.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index d7b71512d..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/net461/FluentNHibernate.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netcoreapp2.0/FluentNHibernate.dll b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netcoreapp2.0/FluentNHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index b9eadace5..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netcoreapp2.0/FluentNHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netcoreapp2.0/FluentNHibernate.pdb b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netcoreapp2.0/FluentNHibernate.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ce6c4639..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netcoreapp2.0/FluentNHibernate.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netstandard2.0/FluentNHibernate.dll b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netstandard2.0/FluentNHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index b2219d12f..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netstandard2.0/FluentNHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netstandard2.0/FluentNHibernate.pdb b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netstandard2.0/FluentNHibernate.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 8472ef657..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/lib/netstandard2.0/FluentNHibernate.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/logo-nuget.png b/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/logo-nuget.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a4a59048..000000000
Binary files a/packages/FluentNHibernate.3.4.0/logo-nuget.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/.signature.p7s b/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index fa0159dfa..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4.nupkg b/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 03c3a7879..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/net40/Iesi.Collections.dll b/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/net40/Iesi.Collections.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 09c113639..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/net40/Iesi.Collections.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/net461/Iesi.Collections.dll b/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/net461/Iesi.Collections.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index c35d072fd..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/net461/Iesi.Collections.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/netstandard1.0/Iesi.Collections.dll b/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/netstandard1.0/Iesi.Collections.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b4636376..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/netstandard1.0/Iesi.Collections.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/netstandard1.3/Iesi.Collections.dll b/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/netstandard1.3/Iesi.Collections.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c21085cd..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Iesi.Collections.4.0.4/lib/netstandard1.3/Iesi.Collections.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/.signature.p7s b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index 06405fb2d..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/FireBird.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/FireBird.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e3c8e429..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/FireBird.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.FirebirdClientDriver
-
- DataSource=localhost;
- Database=nhibernate;
- User ID=SYSDBA;Password=masterkey;
- MaxPoolSize=200;
- charset=utf8;
-
- false
- NHibernate.Dialect.FirebirdDialect
- 60
- true 1, false 0, yes 1, no 0
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/HANA.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/HANA.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f21314961..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/HANA.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.HanaColumnStoreDriver
-
-
- Server=localhost:39015;UserID=nhibernate;Password=;
- Enlist=false;
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.HanaColumnStoreDialect
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/MSSQL.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/MSSQL.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e5706a5c..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/MSSQL.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.Sql2008ClientDriver
-
- Server=(local);initial catalog=nhibernate;Integrated Security=SSPI
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.MsSql2008Dialect
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/MySql.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/MySql.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 524deb631..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/MySql.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.MySqlDataDriver
-
- Database=nhibernate;Data Source=localhost;User Id=nhibernate;Password=;
- Old Guids=True;
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.MySQL5Dialect
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/Oracle-Managed.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/Oracle-Managed.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index efa6b51a5..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/Oracle-Managed.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.OracleManagedDataClientDriver
-
- User ID=nhibernate;Password=nhibernate;Data Source=(DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST = localhost)(PORT = 1521)) (CONNECT_DATA = (SERVER = DEDICATED) (SERVICE_NAME = ORCL)))
-
- false
- NHibernate.Dialect.Oracle10gDialect
- true 1, false 0, yes 'Y', no 'N'
-
- false
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/Oracle.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/Oracle.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 790f06f9c..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/Oracle.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.OracleClientDriver
-
- User ID=nhibernate;Password=nhibernate;Data Source=localhost
-
- false
- NHibernate.Dialect.OracleDialect
- true 1, false 0, yes 'Y', no 'N'
-
- false
-
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/PostgreSQL.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/PostgreSQL.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 459543f2b..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/PostgreSQL.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.NpgsqlDriver
-
- Server=localhost;Database=nhibernate;User ID=nhibernate;Password=nhibernate;Enlist=true;
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.PostgreSQL83Dialect
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SQLite.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SQLite.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 50890aea5..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SQLite.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.SQLite20Driver
-
-
- Data Source=nhibernate.db;
- DateTimeFormatString=yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.FFFFFFF;
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.SQLiteDialect
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SapSQLAnywhere.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SapSQLAnywhere.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ce5a50bb..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SapSQLAnywhere.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.SapSQLAnywhere17Driver
-
-
- UID=DBA;PWD=sql;Server=localhost;DBN=nhibernate;DBF=c:\nhibernate.db;ASTOP=No;Enlist=false;
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.SapSQLAnywhere17Dialect
- true=1;false=0
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SqlServerCe.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SqlServerCe.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c3b27bfda..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SqlServerCe.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
- 0
- NHibernate.Driver.SqlServerCeDriver
-
- Data Source=NHibernate.sdf
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.MsSqlCe40Dialect
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SybaseASE.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SybaseASE.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f722b1f0..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SybaseASE.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.SybaseAseClientDriver
-
- Data Source=10.0.0.1;Port=5000;Database=nhibernate;User ID=nhibernate;Password=password
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.SybaseASE15Dialect
- true=1;false=0
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SybaseSQLAnywhere.cfg.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SybaseSQLAnywhere.cfg.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 04a929b7b..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/ConfigurationTemplates/SybaseSQLAnywhere.cfg.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate.Driver.SybaseSQLAnywhereDriver
-
- UID=DBA;PWD=sql;Server=localhost;DBN=nhibernate;DBF=c:\nhibernate.db;ASTOP=No
-
- NHibernate.Dialect.SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect
- true=1;false=0
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate-NuGet.png b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate-NuGet.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a4a59048..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate-NuGet.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.5.5.2.nupkg b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.5.5.2.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index b31ae0c9a..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.5.5.2.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.license.txt b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.license.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 866688dba..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.license.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,460 +0,0 @@
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2.1, February 1999
-
- Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
- as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
- the version number 2.1.]
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
- This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
-Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
-can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
-this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
-strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
-not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
-you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
-for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
-it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
-it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
-these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
-rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
-you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
-with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
- We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
-library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
- To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
-there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
-modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
-that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
-author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
-introduced by others.
-
- Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
-any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
-effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
-restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
-any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
-consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
-
- Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
-ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
-is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
-this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
-libraries into non-free programs.
-
- When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
-a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
-combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
-General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
-entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
-Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
-the library.
-
- We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
-does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
-Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
-of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
-are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
-libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
-special circumstances.
-
- For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
-encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
-a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
-allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
-library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
-case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
-software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
-
- In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
-programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
-free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
-non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
-operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
-system.
-
- Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
-users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
-linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
-that program using a modified version of the Library.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
-former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
-be combined with the library in order to run.
-
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
-program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
-other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
-this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
-Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
- A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
- The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
- "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
- b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
- charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
- d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
- table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
- the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
- is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
- in the event an application does not supply such function or
- table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
- its purpose remains meaningful.
-
- (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
- a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
- application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
- application-supplied function or table used by this function must
- be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
- root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
- Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
- This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
- 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
- If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
- However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
- When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
- If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
- Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
- 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
- You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
- a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
- machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
- changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
- Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
- with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
- uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
- user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
- executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
- that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
- Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
- to use the modified definitions.)
-
- b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
- Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
- copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
- rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
- will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
- the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
- interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
-
- c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
- least three years, to give the same user the materials
- specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
- than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
- d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
- from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
- specified materials from the same place.
-
- e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
- materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
- For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
-the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
-normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
- It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
- 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
- based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
- facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
- Sections above.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
- that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
- where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
- 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
-this License.
-
- 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
- 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
- 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.readme.md b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.readme.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6290ebbaa..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.readme.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-Welcome to NHibernate
-=====================
-
-NHibernate is a mature, open source object-relational mapper for the .NET framework. It is actively developed,
-fully featured and used in thousands of successful projects.
-
-The NHibernate community website - - has a range of resources to help you get started,
-including [howtos][A1], [blogs][A2] and [reference documentation][A3].
-
-[A1]: https://nhibernate.info/doc/
-[A2]: https://nhibernate.info/blog/
-[A3]: https://nhibernate.info/doc/nh/en/index.html
-
-Latest Release Version
---------------
-
-The quickest way to get the latest release of NHibernate is to add it to your project using
-NuGet ().
-
-Alternatively binaries are available from SourceForge at .
-
-You are encouraged to review the release notes ([releasenotes.txt](releasenotes.txt)), particularly when upgrading to a
-later version. The release notes will generally document any breaking changes.
-
-Nightly Development Builds
---------------------------
-
-The quickest way to get the latest development build of NHibernate is to add it to your project using
-NuGet from Cloudsmith feed ( ).
-
-In order to make life a little bit easier you can register the package source in the NuGet.Config
-file in the top folder of your project, similar to the following.
-
-```xml
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
-Package repository hosting is graciously provided by [Cloudsmith](https://cloudsmith.com).
-Cloudsmith is the only fully hosted, cloud-native, universal package management solution, that
-enables your organization to create, store and share packages in any format, to any place, with total
-confidence.
-
-[](https://cloudsmith.com)
-
-Community Forums
-----------------
-
-There are two official NHibernate community forums:
-
-* [NHibernate Users][B1] - a forum for users to find help using NHibernate
-* [NHibernate Development][B2] - a forum for the developers of NHibernate
-
-[B1]: http://groups.google.com/group/nhusers
-[B2]: http://groups.google.com/group/nhibernate-development
-
-Bug Reports
------------
-
-If you find any bugs, please report them using the [GitHub issue tracker][C1]. A
-test-case that demonstrates the issue is usually required. Instructions on providing a test-case
-can be found in [contributing guidelines][C3] or [here][C2].
-
-[C1]: https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/issues
-[C2]: https://nhibernate.info/blog/2008/10/04/the-best-way-to-solve-nhibernate-bugs-submit-good-unit-test.html
-[C3]: CONTRIBUTING.md
-
-Licenses
---------
-
-- This software is distributed under the terms of the Free Software Foundation [Lesser GNU Public License (LGPL), version 2.1][D1] (see [LICENSE.txt][D2]).
-- The documentation for this software is distributed under the terms of the Free Software Foundation [GNU Free Documentation License (GNU FDL), version 1.1][D3] (see [doc/LICENSE.txt][D4]).
-
-[D1]: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-2.1-standalone.html
-[D2]: LICENSE.txt
-[D3]: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/fdl-1.1-standalone.html
-[D4]: doc/LICENSE.txt
-
-Credits
--------
-
-Many thanks to the following individuals, organisations and projects whose work is so important to the success
-of NHibernate (in no particular order):
-
-* [NUnit][] - unit-testing
-* [Nant][] - build automation
-* [CodeBetter][] - [TeamCity][] continuous integration and build management server hosting
-* [GitHub][] and [SourceForge][] - source code hosting
-* [Atlassian][] - JIRA bug tracker licence and hosting
-* [Log4net][] - logging, by the [Apache Software Foundation][]
-* [JetBrains][] - [ReSharper][] licences for NHibernate developers
-* [LinFu][] - proxy implementation (Philip Laureano)
-* Iesi.Collections - source code taken from an [article][] written by Jason Smith
-* [Relinq][] - Linq provider for NHibernate
-* [AsyncGenerator][] - Roslyn based async C# code generator by @maca88
-
-
-[NUnit]: http://www.nunit.org
-[Nant]: http://nant.sourceforge.net
-[CodeBetter]: http://www.codebetter.com
-[TeamCity]: http://www.jetbrains.com/teamcity
-[GitHub]: http://www.github.com
-[SourceForge]: http://www.sourceforge.net
-[Atlassian]: http://www.atlassian.com
-[Log4net]: http://logging.apache.org/log4net
-[Apache Software Foundation]: http://www.apache.org
-[JetBrains]: http://www.jetbrains.com
-[ReSharper]: http://www.jetbrains.com/resharper
-[LinFu]: https://github.com/philiplaureano/LinFu
-[article]: http://www.codeproject.com/KB/recipes/sets.aspx
-[Relinq]: https://github.com/re-motion/Relinq
-[AsyncGenerator]: http://github.com/maca88/AsyncGenerator
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.releasenotes.txt b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.releasenotes.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 024a2a306..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/NHibernate.releasenotes.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5495 +0,0 @@
-Build 5.5.2
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.5.2
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release, including CVE CVE-2024-39677 through the merge of 5.4.9.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3536 MemberwiseClone should be virtual error in dotnet 9 preview 3
-
-** Task
-
- * #3578 Release 5.5.1
- * #3577 Merge 5.4.9 into 5.5.x
-
-
-Build 5.5.1
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.5.1
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3465 Invalid SQL created for some joins in a subquery
-
-** Task
-
- * #3509 Release 5.5.1
- * #3508 Merge 5.4.8 into 5.5.x
-
-
-Build 5.5.0
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.5.0
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * `Object.Finalize` is no more proxified when the entity base class has a destructor. See #3205.
- * Default not-found behavior now works correctly on many-to-many Criteria fetch. It now throws
- ObjectNotFoundException exception for not found records. See #2687.
-
-62 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3413 Downgrade dependency System.Data.SQLite.Core 1.0.118 -> 1.0.117
- * #3406 Fix orphan removal for detached one-to-one
- * #3392 Partial fix fetching lazy property after Select in Linq
- * #3360 Incorrect parameter length for char types in MicrosoftDataSqlClientDriver
- * #3334 Exception executing HQL query with uncorrelated left joins in subselect
- * #3327 HqlParser does not correctly negate EXISTS-nodes below an AND/OR
- * #3325 Cascading orphan delete may not work on versioned entity
- * #3311 NamedQuery ignores and any other
- * #3264 Fix collection filter on subclass columns
- * #3256 Invalid SQL is generated for string Enum used in conditional LINQ
- * #3205 `Object.Finalize` should not be proxiable
- * #2687 Use table group joins for many-to-many in Criteria and Entity loaders
- * #1267 NH-3047 - Lazy=no-proxy ignores join fetch
-
-** New Feature
-
- * #3242 Linq: add enum Equals and object Equals support
- * #3165 Add support for Firebird 4
- * #829 NH-3365 - Support for HasFlag method for enums with Flags attribute applied
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #3429 Explicit how to use advanced Redis strategies
- * #3410 Remove redundant collection BeforeAssemble call from query cache
- * #3398 Do not store mapping field in Configuration
- * #3396 Get rid of select queries for each ManyToMany not found ignored element in Criteria and lazy loading
- * #3395 Remove ConstantConverter
- * #3394 Get rid of select queries for each ManyToMany not found ignored element in hql
- * #3390 Enable Not node handling in HqlParser.NegateNode
- * #3384 Improve path rule handling with reserved words in Hql.g
- * #3377 Move HqlToken.PossibleId to HqlParser.IsPossibleId method and remove castings
- * #3374 Simplify aggregateDistinctAll rule in Hql.g
- * #3373 Refactor sequential select related members in AbstractEntityPersister
- * #3341 Apply fromFragment processing only when required in ProcessDynamicFilterParameters
- * #3340 SqlString.Trim should return the same instance for not modified string
- * #3253 Do not throw for unknown type in hql case node
- * #3230 Add cached boxed boolean values to BooleanType
- * #3209 Allow custom query loader
-
-** Task
-
- * #3460 Merge 5.4.7 in master
- * #3445 Release 5.5.0
- * #3440 Update NUnit to v3.14.0
- * #3423 Update actions/checkout action to v4
- * #3420 Merge 5.4.6 in master
- * #3411 Remove ISessionFactoryImplementor parameter from TableGroupJoinHelper
- * #3409 Merge 5.4.5 in master
- * #3387 Merge 5.4.4 in master
- * #3379 Remove NHibernate.Example.Web project
- * #3362 Update dependency NUnit3TestAdapter to v4.5.0
- * #3361 Update dependency NUnit.Console to v3.16.3
- * #3353 Migrate renovate config
- * #3351 Merge 5.4.3 in master
- * #3284 Update NHibernate.Caches to v5.9.0
- * #3283 Update dependency NSubstitute to v5
- * #3280 Add tests for Microsoft.Data.SqlClient driver
- * #3275 Migrate dev packages to Cloudsmith
- * #3241 Exclude generated files from Deepsource analisys
- * #3236 Add MySQL8Dialect and MySQL8InnoDBDialect
- * #3223 Simplify GitHub Actions Tests DB initialization
- * #3206 Update actions/setup-dotnet action to v3
- * #3202 Update dependency Npgsql to v7
- * #3129 [Security] Update Oracle.ManagedDataAccess
- * #3122 Update dependency FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient to v9
- * #3102 Update dependency Microsoft.Data.SqlClient to v3.1.3
- * #3099 [Security] Update dependency System.Linq.Dynamic.Core to v1.3.3
- * #3098 Update dependency System.Data.SQLite.Core to v1.0.118
- * #3092 Update dependency Microsoft.AspNetCore.OData to v7.7.0
- * #3088 Update NUnit to v3.13.3
-
-** Tests
-
- * #3412 Revive hql ParsingFixture
-
-
-Build 5.4.9
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.9
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release, including CVE-2024-39677.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3547 Handle SQL injection vulnerabilities within ObjectToSQLString
-
-** Task
-
- * #3576 Release 5.4.9
- * #3558 Migrate AppVeyor & TC builds to PostgreSQL 13
- * #3545 Upgrade Npgsql to a non vulnerable version
- * #3544 Upgrade vulnerable test dependencies
- * #3517 Obsolete vulnerable literal AddColumn
-
-
-Build 5.4.8
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.8
-
-2 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3489 Inserting multiple associations of the same entity fails
-
-** Task
-
- * #3507 Release 5.4.8
-
-
-Build 5.4.7
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.7
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Task
-
- * #3459 Release 5.4.7
- * #3458 Merge 5.3.20 into 5.4.x
- * #3453 Migrate appveyor build to MySql 8
-
-
-Build 5.4.6
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.6
-
-2 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3414 Reenable use of SelectClauseVisitor for subqueries
-
-** Task
-
- * #3419 Release 5.4.6
-
-
-Build 5.4.5
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.5
-
-2 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Task
-
- * #3408 Release 5.4.5
- * #3407 Merge 5.3.19 in 5.4.x
-
-
-Build 5.4.4
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.4
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3359 2nd level cache GetMany ineffective for collections
- * #3354 Invalid program generated by FieldInterceptorProxyBuilder for indexer property getter
- * #3352 Fetch throws "could not resolve property" error for a property that is not mapped
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #3368 Allow internal entity classes/interfaces in .NET Standard 2.0 for field interceptor
-
-** Task
-
- * #3386 Release 5.4.4
- * #3367 Update readme with actual dev build information for 5.4
-
-
-Build 5.4.3
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.3
-
-11 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3317 Issue with components list lazy loading with not lazy association
- * #3307 IsDirty performance hit since 5.4.0
- * #3295 C# 8/11 Static interface members support
- * #3291 Npgsql 6+ issues with null DateTime parameter types
- * #3290 Incorrect fetch of Many-to-Many relation
- * #3289 Fetching lazy loaded component causes n + 1 query when querying a subclass abstraction
- * #3288 NullReferenceException is thrown when using Fetch
-
-** Task
-
- * #3349 Release 5.4.3
- * #3348 Merge 5.3.18 in 5.4.x
- * #3318 Merge 5.3.17 in 5.4.x
- * #3302 Upgrade NUnit3TestAdapter to fix "Unknown framework version 7.0"
-
-
-Build 5.4.2
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.2
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3274 Improve LINQ Contains subquery parameter detection
- * #3271 LINQ subqueries wrongly altered by SelectClauseVisitor
- * #3263 Wrong alias in Where clause if using Fetch and scalar Select
- * #3239 Incorrect SQL generated fetching many-to-many with subclasses
-
-** New Feature
-
- * #3251 MappingByCode: Support backfield property access
-
-** Task
-
- * #3281 Merge 5.3.16 in 5.4.x
- * #3277 Release 5.4.2
-
-
-Build 5.4.1
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.1
-
-5 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3216 Enable one-to-one optimistic lock handling in mapping
- * #3215 Count(Distinct ...) does not work
- * #3203 Fix a wrong example in configuration documentation
-
-** Task
-
- * #3232 Release 5.4.1
- * #3227 Merge 5.3.15 in 5.4.x
-
-As part of releasing 5.4.1, a missing 5.4.0 possible breaking change has been added, about
-one-to-one associations and optimistic locking. See 5.4.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-
-Build 5.4.0
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.4.0
-
-** Highlights
- * NHibernate has gained three new target frameworks: .Net 6, .Net Framework 4.8 and .Net Standard 2.1. NHibernate NuGet package
- provides them, along with the older targets, .Net Core 2.0, .Net Framework 4.6.1 and .Net Standard 2.0. These new targets allow
- some NHibernate optimizations for applications using them. The same limitations apply for .Net 6 and .Net Standard 2.1 as for
- .Net Core 2.0 and .Net Standard 2.0, see NHibernate 5.1.0 release notes.
- * A new batching strategy is available, minimizing the batching memory footprint. See #2959. Using it may increase CPU usage.
- * 201 issues were resolved in this release.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * One-to-one changes does now trigger a version increment, consistently with the default behavior of other kinds of
- associations. See #3204.
- * Linq and criteria queries on unmapped entities will throw instead of returning an empty result list. See #1106, #1095.
- * The second level cache UpdateTimestampsCache does not use locks anymore. This may slightly increase the number of cases
- where stale data is returned by the query cache. See #2742.
- * Equality and hashcode access on uninitialized persistent collections will no more trigger their loading. See #2461.
- * DB2CoreDriver now uses named parameters instead of positional ones. See #2546.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3198 EntityUpdateAction increments version despite veto on update
- * #3189 Support proxies of classes with init properties
- * #3188 No way of detecting if AutoFlush performed in added AutoFlushEventListener
- * #3176 Cached entity always fetches lazy properties with read-write concurrency strategy
- * #3156 Evaluation failure when using `Nullable` without a value in LINQ
- * #3150 LINQ query dynamic component by interface hangs the application
- * #3109 Fix table group join issue with subclasses
- * #3104 Inner Join fails with left Outer Join when referenced in Where clause
- * #3076 Nested group by results in "A recognition error occured"
- * #2968 Fix QueryStatistics.ExecutionAvgTime calculation
- * #2827 Fix BadImageFormatException in dynamic proxies for abstract classes and interfaces
- * #2822 "A recognition error ocurred" querying by a nullable component with more than N properties
- * #2758 Fix AmbiguousMatchException in ClearPool with FirebirdClient 6.6.0 and above
- * #2750 Using System.Transaction with IStatelessSession doesn't always flush batches to database
- * #2738 Unused Left Join in LINQ throws exception
- * #2717 MappingByCode discriminator column with string type throws exception
- * #2675 Fix collection lazy loading with composite keys on subclass columns
- * #2672 Linq query failure with left joins
- * #2619 InvalidOperationException in ProxyGenerator for class with generic non-virtual method
- * #2614 Obvious bug in two HQLQueryPlan classes with distinction Set
- * #2594 Wrong SQL produced by DML LINQ when using a select clause for a property referencing the outer select
- * #2555 Add spaces around concat operator
- * #2552 One-to-one second level cache issue
- * #2548 Mark DB2Dialect as not supporting null columns in unique constraint
- * #2547 Fix paging in DB2Dialect
- * #2540 Unable to use external predicate in subquery
- * #2534 Fix asymmetrical SqlType.Equals
- * #2454 ConditionalProjection containing the correlation to outer query fails to determine projection type
- * #2330 join on multiple conditions
- * #2201 Fetch Join generates incorrect SQL joins for the same entity type
- * #2092 Projection and join fetch in hql leads to duplicated column aliases
- * #1365 NH-3288 - Stale data checking does not work for one-to-one associations
- * #1349 NH-3893 - HQL parse error of a query with 'left' or 'right' function
- * #1326 NH-3622 - Fetching in query causes incorrect/missing joins in subquery
- * #1316 NH-3530 - memory when using default_batch_fetch_size
- * #1235 NH-2785 - StaleStateExceptions discarded on optional table
- * #1215 NH-2208 - Error with filters on joined-subclass as many-to-one
- * #1209 NH-2049 - Error with filters on joined-subclass as one-to-one
- * #1180 NH-3847 - ConditionalProjection throws "Both true and false projections must return the same types" when the types are the same
- * #1106 NH-2978 - LINQ: Queries for unmapped entity types return empty result set
- * #1075 NH-2239 - Wrong OrderBy in generated SQL when using ICriteria, Eager fetching and order by clauses in collection mappings
- * #1072 NH-2174 - Invalid SQL is generated for OneToMany collections
- * #1062 NH-1893 - Trigger-Identity with Dynamic Insert throws ORA-01036 (10g)
-
-** New Feature
-
- * #2959 Support Dynamic BatchFetchStyle
- * #2744 Set which entities classes should never be cached, even indirectly
- * #2737 Add more left join support
- * #2645 Allow specifying the size of the query plan cache
- * #2641 Avoid InvalidCastException with Oracle number high precision values
- * #2551 Add support for joining a subquery in hql
- * #2545 Table group joins for subclasses in Criteria
- * #2486 Add Projections.Select in Criteria
- * #2361 Table group joins support in hql
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #3184 Support caching queries with autodiscovered types
- * #3177 Disable default caching in tests
- * #3160 Allow internal entity classess/interfaces in .NET Standard 2.0
- * #3133 Automatically generate async code on pull request
- * #3127 Register IType CLR types as aliases
- * #3116 Simplify SqlGenerator.FromFragmentSeparator
- * #3114 Exclude generated async files from Deepsource analysis
- * #3106 Skip table group join processing for implicit join
- * #3091 Use GitReleaseManager dotnet tool
- * #3083 Update SHFB in order to build documentation without MSBuild
- * #3050 Add .NET Standard 2.1 target
- * #3027 Avoid allocations on lock in SyncCacheLock
- * #3000 Add .NET 6 and .NET Framework 4.8 targets
- * #2990 Use inner join instead of implicit join for implied entity joins
- * #2957 Avoid lambda compilation as much as possible
- * #2948 Avoid lambda compilation for member access expressions in LINQ
- * #2947 LINQ queries triggers JIT a bit too much
- * #2920 Add parameter type to ADO exception
- * #2804 Projections.Conditional for CASE expressions with multiple conditions
- * #2752 Change cascade style for DefaultDirtyCheckEventListener to persist to avoid flushing the session
- * #2742 Remove locks from UpdateTimestampsCache
- * #2723 Avoid double param type guessing and better NULL parameter handling in LINQ
- * #2706 Set the rolledBack flag when disposing active transactions
- * #2700 Potential improvement to AliasToBeanResultTransformer
- * #2621 Regression bug with enums used as parameter for string column
- * #2571 Default value for CancellationToken in IQueryBatch.GetResultAsync
- * #2568 Support internal entity classes by proxy factory
- * #2556 Register right function for Firebird and PostgreSQL
- * #2546 Enable named parameters on DB2CoreDriver
- * #2539 Skip no longer needed moving ON condition to Where clause in LINQ
- * #2538 Remove no longer needed alias substitution for filtered many-to-many collection in hql
- * #2518 Support Aggregate subqueries with paging on MS SQL Server
- * #2510 Remove OrderByClause from query models with Contains, All and Any result operators
- * #2492 Replace casting with NodeType checks in Criteria ExpressionProcessor
- * #2479 When using a paged sub-query in Linq, generates incorrect SQL
- * #2461 Remove persistent collections Equals/GetHashCode overrides
- * #2460 Simplify single alias retrieval for SimpleProjections
- * #2448 Avoid lambda compilation for constant and member access expressions in Criteria
- * #1285 NH-3249 - Cannot perform HQL with "COUNT(DISTINCT Date(s.Date))"
- * #1244 NH-2868 - Generate method of ForeignGenerator fails with stateless sessions
- * #1095 NH-2829 - QueryOver/Criteria should throw exception when querying against unmapped class
- * #871 NH-3115 - Should de-duplicate joins when using fetching with where in LINQ query
- * #869 NH-2952 - Setting the SqlCheck is not supported in the ByCode mapping
- * #809 NH-2799 - Provide the CancelQuery() method in IStatelessSession
- * #766 NH-3813 - Eager fetch on key-many-to-one relation adds inner joins to the query
- * #715 NH-1040 - property-ref on joined-subclasses should work or error
-
-** Task
-
- * #3197 Update dependency System.Data.SqlClient to v4.8.5
- * #3195 Release NHibernate 5.4
- * #3161 Tell NuGet about the readme file
- * #3147 Add `datetimex` keyword to SapSQLAnywhere17Dialect
- * #3146 Run tests against Oracle XE 21c
- * #3123 Update dependency Npgsql to v6
- * #3121 Update dependency Microsoft.NETFramework.ReferenceAssemblies to v1.0.3
- * #3119 Update actions/setup-dotnet action to v2
- * #3118 Update actions/checkout action to v3
- * #3117 Update dependency NSubstitute to v4.4.0
- * #3111 Update dependency log4net to v2.0.15
- * #3080 Replace Dependabot with Renovate
- * #3063 Bump Oracle.ManagedDataAccess from 19.12.0 to 21.6.1
- * #3061 Bump Oracle.ManagedDataAccess.Core from 2.19.120 to 3.21.61
- * #3059 Bump log4net from 2.0.12 to 2.0.14
- * #3057 Run tests using .NET 4.8
- * #3017 Add deepsource.io code analysis
- * #3002 Bump NUnit3TestAdapter from 4.1.0 to 4.2.1
- * #2987 Disable auto rebasing for depandabot PRs
- * #2951 Run tests on .NET 6
- * #2946 Bump Microsoft.SourceLink.GitHub from 1.0.0 to 1.1.1
- * #2936 Bump System.Data.SQLite.Core from 1.0.114.3 to 1.0.115.5
- * #2911 Bump System.Data.SqlClient from 4.8.2 to 4.8.3
- * #2898 Bump FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient from 6.6.0 to 8.5.2
- * #2887 Bump Oracle.ManagedDataAccess from 19.11.0 to 19.12.0
- * #2886 Bump Oracle.ManagedDataAccess.Core from 2.19.110 to 2.19.120
- * #2878 Bump System.Linq.Dynamic.Core from 1.2.10 to 1.2.12
- * #2870 Bump MySql.Data from 8.0.25 to 8.0.26
- * #2851 Cache Dialect in tests
- * #2818 Bump Microsoft.Data.SqlClient from 2.1.3 to 3.0.0
- * #2800 Bump System.Data.SQLite.Core from 1.0.113.7 to 1.0.114.2
- * #2799 Bump Npgsql from 4.0.3 to 4.1.9
- * #2796 Bump System.Linq.Dynamic.Core from 1.2.9 to 1.2.10
- * #2790 Bump Microsoft.NET.Test.Sdk from 16.9.4 to 16.10.0
- * #2786 Bump Microsoft.Data.SqlClient from 2.1.2 to 2.1.3
- * #2771 Bump MySql.Data from 8.0.22 to 8.0.25
- * #2770 Bump System.Data.SQLite.Core from 1.0.109.2 to 1.0.113.7
- * #2765 Bump Microsoft.NETFramework.ReferenceAssemblies from 1.0.0 to 1.0.2
- * #2759 Enable dependabot
- * #2756 Update dependencies
- * #2607 Merge 5.3.5
- * #2605 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.19.1
- * #2593 Merge 5.3.4
- * #2582 Remove no longer used code in QueryModelVisitor
- * #2570 Update Relinq and LinFu links
- * #2516 Suppress Codefactor single class per file rule for test project
- * #2501 Upgrade MySql client and remove allowed failures on CI builds
-
-** Tests
-
- * #3024 Enable test accessing Component's Parent property in LINQ
- * #2921 Fix test for SAP SQL Anywhere
- * #2848 Add Oracle to GitHub Actions
- * #2541 LINQ SELECT tests with WHERE subquery
- * #2489 Improve CriteriaAssertFixture
- * #2456 Test case for #1180 and improve NullableType.ToString
- * #2242 Test case for NH-3972 - SQL error when selecting a column of a subclass when sibling classes have a column of the same name
-
-
-Build 5.3.20
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.20
-
-2 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3438 DB2/400: ArgumentException Column 'SQL_TYPE_NAME' does not belong to table DataTypes
-
-** Task
-
- * #3454 Release 5.3.20
-
-
-Build 5.3.19
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.19
-
-2 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3397 GenerateSchemaCreationScript creates many identical dialect instances
-
-** Task
-
- * #3405 Release 5.3.19
-
-
-Build 5.3.18
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.18
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3333 Lazy property with nosetter accessor remains uninitialized
- * #3330 Linq with FetchLazyProperties() resets lazy property changes
-
-** Task
-
- * #3346 Release 5.3.18
-
-
-Build 5.3.17
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.17
-
-5 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3306 Invalid SQL when referencing nullable entity in correlated subquery
- * #3304 Fix SetSnapShot CopyTo variance failure
- * #3294 Undefined join type failure with cross joins and Informix
-
-** Task
-
- * #3315 Release 5.3.17
- * #3300 Backport handling of null DateTime parameters in Npgsql 6+
-
-
-Build 5.3.16
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.16
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3269 "Or" clause in a "where" condition returns a wrong result with not-found-ignore
- * #3210 Wrong name value for L2 read-only cache warning on mutable
-
-** Task
-
- * #3276 Release 5.3.16
-
-
-Build 5.3.15
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.15
-
-4 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3218 Failure of contains subquery with parameter
- * #3187 Fix mixing implied implicit and left joins in HQL for v5.3
-
-** Task
-
- * #3225 Release 5.3.15
- * #3222 Automatically generate async code on pull requests for 5.3
-
-
-Build 5.3.14
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.14
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3169 InvalidOperationException: This transformer is not initialized by Cached Query
- * #3164 Fetching a lazy loaded component regression
-
-** Task
-
- * #3183 Release 5.3.14
-
-
-Build 5.3.13
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.13
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3134 ManyToMany - Tries to select not existing column in Mapping Table
- * #3113 Join fails on Oracle9Dialect
- * #3030 Memory leak named parameter holds entity references
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #3120 Guards against use of a disposed session factory
- * #2994 Npgsql 6 is not compatible
-
-** Task
-
- * #3145 Release 5.3.13
-
-
-Build 5.3.12
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.12
-
-5 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3046 Regression for filters on entity joins with many-to-one disabled
- * #3029 InvalidOperationException on proxies with explicit implementation of a generic method
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #3043 Improve exception for query on delayed id
-
-** Test
-
- * #3035 Support tests in VS 2022
-
-** Task
-
- * #3044 Release 5.3.12
-
-Build 5.3.11
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.11
-
-12 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #3005 LINQ: Casting from object to TimeSpan throws
- * #2988 Query issues when using not-found='ignore' in entity mapping
- * #2965 Fix possible issue with logging for Linq Readonly tests
- * #2963 Time is incompatible with bigint for TimeAsTimeSpanType
- * #2937 NRE in linq processing of custom components
- * #2928 Session.Refresh when entity is IFieldInterceptorAccessor throws a MappingException
- * #2904 SQL query result not retrieved from second level cache
- * #2876 Schema validation not working with NpgSql v5
- * #2862 NHibernate AsyncReaderWriterLock stalls under load
- * #2727 The session.Load(obj, id) overload can't handle proxies
-
-** Task
-
- * #3019 Release 5.3.11
- * #2984 Bump AsyncGenerator to 0.18.3 for 5.3 branch with fix for .net 6
-
-Build 5.3.10
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.10
-
-11 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2891 Fix nullable entity comparison with null and implicit/cross joins
- * #2885 Do not serialize unnecessary members in SessionFactory
- * #2882 Fix ArgumentNullException when provider is unable to open a connection
- * #2871 If DbTransaction.Dispose throws an exception, the AdoTransaction is left in an inconsistent state
- * #2860 Null reference when calling Trim() on interpolated string containing null property
- * #2858 Casting to object and back to interface in Subquery causes incorrect SQL
- * #2856 Distinct on Composite User Type property fails
- * #2855 Error log from ReflectHelper.TypeFromAssembly() on Linq query
- * #2611 One-to-zero-or-one relation not returning data when checking for null
- * #1962 Failing Linq query on element index
-
-** Task
-
- * #2915 Release 5.3.10
-
-Build 5.3.9
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.9
-
-11 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2835 Fix ExecuteWorkInIsolation ignores MultiTenancy configuration
- * #2811 Remove session finalizer
- * #2805 Model not mapped Exception
- * #2802 ArgumentException on session Flush
- * #2792 Arithmetic operations adding casts to SQLite that cause incorrect results
- * #2791 Custom Equality Fails
- * #2772 LINQ query returns NULL instead of expected result
-
-** Test
-
- * #2841 Fix possible test failure for SqlServer 2019
- * #2814 Fix intermittent Firebird test errors
- * #2812 Replace Travis CI with GitHub Actions
-
-** Task
-
- * #2837 Release 5.3.9
-
-Build 5.3.8
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.8
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2710 Filtered Entity Dml Update Throws Collection was modified
- * #2708 MappedAs throws when called on a Convert UnaryExpression
- * #2707 Don't currently support idents of type X
- * #2673 Exception when using BinaryFormatter to deserialize entities with initialized proxies in associations
- * #1264 NH-3005 - NHibernate.Hql.Ast.HqlIdent..ctor throws Don't currently support idents of type Date
-
-** Task
-
- * #2721 Release 5.3.8
-
-Build 5.3.7
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.7
-
-5 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2704 IEnhancedUserType from string to bool fails in some circumstances
- * #2702 LINQ projection of nullable enum with list fails
- * #2693 Invalid parameter conversion with group by
- * #2688 NoViableAltException in a delete on a many-to-one id
-
-** Task
-
- * #2701 Release 5.3.7
-
-Build 5.3.6
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.6
-
-12 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2659 IQueryable filter by subquery gives "Item with Same Key has already been added"
- * #2649 Invalid parameter conversion for enums mapped in sub-classes
- * #2646 Invalid generated sql with linq any in select and composite keys
- * #2642 Linq expression parser removes required Convert nodes
- * #2631 IndexOutOfRange exception with One-to-One mapping
- * #2627 Null reference on Merge for detached unsaved entity
- * #2626 WHERE IN SELECT uses wrong column
- * #2608 Delay entity insert may fail with Merge
- * #2544 Recognition error occurs using System.Linq.Queryable.Contains
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #2677 Missing ConfigureAwait in FutureEnumerable.GetEnumerableAsync
- * #2656 Make sure dbcommand is disposed
-
-** Task
-
- * #2676 Release 5.3.6
-
-As part of releasing 5.3.6, one missing 5.3.0 possible breaking change has been added, about
-Merge no more triggering immediate generation of identifier. See 5.3.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.3.5
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.5
-
-2 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2599 WrongClassException in Linq query
-
-** Task
-
- * #2606 Release 5.3.5
-
-Build 5.3.4
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.4
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2580 InvalidWithClauseException when join polymorphic entity
- * #2559 Regression in caching linq query with ThenFetchMany statement.
- * #2549 ApplyFilter does not work on join statements in LINQ
- * #2537 Unable to cast "System.Linq.Expressions.UnaryExpression" to "System.Linq.Expressions.LambdaExpression".
-
-** Task
-
- * #2578 Add missing possible breaking changes for #2365
- * #2587 Release 5.3.4
-
-As part of releasing 5.3.4, one missing 5.3.0 possible breaking change has been added, about
-custom method generators for Linq. See 5.3.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.3.3
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.3
-
-16 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2519 Fix parameter caching for Linq provider
- * #2515 InvalidCastException for Linq query with subquery
- * #2514 Entity with field interceptor are not correctly passed as Linq parameters
- * #2512 Linq queries with a condition after a projection on a collection fail
- * #2511 Linq Fetch over component after fetching a many-to-one throws exception
- * #2508 OnPreUpdateCollection - Passed entity instance X is not of expected type Y
- * #2499 Cast operation fails when an enum is mapped as an AnsiString
- * #2490 Unnecessary cast in sql with Linq are causing performance issues
- * #2488 Fix parameter detection for Equals and CompareTo methods for Linq provider
- * #2485 Throw entity not mapped exception for entity join in hql if possible
- * #2484 Entity Joins are not polymorphic in hql
- * #2476 Hashset add returns true instead of false
- * #2474 Fetch all lazy properties when entity is already loaded fails
- * #2471 AsQueryable() on collection throws if applied after Where statement
-
-** Task
-
- * #2482 Add missing possible breaking changes for #2010
- * #2527 Release 5.3.3
-
-As part of releasing 5.3.3, two missing 5.3.0 possible breaking changes have been added, about
-uninitialized extra lazy collections and SQLite schema validation. See 5.3.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.3.2
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.2
-
-6 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2468 Null reference at NHibernate.Util.AsyncReaderWriterLock.ReadLock()
- * #2465 Linq contains on a value collection is failing
- * #2463 Path expected for join
- * #2458 Evaluatable expressions with parameters are no more pre-evaluated
- * #2453 Fail to cast enum as nvarchar for Linq Contains
-
-** Task
-
- * #2472 Release 5.3.2
-
-Build 5.3.1
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.1
-
-7 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2445 LINQ queries with a cast from int to uint fail
- * #2440 InvalidCastException for Future Criteria with aliased fetches
- * #2439 Invalid parameter conversion for enums
- * #2437 Invalid cast on nullable custom type with Linq
-
-** Task
-
- * #2450 Release 5.3.1
- * #2436 Fix old http://nhibernate.info URIs
- * #2435 Fix iconUrl warning
-
-Build 5.3.0
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.3.0
-
-220 issues were resolved in this release.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * A distributed cache may hold conflicting timestamps after upgrade for as much as twelve hours.
- Consider flushing a distributed cache after upgrade to avoid any issue. Do not share a distributed
- cache with applications using an earlier version of NHibernate.
- * The counter id generator may generate conflicting ids for as much as twelve hours after upgrade.
- * `update` and `delete` statements will now take into account any enabled filter on the entities
- they update or delete, while previously they were ignoring them. (`insert` statements will also take
- them into account, but previously they were failing instead of ignoring enabled filters.)
- * ISession.Persist and ISession.Merge will no more trigger immediate generation of identifier.
- * Bags will no more be loaded with "null" entities, they will be filtered out.
- * Setting the value of an uninitialized lazy property will no more trigger loading of all the lazy
- properties of the entity.
- * If an uninitialized lazy property has got its value set, without any other subsequent lazy property
- load on the entity, a dynamic update will occur on flush, even if the entity has dynamic updates
- disabled. This update will occur even if the set value is identical to the currently persisted
- property value.
- * Assigning an uninitialized proxy to a `no-proxy` property will no more trigger the proxy
- initialization. Moreover, reading the property afterwards will no more unwrap the assigned proxy,
- but will yield it.
- * A class having an explicitly implemented interface declaring a member with the same name than the
- class id will have its proxies trigger a lazy load if the interface "id" is accessed.
- * SQLite: in order to avoid a floating point division bug losing the fractional part, decimal are now
- stored as `REAL` instead of `NUMERIC`. Both are binary floating point types, excepted that `NUMERIC`
- stores integral values as `INTEGER`. This change may cause big integral decimal values to lose more
- precision in SQLite.
- * SQLite: non supported SQL type names previously used by NHibernate, resulting in unexpected actual typing,
- have been fixed. This causes databases generated by a previous NHibernate version to fail schema validation
- by 5.3 or higher versions. See #2507 for more information.
- * Custom dialects used for databases that do not support cross join will have to override
- `SupportsCrossJoin` property and set it to `false`.
- * `VisitorParameters.ConstantToParameterMap` may contain the same parameter for multiple constant
- expressions.
- * `ICache` caches yielded by the session factory will be `CacheBase` wrappers around the cache actually
- provided by the cache provider, if it was not deriving from `CacheBase`.
- * Calling `IList.RemoveAt` or `IList<>.RemoveAt` on an uninitialized list with a negative number
- will now throw an `ArgumentOutOfRangeException`.
- * Calling `IList.RemoveAt` or `IList<>.RemoveAt` on an uninitialized list mapped as `lazy="extra"`
- with a number that is equal or higher that the current collection size will now throw an
- `ArgumentOutOfRangeException`.
- * Calling `IList.Insert` or `IList<>.Insert` on an uninitialized list with a negative number will
- now throw an `ArgumentOutOfRangeException`.
- * Calling `IList.Insert` or `IList<>.Insert` on an uninitialized list mapped as `lazy="extra"`
- with a number that is higher that the current collection size will now throw an
- `ArgumentOutOfRangeException`.
- * Getting or setting a value with `IList.this[int index]` or `IList<>.this[int index]` on an uninitialized
- list with a negative number will now throw an `ArgumentOutOfRangeException`.
- * Setting a value with `IList.this[int index]` or `IList<>.this[int index]` on an uninitialized list
- mapped as `lazy="extra"` with a number that is equal or higher that the current collection size will now
- throw an `ArgumentOutOfRangeException`.
- * Calling `IDictionary<,>.Add` or `ICollection<>.Add` on an uninitialized map mapped as `lazy="extra"` with
- a key that already exists will now throw an `ArgumentException`.
- * Calling `IDictionary<,>.Remove` or `ICollection<>.Remove` on an uninitialized map mapped as `lazy="extra"`
- with a key that does not exist will now return false.
- * Map dirtiness is now evaluated by `EqualityComparer.Default` when setting an existing key value
- with `IDictionary<,>.this[]` on an initialized map.
- * Calling `ISet<>.Add` on an uninitialized set mapped as `lazy="extra"` with a transient element that
- already exists in the set will now return false.
- * Calling `ISet<>.Add` or `ICollection<>.Add` on an uninitialized set mapped as `lazy="true"` with a
- transient element that does not override `Equals` method will not initialize the collection.
- * Linq custom generators deriving from `BaseHqlGeneratorForMethod` should override the
- `TryGetCollectionParameter` method if they have to support parameter lists.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2425 NRE with nullable subselect value in Linq
- * #2421 Chapter 26: Best Practices, error about identifier recommendations
- * #2410 Second level cache failures with CoreMemoryCaches
- * #2380 OData NotSupportedException MemberInit on base class member
- * #2365 Add Linq parameter type detection
- * #2346 Fix SQLite typing
- * #2336 Intermittent null reference exception on CloseConnection
- * #2324 Update IIsEntityDecider to use ExpressionsHelper.TryGetMappedType
- * #2319 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.18.1
- * #2299 Proper query plan caching for DML LINQ queries
- * #2286 Wrong sql if used joined-subclass with filters for key columns
- * #2278 IInterceptor.OnPrepareStatement results not used in insert/update commands
- * #2266 Fix comment for Restrictions.IsEmpty
- * #2255 Fix a flaky test
- * #2245 Add sqlite.binaryguid to configuration schema
- * #2244 SelectMany Linq extension does not work correctly - subsequent FetchMany fails
- * #2233 Fix possible issue with async code for delayed entity inserts
- * #2231 Invalid alias name used in Linq Joins
- * #2222 NHibernate query plan for Linq Dml is not cached
- * #2219 Fix BuildTool output path
- * #2215 Fix ShowBuildMenu.sh
- * #2181 Skip null entities when bag is populated
- * #2164 Do not call GC.SuppressFinalize from finalizer thread
- * #2158 Proper support for IN clause for composite values in Criteria
- * #2147 Improve async locking
- * #2144 AdoTransaction memory leak (5.2.5)
- * #2137 NullReferenceException in EntityEntry.GetLoadedValue on an update of a never loaded detached entity
- * #2099 "Composite Index" not working with inheritance
- * #2088 Fix cacheable CreateSQLQuery throws on query with AddJoin
- * #2085 Duplicated methods generated in proxies
- * #2067 Wrong proxy built for base class with interfaced sub-classes
- * #2064 One-to-one properties not appearing in Select() projection result set
- * #2053 Dml Style Update fails with static where sql in mapping
- * #2038 Fix a typo on the memcached distributed cache description in the docs
- * #2029 Incorrect SQL for cast inside an aggregate (MS SQL)
- * #2019 Update symbol package format and add Sourcelink
- * #2000 Fixed Equals method for transformers
- * #1997 Fix criteria collection ordering
- * #1994 Extra Select for every "outfiltered" Element
- * #1993 InvalidCastException when merging a collection with a lazy property
- * #1985 DateTime.xxxx are not supported in SelectGroup
- * #1965 Fix code sample in docs, section 10.4.2
- * #1956 Fix lazy property caching
- * #1921 DML insert fails when a filter is enabled
- * #1738 Refresh of locally removed collection item crashes with "instance was not in a valid state"
- * #1480 Fix cache build for honoring mapped concurrency
- * #1368 NH-3778 - Crash when performing a Linq query on a one-to-one mapped reference
- * #1341 NH-3848 - Child collection fetched using left outer join with on clause or where clause restrictions on fetched collection shouldn’t be stored in second level cache.
- * #1319 NH-3549 - BasicFormatter throws exceptions for certain types of data containing "signal words"
- * #1312 NH-3493 - Cannot use alias between more than 1 level of nested queries
- * #1310 NH-3478 - StatefulPersistenceContext.RemoveEntity KeyNotFoundException on Evict
- * #1309 NH-3469 - Impossible to load one-to-one association with LINQ for composite-id
- * #1274 NH-3117 - Query on one-to-one property returns incorrect results
- * #1263 NH-2991 - Criteria withClause doesn't work in case of many to many collections
- * #1228 NH-2648 - HQL with joins in sub-select creates wrong SQL
- * #1206 NH-1761 - Criteria query inserts an extra order by expression when using JoinType.LeftOuterJoin and Projections
- * #1158 NH-3492 - SqlClientBatchingBatcher incorrectly ignoring per-SessionFactory Settings properties
- * #1128 NH-3210 - NHibernate Linq Provider does cross join or left outer join and not inner join (even if outer-join=false on many-to-one mapping)
- * #1124 NH-3155 - Linq subquery with group is not supported
- * #1125 NH-3178 - Exception when using one-to-one properties in a criteria projections
- * #1117 NH-3079 - Cannot use a sql custom loader with a composite ID
- * #1107 NH-2983 - Coalesce in projection doesn't work if there is more than 1 Coalesce
- * #1103 NH-2926 - CriteriaQuery - Unable to sort by composite-id
- * #1100 NH-2892 - The columns containing reserved words are not quoted
- * #1059 NH-1001 - Select statement issued for each not-found=ignore
- * #1047 NH-3865 - Swallowed ArgumentNullException with dynamic composite id
- * #1015 NH-2951 - Missing alias in hql update (select) statement with joined subclasses
- * #1006 NH-2714 - Properties mapped inside a group are not set when retrieving object
-
-** New Feature
-
- * #2411 Add an option to register a custom pre-transformer for a Linq query
- * #2392 Add locate support for SQLite
- * #2362 Add support for lt, gt, le, ge oData operators on strings
- * #2349 Add support for Oracle binary floating point types
- * #2347 Support fetching individual lazy properties for Criteria EntityProjection
- * #2327 Add cross join support for Hql and Linq query provider
- * #2313 Add overloads to ISession.Get taking both an entityName and a lockMode
- * #2259 Schema auto-update should throw errors
- * #2221 Support MemberInit expression in group by
- * #2216 Add a driver to support Microsoft.Data.SqlClient provider
- * #2209 IN clause support in hql for composite keys on databases without row value constructor support
- * #2156 Support basic arithmetic operations (+, -, *, /) in QueryOver
- * #2135 Support OData GroupBy/Aggregate
- * #2116 Ability to replace ConfigurationManager with a custom config provider
- * #2108 Multi-Tenancy: Implement tenant per Database strategy
- * #2107 Port Hibernate's Aggregate functions for subqueries
- * #2106 Port Hibernate's support subqueries in HQL as CASE statement alternatives
- * #2100 Allow to override default types with length or precision parameters
- * #2097 Add support for fetching an individual lazy property with Criteria
- * #2090 Add support for caching fetched relations with Criteria
- * #2080 Add ability to set custom collection type as a string in mapping by code
- * #2049 Fix property-ref ignoring not-found="exception" mapping
- * #1949 Port Hibernate's lazy attribute fetch groups
- * #1922 Add support for fetching an individual lazy property with hql and linq provider
- * #1861 Lazy loading and Eager initialization for Component
- * #1376 Composite id is incorrectly expanded in SQL
- * #1195 NH-4078 - LINQ fetched collections aren't cached
- * #981 NH-3873 - Explicit joins on unrelated classes
- * #959 NH-4048 - Support non-deterministic/db-side-only methods in Linq
- * #896 NH-1432 - Expression.Sql should support aliases other than {alias}
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #2404 Allow overriding default CastFunction
- * #2401 Optimize JoinWalker.WhereString method
- * #2399 Optimize PersistentGenericBag.EqualsSnapshot
- * #2394 Optimize PersistentGenericSet snapshot
- * #2352 Improve performance of ReflectHelper.GetMethod/Definition
- * #2350 Optimize LINQ batch item processing for queries with overridden result type
- * #2316 Add multiple arguments support for ISQLFunction
- * #2315 Add SetFlushMode for QueryOver and Linq
- * #2295 Optimize filter applying logic
- * #2287 Allow customizing 'alias to bean' property not found behavior
- * #2284 Make persistent collection classes implement the IReadOnly* interfaces
- * #2270 IQueryOver is lacking some options
- * #2254 Add dev build version suffix
- * #2249 Improve handling of SqlCeParameter.SqlDbType
- * #2248 Remove most RemoveAsAliasesFromSql usages
- * #2241 Avoid duplicating parameters in LINQ query
- * #2238 Call generic query.List from Linq queries
- * #2235 Configure log4net from embedded resource log4net.xml in tests
- * #2232 Use SqlStringBuilder for batching Future/QueryBatch queries
- * #2226 Use DateTime.UtcNow for timestamps
- * #2225 Avoid unnecessary locking via MethodImplOptions.Synchronized
- * #2223 Short-Circuit SessionFactoryImpl.Close() when already closed
- * #2214 Allow configuring auto-join transaction globally
- * #2213 Add a shortcut to reduce Transaction.Current reads
- * #2211 Port SupportsRowValueConstructorSyntaxInInList values
- * #2182 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.17.1
- * #2166 Optimize usages of SqlString.Append
- * #2163 Add virtual DefaultQueryProvider.CreateWithOptions
- * #2162 Use collection types for private members
- * #2161 Optimize ToArray conversions
- * #2159 Unify handling of composite values in hql and Criteria
- * #2153 Use generic parameters in ActionQueue
- * #2139 Add ability to set fetch for mapping in mapping by code
- * #2131 Create Stopwatch only if stats is enabled
- * #2126 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.14.0
- * #2125 Skip logger default initialization logic when logger provided by user
- * #2123 Use Assert.Throws instead of try-catch in tests
- * #2119 Obsolete interfaces for Loquacios configuration and use config classes directly
- * #2117 Replace array concatenation with hand written append
- * #2115 Statefull Session commit performance issue when nothing changed and second level cache with query cache enabled
- * #2091 Obsolete StringHelper.Join
- * #2084 Improve one-to-one handling in queries
- * #2082 Use entities prepared by Loader in hql select projections
- * #2078 Avoid unnecessary join for entity comparisons in with clause
- * #2071 Support subclass mapping with EntityName based base class mapping
- * #2061 Reduce cast usage for COUNT aggregate and add support for Mssql count_big
- * #2058 DB2 dialect enhancements
- * #2056 Optimize GetOrphans and remove wrong checks from IsNotTransientSlow
- * #2041 Hql entity join fixes
- * #2039 Use generic CollectingNodeVisitor in hql parser
- * #2036 Reduce cast usage for aggregate functions
- * #2032 Allow using ON instead of WITH in hql
- * #2024 Refactor to simplify netfx retargeting
- * #2022 Make CancellationToken optional for async Linq DML queries
- * #2010 Add new collection operation queue mechanism
- * #2009 Add support for IDictionary to IQuery.SetProperties
- * #2007 Dispose session in cascade tests
- * #2006 Skip Topological sorting if not required
- * #2003 Avoid some cases of Type -> string -> Type conversion in Mapping By Code
- * #2002 Refactor DependentAlias handling logic in JoinWalker
- * #1999 Optimize DistinctRootEntityResultTransformer
- * #1989 Optimize ProxyCacheEntry equality for the same instance
- * #1988 Improve exception on user types lacking some interfaces
- * #1984 Reduce SessionIdLoggingContext creation
- * #1981 Remove AbstractLazyInitializer unused field
- * #1979 Refactor sequential select
- * #1977 Obsolete IDeserializationCallback from EntityKey
- * #1972 Port Hibernate's EntityKey optimization
- * #1968 Optimize StaticProxyFactory GetProxy and GetFieldInterceptionProxy methods
- * #1955 Optimize batchable cache calls for cached queries
- * #1947 Partially port Hibernate's current field interceptor mechanism
- * #1946 Port Hibernate's BytecodeEnhancementMetadata
- * #1944 Extend IAccessOptimizer to support getting/setting single property value
- * #1943 Skip initialization of lazy properties when setting one
- * #1923 Obsolete StringHelper.Replace
- * #1860 LINQ "==" operator generates OR with IS NULL
- * #1754 Delay entity insert on Persist until session is flushed
- * #1627 Refactored session List method for Criteria
- * #913 NH-3704 - Allow Setting Dynamic Component Templates From Dictionary
- * #864 NH-2379 - Add support of Left Joins to Linq Provider
- * #803 NH-2521 - Session.EnableFilter method should work for HQL-DML statement
- * #780 NH-1200 - Exception occurs when using criteria exist queries
- * #767 NH-3892 - Add ability to coalesce using a property instead of a constant
- * #722 NH-1953 - Support Future for collection filters
- * #476 Eliminated double Persister resolution in Loader.InstanceNotYetLoaded flow
-
-** Task
-
- * #2433 Improve slightly mapping documentation
- * #2432 Document the caches configuration providers
- * #2430 Document cache.serializer setting of CoreDistributedCache
- * #2397 Update GitReleaseManager
- * #2391 Use latest Firebird for AppVeyor and Travis
- * #2388 Release 5.3
- * #2382 Refactor debug logging in AbstractBatcher
- * #2381 Use optimized Dictionary.Remove(key, out value) in .NET Core
- * #2379 Simplify swap items logic in LINQ Visitors
- * #2377 Use dotnet to push packages to nuget
- * #2376 Add MyGet gallery link to readme
- * #2368 Replace SafetyEnumerable with OfType where applicable
- * #2363 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.18.2
- * #2356 Obsolete IdentitySet class
- * #2354 Do not require Mono to build on not Windows
- * #2353 Update Microsoft.SourceLink.GitHub to 1.0.0
- * #2351 Get rid of JoinedEnumerable and SingletonEnumerable
- * #2348 Use static ReferenceComparer for reference comparisons
- * #2308 Merge 5.2.7
- * #2294 Add StackExchangeRedis cache provider documentation
- * #2293 Update RtMemoryCache framework dependency
- * #2265 Fix code style issues
- * #2251 Publish development nightly builds on nuget
- * #2205 Merge 5.2.6
- * #2171 Upgrade NUnit
- * #2122 Update AsyncGenerator to 0.13.3
- * #2016 Avoid recursive calls in BatchFetchQueue
- * #2014 Obsolete Environment.Properties
- * #1973 Investigate licenseUrl deprecation
- * #1971 Add SourceLink to allow NuGet package debugging
- * #1940 Allow to provide dev specific properties in NHibernate.dev.props
- * #1936 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.13.1
-
-** Tests
-
- * #2384 Tests to verify NH-2329 is obsolete
- * #2360 Add OData test for single property $expand
- * #2089 Bidirectional list fails if session only knows about child
- * #2066 Tests for proxy interface handling
- * #1966 Test duplicated join on some Linq queries
-
-Build 5.2.7
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.7
-
-4 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2302 Backport sqlite.binaryguid to configuration schema
- * #2298 Dml Linq Update Produce Wrong Sql
- * #2296 Missing Row Count in Debug Log for Future queries
-
-** Task
-
- * #2303 Release 5.2.7
-
-Build 5.2.6
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.6
-
-11 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2190 Cannot instantiate a SessionFactory using Prevalence cache
- * #2177 New Fetch() method in QueryOver returns IQueryOver<> instead of QueryOver<>
- * #2172 Using DependentTransaction fails
- * #2175 Subcriteria on component collection generates incorrect join alias
- * #2173 Futures not batching correctly in NH 5.2.x
- * #2141 Undefined call to Equals object in collection during flush just before commit
- * #2127 StackExchangeRedisCache with PreferMultipleGet = true calls GetMany multiple times
- * #2110 Wrong GUID to string conversion with SQLite BinaryGuid=False
-
-** Task
-
- * #2200 Release 5.2.6
- * #2199 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.8.2.12
-
-** Tests
-
- * #2132 Add GetMany for ReadWriteCache tests
-
-Build 5.2.5
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.5
-
-5 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2075 Missing cast when comparing a guid and string columns in SAP SQL Anywhere
- * #2046 Fix nullable Guid ToString is not translated correctly on some dialects
- * #2043 System.Reflection.TargetException when an interface is used as class mapping proxy definition
- * #2040 Incorrect SQL when comparing a guid and string column in Sql Server
-
-** Task
-
- * #2086 Release 5.2.5
-
-Build 5.2.4
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.4
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release. The dialect change has the side effect of
-re-enabling a hack used by NHibernate.Spatial, allowing Spatial users to upgrade
-to NHibernate 5.2.x. See NHibernate.Spatial#104.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * Using DML on an entity collection was applying the changes without
- filtering according to the entity. It will now throw a
- NotSupportedException.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2020 Throw for DML on filter
- * #2011 Use a statically resolved dialect when building the session factory
-
-** Task
-
- * #2030 Release 5.2.4
-
-As part of releasing 5.2.4, a missing 5.2.0 possible breaking change has been added about
-property-ref on null values. See 5.2.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.2.3
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.3
-
-1 issue was resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1964 Unable to serialize session because SerializationFieldInfo is not marked as serializable
-
-Build 5.2.2
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.2
-
-3 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1953 Query space invalidation doesn't work for bulk actions
- * #1269 NH-3069 - Cannot use Session.Lock with Version column on abstract base class
-
-** Task
-
- * #1957 Release 5.2.2
-
-Build 5.2.1
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.1
-
-5 issues were resolved in this release.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1928 JoinAlias on JoinQueryOver fails
- * #1920 ISession.Get may fail with a null exception
- * #1918 Property-ref on many-to-one with composite id fails
-
-** Task
-
- * #1932 Release 5.2.1
- * #1927 Add missing possible breaking change
-
-As part of releasing 5.2.1, a missing 5.2.0 possible breaking change has been added about duplicated columns
-in mapping. See 5.2.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.2.0
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.2.0
-
-157 issues were resolved in this release.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * Entities having many non-readonly properties (including many-to-one) mapped to
- the same column will no more silently ignore the trouble till an insert or update
- is attempted. They will now cause the session factory built to fail. When
- mapping many properties to the same column, all of them excepted at most one
- should be mapped with `insert="false" update="false"`.
- * Mappings mixing column elements and formula elements were taking into account
- only the formula elements. They will now take into account all elements.
- * Mappings mixing column elements and/or formula elements with a column attribute
- or a formula attribute were silently ignoring the attribute. They will now throw.
- * Mappings mixing a column attribute and a formula attribute were silently doing
- some best effort logic, either considering this as a two columns mapping, the
- second one being the formula (most cases), or only taking into account the
- formula (case of the `` mapping). They will now throw.
- * NHibernate StringType has gained case-sensitivity and culture parameters.
- Previously it was ignoring parameters. This type may change its behavior
- for any mapping having defined parameters for this type. See #1833.
- * Mapping a dynamic component with a Hashtable property instead of an
- IDictionary is no more supported.
- * Querying a dynamic entity as a Hashtable instead of an IDictionary is no more
- supported.
- * A collection mapped with a `property-ref` will no more support being accessed
- when the referenced property is null. It will throw. Previously, the collection
- was not throwing but was always loaded empty.
- * With PostgreSQL, a HQL query using the bitwise xor operator "^" or "bxor"
- was exponentiating the arguments instead. It will now correctly apply the xor
- operator. (# operator in PostgreSQL SQL.)
- * Auto-generated constraint names will not be the same than the ones generated
- with previous NHibernate versions under .Net Framework. (Under .Net Core those
- names were anyway changing at each run.) The new ones will be the same
- whatever the runtime used for generating them.
- * Some generated PK names may change, if a table name has a quoting symbol at
- precise 13th character.
- * The WcfOperationSessionContext has been removed from .Net Core and .Net
- Standard builds. See #1842.
- * Some classes, which were not serializing the session factory, do now serialize it.
- In case of cross-process serialization/deserialization, these session factories
- will need to be properly named, by setting the session_factory_name setting in the
- configuration used to build them. This may mainly affect users of a distributed
- second level cache, if their cache implementation uses binary serialization.
- Affected classes are: CacheKey, CollectionKey, EntityKey and EntityUniqueKey.
- * Some types cache representations have changed. Out-of-process second level
- caches should be cleared after upgrading NHibernate, if some of those types
- were cached. The concerned types are: CultureInfoType, TypeType, UriType,
- XDocType, XmlDocType.
- * Dialect.GetIdentitySelectString was called by the entity persisters with
- inverted parameter values: the table name in the column parameter, and the
- column name in the table parameter. No built-in dialects were using the
- parameter values. External dialects which were using it inverted (causing issues
- to collection persisters, which have always supplied them correctly) needs
- to be accordingly adjusted.
- * Users providing through an IObjectFactory some custom logic for instantiating
- value types will now need to supply their own result transformer if they were
- using AliasToBeanResultTransformer with value types, or their own entity
- tuplizer if they were using value types as entities.
- * Users providing through an IObjectFactory some custom logic for instantiating
- their custom session contexts will have to implement
- ICurrentSessionContextWithFactory and add a parameterless public constructor
- to their custom context, and move their custom instantiation logic from
- IObjectsFactory.CreateInstance(Type, object[]) to
- IObjectsFactory.CreateInstance(Type).
- * Various *Binding classes of NHibernate will now always have their protected
- dialect field null. (These classes are not expected to be derived by users,
- as there is no way to use custom descendants with NHibernate.)
- * AbstractPersistentCollection.AfterInitialize does no more perform queued
- operations. Queued operations are now run by a later call to a new method,
- ApplyPendingOperations. Concrete custom implementations relying on the queued
- operations to be done by their base AfterInitialize will need to be changed
- accordingly.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1900 Do not generate FK on non-generated unique constraint
- * #1888 Second level cache key mismatch
- * #1886 Superfluous SQL casts generated in FirebirdClientDriver
- * #1885 Process classes accordingly to inheritance path in mapping by code
- * #1884 Fix attempt of static proxies to call base method for abstract classes
- * #1874 Item in child collection not being removed
- * #1872 Fix property ref handling
- * #1870 Update build-menu options in documentation
- * #1867 Fix registration of current_date for some dialects
- * #1859 Fix filter & where fragment appended after lock hint
- * #1855 Fix NotNullUnique not taken into account for single column
- * #1849 Loquatious QueryCache constraint should be an IQueryCacheFactory constraint
- * #1836 Cannot create configuration due to log4net loading failure
- * #1824 property-ref on a component's property causes "wrong number of columns" error
- * #1821 Allow using ICompositeUserType for collection element mappings in Mapping By Code
- * #1818 Handle DbDataReaders that do not support GetSchemaTable
- * #1812 Fix the handling without meta-values
- * #1809 Update the mapping documentation
- * #1799 Default value of 'proxyfactory.factory_class' in the documentation
- * #1774 HQL and LINQ query by the type on with meta-type "string" fails
- * #1769 Table mapping for UniqueColumn uses unstable GetHashCode() method
- * #1764 Fix configuration schema forbidding custom bytecode provider
- * #1760 Support formula on one-to-many map-key
- * #1756 Fix unsaved-value for assigned identifiers
- * #1753 Fix possible InvalidCastException in ActionQueue
- * #1751 Avoid completing the same transaction twice
- * #1748 Fix a bad setting naming about transaction scopes
- * #1745 Remove obsoleted hibernate configuration prefix
- * #1744 Reconnect lazy property proxy on deserialization
- * #1737 Remove a binary breaking change introduced in #305
- * #1728 Generate a correct proxy for interfaces
- * #1727 Fix a null-ref exception with no-proxy one-to-one
- * #1726 Fix serialization exception when run on .NET Core 2.1
- * #1719 Cascade delete-orphan on no-proxy null association fails
- * #1706 Entity Projection: Fixed AsEntity() for root entity
- * #1704 GroupBy to custom class fails with ArgumentException
- * #1696 Fixed CriteriaImpl.Clone for readonly query
- * #1692 Update base_mapping.xml
- * #1673 Bitwise xor treated as pow with PostgreSQL
- * #1654 Fix the url to the quickstart of DocBook
- * #1635 IdentitySelectString implementation is inconsistent
- * #1612 Fix TypedValue not always using adequate comparer with SetParameterList
- * #1609 Schema validation using SQLite and a specific schema fails
- * #1366 NH-3506 - ICriteria/QueryOver create incorrect left join condition when table-per-hierarchy is used with filters
- * #1358 NH-3992 - Intermediate inherited classes are not mapped correctly
- * #1344 NH-3864 - Cacheable Multicriteria/Future'd query with aliased join throw exception
- * #1339 NH-3823 - Initialization of Set with Lazy=Extra causes pending additions to disappear
- * #1338 NH-3806 - Saving entities with proxy associations leads to fetching associated entities
- * #1300 NH-3403 - Wrong parameter size in query with MsSql2000Dialect,MsSql2005Dialect and MsSql2008Dialect
- * #1293 NH-3350 - Duplicate records using Future()
- * #1278 NH-3189 - IManyToOneMapper lacks method to add columns AND formula into a single relationship
- * #1214 NH-2180 - Many-To-Many with Property-ref fails to get subitems with FetchMode Join
- * #1201 NH-1316 - PostgreSQL dialect use of lastval to retrieve last inserted "id" not safe with Triggers
- * #1182 NH-3860 - Missing EntityName in IManyToOneMapper
- * #1170 NH-3646 - Incorrect query when items removed from a collection of components contain null values
- * #1163 NH-3545 - SchemaValidator fails for PostgreSql sequences
- * #1151 NH-3426 - Wrong result when converting Guid to string
- * #1121 NH-3095 - Cast from mapped long field to enum leads to 'Specified cast not valid'
- * #1096 NH-2836 - SchemaValidator throws with SqlCe4 if db-schema set
- * #1089 NH-2755 - LockMode hash differs in x86 and 64bit OS
- * #1037 NH-3749 - Unnecessary comma in CREATE TABLE statement
- * #1016 NH-3007 - Informix dialect generates incorrect boolean constants
- * #1000 NH-2558 - NoViableAltException with boolean expression in OrderBy clause
- * #990 NH-2016 - Duplicate Association Path when creating multiple aliases
- * #460 Fix Criteria caching filtered collections
-
-** New Feature
-
- * #1892 Allow disabling Firebird driver parameter casting
- * #1879 LINQ Coalesce and Conditional on Properties
- * #1854 Add SQL Anywhere 17 support
- * #1848 Add in ByCode support of all type mappings on Id
- * #1833 Parametrize string type comparer
- * #1830 Add a Linux build menu
- * #1796 Support CacheMode in QueryBatch
- * #1786 Document future results
- * #1772 Support futures with stateless session
- * #1752 Async ISynchronization
- * #1742 Add new DB2CoreDriver to use with IBM.Data.DB2.Core provider
- * #1693 Implement SurrogateSelector
- * #1690 Bitwise xor not supported by SQLite
- * #1682 Add support for System.MathF methods
- * #1662 Add support for SAP HANA
- * #1633 Added support for batching 2nd level cache operations when loading entities and collections
- * #1631 Create UtcTicks and UtcDbTimestamp types
- * #1599 Full control of entities fetching in Criteria
- * #1381 NHibernate's IQuery is missing AddSynchronizedQuerySpace
- * #968 NH-2285 - Support for LockMode in linq provider
- * #920 NH-3991 - Support for Sybase ASE ADO.NET 4 Provider
- * #897 NH-2187 - ElementAt LINQ extension method is not supported.
- * #838 NH-3805 - Add support for string indexer property (get_Chars)
- * #819 NH-3088 - Support the item operator [] on lists in linq queries
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #1908 Control over BeginTransaction in AdoTransaction
- * #1905 Improve support of Npgsql 4
- * #1901 Add ability to use dynamic entities as C# dynamic
- * #1890 Merge two logs in one
- * #1875 Improve exception message in case of duplicated column
- * #1869 Replace an O(n) lookup in LINQ query parsing by an O(1) one
- * #1846 Remove dependency on System.Security.Permissions package for .NET Standard and .NET Core
- * #1842 Remove WcfOperationSessionContext from .Net Core and .Net Standard
- * #1838 Cannot add HqlJoin to HqlFrom
- * #1827 Include the query in loader PostInstantiate QueryException
- * #1819 Append the batched sql statement when StaleStateException occurs
- * #1814 Mark proxy assembly with IgnoresAccessChecksToAttribute to allow implementing non public interfaces
- * #1808 Support mixed formulas and columns
- * #1792 Obsolete HolderInstantiator
- * #1788 Implement multiple get and put for query cache and query batch
- * #1785 Update user types documentation
- * #1782 Refactor BugTestCase
- * #1781 Clean-up IObjectsFactory usages
- * #1778 Allow to use dynamic objects as dynamic components
- * #1777 Replace ICache interface by a CacheBase class
- * #1776 Make cache types serialization friendly
- * #1775 Start/Stop required db-service for TeamCity
- * #1770 Make obsolete abstract virtual
- * #1767 Allow generic dictionaries for dynamic entities
- * #1765 Provide cacheable representations for all NHibernate built-in types
- * #1762 Remove duplicated and obsolete interceptor documentation
- * #1761 Update mapping documentation
- * #1759 Support mixed formulas and columns in By Code
- * #1736 Remove excessive rowIdAlias parameter in Loader
- * #1713 Update contributing guidelines
- * #1712 Support IEquatable in LINQ provider
- * #1710 Rationalize DateTimeOffset read and write
- * #1709 Lazy properties static proxy
- * #1703 Remove dialect instantiation in AddDeserializedMapping
- * #1700 Single place to specify TargetFrameworks
- * #1699 Add ability to load types from in-memory-only assemblies
- * #1698 Document setting the logger factory programmatically
- * #1694 Implement CollectionHelper.GetHashCode that accepts IEqualityComparer
- * #1689 Purge more Invariant culture usages
- * #1671 Decouple configuration of IObjectsFactory from BytecodeProvider
- * #1666 Handle multi-queries support in FutureBatch
- * #1656 Allow any cache.* property in NHibernate configuration
- * #1641 Add cross platform build for full .NET Framework
- * #1452 Async After-/BeforeTransactionCompletion
- * #874 NH-3543 - Enhanced Db2 driver to support multi query
- * #865 NH-2428 - Session.MultiCriteria and FlushMode.Auto inside transaction
- * #840 NH-3835 - Future/MultiCriteria 2nd level caching
- * #822 NH-3150 - Select Post Insert Generator Improvements
- * #755 NH-3670 - Dynamic component should allow generic dictionary
- * #752 NH-3541 - Future queries of Criteria API/QueryOver are batched separately from other query methods
- * #696 Upgrade to ReLinq 2.2.0
- * #415 Add check to ensure that IUserCollectionType.Instantiate returns uninitialized collection
-
-** Task
-
- * #1863 Release 5.2.0
- * #1823 Run tests for SQLite on .NET Core
- * #1783 Obsolete MultiQuery and MultiCriteria
- * #1773 Obsolete unused version related methods of SByteType
- * #1771 Obsolete unused "xml" type methods
- * #1743 Merge 5.1.3 into master
- * #1739 Upgrade to AsyncGenerator 0.8.2.7
- * #1688 Merge 5.1.2 into master
- * #1687 Update NUnit to 3.10.1
- * #881 NH-3358 - Document all attributes for the element tag
-
-** Tests
-
- * #1887 Test ref and out methods with static proxy
- * #1724 NH-2716 - Modify test case for discarding the alleged bug
- * #1584 Test Parent property is not accessible in queries
- * #1531 Test for Merging a bidirectional list creates unnecessary UPDATE statement
- * #1440 Test case for ComposedId Entity with Lazy Property is not proxified
- * #1414 Test ISession.IsDirty() should not trigger cascade saving
-
-As part of releasing 5.2.0, a misnamed setting in 5.0.0 release notes has been fixed:
-transaction.use_connection_on_system_events correct name is transaction.use_connection_on_system_prepare
-
-Build 5.1.7
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.7
-
-** Bug
- * #2298 Dml Linq Update Produce Wrong Sql
-
-Build 5.1.6
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.6
-
-** Bug
- * #2172 Using DependentTransaction fails
-
-Build 5.1.5
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.5
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * Using DML on an entity collection was applying the changes without
- filtering according to the entity. It will now throw a
- NotSupportedException.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2043 System.Reflection.TargetException when an interface is used as class mapping proxy definition
- * #2020 Throw for DML on filter
-
-** Task
- * #2074 Release 5.1.5
-
-Build 5.1.4
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.4
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1959 Backport Query space invalidation doesn't work for bulk actions
-
-Build 5.1.3
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.3
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1741 Fix DbType.Binary registration in DB2Dialect
- * #1732 Dictionary failure in Loader
- * #1730 Query cache always missed in session having altered the entities
- * #1711 Fix static proxy serialization
-
-** Task
-
- * #1716 Release 5.1.3
-
-
-Build 5.1.2
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.2
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1680 RowCount not working with JoinEntityAlias
- * #1672 Generated async methods do not correctly propagate OperationCanceledException
- * #1667 Collection initializing with zero rows after update to NH5
- * #1660 Wrong CopyTo implementation
- * #1650 Cannot use cache.use_sliding_expiration in hibernate.cfg.xml
- * #1585 Hashset unsupported by SetParameterList
- * #1355 NH-3928 - Random invalid SQL generated when using bitwise operators
-
-** Task
-
- * #1668 Merge 5.0.5 into 5.1.x
- * #1664 Release 5.1.2
- * #1659 Merge 5.0.4 into 5.1.x
-
-As part of releasing 5.1.2, a missing 5.0.0 possible breaking change has been added about future queries with data
-providers not actually supporting them. See 5.0.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-
-Build 5.1.1
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.1
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1645 One-to-one with property-ref triggers StackOverflow Exception
- * #1643 TypeLoadException in StaticProxyFactory after upgrading to 5.1.0
- * #1640 Handle all overloads of String.Trim*()
- * #1636 Fix api documentation assets path
- * #1628 StackOverflowException for lazy proxied entities with explicit interface properties
- * #1618 Fix NuGet push script
- * #1149 NH-3391 - StatelessSession: one-to-one detail-object is always null
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #1646 Add a link to release notes in NuGet package
- * #1639 Speedup access to SQL Server on Linux
- * #1624 Add missing ids on documentation sections
- * #1619 Document "entity join" and "entity projection"
-
-** Task
-
- * #1649 Release 5.1.1
- * #1622 Update cache documentation
- * #1621 Upgrade Async Generator to a version compatible with VS 15.6.3
-
-
-Build 5.1.0
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.1.0
-
-** Highlights
- * NHibernate has gained two new target frameworks: .Net Core 2.0 and .Net Standard 2.0. NHibernate NuGet package
- provides them, along with the .Net framework 4.6.1 build.
- For these new frameworks, some additional specificities or limitations apply:
- * Binary serialization is not supported - the user shall implement serialization surrogates for System.Type,
- FieldInfo, PropertyInfo, MethodInfo, ConstructorInfo, Delegate, etc.
- * SqlClient, Odbc, Oledb drivers are converted to ReflectionBasedDriver to avoid the extra dependencies.
- * CallSessionContext uses a static AsyncLocal field to mimic the CallContext behavior.
- * System transactions (transaction scopes) are untested, due to the lack of data providers supporting them.
- * 114 issues were resolved in this release.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * Since Ingres9Dialect is now supporting sequences, the enhanced-sequence identifier generator will default to
- using a sequence instead of a table. Revert to previous behavior by using its force_table_use parameter.
- * Some overridable methods of the Dialect base class and of MsSql2000Dialect have been obsoleted in favor of
- new methods. Dialects implementors need to override the replacing methods if they were overriding the
- obsolete ones, which are:
- * Dialect.GetIfNotExistsCreateConstraint(Table table, string name), replaced by
- GetIfNotExistsCreateConstraint(string catalog, string schema, string table, string name).
- * Dialect.GetIfNotExistsCreateConstraintEnd(Table table, string name), replaced by
- GetIfNotExistsCreateConstraintEnd(string catalog, string schema, string table, string name).
- * Dialect.GetIfExistsDropConstraint(Table table, string name), replaced by
- GetIfExistsDropConstraint(string catalog, string schema, string table, string name).
- * Dialect.GetIfExistsDropConstraintEnd(Table table, string name), replaced by
- GetIfExistsDropConstraintEnd(string catalog, string schema, string table, string name).
- * MsSql2000Dialect.GetSelectExistingObject(string name, Table table), replaced by
- GetSelectExistingObject(string catalog, string schema, string table, string name).
-
-** Bug
-
- * #1606 NHibernate 5 precision maximum on decimal reduced vs. NHibernate 4
- * #1605 MySql batcher may attempt initiating a new batch without closing open reader first.
- * #1604 MySql batcher disables db exception translation
- * #1602 Preserve original snapshot mode.
- * #1594 AsyncLocal leak in SystemTransactionContext
- * #1587 Prevent substitute garbage collection
- * #1565 For update with outer join fails with PostgreSQL
- * #1562 Fix round registration
- * #1559 Deep removal of Fetch result operators when Any is used
- * #1556 Linq query with "Contains" on persistent collection fails
- * #1551 Assert for a null reference in a flaky test.
- * #1536 Avoid a null reference exception in ExpressionKeyVisitor
- * #1535 Fix some HQL functions registration
- * #1534 Fixed entity name retrieval for EntityProjection
- * #1526 ExpressionKeyVisitor does not produce unique keys for anonymous types coming from different assemblies
- * #1514 Fix exceptions serialization
- * #1511 Test Unicode string.
- * #1509 Add missing NHibernateLogLevel.Info in example web project
- * #1507 NH-3119 - fix test not supporting optimization
- * #1506 SQLite is bugged with distributed transactions: disable distributed tests
- * #1505 Chaining scopes with ODBC is bugged: disabling the test.
- * #1501 Fix NH-3023 test
- * #1496 Fix ManyToOneType.IsModified to handle both object instance and identifier passed to the parameter “old”.
- * #1491 Forgotten async generation for #1487
- * #1486 Fix IsModified so that a null equates empty components when using select-before-update.
- * #1484 Fix default types
- * #1478 Exception when using envers with the latest logging changes
- * #1476 Fix GetQueryCache storing two different caches.
- * #1468 Comparison with DateTime? produces wrong SQL
- * #1463 Fix a null reference case in session context
- * #1454 Fix ProxyFactory cache
- * #1445 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.6.2 and regenerate.
- * #1442 Unable to use an entity with a `FieldInterceptor` property and a lazy loaded property
- * #1436 StackOverflowException when merging an entity with a lazy property
- * #1434 Replace remaining SetOptions with WithOptions
- * #1385 SecondLevelCache CreateSQLQuery().UniqueResult() throws Exception Specified cast is not valid.
- * #1372 NH-3982 - Simple query with Cacheable, Fetch and SingleOrDefault throws exception (regression from 3.3.0)
- * #1371 NH-3898 - Configuring a property with generated="insert" turns "Property.IsUpdatable" into"false" even using update="true" in the xml mapping file.
- * #1363 NH-2500 - NH 3.0 Linq provider uses query parameters from first call in subsequent calls.
- * #1335 NH-3787 - Decimal truncation in Linq ternary expression
- * #1330 NH-3673 - Closure variable values locked in from expressions in NHibernate LINQ provider
- * #1226 NH-2534 - Join-fetching a many-to-one with property-ref results in select n+1 problem
- * #1196 NH-4087 - Decimal truncation occurs after 5 digits
- * #1119 NH-3084 - Class NHibernate.Loader.Loader logs SQL statement on INFO level
- * #1052 NH-3976 - Inconsistent Decimal/NHibernateUtil.Currency handling causing runtime error when using Oracle.ManagedDataAccess
- * #987 NH-1509 - MsSql2000Dialect does not use default schema when creating "if exists" statement
- * #448 NH-1285 - Drop/Create script with default_schema/default_catalog fix(SqlServer)
-
-** New Feature
-
- * #1588 Add a generic batcher for insert/update/delete statements, usable with PostgreSQL and others
- * #1545 Support to join not associated entities in Criteria (aka Entity Join)
- * #1451 New StaticProxyFactoryFactory
- * #1403 Add timeouts support to MultiCriteria
- * #1377 Logging refactoring
- * #954 NH-3807 - Support for .NET Core 2.0
- * #948 NH-3435 - Ability to select entities in Criteria projections
- * #910 NH-3606 - Open a stateless session from a session
- * #908 NH-3470 - Allow Linq Query to load entities as read-only
-
-** Improvement
-
- * #1600 Set MySqlClientBatchingBatcher as a default batcher for MySqlDataDriver
- * #1597 Add support for single-argument truncate to dialects that do not support it natively
- * #1569 Modernize test example
- * #1567 Avoid Trim().Length as empty check and ToLowerInvariant() in string comparison
- * #1561 NAnt refactoring
- * #1558 Improved collection batch fetching
- * #1557 Aggregate named queries validation exceptions.
- * #1555 Catch practices: avoid losing catched exception information.
- * #1552 Obsolete UnmodifiableDictionary
- * #1549 Remove an override which was doing the same thing as the base
- * #1548 Add a missing short circuit in query parameter expansion.
- * #1547 Double query translation
- * #1546 Remove a redundant argument in Linq provider ExecuteQuery.
- * #1543 Various string manipulation optimizations
- * #1541 Cache subclass entity aliases in Loader
- * #1537 Avoid unnecessary persister lookup in Loader
- * #1529 Lazy mapping schema loading
- * #1521 Enable warning as error for all projects and configurations
- * #1519 Reuse SchemaExport in CreateSchema/DropSchema in tests
- * #1515 Make NHibernateUtil.Initialize / IsInitialized better reusable for sub-projects like Envers
- * #1504 More reliable SQLite handling in tests.
- * #1502 Upgrade Iesi to 4.0.3 in order to use a release assembly
- * #1498 Cease throwing bare Exception
- * #1494 Update to Oracle installation instructions.
- * #1490 Optimize empty arrays usages
- * #1483 Clean-up of TypeFactory
- * #1482 Refactored DefaultEntityAliases to avoid unnecessary calculations
- * #1477 Reuse the same generic EmptyMapClass instance across the project
- * #1475 Document expiration constraint on UpdateTimestampsCache region.
- * #1467 Reduce the number of calls to UpdateTimestampsCache
- * #1466 Obsolete EqualsHelper
- * #1465 Obsolete EnumerableExtensions
- * #1464 Obsolete ISessionImplementor.Initialize method
- * #1449 Document IsDirty potential side effects
- * #1441 Normalize TargetInvocationException unwrapping
- * #1417 Table counter for aliases should be stable
- * #1412 Store Linq query options in a query provider instead of a queryable
- * #1391 Performance regression in SessionIdLoggingContext
- * #843 NH-3879 - SequenceHiLoGenerator Jumps 1 number each lo > maxLo
- * #842 NH-3869 - Add a way of adding comments into LINQ queries
- * #837 NH-3804 - Register CHR/CHAR, NCHAR, UNICODE, and ASCII standard functions to the dialect(s)
- * #831 NH-3515 - Support for Decimal.Round, Decimal.Ceiling, Decimal.Floor and other static methods of Decimal class
- * #768 NH-3921 - Support sequences in Ingres9Dialect
- * #769 NH-3922 - The various timeout methods should indicate time unit
-
-** Task
-
- * #1610 Move MsSql constants from driver to dialect.
- * #1608 Missing Async test for GH1594
- * #1603 Forgotten async generation of truncate test
- * #1598 Upgrade IESI to 4.0.4 for having a bumped file version.
- * #1589 Add framework info to example web project and enable .NET Core.
- * #1574 Fix encoding in NorthwindDbCreator.cs
- * #1563 Generate Async test for deep removal of fetch.
- * #1527 Adjust ignore rules for not ignoring DebugHelpers folder and contents
- * #1525 5.1.0 release
- * #1524 Reduce breaking changes due to Ingres9 sequence support
- * #1518 Upgrade to AsyncGenerator 0.8.1
- * #1512 Upgrade to NUnit 3.9
- * #1474 Upgrade AsyncGenerator to 0.7.0
-
-** Tests
-
- * #1539 Add more tests for constants in LINQ queries
-
-As part of releasing 5.1.0, a missing 5.0.0 possible breaking change has been added about inequality semantic in LINQ
-queries. See 5.0.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.0.8
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.8
-
-** Bug
- * #2172 Using DependentTransaction fails
-
-Build 5.0.7
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.7
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * Using DML on an entity collection was applying the changes without
- filtering according to the entity. It will now throw a
- NotSupportedException.
-
-** Bug
-
- * #2043 System.Reflection.TargetException when an interface is used as class mapping proxy definition
- * #2020 Throw for DML on filter
-
-** Task
- * #2073 Release 5.0.7
-
-Build 5.0.6
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.6
-
-** Bug
- * #1672 Generated async methods do not correctly propagate OperationCanceledException
- * #1355 NH-3928 - Random invalid SQL generated when using bitwise operators
-
-** Task
- * #1686 Release 5.0.6
-
-Build 5.0.5
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.5
-
-** Bug
- * #1665 Have IFutureEnumerable.GetEnumerable executing immediatly the query
-
-Build 5.0.4
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.4
-
-** Bug
- * #1658 Add missing cache setting
-
-Build 5.0.3
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.3
-
-** Bug
- * #1462 Fix disposing SessionIdLoggingContext if CheckAndUpdateSessionStatus is failed
-
-Build 5.0.2
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.2
-
-** Bug
- * #1456 NH-4052 - Add missing serializable implementation
- * #1455 Reduces check session and set context id redundant calls
- * #1453 Eliminate unnecessary AsyncLocal allocation if SessionId isn't changed
-
-** Task
- * #1457 Release 5.0.2
-
-As part of releasing 5.0.2, a missing 5.0.0 possible breaking change has been added about Dialects requiring now
-to be configured. See 5.0.0 possible breaking changes.
-
-Build 5.0.1
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.1
-
-** Bug
- * #1428 Insert underscore in combined parameter name
- * #1424 Bad wording and example fixes in cache documentation.
- * #1420 Fix #1419 - ISession.IsDirty() shouldn't throw exception for transient many-to-one object in a session
- * #1419 ISession.IsDirty() shouldn't throw exception for transient many-to-one object in a session
- * #1418 Column.GetAlias should account for other suffixes
- * #1415 Correct MaxAliasLength for various dialects
- * #1393 Fix Linq Future aggregates failures, fixes #1387
- * #1389 Add support for out/ref Nullable parameters of proxied methods
- * #1387 Linq Sum() with ToFutureValue fails
- * #1384 Fix a column spec causing missing col in pdf, fix a text overflow
- * #1380 #750 - AliasToBean failure, test case and fix
- * #1378 Fix #1362 - Running Unit tests against SQLite fails on datetime/UTC
- * #1362 NH-4093 - Running Unit tests against SQLite fails on numerous (22) datetime/UTC related tests.
- * #1357 NH-3983 - ToFuture throws ArgumentException at CreateCombinedQueryParameters
- * #1179 NH-3840 - Wrong documentation of "cascade" in 5.1.11 (many-to-one)
- * #1165 NH-3554 - Docs - bidirectional, indexed collections
- * #983 Fix forgotten CDATA closure.
- * #879 NH-4006 - Provide a correct MaxAliasLength for various dialects
- * #750 Transformers.AliasToBean: Value cannot be null. Parameter name: key
- * #712 NH-4092 - AsyncGenerator creates unused private static event handler in SQLite20Driver
-
-** Improvement
- * #1410 Remove unused code in build scripts
- * #1404 Use MsBuild for packing .nupkg files
- * #1401 Clean up db tests dependencies
- * #1395 Documentation fixes
- * #1386 Lack of custom logging documentation
- * #1382 Jira to GitHub: change issue naming in tests
- * #1379 Documentation fixes
- * #982 Back port doc fixes
- * #824 NH-3208 - Document all possible settings in hibernate.cfg
- * #823 NH-3179 - Documentation should note that OnDelete should set IsSaved to false in chapter 24.1
- * #788 NH-1947 - Undocumented attributes on sql-query element
- * #713 Switch to GitHub issues
- * #711 Switch doc generation to UTF-8.
-
-** Task
- * #1431 Release 5.0.1
- * #1405 Remove unused and broken NHibernate.Setup WiX project
-
-
-Build 5.0.0
-=============================
-
-** Highlights
- * IO bound methods have gained an async counterpart. Not intended for parallelism, make sure to await each
- call before further interacting with a session and its queries.
- * Strongly typed DML operation (insert/update/delete) are now available as Linq extensions on queryables.
- * Entities collections can be queried with .AsQueryable() Linq extension without being fully loaded.
- * Reference documentation has been curated and completed, notably with a Linq section.
- http://nhibernate.info/doc/nhibernate-reference/index.html
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH4.1.1.GA to 5.0.0
-
- NHibernate now targets .Net 4.6.1.
-
- Remotion.Linq and Antlr3 libraries are no more merged in the NHibernate library,
- and must be deployed along NHibernate library. (NuGet will reference them.)
-
- Classes and members which were flagged as obsolete in the NHibernate 4.x series have been dropped.
- Prior to upgrading, fix any obsolete warning according to its message. See NH-4075 and NH-3684 for a list.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * All members exposing some System.Data types have been changed for the corresponding System.Data.Common
- types. (IDbCommand => DbCommand, ...)
- * The Date NHibernate type will no more replace by null values below its base value (which was year 1753).
- Its base value is now DateTime.MinValue. Its configuration parameter is obsolete.
- * NHibernate type DateTimeType, which is the default for a .Net DateTime, does no longer cut fractional
- seconds. Use DateTimeNoMsType if you wish to have fractional seconds cut. It applies to its Local/Utc
- counterparts too.
- * LocalDateTimeType and UtcDateTimeType do no more accept being set with a value having a non-matching kind,
- they throw instead.
- * DbTimestamp will now round the retrieved value according to Dialect.TimestampResolutionInTicks.
- * When an object typed property is mapped to a NHibernate timestamp, setting an invalid object in the
- property will now throw at flush instead of replacing it with DateTime.Now.
- * Decimal type registration now correctly handles maximal precision. For most dialects, it is 28, matching
- the .Net limit. Values in mappings above maximal precision will be reduced to maximal precision.
- * Default cast types do no more resolve string to 255 length and decimal to its default precision/scale for
- the dialect. They resolve to 4000 length string and (28, 10) precision/scale decimals by default, and are
- trimmed down according to dialect. Those defaults can be overridden with query.default_cast_length,
- query.default_cast_precision and query.default_cast_scale settings.
- * Future queries with data provider not actually supporting them (not supporting mutliple queries in a single
- SQL command) are no more immediately executed at the .Future call. They are executed only when directly
- enumerated or when their IFutureEnumerable.GetEnumerable method is called. (This aligns them with the behavior
- of FutureValue.)
- * Dialects are now configurable. If you instantiate a dialect directly, make sure you call its Configure
- method, with as argument the properties of a NHibernate Configuration object. You may use instead
- Dialect.GetDialect methods, which configure the dialect before returning it.
- * Transaction scopes handling has undergone a major rework. See NH-4011 for full details.
- ** More transaction promotion to distributed may occur if you use the "flush on commit" feature with
- transaction scopes. Explicitly flush your session instead. Ensure it does not occur by disabling
- transaction.use_connection_on_system_prepare setting.
- ** After transaction events no more allow using the connection when they are raised from a scope
- completion.
- ** Connection enlistment in an ambient transaction is now enforced by NHibernate by default.
- ** The connection releasing is no more directly triggered by a scope completion, but by later
- interactions with the session.
- * AdoNetWithDistributedTransactionFactory has been renamed AdoNetWithSystemTransactionFactory.
- * Subcriteria.UniqueResult for value types now return default(T) when result is null, as was
- already doing CriteriaImpl.UniqueResult.
- * AliasToBeanResultTransformer property/field resolution logic has changed for supporting members
- which names differ only by case. See NH-3693 last comments for details.
- * Linq inequality implementation has been changed for supporting null, meaning that a "a != b" expression
- will now be considered matching if one side is null, while previously due to SQL null semantic it was
- considered non-matching. See NH-3100.
- * Linq extension methods marked with attribute LinqExtensionMethod will no more be evaluated
- in-memory prior to query execution when they do not depend on query results, but will always be
- translated to their corresponding SQL call. This can be changed with a parameter of the attribute.
- * Linq Query methods are now native members of ISession and IStatelessSession instead of being
- extension methods.
- * Linq provider now use Remotion.Linq v2, which may break Linq provider extensions, mainly due to names
- changes. See https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/pull/568 changes to test files for examples.
- * NHibernate Linq internals have undergone some minor changes which may break custom Linq providers due
- to method signature changes and additional methods to implement.
- * IMapping interface has an additional Dialect member. ISessionFactoryImplementor has lost it, since it
- gains it back through IMapping.
- * IDriver.ExpandQueryParameters and DriverBase.CloneParameter take an additional argument.
- * NullableType, its descendent (notably all PrimitiveType) and IUserType value getters and setters now
- take the session as an argument. This should mainly impact custom types implementors.
- * EmitUtil is now internal and has been cleaned of unused members.
- * ContraintOrderedTableKeyColumnClosure has been renamed ConstraintOrderedTableKeyColumnClosure.
- * enabledFilter parameter has been removed from IProjection.ToSqlString and ICriterion.ToSqlString methods.
- * Proxy factory and proxy cache now use TypeInfo instead of System.Type. This should be transparent for
- most users.
- * Exceptions which were based on ApplicationException are now based on Exception: HibernateException,
- ParserException and AssertionFailure. The logger factory which could throw a bare ApplicationException
- now throws an InstantiationException instead.
- * ThreadSafeDictionary class has been removed. Use System.Collections.Concurrent.ConcurrentDictionary
- instead.
- * Entity mode switching capability, which had never been fully implemented, is dropped.
- * BytecodeProviderImpl, intended for .Net Framework 1 and broken, is dropped.
- * Sessions concrete classes constructors have been changed. (It is not expected for them to be used
- directly.)
- * Obsolete setting interceptors.beforetransactioncompletion_ignore_exceptions is dropped.
- * SQL Server 2008+ dialects now use datetime2 instead of datetime for all date-time types, including
- timestamp. This can be reverted with sql_types.keep_datetime setting.
- * SQL Server 2008+ timestamp resolution is now 100ns in accordance with datetime2 capabilities, down from
- 10ms previously. This can be reverted with sql_types.keep_datetime setting.
- * Oracle 9g+ dialects now use timestamp(7) for all date time types, instead of timestamp(4).
- * Oracle 9g+ timestamp resolution is now 100ns in accordance with timestamp(7) capabilities, down from
- 100µs previously.
- * Oracle: Hbm2dll will no-more choose N- prefixed types for typing Unicode string columns by default.
- This can be changed with oracle.use_n_prefixed_types_for_unicode setting, which will furthermore
- control DbCommand parameters typing accordingly. See NH-4062.
- * SqlServerCe: the id generator "native" will now resolve as table-hilo instead of identity.
- * Firebird: timestamp resolution is now 1ms.
- * PostgreSQL: if Npgsql v3 or later is used, time DbParameters will be fetched as TimeSpan instead of
- DateTime.
- * DB2 & Oracle lite: decimal type registration was hardcoding precision as 19 and was using length as
- scale. It now uses precision and scale from mapping when specified, and disregards length.
- * Ingres & Sybase ASA: decimal type registration was hardcoding precision as 18 and was using length as
- scale. It now uses precision and scale from mapping when specified, and disregards length.
- * ODBC: String parameter length will no more be specified by the OdbcDriver.
-
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 5.0.0
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3956] - Native SQL query plan may get wrong plan
- * [NH-3957] - Second level query cache may yields wrong cache entry
- * [NH-4001] - Remove ThreadSafeDictionary
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-926] - Identity insert fails with SQL Ce dialect and aggressive connection release mode.
- * [NH-1752] - NHibernate Date type converts to NULL
- * [NH-1904] - Protected properties and public properties cannot have the same name with different case
- * [NH-2029] - filter-def's use-many-to-one=false should take ON into consideration
- * [NH-2145] - AssertionFailure exception at ISession.Save
- * [NH-2176] - Consecutive TransactionScopes cannot be used in same NHibernate session
- * [NH-2238] - "DTC transaction prepare phase failed" when UPDATE:ing in a promoted TransactionScope
- * [NH-2241] - Batch Insert using stateless session when using second level cache throws exception when unable to determine transient status
- * [NH-2928] - Connections can only be closed after the Transaction is completed
- * [NH-3023] - Deadlocks may cause connection pool corruption when in a distributed transaction
- * [NH-3078] - TimeAsTimeSpanType issue when using Sybase Advantage Database
- * [NH-3100] - Problem in use if condition for nullable boolean in linq to NHibernate
- * [NH-3114] - Collection inside Component cannot be mapped to a different table
- * [NH-3227] - InvalidOperationException in AbstractBatcher when distributed transaction is aborted
- * [NH-3247] - Char value gets 'cached' in Where-queries
- * [NH-3374] - Session.Merge throws InvalidCastException when using a Lazy bytes[] property
- * [NH-3600] - ISession.Save returns wrong Id
- * [NH-3665] - FirstOrDefault() broken since 3.3.4 and 3.4.0
- * [NH-3693] - AliasToBeanResultTransformerFixture fails under Firebird
- * [NH-3755] - Proxy exception for multiple joined-subclass
- * [NH-3757] - Dynamic entity mapped with entity-name cannot have a component of a fixed class
- * [NH-3793] - Attribute entity-name on is ignored, causing mapping exception
- * [NH-3845] - OfType fails with polymorphism
- * [NH-3850] - .Count(), .Any() and other aggregates return only first result on polymorphic queries
- * [NH-3885] - ThreadSafeDictionary is not threadsafe
- * [NH-3889] - Coalesce on entity in sub-select causes incorrect SQL
- * [NH-3895] - Problem with DateTime fractional seconds on ODBC for MS SQL Server
- * [NH-3911] - Reflection Optimizer tries to cast values to getter type in setter
- * [NH-3913] - Component has bag of child components. Child property mapping ignored
- * [NH-3931] - Invalid order of child inserts when using TPH inheritance
- * [NH-3946] - Linq where "is base class" doesn't get subclasses
- * [NH-3948] - CheckAndUpdateSessionStatus() called twice in CreateFilter method inside SessionImpl class
- * [NH-3950] - FutureValue fails on Linq queries defining a PostExecuteTransformer
- * [NH-3954] - Dynamic proxy cache may yield a wrong proxy
- * [NH-3955] - Unreliable Equals implementation
- * [NH-3961] - Invalid date parameter format with nullables and MappedAs
- * [NH-3966] - Missing command set dispose in batchers
- * [NH-3968] - Distributed transaction cannot be committed because AdoNetWithDistributedTransactionFactory tries to write data by using locked sqlConnection
- * [NH-3969] - Firebird: TimestampResolutionInTicks should be 1ms
- * [NH-3977] - Thread safety weaknesses of MapBasedSessionContext
- * [NH-3981] - CollectionHelper.DictionaryEquals throws
- * [NH-3985] - ObjectDisposedException is thrown when using a child session after having previously disposed of another child session.
- * [NH-3998] - SqlServer CE: "The column aliases must be unique" exception is thrown in some tests
- * [NH-4013] - SqlClientBatchingBatcher CloseCommands contract violated
- * [NH-4022] - MsSql2012Dialect: Invalid drop sequence statement
- * [NH-4024] - ODBC failures with time
- * [NH-4027] - Missing disposals of enumerators
- * [NH-4035] - Teardown failure should not prevent cleanup
- * [NH-4038] - Mapping a TimeSpan in a collection component mapping maps as a BIGINT
- * [NH-4046] - Default length too short for variable length types with SAP Anywhere / ASE
- * [NH-4077] - Possible race condition in ActionQueue.ExecuteActions
- * [NH-4083] - ODBC nvarchar parameter corruption
- * [NH-4084] - DbTimestamp cause stale update exception
- * [NH-4086] - TimeType may lose fractional seconds
- * [NH-4088] - Dialect.GetCastTypeName is buggy
- * [NH-4090] - Prepare SQL fails with time parameters and SQL Server 2008+
- * [NH-4091] - SQL Server CE allocates too much memory with blob and sql prepare
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1530] - Add support for XmlDocType and XDocType for Oracle
- * [NH-2319] - IQueryable support for persistent collections
- * [NH-3488] - Strongly Typed Updates and Deletes
- * [NH-3771] - Implement setting to enable Batch Update with Optimistic Locking control
- * [NH-3905] - Support async: Blocking IO leads to ThreadPool starvation and limits scalability
- * [NH-3934] - Add methods WhereNot(ICriterion) and AndNot(ICriterion) in QueryOver
- * [NH-3951] - Support .All() result operator
- * [NH-3996] - Postgres: add support for XmlDocType and XDocType
- * [NH-4009] - Allow marking a Linq extension as db only
- * [NH-4017] - Handle Time parameter conversion for newer Npgsql
- * [NH-4018] - Port AutoJoinTransaction feature
- * [NH-4028] - Support inconclusive tests in result comparison
- * [NH-4031] - Add an AsyncLocalSessionContext
- * [NH-4032] - Supports multiple factories with ThreadStaticSessionContext
- * [NH-4062] - Properly handle Oracle Unicode support dual model
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3683] - Fix Compilation Warnings
- * [NH-3958] - Reference documentation: missing types
- * [NH-3959] - Fix documentation typos
- * [NH-3999] - Document effect of quoted identifier on case sensitivity
- * [NH-4000] - Release 5.0
- * [NH-4004] - Restrict tests running on SQL CE
- * [NH-4051] - Replace System.Linq.Dynamic with System.Linq.Dynamic.Core in tests
- * [NH-4057] - Fix tests for MySql
- * [NH-4058] - Fix Oracle managed failing tests
- * [NH-4063] - Fix ODBC failing tests
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1851] - Mapping a TimeSpan as TimeAsTimeSpan for MySQL
- * [NH-2444] - Document linq provider
- * [NH-3094] - Linq does not support unary plus and unary minus operators
- * [NH-3370] - Remove warning about "NHibernate.Type.CustomType -- the custom type * is not serializable"
- * [NH-3386] - Linq OrderBy NewID()
- * [NH-3431] - Replace System.Data with System.Data.Common
- * [NH-3578] - Subcriteria.UniqueResult for value types should return default(T), same as CriteriaImpl.UniqueResult when result is null
- * [NH-3669] - Query should be instance method of ISession
- * [NH-3723] - Some tests are failing when log level set to DEBUG
- * [NH-3744] - Fixed spelling of ContraintOrderedTableKeyColumnClosure method
- * [NH-3750] - Use NuGet to refer to Remotion.Linq (unmerge ReMotion.Linq)
- * [NH-3877] - Target .NET 4.6.1
- * [NH-3900] - Upgrade to Nunit 3.x
- * [NH-3919] - Clean up and harmonize datetime types with regards to different dialects
- * [NH-3927] - Switch to SemVer version scheme
- * [NH-3932] - Merge() may fire unnecessary updates if collection and version mapping exists
- * [NH-3943] - Use NuGet to reference packages instead of local copies
- * [NH-3944] - Upgrade to ReLinq 2
- * [NH-3945] - Update to Antlr 3.5.1
- * [NH-3952] - Cleanup EnumerableHelper usage
- * [NH-3962] - Build with MSBuild Tools 2017 (15)
- * [NH-3963] - More explicit error on MappedAs invalid usage.
- * [NH-3964] - Refactor reflection patterns
- * [NH-3970] - TestCase base class: avoid hiding test failure on tear-down
- * [NH-3973] - Remove enabledFilter parameter from IProjection.ToSqlString and ICriterion.ToSqlString methods
- * [NH-3975] - Synchronize some features dialect support properties
- * [NH-3978] - Extract IDatabaseMetadata from DatabaseMetadata
- * [NH-3987] - Re-implement NhQueryable options
- * [NH-3988] - Replace ApplicationException base class with just Exception
- * [NH-3990] - Upgrade to VS2017 Project structure
- * [NH-3993] - Component Element Customizer Missing ability to map non-public parents and composite element relations
- * [NH-3997] - SqlServer CE: Make native generator to be TableHiLoGenerator
- * [NH-4003] - Refactor session constructor
- * [NH-4010] - Visual Studio launcher still launches 2015
- * [NH-4014] - Update SQLite assembly for tests
- * [NH-4015] - Update Npgsql driver and enable DTC for it in tests
- * [NH-4019] - Pass assembly into log4net functions
- * [NH-4020] - Use TypeBuilder.CreateTypeInfo()
- * [NH-4021] - Track all opened session in tests
- * [NH-4023] - Pass ISessionImplementor to all value setters and getters of nullable types
- * [NH-4026] - Update Firebird driver and use server in tests
- * [NH-4030] - Cleanup and xml doc of Linq Future extension
- * [NH-4033] - Update MySql connector used in tests
- * [NH-4034] - Flush all sessions participating in a transaction
- * [NH-4043] - Complete keyword registration needs done in dialects.
- * [NH-4049] - EmitUtil can be cleaned up
- * [NH-4050] - Use Task.Run instead of BeginInvoke in tests
- * [NH-4052] - Collect schema validation exceptions
- * [NH-4064] - Unmerge Antrl3.Runtime
- * [NH-4073] - Replace NHibernate.Web.Example with modern version
- * [NH-4076] - Do not resurrect session
-
-** Remove Feature
- * [NH-3684] - Remove Part Extension Methods of QueryOver
- * [NH-3700] - Remove CodeDom BytecodeProviderImpl
- * [NH-3722] - Remove entity mode switching capability
- * [NH-4075] - Remove code obsolete in 4.x
-
-** Meta Issue
- * [NH-4011] - Fix transaction scopes handling
-
-
-Build 4.1.2.GA
-=============================
-
-Release notes - NHibernate - Version 4.1.2.GA
-
-** Bug
- * #1355 NH-3928 - Random invalid SQL generated when using bitwise operators
-
-Build 4.1.1.GA
-=============================
-
- ##### Notes #####
- The [NH-3904] has been reverted in favor of [NH-2401]: users now required to explicitly specify
- custom user type via MappedAs method if they want to use IUserType/ICompositeUserType type
- parameters in Linq queries, or implement generators the way they take the types into account.
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3940] - Revert NH-3904
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3929] - ExpressionParameterVisitor selects wrong CustomType for ConstantExpression (Linq)
- * [NH-3941] - MappedAs() does not work
-
-Build 4.1.0.GA
-=============================
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes Since 4.0 #####
- Proxies for classes that used lazy fields (not collections)
- would have any exceptions from the entity wrapped in TargetInvocationException. This
- wrapping exception have now been removed. Where relevant, you should instead catch
- the original exception type you throw.
-
- For LINQ queries, the startAt parameter and the return value for string.IndexOf() are
- now correctly translated from .Net's 0-based indexing to SQL's 1-based indexing. LINQ
- queries that are written to expect SQL semantics for IndexOf() will likely need to be
- adjusted (NH-3846, NH-3901).
- Example: A LINQ query should now use 'x=>x.Name.IndexOf("a") == -1' to pick objects where
- the name doesn't contain the letter "a".
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3885] - ThreadSafeDictionary is not threadsafe
-
-
-Build 4.1.0.CR1
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2038] - No substring length check in RemoveAsAliasesFromSql
- * [NH-2127] - NHibernate cannot convert from decimal to int64 during OutputParamReturningDelegate.ExecuteAndExtract
- * [NH-2167] - Aggregate function GroupProperty mixing named and positional variables
- * [NH-2738] - Exception thrown when mapping contains empty enum
- * [NH-2839] - Linq query with boolean implemeted as IUserType fails
- * [NH-2930] - Mapping by code does not support multiple levels of abstract subclasses, nor does the abstract=true tag work on subclasses below the first level subclass
- * [NH-2931] - Registering mappings in mapping by code does not process classes accordingly to inheritance path
- * [NH-3015] - Join fetch with Stateless Session returns duplicate entities
- * [NH-3035] - Alias in HQL Order By Clause is Not Replaced
- * [NH-3046] - Potentially serious memory leak with regards to NHibernate.Action.EntityAction.BeforeTransactionCompletionProcessDelegate
- * [NH-3048] - Mapping-by-Code does not allow UnsavedValue in ComponentAsId mapping
- * [NH-3075] - NullReferenceException when using Fetch/FetchMany
- * [NH-3252] - AnsiString larger than 8000 doesn't work with Sql Server
- * [NH-3372] - Support generated columns in combination with explicit loader
- * [NH-3414] - Queries with sub-query in ThenBy fail
- * [NH-3453] - InvalidCastException from FindDirty on many-to-one association with property-ref to composite-id class
- * [NH-3454] - AdoNetWithDistributedTransactionFactory doesn't unhook event handler which may prevent garbage collection
- * [NH-3474] - GroupBy constant producing wrong SQL
- * [NH-3480] - mapping using a property-ref as the link to its children can raise an InvalidCastException when loading
- * [NH-3487] - Deserializing a session can raise an NHibernateException - No tupilizer found for entity-mode [Poco]
- * [NH-3500] - Throwing exception from within a proxied method does not unwrap TargetInvocationException
- * [NH-3512] - Changes in derived object doesn't update version
- * [NH-3518] - If prepare_sql is true, columns of XML type won't work
- * [NH-3527] - UnionSubclassMapper should mark an abstract type as abstract in the generated HbmMapping
- * [NH-3564] - TimestampType does not work with 2nd level cache
- * [NH-3567] - Under the flushmode Auto, Query with subquery failed to flush if there are changes among the entities addressed by the sub-query
- * [NH-3583] - Autoflush doesn't work inside TransactionScope
- * [NH-3609] - Using Projections.Conditional inside of Projections.Count and Projections.Avg generates invalid sql.
- * [NH-3634] - Wrong syntax for comparing component with nullable properties(columnValue = NULL)
- * [NH-3666] - Setting native sql query cachable causes ArgumentNullException in CacheableResultTransformer.
- * [NH-3681] - NHibernate.HibernateException: Query Source could not be identified, when using join group and Sum()
- * [NH-3706] - NHibernate.Transform.Transformers should be static class
- * [NH-3727] - Criteria which use SubqueryProjection. Cannot be executed more than once. Second try throws exception.
- * [NH-3741] - Many to Many mapping against interfaces fails (reverts to using ElementRelationMapper instead of ManyToManyRelationMapper)
- * [NH-3743] - Fetch with GroupBy throws NullReferenceException
- * [NH-3747] - Very weak support for predicates in Linq Aggregate functions
- * [NH-3754] - Exception "System.ArgumentNullException" when using ICriteria with AliasToBeanResultTransformer and SecondLevelCache
- * [NH-3762] - DateType should not try to set DbParameter.DbType column
- * [NH-3767] - Wrong aliases when querying a table with the name starting with Select, From or As in Oracle
- * [NH-3784] - Collection filtering via ISession.CreateFilter should not allow DML queries
- * [NH-3785] - Collection filtering via ISession.CreateFilter incorrectly applies filter to nested subqueries
- * [NH-3791] - Transaction with multiple inserts, fails when a column-name contains 'select' on Firebird database
- * [NH-3797] - Computed GroupBys don't work if they have constants
- * [NH-3800] - Cannot combine Left Outer Join with Aggregating Group By
- * [NH-3801] - AddJoinsReWriter disassociates Select expressions and GroupBy key expressions
- * [NH-3816] - Conditionals in Select are too permissive
- * [NH-3817] - Merge fails randomly on a graph containing transient entities with multiple cascade paths
- * [NH-3818] - Conditional expressions in LINQ Select
- * [NH-3831] - NullableDictionary does not set _gotNullValue when using Add(TKey, TValue) method
- * [NH-3842] - DateTimeOffsetType throws NotImplementedException() for DefaultValue.
- * [NH-3844] - Left Outer Join with Aggregating Group By and Conditional Key Failure
- * [NH-3874] - Evicting an object with a collection with logging enabled throws
- * [NH-3891] - Not all overrides of ISerializable.GetObjectData set SecurityCritical
- * [NH-3895] - Problem with DateTime fractional seconds on ODBC for MS SQL Server
- * [NH-3897] - Use of Hashset Test framework's DebugConnectionProvider not thread-safe.
- * [NH-3899] - Too long column alias - Column.GetAlias() doesn't correctly respect Dialect.MaxAliasLength
- * [NH-3904] - Passing a user type instance as a constant parameter in a linq expression fails.
- * [NH-3909] - Regression on join following refactoring of NH-3801
- * [NH-3917] - SQLite Dialect does not specify any keywords except 'int'
- * [NH-3912] - Batch operations with the same IBatcher instance fail on expect rows count after single failed operation (Oracle)
- * [NH-3846] - Off-by-one error: LINQ to SQL of 'startIndex' (2nd) parameter - 'IndexOf()' to 'CharIndex()'
- * [NH-3901] - IndexOf doesn't translate into 0-based index
- * [NH-3918] - Select Expressions Cache Entities
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1262] - Cascade of "all-delete-orphan" not supported for one-to-one
- * [NH-1452] - Join element doesn't support keys with property-refs
- * [NH-2218] - Extension method Query doesn't support entity names
- * [NH-2611] - Allow injectable/inheritance of Linq query provider
- * [NH-3495] - Implement Oracle 12c Dialect
- * [NH-3499] - Allow query model visitor to be provided through the session factory
- * [NH-3619] - Make default value of FlushMode configurable
-
-** Task
- * [NH-802] - Use msbuild instead of csc/vbc
- * [NH-3725] - Remove SharpTestsEx
- * [NH-3781] - Upgrade relinq to at least 1.13.177
- * [NH-3875] - Build with MSBuild Tools 2015 (14)
- * [NH-3890] - Update all support projects and tooling to .NET 4.0
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2053] - Extend the filter-def usage to subclasses
- * [NH-2401] - Method for specifying IType of LINQ parameter
- * [NH-2821] - Better finding log4net.dll
- * [NH-2823] - Optimistic Locking in mapping by code
- * [NH-2824] - Precision and scale for decimal id
- * [NH-2887] - Tweak UriType to allow relative URIs to be supported.
- * [NH-3110] - Support Polymorphism in mapping by code
- * [NH-3198] - Have Mapping By Code Support Dynamic Component Inside Join
- * [NH-3312] - QueryOver, static Alias
- * [NH-3404] - Add missing standard Id Generators in Mapping By Code
- * [NH-3452] - Need to support CHAR(length) type for identifiers
- * [NH-3486] - Performance: For projections, identical metadata for rows is recalculated for every row
- * [NH-3489] - GetEffectiveParameterLocations is slow with a large number of parameters
- * [NH-3525] - Db2Dialect should issue FETCH FIRST N ROWS ONLY when there is no offset
- * [NH-3630] - Bitwise operation support for dialects using internal/external functions
- * [NH-3707] - Port HHH-6845 - Avoid repeated invocations of ReflectHelper.overridesEquals in proxy initializers
- * [NH-3720] - Support Additional Convert Methods in LINQ Queries
- * [NH-3726] - Support SqlMethods.Like() with escape character in LINQ
- * [NH-3732] - Start the NUnit GUI with the .NET 4.0 runtime
- * [NH-3759] - uuid.hex mapper issue
- * [NH-3763] - Add Bitwise operations for Oracle
- * [NH-3779] - Mapping by code does not allow to map structures as components
- * [NH-3783] - Enable update ordering for improved batching
- * [NH-3812] - GuidCombGenerator must use DateTime.UtcNow
- * [NH-3856] - Improve performance of SqlClientSqlCommandSet
- * [NH-3857] - Improve performance of MySqlClientSqlCommandSet
- * [NH-3920] - Improve logging of SQL parameter types and values
- * [NH-3811] - Consistent Unique Integer values per table
-
-
-Build 4.0.4.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3795] - C# compiler "Roslyn" regression
-
-
-Build 4.0.3.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2504] - Can't use Cacheable with Group By
- * [NH-3457] - TemplatedViolatedConstraintNameExtracter.ExtractUsingTemplate calls Substring with wrong arguments
- * [NH-3468] - InvalidCastException when deleting entities containing uninitialized lazy components
- * [NH-3573] - Query cache statistics not updated when using MultiCriteria
- * [NH-3731] - Unable to serialize session after modifying the index of entities in a list
-
-
-Build 4.0.2.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2779] - Session.Get() can throw InvalidCastException when log-level is set to DEBUG
- * [NH-2782] - Linq: selecting into a new array doesn't work
- * [NH-2831] - NH cannot load mapping assembly from GAC
- * [NH-3049] - Mapping by code to Field not working
- * [NH-3222] - NHibernate Futures passes empty tuples to ResultSetTransformer
- * [NH-3650] - ComponentAsId used more than once, cache first mapping and produces subsequently a sql select wrong
- * [NH-3709] - Fix Reference to One Shot Delete and Inverse Collections
- * [NH-3710] - Use of SetLockMode with DetachedCriteria causes null reference exception
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3697] - Ignore Firebird in NHSpecificTest.NH1981
- * [NH-3698] - NHSpecificTest.NH1989 fails for some drivers
-
-
-Build 4.0.1.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3102] - Wrong mapping produced by Map
- * [NH-3214] - PropertyContainerCustomizer.Bag() throws NullReferenceException when mapping a property of type IList
- * [NH-3575] - DefaultReadOnly not working for Future() queries
- * [NH-3656] - Firebird doesn't accept Currency as parameter type
- * [NH-3667] - MappingByCode produce wrong table field name 'idx' in Dictionary<,> mappings
- * [NH-3679] - SchemaExport.Create(false, false) does not write to file specified via SchemaExport.SetOutputFile
- * [NH-3691] - All dialect checks in NHSpecificTest.NH1487.Fixture are broken
- * [NH-3692] - TypedManyToOneTest is broken for Firebird
- * [NH-3694] - Criteria or QueryOver with join to components collection does not return data. It worked in NH 3.3.
- * [NH-3695] - NHSpecificTest.NH1845 fails for some Dialects
- * [NH-3696] - Connection pooling + Multi threraded tests
- * [NH-3701] - NHSpecificTest.NH2302 Fails under Firebird
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-3604] - Map ByCode fails when property is protected (not public)
- * [NH-3687] - Change Id mapping of TimesheetEntry from native to assigned
- * [NH-3688] - Modify NHSpecificTest.NH1391 so that it doesn't depend on preknown id values
- * [NH-3690] - Add LEFT function to Firebird
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-3383] - Fix for multiple objects of CascadeStyle in Memory that should be singleton
- * [NH-3577] - Fix in SessionFactory.Statistics.LogSummary() method to show 0 milisecond as MaxQueryTime when no query was executed, instead of -922337203685477
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3085] - Document enhanced id generators
- * [NH-3660] - Ignore Firebird in DtcFailuresFixture
- * [NH-3689] - Ignore Firebird in NHSpecificTest.NH1171
-
-
-Build 4.0.0.GA
-=============================
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH3.3.3.GA to 4.0.0.GA
-
- NHibernate now targets .Net 4.0. Many uses of set types from Iesi.Collections have
- now been changed to use corresponding types from the BCL. The API for these types
- are slightly different.
-
- Support for persistent non-generic collections removed. Use the generic counterparts instead.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * IDeleteEventListener, IEventSource: Use generic ISet<> instead of non-generic in method signatures.
- * SqlString.Parts removed. Use SqlString.Count and SqlString.GetEnumerator().
- * IPersistentCollection.GetSnapshot() now returns object instead of ICollection. The snapshot should be opaque to outside code.
- * Removed IsDiscriminatorFormula, DiscriminatorFormula and GenerateSelectString from UnionSubclassEntityPersister class.
- * Removed ManagedWebSessionContext. Any configuration files which use the "managed_web" session context should now use "web"
- * SybaseASADialect removed: Use SybaseSQLAnywhere10Dialect instead.
- * ASA10ClientDriver, ASAClientDriver and SQLiteDriver removed: Use SybaseSQLAnywhereDriver, SybaseAsaClientDriver, SQLite20Driver instead.
- * Removed Classic HQL Parser.
- * Removed IQueryTranslatorFactory2. It's methods were pulled up to IQueryTranslatorFactory. Method CreateQueryTranslators accepting string as first argument marked as Obsolete.
- * IQueryExpression.Translate now has second boolean argument 'filter'
- * Added several methods which accepts IQueryExpression to ISessionImplementor, which is duplicating methods which accepts string.
- * Miss-spelled AdoNetWithDistrubtedTransactionFactory removed: Use AdoNetWithDistributedTransactionFactory instead
- * HqlDistinctHolder removed: Use HqlExpressionSubTreeHolder instead
- * DisableLogFormattedSql method removed: the default is disabled
- * ISession.SaveOrUpdateCopy removed: Use Merge instead
- * Oracle and MySQL: The atan2 and power functions now return double (instead of single) for consistency with other dialects.
- * Removed FirebirdDriver. It was the same as FirebirdClientDriver since 3.2, and the latter have been the default since then.
- * Removed bunch of unused methods on *Helper classes
- * Static fields on NHibernateUtil are declared as their exact class
-
- From NH4.0.0.Alpha1 to 4.0.0.Alpha2:
- Fixed mapping by code behaviour when map child subclasses (see NH-3135 and NH-3269)
-
- The constructor of AbstractComponentTuplizer now behaves like AbstractEntityTuplizer in the way
- that it doesn't create the instantiator any more. Custom component tuplizers that derive
- directly from AbstractComponentTuplizer need to add this line of code in their constructor:
- instantiator = BuildInstantiator(component);
-
- From NH4.0.0.Alpha2 to 4.0.0.CR1:
- The interface IEnhancedProjection was removed and its methods moved to IProjection.
- Two other overloads of the GetColumnAliases() methods was removed from IProjection.
-
- * [NH-2290] Invalid hql parenthesis expansion in generated sql
- Unary minus before parentheses in HQL lost the parentheses when translated
- to SQL and therefore the wrong value was returned. This use of unary minus is now
- implemented in the mathematically correct way.
-
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3638] - Mapping-by-code is occasionally picking the wrong column name
- * [NH-3654] - Internal access of PersistentGenericBag removed
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-3415] - Add Overload to IGeneratorMapper.Params That Receives a Dictionary
- * [NH-3657] - Map By Code - One to One Missing Class Action
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-3529] - Add linqtohql.generatorsregistry to nhibernate-configuration.xsd
-
-
-Build 4.0.0.CR1
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3455] - QueryOver + selecting a component + OrderBy = wrong OrderBy in SQL
- * [NH-3581] - nhibernate.everything.sln doesn't compile
- * [NH-3587] - Parameters within a select clause
- * [NH-3620] - ORA-01483 when inserting two blobs and a date using the OracleManagedDataClientDriver
- * [NH-3624] - broken insert statement with select
- * [NH-3629] - Translation of string.IndexOf() in Linq is broken for firebird
- * [NH-3641] - Missing Outer Join
- * [NH-3642] - PostgreSQL: Support LINQ DateTime.Date in select clause
- * [NH-3649] - Missing support for round() in SQLite and SQL Server CE dialects (affected criteria queries)
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-3623] - Add FirebirdExceptionConverterExample
- * [NH-3626] - avoid double parens around a select statement
- * [NH-3627] - change some id mappings from native to assigned in linq tests
- * [NH-3628] - add keyword "date" and function "date" to FirebirdDialect
- * [NH-3647] - Support Math.Round() in QueryOver projections
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3251] - Update to antlr 3.5.0.2
- * [NH-3644] - Merge IEnhancedProjection into IProjection
-
-Build 4.0.0.Alpha2
-=============================
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH4.0.0.Alpha1 to 4.0.0.Alpha2
-
- Fixed mapping by code behaviour when map child subclasses (see NH-3135 and NH-3269)
-
- The constructor of AbstractComponentTuplizer now behaves like AbstractEntityTuplizer in the way
- that it doesn't create the instantiator any more. Custom component tuplizers that derive
- directly from AbstractComponentTuplizer need to add this line of code in their constructor:
- instantiator = BuildInstantiator(component);
-
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2380] - Cannot perform distinct when selecting an anonymous type
- * [NH-2486] - Distinct() extension method problem with Object Initialisers
- * [NH-2655] - DbType.Double should be float(53) instead of DOUBLE PRECISION in the SQL-Severer2000 Dialect
- * [NH-2692] - Using Any() on a collection of components results in invalid SQL: Column of parent ID is used instead of key column
- * [NH-2861] - doesn't work in conjunction with
- * [NH-2865] - "Expression type 'NhSumExpression' is not supported by this SelectClauseVisitor."
- * [NH-2961] - "Index was outside the bounds of the array" error when executing cached query for single result with distinct results transformer
- * [NH-3135] - Collection of Components in BaseClass cannot be mapped to a different table
- * [NH-3269] - UniqueKey on property of base class will affect all inherited class
- * [NH-3392] - Add ability to expand subcollections with composites ids with WCF Data Services
- * [NH-3417] - Nested projection of subcollection throws
- * [NH-3423] - MemberInitExpression causing problem in HqlGeneratorExpressionTreeVisitor (WCF DS)
- * [NH-3571] - Linq does not support dynamic components inside components
- * [NH-3579] - Session leak in the Query Plan Cache
- * [NH-3586] - Firebird Decimals
- * [NH-3588] - Creating and dropping of Temporary Tables in an isolated transaction is broken
- * [NH-3590] - Detached entity with set of primitives throws
- * [NH-3591] - IncrementGenerator unnecessarily creates a new connection to the db
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1082] - Exceptions thrown in IInterceptor.BeforeTransactionCompletion should cause the transaction to be rolled back
- * [NH-3041] - Expression-based PropertyRef missing in OneToOne mapping
- * [NH-3072] - OneToManyPersister improvements
- * [NH-3141] - Don't fetch id from proxy target
- * [NH-3437] - Turn SqlMethods.Like into an extension method
-
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-3558] - Table check and enhanced id generators in Mapping By Code
- * [NH-3559] - UnionSubclassEntityPersister does not quote column names
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3363] - Refactor Loader/Result Transformer interaction to match Hibernate
-
-Build 4.0.0.Alpha1
-=============================
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH3.3.3.GA to 4.0.0.Alpha1
-
- NHibernate now targets .Net 4.0. Many uses of set types from Iesi.Collections have
- now been changed to use corresponding types from the BCL. The API for these types
- are slightly different.
-
- Support for persistent non-generic collections removed. Use the generic counterparts instead.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * IDeleteEventListener, IEventSource: Use generic ISet<> instead of non-generic in method signatures.
- * SqlString.Parts removed. Use SqlString.Count and SqlString.GetEnumerator().
- * IPersistentCollection.GetSnapshot() now returns object instead of ICollection. The snapshot should be opaque to outside code.
- * Removed IsDiscriminatorFormula, DiscriminatorFormula and GenerateSelectString from UnionSubclassEntityPersister class.
- * Removed ManagedWebSessionContext. Any configuration files which use the "managed_web" session context should now use "web"
- * SybaseASADialect removed: Use SybaseSQLAnywhere10Dialect instead.
- * ASA10ClientDriver, ASAClientDriver and SQLiteDriver removed: Use SybaseSQLAnywhereDriver, SybaseAsaClientDriver, SQLite20Driver instead.
- * Removed Classic HQL Parser.
- * Removed IQueryTranslatorFactory2. It's methods were pulled up to IQueryTranslatorFactory. Method CreateQueryTranslators accepting string as first argument marked as Obsolete.
- * IQueryExpression.Translate now has second boolean argument 'filter'
- * Added several methods which accepts IQueryExpression to ISessionImplementor, which is duplicating methods which accepts string.
- * Miss-spelled AdoNetWithDistrubtedTransactionFactory removed: Use AdoNetWithDistributedTransactionFactory instead
- * HqlDistinctHolder removed: Use HqlExpressionSubTreeHolder instead
- * DisableLogFormattedSql method removed: the default is disabled
- * ISession.SaveOrUpdateCopy removed: Use Merge instead
- * Oracle and MySQL: The atan2 and power functions now return double (instead of single) for consistency with other dialects.
- * Removed FirebirdDriver. It was the same as FirebirdClientDriver since 3.2, and the latter have been the default since then.
- * Removed bunch of unused methods on *Helper classes
- * Static fields on NHibernateUtil are declared as their exact class
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3038] - Add Support for SQL Server 2012 Query Paging
- * [NH-3098] - Pull code/history from nhibernate-core repository to new iesi.collections repository
- * [NH-3099] - Remove Iesi.Collection-related code from nhibernate-core repository
- * [NH-3163] - Remove internal use of non-generic ISet
- * [NH-3165] - Remove support for non-generic ISet in mapped classes
-
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2008] - Mapping with HashSet generates unecessary update on collection owner
- * [NH-2033] - Composite-Id relationships (key-many-to-one) do not appear to be used in CreateCriteria
- * [NH-2762] - Failed to use IGrouping.Contains() from Lookup to make SQL IN statement
- * [NH-2772] - Lazy-collection not loaded when a property is Lazy-loaded
- * [NH-2819] - DefaultDynamicLazyFieldInterceptor does not handle generic methods correctly
- * [NH-2852] - Linq ThenFetch fails on deep where clause.
- * [NH-2897] - MultiQuery/ToFuture broken with Contains (in)
- * [NH-2915] - In Linq, Where clause is ignored if followed by Fetch and then by OrderBy
- * [NH-2923] - Extra lazy indexed collection throws InvalidCastException fetching Count
- * [NH-2955] - AbstractQueryImpl accepts IEnumerables in SetParameterList but breaks if they're not ICollections
- * [NH-2977] - MsSqlServer dialects reject custom SQL Server queries with limits
- * [NH-2985] - Wrong equals operator when you use mapping when child has property with lazy="true"
- * [NH-3056] - Fetch clause suppresses where clause if positioned before Select clause
- * [NH-3058] - Methods on entities with lazy properties do not trigger load of lazy properties
- * [NH-3070] - Proxy for an entity with a lazy property and a formula property is not .Equal to itself
- * [NH-3132] - Property with access="field.camelcase" not working when another property is lazy
- * [NH-3139] - Optional Entity association using lazy property returns proxy instead of null
- * [NH-3160] - Null reference Exception when creating schema for dialect that doesn't support unique
- * [NH-3183] - Linq ToFuture/ToFutureValue does not fall-back if dialect does not support multi-queries
- * [NH-3186] - Simple query with Fetch and SingleOrDefault throws exception (regression from 3.3.0)
- * [NH-3202] - Offset parameter is off by one for dialects with OffsetStartsAtOne set (SybaseSQLAnywhere10+)
- * [NH-3235] - Query plan cache cannot be set to size zero
- * [NH-3236] - Build menu incorrectly launches NUnit
- * [NH-3244] - Proxying fails for methods with generic class as generic parameter constraints or generic parameter attributes
- * [NH-3256] - GroupBySelectClauseRewriter fails or is suboptimal on .Net 4.0
- * [NH-3260] - Unable to proxy generic methods with constraints referencing type parameters from containing class
- * [NH-3274] - Take() support broken with Informix
- * [NH-3281] - Linq providers are not being passed Limit and/or Offset as value only as parameters
- * [NH-3340] - NHibernate assembly loses the AllowPartiallyTrustedCallers attribute after ILMerge
- * [NH-3381] - atan2 should be defined to return double on Oracle and MySql
- * [NH-3420] - Race Condition in result set wrapper because of the ColumnNameCache
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2005] - hql concat function not registered in MsSqlCeDialect
- * [NH-2808] - Missing overloads for Session.Save/Update/SaveOrUpdate
- * [NH-3037] - ActionQueue Insertion sort performance degrades exponentially (HHH-2957 Port)
- * [NH-3054] - Mapping By-Code support for non-generic User Collection Types
- * [NH-3133] - Support for importing classes in mapping.
- * [NH-3175] - Joins should support additional restrictions (HQL-with)
- * [NH-3238] - Add Sql2008ClientDriver support in DatabaseSetup for testing
- * [NH-3272] - Move TypeHelperExtensionMethods to a more internal namespace
- * [NH-3319] - Typo in a folder name in NHibernate.Test project
- * [NH-3343] - Remove NHibernate custom Tuple classes
- * [NH-3382] - Improve materialization performance (for simple Linq query, may reduce 50%+ time)
- * [NH-3398] - Support PostgreSQL trigonometric functions
- * [NH-3399] - Static fields on NHibernateUtil should be declared as their exact class
- * [NH-3459] - DefaultIfEmpty not supported when used with a GroupBy
- * [NH-3553] - Support the 'power' function on MS SQL Server
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-3164] - Support building NHibernate on .Net 4
- * [NH-3166] - Support for Microsoft Sql Server 2012
- * [NH-3193] - MsSqlCeDialect should correct override string manipulation functions
- * [NH-3195] - MsSqlCeDialect should support TOP limit
- * [NH-3284] - New Ingres9+ Dialect
- * [NH-3349] - Add support for managed ODP.NET
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2778] - Batcher for MySql
- * [NH-3540] - Null pointer exception for empty BaseDirectory (Path.combine)
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2997] - Where() clause with many-to-many relation is missing (solution in description)
- * [NH-3097] - Move Iesi.Collections project to own repository
- * [NH-3185] - Update included Iesi.Collections.dll and add its pdb file
- * [NH-3314] - Remove ManagedWebSessionContext
- * [NH-3322] - Remove one of the Firebird drivers
- * [NH-3339] - Remove SecurityPermission attributes with LinkDemand for .NET 4.0 assemblies
- * [NH-3344] - Remove the classical HQL parser
- * [NH-3345] - Remove support for persistent non-generic collections
- * [NH-3346] - Remove members obsolete in NH3 from NH4
- * [NH-3347] - Remove obsolete dialects for NH4
-
-
-Build 3.4.1.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3795] - C# compiler "Roslyn" regression
-
-
-Build 3.4.0.GA
-=============================
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH3.3.0.GA to NH3.4.0.GA
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * [NH-2290] Invalid hql parenthesis expansion in generated sql
- Unary minus before parentheses in HQL lost the parentheses when translated
- to SQL and therefore the wrong value was returned. This use of unary minus is now
- implemented in the mathematically correct way.
-
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3432] - Merge fix for bug NH-3058 into 3.Next
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2819] - DefaultDynamicLazyFieldInterceptor does not handle generic methods correctly
- * [NH-2977] - MsSqlServer dialects reject custom SQL Server queries with limits
- * [NH-3058] - Methods on entities with lazy properties do not trigger load of lazy properties
- * [NH-3132] - Property with access="field.camelcase" not working when another property is lazy
- * [NH-3244] - Proxying fails for methods with generic class as generic parameter constraints or generic parameter attributes
- * [NH-3638] - Mapping-by-code is occasionally picking the wrong column name
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-3529] - Add linqtohql.generatorsregistry to nhibernate-configuration.xsd
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3412] - Need to reconcile changes to MsSql2005DialectQueryPager for NH-2977 between 3.3.3 and vNext
-
-
-Build 3.4.0.CR1
-=============================
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3434] - Need to be sure NH-3428 is resolved in 3.Next.
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1882] - Collection was not processed by flush when iterate through collection in PostUpdateEvent
- * [NH-2128] - Interceptor fires AfterTransactionCompletion too many times with distributed transactions and user-supplied connections
- * [NH-2290] - Invalid hql parenthesis expansion in generated sql
- * [NH-2921] - IsSpecialName of getter/setter method of proxy property returns false
- * [NH-2923] - Extra lazy indexed collection throws InvalidCastException fetching Count
- * [NH-2943] - Mapping XmlDocument (.NET) to XmlType (Oracle). Class XmlDocType not working.
- * [NH-2963] - Validation on a collection property (mapped with Loquacious config) raise an exception [Invalid expression type: Expected ExpressionType.MemberAccess, Found Convert]
- * [NH-3103] - ManyToAny ByCode does not use field customizer
- * [NH-3140] - Bag ManyToMany column is ignored if it's the same as the child entity name and is replaced with "elt" in the sql.
- * [NH-3190] - QuerySyntaxException is thrown when where contains subselect that matches bool value
- * [NH-3234] - Merge is failing with "Unable to resolve property"
- * [NH-3237] - Max and Min aggregate expressions do not work for custom UserType due to unnecessary HQL Cast
- * [NH-3277] - LINQ Projection of Int64 using ToString method causes "cast as char" instead of "cast as nvarchar" in MsSqlCe dialect
- * [NH-3280] - Mapping OneToOne doesn't work for inherited members
- * [NH-3315] - Distinct paging problem with alias SQL Server 2005
- * [NH-3316] - Mapping parent property on component in a set adds bogus property element
- * [NH-3405] - Cannot Use XDocument When Setting Wrap Resultsets
- * [NH-3496] - NHibernate SqlServer2012Dialect drop sequence bug
- * [NH-3505] - Stateless sessions fail to save relationships pointing to proxies when versioning is enabled
- * [NH-3572] - AfterTransactionCompletion called twice if a distributed transaction is rolled back
- * [NH-3592] - Failed to execute multi criteria with Ms Sql Ce 4.0
- * [NH-3611] - NHibernateUtil.GuessType(typeof(string)) returns ClassMetaType
- * [NH-3614] - Cannot create project an enumerable of non-mapped objects (List)
- * [NH-3615] - Incorrect assumption that namespace always exists
- * [NH-3618] - ManyToOne does not allow to set "unique"="true", "unique-key" and "index" for multi-column properties
- * [NH-3641] - Missing Outer Join
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2005] - hql concat function not registered in MsSqlCeDialect
- * [NH-2958] - Delay creation of instance of XmlSerializer (loading xml assembly) until its needed.
- * [NH-3465] - Add support of IIF function for Oracle
- * [NH-3466] - Register MySQL functions
- * [NH-3467] - Add support of 2-arg LOCATE function
- * [NH-3608] - AbstractSessionImpl abstract method visibility
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2405] - MySQL5InnoDBDialect
- * [NH-3192] - MsSqlCeDialect should override date manipulation functions
- * [NH-3193] - MsSqlCeDialect should correct override string manipulation functions
- * [NH-3194] - MsSqlCe40Dialect should support variable limits
- * [NH-3195] - MsSqlCeDialect should support TOP limit
- * [NH-3196] - MsSqlCeDialect should support guid.native id generator
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2996] - MySQL 5.5 + .NET Connector 6.2+ and GUIDs: Need to use CHAR(36)
- * [NH-3209] - DateTimeOffset properties have not been considered; only the properties of DateTime have been considered
-
-** Task
- * [NH-3251] - Update to antlr 3.5.0.2
-
-
-Build 3.3.5.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3795] - C# compiler "Roslyn" regression
-
-
-Build 3.3.4.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3638] - Mapping-by-code is occasionally picking the wrong column name
-
-Build 3.3.3.SP1
-=============================
-
-Fixes for regressions introduced in the 3.3.3 cycle.
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-3429] - Exception when debug logging is enabled when using a linq expression that requires a proxy class.
- * [NH-3436] - Linq-Query with IList.Contains fails with NotSupportedException(The constant for 'System.Collections.Generic.List`1[System.Guid]' is not supported) at HqlTreeBuilder.Constant
-
-Build 3.3.3.GA
-=============================
-
-BEWARE: In versions prior to 3.3.3.CR1, the handling of the LINQ Take() method
- was flawed - no matter where in the query Take() was placed it was
- always applied as if it had been placed at the end. 3.3.3 fixes this,
- so that Take() now correctly follows the .Net semantics. That is, in
- 3.3.3, the following queries might now give different results:
-
- session.Query.OrderBy(...).Take(5).Where(...);
- session.Query.Where(...).OrderBy(...).Take(5);
-
- Starting with 3.3.3, the first query will generate a subquery to correctly
- apply the row limit before the where-clause.
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2408] - SQL Server pessimistic locking syntax incorrect for union-subclass
- * [NH-3109] - Rounding float values in aggregate functions with group by statements (MySQL).
- * [NH-3324] - HQL: ArgumentNullException when using LEFT OUTER JOIN and SetMaxResults
- * [NH-3408] - System.IndexOutOfRangeException when using Contains on a List
- * [NH-3413] - Clearing a list used by Contains causes subsequent queries to fail
-
-Build 3.3.3.CR1
-=============================
-
-** Fix
- * [NH-3148] - ComponentAsId properties do not maintain the Column specified using property mapper when component is from base class
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3052] - Projection of one-to-many generates invalid SQL
- * [NH-3385] - Add ability to expand many subcollections with WCF Data Services
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2042] - Table per subclass, using a discriminator mappings with formula in child class error
- * [NH-2539] - Contains/StartsWith fails when invoked via WCF Data Service.
- * [NH-2566] - NotSupportedException when using Skip/Take/First/Single/Any on GroupBy
- * [NH-2588] - NotSupportedException when using Skip/Take with Where clause
- * [NH-2860] - Lazy property throwing casting exception
- * [NH-2979] - MsSqlCe dialect doesn't give the correct SQL type for Decimal with Scale defined
- * [NH-3039] - IndexOutOfRangeException thrown when web server is processing multiple sessionfactory creation requests
- * [NH-3057] - Collection subquery constraint on joined-subclass inherited properties causes invalid sql (base classes are not joined in).
- * [NH-3105] - ComponentAsId does not find property that belongs to a parent class
- * [NH-3108] - OrderBy with Select throws exception
- * [NH-3129] - Linq Provider doesn't recognize CompareTo method
- * [NH-3241] - Linq: Mixing Fetch/FetchMany with Any() throws: ArgumentException: Expression of type 'System.Collections.IList' cannot be used for parameter of type 'System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable`1[System.Object]'
- * [NH-3261] - Linq Query throws when there is a conditional operator
- * [NH-3305] - SybaseSQLAnywhere10Dialect defaults a numeric datatype to (19,255) precision, which is not compatible with the DB
- * [NH-3318] - Composite-id does not allow superclass properties
- * [NH-3320] - Exception in LINQ projection with OrderBy/Take - block using WCF Data Services projection's
- * [NH-3326] - Exception in LINQ with pagination - block using WCF Data Services
- * [NH-3330] - Exception in LINQ for nullable strings in Oracle - blocks using WCF Data Services
- * [NH-3332] - The NH linq driver generates sql code that doesn't match the semantics of the original linq query
- * [NH-3337] - Exception in LINQ for complex nullable conditionals - blocks using WCF Data Services
- * [NH-3357] - System.NotSupportedException : Don't currently support idents of type DateTimeOffset
- * [NH-3366] - LINQ query with various Compare() and CompareTo() fails (WCF Data Services)
- * [NH-3369] - ToFuture/ToFutureValue should fall-back on dialects without MultiQuery support
- * [NH-3378] - MySQLDialect incorrect handle DbType.Currency as MONEY
- * [NH-3379] - Oracle8iDialect and FirebirdDialect incorrect handle DbType.Currency type
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2297] - Configuration.BuildSessionFactory throws a NullReferenceException when loading an invalid ICompositeUserType
- * [NH-3301] - Support SqlMethods.Like() in LINQ queries.
- * [NH-3360] - Allow setting timeout on a LINQ query
- * [NH-3367] - Support string.Equals()
- * [NH-3368] - Add support for Equals method of sbyte, DateTimeOffset and unsigned numerics
- * [NH-3371] - NHibernate should log LINQ expression trees to ease debugging
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2986] - Add ability to include collections into projections
- * [NH-3092] - Nhibernate Linq provider does not support Math functions like Math.Cos, Math.Sin, etc
- * [NH-3180] - Could not select first element of the group
- * [NH-3184] - Add ability to use ToFutureValue with aggregating queries
- * [NH-3283] - New driver: Devart.Data.MySql
- * [NH-3333] - Add ability to expand subcollections with WCF Data Services
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-3255] - The IDbCommand that performs the cleanup of data in AbstractStatementExecutor.DropTemporaryTableIfNecessary does not have a connection.
-
-Build 3.3.2.GA
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2463] - Exception in LINQ projection with redundant type cast - block using WCF Data Services projection's
- * [NH-2688] - SelectMany with cast throws QuerySyntaxException
- * [NH-2898] - Retrieving object from 2nd cache with lazy property fails
- * [NH-3050] - Contributed patch as solution to Unable to cast object of type 'NHibernate.Impl.ExpandedQueryExpression' to type 'NHibernate.Linq.NhLinqExpression' at NHibernate.Linq.NhQueryProvider.PrepareQuery
- * [NH-3123] - Nuget package should contain the NHibernate logo
- * [NH-3217] - OrderBy with a parameter then Skip and Take produces sql error
- * [NH-3239] - Linq to NHibernate and Dynamic LINQ - query caching not working
- * [NH-3271] - Threading problem in TypeFactory
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-3296] - Tweak build system to allow keeping a constant assembly version between compatible releases
- * [NH-3297] - NHibernate 3.x NuGet package should forbid Iesi.Collections 4.0 or higher
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-3293] - SimpleExpression.ToString() returns hashes for strings and dates
-
-Build 3.3.1.GA
-=============================
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-3167] - Support for Microsoft Sql Server 2012 sequences
- * [NH-3170] - Add native "iif" function to MsSql2012Dialect
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2789] - LINQ query on byte? simple property fails on MSSQL 2005 (tinyint)
- * [NH-2812] - Performing a Linq query on a non-null byte property throws an InvalidCastException
- * [NH-3121] - Silent truncation of binary data
- * [NH-3124] - invalid cast to int in generated sql with a char property
- * [NH-3125] - Invalid SQL when querying via LINQ with grouping (regression from 3.2)
- * [NH-3126] - InvalidCastException when cascading saves to transient dictionary values
- * [NH-3138] - Distinct Bug on MSSQL with OrderBy/Limit and functions in Projection/Order
- * [NH-3142] - Batch-loading of lazy children failing when key is composite
- * [NH-3145] - HQL query using base class entity with lazy properties throws "No Persister For" error
- * [NH-3147] - Calling Contains on a subquery that contains a join throws an Exception
- * [NH-3153] - Duplicated id generator tables if schema is specified using different methods for different classes.
- * [NH-3162] - Byte.Equals in LINQ Where clauses throws NotSupportedException
- * [NH-3172] - "Duplicate dynamic module name within an assembly"
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-3104] - Typo in Warning Messages
- * [NH-3149] - MsSql2005Dialect should use nowait in LockMode.UPGRADE_NOWAIT
- * [NH-3156] - ShowBuildMenu.bat does not work with spaces in repository folder name
- * [NH-3168] - Add support for bit_length function for MsSql2000Dialect and above
- * [NH-3169] - Add supprot for extract function for MsSql2000Dialect and above
-
-Build 3.3.0.GA
-=============================
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH3.2.0.GA to NH3.3.0.GA
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * [NH-2214] - SQL Server 2005/2008: Exception is now thrown when paging a statement that requires distinct results, and is ordered by a column that is not included in the result set of the query
- - Dialog.ExtractColumnOrAliasNames method signature and visibility changed - may affect custom dialects that use this method
- * [NH-2950] - IAccessCallback.NextValue property renamed and changed to a method called IAccessCallback.GetNextValue()
- * [NH-2953] - SequenceStyleGenerator now forces use of a table if a pooled optimizer is chosen and the dialect doesn't support pooled sequences.
- * [NH-2960] - Queries for an entity name will now not include instances of the same class mapped using a different entity name.
- * [NH-2664] - IHqlExpressionVisitor has new property ISessionFactory SessionFactory { get; }
- * [NH-3067] - The use of Substring() in Linq queries have been corrected so the zero-based index parameter in C# is converted to one-based index in SQL.
- * [NH-2528] - Throw exception instead of silently truncate string and blob data
- * [NH-3086] - The base dialect now defaults to ANSI syntax for substring. A custom dialect may need to adjust for this.
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2956] - SybaseSQLAnywhere10Dialect doesn't override OffsetStartsAtOne
- * [NH-3111] - Wrong SQL generated when subquery uses objects from parent query
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-3086] - All dialects should support substring() with two arguments
-
-Build 3.3.0.CR1
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1477] - Saving a collection (thats been Cleared) with all-delete-orphan using Oracle with ODP drivers
- * [NH-2214] - Distinct and Row_number problem
- * [NH-2347] - Casts inside aggregate functions are incorrectly applied outside of them
- * [NH-2419] - Linq Provider Problem with group by with an order by clause
- * [NH-2429] - SQL Server Linq Average function on Interger field only returns truncated interger value
- * [NH-2439] - LINQ 'in' query not fully interpreted
- * [NH-2451] - LINQ Issue - joining twice with same table when used in both select and where. Second join is a full select and filtered in where instead of a join .. on
- * [NH-2452] - NH 3.0 Linq provider does not correctly translate standard .Key property when grouping
- * [NH-2492] - Problem with ROW_NUMBER and DISTINCT operator using LINQ
- * [NH-2511] - System.ArgumentException: Object of type 'System.Linq.Expressions.ConstantExpression' cannot be converted to type 'System.Linq.Expressions.LambdaExpression' when passing an expression through a method
- * [NH-2527] - AbstractBatcher reuses disposed IDbCommands which causes an ArgumentOutOfRangeException with OracleDataClientDriver
- * [NH-2560] - NoViableAltException with ordering by projection in GroupBy
- * [NH-2664] - Linq, cannot query dynamic-component
- * [NH-2706] - subselect in LINQ query with Contains clause produces wrong SQL
- * [NH-2722] - Linq Count() does not respect previous calls to Select() or Distinct()
- * [NH-2744] - NewArrayInit Is not Implemented
- * [NH-2763] - queryover fails where referencing enum in VB.NET
- * [NH-2781] - linq's OrderBy by a calculated column doesn't work
- * [NH-2809] - Incorrect specification of VARBINARY(MAX) in MsSql2005Dialect
- * [NH-2828] - Persist uploads not initialized collections on flush
- * [NH-2833] - "where" clause not working after "group by", generates wrong SQL
- * [NH-2846] - Fetch on Count Throws Error
- * [NH-2850] - Unable to use enums in NH 3.2 QueryOver checked comparison
- * [NH-2853] - SetFirstResult and SetMaxResults do not work correctly on Oracle (ODP.NET)
- * [NH-2856] - Retrieval of cached query with Fetch throws exception
- * [NH-2857] - Medium Trust Bug in 3.2
- * [NH-2858] - ToString() on Guid column with SQL Server Dialects
- * [NH-2863] - Criteria API restriction over aggregate function wrapped in NotExpression is wrongly placed in WHERE clause instead of HAVING clause which generates invalid SQL
- * [NH-2869] - Custom extension methods in the select clause are not projected using HQL
- * [NH-2880] - Proxies loose their session reference on session deserialization
- * [NH-2881] - Fix not found key handling on extra lazy one to many maps
- * [NH-2886] - Informix support broken
- * [NH-2889] - QueryOver component with multiple properties results in Sql Error
- * [NH-2891] - Too many parameters removed (Pervasive SQL) - SELECT doesn't work
- * [NH-2893] - NHibernate SQL Parameter on IBM.Data.DB2.iSeries provider
- * [NH-2904] - Wrong query generation with LINQ subquery
- * [NH-2906] - Using the same parameter name for two differently typed where clauses throws an exception
- * [NH-2913] - LINQ query that contains .Any() produces invalid SQL
- * [NH-2917] - Paging error with Skip().Take().
- * [NH-2925] - Improper SQL is generated for Take (pagination) for dialects which have UseMaxForLimit = true (like Oracle)
- * [NH-2927] - Oracle Dialect does not handle the correct resolution for timestamp version columns
- * [NH-2937] - Invalid index 0 for this DB2ParameterCollection with Count=0.
- * [NH-2940] - OracleDialect creates wrong sql using SetFirstResult with criteria queries
- * [NH-2946] - Superfluous join when querying by foreign key given Id with LINQ
- * [NH-2954] - PostgreSQL should SupportsPooledSequences
- * [NH-2959] - Polymorphic queries in MultiQuery, MultiCriteria and Futures cause ArgumentOutOfRangeException
- * [NH-2960] - Query using entity name also returns entities of same type but different entity name
- * [NH-2967] - MySQL Schema Update tool fails with exception
- * [NH-2976] - AbstractPersistentCollection.Remove does not remove item from an uninitialized dictionary
- * [NH-2989] - ComponentAsId does not set Id Property
- * [NH-2998] - Allow to use AsQueryable on child collection
- * [NH-3000] - QuerySyntaxException: Exception of type 'Antlr.Runtime.NoViableAltException' was thrown. when projection contains complex code [regression]
- * [NH-3001] - NHibernate.HibernateException: Query Source could not be identified
- * [NH-3002] - HQL: parser is trying to reuse parent implied join for subquery
- * [NH-3003] - Linq: extra joins
- * [NH-3004] - DriverBase.RemoveUnusedCommandParameters removes all parameters when UseNamedPrefixInSql = true and UseNamedPrefixInParameter = false
- * [NH-3008] - Excess DB parameters created when passing SqlFunctionProjection to LHS of InExpression
- * [NH-3009] - Linq trying to add parameters twice if same predicate is used in query more then once
- * [NH-3016] - Mapping by code does not properly support nested types
- * [NH-3019] - LINQ: Select Key from group by generates wrong SQL
- * [NH-3020] - Firebird and DB2 dialect claims to support sequences, but throws in GetSelectSequenceNextValString(string) (since not overriden)
- * [NH-3026] - Linq order by grouped count before select clause gives wrong sql
- * [NH-3031] - Cannot Sum Property of Type Single
- * [NH-3032] - Group By and Condition Throws Exception
- * [NH-3036] - Wrong SqlType size set for LIKE statement
- * [NH-3044] - Self-joined query with subquery and where - where applied to subquery rather than the external query
- * [NH-3059] - Contains broken when used on a path (Works in previous version)
- * [NH-3063] - Turkish-I problem in ValidateColumn
- * [NH-3064] - Schema validation fails for ODBC
- * [NH-3073] - Equal in Linq-provider is only implemented for string
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1007] - Add a generator attribute to id
- * [NH-2528] - Throw exception instead of silently truncate string and blob data
- * [NH-2825] - Add property-ref and not-found attributes in mapping by code
- * [NH-2835] - SQL Anywhere dialect/driver improvements
- * [NH-2870] - Simplify Development on NHibernate for Contributors
- * [NH-2875] - Add Foreign Key to one-to-one mapping by code
- * [NH-2883] - DisableLogFormatedSql is not useful
- * [NH-2899] - Support for "in ()" in Linq
- * [NH-2950] - Update optimizers for enhanced id generators (ported from Hibernate)
- * [NH-2953] - Update the SequenceStyleGenerator
- * [NH-2962] - Fix PostgreSQL and Firebird timestamp selection and precision
- * [NH-2974] - Add unsaved-value attribute in mapping by code.
- * [NH-2980] - Port enhanced TableGenerator from Hibernate
- * [NH-3024] - Mapping-by-Code does not allow Unique in Component mapping
- * [NH-3040] - SymbolSource support along with NuGet
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2004] - SequenceStyleGenerator + TableStructure opens multiple transactions.
- * [NH-2545] - Comparing strings in VB throws NotSupportedException
- * [NH-2840] - Improper SQL is generated for Take (pagination) for dialects which have UseMaxForLimit = true (like Oracle)
- * [NH-2864] - Fix for nuget package creation.
- * [NH-2905] - Support for multistep joins in Linq
- * [NH-2914] - Functions for DateTime properties in OracleDialect
- * [NH-2924] - CLONE - Improper SQL is generated for Take (pagination) for dialects which have UseMaxForLimit = true (like Oracle)
- * [NH-2936] - Better Sequence Support for Firebird
- * [NH-2964] - WhereRestrictionOn().IsInG() is a icollection not ienumerable like it should be
- * [NH-2982] - SimpleExpression.ToString() can result in unwanted loading of lazy objects
- * [NH-3010] - Fix for batching/command behaviour in OneToManyPersister
- * [NH-3067] - Linq - substring function does not work
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2672] - Upgrade Npgsql lib file to next release after 2.0.11.91.
- * [NH-2752] - Re-enable CriteriaQueryTest.AllowToSetLimitOnSubquries for SQLite
-
-Build 3.2.0.GA (rev6000)
-=============================
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH3.1.0.GA to NH3.2.0.GA
-
- ##### Design time #####
- * removed obsolete "use_outer_join" property from nhibernate-configuration.xsd (simply remove it from your xml configuration)
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * All Dialect.GetLimitString() methods replaced with a single GetLimitString method with a new signature.
- For dialects the developers don't perform routine tests on, efforts were made to ensure the new limit string
- method conforms to the database documentation. Please report any limit-related bugs discovered at runtime.
- * [NH-2550] - Allow public access to FieldInterceptor Session (IFieldInterceptor changed)
- * [NH-2593] - For Microsoft SQL Server the default batch-size (adonet.batch_size) is set to 20 where not explicit defined in the session-factory configuration
- * - ICollectionPersister added property to fix [NH-2489]
- * [NH-2605] Refactorize MultiQuery/MultiCriteria implementation to delegate responsibility to IDrive (IDrive changed).
- * For users who don't look at Log-ERROR, to prevent wrong behavior when lazy-properties are used the DynamicProxyValidator validates the accessability of properties setters.
- * For those implementing IDrive without inherit from DriveBase: IDrive.AdjustCommand
- * Dialect base: removed some no more needed properties
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2792] - Using a named parameter multiple times in a native SQL query results in invalid parameter binding (exception in some drivers)
- * [NH-2813] - Cache DefaultExpiration type is "byte"
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2571] - Full PostgreSQL Support
- * [NH-2743] - Generic version of ISession.Merge()
- * [NH-2800] - Change internal primitive type constructor to protected
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2811] - Wrong logger type into AdoNetTransactionFactory & AdoNetWithDistributedTransactionFactory classes
- * [NH-2814] - Documentation Error: Section 3.5 - Table 3.2 - transaction.factory_class (with patch)
-
-Build 3.2.0.CR1 (rev5976)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-2118] - GroupBy without Select doesnt work
- * [NH-2387] - Postgres - Unable to run LINQ query using boolean predicate - ERROR: 42883: operator does not exist: boolean = integer
- * [NH-2435] - No order by clause generated with self referencing orderby clause.
- * [NH-2583] - Query with || operator and navigations (many-to-one) creates wrong joins
- * [NH-2773] - ProxyObjectReference creates a new ProxyFactory for each deserialization which disables proxy caching
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2748] - Support % operator
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2774] - Perf - reusing same regex object in joinwalker objects
-
-Build 3.2.0.Beta2 (rev5964)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-2206] - Cast is not supported by the new Linq provider
- * [NH-2213] - CLONE -Wrong parameters order in IQuery with SetParameterList and Filter. SQL Server 2005
- * [NH-2296] - Subselect fetching strategy with a "SetMaxResults" query generates *extremely* inefficient sql
- * [NH-2317] - Select after Take does not work properly
- * [NH-2318] - Template functions fail with certain combinations of arguments.
- * [NH-2328] - Linq query on fails
- * [NH-2415] - HQL parameters not converted correctly to SQL
- * [NH-2657] - OrderBy After Cast Not Working
- * [NH-2662] - Casting a joined alias in QueryOver loses alias context and looks for property on QueryOver root
- * [NH-2700] - SqlFunctionProjection does not honor parameter order
- * [NH-2701] - Cannot use Linq Skip() in conjunction with FetchMany and ToFuture
- * [NH-2703] - Using a "with" restriction in outer joins result in wrong SQL
- * [NH-2708] - Cast<>() with a where clause fails with a NotSupportedException
- * [NH-2712] - Linq query doesn't support enums in VB.NET
- * [NH-2717] - Count() after Cast<>() causes InvalidOperationException
- * [NH-2729] - Parameter values are not set using OffsetStartsAtOne
- * [NH-2733] - Using an expression in QueryOver gives: Lambda Parameter not in scope
- * [NH-2736] - Inverted parameters in HQL statement using take
- * [NH-2739] - Can't get ByCode mapping to produce not nullable varbinary(max)
- * [NH-2741] - CLONE -HQL .class query on mapping does not work
- * [NH-2746] - Invalid SQL generated for MSSQL when using Filter and paging subquery together [regression from 2.1]
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-941] - One-Many Requiring Nullable Foreign Keys
- * [NH-1050] - Unidirectional One To Many Without Nullable Foreign Key
- * [NH-2070] - Better error message for "object references an unsaved transient instance"
- * [NH-2427] - Support querying HasValue on Nullable types
- * [NH-2683] - Add common dialect functions as extension methods for QueryOver
- * [NH-2702] - Support HQL pagination with parameters
- * [NH-2728] - ManyToAny missing from ICollectionElementRelation
- * [NH-2732] - Dialect.GetLimitString simplifications and improvements
- * [NH-2738] - Exception thrown when mapping contains empty enum
- * [NH-2749] - Externalize Remotion.Linq namespace
- * [NH-2753] - one-shot-insert for and for unidirectional one-to-many
- * [NH-2760] - Unable to order by sub-collection's count
- * [NH-2770] - Property spelling of IDbIntegrationConfigurationProperties.LogFormatedSql
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2616] - Support Trim() function in Linq
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2125] - Solution for NH2123 - Subselect in combination with a disjuction query causes an enormous memory cons
- * [NH-2363] - Patch for ComponentCollectionCriteriaInfoProvider, fixed persister.ElementType cast in constructor.
-
-Build 3.2.0.Beta1 (rev5839)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-2404] - Future queries crash (MultiQuery) when using projection queries using hql + result transformer or the linq provider (which compiles into hql)
- * [NH-2421] - NotSupportedException text in ToFuture and ToFutureValue does not make sense (or help)
- * [NH-2422] - ToFuture throws NotSupportedException on IQueryable if Fetch is used.
- * [NH-2559] - NH 3.0 Linq Provider : Issue using multiple filters on the same entity
- * [NH-2615] - Linq Fetch cannot traverse through components
- * [NH-2690] - Linq Select() broken with .ToFuture()
- * [NH-2691] - Linq LongCount() behavior different from Count()
- * [NH-2697] - Named parameter not found in HQL with mapping using "entity-name"
- * [NH-2698] - Proxying fails for methods with generic type constraints
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2568] - Create Custom Persister for Collection Type inherited from OneToManyPersister
- * [NH-2695] - update default driver of firebird dialect to FirebirdClientDriver (FirebirdDriver is obsolete)
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2699] - Sql Azure dialect
-
-Build 3.2.0.Aplha3 (rev5803)
-=============================
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-1344] - QueryTranslator: Invalid Cast to object array when using IResultTransformer
- * [NH-1642] - one-to-many collection doesn't work if the child is mapped using table per class
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1090] - Query cache does not work when using Criteria API to create a projection query with a result transformer
- * [NH-1747] - Lazy load failure on items using if FK for bag is in the secondary table
- * [NH-2510] - Lazy-loading doesn't work with cache
- * [NH-2569] - IDGeneratorBinding seems broken when mixing schemas
- * [NH-2587] - .Cacheable().Fetch() throws 'Exception occurred getter of xxx'
- * [NH-2661] - NHibernate cannot handle SQL Server TIME columns when built with the .NET 4 framework
- * [NH-2673] - Nhibernate 2nd level cache and Result transformer
- * [NH-2685] - Unnecessary proxy initialisation in CriteriaQueryTranslator
- * [NH-2686] - Embedded ResultsTransformers should implements Equals/GetHashCode
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2505] - Querries with WHERE containing SQL Server 'bit' datatype produce CASE construction
- * [NH-2551] - Bad code practice. Function SessionFactoryImpl.GetImplementors: if type not found - value from ReflectHelper.ClassForFullName returns through TypeLoadException.
- * [NH-2670] - Stateless Session load no-lazy collection
- * [NH-2684] - More simple way to add NamedQueries by-code
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2674] - QueryOver doesn't have support for entity-name
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2669] - Patch to prevent "NHibernate.AssertionFailure: possible non-threadsafe access to the session" error caused by stateless sessions
-
-Build 3.2.0.Aplha2 (rev5715)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-2540] - Linq generates invalid boolean case statements (was: Linq ignoring configured query-substitutions)
- * [NH-2640] - HQL Having clause is ignored without preceeding group by
- * [NH-2641] - HQL does not throw exception on unexpected trailing tokens
- * [NH-2642] - BatcherDataReaderWrapper.GetValue has a typo
- * [NH-2643] - MSSQL configuration template is still using "use_outer_join"
- * [NH-2652] - SchemaMetadataUpdater does not take Dialect default properties
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2644] - schemaaction is not supported in joinedsubclass
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2533] - Support paging in HQL
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2653] - Remove just added ExpressionTreeVisitor class
-
-Build 3.2.0.Aplha1 (rev5664)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-1925] - Wrong SQL aliases generated for HQL subselect
- * [NH-2480] - AssertByIds test function with unordered Ids
- * [NH-2488] - Subclass join does not exclude lazy properties
- * [NH-2489] - AbstractPersistentCollection.ReadElementByIndex gives wrong result for missing element with lazy="extra"
- * [NH-2490] - Mapping.Join.IsLazy always returns true
- * [NH-2491] - ObjectNotFoundException in HQL query when referencing joined subclass
- * [NH-2498] - Lazy="no-proxy" does eager load
- * [NH-2554] - NHibernate Formula doesnt recognize varbinary as a keyword on Sql Server 2008 or 2008 R2
- * [NH-2565] - session.Persist does not work with entities with lazy properties (no-proxy)
- * [NH-2584] - An entity with a lazy property cannot be saved in new session
- * [NH-2603] - lazy="extra" return different count than initialized collection.
- * [NH-2604] - Problem with MSTest and Relinq (possibly due to ILMerge)
- * [NH-2607] - Proxifier should not try to proxy sealed and non public methods
- * [NH-2610] - ISQLExceptionConverter doesn't work with MultiCriteria and MultiQuery
- * [NH-2622] - Proxying fails for methods with out and ref arguments
- * [NH-2626] - LinqExtensionMethods.Query implements wrong NhQueryable
- * [NH-2627] - Cloning subcriteria loses WithClause
- * [NH-2628] - Fails to create proxy for class with method that has argument "ref of Dictionary"
- * [NH-2632] - Lazy Properties Causing An Exception If Containing Class Is Set To Not Lazy
- * [NH-2633] - MapperByCode don't Register Component
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1513] - MultiCriteria, MultiQuery improvements
- * [NH-2382] - HQL, Criteria, QueryOver need Set methods for all NHibernate types
- * [NH-2418] - Dialect.IsQuoted fails on empty name
- * [NH-2495] - Support ISqlQuery in MultiQuery
- * [NH-2518] - disable/truncate SQL parameter logging of BLOBs
- * [NH-2526] - Sybase ASE 15 support
- * [NH-2530] - Include WHERE clause in error message if we aren't able to locate a 'High' value
- * [NH-2531] - NHibernate.Impl.CriteriaImpl.cs: Fix for possible ArgumentNullException in sub-criteria alias handling
- * [NH-2550] - Allow public access to FieldInterceptor Session
- * [NH-2563] - Support calls to ToString() in Linq queries
- * [NH-2570] - Full SQLite Support
- * [NH-2573] - Ability to retrieve longest registered type for a specified DbType
- * [NH-2580] - "Unable to locate persister" exception message should be more helpful
- * [NH-2586] - Default ProxyFactory
- * [NH-2592] - Add ICriteria functionality missing in QueryOver
- * [NH-2593] - Default common values per dialect
- * [NH-2601] - Remove Dialect.HasAlterTable
- * [NH-2605] - Refactorize MultiQuery/MultiCriteria implementation to delegate responsibility to IDrive
- * [NH-2612] - Move the lambda con to the same namespace than Configuration
- * [NH-2630] - Truncate SQL parameter logging of very long strings
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2015] - Implement Hibernate's Order.IgnoreCase()
- * [NH-2426] - postgresql schema metadata
- * [NH-2591] - Insert ordering
- * [NH-2602] - Mapping node in collection, subclass, join and so on
- * [NH-2635] - Mapping by code
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2548] - HQL Select Clause Parameters
- * [NH-2590] - Missed registration of Concat function for SQLCE4
- * [NH-2600] - Increase visibility of components in AbstractPersistentCollection
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2561] - Consider current_timestamp semantics
- * [NH-2575] - Update documentation for immutable classes
- * [NH-2608] - Integrate Remotion 1.13.100 to fix duplicate mscorlib problem
- * [NH-2636] - Expose ExpressionTreeVisitor Members
-
-Build 3.1.0.GA (rev5425)
-=============================
-
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH3.0.0.GA to NH3.1.0.GA
-
- ##### Design time #####
- * [NH-2481] - Deprecated: ISession.SaveOrUpdateCopy methods - use ISession.Merge methods instead
-
- ##### Run time #####
- * [NH-2481] - An exception will now be thrown when an entity references a transient entity and cascade="merge|all" is not configured on the association
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * [NH-2461] - Signature change for IQuery.SetParameterList
- * [NH-2556] - NH is too tolerante to incorrect naming when access="field.XXX" is used
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-2525] - Wrong parameter used for limit claues in MySQL
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1985] - NHibernate is allowing deletion of immutable objects
- * [NH-2037] - Reattaching an entity with many-to-one inside a natural-id
- * [NH-2130] - Reporting query containing sum crashes when there are no rows
- * [NH-2179] - String constants are not useable in Linq query projection
- * [NH-2203] - problem with orderby in linq query
- * [NH-2280] - LINQ Query on Composite key creates invalid SQL
- * [NH-2311] - .Any() extension method does not work in most cases
- * [NH-2362] - GroupBy with multiple fields fails with exception
- * [NH-2375] - OfType with a where clause fails with a NotSupportedException
- * [NH-2381] - Fetch clause fails with a NotSupportedException
- * [NH-2386] - Unecessary update / invalid SQL generated when collection updated with a versioned (generated) parent entity
- * [NH-2400] - Linq query fail when using contains from an empty Collection
- * [NH-2407] - Linq provider doesn't support enums in VB.NET
- * [NH-2412] - OrderBy generates an inner join instead a left join
- * [NH-2433] - When using extensions methods with generic parameters the provider uses the first use even if the generic parameter is different.
- * [NH-2441] - Logical bool values are not mapped properly (query execution returns incorrect result with SQLite)
- * [NH-2443] - Error compiling NH with ShowBuildMenu.bat -> Cannot run Tests
- * [NH-2450] - Multi Query in MySQL no longer working in 3.0 (was in 2.1)
- * [NH-2459] - LINQ provider query plan cache issue with use of type check expression .Where(o=>o is SomeType)
- * [NH-2460] - version generator is not working with DateTime2 data type.
- * [NH-2464] - NHibernate DLLs not built with optimization in 'release' mode.
- * [NH-2467] - Futures in 3.0.0.GA go bananas when using PostgreSQL
- * [NH-2470] - PersistentIdentifierBag not creating snapshot correctly for new collections.
- * [NH-2482] - SerializationException when writing object to viewstate
- * [NH-2484] - Regression - Binary Blob SerializationException - MSSQL 2k8 / varbinary(max)
- * [NH-2499] - Case statement does not handle multiple when clauses
- * [NH-2501] - Case statement does not allow a parameter in the first then clause
- * [NH-2503] - HQL subselect with addition fails
- * [NH-2507] - LINQ queries tha compare enumeration values with /checked+ compiler option throw NotSupportedException
- * [NH-2512] - QueryOver with Where clause and Take crashes
- * [NH-2524] - Linq converts enums to integers prematurely
- * [NH-2529] - Linq on Informix using take gives an exception
- * [NH-2536] - Second call to OfType don't change the query
- * [NH-2543] - IQueryOver support is not implemented for IStatelessSession
- * [NH-2549] - Disposing an Stateless Session that has already been closed causes a SessionException
- * [NH-2555] - Linq with Contains doesn't work with read only collections
- * [NH-2556] - NH is too tolerante to incorrect naming when access="field.XXX" is used
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1342] - Very slow inserts for large BLOB
- * [NH-2023] - Batch operations - introduce SetBatchSize for IStatelessSession
- * [NH-2098] - Support for transaction isolation levels in stateless sessions.
- * [NH-2211] - Stateless Session Linq Support
- * [NH-2228] - Cascading StaleStateException doesn't show which Entity caused the problem
- * [NH-2425] - Cache the XmlSerializer for HbmMapping class
- * [NH-2449] - Add IStatelessSession.BeginTransaction(IsolationLevel) Method
- * [NH-2454] - Add auto-quote settings to main documentation
- * [NH-2455] - Centralization of proxy check to IProxyFactoryFactory (better support for static proxy)
- * [NH-2457] - Ability to use DetachedCriteria from stateless session
- * [NH-2461] - Allow parameter list as ienumerable and simplify IQuery
- * [NH-2471] - ShowBuildMenu.bat and Windows XP
- * [NH-2481] - Merge can fail when there is a transient entity reachable by multiple paths and at least one path does not cascade on merge
- * [NH-2502] - Fetch/Cacheable Should be Allowed to be Called Anywhere
- * [NH-2508] - Deprecate the ISession.SaveAndUpdateCopy API
- * [NH-2522] - ILMerge Antlr and ReLinq
- * [NH-2537] - Implement camelcase-m-underscore naming strategy
- * [NH-2557] - Improves log message, of CustomType not serializable, by adding additional data
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-908] - Implement read-only entities
- * [NH-2410] - Port from Hibernate
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2153] - Unused parameter in SetCommandTimeout method in DriverBase
- * [NH-2172] - Unrecognised method call in expression when using QueryOver queries in VB.Net
- * [NH-2445] - Add IStatelessSession.IsOpen and IStatelessSession.IsConnected
- * [NH-2473] - EntityName + inheritance doesn't work
- * [NH-2474] - Xsd for on subclass missing
- * [NH-2478] - Docs for
- * [NH-2513] - SetMaxResults issue with DB2400Dialect
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2506] - Fix first example of ternary association in documentation
- * [NH-2541] - Upgrade ReLinq to 1.13.93
-
-Build 3.0.0.GA (rev5290)
-=============================
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH2.1.1.GA to NH3.0.0.GA
-
- ##### Design time #####
- * [NH-2392] - ICompositeUserType.NullSafeSet method signature changed
-
- ##### Run time #####
- * [NH-2199] - null values in maps/dictionaries are no longer silenty ignored/deleted
- * [NH-1894] - SybaseAnywhereDialect has been removed, and replaced with SybaseASA9Dialect.
- - Sybase Adaptive Server Enterprise (ASE) dialects removed.
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * [NH-2251] - Signature change for GetLimitString in Dialect
- * [NH-2284] - Obsolete members removed
- * Related to [NH-2358]: DateTimeOffset type now works as a DateTimeOffset instead a "surrogate" of DateTime
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2222] - Wrong type for constant/parameter value used
- * [NH-2234] - Query on Property mapped with IUserType
- * [NH-2244] - Linq provider does not has full supporting of components in queries.
- * [NH-2370] - NHibernate.Linq simple where clause results in a table scan.
- * [NH-2394] - Comparing an enum (stored as a string with a user type) to an enum literal fails
- * [NH-2398] - Null equality uses non-boolean expression
- * [NH-2402] - LINQ equality should map to SQL equality
- * [NH-2403] - Linq boolean constants are of wrong type (integer)
- * [NH-2409] - Using WithClause in Criteria API causes NH to mix up query parameters
- * [NH-2416] - NHibernate.Linq does not support queries against elements
- * [NH-2417] - NHibernate fails to correctly load a child collection if the parent contains a many-to-one
- * [NH-2420] - Cannot use distributed transactions while providing connection to the session
- * [NH-2438] - LINQ 'in' query not fully interpreted
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2423] - NHibernate.Linq queries against Dictionaries with ContainsKey
-
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2413] - Micro optimization in DefaultFlushEntityEventListener
- * [NH-2437] - Typo
-
-Build 3.0.0.CR1 (rev5265)
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1897] - boolean discriminator formulas broken on PostgreSQL
- * [NH-2154] - Booleans may not be used in expression HQL in PostgreSQLDialect
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2392] - ICompositeUserType support for cases where not all parameters should be set (such as dynamic-update)
-
-Build 3.0.0.Beta2 (rev5254)
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1155] - SubselectFetch doesn't take into account paging
- * [NH-2371] - Exception is thrown when using SetMaxResults on query using MySQL
- * [NH-2374] - ForeignGenerator does not support EntityMode.Map
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1799] - Change SQL Server dialect to support variable limits
- * [NH-2376] - Allow IDisposable for event-listeners
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2342] - Added XDocument type
- * [NH-2378] - Don't currently support idents of type Int16
- * [NH-2391] - Updated Chapter 4
-
-Build 3.0.0.Beta1 (rev5241)
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-2001] - Filter by Null in Linq (hql ast version) doesn't work
- * [NH-2077] - SQL Server Dialect: Nhibernate fails to execute native queries with parameters, separated with ';'
- * [NH-2084] - Future + hql queries + same parameter name leads to "NHibernate.QueryException: The named parameter personId was used in more than one query. Either give unique names to your parameters, or use the multi query SetParameter() methods"
- * [NH-2331] - ICriteria: Correlated query throws "Could not find a matching criteria info provider to", works in 2.1.0 broken in 2.1.2
- * [NH-2352] - Null reference exception in GetDefaultConfigurationFilePath when AppDomain.CurrentDomain.RelativeSearchPath is null
- * [NH-2358] - DateTimeOffsetType doesnt properly convert to-from database; milliseconds are lost.
- * [NH-2364] - Dynamic entities with "full name" result in incorrect queries
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1108] - Reference Data - Ability to load all rows from a table using an HBM file.
- * [NH-2313] - Better logging when SessionFactory is being built
- * [NH-2355] - Allow composite-id without class on dynamic entity
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-2309] - Add support for Future() with the new Linq provider
- * [NH-2367] - Native support for System.Uri as string
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2073] - Missing QuerySequencesString override in FirebirdDialect
- * [NH-2082] - AdoTransaction sometimes writes to log wrong information about IsolationLevel
- * [NH-2357] - Support for custom boolean functions in the linq provider (as FREETEXT).
-
-
-Build 3.0.0.Alpha3 (rev5226)
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1927] - Criteria generates wrong sql when eager fetching one-to-many with filter
- * [NH-1928] - SQL line comments swallow next line
- * [NH-2024] - Max results parameter could not provided to subquery
- * [NH-2061] - Merge operation causes null exception for null components that contain many-to-many relations
- * [NH-2096] - IndexOutOfRangeException reading zero-length binary value from MySQL
- * [NH-2112] - Update executed on the DB during a Session.Merge of an unmodified entity
- * [NH-2138] - Entity name support in custom SQL is broken: sql-query/return/@entity-name attribute is ignored
- * [NH-2147] - default_batch_fetch_size has no effect
- * [NH-2188] - Exception occurs when configuration searches default config file and multiple search path were defined for current AppDomain.
- * [NH-2202] - Unable to use ICriteria with projection property that references a composite key relationship
- * [NH-2258] - Paging params in subquery breaks query execution.
- * [NH-2265] - Any linq query using oracle fails when restricting the number of results returned
- * [NH-2270] - NHibernatethrows MappingException on Linux/Mono 2.7
- * [NH-2279] - PersistentIdentifierBag fails to maintain ID map in many cases
- * [NH-2288] - The drop scripts from SchemaExport in SQL2005 dialect will not work for constraints when using DefaultSchema setting other than dbo
- * [NH-2289] - Linq query fail when using contains from ICollection or IList
- * [NH-2302] - MsSql Dialect, mapping an nvarchar(max) using string(10000) causes string truncation
- * [NH-2303] - Regression bug: hibernate-mapping/subclass element can no longer extend hibernate-mapping/class//subclass element
- * [NH-2322] - Performing updates in OnPostUpdate event causes enumeration error
- * [NH-2339] - After rev 5139 (apply NH-2335) NHibernate does not work under Medium Trust
- * [NH-2343] - NHibernate.Type.GenericBagType.Wrap() incorrectly assumes collection implements IList
- * [NH-2344] - Coalesce expression does not work on linq provider
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-626] - Adding XmlDoc to NH types
- * [NH-1618] - Lazy loading for one-to-one association
- * [NH-1894] - New SQL Anywhere NHibernate dialect
- * [NH-2135] - Compatible with Mono
- * [NH-2292] - Set Initialize in AbstractLazyInitializer as virtual
- * [NH-2301] - Castle Bytecode with last released 2.5
- * [NH-2321] - Recommended method for xml intellisense
- * [NH-2340] - Workaround, for some DataProviders, in AbstractCharType for char?
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-866] - SQL Server 2005 XML Support
- * [NH-2348] - Support polymorphism with Get and Load
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2006] - Additional test to use-many-to-one
- * [NH-2111] - PersistentIdentifierBag has null reference exception when accessing SyncRoot on lazy loaded collection
- * [NH-2278] - PersistentGenericIdentifierBag instantiates wrong list type
- * [NH-2284] - Obsolete members can be removed
- * [NH-2293] - When query has only a "from" throw QuerySyntaxException instead of InvalidCastException
- * [NH-2307] - Fix ByteCode Framework Targets
- * [NH-2332] - Update SybaseAnywhereMetaData.cs to support fetching the reserved words
- * [NH-2335] - ReflectiveHttpContext support for different .NET versions
- * [NH-2336] - Leading and trailing ansi trim emulation functions are reversed
- * [NH-2346] - Dialect.TableTypeString is not used when creating schema.
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2161] - Breaking change in naming strategy from 2.0 to 2.1
- * [NH-2315] - Spring version does not match antlr version
- * [NH-2338] - Upgrade to Castle.Core 2.5.1
-
-Build 3.0.0.Alpha2 (rev5159)
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1653] - SubqueryExpression don't support Dialect with VariableLimit
- * [NH-1836] - AliasToBean transformer doesn't work correctly with MultiQuery
- * [NH-2133] - Incorrect number of command parameters
- * [NH-2148] - Not possible to call methods on Proxy for lazy-property
- * [NH-2149] - CAST() statements fail in MySql due to invalid type parameters
- * [NH-2158] - NVL Sql Function is broken
- * [NH-2160] - MSSql DateTime2 type is not supported when preparing
- * [NH-2162] - Formulas containing a DateTime data type incorrectly have that data type aliased with the outer entity alias
- * [NH-2224] - SQLite 'In'-Restriction with year function
- * [NH-2245] - AbstractEntityPersister ignores optimistic-lock when generating delete SQL on versioned objects
- * [NH-2251] - System.FormatException mixing Future and Skip/Take
- * [NH-2253] - SchemaExport/SchemaUpdate should take in account hbm2ddl.keywords
- * [NH-2257] - Parameter ordering not working when driver does not support Named Parameters
- * [NH-2261] - Linq Count function fails with MySQL Dialect
- * [NH-2273] - SqlClientBatchingBatcher doesn't set timeout on batches after the first
- * [NH-2277] - NHibernate.Linq - Eager Fetching Superclass Collection Throws NullReferenceException.
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1378] - New Drivers using ADO.NET's DbProviderFactories
- * [NH-1421] - Better exception message for Invalid handling of empty parameter lists
- * [NH-2103] - Expose hbm mappings
- * [NH-2117] - many-to-one mapping with composite-id formula fails
- * [NH-2191] - Make a method FilterFragment of class AbstractEntityPersister a virtual
- * [NH-2217] - LinFu version 1.0.3 used is not thread-safe. (new LinFu1.0.4 available)
- * [NH-2220] - Support temporary tables within SQLite Dialect
- * [NH-2226] - Set custom bytecode provider type in app.config
- * [NH-2263] - Client Profile Support
- * [NH-2266] - better exception if no concrete subclasses exist
- * [NH-2267] - Prepared statements should be enabled for PostgreSQL
- * [NH-2268] - Substring and Replace functions for PostgreSQLDialect
- * [NH-2287] - Wrong HQL should throws QuerySyntaxException
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1135] - Local & Utc DateTime Type
- * [NH-1554] - Logging Abstraction
- * [NH-1946] - Criteria API support for HQL 'with' clause
- * [NH-2256] - Add support for user-provided extensions to the Linq provider
- * [NH-2259] - Add a way to reset the Any cached type
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2026] - Fix: SchemaExport fails with foreign key constraints on Informix
- * [NH-2120] - CsharpSqlite managed/embedded SQL database driver
- * [NH-2142] - Register function Concat fo MySql to avoid null problem
- * [NH-2190] - Criteria Join Restrictions Support (HHH-2308 Port)
- * [NH-2252] - Added paging support for SQL CE 4
- * [NH-2255] - MsSql2005Dialect resets parameters' positions(for paging parameters) when lock in use.
-
-Build 3.0.0.Alpha1 (rev5056)
-=============================
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-2045] - NH 2044 Fixed
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-892] - associated by property-ref generates wrong SQL
- * [NH-1849] - Using custom sql function "contains" causes an Antlr exception
- * [NH-1891] - Formula - Escape characters break formula
- * [NH-1899] - SaveOrUpdateCopy throws InvalidCastException
- * [NH-1902] - QBE don't set the '%' wildcards when using an other matchmode than Matchmode.Exact
- * [NH-1975] - QueryOver() on char Property yields exception
- * [NH-1981] - Multiple SQL parameters generated for same HQL parameter
- * [NH-1989] - Future query does not use second level cache
- * [NH-2009] - Many-to-one fails when using property-ref against a joined property
- * [NH-2020] - ISQLExceptionConverter does not get called if batch size enabled
- * [NH-2027] - NH sql-query does not support calling Stored Procedures in Packages
- * [NH-2030] - NHibernate.SqlTypes.SqlTypeFactory is not threadsafe
- * [NH-2035] - Wrong error "ORDER BY items must appear in the select list if SELECT DISTINCT is specified."
- * [NH-2044] - NHibernate.Criterion.Expression.Eq with chartype has a bug
- * [NH-2047] - OracleDataClientBatchingBatcher writes misleading log messages in a different format than SqlClientBatchingBatcher
- * [NH-2052] - CLONE -Getting identifier on a proxied class initializes it when identifier is defined in parent class
- * [NH-2064] - Filter definitions should not be mandatory to be used
- * [NH-2069] - When touching the identifier of a proxy object a call to the database is executed.
- * [NH-2074] - SQL Server Dialect: unicode literals in formula results in incorrect SQL
- * [NH-2086] - MsSqlCeDialect fails when mapping contains schemas
- * [NH-2090] - ShemaValidator + Firebird
- * [NH-2092] - Constrained lazy loaded one to one relations using Castle DynamicProxy throws ArgumentNullException
- * [NH-2093] - When using Castle:s FieldInterceptionProxy, NHibernateProxyHelper.GuessClass() cannot guess the correct entity type.
- * [NH-2094] - When using Castle:s FieldInterceptorProxy, accessing an initialized property (even nonlazy) throws LazyInitializationException
- * [NH-2102] - Entity with constrained, lazy one-to-one relation should not generate field intercepting proxy
- * [NH-2113] - NH force eager loading of key-many-to-one entity with overriden GetHashCode
- * [NH-2122] - Nhibernate documentation refers to CriteriaUtil whitch is removed from 2.1
- * [NH-2129] - FutureValue Parameters Missing Quotes
- * [NH-2137] - list-index with one-to-many does not work
- * [NH-2155] - NHibernate project files contain reference to missing AssemblyInfo.cs file
- * [NH-2166] - Custom ISQLExceptionConverter is not called in the case when using query.UniqueResult()
- * [NH-2168] - Statistics.QueryExecutionMaxTimeQueryString is empty
- * [NH-2173] - SetMaxResults fails when Dialect has BindLimitParametersFirst == true
- * [NH-2175] - Cannot Cache NHibernate Future Criteria Results
- * [NH-2189] - Fetch Join Not Consistently Working With Future
- * [NH-2192] - Thread safety issue with QueryParameters.PrepareParameterTypes
- * [NH-2199] - Map with element doesn't support nullable types
- * [NH-2205] - NHibernate.Loader.Loader.DoQuery can hide exceptions
- * [NH-2210] - Problem with merging detached entities with components
- * [NH-2219] - HQL Update of multiple columns only updates the first column
- * [NH-2221] - The tuplizer value specified for a component within a HBM file is ignored
- * [NH-2225] - New Embedded LINQ Provider & Bitwise Queries
- * [NH-2235] - IQueryOver.SelectList uses sub-type type instead of root type
- * [NH-2242] - Formula - Escape characters break formula
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1248] - Check if result of Subquery is null with Criteria API
- * [NH-1838] - Guid support in MySql dialect
- * [NH-1850] - NHibernate should log query duration
- * [NH-1862] - Strongly typed configuration of SessionFactory properties
- * [NH-1877] - Support for Projections.GroupBy(IProjection projection)
- * [NH-1892] - Programatic configuration of Cache
- * [NH-1935] - Add new WcfSessionContext to the already available ICurrentSessionContext implementations
- * [NH-2021] - Exceptions serialization
- * [NH-2055] - hbm2ddl SchemaExport support batching (GO in ddl)
- * [NH-2065] - provide better exception details
- * [NH-2083] - Undocumented attributes on hibernate-mapping element
- * [NH-2150] - CreateCriteria / QueryOver inconsistency
- * [NH-2186] - Allow MultiCriteria to directly add IQueryOver
- * [NH-2215] - MsSql2005Dialect does not use parameters for paging parameters
- * [NH-2216] - EnumType as IType
- * [NH-2230] - tag does not allow any accessor
- * [NH-2249] - DateType as IParameterizedType to customize the BaseDateValue for null
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-429] - Lazy load columns
- * [NH-1922] - Allow DetachedCriteria To Work with IStatelessSession
- * [NH-1978] - Add ability to delimit aliases in generated SQL
- * [NH-2152] - QueryOver equality to null should generate (x is null or x == value)
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2031] - Mod function in SqlDialect is broken
- * [NH-2041] - SchemaExport does not export Components in Joined tables properly
- * [NH-2046] - Release builds do not include PDB files
- * [NH-2101] - Missing IsNotIn for WhereRestrictionOn
- * [NH-2106] - DetachedCriteria.SetLockMode() is missing
- * [NH-2131] - SessionIdLoggingContext perf patch
- * [NH-2169] - ToUpper and ToLower functions are inverted in the new Linq provider
- * [NH-2194] - NHibernate.Util.PropertiesHelper class throwing FormatException when property values are in-compatible with the expected type
- * [NH-2201] - NDataReader doesn't reset the currentrow index when a move to NextResult is executed
- * [NH-2227] - Missing [Serializable] attribute on ReadOnlyAccessor
- * [NH-2236] - GetSequenceNextValString for Informix is wrong
- * [NH-2243] - 'foreign-key' ignored in join/key
-
-** Task
- * [NH-2013] - HQL breaking change
- * [NH-2247] - Update FlushMode Documentation
-
-Build 2.1.2.GA (rev4854)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-2011] - Many-to-many inside a component will not be saved when using SaveOrUpdateCopy or Merge
- * [NH-2283] - CLONE -one-to-many collection with table per subclass, using discriminator: wrong proxies in collection
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-2022] - Allow overriding in Query By Example
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-2007] - SesssionIdLoggingContext patch for big resultsets
- * [NH-2019] - Clarification about the use of for polymorphic queries
-
-Build 2.1.1.GA (rev4814)
-=============================
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-1368] - Check same behavior for other persistent collection.
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1255] - key-many-to-one && not-found
- * [NH-1476] - filtering by key-many-to-one causes invalid sql
- * [NH-1760] - Missing table join when use a criteria on key-many-to-one part of a Composite Id
- * [NH-1785] - Invalid SQL generated for join on composite id using Criteria API
- * [NH-1858] - Problem with MsSql2000 and 2005 Dialects GetLimitString when using use_sql_comments=true
- * [NH-1895] - delete-orphan mapping, NullReferenceException in DefaultDeleteEventListener.DeleteTransientEntity
- * [NH-1898] - HQL query parser can't determine parameter type when using native sql function in hql query.
- * [NH-1899] - SaveOrUpdateCopy throws InvalidCastException
- * [NH-1902] - QBE don't set the '%' wildcards when using an other matchmode than Matchmode.Exact
- * [NH-1904] - Protected properties and public properties cannot have the same name with different case
- * [NH-1905] - Join used together with subquery generates wrong SQL
- * [NH-1907] - IQuery.SetParameter should use DetermineType
- * [NH-1908] - Mishandling of filter parameters causes System.InvalidCastException
- * [NH-1911] - Aggregate parameters in projection are not substituted
- * [NH-1913] - AdoNet batcher not using CommandTimeout
- * [NH-1914] - Collections with out native ID generation is not working
- * [NH-1915] - CLONE -HQL AST-Parser: Null-Pointer Exception on Non-Exsistant Entity on Joins
- * [NH-1917] - Not retrieving AUTO_INCREMENT identifier on MySQL because of connection closing
- * [NH-1920] - Session Filters + collection + parametrized query = bug
- * [NH-1926] - Oracle: Schema update crashes
- * [NH-1931] - NativeSQLQuerySpecification.Equals compares collections by reference
- * [NH-1938] - No 'lower' call in sql-query in LikeExpression with 'ignorecae' = true
- * [NH-1939] - Missing element in NHibernate mapping schema.
- * [NH-1941] - Custom Enum-String mapping is not written to SQL statement
- * [NH-1948] - Hibernate mapping file does not allow a value of 0 for the "scale" attribute of the "property" element
- * [NH-1959] - Adding/Removing items to idbag in one transaction causes KeyNotFoundException
- * [NH-1963] - System.InvalidCastException on cacheable query with byte array query parameter
- * [NH-1964] - Byte array truncation to a length of 8000
- * [NH-1969] - Criteria API does not handle property of type "System.Type" correctly
- * [NH-1973] - DateTime sent to dataase is not accurate to millisecond
- * [NH-1979] - cast and parameter combination in HQL fails to parse
- * [NH-1983] - Blobs and Clobs with Sql Server CE
- * [NH-1985] - NHibernate is allowing deletion of immutable objects
- * [NH-1987] - MultiQuery does not update statistics
- * [NH-1990] - Subquery filter parameters are not set as variables in SQL
- * [NH-1992] - BasicFormatter throws exceptions for certain types of data
- * [NH-1997] - Original exception information lost when error occurs NHibernate.Engine.TransactionHelper.Work.DoWork
- * [NH-2000] - Problem when calling ISession.GetEnableFIilter with a not enabled filter name
- * [NH-2003] - IsNullable property is not set properly in ClassIdBinder.cs
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-847] - Oracle stored procedure with Ref Cursor out
- * [NH-1525] - IResultTransformer should override Equals and GetHashCode
- * [NH-1912] - Add decimal types to MySQL dialect.
- * [NH-1943] - Fix introduction in docs so it won't mention VS 2003
- * [NH-1980] - Ignore exception when trying to set the same type of CollectionTypeFactory
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1922] - Allow DetachedCriteria To Work with IStatelessSession
- * [NH-1936] - Introduce new Interface IPostEvent in NHibernate.Event
- * [NH-1998] - Possibility to turn off many-to-one filters
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1903] - GetEnumerator().Current inconsistent for generic
- * [NH-1970] - SQLite dialect - Fix to substring function
- * [NH-1993] - Patch for a bug in MySQLMetaData.cs
-
-Build 2.1.0
-========================
-** Known BREAKING CHANGES from NH2.0.xGA to NH2.1.0
- ##### Run time #####
- * If you want work using lazy loading with LinFu.DynamicProxy now you must deploy NHibernate.ByteCode.LinFu.dll
- * If you want work using lazy loading with Castle.DynamicProxy2 now you must deploy NHibernate.ByteCode.Castle.dll
- * If you want work using lazy loading with Spring.Aop now you must deploy NHibernate.ByteCode.Spring.dll
- * compatible only with .NET2.0 SP1 or above (System.DateTimeOffset)
- * In SchemaExport.Execute the parameter "format" was removed; (NH-1701) enabled configuration property format_sql (default true)
- * Antlr3.Runtime.dll is required
- * the syntax foo.bar.baz.elements or foo.bar.baz.indices is not longer supported. Use the alternative syntax of elements(foo.bar.baz) or indices(foo.bar.baz) instead
- Note: in some case, where a sub-select is needed, the collection is enough example: FROM m IN CLASS Master WHERE NOT EXISTS( FROM m.Details d WHERE NOT d.I=5 )
- * INamingStrategy.PropertyToColumnName does not include the component property path
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes #####
- * ISession interface has additional methods
- * ICriteria.SetProjection now takes a params array of projections, instead of a single projection
- Only a breaking change if you are implementing ICriteria, there is full source code compatability
- * IStatelessSession interface has additional methods
- * DefaultProxyFactoryFactory removed
- * IProxyFactoryFactory now provide the IProxyValidator implementation
- * Now filters are working even with many-to-one association for Criteria and HQL (NH-1293, NH-1179)
-
- ##### Initialization time #####
- * The ProxyValidator check for "internal virtual" (to be intercepted by proxy need "protected internal virtual")
- * The session-factory configuration property "proxyfactory.factory_class" is mandatory; You must choose one of the availables NHibernate.ByteCode
-
- ##### Breaking Changes #####
- * see NH-1633 if you are using SQL native queries
- * CriteriaUtil is gone. NHibernate.Transform.Transformers now returns predefined IResultTransformer.
- * ISessionFactory.Settings is gone (moved to ISessionFactoryImplementor.Settings)
- * Obsolete ORACLE dialects was removed (new implementations are available)
- * ISQLExceptionConverter was changed in order to have more flexibility about information available for the conversion and followed management.
- * ADOException now use string instead SqlString
- * IParameterizedType is using IDictionary
-
-Build 2.1.0.Beta2 (rev4501)
-=============================
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-1827] - SchemaUpdate exception
- * [NH-1843] - Precision and scale for MySQL is not working, too
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1734] - NHibernate aggregate function sum() to return Int64 instead of floating point value
- * [NH-1810] - Use of custom sorted set leads to "collection not processed by flush" exception
- * [NH-1812] - Aggregates + IsNull bug (AST parser)
- * [NH-1821] - Wrong SQL executed when the SQL contains new lines
- * [NH-1822] - CLONE -NHibernate.Util.TypeNameParser doesn't parse correctly generic types
- * [NH-1830] - Missing MatchMode Parameter
- * [NH-1831] - AST Parser & Bitwise queries
- * [NH-1834] - Formula node in Many-To-One is ignored
- * [NH-1835] - prepare_sql = true (creating prepared queries) makes NHibernate set up wrong size for byte arrays larger than 8000
- * [NH-1837] - UniqueResult() executes sql query twice.
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-473] - order-by in is ignored if FetchMode is Join
- * [NH-1069] - Add context information to LazyInitializationException.
- * [NH-1097] - Should not parse column names, and consider them as failing HQL queries
- * [NH-1192] - Support bitwise operations
- * [NH-1266] - ISQLExceptionConverter for various Dialects
- * [NH-1672] - Unnecessary calls to planCache.Put
- * [NH-1820] - PostgreSQL: support for Temporary Tables
- * [NH-1824] - MySQL: support for Temporary Tables
- * [NH-1826] - PostgreSQL: support iff() function
- * [NH-1833] - OverflowException instead of expected FormatException when trying to parse a "long" literal
- * [NH-1846] - DbTimestampType (from H3.3.1)
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1623] - Configuration of UserCollection for any collection type
- * [NH-1817] - Allow for Id generator class
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1829] - AbstractEntityPersister.Delete is not virtual
- * [NH-1842] - Type.CharBooleanType.ctor(SqlType) is internal for no reason. Making it protected supports better extensibility.
-
-
-Build 2.1.0.Beta1 (rev4424)
-=============================
-** Bug
- * [NH-959] - HQL queries with math operators and aggregates fail
- * [NH-1092] - An Aggregate Count(*) on on an Abstract Base Class (Polymorphic) with UniqueResults returns 1 result per subclass when using the table per subclass approach
- * [NH-1171] - Named parameters in SQL query are not substituted when query contains comments with apostrophes
- * [NH-1182] - Calling session.delete() causes unnecessary update to timestamp before sql:delete
- * [NH-1400] - HQL string literals with dots in are tried loaded as types (classes) and fails
- * [NH-1427] - XML Comments inside tag cause exception
- * [NH-1444] - broken implicit join
- * [NH-1487] - schema generation of unique-key with column involved in multiple unique constraints
- * [NH-1507] - NHibernate misplaces JOIN conditions when WHERE references their columns and others altoghether
- * [NH-1517] - SaveOrUpdateCopy does not call "public LifecycleVeto OnUpdate(ISession s)"
- * [NH-1601] - Problems when accessing lists through property
- * [NH-1617] - Formulas containing a data type incorrectly have that data type aliased with the outer entity alias
- * [NH-1735] - TicksType used as entity version causes exceptions on cache put operation.
- * [NH-1789] - A proxy sometimes doesn't call the overriden Equals() method (mapping interface instead class)
- * [NH-1801] - Cross join with a where clause where lhs and rhs are different types of associations breaks with the new AST Query Translator
- * [NH-1802] - Query Cache does not include filters in QueryKey.ToString
- * [NH-1805] - Does ignore on
- * [NH-1813] - Not understandable exception message
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1019] - Improve error message for HQL in when entity not recognised
- * [NH-1814] - Autoregister ReservedWords from MetaData
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-188] - Should Table/Column names be quoted automatically?
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1044] - IdBag for component not in XSD
- * [NH-1804] - Expiration property of session factory not handled when configured via XML
-
-Build 2.1.0.Alpha3 (rev4378)
-=============================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1098] - Problem in filters with parameters and associated logging information
- * [NH-1179] - Filter not applied in explicit join
- * [NH-1264] - Eager fetching with Criteria/DetachedCriteria does not seem to be working properly
- * [NH-1307] - Parameter Postion incorrect in the sql query .
- * [NH-1343] - In HQL, when having only one Class for query it fails to work if we forget the Alias.
- * [NH-1388] - Map does not delete keys if value of the key is null
- * [NH-1574] - Stateless Session isn't ignoring untouched proxy properties on update
- * [NH-1725] - When using SELECT NEW (iif(a=0, 2, 1)) From .... Returns error '(' expected after HQL function in SELECT
- * [NH-1727] - Hql parameter problems (Sql2005dialect)
- * [NH-1736] - NHibernate.Util.TypeNameParser doesn't parse correctly generic types
- * [NH-1741] - DetachedNamedQuery is ignoring mapped properties
- * [NH-1742] - Wrong parameters order in IQuery with SetParameterList and Filter. SQL Server 2005 and SQL Server 2000
- * [NH-1744] - Open/Close a session inside a TransactionScope fails.
- * [NH-1751] - DistinctRootEntityResultTransformer assumes source ILists are always ArrayLists
- * [NH-1754] - cast HQLFunction don't cast the result
- * [NH-1756] - Updating newly saved entity with generated version causes StaleObjectStateException (explicit flush before commit)
- * [NH-1764] - TableHiLoGenerator fail in a TransactionScope with MySQL database
- * [NH-1767] - Multiple TransactionScopes inside one Session do not work properly
- * [NH-1770] - Not posible to have system properties in web.config and session-factory properties in external hibernate.cfg.xml
- * [NH-1773] - HQL Queries with projection and join fetching fail with AST query translator
- * [NH-1775] - AST Parser & Bitwise queries
- * [NH-1776] - Query executed twice on session with enabled Filter will cause NullReferenceException
- * [NH-1780] - Section 18.4 - Incorrect method name IsUnsaved()
- * [NH-1788] - Dynamic Update & generated timestamp cause NH to try to update the readonly timestamp column
- * [NH-1792] - Invalid Sql for Paging when Subquery contains Order By clause using MsSql2005Dialect
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-514] - Allow expansion of the "on" clause in joins.
- * [NH-1051] - Port AST-based HQL parser / QueryTranslator from H3
- * [NH-1093] - Invalid caching probably shouldn't throw exceptions, but should log warnings.
- * [NH-1516] - HQL doesn't support "update" statements
- * [NH-1553] - SQL Server 2005: Support for wrapping snapshot isolation update conflict SQLException into a NHibernate StaleObjectStateException.
- * [NH-1670] - MutiCriteria and MultiQuery results may be loaded directly into a generic List instead of an ArrayList
- * [NH-1745] - SQL formatters for DDL and all others SQLs
- * [NH-1750] - Mark NHibernate.Util.WeakHashtable [Serializable]
- * [NH-1765] - Add ISessionImplementor property to PreDeleteEvent
- * [NH-1791] - Allow passing params of projections to ICriteria.SetProjectios
- * [NH-1794] - Allow query only properties and associations
- * [NH-1797] - MsSql2005Dialect uses paging query when no offset specified
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-322] - case when...then...else...end in select clause
- * [NH-917] - Allow NHibernate to enlist in arbitrary IDbTransaction
- * [NH-1701] - format_sql property of hibernate
- * [NH-1786] - IObjectFactory (implementation responsibility by ByteCode provider) to concentrate all Activator.CreateInstance.
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1726] - ISessionFactory.Settings gone - breaking change
- * [NH-1769] - Transaction completion on rollback with TransactionScope can cause ObjectDisposedException
- * [NH-1777] - Removed some duplicated casts
- * [NH-1783] - DateType should store only the date part of a System.DateTime to a column
-
-Build 2.1.0.Alpha2 (rev4167)
-========================
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-1688] - System.Boolean type incorrectly mapped to YesNoType when the criterion is created by using a projection instead of a property name
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1635] - should not require a column
- * [NH-1671] - SoftLimitMRUCache has a softReferenceCache which is NOT soft
- * [NH-1693] - Wrong parameters order in query with subselect and filter
- * [NH-1694] - SQL2005Dialect - Sorting fails on a Formula property containing a comma while using paging (MaxResults)
- * [NH-1700] - union-subclass with same name as abstract superclass causes NHibernate.DuplicateMappingException.
- * [NH-1706] - property-ref does not work for different data type than PK type
- * [NH-1710] - Decimal fields are not create correctly in SQL Server 2005/2008 using SchemaExport
- * [NH-1711] - Failure of DTC transaction with multiple durable enlistment will crash the process
- * [NH-1715] - Timespan type doesn't work with SqlServer 2005
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1707] - MsSQL : prepare_sql should be true by-default
- * [NH-1716] - By default map TimeSpan as int64
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1222] - elements: collections support
- * [NH-1718] - CurrencyType
- * [NH-1719] - Current TimeSpan moved to TimeAsTimeSpan and TimeSpanInt64 moved back to TimeSpan
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1708] - MS SQL CE Metadata implementation
- * [NH-1712] - Release notes missing info about removal of CriteriaUtil
- * [NH-1713] - NH-1707 results in buggy PrepareStatement behavior
-
-Build 2.1.0.Alpha1
-========================
-
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-1379] - Allow for version custom type
- * [NH-1649] - DateTime2 and DateTimeOffset data types support
- * [NH-1650] - FileStream data type support
- * [NH-1656] - Date and Time data types support
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1083] - When using a proxy with an interface access strategy on the Id does not get applied
- * [NH-1177] - Save/Delete/Evict/Save does not work if collections are mapped
- * [NH-1197] - Some tests related to paged subselect are failing under PostgreSQL
- * [NH-1251] - TypeFactory.GetSerializableType race condition
- * [NH-1253] - Named paramaters with numeric suffix may cause problems
- * [NH-1297] - with native ID generator throws InvalidCastException
- * [NH-1329] - Expression.Sql with parameters (inside of functions) is broken
- * [NH-1345] - PersistentGenericList.GetEnumerator missing Read
- * [NH-1357] - ICriteria.ClearOrders is mispelled and belongs on DetachedCriteria too
- * [NH-1358] - SchemaUpdate fails for Firebird in released binaries only - NHibernate source and local builds from this source work fine
- * [NH-1385] - System.Collections.Generic.KeyNotFoundException exception in PersistentGenericMap.GetDeletes()
- * [NH-1395] - Unsaved value null for ValueType
- * [NH-1422] - incorrect parameter replacement when one variable is the prefix of another
- * [NH-1443] - default_catalog is not used in create table
- * [NH-1445] - CriteriaImpl.Clone does not propertly maintain the persistentClass
- * [NH-1446] - cast case sensitivity
- * [NH-1447] - boolean ConstantProjection fails with MSSQL2005
- * [NH-1480] - SchemaUpdate & Oracle
- * [NH-1495] - using access=field.camelcase with interface to create proxy
- * [NH-1499] - NullReferenceException construting Criteria query
- * [NH-1502] - Order by with projections uses invalid parameter characters
- * [NH-1505] - LikeExpression when using projections is invalid
- * [NH-1520] - SQLite Dialect does not properly escape names surrounded by backticks
- * [NH-1521] - The drop scripts from SchemaExport in SQL2005 dialect will not work when using DefaultSchema setting other than dbo
- * [NH-1522] - AdoTransaction.CloseIfRequerid
- * [NH-1526] - Cannot use projection for Count in OrderBy
- * [NH-1527] - Using projection on order by in conjuction with set max results with parameters passed to the projection will fail
- * [NH-1528] - Using order by with a parameter and set max results on 2005 mix up the parameters
- * [NH-1549] - Accessing Id of proxy with base class intializes proxy
- * [NH-1552] - Paging in NHibernate builds buggy SQL query string, when paging is used against a MS SQL 2005 Database
- * [NH-1556] - Cannot order by aggregates in HQL
- * [NH-1572] - Small typo in AbstractType.Compare()
- * [NH-1573] - "collable" typo in nhibernate-mapping.xsd
- * [NH-1578] - The "not" criteria does surround the following or inner criteria with parens only when using MySQLDialect.
- * [NH-1584] - one-to-one compositions to a joined subclass don't load
- * [NH-1587] - PocoEntityTuplizer don't use ReflectionOptimizer for instantiator
- * [NH-1590] - NHibernate.Util.ReflectHelper.TryGetMethod not returning inherited id-getter/setter
- * [NH-1593] - SchemaUpdate not create property index.
- * [NH-1594] - When setting property in hbm type="Decimal(precision, scale)" - "DECIMAL(19,5)" is always generated
- * [NH-1608] - LRUMap Memory Leak
- * [NH-1609] - MSSQL2005 dialect: paged query in multicriteria uses wrong parameter values when preceeded by other queries
- * [NH-1611] - One-To-One Mappings Fail with Composite ID
- * [NH-1612] - Native SQL queries for value collections fail with NullReferenceException
- * [NH-1619] - NHibernateUtil returns a wrong IType for Boolean on Postgres
- * [NH-1627] - lazy=extra causes the where=".." to be ignored when using collection.Count()
- * [NH-1633] - Native SQL queries with addJoin or return object arrays instead of single Entities
- * [NH-1637] - Oracle9Dialect Paging based on rownum is not valid.
- * [NH-1640] - FETCH JOIN query doesn't work in a StatelessSession
- * [NH-1654] - Reserved words in formula
- * [NH-1668] - Ingres .NET Data Provider name changed
- * [NH-1675] - Problem using distinct query with SetMaxResult
- * [NH-1677] - Bug in Criteria API with EntityMode == Map
- * [NH-1679] - System.Boolean type incorrectly mapped to YesNoType when the criterion is created by using a projection instead of a property name
- * [NH-1685] - Generated Version Not Reloaded After Update
- * [NH-1687] - Version tag are ignoring child column tag
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-298] - After, deleting an item which belongs to a the list indices are not modified
- * [NH-545] - Distributed transactions support
- * [NH-645] - Support for scalar functions which don't return a value in where clause
- * [NH-727] - Allow using sql-insert with generator class="identity"
- * [NH-1047] - Add overloads to IQuery.SetParameter to accept System.Type
- * [NH-1053] - Allow short class name for collection-type
- * [NH-1202] - Improve the error messages when compiling queries
- * [NH-1274] - Give the option to exclude a mapped class from the SchemaExport.Create loop.
- * [NH-1291] - Example.Create with anonymous objects
- * [NH-1336] - Native id generator as default and make generator optional in config
- * [NH-1354] - Add support for keyed retrieval of MultiCriteria results
- * [NH-1381] - Add support for keyed retrieval of MultiQuery results
- * [NH-1396] - Allow override of EmptyInterceptor.GetEntityName
- * [NH-1398] - Allow access to EntityMode from ISession
- * [NH-1402] - Support Cache for Dynamic entities (entity-name without entity-class)
- * [NH-1468] - InFragment ToFragmentString() needs more information in error
- * [NH-1496] - Configuration.AddAssembly(Assembly) should do some logging if no mapping files where found
- * [NH-1500] - Spelling error of NHibernate.Cfg.ConfigurationSchema.ParseColectionsCache
- * [NH-1515] - Proxy validator doesn't check "internal" methods
- * [NH-1560] - AbstractDataBaseSchema: Make GetIndexInfo and GetIndexColumns virtual
- * [NH-1564] - Generic EnumString Mapping
- * [NH-1588] - "Relax" PocoEntityTuplizer
- * [NH-1589] - ReflectionOptimizer override CreateCreateInstanceMethod
- * [NH-1605] - Typedef support in sql-query/return-scaler/@type attribute
- * [NH-1613] - Allow custom action for schema script create/update
- * [NH-1643] - Allow to use ICollection and HashSet for
- * [NH-1644] - Oracle Lite Driver With Working Query Parameters
- * [NH-1657] - TimeSpan as DbType.Time
- * [NH-1658] - current_timestamp_offset: current_timestamp for DateTimeOffset
- * [NH-1659] - current_timestamp in MsSql2008Dialect using SYSDATETIME()
- * [NH-1661] - DriverConnectionProvider.GetConnection doesn't dispose IDbConnection in case of an exception
- * [NH-1665] - Supports Hibernate-Quoting sequence name
- * [NH-1669] - Add guid.native support to MySQL5Dialect
- * [NH-1678] - Add a CreateCriteria method to session
- * [NH-1684] - MS SQL Server Dialect - UNION ALL
- * [NH-1686] - IStatelessSession.CreateCriteria(System.Type entityType)
- * [NH-1703] - Configuration full serializable
- * [NH-1704] - AliasToBeanResultTransformer should hold ConstructorInfo
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-791] - Add always-wrap As a Configuration Option On Collections
- * [NH-855] - Port lazy="extra" from Hibernate 3
- * [NH-871] - Implement SelectGenerator
- * [NH-1033] - Add support for polymorphic criteria
- * [NH-1106] - SQL Anywhere 10 Driver and Dialect
- * [NH-1173] - Generic Ordered Set
- * [NH-1176] - Trigger generated identities
- * [NH-1188] - Provide a method to delete by Id
- * [NH-1232] - Enums as discriminators
- * [NH-1233] - EnumCharType
- * [NH-1305] - Add BuildMappings method to Configuration to eagerly configure mappings
- * [NH-1359] - Ability to create an IProjection from a DetachedCriteria
- * [NH-1370] - Allow short name for
- * [NH-1371] - short name for UserType ()
- * [NH-1373] - shorter name for UserCollectionType ()
- * [NH-1393] - Ability to use Aggregate Projections on Projections
- * [NH-1394] - Ability to use "order by projection"
- * [NH-1397] - from H3.2
- * [NH-1401] - Support for EntityMode.Map and for DefaultEntityMode in Settings
- * [NH-1416] - Support DEFAULTs, for properties values, in mappings
- * [NH-1451] - Port of from H3.2.6
- * [NH-1458] - Collections events (from H3.2.6)
- * [NH-1479] - Add Guid native generation
- * [NH-1493] - BackingField accessors
- * [NH-1518] - Log info per Operation Threshold in statistics (from H3.2.6)
- * [NH-1537] - Comments in Query
- * [NH-1538] - Configuration property use_sql_comments (from H3.2)
- * [NH-1561] - Dialect, Driver + MetaData for SQL Anywhere 9, and 10
- * [NH-1562] - SQLite MetaData
- * [NH-1563] - LinFu ProxyFactoryFactory (LinFu.DynamicProxy)
- * [NH-1571] - MSSQL 2008 Dialect
- * [NH-1596] - Support Connection to Oracle Lite
- * [NH-1621] - Read only property accessor
- * [NH-1632] - System.Transactions support issue
- * [NH-1646] - Support for IQuery.Future()
- * [NH-1662] - sequence-identity generator from H3
- * [NH-1664] - Identity style generic generator support
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1094] - DecodeCaseFragment ignoring 'returnColumnName'
- * [NH-1127] - Use default assembly name and namespace from the element (more than at present).
- * [NH-1209] - TableHiLoGenerator Jumps 1 number each lo > maxLo
- * [NH-1280] - Adds HAVING support to CreateCriteria queries, Fixes parameter order bugs
- * [NH-1295] - ISynchronization support
- * [NH-1314] - Change signature of AbstractPersistentCollection.IdentityRemoveAll() from ICollection to IEnumerable for generics
- * [NH-1322] - DeleteEvent constructor does not check its parameter properly
- * [NH-1356] - Fixes Generic List of Composite Elements
- * [NH-1409] - Includes Patch : nant build scripts ignore -D:sign=false
- * [NH-1429] - Oracle GUID to Raw(16)
- * [NH-1467] - some comment clean ups
- * [NH-1485] - MultiQueryImpl.GetResultList does not use Result Transformers correctly.
- * [NH-1491] - NoArgSQLFunction is not cls compliant
- * [NH-1503] - Support for Sybase ASE ADO.NET 2 Provider
- * [NH-1532] - Class called SystemConfiguration does not persist properly
- * [NH-1539] - Oracle dialect - incorrect CONCAT behaviour
- * [NH-1540] - Oracle dialect - allowing pagging in subqueries
- * [NH-1541] - Oracle Dialect - Extra lazy collection count not working under Oracle
- * [NH-1542] - Oracle dialect - Fix to some HQL functions
- * [NH-1543] - SQLite paging broken
- * [NH-1547] - SqLite Paqing does not page properly after the 2nd page
- * [NH-1550] - Oracle dialect - pagging correction (+left/right functions)
- * [NH-1551] - Update some tests to support Oracle
- * [NH-1555] - Add some helper methods for the transformers class
- * [NH-1570] - Revision 3859 broke paging support in SQL 2005 dialect for ordered queries
- * [NH-1575] - Revision 3860 introduced bug where paged Hql Queries can break unpaged Hql Queries in Sql 2005
- * [NH-1582] - DbType.Date support for SQLite
- * [NH-1586] - Informix driver
- * [NH-1591] - SetCacheable isn't exposed by DetachedCriteria
- * [NH-1592] - Informix dialect update
- * [NH-1595] - SQLite dialect does not support the "extract" function
- * [NH-1603] - MSSql2005Dialect - Better Data Paging Strategy
- * [NH-1606] - Timestamp in Oracle8
- * [NH-1607] - Dictionary should use ContainsKey to check for values
- * [NH-1614] - Add support to primitive type (es: unsigned type) to MySql Dialect
- * [NH-1660] - Faster retrieval of tuplizer
- * [NH-1691] - Nested component broken by fix for NH-1612
- * [NH-1695] - MySQL MetaData implementation
- * [NH-1698] - MS SQL Server 2005 creates a clustered primary key by default. Requesting nonclustered as a default to simplify the creation of optimized clustered indexes.
- * [NH-1702] - Make AliasToBeanResultTransformer able to return types with a non-public constructor
-
-** Task
- * [NH-1511] - Correctly spell IPropertyAccessor.CanAccessTroughReflectionOptimizer
-
-
-Build 2.0.1.GA
-========================
-** Bug
- * [NH-1293] - Changed behavior of Filters for many-to-one associations brings up possible bug when used with outer joins.
- * [NH-1464] - C++ and Dispose method
- * [NH-1466] - current_session_context_class = thread_static doesn't work
- * [NH-1473] - IsEqual and Compare broken in EntityType
- * [NH-1481] - Named Hql queries w/ Named Parameters broken after upgrade to 2.0 from 1.2.1
- * [NH-1483] - Subclass Not Loaded From Cache as Baseclass
- * [NH-1488] - Table per class hierarchy and OUTER JOIN
- * [NH-1490] - Wrong order of parameters in query when session uses IFilter
- * [NH-1492] - Parameter mismatch enabling filters
- * [NH-1499] - NullReferenceException construting Criteria query
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1484] - first chance exception 'NHibernate.MappingException' when starting a webapplication
- * [NH-1496] - Configuration.AddAssembly(Assembly) should do some logging if no mapping files where found
- * [NH-1500] - Spelling error of NHibernate.Cfg.ConfigurationSchema.ParseColectionsCache
-
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1034] - HQL functions - parameters support
- * [NH-1434] - Some unit test supplies non-character value to LIKE: not portable across every RDBMS
- * [NH-1435] - Explicitly order query in NH-1179 to ensure reliable results
- * [NH-1436] - Mapping of NH-1250 not portable across every RDBMS
- * [NH-1437] - Mapping of NH-1408 not portable across every RDBMS
- * [NH-1438] - Some queries from FooBarTest fixture are not portable across every RDBMS
- * [NH-1439] - Handle Dialect.GetIdentityColumnString(DbType type)
- * [NH-1459] - Sybase dialect
- * [NH-1462] - StringHelper.GetFullClassname fails to parse generic types
-
-Build 2.0.0.GA
-========================
-** BREAKING CHANGES from NH1.2.1GA to NH2.0.0
- ##### Infrastructure #####
- * .NET 1.1 is no longer supported
- * Nullables.NHibernate is no longer supported (use nullable types of .NET 2.0)
- * Contrib projects moved to http://sourceforge.net/projects/nhcontrib
-
- ##### Compile time #####
- * NHibernate.Expression namespace was renamed to NHibernate.Criterion
- * IInterceptor have additional methods. (IsUnsaved was renamed IsTransient)
- * INamingStrategy
- * IType
- * IEntityPersister
- * IVersionType
- * IBatcher
- * IUserCollectionType
- * IEnhancedUserType
- * IPropertyAccessor
- * ValueTypeType renamed to PrimitiveType
-
- ##### Possible Breaking Changes for external frameworks #####
- * Various classes were moved between namespaces
- * Various classes have been renamed (to match Hibernate 3.2 names)
- * ISession interface have additional methods
- * ICacheProvider
- * ICriterion
- * CriteriaQueryTranslator
-
- ##### Initialization time #####
- * section, in App.config, is no longer supported and will be ignored. Configuration schema for configuration file and App.config is now identical, and the App.config section name is:
- * have a different schema and all properties names are cheked
- * configuration properties are no longer prefixed by "hibernate.", if before you would specify "hibernate.dialect", now you specify just "dialect"
- * All named queries will be validated at initialization time, an exception will be thrown if any is not valid (can be disabled if needed)
- * Stricter checks for proxying classes (all public methods must be virtual)
-
- ##### Run time #####
- * SaveOrUpdateCopy() returns a new instance of the entity without changing the original
- * AutoFlush will not occur outside a transaction - Database transactions are never optional, all communication with the database must occur inside a transaction, whatever you read or write data.
- * NHibernate will return long for count(*) queries on SQL Server
- * must contain parenthesis when needed
- * The HQL functions names may cause conflic in your HQL (reserved names are: substring,locate,trim,length,bit_length,coalesce,nullif,abs,mod,sqrt,upper,lower,cast,extract,concat,current_timestamp,sysdate,second,minute,hour,day,month,year,str)
- * when meta-type="class" the persistent type is a string containing the Class.FullName (In order to set a parameter in a query you must use SetParameter("paraName", typeof(YourClass).FullName, NHibernateUtil.ClassMetaType) )
-
- ##### Mapping #####
- * : default meta-type is "string" (was "class")
-
-Build 2.0.0.CR2
-========================
-** Sub-task
- * [NH-1407] - Actualize documentation of
-
-Build 2.0.0.CR1
-========================
-** Bug
- * [NH-1361] - ProxyTypeValidator: Non-virtual public methods are accepted
- * [NH-1389] - Sybase SQLAnywhere 8/9 support broken in Beta1 onword
- * [NH-1399] - Database constraint names and hash collisions
- * [NH-1403] - Support with meta-type="class"
- * [NH-1405] - composite-id property is nulled when related composite many-to-one mapping returns null.
- * [NH-1406] - IQuery.SetTimeout work incorrect for ExecuteUpdate
- * [NH-1408] - CriteriaTransformer don't clone a DetachedCriteria with sub DetachedCriteria
- * [NH-1413] - Paging with multiple orders fail in MSSQL2005
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1304] - Reflection optimizer on != property access
- * [NH-1415] - Adding multi query support to MySqlDataDriver
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1412] - Allow custom accessors to define if the ReflectionOptimizer can be used.
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1254] - Sybase ASA10 - Dialect + Driver
- * [NH-1390] - Union subclass support for PostgreSQL
-
-** Task
- * [NH-1410] - Spelling mistake in error message: sublcass must be subclass
-
-
-Build 2.0.0.Beta2
-========================
-** Bug
- * [NH-1030] - DB2400Dialect : mod(x,y) function triggers a parse exception
- * [NH-1077] - Pessimistic locking for SQL Server fails on cached objects
- * [NH-1258] - Oracle Sequences mappings without Schema information throwns InvalidKeyException
- * [NH-1279] - AggressiveRelease tests fail for MySQL
- * [NH-1300] - Detached Entities that have many-to-one associations improperly throw LazyInitializationExceptions when accessing the association outside the loading session
- * [NH-1355] - Custom Version type (IUserVersionType) not allowed
- * [NH-1362] - Nested cascades on ISession.Refresh()
- * [NH-1375] - Disable Multi Query support for Npgsql
- * [NH-1383] - Components with (non-C#) Nullables do not follow documentation sect. 7.1 "if all component columns are null, then the entire component is null"
- * [NH-1384] - Support for latest Npgsql2 (PostgreSQL) Data Provider
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-693] - Better error message when user forgets to supply table name
- * [NH-803] - Support DML type batch sql statements
- * [NH-824] - GetClassname cannot parse generic classnames
- * [NH-938] - Escape characters in Like expressions
- * [NH-978] - show_sql: Transaction Begin, Commit, Rollback
- * [NH-1101] - component directy detection should consider null component value to be equiv to all component member's being null
- * [NH-1151] - Improve Configuration to Support ASP.NET Configuration File Hierarchy and Inheritance
- * [NH-1216] - SchemaExport creates varchar(255) on MySQL when Property Type is StringClob
- * [NH-1236] - XML Entity support in mapping files broken
- * [NH-1257] - lazy=true and fetch=join doesn't work together it will be nice to receive a WARN
- * [NH-1364] - LinkedHashMap.RemoveImpl can be improved (using try/catch for common scenario)
- * [NH-1382] - Oracle Dialect support for Unsigned Int (UInt32, UInt64)
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1115] - Add support for "Refresh" cascade style
- * [NH-1367] - Add Interceptor or Event to Batcher
-
-
-** Task
- * [NH-1144] - Apply patch for NH-1022 (Oracle command batching) to trunk
- * [NH-1210] - "table" attribute documented as required when in fact optional
-
-
-Build 2.0.0.Beta1
-========================
-** Bug
- * [NH-1238] - NH_1155_ShouldNotLoadAllChildrenInPagedSubSelect fails for MsSql2000Dialect
- * [NH-1318] - Enum fields cannot be mapped to database on DB2
- * [NH-1329] - Expression.Sql with parameters (inside of functions) is broken
- * [NH-1346] - SchemaUpdate.Execute fails on MS SQL Server 2005 With Locale TURKISH_CI_AS
- * [NH-1347] - SetMaxResult does not work with SQLite (SQLiteDialect)
- * [NH-1348] - Cannot use multiple listeners for the same event type
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-1172] - ASA 10 Driver for NHibernate
- * [NH-1315] - ForeignGenerator.cs property Key is not found if the generator tag is empty causes exception
- * [NH-1335] - Performance improvment of PersistentEnumType class
-
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1254] - Sybase ASA10 - Dialect + Driver
- * [NH-1326] - ISession.Disconnect() creates zombied transactions
- * [NH-1327] - PostCommitXXXEventListeners invoked even when transaction fails
-
-
-Build 2.0.0.Alpha2
-========================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-1100] - Introduce exception if two columns are being selected, but only one being returned by NH
- * [NH-1145] - MultiCrieria Does Not Respect MaxResults on Criteria
- * [NH-1161] - Java mentioned in NHibernate Documentation
- * [NH-1203] - Problem to resolv property name
- * [NH-1205] - Various subselect bugs in MultiCriteria
- * [NH-1246] - Reading BinaryBlob triggers update when transaction is committed.
- * [NH-1250] - Failure with MsSql2005Dialect when paging in polymorphic queries with discriminator formula
- * [NH-1252] - Inconsistent behavior of ISession.Get() under certain conditions
- * [NH-1263] - CreateSchema works ok for mappings in different schemas but DropSchema not
- * [NH-1281] - Regression: Criteria Query does not deliver right result when compared to similar HQL query
- * [NH-1285] - Drop schema script generated by SchemaExport has bug
- * [NH-1290] - AuxiliaryDatabaseObject with no params causes crash
- * [NH-1296] - SQLite dialect does not support empty inserts
- * [NH-1301] - Cascade doesn't work for Refresh
- * [NH-1309] - Cannot recreate db when using schema and fK
- * [NH-1313] - SqlFunctionProjection does not look at custom sql functions
- * [NH-1332] - PostCommitDelete only fires when PostCommit is also used (in 2.0.0.alpha1)
- * [NH-1334] - SesssionFactoryImpl.BuildCurrentSessionContext does recognize "web" property
- * [NH-1340] - Ordering by Formula Property when paging will cause invalid SQL on SQL Server 2005
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-763] - NHibernate Does Not Recognize Dependent Resources
- * [NH-1158] - Upgrade to DynamicProxy 2
- * [NH-1283] - SetGuid is missing in IMultiQuery interface
- * [NH-1303] - UUIDStringGenerator#Generate Improvement
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-1134] - Allow property-ref for collection keys
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-1058] - automatically create indexes for foreign keys in postgresql dialect
- * [NH-1140] - Getting NullReferenceException when using SimpleSubqueryExpression within another subexpression
- * [NH-1146] - Expose DetachedCriteria in SubqueryExpression
- * [NH-1162] - Add list-index element and property-ref attribute to key element in mapping schema
- * [NH-1163] - Add more complete identity column support to SQLiteDialect
- * [NH-1166] - Sql server lock patch, pessimistic locking for SQL Server 2000/2005
- * [NH-1201] - Patch: MultiQueryImpl.GetResultList does not use Result Transformers correctly.
- * [NH-1292] - No-Dialect Patch
- * [NH-1302] - Patches for Visual Studio 2008 / .Net 3.5
- * [NH-1308] - Patch to get a MappingException when association references unmapped class
- * [NH-1310] - IStatelessSession invalid return type from Get()
- * [NH-1320] - CriteriaTransformer does not properly transforms to rowcount when using subcriteria
- * [NH-1325] - Source code does not compile
-
-** Task
- * [NH-802] - Investigate possible use of MSBuild to build the project
- * [NH-1321] - Add NCache Express provider to documentation
-
-Build 2.0.0.Alpha1
-========================
-
-** Bug
- * [NH-987] - Schema creation on SQL Server 2000 uses SQL 2005 system views
- * [NH-1028] - Duplicate column names in queries
- * [NH-1042] - MultiQuery force to use parameter in all queries
- * [NH-1045] - CastleLazyInitializer throws null pointer exception during proxy creation
- * [NH-1055] - Multi Criteria ignored Result Transformer
- * [NH-1059] - Join mapping for a subclass is incorrectly applied to the base class
- * [NH-1084] - Subclass with Join fail when trying to query
- * [NH-1088] - Wrong exception text referring to config property hibernate.dialect
- * [NH-1104] - RowCountProjection type should be Int64
- * [NH-1147] - Minor bug with AbstractFlushingEventListener
- * [NH-1149] - Second Level Caching with Quey Caching is not working
- * [NH-1154] - Delete object broken
- * [NH-1168] - HQL functions 'length()' and 'bit_length()' doesn't support a non-string argument type under PostgreSQL 8.3
- * [NH-1170] - Multiple queries issues for UniqueResult
- * [NH-1178] - Example.Create(exampleInstance).ExcludeZeroes().ExcludeNulls() seems has a bug.(version 1.2.0.400)
- * [NH-1179] - Filter not applied in explicit join
- * [NH-1181] - NHibernate.JetDriver - replace 'upper(' with 'ucase('
- * [NH-1187] - concat function fails when a parameter contains a comma, and using MaxResults (MSSQL 2005)
- * [NH-1223] - To Change hibernate mapping.xml schma value change for at the runtime
- * [NH-1229] - Formula fails when using the pagging on MSSQL 2005 dialect
- * [NH-1234] - PersistentEnumType incorrectly assumes enum types have zero-value defined
- * [NH-1235] - SetMaxResults() returns one less row when SetFirstResult() is not used
- * [NH-1237] - Cannot set PostLoadEventListener event listeners.
- * [NH-1246] - Reading BinaryBlob triggers update when transaction is committed.
- * [NH-1249] - Bug in GetLimitString for MSSql 05 when ordering by aggregates
- * [NH-1255] - key-many-to-one && not-found
- * [NH-1259] - Recursive call in SetListener(type,null) causes stack overflow
- * [NH-1260] - SessionImpl.EnableFilter returns wrong filter if already enabled
- * [NH-1261] - HQL Functions with no arguments add the return type twice
- * [NH-1265] - Generated Id does not work for MySQL
- * [NH-1268] - one-to-one can never be lazy?
- * [NH-1275] - FOR UPDATE statements not generated for pessimistic locking
- * [NH-1286] - Binary types are not compared properly and always sent to update
-
-** Improvement
- * [NH-364] - IdBag doesn't work with Identity columns
- * [NH-421] - Dialect Improvements
- * [NH-568] - year(), month(),date() and some other functions: not supported in HQL
- * [NH-628] - HQL functions mapping
- * [NH-865] - Change SQL Server dialect to use COUNT_BIG for count
- * [NH-913] - make Flush() - return int value for records affected
- * [NH-924] - ICriteria - Inspection/traversal, modification and cloning
- * [NH-969] - IIf for MS SQL
- * [NH-970] - OnPreLoad & OnPostLoad Lifecycle Events
- * [NH-975] - Add a way for the user to specify their own ProxyFactory
- * [NH-993] - Document MultiCriteria
- * [NH-1063] - NHibernate.Mapping.Attributes - Support ImportAttribute when serializing an assembly
- * [NH-1085] - When using multi query, allow missing parameters in queries
-
-** New Feature
- * [NH-280] - Using constants in select clause of HQL
- * [NH-424] - Add [ Table per subclass, using a discriminator ] Support to Nhibernate
- * [NH-543] - Adding GetEntityName to IInterceptor (H3.0 feature)
- * [NH-786] - Port statistics from H3
- * [NH-831] - Add MutliCriteria
- * [NH-979] - Allow cloning of DetachedCriteria
- * [NH-1036] - IQuery.executeUpdate()
- * [NH-1111] - PostgreSQL 8.3 dialect with Guid type support
-
-** Patch
- * [NH-387] - Rolling back identifiers
- * [NH-466] - Add join mapping element to map one class to several tables
- * [NH-982] - Patch for Castle DynamicProxy2 Support
- * [NH-1073] - Remove #if NET_2_0 directives
- * [NH-1078] - .NET 2.0 Configuration section to store nhibernate configuration
- * [NH-1109] - HQL functions 'current_timestamp', 'str' and 'locate' for PostgreSQL dialect
- * [NH-1110] - Enable Multi Query support for Npgsql (PostgreSQL) driver
- * [NH-1113] - Test DetachedQueryFixture.ExecutableNamedQuery fails on case-sensitive databases
- * [NH-1114] - Tests NHSpecificTest NH898 and NH958 failed on databases without DbType.Guid support
- * [NH-1231] - Add support for SetResultTransformer to ISQLQuery queries (auto-discovery of return types)
- * [NH-1240] - VetoInterceptor - Cancel Calls to Delete, Update, Insert via the IInterceptor Interface
- * [NH-1242] - Change path delimiter to '/' to be buildable on non-Windows platforms
- * [NH-1243] - NHibernate.Search is not CLS compliant.
- * [NH-1244] - NHibernate uses ConfigurationManager which is in System.Configuration.dll which is not referenced.
- * [NH-1245] - Update mono targets.
- * [NH-1273] - Generic version of AbstractQueryImp.UniqueResult() called twice
-
-** Task
- * [NH-1087] - Discard section and substitute it whit
- * [NH-1221] - Implement FullTextQueryImpl.ExecuteUpdate()
- * [NH-1239] - Update build script to include configuration templates.
-
-Build 1.2.1
-========================
-
-Bug Fixed:
-
- * [NH-111] - Oracle "Invalid identifier" exception
- * [NH-989] - Assemblies are not registered in the correct order
- * [NH-995] - Problem with CompositeId+"key-many-to-one"+Caching
- * [NH-999] - One Shot Delete doesn't work - and cause reference violations
- * [NH-1006] - Invalid SQL order generated by JetDriver
- * [NH-1011] - update=false attribute ignored
- * [NH-1012] - DetachedCriteria CreateAlias with joinType (new in1.2) is broken
- * [NH-1018] - 'DistinctRootEntity' result transformer throws InvalidCastException
- * [NH-1023] - using projections and transformer causes invalid column name when property and alias are the same
- * [NH-1039] - NullReferenceException for dynamic-component containing a set
- * [NH-1061] - Schema name missing when quering for highest key value
- * [NH-1064] - wrong association owner when fetching eagerly
- * [NH-1068] - Typo in example-mappings.html
- * [NH-1086] - SerializationException when using MemCacheProvider as cache because some classes miss the SerializableAttribute.
- * [NH-1124] - Problem in NHibernate.Type.ComponentType.NullSafeSet
- * [NH-1155] - SubselectFetch doesn't take into account paging
- * [NH-1156] - MS2005Dialect doesn't handle same column & alias names correctly
- * [NH-1167] - SubCriteria.CreateCriteria(string associationPath, string alias, JoinType joinType) always uses JoinType.InnerJoin
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-901] - ComponentType mappings for with value types (structs) cause incorrect dirty checking
- * [NH-1049] - classes which inherit Order can't override ToSqlString
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-1022] - Add command batching support for OracleClient driver
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-585] - Unknown version when using replicate and joined-subclass
- * [NH-903] - IQuery.SetFirstResult and SetMaxResults break in MsSql2005Dialect for ISQLQuery using WITH keyword
- * [NH-990] - Abstract CurrentSessionContext management and add more implementations
- * [NH-1014] - NHibernate Cross Join Syntax Causes Issues With SQL Server 2000/2005
- * [NH-1054] - Add hibernate.transaction.factory_class setting
- * [NH-1056] - Command batching support for OracleDataClientDriver
- * [NH-1076] - Sybase11 Dialect
- * [NH-1080] - HQL parser incorrectly registers a many-to-one association as a one-to-one.
- * [NH-1119] - valuetypes in uniqueresult give an error when query result is null
- * [NH-1160] - Parameter compatibility problem in cached Sql command.
- * [NH-1193] - Limit string in MsSql2005 dialect can sort incorrectly on machines with multiple processors
-
-Task Completed:
-
- * [NH-1002] - Document undocumented configuration properties
-
-
-Build 1.2.0.GA
-========================
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-992] - AuxiliaryDatabaseObject enhancement
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-980] - Table name not quoted with increment generator
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-974] - Build and distribute a binary zip file along with the installer
- * [NH-976] - Better error description when subclass table name is wrong
- * [NH-985] - Map DbType.Guid to CHAR(38) for Oracle
- * [NH-988] - Proxy validator should complain on non-virtual internal members
-
-Build 1.2.0.CR2
-========================
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-859] - Improve SubselectFetch performance
- * [NH-931] - Error Message Improvement for SingleTableEntityPersister.cs
- * [NH-934] - Fix Spelling in comments and parameter lists
- * [NH-937] - Improve comments and parameter lists
- * [NH-954] - Fix build for mono-1.0 on Linux
- * [NH-955] - JetDriver breaks on non-standard cultures, on the DateTime fix
- * [NH-962] - Parent-Child relationships not properly persisted in certain cases
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-898] - ArgumentException from EntityKey constructor when running a HQL query
- * [NH-926] - Identity insert fails with SQL Ce dialect and aggresive connection release mode.
- * [NH-929] - session.Save(object) sets bogus ID fields using MySQL with default hibernate.connection.release_mode
- * [NH-930] - Schema Export generates duplicate constraints
- * [NH-932] - hbm2net: Troubles using "classname, AssemblyName" in Extends attribute of joined-subclass
- * [NH-933] - Expression.In does not support Generic lists
- * [NH-940] - domain model exception badly handled by proxy NHibernate
- * [NH-952] - AddAssembly doesn't seem to order joined-subclass correctly
- * [NH-958] - ISession.SaveOrUpdateCopy throws exception when class has mapping
- * [NH-965] - Error with computed property (property ... formula="... ) inside block
- * [NH-966] - Unsafe type cast code in DetachedCriteria.GetExecutableCriteria
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-305] - Generated properties
- * [NH-428] - Support Multiple Collections join fetch
- * [NH-915] - Add pessimistic locking for SQL Server 2000/2005
- * [NH-936] - Sys Cache with SqlCacheDependencies
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-944] - Provide API for specifying JoinType in subqueries
- * [NH-947] - Add IInterceptor.SetSession
- * [NH-948] - Documentation needs update: "Copy the xsd files to ... directory for enabling IntelliSense"
-
-Build 1.2.0.CR1
-========================
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-859] - Improve SubselectFetch performance
- * [NH-874] - Named Parameters do not work in Having Clause
- * [NH-875] - Query cache does not work when filters are enabled
- * [NH-923] - The NHibernate.Expression.Order class doesn't implement ToString()
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-857] - Filter parameter is mandatory and should be optional
- * [NH-864] - Dynamic update of NULL column using Nullables.NullableInt32 with "dirty" optimistic locking fails
- * [NH-870] - Expression.Disjunction has wrong semantics when empty
- * [NH-872] - SetCacheable(true) with an enabled filter fails
- * [NH-873] - Setting hibernate.cache.use_second_level_cache to false throws NRE in SessionFactoryImpl constructor
- * [NH-876] - NullReferenceException on query exection with SetCacheable(true) and null parameters
- * [NH-882] - using binary type in filter does not work
- * [NH-883] - Update to Bag cannot be flushed more than once.
- * [NH-890] - hbm2net cannot handle wildcards without a path
- * [NH-891] - Parameters do not work in HQL array access expression
- * [NH-897] - An index attribute in the property tag does not create an index
- * [NH-906] - SubselectFetch does not properly handle forumla properties containing "from"
- * [NH-907] - Test WhereAttributesOnBags fail on PostgreSQL
- * [NH-909] - Test CastFunc() fails on PostgreSQL
- * [NH-911] - Allow subqueries with joins using Criteria API and Subqueries with DetachedCriteria
- * [NH-912] - NullReferenceException in TypedValue.ToString
- * [NH-914] - Test NH826 fails on PostgreSQL
- * [NH-916] - Test SelectSqlProjectionTest() fails on PostgreSQL
- * [NH-918] - wrong parameters passed to AddIdentitySelectToInsert()
- * [NH-920] - DB2400Dialect does not support "mod(x,y)" function
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-888] - RFE: IQuery.SetGuid
-
-Tasks Completed:
-
- * [NH-862] - Document that aggressive connection release does not work well with System.Transactions
- * [NH-867] - Write a migration guide from 1.0.x to 1.2.0
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-868] - Add optimistic-lock attribute to all elements that have it in H3
- * [NH-869] - Implement IInterceptor.BeforeTransactionCompletion and others
- * [NH-879] - Deprecate ILifecycle and IValidatable; move them to NHibernate.Classic.
- * [NH-880] - Move IUserType and ICompositeUserType to NHibernate.UserTypes
- * [NH-881] - Add Configuration.AddSqlFunction
- * [NH-887] - Support superclass property reference in property-ref
- * [NH-902] - Remove usage of string.Intern
- * [NH-910] - PostgreSQL 8.2 dialect with "IF EXISTS"
- * [NH-922] - PostgreSQL support for identity column using "SERIAL" type
-
-Build 1.2.0.Beta3
-========================
-
-Breaking Changes
- * ConnectionReleaseMode support ported from Hibernate. By default, connections are released after every transaction,
- or after every operation if no NHibernate transaction is in progress.
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-807] - Criteria Tests
- * [NH-813] - CacheKey key is invalid - memcached fails to store objects.
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-793] - NHybridDataReader.ReadIntoMemory fails when the result is 0 records. "Invalid attempt to read when no data is present".
- * [NH-812] - PostgreSQL - for update no wait
- * [NH-815] - SQLQueryImpl fails to bind parameter lists
- * [NH-816] - Criteria using class with discriminator
- * [NH-818] - NHibernate.JetDriver Not Working at all in 1.2.0.Beta2 (encounters System.NullReferenceException)
- * [NH-819] - Memcached.Client library is using log4net 1.2.9, instead of 1.2.10
- * [NH-825] - QueryKey doesn't take into account the entity ID when generating ToString()
- * [NH-826] - Using Criteria to query for an item throws on Flush in some situations
- * [NH-829] - pagination select doesn't support 'distinct' for NHibernate.Dialect.FirebirdDialect
- * [NH-830] - ICriteria does not automatically flush the session for many-to-many association change
- * [NH-837] - Error using Limits with DB2400Dialect
- * [NH-839] - PersistentGenericMap GetSnapshotElement InvalidCastException
- * [NH-841] - generator class="native" not works with NHibernate.JetDriver
- * [NH-845] - Queries and imports in separate hmb.xml are not parsed (re-opening)
- * [NH-850] - Non-portable file path for generated source files by hbm2net
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-370] - Add Configuration.SetDefaultAssembly and SetDefaultNamespace methods
- * [NH-752] - Informix Dialect
- * [NH-828] - Port connection release mode from H3
-
-Tasks Completed:
-
- * [NH-796] - Document ISessionFactory.GetCurrentSession functionality
- * [NH-801] - Upgrade NAnt libraries to 0.85
- * [NH-833] - Document SQL Server command batching functionality
- * [NH-834] - Document hibernate.connection.connection_string_name
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-383] - SessionFactory should implement System.IDisposable
- * [NH-442] - Medium Trust level support
- * [NH-648] - NHibernate.Mapping.Attributes - Allow [(Jcs)Cache], [Discriminator] and [Key] at class-level
- * [NH-666] - IQuery.SetParameterList should support generics
- * [NH-729] - Add ICurrentSessionContext implementation for ASP.NET apps.
- * [NH-730] - make the bag Attribute protected instead of private in PersistentBag.cs
- * [NH-743] - change BatcherImpl to public
- * [NH-780] - Obsolete code in the tips 'n tricks
- * [NH-808] - Type of count(*) should be Int64
- * [NH-810] - Prevent use of many-to-one association in Expression.Eq
- * [NH-817] - DetachedCriteria Serializable
- * [NH-835] - Document MultiQuery
- * [NH-840] - Include Inner Exception on 'Duplicate identifier in table for:' exception msg
- * [NH-851] - More descriptive error message for 'Cannot find constructor' on projections
- * [NH-852] - Report proxy validator errors in bulk
- * [NH-856] - NHibernate.Mapping.Attributes - Allow mapping attributes on interfaces
-
-
-Build 1.2.0.Beta2
-========================
-
-Breaking Changes:
- * XML schema versions have been changed from 2.0 to 2.2.
- * This version includes an updated Castle.DynamicProxy library. However,
- its maintainers have not changed the version number with the update. Remember
- to update Castle.DynamicProxy when updating NHibernate from an earlier version.
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-247] - Expression.InsensitiveLike support for Firebird
- * [NH-335] - discriminator formula
- * [NH-723] - SqlTest for Firebird
- * [NH-725] - null reference exception which attempting to flush a versioned object
- * [NH-747] - Invalid number of SQL parameters when calling ISession.Delete on an optimistic-locked object with 1 or more NULL properties
- * [NH-749] - NHb tests using Firebird
- * [NH-751] - hasDataTypeInIdentityColumn to support Informix and similar
- * [NH-757] - Patch for JetDriver
- * [NH-762] - Patch to fix errors in Expression.AbstractEmptiness
- * [NH-765] - Use "(" and ")" to enclose the ToString of LogicalExpression.cs
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-528] - Fix GROUP BY example in documentation (GROUP BY object instance does not work)
- * [NH-555] - Problems with complex aggregate queries
- * [NH-585] - Unknown version when using replicate and joined-subclass
- * [NH-593] - Throw a meaningful exception when using Expression.In with collection types
- * [NH-600] - TimestampType precision problems
- * [NH-622] - Collection of subtypes with discriminators not working
- * [NH-623] - Where attribute of collection not rendered when eager fetched
- * [NH-637] - Between Criterion Parameters Applied Incorrectly for Component
- * [NH-642] - ArgumentNullException if no setter exists and no access strategy was specified
- * [NH-681] - Generic List Error
- * [NH-697] - System.MissingMethodException: Method not found: Int32 System.Runtime.CompilerServices.RuntimeHelpers.GetHashCode(System.Object).
- * [NH-704] - Lock(obj, LockMode.None) not working when there is collection
- * [NH-716] - Dirty Checking exception (many-to-one, select-before-update)
- * [NH-732] - Can't use UserType for keys
- * [NH-734] - ArgumentOutOfRangeException when setting LIMIT parameters using MySQL
- * [NH-735] - Oracle Driver/Dialect
- * [NH-739] - Saving transient item in the PersistantBag results duplicate items
- * [NH-740] - Logging for tests is sometimes not configured properly
- * [NH-741] - Invalid parameter handling when using functions
- * [NH-742] - Error with computed property (property ... formula="... ) inside block
- * [NH-746] - NHibernate.SqlCommand.Template quoted Token when not required
- * [NH-750] - with many-to-many
- * [NH-753] - Composite ID with Positional Parameters in sql-query
- * [NH-768] - Delete fails when using optimistic-lock and bags
- * [NH-775] - IQuery.SetResultTransformer() doesn't work
- * [NH-776] - one-to-one to proxied types not handling missing associated classes correctly (as null)
- * [NH-777] - ArgumentNullException: Value cannot be null. Reflection exception.
- * [NH-782] - Update to latest DynamicProxy to fix race condition
- * [NH-798] - Custom insert/update/delete SQL ignored for collections
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-432] - Port sessionFactory.getCurrentSession() from H3.1
- * [NH-499] - NHibernate filters
- * [NH-515] - Port subselect fetching from Hibernate 3.1
- * [NH-755] - Port DetachedCriteria from Hibernate 3
- * [NH-758] - Allow Schema Export to work directly against an IDbConnection or TextWriter
- * [NH-783] - Port Subquery support for the Criteria API
- * [NH-795] - Implement lazy="proxy|false" for *-to-one associations
-
-Tasks Completed:
-
- * [NH-412] - Improve build files
- * [NH-663] - Update readme.html
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-372] - Allow insert="false", update="false" for components
- * [NH-575] - Enhance user types support
- * [NH-606] - Throw an meaningfull exception when collectionType.GetGenericArguments() returns 0 arguments.
- * [NH-608] - Add ICriteria.CreateCriteria and CreateAlias overloads taking a JoinType parameter.
- * [NH-614] - Optimize generic IQuery.List implementation
- * [NH-615] - Change XML schema names to -2.2
- * [NH-632] - Change the error message for a database driver assembly that wasn't found.
- * [NH-696] - upgrade to log4net 1.2.10.0
- * [NH-712] - Improve returned error message when default constructor is not present on a class mapped as a component
- * [NH-726] - Document that custom insert sql ignored when id generator not "assigned"
- * [NH-744] - Add DDL logging to SchemaExport
- * [NH-760] - Allow replacing a registered function in Dialect.RegisterFunction
- * [NH-761] - Change ISession.Get() to initialize a proxy if it returns one, like in H3.2
- * [NH-778] - Adding pascalcase-m (without the underscore)
- * [NH-792] - Do not wrap exceptions in DriverConnectionProvider.GetConnection
-
-Build 1.2.0.Beta1
-========================
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-604] - Excessive memory consumption bug with heavy HQL usage
- * [NH-636] - Add parametrized type
- * [NH-638] - Add tests for UserCollectionType
- * [NH-650] - DB2400Driver and DB2400Dialect
- * [NH-668] - Support Sqlite ADO.Net 2.0 DataProvider
- * [NH-673] - SQL Server 2005 Everywhere Edition Driver (SqlServerCeDriver)
- * [NH-680] - Updates to NHibernate.Tool.hbm2net-2.0 to map nullable types correctly (and more)
- * [NH-689] - NHibernate.SQL - Log the SQL parameters on the same log line as the statement
- * [NH-698] - Firebird Dialect Limit Support
- * [NH-701] - Log SchemaExport errors using log4net
- * [NH-713] - Port property level optimistic-lock functionality from Hibernate 3.0
- * [NH-715] - SQL00029 error on INSERT INTO DB2/400 (with identity column)
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-559] - Memory leak associated with HQL queries
- * [NH-621] - IdentifierGeneratorFactory.Get() should use Id's IType conversion methods
- * [NH-643] - Parent child problem when using SysCacheProvider
- * [NH-649] - Firebird dialect (repeated RegisterFunction)
- * [NH-669] - Generic map is not working
- * [NH-687] - ISession.Get() strange behavior (probably a bug)
- * [NH-690] - SupportsIdentitySelectInInsert property in Dialect class never used
- * [NH-705] - With SysCache impossible to strore object after the gc clears the cache
- * [NH-709] - CommandTimeout property should not be global
- * [NH-719] - Caching of "any" reference to lazy classes
- * [NH-720] - Cache regions are not being used
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-258] - Stored Procedures
- * [NH-268] - "not-found" attribute on relation mappings
- * [NH-617] - Add support for projections in criteria queries
- * [NH-629] - Ingres Driver and Dialect
- * [NH-640] - IList parameter for Criteria.List
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-530] - Config loader error messages
- * [NH-535] - Allow all ID generators to return all integer types, not just Int16/32/64
- * [NH-541] - Error Message Improvement
- * [NH-581] - Make MsSql2005Dialect use nvarchar(max), varbinary(max), and varchar(max) instead of ntext, image, and text
- * [NH-613] - Guid for Firebird
- * [NH-625] - Add Configuration.AddUrl
-
-NHibernate.Mapping.Attributes:
-
- * [NH-494] - RawXmlAttribute: Insert XML as-is in the mapping
- * [NH-684] - AttributeIdentifierAttribute: Change a string value in an Attribute (column name, ...)
- * [NH-589] - Registration of properties' types patterns: Transform FQNs of properties types
- * [NH-644] - Pass UnsavedValue as object: Use UnsavedValueObject (in Id, Version, ...)
- * [NH-651] - Add methods to HbmSerializer returning a stream
- * [NH-652] - Order (joined-)subclasses when they extend each others
- * [NH-587] - HbmWriter.WriteUserDefinedContent(): Improve extensibility
- * [NH-588] - MappingException: Exception thrown by this library
-
-Build 1.2.0.Alpha1
-========================
-
-Important Breaking Changes:
- * Entities and collections are lazy by default. Change by setting default-lazy="false"
- in .
- * Types used as proxies are now validated (a check is done that all public members are
- virtual). Validation can be disabled by setting hibernate.use_proxy_validator to false.
- * ISession.Get/Load now obey where="..." attribute of .
- * Assemblies are signed using a new, publicly available, key.
- * Assembly.LoadWithPartialName is no longer used to load assemblies. If you want NH to load
- an assembly from the GAC, use element in the configuration file to
- specify its fully qualified name. This change will primarily affect loading of ADO.NET
- data provider assemblies.
-
-Patches Applied:
-
- * [NH-595] - Possible bug in SessionImpl.EndLoadingCollections method
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-242] - Hbm2Net looks for template file in the current directory but should in the program directory
- * [NH-467] - Many-to-one ignores "WHERE" class mapping element on associated Class
- * [NH-511] - IVersionType.Seed should be set to 1 instead of 0 for integer types
- * [NH-532] - PropertyNotFoundException ctor throws NullReferenceException
- * [NH-538] - config.AddDirectory doesn't work
- * [NH-540] - Register of AnsiChar type
- * [NH-544] - Small Issue about Iesi.Collection.Set
- * [NH-548] - Component Parent set to null on 2nd-level cache hit
- * [NH-550] - Incorrect SQL Generated when using SetMaxResults() with DB2
- * [NH-551] - Unable to use DB2 in .NET 1.1 when 1.1 & 2.0 installed side by side
- * [NH-552] - Collection of "nullifiables" not updated when object saved back
- * [NH-560] - Bad alias generated for Generic class
- * [NH-563] - Exception in NDataReader.cs when loading BinaryBlob
- * [NH-571] - class keyword in WHERE broken for table-per-subclass mappings
- * [NH-574] - sort="natural" doen't work when namespace and assemply were set
- * [NH-579] - Cannot load class="System.DayOfWeek"
- * [NH-580] - Possible bug in hbm2net
- * [NH-582] - All IType implementations should be serializable
- * [NH-607] - session.GetEntityIdentifierIfNotUnsaved can return null
- * [NH-609] - SysCache re-caches items without expiration policy
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-449] - SQL Server 2005 dialect
- * [NH-553] - Driver for Adaptive Server Anywhere 9.0
-
-Tasks:
-
- * [NH-155] - Look at TableHiLoGenerator Impl
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-179] - Add Proxy Validator
- * [NH-243] - Hbm2Net is unable to extent with own renderer
- * [NH-259] - Type-Safe Collections
- * [NH-338] - Support .NET 2.0 CLR/BCL features, esp Generics and Nullable Types
- * [NH-353] - Assembly.LoadWithPartialName is obsolete in .NET2
- * [NH-416] - Change default laziness of classes and collections to "true" to match Hibernate 3.1
- * [NH-441] - Make proxy validator optional
- * [NH-457] - SysCache slidingExpiration property doesn't work properly
- * [NH-547] - Add IL-based reflection optimizer
- * [NH-602] - Support for new Firebird provider
-
-Build 1.0.2.0
-========================
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-409] - Sybase - Polymorphics Queries - wrong SQL generation about aliases/quotes
- * [NH-418] - Custom persister cannot be instanciated.
- * [NH-464] - DateTime does not work in composite-element mapping
- * [NH-470] - Disconnect and Close should not close user-supplied connections
- * [NH-471] - Misspelled property in ICriteria throws NullReferenceException
- * [NH-476] - GetSetHelperFactory doesn't work with external dependencies
- * [NH-477] - IncrementGenerator reads Int64 even if Int32 or Int16 is used.
- * [NH-479] - One-To-One SaveAndUpdateCopy - Reference Identifier Bug
- * [NH-480] - Should use invariant culture with ToLower and other string calls
- * [NH-496] - Reflection optimizer should throw a more informative exception when a property is mapped using a wrong type
- * [NH-505] - Reflection optimizer does not work with structures
- * [NH-508] - changes to idbag collection not persisted correctly
- * [NH-509] - ILMerge is not packaged in the distribution
- * [NH-512] - Custom properties accessors do not work
- * [NH-523] - SaveOrUpdateCopy throws PersistentObjectException
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-513] - FOR UPDATE NOWAIT in Postgresql 8.1
-
-Improvements:
-
- * [NH-483] - Improve type resolution to handle dynamic assemblies
- * [NH-488] - Change log level for GetSetHelper messages to DEBUG so that users are not confused
- * [NH-489] - Remove logging from ADOException constructor
- * [NH-491] - SQLite dialect should use DATETIME type for date/time columns
- * [NH-493] - Correction in the NHibernate.Type.CharType.cs
- * [NH-497] - Add more Hibernate-compatible type names
- * [NH-506] - Make Environment.UseReflectionOptimizer property writable
- * [NH-516] - Log SQL parameter values
- * [NH-521] - Locking an unitialized entity causes its initialization
- * [NH-525] - Upgrade to latest DynamicProxy
-
-Build 1.0.1.0
-========================
-
-Bugs Fixed:
-
- * [NH-406] - NHibernate.Cfg.Configuration.Configure("MyAssembly.dll.config") results in System.NullReferenceException
- * [NH-407] - session.Refresh(myObject) does not refresh/load the object from the datbase if it does not exist in the cache.
- * [NH-414] - Need to process and in configuration files
- * [NH-417] - Column Alias bug
- * [NH-422] - child tag missing from
- * [NH-440] - one-to-one unique foreign key mapping fails during query
- * [NH-415] - AddXmlString should rethrow exceptions it catches
- * [NH-463] - IncrementGenerator returns Int64 but uses an Int32 internally
-
-New Features:
-
- * [NH-113] - drop table SQL will now check if the table exists on MS SQL
- to avoid unnecessary warnings.
- * [NH-450] - Added hbm2ddl NAnt task by James Geurts
-
-Improvements:
- * [NH-403] - BinaryType.Get should now perform faster
- * [NH-398] - Bulk property get/set optimization in AbstractEntityPersister
- contributed by Roberto Paterlini. The optimization is enabled by default,
- set hibernate.use_reflection_optimizer property to false in your
- App.config file to disable it. Note that the property is global, thus
- it is only possible to set it in the app.config file in
- session (see above).
- * [NH-443] - Added more details to "broken column mapping" message
- * [NH-448] - NHibernate configuration process is now closer to Hibernate:
- - hibernate.properties file corresponds to section
- in app.config (mapped to NameValueSectionHandler)
- - configuration through hibernate.cfg.xml is supported
- - instead of hibernate.cfg.xml, section
- in app.config (mapped to NHibernate.Cfg.ConfigurationSectionHandler)
- can also be used.
- - creating a new configuration instance in version 1.0 would cause it
- to read section immediately. In 1.0.1 this
- was changed so that the section is only read when Configure() is called
- * HashCodeProvider is now merged into NHibernate assembly during build,
- thus it does not have to be distributed along with NHibernate.dll.
-
-Build 1.0.0.0
-========================
-
-Improvements:
- * ITransaction.Commit and Rollback will not wrap exceptions that derive
- from HibernateException into TransactionExceptions, those exceptions
- will instead be propagated untouched.
- * FieldAccessor now includes correct type in PropertyNotFoundException.
- * Oracle9Dialect will now generate a column of type TIMESTAMP(4)
- for date fields mapped as "datetime".
-
-Build 0.99.3.0 (1.0-rc3)
-========================
-
-Bug Fixes:
- * [NH-376] - Expression.In w/ an empty collection causes a SQL exception
- * [NH-382, NH-392] - problems with ADO transactions that plagued previous
- 1.0-rcX versions should all be resolved now.
- * [NH-391] - Bug in ReadWriteCache when session is opened with existing
- connection
- * [NH-394] - NullReferenceException in debug print of session objects.
- * [NH-396] - User-provided class names should be trimmed before use
- * [NH-397] - ConfigurationSectionHandler doesn't reads empty properties
-
-Improvements:
- * [NH-388] - Support for the "Any", "Meta-Value" tags
- * Added fetch attribute from Hibernate 3 with values "select"/"join".
- fetch="select" is equivalent to outer-join="false", and fetch="join"
- matches outer-join="true".
-
-Build 0.99.2.0 (1.0-rc2)
-========================
-
-Bug Fixes:
- * [NH-377] - Allow whitespace around dialect name in cfg.xml
- * [NH-380] - Error with query after comitted transaction
- * [NH-385] - ADOException thrown instead of StaleObjectStateException when
- updating stale record
- * [NH-386] - Aliases generated for properties with initial underscores should
- NOT begin with an underscore
- * Using Expression.Eq on a many-to-one property now works again (it was broken
- by mistake in 1.0-rc1)
-
-Improvements:
- * [NH-329] - If unsaved-value for or is not specified,
- NHibernate will now try to guess it by instantiating an empty object and
- retrieving default property values from it (as Hibernate 3 does it).
- * The documentation has an "installer" to integrate it in VS .NET Help.
-
-Build 0.99.1.0 (1.0-rc1)
-========================
-
-Breaking changes to external API:
-- Updated to a newer version of Castle.DynamicProxy.
- WARNING: this new version has the same number (1.1.5.0) as the version used
- by the previous release of NHibernate, but the binaries are in fact
- different and the old 1.1.5.0 will not work with 1.0-rc1.
-- NHibernate no longer configures log4net internally. It is now up to the user
- to configure logging.
-- Accessing a disposed or closed ISession or ITransaction now causes
- an ObjectDisposedException. HibernateException or TransactionException could
- be thrown in this case before, such cases were also changed to
- throw ObjectDisposedException.
-- Renamed SQLExpression to SQLCriterion per Hibernate 2.1. Now, {alias} should
- be used instead of $alias in SQL criteria.
-- Unused constructors for some exceptions were removed.
-
-Breaking changes to NHibernate extension interfaces:
-- Renamed IClassPersister.IsDefaultVersion to IsUnsavedVersion. It now takes
- as argument an array of property values instead of an object.
-- Renamed IClassPersister.CurrentVersion to GetCurrentVersion to follow naming
- conventions closer.
-- Fixed MatchMode.Start and MatchMode.End for Like expressions, their meanings
- were reversed.
-- Dialect.AddIdentitySelectToInsert should now return null if the functionality
- is not supported, instead of throwing an exception.
-
-Bug fixes and enhancements:
-- Ported almost all remaining Hibernate 2.1 features to NHibernate:
- * subcriteria
- * meta attributes
- * optimistic-lock setting
- * query cache
- * select-before-update
- * batch lazy loading
- * dynamic components
- Missing features are Databinder, ScrollableResults and SchemaUpdate.
-- Allow serializing an unflushed session (NH-292, Yves Dierick).
-- Check that composite id classes override GetHashCode and Equals.
-- Throw QueryException when attempting to fetch multiple collections in
- a query.
-- Added a SectionHandler to allow using .cfg.xml syntax to configure NHibernate
- from App.config files. (This was already part of 0.9.1 release but was not
- announced in the release notes.)
-- Fixed bug when using joined-subclass with key-many-to-one (NH-369).
-- Added IType implementations and constants in NHibernateUtil for unsigned
- integer types.
-- Added index attribute for .
-- SchemaExport now generates SQL to create an index when index attribute is
- used on or .
-- SchemaExport will add an "if exists" clause to "drop table" statement,
- if supported by the dialect.
-- Heavy refactoring of the documentation; it now contains the documentation for
- NHibernate Contributions.
-- Fixed a bug when generating a TOP clause for MS SQL Server - the whole SQL
- string was being converted to lower case.
-
-Build 0.9.1.0
-========================
-- Fixed bug in limit clause generation on MySQL.
-- Fixed bug in Configuration.AddDocument.
-- Fixed not working with ints or shorts.
-- NHibernate now checks whether object identifier passed to its methods is of the right type.
-- Fixed bug with YesNo type generating CHAR(255) column, it now generates CHAR(1).
-- Implemented hibernate.show_sql feature, logging all SQL executed using NHibernate.SQL logger.
-
-Build 0.9.0.0
-========================
-- Added ISession.Clear().
-- Added configurable command timeout property (hibernate.command_timeout).
-- Added named SQL query support.
-- Allow to specify an isolation level when starting a transaction.
-- Upgraded Castle.DynamicProxy library to the latest version (1.1.5).
-- Upgraded log4net library to the latest version (1.2.9).
-- Fixed bug with Get/Load loading wrong subclasses because of class discriminant not being included in the generated query (Alexander Popov).
-- Fixed VersionNegative unsaved-value strategy not to treat 0 as the unsaved value.
-- Fixed bug in SchemaExport for a many-to-many relationship, it now generates a table with non-null columns and a primary key.
-- Added IncrementGenerator (Mark Holden).
-- Fixed bug with insert attribute not being declared in the schema and having a wrong default value.
-- Fixed bug in proxy Equals method always either returning true or failing with a NPE.
-- Changed LazyInitializer to match Hibernate 2.1, proxies now don't have their own special implementation of Equals and GetHashCode, either System.Object's or the real class methods are used instead.
-- Added more naming strategies (lower case, pascal-case underscored).
-- Fixed bug with custom access strategy not working for components.
-- Allow using structs (value types) as components.
-- Added ISession.Replicate().
-- Added support for using MS SQL TOP clause for paging (Yves Derrick).
-- Added persister attribute for collection mappings.
-- Fixed a NPE in Junction.ToString().
-- Disabled nullability checks when deleting an object.
-- Fixed SchemaExport not to generate duplicate foreign key constraints (this caused problems with Oracle).
-- Implemented Copy methods for various ITypes, so that SaveOrUpdateCopy actually works.
-- Changed visibility of CollectionEntry class to public to aid XML serializability of collections. It should not be expected to work in all cases since XML serialization has many limitations in .NET.
-- Several Oracle-related improvements.
-- More informative error message for a bad identifier generation strategy.
-- Fixed bug with SchemaExport ignoring foreign-key attribute sometimes.
-- Fixed bug with Get/Load not updating the internal nonExists collection of the session (Jerry Shea).
-- More informative error message for foreign key problems.
-- Throw a more informative exception when attempting to set the value of a non-existent query parameter.
-- Do not allow reconnecting a closed session.
-- More informative error message when executing ISession.Find("from NonexistentClass").
-- Added more information to the exception thrown when expected and actual row counts from a command do not match.
-- Remove underscores from the beginning of generated aliases for fields (Oracle cannot handle them).
-- Search the current AppDomain's bin directory for hibernate.cfg.xml, in addition to the application directory.
-- Added element as a synonym for .
-
-Build 0.8.4.0
-========================
-- Added limited support for storing an enum type using its string representation. See the documentation of EnumStringType and TypesTest\EnumStringTypeFixture.cs for an example.
-- Fixed bug with BatcherImpl cached commands being disposed. The caching functionality was removed.
-- Fixed bug when property paths were used in criteria queries and caused an exception.
-- Modified DB2Dialect, Oracle9Dialect and PostgreSQLDialect to use Int32 for limit and offset parameters.
-- Various code clean-ups and commenting.
-
-Build 0.8.3.0
-========================
-- Added name of Property to the PropertyNotFoundException message.
-- Fixed bug with that has a .
-- Fixed bug with extra "AND" being added to sql.
-- Fixed NullReferenceException that could occur in InstantiationException.
-- Improved efficiency of GuidCombGenerator (Marc C. Brooks).
-- Modified BinaryType to work with MySql's buggy version of GetBytes().
-
-Build 0.8.2.0
-========================
-- Fixed default value of "unsaved-value" for in xsd.
-- Fixed default value of "unsaved-value" for in xsd.
-- Modified "proxy" to use "namespace" and "assembly" from
-
-Build 0.8.1.0
-========================
-- Fixed bug with defaulting to "null" instead of "undefined".
-
-Build 0.8.0.0
-========================
-- Added "namespace" and "assembly" attributes to .
-- Added lazy="true" as short hand for proxy="full type name"
-- Added insert attribute to .
-- Added ability to set INamingStrategy on Configuration class.
-- Added property-ref attribute on and .
-- Added "foreign-key" attribute to , , , key allowing a different column to be the foreign key target
-- Added check attribute to column element.
-- Added element.
-- Added "unsaved-value" to / as DateTime can't support null, use 1/1/0001 to align with .NET default value for DateTime
-- Added SaveOrUpdateCopy() which allows synchronisation for detached objects
-- Added Expression.Example for Query By Example.
-- Added IDriver and Dialect for Sybase (Steve Corbin).
-- Added UniqueResult() to ICriteria and IQuery.
-- Added default value of hibernate.connection.driver_class to Dialect so most of the time this configuration is not needed.
-- Added SByteType to built in ITypes.
-- Fixed so that two queries are no longer issued when one side is null.
-- Fixed bug with ISet.AddAll(ICollection) not being implemented. (Bill Hawes)
-- Fixed bug with being initialized from Cache.
-- Fixed bug with hql "select new ClassName(...) from ..." where one parameter was an Enum. (Luca Altea)
-- Fixed bug in mapping that required type="full.name.of.enum" to be required instead of NH correctly inferring type. (Luca Altea)
-- Fixed bug with a decimal and unsaved-value.
-- Fixed problem with loading ADO.NET Data Providers from GAC.
-- Fixed issue with TableGenerator not disposing of IDbCommand.
-- Improved memory consumption of Configuration, smaller footprint and releases objects faster.
-- Improved nhibernate-mapping schema to more schema constructs instead of direct dtd port.
-- Improved message from NullableType when DataProvider can't cast the database value to .net class.
-- Modified to use "null" or "not null" as the value.
-- Modified Dialect to use Hibernate 2.1 methods.
-- Modified Expression to return ICriterion instead of Expression class. This will break existing code.
-- Modified nhibernate-configuration-2.0.xsd to not require .
-- Modified TestFixtures in NHibernate.Test to only execute create/drop ddl in the TestFixtureSetUp/TestFixtureTearDown.
-- Split QueryFunctionStandard into ISQLFunction interface and StandardSQLFunction.
-- Upgraded to nant-0.85-rc3 and nunit-2.2.0.
-
-Build 0.7.0.0
-========================
-- Renamed class NHibernate.NHibernate to NHibernate.NHibernateUtil. This will break alot of code if you were using ISession.Find with parameters - migrate to IQuery instead.
-- Fixed bug with DateTime type where any value less than 1/1/1753 was written to the database as null. If you were relying on this then the Nullables library in NHibernateContrib is the way to code null values for DateTime properties.
-- Added ISession.Get() as an alternative to ISession.Load() (Sergey Koshcheyev).
-- Added IDisposable to EnumerableImpl, ISession, ITransaction, IBatcher, and IConnectionProvider.
-- Added default value of hibernate.connection.driver_class to Dialects.
-- Added default value of hibernate.prepare_sql="false" to MsSql2000Dialect.
-- Added [ComVisible(false)] to NHibernate AssemblyInfo.
-- Added OracleDataClientDriver for Oracle.DataAccess assembly (James Mills).
-- Added IDriver and Dialect for SQLite (Ioan Bizau).
-- Fixed messages in exceptions from GetGetter and GetSetter in BasicPropertyAccessor and NoSetterAccessor.
-- Fixed problem of LazyInitializationException losing InnerException.
-- Fixed problem of Collections not always getting cached.
-- Fixed Id.TableGenerator so it works with Oracle.
-- Fixed problem with SequenceHiLoGenerator and converting to Int64 (Yves Dierick).
-- Fixed problem of some NHibernate Exceptions not being serializable.
-- Improved documentation in IQuery to explain how SetMaxResult is working.
-- Improved messages in Exceptions thrown by ISetter.
-- Improved messages in Exceptions for Persisters with problems parsing discriminator values.
-- Improved Configuration.AddAssembly() to process hbm.xml files with subclass/joined-subclass files using "extends" in correct order (Mark Traudt). Also added overload of AddAssembly(Assembly,bool) that can be used to skip ordering.
-- Many internal cleanups from FxCop reccommendations.
-- Modified ISession.Lock() to allow reassociating transient instances like hibernate 2.1 (Sergey Koshcheyev).
-- Modified Exception thrown by Preparer when the IDbCommand.Prepare() method fails to ADOException.
-- Modified SqlCommand.Parameter to be immutable.
-- Modified how constraints are generated to work with MySql 4.1 (Bill Hawes).
-- Modified Dialect to throw an ArgumentException when an unsupported DbType is used.
-- Modified constructors on NHibernate Collections to be internal instead of public.
-- Renamed Transaction to AdoTransaction.
-
-Build 0.6.0.0
-========================
-- Added support for proxy="" on classes. proxy="" must either specify an Interface or the properties that need to be proxied have to be virtual.
-- Added a configuration parameter "hibernate.prepare_sql" to turn on or off calls to IDbCommand.Prepare().
-- Added NHibernate Type for System.SByte. (Sergey Koshcheyev)
-- Added support for mapping subclasses and joined-subclasses in different files through addition of extends attribute. (Andrew Mayorov)
-- Added support for LIMIT to MySQLDialect. (Sergey Koshcheyev)
-- Improved error messages when IDbCommand and IDbConnection can't be found by the IDriver.
-- Improved error message when mapped class is missing a constructor with no args.
-- Fixed problem with spaces in sql generated from hql and MySql.
-- Fixed bug with Configuration when there is a class without a namespace.
-- Fixed bug with Sql generated for an IN clause that contains a class/subclass with a discriminator-value="null".
-- Fixed potential threading problem with QueryTranslator.
-- Modified logging in Transaction to not generate as many messages.
-- Modified how exceptions are rethrown so call stack of original exception is not lost.
-- Moved NHibernate.Tasks and NHibernate.Tool.hbm2net to the NHibernateContrib package.
-- Removed DbType {get;} from IUserType.
-
-Build 0.5.0.0
-========================
-- Added Iesi.Collections Library that contains an ISet. Code was taken from http://www.codeproject.com/csharp/sets.asp.
-- Fixed hbm2net problem with spaces in arguments. (Kevin Williams)
-- Added a NHibernateContrib project that contains Nullable Types for .net 1.1 designed for WinForm Databinding. (Donald Mull)
-- Added DB2Driver and DB2Dialect to core of NHibernate. (Martijn Boland)
-- Fixed IQuery.SetParameter() when the value is an Enum
-- Updated to latest MySql Data Provider and changed classes to MySqlDataDriver. Removed binaries from CVS since they are GPL now.
-- Isolated test and classes that use DbType.Time into their own fixtures. Data Drivers don't implement this consistently.
-- Fixed problem where HQL was not parsing Enums correctly. (Peter Smulovics)
-- Fixed Int16 not working as a Property.
-- Added CLSCompliantAttribute(true) attribute to NHibernate and Iesi.Collections.
-- Fixed how Exceptions are rethrown to not lose the stack trace.
-- Added more comments around ISession.Find and ISession.Enumerate to explain Cache usage.
-- Fixed bug with dynamic-update generating SQL for all properties. (Sergey Koshcheyev)
-- Add Clover.NET into NHibernate build process thanks to license donated by Cenqua (www.cenqua.com).
-- Modified TableGenerator to default first id to "1" instead of "0" to work better with unsaved-value. (Karl Andersson)
-
-Alpha Build 0.4.0.0
-========================
-- Started work on documentation.
-- Improved Cache to use pluggable CacheProviders like Hibernate 2.1. (Kevin Williams)
-- Removed properties UseScrollableResults, BatchSize, and FetchSize - not applicable to ADO.NET.
-- Fixed problem with object not getting removed from Cache when Evicted from Session.
-- Added to MySqlDialect a mapping from DbType.Guid to varchar(40) for schema-export. (Thomas Kock)
-- Added lowercase-underscore naming strategy. (Corey Behrends)
-- Fixed bug with access="field" and no type="" attribute causing Exception in ReflectHelper.
-- Removed IVersionType implementation from TimeType and DateType.
-- Moved Eg namespace from NHibernate core to NHibernate.Eg project.
-- Added guid.comb id generator. (Donald Mull)
-- Added ability to configure with a cfg.xml embedded as a resource in an assembly (Thomas Kock)
-- Fixed PostgreSQLDialect binding of Limit Parameters. (Martijn Boland)
-- Began restructure of lib folder to support net-1.0, net-1.1, net-2.0, and mono-1.0 in build. Still only 'officially' supports net-1.1.
-
-Alpha Build 0.3.0.0
-========================
-- Removed property AdoTransaction from Transaction.
-- Added MsSql7Dialect.
-- Added PostgreSQL Driver and Dialect (Oliver Weichhold & Martijn Boland).
-- Fixed bug with Expression.Ge() not returning correct Expression.
-- PersistentCollection now implements ICollection (Donald Mull).
-- BatcherImpl and PreparerImpl were combined and code cleaned up thanks to problems found when using Ngpsql (Martijn Boland).
-- ITransaction is now responsible for joining IDbCommand to IDbTransaction instead of IBatcher - if applicable.
-- Modified code to help improve performance of Drivers that don't support multiple Open DataReaders on a single IDbConnection.
-- Fixed bug with hbm2net and VelocityRenderer throwing Exception (Carlos Guzmán Álvarez & Peter Smulovics).
-- Clean up of hbm2net (Peter Smulovics).
-- Modified internals of AbstractEntityPersister to help with buiding on Mono (Oliver Weichhold).
-- Renamed nhibernate.build to NHibernate.build to help with building on Mono (Oliver Weichhold).
-- Removed Dialect.GetLimitString(string) should use Dialect.GetLimitString(SqlString) instead.
-- SqlStringBuilders were modified to set an initial capacity for the ArrayList.
-- Added properties to SqlString to help with SqlStringBuilders and Hql.
-- Marked Exceptions as [Serializable].
-- Fixed bug with Hql not being able to use a constant in an imported or mapped Class.
-- DateTimeType.DeepCopyNotNull() cleaned up (Mark Traudt).
-- Added VersionProperty to IClassMetadata.
-- Renamed PrimitiveType to ValueTypeType to be more .net style consistent and fixed them up so they inherit from the appropriate class.
-- Fixed bug with caching an ObjectType.
-- Much code cleaned up for FxCop (Peter Smulovics).
-- Fixed bug with , doing an Add, and then a Flush() resulting in the entity in there twice.
-
-Alpha Build 0.2.0.0
-========================
-- Removed support for mapping since it doesn't exist in .net.
-- Fixed bug in nhibernate.build file when not signing NHibernate.dll.
-- Fixed bug with Hql and SetParameter() where there were 2 parameters with same name.
-- Fixed bug with Hql and "IN (:namedParam)".
-- Fixed bug with Hql and multi column IType.
-- Fixed bug with Hql and scalar queries
-- Fixed bug with NullReferenceException and TypeType class.
-- ISession.Filter() is now working.
-- Compiled Queries and Filters are now cached.
-- Refactored Hql to use a SqlString instead of string containing sql.
-- Dialect has had public API changed because of Sql to SqlCommand refactoring.
-- IPreparer has had methods removed from public API.
-- type="System.Object" no longer matches to SerializableType - instead it matches to ObjectType. Use type="Serializable" instead.
-- Added "access" attribute for NHibernate to get to fields and properties with no setters. See NHibernate.Property.PropertyAccessorFactory for all valid value types and how to plug in your own implementation of IPropertyAccessor.
-- Added Types to read BLOB/CLOB columns to a byte[]/string Property.
-- Modified Expression.Sql() to require use of SqlString if parameters are used.
-- TypeFactory was modified to allow the attribute "type" to be the Assembly Qualified Name, Full Name, NHibernate IType.Name, or Hibernate name to help with porting hibernate hbm.xml files and Net2Hbm that John is writing.
-- hibernate.connection.isolation configuration now affects the IDbTransaction's IsolationLevel, it is parsed as the name value of the IsolationLevel enum - "Chaos", "ReadCommitted", "ReadUncommitted", "RepeatableRead", "Serializable", and "Unspecified".
-- ICriteria.SetMaxResults() is now working.
-- IQuery.SetMaxResults().Enumerable() is now working.
-- Modifed Test Fixtures to help isolate problems caused by DataProviders.
-
-PreAlpha Build 0.1.0.0
-========================
-- NHibernate and HashCodeProvider are now strong named assemblies. The key used to sign the assemblies is not in CVS.
-- Many more Tests implemented.
-- Added Examples into CVS and zip.
-- ConnectionProvider uses settings passed to it by ConnectionProviderFactory instead of default settings.
-- Hbm2Net moved from NHibernate folder to its own folder and NAnt Tasks for it contributed by Kevin Williams.
-- Adding properties to Cfg instead of using app.config/web.config or cfg.xml now supported.
-- In cfg.xml, an assembly where the resource can be found is now needed - ie: .
-- nhibernate-configuration-2.0.xsd schema was updated to .net friendly names and all cfg.xml files are now validated.
-- Fixed bug with classes having dynamic-insert and dynamic-update causing IndexOutOfRangeExceptions.
-- Modified length of string for CultureInfoType.
-- Added Firebird fixes contributed by Carlos Guzmán Álvarez.
-- Changed TimestampType.Set to behaive like hibernate. Will not write a null value anymore - instead replaces it with DateTime.Now.
-- Removed IVersionType interface from DecimalType.
-- Add PropertyExpressions contributed by Carlos Guzmán Álvarez.
-- Fixed bug with referencing joined classes properties in hql.
-- Fixed IndexOutOfRangeException with NormalizedEntityPersister for versioned entities.
-- Added ObjectType to TypeFactory and NHibernate.
-- Fixed problem with hql subselects referencing a class in main query.
-- Limited support for Serializing a Session. Sometimes a Refresh() is needed after Deserialization.
-- Fixed bug with sending a one-to-many collection to be updated that involves inserting a new row.
-
-PreAlpha Build 6
-========================
-- Fixed Configuration so app.config/web.config behaives like hibernate.properties and a hibernate.cfg.xml. Settings in app.confg/web.config are no longer required if a cfg.xml file is used.
-- Dialects now set default values for outer joins.
-- Fixed bug in ArrayHolder with null elements.
-- Added IDisposable to ISession
-- Fixed bug with lazy loaded SortedSet during Flush().
-- Fixed problem with Loading using LockModes because of missing columns with Forumlas.
-- Added SetAnsiString to IQuery
-- Fixed bug with IDbCommands used in a Session that is Disconnected and Reconnected not being associated with the correct IDbTransaction.
-- Driver can disable calls to IDbCommand.Prepare() for Data Providers that don't support it.
-- Removed requirement to set length with type attribute - ie, can use type="String" instead of type="String(50)".
-- schema-export now functions just like it does with hibernate 2.0.3
-- Converting a SqlString to an IDbCommand is now a Driver specific function because different Driver's have different requirements for IDbCommands.
-- Added HashCodeProvider.dll to remove problems with RuntimeHelpers.GetHashCode causing MissingMethodException with App Domain reloading with ASP.NET and NUnit.
-
-PreAlpha Build 5
-========================
-- Added check in Configuration for 1.1 version of runtime.
-- Removed reference in NHibernate.csproj to nunit.framework.dll.
-- Fixed update="true" when values different than insert attribute.
-- Enumerable with HQL now works with multiple results.
-- Fixed NullReferenceException in EvictCollections.
-- Fixed bug with lazy loaded sorted collections not loading correctly.
-- Fixed problem with cascading deletes causing OutOfMemoryException.
-- Implemented more TestFixtures.
-
-PreAlpha Build 4
-========================
-- Implemented most DomainModel classes and hbms for testing
-- Implemented more TestFixtures (both migrated and new)
-- Added Oracle Dialects and Drivers (thanks to feilng for contributing those!)
-- Modified classes in Type namespace to support reading values from Oracle Driver
-- Added DotNetMock.dll to NHibernate.Test assembly to help with testing Type namesapce
-- Fixed parameter parsing so both Named Params (:name) and ? can be used in HQL
-- Fixed problem with joins in HQL
-- Fixed problem with , , and where lazy="true"
-- Fixed problem with being bound to a Bag instead of IdentifierBag
-- Fixed problem with CollectionPersister.WriteRowSelect and IdentifierBags
-- Fixed problem with when a null value was in the array
-- Fixed problem with sending an unneeded Update before a Delete
-- Fixed problem with null aliases and Parameter.Equals()
-- Cleaned up HQL parsing so it internally throws fewer exceptions
-- ConnectionProvider's now provide internal IDbConnection cache like h2.0.3 - not on by default
-- Fixed problem with StringHelper.Replace being passed a null template
-- is now supported
-- is now supported
-- read only and a read-write can now refer to the same column without problems.
-- changed value of Dialect.SupportForUpdateOf to false, like h2.0.3 has it
-- Id generation strategies that use TableGenerator now work for all Drivers
-- Modified IdentityMap to use SequencedHashMap instead of ListDictionary (thanks to feling for finding the performance problems that ListDictionary was causing)
-- Fixed problem with Expresion.Juction.GetTypedValues() not returning correct TypedValue[]
-
-
-PreAlpha Build 3
-========================
-- Synched Cache Namespace with cache package in H2.0.3
-- Synched CollectionPersister with H2.0.3
-- Synched Config Namespace with config package in H2.0.3.
-- Synched Cascade strategies with H2.0.3
-- Synched Dialect Namespace with dialect package in H2.0.3
-- Started HQL Namespace synch with hql package in H2.0.3. There are still some issues in there.
-- Synched Id Namespace with id package in H2.0.3
-- Synched Mapping namespace with mapping package in H2.0.3.
-- Added ForUpdateFragment
-- hbm2net created.
-- Added AnsiStringType.
-- Added GuidType.
-- Fixed problem with IdentityMap that caused to not work.
-- Added support for and mappings.
-- Implemented sorted collections.
-- Build files rewritten.
-- MsSql Dialect now issues one statement to Insert and retrieve identity value.
-- Fixed a bug with
-- Implemented SqlExpression for Criteria queries.
-- Initial fix of Multiple IDataReaders being opened with Entities that contain mappings.
-- Fixed problems with Alias and Ms Sql Server.
-
-PreAlpha Build 2
-========================
-- Continued to synchronize NHibernate with Hibernate 2.0.3's features.
-- Modifed BooleanType to use GetBoolean instead of GetByte
-- Modified MsSqlServer2000Dialect to maps a BooleanSqlType to a bit column type.
-- Fixed bug with IdentityMap that caused problems with Session.Flush() loading lazy collections
-- Added TicksType to TypeFactory
-- Fixed bug with SchemaExport committing a non existing IDbTransaction
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net461/NHibernate.dll b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net461/NHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index c1488b968..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net461/NHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net48/NHibernate.dll b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net48/NHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e396f478..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net48/NHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net6.0/NHibernate.dll b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net6.0/NHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index b6f0976a7..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net6.0/NHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net6.0/NHibernate.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net6.0/NHibernate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c17d26120..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/net6.0/NHibernate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59983 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- NHibernate
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of BulkOperationCleanupAction.
-
-
-
-
- Create an action that will evict collection and entity regions based on queryspaces (table names).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Any action relating to insert/update/delete of a collection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that is responsible for the persisting the Collection.
- The Persistent collection.
- The identifier of the Collection.
- The that the Action is occurring in.
-
-
-
- What spaces (tables) are affected by this action?
-
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
-
-
- Execute this action
-
-
-
- Compares the current object with another object of the same type.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the other parameter.Zero This object is equal to other. Greater than zero This object is greater than other.
-
- An object to compare with this object.
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Execute this action
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Execute this action
-
- This method is called when a new non-null collection is persisted
- or when an existing (non-null) collection is moved to a new owner
-
-
-
- Execute this action
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is called when a new non-null collection is persisted
- or when an existing (non-null) collection is moved to a new owner
-
-
-
-
- Removes a persistent collection from its loaded owner.
-
- The collection to to remove; must be non-null
- The collection's persister
- The collection key
- Indicates if the snapshot is empty
- The session
- Use this constructor when the collection is non-null.
-
-
-
- Removes a persistent collection from a specified owner.
-
- The collection's owner; must be non-null
- The collection's persister
- The collection key
- Indicates if the snapshot is empty
- The session
- Use this constructor when the collection to be removed has not been loaded.
-
-
-
- Acts as a stand-in for an entity identifier which is supposed to be
- generated on insert (like an IDENTITY column), when an entity is Persist ed.
- Save still performs the insert.
-
-
- The stand-in is only used within the
- in order to distinguish one instance from another; it is never injected into
- the entity instance or returned to the client.
-
-
-
-
- The actual identifier value that has been generated.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for actions relating to insert/update/delete of an entity
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an action.
-
- The session from which this action is coming.
- The id of the entity
- The entity instance
- The entity persister
-
-
-
- Entity name accessor
-
-
-
-
- Entity Id accessor
-
-
-
-
- Entity Instance
-
-
-
-
- Session from which this action originated
-
-
-
-
- The entity persister.
-
-
-
-
- Contract representing some process that needs to occur during after transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here after completion of the transaction.
-
- Did the transaction complete successfully? True means it did.
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here after completion of the transaction.
-
- Did the transaction complete successfully? True means it did.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- An extension to which allows async cleanup operations to be
- scheduled on transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- Get the before-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
-
- Get the after-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
-
- Contract representing some process that needs to occur during before transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here before completion of the transaction.
-
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here before completion of the transaction.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The query cache spaces (tables) which are affected by this action.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate representing some process that needs to occur before transaction completion.
-
-
- NH specific: C# does not support dynamic interface proxies so a delegate is used in
- place of the Hibernate interface (see Action/BeforeTransactionCompletionProcess). The
- delegate omits the parameter as it is not used.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate representing some process that needs to occur after transaction completion.
-
- Did the transaction complete successfully? True means it did.
-
- NH specific: C# does not support dynamic interface proxies so a delegate is used in
- place of the Hibernate interface (see Action/AfterTransactionCompletionProcess). The
- delegate omits the parameter as it is not used.
-
-
-
-
- An operation which may be scheduled for later execution.
- Usually, the operation is a database insert/update/delete,
- together with required second-level cache management.
-
-
-
-
- What spaces (tables) are affected by this action?
-
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
-
-
- Execute this action
-
-
-
- Get the before-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
-
- Get the after-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Execute this action
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Wraps exceptions that occur during ADO.NET calls.
-
-
- Exceptions thrown by various ADO.NET providers are not derived from
- a common base class (SQLException in Java), so
- is used instead in NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Manages prepared statements and batching. Class exists to enforce separation of concerns
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The owning this batcher.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current that is contained for this Batch
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Gets the current that is contained for this Batch
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Gets the current parameters that are contained for this Batch
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Prepares the for execution in the database.
-
-
- This takes care of hooking the up to an
- and if one exists. It will call Prepare if the Driver
- supports preparing commands.
-
-
-
-
- Ensures that the Driver's rules for Multiple Open DataReaders are being followed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the batch, this can change dynamically by
- calling the session's SetBatchSize.
-
- The size of the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds the expected row count into the batch.
-
- The number of rows expected to be affected by the query.
-
- If Batching is not supported, then this is when the Command should be executed. If Batching
- is supported then it should hold of on executing the batch until explicitly told to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the the Batcher was
- created in.
-
-
- The the Batcher was
- created in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the for this batcher.
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Dispose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this BatcherImpl is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- If this BatcherImpl is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this BatcherImpl back to life.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the for execution in the database.
-
-
- This takes care of hooking the up to an
- and if one exists. It will call Prepare if the Driver
- supports preparing commands.
-
-
-
-
- Ensures that the Driver's rules for Multiple Open DataReaders are being followed.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Adds the expected row count into the batch.
-
- The number of rows expected to be affected by the query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If Batching is not supported, then this is when the Command should be executed. If Batching
- is supported then it should hold of on executing the batch until explicitly told to.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ColumnNameCache. Thread safe.
-
-
-
- Manages the database connection and transaction for an .
-
-
- This class corresponds to LogicalConnectionImplementor and JdbcCoordinator
- in Hibernate, combined.
-
-
-
-
- The session responsible for the lifecycle of the connection manager.
-
-
-
-
- The sessions using the connection manager of the session responsible for it.
-
-
-
-
- when the connection manager is being used from system transaction completion events,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Get a new opened connection. The caller is responsible for closing it.
-
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- Get the managed connection.
-
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- The current transaction if any is ongoing, else .
-
-
-
- The batcher managed by this ConnectionManager.
-
-
-
- Enlist a command in the current transaction, if any.
-
- The command to enlist.
-
-
-
- Enlist the connection into provided transaction if the connection should be enlisted.
- Do nothing in case an explicit transaction is ongoing.
-
- The transaction in which the connection should be enlisted.
-
-
-
- Get a new opened connection. The caller is responsible for closing it.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- Get the managed connection.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- A wrapper that implements the required members.
-
-
-
-
- The wrapped command.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic batcher that will batch UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE commands by concatenating them with a semicolon.
- Use this batcher only if there are no dedicated batchers in the given environment. Unfortunately some
- database clients do not support concatenating commands with a semicolon. Here are the known clients
- that do not work with this batcher:
- - FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient
- - Oracle.ManagedDataAccess
- - System.Data.SqlServerCe
- - Sap.Data.Hana
-
-
-
-
- DML batcher for HANA.
- By Jonathan Bregler
-
-
-
- Factory for instances.
-
-
-
- Provides a default class.
-
-
- This interface allows to specify a default for a specific
- . The configuration setting
- takes precedence over BatcherFactoryClass .
-
-
-
-
- The class type.
-
-
-
-
- Expected row count. Valid only for batchable expectations.
-
-
-
-
- Supports adjusting a according to a and
- the parameter's value. An may implement this interface.
-
-
-
-
- Adjust the provided parameter according to its and
- .
-
- The parameter to adjust.
- The parameter's .
- The parameter's value.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the
- interface that does no batching.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The for this batcher.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the current and compares the row Count
- to the expectedRowCount .
-
-
- The expected number of rows affected by the query. A value of less than 0
- indicates that the number of rows to expect is unknown or should not be a factor.
-
-
- Thrown when there is an expected number of rows to be affected and the
- actual number of rows is different.
-
-
-
-
- This Batcher implementation does not support batching so this is a no-op call. The
- actual execution of the is run in the AddToBatch
- method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the current and compares the row Count
- to the expectedRowCount .
-
-
- The expected number of rows affected by the query. A value of less than 0
- indicates that the number of rows to expect is unknown or should not be a factor.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown when there is an expected number of rows to be affected and the
- actual number of rows is different.
-
-
-
-
- This Batcher implementation does not support batching so this is a no-op call. The
- actual execution of the is run in the AddToBatch
- method.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- A BatcherFactory implementation which constructs Batcher instances
- that do not perform batch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for OracleDataClientBatchingBatcher.
- By Tomer Avissar
-
-
-
-
- A ResultSet delegate, responsible for locally caching the columnName-to-columnIndex
- resolution that has been found to be inefficient in a few vendor's drivers (i.e., Oracle
- and Postgres).
-
-
-
-
- Format an SQL statement using simple rules:
- a) Insert newline after each comma;
- b) Indent three spaces after each inserted newline;
- If the statement contains single/double quotes return unchanged,
- it is too complex and could be broken by simple formatting.
-
-
-
- Represents the the understood types or styles of formatting.
-
-
- Centralize logging handling for SQL statements.
-
-
- Constructs a new SqlStatementLogger instance.
-
-
- Constructs a new SqlStatementLogger instance.
- Should we log to STDOUT in addition to our internal logger.
- Should we format SQL ('prettify') prior to logging.
-
-
- Log a DbCommand.
- Title
- The SQL statement.
- The requested formatting style.
-
-
- Log a DbCommand.
- The SQL statement.
- The requested formatting style.
-
-
-
- Indicates failure of an assertion: a possible bug in NHibernate
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- An abstract batch used for implementing a batch operation of .
-
-
-
-
- An abstract batch used for implementing a batch operation of .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for letting implementors define a caching algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- All implementations must be threadsafe.
-
-
- The key is the identifier of the object that is being cached. The key is in most cases
- a .
-
-
- The value can be a , a ,
- a , an or
- implementation, all containing simple values or array of
- simple values. It can also be directly a simple value or an array of simple values.
- And it can be a containing any of the previous types, or
- a .
-
-
- All those types are binary serializable.
-
-
- This base class provides minimal async method implementations delegating their work to their
- synchronous counterparts. Override them for supplying actual async operations.
-
-
- Similarly, this base class provides minimal multiple get/put/lock/unlock implementations
- delegating their work to their single operation counterparts. Override them if your cache
- implementation supports multiple operations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys to be retrieved from the cache.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
- As all other Many method, its default implementation just falls back on calling
- the single operation method in a loop. Cache providers should override it with an actual multiple
- implementation if they can support it.
- Additionally, if overriding GetMany , consider overriding also
- .
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Lock the items from being concurrently changed.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A lock object to use for unlocking the items. Can be .
- The implementation is allowed to do nothing for non-clustered cache.
-
-
-
- Unlock the items that were previously locked.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the items, as received from .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The implementation should do nothing if own implementation does nothing.
-
-
-
- A reasonable "lock timeout".
-
-
-
-
- The name of the cache region.
-
-
-
-
- Should batched get operations be preferred other single get calls?
-
-
-
- implementation always yield false , override it if required.
-
-
- This property should yield if delegates
- its implementation to .
-
-
- When , NHibernate will attempt to get other non initialized proxies or
- collections from the cache instead of only getting the proxy or collection which initialization
- is asked for. If this cache implementation does not benefit from batching together get operations,
- this may result in a performance loss.
-
-
- When , NHibernate will still call when it has many
- gets to perform. Its default implementation is adequate for this case.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
- The cached item.
-
-
-
- Put the item into the cache.
-
- The item key.
- The item.
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Clean up.
-
-
-
-
- Lock the item from being concurrently changed.
-
- The item key.
- A lock object to use for unlocking the item. Can be .
- The implementation is allowed to do nothing for non-clustered cache.
-
-
-
- Unlock an item which was previously locked.
-
- The item key.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the item, as received from .
- The implementation should do nothing if own implementation does nothing.
-
-
-
- Generate a timestamp.
-
- A timestamp.
-
-
-
- Get multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys to be retrieved from the cache.
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
- As all other Many method, its default implementation just falls back on calling
- the single operation method in a loop. Cache providers should override it with an actual multiple
- implementation if they can support it.
- Additionally, if overriding GetMany , consider overriding also
- .
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
-
-
-
- Lock the items from being concurrently changed.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A lock object to use for unlocking the items. Can be .
- The implementation is allowed to do nothing for non-clustered cache.
-
-
-
- Unlock the items that were previously locked.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the items, as received from .
- The implementation should do nothing if own implementation does nothing.
-
-
-
- Get the item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The cached item.
-
-
-
- Put the item into the cache.
-
- The item key.
- The item.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, lock the item.
-
- The item key.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- A lock object to use for unlocking the key. Can be .
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, unlock the item.
-
- The item key.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the key, as received from .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- A batcher for batching operations of .
-
-
-
-
- Executes the pending batches.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Adds a put operation to the batch.
-
- The entity persister.
- The data to put in the cache.
-
-
-
- Adds a put operation to the batch.
-
- The collection persister.
- The data to put in the cache.
-
-
-
- Executes the pending batches.
-
-
-
-
- Cleans up the current batch.
-
-
-
-
- A batch for batching the operation.
-
-
-
-
- A cached instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Used by
-
-
-
-
- A simple -based cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementors manage transactional access to cached data.
-
-
-
- Transactions pass in a timestamp indicating transaction start time.
-
-
- When used to cache entities and collections the key is the identifier of the
- entity/collection and the value should be set to the
- for an entity and the results of
- for a collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache items, after loading them from the database.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the items.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers.
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of boolean indicating if each item was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache items, after loading them from the database.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the items.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers.
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- An array of boolean indicating if each item was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Implementors define a caching algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- All implementations must be threadsafe.
-
-
- The key is the identifier of the object that is being cached and the
- value is a .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the object from the Cache
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the Cache.
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to remove.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Clear the Cache
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, lock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to lock.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, unlock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to unlock.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Get the object from the Cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the Cache.
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to remove.
-
-
-
-
- Clear the Cache
-
-
-
-
-
- Clean up.
-
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, lock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to lock.
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, unlock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to unlock.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a timestamp
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a reasonable "lock timeout"
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the cache region
-
-
-
-
- Implementors manage transactional access to cached data.
-
-
-
- Transactions pass in a timestamp indicating transaction start time.
-
-
- When used to cache entities and collections the key is the identifier of the
- entity/collection and the value should be set to the
- for an entity and the results of
- for a collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve an object from the Cache
-
- The key (id) of the object to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached object or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache an object, after loading from the database
-
- The key (id) of the object to put in the Cache.
- The value
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- the version number of the object we are putting
- a Comparer to be used to compare version numbers
- indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the object was successfully cached
-
-
-
-
- We are going to attempt to update/delete the keyed object
-
- The key
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has become stale (before the transaction completes).
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (before the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Evict().
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called when we have finished the attempted update/delete (which may or
- may not have been successful), after transaction completion.
-
- The key
- The soft lock
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (after the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Release().
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been inserted (after the transaction completes), instead of calling release().
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Evict an item from the cache immediately (without regard for transaction isolation).
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Evict all items from the cache immediately.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve an object from the Cache
-
- The key (id) of the object to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- The cached object or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache an object, after loading from the database
-
- The key (id) of the object to put in the Cache.
- The value
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- the version number of the object we are putting
- a Comparer to be used to compare version numbers
- indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached
- if the object was successfully cached
-
-
-
-
- We are going to attempt to update/delete the keyed object
-
- The key
-
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has become stale (before the transaction completes).
-
-
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (before the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Evict().
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been inserted (before the transaction completes), instead of calling Evict().
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called when we have finished the attempted update/delete (which may or
- may not have been successful), after transaction completion.
-
- The key
- The soft lock
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (after the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Release().
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been inserted (after the transaction completes), instead of calling release().
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Evict an item from the cache immediately (without regard for transaction isolation).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict all items from the cache immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clean up resources.
-
-
-
- This method should not destroy . The session factory is responsible for it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for this strategy to use.
-
- The for this strategy to use.
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple objects from the Cache
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of cached objects or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to put in the Cache.
- The objects to put in the cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the objects we are putting.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the objects were successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple objects from the Cache
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- An array of cached objects or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to put in the Cache.
- The objects to put in the cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the objects we are putting.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- if the objects were successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for caches capable of storing query results. These
- caches should only concern themselves with storing the matching result ids
- of entities.
- The transactional semantics are necessarily less strict than the semantics
- of an item cache.
- should also be implemented for
- compatibility with future versions.
-
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
-
- The cache region.
-
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Clean up resources.
-
-
- This method should not destroy . The session factory is responsible for it.
-
-
-
-
- Transitional interface for .
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Caches data that is sometimes updated without ever locking the cache.
- If concurrent access to an item is possible, this concurrency strategy
- makes no guarantee that the item returned from the cache is the latest
- version available in the database. Configure your cache timeout accordingly!
- This is an "asynchronous" concurrency strategy.
- for a much stricter algorithm
-
-
-
-
- Get the most recent version, if available.
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Add an item to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Get the most recent version, if available.
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Add an item to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Caches data that is never updated
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Caches data that is sometimes updated while maintaining the semantics of
- "read committed" isolation level. If the database is set to "repeatable
- read", this concurrency strategy almost maintains the semantics.
- Repeatable read isolation is compromised in the case of concurrent writes.
- This is an "asynchronous" concurrency strategy.
-
-
- If this strategy is used in a cluster, the underlying cache implementation
- must support distributed hard locks (which are held only momentarily). This
- strategy also assumes that the underlying cache implementation does not do
- asynchronous replication and that state has been fully replicated as soon
- as the lock is released.
- for a faster algorithm
-
-
-
-
-
- Do not return an item whose timestamp is later than the current
- transaction timestamp. (Otherwise we might compromise repeatable
- read unnecessarily.) Do not return an item which is soft-locked.
- Always go straight to the database instead.
-
-
- Note that since reading an item from that cache does not actually
- go to the database, it is possible to see a kind of phantom read
- due to the underlying row being updated after we have read it
- from the cache. This would not be possible in a lock-based
- implementation of repeatable read isolation. It is also possible
- to overwrite changes made and committed by another transaction
- after the current transaction read the item from the cache. This
- problem would be caught by the update-time version-checking, if
- the data is versioned or timestamped.
-
-
-
-
- Stop any other transactions reading or writing this item to/from
- the cache. Send them straight to the database instead. (The lock
- does time out eventually.) This implementation tracks concurrent
- locks by transactions which simultaneously attempt to write to an
- item.
-
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the items were actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the item was actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- decrement a lock and put it back in the cache
-
-
-
-
- Re-cache the updated state, if and only if there there are
- no other concurrent soft locks. Release our lock.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an id for a new lock. Uniqueness per cache instance is very
- desirable but not absolutely critical. Must be called from one of the
- synchronized methods of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Do not return an item whose timestamp is later than the current
- transaction timestamp. (Otherwise we might compromise repeatable
- read unnecessarily.) Do not return an item which is soft-locked.
- Always go straight to the database instead.
-
-
- Note that since reading an item from that cache does not actually
- go to the database, it is possible to see a kind of phantom read
- due to the underlying row being updated after we have read it
- from the cache. This would not be possible in a lock-based
- implementation of repeatable read isolation. It is also possible
- to overwrite changes made and committed by another transaction
- after the current transaction read the item from the cache. This
- problem would be caught by the update-time version-checking, if
- the data is versioned or timestamped.
-
-
-
-
- Stop any other transactions reading or writing this item to/from
- the cache. Send them straight to the database instead. (The lock
- does time out eventually.) This implementation tracks concurrent
- locks by transactions which simultaneously attempt to write to an
- item.
-
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the items were actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the item was actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- decrement a lock and put it back in the cache
-
-
-
-
- Re-cache the updated state, if and only if there there are
- no other concurrent soft locks. Release our lock.
-
-
-
-
- Is the client's lock commensurate with the item in the cache?
- If it is not, we know that the cache expired the original
- lock.
-
-
-
-
- The standard implementation of the Hibernate
- interface. This implementation is very good at recognizing stale query
- results and re-running queries when it detects this condition, recaching
- the new results.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Build a query cache.
-
- The cache of updates timestamps.
- The to use for the region.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Tracks the timestamps of the most recent updates to particular tables. It is
- important that the cache timeout of the underlying cache implementation be set
- to a higher value than the timeouts of any of the query caches. In fact, we
- recommend that the the underlying cache not be configured for expiry at all.
- Note, in particular, that an LRU cache expiry policy is never appropriate.
-
-
-
-
- Build the update timestamps cache.
- x
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Marker interface, denoting a client-visible "soft lock" on a cached item.
-
-
-
-
- An item of cached data, timestamped with the time it was cached, when it was locked,
- when it was unlocked
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp on the cached data
-
-
-
-
- The actual cached data
-
-
-
-
- The version of the cached data
-
-
-
-
- Lock the item
-
-
-
-
- Not a lock!
-
-
-
-
- Is this item visible to the timestamped transaction?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Don't overwrite already cached items
-
-
-
-
- Represents any exception from an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Factory class for creating an .
-
-
-
-
- No providers implement transactional caching currently,
- it was ported from Hibernate just for the sake of completeness.
-
-
-
-
- Never interact with second level cache or UpdateTimestampsCache.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an from the parameters.
-
- The name of the strategy that should use for the class.
- The name of the class the strategy is being created for.
- if the object being stored in the cache is mutable.
- Used to retrieve the global cache region prefix.
- Properties the cache provider can use to configure the cache.
- An to use for this object in the .
-
-
-
- Creates an from the parameters.
-
- The name of the strategy that should use for the class.
- The used for this strategy.
- An to use for this object in the .
-
-
-
- Creates an from the parameters.
-
- The name of the strategy that should use for the class.
- The used for this strategy.
- NHibernate settings
- An to use for this object in the .
-
-
-
- Allows multiple entity classes / collection roles to be
- stored in the same cache region. Also allows for composite
- keys which do not properly implement equals()/hashCode().
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new key for a collection or entity instance.
- Note that an entity name should always be the root entity
- name, not a subclass entity name.
-
- The identifier associated with the cached data
- The Hibernate type mapping
- The entity or collection-role name.
- The session factory for which we are caching
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A soft lock which supports concurrent locking,
- timestamped with the time it was released
-
-
- This class was named Lock in H2.1
-
-
-
-
- Increment the lock, setting the
- new lock timeout
-
-
-
-
- Decrement the lock, setting the unlock
- timestamp if now unlocked
-
-
-
-
-
- Can the timestamped transaction re-cache this
- locked item now?
-
-
-
-
- Can the timestamped transaction re-cache this
- locked item now?
-
-
-
-
- Was this lock held concurrently by multiple
- transactions?
-
-
-
-
- Yes, this is a lock
-
-
-
-
- locks are not returned to the client!
-
-
-
-
- The data used to put a value to the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Cache Provider plugin for NHibernate that is configured by using
- cache.provider_class="NHibernate.Cache.HashtableCacheProvider"
-
-
-
-
- Implementors provide a locking mechanism for the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Acquire synchronously a read lock.
-
- A read lock.
-
-
-
- Acquire synchronously a write lock.
-
- A write lock.
-
-
-
- Acquire asynchronously a read lock.
-
- A read lock.
-
-
-
- Acquire asynchronously a write lock.
-
- A write lock.
-
-
-
- Define a factory for cache locks.
-
-
-
-
- Create a cache lock provider.
-
-
-
-
- Support for pluggable caches
-
-
-
-
- Build a cache.
-
- The name of the cache region.
- Configuration settings.
- A cache.
-
-
-
- generate a timestamp
-
-
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary initialization of the underlying cache implementation
- during ISessionFactory construction.
-
- current configuration settings
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary cleanup of the underlying cache implementation
- during .
-
-
-
-
- Contract for sources of optimistically lockable data sent to the second level cache.
-
-
- Note currently EntityPersisters are
- the only viable source.
-
-
-
-
- Does this source represent versioned (i.e., and thus optimistically lockable) data?
-
- True if this source represents versioned data; false otherwise.
-
-
- Get the comparator used to compare two different version values together.
- An appropriate comparator.
-
-
-
- Defines a factory for query cache instances. These factories are responsible for
- creating individual QueryCache instances.
-
-
-
-
- Build a query cache.
-
- The query cache factory.
- The cache of updates timestamps.
- The NHibernate settings properties.
- The to use for the region.
- A query cache. null if does not implement a
- public IQueryCache GetQueryCache(UpdateTimestampsCache, IDictionary<string, string> props, CacheBase)
- method.
-
-
-
- A cache provider placeholder used when caching is disabled.
-
-
-
-
- Configure the cache
-
- the name of the cache region
- configuration settings
-
-
-
-
- Generate a timestamp
-
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary initialization of the underlying cache implementation during SessionFactory
- construction.
-
- current configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary cleanup of the underlying cache implementation during SessionFactory.close().
-
-
-
-
- A builder that builds a list from a query that can be passed to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- the session factory for this query key, required to get the identifiers of entities that are used as values.
- The query string.
- The query parameters.
- The filters.
- The result transformer; should be null if data is not transformed before being cached.
- Tenant identifier or null
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Standard Hibernate implementation of the IQueryCacheFactory interface. Returns
- instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Build a query cache.
-
- The cache of updates timestamps.
- The NHibernate settings properties.
- The to use for the region.
- A query cache.
-
-
-
- Generates increasing identifiers (in a single application domain only).
-
-
- Not valid across multiple application domains. Identifiers are not necessarily
- strictly increasing, but usually are.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementing .
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection, if possible, wrapping any exceptions
- in a runtime exception
-
- currently obsolete
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if we cannot initialize
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initialization.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Not called by Hibernate, but used by non-NET serialization, eg. SOAP libraries.
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection currently connected to an open session?
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection in a state that would allow us to "queue" additions?
-
-
-
- Is this collection in a state that would allow us to
- "queue" puts? This is a special case, because of orphan
- delete.
-
-
-
- Is this collection in a state that would allow us to
- "queue" clear? This is a special case, because of orphan
- delete.
-
-
-
- Is this the "inverse" end of a bidirectional association?
-
-
-
- Is this the "inverse" end of a bidirectional association with
- no orphan delete enabled?
-
-
-
-
- Is this the "inverse" end of a bidirectional one-to-many, or
- of a collection with no orphan delete?
-
-
-
-
- Return the user-visible collection (or array) instance
-
-
- By default, the NHibernate wrapper is an acceptable collection for
- the end user code to work with because it is interface compatible.
- An NHibernate PersistentList is an IList, an NHibernate PersistentMap is an IDictionary
- and those are the types user code is expecting.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the initialized collection empty?
-
-
-
-
- Called by any read-only method of the collection interface
-
-
-
- Called by the Count property
-
-
-
- Called by any writer method of the collection interface
-
-
-
-
- Queue an addition, delete etc. if the persistent collection supports it
-
-
-
-
- After reading all existing elements from the database,
- add the queued elements to the underlying collection.
-
-
-
-
- After reading all existing elements from the database, do the queued operations
- (adds or removes) on the underlying collection.
-
-
-
-
- Clears out any Queued operation.
-
-
- After flushing, clear any "queued" additions, since the
- database state is now synchronized with the memory state.
-
-
-
-
- Called just before reading any rows from the
-
-
-
-
- Called after reading all rows from the
-
-
- This should be overridden by sub collections that use temporary collections
- to store values read from the db.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection, if possible, wrapping any exceptions
- in a runtime exception
-
- currently obsolete
- if we cannot initialize
-
-
-
- Mark the collection as initialized.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the underlying collection is directly
- accessible through code.
-
-
- if we are not guaranteed that the NHibernate collection wrapper
- is being used.
-
-
- This is typically whenever a transient object that contains a collection is being
- associated with an through or .
- NHibernate can't guarantee that it will know about all operations that would cause NHibernate's collections
- to call or .
-
-
-
-
- Disassociate this collection from the given session.
-
-
- true if this was currently associated with the given session
-
-
-
- Associate the collection with the given session.
-
-
- false if the collection was already associated with the session
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the rows for this collection
- need to be recreated in the table.
-
- The for this Collection.
-
- by default since most collections can determine which rows need to be
- individually updated/inserted/deleted. Currently only 's for many-to-many
- need to be recreated.
-
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initialization.
-
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Snapshot from the current session the collection is in.
-
-
-
- Is this instance initialized?
-
-
- Does this instance have any "queued" additions?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after inserting a row, to fetch the natively generated id
-
-
-
-
- Get all "orphaned" elements
-
-
-
-
- Given a collection of entity instances that used to
- belong to the collection, and a collection of instances
- that currently belong, return a collection of orphans
-
-
-
-
- Given a collection of entity instances that used to
- belong to the collection, and a collection of instances
- that currently belong, return a collection of orphans
-
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this the wrapper for the given underlying collection instance?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does an element exist at this entry in the collection?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the index of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Called before any elements are read into the collection,
- allowing appropriate initializations to occur.
-
- The underlying collection persister.
- The anticipated size of the collection after initialization is complete.
-
-
-
- An unordered, unkeyed collection that can contain the same element
- multiple times. The .NET collections API, has no Bag .
- Most developers seem to use to represent bag semantics,
- so NHibernate follows this practice.
-
- The type of the element the bag should hold.
- The underlying collection used is an
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentBag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentBag.
- The disassembled PersistentBag.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentBag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentBag.
- The disassembled PersistentBag.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this PersistentBag needs to be recreated
- in the database.
-
-
-
- if this is a one-to-many Bag, if this is not
- a one-to-many Bag. Since a Bag is an unordered, unindexed collection
- that permits duplicates it is not possible to determine what has changed in a
- many-to-many so it is just recreated.
-
-
-
-
- Counts the number of times that the occurs
- in the .
-
- The element to find in the list.
- The to search.
- The that can determine equality.
-
- The number of occurrences of the element in the list.
-
-
-
-
- Implements "bag" semantics more efficiently than by adding
- a synthetic identifier column to the table.
-
-
-
- The identifier is unique for all rows in the table, allowing very efficient
- updates and deletes. The value of the identifier is never exposed to the
- application.
-
-
- Identifier bags may not be used for a many-to-one association. Furthermore,
- there is no reason to use inverse="true" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this Bag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The disassembled PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this Bag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The disassembled PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for an
-
- The type of the element the list should hold.
- The underlying collection used is a
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericList from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericList.
- The disassembled PersistentList.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes an instance of the
- in the .
-
- The the list is in.
-
-
-
- Initializes an instance of the
- that wraps an existing in the .
-
- The the list is in.
- The to wrap.
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericList from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericList.
- The disassembled PersistentList.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for a . Underlying
- collection is a
-
- The type of the keys in the IDictionary.
- The type of the elements in the IDictionary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericMap from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericMap.
- The disassembled PersistentGenericMap.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Construct an uninitialized PersistentGenericMap.
-
- The ISession the PersistentGenericMap should be a part of.
-
-
-
- Construct an initialized PersistentGenericMap based off the values from the existing IDictionary.
-
- The ISession the PersistentGenericMap should be a part of.
- The IDictionary that contains the initial values.
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericMap from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericMap.
- The disassembled PersistentGenericMap.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for an .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentSet from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentSet.
- The disassembled PersistentSet.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The that NHibernate is wrapping.
-
-
-
-
- A temporary list that holds the objects while the PersistentSet is being
- populated from the database.
-
-
- This is necessary to ensure that the object being added to the PersistentSet doesn't
- have its' GetHashCode() and Equals() methods called during the load
- process.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor matching super.
- Instantiates a lazy set (the underlying set is un-initialized).
-
- The session to which this set will belong.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a non-lazy set (the underlying set is constructed
- from the incoming set reference).
-
- The session to which this set will belong.
- The underlying set data.
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentSet from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentSet.
- The disassembled PersistentSet.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- Set up the temporary List that will be used in the EndRead()
- to fully create the set.
-
-
-
-
- Takes the contents stored in the temporary list created during BeginRead()
- that was populated during ReadFrom() and write it to the underlying
- PersistentSet.
-
-
-
-
- This interface allows to check if a lazy collection is already initialized and to force its initialization.
-
-
- This interface is provided to allow implementing lazy initialized collections which do not implement
- .
- That is e.g. needed for NHibernate.Envers which can't load its collections as PersistentCollections.
-
-
-
-
- Force immediate initialization.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Return if the proxy has already been initialized.
- If , accessing the collection or calling
- initializes the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Force immediate initialization.
-
-
-
-
-
- Persistent collections are treated as value objects by NHibernate.
- ie. they have no independent existence beyond the object holding
- a reference to them. Unlike instances of entity classes, they are
- automatically deleted when unreferenced and automatically become
- persistent when held by a persistent object. Collections can be
- passed between different objects (change "roles") and this might
- cause their elements to move from one database table to another.
-
-
- NHibernate "wraps" a collection in an instance of
- . This mechanism is designed
- to support tracking of changes to the collection's persistent
- state and lazy instantiation of collection elements. The downside
- is that only certain abstract collection types are supported and
- any extra semantics are lost.
-
-
- Applications should never use classes in this namespace
- directly, unless extending the "framework" here.
-
-
- Changes to structure of the collection are recorded by the
- collection calling back to the session. Changes to mutable
- elements (ie. composite elements) are discovered by cloning their
- state when the collection is initialized and comparing at flush
- time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
-
- This method should be prepared to handle duplicate elements caused by fetching multiple collections.
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Does the current state exactly match the snapshot?
-
- The to compare the elements of the Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- if the wrapped collection is different than the snapshot
- of the collection or if one of the elements in the collection is
- dirty.
-
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
- The for this Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The contents of the persistent collection in a cacheable form.
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initalization.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The owning entity.
-
-
- Note that the owner is only set during the flush
- cycle, and when a new collection wrapper is created
- while loading an entity.
-
-
-
-
- Return the user-visible collection (or array) instance
-
-
- By default, the NHibernate wrapper is an acceptable collection for
- the end user code to work with because it is interface compatible.
- An NHibernate PersistentList is an IList, an NHibernate PersistentMap is an IDictionary
- and those are the types user code is expecting.
-
-
-
- Get the current collection key value
-
-
- Get the current role name
-
-
- Is the collection unreferenced?
-
-
-
- Is the collection dirty? Note that this is only
- reliable during the flush cycle, after the
- collection elements are dirty checked against
- the snapshot.
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot cached by the collection instance
-
-
-
- Is the initialized collection empty?
-
-
-
- After flushing, re-init snapshot state.
-
-
-
- Clears out any Queued Additions.
-
-
- After a Flush() the database is in sync with the in-memory
- contents of the Collection. Since everything is in sync remove
- any Queued Additions.
-
-
-
-
- Called just before reading any rows from the
-
-
-
-
- Called after reading all rows from the
-
-
- This should be overridden by sub collections that use temporary collections
- to store values read from the db.
-
-
- true if NOT has Queued operations
-
-
-
-
- Called after initializing from cache
-
-
- true if NOT has Queued operations
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the underlying collection is directly
- accessible through code.
-
-
- if we are not guaranteed that the NHibernate collection wrapper
- is being used.
-
-
- This is typically whenever a transient object that contains a collection is being
- associated with an through or .
- NHibernate can't guarantee that it will know about all operations that would cause NHibernate's collections
- to call or .
-
-
-
-
- Disassociate this collection from the given session.
-
-
- true if this was currently associated with the given session
-
-
-
- Associate the collection with the given session.
-
-
- false if the collection was already associated with the session
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Iterate all collection entries, during update of the database
-
-
- An that gives access to all entries
- in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
-
- This method should be prepared to handle duplicate elements caused by fetching multiple collections.
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Get the identifier of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Get the index of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot value of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Called before any elements are read into the collection,
- allowing appropriate initializations to occur.
-
- The for this persistent collection.
- The anticipated size of the collection after initilization is complete.
-
-
-
- Does the current state exactly match the snapshot?
-
- The to compare the elements of the Collection.
-
- if the wrapped collection is different than the snapshot
- of the collection or if one of the elements in the collection is
- dirty.
-
-
-
- Is the snapshot empty?
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
- The for this Collection.
- The contents of the persistent collection in a cacheable form.
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the rows for this collection
- need to be recreated in the table.
-
- The for this Collection.
-
- by default since most collections can determine which rows need to be
- individually updated/inserted/deleted. Currently only 's for many-to-many
- need to be recreated.
-
-
-
-
- Return a new snapshot of the current state of the collection
-
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initalization.
-
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Does an element exist at this entry in the collection?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Is this the wrapper for the given underlying collection instance?
-
- The collection to see if this IPersistentCollection is wrapping.
-
- if the IPersistentCollection is wrappping the collection instance,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the "queued" orphans
-
-
- Get the "queued" orphans
-
-
-
- Clear the dirty flag, after flushing changes
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Mark the collection as dirty
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after inserting a row, to fetch the natively generated id
-
-
-
-
- Get all "orphaned" elements
-
- The snapshot of the collection.
- The persistent class whose objects
- the collection is expected to contain.
-
- An that contains all of the elements
- that have been orphaned.
-
-
-
-
- Get all "orphaned" elements
-
- The snapshot of the collection.
- The persistent class whose objects
- the collection is expected to contain.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An that contains all of the elements
- that have been orphaned.
-
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for an array. lazy initialization is NOT supported
-
- Use of Hibernate arrays is not really recommended.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this array holder from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the Array.
- The disassembled Array.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- A temporary list that holds the objects while the PersistentArrayHolder is being
- populated from the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the array.
-
- The array.
-
-
-
- Returns the user-visible portion of the NHibernate PersistentArrayHolder.
-
-
- The array that contains the data, not the NHibernate wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Before is called the PersistentArrayHolder needs to setup
- a temporary list to hold the objects.
-
-
-
-
- Takes the contents stored in the temporary list created during
- that was populated during and write it to the underlying
- array.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this array holder from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the Array.
- The disassembled Array.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- After reading all existing elements from the database, do the queued operations
- (adds or removes) on the underlying collection.
-
- The collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is added to the collection.
-
- The element to add.
- True whether the element was successfully added to the queue, false otherwise
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an existing element is removed from the collection.
-
- The element to remove.
- Whether the element exists in the database.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the element exists in the queue.
-
- The element to check.
- True whether the element exists in the queue, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the element is queued for removal.
-
- The element to check.
- True whether the element is queued for removal, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is removed by its index from the collection.
-
- The index of the element.
- The element to remove.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is added at a specific index of the collection.
-
- The index to put the element.
- The element to add.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is set at a specific index of the collection.
-
- The index to set the new element.
- The element to set.
- The element that currently occupies the .
-
-
-
- Tries to retrieve the element by a specific index of the collection.
-
- The index to put the element.
- The output variable for the element.
- True whether the element was found, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the element index where it currently lies in the database by taking into the consideration the queued operations.
-
- The effective index that will be when all operations would be flushed.
- The element index in the database or -1 if the index represents a transient element.
-
-
-
- Applies all the queued changes to the loaded collection.
-
- The loaded collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Tries to retrieve a queued element by its key.
-
- The element key.
- The output variable for the element.
- True whether the element was found, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the key exist in the queue.
-
- The key to check.
- True whether it exists, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when the map method is called.
-
- The key to add.
- The element to add
-
-
-
- A method that is called when the map is set.
-
- The key to set.
- The element to set.
- The element that currently occupies the .
- Whether the element exists in the database.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when the map is called.
-
- The key to remove.
- The element that currently occupies the .
- Whether the element exists in the database.
- True whether the key was successfully removed from the queue.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the element key is queued for removal.
-
- The element key to check.
- True whether the element key is queued for removal, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Applies all the queued changes to the loaded map.
-
- The loaded map.
-
-
-
- A tracker that is able to track changes that are done to an uninitialized collection.
-
-
-
-
- The number of elements that the collection have in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the Clear operation was performed on the uninitialized collection.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the current size of the queue that can be negative when there are more removed than added elements.
-
- The queue size.
-
-
-
- Returns the current size of the collection by taking into the consideration the queued operations.
-
- The current collection size.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the database collection size is required for the given operation.
-
- The operation name to check.
- True whether the database collection size is required, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether flushing is required for the given operation.
-
- The operation name to check.
- True whether flushing is required, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A method that will be called once the flushing is done.
-
-
-
-
- A method that will be called before an operation.
-
- The operation that will be executed.
-
-
-
- A method that will be called when a Clear operation is performed on the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an of elements that were added into the collection.
-
- An of added elements.
-
-
-
- Returns an of orphan elements of the collection.
-
- An of orphan elements.
-
-
-
- Checks whether a write operation was performed.
-
- True whether a write operation was performed, false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A tracker that is able to track changes that are done to an uninitialized set.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for the ConnectionProvider.
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An open .
-
-
-
- Gets an open for given connectionString
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- Closes the .
-
- The to clean up.
-
-
-
- Configures the ConnectionProvider with the Driver and the ConnectionString.
-
- An that contains the settings for this ConnectionProvider.
-
- Thrown when a could not be found
- in the settings parameter or the Driver Class could not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Get a named connection string, if configured.
-
-
- Thrown when a was found
- in the settings parameter but could not be found in the app.config.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the driver for the ConnectionProvider.
-
- An that contains the settings for the Driver.
-
- Thrown when the could not be
- found in the settings parameter or there is a problem with creating
- the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the for the
- to connect to the database.
-
-
- The for the
- to connect to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that can create the object.
-
-
- The that can create the .
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- Gets an open for given connectionString
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Disose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this ConnectionProvider is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
-
- If this ConnectionProvider is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make
- sure not to call any methods that could potentially bring this
- ConnectionProvider back to life.
-
-
- If any subclasses manage resources that also need to be disposed of this method
- should be overridden, but don't forget to call it in the override.
-
-
-
-
-
- A ConnectionProvider that uses an IDriver to create connections.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a new open through
- the .
-
-
- An Open .
-
-
- If there is any problem creating or opening the .
-
-
-
-
- Closes and Disposes of the .
-
- The to clean up.
-
-
-
- Gets a new open through
- the .
-
-
- An Open .
-
-
- If there is any problem creating or opening the .
-
-
-
-
- Provides centralized access to connections. Centralized to hide the complexity of accounting for contextual
- (multi-tenant) versus non-contextual access.
- Implementation must be serializable
-
-
-
-
- Gets the database connection.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The database connection.
-
-
-
- The connection string of the database connection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the database connection.
-
- The database connection.
-
-
-
- Closes the given database connection.
-
- The connection to close.
-
-
-
- A strategy for obtaining ADO.NET .
-
-
- The IConnectionProvider interface is not intended to be exposed to the application.
- Instead it is used internally by NHibernate to obtain .
- Implementors should provide a public default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An open .
-
-
-
- Initialize the connection provider from the given properties.
-
- The connection provider settings
-
-
-
- Dispose of a used
-
- The to clean up.
-
-
-
- Gets the this ConnectionProvider should use to
- communicate with the .NET Data Provider
-
-
- The to communicate with the .NET Data Provider.
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- An implementation of the IConnectionProvider that simply throws an exception when
- a connection is requested.
-
-
- This implementation indicates that the user is expected to supply an ADO.NET connection
-
-
-
-
- Throws an if this method is called
- because the user is responsible for creating s.
-
-
- No value is returned because an is thrown.
-
-
- Thrown when this method is called. User is responsible for creating
- s.
-
-
-
-
- Throws an if this method is called
- because the user is responsible for closing s.
-
- The to clean up.
-
- Thrown when this method is called. User is responsible for closing
- s.
-
-
-
-
- Throws an if this method is called
- because the user is responsible for creating s.
-
-
- No value is returned because an is thrown.
-
-
- Thrown when this method is called. User is responsible for creating
- s.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the ConnectionProvider with only the Driver class.
-
-
-
- All other settings of the Connection are the responsibility of the User since they configured
- NHibernate to use a Connection supplied by the User.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates a connection provider given configuration properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- A impl which scopes the notion of current
- session by the current thread of execution. Threads do not give us a
- nice hook to perform any type of cleanup making
- it questionable for this impl to actually generate Session instances. In
- the interest of usability, it was decided to have this default impl
- actually generate a session upon first request and then clean it up
- after the associated with that session
- is committed/rolled-back. In order for ensuring that happens, the sessions
- generated here are unusable until after {@link Session#beginTransaction()}
- has been called. If Close() is called on a session managed by
- this class, it will be automatically unbound.
-
-
- Additionally, the static and methods are
- provided to allow application code to explicitly control opening and
- closing of these sessions. This, with some from of interception,
- is the preferred approach. It also allows easy framework integration
- and one possible approach for implementing long-sessions.
-
- The cleanup on transaction end is indeed not implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Unassociate a previously bound session from the current thread of execution.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Not currently implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for current asynchronous flow.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for each .
- Uses instead if run under .NET Core/.NET Standard.
-
- Not recommended for .NET 2.0 web applications.
-
-
-
-
-
- The key is the session factory and the value is the bound session.
-
-
-
-
- The key is the session factory and the value is the bound session.
-
-
-
-
- Extends the contract defined by
- by providing methods to bind and unbind sessions to the current context.
-
-
- The notion of a contextual session is managed by some external entity
- (generally some form of interceptor like the HttpModule).
- This external manager is responsible for scoping these contextual sessions
- appropriately binding/unbinding them here for exposure to the application
- through calls.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the currently bound session.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current session according to the scoping defined
- by this implementation.
-
- The current session.
- Indicates an issue
- locating the current session.
-
-
-
- Binds the specified session to the current context.
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether there is a session bound to the current context.
-
-
-
-
- Unbinds and returns the current session.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for implementations which know how to
- scope the notion of a current session .
-
-
-
- Implementations should adhere to the following:
-
- contain a constructor accepting a single argument of type
- , or implement
-
- should be thread safe
- should be fully serializable
-
-
-
- Implementors should be aware that they are also fully responsible for
- cleanup of any generated current-sessions.
-
-
- Note that there will be exactly one instance of the configured
- ICurrentSessionContext implementation per .
-
-
- It is recommended to inherit from the class
- whenever possible as it simplifies the implementation and provides
- single entry point with session binding support.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current session according to the scoping defined
- by this implementation.
-
- The current session.
- Typically indicates an issue
- locating or creating the current session.
-
-
-
- An allowing to set its session factory. Implementing
- this interface allows the to be used for instantiating the
- session context.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the factory. This method should be called once after creating the context.
-
- The factory.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the currently bound session.
-
-
-
-
- Get the dictionary mapping session factory to its current session. Yield null if none have been set.
-
-
-
-
- Set the map mapping session factory to its current session.
-
-
-
-
- This class allows access to the HttpContext without referring to HttpContext at compile time.
- The accessors are cached as delegates for performance.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for each thread using the [ ].
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete class not usable with the current framework. Use the
- .Net Framework distribution of NHibernate if you need it. See
- https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/issues/1842
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for each System.Web.HttpContext. Works only with web applications.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of IQueryOver<TRoot> ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of IQueryOver<TRoot> ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, clears the orders and paging, and projects the RowCount
-
-
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, clears the orders and paging, and projects the RowCount (Int64)
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the QueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Method to allow comparison of detached query in Lambda expression
- e.g., p => p.Name == myQuery.As<string>
-
- type returned (projected) by query
- throws an exception if evaluated directly at runtime.
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a string representation of the .
-
-
- A String that shows the contents of the .
-
-
- This is not a well formed Sql fragment. It is useful for logging what the
- looks like.
-
-
-
-
- Render a SqlString for the expression.
-
- A SqlString that contains a valid Sql fragment.
-
-
-
- Return typed values for all parameters in the rendered SQL fragment
-
- An array of TypedValues for the Expression.
-
-
-
- Return all projections used in this criterion
-
- An array of IProjection used by the Expression.
-
-
-
- See here for details:
- http://steve.emxsoftware.com/NET/Overloading+the++and++operators
-
-
-
-
- See here for details:
- http://steve.emxsoftware.com/NET/Overloading+the++and++operators
-
-
-
-
- An Aggregation
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- An that combines two s
- with an and between them.
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between the two s.
-
- The string "and "
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that combines two .
-
- The to use as the left hand side.
- The to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- An that represents a "between" constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The _projection.
- The _lo.
- The _hi.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for
- the named Property.
-
- The name of the Property of the Class.
- The low value for the BetweenExpression.
- The high value for the BetweenExpression.
-
-
-
- Casting a value from one type to another, at the database
- level
-
-
-
-
- Defines a "switch" projection which supports multiple "cases" ("when/then's").
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The
- The true
- The else .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The s containing and pairs.
- The else .
-
-
-
- Defines a pair of and .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the .
-
-
-
-
- An that Junctions together multiple
- s with an and
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between multiple s.
-
- The string " and "
-
-
-
- This is useful if we want to send a value to the database
-
-
-
-
- A Count
-
-
-
- The alias that refers to the "root" entity of the criteria query.
-
-
- Each row of results is a from alias to entity instance
-
-
- Each row of results is an instance of the root entity
-
-
- Each row of results is a distinct instance of the root entity
-
-
- This result transformer is selected implicitly by calling
-
-
- Specifies joining to an entity based on an inner join.
-
-
- Specifies joining to an entity based on a full join.
-
-
- Specifies joining to an entity based on a left outer join.
-
-
-
- Some applications need to create criteria queries in "detached
- mode", where the Hibernate session is not available. This class
- may be instantiated anywhere, and then a ICriteria
- may be obtained by passing a session to
- GetExecutableCriteria() . All methods have the
- same semantics and behavior as the corresponding methods of the
- ICriteria interface.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of Criteria ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of Criteria ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Gets the root entity type if available, throws otherwise
-
-
- This is an NHibernate specific method, used by several dependent
- frameworks for advance integration with NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Clear all orders from criteria.
-
-
-
-
- An that Junctions together multiple
- s with an or
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between multiple s.
-
- The string " or "
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Entity projection
-
-
-
-
- Root entity projection
-
-
-
-
- Entity projection for given type and alias
-
- Type of entity
- Entity alias
-
-
-
- Fetch all lazy properties
-
-
-
-
- Fetch individual lazy properties or property groups
- Note: To fetch single property it must be mapped with unique fetch group (lazy-group)
-
-
-
-
- Lazy load entity
-
-
-
-
- Lazy load entity
-
-
-
-
- Fetch all lazy properties
-
-
-
-
- Fetch individual lazy properties or property groups
- Provide lazy property name and it will be fetched along with properties that belong to the same fetch group (lazy-group)
- Note: To fetch single property it must be mapped with unique fetch group (lazy-group)
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "equal" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "equal" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " = "
-
-
-
- Support for Query By Example .
-
-
-
- List results = session.CreateCriteria(typeof(Parent))
- .Add( Example.Create(parent).IgnoreCase() )
- .CreateCriteria("child")
- .Add( Example.Create( parent.Child ) )
- .List();
-
-
-
- "Examples" may be mixed and matched with "Expressions" in the same
-
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for choosing property values for inclusion in the query criteria
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the Property should be included.
-
- The value of the property that is being checked for inclusion.
- The name of the property that is being checked for inclusion.
- The of the property.
-
- if the Property should be included in the Query,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of that includes all
- properties regardless of value.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of that includes the
- properties that are not and do not have an
- returned by propertyValue.ToString() .
-
-
- This selector is not present in H2.1. It may be useful if nullable types
- are used for some properties.
-
-
-
- Set escape character for "like" clause
-
-
-
- Set the for this .
-
- The to determine which properties to include.
- This instance.
-
- This should be used when a custom has
- been implemented. Otherwise use the methods
- or to set the
- to the s built into NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Set the for this
- to exclude zero-valued properties.
-
-
-
-
- Set the for this
- to exclude no properties.
-
-
-
-
- Use the "like" operator for all string-valued properties with
- the specified .
-
-
- The to convert the string to the pattern
- for the like comparison.
-
-
-
-
- Use the "like" operator for all string-valued properties.
-
-
- The default is MatchMode.Exact .
-
-
-
-
- Exclude a particular named property
-
- The name of the property to exclude.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, which includes all non-null properties
- by default
-
-
- A new instance of .
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a particular
- entity.
-
- The that the Example is being built from.
- The the Example should use.
-
-
-
- Determines if the property should be included in the Query.
-
- The value of the property.
- The name of the property.
- The of the property.
-
- if the Property should be included, if
- the Property should not be a part of the Query.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a based on the value
- and type parameters to the in the
- list parameter.
-
- The value of the Property.
- The of the Property.
- The to add the to.
-
- This method will add objects to the list parameter.
-
-
-
-
- This class is semi-deprecated. Use .
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL, with the given SQL parameters
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL, with the given SQL parameter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL, with the given SQL parameter
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "greater than or equal" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "greater than or equal" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " < "
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "greater than" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "greater than" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " < "
-
-
-
- Substitute the SQL aliases in template.
-
-
-
-
- An instance of is passed to criterion,
- order and projection instances when actually compiling and
- executing the query. This interface is not used by application
- code.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the column mapped by a property path, ignoring projection alias
-
-
- Get the names of the columns mapped by a property path, ignoring projection aliases
-
-
- Get the type of a property path, ignoring projection aliases
-
-
- Get the names of the columns mapped by a property path
-
-
- Get the type of a property path
-
-
- Get the a typed value for the given property value.
-
-
- Get the entity name of an entity
-
-
-
- Get the entity name of an entity, taking into account
- the qualifier of the property path
-
-
-
- Get the root table alias of an entity
-
-
-
- Get the root table alias of an entity, taking into account
- the qualifier of the property path
-
-
-
- Get the property name, given a possibly qualified property name
-
-
- Get the identifier column names of this entity
-
-
- Get the identifier type of this entity
-
-
-
- Create a new query parameter to use in a
-
- The value and the of the parameter.
- A new instance of a query parameter to be added to a .
-
-
-
- An object-oriented representation of a query criterion that may be used as a constraint
- in a query.
-
-
- Built-in criterion types are provided by the Expression factory class.
- This interface might be implemented by application classes but, more commonly, application
- criterion types would extend AbstractCriterion .
-
-
-
-
- Render a SqlString fragment for the expression.
-
- A SqlString that contains a valid Sql fragment.
-
-
-
- Return typed values for all parameters in the rendered SQL fragment
-
- An array of TypedValues for the Expression.
-
-
-
- Return all projections used in this criterion
-
- An array of IProjection used by the Expression.
-
-
-
- An identifier constraint
-
-
-
-
- An that constrains the property
- to a specified list of values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- The _values.
-
-
-
- Determine the type of the elements in the IN clause.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "like" constraint
- that is not case sensitive.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- The value.
- The match mode.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
- class for a named Property and its value.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Render the SQL Fragment.
-
- The criteria.
- The position.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Render the SQL Fragment to be used in the Group By Clause.
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Return types for a particular user-visible alias
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the user-visible aliases for this projection (ie. the ones that will be passed to the ResultTransformer)
-
-
-
-
- Does this projection specify grouping attributes?
-
-
-
-
- Does this projection specify aggregate attributes?
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL column aliases used by this projection for the columns it writes for inclusion into the
- SELECT clause . NHibernate always uses column aliases
- to extract data from the , so it is important that these be implemented
- correctly in order for NHibernate to be able to extract these values correctly.
-
- Just as in , represents the number of columns rendered prior to this projection.
- The local criteria to which this project is attached (for resolution).
- The overall criteria query instance.
- The columns aliases.
-
-
-
- Get the SQL column aliases used by this projection for the columns it writes for inclusion into the
- SELECT clause ( ) for a particular criteria-level alias.
-
- The criteria-level alias.
- Just as in , represents the number of columns rendered prior to this projection.
- The local criteria to which this project is attached (for resolution).
- The overall criteria query instance.
- The columns aliases.
-
-
-
- An that represents empty association constraint.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents non-empty association constraint.
-
-
-
-
- A sequence of logical s combined by some associative
- logical operator.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an to the list of s
- to junction together.
-
- The to add.
-
- This instance.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an to the list of s
- to junction together.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an to the list of s
- to junction together.
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between multiple s.
-
-
-
-
- The corresponding to an instance with no added
- subcriteria.
-
-
-
-
- Constructed with property name
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "not is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "not is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Constructed with property name
-
-
-
-
- Add a property equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Add a property equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create an alias for the previous projection
-
-
-
-
- Create an alias for the previous projection
-
-
-
-
- Select an arbitrary projection
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- Constructed with property name
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "not is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "not is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Add an Exists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- Add a NotExists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .Where(t => t.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .Where(() => alias.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereAll(t => t.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereAll(() => alias.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereSome(t => t.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereSome(() => alias.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Add a property equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Add a property equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- An that represents an "less than or equal" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "less than or equal" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " <= "
-
-
-
- An that represents an "like" constraint.
-
-
- The case sensitivity depends on the database settings for string
- comparisons. Use if the
- string comparison should not be case sensitive.
-
-
-
-
- An that combines two s
- with a operator (either "and " or "or ") between them.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class that
- combines two other s.
-
- The to use in the Left Hand Side.
- The to use in the Right Hand Side.
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be on the Left Hand Side of the Op.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be on the Right Hand Side of the Op.
-
-
-
-
- Combines the for the Left Hand Side and the
- Right Hand Side of the Expression into one array.
-
- An array of s.
-
-
-
- Converts the LogicalExpression to a .
-
- A well formed SqlString for the Where clause.
- The SqlString will be enclosed by ( and ) .
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between the two s.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a string representation of the LogicalExpression.
-
-
- The String contains the LeftHandSide.ToString() and the RightHandSide.ToString()
- joined by the Op.
-
-
- This is not a well formed Sql fragment. It is useful for logging what Expressions
- are being combined.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "less than" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "less than" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " < "
-
-
-
- Represents an strategy for matching strings using "like".
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
- The code that identifies the match mode.
- The friendly name of the match mode.
-
- The parameter intCode is used as the key of
- to store instances and to ensure only instance of a particular
- is created.
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the .
-
- The friendly name used to describe the .
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern, by appending/prepending "%"
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
-
- A that contains a "%" in the appropriate place
- for the Match Strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Match the entire string to the pattern
-
-
-
-
- Match the start of the string to the pattern
-
-
-
-
- Match the end of the string to the pattern
-
-
-
-
- Match the pattern anywhere in the string
-
-
-
-
- The that matches the entire string to the pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the Exact MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern exactly the same as it was passed in.
-
-
-
- The that matches the start of the string to the pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the Start MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern with a "% " appended at the end.
-
-
-
- The that matches the end of the string to the pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the End MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern with a "% " appended at the beginning.
-
-
-
- The that exactly matches the string
- by appending "% " to the beginning and end.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the Exact MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern with a "% " appended at the beginning and the end.
-
-
-
- An that negates another .
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for an
-
-
- The to negate.
-
-
-
- An that represents "not null" constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a named
- Property that should not be null.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
-
-
-
- An that represents "null" constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a named
- Property that should be null.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an order imposed upon a
- result set.
-
-
- Should Order implement ICriteriaQuery?
-
-
-
-
- Render the SQL fragment
-
-
-
-
- Ascending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ascending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Descending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Descending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that combines two s with an
- "or" between them.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for
- two s.
-
- The to use as the left hand side.
- The to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between the two s.
-
- Returns "or "
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- The criterion package may be used by applications as a framework for building
- new kinds of Projection . However, it is intended that most applications will
- simply use the built-in projection types via the static factory methods of this class.
-
- The factory methods that take an alias allow the projected value to be referred to by
- criterion and order instances.
-
-
-
-
- Projection for root entity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Projection for entity with given alias.
-
- The type of the entity.
- The alias of the entity.
-
-
-
-
- Projection for entity with given alias.
-
- /// The type of the entity.
- The alias of the entity.
-
-
-
-
- Projection for entity with given alias.
-
- /// The type of the entity.
- The alias of the entity.
- A projection of the entity.
-
-
-
- Create a distinct projection from a projection
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new projection list
-
-
-
-
-
- The query row count, ie. count(*)
-
- The RowCount projection mapped to an .
-
-
-
- The query row count, ie. count(*)
-
- The RowCount projection mapped to an .
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A distinct projection value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projection maximum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projection minimum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL projection, a typed select clause fragment
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A grouping SQL projection, specifying both select clause and group by clause fragments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A grouping projection value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projected identifier value
-
-
-
-
-
- Assign an alias to a projection, by wrapping it
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Casts the projection result to the specified type.
-
- The type.
- The projection.
-
-
-
-
- Return a constant value
-
- The obj.
-
-
-
-
- Return a constant value
-
- The obj.
-
-
-
-
-
- Calls the named
-
- Name of the function.
- The type.
- The projections.
-
-
-
-
- Calls the specified
-
- the function.
- The type.
- The projections.
-
-
-
-
- Conditionally return the true or false part, depending on the criterion
-
- The criterion.
- The when true.
- The when false.
-
-
-
-
- Conditionally returns one of the s depending on the s of or the .
- This produces an switch-case expression with multiple when-then parts.
-
- The s which contain your s and s.
- The else .
- A for a switch-expression with multiple Criterions ("when") Projections ("then").
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property projection
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property projection
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function concat()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Projects given lambda expression
-
-
-
-
- Projects given lambda expression
-
-
-
-
- Create an alias for a projection
-
- the projection instance
- LambdaExpression returning an alias
- return NHibernate.Criterion.IProjection
-
-
-
- Create an alias for a projection
-
- the projection instance
- alias
- return NHibernate.Criterion.IProjection
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function lower()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function upper()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function abs()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function abs()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function abs()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function trim()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function length()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function bit_length()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function substring()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function locate()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function coalesce()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function coalesce()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function mod()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project Entity
-
-
-
-
- A factory for property-specific AbstractCriterion and projection instances
-
-
-
-
- Get a component attribute of this property
-
-
-
-
- Superclass for an that represents a
- constraint between two properties (with SQL binary operators).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the property expression.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value, or grouped property value
-
-
-
-
- A comparison between a property value in the outer query and the
- result of a subquery
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- The namespace may be used by applications as a framework for building
- new kinds of .
- However, it is intended that most applications will
- simply use the built-in criterion types via the static factory methods of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the identifier property
-
-
- ICriterion
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint from the projection to the identifier property
-
- The projection.
- ICriterion
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the project
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the project
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
- The match mode.
- A .
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
- An .
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
- An .
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The low value for the Property.
- The high value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The low value for the Property.
- The high value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- An array of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- An array of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- An ICollection of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- An ICollection of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property. This is the generic equivalent
- of , renamed to avoid ambiguity.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- An
- of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the projection. This is the generic equivalent
- of , renamed to avoid ambiguity.
-
-
- The projection.
- An
- of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to projection and property
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to lshProjection and rshProjection
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RSH projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the property and rshProjection
-
- Name of the property.
- The RSH projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to projection and property
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to the projections
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to the projections
-
- Name of the property.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- Name of the property.
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is not null" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is not null" constraint to the named property
-
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is not empty" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is empty" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Return the conjunction of two expressions
-
- The Expression to use as the Left Hand Side.
- The Expression to use as the Right Hand Side.
- An .
-
-
-
- Return the disjunction of two expressions
-
- The Expression to use as the Left Hand Side.
- The Expression to use as the Right Hand Side.
- An .
-
-
-
- Return the negation of an expression
-
- The Expression to negate.
- A .
-
-
-
- Group expressions together in a single conjunction (A and B and C...)
-
-
-
-
- Group expressions together in a single disjunction (A or B or C...)
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "equals" constraint to each property in the key set of a IDictionary
-
- a dictionary from property names to values
-
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- generic type
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the negation of the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- generic type
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the negation of the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Build an ICriterion for the given property
-
- lambda expression identifying property
- returns LambdaRestrictionBuilder
-
-
-
- Build an ICriterion for the given property
-
- lambda expression identifying property
- returns LambdaRestrictionBuilder
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- A comparison between a property value in the outer query and the
- result of a subquery
-
-
-
-
- The base class for an that compares a single Property
- to a value.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a named
- Property and its value.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
- The SQL operation.
-
-
-
- Gets the named Property for the Expression.
-
- A string that is the name of the Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the Value for the Expression.
-
- An object that is the value for the Expression.
-
-
-
- Converts the SimpleExpression to a .
-
- A SqlString that contains a valid Sql fragment.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the specific
- subclass of .
-
-
-
-
- A single-column projection that may be aliased
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- A comparison between a constant value and the the result of a subquery
-
-
-
-
- An that creates a SQLExpression.
- The string {alias} will be replaced by the alias of the root entity.
- Criteria aliases can also be used: "{a}.Value + {bc}.Value".
-
-
- This allows for database specific Expressions at the cost of needing to
- write a correct .
-
-
-
-
- A SQL fragment. The string {alias} will be replaced by the alias of the root entity.
- Criteria aliases can also be used: "{a}.Value + {bc}.Value".
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Factory class for AbstractCriterion instances that represent
- involving subqueries.
- Expression
- Projection
- AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
-
- Create a ICriterion for the specified property subquery expression
-
- generic type
- lambda expression
- returns LambdaSubqueryBuilder
-
-
-
- Create a ICriterion for the specified property subquery expression
-
- lambda expression
- returns LambdaSubqueryBuilder
-
-
-
- Create a ICriterion for the specified value subquery expression
-
- value
- returns LambdaSubqueryBuilder
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- type of property
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (exact) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (all) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- type of property
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (all) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (some) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- type of property
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (some) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Add an Exists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- Add a NotExists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- A property value, or grouped property value
-
-
-
-
- Represents a dialect of SQL implemented by a particular RDBMS. Subclasses
- implement NHibernate compatibility with different systems.
-
-
- Subclasses should provide a public default constructor that Register()
- a set of type mappings and default Hibernate properties.
-
-
-
-
- Given a callable statement previously processed by ,
- extract the from the OUT parameter.
-
- The callable statement.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The extracted result set.
- SQLException Indicates problems extracting the result set.
-
-
- Characters used for quoting sql identifiers
-
-
- Characters used for closing quoted sql identifiers
-
-
-
- The base constructor for Dialect.
-
-
- Every subclass should override this and call Register() with every except
- , , , ,
- , .
-
-
- The Default properties for this Dialect should also be set - such as whether or not to use outer-joins
- and what the batch size should be.
-
-
-
-
- Get an instance of the dialect specified by the current properties.
- The specified Dialect
-
-
-
- Get from a property bag (prop name )
-
- The property bag.
- An instance of .
- When is null.
- When the property bag don't contains de property .
-
-
-
- Configure the dialect.
-
- The configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type associated with the given
- ,
-
- The SqlType
- The database type name used by ddl.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type associated with the given
- .
-
- The SqlType
- The datatype length
- The datatype precision
- The datatype scale
- The database type name used by ddl.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the longest registered type for a particular DbType.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode.
- The database type name that will be set in case it was found.
- Whether the type name was found.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode.
- The source for type names.
- The database type name.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode.
- The source for type names.
- The database type name that will be set in case it was found.
- Whether the type name was found.
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code and maximum
- column length. $l in the type name will be replaced by the column
- length (if appropriate)
-
- The typecode
- Maximum length or scale of database type
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code. $l in the
- typename will be replaced by the column length (if appropriate).
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Override provided s.
-
- The original .
- Refined s.
-
-
-
- Do we need to drop constraints before dropping tables in the dialect?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to qualify index names with the schema name?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support the UNIQUE column syntax?
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support adding Unique constraints via create and alter table ?
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support adding foreign key constraints via alter table? If not, it's assumed they can only be added through create table.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to add a foreign key constraint to a table. If SupportsForeignKeyConstraintInAlterTable is false, the returned string will be added to the create table statement instead. In this case, extra strings, like "add", that apply when using alter table should be omitted.
-
- The FK constraint name.
- The names of the columns comprising the FK
- The table referenced by the FK
- The explicit columns in the referencedTable referenced by this FK.
-
- if false, constraint should be explicit about which column names the constraint refers to
-
- the "add FK" fragment
-
-
-
- The syntax used to add a primary key constraint to a table
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support the syntax 'drop table if exists NAME'
-
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support the syntax 'drop table NAME if exists'
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support column-level check constraints?
- True if column-level CHECK constraints are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
- Does this dialect support table-level check constraints?
- True if table-level CHECK constraints are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect supports null values in columns belonging to an unique constraint/index?
-
- Some databases do not accept null in unique constraints at all. In such case,
- this property should be overriden for yielding false . This property is not meant for distinguishing
- databases ignoring null when checking uniqueness (ANSI behavior) from those considering null
- as a value and checking for its uniqueness.
-
-
-
- Get a strategy instance which knows how to acquire a database-level lock
- of the specified mode for this dialect.
-
- The persister for the entity to be locked.
- The type of lock to be acquired.
- The appropriate locking strategy.
-
-
-
- Given a lock mode, determine the appropriate for update fragment to use.
-
- The lock mode to apply.
- The appropriate for update fragment.
-
-
-
- Get the string to append to SELECT statements to acquire locks
- for this dialect.
-
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE clause string.
-
-
- Is FOR UPDATE OF syntax supported?
- if the database supports FOR UPDATE OF syntax; otherwise.
-
-
- Is FOR UPDATE OF syntax expecting columns?
- if the database expects a column list with FOR UPDATE OF syntax,
- if it expects table alias instead or do not support FOR UPDATE OF syntax.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support FOR UPDATE in conjunction with outer joined rows?
-
- True if outer joined rows can be locked via FOR UPDATE .
-
-
-
- Get the FOR UPDATE OF column_list fragment appropriate for this
- dialect given the aliases of the columns to be write locked.
-
- The columns to be write locked.
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE OF column_list clause string.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the FOR UPDATE NOWAIT syntax specific to this dialect
-
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE NOWAIT clause string.
-
-
-
- Get the FOR UPDATE OF column_list NOWAIT fragment appropriate
- for this dialect given the aliases of the columns or tables to be write locked.
-
- The columns or tables to be write locked.
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE colunm_or_table_list NOWAIT clause string.
-
-
-
- Modifies the given SQL by applying the appropriate updates for the specified
- lock modes and key columns.
-
- the SQL string to modify
- a map of lock modes indexed by aliased table names.
- a map of key columns indexed by aliased table names.
- the modified SQL string.
-
- The behavior here is that of an ANSI SQL SELECT FOR UPDATE . This
- method is really intended to allow dialects which do not support
- SELECT FOR UPDATE to achieve this in their own fashion.
-
-
-
-
- Some dialects support an alternative means to SELECT FOR UPDATE ,
- whereby a "lock hint" is appends to the table name in the from clause.
-
- The lock mode to apply
- The name of the table to which to apply the lock hint.
- The table with any required lock hints.
-
-
-
- Return SQL needed to drop the named table. May (and should) use
- some form of "if exists" clause, and cascade constraints.
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support temporary tables?
-
-
- Generate a temporary table name given the bas table.
- The table name from which to base the temp table name.
- The generated temp table name.
-
-
-
- Does the dialect require that temporary table DDL statements occur in
- isolation from other statements? This would be the case if the creation
- would cause any current transaction to get committed implicitly.
-
- see the result matrix above.
-
- JDBC defines a standard way to query for this information via the
- {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
- method. However, that does not distinguish between temporary table
- DDL and other forms of DDL; MySQL, for example, reports DDL causing a
- transaction commit via its driver, even though that is not the case for
- temporary table DDL.
-
- Possible return values and their meanings:
- {@link Boolean#TRUE} - Unequivocally, perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- {@link Boolean#FALSE} - Unequivocally, do not perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- null - defer to the JDBC driver response in regards to {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to drop the temporary table after use?
-
-
-
- Registers an OUT parameter which will be returning a
- . How this is accomplished varies greatly
- from DB to DB, hence its inclusion (along with {@link #getResultSet}) here.
-
- The callable statement.
- The bind position at which to register the OUT param.
- The number of (contiguous) bind positions used.
-
-
-
- Given a callable statement previously processed by ,
- extract the from the OUT parameter.
-
- The callable statement.
- The extracted result set.
- SQLException Indicates problems extracting the result set.
-
-
- Does this dialect support a way to retrieve the database's current timestamp value?
-
-
- Does this dialect support a way to retrieve the database's current UTC timestamp value?
-
-
-
- Gives the best resolution that the database can use for storing
- date/time values, in ticks.
-
-
-
- For example, if the database can store values with 100-nanosecond
- precision, this property is equal to 1L. If the database can only
- store values with 1-millisecond precision, this property is equal
- to 10000L (number of ticks in a millisecond).
-
-
- Used in TimestampType.
-
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to drop a foreign key constraint from a table.
-
- The name of the foreign key constraint to drop.
-
- The SQL string to drop the foreign key constraint.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint does not exists before creating it
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint exists before dropping it
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint does not exists before creating it
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint exists before dropping it
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to drop a primary key constraint from a table.
-
- The name of the primary key constraint to drop.
-
- The SQL string to drop the primary key constraint.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to drop an index constraint from a table.
-
- The name of the index constraint to drop.
-
- The SQL string to drop the primary key constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Completely optional cascading drop clause
-
-
-
- Only needed if the Dialect does not have SupportsForeignKeyConstraintInAlterTable.
-
-
- Only needed if the Dialect does not have SupportsForeignKeyConstraintInAlterTable.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support identity column key generation?
-
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support some form of inserting and selecting
- the generated IDENTITY value all in the same statement.
-
-
-
-
- Whether this dialect has an identity clause added to the data type or a
- completely separate identity data type.
-
-
-
-
- Provided we , then attach the
- "select identity" clause to the insert statement.
-
- The insert command
-
- The insert command with any necessary identity select clause attached.
- Note, if == false then
- the insert-string should be returned without modification.
-
-
-
-
- Provided we , then attach the
- "select identity" clause to the insert statement.
-
- The insert command
- The identifier name
-
- The insert command with any necessary identity select clause attached.
- Note, if == false then
- the insert-string should be returned without modification.
-
-
-
-
- Get the select command to use to retrieve the last generated IDENTITY
- value for a particular table.
-
- The PK column.
- The table into which the insert was done.
- The type code.
- The appropriate select command.
-
-
-
- Get the select command to use to retrieve the last generated IDENTITY value.
-
- The appropriate select command
-
-
-
- The syntax used during DDL to define a column as being an IDENTITY of
- a particular type.
-
- The type code.
- The appropriate DDL fragment.
-
-
-
- The keyword used to specify an identity column, if native key generation is supported
-
-
-
-
- Set this to false if no table-level primary key constraint should be generated when an identity column has been specified for the table.
- This is used as a work-around for SQLite so it doesn't tell us we have "more than one primary key".
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to insert a generated value into an identity column (or null).
- Need if the dialect does not support inserts that specify no column values.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support sequences?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support "pooled" sequences?
-
- True if such "pooled" sequences are supported; false otherwise.
-
- A pooled sequence is one that has a configurable initial size and increment
- size. It enables NHibernate to be allocated a pool/block/range of IDs,
- which can reduce the frequency of round trips to the database during ID
- generation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the appropriate select statement to to retreive the next value
- of a sequence.
-
- the name of the sequence
- String The "nextval" select string.
- This should be a "stand alone" select statement.
-
-
-
- Typically dialects which support sequences can drop a sequence
- with a single command.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The sequence drop commands
-
- This is convenience form of
- to help facilitate that.
-
- Dialects which support sequences and can drop a sequence in a
- single command need *only* override this method. Dialects
- which support sequences but require multiple commands to drop
- a sequence should instead override .
-
-
-
-
- The multiline script used to drop a sequence.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The sequence drop commands
-
-
-
- Generate the select expression fragment that will retrieve the next
- value of a sequence as part of another (typically DML) statement.
-
- the name of the sequence
- The "nextval" fragment.
-
- This differs from in that this
- should return an expression usable within another statement.
-
-
-
-
- Typically dialects which support sequences can create a sequence
- with a single command.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The sequence creation command
-
- This is convenience form of to help facilitate that.
- Dialects which support sequences and can create a sequence in a
- single command need *only* override this method. Dialects
- which support sequences but require multiple commands to create
- a sequence should instead override .
-
-
-
-
- An optional multi-line form for databases which .
-
- The name of the sequence
- The initial value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The increment value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The sequence creation commands
-
-
-
- Overloaded form of , additionally
- taking the initial value and increment size to be applied to the sequence
- definition.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The initial value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The increment value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The sequence creation command
-
- The default definition is to suffix
- with the string: " start with {initialValue} increment by {incrementSize}" where
- {initialValue} and {incrementSize} are replacement placeholders. Generally
- dialects should only need to override this method if different key phrases
- are used to apply the allocation information.
-
-
-
- Get the select command used retrieve the names of all sequences.
- The select command; or null if sequences are not supported.
-
-
-
- The class (which implements )
- which acts as this dialects identity-style generation strategy.
-
- The native generator class.
-
- Comes into play whenever the user specifies the "identity" generator.
-
-
-
-
- The class (which implements )
- which acts as this dialects native generation strategy.
-
- The native generator class.
-
- Comes into play whenever the user specifies the native generator.
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how joins are handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support CROSS JOIN?
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how CASE statements are
- handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
- This specialized string tokenizier will break a string to tokens, taking
- into account single quotes, parenthesis and commas and [ ]
- Notice that we aren't differentiating between [ ) and ( ] on purpose, it would complicate
- the code and it is not legal at any rate.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections in the same transaction?
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does the LIMIT clause take a "maximum" row number instead
- of a total number of returned rows?
-
- True if limit is relative from offset; false otherwise.
-
- This is easiest understood via an example. Consider you have a table
- with 20 rows, but you only want to retrieve rows number 11 through 20.
- Generally, a limit with offset would say that the offset = 11 and the
- limit = 10 (we only want 10 rows at a time); this is specifying the
- total number of returned rows. Some dialects require that we instead
- specify offset = 11 and limit = 20, where 20 is the "last" row we want
- relative to offset (i.e. total number of rows = 20 - 11 = 9)
- So essentially, is limit relative from offset? Or is limit absolute?
-
-
-
-
- For limit clauses, indicates whether to use 0 or 1 as the offset that returns the first row. Should be true if the first row is at offset 1.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to add a LIMIT clause to the given SQL SELECT .
- Expects any database-specific offset and limit adjustments to have already been performed (ex. UseMaxForLimit, OffsetStartsAtOne).
-
- The to base the limit query off.
- Offset of the first row to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no limit is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for OffsetStartsAtOne.
- Maximum number of rows to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no offset is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for UseMaxForLimit.
- A new that contains the LIMIT clause. Returns null
- if represents a SQL statement to which a limit clause cannot be added,
- for example when the query string is custom SQL invoking a stored procedure.
-
-
-
- Attempts to generate a string to limit the result set to a number of maximum results with a specified offset into the results.
- Expects any database-specific offset and limit adjustments to have already been performed (ex. UseMaxForLimit, OffsetStartsAtOne).
- Performs error checking based on the various dialect limit support options. If both parameters and fixed valeus are
- specified, this will use the parameter option if possible. Otherwise, it will fall back to a fixed string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Some databases require that a limit statement contain the maximum row number
- instead of the number of rows to retrieve. This method adjusts source
- limit and offset values to account for this.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Some databases use limit row offsets that start at one instead of zero.
- This method adjusts a desired offset using the OffsetStartsAtOne flag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The opening quote for a quoted identifier.
-
-
-
-
- The closing quote for a quoted identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Checks to see if the name has been quoted.
-
- The name to check if it is quoted
- true if name is already quoted.
-
- The default implementation is to compare the first character
- to Dialect.OpenQuote and the last char to Dialect.CloseQuote
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name.
-
- The string that needs to be Quoted.
- A QuotedName
-
-
- This method assumes that the name is not already Quoted. So if the name passed
- in is "name then it will return """name" . It escapes the first char
- - the " with "" and encloses the escaped string with OpenQuote and CloseQuote.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a aliasname
-
- Original implementation calls
- Name of the alias
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + aliasName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the aliasName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the aliasName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if aliasName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a columnname
-
- Original implementation calls
- Name of the column
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + columnName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the columnName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the columnName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if columnName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a tablename
-
- Name of the table
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + tableName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the tableName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the tableName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if tableName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a schemaname
-
- Name of the schema
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + schemaName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the schemaName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the schemaName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if schemaName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a catalogname
-
- Name of the catalog
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + catalogName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the catalogName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the catalogName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if catalogName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Unquotes and unescapes an already quoted name
-
- Quoted string
- Unquoted string
-
-
- This method checks the string quoted to see if it is
- quoted. If the string quoted is already enclosed in the OpenQuote
- and CloseQuote then those chars are removed.
-
-
- After the OpenQuote and CloseQuote have been cleaned from the string quoted
- then any chars in the string quoted that have been escaped by doubling them
- up are changed back to a single version.
-
-
- The following quoted values return these results
- "quoted" = quoted
- "quote""d" = quote"d
- quote""d = quote"d
-
-
- If this implementation is not sufficient for your Dialect then it needs to be overridden.
- MsSql2000Dialect is an example of where UnQuoting rules are different.
-
-
-
-
-
- Unquotes an array of Quoted Names.
-
- strings to Unquote
- an array of unquoted strings.
-
- This use UnQuote(string) for each string in the quoted array so
- it should not need to be overridden - only UnQuote(string) needs
- to be overridden unless this implementation is not sufficient.
-
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as an aliasname.
-
- Name of the alias.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a columnname.
-
- Name of the column.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a tablename.
-
- Name of the table.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a schemaname.
-
- Name of the schema.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a catalogname.
-
- Name of the catalog.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
- The SQL literal value to which this database maps boolean values.
- The boolean value.
- The appropriate SQL literal.
-
-
-
- if the database needs to have backslash escaped in string literals.
-
- by default in the base dialect, to conform to SQL standard.
-
-
-
- if the database needs to have Unicode literals prefixed by N .
-
- by default in the base dialect.
-
-
- The SQL string literal value to which this database maps string values.
- The string value.
- The SQL type of the string value.
- The appropriate SQL string literal.
- Thrown if or
- is .
-
-
-
- Given a type code, determine an appropriate
- null value to use in a select clause.
-
- The type code.
- The appropriate select clause value fragment.
-
- One thing to consider here is that certain databases might
- require proper casting for the nulls here since the select here
- will be part of a UNION/UNION ALL.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support UNION ALL, which is generally a faster variant of UNION?
- True if UNION ALL is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support empty IN lists?
- For example, is [where XYZ in ()] a supported construct?
-
- True if empty in lists are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Are string comparisons implicitly case insensitive.
- In other words, does [where 'XYZ' = 'xyz'] resolve to true?
-
- True if comparisons are case insensitive.
-
-
-
- Is this dialect known to support what ANSI-SQL terms "row value
- constructor" syntax; sometimes called tuple syntax.
-
- Basically, does it support syntax like
- "... where (FIRST_NAME, LAST_NAME) = ('Steve', 'Ebersole') ...".
-
-
- True if this SQL dialect is known to support "row value
- constructor" syntax; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- If the dialect supports {@link #supportsRowValueConstructorSyntax() row values},
- does it offer such support in IN lists as well?
-
- For example, "... where (FIRST_NAME, LAST_NAME) IN ( (?, ?), (?, ?) ) ..."
-
-
- True if this SQL dialect is known to support "row value
- constructor" syntax in the IN list; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Should LOBs (both BLOB and CLOB) be bound using stream operations (i.e.
- {@link java.sql.PreparedStatement#setBinaryStream}).
-
- True if BLOBs and CLOBs should be bound using stream operations.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support parameters within the select clause of
- INSERT ... SELECT ... statements?
-
- True if this is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect require that references to result variables
- (i.e, select expression aliases) in an ORDER BY clause be
- replaced by column positions (1-origin) as defined by the select clause?
-
-
- true if result variable references in the ORDER BY clause should
- be replaced by column positions; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support asking the result set its positioning
- information on forward only cursors. Specifically, in the case of
- scrolling fetches, Hibernate needs to use
- {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isAfterLast} and
- {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isBeforeFirst}. Certain drivers do not
- allow access to these methods for forward only cursors.
-
- NOTE : this is highly driver dependent!
-
-
- True if methods like {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isAfterLast} and
- {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isBeforeFirst} are supported for forward
- only cursors; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support definition of cascade delete constraints
- which can cause circular chains?
-
- True if circular cascade delete constraints are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Are subselects supported as the left-hand-side (LHS) of
- IN-predicates.
-
- In other words, is syntax like "... {subquery} IN (1, 2, 3) ..." supported?
-
- True if subselects can appear as the LHS of an in-predicate;false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Are paged sub-selects supported as the right-hand-side (RHS) of IN-predicates?
-
-
- In other words, is syntax like "... someColumn IN ({paged-sub-query}) ..." supported?
-
-
- if paged sub-selects can appear as the RHS of an in-predicate; otherwise.
-
-
-
- Expected LOB usage pattern is such that I can perform an insert
- via prepared statement with a parameter binding for a LOB value
- without crazy casting to JDBC driver implementation-specific classes...
-
- Part of the trickiness here is the fact that this is largely
- driver dependent. For example, Oracle (which is notoriously bad with
- LOB support in their drivers historically) actually does a pretty good
- job with LOB support as of the 10.2.x versions of their drivers...
-
-
- True if normal LOB usage patterns can be used with this driver;
- false if driver-specific hookiness needs to be applied.
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support propagating changes to LOB
- values back to the database? Talking about mutating the
- internal value of the locator as opposed to supplying a new
- locator instance...
-
- For BLOBs, the internal value might be changed by:
- {@link java.sql.Blob#setBinaryStream},
- {@link java.sql.Blob#setBytes(long, byte[])},
- {@link java.sql.Blob#setBytes(long, byte[], int, int)},
- or {@link java.sql.Blob#truncate(long)}.
-
- For CLOBs, the internal value might be changed by:
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setAsciiStream(long)},
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setCharacterStream(long)},
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setString(long, String)},
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setString(long, String, int, int)},
- or {@link java.sql.Clob#truncate(long)}.
-
- NOTE : I do not know the correct answer currently for
- databases which (1) are not part of the cruise control process
- or (2) do not {@link #supportsExpectedLobUsagePattern}.
-
- True if the changes are propagated back to the database; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Is it supported to materialize a LOB locator outside the transaction in
- which it was created?
-
- Again, part of the trickiness here is the fact that this is largely
- driver dependent.
-
- NOTE: all database I have tested which {@link #supportsExpectedLobUsagePattern()}
- also support the ability to materialize a LOB outside the owning transaction...
-
- True if unbounded materialization is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support referencing the table being mutated in
- a subquery. The "table being mutated" is the table referenced in
- an UPDATE or a DELETE query. And so can that table then be
- referenced in a subquery of said UPDATE/DELETE query.
-
- For example, would the following two syntaxes be supported:
- delete from TABLE_A where ID not in ( select ID from TABLE_A )
- update TABLE_A set NON_ID = 'something' where ID in ( select ID from TABLE_A)
-
-
- True if this dialect allows references the mutating table from a subquery.
-
-
- Does the dialect support an exists statement in the select clause?
- True if exists checks are allowed in the select clause; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- For the underlying database, is READ_COMMITTED isolation implemented by
- forcing readers to wait for write locks to be released?
-
- True if writers block readers to achieve READ_COMMITTED; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- For the underlying database, is REPEATABLE_READ isolation implemented by
- forcing writers to wait for read locks to be released?
-
- True if readers block writers to achieve REPEATABLE_READ; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support using a JDBC bind parameter as an argument
- to a function or procedure call?
-
- True if the database supports accepting bind params as args; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support subselects?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support scalar sub-selects?
-
-
- Scalar sub-selects are sub-queries returning a scalar value, not a set. See https://stackoverflow.com/a/648049/1178314
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support pooling parameter in connection string?
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support having clause on a grouped by computation?
-
-
- In other words, is syntax like "... group by aComputation having aComputation ..." supported?
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- Distributed transactions usually imply the use of , but using
- TransactionScope does not imply the transaction will be distributed.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect handles date and time types scale (fractional seconds precision)?
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve a set of default Hibernate properties for this database.
-
-
-
-
- Aggregate SQL functions as defined in general. This is
- a case-insensitive hashtable!
-
-
- The results of this method should be integrated with the
- specialization's data.
-
-
-
-
- Get the command used to select a GUID from the underlying database.
- (Optional operation.)
-
- The appropriate command.
-
-
- Command used to create a table.
-
-
-
- Slight variation on .
- The command used to create a multiset table.
-
-
- Here, we have the command used to create a table when there is no primary key and
- duplicate rows are expected.
-
- Most databases do not care about the distinction; originally added for
- Teradata support which does care.
-
-
-
- Command used to create a temporary table.
-
-
-
- Get any fragments needing to be postfixed to the command for
- temporary table creation.
-
-
-
-
- Should the value returned by
- be treated as callable. Typically this indicates that JDBC escape
- syntax is being used...
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the command used to retrieve the current timestamp from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the database-specific SQL function for retrieving the
- current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the command used to retrieve the current UTC timestamp from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the database-specific SQL function for retrieving the
- current UTC timestamp.
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to insert a row without specifying any column values
-
-
-
-
- The name of the SQL function that transforms a string to lowercase
-
-
-
-
- The maximum length a SQL alias can have.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum number of parameters allowed in a query.
-
-
-
-
- The character used to terminate a SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to add a column to a table.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax for the suffix used to add a column to a table.
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to specify a nullable column
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to create a primary key constraint
-
-
-
-
- Supports splitting batches using GO T-SQL command
-
-
- Batches http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms175502.aspx
-
-
-
-
- Whether is stored as a floating point number.
-
-
-
-
- Registers a NHibernate name for the given type code.
-
- The typecode
- The NHibernate name
-
-
-
- Build an instance of the preferred by this dialect for
- converting into NHibernate's ADOException hierarchy.
-
- The Dialect's preferred .
-
- The default Dialect implementation simply returns a converter based on X/Open SQLState codes.
-
- It is strongly recommended that specific Dialect implementations override this
- method, since interpretation of a SQL error is much more accurate when based on
- the ErrorCode rather than the SQLState. Unfortunately, the ErrorCode is a vendor-specific approach.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for InformixDialect.
- This dialect is intended to work with IDS version 7.31
- However I can test only version 10.00 as I have only this version at work
-
-
- The InformixDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- ConnectionDriver
- NHibernate.Driver.OdbcDriver
- PrepareSql
- true
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to insert a generated value into an identity column (or null).
- Need if the dialect does not support inserts that specify no column values.
-
-
-
- Command used to create a temporary table.
-
-
-
- Get any fragments needing to be postfixed to the command for
- temporary table creation.
-
-
-
-
- Should the value returned by
- be treated as callable. Typically this indicates that JDBC escape
- sytnax is being used...
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the command used to retrieve the current timestamp from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the database-specific SQL function for retrieving the
- current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support FOR UPDATE in conjunction with outer joined rows?
-
- True if outer joined rows can be locked via FOR UPDATE .
-
-
-
- Get the FOR UPDATE OF column_list fragment appropriate for this
- dialect given the aliases of the columns to be write locked.
-
- The columns to be write locked.
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE OF column_list clause string.
-
-
- Does this dialect support temporary tables?
-
-
-
- Does the dialect require that temporary table DDL statements occur in
- isolation from other statements? This would be the case if the creation
- would cause any current transaction to get committed implicitly.
-
- see the result matrix above.
-
- JDBC defines a standard way to query for this information via the
- {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
- method. However, that does not distinguish between temporary table
- DDL and other forms of DDL; MySQL, for example, reports DDL causing a
- transaction commit via its driver, even though that is not the case for
- temporary table DDL.
-
- Possible return values and their meanings:
- {@link Boolean#TRUE} - Unequivocally, perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- {@link Boolean#FALSE} - Unequivocally, do not perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- null - defer to the JDBC driver response in regards to {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support a way to retrieve the database's current timestamp value?
-
-
-
- Whether this dialect have an Identity clause added to the data type or a
- completely separate identity data type
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that returns the identity value of the last insert, if native
- key generation is supported
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used during DDL to define a column as being an IDENTITY of
- a particular type.
-
- The type code.
- The appropriate DDL fragment.
-
-
-
- The keyword used to specify an identity column, if native key generation is supported
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support sequences?
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how joins are handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The SQL literal value to which this database maps boolean values.
- The boolean value
- The appropriate SQL literal.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support UNION ALL, which is generally a faster variant of UNION?
- True if UNION ALL is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A strategy abstraction for how locks are obtained in the underlying database.
-
-
- All locking provided implementations assume the underlying database supports
- (and that the connection is in) at least read-committed transaction isolation.
- The most glaring exclusion to this is HSQLDB which only offers support for
- READ_UNCOMMITTED isolation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire an appropriate type of lock on the underlying data that will
- endure until the end of the current transaction.
-
- The id of the row to be locked
- The current version (or null if not versioned)
- The object logically being locked (currently not used)
- The session from which the lock request originated
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Acquire an appropriate type of lock on the underlying data that will
- endure until the end of the current transaction.
-
- The id of the row to be locked
- The current version (or null if not versioned)
- The object logically being locked (currently not used)
- The session from which the lock request originated
-
-
-
- A locking strategy where the locks are obtained through select statements.
-
-
-
-
- For non-read locks, this is achieved through the Dialect's specific
- SELECT ... FOR UPDATE syntax.
-
-
-
-
- A locking strategy where the locks are obtained through update statements.
-
- This strategy is not valid for read style locks.
-
-
-
- Construct a locking strategy based on SQL UPDATE statements.
-
- The metadata for the entity to be locked.
- Indicates the type of lock to be acquired.
-
- read-locks are not valid for this strategy.
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect targeting Sybase Adaptive Server Enterprise (ASE) 15 and higher.
-
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sybase ASE 15 temporary tables are not supported
-
-
- By default, temporary tables in Sybase ASE 15 can only be created outside a transaction.
- This is not supported by NHibernate. Temporary tables (and other DDL) statements can only
- be run in a transaction if the 'ddl in tran' database option on tempdb is set to 'true'.
- However, Sybase does not recommend this setting due to the performance impact arising from
- locking and contention on tempdb system tables.
-
-
-
-
- This is false only by default. The database can be configured to be
- case-insensitive.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 10 - for the NHibernate 3.0.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2010 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect should be considered BETA software.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere uses DEFAULT AUTOINCREMENT to identify an IDENTITY
- column in a CREATE TABLE statement.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere 10 supports READ, WRITE, and INTENT row
- locks. INTENT locks are sufficient to ensure that other
- concurrent connections cannot modify a row (though other
- connections can still read that row). SQL Anywhere also
- supports 3 modes of snapshot isolation (multi-version
- concurrency control (MVCC).
-
- SQL Anywhere's FOR UPDATE clause supports
- FOR UPDATE BY [ LOCK | VALUES ]
- FOR UPDATE OF ( COLUMN LIST )
-
- though they cannot be specified at the same time. BY LOCK is
- the syntax that acquires INTENT locks. FOR UPDATE BY VALUES
- forces the use of the KEYSET cursor, which returns a warning to
- the application when a row in the cursor has been subsequently
- modified by another connection, and an error if the row has
- been deleted.
-
- SQL Anywhere does not support the FOR UPDATE NOWAIT syntax of
- Oracle on a statement-by-statement basis. However, the
- identical functionality is provided by setting the connection
- option BLOCKING to "OFF", or setting an appropriate timeout
- period through the connection option BLOCKING_TIMEOUT .
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does support FOR UPDATE OF syntax. However,
- in SQL Anywhere one cannot specify both FOR UPDATE OF syntax
- and FOR UPDATE BY LOCK in the same statement. To achieve INTENT
- locking when using FOR UPDATE OF syntax one must use a table hint
- in the query's FROM clause, ie.
-
- SELECT * FROM FOO WITH( UPDLOCK ) FOR UPDATE OF ( column-list ).
-
- In this dialect, we avoid this issue by supporting only
- FOR UPDATE BY LOCK .
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports FOR UPDATE over cursors containing
- outer joins.
-
-
-
-
- Lock rows in the cursor explicitly using INTENT row locks.
-
-
-
-
- Enforce the condition that this query is read-only. This ensure that certain
- query rewrite optimizations, such as join elimination, can be used.
-
-
-
-
- Lock rows in the cursor explicitly using INTENT row locks.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does not support FOR UPDATE NOWAIT . However, the intent
- is to acquire pessimistic locks on the underlying rows; with NHibernate
- one can accomplish this through setting the BLOCKING connection option.
- Hence, with this API we lock rows in the cursor explicitly using INTENT row locks.
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are NOT using
- SQL Anywhere's snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are NOT using
- SQL Anywhere's snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports both double quotes or '[' (Microsoft syntax) for
- quoted identifiers.
-
- Note that quoted identifiers are controlled through
- the QUOTED_IDENTIFIER connection option.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports both double quotes or '[' (Microsoft syntax) for
- quoted identifiers.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere's implementation of KEYSET-DRIVEN cursors does not
- permit absolute positioning. With jConnect as the driver, this support
- will succeed because jConnect FETCHes the entire result set to the client
- first; it will fail with the iAnywhere JDBC driver. Because the server
- may decide to use a KEYSET cursor even if the cursor is declared as
- FORWARD ONLY, this support is disabled.
-
-
-
-
- By default, the SQL Anywhere dbinit utility creates a
- case-insensitive database for the CHAR collation. This can
- be changed through the use of the -c command line switch on
- dbinit, and the setting may differ for the NCHAR collation
- for national character sets. Whether or not a database
- supports case-sensitive comparisons can be determined via
- the DB_Extended_property() function, for example
-
- SELECT DB_EXTENDED_PROPERTY( 'Collation', 'CaseSensitivity');
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports COMMENT ON statements for a wide variety of
- database objects. When the COMMENT statement is executed an implicit
- COMMIT is performed. However, COMMENT syntax for CREATE TABLE , as
- expected by NHibernate (see Table.cs), is not supported.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere currently supports only "VALUES (DEFAULT)", not
- the ANSI standard "DEFAULT VALUES". This latter syntax will be
- supported in the SQL Anywhere 11.0.1 release. For the moment,
- "VALUES (DEFAULT)" works only for a single-column table.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does not require dropping a constraint before
- dropping a table, and the DROP statement syntax used by Hibernate
- to drop a constraint is not compatible with SQL Anywhere, so disable it.
-
-
-
-
- In SQL Anywhere, the syntax, DECLARE LOCAL TEMPORARY TABLE ...,
- can also be used, which creates a temporary table with procedure scope,
- which may be important for stored procedures.
-
-
-
-
- Assume that temporary table rows should be preserved across COMMITs.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere 10 does not perform a COMMIT upon creation of
- a temporary table. However, it does perform an implicit
- COMMIT when creating an index over a temporary table, or
- upon ALTERing the definition of temporary table.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does support OUT parameters with callable stored procedures.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere has a micro-second resolution.
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- Maintains the set of ANSI SQL keywords
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve all keywords defined by ANSI SQL:2003
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for DB2 on iSeries OS/400.
-
-
- The DB2400Dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for DB2.
-
-
- The DB2Dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for FirebirdDialect.
-
-
- The FirebirdDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- As of v2.5 and 3.0.2, fails rollback-ing changes when distributed: changes are instead persisted in database.
- (With ADO .Net Provider 5.9.1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ::=
- EXTRACT FROM
-
- ::=
- |
-
- ::=
- YEAR |
- MONTH |
- DAY |
- HOUR |
- MINUTE |
- SECOND
-
- ::=
- TIMEZONE_HOUR |
- TIMEZONE_MINUTE
- ]]>
-
-
-
-
- ANSI-SQL substring
- Documented in:
- ANSI X3.135-1992
- American National Standard for Information Systems - Database Language - SQL
-
-
- Syntax:
- ::=
- SUBSTRING FROM < start position>
- [ FOR ]
- ]]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQLFunction implementation that emulates the ANSI SQL trim function
- on dialects which do not support the full definition. However, this function
- definition does assume the availability of ltrim, rtrim, and replace functions
- which it uses in various combinations to emulate the desired ANSI trim()
- functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor. The target database has to support the replace function.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for supplying the name of the replace function to use.
-
- The replace function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- according to both the ANSI-SQL and EJB3 specs, trim can either take
- exactly one parameter or a variable number of parameters between 1 and 4.
- from the SQL spec:
- ::=
- TRIM
-
- ::=
- [ [ ] [ ] FROM ]
-
- ::=
- LEADING
- | TRAILING
- | BOTH
- ]]>
- If only trim specification is omitted, BOTH is assumed;
- if trim character is omitted, space is assumed
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Treats bitwise operations as SQL function calls.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of this class using the provided function name.
-
-
- The bitwise function name as defined by the SQL-Dialect.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Treats bitwise operations as native operations.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance using the giving token.
-
-
- The operation token.
-
-
- Use this constructor only if the token DOES NOT represent an unary operator.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance using the giving token and the flag indicating if it is an unary operator.
-
- The operation token.
- Whether the operation is unary or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ANSI-SQL style cast(foo as type) where the type is a NHibernate type
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the SQL fragment representing the SQL cast.
-
- The cast argument.
- The SQL type to cast to.
- The session factory.
- A SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Emulation of locate() on Sybase
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Whether the function accepts an asterisk (*) in place of arguments
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- True if accept asterisk like argument
- Return type for the function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Classic AVG sqlfunction that return types as it was done in Hibernate 3.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Classic COUNT sqlfunction that return types as it was done in Hibernate 3.1
-
-
-
-
- Classic SUM sqlfunction that return types as it was done in Hibernate 3.1
-
-
-
-
- Provides a substring implementation of the form substring(expr, start, length)
- for SQL dialects where the length argument is mandatory. If this is called
- from HQL with only two arguments, this implementation will generate the length
- parameter as (len(expr) + 1 - start).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the EmulatedLengthSubstringFunction class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides support routines for the HQL functions as used
- in the various SQL Dialects
-
- Provides an interface for supporting various HQL functions that are
- translated to SQL. The Dialect and its sub-classes use this interface to
- provide details required for processing of the function.
-
-
-
-
- The function return type
-
- The type of the first argument
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this function have any arguments?
-
-
-
-
- If there are no arguments, are parens required?
-
-
-
-
- Render the function call as SQL.
-
- List of arguments
-
- SQL fragment for the function.
-
-
-
- Get the type that will be effectively returned by the underlying database.
-
- The sql function.
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
- When is set to and the
- number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
- Get the function general return type, ignoring underlying database specifics.
-
- The sql function.
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
- The function name or when multiple functions/operators/statements are used.
-
-
-
-
- Get the function general return type, ignoring underlying database specifics.
-
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
- Get the type that will be effectively returned by the underlying database.
-
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
- When is set to and the
- number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for NoArgSQLFunction.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Emulation of coalesce() on Oracle, using multiple nvl() calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Emulation of locate() on PostgreSQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Find function by function name ignoring case
-
-
-
-
- Represents HQL functions that can have different representations in different SQL dialects.
- E.g. in HQL we can define function concat(?1, ?2) to concatenate two strings
- p1 and p2. Target SQL function will be dialect-specific, e.g. (?1 || ?2) for
- Oracle, concat(?1, ?2) for MySql, (?1 + ?2) for MS SQL.
- Each dialect will define a template as a string (exactly like above) marking function
- parameters with '?' followed by parameter's index (first index is 1).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies the template to passed in arguments.
-
- args function arguments
- generated SQL function call
-
-
-
-
- A template-based SQL function which substitutes required missing parameters with defaults.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a standard implementation that supports the majority of the HQL
- functions that are translated to SQL.
-
-
- The Dialect and its sub-classes use this class to provide details required
- for processing of the associated function.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSafeSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Exact number of arguments expected.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSafeSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Return type for the function.
- Exact number of arguments expected.
-
-
-
- Provides a standard implementation that supports the majority of the HQL
- functions that are translated to SQL.
-
-
- The Dialect and its sub-classes use this class to provide details required
- for processing of the associated function.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Return type for the function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL function which substitutes required missing parameters with defaults.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A HQL only cast for helping HQL knowing the type. Does not generates any actual cast in SQL code.
-
-
-
-
- Renders the SQL fragment representing the casted expression without actually casting it.
-
- The cast argument.
- The SQL type to cast to, ignored for rendering.
- The session factory.
- A SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Support for slightly more general templating than StandardSQLFunction,
- with an unlimited number of arguments.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic SQL dialect which may or may not work on any actual databases
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for the SAP HANA column store
-
-
- The HanaColumnStoreDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect base class for SAP HANA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for the SAP HANA row store
-
-
- The HanaRowStoreDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Extract the name of the violated constraint from the given DbException.
-
- The exception that was the result of the constraint violation.
- The extracted constraint name.
-
-
-
- Summary description for InformixDialect.
- This dialect is intended to work with IDS version 9.40
-
-
- The InformixDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- ConnectionDriver
- NHibernate.Driver.OdbcDriver
- PrepareSql
- true
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the select command used retrieve the names of all sequences.
- The select command; or null if sequences are not supported.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support sequences?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support "pooled" sequences. Not aware of a better
- name for this. Essentially can we specify the initial and increment values?
-
- True if such "pooled" sequences are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Generate the appropriate select statement to to retrieve the next value
- of a sequence.
-
- the name of the sequence
- String The "nextval" select string.
- This should be a "stand alone" select statement.
-
-
-
- Generate the select expression fragment that will retrieve the next
- value of a sequence as part of another (typically DML) statement.
-
- the name of the sequence
- The "nextval" fragment.
-
- This differs from in that this
- should return an expression usable within another statement.
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how joins are handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for InformixDialect.
- This dialect is intended to work with IDS version 10.00
-
-
- The InformixDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- ConnectionDriver
- NHibernate.Driver.OdbcDriver
- PrepareSql
- true
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to add a LIMIT clause to the given SQL SELECT .
- Expects any database-specific offset and limit adjustments to have already been performed (ex. UseMaxForLimit, OffsetStartsAtOne).
-
- The to base the limit query off.
- Offset of the first row to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no limit is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for OffsetStartsAtOne.
- Maximum number of rows to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no offset is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for UseMaxForLimit.
-
- A new that contains the LIMIT clause. Returns null
- if represents a SQL statement to which a limit clause cannot be added,
- for example when the query string is custom SQL invoking a stored procedure.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for IngresSQL.
-
-
- The IngresDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- by default for Ingres,
- .
-
-
-
- Use a parameter with ParameterDirection.Output
-
-
-
-
- Use a parameter with ParameterDirection.ReturnValue
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect compatible with Microsoft SQL Server 2000.
-
-
- The MsSql2000Dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
adonet.batch_size
- 10
-
- -
-
query.substitutions
- true 1, false 0, yes 'Y', no 'N'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates the string to drop the table using SQL Server syntax.
-
- The name of the table to drop.
- The SQL with the inserted.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- True, we'll use the SELECT TOP nn syntax.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does the LIMIT clause take a "maximum" row number
- instead of a total number of returned rows?
-
- false, unless overridden
-
-
-
-
-
-
- MsSql does not require the OpenQuote to be escaped as long as the first char
- is an OpenQuote.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a string containing the query to check if an object exists
-
- The catalong name
- The schema name
- The table name
- The name of the object
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- On SQL Server there is a limit of 2100 parameters, but two are reserved for sp_executesql
- and three for sp_prepexec (used when preparing is enabled). Set the number to 2097
- as the worst case scenario.
-
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Server.
-
-
- http://stackoverflow.com/a/7264795/259946
-
-
-
- Sql Server 2005 supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality.
-
- true
-
-
-
- Sql Server 2005 supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality with an offset.
-
- true
-
-
-
- Sql Server 2005 supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality with an offset.
-
- false
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are using
- SQL Server 2005 snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are using
- SQL Server 2005 snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a T-SQL SELECT statement into a statement that will - when executed - return a 'page' of results. The page is defined
- by a page size ('limit'), and/or a starting page number ('offset').
-
-
-
-
- Returns a TSQL SELECT statement that will - when executed - return a 'page' of results.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Should be preserved instead of switching it to ?
-
-
- for preserving , for
- replacing it with .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect compatible with Microsoft SQL Server 7.
-
-
- There have been no test run with this because the NHibernate team does not
- have a machine with Sql 7 installed on it. But there have been users using
- Ms Sql 7 with NHibernate. As issues with Ms Sql 7 and NHibernate become known
- this Dialect will be updated.
-
-
-
-
- Uses @@identity to get the Id value.
-
-
- There is a well known problem with @@identity and triggers that insert into
- rows into other tables that also use an identity column. The only way I know
- of to get around this problem is to upgrade your database server to Ms Sql 2000.
-
-
-
-
- A dialect for SQL Server Everywhere (SQL Server CE).
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections in the same transaction?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support pooling parameter in connection string?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- Fails enlisting a connection into a distributed transaction, fails promoting a transaction
- to distributed when it has already a connection enlisted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for MySQL
-
-
- The MySQLDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the SQL string to drop a foreign key constraint.
-
- The name of the foreign key to drop.
- The SQL string to drop the foreign key constraint.
-
-
-
- Create the SQL string to drop a primary key constraint.
-
- The name of the primary key to drop.
- The SQL string to drop the primary key constraint.
-
-
-
- Create the SQL string to drop an index.
-
- The name of the index to drop.
- The SQL string to drop the index constraint.
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code, to be used in CAST()
- statements.
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code, to be used in CAST()
- statements.
-
- The typecode
-
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections in the same transaction?
-
-
- NotSupportedException : Multiple simultaneous connections or connections with different
- connection strings inside the same transaction are not currently supported.
-
-
-
-
- by default for MySQL,
- .
-
-
-
- by default for MySQL,
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- Fails enlisting a connection into a distributed transaction, fails promoting a transaction
- to distributed when it has already a connection enlisted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A dialect specifically for use with Oracle 10g.
-
-
- The main difference between this dialect and
- is the use of "ANSI join syntax" here...
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A dialect specifically for use with Oracle 12c.
-
-
- The main difference between this dialect and
- is the use of "ANSI join syntax" here...
-
-
-
-
- Oracle 12c supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality with an offset.
-
- false
-
-
-
- A dialect for Oracle 8i.
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2 . This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
- This property is set according to
- configuration parameter.
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Support for the oracle proprietary join syntax...
-
- The oracle join fragment
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map case support to the Oracle DECODE function. Oracle did not
- add support for CASE until 9i.
-
- The oracle CASE -> DECODE fragment
-
-
-
- Allows access to the basic
- implementation...
-
- The mapping type
- The appropriate select cluse fragment
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the same value as .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- It's a immature version, it just work.
- An SQL dialect for Oracle Lite
-
-
- The OracleLiteDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL 8.1 and above.
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.1 supports FOR UPDATE ... NOWAIT syntax.
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports Identity column using the "SERIAL" type.
- Serial type is a "virtual" type that will automatically:
-
-
- Create a sequence named tablename_colname_seq.
- Set the default value of this column to the next value of the
- sequence. (using function nextval('tablename_colname_seq') )
- Add a "NOT NULL" constraint to this column.
- Set the sequence as "owned by" the table.
-
-
- To insert the next value of the sequence into the serial column,
- exclude the column from the list of columns
- in the INSERT statement or use the DEFAULT key word.
-
-
- If the table or the column is dropped, the sequence is dropped too.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports Identity column using the "SERIAL" type.
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL doesn't have type in identity column.
-
-
- To create an identity column it uses the SQL syntax
- CREATE TABLE tablename (colname SERIAL); or
- CREATE TABLE tablename (colname BIGSERIAL);
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports serial and serial4 type for 4 bytes integer auto increment column.
- bigserial or serial8 can be used for 8 bytes integer auto increment column.
-
- bigserial if equal Int64,
- serial otherwise
-
-
-
- The sql syntax to insert a row without specifying any column in PostgreSQL is
- INSERT INTO table DEFAULT VALUES;
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.1 and above defined the function lastval() that returns the
- value of the last sequence that nextval() was used on in the current session.
- Call lastval() if nextval() has not yet been called in the current
- session throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL 8.2 and above.
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.2 supports DROP TABLE IF EXISTS tablename
- and DROP SEQUENCE IF EXISTS sequencename syntax.
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL 8.3 and above.
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.3 supports xml type
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL.
-
-
- The PostgreSQLDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Supported with SQL 2003 syntax since 7.4, released 2003-11-17. For older versions
- we need to override GetCreateSequenceString(string, int, int) and provide alternative
- syntax, but I don't think we need to bother for such ancient releases (considered EOL).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports UNION ALL clause
-
- Reference:
- PostgreSQL 8.0 UNION Clause documentation
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL requires to cast NULL values to correctly handle UNION/UNION ALL
-
- See
- PostgreSQL BUG #1847: Error in some kind of UNION query.
-
- The type code.
- null casted as : "null::sqltypename "
-
-
-
- Should LOBs (both BLOB and CLOB) be bound using stream operations (i.e.
- {@link java.sql.PreparedStatement#setBinaryStream}).
-
- True if BLOBs and CLOBs should be bound using stream operations.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect supports distributed transaction? false .
-
-
- Npgsql since its version 3.2.5 version has race conditions: it fails handling the threading involved with
- distributed transactions. This causes a bunch of distributed tests to be flaky with Npgsql. Individually,
- they usually succeed, but run together, some of them fail. The trouble was not occuring with Npgsql 3.2.4.1.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SapSQLAnywhere17Dialect uses the SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect as its
- base class.
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does not supports null in unique constraints. As this disable generation of unique
- constraints when a column is nullable, even if the application never put null in it, it could
- be a breaking change. So this property is overriden to false only in this new 17 dialect.
-
-
-
-
- Common implementation of schema reader.
-
-
- This implementation of is based on the new of
- .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- Should be used for searching tables instead of using separately
- the table, schema and catalog names? If , dialect must be provided
- with .
-
-
-
-
- This class is specific of NHibernate and supply DatabaseMetaData of Java.
- In the .NET Framework, there is no direct equivalent.
-
-
- Implementation is provide by a dialect.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- quoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in mixed case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- quoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in upper case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- unquoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in upper case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- quoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in lower case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- unquoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in lower case,
-
-
-
-
- Gets a description of the tables available for the catalog
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- a list of table types to include
- Each row
-
-
-
- The name of the column that represent the TABLE_NAME in the
- returned by .
-
-
-
-
- Get the Table MetaData.
-
- The resultSet of .
- Include FKs and indexes
-
-
-
-
- Gets a description of the table columns available
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- a column name pattern
- A description of the table columns available
-
-
-
- Get a description of the given table's indices and statistics.
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- A description of the table's indices available
- The result is relative to the schema collections "Indexes".
-
-
-
- Get a description of the given table's indices and statistics.
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- The name of the index
- A description of the table's indices available
- The result is relative to the schema collections "IndexColumns".
-
-
-
- Gets a description of the foreign keys available
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema name, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name
- A description of the foreign keys available
-
-
-
- Get all reserved words
-
- A set of reserved words
-
-
-
- Get a value from the DataRow. Multiple alternative column names can be given.
- The names are tried in order, and the value from the first present column
- is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Get a string value from the DataRow. Multiple alternative column names can be given.
- The names are tried in order, and the value from the first present column
- is returned.
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for SQLite.
-
-
-
- Author: Ioan Bizau
-
-
-
-
-
- The effective value of the BinaryGuid connection string parameter.
- The default value in SQLite is true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQLite does not currently support dropping foreign key constraints by alter statements.
- This means that tables cannot be dropped if there are any rows that depend on those.
- If there are cycles between tables, it would even be excessively difficult to delete
- the data in the right order first. Because of this, we just turn off the foreign
- constraints before we drop the schema and hope that we're not going to break anything. :(
- We could theoretically check for data consistency afterwards, but we don't currently.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections?
-
-
- As documented at https://www.sqlite.org/faq.html#q5
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect supports distributed transaction? false .
-
-
- SQLite does not have a two phases commit and as such does not respect distributed transaction semantic.
- But moreover, it fails handling the threading involved with distributed transactions (see
- https://system.data.sqlite.org/index.html/tktview/5cee5409f84da5f62172 ).
- It has moreover some flakyness in tests due to seemingly highly delayed (> 500ms) commits when distributed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for Sybase Adaptive Server Anywhere 9.0. (Renamed SQL Anywhere from its version 10.)
-
-
-
- This dialect probably will not work with schema-export. If anyone out there
- can fill in the ctor with DbTypes to Strings that would be helpful.
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ASA does not require to drop constraint before dropping tables, and DROP statement
- syntax used by Hibernate to drop constraint is not compatible with ASA, so disable it.
- Comments matches SybaseAnywhereDialect from Hibernate-3.1 src
-
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 11 - for the NHibernate 3.0.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2010 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect should be considered BETA software.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 - for the NHibernate 3.2.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2011 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 is a contribution to the NHibernate
- open-source project. It is intended to be included in the NHibernate
- distribution and is licensed under LGPL.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect uses the SybaseSQLAnywhere11Dialect as its
- base class. SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect includes support for ISO SQL standard
- sequences, which are defined in the catalog table SYSSEQUENCE .
- The dialect uses the SybaseSQLAnywhe11MetaData class for metadata API
- calls, which correctly supports reserved words defined by SQL Anywhere.
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere the ANSI standard "DEFAULT VALUES" since 11.0.1 release (not 11.0.0).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports SEQUENCES using a primarily SQL Standard
- syntax. Sequence values can be queried using the .CURRVAL identifier, and the next
- value in a sequence can be retrieved using the .NEXTVAL identifier. Sequences
- are retained in the SYS.SYSSEQUENCE catalog table.
-
-
-
-
- Pooled sequences does not refer to the CACHE parameter of the CREATE SEQUENCE
- statement, but merely if the DBMS supports sequences that can be incremented or decremented
- by values greater than 1.
-
-
-
- Get the SELECT command used to retrieve the names of all sequences.
- The SELECT command; or NULL if sequences are not supported.
-
-
-
- This class maps a DbType to names.
-
-
- Associations may be marked with a capacity. Calling the Get()
- method with a type and actual size n will return the associated
- name with smallest capacity >= n, if available and an unmarked
- default type otherwise.
- Eg, setting
-
- Names.Put(DbType, "TEXT" );
- Names.Put(DbType, 255, "VARCHAR($l)" );
- Names.Put(DbType, 65534, "LONGVARCHAR($l)" );
-
- will give you back the following:
-
- Names.Get(DbType) // --> "TEXT" (default)
- Names.Get(DbType,100) // --> "VARCHAR(100)" (100 is in [0:255])
- Names.Get(DbType,1000) // --> "LONGVARCHAR(1000)" (100 is in [256:65534])
- Names.Get(DbType,100000) // --> "TEXT" (default)
-
- On the other hand, simply putting
-
- Names.Put(DbType, "VARCHAR($l)" );
-
- would result in
-
- Names.Get(DbType) // --> "VARCHAR($l)" (will cause trouble)
- Names.Get(DbType,100) // --> "VARCHAR(100)"
- Names.Get(DbType,1000) // --> "VARCHAR(1000)"
- Names.Get(DbType,10000) // --> "VARCHAR(10000)"
-
-
-
-
-
- Get default type name for specified type
-
- the type key
- the default type name associated with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get default type name for specified type.
-
- The type key.
- The default type name that will be set in case it was found.
- Whether the default type name was found.
-
-
-
- Get the type name specified type and size
-
- the type key
- the SQL length
- the SQL scale
- the SQL precision
-
- The associated name with smallest capacity >= size (or precision for decimal, or scale for date time types)
- if available, otherwise the default type name.
-
-
-
-
- Get the type name specified type and size.
-
- The type key.
- The SQL length.
- The SQL scale.
- The SQL precision.
-
- The associated name with smallest capacity >= size (or precision for decimal, or scale for date time types)
- if available, otherwise the default type name.
-
- Whether the type name was found.
-
-
-
- For types with a simple length (or precision for decimal, or scale for date time types), this method
- returns the definition for the longest registered type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a type name for specified type key and capacity
-
- the type key
- the (maximum) type size/length, precision or scale
- The associated name
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute the given for each command of the resultset.
-
- The action to perform where the first parameter is the and the second parameter is the parameters offset of the .
-
-
-
- Datareader wrapper with the same life cycle of its command (through the batcher)
-
-
-
-
- Get a data reader for this multiple result sets command.
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A data reader.
-
-
-
- Get a data reader for this multiple result sets command.
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
- A data reader.
-
-
-
- Some Data Providers (ie - SqlClient) do not support Multiple Active Result Sets (MARS).
- NHibernate relies on being able to create MARS to read Components and entities inside
- of Collections.
-
-
- This is a completely off-line DataReader - the underlying DbDataReader that was used to create
- this has been closed and no connections to the Db exists.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a NDataReader from a
-
- The to get the records from the Database.
- if we are loading the in the middle of reading it.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- NHibernate attempts to not have to read the contents of an into memory until it absolutely
- has to. What that means is that it might have processed some records from the and will
- pick up the midstream so that the underlying can be closed
- so a new one can be opened.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a Result from a DataReader in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NResult class.
-
- The DbDataReader to populate the Result with.
-
- if the is already positioned on the record
- to start reading from.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NResult class.
-
- The DbDataReader to populate the Result with.
-
- if the is already positioned on the record
- to start reading from.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a NDataReader from a
-
- The to get the records from the Database.
- if we are loading the in the middle of reading it.
-
- NHibernate attempts to not have to read the contents of an into memory until it absolutely
- has to. What that means is that it might have processed some records from the and will
- pick up the midstream so that the underlying can be closed
- so a new one can be opened.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the values that can be cached back to null and sets the
- index of the cached column to -1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An implementation of that will work with either an
- returned by Execute or with an
- whose contents have been read into a .
-
-
-
- This allows NHibernate to use the underlying for as long as
- possible without the need to read everything into the .
-
-
- The consumer of the returned from does
- not need to know the underlying reader and can use it the same even if it switches from an
- to in the middle of its use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NHybridDataReader class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
- if the contents of the DbDataReader should be read into memory right away.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Reads all of the contents into memory because another
- needs to be opened.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This will result in a no op if the reader is closed or is already in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NHybridDataReader class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
- if the contents of the DbDataReader should be read into memory right away.
-
-
-
- Reads all of the contents into memory because another
- needs to be opened.
-
-
- This will result in a no op if the reader is closed or is already in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Gets if the object is in the middle of reading a Result.
-
- if NextResult and Read have been called on the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Disose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this NHybridDataReader is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- If this NHybridDataReader is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this NHybridDataReader back to life.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate driver base for using ODP.Net.
-
-
- Original code was contributed by James Mills
- on the NHibernate forums in this
- post .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The assembly name of the managed or unmanage driver. Namespaces will be derived from it.
-
- Thrown when the requested assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2 . This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
- This property is set according to
- configuration parameter.
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
-
-
-
-
- Whether binary_double and binary_float are used for and types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add logic to ensure that a parameter is not created since
- ODP.NET doesn't support it. Handle and cases too.
- Adjust resulting type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate driver for the Community CsharpSqlite data provider.
-
- Author: Nikolaos Tountas
-
-
-
-
- In order to use this Driver you must have the Community.CsharpSqlite.dll and Community.CsharpSqlite.SQLiteClient assemblies referenced.
-
-
- Please check http://code.google.com/p/csharp-sqlite/ for more information regarding csharp-sqlite.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Community.CsharpSqlite.dll assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2.iSeries DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the IBM.Data.DB2.iSeries assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2.Core DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2 DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- A base for NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2 or IBM.Data.DB2.Core DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the assemblyName assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the driver [supports multiple queries].
-
-
- true if [supports multiple queries]; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result sets command.
-
- The implementor of the session.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for dotConnect for MySQL by DevArt.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly Devart.Data.MySql.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (Devart.Data.dll ).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding dotConnect for MySQL.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the Devart.Data.MySql assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Devart.Data.MySql uses named parameters in the sql.
-
- - MySql uses @ in the sql.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Devart.Data.MySql use the @ to locate parameters in sql.
-
- @ is used to locate parameters in sql.
-
-
-
- Base class for the implementation of IDriver
-
-
-
-
- Unwraps the in case it is wrapped, otherwise the same instance is returned.
-
- The command to unwrap.
- The unwrapped command.
-
-
-
- Begin an ADO .
-
- The isolation level requested for the transaction.
- The connection on which to start the transaction.
- The started .
-
-
-
- Does this Driver require the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- For example, SqlClient requires select * from simple where simple_id = @simple_id
- If this is false, like with the OleDb provider, then it is assumed that
- the ? can be a placeholder for the parameter in the SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- Does this Driver require the use of the Named Prefix when trying
- to reference the Parameter in the Command's Parameter collection.
-
-
- This is really only useful when the UseNamedPrefixInSql == true. When this is true the
- code will look like:
- DbParameter param = cmd.Parameters["@paramName"]
- if this is false the code will be
- DbParameter param = cmd.Parameters["paramName"].
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" and Oracle uses ":" .
-
-
-
-
- Change the parameterName into the correct format DbCommand.CommandText
- for the ConnectionProvider
-
- The unformatted name of the parameter
- A parameter formatted for an DbCommand.CommandText
-
-
-
- Changes the parameterName into the correct format for an DbParameter
- for the Driver.
-
-
- For SqlServerConnectionProvider it will change id to @id
-
- The unformatted name of the parameter
- A parameter formatted for an DbParameter.
-
-
-
- Does this Driver support DbCommand.Prepare().
-
-
-
- A value of indicates that an exception would be thrown or the
- company that produces the Driver we are wrapping does not recommend using
- DbCommand.Prepare().
-
-
- A value of indicates that calling DbCommand.Prepare() will function
- fine on this Driver.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates an DbParameter for the DbCommand. It does not add the DbParameter to the DbCommand's
- Parameter collection.
-
- The DbCommand to use to create the DbParameter.
- The name to set for DbParameter.Name
- The SqlType to set for DbParameter.
- An DbParameter ready to be added to an DbCommand.
-
-
-
- Override to make any adjustments to the DbCommand object. (e.g., Oracle custom OUT parameter)
- Parameters have been bound by this point, so their order can be adjusted too.
- This is analogous to the RegisterResultSetOutParameter() function in Hibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Override to make any adjustments to each DbCommand object before it added to the batcher.
-
- The command.
-
- This method is similar to the but, instead be called just before execute the command (that can be a batch)
- is executed before add each single command to the batcher and before .
- If you have to adjust parameters values/type (when the command is full filled) this is a good place where do it.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Begin an ADO .
-
- The driver.
- The isolation level requested for the transaction.
- The connection on which to start the transaction.
- The started .
-
-
-
- Unwraps the in case it is wrapped, otherwise the same instance is returned.
-
- The driver.
- The command to unwrap.
- The unwrapped command.
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Firebird data provider located in
- FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the FirebirdSql.Data.Firebird assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Clears the connection pool.
-
- The connection string of connections for which to clear the pool.
- null for clearing them all.
-
-
-
- This driver support of is not compliant and too heavily
- restricts what can be done for NHibernate tests. See DNET-764, DNET-766 (and bonus, DNET-765).
-
-
-
- -
-
DNET-764
- When auto-enlistment is enabled (Enlist=true in connection string), the driver throws if
- attempting to open a connection without an ambient transaction. http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-764
-
-
- -
-
DNET-765
- When the connection string does not specify auto-enlistment parameter Enlist , the driver
- defaults to false . http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-765
-
-
- -
-
DNET-766
- When auto-enlistment is disabled (Enlist=false in connection string), the driver ignores
- calls to . They silently do
- nothing, the Firebird connection does not get enlisted. http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-766
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- . Enlistment is completely disabled when auto-enlistment is disabled.
- See http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-766.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for the SAP HANA column store.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (libadonetHDB.dll and libSQLDBCHDB.dll
- are required by the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll as of the time of this writing).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding SAP HANA.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver base class for SAP HANA.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5 assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
-
- Named parameters are not supported by the SAP HANA .Net provider.
- https://help.sap.com/viewer/0eec0d68141541d1b07893a39944924e/2.0.02/en-US/d197835a6d611014a07fd73ee6fed6eb.html
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- It does support it indeed, provided any previous transaction has finished completing. But scopes
- are always promoted to distributed with HanaConnection , which causes them to complete on concurrent
- threads. This creates race conditions with following a scope disposal. As this null enlistment feature
- is here for attemptinng de-enlisting a connection from a completed transaction not yet cleaned-up, and as
- HanaConnection does not handle such a case, better disable it.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for the SAP HANA row store.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (libadonetHDB.dll and libSQLDBCHDB.dll
- are required by the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll as of the time of this writing).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding SAP HANA.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for describing how NHibernate should interact with the different .NET Data
- Providers.
-
-
-
- The IDriver interface is not intended to be exposed to the application.
- Instead it is used internally by NHibernate to obtain connection objects, command objects, and
- to generate and prepare DbCommands . Implementors should provide a
- public default constructor.
-
-
- This is the interface to implement, or you can inherit from
- if you have an ADO.NET data provider that NHibernate does not have built in support for.
- To use the driver, NHibernate property connection.driver_class should be
- set to the assembly-qualified name of the driver class.
-
-
- key="connection.driver_class"
- value="FullyQualifiedClassName, AssemblyName"
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure the driver using .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an uninitialized DbConnection object for the specific Driver
-
-
-
-
- Does this Driver support having more than 1 open DbDataReader with
- the same DbConnection.
-
-
-
- A value of indicates that an exception would be thrown if NHibernate
- attempted to have 2 DbDataReaders open using the same DbConnection. NHibernate
- (since this version is a close to straight port of Hibernate) relies on the
- ability to recursively open 2 DbDataReaders. If the Driver does not support it
- then NHibernate will read the values from the DbDataReader into an .
-
-
- A value of will result in greater performance because an DbDataReader can be used
- instead of the . So if the Driver supports it then make sure
- it is set to .
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates an DbCommand from the SqlString according to the requirements of the DataProvider.
-
- The of the command to generate.
- The SqlString that contains the SQL.
- The types of the parameters to generate for the command.
- An DbCommand with the CommandText and Parameters fully set.
-
-
-
- Prepare the by calling .
- May be a no-op if the driver does not support preparing commands, or for any other reason.
-
- The command.
-
-
-
- Generates an DbParameter for the DbCommand. It does not add the DbParameter to the DbCommand's
- Parameter collection.
-
- The DbCommand to use to create the DbParameter.
- The name to set for DbParameter.Name
- The SqlType to set for DbParameter.
- An DbParameter ready to be added to an DbCommand.
-
-
-
- Remove 'extra' parameters from the DbCommand
-
-
- We sometimes create more parameters than necessary (see NH-2792 & also comments in SqlStringFormatter.ISqlStringVisitor.Parameter)
-
-
-
-
- Expand the parameters of the cmd to have a single parameter for each parameter in the
- sql string
-
-
- This is for databases that do not support named parameters. So, instead of a single parameter
- for 'select ... from MyTable t where t.Col1 = @p0 and t.Col2 = @p0' we can issue
- 'select ... from MyTable t where t.Col1 = ? and t.Col2 = ?'
-
-
-
-
- Make any adjustments to each DbCommand object before it is added to the batcher.
-
- The command.
-
- This method should be executed before add each single command to the batcher.
- If you have to adjust parameters values/type (when the command is full filled) this is a good place where do it.
-
-
-
-
- Does this driver mandates values for time?
-
-
-
-
- Does this driver support ?
-
-
-
-
- Does this driver connections support enlisting with a transaction?
-
- Enlisting with allows to leave a completed transaction and
- starts accepting auto-committed statements.
-
-
-
- Does this driver connections support explicitly enlisting with a transaction when auto-enlistment
- is disabled?
-
-
-
-
- Does sometimes this driver finish distributed transaction after end of scope disposal?
-
-
- See https://github.com/npgsql/npgsql/issues/1571#issuecomment-308651461 discussion with a Microsoft
- employee: MSDTC considers a transaction to be committed once it has collected all participant votes
- for committing from prepare phase. It then immediately notifies all participants of the outcome.
- This causes TransactionScope.Dispose to leave while the second phase of participants may still
- be executing. This means the transaction from the db view point can still be pending and not yet
- committed after the scope disposal. This is by design of MSDTC and we have to cope with that.
- Some data provider may have a global locking mechanism causing any subsequent use to wait for the
- end of the commit phase, but this is not a general case. Some other, as Npgsql < v3.2.5, may
- crash due to this, because they re-use the connection in the second phase.
-
-
-
-
- The minimal date supplied as a supported by this driver.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Informix DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the IBM.Data.Informix assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Ingres DataProvider
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the SqlClient DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the Parameter.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- With read committed snapshot or lower, SQL Server may have not actually already committed the transaction
- right after the scope disposal.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Blob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Blob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a character (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a character, otherwise False
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for MySQL.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly MySql.Data.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (ICSharpCode.SharpZipLib.dll is required by
- the assembly MySql.Data.dll as of the time of this writing).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding MySQL.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the MySql.Data assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- MySql.Data uses named parameters in the sql.
-
- - MySql uses ? in the sql.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- MySql.Data use the ? to locate parameters in sql.
-
- ? is used to locate parameters in sql.
-
-
-
- The MySql.Data driver does NOT support more than 1 open DbDataReader
- with only 1 DbConnection.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
-
-
- MySql.Data does not support preparing of commands.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
- With the Gamma MySql.Data provider it is throwing an exception with the
- message "Expected End of data packet" when a select command is prepared.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The PostgreSQL data provider provides a database driver for PostgreSQL.
-
- Author: Oliver Weichhold
-
-
-
-
- In order to use this Driver you must have the Npgsql.dll Assembly available for
- NHibernate to load it.
-
-
- Please check the products website
- http://www.postgresql.org/
- for any updates and or documentation.
-
-
- The homepage for the .NET DataProvider is:
- http://pgfoundry.org/projects/npgsql .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the Npgsql assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- NH-2267 Patrick Earl
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Odbc DataProvider
-
-
- Always look for a native .NET DataProvider before using the Odbc DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- Depends on target DB in the Odbc case. This in facts depends on both the driver and the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the OleDb DataProvider
-
-
- Always look for a native .NET DataProvider before using the OleDb DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- OLE DB provider does not support multiple open data readers
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle.DataAccess (unmanaged) DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Oracle.DataAccess assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle.DataAccess.Lite DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Oracle.DataAccess.Lite_w32 assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- This adds logic to ensure that a DbType.Boolean parameter is not created since
- ODP.NET doesn't support it.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle.ManagedDataAccess DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Oracle.ManagedDataAccess assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- If the driver use a third party driver (not a .Net Framework DbProvider), its assembly version.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- Assembly to load the types from.
- Connection type name.
- Command type name.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- The Invariant name of a provider.
- Assembly to load the types from.
- Connection type name.
- Command type name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the SqlClient DataProvider
-
-
-
- http://stackoverflow.com/a/7264795/259946
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the Parameter.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" .
-
-
-
-
- The SqlClient driver does NOT support more than 1 open DbDataReader
- with only 1 DbConnection.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
- MS SQL Server 2000 (and 7) throws an exception when multiple DbDataReaders are
- attempted to be opened. When SQL Server 2005 comes out a new driver will be
- created for it because SQL Server 2005 is supposed to support it.
-
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Blob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Blob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a character (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a character, otherwise False
-
-
-
- With read committed snapshot or lower, SQL Server may have not actually already committed the transaction
- right after the scope disposal.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate driver for the System.Data.SQLite data provider for .NET.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the System.Data.SQLite.dll assembly available
- for NHibernate to load. This assembly includes the SQLite.dll or SQLite3.dll libraries.
-
-
- You can get the System.Data.SQLite.dll assembly from
- https://system.data.sqlite.org/
-
-
- Please check https://www.sqlite.org/ for more information regarding SQLite.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the SQLite.NET assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate driver for Microsoft SQL Server CE data provider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the Parameter.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" .
-
-
-
-
- The SqlClient driver does NOT support more than 1 open DbDataReader
- with only 1 DbConnection.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
- Ms Sql 2000 (and 7) throws an Exception when multiple DataReaders are
- attempted to be Opened. When Yukon comes out a new Driver will be
- created for Yukon because it is supposed to support it.
-
-
-
-
- . Enlistment is completely disabled when auto-enlistment is disabled.
- does nothing in
- this case.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SybaseAsaClientDriver driver provides a database driver for Adaptive Server Anywhere 9.0.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the iAnywhere.Data.AsaClient assembly is not and can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver for Sybase ASE 15 using the ADO.NET 2 driver.
-
-
- You will need the following libraries available to your application:
-
- Sybase.AdoNet2.AseClient.dll
- sybdrvado20.dll
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver for Sybase ASE 15 using the ADO.NET 4 driver.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver for Sybase ASE 16 using the ADO.NET 4.5 driver.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver base for Sybase ASE 15 using the ADO.NET driver. (Also known as SAP
- Adaptive Server Enterprise.)
-
-
- ASE was formerly Sybase SQL Server, not to be confused with SQL Anywhere / ASA.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- Assembly to load the types from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- The Invariant name of a provider.
- Assembly to load the types from.
- Connection type name.
- Command type name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 - for the NHibernate 3.2.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2011 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 is a contribution to the NHibernate
- open-source project. It is intended to be included in the NHibernate
- distribution and is licensed under LGPL.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The SybaseSQLAnywhereDotNet4Driver provides a .NET 4 database driver for
- Sybase SQL Anywhere 12 using the versioned ADO.NET driver
- iAnywhere.Data.SQLAnywhere.v4.0.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the iAnywhere.Data.SQLAnywhere.v4.0 assembly is not and can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- The SybaseSQLAnywhereDriver Driver provides a database driver for Sybase SQL Anywhere 10 and above
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the iAnywhere.Data.SQLAnywhere assembly is not and can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for maintaining the queue of actions related to events.
-
- The ActionQueue holds the DML operations queued as part of a session's
- transactional-write-behind semantics. DML operations are queued here
- until a flush forces them to be executed against the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued entity-insertion actions.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued actions.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Prepares the internal action queues for execution.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute any registered
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Performs cleanup of any held cache softlocks.
-
- Was the transaction successful.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued entity-insertion actions.
-
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued actions.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the internal action queues for execution.
-
-
-
-
- Execute any registered
-
-
-
-
- Performs cleanup of any held cache softlocks.
-
- Was the transaction successful.
-
-
-
- Check whether the given tables/query-spaces are to be executed against
- given the currently queued actions.
-
- The table/query-spaces to check.
- True if we contain pending actions against any of the given tables; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Check whether any insertion or deletion actions are currently queued.
-
- True if insertions or deletions are currently queued; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A sorter aiming to group inserts as much as possible for optimizing batching.
-
- The list of inserts to optimize, already sorted in order to avoid constraint violations.
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an array of collection keys, of length batchSize (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized collection keys.
- An array that will be filled with collection entries if set.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of collection keys, of length (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an array of identifiers, of length batchSize (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized keys.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of identifiers, of length (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given entity key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of entity keys and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The entity persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given collection key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of collection entries and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The collection persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about the entities that are currently eligible for batch-fetching. Ultimately
- used by to build entity load batches.
-
-
- A Map structure is used to segment the keys by entity type since loading can only be done for a particular entity
- type at a time.
-
-
-
-
- A map of subselect-fetch descriptors
- keyed by the against which the descriptor is
- registered.
-
-
-
-
- The owning persistence context.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a queue for the given context.
-
- The owning persistence context.
-
-
-
- Clears all entries from this fetch queue.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the fetch descriptor associated with the given entity key.
-
- The entity key for which to locate any defined subselect fetch.
- The fetch descriptor; may return null if no subselect fetch queued for
- this entity key.
-
-
-
- Adds a subselect fetch decriptor for the given entity key.
-
- The entity for which to register the subselect fetch.
- The fetch descriptor.
-
-
-
- After evicting or deleting an entity, we don't need to
- know the query that was used to load it anymore (don't
- call this after loading the entity, since we might still
- need to load its collections)
-
-
-
-
- Clears all pending subselect fetches from the queue.
-
-
- Called after flushing.
-
-
-
-
- If an EntityKey represents a batch loadable entity, add
- it to the queue.
-
-
- Note that the contract here is such that any key passed in should
- previously have been been checked for existence within the
- ; failure to do so may cause the
- referenced entity to be included in a batch even though it is
- already associated with the .
-
-
-
-
- After evicting or deleting or loading an entity, we don't
- need to batch fetch it anymore, remove it from the queue
- if necessary
-
-
-
-
- If a CollectionEntry represents a batch loadable collection, add
- it to the queue.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrives the uninitialized persistent collection from the queue.
-
- The collection persister.
- The collection entry.
- A persistent collection if found, otherwise.
-
-
-
- After a collection was initialized or evicted, we don't
- need to batch fetch it anymore, remove it from the queue
- if necessary
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- an array of collection keys, of length batchSize (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized collection keys.
- An array that will be filled with collection entries if set.
- An array of collection keys, of length (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- an array of identifiers, of length batchSize (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized keys.
- An array of identifiers, of length (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Initializes the query cache queue, which should be called by the query cache when assembling
- objects from the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Terminates the query cache queue, which should be called by the query cache after assembling
- objects from the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- The current query cache queue.
-
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given entity key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of entity keys and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The entity persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given collection key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of collection entries and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The collection persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Sorts the given keys by their indexes, where the keys that are after the demanded key will be located
- at the start and the remaining indexes at the end of the returned array.
-
- The type of the key
- The list of pairs of keys and their indexes.
- The index of the demanded key
- The index where the sorting will begin.
- The index where the sorting will end.
- An array of sorted key indexes.
-
-
-
- Delegate responsible, in conjunction with the various
- , for implementing cascade processing.
-
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children.
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children. This
- form is typically called from within cascade actions.
-
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
-
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache
- which is specific to each CascadingAction type
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Cascade an action to the child or children
-
-
- Cascade an action to a collection
-
-
- Cascade an action to a to-one association or any type
-
-
- Cascade to the collection elements
-
-
- Delete any entities that were removed from the collection
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children.
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
-
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children. This
- form is typically called from within cascade actions.
-
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
-
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache
- which is specific to each CascadingAction type
-
-
-
- Cascade an action to the child or children
-
-
- Cascade an action to a collection
-
-
- Cascade an action to a to-one association or any type
-
-
- Cascade to the collection elements
-
-
- Delete any entities that were removed from the collection
-
-
-
- A session action that may be cascaded from parent entity to its children
-
-
-
- Cascade the action to the child object.
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The child to which cascading should be performed.
- The child's entity name
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache which is specific to each CascadingAction type
- Are cascading deletes enabled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Called (in the case of returning true) to validate
- that no cascade on the given property is considered a valid semantic.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The property value
- The property value owner
- The entity persister for the owner
- The index of the property within the owner.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Cascade the action to the child object.
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The child to which cascading should be performed.
- The child's entity name
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache which is specific to each CascadingAction type
- Are cascading deletes enabled.
-
-
-
- Given a collection, get an iterator of the children upon which the
- current cascading action should be visited.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The mapping type of the collection.
- The collection instance.
- The children iterator.
-
-
- Does this action potentially extrapolate to orphan deletes?
- True if this action can lead to deletions of orphans.
-
-
- Does the specified cascading action require verification of no cascade validity?
- True if this action requires no-cascade verification; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Called (in the case of returning true) to validate
- that no cascade on the given property is considered a valid semantic.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The property value
- The property value owner
- The entity persister for the owner
- The index of the property within the owner.
-
-
- Should this action be performed (or noCascade consulted) in the case of lazy properties.
-
-
-
- Given a collection, get an iterator of all its children, loading them
- from the database if necessary.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The mapping type of the collection.
- The collection instance.
- The children iterator.
-
-
-
- Iterate just the elements of the collection that are already there. Don't load
- any new elements from the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute persist during flush time
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We need an entry to tell us all about the current state
- of a collection with respect to its persistent state
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the collection is "really" dirty, by checking dirtiness
- of the collection elements, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Prepares this CollectionEntry for the Flush process.
-
- The that this CollectionEntry will be responsible for flushing.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- session-start/post-flush persistent state
-
-
- allow the snapshot to be serialized
-
-
-
- The when the Collection was loaded.
-
-
- This can be if the Collection was not loaded by NHibernate and
- was passed in along with a transient object.
-
-
-
-
- The identifier of the Entity that is the owner of this Collection
- during the load or post flush.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the Collection can still be reached by an Entity
- that exist in the .
-
-
- It is also used to ensure that the Collection is not shared between
- two Entities.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the Collection has been processed and is ready
- to have its state synchronized with the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that a Collection needs to be updated.
-
-
- A Collection needs to be updated whenever the contents of the Collection
- have been changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that a Collection has old elements that need to be removed.
-
-
- A Collection needs to have removals performed whenever its role changes or
- the key changes and it has a loadedPersister - ie - it was loaded by NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that a Collection needs to be recreated.
-
-
- A Collection needs to be recreated whenever its role changes
- or the owner changes.
-
-
-
-
- If we instantiate a collection during the
- process, we must ignore it for the rest of the flush.
-
-
-
-
- The that is currently responsible
- for the Collection.
-
-
- This is set when NHibernate is updating a reachable or an
- unreachable collection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- For newly wrapped collections, or dereferenced collection wrappers
-
-
-
- For collections just loaded from the database
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of for initialized detached collections.
-
-
- For initialized detached collections
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the collection is "really" dirty, by checking dirtiness
- of the collection elements, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Prepares this CollectionEntry for the Flush process.
-
- The that this CollectionEntry will be responsible for flushing.
-
-
-
- Updates the CollectionEntry to reflect that the
- has been initialized.
-
- The initialized that this Entry is for.
-
-
-
- Updates the CollectionEntry to reflect that the
- has been initialized.
-
- The initialized that this Entry is for.
-
-
-
-
- Updates the CollectionEntry to reflect that it is has been successfully flushed to the database.
-
- The that was flushed.
-
- Called after a successful flush.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the information in this CollectionEntry that is specific to the
- .
-
-
- The that is
- responsible for the Collection.
-
-
-
-
- Record the fact that this collection was dereferenced
-
- The collection to be updated by unreachability.
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initialize the role of the collection.
-
- The collection to be updated by reachability.
- The type of the collection.
- The owner of the collection.
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Record the fact that this collection was dereferenced
-
- The collection to be updated by unreachability.
- The session.
-
-
-
- Initialize the role of the collection.
-
- The collection to be updated by reachability.
- The type of the collection.
- The owner of the collection.
- The session.
-
-
- Algorithms related to foreign key constraint transparency
-
-
-
- Nullify all references to entities that have not yet
- been inserted in the database, where the foreign key
- points toward that entity
-
-
-
-
- Return null if the argument is an "unsaved" entity (ie.
- one with no existing database row), or the input argument
- otherwise. This is how Hibernate avoids foreign key constraint
- violations.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the object already exists in the database, using a "best guess"
-
-
-
-
- Nullify all references to entities that have not yet
- been inserted in the database, where the foreign key
- points toward that entity
-
-
-
-
- Return null if the argument is an "unsaved" entity (ie.
- one with no existing database row), or the input argument
- otherwise. This is how Hibernate avoids foreign key constraint
- violations.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the object already exists in the database, using a "best guess"
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance persistent or detached?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of the persistent or transient object, or throw
- an exception if the instance is "unsaved"
-
-
- Used by OneToOneType and ManyToOneType to determine what id value should
- be used for an object that may or may not be associated with the session.
- This does a "best guess" using any/all info available to use (not just the
- EntityEntry).
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance persistent or detached?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of the persistent or transient object, or throw
- an exception if the instance is "unsaved"
-
-
- Used by OneToOneType and ManyToOneType to determine what id value should
- be used for an object that may or may not be associated with the session.
- This does a "best guess" using any/all info available to use (not just the
- EntityEntry).
-
-
-
-
- Manages s and s
- for an .
-
-
-
- Abstracts ADO.NET batching to maintain the illusion that a single logical batch
- exists for the whole session, even when batching is disabled.
- Provides transparent DbCommand caching.
-
-
- This will be useful once ADO.NET gets support for batching. Until that point
- no code exists that will do batching, but this will provide a good point to do
- error checking and making sure the correct number of rows were affected.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a non-batchable an to use for inserting / deleting / updating.
- Must be explicitly released by CloseCommand()
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An that is ready to have the parameter values set
- and then executed.
-
-
-
-
- Get a batchable to use for inserting / deleting / updating
- (might be called many times before a single call to ExecuteBatch()
-
-
- After setting parameters, call AddToBatch() - do not execute the statement
- explicitly.
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Add an insert / delete / update to the current batch (might be called multiple times
- for a single PrepareBatchStatement() )
-
- Determines whether the number of rows affected by query is correct.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute the batch
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Gets an by calling ExecuteReader on the .
-
- The to execute to get the .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The from the .
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the .
-
- The to execute.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of rows affected.
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Get an for using in loading / querying.
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
-
- An that is ready to be executed.
-
-
-
- If not explicitly released by , it will be
- released when the session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
- This does NOT add anything to the batch - it only creates the DbCommand and
- does NOT cause the batch to execute...
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a non-batchable an to use for inserting / deleting / updating.
- Must be explicitly released by CloseCommand()
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
-
- An that is ready to have the parameter values set
- and then executed.
-
-
-
-
- Close a opened using PrepareCommand()
-
- The to ensure is closed.
- The to ensure is closed.
-
-
-
- Close a opened using
-
- The to ensure is closed.
-
-
-
- Get a batchable to use for inserting / deleting / updating
- (might be called many times before a single call to ExecuteBatch()
-
-
- After setting parameters, call AddToBatch() - do not execute the statement
- explicitly.
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
-
-
-
-
- Add an insert / delete / update to the current batch (might be called multiple times
- for a single PrepareBatchStatement() )
-
- Determines whether the number of rows affected by query is correct.
-
-
-
- Execute the batch
-
-
-
-
- Close any query statements that were left lying around
-
-
- Use this method instead of Dispose if the
- can be used again.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an by calling ExecuteReader on the .
-
- The to execute to get the .
- The from the .
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the .
-
- The to execute.
- The number of rows affected.
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Must be called when an exception occurs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Cancel the current query statement
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value indicating whether there are any open resources
- managed by this batcher (DbCommands or DbDataReaders).
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the batch, this can change dynamically by
- calling the session's SetBatchSize.
-
- The size of the batch.
-
-
-
- Holds the state of the persistence context, including the
- first-level cache, entries, snapshots, proxies, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the session to which this persistence context is bound.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve this persistence context's managed load context.
-
-
-
-
- Get the BatchFetchQueue , instantiating one if necessary.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the set of EntityKeys representing nullifiable references
-
-
- Get the mapping from key value to entity instance
-
-
- Get the mapping from entity instance to entity entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection instance to collection entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection key to collection instance
-
-
- How deep are we cascaded?
-
-
- Is a flush cycle currently in process?
- Called before and after the flushcycle
-
-
-
- The read-only status for entities (and proxies) loaded into this persistence context.
-
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only
- setting as the uninitialized proxy has, regardless of the persistence context's
- current setting.
-
-
- To change the read-only setting for a particular entity or proxy that is already
- in the current persistence context, use .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a collection which has no owner loaded
-
-
-
- Get and remove a collection whose owner is not yet loaded,
- when its owner is being loaded
-
-
-
- Clear the state of the persistence context
-
-
- False if we know for certain that all the entities are read-only
-
-
- Set the status of an entry
-
-
- Called after transactions end
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the cached database snapshot for the requested entity key.
-
- The entity key for which to retrieve the cached snapshot
- The cached snapshot
-
-
- This differs from is two important respects:
- no snapshot is obtained from the database if not already cached
- an entry of NO_ROW here is interpreted as an exception
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
- Add a canonical mapping from entity key to entity instance
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given EntityKey
-
-
-
- Is there an entity with the given key in the persistence context
-
-
-
- Remove an entity from the session cache, also clear
- up other state associated with the entity, all except
- for the EntityEntry
-
-
-
- Get an entity cached by unique key
-
-
- Add an entity to the cache by unique key
-
-
-
- Retrieve the EntityEntry representation of the given entity.
-
- The entity for which to locate the EntityEntry.
- The EntityEntry for the given entity.
-
-
- Remove an entity entry from the session cache
-
-
- Is there an EntityEntry for this instance?
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a persistent collection
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
- Is the given collection associated with this persistence context?
-
-
- Is the given proxy associated with this persistence context?
-
-
-
- Takes the given object and, if it represents a proxy, reassociates it with this event source.
-
- The possible proxy to be reassociated.
- Whether the passed value represented an actual proxy which got initialized.
-
-
-
- If a deleted entity instance is re-saved, and it has a proxy, we need to
- reset the identifier of the proxy
-
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance underlying the given proxy, throwing
- an exception if the proxy is uninitialized. If the given object
- is not a proxy, simply return the argument.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Attempts to check whether the given key represents an entity already loaded within the
- current session.
-
- The entity reference against which to perform the uniqueness check.
- The entity key.
-
-
-
- If the existing proxy is insufficiently "narrow" (derived), instantiate a new proxy
- and overwrite the registration of the old one. This breaks == and occurs only for
- "class" proxies rather than "interface" proxies. Also init the proxy to point to
- the given target implementation if necessary.
-
- The proxy instance to be narrowed.
- The persister for the proxied entity.
- The internal cache key for the proxied entity.
- (optional) the actual proxied entity instance.
- An appropriately narrowed instance.
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- third argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists. Init
- the proxy to the target implementation, if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists.
- (slower than the form above)
-
-
-
- Get the entity that owns this persistent collection
-
-
- Get the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
-
- The owner if its entity ID is available from the collection's loaded key
- and the owner entity is in the persistence context; otherwise, returns null
-
-
-
- Get the ID for the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
- the owner ID if available from the collection's loaded key; otherwise, returns null
-
-
- add a collection we just loaded up (still needs initializing)
-
-
- add a detached uninitialized collection
-
-
-
- Add a new collection (ie. a newly created one, just instantiated by the
- application, with no database state or snapshot)
-
- The collection to be associated with the persistence context
-
-
-
-
- add an (initialized) collection that was created by another session and passed
- into update() (ie. one with a snapshot and existing state on the database)
-
-
-
- add a collection we just pulled out of the cache (does not need initializing)
-
-
- Get the collection instance associated with the CollectionKey
-
-
-
- Register a collection for non-lazy loading at the end of the two-phase load
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
-
-
- Get the PersistentCollection object for an array
-
-
- Register a PersistentCollection object for an array.
- Associates a holder with an array - MUST be called after loading
- array, since the array instance is not created until endLoad().
-
-
-
-
- Remove the mapping of collection to holder during eviction of the owning entity
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot of the pre-flush collection state
-
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a collection passed to filter,
- which might be a collection wrapper, an array, or an unwrapped
- collection. Return null if there is no entry.
-
-
-
- Get an existing proxy by key
-
-
- Add a proxy to the session cache
-
-
- Remove a proxy from the session cache
-
-
- Called before cascading
-
-
- Called after cascading
-
-
- Call this before beginning a two-phase load
-
-
- Call this after finishing a two-phase load
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an owner for the child object,
- given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an index of the child object, given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Record the fact that the association belonging to the keyed entity is null.
-
-
-
- Is the association property belonging to the keyed entity null?
-
-
-
- Change the read-only status of an entity (or proxy).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not dirty-checked
- and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- Immutable entities cannot be made read-only.
-
-
- To set the default read-only setting for entities and proxies that are loaded
- into the persistence context, see .
-
-
- An entity (or ).
- If true , the entity or proxy is made read-only; if false , it is made modifiable.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the specified entity (or proxy) read-only?
-
- An entity (or )
-
- true if the entity or proxy is read-only, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Is in a two-phase load?
-
-
-
- Add child/parent relation to cache for cascading operations
-
- The child.
- The parent.
-
-
-
- Remove child/parent relation from cache
-
- The child.
-
-
-
- Obtain the tenant identifier associated with this session.
-
- The tenant identifier associated with this session or null
-
-
-
- Instantiate the entity class, initializing with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Switch the session current cache mode.
-
- The session for which the cache mode has to be switched.
- The desired cache mode. for not actually switching.
- if no switch is required, otherwise an which
- dispose will set the session cache mode back to its original value.
-
-
-
- Defines the internal contract between the Session and other parts of NHibernate
- such as implementors of Type or ClassPersister
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection (if not already initialized)
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Load an instance without checking if it was deleted. If it does not exist and isn't nullable, throw an exception.
- This method may create a new proxy or return an existing proxy.
-
- The entityName (or class full name) to load.
- The identifier of the object in the database.
- Allow null instance
- When enabled, the object is eagerly fetched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- A proxy of the object or an instance of the object if the persistentClass does not have a proxy.
-
- No object could be found with that id .
-
-
-
- Load an instance immediately. Do not return a proxy.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Execute a List() expression query
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute an Iterate() query
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter (strongly-typed version).
-
-
-
-
- Collection from a filter
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction is about to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction completed, so we no longer own the old locks.
- (Also we should release cache softlocks). May be called multiple times during the transaction
- completion process.
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given Key ,
- calling the Interceptor if necessary
-
-
-
- Execute a native SQL update or delete query
-
-
- Execute a HQL update or delete query
-
-
-
- Initialize the session after its construction was complete
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection (if not already initialized)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance without checking if it was deleted. If it does not exist and isn't nullable, throw an exception.
- This method may create a new proxy or return an existing proxy.
-
- The entityName (or class full name) to load.
- The identifier of the object in the database.
- Allow null instance
- When enabled, the object is eagerly fetched.
-
- A proxy of the object or an instance of the object if the persistentClass does not have a proxy.
-
- No object could be found with that id .
-
-
-
- Load an instance immediately. Do not return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- System time before the start of the transaction
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the creating SessionFactoryImplementor
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the prepared statement Batcher for this session
-
-
-
-
- Execute a List() expression query
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given query expression
- A hibernate query expression
- The query
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute an Iterate() query
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter (strongly-typed version).
-
-
-
-
- Collection from a filter
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
- Get the for any instance
- optional entity name
- the entity instance
-
-
-
- Notify the session that an NHibernate transaction has begun.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction is about to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction completed, so we no longer own the old locks.
- (Also we should release cache softlocks). May be called multiple times during the transaction
- completion process.
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of the persistent object, or null if transient
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate the entity class, initializing with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
- Retrieve the currently set value for a filter parameter.
-
- The filter parameter name in the format
- {FILTER_NAME.PARAMETER_NAME}.
- The filter parameter value.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the type for a given filter parameter.
-
- The filter parameter name in the format
- {FILTER_NAME.PARAMETER_NAME}.
- The filter parameter type.
-
-
-
- Return the currently enabled filters. The filter map is keyed by filter
- name, with values corresponding to the
- instance.
-
- The currently enabled filters.
-
-
- Retrieves the configured event listeners from this event source.
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given Key ,
- calling the Interceptor if necessary
-
-
-
- Get the persistence context for this session
-
-
-
- Is the ISession still open?
-
-
-
-
- Is the session connected?
-
-
- if the session is connected.
-
-
- A session is considered connected if there is a (regardless
- of its state) or if the field connect is true. Meaning that it will connect
- at the next operation that requires a connection.
-
-
-
- The best guess entity name for an entity not in an association
-
-
- The guessed entity name for an entity not in an association
-
-
-
- Determine whether the session is closed. Provided separately from
- IsOpen as this method does not attempt any system transaction sync
- registration, whereas IsOpen is allowed to (does not currently, but may do
- in a future version as it is the case in Hibernate); which makes this one
- nicer to use for most internal purposes.
-
-
- if the session is closed; otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this ISession have an active NHibernate transaction
- or is there a system transaction in progress in which the session is enlisted?
-
-
-
- Execute a native SQL update or delete query
-
-
- Execute a HQL update or delete query
-
-
-
- Join the system transaction.
-
-
-
- Sessions auto-join current transaction by default on their first usage within a scope.
- This can be disabled with from
- a session builder obtained with .
-
-
- This method allows to explicitly join the current transaction. It does nothing if it is already
- joined.
-
-
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- Represents state associated with the processing of a given
- in regards to loading collections.
-
-
- Another implementation option to consider is to not expose ResultSets
- directly (in the JDBC redesign) but to always "wrap" them and apply a [series of] context[s] to that wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
- The cache batcher used to batch put the collections into the cache.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Add the collection to the second-level cache
- The entry representing the collection to add
- The persister
- The action for handling cache batching
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Creates a collection load context for the given result set.
-
- Callback to other collection load contexts.
- The result set this is "wrapping".
-
-
-
- Retrieve the collection that is being loaded as part of processing this result set.
-
- The persister for the collection being requested.
- The key of the collection being requested.
- The loading collection (see discussion above).
-
- Basically, there are two valid return values from this method:
- an instance of {@link PersistentCollection} which indicates to
- continue loading the result set row data into that returned collection
- instance; this may be either an instance already associated and in the
- midst of being loaded, or a newly instantiated instance as a matching
- associated collection was not found.
- null indicates to ignore the corresponding result set row
- data relating to the requested collection; this indicates that either
- the collection was found to already be associated with the persistence
- context in a fully loaded state, or it was found in a loading state
- associated with another result set processing context.
-
-
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
- The cache batcher used to batch put the collections into the cache.
-
-
- Add the collection to the second-level cache
- The entry representing the collection to add
- The persister
- The action for handling cache batching
-
-
-
- Maps to specific contextual data
- related to processing that .
-
-
- Implementation note: internally an is used to maintain
- the mappings; was chosen because I'd rather not be
- dependent upon potentially bad and
- implementations.
- Considering the JDBC-redesign work, would further like this contextual info
- not mapped separately, but available based on the result set being processed.
- This would also allow maintaining a single mapping as we could reliably get
- notification of the result-set closing...
-
-
-
- Creates and binds this to the given persistence context.
- The persistence context to which this will be bound.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the persistence context to which this is bound.
-
-
-
-
- Release internal state associated with the given result set.
-
- The result set for which it is ok to release associated resources.
-
- This should be called when we are done with processing said result set,
- ideally as the result set is being closed.
-
-
-
- Release internal state associated with *all* result sets.
-
- This is intended as a "failsafe" process to make sure we get everything
- cleaned up and released.
-
-
-
-
- Do we currently have any internal entries corresponding to loading
- collections?
-
- True if we currently hold state pertaining to loading collections; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Do we currently have any registered internal entries corresponding to loading
- collections?
- True if we currently hold state pertaining to a registered loading collections; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Get the {@link CollectionLoadContext} associated with the given
- {@link ResultSet}, creating one if needed.
-
- The result set for which to retrieve the context.
- The processing context.
-
-
-
- Attempt to locate the loading collection given the owner's key. The lookup here
- occurs against all result-set contexts...
-
- The collection persister
- The owner key
- The loading collection, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Register a loading collection xref.
-
- The xref collection key
- The corresponding loading collection entry
-
- This xref map is used because sometimes a collection is in process of
- being loaded from one result set, but needs to be accessed from the
- context of another "nested" result set processing.
- Implementation note: package protected, as this is meant solely for use
- by {@link CollectionLoadContext} to be able to locate collections
- being loaded by other {@link CollectionLoadContext}s/{@link ResultSet}s.
-
-
-
-
- The inverse of {@link #registerLoadingCollectionXRef}. Here, we are done
- processing the said collection entry, so we remove it from the
- load context.
-
- The key of the collection we are done processing.
-
- The idea here is that other loading collections can now reference said
- collection directly from the {@link PersistenceContext} because it
- has completed its load cycle.
- Implementation note: package protected, as this is meant solely for use
- by {@link CollectionLoadContext} to be able to locate collections
- being loaded by other {@link CollectionLoadContext}s/{@link ResultSet}s.
-
-
-
-
- Locate the LoadingCollectionEntry within *any* of the tracked
- s.
-
- The collection key.
- The located entry; or null.
-
- Implementation note: package protected, as this is meant solely for use
- by to be able to locate collections
- being loaded by other s/ResultSets.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a collection currently being loaded.
-
-
-
- Defines a query execution plan for an HQL query (or filter).
-
-
- Defines a query execution plan for a native-SQL query.
-
-
-
- Extends an HQLQueryPlan to maintain a reference to the collection-role name
- being filtered.
-
-
-
- Descriptor regarding a named parameter.
-
-
-
- Not supported yet (AST parse needed)
-
-
-
- Encapsulates metadata about parameters encountered within a query.
-
-
-
- The single available method
- is responsible for parsing a query string and recognizing tokens in
- relation to parameters (either named, ejb3-style, or ordinal) and
- providing callbacks about such recognitions.
-
-
-
-
- Performs the actual parsing and tokenizing of the query string making appropriate
- callbacks to the given recognizer upon recognition of the various tokens.
-
-
- Note that currently, this only knows how to deal with a single output
- parameter (for callable statements). If we later add support for
- multiple output params, this, obviously, needs to change.
-
- The string to be parsed/tokenized.
- The thing which handles recognition events.
-
-
-
-
- Implements a parameter parser recognizer specifically for the purpose
- of journaling parameter locations.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for creating a param location recognizer and
- initiating the parse.
-
- The query to be parsed for parameter locations.
- The generated recognizer, with journaled location info.
-
-
-
- The dictionary of named parameter locations.
- The dictionary is keyed by parameter name.
-
-
-
-
- The list of ordinal parameter locations.
-
-
- The list elements are integers, representing the location for that given ordinal.
- Thus OrdinalParameterLocationList[n] represents the location for the nth parameter.
-
-
-
- Acts as a cache for compiled query plans, as well as query-parameter metadata.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Describes a return in a native SQL query.
-
-
-
- Represents a return defined as part of a native sql query which
- names a collection role in the form {classname}.{collectionrole}; it
- is used in defining a custom sql query for loading an entity's
- collection in non-fetching scenarios (i.e., loading the collection
- itself as the "root" of the result).
-
-
-
- Construct a native-sql return representing a collection initializer
- The result alias
-
- The entity-name of the entity owning the collection to be initialized.
-
-
- The property name (on the owner) which represents
- the collection to be initialized.
-
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply to the collection.
-
-
-
- The class owning the collection.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the property representing the collection from the .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a return defined as part of a native sql query which
- names a fetched role.
-
-
-
- Construct a return descriptor representing some form of fetch.
- The result alias
- The owner's result alias
- The owner's property representing the thing to be fetched
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply
-
-
- The alias of the owner of this fetched association.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the property name (relative to the owner) which maps to
- the association to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the base information for a non-scalar return defined as part of
- a native sql query.
-
-
-
- Constructs some form of non-scalar return descriptor
- The result alias
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply to the return.
-
-
- Retrieve the defined result alias
-
-
- Retrieve the lock-mode to apply to this return
-
-
- Retrieve the user-supplied column->property mappings.
-
-
-
- Represents a return defined as part of a native sql query which
- names a "root" entity. A root entity means it is explicitly a
- "column" in the result, as opposed to a fetched relationship or role.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a return representing an entity returned at the root
- of the result.
-
- The result alias
- The entity name.
- The lock mode to apply
-
-
-
- Construct a return representing an entity returned at the root
- of the result.
-
- The result alias
- The entity name.
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply
-
-
- The name of the entity to be returned.
-
-
- Describes a scalar return in a native SQL query.
-
-
-
- A represents the state of persistent "stuff" which
- NHibernate is tracking. This includes persistent entities, collections,
- as well as proxies generated.
-
-
- There is meant to be a one-to-one correspondence between a SessionImpl and
- a PersistentContext. The SessionImpl uses the PersistentContext to track
- the current state of its context. Event-listeners then use the
- PersistentContext to drive their processing.
-
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Constructs a PersistentContext, bound to the given session.
- The session "owning" this context.
-
-
-
- Get the session to which this persistence context is bound.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve this persistence context's managed load context.
-
-
-
-
- Get the BatchFetchQueue , instantiating one if necessary.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the set of EntityKeys representing nullifiable references
-
-
- Get the mapping from key value to entity instance
-
-
- Get the mapping from entity instance to entity entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection instance to collection entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection key to collection instance
-
-
- How deep are we cascaded?
-
-
- Is a flush cycle currently in process?
- Called before and after the flushcycle
-
-
- Add a collection which has no owner loaded
-
-
-
- Get and remove a collection whose owner is not yet loaded,
- when its owner is being loaded
-
-
-
- Clear the state of the persistence context
-
-
- False if we know for certain that all the entities are read-only
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the status of an entry
-
-
- Called after transactions end
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the cached database snapshot for the requested entity key.
-
- The entity key for which to retrieve the cached snapshot
- The cached snapshot
-
-
- This differs from is two important respects:
- no snapshot is obtained from the database if not already cached
- an entry of NO_ROW here is interpreted as an exception
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
- Add a canonical mapping from entity key to entity instance
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given EntityKey
-
-
-
- Is there an entity with the given key in the persistence context
-
-
-
- Remove an entity from the session cache, also clear
- up other state associated with the entity, all except
- for the EntityEntry
-
-
-
- Get an entity cached by unique key
-
-
- Add an entity to the cache by unique key
-
-
-
- Retrieve the EntityEntry representation of the given entity.
-
- The entity for which to locate the EntityEntry.
- The EntityEntry for the given entity.
-
-
- Remove an entity entry from the session cache
-
-
- Is there an EntityEntry for this instance?
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a persistent collection
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
- Is the given collection associated with this persistence context?
-
-
- Is the given proxy associated with this persistence context?
-
-
-
- Takes the given object and, if it represents a proxy, reassociates it with this event source.
-
- The possible proxy to be reassociated.
- Whether the passed value represented an actual proxy which got initialized.
-
-
-
- If a deleted entity instance is re-saved, and it has a proxy, we need to
- reset the identifier of the proxy
-
-
-
-
- Associate a proxy that was instantiated by another session with this session
-
- The proxy initializer.
- The proxy to reassociate.
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance underlying the given proxy, throwing
- an exception if the proxy is uninitialized. If the given object
- is not a proxy, simply return the argument.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Attempts to check whether the given key represents an entity already loaded within the
- current session.
-
- The entity reference against which to perform the uniqueness check.
- The entity key.
-
-
-
- If the existing proxy is insufficiently "narrow" (derived), instantiate a new proxy
- and overwrite the registration of the old one. This breaks == and occurs only for
- "class" proxies rather than "interface" proxies. Also init the proxy to point to
- the given target implementation if necessary.
-
- The proxy instance to be narrowed.
- The persister for the proxied entity.
- The internal cache key for the proxied entity.
- (optional) the actual proxied entity instance.
- An appropriately narrowed instance.
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- third argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists. Init
- the proxy to the target implementation, if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists.
- (slower than the form above)
-
-
-
- Get the entity that owns this persistent collection
-
-
- Get the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
-
- The owner, if its entity ID is available from the collection's loaded key
- and the owner entity is in the persistence context; otherwise, returns null
-
-
-
- Get the ID for the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
- the owner ID if available from the collection's loaded key; otherwise, returns null
-
-
- Get the ID for the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The collection entry
- the owner ID if available from the collection's loaded key; otherwise, returns null
-
-
- add a collection we just loaded up (still needs initializing)
-
-
- add a detached uninitialized collection
-
-
-
- Add a new collection (ie. a newly created one, just instantiated by the
- application, with no database state or snapshot)
-
- The collection to be associated with the persistence context
-
-
-
- Add an collection to the cache, with a given collection entry.
- The collection for which we are adding an entry.
- The entry representing the collection.
- The key of the collection's entry.
-
-
- Add a collection to the cache, creating a new collection entry for it
- The collection for which we are adding an entry.
- The collection persister
-
-
-
- add an (initialized) collection that was created by another session and passed
- into update() (ie. one with a snapshot and existing state on the database)
-
-
-
- add a collection we just pulled out of the cache (does not need initializing)
-
-
- Get the collection instance associated with the CollectionKey
-
-
-
- Register a collection for non-lazy loading at the end of the two-phase load
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
-
-
- Get the PersistentCollection object for an array
-
-
- Register a PersistentCollection object for an array.
- Associates a holder with an array - MUST be called after loading
- array, since the array instance is not created until endLoad().
-
-
-
-
- Remove the mapping of collection to holder during eviction of the owning entity
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot of the pre-flush collection state
-
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a collection passed to filter,
- which might be a collection wrapper, an array, or an unwrapped
- collection. Return null if there is no entry.
-
-
-
- Get an existing proxy by key
-
-
- Add a proxy to the session cache
-
-
- Remove a proxy from the session cache
-
-
- Called before cascading
-
-
- Called after cascading
-
-
- Call this before begining a two-phase load
-
-
- Call this after finishing a two-phase load
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an owner for the child object,
- given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an index of the child object, given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Record the fact that the association belonging to the keyed entity is null.
-
-
-
- Is the association property belonging to the keyed entity null?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows work to be done outside the current transaction, by suspending it,
- and performing work in a new transaction
-
-
-
- The work to be done
-
-
- Suspend the current transaction and perform work in a new transaction
-
-
- The work to be done
-
-
- Suspend the current transaction and perform work in a new transaction
-
-
-
- Represents work that needs to be performed in a manner
- which isolates it from any current application unit of
- work transaction.
-
-
-
-
- Perform the actual work to be done.
-
- The ADP connection to use.
- The active transaction of the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform the actual work to be done.
-
- The ADP connection to use.
- The active transaction of the connection.
-
-
-
- Class which provides the isolation semantics required by
- an .
-
-
-
-
- Processing comes in two flavors:
-
- -
-
- makes sure the work to be done is performed in a separate, distinct transaction
-
- -
-
- makes sure the work to be done is performed outside the scope of any transaction
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur on a separate transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur outside of a transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur on a separate transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur outside of a transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
-
-
-
- Functionality relating to Hibernate's two-phase loading process,
- that may be reused by persisters that do not use the Loader
- framework
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Register the "hydrated" state of an entity instance, after the first step of 2-phase loading.
-
- Add the "hydrated state" (an array) of an uninitialized entity to the session. We don't try
- to resolve any associations yet, because there might be other entities waiting to be
- read from the JDBC result set we are currently processing
-
-
-
-
- Register the "hydrated" state of an entity instance, after the first step of 2-phase loading.
-
- Add the "hydrated state" (an array) of an uninitialized entity to the session. We don't try
- to resolve any associations yet, because there might be other entities waiting to be
- read from the JDBC result set we are currently processing
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Add an uninitialized instance of an entity class, as a placeholder to ensure object
- identity. Must be called before postHydrate() .
- Create a "temporary" entry for a newly instantiated entity. The entity is uninitialized,
- but we need the mapping from id to instance in order to guarantee uniqueness.
-
-
-
-
- Add an uninitialized instance of an entity class, as a placeholder to ensure object
- identity. Must be called before postHydrate() .
- Create a "temporary" entry for a newly instantiated entity. The entity is uninitialized,
- but we need the mapping from id to instance in order to guarantee uniqueness.
-
-
-
-
- Utility methods for managing versions and timestamps
-
-
-
-
- Increment the given version number
-
- The value of the current version.
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns the next value for the version.
-
-
-
- Create an initial version number
-
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A seed value to initialize the versioned property with.
-
-
-
- Seed the given instance state snapshot with an initial version number
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The index of the version property in the fields parameter.
- The of the versioned property.
- Force the version to initialize
- The current session, if any.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the version property needs to be seeded with an initial value.
-
-
-
- Increment the given version number
-
- The value of the current version.
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- Returns the next value for the version.
-
-
-
- Create an initial version number
-
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- A seed value to initialize the versioned property with.
-
-
-
- Seed the given instance state snapshot with an initial version number
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The index of the version property in the fields parameter.
- The of the versioned property.
- Force the version to initialize
- The current session, if any.
- if the version property needs to be seeded with an initial value.
-
-
-
- Set the version number of the given instance state snapshot
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The value the version should be set to in the fields parameter.
- The that is responsible for persisting the values of the fields parameter.
-
-
-
- Get the version number of the given instance state snapshot
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The that is responsible for persisting the values of the fields parameter.
-
- The value of the version contained in the fields parameter or null if the
- Entity is not versioned.
-
-
-
- Do we need to increment the version number, given the dirty properties?
- The array of property indexes which were deemed dirty
- Were any collections found to be dirty (structurally changed)
- An array indicating versionability of each property.
- True if a version increment is required; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Identifies a named association belonging to a particular
- entity instance. Used to record the fact that an association
- is null during loading.
-
-
-
-
- The types of children to cascade to
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after the insertion of the parent
- entity and just before deletion
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just before the insertion of the parent entity
- and just after deletion
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after the insertion of the parent entity
- and just before deletion, inside a collection
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after the update of the parent entity
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just before the session is flushed
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after eviction of the parent entity from the
- session cache
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after locking a transient parent entity into the
- session cache
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after locking a transient parent entity into the session cache
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just before merging from a transient parent entity into
- the object in the session cache
-
-
-
- A contract for defining the aspects of cascading various persistence actions.
-
-
-
- package-protected constructor
-
-
- For this style, should the given action be cascaded?
- The action to be checked for cascade-ability.
- True if the action should be cascaded under this style; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Probably more aptly named something like doCascadeToCollectionElements();
- it is however used from both the collection and to-one logic branches...
-
- The action to be checked for cascade-ability.
- True if the action should be really cascaded under this style; false otherwise.
-
- For this style, should the given action really be cascaded? The default
- implementation is simply to return {@link #doCascade}; for certain
- styles (currently only delete-orphan), however, we need to be able to
- control this separately.
-
-
-
- Do we need to delete orphaned collection elements?
- True if this style need to account for orphan delete operations; false otherwise.
-
-
- Factory method for obtaining named cascade styles
- The named cascade style name.
- The appropriate CascadeStyle
-
-
- save / delete / update / evict / lock / replicate / merge / persist + delete orphans
-
-
- save / delete / update / evict / lock / replicate / merge / persist
-
-
- save / update
-
-
- lock
-
-
- refresh
-
-
- evict
-
-
- replicate
-
-
- merge
-
-
- create
-
-
- delete
-
-
- delete + delete orphans
-
-
- no cascades
-
-
-
- Uniquely identifies a collection instance in a particular session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We need an entry to tell us all about the current state
- of an object with respect to its persistent state
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of EntityEntry.
-
- The current of the Entity.
- The snapshot of the Entity's state when it was loaded.
-
- The identifier of the Entity in the database.
- The version of the Entity.
- The for the Entity.
- A boolean indicating if the Entity exists in the database.
- The that is responsible for this Entity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of EntityEntry.
-
- The current of the Entity.
- The snapshot of the Entity's state when it was loaded.
-
- The identifier of the Entity in the database.
- The version of the Entity.
- The for the Entity.
- A boolean indicating if the Entity exists in the database.
- The that is responsible for this Entity.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the current of the Entity.
-
- The of the Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of this Entity with respect to its
- persistence in the database.
-
- The of this Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the identifier of the Entity in the database.
-
- The identifier of the Entity in the database if one has been assigned.
- This might be when the is
- and the database generates the id.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the snapshot of the Entity when it was loaded from the database.
-
- The snapshot of the Entity.
-
- There will only be a value when the Entity was loaded in the current Session.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the snapshot of the Entity when it was marked as being ready for deletion.
-
- The snapshot of the Entity.
- This will be if the Entity is not being deleted.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a indicating if this Entity exists in the database.
-
- if it is already in the database.
-
- It can also be if it does not exists in the database yet and the
- is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the version of the Entity.
-
- The version of the Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is responsible for this Entity.
-
- The that is responsible for this Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets the Fully Qualified Name of the class this Entity is an instance of.
-
- The Fully Qualified Name of the class this Entity is an instance of.
-
-
-
- Get the EntityKey based on this EntityEntry.
-
-
-
-
- After actually inserting a row, record the fact that the instance exists on the
- database (needed for identity-column key generation)
-
-
-
-
- After actually updating the database, update the snapshot information,
- and escalate the lock mode.
-
-
-
-
- After actually deleting a row, record the fact that the instance no longer
- exists in the database
-
-
-
-
- Can the entity be modified?
- The entity is modifiable if all of the following are true:
- - the entity class is mutable
- - the entity is not read-only
- - if the current status is Status.Deleted, then the entity was not read-only when it was deleted
-
- true, if the entity is modifiable; false, otherwise
-
-
-
- A globally unique identifier of an instance, consisting of the user-visible identifier
- and the identifier space (eg. tablename)
-
-
-
- Construct a unique identifier for an entity class instance
-
-
-
- Used to uniquely key an entity instance in relation to a particular session
- by some unique property reference, as opposed to identifier.
- Unique information consists of the entity-name, the referenced
- property name, and the referenced property value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A FilterDefinition defines the global attributes of a dynamic filter. This
- information includes its name as well as its defined parameters (name and type).
-
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter.
-
- The name of the filter for which this configuration is in effect.
- The default filter condition.
- A dictionary storing the NHibernate type
- of each parameter under its name.
- if set to true used in many to one rel
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to use this filter-def in manytoone refs.
-
- true if [use in many to one]; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Get the name of the filter this configuration defines.
-
- The filter name for this configuration.
-
-
-
- Get a set of the parameters defined by this configuration.
-
- The parameters named by this configuration.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the type of the named parameter defined for this filter.
-
- The name of the filter parameter for which to return the type.
- The type of the named parameter.
-
-
-
- A strategy for determining if an identifier value is an identifier of a new
- transient instance or a previously persistent transient instance. The strategy
- is determined by the Unsaved-Value attribute in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if its identifier is null or
- equal to Value
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the given identifier belong to a new instance
-
-
-
-
- Always assume the transient instance is newly instantiated
-
-
-
-
- Never assume that transient instance is newly instantiated
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the identifier
- is null.
-
-
-
- Assume nothing.
-
-
-
- Defines operations common to "compiled" mappings (ie. SessionFactory ) and
- "uncompiled" mappings (ie Configuration that are used by implementors of IType
-
-
-
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the internal contract between the ISessionFactory and other parts of NHibernate
- such as implementors of IType .
-
-
-
-
- Get the used.
-
-
-
- The cache of table update timestamps
-
-
- Statistics SPI
-
-
- Retrieves the SQLExceptionConverter in effect for this SessionFactory.
- The SQLExceptionConverter for this SessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Get the persister for the named entity
-
- The name of the entity that is persisted.
- The for the entity.
- If no can be found.
-
-
-
- Get the persister object for a collection role
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the return types of a query
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the return aliases of a query
-
-
-
- Get the names of all persistent classes that implement/extend the given interface/class
-
- The entity-name, the class name or full name, the imported class name.
- All implementors class names.
-
-
-
- Get a class name, using query language imports
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the default query cache
-
-
-
-
- Get a particular named query cache, or the default cache
-
- the name of the cache region, or null for the default
- query cache
- the existing cache, or a newly created cache if none by that
- region name
-
-
-
- Gets the hql query identified by the name .
-
- The name of that identifies the query.
-
- A hql query or if the named
- query does not exist.
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier generator for the hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get a named second-level cache region
-
-
-
- Open a session conforming to the given parameters. Used mainly
- for current session processing.
-
- The external ado.net connection to use, if one (i.e., optional).
- No usage.
- Not yet implemented.
- The release mode for managed jdbc connections.
- An appropriate session.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a set of all the collection roles in which the given entity
- is a participant, as either an index or an element.
-
- The entity name for which to get the collection roles.
-
- Set of all the collection roles in which the given entityName participates.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ICurrentSessionContext instance attached to this session factory.
-
-
-
-
- Get the persister for the named entity
-
- The name of the entity that is persisted.
-
- The for the entity or is the name was not found.
-
-
-
-
- Get the entity-name for a given mapped class.
-
- the mapped class
- the entity name where available or null
-
-
-
- Get entity persisters by the given query spaces.
-
- The session factory.
- The query spaces.
- Unique list of entity persisters, if is null or empty then all persisters are returned.
-
-
-
- Get collection persisters by the given query spaces.
-
- The session factory.
- The query spaces.
- Unique list of collection persisters, if is null or empty then all persisters are returned.
-
-
-
- Get the columns of the associated table which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Get the columns of the associated table which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Get the aliased columns of the owning entity which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Get the columns of the owning entity which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Implements the algorithm for validating property values
- for illegal null values
-
-
-
-
- Check nullability of the class persister properties
-
- entity properties
- class persister
- whether it is intended to be updated or saved
-
-
-
- Check sub elements-nullability. Returns property path that break
- nullability or null if none
-
- type to check
- value to check
- property path
-
-
-
- Check component nullability. Returns property path that break
- nullability or null if none
-
- component properties
- component not-nullable type
- property path
-
-
-
- Return a well formed property path.
- Basically, it will return parent.child
-
- parent in path
- child in path
- parent-child path
-
-
-
- A batcher used to retrieve a batch of entity or collection keys that are present in the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about the entities that are currently eligible for batch-fetching. Ultimately
- used by to build entity load batches.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about entity keys that were checked in the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about collection entries that are currently eligible for batch-fetching. Ultimately
- used by to build collection load batches.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about collection keys that were checked in the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about collection entries that were checked in the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Get a batch of all unloaded identifiers for a given persister that are present in the cached query.
- Once this method is called the unloaded identifiers for a given persister will be cleared in order to prevent
- double checking the same identifier.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
-
- An array of identifiers that can be empty if the identifier was already checked or
- if the identifier is not present in the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Get a batch of all uninitialized collection keys for a given role that are present in the cached query.
- Once this method is called the uninitialized collection keys for a given role will be cleared in order to prevent
- double checking the same keys.
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch.
- An array that will be filled with collection entries if set.
-
- An array of collection keys that can be empty if the key was already checked or
- if the key is not present in the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the entity to the batch.
-
- The entity key.
-
-
-
- Adds the collection to the batch.
-
- The collection persister.
- The collection entry.
-
-
-
- Links the created collection entry with the stored collection key.
-
- The collection entry.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the entity key was already checked in the cache.
-
- The entity persister.
- The entity key.
- whether the entity key was checked, otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the collection entry was already checked in the cache.
-
- The collection persister.
- The collection entry.
- whether the collection entry was checked, otherwise.
-
-
-
- Container for data that is used during the NHibernate query/load process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects that is stored at the index
- of the Parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects that is stored at the index
- of the Parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for the Query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an that contains the alias name of the
- object from hql as the key and the as the value.
-
- An of lock modes.
-
-
-
- Ensure the Types and Values are the same length.
-
-
- If the Lengths of and
- are not equal.
-
-
-
-
- Information to determine how to run an DbCommand and what
- records to return from the DbDataReader.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the no value has been set on the Property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the Index of the First Row to Select
-
- The Index of the First Rows to Select
- Defaults to 0 unless specifically set.
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the Maximum Number of Rows to Select
-
- The Maximum Number of Rows to Select
- Defaults to NoValue unless specifically set.
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The query timeout in seconds.
- Defaults to unless specifically set.
-
-
-
- Represents the status of an entity with respect to
- this session. These statuses are for internal
- book-keeping only and are not intended to represent
- any notion that is visible to the application .
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is snapshotted in the Session with the same state as the database
- (called Managed in H3).
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is in the Session and has been marked for deletion but not
- deleted from the database yet.
-
-
-
-
- The Entity has been deleted from database.
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is in the process of being loaded.
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is in the process of being saved.
-
-
-
-
- The entity is read-only.
-
-
-
- An ordered pair of a value and its Hibernate type.
-
-
-
- Constructor for typed value that may represent a simple value or a list value (for a parameter list).
- If knowing what is value, use instead.
-
- The type of the value (or of its elements if it is a list value)
- The value.
- The logic for infering if the value should be considered as a list value is minimal and will not
- catch all cases, like hashset.
-
-
-
- Construct a typed value.
-
- The type of the value (or of its elements if it is a list value)
- The value.
- if the value is a list value (for a parameter list),
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return an IdentifierValue for the specified unsaved-value. If none is specified,
- guess the unsaved value by instantiating a test instance of the class and
- reading it's id property, or if that is not possible, using the java default
- value for the type
-
-
-
-
- An enum of the different ways a value might be "included".
-
-
- This is really an expanded true/false notion with Partial being the
- expansion. Partial deals with components in the cases where
- parts of the referenced component might define inclusion, but the
- component overall does not.
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for determining if a version value is an version of
- a new transient instance or a previously persistent transient instance.
- The strategy is determined by the Unsaved-Value attribute in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if its version is null or
- equal to Value
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the given identifier belong to a new instance
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the version
- is null, otherwise assume it is a detached instance.
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the version
- is null, otherwise defer to the identifier unsaved-value.
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the identifier
- is null.
-
-
-
-
- A convenience base class for listeners whose functionality results in flushing.
-
-
-
-
- Coordinates the processing necessary to get things ready for executions
- as db calls by preparing the session caches and moving the appropriate
- entities and collections to their respective execution queues.
-
- The flush event.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute all SQL and second-level cache updates, in a
- special order so that foreign-key constraints cannot
- be violated:
-
- -
Inserts, in the order they were performed
- -
Updates
- -
Deletion of collection elements
- -
Insertion of collection elements
- -
Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
- The session being flushed
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Coordinates the processing necessary to get things ready for executions
- as db calls by preparing the session caches and moving the appropriate
- entities and collections to their respective execution queues.
-
- The flush event.
-
-
-
- Execute all SQL and second-level cache updates, in a
- special order so that foreign-key constraints cannot
- be violated:
-
- -
Inserts, in the order they were performed
- -
Updates
- -
Deletion of collection elements
- -
Insertion of collection elements
- -
Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
- The session being flushed
-
-
-
- 1. Recreate the collection key -> collection map
- 2. rebuild the collection entries
- 3. call Interceptor.postFlush()
-
-
-
-
- A convenience base class for listeners that respond to requests to perform a
- pessimistic lock upgrade on an entity.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a pessimistic lock upgrade on a given entity, if needed.
-
- The entity for which to upgrade the lock.
- The entity's EntityEntry instance.
- The lock mode being requested for locking.
- The session which is the source of the event being processed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Performs a pessimistic lock upgrade on a given entity, if needed.
-
- The entity for which to upgrade the lock.
- The entity's EntityEntry instance.
- The lock mode being requested for locking.
- The session which is the source of the event being processed.
-
-
-
- A convenience base class for listeners that respond to requests to reassociate an entity
- to a session ( such as through lock() or update() ).
-
-
-
-
- Associates a given entity (either transient or associated with another session) to the given session.
-
- The event triggering the re-association
- The entity to be associated
- The id of the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An EntityEntry representing the entity within this session.
-
-
-
- Associates a given entity (either transient or associated with another session) to the given session.
-
- The event triggering the re-association
- The entity to be associated
- The id of the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- An EntityEntry representing the entity within this session.
-
-
-
- A convenience bas class for listeners responding to save events.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using the given requested id.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id to which to associate the entity.
- The name of the entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The id used to save the entity.
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using a newly generated id.
-
- The entity to be saved
- The entity-name for the entity to be saved
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call by checking the session caches for a pre-existing
- entity and performing any lifecycle callbacks.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id by which to save the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- Is an identity column being used?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session from which the event originated.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Performs all the actual work needed to save an entity (well to get the save moved to
- the execution queue).
-
- The entity to be saved
- The id to be used for saving the entity (or null, in the case of identity columns)
- The entity's persister instance.
- Should an identity column be used for id generation?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of the current event.
-
- Is access to the identifier required immediately
- after the completion of the save? persist(), for example, does not require this...
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Perform any property value substitution that is necessary
- (interceptor callback, version initialization...)
-
- The entity
- The entity identifier
- The snapshot entity state
- The entity persister
- The originating session
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- True if the snapshot state changed such that
- reinjection of the values into the entity is required.
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform pre-save cascades for the given entity.
- The session from which the save event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity to be saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handles to calls needed to perform post-save cascades.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Determine whether the entity is persistent, detached, or transient
-
- The entity to check
- The name of the entity
- The entity's entry in the persistence context
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The state.
-
-
-
- After the save, will te version number be incremented
- if the instance is modified?
-
- True if the version will be incremented on an entity change after save; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using the given requested id.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id to which to associate the entity.
- The name of the entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
- The id used to save the entity.
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using a newly generated id.
-
- The entity to be saved
- The entity-name for the entity to be saved
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call by checking the session caches for a pre-existing
- entity and performing any lifecycle callbacks.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id by which to save the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- Is an identity column being used?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session from which the event originated.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Performs all the actual work needed to save an entity (well to get the save moved to
- the execution queue).
-
- The entity to be saved
- The id to be used for saving the entity (or null, in the case of identity columns)
- The entity's persister instance.
- Should an identity column be used for id generation?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of the current event.
-
- Is access to the identifier required immediately
- after the completion of the save? persist(), for example, does not require this...
-
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Perform any property value substitution that is necessary
- (interceptor callback, version initialization...)
-
- The entity
- The entity identifier
- The snapshot entity state
- The entity persister
- The originating session
-
- True if the snapshot state changed such that
- reinjection of the values into the entity is required.
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform pre-save cascades for the given entity.
- The session from which the save event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity to be saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
-
-
- Handles to calls needed to perform post-save cascades.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
-
-
-
- Determine whether the entity is persistent, detached, or transient
-
- The entity to check
- The name of the entity
- The entity's entry in the persistence context
- The originating session.
- The state.
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass of algorithms that walk a tree of property values of an entity, and
- perform specific functionality for collections, components and associated entities.
-
-
-
- Dispatch each property value to ProcessValue().
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Visit a property value. Dispatch to the correct handler for the property type.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Visit a component. Dispatch each property to
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Visit a collection. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Walk the tree starting from the given entity.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Dispatch each property value to ProcessValue().
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a property value. Dispatch to the correct handler for the property type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a component. Dispatch each property to
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a many-to-one or one-to-one associated entity. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a collection. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Walk the tree starting from the given entity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default flush event listeners used by hibernate for
- flushing session state in response to generated auto-flush events.
-
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the default delete event listener used by hibernate for deleting entities
- from the datastore in response to generated delete events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- We encountered a delete request on a transient instance.
-
- This is a deviation from historical Hibernate (pre-3.2) behavior to
- align with the JPA spec, which states that transient entities can be
- passed to remove operation in which case cascades still need to be
- performed.
-
- The session which is the source of the event
- The entity being delete processed
- Is cascading of deletes enabled
- The entity persister
-
- A cache of already visited transient entities (to avoid infinite recursion).
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform the entity deletion. Well, as with most operations, does not
- really perform it; just schedules an action/execution with the
- for execution during flush.
-
- The originating session
- The entity to delete
- The entity's entry in the
- Is delete cascading enabled?
- The entity persister.
- A cache of already deleted entities.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
-
-
- Called when we have recognized an attempt to delete a detached entity.
- The event.
-
- This is perfectly valid in Hibernate usage; JPA, however, forbids this.
- Thus, this is a hook for HEM to affect this behavior.
-
-
-
-
- We encountered a delete request on a transient instance.
-
- This is a deviation from historical Hibernate (pre-3.2) behavior to
- align with the JPA spec, which states that transient entities can be
- passed to remove operation in which case cascades still need to be
- performed.
-
- The session which is the source of the event
- The entity being delete processed
- Is cascading of deletes enabled
- The entity persister
-
- A cache of already visited transient entities (to avoid infinite recursion).
-
-
-
-
- Perform the entity deletion. Well, as with most operations, does not
- really perform it; just schedules an action/execution with the
- for execution during flush.
-
- The originating session
- The entity to delete
- The entity's entry in the
- Is delete cascading enabled?
- The entity persister.
- A cache of already deleted entities.
-
-
-
- Defines the default dirty-check event listener used by hibernate for
- checking the session for dirtiness in response to generated dirty-check events.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default evict event listener used by hibernate for evicting entities
- in response to generated flush events. In particular, this implementation will
- remove any hard references to the entity that are held by the infrastructure
- (references held by application or other persistent instances are okay)
-
-
-
-
- An event that occurs for each entity instance at flush time
-
-
-
-
- Flushes a single entity's state to the database, by scheduling an update action, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Performs all necessary checking to determine if an entity needs an SQL update
- to synchronize its state to the database. Modifies the event by side-effect!
- Note: this method is quite slow, avoid calling if possible!
-
-
-
- Perform a dirty check, and attach the results to the event
-
-
-
- Flushes a single entity's state to the database, by scheduling an update action, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- make sure user didn't mangle the id
-
- The obj.
- The persister.
- The id.
-
-
-
- Performs all necessary checking to determine if an entity needs an SQL update
- to synchronize its state to the database. Modifies the event by side-effect!
- Note: this method is quite slow, avoid calling if possible!
-
-
-
- Perform a dirty check, and attach the results to the event
-
-
-
- Defines the default flush event listeners used by hibernate for
- flushing session state in response to generated flush events.
-
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
- Try to initialize a collection from the cache
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
- Try to initialize a collection from the cache
-
-
-
- Defines the default load event listeners used by NHibernate for loading entities
- in response to generated load events.
-
-
-
- Perfoms the load of an entity.
- The loaded entity.
-
-
-
- Based on configured options, will either return a pre-existing proxy,
- generate a new proxy, or perform an actual load.
-
- The result of the proxy/load operation.
-
-
-
- Given that there is a pre-existing proxy.
- Initialize it if necessary; narrow if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- If the class to be loaded has been configured with a cache, then lock
- given id in that cache and then perform the load.
-
- The loaded entity
-
-
-
- Coordinates the efforts to load a given entity. First, an attempt is
- made to load the entity from the session-level cache. If not found there,
- an attempt is made to locate it in second-level cache. Lastly, an
- attempt is made to load it directly from the datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The loaded entity, or null.
-
-
-
- Performs the process of loading an entity from the configured underlying datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object loaded from the datasource, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Attempts to locate the entity in the session-level cache.
-
- The load event
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity from the session-level cache, or null.
-
- If allowed to return nulls, then if the entity happens to be found in
- the session cache, we check the entity type for proper handling
- of entity hierarchies.
- If checkDeleted was set to true, then if the entity is found in the
- session-level cache, it's current status within the session cache
- is checked to see if it has previously been scheduled for deletion.
-
-
-
- Attempts to load the entity from the second-level cache.
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity from the second-level cache, or null.
-
-
- Perfoms the load of an entity.
- The loaded entity.
-
-
-
- Based on configured options, will either return a pre-existing proxy,
- generate a new proxy, or perform an actual load.
-
- The result of the proxy/load operation.
-
-
-
- Given that there is a pre-existing proxy.
- Initialize it if necessary; narrow if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Given that there is no pre-existing proxy.
- Check if the entity is already loaded. If it is, return the entity,
- otherwise create and return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
- If the class to be loaded has been configured with a cache, then lock
- given id in that cache and then perform the load.
-
- The loaded entity
-
-
-
- Coordinates the efforts to load a given entity. First, an attempt is
- made to load the entity from the session-level cache. If not found there,
- an attempt is made to locate it in second-level cache. Lastly, an
- attempt is made to load it directly from the datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- The loaded entity, or null.
-
-
-
- Performs the process of loading an entity from the configured underlying datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- The object loaded from the datasource, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Attempts to locate the entity in the session-level cache.
-
- The load event
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- The entity from the session-level cache, or null.
-
- If allowed to return nulls, then if the entity happens to be found in
- the session cache, we check the entity type for proper handling
- of entity hierarchies.
- If checkDeleted was set to true, then if the entity is found in the
- session-level cache, it's current status within the session cache
- is checked to see if it has previously been scheduled for deletion.
-
-
-
- Attempts to load the entity from the second-level cache.
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The load options.
- The entity from the second-level cache, or null.
-
-
-
- Defines the default lock event listeners used by hibernate to lock entities
- in response to generated lock events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the default event listener for handling of merge events generated from a session.
-
-
-
-
- Perform any cascades needed as part of this copy event.
-
- The merge event being processed.
- The persister of the entity being copied.
- The entity being copied.
- A cache of already copied instance.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Determine which merged entities in the copyCache are transient.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Should this method be on the EventCache class?
-
-
-
- Retry merging transient entities
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
-
- Perform any cascades needed as part of this copy event.
-
- The merge event being processed.
- The persister of the entity being copied.
- The entity being copied.
- A cache of already copied instance.
-
-
-
- Determine which merged entities in the copyCache are transient.
-
-
-
-
- Should this method be on the EventCache class?
-
-
-
- Retry merging transient entities
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
-
- Defines the default create event listener used by hibernate for creating
- transient entities in response to generated create events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The save event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The save event to be handled.
-
-
-
-
- Called before injecting property values into a newly
- loaded entity instance.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default refresh event listener used by hibernate for refreshing entities
- in response to generated refresh events.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default replicate event listener used by Hibernate to replicate
- entities in response to generated replicate events.
-
-
-
- An event handler for save() events
-
-
-
- Defines the default listener used by Hibernate for handling save-update events.
-
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a transient entity.
- Here, we will perform the save processing.
-
- The save event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity's identifier after saving.
-
-
-
- Save the transient instance, assigning the right identifier
-
- The initiating event.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity's identifier value after saving.
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a detached entity.
- Here, we will perform the update processing.
-
- The update event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform cascades as part of an update request
- for the given entity.
-
- The event currently being processed.
- The defined persister for the entity being updated.
- The entity being updated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a transient entity.
- Here, we will perform the save processing.
-
- The save event to be handled.
- The entity's identifier after saving.
-
-
-
- Save the transient instance, assigning the right identifier
-
- The initiating event.
- The entity's identifier value after saving.
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a detached entity.
- Here, we will perform the update processing.
-
- The update event to be handled.
-
-
- Determine the id to use for updating.
- The entity.
- The entity persister
- The requested identifier
- The id.
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform cascades as part of an update request
- for the given entity.
-
- The event currently being processed.
- The defined persister for the entity being updated.
- The entity being updated.
-
-
- An event handler for update() events
-
-
-
- If the user specified an id, assign it to the instance and use that,
- otherwise use the id already assigned to the instance
-
-
-
-
- A Visitor that determines if a dirty collection was found.
-
-
-
-
- Reason for dirty collection
-
- -
-
- If it is a new application-instantiated collection, return true (does not occur anymore!)
-
-
- -
-
- If it is a component, recurse.
-
-
- -
-
- If it is a wrapped collection, ask the collection entry.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if a dirty collection was found.
-
- if a dirty collection was found.
-
-
-
- Evict any collections referenced by the object from the session cache.
- This will NOT pick up any collections that were dereferenced, so they
- will be deleted (suboptimal but not exactly incorrect).
-
-
-
-
- Process collections reachable from an entity.
- This visitor assumes that wrap was already performed for the entity.
-
-
-
-
- When a transient entity is passed to lock(), we must inspect all its collections and
- 1. associate any uninitialized PersistentCollections with this session
- 2. associate any initialized PersistentCollections with this session, using the existing snapshot
- 3. throw an exception for each "new" collection
-
-
-
-
- When an entity is passed to replicate(), and there is an existing row, we must
- inspect all its collections and
- 1. associate any uninitialized PersistentCollections with this session
- 2. associate any initialized PersistentCollections with this session, using the existing snapshot
- 3. execute a collection removal (SQL DELETE) for each null collection property or "new" collection
-
-
-
-
- When an entity is passed to update(), we must inspect all its collections and
- 1. associate any uninitialized PersistentCollections with this session
- 2. associate any initialized PersistentCollections with this session, using the existing snapshot
- 3. execute a collection removal (SQL DELETE) for each null collection property or "new" collection
-
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass of visitors that reattach collections
-
-
-
-
- Schedules a collection for deletion.
-
- The persister representing the collection to be removed.
- The collection key (differs from owner-id in the case of property-refs).
- The session from which the request originated.
-
-
-
- This version is slightly different in that here we need to assume that
- the owner is not yet associated with the session, and thus we cannot
- rely on the owner's EntityEntry snapshot...
-
- The persister for the collection role being processed.
-
-
-
-
- Wrap collections in a Hibernate collection wrapper.
-
-
-
- When persist is used as the cascade action, persistOnFlush should be used
-
-
- Call interface if necessary
-
-
-
- Returns the number of entity-copy mappings in this EventCache
-
-
-
-
- Associates the specified entity with the specified copy in this EventCache;
-
-
-
- indicates if the operation is performed on the entity
-
-
-
- Returns copy-entity mappings
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if the listener is performing the operation on the specified entity.
-
- Must be non-null and this EventCache must contain a mapping for this entity
-
-
-
-
- Set flag to indicate if the listener is performing the operation on the specified entity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reassociates uninitialized proxies with the session
-
-
-
-
- Visit a many-to-one or one-to-one associated entity. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Has the owner of the collection changed since the collection was snapshotted and detached?
-
-
-
-
- Reattach a detached (disassociated) initialized or uninitialized
- collection wrapper, using a snapshot carried with the collection wrapper
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of session auto-flush events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of deletion events generated from a session.
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of session dirty-check events.
-
-
- Handle the given dirty-check event.
- The dirty-check event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given dirty-check event.
- The dirty-check event to be handled.
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
- Get the ActionQueue for this session
-
-
-
- Is auto-flush suspended?
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an entity instance, using either an interceptor,
- or the given persister
-
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
-
- Suspend auto-flushing, yielding a disposable to dispose when auto flush should be restored. Supports
- being called multiple times.
-
- A disposable to dispose when auto flush should be restored.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of evict events generated from a session.
-
-
- Handle the given evict event.
- The evict event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given evict event.
- The evict event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of session flush events.
-
-
- Handle the given flush event.
- The flush event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given flush event.
- The flush event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of collection initialization events
- generated by a session.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of load events generated from a session.
-
-
-
-
- Handle the given load event.
-
- The load event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The result (i.e., the loaded entity).
-
-
-
- Handle the given load event.
-
- The load event to be handled.
-
- The result (i.e., the loaded entity).
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of lock events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of merge events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of create events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Called after recreating a collection
-
-
- Called after removing a collection
-
-
- Called after updating a collection
-
-
- Called after deleting an item from the datastore
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after inserting an item in the datastore
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after updating the datastore
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before recreating a collection
-
-
- Called before removing a collection
-
-
- Called before updating a collection
-
-
-
- Called before deleting an item from the datastore
-
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting an item in the datastore
-
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
-
-
-
- Called before injecting property values into a newly loaded entity instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before updating the datastore
-
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of refresh events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given refresh event.
- The refresh event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given refresh event.
- The refresh event to be handled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of replicate events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given replicate event.
- The replicate event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given replicate event.
- The replicate event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of update events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given update event.
- The update event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given update event.
- The update event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines a base class for events involving collections.
-
-
- Constructs an AbstractCollectionEvent object.
- The collection persister.
- The collection
- The Session source
- The owner that is affected by this event; can be null if unavailable
-
- The ID for the owner that is affected by this event; can be null if unavailable
- that is affected by this event; can be null if unavailable
-
-
-
- The collection owner entity that is affected by this event.
-
- Returns null if the entity is not in the persistence context
- (e.g., because the collection from a detached entity was moved to a new owner)
-
-
-
- Get the ID for the collection owner entity that is affected by this event.
-
- Returns null if the ID cannot be obtained
- from the collection's loaded key (e.g., a property-ref is used for the
- collection and does not include the entity's ID)
-
-
-
- Get the entity name for the collection owner entity that is affected by this event.
-
- The entity name; if the owner is not in the PersistenceContext, the
- returned value may be a superclass name, instead of the actual class name
-
-
-
-
- Defines a base class for Session generated events.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an event from the given event session.
-
- The session event source.
-
-
-
- Returns the session event source for this event.
- This is the underlying session from which this event was generated.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation we performed against the database.
-
-
-
- Constructs an event containing the pertinent information.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity id to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity's persister.
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation we are about to perform against the database.
-
-
-
- Constructs an event containing the pertinent information.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity id to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity's persister.
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the auto-flushing of a session.
-
-
- Defines an event class for the deletion of an entity.
-
-
- Constructs a new DeleteEvent instance.
- The entity to be deleted.
- The session from which the delete event was generated.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the encapsulated entity to be deleted.
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the dirty-checking of a session.
-
-
-
- A convenience holder for all defined session event listeners.
-
-
-
-
- Call on any listeners that implement
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the evicting of an entity.
-
-
- Defines an event class for the flushing of a session.
-
-
-
- Returns the session event source for this event.
- This is the underlying session from which this event was generated.
-
-
-
-
- Contract for listeners which require notification of SessionFactory closing,
- presumably to destroy internal state.
-
-
-
-
- Notification of shutdown.
-
-
-
-
- An event listener that requires access to mappings to
- initialize state at initialization time.
-
-
-
-
- An event that occurs when a collection wants to be initialized
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation we performed against the database.
-
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after an an entity instance is fully loaded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
-
- Values for listener type property.
-
-
-
- Not allowed in Xml. It represents the default value when an explicit type is assigned.
-
-
- Xml value: auto-flush
-
-
- Xml value: merge
-
-
- Xml value: create
-
-
- Xml value: create-onflush
-
-
- Xml value: delete
-
-
- Xml value: dirty-check
-
-
- Xml value: evict
-
-
- Xml value: flush
-
-
- Xml value: flush-entity
-
-
- Xml value: load
-
-
- Xml value: load-collection
-
-
- Xml value: lock
-
-
- Xml value: refresh
-
-
- Xml value: replicate
-
-
- Xml value: save-update
-
-
- Xml value: save
-
-
- Xml value: pre-update
-
-
- Xml value: update
-
-
- Xml value: pre-load
-
-
- Xml value: pre-delete
-
-
- Xml value: pre-insert
-
-
- Xml value: pre-collection-recreate
-
-
- Xml value: pre-collection-remove
-
-
- Xml value: pre-collection-update
-
-
- Xml value: post-load
-
-
- Xml value: post-insert
-
-
- Xml value: post-update
-
-
- Xml value: post-delete
-
-
- Xml value: post-commit-update
-
-
- Xml value: post-commit-insert
-
-
- Xml value: post-commit-delete
-
-
- Xml value: post-collection-recreate
-
-
- Xml value: post-collection-remove
-
-
- Xml value: post-collection-update
-
-
- Defines an event class for the loading of an entity.
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the locking of an entity.
-
-
-
-
- An event class for merge() and saveOrUpdateCopy()
-
-
-
- An event class for persist()
-
-
- An event that occurs after a collection is recreated
-
-
- An event that occurs after a collection is removed
-
-
- An event that occurs after a collection is updated
-
-
-
- Occurs after deleting an item from the datastore
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after inserting an item in the datastore
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after an an entity instance is fully loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after the datastore is updated
-
-
-
- An event that occurs before a collection is recreated
-
-
- An event that occurs before a collection is removed
-
-
- An event that occurs before a collection is updated
-
-
-
- Represents a pre-delete event, which occurs just prior to
- performing the deletion of an entity from the database.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an event containing the pertinent information.
-
- The entity to be deleted.
- The id to use in the deletion.
- The entity's state at deletion time.
- The entity's persister.
- The session from which the event originated.
-
-
-
- This is the entity state at the
- time of deletion (useful for optimistic locking and such).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a pre-insert event, which occurs just prior to
- performing the insert of an entity into the database.
-
-
-
-
- These are the values to be inserted.
-
-
-
-
- Called before injecting property values into a newly loaded entity instance.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a pre-update event, which occurs just prior to
- performing the update of an entity in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the state to be used in the update.
-
-
-
-
- The old state of the entity at the time it was last loaded from the
- database; can be null in the case of detached entities.
-
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the refreshing of an object.
-
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the replication of an entity.
-
-
-
-
- An event class for saveOrUpdate()
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates the strategy required to execute various types of update, delete,
- and insert statements issued through HQL.
-
-
-
-
- Execute the sql managed by this executor using the given parameters.
-
- Essentially bind information for this processing.
- The session originating the request.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of entities updated/deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Execute the sql managed by this executor using the given parameters.
-
- Essentially bind information for this processing.
- The session originating the request.
- The number of entities updated/deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new AST-based query translator.
-
- The query-identifier (used in stats collection)
- The hql query to translate
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory constructing this translator instance.
-
-
-
- Creates a new AST-based query translator.
-
- The query-identifier (used in stats collection)
- The hql query to translate
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory constructing this translator instance.
- The query loader factory.
-
-
-
- Creates a new AST-based query translator.
-
- The query-identifier (used in stats collection)
- The hql query to translate
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory constructing this translator instance.
- The query loader factory.
- The named parameters information.
-
-
-
- Compile a "normal" query. This method may be called multiple
- times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
-
-
-
- Compile a filter. This method may be called multiple
- times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- the role name of the collection used as the basis for the filter.
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs both filter and non-filter compiling.
-
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
- the role name of the collection used as the basis for the filter, NULL if this is not a filter.
-
-
-
- Generates translators which uses the Antlr-based parser to perform
- the translation.
-
- Author: Gavin King
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Look ahead for tokenizing is all lowercase, whereas the original case of an input stream is preserved.
- Copied from http://www.antlr.org/wiki/pages/viewpage.action?pageId=1782
-
-
-
-
- Provides a map of collection function names to the corresponding property names.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- An error handler that counts parsing errors and warnings.
-
-
-
-
- Handles HQL AST transformation for collection filters (which are created with ).
-
- Adds FROM elements to implicit FROM clause.
- E.g.,
-
- ( query ( SELECT_FROM {filter-implied FROM} ) ( where ( = X 10 ) ) )
-
- gets converted to
-
- ( query ( SELECT_FROM ( FROM NHibernate.DomainModel.Many this ) ) ( where ( = X 10 ) ) )
-
-
- The root node of HQL query
- Collection that is being filtered
- Session factory
-
-
- True if this is a filter query (allow no FROM clause). *
-
-
-
- Indicates if the token could be an identifier.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns to the previous 'FROM' context.
-
-
-
-
- A custom token class for the HQL grammar.
-
-
-
-
- The previous token type.
-
-
-
-
- Public constructor
-
-
-
-
- Public constructor
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the token could be an identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the previous token type.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a string representation of the object.
-
- The debug string
-
-
-
- Implementations will report or handle errors invoked by an ANTLR base parser.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Exception thrown when an invalid path is found in a query.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Defines the behavior of an error handler for the HQL parsers.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new SessionFactoryHelperExtensions instance.
-
- The SessionFactory impl to be encapsulated.
-
-
-
- Locate a registered sql function by name.
-
- The name of the function to locate
- The sql function, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Locate a registered sql function by name.
-
- The name of the function to locate
- The sql function, or throws QueryException if no matching sql functions could be found.
-
-
-
- Find the function return type given the function name and the first argument expression node.
-
- The function name.
- The first argument expression.
- the function return type given the function name and the first argument expression node.
-
-
-
- Find the function return type given the function name and the arguments expression nodes.
-
- The function name.
- The function arguments expression nodes.
- The function return type given the function name and the arguments expression nodes.
-
-
-
- Given a (potentially unqualified) class name, locate its imported qualified name.
-
- The potentially unqualified class name
- The qualified class name.
-
-
-
- Does the given persister define a physical discriminator column
- for the purpose of inheritance discrimination?
-
- The persister to be checked.
- True if the persister does define an actual discriminator column.
-
-
-
- Locate the collection persister by the collection role.
-
- The collection role name.
- The defined CollectionPersister for this collection role, or null.
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the property for the entity encapsulated by the
- given type which represents the id or unique-key.
-
- The type representing the entity.
- The corresponding property name
-
-
-
- Retrieves the column names corresponding to the collection elements for the given
- collection role.
-
- The collection role
- The sql column-qualification alias (i.e., the table alias)
- the collection element columns
-
-
-
- Essentially the same as GetElementType, but requiring that the
- element type be an association type.
-
- The collection type to be checked.
- The AssociationType of the elements of the collection.
-
-
-
- Locate the collection persister by the collection role, requiring that
- such a persister exist.
-
- The collection role name.
- The defined CollectionPersister for this collection role.
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name, requiring that such a persister
- exist.
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity
-
-
-
- Given a (potentially unqualified) class name, locate its persister.
-
- The (potentially unqualified) class name.
- The defined persister for this class, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Given a (potentially unqualified) class name, locate its persister.
-
- The session factory implementor.
- The (potentially unqualified) class name.
- The defined persister for this class, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name.
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Create a join sequence rooted at the given collection.
-
- The persister for the collection at which the join should be rooted.
- The alias to use for qualifying column references.
- The generated join sequence.
-
-
-
- Generate an empty join sequence instance.
-
- The generated join sequence.
-
-
-
- Generate a join sequence representing the given association type.
-
- Should implicit joins (theta-style) or explicit joins (ANSI-style) be rendered
- The type representing the thing to be joined into.
- The table alias to use in qualifying the join conditions
- The type of join to render (inner, outer, etc)
- The columns making up the condition of the join.
- The generated join sequence.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a PropertyMapping describing the given collection role.
-
- The collection role for which to retrieve the property mapping.
- The property mapping.
-
-
-
- Given a collection type, determine the Type representing elements
- within instances of that collection.
-
- The collection type to be checked.
- The Type of the elements of the collection.
-
-
-
- Generates SQL by overriding callback methods in the base class, which does
- the actual SQL AST walking.
- Author: Joshua Davis, Steve Ebersole
- Ported By: Steve Strong
-
- SQL Generator Tree Parser, providing SQL rendering of SQL ASTs produced by the previous phase, HqlSqlWalker. All
- syntax decoration such as extra spaces, lack of spaces, extra parens, etc. should be added by this class.
-
- This grammar processes the HQL/SQL AST and produces an SQL string. The intent is to move dialect-specific
- code into a sub-class that will override some of the methods, just like the other two grammars in this system.
- @author Joshua Davis (joshua@hibernate.org)
-
-
- all append invocations on the buf should go through this Output instance variable.
- The value of this variable may be temporarily substitued by sql function processing code
- to catch generated arguments.
- This is because sql function templates need arguments as separate string chunks
- that will be assembled into the target dialect-specific function call.
-
-
-
- Handles parser errors.
-
-
-
-
- Add a space if the previous token was not a space or a parenthesis.
-
-
-
-
- The default SQL writer.
-
-
-
-
- The default SQL writer.
-
-
-
-
- Writes SQL fragments.
-
-
-
- todo remove this hack
- The parameter is either ", " or " , ". This is needed to pass sql generating tests as the old
- sql generator uses " , " in the WHERE and ", " in SELECT.
-
- @param comma either " , " or ", "
-
-
-
- Base class for nodes dealing 'is null' and 'is not null' operators.
- todo : a good deal of this is copied from BinaryLogicOperatorNode; look at consolidating these code fragments
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- When (if) we need to expand a row value constructor, what is the type of connector to use between the
- expansion fragments.
-
- The expansion connector type.
-
-
-
- When (if) we need to expand a row value constructor, what is the text of connector to use between the
- expansion fragments.
-
- The expansion connector text.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
- The alias creator.
- The generated scalar column names.
-
-
-
- Convenience implementation of Statement to centralize common functionality.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns additional display text for the AST node.
-
- The additional display text.
-
-
-
- Represents an aggregate function i.e. min, max, sum, avg.
-
- Author: Joshua Davis
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates the information relating to an individual assignment within the
- set clause of an HQL update statement. This information is used during execution
- of the update statements when the updates occur against "multi-table" stuff.
-
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing logical BETWEEN (ternary) operators.
-
-
-
-
- Nodes which represent binary arithmetic operators.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the left-hand operand of the operator.
-
- @return The left-hand operand
-
-
- Retrieves the right-hand operand of the operator.
-
- @return The right-hand operand
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing binary operators.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Performs the operator node initialization by seeking out any parameter
- nodes and setting their expected type, if possible.
-
-
-
- Mutate the subtree relating to a row-value-constructor to instead use
- a series of ANDed predicates. This allows multi-column type comparisons
- and explicit row-value-constructor syntax even on databases which do
- not support row-value-constructor.
-
- For example, here we'd mutate "... where (col1, col2) = ('val1', 'val2) ..." to
- "... where col1 = 'val1' and col2 = 'val2' ..."
-
- @param valueElements The number of elements in the row value constructor list.
-
-
-
- Represents a boolean literal within a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a case ... when .. then ... else ... end expression in a select.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a case ... when .. then ... else ... end expression in a select.
-
- Author: Gavin King
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents 'elements()' or 'indices()'.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a COUNT expression in a select.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a top-level AST node representing an HQL delete statement.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a reference to a property or alias expression. This should duplicate the relevant behaviors in
- PathExpressionParser.
- Author: Joshua Davis
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- The full path, to the root alias of this dot node.
-
-
-
-
- The type of dereference that happened (DEREF_xxx).
-
-
-
-
- The identifier that is the name of the property.
-
-
-
-
- The unresolved property path relative to this dot node.
-
-
-
-
- The column names that this resolves to.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch join or not.
-
-
-
-
- The type of join to create. Default is an inner join.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the join type for this '.' node structure.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the full path of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the given property name a reference to the primary key of the associated
- entity construed by the given entity type?
- For example, consider a fragment like order.customer.id
- (where order is a from-element alias). Here, we'd have:
- propertyName = "id" AND
- owningType = ManyToOneType(Customer)
- and are being asked to determine whether "customer.id" is a reference
- to customer's PK...
-
- The name of the property to check.
- The type representing the entity "owning" the property
- True if propertyName references the entity's (owningType->associatedEntity) primary key; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Represents the 'FROM' part of a query or subquery, containing all mapped class references.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Counts the from elements as they are added.
-
-
-
-
- All of the implicit FROM xxx JOIN yyy elements that are the destination of a collection. These are created from
- index operators on collection property references.
-
-
-
-
- Pointer to the parent FROM clause, if there is one.
-
-
-
-
- Collection of FROM clauses of which this is the parent.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to check whether a given token represents a from-element alias.
-
- The potential from-element alias to check.
- True if the possibleAlias is an alias to a from-element visible from this point in the query graph.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the from node contains the class alias name.
-
- The HQL class alias name.
- true if the from node contains the class alias name.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the from node contains the table alias name.
-
- The SQL table alias name.
- true if the from node contains the table alias name.
-
-
-
- Adds a new from element to the from node.
-
- The reference to the class.
- The alias AST.
- The new FROM element.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the from-element represented by the given alias.
-
- The alias by which to locate the from-element.
- The from-element assigned the given alias, or null if none.
-
-
-
- Returns the list of from elements in order.
-
- The list of from elements (instances of FromElement).
-
-
-
- Returns the list of from elements that will be part of the result set.
-
- the list of from elements that will be part of the result set.
-
-
-
- Look for an existing implicit or explicit join by the given path.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor form used to initialize .
-
- The FROM clause to which this element belongs.
- The origin (LHS) of this element.
- The alias applied to this element.
-
-
-
- Names of lazy properties to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if this FromElement was implied by a path, or false if this FROM element is explicitly declared in
- the FROM clause.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
- the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the identifier select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the property select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
- the property select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The collection select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the value collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The value collection select fragment.
-
-
-
- Render the identifier select, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- the sequence of the returned type
- the identifier select with the column alias.
-
-
-
- Render the identifier select fragment, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- The sequence of the returned type
- A function to generate aliases.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Creates entity from elements.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates collection from elements.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate that handles the type and join sequence information for a FromElement.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
- the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Render the identifier select, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- the sequence of the returned type
- the identifier select with the column alias.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- The sequence of the returned type
- A function to generate aliases.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the property select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
-
- the property select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- Whether to include all lazy properties.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to be included.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to be included.
- Whether to include all lazy properties.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The collection select fragment
-
-
-
- Gets the value collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The value collection select fragment
-
-
-
- Returns the type of a property, given it's name (the last part) and the full path.
-
- The last part of the full path to the property.
- The full property path.
- The type
-
-
-
- Returns the Hibernate queryable implementation for the HQL class.
-
-
-
-
- Sub-classes can override this method if they produce implied joins (e.g. DotNode).
-
- an implied join created by this from reference.
-
-
-
- A semantic analysis node, that points back to the main analyzer.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
- A pointer back to the phase 2 processor.
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing binary operators.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- The left-hand operand of the operator.
-
-
-
-
- The right-hand operand of the operator.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementors will return additional display text, which will be used
- by the ASTPrinter to display information (besides the node type and node
- text).
-
-
-
-
- Returns additional display text for the AST node.
-
- The additional display text.
-
-
-
- Interface for nodes which wish to be made aware of any determined "expected
- type" based on the context within they appear in the query.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- An interface for initializable AST nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the node with the parameter.
-
- the initialization parameter.
-
-
-
- Represents the [] operator and provides it's semantics.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- this is possible for parameter lists and explicit lists. It is completely unreasonable for sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Mutate the subtree relating to a row-value-constructor in "in" list to instead use
- a series of ORen and ANDed predicates. This allows multi-column type comparisons
- and explicit row-value-constructor in "in" list syntax even on databases which do
- not support row-value-constructor in "in" list.
-
- For example, here we'd mutate "... where (col1, col2) in ( ('val1', 'val2'), ('val3', 'val4') ) ..." to
- "... where (col1 = 'val1' and col2 = 'val2') or (col1 = 'val3' and val2 = 'val4') ..."
-
-
-
-
- Defines a top-level AST node representing an HQL "insert select" statement.
-
-
-
- Retrieve this insert statement's into-clause.
- The into-clause
-
-
- Retrieve this insert statement's select-clause.
- The select-clause.
-
-
- Performs detailed semantic validation on this insert statement tree.
- Indicates validation failure.
-
-
-
- Represents an entity referenced in the INTO clause of an HQL
- INSERT statement.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns additional display text for the AST node.
-
- The additional display text.
-
-
-
- Determine whether the two types are "assignment compatible".
-
- The type defined in the into-clause.
- The type defined in the select clause.
- True if they are assignment compatible.
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing operators (logic or arithmetic).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Called by the tree walker during hql-sql semantic analysis
- after the operator sub-tree is completely built.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the data type for the overall operator expression.
-
- The expression's data type.
-
-
-
- Currently this is needed in order to deal with {@link FromElement FromElements} which
- contain "hidden" JDBC parameters from applying filters.
- Would love for this to go away, but that would require that Hibernate's
- internal {@link org.hibernate.engine.JoinSequence join handling} be able to either:
- render the same AST structures
- render structures capable of being converted to these AST structures
-
- In the interim, this allows us to at least treat these "hidden" parameters properly which is
- the most pressing need.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Set the renderable text of this node.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter specification for a parameter encountered within this node. We use the term 'embedded' here
- because of the fact that the parameter was simply encountered as part of the node's text; it does not exist
- as part of a subtree as it might in a true AST.
-
- The generated specification.
-
-
-
- Determine whether this node contains embedded parameters. The implication is that
- {@link #getEmbeddedParameters()} is allowed to return null if this method returns false.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve all embedded parameter specifications.
-
- All embedded parameter specifications; may return null.
-
-
-
- An AST node with a path property. This path property will be the fully qualified name.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the full path name represented by the node.
-
- the full path name represented by the node.
-
-
-
- The contract for expression sub-trees that can resolve themselves.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an identifier or a dot
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an identifier or a dot, but without a parent node
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an identifier or a dot, but without a parent node or alias
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving inside of the scope of a function call
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an an index [].
-
-
-
-
- Type definition for Statements which are restrictable via a where-clause (and
- thus also having a from-clause).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the from-clause in effect for this statement; could be null if the from-clause
- has not yet been parsed/generated.
-
-
-
-
- Does this statement tree currently contain a where clause?
- Returns True if a where-clause is found in the statement tree and
- that where clause actually defines restrictions; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the where-clause defining the restriction(s) in effect for
- this statement.
- Note that this will generate a where-clause if one was not found, so caution
- needs to taken prior to calling this that restrictions will actually exist
- in the resulting statement tree (otherwise "unexpected end of subtree" errors
- might occur during rendering).
-
-
-
-
- Represents an element of a projection list, i.e. a select expression.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the data type of the select expression.
-
-
-
-
- Set the scalar column index and appends AST nodes that represent the columns after the current AST node.
- (e.g. 'as col0_O_')
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
-
-
- Gets index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
-
-
- Returns the FROM element that this expression refers to.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if the element is a constructor (e.g. new Foo).
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if this select expression represents an entity that can be returned.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the text of the node.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
- The alias creator.
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The select expression.
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
- The alias creator.
-
-
-
- Interface for nodes which require access to the SessionFactory
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- IsNotNullLogicOperatorNode implementation
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Represents a 'is null' check.
-
-
-
-
- Common interface modeling the different HQL statements (i.e., INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, SELECT).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- The "phase 2" walker which generated this statement tree.
-
-
-
-
- The main token type representing the type of this statement.
-
-
-
-
- Does this statement require the StatementExecutor?
- Essentially, at the JDBC level, does this require an executeUpdate()?
-
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing unary operators.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the node representing the operator's single operand.
-
-
-
-
- A node representing a static Java constant.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Represents a literal.
-
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a method call
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of OrderByClause.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of ParameterNode.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Locate the select clause that is part of this select statement.
- Note, that this might return null as derived select clauses (i.e., no
- select clause at the HQL-level) get generated much later than when we
- get created; thus it depends upon lifecycle.
-
- Our select clause, or null.
-
-
-
- Represents a reference to a result_variable as defined in the JPA 2 spec.
-
-
- select v as value from tab1 order by value
- "value" used in the order by clause is a reference to the result_variable, "value", defined in the select clause.
-
- Author: Gail Badner
-
-
-
- Represents the list of expressions in a SELECT clause.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Prepares a derived (i.e., not explicitly defined in the query) select clause.
-
- The from clause to which this select clause is linked.
-
-
-
- Prepares an explicitly defined select clause.
-
- The from clause linked to this select clause.
-
-
-
-
- FromElements which need to be accounted for in the load phase (either for return or for fetch).
-
-
-
-
- Maps QueryReturnTypes[key] to entities from FromElementsForLoad[value]
-
-
-
-
- The column alias names being used in the generated SQL.
-
-
-
-
- The constructor to use for dynamic instantiation queries.
-
-
-
-
- The HQL aliases, or generated aliases
-
-
-
-
- The types actually being returned from this query at the "object level".
-
-
-
-
- A select expression that was generated by a FROM element.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Common behavior - a node that contains a list of select expressions.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns an array of SelectExpressions gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an array of SelectExpressions gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the first select expression node that should be considered when building the array of select
- expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an SQL fragment in the AST.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- A base AST node for the intermediate tree.
-
-
-
- The original text for the node, mostly for debugging.
-
-
- The data type of this node. Null for 'no type'.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the text to be used for rendering this particular node.
-
- The session factory
- The text to use for rendering
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a unary operator node.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Defines a top-level AST node representing an HQL update statement.
-
-
-
-
- Generates class/table/column aliases during semantic analysis and SQL rendering.
- Its essential purpose is to keep an internal counter to ensure that the
- generated aliases are unique.
-
-
-
-
- Appends child nodes to a parent efficiently.
-
-
-
-
- Depth first iteration of an ANTLR AST.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the 'list' representation with some brackets around it for debugging.
-
- The tree.
- The list representation of the tree.
-
-
-
- Determine if a given node (test) is contained anywhere in the subtree
- of another given node (fixture).
-
- The node against which to be checked for children.
- The node to be tested as being a subtree child of the parent.
- True if child is contained in the parent's collection of children.
-
-
-
- Finds the first node of the specified type in the chain of children.
-
- The parent
- The type to find.
- The first node of the specified type, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Iterates over all children and sub-children and finds elements of required type.
-
-
-
-
- Filters nodes in/out of a tree.
-
- The node to check.
- true to keep the node, false if the node should be filtered out.
-
-
-
- Generates the scalar column AST nodes for a given array of SQL columns
-
-
-
-
- Generates the scalar column AST nodes for a given array of SQL columns
-
-
-
-
- Performs the post-processing of the join information gathered during semantic analysis.
- The join generating classes are complex, this encapsulates some of the JoinSequence-related
- code.
- Author: Joshua Davis
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new JoinProcessor.
-
- The walker to which we are bound, giving us access to needed resources.
-
-
-
- Translates an AST join type (i.e., the token type) into a JoinFragment.XXX join type.
-
- The AST join type (from HqlSqlWalker)
- a JoinType.XXX join type.
-
-
-
- Indicates that Float and Double literal values should
- be treated using the SQL "exact" format (i.e., '.001')
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that Float and Double literal values should
- be treated using the SQL "approximate" format (i.e., '1E-3')
-
-
-
-
- In what format should Float and Double literal values be sent
- to the database?
- See #EXACT, #APPROXIMATE
-
-
-
-
- Traverse the AST tree depth first. Note that the AST passed in is not visited itself. Visitation starts
- with its children.
-
- ast
-
-
-
- Turns a path into an AST.
-
- The path.
- The AST factory to use.
- An HQL AST representing the path.
-
-
-
- Creates synthetic and nodes based on the where fragment part of a JoinSequence.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Generate a cast node intended solely to hint HQL at the resulting type, without issuing an actual SQL cast.
-
- The expression to cast.
- The resulting type.
- A node.
-
-
-
- Cast node intended solely to hint HQL at the resulting type, without issuing an actual SQL cast.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract of an HQL->SQL translator.
-
-
-
-
- Perform a list operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The session owning this query.
- The query bind parameters.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The query list results.
-
-
-
-
- Perform a bulk update/delete operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The query bind parameters.
- The session owning this query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Compile a "normal" query. This method may be called multiple times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
- There was a problem parsing the query string.
- There was a problem querying defined mappings.
-
-
-
- Perform a list operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The session owning this query.
- The query bind parameters.
- The query list results.
-
-
-
-
- Perform a bulk update/delete operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The query bind parameters.
- The session owning this query.
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
-
- The set of query spaces (table names) that the query refers to.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL string generated by the translator.
-
-
-
-
- The HQL string processed by the translator.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the filters enabled for this query translator.
-
- Filters enabled for this query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns an array of Types represented in the query result.
-
- Query return types.
-
-
-
- Returns an array of HQL aliases
-
- Returns an array of HQL aliases
-
-
-
- Returns the column names in the generated SQL.
-
- the column names in the generated SQL.
-
-
-
- Does the translated query contain collection fetches?
-
- True if the query does contain collection fetched; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Specialized interface for filters.
-
-
-
-
- Compile a filter. This method may be called multiple
- times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- the role name of the collection used as the basis for the filter.
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
-
-
-
- Transitional interface for .
-
-
-
-
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
- Get the query loader.
-
- The query translator.
- The query loader.
-
-
-
- Facade for generation of
- and instances.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a instance
- capable of translating a Linq expression.
-
- The query expression to be translated
-
-
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory
- An appropriate translator.
-
-
-
- Provides utility methods for generating HQL / SQL names.
- Shared by both the 'classic' and 'new' query translators.
-
-
-
-
- Handle Hibernate "implicit" polymorphism, by translating the query string into
- several "concrete" queries against mapped classes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wraps SessionFactoryImpl, adding more lookup behaviors and encapsulating some of the error handling.
-
-
-
-
- Locate the collection persister by the collection role.
-
- The collection role name.
- The defined CollectionPersister for this collection role, or null.
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name, requiring that such a persister
- exists
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name.
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a PropertyMapping describing the given collection role.
-
- The collection role for which to retrieve the property mapping.
- The property mapping.
-
-
-
- Criteria is a simplified API for retrieving entities by composing
- objects.
-
-
-
- Using criteria is a very convenient approach for functionality like "search" screens
- where there is a variable number of conditions to be placed upon the result set.
-
-
- The Session is a factory for ICriteria. Expression instances are usually obtained via
- the factory methods on . eg:
-
-
- IList cats = session.CreateCriteria(typeof(Cat))
- .Add(Expression.Like("name", "Iz%"))
- .Add(Expression.Gt("weight", minWeight))
- .AddOrder(Order.Asc("age"))
- .List();
-
- You may navigate associations using
- or . eg:
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.CreateCriteria<Cat>
- .CreateCriteria("kittens")
- .Add(Expression.like("name", "Iz%"))
- .List<Cat>();
-
-
- You may specify projection and aggregation using Projection instances obtained
- via the factory methods on Projections . eg:
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.CreateCriteria<Cat>
- .SetProjection(
- Projections.ProjectionList()
- .Add(Projections.RowCount())
- .Add(Projections.Avg("weight"))
- .Add(Projections.Max("weight"))
- .Add(Projections.Min("weight"))
- .Add(Projections.GroupProperty("color")))
- .AddOrder(Order.Asc("color"))
- .List<Cat>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the results
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Get the results and fill the
-
- The list to fill with the results.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the alias of the entity encapsulated by this criteria instance.
-
- The alias for the encapsulated entity.
-
-
-
- Was the read-only mode explicitly initialized?
-
- true if the read-only mode was explicitly initialized, otherwise false .
-
- ///
-
-
-
- Will entities (and proxies) loaded by this Criteria be put in read-only mode?
-
-
-
- If the read-only setting was not initialized, then the value of the session's
- property is returned instead.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the
- Criteria that existed in the session before the Criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- true if entities and proxies loaded by the criteria will be put in read-only mode,
- otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to specify that the query results will be a projection (scalar in
- nature). Implicitly specifies the projection result transformer.
-
- The projection representing the overall "shape" of the
- query results.
- This instance (for method chaining)
-
-
- The individual components contained within the given
- determines the overall "shape" of the query result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an Expression to constrain the results to be retrieved.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An an Order to the result set
-
-
-
-
-
- Specify an association fetching strategy. Currently, only
- one-to-many and one-to-one associations are supported.
-
- A dot separated property path.
- The Fetch mode.
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the current entity
-
- the lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the aliased entity
-
- an alias
- the lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Join an association using the specified join-type, assigning an alias to the joined
- association
-
-
-
- The type of join to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Join an association using the specified join-type, assigning an alias to the joined
- association
-
-
-
- The type of join to use.
- The criteria to be added to the join condition (ON clause)
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- using the specified join type.
-
- A dot-separated property path
- The type of join to use
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- assigning the given alias
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- assigning the given alias and using the specified join type.
-
- A dot-separated property path
- The alias to assign to the joined association (for later reference).
- The type of join to use.
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- assigning the given alias and using the specified join type.
-
- A dot-separated property path
- The alias to assign to the joined association (for later reference).
- The type of join to use.
- The criteria to be added to the join condition (ON clause)
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This determines the
- "shape" of the query result set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a limit upon the number of objects to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the first result to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
- the fetch size
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- the name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
- a human-readable string
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
- Override the flush mode for this particular query.
- The flush mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Get the results
-
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this Criteria. This
- setting overrides the default for the session (see ).
-
-
-
- To set the default read-only setting for entities and proxies that are loaded
- into the session, see .
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not
- dirty-checked and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy has, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the criteria
- that existed in the session before the criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- If true , entities (and proxies) loaded by the criteria will be read-only.
-
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the results and fill the
-
- The list to fill with the results.
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Clear all orders from criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Allows to get a sub criteria by path.
- Will return null if the criteria does not exists.
-
- The path.
-
-
-
- Allows to get a sub criteria by alias.
- Will return null if the criteria does not exists
-
- The alias.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the root entity type if available, throws otherwise
-
-
- This is an NHibernate specific method, used by several dependent
- frameworks for advance integration with NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- The IdentityGenerator for autoincrement/identity key generation.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity the id is being generated for.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- IdentityColumnIndicator Indicates to the Session that identity (i.e. identity/autoincrement column)
- key generation should be used.
-
-
-
-
- The IdentityGenerator for autoincrement/identity key generation.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity the id is being generated for.
-
- IdentityColumnIndicator Indicates to the Session that identity (i.e. identity/autoincrement column)
- key generation should be used.
-
-
-
-
- An that returns the current identifier
- assigned to an instance.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="assigned" />
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates a new identifier by getting the value of the identifier
- for the obj parameter.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value that was assigned to the mapped id 's property.
-
- Thrown when a is passed in as the obj or
- if the identifier of obj is null.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a new identifier by getting the value of the identifier
- for the obj parameter.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The value that was assigned to the mapped id 's property.
-
- Thrown when a is passed in as the obj or
- if the identifier of obj is null.
-
-
-
-
- An that returns a Int64 constructed from the system
- time and a counter value. Not safe for use in a clustser! May generate colliding identifiers in
- a bit less than one year.
-
-
-
-
- Contract for providing callback access to an ,
- typically from the .
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the next value from the underlying source.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Retrieve the next value from the underlying source.
-
-
-
-
- Performs optimization on an optimizable identifier generator. Typically
- this optimization takes the form of trying to ensure we do not have to
- hit the database on each and every request to get an identifier value.
-
-
-
- Optimizers work on constructor injection. They should provide
- a constructor with the following arguments.
-
- - The return type for the generated values.
- - int The increment size.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an identifier value accounting for this specific optimization.
-
- Callback to access the underlying value source.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- A common means to access the last value obtained from the underlying
- source. This is intended for testing purposes, since accessing the
- underlying database source directly is much more difficult.
-
-
- The last value we obtained from the underlying source; -1 indicates we have not yet consulted with the source.
-
-
-
-
- Defined increment size.
-
- The increment size.
-
-
-
- Generate an identifier value accounting for this specific optimization.
-
- Callback to access the underlying value source.
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- Are increments to be applied to the values stored in the underlying
- value source?
-
-
- True if the values in the source are to be incremented
- according to the defined increment size; false otherwise, in which
- case the increment is totally an in memory construct.
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Common support for optimizer implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Construct an optimizer
-
- The expected id class.
- The increment size.
-
-
-
- Optimizer which uses a pool of values, storing the next low value of the range in the database.
-
- Note that this optimizer works essentially the same as the HiLoOptimizer, except that here the
- bucket ranges are actually encoded into the database structures.
-
-
- Note that if you prefer that the database value be interpreted as the bottom end of our current
- range, then use the PooledLoOptimizer strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Marker interface for an optimizer that wishes to know the user-specified initial value.
-
- Used instead of constructor injection since that is already a public understanding and
- because not all optimizers care.
-
-
-
-
- Reports the user-specified initial value to the optimizer.
-
- -1 is used to indicate that the user did not specify.
- The initial value specified by the user, or -1 to indicate that the
- user did not specify.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Generates identifier values based on an sequence-style database structure.
- Variations range from actually using a sequence to using a table to mimic
- a sequence. These variations are encapsulated by the
- interface internally.
-
-
- General configuration parameters:
-
-
- NAME
- DEFAULT
- DESCRIPTION
-
-
-
-
- The name of the sequence/table to use to store/retrieve values
-
-
-
-
- The initial value to be stored for the given segment; the effect in terms of storage varies based on and
-
-
-
-
- The increment size for the underlying segment; the effect in terms of storage varies based on and
-
-
-
- depends on defined increment size
- Allows explicit definition of which optimization strategy to use
-
-
-
- false
- Allows explicit definition of which optimization strategy to use
-
-
-
- Configuration parameters used specifically when the underlying structure is a table:
-
-
- NAME
- DEFAULT
- DESCRIPTION
-
-
-
-
- The name of column which holds the sequence value for the given segment
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the sequence (or table if this resolves to a physical table) to use.
- Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the column used to store the generator value in
- the db. Called during configuration, if a physical table is being used.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the initial sequence value to use. This value is used when
- initializing the database structure (i.e. sequence/table). Called
- during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the increment size to be applied. The exact implications of
- this value depends on the optimizer being used. Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the optimizer to use. Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- In certain cases we need to adjust the increment size based on the
- selected optimizer. This is the hook to achieve that.
-
- The determined optimizer strategy.
- The determined, unadjusted, increment size.
-
-
-
- Do we require a sequence with the ability to set initialValue and incrementSize
- larger than 1?
-
-
-
-
- An enhanced version of table-based id generation.
-
-
- Unlike the simplistic legacy one (which, btw, was only ever intended for subclassing
- support) we "segment" the table into multiple values. Thus a single table can
- actually serve as the persistent storage for multiple independent generators. One
- approach would be to segment the values by the name of the entity for which we are
- performing generation, which would mean that we would have a row in the generator
- table for each entity name. Or any configuration really; the setup is very flexible.
-
- In this respect it is very similar to the legacy
- MultipleHiLoPerTableGenerator (not available in NHibernate) in terms of the
- underlying storage structure (namely a single table capable of holding
- multiple generator values). The differentiator is, as with
- as well, the externalized notion
- of an optimizer.
-
-
- NOTE that by default we use a single row for all generators (based
- on ). The configuration parameter
- can be used to change that to
- instead default to using a row for each entity name.
-
- Configuration parameters:
-
-
- NAME
- DEFAULT
- DESCRIPTION
-
-
-
-
- The name of the table to use to store/retrieve values
-
-
-
-
- The name of column which holds the sequence value for the given segment
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column which holds the segment key
-
-
-
-
- The value indicating which segment is used by this generator; refers to values in the column
-
-
-
-
- The data length of the column; used for schema creation
-
-
-
-
- The initial value to be stored for the given segment
-
-
-
-
- The increment size for the underlying segment; see the discussion on for more details.
-
-
-
- depends on defined increment size
- Allows explicit definition of which optimization strategy to use
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Type mapping for the identifier.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the table in which we store this generator's persistent state.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column in which we store the segment to which each row
- belongs. The value here acts as primary key.
-
-
-
-
- The value in the column identified by which
- corresponds to this generator instance. In other words, this value
- indicates the row in which this generator instance will store values.
-
-
-
-
- The size of the column identified by
- in the underlying table.
-
-
- Should really have been called 'segmentColumnLength' or even better 'segmentColumnSize'.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column in which we store our persistent generator value.
-
-
-
-
- The initial value to use when we find no previous state in the
- generator table corresponding to this instance.
-
-
-
-
- The amount of increment to use. The exact implications of this
- depends on the optimizer being used, see .
-
-
-
-
- The optimizer being used by this generator. This mechanism
- allows avoiding calling the database each time a new identifier
- is needed.
-
-
-
-
- The table access count. Only really useful for unit test assertions.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the table name to use for the generator values. Called during configuration.
-
- The parameters supplied in the generator config (plus some standard useful extras).
- The dialect
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the column used to indicate the segment for each
- row. This column acts as the primary key.
- Called during configuration.
-
- The parameters supplied in the generator config (plus some standard useful extras).
- The
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the column in which we will store the generator persistent value.
- Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the segment value corresponding to this generator instance. Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Used in the cases where is unable to
- determine the value to use.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the size of the segment column.
- Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a table used to mimic sequence behavior
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates definition of the underlying data structure backing a sequence-style generator.
-
-
-
- The name of the database structure (table or sequence).
-
-
- How many times has this structure been accessed through this reference?
-
-
- The configured increment size
-
-
-
- A callback to be able to get the next value from the underlying
- structure as needed.
-
- The session.
- The next value.
-
-
-
- Prepare this structure for use. Called sometime after instantiation,
- but before first use.
-
- The optimizer being applied to the generator.
-
-
- Commands needed to create the underlying structures.
- The database dialect being used.
- The creation commands.
-
-
- Commands needed to drop the underlying structures.
- The database dialect being used.
- The drop commands.
-
-
-
- An that uses the value of
- the id property of an associated object
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="foreign">
- <param name="property">AssociatedObject</param>
- </generator>
-
-
- The mapping parameter property is required.
-
-
-
-
- Generates an identifier from the value of a Property.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The identifier value from the associated object or
- if the session
- already contains obj .
-
-
-
-
- Generates an identifier from the value of a Property.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
-
- The identifier value from the associated object or
- if the session
- already contains obj .
-
-
-
-
- Configures the ForeignGenerator by reading the value of property
- from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
- Thrown if the key property is not found in the parms parameter.
-
-
-
-
- An that generates values
- using a strategy suggested Jimmy Nilsson's
- article
- on informit.com .
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="guid.comb" />
-
-
- The comb algorithm is designed to make the use of GUIDs as Primary Keys, Foreign Keys,
- and Indexes nearly as efficient as ints.
-
-
- This code was contributed by Donald Mull.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new using the comb algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new using the comb algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new using the comb algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- An that generates values
- using Guid.NewGuid() .
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="guid" />
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Factory methods for IdentifierGenerator framework.
-
-
- The built in strategies for identifier generation in NHibernate are:
-
-
- strategy
- Implementation of strategy
-
- -
-
assigned
-
-
- -
-
counter (or vm)
-
-
- -
-
foreign
-
-
- -
-
guid
-
-
- -
-
guid.comb
-
-
- -
-
guid.native
-
-
- -
-
hilo
-
-
- -
-
enhanced-table
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- -
-
native
-
- Chooses between , ,
- and based on the
- 's capabilities.
-
-
- -
-
seqhilo
-
-
- -
-
sequence
-
-
- -
-
enhanced-sequence
-
-
- -
-
sequence-identity
-
-
- -
-
trigger-identity
-
-
- -
-
uuid.hex
-
-
- -
-
uuid.string
-
-
- -
-
select
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the generated identifier when using identity columns
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the identifier from the and
- ensures it is the correct .
-
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
- Thrown if there is any problem getting the value from the
- or with converting it to the .
-
-
-
- Get the generated identifier when using identity columns
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the identifier from the and
- ensures it is the correct .
-
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
-
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
- Thrown if there is any problem getting the value from the
- or with converting it to the .
-
-
-
-
- An where the key is the strategy and
- the value is the for the strategy.
-
-
-
-
- When this is returned by Generate() it indicates that the object
- has already been saved.
-
-
- String.Empty
-
-
-
-
- When this is return
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the static fields in .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an from the named strategy.
-
-
- The name of the generator to create. This can be one of the NHibernate abbreviations (ie - native ,
- sequence , guid.comb , etc...), a full class name if the Type is in the NHibernate assembly, or
- a full type name if the strategy is in an external assembly.
-
- The that the retured identifier should be.
- An of <param> values from the mapping.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
- An instantiated and configured .
-
-
- Thrown if there are any exceptions while creating the .
-
-
-
-
- Create the correct boxed for the identifier.
-
- The value of the new identifier.
- The the identifier should be.
-
- The identifier value converted to the .
-
-
- The type parameter must be an , ,
- or .
-
-
-
-
- An that indicates to the that identity
- (ie. identity/autoincrement column) key generation should be used.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="identity" />
- or if the database natively supports identity columns
- <generator class="native" />
-
-
- This indicates to NHibernate that the database generates the id when
- the entity is inserted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate for dealing with IDENTITY columns where the dialect supports returning
- the generated IDENTITY value directly from the insert statement.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate for dealing with IDENTITY columns where the dialect requires an
- additional command execution to retrieve the generated IDENTITY value
-
-
-
-
- The general contract between a class that generates unique
- identifiers and the .
-
-
-
- It is not intended that this interface ever be exposed to the
- application. It is intended that users implement this interface
- to provide custom identifier generation strategies.
-
-
- Implementors should provide a public default constructor.
-
-
- Implementations that accept configuration parameters should also
- implement .
-
-
- Implementors must be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new identifier
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier
-
-
-
- Generate a new identifier
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier
-
-
-
- An IIdentifierGenerator that returns a Int64 , constructed by
- counting from the maximum primary key value at startup. Not safe for use in a
- cluster!
-
-
-
- java author Gavin King, .NET port Mark Holden
-
-
- Mapping parameters supported, but not usually needed: tables, column, schema, catalog.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Abstract InsertGeneratedIdentifierDelegate implementation where the
- underlying strategy causes the generated identifier to be returned as an
- effect of performing the insert statement. Thus, there is no need for an
- additional sql statement to determine the generated identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Abstract InsertGeneratedIdentifierDelegate implementation where the
- underlying strategy requires an subsequent select after the insert
- to determine the generated identifier.
-
-
-
- Extract the generated key value from the given result set.
- The session
- The result set containing the generated primary key values.
- The entity being saved.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session
- The prepared command
- The entity being saved.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session.
- The prepared command.
- The binder for the entity or collection being saved.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Get the SQL statement to be used to retrieve generated key values.
- The SQL command string
-
-
- Extract the generated key value from the given result set.
- The session
- The result set containing the generated primary key values.
- The entity being saved.
- The generated identifier
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session
- The prepared command
- The entity being saved.
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session.
- The prepared command.
- The binder for the entity or collection being saved.
-
-
-
- Types of any required parameter values into the SQL command .
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for handling delegation relating to variants in how
- insert-generated-identifier generator strategies dictate processing:
-
- building the sql insert statement
- determination of the generated identifier value
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform the indicated insert SQL statement and determine the identifier value generated.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- Build a specific to the delegate's mode
- of handling generated key values.
-
- The insert object.
-
-
-
- Perform the indicated insert SQL statement and determine the identifier value generated.
-
-
-
-
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- implementation where the
- underlying strategy causes the generated identifier to be returned, as an
- effect of performing the insert statement, in a Output parameter.
- Thus, there is no need for an additional sql statement to determine the generated identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Nothing more than a distinguishing subclass of Insert used to indicate
- intent.
- Some subclasses of this also provided some additional
- functionality or semantic to the generated SQL statement string.
-
-
-
-
- Specialized IdentifierGeneratingInsert which appends the database
- specific clause which signifies to return generated IDENTITY values
- to the end of the insert statement.
-
-
-
-
- Disable comments on insert.
-
-
-
-
- Specialized IdentifierGeneratingInsert which appends the database
- specific clause which signifies to return generated identifier values
- to the end of the insert statement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that supports selecting by an unique key spanning
- multiple properties.
-
-
-
-
- Bind the parameter values of a SQL select command that performs a select based on an unique key.
-
- The current .
- The command.
- The id insertion binder.
- The names of the properties which map to the column(s) to use
- in the select statement restriction. If supplied, they override the persister logic for determining
- them.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- thrown if are
- specified on a persister which does not allow a custom key.
-
-
-
- Get a SQL select string that performs a select based on an unique key, optionnaly determined by
- the given array of property names.
-
- The names of the properties which map to the column(s) to use
- in the select statement restriction. If supplied, they override the persister logic for determining
- them.
- In return, the parameter types used by the select string.
- The SQL select string.
- thrown if are
- specified on a persister which does not allow a custom key.
-
-
-
- Bind the parameter values of a SQL select command that performs a select based on an unique key.
-
- The current .
- The command.
- The id insertion binder.
- The names of the properties which map to the column(s) to use
- in the select statement restriction. If supplied, they override the persister logic for determining
- them.
- thrown if are
- specified on a persister which does not allow a custom key.
-
-
-
- Generates Guid values using the server side Guid function.
-
-
-
-
- A generator that selects the just inserted row to determine the identifier
- value assigned by the database. The correct row is located using a unique key.
-
- One mapping parameter is required: key (unless a natural-id is defined in the mapping).
-
-
- The delegate for the select generation strategy.
-
-
-
- An that generates Int64 values using an
- oracle-style sequence. A higher performance algorithm is
- .
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="sequence">
- <param name="sequence">uid_sequence</param>
- <param name="schema">db_schema</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The sequence parameter is required while the schema is optional.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The name of the sequence parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The parameters parameter, appended to the create sequence DDL.
- For example (Oracle): INCREMENT BY 1 START WITH 1 MAXVALUE 100 NOCACHE .
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SequenceGenerator by reading the value of sequence and
- schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The SQL required to create the database objects for a SequenceGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- An array of objects that contain the Dialect specific sql to
- create the necessary database objects for the SequenceGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to remove the underlying database objects for a SequenceGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- A that will drop the database objects for the SequenceGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Return a key unique to the underlying database objects for a SequenceGenerator.
-
-
- The configured sequence name.
-
-
-
-
- An that combines a hi/lo algorithm with an underlying
- oracle-style sequence that generates hi values.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="seqhilo">
- <param name="sequence">uid_sequence</param>
- <param name="max_lo">max_lo_value</param>
- <param name="schema">db_schema</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The sequence parameter is required, the max_lo and schema are optional.
-
-
- The user may specify a max_lo value to determine how often new hi values are
- fetched. If sequences are not avaliable, TableHiLoGenerator might be an
- alternative.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The name of the maximum low value parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SequenceHiLoGenerator by reading the value of sequence , max_lo ,
- and schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- A generator which combines sequence generation with immediate retrieval
- by attaching an output parameter to the SQL command.
- In this respect it works much like ANSI-SQL IDENTITY generation.
-
-
-
-
- An that uses a database table to store the last
- generated value.
-
-
-
- It is not intended that applications use this strategy directly. However,
- it may be used to build other (efficient) strategies. The return type is
- System.Int32
-
-
- The hi value MUST be fetched in a separate transaction to the ISession
- transaction so the generator must be able to obtain a new connection and commit it.
- Hence this implementation may not be used when the user is supplying connections.
-
-
- The mapping parameters table and column are required.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a , , or
- for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- An additional where clause that is added to
- the queries against the table.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the table parameter.
-
-
-
- Default column name
-
-
- Default table name
-
-
-
- Configures the TableGenerator by reading the value of table ,
- column , and schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate a , , or
- for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The SQL required to create the database objects for a TableGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- An array of objects that contain the Dialect specific sql to
- create the necessary database objects and to create the first value as 1
- for the TableGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to remove the underlying database objects for a TableGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- A that will drop the database objects for the TableGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Return a key unique to the underlying database objects for a TableGenerator.
-
-
- The configured table name.
-
-
-
-
- An that returns an Int64 , constructed using
- a hi/lo algorithm.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="hilo">
- <param name="table">table</param>
- <param name="column">id_column</param>
- <param name="max_lo">max_lo_value</param>
- <param name="schema">db_schema</param>
- <param name="catalog">db_catalog</param>
- <param name="where">arbitrary additional where clause</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The table and column parameters are required, the max_lo ,
- schema , catalog and where are optional.
-
-
- The hi value MUST be fecthed in a separate transaction to the ISession
- transaction so the generator must be able to obtain a new connection and
- commit it. Hence this implementation may not be used when the user is supplying
- connections. In that case a would be a
- better choice (where supported).
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- The name of the max lo parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the TableHiLoGenerator by reading the value of table ,
- column , max_lo , and schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate a for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- An that returns a string of length
- 32, 36, or 38 depending on the configuration.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="uuid.hex">
- <param name="format">format_string</param>
- <param name="separator">separator_string</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The format and separator parameters are optional.
-
-
- The identifier string will consist of only hex digits. Optionally, the identifier string
- may be generated with enclosing characters and separators between each component
- of the UUID. If there are separators then the string length will be 36. If a format
- that has enclosing brackets is used, then the string length will be 38.
-
-
- format is either
- "N" (xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx ),
- "D" (xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx ),
- "B" ({xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx} ),
- or "P" ((xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx) ). These formats are described in
- the Guid.ToString(String) method.
- If no format is specified the default is "N".
-
-
- separator is the char that will replace the "-" if specified. If no value is
- configured then the default separator for the format will be used. If the format "D", "B", or
- "P" is specified, then the separator will replace the "-". If the format is "N" then this
- parameter will be ignored.
-
-
- This class is based on
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.hex" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.hex" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Configures the UUIDHexGenerator by reading the value of format and
- separator from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate a Guid into a string using the format .
-
- A new Guid string
-
-
-
- An that returns a string of length
- 16.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="uuid.string" />
-
-
- The identifier string will NOT consist of only alphanumeric characters. Use
- this only if you don't mind unreadable identifiers.
-
-
- This impelementation was known to be incompatible with Postgres.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.string" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.string" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- An IdentiferGenerator that supports "configuration".
-
-
-
-
- Configure this instance, given the values of parameters
- specified by the user as <param> elements.
- This method is called just once, followed by instantiation.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Thrown by implementation class when ID generation fails
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the entity name
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the schema name
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the table name for the
- generated id
-
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the table names for all
- tables for which the id must be unique
-
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the primary key column
- name of the generated id
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the catalog name
-
-
-
- An that requires creation of database objects
- All s that also implement
- An have access to a special mapping parameter: schema
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to create the underlying database objects
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- An array of objects that contain the sql to create the
- necessary database objects.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to remove the underlying database objects
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- A that will drop the database objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return a key unique to the underlying database objects.
-
-
- A key unique to the underlying database objects.
-
-
- Prevents us from trying to create/remove them multiple times
-
-
-
-
- A persister that may have an identity assigned by execution of a SQL INSERT .
-
-
-
-
- Get the database-specific SQL command to retrieve the last
- generated IDENTITY value.
-
-
-
- The names of the primary key columns in the root table.
- The primary key column names.
-
-
-
- Get a SQL select string that performs a select based on a unique
- key determined by the given property name).
-
-
- The name of the property which maps to the
- column(s) to use in the select statement restriction.
-
- The SQL select string
-
-
-
- Get the identifier type
-
-
-
-
- A generator that uses an output parameter to return the identifier generated by the insert
- on database server side.
-
-
-
-
- Abstract implementation of the IQuery interface.
-
-
-
-
- Perform parameters validation. Flatten them if needed. Used prior to executing the encapsulated query.
-
-
- If true, the first positional parameter will not be verified since
- its needed for e.g. callable statements returning an out parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query string!
-
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query string!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
-
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query expression tree!
-
-
-
- Functionality common to stateless and stateful sessions
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
- Get the current NHibernate transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
-
- If not nested in another call to BeginProcess on this session, check and update the
- session status and set its session id in context.
-
-
- If not already processing, an object to dispose for signaling the end of the process.
- Otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
- If not nested in a call to BeginProcess on this session, set its session id in context.
-
-
- If not already processing, an object to dispose for restoring the previous session id.
- Otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction
-
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction with the specified isolation level
-
- The isolation level
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An instance
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class and with given entity name.
-
- The type of entity to query.
- The entity name.
- An instance
-
-
-
- Implementation of the interface for collection filters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- Entity name for "Entity Join" - join for entity with not mapped association
-
-
-
-
- Is this an Entity join for not mapped association
-
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- The Clone is supported only by a root criteria.
-
- The clone of the root criteria.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The session.
- The factory.
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Return the query results of all the queries
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Return the query results of all the queries
-
-
-
-
- A non contextual connection access used when multi-tenancy is not enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Concrete implementation of a SessionFactory.
-
-
- Has the following responsibilities:
-
- -
- Caches configuration settings (immutably)
- -
- Caches "compiled" mappings - ie.
- and
-
- -
- Caches "compiled" queries (memory sensitive cache)
-
- -
- Manages
PreparedStatements/DbCommands - how true in NH?
-
- -
- Delegates
DbConnection management to the
-
- -
- Factory for instances of
-
-
-
- This class must appear immutable to clients, even if it does all kinds of caching
- and pooling under the covers. It is crucial that the class is not only thread safe
- , but also highly concurrent. Synchronization must be used extremely sparingly.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the session factory, releasing all held resources.
-
- - cleans up used cache regions and "stops" the cache provider.
- - close the ADO.NET connection
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- NH specific : to avoid the use of entityName for generic implementation
-
- this is a shortcut.
-
-
-
- Get entity persisters filtered by the given query spaces.
-
- The query spaces, or null or an empty set for getting all persisters.
- A set of entity persisters.
-
-
-
- Get collection persisters filtered by the given query spaces.
-
- The query spaces, or null or an empty set for getting all persisters.
- A set of collection persisters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the hql query identified by the name .
-
- The name of that identifies the query.
-
- A hql query or if the named
- query does not exist.
-
-
-
- Get the return aliases of a query
-
-
-
- Return the names of all persistent (mapped) classes that extend or implement the
- given class or interface, accounting for implicit/explicit polymorphism settings
- and excluding mapped subclasses/joined-subclasses of other classes in the result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the session factory, releasing all held resources.
-
- - cleans up used cache regions and "stops" the cache provider.
- - close the ADO.NET connection
-
-
-
-
- Statistics SPI
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session factory
-
-
-
- Gets the ICurrentSessionContext instance attached to this session factory.
-
-
-
-
- Concrete implementation of an , also the central, organizing component
- of NHibernate's internal implementation.
-
-
- Exposes two interfaces: itself, to the application and
- to other components of NHibernate. This is where the
- hard stuff is... This class is NOT THREADSAFE.
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the locks are downgraded to
- and that all of the softlocks in the have
- been released.
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object. An id is generated, assigned to the object and returned
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object with a manually assigned ID
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent object
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete a persistent object (by explicit entity name)
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object
- using "for update", if supported. A new key will be assigned to the object.
- This should return an existing proxy where appropriate.
-
- If the object does not exist in the database, an exception is thrown.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Thrown when the object with the specified id does not exist in the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object.
- This is only called when lazily initializing a proxy.
- Do NOT return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
- Return the object with the specified id or throw exception if no row with that id exists. Defer the load,
- return a new proxy or return an existing proxy if possible. Do not check if the object was deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This can be called from commit() or at the start of a List() method.
-
- Perform all the necessary SQL statements in a sensible order, to allow
- users to respect foreign key constraints:
-
- - Inserts, in the order they were performed
- - Updates
- - Deletion of collection elements
- - Insertion of collection elements
- - Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
-
- Go through all the persistent objects and look for collections they might be
- holding. If they had a nonpersistable collection, substitute a persistable one
-
-
-
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- remove any hard references to the entity that are held by the infrastructure
- (references held by application or other persistant instances are okay)
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Constructor used to recreate the Session during the deserialization.
-
-
-
-
- This is needed because we have to do some checking before the serialization process
- begins. I don't know how to add logic in ISerializable.GetObjectData and have .net
- write all of the serializable fields out.
-
-
-
-
- Verify the ISession can be serialized and write the fields to the Serializer.
-
-
-
-
- The fields are marked with [NonSerializable] as just a point of reference. This method
- has complete control and what is serialized and those attributes are ignored. However,
- this method should be in sync with the attributes for easy readability.
-
-
-
-
- Once the entire object graph has been deserialized then we can hook the
- collections, proxies, and entities back up to the ISession.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor used for OpenSession(...) processing, as well as construction
- of sessions for GetCurrentSession().
-
- The factory from which this session was obtained.
- The options of the session.
-
-
-
- Close the session and release all resources
-
- Do not call this method inside a transaction scope, use Dispose instead, since
- Close() is not aware of distributed transactions
-
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the locks are downgraded to
- and that all of the softlocks in the have
- been released.
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object. An id is generated, assigned to the object and returned
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object with a manually assigned ID
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent object
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent object (by explicit entity name)
-
-
- Get the ActionQueue for this session
-
-
-
- Give the interceptor an opportunity to override the default instantiation
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object
- using "for update", if supported. A new key will be assigned to the object.
- This should return an existing proxy where appropriate.
-
- If the object does not exist in the database, an exception is thrown.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the object with the specified id does not exist in the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object.
- This is only called when lazily initializing a proxy.
- Do NOT return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
- Return the object with the specified id or throw exception if no row with that id exists. Defer the load,
- return a new proxy or return an existing proxy if possible. Do not check if the object was deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This can be called from commit() or at the start of a List() method.
-
- Perform all the necessary SQL statements in a sensible order, to allow
- users to respect foreign key constraints:
-
- - Inserts, in the order they were performed
- - Updates
- - Deletion of collection elements
- - Insertion of collection elements
- - Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
-
- Go through all the persistent objects and look for collections they might be
- holding. If they had a nonpersistable collection, substitute a persistable one
-
-
-
-
-
- Not for internal use
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the id value for an object that is actually associated with the session.
- This is a bit stricter than GetEntityIdentifierIfNotUnsaved().
-
-
-
-
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform a soft (distributed transaction aware) close of the session
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this Session is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
-
-
- remove any hard references to the entity that are held by the infrastructure
- (references held by application or other persistant instances are okay)
-
-
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session.
-
-
- Retrieves the configured event listeners from this event source.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements SQL query passthrough
-
-
- An example mapping is:
-
- <sql-query-name name="mySqlQuery">
- <return alias="person" class="eg.Person" />
- SELECT {person}.NAME AS {person.name}, {person}.AGE AS {person.age}, {person}.SEX AS {person.sex}
- FROM PERSON {person} WHERE {person}.NAME LIKE 'Hiber%'
- </sql-query-name>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a SQLQueryImpl given a sql query defined in the mappings.
- The representation of the defined sql-query.
- The session to which this SQLQueryImpl belongs.
- Metadata about parameters found in the query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Insert a entity.
- A new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The entityName for the entity to be inserted
- a new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update a entity.
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Update a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be updated
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be deleted
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Gets the stateless session implementation.
-
-
- This method is provided in order to get the NHibernate implementation of the session from wrapper implementations.
- Implementors of the interface should return the NHibernate implementation of this method.
-
-
- An NHibernate implementation of the interface
-
-
-
- Close the stateless session and release the ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- Insert a entity.
- A new transient instance
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The entityName for the entity to be inserted
- a new transient instance
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update a entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Update a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be updated
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be deleted
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class, with the given alias.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name.
-
- The entity name.
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name,
- with the given alias.
-
- The entity name.
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
- 2
-
-
-
- Base class to create queries in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
-
-
-
-
- The behaviour of each method is basically the same of methods.
- The main difference is on :
- If you mix with named parameters setter, if same param name are found,
- the value of the parameter setter override the value read from the POCO.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Fill all properties.
-
- The .
-
- Query properties are overriden/merged.
-
-
-
-
- Copy all properties to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- The method use to set properties of .
-
-
-
-
- Set only parameters to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- The method use to set properties of .
- Existing parameters in are merged/overriden.
-
-
-
-
- Clear all existing parameters and copy new parameters from a given origin.
-
- The origin of parameters.
- The current instance
- If is null.
-
-
-
- Named query in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for a named query string defined in the mapping file.
-
- The name of a query defined externally.
-
- The query can be either in HQL or SQL format.
-
-
-
-
- Get the query name.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of , to actually run the query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new DetachedNamedQuery that is a deep copy of the current instance.
-
- The clone.
-
-
-
- Query in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for the given query string.
-
- A hibernate query string
-
-
-
- Get the HQL string.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of , to actually run the query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new DetachedQuery that is a deep copy of the current instance.
-
- The clone.
-
-
-
- Provides an wrapper over the results of an .
-
-
- This is the IteratorImpl in H2.0.3
- This thing is scary. It is an which returns itself as a
- when GetEnumerator is called, and EnumerableImpl is disposable. Iterating over it with a foreach
- will cause it to be disposed, probably unexpectedly for the developer. (https://stackoverflow.com/a/11179175/1178314)
- "Fortunately", it does not currently support multiple iterations anyway.
-
-
-
-
- Create an wrapper over an .
-
- The to enumerate over.
- The used to create the .
- The to use to load objects.
-
- The s contained in the .
- The names of the columns in the .
- The that should be applied to the .
- Instantiator of the result holder (used for "select new SomeClass(...)" queries).
-
- The should already be positioned on the first record in .
-
-
-
-
- Create an wrapper over an .
-
- The to enumerate over.
- The used to create the .
- The to use to load objects.
-
- The s contained in the .
- The names of the columns in the .
- The that should be applied to the .
- The that should be applied to a result row or null .
- The aliases that correspond to a result row.
-
- The should already be positioned on the first record in .
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the query results.
-
-
- An that can be used to iterate through the query results.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the query results.
-
-
- The current element in the query results which is either an object or
- an object array.
-
-
- If the only returns one type of Entity then an object will
- be returned. If this is a multi-column resultset then an object array will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element of the query results.
-
-
- if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next query results
- ; if the enumerator has passed the end of the query results.
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Dispose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this EnumerableImpl is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- The command is closed and the reader is disposed. This allows other ADO.NET
- related actions to occur without needing to move all the way through the
- EnumerableImpl.
-
-
-
-
- Subquery type enumeration
-
-
-
- exact
-
-
- all
-
-
- some
-
-
-
- Converts lambda expressions to NHibernate criterion/order
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the property name from a supplied PropertyProjection
- Note: throws if the supplied IProjection is not a IPropertyProjection
-
-
-
-
- Walk or Invoke expression to extract its runtime value
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the projection for the expression
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the name of the property from a member expression
-
- An expression tree that can contain either a member, or a conversion from a member.
- If the member is referenced from a null valued object, then the container is treated as an alias.
- The name of the member property
-
-
-
- Retrieves the name of the property from a member expression (without leading member access)
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a detached criteria from an appropriate lambda expression
-
- Expression for detached criteria using .As<>() extension"/>
- Evaluated detached criteria
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate ICriterion
-
- The type of the lambda expression
- The lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate ICriterion
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate ICriterion
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate ICriterion
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The type of the lambda expression
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate subquery AbstractCriterion
-
- type of member expression
- type of subquery
- lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate subquery AbstractCriterion
-
- type of subquery
- lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Register a custom method for use in a QueryOver expression
-
- Lambda expression demonstrating call of custom method
- function to convert MethodCallExpression to ICriterion
-
-
-
- Register a custom projection for use in a QueryOver expression
-
- Lambda expression demonstrating call of custom method
- function to convert MethodCallExpression to IProjection
-
-
-
- Register a custom projection for use in a QueryOver expression
-
- Lambda expression demonstrating call of custom method
- function to convert MethodCallExpression to IProjection
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query expression tree!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this filter.
-
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value for this filter.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The value to be applied.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter. Used
- in conjunction with IN-style filter criteria.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The values to be expanded into an SQL IN list.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
- Thrown when or are .
-
-
-
- Get the span of a value list parameter by name. if the parameter is not a value list
- or if there is no such parameter.
-
- The parameter name.
- The parameter span, or if the parameter is not a value list or
- if there is no such parameter.
-
-
-
- Perform validation of the filter state. This is used to verify the
- state of the filter after its enablement and before its use.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for DetachedQuery implementors.
-
-
- When you are working with queries in "detached mode" you may need some additional services like clone,
- copy of parameters from another query and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Copy all properties to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- Usually the implementation use to set properties to the .
- This mean that existing properties are merged/overriden.
-
-
-
-
- Set only parameters to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- Existing parameters are merged/overriden.
-
-
-
-
- Override all properties reading new values from a given .
-
- The given origin.
-
-
-
- Override all parameters reading new values from a given .
-
- The given origin.
-
-
-
- Options for session creation.
-
-
-
-
-
- An extension of SessionCreationOptions for cases where the Session to be created shares
- some part of the "transaction context" of another Session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper methods for rendering log messages and exception messages
-
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The to create the string from.
- The identifier of the object.
- A descriptive in the format of [classname#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question.
- The identifier of the object.
- The .
- A descriptive in the format of [classname#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question.
- The identifier of the object.
- The .
- The NHibernate type of the identifier.
- A descriptive in the format of [classname#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- The id
- A descriptive in the form [FooBar#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- A descriptive in the form [FooBar]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- The id
- A descriptive in the form [collectionrole#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- The id
- A descriptive in the form [collectionrole#id]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a given property value
- for an entity.
-
- The entity name
- The name of the property
- The property value.
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular managed
- collection. Attempts to intelligently handle property-refs issues
- where the collection key is not the same as the owner key.
-
- The persister for the collection
- The collection itself
- The collection key
- The session
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular managed
- collection.
-
- The persister for the collection
- The id value of the owner
- The session factory
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular managed collection.
-
- The persister for the collection
- The id value of the owner
- The session factory
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular entity,
- based on the given entityName and id.
-
- The defined entity name.
- The entity id value.
- An info string, in the form [FooBar#1].
-
-
-
- Transitional interface for .
-
-
-
-
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
- Get the query loader.
-
- The query translator.
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- an actual entity object, not a proxy!
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of the ,
- for "ordinary" HQL queries (not collection filters)
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolves lookups and deserialization.
-
-
-
- This is used heavily be Deserialization. Currently a SessionFactory is not really serialized.
- All that is serialized is it's name and uid. During Deserializaiton the serialized SessionFactory
- is converted to the one contained in this object. So if you are serializing across AppDomains
- you should make sure that "name" is specified for the SessionFactory in the hbm.xml file and that the
- other AppDomain has a configured SessionFactory with the same name. If
- you are serializing in the same AppDomain then there will be no problem because the uid will
- be in this object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an Instance of the SessionFactory to the local "cache".
-
- The identifier of the ISessionFactory.
- The name of the ISessionFactory.
- The ISessionFactory.
- The configured properties for the ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Removes the Instance of the SessionFactory from the local "cache".
-
- The identifier of the ISessionFactory.
- The name of the ISessionFactory.
- The configured properties for the ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Returns a Named Instance of the SessionFactory from the local "cache" identified by name.
-
- The name of the ISessionFactory.
- An instantiated ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Returns an Instance of the SessionFactory from the local "cache" identified by UUID.
-
- The identifier of the ISessionFactory.
- An instantiated ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- We always set the result to use an async local variable, on the face of it,
- it looks like it is not a valid choice, since ASP.Net and WCF may decide to switch
- threads on us. But, since SessionIdLoggingContext is only used inside NH calls, and since
- NH calls are either async-await or fully synchronous, this isn't an issue for us.
- In addition to that, attempting to match to the current context has proven to be performance hit.
-
-
-
-
- Combines several queries into a single DB call
-
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the Criteria based on the key
-
- The key
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- Return results in a
- The criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria. The result will be contained in a
-
- The detached criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The detached criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query
-
- The criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query, and associates it with the given key
-
- The key
- The criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria.
-
- The detached criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria, and associates it with the given key
-
- The key
- The detached criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- Return results in a
- The IQueryOver.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The IQueryOver.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The IQueryOver.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The IQueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The IQueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Sets whatever this criteria is cacheable.
-
- if set to true [cachable].
-
-
-
- Set the cache region for the criteria
-
- The region
-
-
-
-
- Force a cache refresh
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result transformer for all the results in this mutli criteria instance
-
- The result transformer.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the Criteria based on the key
-
- The key
-
-
-
-
- Combines several queries into a single database call
-
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The result is a IList of IList.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the query based on the key
-
- The key
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
-
- The result is a IList of IList.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified query to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- Return results in a
- The query.
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The query
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL Query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL Query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query
-
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
- Should the query force a refresh of the specified query cache region?
- This is particularly useful in cases where underlying data may have been
- updated via a separate process (i.e., not modified through Hibernate) and
- allows the application to selectively refresh the query cache regions
- based on its knowledge of those events.
- Should the query result in a forcible refresh of
- the query cache?
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- from the class of the given object.
-
- The name of the parameter
- The non-null parameter value
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The Hibernate type of the values
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter, guessing the Hibernate
- type from the class of the first object in the collection. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a array.
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- The instance for method chain.
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to a named parameter.
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- An instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This can be used to change
- "shape" of the query result.
-
-
- The will be applied after the transformer of each single query.
-
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the query based on the key
-
- The key
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- An object-oriented representation of a NHibernate query.
-
-
- An IQuery instance is obtained by calling .
- Key features of this interface include:
-
- -
- Paging: A particular page of the result set may be selected by calling
-
, . The generated SQL
- depends on the capabilities of the . Some
- Dialects are for databases that have built in paging (LIMIT) and those capabilities
- will be used to limit the number of records returned by the SQL statement.
- If the database does not support LIMITs then all of the records will be returned,
- but the objects created will be limited to the specific results requested.
-
- -
- Named parameters
-
- -
- Ability to return 'read-only' entities
-
-
-
- Named query parameters are tokens of the form :name in the query string. For example, a
- value is bound to the Int32 parameter :foo by calling:
-
- SetParameter("foo", foo, NHibernateUtil.Int32);
-
- A name may appear multiple times in the query string.
-
-
- Unnamed parameters ? are also supported. To bind a value to an unnamed
- parameter use a Set method that accepts an Int32 positional argument - numbered from
- zero.
-
-
- You may not mix and match unnamed parameters and named parameters in the same query.
-
-
- Queries are executed by calling or . A query
- may be re-executed by subsequent invocations. Its lifespan is, however, bounded by the lifespan
- of the ISession that created it.
-
-
- Implementors are not intended to be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results
- per row, the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Entities returned as results are initialized on demand. The first SQL query returns
- identifiers only.
-
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect a high number of the objects
- returned to be already loaded in the or in the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results per row,
- the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The filled with the results.
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect few of the objects being returned are already loaded
- or if you want to fill the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results an place them into the .
-
- The to place the results in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the single result or
-
- Thrown when there is more than one matching result.
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute the update or delete statement.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
- The query string
-
-
-
-
- The NHibernate types of the query result set.
-
-
-
- Return the HQL select clause aliases (if any)
- An array of aliases as strings
-
-
-
- The names of all named parameters of the query
-
- The parameter names, in no particular order
-
-
-
- Will entities (and proxies) returned by the query be loaded in read-only mode?
-
-
-
- If the query's read-only setting is not initialized (with ),
- the value of the session's property is
- returned instead.
-
-
- The value of this property has no effect on entities or proxies returned by the
- query that existed in the session before the query was executed.
-
-
-
- true if entities and proxies loaded by the query will be put in read-only mode, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results
- per row, the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
-
-
- Entities returned as results are initialized on demand. The first SQL query returns
- identifiers only.
-
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect a high number of the objects
- returned to be already loaded in the or in the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results per row,
- the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
- The filled with the results.
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect few of the objects being returned are already loaded
- or if you want to fill the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results an place them into the .
-
- The to place the results in.
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- the single result or
-
- Thrown when there is more than one matching result.
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Execute the update or delete statement.
-
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
- Set the maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
- The maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Sets the first row to retrieve.
-
- The first row to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this query. This setting
- overrides the default setting for the session (see ).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not
- dirty-checked and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the criteria
- that existed in the session before the criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- If true , entities (and proxies) loaded by the query will be read-only.
-
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
- the fetch size
-
-
-
- Set the lockmode for the objects identified by the
- given alias that appears in the FROM clause.
-
- alias a query alias, or this for a collection filter
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
- a human-readable string
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate type
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The possibly null parameter value
- The parameter's
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The parameter's
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter, guessing the NHibernate type from
- the class of the given object.
-
- The position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- from the class of the given object.
-
- The name of the parameter
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The NHibernate type of the values
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- type from the class of the first object in the collection. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
-
-
-
- Bind the property values of the given object to named parameters of the query,
- matching property names with parameter names and mapping property types to
- NHibernate types using heuristics.
-
- Any PONO
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to a named parameter.
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This can be used to change
- "shape" of the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- QueryOver<TRoot> is an API for retrieving entities by composing
- objects expressed using Lambda expression syntax.
-
-
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.QueryOver<Cat>()
- .Where( c => c.Name == "Tigger" )
- .And( c => c.Weight > minWeight ) )
- .List();
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountQuery().SingleOrDefault<int>()
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountInt64Query().SingleOrDefault<long>()
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Override type of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, removes orders and paging, and projects the row-count
- for the query
-
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, removes orders and paging, and projects the row-count (Int64)
- for the query
-
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountQuery().SingleOrDefault<int>()
-
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountInt64Query().SingleOrDefault<long>()
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Override type of .
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the IQueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Clear all orders from the query.
-
-
-
-
- Set the first result to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a limit upon the number of objects to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set
-
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- the name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this QueryOver.
- (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder with the ability to grab certain information from
- this session. The built IStatelessSession will require its own disposal.
-
- The session from which to build a stateless session.
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the session. Batch extension methods are available in the
- NHibernate.Multi namespace.
-
- The session.
- A query batch.
-
-
-
- Get the current transaction if any is ongoing, else .
-
- The session.
- The current transaction or ..
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- The main runtime interface between a .NET application and NHibernate. This is the central
- API class abstracting the notion of a persistence service.
-
-
-
- The lifecycle of a ISession is bounded by the beginning and end of a logical
- transaction. (Long transactions might span several database transactions.)
-
-
- The main function of the ISession is to offer create, find, update, and delete operations
- for instances of mapped entity classes. Instances may exist in one of two states:
-
- - transient: not associated with any
ISession
- - persistent: associated with a
ISession
-
-
-
- Transient instances may be made persistent by calling Save() , Insert() ,
- or Update() . Persistent instances may be made transient by calling Delete() .
- Any instance returned by a List() , Enumerable() , Load() , or Create()
- method is persistent.
-
-
- Save() results in an SQL INSERT , Delete()
- in an SQL DELETE and Update() in an SQL UPDATE . Changes to
- persistent instances are detected at flush time and also result in an SQL
- UPDATE .
-
-
- It is not intended that implementors be threadsafe. Instead each thread/transaction should obtain
- its own instance from an ISessionFactory .
-
-
- A ISession instance is serializable if its persistent classes are serializable
-
-
- A typical transaction should use the following idiom:
-
- using (ISession session = factory.OpenSession())
- using (ITransaction tx = session.BeginTransaction())
- {
- try
- {
- // do some work
- ...
- tx.Commit();
- }
- catch (Exception e)
- {
- if (tx != null) tx.Rollback();
- throw;
- }
- }
-
-
-
- If the ISession throws an exception, the transaction must be rolled back and the session
- discarded. The internal state of the ISession might not be consistent with the database
- after the exception occurs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Force the ISession to flush.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Must be called at the end of a unit of work, before committing the transaction and closing
- the session (Transaction.Commit() calls this method). Flushing is the process
- of synchronizing the underlying persistent store with persistable state held in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Does this ISession contain any changes which must be
- synchronized with the database? Would any SQL be executed if
- we flushed this session? May trigger save cascades, which could
- cause themselves some SQL to be executed, especially if the
- identity id generator is used.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- The default implementation first checks if it contains saved or deleted entities to be flushed. If not, it
- then delegate the check to its , which by default is
- .
-
-
- replicates all the beginning of the flush process, checking
- dirtiness of entities loaded in the session and triggering their pending cascade operations in order to
- detect new and removed children. This can have the side effect of performing the
- of children, causing their id to be generated. Depending on their id generator, this can trigger calls to
- the database and even actually insert them if using an identity generator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove this instance from the session cache.
-
-
- Changes to the instance will not be synchronized with the database.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="all" or cascade="all-delete-orphan" .
-
- a persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode, assuming the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- the lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance
- that you assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you
- assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you assume exists, where non-existence
- would be an actual error.
-
-
-
-
- Read the persistent state associated with the given identifier into the given transient
- instance.
-
- An "empty" instance of the persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist all reachable transient objects, reusing the current identifier
- values. Note that this will not trigger the Interceptor of the Session.
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist the state of the given detached instance, reusing the current
- identifier value. This operation cascades to associated instances if
- the association is mapped with cascade="replicate" .
-
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier.
-
-
- Save will use the current value of the identifier property if the Assigned
- generator is used.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier. (Or
- using the current value of the identifier property if the assigned
- generator is used.)
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the generated identifier
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Either or
- the given instance, depending upon resolution of the unsaved-value checks
- (see the manual for discussion of unsaved-value checking).
-
- The name of the entity
- a transient or detached instance containing new or updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- The name of the entity
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given transient instance.
-
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier, an exception is thrown. If
- the given transient instance has a identifier, an exception will be thrown.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state associated with the given identifier.
-
-
- An exception is thrown if there is a persistent instance with the same identifier
- in the current session.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given detached
- instance.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance associated with the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a transient instance to be made persistent
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a transient instance to be made persistent
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore.
-
-
- The argument may be an instance associated with the receiving ISession or a
- transient instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
-
- The instance to be removed
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore. The object argument may be
- an instance associated with the receiving or a transient
- instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="delete" .
-
- The entity name for the instance to be removed.
- the instance to be removed
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns the number of objects deleted.
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A value to be written to a "?" placeholer in the query
- The hibernate type of value.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A list of values to be written to "?" placeholders in the query
- A list of Hibernate types of the values
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- A persistent instance
- The lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- The Entity name.
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This may be used to perform a version check ( ), to upgrade to a pessimistic
- lock ( ), or to simply reassociate a transient instance
- with a session ( ). This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="lock" .
-
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database.
-
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
-
- For example,
-
- - Where a database trigger alters the object state upon insert or update
- - After executing direct SQL (eg. a mass update) in the same session
- - After inserting a
Blob or Clob
-
-
-
- A persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database, with
- the given LockMode .
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock mode to use
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given collection and filter string
-
- A persistent collection
- A hibernate query
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A query
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. Obtain the specified lock mode if the instance
- exists.
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- the lock mode
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given named entity with the given identifier,
- or null if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the
- instance, is already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- the entity name
- an identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Return the entity name for a persistent entity
-
- a persistent entity
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the entity name
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder with the ability to grab certain information from
- this session. The built ISession will require its own flushes and disposal.
-
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Force the ISession to flush.
-
-
- Must be called at the end of a unit of work, before committing the transaction and closing
- the session (Transaction.Commit() calls this method). Flushing is the process
- of synchronizing the underlying persistent store with persistable state held in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Determines at which points Hibernate automatically flushes the session.
-
-
- For a readonly session, it is reasonable to set the flush mode to FlushMode.Never
- at the start of the session (in order to achieve some extra performance).
-
-
-
- The current cache mode.
-
- Cache mode determines the manner in which this session can interact with
- the second level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Get the that created this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- Applications are responsible for calling commit/rollback upon the connection before
- closing the ISession .
-
-
-
-
- Disconnect the ISession from the current ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- If the connection was obtained by Hibernate, close it or return it to the connection
- pool. Otherwise return it to the application. This is used by applications which require
- long transactions.
-
- The connection provided by the application or
-
-
-
- Obtain a new ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- This is used by applications which require long transactions
-
-
-
-
- Reconnect to the given ADO.NET connection.
-
- This is used by applications which require long transactions
- An ADO.NET connection
-
-
-
- End the ISession by disconnecting from the ADO.NET connection and cleaning up.
-
-
- It is not strictly necessary to Close() the ISession but you must
- at least Disconnect() it.
-
- The connection provided by the application or
-
-
-
- Cancel execution of the current query.
-
-
- May be called from one thread to stop execution of a query in another thread.
- Use with care!
-
-
-
-
- Is the ISession still open?
-
-
-
-
- Is the session connected?
-
-
- if the session is connected.
-
-
- A session is considered connected if there is a (regardless
- of its state) or if the field connect is true. Meaning that it will connect
- at the next operation that requires a connection.
-
-
-
-
- Does this ISession contain any changes which must be
- synchronized with the database? Would any SQL be executed if
- we flushed this session? May trigger save cascades, which could
- cause themselves some SQL to be executed, especially if the
- identity id generator is used.
-
-
-
- The default implementation first checks if it contains saved or deleted entities to be flushed. If not, it
- then delegate the check to its , which by default is
- .
-
-
- replicates all the beginning of the flush process, checking
- dirtiness of entities loaded in the session and triggering their pending cascade operations in order to
- detect new and removed children. This can have the side effect of performing the
- of children, causing their id to be generated. Depending on their id generator, this can trigger calls to
- the database and even actually insert them if using an identity generator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the specified entity (or proxy) read-only?
-
-
- Facade for .
-
- An entity (or )
-
- true if the entity (or proxy) is read-only, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Change the read-only status of an entity (or proxy).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not dirty-checked
- and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- Immutable entities cannot be made read-only.
-
-
- To set the default read-only setting for entities and proxies that are loaded
- into the session, see .
-
-
- This method a facade for .
-
-
- An entity (or ).
- If true , the entity or proxy is made read-only; if false , it is made modifiable.
-
-
-
-
-
- The read-only status for entities (and proxies) loaded into this Session.
-
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- To change the read-only setting for a particular entity or proxy that is already in
- this session, see .
-
-
- To override this session's read-only setting for entities and proxies loaded by a query,
- see .
-
-
- This method is a facade for .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of an entity instance cached by the ISession
-
-
- Throws an exception if the instance is transient or associated with a different
- ISession
-
- a persistent instance
- the identifier
-
-
-
- Is this instance associated with this Session?
-
- an instance of a persistent class
- true if the given instance is associated with this Session
-
-
-
- Remove this instance from the session cache.
-
-
- Changes to the instance will not be synchronized with the database.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="all" or cascade="all-delete-orphan" .
-
- a persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode, assuming the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- the lock level
- the persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance
- that you assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you
- assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you assume exists, where non-existence
- would be an actual error.
-
-
-
-
- Read the persistent state associated with the given identifier into the given transient
- instance.
-
- An "empty" instance of the persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
-
-
-
- Persist all reachable transient objects, reusing the current identifier
- values. Note that this will not trigger the Interceptor of the Session.
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Persist the state of the given detached instance, reusing the current
- identifier value. This operation cascades to associated instances if
- the association is mapped with cascade="replicate" .
-
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier.
-
-
- Save will use the current value of the identifier property if the Assigned
- generator is used.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- The generated identifier
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier. (Or
- using the current value of the identifier property if the assigned
- generator is used.)
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- the generated identifier
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
-
-
-
- Either or
- the given instance, depending upon resolution of the unsaved-value checks
- (see the manual for discussion of unsaved-value checking).
-
- The name of the entity
- a transient or detached instance containing new or updated state
-
-
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- The name of the entity
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given transient instance.
-
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier, an exception is thrown. If
- the given transient instance has a identifier, an exception will be thrown.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state associated with the given identifier.
-
-
- An exception is thrown if there is a persistent instance with the same identifier
- in the current session.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given detached
- instance.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance associated with the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a transient instance to be made persistent
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a transient instance to be made persistent
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore.
-
-
- The argument may be an instance associated with the receiving ISession or a
- transient instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
-
- The instance to be removed
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore. The object argument may be
- an instance associated with the receiving or a transient
- instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="delete" .
-
- The entity name for the instance to be removed.
- the instance to be removed
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- Returns the number of objects deleted.
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A value to be written to a "?" placeholer in the query
- The hibernate type of value.
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A list of values to be written to "?" placeholders in the query
- A list of Hibernate types of the values
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- A persistent instance
- The lock level
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- The Entity name.
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock level
-
- This may be used to perform a version check ( ), to upgrade to a pessimistic
- lock ( ), or to simply reassociate a transient instance
- with a session ( ). This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="lock" .
-
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database.
-
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
-
- For example,
-
- - Where a database trigger alters the object state upon insert or update
- - After executing direct SQL (eg. a mass update) in the same session
- - After inserting a
Blob or Clob
-
-
-
- A persistent instance
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database, with
- the given LockMode .
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock mode to use
-
-
-
- Determine the current lock mode of the given object
-
- A persistent instance
- The current lock mode
-
-
-
- Begin a unit of work and return the associated ITransaction object.
-
-
- If a new underlying transaction is required, begin the transaction. Otherwise
- continue the new work in the context of the existing underlying transaction.
- The class of the returned object is determined by
- the property transaction_factory
-
- A transaction instance
-
-
-
- Begin a transaction with the specified isolationLevel
-
- Isolation level for the new transaction
- A transaction instance having the specified isolation level
-
-
-
- Get the current Unit of Work and return the associated ITransaction object.
-
-
-
-
- Join the system transaction.
-
-
-
- Sessions auto-join current transaction by default on their first usage within a scope.
- This can be disabled with from
- a session builder obtained with , or with the
- auto-join transaction configuration setting.
-
-
- This method allows to explicitly join the current transaction. It does nothing if it is already
- joined.
-
-
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class with a specific alias
-
- The entity class
- The alias of the entity
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class.
-
- The class to Query
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class with a specific alias
-
- The class to Query
- The alias of the entity
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Create a new Criteria instance, for the given entity name.
-
- The name of the entity to Query
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Create a new Criteria instance, for the given entity name,
- with the given alias.
-
- The name of the entity to Query
- The alias of the entity
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An IQueryOver<T> object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- The alias of the entity
- An IQueryOver<T> object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver{T}; for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- The name of the entity to Query
- An IQueryOver{T} object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver{T} for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- The name of the entity to Query
- The alias of the entity
- An IQueryOver{T} object
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given query string
-
- A hibernate query string
- The query
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given collection and filter string
-
- A persistent collection
- A hibernate query
- A query
-
-
-
- Obtain an instance of for a named query string defined in the
- mapping file.
-
- The name of a query defined externally.
- An from a named query string.
-
- The query can be either in HQL or SQL format.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for the given SQL query string.
-
- a query expressed in SQL
- An from the SQL string
-
-
-
- Completely clear the session. Evict all loaded instances and cancel all pending
- saves, updates and deletions. Do not close open enumerables or instances of
- ScrollableResults .
-
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. Obtain the specified lock mode if the instance
- exists.
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- the lock mode
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given named entity with the given identifier,
- or null if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the
- instance, is already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- the entity name
- an identifier
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Return the entity name for a persistent entity
-
- a persistent entity
- the entity name
-
-
-
- Enable the named filter for this current session.
-
- The name of the filter to be enabled.
- The Filter instance representing the enabled filter.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a currently enabled filter by name.
-
- The name of the filter to be retrieved.
- The Filter instance representing the enabled filter.
-
-
-
- Disable the named filter for the current session.
-
- The name of the filter to be disabled.
-
-
-
- Create a multi query, a query that can send several
- queries to the server, and return all their results in a single
- call.
-
-
- An that can return
- a list of all the results of all the queries.
- Note that each query result is itself usually a list.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the batch size of the session
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the session implementation.
-
-
- This method is provided in order to get the NHibernate implementation of the session from wrapper implementations.
- Implementors of the interface should return the NHibernate implementation of this method.
-
-
- An NHibernate implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- An that can return a list of all the results
- of all the criterias.
-
-
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session.
-
-
-
- Starts a new Session with the given entity mode in effect. This secondary
- Session inherits the connection, transaction, and other context
- information from the primary Session. It has to be flushed
- or disposed by the developer since v5.
-
- Ignored.
- The new session.
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An instance
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class and with given entity name.
-
- The type of entity to query.
- The entity name.
- An instance
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The name of the entity to evict.
-
- Tenant identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- Collection role name.
- Collection id
- Tenant identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The classes of the entities to evict.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the entities to evict.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the collections to evict.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The name of the entity to evict.
-
- Tenant identifier
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- Collection role name.
- Collection id
- Tenant identifier
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The classes of the entities to evict.
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the entities to evict.
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the collections to evict.
-
-
-
- Creates ISession s.
-
-
-
- Usually an application has a single SessionFactory . Threads servicing client requests
- obtain ISession s from the factory. Implementors must be threadsafe.
-
-
- ISessionFactory s are immutable. The behaviour of a SessionFactory
- is controlled by properties supplied at configuration time.
- These properties are defined on Environment
-
-
-
-
-
- Destroy this SessionFactory and release all resources
- connection pools, etc). It is the responsibility of the application
- to ensure that there are no open Session s before calling
- close() .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the default query cache region.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the named query cache region.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder.
-
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Open a on the given connection
-
- A connection provided by the application
- A session
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Create database connection and open a on it, specifying an interceptor
-
- A session-scoped interceptor
- A session.
-
-
-
- Open a on the given connection, specifying an interceptor
-
- A connection provided by the application
- A session-scoped interceptor
- A session.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Create a database connection and open a on it
-
- A session.
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder.
-
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Get a new .
-
- A stateless session
-
-
-
- Get a new for the given ADO.NET connection.
-
- A connection provided by the application
- A stateless session
-
-
-
- Get the associated with the given entity class
-
- the given entity type.
- The class metadata or if not found.
-
-
-
- Get the associated with the given entity name
- the given entity name.
- The class metadata or if not found.
-
-
-
-
- Get the CollectionMetadata associated with the named collection role
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all as a from entityname
- to metadata object
-
- A dictionary from an entity name to
-
-
-
- Get all CollectionMetadata as a IDictionary from role name
- to metadata object
-
-
-
-
-
- Destroy this SessionFactory and release all resources
- connection pools, etc). It is the responsibility of the application
- to ensure that there are no open Session s before calling
- close() .
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the default query cache region.
-
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the named query cache region.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtain the definition of a filter by name.
-
- The name of the filter for which to obtain the definition.
- The filter definition.
-
-
-
- Obtains the current session.
-
-
-
- The definition of what exactly "current" means is controlled by the
- implementation configured for use.
-
-
- The current session.
- Indicates an issue locating a suitable current session.
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session factory
-
-
- Was this already closed?
-
-
-
- Obtain a set of the names of all filters defined on this SessionFactory.
-
- The set of filter names.
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Flush the batcher. When batching is enabled, a stateless session is no more fully stateless. It may retain
- in its batcher some state waiting to be flushed to the database.
-
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Creates a for the session.
-
- The session
- A query batch.
-
-
-
- Get the current transaction if any is ongoing, else .
-
- The session.
- The current transaction or ..
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Flush the batcher. When batching is enabled, a stateless session is no more fully stateless. It may retain
- in its batcher some state waiting to be flushed to the database.
-
- The session.
-
-
-
- Cancel execution of the current query.
-
-
- May be called from one thread to stop execution of a query in another thread.
- Use with care!
-
-
-
-
- A command-oriented API for performing bulk operations against a database.
-
-
- A stateless session does not implement a first-level cache nor
- interact with any second-level cache, nor does it implement
- transactional write-behind or automatic dirty checking, nor do
- operations cascade to associated instances. Collections are
- ignored by a stateless session. Operations performed via a
- stateless session bypass NHibernate's event model and
- interceptors. Stateless sessions are vulnerable to data
- aliasing effects, due to the lack of a first-level cache.
-
- For certain kinds of transactions, a stateless session may
- perform slightly faster than a stateful session.
-
-
-
- Insert an entity.
- A new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The name of the entity to be inserted
- A new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update an entity.
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Update an entity.
- The name of the entity to be updated
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- The name of the entity to be deleted
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Retrieve a entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Returns the current ADO.NET connection associated with this instance.
-
-
- If the session is using aggressive connection release (as in a
- CMT environment), it is the application's responsibility to
- close the connection returned by this call. Otherwise, the
- application should not close the connection.
-
-
-
- Get the current NHibernate transaction.
-
-
-
- Is the IStatelessSession still open?
-
-
-
-
- Is the session connected?
-
-
- if the session is connected.
-
-
- A session is considered connected if there is a (regardless
- of its state) or if the field connect is true. Meaning that it will connect
- at the next operation that requires a connection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stateless session implementation.
-
-
- This method is provided in order to get the NHibernate implementation of the session from wrapper implementations.
- Implementors of the interface should return the NHibernate implementation of this method.
-
-
- An NHibernate implementation of the interface
-
-
-
- Close the stateless session and release the ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- Insert an entity.
- A new transient instance
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The name of the entity to be inserted
- A new transient instance
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update an entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Update an entity.
- The name of the entity to be updated
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- The name of the entity to be deleted
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Retrieve a entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given HQL query string.
-
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Obtain an instance of for a named query string defined in
- the mapping file.
-
-
- The query can be either in HQL or SQL format.
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class, with the given alias.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class, with the given alias.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name.
-
- The entity name.
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name,
- with the given alias.
-
- The entity name.
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An ICriteria<T> object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An ICriteria<T> object
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for the given SQL query string.
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
- A SQL query
- The
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction
-
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction with the specified isolation level
-
- The isolation level
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Join the system transaction.
-
-
-
- Sessions auto-join current transaction by default on their first usage within a scope.
- This can be disabled with from
- a session builder obtained with .
-
-
- This method allows to explicitly join the current transaction. It does nothing if it is already
- joined.
-
-
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- Sets the batch size of the session
-
- The batch size.
- The same instance of the session for methods chain.
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An instance
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class and with given entity name.
-
- The type of entity to query.
- The entity name.
- An instance
-
-
-
- Allows the application to define units of work, while maintaining abstraction from the
- underlying transaction implementation
-
-
- A transaction is associated with a ISession and is usually instantiated by a call to
- ISession.BeginTransaction() . A single session might span multiple transactions since
- the notion of a session (a conversation between the application and the datastore) is of
- coarser granularity than the notion of a transaction. However, it is intended that there be
- at most one uncommitted ITransaction associated with a particular ISession
- at a time. Implementors are not intended to be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
- Flush the associated ISession and end the unit of work.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method will commit the underlying transaction if and only if the transaction
- was initiated by this object.
-
-
-
-
- Force the underlying transaction to roll back.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Begin the transaction with the default isolation level.
-
-
-
-
- Begin the transaction with the specified isolation level.
-
- Isolation level of the transaction
-
-
-
- Flush the associated ISession and end the unit of work.
-
-
- This method will commit the underlying transaction if and only if the transaction
- was initiated by this object.
-
-
-
-
- Force the underlying transaction to roll back.
-
-
-
-
- Is the transaction in progress
-
-
-
-
- Was the transaction rolled back or set to rollback only?
-
-
-
-
- Was the transaction successfully committed?
-
-
- This method could return even after successful invocation of Commit()
-
-
-
-
- Enlist the in the current Transaction.
-
- The to enlist.
-
- It is okay for this to be a no op implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Register a user synchronization callback for this transaction.
-
- The callback to register.
-
-
-
- NHibernate LINQ DML extension methods. They are meant to work with . Supplied parameters
- should at least have an . and
- its overloads supply such queryables.
-
-
-
-
- Delete all entities selected by the specified query. The delete operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to delete.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of deleted entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters. The update operation is performed
- in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without
- reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to the entity to insert.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- must be explicitly provided, e.g. source.InsertInto<Cat, Dog>(c => new {...}) . The insert operation is performed in the
- database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert. Must be explicitly provided.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to an anonymous object representing
- the entity to insert.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Delete all entities selected by the specified query. The delete operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to delete.
- The number of deleted entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters. The update operation is performed
- in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without
- reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Initiate an update for the entities selected by the query. Return
- a builder allowing to set properties and allowing to execute the update.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- An update builder.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to the entity to insert.
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- must be explicitly provided, e.g. source.InsertInto<Cat, Dog>(c => new {...}) . The insert operation is performed in the
- database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert. Must be explicitly provided.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to an anonymous object representing
- the entity to insert.
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Initiate an insert using selected entities as a source. Return
- a builder allowing to set properties to insert and allowing to execute the update.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- An update builder.
-
-
-
- An insert builder on which entities to insert can be specified.
-
- The type of the entities selected as source of the insert.
- The type of the entities to insert.
-
-
-
- Insert the entities. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it. Will use
- INSERT INTO [...] SELECT FROM [...] in the database.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property value and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The expression that should be assigned to the property.
- This insert builder.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property value and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The value.
- This insert builder.
-
-
-
- Insert the entities. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it. Will use
- INSERT INTO [...] SELECT FROM [...] in the database.
-
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- An update builder on which values to update can be specified.
-
- The type of the entities to update.
-
-
-
- Update the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The expression that should be assigned to the property.
- This update builder.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The value.
- This update builder.
-
-
-
- Update the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Class to hold assignments used in updates and inserts.
-
- The type of the entity source of the insert or to update.
- The type of the entity to insert or to update.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The expression that should be assigned to the property.
- The current assignments list.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The value.
- The current assignments list.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
- The index of this clause in the 's
- collection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given
- delegate.
-
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each
- within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- All joins are created as outer joins. An optimization in finds
- joins that may be inner joined and calls on them.
- 's will
- then emit the correct HQL join.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
-
- The generating data items for this
- from clause.
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
-
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
- The index of this clause in the 's
- collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names
- present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names
- only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an
- with its references, use the
- property
- rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a
- can make all
- objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used
- with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- A wrapper for that is used to mark it as an outer join.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given
- delegate.
-
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each
- within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
-
- The extended that supports setting options for underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of a current provider with set query options.
-
- An options setter.
- A new with options.
-
-
-
- Converts the assignments into block of assignments
-
-
- A lambda expression representing the assignments.
-
-
-
- Fetch all lazy properties. Note that this method cannot be mixed with method that
- is used for fetching an individual lazy property.
-
- The type on where all lazy properties will be fetched.
- The NHibernate query.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Gets the field or property to be accessed.
-
- The declaring-type of the property.
- The type of the property.
- The expression representing the property getter.
- The of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents an expression that has been nominated for direct inclusion in the SELECT clause.
- This bypasses the standard nomination process and assumes that the expression can be converted
- directly to SQL.
-
-
- Used in the nomination of GroupBy key expressions to ensure that matching select clauses
- are generated the same way.
-
-
-
-
- If execute result type does not match expected final result type (implying a post execute transformer
- will yield expected result type), the intermediate execute type.
-
-
-
-
- Remove unwanted char-to-int conversions in binary expressions
-
-
- The LINQ expression tree may contain unwanted type conversions that were not in the original expression written by the user. For example,
- list.Where(someChar => someChar == 'A') becomes the equivalent of list.Where(someChar => (int)someChar == 55) in the expression
- tree. Converting this directly to a HQL/SQL statement would yield CAST(x AS INT) which does not work in MSSQLSERVER, and possibly
- other databases.
-
-
-
-
- Remove redundant casts to the same type or to superclass (upcast) in ,
- and s
-
-
-
-
- Applications of the string.Compare(a,b) and a.CompareTo(b) (for various types)
- that are then immediately compared to 0 can be simplified by removing the
- Compare/CompareTo method call. The comparison operator is then applied
- directly to the arguments for the Compare/CompareTo call.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Should pre-evaluation be allowed for this property or method?
-
- The property or method.
- The session factory.
-
- if the property or method should be evaluated before running the query whenever possible,
- if it must always be translated to the equivalent HQL call.
-
- Implementors should return by default. Returning
- is mainly useful when the HQL translation is a non-deterministic function call like NEWGUID() or
- a function which value on server side can differ from the equivalent client value, like
- .
-
-
-
- Should the instance holding the property or method be ignored?
-
- The property or method.
-
- if the property or method translation does not depend on the instance to which it
- belongs, otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Try getting a collection parameter from .
-
- The method call expression.
- Output parameter for the retrieved collection parameter.
- Whether collection parameter was retrieved.
-
-
-
- Should pre-evaluation be allowed for this method?
-
- The method's HQL generator.
- The method.
- The session factory.
-
- if the method should be evaluated before running the query whenever possible,
- if it must always be translated to the equivalent HQL call.
-
-
-
-
- Should the instance holding the method be ignored?
-
- The method's HQL generator.
- The method.
-
- if the method translation does not depend on the instance to which it
- belongs, otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Should pre-evaluation be allowed for this property?
-
- The property's HQL generator.
- The property.
- The session factory.
-
- if the property should be evaluated before running the query whenever possible,
- if it must always be translated to the equivalent HQL call.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An AggregatingGroupBy is a query such as:
-
- from p in db.Products
- group p by p.Category.CategoryId
- into g
- select new
- {
- g.Key,
- MaxPrice = g.Max(p => p.UnitPrice)
- };
-
-
- Where the grouping operation is being fully aggregated and hence does not create any form of hierarchy.
- This class takes such queries, flattens out the re-linq sub-query and re-writes the outer select
-
-
-
-
-
- This class nominates sub-expression trees on the GroupBy Key expression
- for inclusion in the Select clause.
-
-
-
-
- Detects if an expression tree contains naked QuerySourceReferenceExpression
-
-
-
-
- An AggregatingGroupJoin is a query such as:
-
- from c in db.Customers
- join o in db.Orders on c.CustomerId equals o.Customer.CustomerId into ords
- join e in db.Employees on c.Address.City equals e.Address.City into emps
- select new { c.ContactName, ords = ords.Count(), emps = emps.Count() };
-
- where the results of the joins are being fully aggregated and hence do not create any form of hierarchy.
- This class takes such expressions and turns them into this form:
-
- from c in db.Customers
- select new
- {
- c.ContactName,
- ords = (from o2 in db.Orders where o2.Customer.CustomerId == c.CustomerId select o2).Count(),
- emps = (from e2 in db.Employees where e2.Address.City == c.Address.City select e2).Count()
- };
-
-
-
-
-
- Builds HQL Equality nodes and used in joins
-
-
-
-
- Performs the equivalent of a ToString() on an expression. Swaps out constants for
- parameters so that, for example:
- from c in Customers where c.City = "London"
- generate the same key as
- from c in Customers where c.City = "Madrid"
-
-
-
-
- Generates the key for the expression.
-
- The expression.
- The session factory.
- Parameters found in .
- The key for the expression.
-
-
-
- Locates constants in the expression tree and generates parameters for each one
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to register custom transformers for expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Registers additional transformers on the expression transformer registry.
-
- The expression transformer registry.
-
-
-
- Detects joins in Select, OrderBy and Results (GroupBy) clauses.
- Replaces them with appropriate joins, maintaining reference equality between different clauses.
- This allows extracted GroupBy key expression to also be replaced so that they can continue to match replaced Select expressions
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- If the querySource is a subquery, return the SelectClause's selector if it's
- NewExpression. Otherwise, return null.
-
-
-
-
- Locates parameter actual type based on its usage.
-
-
-
-
- List of for which the should be related to the other side
- of a (e.g. o.MyEnum == MyEnum.Option -> MyEnum.Option should have o.MyEnum as a related
- ).
-
-
-
-
- List of for which the should be copied across
- as related (e.g. (o.MyEnum ?? MyEnum.Option) == MyEnum.Option2 -> MyEnum.Option2 should have o.MyEnum as a related
- ).
-
-
-
-
- Set query parameter types based on the given query model.
-
- The query parameters.
- The query model.
- The target entity type.
- The session factory.
-
-
-
- Unwraps .
-
- The expression to unwrap.
- The unwrapped expression.
-
-
-
- Represents a possible set of values for a computation. For example, an expression may
- be null, it may be a non-null value, or we may even have a constant value that is known
- precisely. This class contains operators that know how to combine these values with
- each other. This class is intended to be used to provide static analysis of expressions
- before we hit the database. As an example for future improvement, we could handle
- ranges of numeric values. We can also improve this by handling operators such as the
- comparison operators and arithmetic operators. They are currently handled by naive
- null checks.
-
-
-
-
- Verify that ExpressionType of both this and the other set is bool or nullable bool,
- and return the negotiated type (nullable bool if either side is nullable).
-
-
-
-
- Verify that ExpressionType is bool or nullable bool.
-
-
-
-
- Contains the information needed by to perform an early transformation.
-
-
-
-
- The default constructor.
-
- The query mode of the expression to pre-transform.
- The session factory used in the pre-transform process.
-
-
-
- The query mode of the expression to pre-transform.
-
-
-
-
- The session factory used in the pre-transform process.
-
-
-
-
- The transformer that will be used to pre-transform the query expression.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to minimize the number of parameters for variables.
-
-
-
-
- The filter which decides whether a part of the expression will be pre-evalauted or not.
-
-
-
-
- A dictionary of that were evaluated from variables.
-
-
-
-
- The result of method.
-
-
-
-
- The transformed expression.
-
-
-
-
- The session factory used in the pre-transform process.
-
-
-
-
- A dictionary of that were evaluated from variables.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies and names - using - all QueryModel query sources
-
-
- It may seem expensive to do this as a separate visitation of the query model, but unfortunately
- trying to identify query sources on the fly (i.e. while parsing the query model to generate
- the HQL expression tree) means a query source may be referenced by a QuerySourceReference
- before it has been identified - and named.
-
-
-
-
- Analyze the select clause to determine what parts can be translated
- fully to HQL, and some other properties of the clause.
-
-
-
-
- The expression parts that can be converted to pure HQL.
-
-
-
-
- If true after an expression have been analyzed, the
- expression as a whole contain at least one method call which
- cannot be converted to a registered function, i.e. it must
- be executed client side.
-
-
-
-
- Some conditional expressions can be reduced to just their IfTrue or IfFalse part.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Entity type to insert or update when the operation is a DML.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces a specific expression in an expression tree with a replacement expression.
-
- The expression to search.
- The expression to search for.
- The expression to replace with.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the member path.
-
- The member expression.
-
-
-
-
- The WhereJoinDetector creates the joins for the where clause, including
- optimizations for inner joins.
-
- The detector asks the following question:
- Can an empty outer join ever return a record (ie. produce true in the where clause)?
- If not, it's equivalent to an inner join since empty joins that can't produce true
- never appear in the result set.
-
- A record (object) will be in the result if the evaluation of the condition in 3-value SQL
- logic will return true; it will not be in the result if the result is either logical-null
- or false. The difference between outer joining and inner joining is that with the latter,
- objects are missing from the set on which the condition is checked. Thus, inner joins
- "emulates" a result that is logical-null or false. And therefore, we can replace an outer
- join with an inner join only if the resulting condition was not true on the outer join in
- the first place when there was an "empty outer join" - i.e., the outer join had to add
- nulls because there was no joinable record. These nulls can appear even for a column
- that is not nullable.
-
- For example:
- a.B.C == 1 could never produce true if B didn't match any rows, so it's safe to inner join.
- a.B.C == null could produce true even if B didn't match any rows, so we can't inner join.
- a.B.C == 1 && a.D.E == 1 can be inner joined.
- a.B.C == 1 || a.D.E == 1 must be outer joined.
-
- By default we outer join via the code in Visit. The use of inner joins is only
- an optimization hint to the database.
-
- More examples:
- a.B.C == 1 || a.B.C == null
- We don't need multiple joins for this. When we reach the ||, we ask the value sets
- on either side if they have a value for when a.B.C is emptily outer joined. Both of
- them do, so those values are combined.
- a.B.C == 1 || a.D.E == 1
- In this case, there is no value for a.B.C on the right side, so we use the possible
- values for the entire expression, ignoring specific members. We only test for the
- empty outer joining of one member expression at a time, since we can't guarantee that
- they will all be emptily outer joined at the same time.
- a.B.C ?? a.D.E
- Even though each side is null when emptily outer joined, we can't promise that a.D.E
- will be emptily outer joined when a.B.C is. Therefore, despite both sides being
- null, the result may not be.
-
- There was significant discussion on the developers mailing list regarding this topic. See also NH-2583.
-
- The code here is based on the excellent work started by Harald Mueller.
-
-
-
-
- Possible values of expression if there's set of values for the requested member expression.
- For example, if we have an expression "3" and we request the state for "a.B.C", we'll
- use "3" from Values since it won't exist in MemberExpressionValuesIfEmptyOuterJoined.
-
-
-
-
- Stores the possible values of an expression that would result if the given member expression
- string was emptily outer joined. For example a.B.C would result in "null" if we try to
- outer join to B and there are no rows. Even if an expression tree does contain a particular
- member expression, it may not appear in this list. In that case, the emptily outer joined
- value set for that member expression will be whatever's in Values instead.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a linq query expression.
-
-
-
-
- An insert builder on which entities to insert can be specified.
-
- The type of the entities selected as source of the insert.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of the entities to insert, and return an insert builder allowing to specify the values to insert.
-
- The type of the entities to insert.
- An insert builder.
-
-
-
- If execute result type does not match expected final result type (implying a post execute transformer
- will yield expected result type), the intermediate execute type.
-
-
-
-
- Expose NH queryable options.
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
-
- The cache mode to use.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Flag a method as being a SQL function call for the linq-to-nhibernate provider. Its
- parameters will be used as the function call parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor. The method call will be translated by the linq provider to
- a function call having the same name than the method.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor specifying a SQL function name.
-
- The name of the SQL function.
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing to specify a for the method.
-
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on
- queried data? Default is .
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a SQL function name and a .
-
- The name of the SQL function.
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on
- queried data? Default is .
-
-
-
- The name of the SQL function.
-
-
-
-
- Can flag a method as not being callable by the runtime, when used in Linq queries.
- If the method is supported by the linq-to-nhibernate provider, it will always be converted
- to the corresponding SQL statement.
- Otherwise the linq-to-nhibernate provider evaluates method calls when they do not depend on
- the queried data.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Linq extension attributes.
-
-
-
-
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on queried data? If it can,
- it would then be evaluated and replaced by the resulting (parameterized) constant expression
- in the resulting SQL query.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on queried data?
-
-
-
- Possible method call behaviors when the linq to NHibernate provider pre-evaluates
- expressions before translating them to SQL.
-
-
-
-
- The method call will not be evaluated even if its arguments do not depend on queried data.
- It will always be translated to the corresponding SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- If the method call does not depend on queried data, the method call will be evaluated and replaced
- by the resulting (parameterized) constant expression in the resulting SQL query. A throwing
- method implementation will cause the query to throw.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate LINQ extension methods. They are meant to work with . Supplied parameters
- should at least have an . and
- its overloads supply such queryables.
-
-
-
- Determines whether a sequence contains any elements.
- A sequence to check for being empty.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- true if the source sequence contains any elements; otherwise, false.
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Determines whether any element of a sequence satisfies a condition.
- A sequence whose elements to test for a condition.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- true if any elements in the source sequence pass the test in the specified predicate; otherwise, false.
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Determines whether all elements of a sequence satisfies a condition.
- A sequence whose elements to test for a condition.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- true if all elements in the source sequence pass the test in the specified predicate; otherwise, false.
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in a sequence.
- The that contains the elements to be counted.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the input sequence.
- is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in the specified sequence that satisfies a condition.
- An that contains the elements to be counted.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the sequence that satisfies the condition in the predicate function.
- or is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Returns the minimum value of a generic .
-
- A sequence of values to determine the minimum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The minimum value in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Invokes a projection function on each element of a generic and returns the minimum resulting value.
-
- A sequence of values to determine the minimum of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the value returned by the function represented by .
-
- The minimum value in the sequence.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Returns the maximum value in a generic .
-
- A sequence of values to determine the maximum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The maximum value in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Invokes a projection function on each element of a generic and returns the maximum resulting value.
-
- A sequence of values to determine the maximum of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the value returned by the function represented by .
-
- The maximum value in the sequence.
-
- or is .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in a sequence.
- The that contains the elements to be counted.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the input sequence.
- is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in the specified sequence that satisfies a condition.
- An that contains the elements to be counted.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the sequence that satisfies the condition in the predicate function.
- or is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence.
- The to return the first element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The first element in .
- is .
- is not a .
- The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence that satisfies a specified condition.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The first element in that passes the test in .
- or is .
- is not a .
- No element satisfies the condition in .-or-The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, and throws an exception if there is not exactly one element in the sequence.
- The to return the first element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The single element in .
- is .
- is not a .
- The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, and throws an exception if there is not exactly one element in the sequence.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The single element in that passes the test in .
- The type of the elements of .
- or is .
- is not a .
- No element satisfies the condition in .-or-The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, or a default value if the sequence is empty; this method throws an exception if there is more than one element in the sequence.
- The to return the single element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty; otherwise, the single element in .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, or a default value if the sequence is empty; this method throws an exception if there is more than one element in the sequence.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty or if no element passes the test specified by ; otherwise, the single element in that passes the test specified by .
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence, or a default value if the sequence contains no elements.
- The to return the first element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty; otherwise, the first element in .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence that satisfies a specified condition or a default value if no such element is found.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty or if no element passes the test specified by ; otherwise, the first element in that passes the test specified by .
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Executes the query and returns its result as a .
-
- An to return a list from.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- A containing the result of the query.
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Wraps the query in a deferred which enumeration will trigger a batch of all pending future queries.
-
- An to convert to a future query.
- The type of the elements of .
- A .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Wraps the query in a deferred which will trigger a batch of all pending future queries
- when its is read.
-
- An to convert to a future query.
- The type of the elements of .
- A .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Wraps the query in a deferred which will trigger a batch of all pending future queries
- when its is read.
-
- An to convert to a future query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the value returned by the function represented by .
- A .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Correlates the elements of two sequences based on matching keys. The default equality comparer is used to compare keys.
-
- The first sequence to join.
- The sequence to join to the first sequence.
- A dynamic function to extract the join key from each element of the first sequence.
- A dynamic function to extract the join key from each element of the second sequence.
- A dynamic function to create a result element from two matching elements.
- An obtained by performing a left join on two sequences.
-
-
-
- Allows to set NHibernate query options.
-
- The type of the queried elements.
- The query on which to set options.
- The options setter.
- The query altered with the options.
-
-
-
- Allows to set NHibernate query options.
-
- The type of the queried elements.
- The query on which to set options.
- The options setter.
- The query altered with the options.
-
-
-
- Allows to specify the parameter NHibernate type to use for a literal in a queryable expression.
-
- The type of the literal.
- The literal value.
- The NHibernate type, usually obtained from NHibernateUtil properties.
- The literal value.
-
-
-
- If debug logging is enabled, log a string such as "msg: expression.ToString()".
-
-
-
-
- Replace all occurrences of ConstantExpression where the value is an NHibernate
- proxy with a ParameterExpression. The name of the parameter will be a string
- representing the proxied entity, without initializing it.
-
-
-
-
- Entity type to insert or update when the expression is a DML.
-
-
-
-
- Entity type to insert or update when the expression is a DML.
-
-
-
-
- Interface to access the entity name of a NhQueryable instance.
-
-
-
-
- Provides the main entry point to a LINQ query.
-
-
-
-
- Expose NH queryable options.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
-
- The cache mode to use.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the timeout for the underlying ADO query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this query. This setting
- overrides the default setting for the session (see ).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not
- dirty-checked and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the criteria
- that existed in the session before the criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- If true , entities (and proxies) loaded by the query will be read-only.
-
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Set a comment that will be prepended before the generated SQL.
-
- The comment to prepend.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
- The flush mode to use for the query.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Applies the minimal transformations required before parametrization,
- expression key computing and parsing.
-
- The expression to transform.
- The transformed expression.
-
-
-
- Applies the minimal transformations required before parametrization,
- expression key computing and parsing.
-
- The expression to transform.
- The parameters used in the transformation process.
- that contains the transformed expression.
-
-
-
- Builds a new query provider.
-
- A session.
- If the query is to be filtered as belonging to an entity collection, the collection.
- The new query provider instance.
-
-
-
- Associate unique names to query sources. The HQL AST parser will rename them anyway, but we need to
- ensure uniqueness that is not provided by IQuerySource.ItemName.
-
-
-
-
- Expands conditional and coalesce expressions that are merging QueryReferences so that they can be followed by
- Member or Method calls.
- Ex) query.Where(x => (x.OptionA ?? x.OptionB).Value == value);
- query.Where(x => (x.UseA ? x.OptionA : x.OptionB).Value = value);
-
-
-
-
- Removes various result operators from a query so that they can be processed at the same
- tree level as the query itself.
-
-
-
-
- Rewrites expressions so that they sit in the outermost portion of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of that were rewritten.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the representing the type of data that the operator works upon.
-
-
-
-
- Result of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of implementations that were
- rewritten.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the representing the type of data that the operator works upon.
-
-
-
-
- Expands conditionals within subquery FROM clauses.
- It does this by moving the conditional expression outside of the subquery and cloning the subquery,
- replacing the FROM clause with the collection parts of the conditional.
-
-
-
-
- Use this method in a Linq2NHibernate expression to generate
- an SQL LIKE expression. (If you want to avoid depending on the NHibernate.Linq namespace,
- you can define your own replica of this method. Any 2-argument method named Like in a class named SqlMethods
- will be translated.) This method can only be used in Linq2NHibernate expressions, and will throw
- if called directly.
-
-
-
-
- Use this method in a Linq2NHibernate expression to generate
- an SQL LIKE expression with an escape character defined. (If you want to avoid depending on the NHibernate.Linq namespace,
- you can define your own replica of this method. Any 3-argument method named Like in a class named SqlMethods
- will be translated.) This method can only be used in Linq2NHibernate expressions, and will throw
- if called directly.
-
-
-
-
- "Batch" loads collections, using multiple foreign key values in the SQL Where clause
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Superclass for loaders that initialize collections
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An interface for collection loaders
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection
-
-
-
- Implements subselect fetching for a collection
-
-
-
- Implements subselect fetching for a one to many association
-
-
-
-
- Walker for collections of values and many-to-many associations
-
-
-
-
- Loads a collection of values or a many-to-many association.
-
-
- The collection persister must implement . For
- other collections, create a customized subclass of
-
-
-
-
-
- Contract for building instances capable of performing batch-fetch loading.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a batch-fetch capable ICollectionInitializer for basic and many-to-many collections (collections with
- a dedicated collection table).
-
- The collection persister
- The maximum number of keys to batch-fetch together
- The SessionFactory
-
- The batch-fetch capable collection initializer
-
-
-
- Builds a batch-fetch capable ICollectionInitializer for one-to-many collections (collections without
- a dedicated collection table).
-
- The collection persister
- The maximum number of keys to batch-fetch together
- The SessionFactory
-
- The batch-fetch capable collection initializer
-
-
-
- Superclass of walkers for collection initializers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A BatchingCollectionInitializerBuilder that builds ICollectionInitializer instances capable of dynamically building
- its batch-fetch SQL based on the actual number of collections keys waiting to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Walker for one-to-many associations
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads one-to-many associations
-
-
- The collection persister must implement .
- For other collections, create a customized subclass of .
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads all loaders results to single typed list
-
-
-
-
- Loads all loaders results to single typed list
-
-
-
-
- A Loader for queries.
-
-
- Note that criteria
- queries are more like multi-object Load() s than like HQL queries.
-
-
-
-
- A for queries.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use the discriminator, to narrow the select to instances
- of the queried subclass, also applying any filters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the child criteria aliases for a parent SQL alias and a child path.
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the columns constrained by this criterion.
-
-
-
-
- Get the a typed value for the given property value.
-
-
-
-
- Substitute the SQL aliases in template.
-
-
-
-
- Get the aliases of the columns constrained
- by this criterion (for use in ORDER BY clause).
-
-
-
-
- Extension point for loaders which use a SQL result set with "unexpected" column aliases.
-
-
-
- Build a logical result row.
-
- Entity data defined as "root returns" and already handled by the normal Loader mechanism.
-
- The ADO result set (positioned at the row currently being processed).
- Does this query have an associated .
- The session from which the query request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The logical result row
-
- At this point, Loader has already processed all non-scalar result data. We
- just need to account for scalar result data here...
-
-
-
- Build a logical result row.
-
- Entity data defined as "root returns" and already handled by the normal Loader mechanism.
-
- The ADO result set (positioned at the row currently being processed).
- Does this query have an associated .
- The session from which the query request originated.
- The logical result row
-
- At this point, Loader has already processed all non-scalar result data. We
- just need to account for scalar result data here...
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates the metadata available from the database result set.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The result set.
-
-
-
- Gets the column count in the result set.
-
- The column count.
-
-
-
- Gets the (zero-based) position of the column with the specified name.
-
- Name of the column.
- The column position.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the column at the specified position.
-
- The (zero-based) position.
- The column name.
-
-
-
- Gets the Hibernate type of the specified column.
-
- The column position.
- The Hibernate type.
-
-
- Specifically a fetch return that refers to a collection association.
-
-
-
- Represents a return which names a collection role; it
- is used in defining a custom query for loading an entity's
- collection in non-fetching scenarios (i.e., loading the collection
- itself as the "root" of the result).
-
-
-
- Returns the class owning the collection.
-
-
- Returns the name of the property representing the collection from the .
-
-
-
- that uses columnnames instead of generated aliases.
- Aliases can still be overwritten via <return-property>
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for columns making up the key for this collection (i.e., its FK to
- its owner).
-
- The key result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's index (map or list).
-
- The index result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's elements.
-
- The element result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the column defining the collection's identifier (if any).
-
- The identifier result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffix used to unique the column aliases for this particular alias set.
-
- The uniqued column alias suffix.
-
-
-
- that chooses the column names over the alias names.
-
-
-
- Specifically a fetch return that refers to an entity association.
-
-
- Represents a return which names a fetched association.
-
-
- Retrieves the return descriptor for the owner of this fetch.
-
-
- The name of the property on the owner which represents this association.
-
-
-
- Extension point allowing any SQL query with named and positional parameters
- to be executed by Hibernate, returning managed entities, collections and
- simple scalar values.
-
-
-
- The SQL query string to be performed.
-
-
-
- Any query spaces to apply to the query execution. Query spaces are
- used in Hibernate's auto-flushing mechanism to determine which
- entities need to be checked for pending changes.
-
-
-
-
- A collection of descriptors describing the
- ADO result set to be expected and how to map this result set.
-
-
-
- Represents a return in a custom query.
-
-
- Represents some non-scalar (entity/collection) return within the query result.
-
-
-
- Represents a return which names a "root" entity.
-
-
- A root entity means it is explicitly a "column" in the result, as opposed to
- a fetched association.
-
-
-
- Represent a scalar (AKA simple value) return within a query result.
-
-
- Implements Hibernate's built-in support for native SQL queries.
- This support is built on top of the notion of "custom queries"...
-
-
-
- Substitutes ADO parameter placeholders (?) for all encountered
- parameter specifications. It also tracks the positions of these
- parameter specifications within the query string. This accounts for
- ordinal-params, named-params, and ejb3-positional-params.
-
- The query string.
- The SQL query with parameter substitution complete.
-
-
-
- The base contract for loaders capable of performing batch-fetch loading of entities using multiple primary key
- values in the SQL WHERE clause.
-
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass for entity loaders that use outer joins
-
-
-
-
- "Batch" loads entities, using multiple primary key values in the
- SQL where clause.
-
-
-
-
-
- Load an entity using outerjoin fetching to fetch associated entities.
-
-
- The must implement . For other entities,
- create a customized subclass of .
-
-
-
-
- Loads entities for a
-
-
-
-
- Load an entity instance. If OptionalObject is supplied, load the entity
- state into the given (uninitialized) object
-
-
-
-
- Load an entity instance. If OptionalObject is supplied, load the entity
- state into the given (uninitialized) object
-
-
-
-
- The contract for building capable of performing batch-fetch loading.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a batch-fetch capable loader based on the given persister, lock-mode, etc.
-
- The entity persister
- The maximum number of ids to batch-fetch at once
- The lock mode
- The SessionFactory
-
- The loader.
-
-
-
- Builds instances capable of dynamically building
- its batch-fetch SQL based on the actual number of entity ids waiting to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- A walker for loaders that fetch entities
-
-
-
-
-
- Override to use the persister to change the table-alias for columns in join-tables
-
-
-
-
- Disable outer join fetching if this loader obtains an
- upgrade lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Default batching builder. See
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a collection of lock modes specified dynamically via the Query interface
-
-
-
-
- Creates query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a query loader.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a query loader.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- The result types of the result set, for query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- The SqlString to be called; implemented by all subclasses
-
-
-
-
- An array of persisters of entity classes contained in each row of results;
- implemented by all subclasses
-
-
- The setter was added so that classes inheriting from Loader could write a
- value using the Property instead of directly to the field.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the query for statistics reporting, if null,
- no statistics will be reported
-
-
-
-
- What lock mode does this load entities with?
-
- A Collection of lock modes specified dynamically via the Query Interface
-
-
-
-
- Should we pre-process the SQL string, adding a dialect-specific
- LIMIT clause.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass of object loading (and querying) strategies.
-
-
-
- This class implements useful common functionality that concrete loaders would delegate to.
- It is not intended that this functionality would be directly accessed by client code (Hence,
- all methods of this class are declared protected or private .) This class relies heavily upon the
- interface, which is the contract between this class and
- s that may be loaded by it.
-
-
- The present implementation is able to load any number of columns of entities and at most
- one collection role per query.
-
-
- All this class members are thread safe. Entity and collection loaders are held in persisters shared among
- sessions built from the same session factory. They must be thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL query and attempt to instantiate instances of the class mapped by the given
- persister from each row of the DataReader . If an object is supplied, will attempt to
- initialize that object. If a collection is supplied, attempt to initialize that collection.
-
-
-
-
- Loads a single row from the result set. This is the processing used from the
- ScrollableResults where no collection fetches were encountered.
-
- The result set from which to do the load.
- The session from which the request originated.
- The query parameters specified by the user.
- Should proxies be generated
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The loaded "row".
-
-
-
-
- Read any collection elements contained in a single row of the result set
-
-
-
-
- Get the actual object that is returned in the user-visible result list.
-
-
- This empty implementation merely returns its first argument. This is
- overridden by some subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Read one collection element from the current row of the ADO.NET result set
-
-
-
-
- Read a row of EntityKey s from the DbDataReader into the given array.
-
-
- Warning: this method is side-effecty. If an id is given, don't bother going
- to the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Check the version of the object in the DbDataReader against
- the object version in the session cache, throwing an exception
- if the version numbers are different.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolve any ids for currently loaded objects, duplications within the DbDataReader ,
- etc. Instantiate empty objects to be initialized from the DbDataReader . Return an
- array of objects (a row of results) and an array of booleans (by side-effect) that determine
- whether the corresponding object should be initialized
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is already in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is not in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- Hydrate the state of an object from the SQL DbDataReader , into
- an array of "hydrated" values (do not resolve associations yet),
- and pass the hydrated state to the session.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the concrete class of an instance for the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Advance the cursor to the first required row of the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Obtain an DbCommand with all parameters pre-bound. Bind positional parameters,
- named parameters, and limit parameters.
-
-
- Creates an DbCommand object and populates it with the values necessary to execute it against the
- database to Load an Entity.
-
- The to use for the DbCommand.
- TODO: find out where this is used...
- The SessionImpl this Command is being prepared in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A CommandWrapper wrapping an DbCommand that is ready to be executed.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The to apply to the and .
- true if result types need to be auto-discovered by the loader; false otherwise.
- The to load in.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The .
- The to load in.
- The forced result transformer for the query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Actually execute a query, ignoring the query cache
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- DTO for providing all query cache related details
-
-
-
-
- Loader.EntityPersister indexes to be cached.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the dialect is able to add limit and/or offset clauses to .
- Even if a dialect generally supports the addition of limit and/or offset clauses to SQL statements,
- there may (custom) SQL statements where this is not possible, for example in case of SQL Server
- stored procedure invocations.
-
-
-
-
- Caches subclass entity aliases for given persister index in and subclass entity name
-
-
-
-
- An array indicating whether the entities have eager property fetching
- enabled.
-
- Eager property fetching indicators.
-
-
-
- An array of hash sets indicating which lazy properties will be fetched for an entity persister.
-
-
-
-
- An array of indexes of the entity that owns an association
- to the entity at the given index (-1 if there is no "owner")
-
-
- The indexes contained here are relative to the result of .
-
-
-
-
- An array of the owner types corresponding to the
- returns. Indices indicating no owner would be null here.
-
-
-
-
- Get the index of the entity that owns the collection, or -1
- if there is no owner in the query results (i.e. in the case of a
- collection initializer) or no collection.
-
-
-
-
- Return false is this loader is a batch entity loader
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set descriptor
-
-
-
-
- The result types of the result set, for query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- Cache all additional persisters and collection persisters that were loaded by query (fetched entities and collections)
-
- Persister indexes that are cached as part of query result (so present in ResultTypes)
-
-
-
- The SqlString to be called; implemented by all subclasses
-
-
-
-
- An array of persisters of entity classes contained in each row of results;
- implemented by all subclasses
-
-
- The setter was added so that classes inheriting from Loader could write a
- value using the Property instead of directly to the field.
-
-
-
-
- An (optional) persister for a collection to be initialized; only collection loaders
- return a non-null value
-
-
-
-
- What lock mode does this load entities with?
-
- A Collection of lock modes specified dynamically via the Query Interface
-
-
-
-
- Append FOR UPDATE OF clause, if necessary. This
- empty superclass implementation merely returns its first
- argument.
-
-
-
-
- Does this query return objects that might be already cached by
- the session, whose lock mode may need upgrading.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL table aliases of entities whose
- associations are subselect-loadable, returning
- null if this loader does not support subselect
- loading
-
-
-
-
- Modify the SQL, adding lock hints and comments, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL query and attempt to instantiate instances of the class mapped by the given
- persister from each row of the DataReader . If an object is supplied, will attempt to
- initialize that object. If a collection is supplied, attempt to initialize that collection.
-
-
-
-
- Loads a single row from the result set. This is the processing used from the
- ScrollableResults where no collection fetches were encountered.
-
- The result set from which to do the load.
- The session from which the request originated.
- The query parameters specified by the user.
- Should proxies be generated
- The loaded "row".
-
-
-
-
- Read any collection elements contained in a single row of the result set
-
-
-
-
- Stops further collection population without actual collection initialization.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the actual ResultTransformer that will be used to transform query results.
-
- The specified result transformer.
- The actual result transformer.
-
-
-
- Are rows transformed immediately after being read from the ResultSet?
-
- True, if getResultColumnOrRow() transforms the results; false, otherwise
-
-
-
- Returns the aliases that correspond to a result row.
-
- Returns the aliases that correspond to a result row.
-
-
-
- Get the actual object that is returned in the user-visible result list.
-
-
- This empty implementation merely returns its first argument. This is
- overridden by some subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- For missing objects associated with another object in the
- result set, register the fact that the the object is missing with the
- session.
-
-
-
-
- Read one collection element from the current row of the ADO.NET result set
-
-
-
-
- If this is a collection initializer, we need to tell the session that a collection
- is being initialized, to account for the possibility of the collection having
- no elements (hence no rows in the result set).
-
-
-
-
- Read a row of EntityKey s from the DbDataReader into the given array.
-
-
- Warning: this method is side-effecty. If an id is given, don't bother going
- to the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Check the version of the object in the DbDataReader against
- the object version in the session cache, throwing an exception
- if the version numbers are different.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolve any ids for currently loaded objects, duplications within the DbDataReader ,
- etc. Instantiate empty objects to be initialized from the DbDataReader . Return an
- array of objects (a row of results) and an array of booleans (by side-effect) that determine
- whether the corresponding object should be initialized
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is already in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is not in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- Hydrate the state of an object from the SQL DbDataReader , into
- an array of "hydrated" values (do not resolve associations yet),
- and pass the hydrated state to the session.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the concrete class of an instance for the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Advance the cursor to the first required row of the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Should we pre-process the SQL string, adding a dialect-specific
- LIMIT clause.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs dialect-specific manipulations on the offset value before returning it.
- This method is applicable for use in limit statements only.
-
-
-
-
- Performs dialect-specific manipulations on the limit value before returning it.
- This method is applicable for use in limit statements only.
-
-
-
-
- Obtain an DbCommand with all parameters pre-bound. Bind positional parameters,
- named parameters, and limit parameters.
-
-
- Creates an DbCommand object and populates it with the values necessary to execute it against the
- database to Load an Entity.
-
- The to use for the DbCommand.
- TODO: find out where this is used...
- The SessionImpl this Command is being prepared in.
- A CommandWrapper wrapping an DbCommand that is ready to be executed.
-
-
-
- Some dialect-specific LIMIT clauses require the maximum last row number
- (aka, first_row_number + total_row_count), while others require the maximum
- returned row count (the total maximum number of rows to return).
-
- The selection criteria
- The dialect
- The appropriate value to bind into the limit clause.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The to apply to the and .
- true if result types need to be auto-discovered by the loader; false otherwise.
- The to load in.
-
- An DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The .
- The to load in.
- The forced result transformer for the query.
- A DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually execute a query, ignoring the query cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Calculate and cache select-clause suffixes. Must be
- called by subclasses after instantiation.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the query for statistics reporting, if null,
- no statistics will be reported
-
-
-
-
- The superclass deliberately excludes collections
-
-
-
-
- Don't bother with the discriminator, unless overridden by subclass
-
-
-
-
- Utility method that generates 0_, 1_ suffixes. Subclasses don't
- necessarily need to use this algorithm, but it is intended that
- they will in most cases.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the style that should be used to perform batch loading.
-
-
-
-
- The legacy algorithm where we keep a set of pre-built batch sizes. Batches are performed
- using the next-smaller pre-built batch size from the number of existing batchable identifiers.
-
- For example, with a batch-size setting of 32 the pre-built batch sizes would be [32, 16, 10, 9, 8, 7, .., 1].
- An attempt to batch load 31 identifiers would result in batches of 16, 10, and 5.
-
-
-
-
- Dynamically builds its SQL based on the actual number of available ids. Does still limit to the batch-size
- defined on the entity/collection
-
-
-
-
- EntityAliases which handles the logic of selecting user provided aliases (via return-property),
- before using the default aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate and cache select-clause aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Returns aliases for subclass persister
-
-
-
-
- Returns default aliases for all the properties
-
-
-
-
- CollectionAliases which handles the logic of selecting user provided aliases (via return-property),
- before using the default aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for columns making up the key for this collection (i.e., its FK to
- its owner).
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's index (map or list).
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's elements.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the column defining the collection's identifier (if any).
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffix used to unique the column aliases for this particular alias set.
-
-
-
-
- Type definition of CollectionAliases.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for columns making
- up the key for this collection (i.e., its FK to its owner).
-
- The key result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns
- making up the collection's index (map or list).
-
- The index result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns
- making up the collection's elements.
-
- The element result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the column
- defining the collection's identifier (if any).
-
- The identifier result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffix used to unique the column aliases for this
- particular alias set.
-
- The uniqued column alias suffix.
-
-
-
- Metadata describing the SQL result set column aliases
- for a particular entity
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the primary key columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the discriminator columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the version columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column alias for the Oracle row id
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the property columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the property columns of a subclass
-
-
-
-
- Add on association (one-to-one, many-to-one, or a collection) to a list
- of associations to be fetched by outerjoin (if necessary)
-
-
-
-
- Add on association (one-to-one, many-to-one, or a collection) to a list
- of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- Returns list of indexes in sorted order
-
-
-
-
- Adds an association
-
-
-
-
- For an entity class, return a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a collection role, return a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a collection role, return a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For an entity class, add to a list of associations to be fetched
- by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For an entity class, add to a list of associations to be fetched
- by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a component, add to a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a component, add to a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a composite element, add to a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- Extend the path by the given property name
-
-
-
-
- Get the join type (inner, outer, etc) or -1 if the
- association should not be joined. Override on
- subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Get the join type (inner, outer, etc) or -1 if the
- association should not be joined. Override on
- subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the child criteria aliases for a parent SQL alias and a child path.
-
-
-
-
- Use an inner join if it is a non-null association and this
- is the "first" join in a series
-
-
-
-
- Does the mapping, and Hibernate default semantics, specify that
- this association should be fetched by outer joining
-
-
-
-
- Override on subclasses to enable or suppress joining
- of certain association types
-
-
-
-
- Used to detect circularities in the joined graph, note that
- this method is side-effecty
-
-
-
-
- Used to detect circularities in the joined graph, note that
- this method is side-effecty
-
-
-
-
- Uniquely identifier a foreign key, so that we don't
- join it more than once, and create circularities
-
-
-
-
- Should we join this association?
-
-
-
-
- Generate a sequence of LEFT OUTER JOIN clauses for the given associations.
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of instances of IJoinable which are actually
- also instances of ILoadable, or are one-to-many associations
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of instances of which
- are actually also instances of
- which are being fetched by outer join
-
-
-
-
- Get the order by string required for collection fetching
-
-
-
-
- Render the where condition for a (batch) load by identifier / collection key
-
-
-
-
- Generate a select list of columns containing all properties of the entity classes
-
-
-
-
- Get the position of the join with the given alias in the
- list of joins
-
-
-
-
- Implements logic for walking a tree of associated classes.
-
-
- Generates an SQL select string containing all properties of those classes.
- Tables are joined using an ANSI-style left outer join.
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation for multi-tenancy strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the connection string for the given tenant configuration.
-
- The tenant configuration.
- The session factory.
- The connection string for the tenant.
-
-
-
- A specialized Connection provider contract used when the application is using multi-tenancy support requiring
- tenant aware connections.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the tenant connection access.
-
- The tenant configuration.
- The session factory.
- The tenant connection access.
-
-
-
- Strategy for multi-tenancy
-
-
-
-
-
- No multi-tenancy
-
-
-
-
- Multi-tenancy implemented as separate database per tenant.
-
-
-
-
- Tenant specific configuration.
- This class can be used as base class for user complex tenant configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Tenant identifier must uniquely identify tenant
- Note: Among other things this value is used for data separation between tenants in cache so not unique value will leak data to other tenants
-
-
-
-
- Universal query batcher
-
-
-
-
- Executes the batch.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The index of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
- is 0 based and matches the order in which queries have been
- added into the batch.
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The key of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
-
-
-
- Executes the batch.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if batch is already executed or empty
-
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The query.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The index of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
- is 0 based and matches the order in which queries have been
- added into the batch.
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The key of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
- The session flush mode to use during the batch execution.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for wrapping query to be batched by .
-
-
-
-
- Process the result sets generated by . Advance the results set
- to the next query, or to its end if this is the last query.
-
- The number of rows processed.
-
-
-
- Execute immediately the query as a single standalone query. Used in case the data-provider
- does not support batches.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Optionally, the query caching information list, for batching. Each element matches
- a SQL-Query resulting from the query translation, in the order they are translated.
- It should yield an empty enumerable if no batching of caching is handled for this
- query.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the query. Method is called right before batch execution.
- Can be used for various delayed initialization logic.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the query spaces.
-
-
- Query spaces indicates which entity classes are used by the query and need to be flushed
- when auto-flush is enabled. It also indicates which cache update timestamps needs to be
- checked for up-to-date-ness.
-
-
-
-
- Get the commands to execute for getting the not-already cached results of this query.
-
- The commands for obtaining the results not already cached.
-
-
-
- Process the result sets generated by . Advance the results set
- to the next query, or to its end if this is the last query.
-
- The number of rows processed.
-
-
-
- Process the results of the query, including cached results.
-
- Any result from the database must have been previously processed
- through .
-
-
-
- Execute immediately the query as a single standalone query. Used in case the data-provider
- does not support batches.
-
-
-
-
- Create instance via methods
-
- Result type
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query elements before aggregation.
- The type resulting of the query result aggregation.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- The type of the query elements before aggregation.
- The type resulting of the query result aggregation.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Sets the timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The batch.
- The timeout for the batch.
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Overrides the current session flush mode, just for this query batch.
-
- The batch.
- The flush mode for the batch.
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- The type of the query elements before aggregation.
- The type resulting of the query result aggregation.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Base class for both ICriteria and IQuery queries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
- The query result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the query result was obtained from the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Should a result retrieved from database be cached?
-
-
-
-
- The cache batcher to use for entities and collections puts.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new QueryInfo .
-
- The query parameters.
- The loader.
- The query spaces.
- The session of the query.
-
-
-
- Create a new QueryInfo .
-
- The query parameters.
- The loader.
- The query spaces.
- The session of the query.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Querying information.
-
-
-
-
- Is the query cacheable?
-
-
-
-
- The query cache key.
-
-
-
-
- The query parameters.
-
-
-
-
- The query spaces.
-
-
- Query spaces indicates which entity classes are used by the query and need to be flushed
- when auto-flush is enabled. It also indicates which cache update timestamps needs to be
- checked for up-to-date-ness.
-
-
-
-
- Can the query be obtained from cache?
-
-
-
-
- The query result types.
-
-
-
-
- The query result to put in the cache. if no put should be done.
-
-
-
-
- The query identifier, for statistics purpose.
-
-
-
-
- Set the result retrieved from the cache.
-
- The results. Can be in case of cache miss.
-
-
-
- Set the to use for batching entities and collections cache puts.
-
- A cache batcher.
-
-
-
- The query cache types.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for wrapping query to be batched by .
-
-
-
-
- Return loaded typed results by query.
- Must be called only after .
-
-
-
-
- A callback, executed after results are loaded by the batch.
- Loaded results are provided as the action parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to the full range of NHibernate built-in types.
- IType instances may be used to bind values to query parameters.
- if needing to specify type size,
- precision or scale.
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of a proxy or persistent collection.
-
- a persistable object, proxy, persistent collection or null
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if we can't initialize the proxy at this time, eg. the Session was closed
-
-
-
- Get the true, underlying class of a proxied persistent class. This operation
- will initialize a proxy by side-effect.
-
- a persistable object or proxy
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the true class of the instance
-
-
-
- Guesses the IType of this object
-
- The obj.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the IType by the type
-
- The type.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Ansi String type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate binary type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate binary blob type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate boolean type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate byte type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate character type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Culture Info type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time type. Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds.
-
- Use if needing cutting milliseconds.
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time cutting milliseconds type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time 2 type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate local date time type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate utc date time type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate local date time cutting milliseconds type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate utc date time cutting milliseconds type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time with offset type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate local date type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate decimal type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate double type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Currency type (System.Decimal - DbType.Currency)
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Guid type.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Int16 (short in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Int32 (int in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Int64 (long in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.SByte type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.UInt16 (ushort in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.UInt32 (uint in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.UInt64 (ulong in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Single (float in C#) Type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate String type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate string clob type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Time type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Ticks type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate UTC Ticks type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate TimeAsTimeSpan type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate TimeSpan type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Timestamp type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Timestamp type, seeded db side.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Timestamp type, seeded db side, in UTC.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate TrueFalse type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate YesNo type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate class type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate class meta type for association of kind any.
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate meta type for association of kind any without meta-values.
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate serializable type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Object type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate AnsiChar type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate XmlDoc type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate XDoc type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Uri type
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate persistent enum type
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate serializable type
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate serializable type
-
- a type mapping to a single column
- the entity identifier type
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate persistent object (entity) type
-
- a mapped entity class
-
-
-
- A Hibernate persistent object (entity) type.
- a mapped entity class
-
-
-
- A NHibernate custom type
-
- a class that implements UserType
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of a proxy or persistent collection.
-
- a persistable object, proxy, persistent collection or null
- if we can't initialize the proxy at this time, eg. the Session was closed
-
-
-
- Is the proxy or persistent collection initialized?
-
- a persistable object, proxy, persistent collection or null
- true if the argument is already initialized, or is not a proxy or collection
-
-
-
- Get the true, underlying class of a proxied persistent class. This operation
- will initialize a proxy by side-effect.
-
- a persistable object or proxy
- the true class of the instance
-
-
-
- Close an obtained from an
- returned by NHibernate immediately, instead of waiting until the session is
- closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Close an returned by NHibernate immediately,
- instead of waiting until the session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Check if the property is initialized. If the named property does not exist
- or is not persistent, this method always returns true .
-
- The potential proxy
- the name of a persistent attribute of the object
-
- true if the named property of the object is not listed as uninitialized;
- false if the object is an uninitialized proxy, or the named property is uninitialized
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an AbstractExplicitParameterSpecification.
-
- sourceLine
- sourceColumn
-
-
-
- Creates a specialized collection-filter collection-key parameter spec.
-
- The collection role being filtered.
- The mapped collection-key type.
- The position within QueryParameters where we can find the appropriate param value to bind.
-
-
-
- Constructs a parameter specification for a particular filter parameter.
-
- The name of the filter
- The name of the parameter
- The parameter type specified on the filter metadata
-
-
-
-
- Maintains information relating to parameters which need to get bound into a .
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query.
- The defined values for the current query execution.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of in the given for the query where this was used.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query where this was used.
- The defined values for the query where this was used.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s of the second query in the
- is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query.
- The defined values for the current query execution.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of in the given for the query where this was used.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query where this was used.
- The defined values for the query where this was used.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s of the second query in the
- is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Get or set the type which we are expeting for a bind into this parameter based
- on translated contextual information.
-
-
-
-
- Render this parameter into displayable info (for logging, etc).
-
- The displayable info
-
-
-
- An string array to unique identify this parameter-span inside an .
-
- The session-factory (used only because required by IType).
-
- The each id-for-backtrack is supposed to be unique in the context of a query.
-
- The number of elements returned depend on the column-span of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter bind specification for an explicit named parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a named parameter bind specification.
-
- sourceLine
- sourceColumn
- The named parameter name.
-
-
-
- The user parameter name.
-
-
-
-
- Parameter bind specification for an explicit positional (or ordinal) parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a position/ordinal parameter bind specification.
-
- sourceLine
- sourceColumn
- The position in the source query, relative to the other source positional parameters.
-
-
-
- Getter for property 'hqlPosition'.
-
-
-
-
- Autogenerated parameter for .
-
-
-
-
- Autogenerated parameter for .
-
-
-
-
- An additional contract for parameters which originate from parameters explicitly encountered in the source statement
- (HQL or native-SQL).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the line number on which this parameter occurs in the source query.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the column number (within the {@link #getSourceLine()}) where this parameter occurs.
-
-
-
-
- Explicit parameters may have no set the during query parse.
-
- The defined values for the current query execution.
-
- This method should be removed when the parameter type is inferred during the parse.
-
-
-
-
- Additional information for potential paging parameters in HQL/LINQ
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the parameter that it is a 'skip' parameter, and should calculate its value using the dialect settings
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the parameter that it is a 'take' parameter, and should calculate its value using the dialect settings
- and the value of the supplied skipParameter.
-
- The associated skip parameter (null if there is none).
-
-
-
- Retrieve the skip/offset value for the query
-
- The parameters for the query
- The paging skip/offset value
-
-
-
- Summary description for AbstractCollectionPersister.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the Element from the DbDataReader. The DbDataReader will probably only contain
- the id of the Element.
-
- See ReadElementIdentifier for an explanation of why this method will be depreciated.
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
- the id of the collection entry
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads the Element from the DbDataReader. The DbDataReader will probably only contain
- the id of the Element.
-
- See ReadElementIdentifier for an explanation of why this method will be depreciated.
-
-
-
- Combine arrays indicating settability and nullness of columns into one, considering null columns as not
- settable.
-
- Settable columns. will consider them as all settable.
- Nullness of columns. will consider them as all
- non-null. indicates a non-null column, indicates a null
- column.
- The resulting settability of columns, or if both argument are
- .
- thrown if and
- have inconsistent lengthes.
-
-
-
- Gets the select fragment containing collection element, index and indentifier columns.
-
- The table alias.
- The column suffix.
- The select fragment containing collection element, index and indentifier columns.
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL delete that deletes a particular row.
-
- A SQL delete .
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL delete that deletes a particular row.
-
- If non-null, an array of boolean indicating which mapped columns of the index
- or element would be null. indicates a non-null column,
- indicates a null column.
- A SQL delete .
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the identifier select fragment for collection element entity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the element class of an array, or null otherwise
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this collection role (the fully qualified class name,
- extended by a "property path")
-
-
-
-
- Get the batch size of a collection persister.
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
- the id of the collection entry
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Collection persister for collections of values and many-to-many associations.
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL DELETE that deletes all rows
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL INSERT that creates a new row
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates a row
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for persisting a collection role.
-
-
- Defines a contract between the persistence strategy and the actual persistent collection framework
- and session. Does not define operations that are required for querying collections, or loading by outer join.
-
- Implements persistence of a collection instance while the instance is
- referenced in a particular role.
-
- This class is highly coupled to the
- hierarchy, since double dispatch is used to load and update collection
- elements.
-
- May be considered an immutable view of the mapping object
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection with the given key
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Read the key from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the element from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the index from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the identifier from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Completely remove the persistent state of the collection
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- (Re)create the collection's persistent state
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Delete the persistent state of any elements that were removed from the collection
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state of any elements that were modified
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Insert the persistent state of any new collection elements
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the cache
-
-
-
- Get the cache structure
-
-
-
- Get the associated IType
-
-
-
-
- Get the "key" type (the type of the foreign key)
-
-
-
-
- Get the "index" type for a list or map (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the "element" type
-
-
-
-
- Return the element class of an array, or null otherwise
-
-
-
-
- Is this an array or primitive values?
-
-
-
-
- Is this an array?
-
-
-
- Is this a one-to-many association?
-
-
-
- Is this a many-to-many association? Note that this is mainly
- a convenience feature as the single persister does not
- contain all the information needed to handle a many-to-many
- itself, as internally it is looked at as two many-to-ones.
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection lazily initialized?
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection "inverse", so state changes are not propagated to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this collection role (the fully qualified class name, extended by a "property path")
-
-
-
- Get the persister of the entity that "owns" this collection
-
-
-
- Get the surrogate key generation strategy (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of the surrogate key
-
-
-
- Get the "space" that holds the persistent state
-
-
-
- Is cascade delete handled by the database-level
- foreign key constraint definition?
-
-
-
-
- Does this collection cause version increment of the owning entity?
-
-
-
- Can the elements of this collection change?
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection with the given key
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection role cacheable
-
-
-
-
- Read the key from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the element from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the index from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the identifier from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Is this an "indexed" collection? (list or map)
-
-
-
-
- Completely remove the persistent state of the collection
-
-
-
-
-
-
- (Re)create the collection's persistent state
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delete the persistent state of any elements that were removed from the collection
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state of any elements that were modified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Insert the persistent state of any new collection elements
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this collection implement "orphan delete"?
-
-
-
-
- Is this an ordered collection? (An ordered collection is
- ordered by the initialization operation, not by sorting
- that happens in memory, as in the case of a sorted collection.)
-
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's key column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the key column alias generation.
- The key column aliases.
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's index column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the index column alias generation.
- The index column aliases, or null if not indexed.
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's element column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the element column alias generation.
- The element column aliases.
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's identifier column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the identifier column alias generation.
- The identifier column aliases.
-
-
-
- Try to find an element by a given index.
-
- The key of the collection (collection-owner identifier)
- The given index.
- The active .
- The owner of the collection.
- The value of the element where available; otherwise .
-
-
-
- A place-holder to inform that the data-reader was empty.
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates all the foreign keys to null
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates a foreign key to a value
-
-
-
-
-
- Not needed for one-to-many association
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates a particular row's foreign
- key to null.
-
- Unused, the element is the entity key and should not contain null
- values.
-
-
-
- Create the
-
-
-
- The property name of the "special" identifier property
-
-
-
- Summary description for CollectionPropertyMapping.
-
-
-
-
- The names of all the collection properties.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for CompositeElementPropertyMapping.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for ElementPropertyMapping.
-
-
-
-
- Get the batch size of a collection persister.
-
-
-
-
- A collection role that may be queried or loaded by outer join.
-
-
-
-
- Get the index formulas if this is an indexed collection
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the persister of the element class, if this is a
- collection of entities (optional operation). Note that
- for a one-to-many association, the returned persister
- must be OuterJoinLoadable .
-
-
-
-
- Should we load this collection role by outer joining?
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection index columns if this is an indexed collection (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection element columns (or the primary key columns in the case of a one-to-many association)
-
-
-
-
- Does this collection role have a where clause filter?
-
-
-
-
- Generate a list of collection index and element columns
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection index columns if
- this is an indexed collection (optional operation),
- aliased by the given table alias
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection element columns (or the primary
- key columns in the case of a one-to-many association),
- aliased by the given table alias
-
-
-
-
- Get the extra where clause filter SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the order by SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the order-by to be applied at the target table of a many to many
-
- The alias for the many-to-many target table
- Appropriate order-by fragment or empty string.
-
-
-
- Generate the table alias to use for the collection's key columns
-
- The alias for the target table
- Appropriate table alias.
-
-
-
- Gets the select fragment containing collection element, index and indentifier columns.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias.
- The column suffix.
- The element, index and indentifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Superclass for built-in mapping strategies. Implements functionalty common to both mapping
- strategies
-
-
- May be considered an immutable view of the mapping object
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the version number
-
-
-
- Marshall the fields of a persistent instance to a prepared statement
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT.
-
-
- This for is used for all non-root tables as well as the root table
- in cases where the identifier value is known before the insert occurs.
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL UPDATE or SQL INSERT
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL DELETE
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance using the appropriate loader (as determined by
-
-
-
-
- The queries that delete rows by id (and version)
-
-
-
-
- The queries that insert rows with a given id
-
-
-
-
- The queries that update rows by id (and version)
-
-
-
-
- The query that inserts a row, letting the database generate an id
-
- The IDENTITY-based insertion query.
-
-
-
- We can't immediately add to the cache if we have formulas
- which must be evaluated, or if we have the possibility of
- two concurrent updates to the same item being merged on
- the database. This can happen if (a) the item is not
- versioned and either (b) we have dynamic update enabled
- or (c) we have multiple tables holding the state of the
- item.
-
-
-
-
- Decide which tables need to be updated
-
- The indices of all the entity properties considered dirty.
- Whether any collections owned by the entity which were considered dirty.
- Array of booleans indicating which table require updating.
-
- The return here is an array of boolean values with each index corresponding
- to a given table in the scope of this persister.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment.
-
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Whether to fetch all lazy properties.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to fetch.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL that selects the version number by id
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the version number
-
-
-
-
- Warning:
- When there are duplicated property names in the subclasses
- of the class, this method may return the wrong table
- number for the duplicated subclass property (note that
- SingleTableEntityPersister defines an overloaded form
- which takes the entity name.
-
-
-
-
- Get the column names for the numbered property of this class
-
-
-
-
- Must be called by subclasses, at the end of their constructors
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL that updates a row by id (and version)
-
-
- Generate the SQL that inserts a row
-
-
- Marshall the fields of a persistent instance to a prepared statement
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT.
-
-
- This for is used for all non-root tables as well as the root table
- in cases where the identifier value is known before the insert occurs.
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL UPDATE or SQL INSERT
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL DELETE
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance using the appropriate loader (as determined by
-
-
-
-
- Transform the array of property indexes to an array of booleans, true when the property is dirty
-
-
-
- Which properties appear in the SQL update? (Initialized, updateable ones!)
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified entity is an instance of the class
- managed by this persister.
-
- The entity.
-
- if the specified entity is an instance; otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
- Concrete IEntityPersister s implement mapping and persistence logic for a particular class.
-
-
- Implementors must be threadsafe (preferably immutable) and must provide a constructor of type
- matching the signature of: (PersistentClass, SessionFactoryImplementor)
-
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The current state of the entity (the state to be checked).
- The previous state of the entity (the state to be checked against).
- The entity for which we are checking state dirtiness.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- or the indices of the dirty properties
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The old state of the entity.
- The current state of the entity.
- The entity for which we are checking state modification.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- return or the indicies of the modified properties
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current state of the natural-id properties from the database.
-
-
- The identifier of the entity for which to retrieve the natural-id values.
-
-
- The session from which the request originated.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The natural-id snapshot.
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class.
-
-
-
-
- Do a version check (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance, using a natively generated identifier (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent instance
-
-
-
-
- Update a persistent instance
-
- The id.
- The fields.
- The dirty fields.
- if set to [has dirty collection].
- The old fields.
- The old version.
- The obj.
- The rowId
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the current database state of the object, in a "hydrated" form, without resolving identifiers
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if select-before-update is not enabled or not supported
-
-
-
- Get the current version of the object, or return null if there is no row for
- the given identifier. In the case of unversioned data, return any object
- if the row exists.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Is this a new transient instance?
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The ISessionFactory to which this persister "belongs".
-
-
-
-
- Returns an object that identifies the space in which identifiers of
- this entity hierarchy are unique.
-
-
-
-
- The entity name which this persister maps.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the underlying entity metamodel instance...
-
- The metamodel
-
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that identify spaces in which properties of
- this entity are persisted, for instances of this class only.
-
- The property spaces.
-
- For most implementations, this returns the complete set of table names
- to which instances of the mapped entity are persisted (not accounting
- for superclass entity mappings).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that identify spaces in which properties of
- this entity are persisted, for instances of this class and its subclasses.
-
-
- Much like , except that here we include subclass
- entity spaces.
-
- The query spaces.
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class mutable?
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether the entity is inherited one or more other entities.
- In other words, is this entity a subclass of other entities.
-
- True if other entities extend this entity; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Is the identifier assigned before the insert by an IDGenerator or is it returned
- by the Insert() method?
-
-
- This determines which form of Insert() will be called.
-
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class versioned by a timestamp or version number column?
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of versioning (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Which property holds the version number? (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- If the entity defines a natural id ( ), which
- properties make up the natural id.
-
-
- The indices of the properties making of the natural id; or
- null, if no natural id is defined.
-
-
-
-
- Return the IIdentifierGenerator for the class
-
-
-
-
- Get the Hibernate types of the class properties
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the class properties - doesn't have to be the names of the actual
- .NET properties (used for XML generation only)
-
-
-
-
- Gets if the Property is insertable.
-
- if the Property's value can be inserted.
-
- This is for formula columns and if the user sets the insert attribute on the <property> element.
-
-
-
- Which of the properties of this class are database generated values on insert?
-
-
- Which of the properties of this class are database generated values on update?
-
-
-
- Properties that may be dirty (and thus should be dirty-checked). These
- include all updatable properties and some associations.
-
-
-
-
- Get the nullability of the properties of this class
-
-
-
-
- Get the "versionability" of the properties of this class (is the property optimistic-locked)
-
- if the property is optimistic-locked; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- Get the cascade styles of the properties (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier type
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the indentifier property (or return null) - need not return the
- name of an actual .NET property
-
-
-
-
- Should we always invalidate the cache instead of recaching updated state
-
-
-
-
- Should lazy properties of this entity be cached?
-
-
-
-
- Get the cache (optional operation)
-
-
-
- Get the cache structure
-
-
-
- Get the user-visible metadata for the class (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Is batch loading enabled?
-
-
-
- Is select snapshot before update enabled?
-
-
-
- Does this entity contain a version property that is defined
- to be database generated?
-
-
-
-
- Finish the initialization of this object, once all ClassPersisters have been
- instantiated. Called only once, before any other method.
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether the given name represents a subclass entity
- (or this entity itself) of the entity mapped by this persister.
-
- The entity name to be checked.
-
- True if the given entity name represents either the entity mapped by this persister or one of its subclass entities;
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this class support dynamic proxies?
-
-
-
-
- Do instances of this class contain collections?
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether any properties of this entity are considered mutable.
-
-
- True if any properties of the entity are mutable; false otherwise (meaning none are).
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether this entity contains references to persistent collections
- which are fetchable by subselect?
-
-
- True if the entity contains collections fetchable by subselect; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this class declare any cascading save/update/deletes?
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of a particular property
-
-
-
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The current state of the entity (the state to be checked).
- The previous state of the entity (the state to be checked against).
- The entity for which we are checking state dirtiness.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- or the indices of the dirty properties
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The old state of the entity.
- The current state of the entity.
- The entity for which we are checking state modification.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- return or the indicies of the modified properties
-
-
-
- Does the class have a property holding the identifier value?
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether detahced instances of this entity carry their own
- identifier value.
-
-
- True if either (1) or
- (2) the identifier is an embedded composite identifier; false otherwise.
-
-
- The other option is the deprecated feature where users could supply
- the id during session calls.
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether this entity defines a natural identifier.
-
- True if the entity defines a natural id; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current state of the natural-id properties from the database.
-
-
- The identifier of the entity for which to retrieve the natural-id values.
-
-
- The session from which the request originated.
-
- The natural-id snapshot.
-
-
-
- Determine whether this entity defines any lazy properties (ala
- bytecode instrumentation).
-
-
- True if the entity has properties mapped as lazy; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class.
-
-
-
-
- Do a version check (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance, using a natively generated identifier (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent instance
-
-
-
-
- Update a persistent instance
-
- The id.
- The fields.
- The dirty fields.
- if set to [has dirty collection].
- The old fields.
- The old version.
- The obj.
- The rowId
- The session.
-
-
-
- Gets if the Property is updatable
-
- if the Property's value can be updated.
-
- This is for formula columns and if the user sets the update attribute on the <property> element.
-
-
-
-
- Does this class have a cache?
-
-
-
-
- Get the current database state of the object, in a "hydrated" form, without resolving identifiers
-
-
-
- if select-before-update is not enabled or not supported
-
-
-
- Get the current version of the object, or return null if there is no row for
- the given identifier. In the case of unversioned data, return any object
- if the row exists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Has the class actually been bytecode instrumented?
-
-
-
- Does this entity define any properties as being database-generated on insert?
-
-
-
-
- Does this entity define any properties as being database-generated on update?
-
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized
-
-
- Called just after the entity has been reassociated with the session
-
-
-
- Create a new proxy instance
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this a new transient instance?
-
-
- Return the values of the insertable properties of the object (including backrefs)
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
-
-
-
- The persistent class, or null
-
-
-
-
- Does the class implement the ILifecycle inteface?
-
-
-
-
- Does the class implement the IValidatable interface?
-
-
-
-
- Get the proxy interface that instances of this concrete class will be cast to
-
-
-
-
- Set the given values to the mapped properties of the given object
-
-
-
-
- Set the value of a particular property
-
-
-
-
- Return the values of the mapped properties of the object
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a particular property
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a particular property
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier of an instance ( throw an exception if no identifier property)
-
-
-
-
- Set the identifier of an instance (or do nothing if no identifier property)
-
- The object to set the Id property on.
- The value to set the Id property to.
-
-
-
- Get the version number (or timestamp) from the object's version property (or return null if not versioned)
-
-
-
-
- Create a class instance initialized with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified entity is an instance of the class
- managed by this persister.
-
- The entity.
-
- if the specified entity is an instance; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- Does the given instance have any uninitialized lazy properties?
-
-
-
- Set the identifier and version of the given instance back
- to its "unsaved" value, returning the id
-
-
-
- Get the persister for an instance of this class or a subclass
-
-
-
- Check the version value trough .
-
- The snapshot entity state
- The result of .
- NHibernate-specific feature, not present in H3.2
-
-
-
- Gets EntityMode.
-
-
-
-
- Implemented by ClassPersister that uses Loader . There are several optional
- operations used only by loaders that inherit OuterJoinLoader
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- The discriminator type
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of columns used to persist the identifier
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the column used as a discriminator
-
-
-
-
- Does the persistent class have subclasses?
-
-
-
-
- Get the concrete subclass corresponding to the given discriminator value
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set aliases used for the identifier columns, given a suffix
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set aliases used for the property columns, given a suffix (properties of this class, only).
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set column names mapped for this property (properties of this class, only).
-
-
-
-
- Get the alias used for the discriminator column, given a suffix
-
-
-
- Does the result set contain rowids?
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Set lazy properties from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Set lazy properties from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Describes a class that may be loaded via a unique key.
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class, by a unique key other than the primary key.
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class, by a unique key other than the primary key.
-
-
-
-
- Get the property number of the unique key property
-
-
-
-
- Not really a Loader , just a wrapper around a named query.
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of a PropertyMapping.
-
-
-
- The property name of the "special" identifier property in HQL
-
-
-
- Get the batch size of a entity persister.
-
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized
-
-
-
- Anything that can be loaded by outer join - namely persisters for classes or collections.
-
-
-
-
- An identifying name; a class name or collection role name.
-
-
-
-
- The columns to join on.
-
-
-
-
- The columns to join on.
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance actually a ICollectionPersister?
-
-
-
-
- The table to join to.
-
-
-
-
- All columns to select, when loading.
-
-
-
-
- Get the where clause part of any joins (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the from clause part of any joins (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the where clause filter, given a query alias and considering enabled session filters
-
-
-
-
- Very, very, very ugly...
-
- Does this persister "consume" entity column aliases in the result
- set?
-
-
-
- Very, very, very ugly...
-
- Does this persister "consume" collection column aliases in the result
- set?
-
-
-
- Contract for things that can be locked via a .
-
-
- Currently only the root table gets locked, except for the case of HQL and Criteria queries
- against dialects which do not support either (1) FOR UPDATE OF or (2) support hint locking
- (in which case *all* queried tables would be locked).
-
-
-
-
- Locks are always applied to the "root table".
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of columns on the root table used to persist the identifier.
-
-
-
-
- For versioned entities, get the name of the column (again, expected on the
- root table) used to store the version values.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL alias this persister would use for the root table
- given the passed driving alias.
-
-
- The driving alias; or the alias for the table mapped by this persister in the hierarchy.
-
- The root table alias.
-
-
-
- To build the SQL command in pessimistic lock
-
-
-
-
- A ClassPersister that may be loaded by outer join using
- the OuterJoinLoader hierarchy and may be an element
- of a one-to-many association.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a list of collection index and element columns
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- How many properties are there, for this class and all subclasses? (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
- May this property be fetched using an SQL outerjoin?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the cascade style of this (subclass closure) property
-
-
-
-
- Is this property defined on a subclass of the mapped class?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get an array of the types of all properties of all subclasses (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the numbered property of the class or a subclass
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the numbered property of the class of subclass nullable?
-
-
-
-
- Return the column names used to persist all properties of all sublasses of the persistent class
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Return the table name used to persist the numbered property of
- the class or a subclass
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Given the number of a property of a subclass, and a table alias, return the aliased column names
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the main from table fragment, given a query alias (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the column names for the given property path
-
-
-
-
- Get the table name for the given property path
-
-
-
-
- Return the aliased identifier column names
-
-
-
-
- Get the table alias used for the supplied column
-
-
-
-
- Abstraction of all mappings that define properties: entities, collection elements.
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of the thing containing the properties
-
-
-
-
- Given a component path expression, get the type of the property
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given a component path expression, get the type of the property.
-
-
-
- true if a type was found, false if not
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and a property path, return the qualified column name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given a property path, return the corresponding column name(s).
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to fetch.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Whether to fetch all lazy properties.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Extends the generic ILoadable contract to add operations required by HQL
-
-
-
-
- Is this class explicit polymorphism only?
-
-
-
-
- The class that this class is mapped as a subclass of - not necessarily the direct superclass
-
-
-
-
- The discriminator value for this particular concrete subclass, as a string that may be
- embedded in a select statement
-
-
-
-
- The discriminator value for this particular concrete subclass
-
- The DiscriminatorValue is specific of NH since we are using strongly typed parameters for SQL query.
-
-
-
- Is the inheritance hierarchy described by this persister contained across
- multiple tables?
-
- True if the inheritance hierarchy is spread across multiple tables; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Get the names of all tables used in the hierarchy (up and down) ordered such
- that deletes in the given order would not cause constraint violations.
-
- The ordered array of table names.
-
-
-
- For each table specified in , get
- the columns that define the key between the various hierarchy classes.
-
-
- The first dimension here corresponds to the table indexes returned in
- .
-
- The second dimension should have the same length across all the elements in
- the first dimension. If not, that'd be a problem ;)
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the temporary table to be used to (potentially) store id values
- when performing bulk update/deletes.
-
- The appropriate temporary table name.
-
-
-
- Get the appropriate DDL command for generating the temporary table to
- be used to (potentially) store id values when performing bulk update/deletes.
-
- The appropriate temporary table creation command.
-
-
- Is the version property included in insert statements?
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the property select fragment.
-
-
-
-
- Given a property name, determine the number of the table which contains the column
- to which this property is mapped.
-
- The name of the property.
- The number of the table to which the property is mapped.
-
- Note that this is not relative to the results from {@link #getConstraintOrderedTableNameClosure()}.
- It is relative to the subclass table name closure maintained internal to the persister (yick!).
- It is also relative to the indexing used to resolve {@link #getSubclassTableName}...
-
-
-
- Determine whether the given property is declared by our
- mapped class, our super class, or one of our subclasses...
-
- Note: the method is called 'subclass property...' simply
- for consistency sake (e.g. {@link #getSubclassPropertyTableNumber}
-
- The property name.
- The property declarer
-
-
-
- Get the name of the table with the given index from the internal array.
-
- The index into the internal array.
-
-
-
-
- The alias used for any filter conditions (mapped where-fragments or
- enabled-filters).
-
- The root alias
- The alias used for "filter conditions" within the where clause.
-
- This may or may not be different from the root alias depending upon the
- inheritance mapping strategy.
-
-
-
-
- A class persister that supports queries expressed in the platform native SQL dialect.
-
-
-
-
- Get the type
-
-
-
-
- Returns the column alias names used to persist/query the numbered property of the class or a subclass (optional operation).
-
-
-
-
- Return the column names used to persist/query the named property of the class or a subclass (optional operation).
-
-
-
-
- All columns to select, when loading.
-
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the identifier select fragment for joinable entity.
-
-
-
-
- All columns to select, when loading.
-
-
-
-
- A IEntityPersister implementing the normalized "table-per-subclass" mapping strategy
-
-
-
-
- Constructs the NormalizedEntityPerister for the PersistentClass.
-
- The PersistentClass to create the EntityPersister for.
- The configured .
- The SessionFactory that this EntityPersister will be stored in.
- The mapping used to retrieve type information.
-
-
-
- Find the Index of the table name from a list of table names.
-
- The name of the table to find.
- The array of table names
- The Index of the table in the array.
- Thrown when the tableName specified can't be found
-
-
-
- Default implementation of the ClassPersister interface. Implements the
- "table-per-class hierarchy" mapping strategy for an entity class.
-
-
-
-
- The unique name of the persister.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the persister supports query cache.
-
-
-
-
- Factory for IEntityPersister and ICollectionPersister instances.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a built in Entity Persister or a custom Persister.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a specific Persister - could be a built in or custom persister.
-
-
-
-
- Provides the base functionality to Handle Member calls into a dynamically
- generated NHibernate Proxy.
-
-
- This could be an extension point later if the .net framework ever gets a Proxy
- class that is similar to the java.lang.reflect.Proxy or if a library similar
- to cglib was made in .net.
-
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Return the Underlying Persistent Object, initializing if necessary.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The Persistent Object this proxy is Proxying.
-
-
-
- If this is returned by Invoke then the subclass needs to Invoke the
- method call against the object that is being proxied.
-
-
-
-
- Create a LazyInitializer to handle all of the Methods/Properties that are called
- on the Proxy.
-
- The entityName
- The Id of the Object we are Proxying.
- The ISession this Proxy is in.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Return the Underlying Persistent Object, initializing if necessary.
-
- The Persistent Object this proxy is Proxying.
-
-
-
- Return the Underlying Persistent Object in a given , or null.
-
- The Session to get the object from.
- The Persistent Object this proxy is Proxying, or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Return the underlying persistent object, initializing if necessary.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent object this proxy is proxying.
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- The identifier value for the entity our owning proxy represents.
-
-
-
-
- The entity-name of the entity our owning proxy represents.
-
-
-
-
- Get the actual class of the entity. Generally, should be used instead.
-
-
-
-
- Is the proxy uninitialized?
-
-
-
-
- Get the session to which this proxy is associated, or null if it is not attached.
-
-
-
-
- Is the read-only setting available?
-
-
-
-
- Read-only status
-
-
-
- Not available when the proxy is detached or its associated session is closed.
-
-
- To check if the read-only setting is available, use
-
-
- The read-only status of the entity will be made to match the read-only status of the proxy
- upon initialization.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the underlying persistent object, initializing if necessary.
-
- The persistent object this proxy is proxying.
-
-
-
- Return the underlying persistent object in a given , or null.
-
- The session to get the object from.
- The persistent object this proxy is proxying, or .
-
-
-
- Initialize the proxy manually by injecting its target.
-
- The proxy target (the actual entity being proxied).
-
-
-
- Associate the proxy with the given session.
-
- Care should be given to make certain that the proxy is added to the session's persistence context as well
- to maintain the symmetry of the association. That must be done separately as this method simply sets an
- internal reference. We do also check that if there is already an associated session that the proxy
- reference was removed from that previous session's persistence context.
-
- The session
-
-
-
- Unset this initializer's reference to session. It is assumed that the caller is also taking care or
- cleaning up the owning proxy's reference in the persistence context.
-
- Generally speaking this is intended to be called only during and
- processing; most other use-cases should call instead.
-
-
-
-
- Convenient common implementation for ProxyFactory
-
-
-
-
- Validates whether can be specified as the base class
- (or an interface) for a dynamically-generated proxy.
-
- The type to validate.
-
- A collection of errors messages, if any, or if none were found.
-
-
-
-
- Method to handle the scenario of an entity not found by unique key.
-
-
- The entityName (may be the class fullname)
- Property name
- Key
-
-
-
- Delegate to handle the scenario of an entity not found by a specified id.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate method to handle the scenario of an entity not found.
-
- The entityName (may be the class fullname)
- The requested id not founded.
-
-
-
- A marker interface so NHibernate can know if it is dealing with
- an object that is a Proxy.
-
-
-
- This interface should not be implemented by anything other than
- the Dynamically generated Proxy. If it is implemented by a class then
- NHibernate will think that class is a Proxy and will not work.
-
-
- It has to be public scope because
- the Proxies are created in a separate DLL than NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Get the underlying lazy initialization handler.
-
-
- Contract for run-time, proxy-based lazy initialization proxies.
-
-
- Called immediately after instantiation of this factory.
-
- The name of the entity for which this factory should generate proxies.
-
-
- The entity class for which to generate proxies; not always the same as the entityName.
-
-
- The interfaces to expose in the generated proxy;
- is already included in this collection.
-
-
- Reference to the identifier getter method; invocation on this method should not force initialization
-
-
- Reference to the identifier setter method; invocation on this method should not force initialization
-
-
- For composite identifier types, a reference to
- the type of the identifier
- property; again accessing the id should generally not cause
- initialization - but need to bear in mind key-many-to-one
- mappings.
-
- Indicates a problem completing post
-
- Essentially equivalent to constructor injection, but contracted
- here via interface.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new proxy
-
- The id value for the proxy to be generated.
- The session to which the generated proxy will be associated.
- The generated proxy.
- Indicates problems generating requested proxy.
-
-
-
- Proxeability validator.
-
-
-
-
- Validates whether can be specified as the base class
- (or an interface) for a dynamically-generated proxy.
-
- The type to validate.
-
- A collection of errors messages, if any, or if none were found.
-
-
- When the configuration property "use_proxy_validator" is set to true(default), the result of this method
- is used to throw a detailed exception about the proxeability of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Validate if a single method can be intercepted by proxy.
-
- The given method to check.
- if the method can be intercepted by proxy.
- otherwise.
-
-
- This method can be used internally by the and is used
- by to log errors when
- a property accessor can't be intercepted by proxy.
- The validation of property accessors is fairly enough if you ecampsulate each property.
-
-
-
- Lazy initializer for "dynamic-map" entity representations.
-
-
- Proxy for "dynamic-map" entity representations.
-
-
-
- NHibernateProxyHelper provides convenience methods for working with
- objects that might be instances of Classes or the Proxied version of
- the Class.
-
-
-
-
- Get the class of an instance or the underlying class of a proxy (without initializing the proxy!).
- It is almost always better to use the entity name!
-
- The object to get the type of.
- The Underlying Type for the object regardless of if it is a Proxy.
-
-
-
- Get the true, underlying class of a proxied persistent class. This operation
- will NOT initialize the proxy and thus may return an incorrect result.
-
- a persistable object or proxy
- guessed class of the instance
-
- This method is approximate match for Session.bestGuessEntityName in H3.2
-
-
-
- Lazy initializer for POCOs
-
-
-
- Adds all of the information into the SerializationInfo that is needed to
- reconstruct the proxy during deserialization or to replace the proxy
- with the instantiated target.
-
-
- This will only be called if the Dynamic Proxy generator does not handle serialization
- itself or delegates calls to the method GetObjectData to the LazyInitializer.
-
-
-
-
- Invokes the method if this is something that the LazyInitializer can handle
- without the underlying proxied object being instantiated.
-
- The name of the method/property to Invoke.
- The arguments to pass the method/property.
- The proxy object that the method is being invoked on.
-
- The result of the Invoke if the underlying proxied object is not needed. If the
- underlying proxied object is needed then it returns the result
- which indicates that the Proxy will need to forward to the real implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Method equality for the proxy building purpose: we want to equate an interface method to a base type
- method which implements it. This implies the base type method has the same signature and there is no
- explicit implementation of the interface method in the base type.
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s, of the second query in the
- , is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- re-set the index of each parameter in the final command .
-
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given command, for the this .
-
- Suppose the final command is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query command has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s, of the second query in the
- command, is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
- This method should be called before call .
-
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s, of the second query in the
- , is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Aliases tables and fields for Sql Statements.
-
-
- Several methods of this class take an additional
- parameter, while their Java counterparts
- do not. The dialect is used to correctly quote and unquote identifiers.
- Java versions do the quoting and unquoting themselves and fail to
- consider dialect-specific rules, such as escaping closing brackets in
- identifiers on MS SQL 2000.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An ANSI SQL CASE expression.
- case when ... then ... end as ...
-
- This class looks StringHelper.SqlParameter safe...
-
-
-
- An ANSI-style Join.
-
-
-
-
- A list of that maintains a cache of backtrace positions for performance purpose.
- See https://nhibernate.jira.com/browse/NH-3489.
-
-
-
- Abstract SQL case fragment renderer
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the op
-
- The op to set
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An Oracle-style DECODE function.
-
- decode(pkvalue, key1, 1, key2, 2, ..., 0)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an SQL for update of ... nowait statement
-
-
-
-
- An Informix-style (theta) Join
-
-
-
-
- Represents an ... in (...) expression
-
-
-
-
- Add a value to the value list. Value may be a string,
- a , or one of special values
- or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Builds a SqlString from the internal data.
-
- A valid SqlString that can be converted into an DbCommand
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a SQL JOIN
-
-
-
-
- Adds condition to buffer without adding " and " prefix. Existing " and" prefix is removed
-
-
-
-
- An Oracle-style (theta) Join
-
-
-
-
- This method is a bit of a hack, and assumes
- that the column on the "right" side of the
- join appears on the "left" side of the
- operator, which is extremely weird if this
- was a normal join condition, but is natural
- for a filter.
-
-
-
-
- A placeholder for an ADO.NET parameter in an .
-
-
-
-
- We need to know what the position of the parameter was in a query
- before we rearranged the query.
- This is the ADO parameter position that this SqlString parameter is
- bound to. The SqlString can be safely rearranged once this is set.
-
-
-
-
- Used to determine the parameter's name (p0,p1 etc.)
-
-
-
-
- Unique identifier of a parameter to be tracked back by its generator.
-
-
- We have various query-systems. Each one, at the end, give us a .
- At the same time we have various bad-guys playing the game (hql function implementations, the dialect...).
- A bad guy can rearrange a and the query-system can easly lost organization/sequence of parameters.
- Using the the query-system can easily find where are its parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Used as a placeholder when parsing HQL or SQL queries.
-
-
-
-
- Create a parameter with the specified position
-
-
-
-
- Generates an array of parameters.
-
- The number of parameters to generate.
- An array of objects
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance and the specified object
- are of the same type and have the same values.
-
- An object to compare to this instance.
-
- if the object equals the current instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a hash code for the parameter.
-
-
- An value for the hash code.
-
-
-
-
- Represents SQL Server SELECT query parser, primarily intended to support generation of
- limit queries by SQL Server dialects.
-
-
-
-
- Column definitions in SELECT clause
-
-
-
-
- Column definitions for columns that appear in ORDER BY clause
- but do not appear in SELECT clause.
-
-
-
-
- Sort orders as defined in ORDER BY clause
-
-
-
-
- A SQL query token as returned by
-
-
-
-
- Position at which this token occurs in a .
-
-
-
-
- Number of characters in this token.
-
-
-
-
- Splits a into s.
-
-
-
-
- token types.
-
-
-
-
- Whitespace
-
-
-
-
- Single line comment (preceeded by --) or multi-line comment (terminated by /* and */)
-
-
-
-
- Keywords, operators or undelimited identifiers.
-
-
-
-
- Delimited identifiers or string literals.
-
-
-
-
- A query parameter.
-
-
-
-
- List separator, the ',' character.
-
-
-
-
- Begin of an expression block, consisting of a '(' character.
-
-
-
-
- End of an expression block, consisting of a ')' character.
-
-
-
-
- Tokens for begin or end of expression blocks.
-
-
-
-
- Includes all token types except whitespace or comments
-
-
-
-
- Includes all token types except whitespace
-
-
-
-
- Includes all token types
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for QueryJoinFragment.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for QuerySelect.
-
-
-
-
- Certain databases don't like spaces around these operators.
-
-
- This needs to contain both a plain string and a
- SqlString version of the operator because the portions in
- the WHERE clause will come in as SqlStrings since there
- might be parameters, other portions of the clause come in
- as strings since there are no parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a string containing a valid "order by" sql statement
- to this QuerySelect
-
- The "order by" sql statement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents part of an SQL SELECT clause
-
-
-
-
- Equivalent to ToSqlStringFragment.
-
-
-
- In H3, it is called ToFragmentString(). It appears to be
- functionally equivalent as ToSqlStringFragment() here.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for all of the SqlBuilders.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
- This just calls the overloaded ToWhereFragment() with the operator as " = " and the tableAlias null.
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The Alias for the Table.
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
- This defaults the op to " = "
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- The operator to use between the names & values. For example " = " or "!="
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The Alias for the Table.
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- The operator to use between the names & values. For example " = " or "!="
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
-
-
-
- A class that builds an DELETE sql statement.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the IdentityColumn for the DELETE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the Identity Property.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the VersionColumn for the DELETE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IVersionType of the Version Property.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the columns for the Type to the WhereFragment
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The IType of the property.
- The operator to put between the column name and value.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds a string to the WhereFragment
-
- A well formed sql statement with no parameters.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder
-
-
-
- A class that builds an INSERT sql statement.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the Property's columns to the INSERT sql
-
- The column name for the Property
- The IType of the property.
- The SqlInsertBuilder.
- The column will be associated with a parameter.
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the INSERT sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- The value to set for the column.
- The NHibernateType to use to convert the value to a sql string.
- The SqlInsertBuilder.
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the INSERT sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- A valid sql string to set as the value of the column.
- The SqlInsertBuilder.
-
-
-
- Builds a SELECT SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the FROM
-
- The fromClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the FROM
-
- The name of the Table to get the data from
- The Alias to use for the table name.
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the FROM
-
- The fromClause in a SqlString
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the ORDER BY.
-
- The orderByClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the GROUP BY.
-
- The groupByClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the SqlString for the OUTER JOINs.
-
-
- All of the Sql needs to be included in the SELECT. No OUTER JOINS will automatically be
- added.
-
- The outerJoinsAfterFrom to set
- The outerJoinsAfterWhere to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text for the SELECT
-
- The selectClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text for the SELECT
-
- The selectClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the criteria to use for the WHERE. It joins all of the columnNames together with an AND.
-
-
- The names of the columns
- The Hibernate Type
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the prebuilt SqlString to the Where clause
-
- The SqlString that contains the sql and parameters to add to the WHERE
- This SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the criteria to use for the WHERE. It joins all of the columnNames together with an AND.
-
-
- The names of the columns
- The Hibernate Type
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the prebuilt SqlString to the Having clause
-
- The SqlString that contains the sql and parameters to add to the HAVING
- This SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- ToSqlString() is named ToStatementString() in H3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for SqlSimpleSelectBuilder.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a columnName to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The name of the column to add.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds a columnName and its Alias to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The name of the column to add.
- The alias to use for the column
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an array of columnNames to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an array of columnNames with their Aliases to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The aliases to use for the columns
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Gets the Alias that should be used for the column
-
- The name of the column to get the Alias for.
- The Alias if one exists, null otherwise
-
-
-
- Sets the IdentityColumn for the SELECT sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the Identity Property.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the VersionColumn for the SELECT sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IVersionType of the Version Property.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder.
-
-
-
- Set the Order By fragment of the Select Command
-
- The OrderBy fragment. It should include the SQL "ORDER BY"
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds the columns for the Type to the WhereFragment
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The IType of the property.
- The operator to put between the column name and value.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an arbitrary where fragment.
-
- The fragment.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a non-modifiable SQL statement that is ready to be prepared
- and sent to the Database for execution.
-
-
- A represents a (potentially partial) SQL query string
- that may or may not contain query parameter references. A
- decomposes the underlying SQL query string into a list of parts. Each part is either
- 1) a string part, which represents a fragment of the underlying SQL query string that
- does not contain any parameter references, or 2) a parameter part, which represents
- a single query parameter reference in the underlying SQL query string.
-
- The constructors ensure that the number of string parts
- in a are kept to an absolute minimum (as compact as possible)
- by concatenating any adjoining string parts into a single string part.
-
-
- Substring operations on a (such as ,
- , ) return a that reuses the parts
- list of the instance on which the operation was performed.
- Besides a reference to this parts list, the resulting instance
- also stores the character offset into the original underlying SQL string at which the
- substring starts and the length of the substring. By avoiding the unnecessary rebuilding
- of part lists these operations have O(1) behaviour rather than O(n) behaviour.
-
-
- If you need to modify this object pass it to a and
- get a new object back from it.
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty instance.
-
-
-
-
- Immutable list of string and parameter parts that make up this .
- This list may be shared by multiple instances that present
- different fragments of a common underlying SQL query string.
-
-
-
-
- List of SQL query parameter references that occur in this .
-
-
-
-
- Cached index of first part in that contains (part of)
- a SQL fragment that falls within the scope of this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Cached index of last part in that contains (part of)
- a SQL fragment that falls within the scope of this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Index of first character of the underlying SQL query string that is within scope of
- this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Number of characters of the underlying SQL query string that are within scope of
- this instance from onwards.
-
-
-
-
- Creates copy of other .
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates substring of other .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates consisting of single string part.
-
- A SQL fragment
-
-
-
- Creates consisting of single parameter part.
-
- A query parameter
-
-
-
- Creates consisting of multiple parts.
-
- Arbitrary number of parts, which must be
- either , or
- values.
- The instance is automatically compacted.
-
-
-
- Parse SQL in and create a SqlString representing it.
-
-
- Parameter marks in single quotes will be correctly skipped, but otherwise the
- lexer is very simple and will not parse double quotes or escape sequences
- correctly, for example.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of SqlParts contained in this SqlString.
-
- The number of SqlParts contained in this SqlString.
-
-
-
- Appends the SqlString parameter to the end of the current SqlString to create a
- new SqlString object.
-
- The SqlString to append.
- A new SqlString object.
-
- A SqlString object is immutable so this returns a new SqlString. If multiple Appends
- are called it is better to use the SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- Appends the string parameter to the end of the current SqlString to create a
- new SqlString object.
-
- The string to append.
- A new SqlString object.
-
- A SqlString object is immutable so this returns a new SqlString. If multiple Appends
- are called it is better to use the SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- Makes a copy of the SqlString, with new parameter references (Placeholders)
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the end of this instance matches the specified String.
-
- A string to seek at the end.
- if the end of this instance matches value; otherwise,
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower
- case.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower
- The zero-based index of the search starting position.
- The number of character positions to examine.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the rules for the search.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower
- case.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower case.
- The zero-based index of the search starting position.
- The number of character positions to examine.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the rules for the search.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Replaces all occurrences of a specified in this instance,
- with another specified .
-
- A String to be replaced.
- A String to replace all occurrences of oldValue.
-
- A new SqlString with oldValue replaced by the newValue. The new SqlString is
- in the compacted form.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the beginning of this SqlString matches the specified System.String,
- using case-insensitive comparison.
-
- The System.String to seek
- true if the SqlString starts with the value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the sqlString matches the specified System.String,
- using case-insensitive comparison
-
- The System.String to match
- true if the SqlString matches the value.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a substring from this instance. The substring starts at a specified character position.
-
- The starting character position of a substring in this instance.
-
- A new SqlString to the substring that begins at startIndex in this instance.
-
-
- If the startIndex is greater than the length of the SqlString then is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Returns substring of this SqlString starting with the specified
- . If the text is not found, returns an
- empty, not-null SqlString.
-
-
- The method performs case-insensitive comparison, so the
- passed should be in lower case.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if content is empty or white space characters only
-
-
-
-
- Removes all occurrences of white space characters from the beginning and end of this instance.
-
-
- A new SqlString equivalent to this instance after white space characters
- are removed from the beginning and end.
-
-
-
-
- Locate the part that contains the requested character index, and return the
- part's index. Return -1 if the character position isn't found.
-
-
-
-
- It the pendingContent is non-empty, append it as a new part and reset the pendingContent
- to empty. The new part will be given the sqlIndex. After return, the sqlIndex will have
- been updated to the next available index.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the SqlString in a string where it looks like
- SELECT col1, col2 FROM table WHERE col1 = ?
-
-
- The question mark is used as the indicator of a parameter because at
- this point we are not using the specific provider so we don't know
- how that provider wants our parameters formatted.
-
- A provider-neutral version of the CommandText
-
-
-
- The SqlStringBuilder is used to construct a SqlString.
-
-
-
- The SqlString is a nonmutable class so it can't have sql parts added
- to it. Instead this class should be used to generate a new SqlString.
- The SqlStringBuilder is to SqlString what the StringBuilder is to
- a String.
-
-
- This is different from the original version of SqlString because this does not
- hold the sql string in the form of "column1=@column1" instead it uses an array to
- build the sql statement such that
- object[0] = "column1="
- object[1] = ref to column1 parameter
-
-
- What this allows us to do is to delay the generating of the parameter for the sql
- until the very end - making testing dialect indifferent. Right now all of our test
- to make sure the correct sql is getting built are specific to MsSql2000Dialect.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an empty StringBuilder with the default capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Create a StringBuilder with a specific capacity.
-
- The number of parts expected.
-
-
-
- Create a StringBuilder to modify the SqlString
-
- The SqlString to modify.
-
-
-
- Adds the preformatted sql to the SqlString that is being built.
-
- The string to add.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds the Parameter to the SqlString that is being built.
- The correct operator should be added before the Add(Parameter) is called
- because there will be no operator ( such as "=" ) placed between the last Add call
- and this Add call.
-
- The Parameter to add.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Attempts to discover what type of object this is and calls the appropriate
- method.
-
- The part to add when it is not known if it is a Parameter, String, or SqlString.
- This SqlStringBuilder.
- Thrown when the part is not a Parameter, String, or SqlString.
-
-
-
- Adds an existing SqlString to this SqlStringBuilder. It does NOT add any
- prefix, postfix, operator, or wrap around this. It is equivalent to just
- adding a string.
-
- The SqlString to add to this SqlStringBuilder
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an existing SqlString to this SqlStringBuilder
-
- The SqlString to add to this SqlStringBuilder
- String to put at the beginning of the combined SqlString.
- How these Statements should be junctioned "AND" or "OR"
- String to put at the end of the combined SqlString.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
- This calls the overloaded Add method with an array of SqlStrings and wrapStatement=false
- so it will not be wrapped with a "(" and ")"
-
-
-
-
- Adds existing SqlStrings to this SqlStringBuilder
-
- The SqlStrings to combine.
- String to put at the beginning of the combined SqlString.
- How these SqlStrings should be junctioned "AND" or "OR"
- String to put at the end of the combined SqlStrings.
- This SqlStringBuilder
- This calls the overloaded Add method with wrapStatement=true
-
-
-
- Adds existing SqlStrings to this SqlStringBuilder
-
- The SqlStrings to combine.
- String to put at the beginning of the combined SqlStrings.
- How these SqlStrings should be junctioned "AND" or "OR"
- String to put at the end of the combined SqlStrings.
- Wrap each SqlStrings with "(" and ")"
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Gets the number of SqlParts in this SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
- The number of SqlParts in this SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the element at the index
-
- Returns a string or Parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Insert a string containing sql into the SqlStringBuilder at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index at which the sql should be inserted.
- The string containing sql to insert.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Insert a Parameter into the SqlStringBuilder at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index at which the Parameter should be inserted.
- The Parameter to insert.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Removes the string or Parameter at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index of the item to remove.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Converts the mutable SqlStringBuilder into the immutable SqlString.
-
- The SqlString that was built.
-
-
-
- Helper methods for SqlString.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the as someColumnAlias clause from a SqlString representing a column expression.
- Consider using CriterionUtil.GetColumn... methods instead.
-
- The SqlString representing a column expression which might be aliased.
- if it was not aliased, otherwise an un-aliased SqlString representing the column.
-
-
-
- A class that builds an UPDATE sql statement.
-
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the UPDATE sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- The value to set for the column.
- The NHibernateType to use to convert the value to a sql string.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the UPDATE sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- A valid sql string to set as the value of the column.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds columns with a specific value to the UPDATE sql
-
- The names of the Columns to add.
- A valid sql string to set as the value of the column. This value is assigned to each column.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the Property's columns to the UPDATE sql
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the Property's updatable columns to the UPDATE sql
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- An array of updatable column flags. If this array is null , all supplied columns are considered updatable.
- The IType of the property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the IdentityColumn for the UPDATE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the Identity Property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the VersionColumn for the UPDATE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IVersionType of the Version Property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the columns for the Type to the WhereFragment
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The IType of the property.
- The operator to put between the column name and value.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds a string to the WhereFragment
-
- A well formed sql string with no parameters.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given an SQL SELECT statement, parse it to extract clauses starting with
- FROM , up to and not including ORDER BY (known collectively
- as a subselect clause).
-
-
-
-
- Contains the subselect clause as it is being built.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The to extract the subselect clause from.
-
-
-
- Looks for a FROM clause in the
- and adds the clause to the result if found.
-
- A or a .
- if the part contained a FROM clause,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Returns the subselect clause of the statement
- being processed.
-
- An containing
- the subselect clause of the original SELECT
- statement.
-
-
-
- Allows us to construct SQL WHERE fragments
-
-
-
-
- Contract for delegates responsible for managing connection used by the hbm2ddl tools.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the helper for use.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Prepare the helper for use.
-
-
-
-
- Get a reference to the connection we are using.
-
-
-
-
- Release any resources held by this helper.
-
-
-
-
- A implementation based on an internally
- built and managed .
-
-
-
-
- Generates ddl to export table schema for a configured Configuration to the database
-
-
- This Class can be used directly or the command line wrapper NHibernate.Tool.hbm2ddl.exe can be
- used when a dll can not be directly used.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema in the given connection
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
-
- The connection to use when executing the commands when export is .
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- The writer used to output the generated schema
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
- This overload is provided mainly to enable use of in memory databases.
- It does NOT close the given connection!
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema.
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Create a schema exported for a given Configuration
-
- The NHibernate Configuration to generate the schema from.
-
-
-
- Create a schema exporter for the given Configuration, with the given
- database connection properties
-
- The NHibernate Configuration to generate the schema from.
- The Properties to use when connecting to the Database.
-
-
-
- Set the output filename. The generated script will be written to this file
-
- The name of the file to output the ddl to.
- The SchemaExport object.
-
-
-
- Set the end of statement delimiter
-
- The end of statement delimiter.
- The SchemaExport object.
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema in the given connection
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
-
- The connection to use when executing the commands when export is .
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- The writer used to output the generated schema
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
- This overload is provided mainly to enable use of in memory databases.
- It does NOT close the given connection!
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema.
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
- The action to write the each schema line.
- Commit the script to DB
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Returns a List of all Exceptions which occurred during the export.
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
- The action to write the each schema line.
- Commit the script to DB
-
-
-
- A implementation based on an explicitly supplied
- connection.
-
-
-
-
- A implementation based on a provided
- . Essentially, ensures that the connection
- gets cleaned up, but that the provider itself remains usable since it
- was externally provided to us.
-
-
-
-
- This acts as a template method. Specific Reader instances
- override the component methods.
-
-
-
-
- Minimal factory implementation.
- Does not support system .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- factory implementation supporting system
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- See .
-
-
-
-
- See .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Enlist the session in the supplied transaction.
-
- The session to enlist.
- The transaction to enlist with. Can be .
-
-
-
- Create a transaction context for enlisting a session with a ,
- and enlist the context in the transaction.
-
- The session to be enlisted.
- The transaction into which the context has to be enlisted.
- The created transaction context.
-
-
-
- Create a transaction context for a dependent session.
-
- The dependent session.
- The context of the session owning the .
- A dependent context for the session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Transaction context for enlisting a session with a system .
- It is meant for being the concrete class enlisted in the transaction.
-
-
-
-
- The transaction in which this context is enlisted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The session to enlist with the transaction.
- The transaction into which the context will be enlisted.
- See .
- See .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock the context, causing to block until released. Do nothing if the context
- has already been locked once.
-
-
-
-
- Unlock the context, causing to cease blocking. Do nothing if the context
- is not locked.
-
-
-
-
- Safely get the of the context transaction.
-
- The of the context transaction, or
- if it cannot be obtained.
- The status may no more be obtainable during transaction completion events in case of
- rollback.
-
-
-
- Prepare the session for the transaction commit. Run
- for the session and for
- if any. the context
- before signaling it is done, or before rollback in case of failure.
-
- The object for notifying the prepare phase outcome.
-
-
-
- Handle the second phase callbacks. Has no actual work to do excepted signaling it is done.
-
- The enlistment object for signaling to the transaction manager the notification has been handled.
- if this is a commit callback, if this is a rollback
- callback, if this is an in-doubt callback.
-
-
-
- Handle the transaction completion. Notify of the end of the
- transaction. Notify end of transaction to the session and to
- if any. Close sessions requiring it then cleanup transaction contexts and then blocked
- threads.
-
- if the transaction is committed,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose of the context.
-
- if called by .
- otherwise. Do not access managed resources if it is
- false .
-
-
-
- Transaction context for enlisting a dependent session. Dependent sessions are not owning
- their . The session owning it will have a transaction context
- handling all actions for dependent sessions.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The transaction context of the session owning the .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The transaction context of the session owning the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose of the context.
-
- if called by .
- otherwise. Do not access managed resources if it is
- false .
-
-
-
- Wraps an ADO.NET to implement
- the interface.
-
-
-
-
- Commits the by flushing asynchronously the
- then committing synchronously the .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Commit() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Rolls back the by calling the method Rollback
- on the underlying .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Rollback() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this AdoTransaction is being Disposed of or Finalized.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If this AdoTransaction is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this AdoTransaction back to life.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The the Transaction is for.
-
-
-
- Enlist the in the current .
-
- The to enlist in this Transaction.
-
-
- This takes care of making sure the 's Transaction property
- contains the correct or if there is no
- Transaction for the ISession - ie BeginTransaction() not called.
-
-
- This method may be called even when the transaction is disposed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Begins the on the
- used by the .
-
-
- Thrown if there is any problems encountered while trying to create
- the .
-
-
-
-
- Commits the by flushing the
- and committing the .
-
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Commit() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Rolls back the by calling the method Rollback
- on the underlying .
-
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Rollback() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the transaction was rolled back.
-
-
- if the had Rollback called
- without any exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the transaction was committed.
-
-
- if the had Commit called
- without any exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Disose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this AdoTransaction is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- If this AdoTransaction is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this AdoTransaction back to life.
-
-
-
-
-
- A factory interface for instances.
- Concrete implementations are specified by transaction.factory_class
- configuration property.
-
-
- Implementors must be threadsafe and should declare a public default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute a work outside of the current transaction (if any).
-
- The session for which an isolated work has to be executed.
- The work to execute.
- for encapsulating the work in a dedicated
- transaction, for not transacting it.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Configure from the given properties.
-
- The configuration properties.
-
-
-
- Create a new and return it without starting it.
-
- The session for which to create a new transaction.
- The created transaction.
-
-
-
-
- If supporting system , enlist the session in
- the ambient transaction if any. This method may be call multiple times for the same ambient
- transaction, and must support it. (Avoid re-enlisting the session if already enlisted.)
-
- Do nothing if the transaction factory does not support system transaction, or
- if the session auto-join transaction option is disabled.
-
- The session having to participate in the ambient system transaction if any.
-
-
-
- Enlist the session in the current system .
-
- The session to enlist.
- Thrown if the transaction factory does not support system
- transactions.
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- If supporting system , indicate whether the given
- is currently enlisted in an system transaction. Otherwise
- .
-
-
- if the session is enlisted in an system transaction.
-
- When a is distributed, a number of processing will run
- on dedicated threads, and may call this. This method must not rely on
- : it may not be relevant for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Execute a work outside of the current transaction (if any).
-
- The session for which an isolated work has to be executed.
- The work to execute.
- for encapsulating the work in a dedicated
- transaction, for not transacting it.
-
-
-
- Create an AfterTransactionCompletes that will execute the given delegate
- when the transaction is completed. The action delegate will receive
- the value 'true' if the transaction was completed successfully.
-
-
-
-
-
- A mimic to the javax.transaction.Synchronization callback to enable
-
-
-
-
- Contract representing processes that needs to occur before or after transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- This is used as a marker interface for the different
- transaction context required for each session
-
-
-
-
- Is the transaction still active?
-
-
-
-
- Should the session be closed upon transaction completion?
-
-
-
-
- Can the transaction completion trigger a flush?
-
-
-
-
- With some transaction factory, synchronization of session may be required. This method should be called
- by session before each of its usage where a concurrent transaction completion action could cause a thread
- safety issue. This method is already called by
- and .
-
-
-
- This method is required due to MSDTC asynchronism. When a transaction is promoted to distributed, MSDTC
- starts handling it. See https://github.com/npgsql/npgsql/issues/1571#issuecomment-308651461 for a discussion
- about it.
-
-
- MSDTC considers the transaction to be committed as soon as it has collected all positive votes from prepare
- phases of enlisted resources
- ( ).
- It then concurrently lets the disposal leave and allow
- the code following it to execute, raises transaction completion event
- ( ) and calls all resources second phase
- callbacks ( ).
-
-
- For rollback cases, it depends on what has triggered the rollback. The transaction is marked as aborted. The
- transaction completion event is raised. If the rollback has been triggered by a resource prepare phase, the
- rollback callback of that resource will not be called. Prepare phase may not have been called at all for some
- rollback cases. The called rollback callbacks execute concurrently with transaction completion event and
- code following the scope disposal.
- (See ( .)
-
-
- In-doubt cases are similar to rollback cases. The transaction completion event is raised too, and run
- concurrently to in-doubt callbacks
- ( ) and
- code following the scope disposal.
-
-
- Due to this, for avoiding concurrency races, this method should block before the last resource signals it is
- prepared ( ), and if it detects the transaction
- is no more active ( ) while not having already
- blocked. It should be released only once the and
- transaction completion events and cleanups have been handled.
-
-
-
-
- Logic to bind stream of byte into a VARBINARY
-
-
- Convert the byte[] into the expected object type
-
-
- Convert the object into the internal byte[] representation
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for date time types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current system time.
-
- if is ,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for overriding the default .
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Adjust the date time value for this type from an arbitrary date time value.
-
- The to adjust.
- A .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Round a according to specified resolution.
-
- The value to round.
- The resolution in ticks (100ns).
- A rounded .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two object and also compare its Kind if needed, which is not used by the
- .Net Framework implementation.
-
- The first date time to compare.
- The second date time to compare.
- if they are equals, otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The base implementation of the interface.
- Mapping of the built in Type hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Disassembles the object into a cacheable representation.
-
- The value to disassemble.
- The is not used by this method.
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The disassembled, deep cloned state of the object
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Reconstructs the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
-
- The disassembled state from the cache
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity object is not used by this method
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The assembled object.
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Should the parent be considered dirty, given both the old and current
- field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The is not used by this method.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- true if the field is dirty
- This method uses IType.Equals(object, object) to determine the value of IsDirty.
-
-
-
- Retrieves an instance of the mapped class, or the identifier of an entity
- or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- the session
- The parent Entity
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
- This method uses the IType.NullSafeGet(DbDataReader, string[], ISessionImplementor, object) method
- to Hydrate this .
-
-
-
-
- Maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate()
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity is not used by this method.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value.
-
- There is nothing done in this method other than return the value parameter passed in.
-
-
-
-
- Says whether the value has been modified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is an .
-
- false - by default an is not an .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is a .
-
- false - by default an is not a .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is an .
-
- false - by default an is not an .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is a .
-
- false - by default an is not a .
-
-
-
- Disassembles the object into a cacheable representation.
-
- The value to disassemble.
- The is not used by this method.
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- The disassembled, deep cloned state of the object
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Reconstructs the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
-
- The disassembled state from the cache
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity object is not used by this method
- The assembled object.
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Should the parent be considered dirty, given both the old and current
- field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The is not used by this method.
- true if the field is dirty
- This method uses IType.Equals(object, object) to determine the value of IsDirty.
-
-
-
- Retrieves an instance of the mapped class, or the identifier of an entity
- or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- the session
- The parent Entity
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
- This method uses the IType.NullSafeGet(DbDataReader, string[], ISessionImplementor, object) method
- to Hydrate this .
-
-
-
-
- Maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate()
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity is not used by this method.
- The value.
-
- There is nothing done in this method other than return the value parameter passed in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the implementation is an "object" type
-
- false - by default an is not a "object" type.
-
-
-
- Says whether the value has been modified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Handles "any" mappings and the old deprecated "object" type.
-
-
- The identifierType is any NHibernate IType that can be serailized by default.
- For example, you can specify the identifierType as an Int32 or a custom identifier
- type that you built. The identifierType matches to one or many columns.
-
- The metaType maps to a single column. By default it stores the name of the Type
- that the Identifier identifies.
-
- For example, we can store a link to any table. It will have the results
- class_name id_col1
- ========================================
- Simple, AssemblyName 5
- DiffClass, AssemblyName 5
- Simple, AssemblyName 4
-
- You can also provide you own type that might map the name of the class to a table
- with a giant switch statement or a good naming convention for your class->table. The
- data stored might look like
- class_name id_col1
- ========================================
- simple_table 5
- diff_table 5
- simple_table 4
-
-
-
-
-
- Not really relevant to AnyType, since it cannot be "joined"
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The of the element contained in the array.
-
- This creates a bag that is non-generic.
-
-
-
-
- The for the element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wraps a in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped array.
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ClassMetaType is a NH specific type to support "any" with meta-type="class"
-
-
- It work like a MetaType where the key is the entity-name it self
-
-
-
-
- The base class for an that maps collections
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Get the key value from the owning entity instance. It is usually the identifier, but it might be some
- other unique key, in the case of a property-ref.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an uninitialized collection wrapper or holder. Callers MUST add the holder to the
- persistence context!
-
- The session from which the request is originating.
- The underlying collection persister (metadata)
- The owner key.
- The instantiated collection.
-
-
-
- Wrap the naked collection instance in a wrapper, or instantiate a
- holder. Callers MUST add the holder to the persistence context!
-
- The session from which the request is originating.
- The bare collection to be wrapped.
-
- A subclass of that wraps the non NHibernate collection.
-
-
-
-
- We always need to dirty check the collection because we sometimes
- need to increment version number of owner and also because of
- how assemble/disassemble is implemented for uks
-
-
-
-
- Get the key value from the owning entity instance. It is usually the identifier, but it might be some
- other unique key, in the case of a property-ref.
-
-
-
-
- Get the id value from the owning entity key, usually the same as the key, but might be some
- other property, in the case of property-ref
-
- The collection owner key
- The session from which the request is originating.
-
- The collection owner's id, if it can be obtained from the key;
- otherwise, null is returned
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an empty instance of the "underlying" collection (not a wrapper),
- but with the given anticipated size (i.e. accounting for initial capacity
- and perhaps load factor).
-
-
- The anticipated size of the instantiated collection after we are done populating it.
-
- A newly instantiated collection to be wrapped.
-
-
-
- Get an iterator over the element set of the collection, which may not yet be wrapped
-
- The collection to be iterated
- The session from which the request is originating.
- The iterator.
-
-
-
- Get an iterator over the element set of the collection in POCO mode
-
- The collection to be iterated
- The iterator.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method does not populate the component parent
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
- CultureInfoType stores the culture name (not the Culture ID) of the
- in the DB.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A custom type for mapping user-written classes that implement
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts IUserType to the generic IType interface.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a property to a column that
- stores date & time down to the accuracy of a second.
-
-
- This only stores down to a second, so if you are looking for the most accurate
- date and time storage your provider can give you use the
- or the . This type is equivalent to the Hibernate DateTime type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to a
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetimeoffset with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
- Truncate a according to specified resolution.
-
- The value to round.
- The resolution in ticks (100ns).
- A rounded .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- When used as a version, gets seeded and incremented by querying the database's
- current timestamp, rather than the application host's current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current timestamp in database.
-
- The session to use for retrieving the timestamp.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A datetime.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the dialect support the adequate timestamp selection.
-
- The dialect to test.
- if the dialect supports selecting the adequate timestamp,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current timestamp in database.
-
- The session to use for retrieving the timestamp.
- A datetime.
-
-
-
- Gets the timestamp selection query.
-
- The dialect for which retrieving the timestamp selection query.
- A SQL query.
-
-
-
- A reference to an entity class
-
-
-
-
- Converts the id contained in the to an object.
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names that contain the id.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An instance of the object or if the identifer was null.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the identifier to the actual object.
-
-
-
-
- Resolve an identifier or unique key value
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance by a unique key that is not the primary key.
-
- The name of the entity to load
- The name of the property defining the unique key.
- The unique key property value.
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The loaded entity
-
-
- Constructs the requested entity type mapping.
- The name of the associated entity.
-
- The property-ref name, or null if we
- reference the PK of the associated entity.
-
- Is eager fetching enabled.
-
- Is unwrapping of proxies allowed for this association; unwrapping
- says to return the "implementation target" of lazy proxies; typically only possible
- with lazy="no-proxy".
-
-
-
- Explicitly, an entity type is an entity type
- True.
-
-
- Two entities are considered the same when their instances are the same.
- One entity instance
- Another entity instance
- True if x == y; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This returns the wrong class for an entity with a proxy, or for a named
- entity. Theoretically it should return the proxy class, but it doesn't.
-
- The problem here is that we do not necessarily have a ref to the associated
- entity persister (nor to the session factory, to look it up) which is really
- needed to "do the right thing" here...
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier value of an instance or proxy.
-
- Intended only for loggin purposes!!!
-
- The object from which to extract the identifier.
- The entity persister
- The extracted identifier.
-
-
-
- Converts the id contained in the to an object.
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names that contain the id.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
-
- An instance of the object or if the identifer was null.
-
-
-
-
- True if not null entity key can represent null entity
- (e.g. entity mapped with not-found="ignore" or not constrained one-to-one mapping)
-
-
-
- Retrieves the {@link Joinable} defining the associated entity.
- The session factory.
- The associated joinable
-
-
-
- Determine the type of either (1) the identifier if we reference the
- associated entity's PK or (2) the unique key to which we refer (i.e.
- the property-ref).
-
- The mappings...
- The appropriate type.
-
-
-
- The name of the property on the associated entity to which our FK refers
-
- The mappings...
- The appropriate property name.
-
-
- Convenience method to locate the identifier type of the associated entity.
- The mappings...
- The identifier type
-
-
- Convenience method to locate the identifier type of the associated entity.
- The originating session
- The identifier type
-
-
-
- Resolves the identifier to the actual object.
-
-
-
-
- Resolve an identifier or unique key value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the associated entity.
- The session factory, for resolution.
- The associated entity name.
-
-
- The name of the associated entity.
- The associated entity name.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the type of foreign key directionality
- of this association.
-
- The of this association.
-
-
-
- Is the foreign key the primary key of the table?
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance by a unique key that is not the primary key.
-
- The name of the entity to load
- The name of the property defining the unique key.
- The unique key property value.
- The originating session.
- The loaded entity
-
-
-
- Converts the given enum instance into a basic type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a
- DbType.String .
-
-
- If your database should store the
- using the named values in the enum instead of the underlying values
- then subclass this .
-
-
- All that needs to be done is to provide a default constructor that
- NHibernate can use to create the specific type. For example, if
- you had an enum defined as.
-
-
-
- public enum MyEnum
- {
- On,
- Off,
- Dimmed
- }
-
-
-
- all that needs to be written for your enum string type is:
-
-
-
- public class MyEnumStringType : NHibernate.Type.EnumStringType
- {
- public MyEnumStringType()
- : base( typeof( MyEnum ) )
- {
- }
- }
-
-
-
- The mapping would look like:
-
-
-
- ...
- <property name="Status" type="MyEnumStringType, AssemblyContaining" />
- ...
-
-
-
- The TestFixture that shows the working code can be seen
- in NHibernate.Test.TypesTest.EnumStringTypeFixture.cs
- , NHibernate.Test.TypesTest.EnumStringClass.cs
- , and NHibernate.Test.TypesTest.EnumStringClass.hbm.xml
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Hardcoding of 255 for the maximum length
- of the Enum name that will be saved to the db.
-
-
- 255 because that matches the default length that hbm2ddl will
- use to create the column.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The of the Enum.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The of the Enum.
- The length of the string that can be written to the column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appends enumstring - to the beginning of the underlying
- enums name so that could still be stored
- using the underlying value through the
- also.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- using bag semantics with an identifier to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the identifier bag.
-
- The current for the identifier bag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an empty instance of the "underlying" collection (not a wrapper),
- but with the given anticipated size (i.e. accounting for initial capacity
- and perhaps load factor).
-
-
- The anticipated size of the instantiated collection after we are done populating it.
-
- A newly instantiated collection to be wrapped.
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the map.
-
- The current for the map.
-
- Not used.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the
- non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- Enables other Component-like types to hold collections and have cascades, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the component properties of
- a component instance
-
-
-
- Get the types of the component properties
-
-
- Get the names of the component properties
-
-
-
- Optional operation
-
- nullability of component properties
-
-
-
- Get the values of the component properties of
- a component instance
-
-
-
-
- Optional Operation
-
-
-
-
- Optional operation
-
-
-
- Return a cacheable "disassembled" representation of the object.
- the value to cache
- the session
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the disassembled, deep cloned state
-
-
- Reconstruct the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
- the disassembled state from the cache
- the session
- the parent entity object
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the the object
-
-
-
- Called before assembling a query result set from the query cache, to allow batch fetching
- of entities missing from the second-level cache.
-
-
-
- Return a cacheable "disassembled" representation of the object.
- the value to cache
- the session
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- the disassembled, deep cloned state
-
-
- Reconstruct the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
- the disassembled state from the cache
- the session
- the parent entity object
- the the object
-
-
-
- Called before assembling a query result set from the query cache, to allow batch fetching
- of entities missing from the second-level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Superclass of nullable immutable types.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the ImmutableType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets the value indicating if this IType is mutable.
-
- false - an is not mutable.
-
- This has been "sealed" because any subclasses are expected to be immutable. If
- the type is mutable then they should inherit from .
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a mapping from a .NET to a SQL data-type.
- This interface is intended to be implemented by applications that need custom types.
-
-
- Implementors should usually be immutable and MUST definitely be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- Indicates which columns are to be checked.
- The
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object mapped by
- this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object
- mapped by this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
- The name of the column in the that contains the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementations should handle possibility of null values.
- This method might be called if the IType is known to be a single-column type.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
- The to put the values into.
- The object that contains the values.
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
- Indicates which columns are to be set.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
-
- The to put the values into.
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, retrieves an instance of the mapped class,
- or the identifier of an entity or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
-
- This is useful for 2-phase property initialization - the second phase is a call to
- ResolveIdentifier()
-
-
- Most implementors of this method will just pass the call to NullSafeGet() .
-
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate() .
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The Entity or Collection referenced by this Identifier.
-
- This is the second phase of 2-phase property initialization.
-
-
-
-
- Given a hydrated, but unresolved value, return a value that may be used to
- reconstruct property-ref associations.
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the abbreviated name of the type.
-
- The NHibernate type name.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the returned
- by the NullSafeGet() methods.
-
-
- The from the .NET framework.
-
-
- This is used to establish the class of an array of this IType .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the value indicating if the objects
- of this IType are mutable.
-
- true if the objects mapped by this IType are mutable.
-
- With respect to the referencing object...
- Entities and Collections are considered immutable because they manage their own internal state.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor is castable to an .
-
- if this is an association.
-
- This does not necessarily imply that the type actually represents an association.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor is a collection type.
-
- if this is a .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor is an .
-
- if this is an .
-
- If true, the implementation must be castable to .
- A component type may own collections or associations and hence must provide certain extra functionality.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor extends .
-
- if this is an .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementation is an "any" type.
-
- if this an "any" type.
- This is a reference to a persistent entity that is not modelled as a (foreign key) association.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, returns the SqlTypes for the columns mapped by this IType.
-
- The that uses this IType.
- An array of s.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, returns how many columns are used to persist this type.
-
- The that uses this IType.
- The number of columns this IType spans.
- MappingException
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- Indicates which columns are to be checked.
- The
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object mapped by
- this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
-
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object
- mapped by this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
- The name of the column in the that contains the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementations should handle possibility of null values.
- This method might be called if the IType is known to be a single-column type.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
- The to put the values into.
- The object that contains the values.
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
- Indicates which columns are to be set.
-
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
-
- The to put the values into.
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
-
-
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, a representation of the value to be
- embedded in an XML element
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, returns a deep copy of the persistent
- state, stopping at entities and at collections.
-
- A Collection element or Entity field.
- The session factory.
- A deep copy of the object.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, retrieves an instance of the mapped class,
- or the identifier of an entity or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
-
- This is useful for 2-phase property initialization - the second phase is a call to
- ResolveIdentifier()
-
-
- Most implementors of this method will just pass the call to NullSafeGet() .
-
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate() .
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- The Entity or Collection referenced by this Identifier.
-
- This is the second phase of 2-phase property initialization.
-
-
-
-
- Given a hydrated, but unresolved value, return a value that may be used to
- reconstruct property-ref associations.
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
-
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- Compare two instances of the class mapped by this type for persistence
- "equality" - equality of persistent state - taking a shortcut for
- entity references.
-
-
-
- boolean
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, compare two instances of the class mapped by this
- IType for persistence "equality" - ie. Equality of persistent state.
-
- The left hand side object.
- The right hand side object.
- True if the two objects contain the same values.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, compare two instances of the class mapped by this
- IType for persistence "equality" - ie. Equality of persistent state.
-
- The left hand side object.
- The right hand side object.
- The session factory for which the values are compared.
- True if the two objects contain the same values.
-
-
- Get a hashcode, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
- Get a hashcode, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
-
- compare two instances of the type
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of a semi-resolved value.
-
-
-
- Given an instance of the type, return an array of boolean, indicating
- which mapped columns would be null. indicates
- a non-null column, indicates a null column.
-
- An instance of the type.
- The mapping.
-
-
-
- An that may be used to version data.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, increments the version.
-
- The current version
- The current session, if available.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an instance of the that has been incremented.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an initial version.
-
- The current session, if available.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An instance of the type.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, increments the version.
-
- The current version
- The current session, if available.
- an instance of the that has been incremented.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an initial version.
-
- The current session, if available.
- An instance of the type.
-
-
-
- Get a comparator for the version numbers
-
-
-
-
- Parse the string representation of a value to convert it to the .NET object.
-
- A string representation.
- The value.
- Notably meant for parsing unsave-value mapping attribute value. Contrary to what could
- be expected due to its current name, must be a plain string, not a xml encoded
- string.
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association to an entity
-
-
-
-
- Hydrates the Identifier from .
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names to read from.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An instantiated object that used as the identifier of the type.
-
-
-
-
- Hydrates the Identifier from .
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names to read from.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
-
- An instantiated object that used as the identifier of the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Superclass for mutable nullable types.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the MutableType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets the value indicating if this IType is mutable.
-
- true - a is mutable.
-
- This has been "sealed" because any subclasses are expected to be mutable. If
- the type is immutable then they should inherit from .
-
-
-
-
- Superclass of single-column nullable types.
-
-
- Maps the Property to a single column that is capable of storing nulls in it. If a .net Struct is
- used it will be created with its uninitialized value and then on Update the uninitialized value of
- the Struct will be written to the column - not .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method.
-
-
- This method checks to see if value is null, if it is then the value of
- is written to the .
-
-
- If the value is not null, then the method
- is called and that method is responsible for setting the value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This has been sealed because no other class should override it. This
- method calls for a single value.
- It only takes the first name from the string[] names parameter - that is a
- safe thing to do because a Nullable Type only has one field.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This implementation forwards the call to .
-
-
- It has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method. All of their implementation
- should be in .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the NullableType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
- This is used when the Property is mapped to a single column.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, put the value from the mapped
- Property into to the .
-
- The to put the value into.
- The object that contains the value.
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
- The session for which the operation is done.
-
- Implementors do not need to handle possibility of null values because this will
- only be called from after
- it has checked for nulls.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the object in the
- for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the object in the
- for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The name of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
- Most implementors just call the
- overload of this method.
-
-
-
-
- A representation of the value to be embedded in an XML element
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse the XML representation of an instance
-
- XML string to parse, guaranteed to be non-empty
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method.
-
-
- This method checks to see if value is null, if it is then the value of
- is written to the .
-
-
- If the value is not null, then the method
- is called and that method is responsible for setting the value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This has been sealed because no other class should override it. This
- method calls for a single value.
- It only takes the first name from the string[] names parameter - that is a
- safe thing to do because a Nullable Type only has one field.
-
-
-
-
- Extracts the values of the fields from the DataReader
-
- The DataReader positioned on the correct record
- An array of field names.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The value off the field from the DataReader
-
- In this class this just ends up passing the first name to the NullSafeGet method
- that takes a string, not a string[].
-
- I don't know why this method is in here - it doesn't look like anybody that inherits
- from NullableType overrides this...
-
- TODO: determine if this is needed
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the field from the .
-
- The positioned on the correct record.
- The name of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The value of the field.
-
-
- This method checks to see if value is null, if it is then the null is returned
- from this method.
-
-
- If the value is not null, then the method
- is called and that method is responsible for retrieving the value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This implementation forwards the call to .
-
-
- It has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method. All of their implementation
- should be in .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the underlying for
- the column mapped by this .
-
- The underlying .
-
- This implementation should be suitable for all subclasses unless they need to
- do some special things to get the value. There are no built in s
- that override this Property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This implementation forwards the call to .
-
-
- It has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method because they map to a single
- column. All of their implementation should be in .
-
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the sql type.
-
- The type to override.
- The mapping for which to override .
- The refined types.
-
-
-
- Returns the number of columns spanned by this
-
- A always returns 1.
-
- This has the hard coding of 1 in there because, by definition of this class,
- a NullableType can only map to one column in a table.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to this
- .
-
- The to compare with this NullableType.
- true if the SqlType and Name properties are the same.
-
-
-
- Serves as a hash function for the ,
- suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
-
-
- A hash code that is based on the 's
- hash code and the 's hash code.
-
-
-
- Provides a more descriptive string representation by reporting the properties that are important for equality.
- Useful in error messages.
-
-
-
-
- A one-to-one association to an entity
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We only need to dirty check when the identifier can be null.
-
-
-
-
- PersistentEnumType
-
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of the Enum
-
- The underlying value of an item in the Enum.
-
- An instance of the Enum set to the code value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the correct value for the Enum.
-
- The value to convert (an enum instance).
- A boxed version of the code, converted to the correct type.
-
- This handles situations where the DataProvider returns the value of the Enum
- from the db in the wrong underlying type. It uses to
- convert it to the correct type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps an instance of a that has the
- to a column.
-
-
-
- For performance reasons, the SerializableType should be used when you know that Bytes are
- not going to be greater than 8,000. Implementing a custom type is recommended for larger
- types.
-
-
- The base class is because the data is stored in
- a byte[]. The System.Array does not have a nice "equals" method so we must
- do a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A one-to-one association that maps to specific formula(s)
- instead of the primary key column of the owning entity.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
- that stores the DateTime using the Ticks property.
-
-
- This is the recommended way to "timestamp" a column, along with .
- The System.DateTime.Ticks is accurate to 100-nanosecond intervals.
- This type yields dates with an unspecified . On writes, it
- does not perform any checks or conversions related to the kind of the date value to persist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
- This is an extra way to map a . You already have
- but mapping against a .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a time with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of convenience methods relating to operations across arrays of types...
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The cached values.
- The value types.
- The indexes of types to assemble.
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A new array of assembled values.
-
-
-
- Initialize collections from the query cached row and update the assembled row.
-
- The cached values.
- The assembled values to update.
- The dictionary containing collection persisters and their indexes in the parameter as key.
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- An array indicating which values to include in the disassembled state
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The disassembled state
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- Represent a cache of already replaced state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values, as long as the corresponding is an association.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The replaced state
-
- If the corresponding type is a component type, then apply
- across the component subtypes but do not replace the component value itself.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
- Deep copy a series of values from one array to another
- The values to copy (the source)
- The value types
- An array indicating which values to include in the copy
- The array into which to copy the values
- The originating session
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
-
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The cached values.
- The value types.
- The indexes of types to assemble.
- The originating session.
- A new array of assembled values.
-
-
-
- Initialize collections from the query cached row and update the assembled row.
-
- The cached values.
- The assembled values to update.
- The dictionary containing collection persisters and their indexes in the parameter as key.
- The originating session.
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- An array indicating which values to include in the disassembled state
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- The disassembled state
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- Represent a cache of already replaced state
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values, as long as the corresponding is an association.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- The replaced state
-
- If the corresponding type is a component type, then apply
- across the component subtypes but do not replace the component value itself.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
-
- Maps the Assembly Qualified Name of a to a
- column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the TypeType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The from the database.
-
- Thrown when the value in the database can not be loaded as a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The name of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The from the database.
-
- This just calls gets the index of the name in the DbDataReader
- and calls the overloaded version
- (DbDataReader, Int32).
-
-
- Thrown when the value in the database can not be loaded as a
-
-
-
-
- Puts the Assembly Qualified Name of the
- Property into to the .
-
- The to put the value into.
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the to start writing the value to.
- The session for which the operation is done.
-
- This uses the method of the
- object to do the work.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A representation of the value to be embedded in an XML element
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string that contains the Assembly Qualified Name.
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be returned
- by the NullSafeGet() methods.
-
-
- A from the .NET framework.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Common base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for enum types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The comparer culture parameter name. Value should be Current , Invariant ,
- Ordinal or any valid culture name.
-
- Default comparison is ordinal.
-
-
-
- The case sensitivity parameter name. Value should be a boolean, true meaning
- case insensitive.
-
- Default comparison is case sensitive.
-
-
-
- The default string comparer for determining string equality and calculating hash codes.
- Default is StringComparer.Ordinal .
-
-
-
-
- The string comparer of this instance of string type, for determining string equality and
- calculating hash codes. Set to use .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to this
- .
-
- The to compare with this AbstractStringType .
- if the SqlType, Name and Comparer properties are the same.
-
-
-
- Serves as a hash function for the ,
- suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
-
-
- A hash code that is based on the 's
- hash code, the 's hash code and the hash
- code.
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a DbType.AnsiStringFixedLength column.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a System.Byte[] Property to an column that can store a BLOB.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oracle) don't need to set the Size so a BinaryType
- would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- BinaryType.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the BooleanType
-
- This is used when the Property is mapped to a native boolean type.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the BooleanType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
- This is used when the Property is mapped to a string column
- that stores true or false as a string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a DbType.StringFixedLength column.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to a
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a property to a column that
- stores date & time down to the accuracy of the database.
-
-
- If you are looking for the most accurate date and time storage accross databases use the
- . If you are looking for the Hibernate DateTime equivalent,
- use the .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps the Year, Month, and Day of a Property to a
- column
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents directionality of the foreign key constraint
-
-
-
-
- A foreign key from parent to child
-
-
-
-
- A foreign key from child to parent
-
-
-
-
- Should we cascade at this cascade point?
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database using bag semantics.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the bag.
-
- The current for the bag.
- The current for the bag.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database using list semantics.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the list.
-
- The current for the list.
- The current for the list.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- An that maps a sorted collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the set.
-
- The current for the set.
- The current for the set.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- An that maps a sorted collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The to use to compare
- set elements.
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that represents some kind of association between entities.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the type of foreign key directionality
- of this association.
-
- The of this association.
-
-
-
- Is the primary key of the owning entity table
- to be used in the join?
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the property in the owning entity
- that provides the join key (null if the identifier)
-
-
-
-
- The name of a unique property of the associated entity
- that provides the join key (null if the identifier of
- an entity, or key of a collection)
-
-
-
-
- Get the "persister" for this association - a class or collection persister
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the entity name of the associated entity
-
-
-
- Do we dirty check this association, even when there are
- no columns to be updated.
-
-
-
-
- Get the "filtering" SQL fragment that is applied in the
- SQL on clause, in addition to the usual join condition.
-
-
-
-
- An IType that may be used for a discriminator column.
-
-
- This interface contains no new methods but does require that an
- that will be used in a discriminator column must implement
- both the and interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- An that may be used as an identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Parse the string representation of a value to convert it to the .NET object.
-
- A string representation.
- The string converted to the object.
-
- This method needs to be able to handle any string. It should not just
- call System.Type.Parse without verifying that it is a parsable value
- for the System.Type.
- Notably meant for parsing discriminator-value or unsaved-value mapping attribute value.
- Contrary to what could be expected due to its current name, must be a plain string,
- not n xml encoded string.
-
-
-
-
- An that may appear as an SQL literal
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, return a representation
- of the value, suitable for embedding in an SQL statement
-
- The object to convert to a string for the SQL statement.
-
- A string that contains a well formed SQL Statement.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps the Year, Month, and Day of a Property to a
- column. Specify when reading
- dates from .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Superclass of types.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the PrimitiveType class using a .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, return a representation
- of the value, suitable for embedding in an SQL statement
-
- The object to convert to a string for the SQL statement.
-
- A string that containts a well formed SQL Statement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A representation of the value to be embedded in an XML element
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string.
-
- This just calls so if there is
- a possibility of this PrimitiveType having any characters
- that need to be encoded then this method should be overridden.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when a property cannot be serialized/deserialized
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an
- column.
-
-
- Verify through your database's documentation if there is a column type that
- matches up with the capabilities of
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an
- column that can store a CLOB.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oralce) don't need to set the Size so a StringType
- would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a column.
-
-
-
-
- This is almost the exact same type as the .
-
-
-
- The value stored in the database depends on what your data provider is capable
- of storing. So there is a possibility that the DateTime you save will not be
- the same DateTime you get back when you check because
- they will have their milliseconds off.
-
-
- For example - SQL Server 2000 is only accurate to 3.33 milliseconds. So if
- NHibernate writes a value of 01/01/98 23:59:59.995 to the Prepared Command, MsSql
- will store it as 1998-01-01 23:59:59.997 .
-
-
- Please review the documentation of your Database server.
-
-
- If you are looking for the most accurate date and time storage accross databases use the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the string representation of the timestamp object. This is in the following format:
-
- 2011-01-27T14:50:59.6220000Z
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an DateTime column that only stores the
- Hours, Minutes, and Seconds of the DateTime as significant.
- Also you have for handling, the NHibernate Type ,
- the which maps to a .
-
-
-
- This defaults the Date to "1753-01-01" - that should not matter because
- using this Type indicates that you don't care about the Date portion of the DateTime.
-
-
- A more appropriate choice to store the duration/time is the .
- The underlying tends to be handled differently by different
- DataProviders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a time with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a 1 char column
- that stores a 'T'/'F' to indicate true/false.
-
-
- If you are using schema-export to generate your tables then you need
- to set the column attributes: length=1 or sql-type="char(1)" .
-
- This needs to be done because in Java's JDBC there is a type for CHAR and
- in ADO.NET there is not one specifically for char, so you need to tell schema
- export to create a char(1) column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to obtain instances of IType.
-
-
- Applications should use static methods and constants on NHibernate.NHibernateUtil if the default
- IType is good enough. For example, the TypeFactory should only be used when the String needs
- to have a length of 300 instead of 255. At this point NHibernateUtil.String does not get you the
- correct IType. Instead use TypeFactory.GetString(300) and keep a local variable that holds
- a reference to the IType.
-
-
-
-
- Defines which NHibernate type should be chosen by default for handling a given .Net type.
- This must be done before any operation on NHibernate, including building its
- and building session factory. Otherwise the behavior will be undefined.
-
- The .Net type.
- The NHibernate type.
- The additional aliases to map to the type. Use if none.
-
-
-
- Defines which NHibernate type should be chosen by default for handling a given .Net type.
- This must be done before any operation on NHibernate, including building its
- and building session factory. Otherwise the behavior will be undefined.
-
- The .Net type.
- The NHibernate type.
- The additional aliases to map to the type. Use if none.
- The factory method to create the NHibernate type using length or scale.
-
-
-
- Defines which NHibernate type should be chosen by default for handling a given .Net type.
- This must be done before any operation on NHibernate, including building its
- and building session factory. Otherwise the behavior will be undefined.
-
- The .Net type.
- The NHibernate type.
- The additional aliases to map to the type. Use if none.
- The factory method to create the NHibernate type using precision.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears all custom type registrations and re-register all default NHibernate types
-
-
-
-
- Register other Default .NET type
-
-
- These type will be used, as default, even when the "type" attribute was NOT specified in the mapping
-
-
-
-
- Register other NO Default .NET type
-
-
- These type will be used only when the "type" attribute was is specified in the mapping.
- These are in here because needed to NO override default CLR types and be available in mappings
-
-
-
-
- Gets the classification of the Type based on the string.
-
- The name of the Type to get the classification for.
- The Type of Classification
-
- This parses through the string and makes the assumption that no class
- name and no assembly name will contain the "(" .
-
- If it finds
- the "(" and then finds a "," afterwards then it is a
- TypeClassification.PrecisionScale .
-
-
- If it finds the "("
- and doesn't find a "," afterwards, then it is a
- TypeClassification.Length .
-
-
- If it doesn't find the "(" then it assumes that it is a
- TypeClassification.Plain .
-
-
-
-
-
- Given the name of a Hibernate type such as Decimal, Decimal(19,0)
- , Int32, or even NHibernate.Type.DecimalType, NHibernate.Type.DecimalType(19,0),
- NHibernate.Type.Int32Type, then return an instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- The name of the type.
- The instance of the IType that the string represents.
-
- This method will return null if the name is not found in the basicNameMap.
-
-
-
-
- Given the name of a Hibernate type such as Decimal, Decimal(19,0),
- Int32, or even NHibernate.Type.DecimalType, NHibernate.Type.DecimalType(19,0),
- NHibernate.Type.Int32Type, then return an instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- The name of the type.
- The parameters for the type, if any.
- The instance of the IType that the string represents.
-
- This method will return null if the name is not found in the basicNameMap.
-
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the
- type.
-
-
- An instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- When looking for the NHibernate type it will look in the cache of the Basic types first.
- If it doesn't find it in the cache then it uses the typeName to get a reference to the
- Class (Type in .NET). Once we get the reference to the .NET class we check to see if it
- implements IType, ICompositeUserType, IUserType, ILifecycle (Association), or
- IPersistentEnum. If none of those are implemented then we will serialize the Type to the
- database using NHibernate.Type.SerializableType(typeName)
-
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the
- type.
-
-
- An instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- We check to see if it implements IType, ICompositeUserType, IUserType, ILifecycle (Association), or
- IPersistentEnum. If none of those are implemented then we will serialize the Type to the
- database using NHibernate.Type.SerializableType(typeName)
-
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the type.
-
- the type name
- parameters for the type
- An instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the type.
-
- the type name
- parameters for the type
- optionally, the size of the type
-
-
-
-
- Get the current default NHibernate type for a .Net type.
-
- The .Net type for which to get the corresponding default NHibernate type.
- The current default NHibernate type for a .Net type if any, otherwise .
-
-
-
- Gets the BinaryType with the specified length.
-
- The length of the data to store in the database.
- A BinaryType
-
- In addition to returning the BinaryType it will also ensure that it has
- been added to the basicNameMap with the keys Byte[](length) and
- NHibernate.Type.BinaryType(length) .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the SerializableType for the specified Type
-
- The Type that will be Serialized to the database.
- A SerializableType
-
-
- In addition to returning the SerializableType it will also ensure that it has
- been added to the basicNameMap with the keys Type.FullName (the result
- of IType.Name and Type.AssemblyQualifiedName . This is different
- from the other items put in the basicNameMap because it is uses the AQN and the
- FQN as opposed to the short name used in the maps and the FQN.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- A one-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- When used as a version, gets seeded and incremented by querying the database's
- current UTC timestamp, rather than the application host's current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
- that stores the DateTime using the Ticks property. On read, yields an UTC date-time. On
- write, the DateTime must already be in UTC.
-
-
- This is the recommended way to "timestamp" a column, along with .
- The System.DateTime.Ticks is accurate to 100-nanosecond intervals.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a 1 char column
- that stores a 'Y'/'N' to indicate true/false.
-
-
- If you are using schema-export to generate your tables then you need
- to set the column attributes: length=1 or sql-type="char(1)" .
-
- This needs to be done because in Java's JDBC there is a type for CHAR and
- in ADO.NET there is not one specifically for char, so you need to tell schema
- export to create a char(1) column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Emits IL to unbox a value type and if null, create a new instance of the value type.
-
-
- This does not work if the value type doesn't have a default constructor - we delegate
- that to the ISetter.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown if NHibernate can't instantiate the type.
-
-
-
-
- Represents optimized entity property access.
-
-
-
-
- Get the property value on the given index.
-
-
-
-
- Set the property value on the given index.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specialized property value.
-
-
-
-
- Set the specialized property value.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates bytecode enhancement information about a particular entity.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- The name of the entity to which this metadata applies.
-
-
-
-
- Has the entity class been bytecode enhanced for lazy loading?
-
-
-
-
- Has the information about all lazy properties
-
-
-
-
- Has the information about all properties mapped as lazy="no-proxy"
-
-
-
-
- Build and inject an interceptor instance into the enhanced entity.
-
- The entity into which built interceptor should be injected.
- The session to which the entity instance belongs.
- The built and injected interceptor.
-
-
-
- Extract the field interceptor instance from the enhanced entity.
-
- The entity from which to extract the interceptor.
- The extracted interceptor.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties from the enhanced entity.
-
- The entity from which to retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties.
- The uninitialized property names.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties from the entity state.
-
- The entity state from which to retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties.
- The uninitialized property names.
-
-
-
- Check whether the enhanced entity has any uninitialized lazy properties.
-
- The entity to check for uninitialized lazy properties.
- Whether the enhanced entity has any uninitialized lazy properties.
-
-
-
- The specific factory for this provider capable of
- generating run-time proxies for lazy-loading purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the delegate for this provider
- capable of generating reflection optimization components.
-
- The class to be reflected upon.
- All property getters to be accessed via reflection.
- All property setters to be accessed via reflection.
- The reflection optimization delegate.
-
-
-
- NHibernate's object instantiator.
-
-
- For entities and its implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiator of NHibernate's collections default types.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the delegate for this provider
- capable of generating reflection optimization components.
-
- The bytecode provider.
- The class to be reflected upon.
- All property getters to be accessed via reflection.
- All property setters to be accessed via reflection.
- The specialized getter for the given type.
- The specialized setter for the given type.
- The reflection optimization delegate.
-
-
-
- Type factory for collections types.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an .
-
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The to use to create the array.
-
- An for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- with bag semantics.
-
- The type of elements in the list.
- The role the collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the owner object containing the collection ID,
- or if it is the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- with list
- semantics.
-
- The type of elements in the list.
- The role the collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- with identifier
- bag semantics.
-
- The type of elements in the list.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an .
-
- The type of elements in the collection.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
- Creates a new for a sorted .
-
- The type of elements in the collection.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The to use for the set.
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an ordered .
-
- The type of elements in the collection.
- The role the collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the owner object containing the collection ID,
- or if it is the primary key.
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- .
-
- The type of keys in the dictionary.
- The type of values in the dictionary.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Represents optimized entity instantiation.
-
-
-
-
- Perform instantiation of an instance of the underlying class.
-
- The new instance.
-
-
-
- Interface for instantiating NHibernate dependencies.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified type.
-
- The type of object to create.
- A reference to the created object.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified type.
-
- The type of object to create.
- true if a public or nonpublic default constructor can match; false if only a public default constructor can match.
- A reference to the created object.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified type using the constructor
- that best matches the specified parameters.
-
- The type of object to create.
- An array of constructor arguments.
- A reference to the created object.
-
-
-
- An interface for factories of proxy factory instances.
-
-
- Used to abstract from the tupizer.
-
-
-
-
- Build a proxy factory specifically for handling runtime
- lazy loading.
-
- The lazy-load proxy factory.
-
-
-
- Represents reflection optimization for a particular class.
-
-
-
-
- Information about all of the bytecode lazy properties for an entity
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Get the descriptor for the lazy property.
-
- The propery name.
- The lazy property descriptor.
-
-
-
- Descriptor for a property which is enabled for bytecode lazy fetching
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Access to the index of the property in terms of its position in the entity persister
-
-
-
-
- Access to the index of the property in terms of its position within the lazy properties of the persister
-
-
-
-
- Access to the name of the property
-
-
-
-
- Access to the property's type
-
-
-
-
- Access to the name of the fetch group to which the property belongs
-
-
-
-
- Factory that generate object based on IReflectionOptimizer needed to replace the use
- of reflection.
-
-
- Used in and
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the IReflectionOptimizer object
-
- The target class
- Array of setters
- Array of getters
- if the generation fails
-
-
-
- Retrieve the delegate for this provider
- capable of generating reflection optimization components.
-
- The class to be reflected upon.
- All property getters to be accessed via reflection.
- All property setters to be accessed via reflection.
- The specialized getter for the given type.
- The specialized setter for the given type.
- The reflection optimization delegate.
-
-
-
- Class constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Class constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a dynamic method which creates a new instance of
- when invoked.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a dynamic method on the given type.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a dynamic method on the given type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates a condition where an instrumented/enhanced class was expected, but the class was not
- instrumented/enhanced.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a NotInstrumentedException.
-
- Message explaining the exception condition.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A implementation that returns
- , disabling reflection optimization.
-
-
-
-
- Information about all properties mapped as lazy="no-proxy" for an entity
-
-
-
-
- Descriptor for a property which is mapped as lazy="no-proxy"
-
-
-
-
- Access to the index of the property in terms of its position in the entity persister
-
-
-
-
- Access to the name of the property
-
-
-
-
- Access to the property's type
-
-
-
-
- Controls how the session interacts with the second-level
- cache and query cache.
-
-
-
-
- The session will never interact with the cache, except to invalidate
- cache items when updates occur
-
-
-
-
- The session will never read items from the cache, but will add items
- to the cache as it reads them from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The session may read items from the cache, but will not add items,
- except to invalidate items when updates occur
-
-
-
- The session may read items from the cache, and add items to the cache
-
-
-
- The session will never read items from the cache, but will add items
- to the cache as it reads them from the database. In this mode, the
- effect of cache.use_minimal_puts is bypassed, in
- order to force a cache refresh
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration App Settings
-
-
-
-
- Type that implements
-
-
-
-
- Extracts the names of classes mapped in a given file,
- and the names of the classes they extend.
-
-
-
-
- Holds information about mapped classes found in the hbm.xml files.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of containing
- information about all classes in this stream.
-
- A validated representing
- a mapping file.
-
-
-
- Allows the application to specify properties and mapping documents to be used when creating
- a .
-
-
-
- Usually an application will create a single , build a single instance
- of , and then instantiate objects in threads
- servicing client requests.
-
-
- The is meant only as an initialization-time object.
- is immutable and does not retain any association back to the
-
-
-
-
- Default name for hibernate configuration file.
-
-
-
- Clear the internal state of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Configuration object.
-
-
-
-
- The class mappings
-
-
-
-
- The collection mappings
-
-
-
-
- The table mappings
-
-
-
-
- Get the mapping for a particular class
-
-
-
- Get the mapping for a particular entity
- An entity name.
- the entity mapping information
-
-
-
- Get the mapping for a particular collection role
-
- a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a particular XML file. This method is equivalent
- to .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a particular XML file.
-
- a path to a file
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a . This method is equivalent to
- .
-
- an XML string
- The name to use in error reporting. May be .
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a .
-
- an XML string
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a URL.
-
- a URL
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a URL.
-
- a to read the mappings from.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from an .
-
- A loaded that contains the mappings.
- The name of the document, for error reporting purposes.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Takes the validated XmlDocument and has the Binder do its work of
- creating Mapping objects from the Mapping Xml.
-
- The NamedXmlDocument that contains the validated mapping XML file.
-
-
-
- Add mapping data using deserialized class.
-
- Mapping metadata.
- XML file's name where available; otherwise null.
-
-
-
- Create a new to add classes and collection
- mappings to.
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a .
-
- The stream containing XML
- This Configuration object.
-
- The passed in through the parameter
- is not guaranteed to be cleaned up by this method. It is the caller's responsiblity to
- ensure that is properly handled when this method
- completes.
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a .
-
- The stream containing XML
- The name of the stream to use in error reporting. May be .
- This Configuration object.
-
- The passed in through the parameter
- is not guaranteed to be cleaned up by this method. It is the caller's responsiblity to
- ensure that is properly handled when this method
- completes.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the mappings in the resource of the assembly.
-
- The path to the resource file in the assembly.
- The assembly that contains the resource file.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Adds the mappings from embedded resources of the assembly.
-
- Paths to the resource files in the assembly.
- The assembly that contains the resource files.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read a mapping from an embedded resource, using a convention.
-
- The type to map.
- This configuration object.
-
- The convention is for class Foo.Bar.Foo to be mapped by
- the resource named Foo.Bar.Foo.hbm.xml , embedded in
- the class' assembly. If the mappings and classes are defined
- in different assemblies or don't follow the naming convention,
- this method cannot be used.
-
-
-
-
- Adds all of the assembly's embedded resources whose names end with .hbm.xml .
-
- The name of the assembly to load.
- This configuration object.
-
- The assembly must be loadable using . If this
- condition is not satisfied, load the assembly manually and call
- instead.
-
-
-
-
- Adds all of the assembly's embedded resources whose names end with .hbm.xml .
-
- The assembly.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read all mapping documents from a directory tree. Assume that any
- file named *.hbm.xml is a mapping document.
-
- a directory
-
-
-
- Generate DDL for dropping tables
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate DDL for creating tables
-
-
-
-
-
- Call this to ensure the mappings are fully compiled/built. Usefull to ensure getting
- access to all information in the metamodel when calling e.g. getClassMappings().
-
-
-
-
- This method may be called many times!!
-
-
-
-
- The named queries
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the user-supplied delegate to handle non-existent entity scenarios.
-
-
- Specify a user-supplied delegate to be used to handle scenarios where an entity could not be
- located by specified id. This is mainly intended for EJB3 implementations to be able to
- control how proxy initialization errors should be handled...
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate a new , using the properties and mappings in this
- configuration. The will be immutable, so changes made to the
- configuration after building the will not affect it.
-
- An instance.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the to use.
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains the configuration
- properties and their values.
-
-
- The that contains the configuration
- properties and their values.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the set of properties computed from the default properties in the dialect combined with the other properties in the configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default assembly to use for the mappings added to the configuration
- afterwards.
-
- The default assembly name.
- This configuration instance.
-
- This setting can be overridden for a mapping file by setting default-assembly
- attribute of <hibernate-mapping> element.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default namespace to use for the mappings added to the configuration
- afterwards.
-
- The default namespace.
- This configuration instance.
-
- This setting can be overridden for a mapping file by setting default-namespace
- attribute of <hibernate-mapping> element.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the default interceptor for use by all sessions.
-
- The default interceptor.
- This configuration instance.
-
-
-
- Specify a completely new set of properties
-
-
-
-
- Adds an of configuration properties. The
- Key is the name of the Property and the Value is the
- value of the Property.
-
- An of configuration properties.
-
- This object.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the configuration property.
-
- The name of the property.
- The value of the property.
-
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the configuration property.
-
- The name of the property.
- The configured value of the property, or if the property was not specified.
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using the <hibernate-configuration> section
- from the application config file, if found, or the file hibernate.cfg.xml if the
- <hibernate-configuration> section not include the session-factory configuration.
-
- A configuration object initialized with the file.
-
- To configure NHibernate explicitly using hibernate.cfg.xml , appling merge/override
- of the application configuration file, use this code:
-
- configuration.Configure("path/to/hibernate.cfg.xml");
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using the file specified.
-
- The location of the XML file to use to configure NHibernate.
- A Configuration object initialized with the file.
-
- Calling Configure(string) will override/merge the values set in app.config or web.config
-
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using a resource contained in an Assembly.
-
- The that contains the resource.
- The name of the manifest resource being requested.
- A Configuration object initialized from the manifest resource.
-
- Calling Configure(Assembly, string) will overwrite the values set in app.config or web.config
-
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using the specified XmlReader.
-
- The that contains the Xml to configure NHibernate.
- A Configuration object initialized with the file.
-
- Calling Configure(XmlReader) will overwrite the values set in app.config or web.config
-
-
-
-
- Set up a cache for an entity class
-
-
-
-
- Set up a cache for a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Get the query language imports (entityName/className -> AssemblyQualifiedName)
-
-
-
-
- Create an object-oriented view of the configuration properties
-
- A object initialized from the settings properties.
-
-
-
- The named SQL queries
-
-
-
-
- Naming strategy for tables and columns
-
-
-
-
- Set a custom naming strategy
-
- the NamingStrategy to set
-
-
-
-
- Load and validate the mappings in the against
- the nhibernate-mapping-2.2 schema, without adding them to the configuration.
-
-
- This method is made public to be usable from the unit tests. It is not intended
- to be called by end users.
-
- The XmlReader that contains the mapping.
- The name of the document, for error reporting purposes.
- NamedXmlDocument containing the validated XmlDocument built from the XmlReader.
-
-
-
- Adds the Mappings in the after validating it
- against the nhibernate-mapping-2.2 schema.
-
- The XmlReader that contains the mapping.
- This Configuration object.
-
-
-
- Adds the Mappings in the after validating it
- against the nhibernate-mapping-2.2 schema.
-
- The XmlReader that contains the mapping.
- The name of the document to use for error reporting. May be .
- This Configuration object.
-
-
-
- Set or clear listener for a given .
-
- The .
- The array of AssemblyQualifiedName of each listener for .
-
- must implements the interface related with .
- All listeners of the given will be cleared if the
- is null or empty.
-
-
- when an element of have an invalid value or cant be instantiated.
-
-
-
-
- Set or clear listener for a given .
-
- The .
- The listener for or null to clear.
- must implements the interface related with .
-
-
-
-
- Set or clear listeners for a given .
-
- The .
- The listener for or null to clear.
- Listeners of must implements one of the interface of event listenesr.
-
-
-
-
- Append the listeners to the end of the currently configured
- listeners
-
-
-
-
- Generate DDL for altering tables
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default catalog, quoted converted if needed.
-
- The instance of dialect to use
- The default catalog, with back-tilt quote converted if any.
-
-
-
- Returns the default catalog, quoted converted if needed.
-
- The instance of dialect to use
- The default catalog, with back-tilt quote converted if any.
-
-
-
- Add a type-definition for mappings.
-
- The persistent type.
- The custom configuration action.
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Depending on where you will use the type-definition in the mapping the
- can be :
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a type-definition for mappings.
-
- The persistent type.
- The where add the type-definition.
- The custom configuration action.
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Depending on where you will use the type-definition in the mapping the
- can be :
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for NHibernate configuration settings
-
-
-
-
- Provides ability to override default with custom implementation.
- Can be set to null if all configuration is specified by code
-
-
-
-
- Type that implements
-
-
-
-
- Helper to parse hibernate-configuration XmlNode.
-
-
-
-
- The XML node name for hibernate configuration section in the App.config/Web.config and
- for the hibernate.cfg.xml .
-
-
-
- The XML Namespace for the nhibernate-configuration
-
-
- XPath expression for bytecode-provider property.
-
-
- XPath expression for objects-factory property.
-
-
- XPath expression for reflection-optimizer property.
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory whole node.
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.property nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.mapping nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.class-cache nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.collection-cache nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.event nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.listener nodes
-
-
-
- Convert a string to .
-
- The string that represent .
-
- The converted to .
-
- If the values is invalid.
-
- See for allowed values.
-
-
-
-
- Convert a string to .
-
- The string that represent .
-
- The converted to .
-
- If the values is invalid.
-
- See for allowed values.
-
-
-
-
- Values for class-cache include.
-
- Not implemented in Cache.
-
-
- Xml value: all
-
-
- Xml value: non-lazy
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a class-cache XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- Values for class-cache include.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- The cache region.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- Values for class-cache include.
- The cache region.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- The class full name.
-
-
-
-
- The cache region.
-
- If null or empty the is used during configuration.
-
-
-
- Cache strategy.
-
-
-
-
- class-cache include.
-
-
- Not implemented in Cache.
- Default value .
-
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a collection-cache XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The cache role.
- Cache strategy.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The cache role.
- Cache strategy.
- The cache region.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- The role.
-
-
-
-
- The cache region.
-
- If null or empty the is used during configuration.
-
-
-
- Cache strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a event XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The listener.
- The type.
-
-
-
- The default type of listeners.
-
-
-
-
- Listeners for this event.
-
-
-
-
- Values for bytecode-provider system property.
-
-
-
- Xml value: lcg
-
-
- Xml value: null
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for hibernate-configuration section.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The XML reader to parse.
-
- The nhibernate-configuration.xsd is applied to the XML.
-
- When nhibernate-configuration.xsd can't be applied.
-
-
-
- Value for bytecode-provider system property.
-
- Default value .
-
-
-
- Value for objects-factory system property.
-
- Default value .
-
-
-
- Value for reflection-optimizer system property.
-
- Default value true.
-
-
-
- The if the session-factory exists in hibernate-configuration;
- Otherwise null.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a listener XML node
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- The listener type.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- The class full name.
-
-
-
-
- The listener type.
-
- Default value mean that the value is ignored.
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a mapping XML node
-
-
- There are 3 possible combinations of mapping attributes
- 1 - resource and assembly: NHibernate will read the mapping resource from the specified assembly
- 2 - file only: NHibernate will read the mapping from the file.
- 3 - assembly only: NHibernate will find all the resources ending in hbm.xml from the assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Mapped file.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The assembly name.
- The mapped embedded resource.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a session-factory XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The session factory name. Null or empty string are allowed.
-
-
-
- Summary description for ConfigurationSectionHandler.
-
-
-
-
- The default
-
- See for a better alternative
-
-
-
- The singleton instance
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified class name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified property name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the argument
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the argument
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified property name
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Values for class-cache and collection-cache strategy.
-
-
-
- Xml value: read-only
-
-
- Xml value: read-write
-
-
- Xml value: nonstrict-read-write
-
-
- Xml value: transactional
-
-
- Xml value: never
-
-
-
- Helper to parse to and from XML string value.
-
-
-
-
- Convert a in its xml expected value.
-
- The to convert.
- The .
-
-
-
- Convert a string to .
-
- The string that represent .
-
- The converted to .
-
- If the values is invalid.
-
- See for allowed values.
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to configuration information.
-
-
- NHibernate has two property scopes:
-
-
- Factory-level properties may be passed to the when it is
- instantiated. Each instance might have different property values. If no properties are
- specified, the factory gets them from Environment
-
-
- System-level properties are shared by all factory instances and are always determined
- by the properties
-
-
- In NHibernate, <hibernate-configuration> section in the application configuration file
- corresponds to Java system-level properties; <session-factory>
- section is the session-factory-level configuration.
-
- It is possible to use the application configuration file (App.config) together with the NHibernate
- configuration file (hibernate.cfg.xml) at the same time.
- Properties in hibernate.cfg.xml override/merge properties in application configuration file where same
- property is found. For others configuration a merge is applied.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate version (informational).
-
-
-
-
- Used to find the .Net 2.0 named connection string
-
-
-
- A default database schema (owner) name to use for unqualified tablenames
-
-
- A default database catalog name to use for unqualified tablenames
-
-
- Implementation of NH-3619 - Make default value of FlushMode configurable
-
-
-
- When using an enhanced id generator and pooled optimizers ( ),
- prefer interpreting the database value as the lower (lo) boundary. The default is to interpret it as the high boundary.
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable the ability to detect loops in query fetches.
- The default is to detect and elimate potential fetch loops.
-
-
-
- Enable formatting of SQL logged to the console
-
-
-
- Indicates if the database needs to have backslash escaped in string literals.
-
- The default value is dialect dependent.
-
-
-
- The class name of a custom implementation. Defaults to the
- built-in .
-
-
-
-
- Timeout duration in milliseconds for the system transaction completion lock.
- When a system transaction completes, it may have its completion events running on concurrent threads,
- after scope disposal. This occurs when the transaction is distributed.
- This notably concerns .
- NHibernate protects the session from being concurrently used by the code following the scope disposal
- with a lock. To prevent any application freeze, this lock has a default timeout of five seconds. If the
- application appears to require longer (!) running transaction completion events, this setting allows to
- raise this timeout. -1 disables the timeout.
-
-
-
-
- When a system transaction is being prepared, is using connection during this process enabled?
- Default is , for supporting with transaction factories
- supporting system transactions. But this requires enlisting additional connections, retaining disposed
- sessions and their connections till transaction end, and may trigger undesired transaction promotions to
- distributed. Set to for disabling using connections from system
- transaction preparation, while still benefiting from on querying.
-
-
-
-
- Should sessions check on every operation whether there is an ongoing system transaction or not, and enlist
- into it if any? Default is . It can also be controlled at session opening, see
- . A session can also be instructed to explicitly join the current
- transaction by calling . This setting has no effect when using a
- transaction factory that is not system transactions aware.
-
-
-
- Should named queries be checked during startup (the default is enabled).
- Mainly intended for test environments.
-
-
- Should using a never cached entity/collection in a cacheable query throw an exception? The default is true. ///
-
-
- Enable statistics collection
-
-
-
- The classname of the HQL query parser factory.
-
-
-
-
- The class name of the LINQ query provider class, implementing .
-
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. false by default.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Set the used to instantiate NHibernate's objects.
-
-
-
-
- to use.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to use the legacy pre-evaluation or not in Linq queries. true by default.
-
-
-
- Legacy pre-evaluation is causing special properties or functions like DateTime.Now or
- Guid.NewGuid() to be always evaluated with the .Net runtime and replaced in the query by
- parameter values.
-
-
- The new pre-evaluation allows them to be converted to HQL function calls which will be run on the db
- side. This allows for example to retrieve the server time instead of the client time, or to generate
- UUIDs for each row instead of an unique one for all rows. (This does not happen if the dialect does
- not support the required HQL function.)
-
-
- The new pre-evaluation will likely be enabled by default in the next major version (6.0).
-
-
-
-
-
- When the new pre-evaluation is enabled, should methods which translation is not supported by the current
- dialect fallback to pre-evaluation? false by default.
-
-
-
- When this fallback option is enabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will not fail when the dialect does not
- support them, but will instead be pre-evaluated.
-
-
- When this fallback option is disabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will fail when the dialect does not
- support them.
-
-
- This option has no effect if the legacy pre-evaluation is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- Enable ordering of insert statements for the purpose of more efficient batching.
-
-
- Enable ordering of update statements for the purpose of more efficient batching.
-
-
-
- The class name of the LINQ query pre-transformer registrar, implementing .
-
-
-
-
- Set the default length used in casting when the target type is length bound and
- does not specify it. 4000 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default precision used in casting when the target type is decimal and
- does not specify it. 29 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default scale used in casting when the target type is decimal and
- does not specify it. 10 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
- This may need to be set to 3 if you are using the OdbcDriver with MS SQL Server 2008+.
-
-
-
-
- Disable switching built-in NHibernate date-time types from DbType.DateTime to DbType.DateTime2
- for dialects supporting datetime2.
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2 . This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
- This setting applies only to Oracle dialects and ODP.Net managed or unmanaged driver.
-
-
-
-
- Oracle 10g introduced BINARY_DOUBLE and BINARY_FLOAT types which are compatible with .NET
- and types, where FLOAT and DOUBLE are not. Oracle
- FLOAT and DOUBLE types do not conform to the IEEE standard as they are internally implemented as
- NUMBER type, which makes them an exact numeric type.
-
- by default.
-
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TTSQL/types.htm#TTSQL126
-
-
-
-
- This setting specifies whether to suppress the InvalidCastException and return a rounded-off 28 precision value
- if the Oracle NUMBER value has more than 28 precision.
-
- by default.
-
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-data-access-components/19.3/odpnt/DataReaderSuppressGetDecimalInvalidCastException.html
- This setting works only with ODP.NET 19.10 or newer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Firebird with FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient may be unable to determine the type
- of parameters in many circumstances, unless they are explicitly casted in the SQL
- query. To avoid this trouble, the NHibernate FirebirdClientDriver parses SQL
- commands for detecting parameters in them and adding an explicit SQL cast around
- parameters which may trigger the issue.
-
-
- For disabling this behavior, set this setting to true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQLite can store GUIDs in binary or text form, controlled by the BinaryGuid
- connection string parameter (default is 'true'). The BinaryGuid setting will affect
- how to cast GUID to string in SQL. NHibernate will attempt to detect this
- setting automatically from the connection string, but if the connection
- or connection string is being handled by the application instead of by NHibernate,
- you can use the 'sqlite.binaryguid' NHibernate setting to override the behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether tracking the session id or not. When , each session
- will have an unique that can be retrieved by ,
- otherwise will always be . Session id
- is used for logging purpose that can be also retrieved in a static context by
- , where the current session id is stored,
- when tracking is enabled.
- In case the current session id won't be used, it is recommended to disable it, in order to increase performance.
- Default is .
-
-
-
-
- Strategy for multi-tenancy.
- See also
-
-
-
- Connection provider for given multi-tenancy strategy. Class name implementing IMultiTenancyConnectionProvider.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum number of entries including:
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
- maintained by . Default is 128.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum number of maintained
- by . Default is 128.
-
-
-
-
- Issue warnings to user when any obsolete property names are used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a copy of the configuration found in <hibernate-configuration> section
- of app.config/web.config.
-
-
- This is the replacement for hibernate.properties
-
-
-
-
- The bytecode provider to use.
-
-
- This property is read from the <hibernate-configuration> section
- of the application configuration file by default. Since it is not
- always convenient to configure NHibernate through the application
- configuration file, it is also possible to set the property value
- manually. This should only be done before a configuration object
- is created, otherwise the change may not take effect.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate's object instantiator.
-
-
- This property is read from the <hibernate-configuration> section
- of the application configuration file by default. Since it is not
- always convenient to configure NHibernate through the application
- configuration file, it is also possible to set the property value
- manually.
- This should only be set before a configuration object
- is created, otherwise the change may not take effect.
- For entities see and its implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to enable the use of reflection optimizer
-
-
- This property is read from the <hibernate-configuration> section
- of the application configuration file by default. Since it is not
- always convenient to configure NHibernate through the application
- configuration file, it is also possible to set the property value
- manually. This should only be done before a configuration object
- is created, otherwise the change may not take effect.
-
-
-
-
- Get a named connection string, if configured.
-
-
- Thrown when a was found
- in the settings parameter but could not be found in the app.config.
-
-
-
-
- Get the configured connection string, from if that
- is set, otherwise from , or null if that isn't
- set either.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a mapping queued for delayed processing to await
- processing of an extends entity upon which it depends.
-
-
-
-
- An exception that occurs at configuration time, rather than runtime, as a result of
- something screwy in the hibernate.cfg.xml.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Default message is used.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for ImprovedNamingStrategy.
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified class name, mixed case converted to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the full property path with underscore separators, mixed case converted to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert mixed case to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert mixed case to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the full property path prefixed by the unqualified class name, with underscore separators, mixed case converted to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A set of rules for determining the physical column and table names given the information in the mapping
- document. May be used to implement project-scoped naming standards for database objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return a table name for an entity class
-
- the fully-qualified class name
- a table name
-
-
-
- Return a column name for a property path expression
-
- a property path
- a column name
-
-
-
- Alter the table name given in the mapping document
-
- a table name
- a table name
-
-
-
- Alter the column name given in the mapping document
-
- a column name
- a column name
-
-
-
- Return a table name for a collection
-
- the fully-qualified name of the owning entity class
- a property path
- a table name
-
-
-
- Return the logical column name used to refer to a column in the metadata
- (like index, unique constraints etc)
- A full bijection is required between logicalNames and physical ones
- logicalName have to be case insensitively unique for a given table
-
- given column name if any
- property name of this column
-
-
-
- The session factory name.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory properties bag.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory mapping configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory class-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory collection-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory event configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory listener configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Define and configure the dialect to use.
-
- The dialect implementation inherited from .
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. by default.
-
- to throw in case any failure is reported during schema auto-update,
- to ignore failures.
-
-
-
- Maximum depth of outer join fetching
-
-
- 0 (zero) disable the usage of OuterJoinFetching
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. by default.
-
-
-
-
- Set the class of the LINQ query pre-transformer registrar.
-
- The class of the LINQ query pre-transformer registrar.
-
-
-
- Set the SessionFactory mnemonic name.
-
- The mnemonic name.
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
- The SessionFactory mnemonic name can be used as a surrogate key in a multi-DB application.
-
-
-
-
- DataBase integration configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Cache configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Maximum depth of outer join fetching
-
-
- 0 (zero) disable the usage of OuterJoinFetching
-
-
-
-
- Define and configure the dialect to use.
-
- The dialect implementation inherited from .
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Set the SessionFactory mnemonic name.
-
- The mnemonic name.
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
- The SessionFactory mnemonic name can be used as a surrogate key in a multi-DB application.
-
-
-
-
- DataBase integration configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Cache configuration.
-
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
- Properties of TypeDef configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
- The key to use the type-definition inside not strongly typed mappings (XML mapping).
-
-
-
-
- An which public properties are used as
- type-definition pareneters or null where type-definition does not need parameters or you want use default values.
-
-
-
- As an anonimous object can be used:
-
- configure.TypeDefinition<TableHiLoGenerator>(c=>
- {
- c.Alias = "HighLow";
- c.Properties = new {max_lo = 99};
- });
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Properties of TypeDef configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
- A collection of mappings from classes and collections to relational database tables.
-
- Represents a single <hibernate-mapping> element.
-
-
-
- Binding table between the logical column name and the name out of the naming strategy
- for each table.
- According that when the column name is not set, the property name is considered as such
- This means that while theoretically possible through the naming strategy contract, it is
- forbidden to have 2 real columns having the same logical name
-
-
-
-
- Binding between logical table name and physical one (ie after the naming strategy has been applied)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The default namespace for persistent classes
-
-
-
-
- The default assembly for persistent classes
-
-
-
-
- Adds an import to allow for the full class name Namespace.Entity (AssemblyQualifiedName)
- to be referenced as Entity or some other name in HQL.
-
- The name of the type that is being renamed.
- The new name to use in HQL for the type.
- Thrown when the rename already identifies another type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if the Fully Qualified Type name should
- automatically have an import added as the class name.
-
- if the class name should be used as an import.
-
- Auto-import is used to shorten the string used to refer to types to just their
- unqualified name. So if the type MyAssembly.MyNamespace.MyClass, MyAssembly has
- auto-import="false" then all use of it in HQL would need to be the fully qualified
- version MyAssembly.MyNamespace.MyClass . If auto-import="true" , the type could
- be referred to in HQL as just MyClass .
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for checking that a resource name matches the default pattern of "*.hbm.xml". This is the
- default filter for .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A base class for HBM schema classes that provides helper methods.
-
-
-
- Responsible for determining whether an embedded resource should be parsed for HBM XML data while
- iterating through an .
-
-
-
-
- The relation of the element of the collection.
-
-
- Can be one of: HbmCompositeElement, HbmElement, HbmManyToAny, HbmManyToMany, HbmOneToMany...
- according to the type of the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Implemented by any mapping elemes supports simple and/or multicolumn mapping.
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for converting a of HBM XML into an instance of
- .
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for building a list of objects from a range of acceptable
- sources.
-
-
-
-
- Calls the greedy constructor, passing it new instances of and
- .
-
-
-
- Adds any embedded resource streams which pass the .
- An assembly containing embedded mapping documents.
- A custom filter.
-
-
- Adds any embedded resource streams which pass the default filter.
- An assembly containing embedded mapping documents.
-
-
-
- Responsible for converting a of HBM XML into an instance of
- .
-
- Uses an to deserialize HBM.
-
-
-
- Queues mapping files according to their dependency order.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified document to the queue.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a that can now be processed (i.e.
- that doesn't depend on classes not yet processed).
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks that no unprocessed documents remain in the queue.
-
-
-
-
- Holds information about mapped classes found in an embedded resource
-
-
-
-
- Gets the names of all entities outside this resource
- needed by the classes in this resource.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the names of all entities in this resource
-
-
-
-
- The session factory name.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory properties bag.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory mapping configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory class-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory collection-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory event configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory listener configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Settings that affect the behavior of NHibernate at runtime.
-
-
-
-
- Should sessions check on every operation whether there is an ongoing system transaction or not, and enlist
- into it if any? Default is . It can also be controlled at session opening, see
- . A session can also be instructed to explicitly join the current
- transaction by calling . This setting has no effect if using a
- transaction factory that is not system transactions aware.
-
-
-
-
- to throw in case any failure is reported during schema auto-update,
- to ignore failures.
-
-
-
-
- Should using a never cached entity/collection in a cacheable query throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
- Get the registry to provide Hql-Generators for known properties/methods.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to use the legacy pre-evaluation or not in Linq queries. true by default.
-
-
-
- Legacy pre-evaluation is causing special properties or functions like DateTime.Now or
- Guid.NewGuid() to be always evaluated with the .Net runtime and replaced in the query by
- parameter values.
-
-
- The new pre-evaluation allows them to be converted to HQL function calls which will be run on the db
- side. This allows for example to retrieve the server time instead of the client time, or to generate
- UUIDs for each row instead of an unique one for all rows.
-
-
-
-
-
- When the new pre-evaluation is enabled, should methods which translation is not supported by the current
- dialect fallback to pre-evaluation? false by default.
-
-
-
- When this fallback option is enabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will not fail when the dialect does not
- support them, but will instead be pre-evaluated.
-
-
- When this fallback option is disabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will fail when the dialect does not
- support them.
-
-
- This option has no effect if the legacy pre-evaluation is enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
- The pre-transformer registrar used to register custom expression transformers.
-
-
-
-
- Reads configuration properties and configures a instance.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration manager that supports user provided configuration
-
-
-
-
- Converts a partial class name into a fully qualified one
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a partial class name into a fully one
-
-
-
- The class FullName (without the assembly)
-
- The FullName is equivalent to the default entity-name
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to find a type by its full name. Throws a
- using the provided in case of failure.
-
- name of the class to find
- Error message to use for
- the in case of failure. Should contain
- the {0} formatting placeholder.
- A instance.
-
- Thrown when there is an error loading the class.
-
-
-
-
- Similar to , but handles short class names
- by calling .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called for all collections. parameter
- was added in NH to allow for reflection related to generic types.
-
-
-
-
- Called for arrays and primitive arrays
-
-
-
-
- Called for Maps
-
-
-
-
- Called for all collections
-
-
-
-
- Provides callbacks from the to the persistent object. Persistent classes may
- implement this interface but they are not required to.
-
-
-
- , , and are intended to be used
- to cascade saves and deletions of dependent objects. This is an alternative to declaring cascaded
- operations in the mapping file.
-
-
- may be used to initialize transient properties of the object from its persistent
- state. It may not be used to load dependent objects since the interface
- may not be invoked from inside this method.
-
-
- A further intended usage of , , and
- is to store a reference to the for later use.
-
-
- If , , or return
- , the operation is silently vetoed. If a
- is thrown, the operation is vetoed and the exception is passed back to the application.
-
-
- Note that is called after an identifier is assigned to the object, except when
- identity key generation is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called when an entity is saved
-
- The session
- If we should veto the save
-
-
-
- Called when an entity is passed to .
-
- The session
- A value indicating whether the operation
- should be vetoed or allowed to proceed.
-
- This method is not called every time the object's state is
- persisted during a flush.
-
-
-
-
- Called when an entity is deleted
-
- The session
- A value indicating whether the operation
- should be vetoed or allowed to proceed.
-
-
-
- Called after an entity is loaded.
-
-
- It is illegal to access the from inside this method. .
- However, the object may keep a reference to the session for later use
-
- The session
- The identifier
-
-
-
- Veto the action
-
-
-
-
- Accept the action
-
-
-
-
- Implemented by persistent classes with invariants that must be checked before inserting
- into or updating the database
-
-
-
-
- Validate the state of the object before persisting it. If a violation occurs,
- throw a . This method must not change the state of the object
- by side-effect.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown from when an invariant was violated. Some applications
- might subclass this exception in order to provide more information about the violation
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms Criteria queries
-
-
-
-
- Returns a clone of the original criteria, which will return the count
- of rows that are returned by the original criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a clone of the original criteria, which will return the count
- of rows that are returned by the original criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the criteria
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the criteria
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to show a better debug display for dictionaries
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The name of the duplicate object
- The type of the duplicate object
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The name of the duplicate object
- The type of the duplicate object
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- The type of the duplicated object
-
-
-
-
- The name of the duplicated object
-
-
-
-
- An interceptor that does nothing. May be used as a base class for application-defined custom interceptors.
-
-
-
-
- The singleton reference.
-
-
-
- Defines the representation modes available for entities.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating problems with communicating with the
- database (can also include incorrect ADO setup).
-
-
-
-
- Collect data of an to be converted.
-
-
-
-
- The to be converted.
-
-
-
-
- An optional error message.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL that generate the exception
-
-
-
-
- Optional EntityName where available in the original exception context.
-
-
-
-
- Optional EntityId where available in the original exception context.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given SQLException into Exception hierarchy, as well as performing
- appropriate logging.
-
- The converter to use.
- The exception to convert.
- An optional error message.
- The SQL executed.
- The converted .
-
-
-
- Converts the given SQLException into Exception hierarchy, as well as performing
- appropriate logging.
-
- The converter to use.
- The exception to convert.
- An optional error message.
- The converted .
-
-
- For the given , locates the .
- The exception from which to extract the
- The , or null.
-
-
-
- Exception aggregating exceptions that occurs in the O-R persistence layer.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Return a string representation of the aggregate exception.
-
- A string representation with inner exceptions.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating that the requested DML operation
- resulted in a violation of a defined integrity constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the violated constraint, if known.
-
- The name of the violated constraint, or null if not known.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating that evaluation of the
- valid SQL statement against the given data resulted in some
- illegal operation, mismatched types or incorrect cardinality.
-
-
-
-
- The Configurable interface defines the contract for impls that
- want to be configured prior to usage given the currently defined Hibernate properties.
-
-
-
- Configure the component, using the given settings and properties.
- All defined startup properties.
-
-
-
- Defines a contract for implementations that know how to convert a
- into NHibernate's hierarchy.
-
-
- Inspired by Spring's SQLExceptionTranslator.
-
- Implementations must have a constructor which takes a
- parameter.
-
- Implementations may implement if they need to perform
- configuration steps prior to first use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the given into custom Exception.
-
- Available information during exception throw.
- The resulting Exception to throw.
-
-
-
- Defines a contract for implementations that can extract the name of a violated
- constraint from a SQLException that is the result of that constraint violation.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the name of the violated constraint from the given SQLException.
-
- The exception that was the result of the constraint violation.
- The extracted constraint name.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating a problem acquiring lock
- on the database.
-
-
-
- A factory for building SQLExceptionConverter instances.
-
-
- Build a SQLExceptionConverter instance.
- The defined dialect.
- The configuration properties.
- An appropriate instance.
-
- First, looks for a property to see
- if the configuration specified the class of a specific converter to use. If this
- property is set, attempt to construct an instance of that class. If not set, or
- if construction fails, the converter specific to the dialect will be used.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a minimal converter. The instance returned here just always converts to .
-
- The minimal converter.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating that the SQL sent to the database
- server was invalid (syntax error, invalid object references, etc).
-
-
-
-
- A SQLExceptionConverter implementation which performs no conversion of
- the underlying .
- Interpretation of a SQL error based on
- is not possible as using the ErrorCode (which is, however, vendor-
- specific). Use of a ErrorCode-based converter should be preferred approach
- for converting/interpreting SQLExceptions.
-
-
-
- Handle an exception not converted to a specific type based on the SQLState.
- The exception to be handled.
- An optional message
- Optionally, the sql being performed when the exception occurred.
- The converted exception; should never be null.
-
-
-
- Knows how to extract a violated constraint name from an error message based on the
- fact that the constraint name is templated within the message.
-
-
-
-
- Extracts the constraint name based on a template (i.e., templateStart constraintName templateEnd ).
-
- The pattern denoting the start of the constraint name within the message.
- The pattern denoting the end of the constraint name within the message.
- The templated error message containing the constraint name.
- The found constraint name, or null.
-
-
-
- Extract the name of the violated constraint from the given SQLException.
-
- The exception that was the result of the constraint violation.
- The extracted constraint name.
-
-
-
- Represents a fetching strategy.
-
-
-
- For Hql queries, use the FETCH keyword instead.
- For Criteria queries, use Fetch functions instead.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default to the setting configured in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch eagerly, using a separate select. Equivalent to
- fetch="select" (and outer-join="false" )
-
-
-
-
- Fetch using an outer join. Equivalent to
- fetch="join" (and outer-join="true" )
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that an expected getter or setter method could not be found on a class
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a flushing strategy.
-
-
- The flush process synchronizes database state with session state by detecting state
- changes and executing SQL statements
-
-
-
-
- Special value for unspecified flush mode (like in Java).
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is never flushed unless Flush() is explicitly
- called by the application. This mode is very efficient for read only
- transactions
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is never flushed unless Flush() is explicitly
- called by the application. This mode is very efficient for read only
- transactions
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is flushed when Transaction.Commit() is called
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is sometimes flushed before query execution in order to
- ensure that queries never return stale state. This is the default flush mode.
-
-
-
-
- The is flushed before every query. This is
- almost always unnecessary and inefficient.
-
-
-
-
- Any exception that occurs in the O-R persistence layer.
-
-
- Exceptions that occur in the database layer are left as native exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Provides XML marshalling for classes registered with a SessionFactory
-
-
-
- Hibernate defines a generic XML format that may be used to represent any class
- (hibernate-generic.dtd ). The user configures an XSLT stylesheet for marshalling
- data from this generic format to an application and/or user readable format. By default,
- Hibernate will use hibernate-default.xslt which maps data to a useful human-
- readable format.
-
-
- The property xml.output_stylesheet specifies a user-written stylesheet.
- Hibernate will attempt to load the stylesheet from the classpath first and if not found,
- will attempt to load it as a file
-
-
- It is not intended that implementors be threadsafe
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an object to the output document.
-
- A transient or persistent instance
- Databinder
-
-
-
- Add a collection of objects to the output document
-
- A collection of transient or persistent instance
- Databinder
-
-
-
- Output the generic XML representation of the bound objects
-
- Generic Xml representation
-
-
-
- Output the generic XML Representation of the bound objects
- to a XmlDocument
-
- A generic Xml tree
-
-
-
- Output the custom XML representation of the bound objects
-
- Custom Xml representation
-
-
-
- Output the custom XML representation of the bound objects as
- an XmlDocument
-
- A custom Xml Tree
-
-
-
- Controls whether bound objects (and their associated objects) that are lazily instantiated
- are explicitly initialized or left as they are
-
- True to explicitly initialize lazy objects, false to leave them in the state they are in
-
-
-
- Performs a null safe comparison using "==" instead of Object.Equals()
-
- First object to compare.
- Second object to compare.
-
- true if x is the same instance as y or if both are null references; otherwise, false.
-
-
- This is Lazy collection safe since it uses ,
- unlike Object.Equals() which currently causes NHibernate to load up the collection.
- This behaivior of Collections is likely to change because Java's collections override Equals() and
- .net's collections don't. So in .net there is no need to override Equals() and
- GetHashCode() on the NHibernate Collection implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Interface to create queries in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
- All methods have the same semantics as the corresponding methods of the interface.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Set the maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
- The maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Sets the first row to retrieve.
-
- The first row to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Entities retrieved by this query will be loaded in
- a read-only mode where Hibernate will never dirty-check
- them or make changes persistent.
-
- Enable/Disable read -only mode
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
- the fetch size
-
-
-
- Set the lockmode for the objects identified by the
- given alias that appears in the FROM clause.
-
- alias a query alias, or this for a collection filter
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
- a human-readable string
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The possibly null parameter value
- The Hibernate type
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter, guessing the Hibernate type from
- the class of the given object.
-
- The position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- from the class of the given object.
-
- The name of the parameter
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The Hibernate type of the values
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter, guessing the Hibernate
- type from the class of the first object in the collection. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
-
-
-
- Bind the property values of the given object to named parameters of the query,
- matching property names with parameter names and mapping property types to
- Hibernate types using heuristics.
-
- Any POCO
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to a named parameter.
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This can be used to change
- "shape" of the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Set the value to ignore unknown parameters names.
-
- True to ignore unknown parameters names.
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Type definition of Filter. Filter defines the user's view into enabled dynamic filters,
- allowing them to set filter parameter values.
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this filter.
-
- This filter's name.
-
-
-
- Get the filter definition containing additional information about the
- filter (such as default-condition and expected parameter names/types).
-
- The filter definition
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The values to be applied.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter. Used
- in conjunction with IN-style filter criteria.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The values to be expanded into an SQL IN list.
- The type of the values.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Perform validation of the filter state. This is used to verify the
- state of the filter after its activation and before its use.
-
-
-
-
-
- A deferred query result. Accessing its enumerable result will trigger execution of all other pending futures.
- This interface is directly usable as a for backward compatibility, but this will
- be dropped in a later version. Please get the from
- or .
-
- The type of the enumerated elements.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously triggers the future query and all other pending future if the query was not already resolved, then
- returns a non-deferred enumerable of the query resulting items.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- A non-deferred enumerable listing the resulting items of the future query.
-
-
-
- Synchronously triggers the future query and all other pending future if the query was not already resolved, then
- returns a non-deferred enumerable of the query resulting items.
-
- A non-deferred enumerable listing the resulting items of the future query.
-
-
-
- Synchronously triggers the future query and all other pending future if the query was not already resolved, then
- returns a non-deferred enumerator of the query resulting items.
-
- A non-deferred enumerator listing the resulting items of the future query.
-
-
-
- An object allowing to get at the value of a future query.
-
- The type of the value returned by the query.
-
-
-
- The value of the future query. If not already resolved, triggers all pending future query execution.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously get the value of the future query. If not already resolved, triggers all pending future query execution.
- Otherwise, this synchronously returns the already resolved value.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The value of the future query.
-
-
-
- Allows user code to inspect and/or change property values before they are written and after they
- are read from the database
-
-
-
- There might be a single instance of IInterceptor for a SessionFactory , or a new
- instance might be specified for each ISession . Whichever approach is used, the interceptor
- must be serializable if the ISession is to be serializable. This means that SessionFactory
- -scoped interceptors should implement ReadResolve() .
-
-
- The ISession may not be invoked from a callback (nor may a callback cause a collection or
- proxy to be lazily initialized).
-
-
-
-
-
- Called just before an object is initialized
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interceptor may change the state , which will be propagated to the persistent
- object. Note that when this method is called, entity will be an empty
- uninitialized instance of the class.
- if the user modified the state in any way
-
-
-
- Called when an object is detected to be dirty, during a flush.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interceptor may modify the detected currentState , which will be propagated to
- both the database and the persistent object. Note that all flushes end in an actual
- synchronization with the database, in which as the new currentState will be propagated
- to the object, but not necessarily (immediately) to the database. It is strongly recommended
- that the interceptor not modify the previousState .
-
- if the user modified the currentState in any way
-
-
-
- Called before an object is saved
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interceptor may modify the state , which will be used for the SQL INSERT
- and propagated to the persistent object
-
- if the user modified the state in any way
-
-
-
- Called before an object is deleted
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- It is not recommended that the interceptor modify the state .
-
-
-
- Called before a collection is (re)created.
-
-
- Called before a collection is deleted.
-
-
- Called before a collection is updated.
-
-
-
- Called before a flush
-
- The entities
-
-
-
- Called after a flush that actually ends in execution of the SQL statements required to
- synchronize in-memory state with the database.
-
- The entities
-
-
-
- Called when a transient entity is passed to SaveOrUpdate .
-
-
- The return value determines if the object is saved
-
- - the entity is passed to Save() , resulting in an INSERT
- - the entity is passed to Update() , resulting in an UPDATE
- - Hibernate uses the unsaved-value mapping to determine if the object is unsaved
-
-
- A transient entity
- Boolean or to choose default behaviour
-
-
-
- Called from Flush() . The return value determines whether the entity is updated
-
-
-
- - an array of property indicies - the entity is dirty
- - an empty array - the entity is not dirty
- - use Hibernate's default dirty-checking algorithm
-
-
- A persistent entity
-
-
-
-
-
- An array of dirty property indicies or to choose default behavior
-
-
-
- Instantiate the entity class. Return to indicate that Hibernate should use the default
- constructor of the class
-
- the name of the entity
- the identifier of the new instance
- An instance of the class, or to choose default behaviour
-
- The identifier property of the returned instance
- should be initialized with the given identifier.
-
-
-
- Get the entity name for a persistent or transient instance
- an entity instance
- the name of the entity
-
-
- Get a fully loaded entity instance that is cached externally
- the name of the entity
- the instance identifier
- a fully initialized entity
-
-
-
- Called when a NHibernate transaction is begun via the NHibernate
- API. Will not be called if transactions are being controlled via some other mechanism.
-
-
-
-
- Called before a transaction is committed (but not before rollback).
-
-
-
-
- Called after a transaction is committed or rolled back.
-
-
-
- Called when sql string is being prepared.
- sql to be prepared
- original or modified sql
-
-
-
- Called when a session-scoped (and only session scoped) interceptor is attached
- to a session
-
-
- session-scoped-interceptor is an instance of the interceptor used only for one session.
- The use of singleton-interceptor may cause problems in multi-thread scenario.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- The on which to set the timeout.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Thrown if Hibernate can't instantiate an entity or component class at runtime.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
- The that NHibernate was trying to instantiate.
-
-
-
- Gets the that NHibernate was trying to instantiate.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception and the Type that
- was trying to be instantiated.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- Helper class for dealing with enhanced entity classes.
-
-
- Contract for field interception handlers.
-
-
- Is the entity considered dirty?
- True if the entity is dirty; otherwise false.
-
-
- Use to associate the entity to which we are bound to the given session.
-
-
- Is the entity to which we are bound completely initialized?
-
-
- The the given field initialized for the entity to which we are bound?
- The name of the field to check
- True if the given field is initialized; otherwise false.
-
-
- Forcefully mark the entity as being dirty.
-
-
- Clear the internal dirty flag.
-
-
- Intercept field set/get
-
-
- Get the entity-name of the field DeclaringType.
-
-
- Get the MappedClass (field container).
-
-
- Marker value for uninitialized properties
-
-
- Contract for controlling how lazy properties get initialized.
-
-
- Initialize the property, and return its new value
-
-
-
- Thrown when an invalid type is specified as a proxy for a class.
- The exception is also thrown when a class is specified as lazy,
- but cannot be used as a proxy for itself.
-
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The query
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
- If true supplied type is used only if parameter metadata is missing
-
-
-
- Access the underlying ICriteria
-
-
-
-
- Access the root underlying ICriteria
-
-
-
-
- QueryOver<TRoot,TSubType> is an API for retrieving entities by composing
- objects expressed using Lambda expression syntax.
-
-
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.QueryOver<Cat>()
- .Where( c => c.Name == "Tigger" )
- .And( c => c.Weight > minWeight ) )
- .List();
-
-
-
-
-
- Add criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add arbitrary ICriterion (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Add negation of criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add negation of criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add negation of criterion expressed as ICriterion
-
-
-
-
- Add restriction to a property
-
- Lambda expression containing path to property
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add restriction to a property
-
- Lambda expression containing path to property
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to And() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to And() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add arbitrary ICriterion (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndNot() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndNot() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndNot() to allow more readable queries
-
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndRestrictionOn() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndRestrictionOn() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add projection expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expressions
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add arbitrary IProjections to query
-
-
-
-
- Create a list of projections using a projection builder
-
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Order by arbitrary IProjection (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Add order for an aliased projection expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Order by arbitrary IProjection (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Add order for an aliased projection expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Transform the results using the supplied IResultTransformer
-
-
-
-
- Add a subquery expression
-
-
-
-
- Specify an association fetching strategy. Currently, only
- one-to-many and one-to-one associations are supported.
-
- A lambda expression path (e.g., ChildList[0].Granchildren[0].Pets).
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the current entity
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the aliased entity
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Associates session with given tenantIdentifier when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Associates session with given tenantConfig when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Represents a consolidation of all session creation options into a builder style delegate.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a consolidation of all session creation options into a builder style delegate.
-
-
-
-
- Opens a session with the specified options.
-
- The session.
-
-
-
- Adds a specific interceptor to the session options.
-
- The interceptor to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that no should be used.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
- By default the associated with the is
- passed to the whenever we open one without the user having specified a
- specific interceptor to use.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a specific connection to the session options.
-
- The connection to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Use a specific connection release mode for these session options.
-
- The connection release mode to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically closed after transaction completion? Not yet implemented, will have no effect.
-
- Should the session be automatically closed.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically enlisted in ambient system transaction?
- Enabled by default. Disabling it does not prevent connections having auto-enlistment
- enabled to get enlisted in current ambient transaction when opened.
-
- Should the session be automatically explicitly
- enlisted in ambient transaction.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Specify the initial FlushMode to use for the opened Session.
-
- The initial FlushMode to use for the opened Session.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Specialized with access to stuff from another session.
-
-
-
-
- Signifies that the connection from the original session should be used to create the new session.
- The original session remains responsible for it and its closing will cause sharing sessions to be no
- more usable.
- Causes specified ConnectionReleaseMode and AutoJoinTransaction to be ignored and
- replaced by those of the original session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies the interceptor from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the connection release mode from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the FlushMode from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the AutoClose flag from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the AutoJoinTransaction flag from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Specialized with access to stuff from another session.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a specific connection to the session options.
-
- The connection to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically enlisted in ambient system transaction?
- Enabled by default. Disabling it does not prevent connections having auto-enlistment
- enabled to get enlisted in current ambient transaction when opened.
-
- Should the session be automatically explicitly
- enlisted in ambient transaction.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the connection from the original session should be used to create the new session.
- The original session remains responsible for it and its closing will cause sharing sessions to be no
- more usable.
- Causes specified ConnectionReleaseMode and AutoJoinTransaction to be ignored and
- replaced by those of the original session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the AutoJoinTransaction flag from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Adds a query space for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query.
- The query space.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity name for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query.
- The entity name.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity type for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query.
- The entity type.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Returns the synchronized query spaces added to the query.
-
- The query.
- The synchronized query spaces.
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, without specifying an alias
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, specifying a lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, without specifying an alias
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, specifying a lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "joined" entity
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "joined" entity, specifying a lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Declare a scalar query result
-
-
-
-
- Use a predefined named ResultSetMapping
-
-
-
-
- Associates stateless session with given tenantIdentifier when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Associates stateless session with given tenantConfig when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Represents a consolidation of all stateless session creation options into a builder style delegate.
-
-
-
-
- Opens a session with the specified options.
-
- The session.
-
-
-
- Adds a specific connection to the session options.
-
- The connection to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically enlisted in ambient system transaction?
- Enabled by default. Disabling it does not prevent connections having auto-enlistment
- enabled to get enlisted in current ambient transaction when opened.
-
- Should the session be automatically explicitly
- enlisted in ambient transaction.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Applies for the criteria with the given and the
- given .
-
- The select mode to apply.
- The criteria association path. If empty, the root entity for the given
- criteria is used.
- The criteria alias. If empty, the current criteria is used.
-
-
-
- Adds a query space for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query space.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity name for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The entity name.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity type for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The entity type.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Returns the synchronized query spaces added to the query.
-
- The synchronized query spaces.
-
-
-
- Register an user synchronization callback for this transaction.
-
- The transaction.
- The callback to register.
-
-
-
- A problem occurred trying to lazily initialize a collection or proxy (for example the session
- was closed) or iterate query results.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The name of the entity where the exception was thrown
- The id of the entity where the exception was thrown
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Instances represent a lock mode for a row of a relational database table.
-
-
- It is not intended that users spend much time worrying about locking since Hibernate
- usually obtains exactly the right lock level automatically. Some "advanced" users may
- wish to explicitly specify lock levels.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this lock mode more restrictive than the given lock mode?
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this lock mode less restrictive than the given lock mode?
-
-
-
-
-
- No lock required.
-
-
- If an object is requested with this lock mode, a Read lock
- might be obtained if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- A shared lock.
-
-
- Objects are loaded in Read mode by default
-
-
-
-
- An upgrade lock.
-
-
- Objects loaded in this lock mode are materialized using an
- SQL SELECT ... FOR UPDATE
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to obtain an upgrade lock, using an Oracle-style
- SELECT ... FOR UPGRADE NOWAIT .
-
-
- The semantics of this lock mode, once obtained, are the same as Upgrade
-
-
-
-
- A Write lock is obtained when an object is updated or inserted.
-
-
- This is not a valid mode for Load() or Lock() .
-
-
-
-
- Similar to except that, for versioned entities,
- it results in a forced version increment.
-
-
-
- Writes a log entry.
- Entry will be written on this level.
- The entry to be written.
- The exception related to this entry.
-
-
-
- Checks if the given is enabled.
-
- level to be checked.
- true if enabled.
-
-
-
- Factory interface for providing a .
-
-
-
-
- Get a logger for the given log key.
-
- The log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Get a logger using the given type as log key.
-
- The type to use as log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Provide methods for getting NHibernate loggers according to supplied .
-
-
- By default, it will use a if log4net is available, otherwise it will
- use a .
-
-
-
-
- Specify the logger factory to use for building loggers.
-
- A logger factory.
-
-
-
- Get a logger for the given log key.
-
- The log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Get a logger using the given type as log key.
-
- The type to use as log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new instance of the structure.
-
- A composite format string
- An object array that contains zero or more objects to format. Can be null if there are no values to format.
-
-
-
- Returns the composite format string.
-
-
- A composite format string consists of zero or more runs of fixed text intermixed with
- one or more format items, which are indicated by an index number delimited with brackets
- (for example, {0}). The index of each format item corresponds to an argument in an object
- list that follows the composite format string.
-
-
-
-
- An object array that contains zero or more objects to format. Can be null if there are no values to format.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the string that results from formatting the composite format string along with
- its arguments by using the formatting conventions of the current culture.
-
-
-
- Defines logging severity levels.
-
-
-
- Extensions method for logging.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Reflection based log4net logger factory.
-
-
-
-
- Reflection based log4net logger.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The log4net.ILog logger to use for logging.
-
-
-
- An exception that usually occurs at configuration time, rather than runtime, as a result of
- something screwy in the O-R mappings
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience base class for AuxiliaryDatabaseObjects .
-
-
- This implementation performs dialect scoping checks strictly based on
- dialect name comparisons. Custom implementations might want to do
- instanceof-type checks.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate any type.
-
-
- Polymorphic association to one of several tables.
-
-
-
-
- Get or set the identifier type name
-
-
-
-
- Get or set the metatype
-
-
-
-
- Represent the relation between a meta-value and the related entityName
-
-
-
-
- An array has a primary key consisting of the key columns + index column
-
-
-
-
- A bag permits duplicates, so it has no primary key
-
-
-
-
- A bag permits duplicates, so it has no primary key.
-
- The that contains this bag mapping.
-
-
-
- Gets the appropriate that is
- specialized for this bag mapping.
-
-
-
-
- Defines behavior of soft-cascade actions.
-
-
- To check the content or to include/exclude values, from cascade, is strongly recommended the usage of extensions methods defined in
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add or modify a value-class pair.
-
- The value of the DB-field dor a given association instance (should override )
- The class associated to the specific .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Not supported in NH3.
-
-
-
- Using the Join, it is possible to split properties of one class to several tables, when there's a 1-to-1 relationship between the table
-
- The split-group identifier. By default it is assigned to the join-table-name
- The lambda to map the join.
-
-
-
- Maps a formula.
-
- The formula to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column attribute.
-
-
-
- A mapper for mapping mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a formula.
-
- The formula to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula, unless .
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Force the component to a different type than the one of the property.
-
- Mapped component type.
-
- Useful when the property is an interface and you need the mapping to a concrete class mapped as component.
-
-
-
-
- Set the Foreign-Key name
-
- The name of the Foreign-Key
-
- Where the is "none" or or all white-spaces the FK won't be created.
- Use null to reset the default NHibernate's behavior.
-
-
-
-
- Add or modify a value-class pair.
-
- The value of the DB-field dor a given association instance (should override )
- The class associated to the specific .
-
-
-
- Force the many-to-one to a different type than the one of the property.
-
- Mapped entity type.
-
- Useful when the property is an interface and you need the mapping to a concrete class mapped as entity.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a non-generic dictionary property as a dynamic component.
-
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a generic IDictionary<string, object> property as a dynamic component.
-
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a property or field as a dynamic component. The property can be a C# dynamic or a dictionary of
- property names to their value.
-
- The property or field name to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties, or fields, to be used as Persistent-Object-ID, for a given root-entity class or interface.
-
- The root-entity class or interface.
- All candidate properties or fields to be used as Persistent-Object-ID.
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties or fields for a given root-entity class or interface.
-
- The root-entity class or interface.
- All candidate properties or fields.
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties or fields for a given entity subclass or interface.
-
- The entity subclass or interface.
- The superclass (it may be different from )
- All candidate properties or fields.
-
- In NHibernate, for a subclass, the method should return only those members not included in
- its super-classes.
-
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties or fields for a given entity subclass or interface.
-
- The class of the component or an interface.
- All candidate properties or fields.
-
-
-
- Manage the mapping of a HbmKeyProperty but implementing
- instead a more limitated KeyProperty.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
-
-
-
- Maps a non-generic dictionary property as a dynamic component.
-
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a property or field as a dynamic component. The property can be a C# dynamic or a dictionary of
- property names to their value.
-
- The property or field name to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a generic IDictionary<string, object> property as a dynamic component.
-
- The mapper.
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the mapped class.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Util extensions to use in your test or where you need to see the XML mappings
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a root class.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a joined-subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a union-subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a root class.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a joined-subclass..
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a union-subclass..
-
-
-
-
- The possible types of polymorphism for IClassMapper.
-
-
-
-
- Implicit polymorphism
-
-
-
-
- Explicit polymorphism
-
-
-
-
- Immutable value class. By-value equality.
-
-
-
-
- Provide the list of progressive-paths
-
-
-
- Given a path as : Pl1.Pl2.Pl3.Pl4.Pl5 returns paths-sequence as:
- Pl5
- Pl4.Pl5
- Pl3.Pl4.Pl5
- Pl2.Pl3.Pl4.Pl5
- Pl1.Pl2.Pl3.Pl4.Pl5
-
-
-
-
- Dictionary containing the embedded strategies to find a field giving a property name.
- The key is the "partial-name" of the strategy used in XML mapping.
- The value is an instance of the strategy.
-
-
-
-
- A which allows customization of conditions with explicitly declared members.
-
-
-
-
- Decode a member access expression of a specific ReflectedType
-
- Type to reflect
- The expression of the property getter
- The os the ReflectedType.
-
-
-
- Decode a member access expression of a specific ReflectedType
-
- Type to reflect
- Type of property
- The expression of the property getter
- The os the ReflectedType.
-
-
-
- Given a property or a field try to get the member from a given possible inherited type.
-
- The member to find.
- The type where find the member.
- The member from the reflected-type or the original where the is not accessible from .
-
-
-
- Try to find a property or field from a given type.
-
- The type
- The property or field name.
-
- A or a where the member is found; null otherwise.
-
-
- Where found the member is returned always from the declaring type.
-
-
-
-
- Base class that stores the mapping information for <array> , <bag> ,
- <id-bag> , <list> , <map> , and <set>
- collections.
-
-
- Subclasses are responsible for the specialization required for the particular
- collection style.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a indicating if this is a
- mapping for a generic collection.
-
-
- if a collection from the System.Collections.Generic namespace
- should be used, if a collection from the System.Collections
- namespace should be used.
-
-
- This has no affect on any versions of the .net framework before .net-2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of that contains the arguments
- needed to construct an instance of a closed type.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the mapping to a column in a database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The name of the column.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the length of the datatype in the database.
-
- The length of the datatype in the database.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the column in the database.
-
-
- The name of the column in the database. The get does
- not return a Quoted column name.
-
-
-
- If a value is passed in that is wrapped by ` then
- NHibernate will Quote the column whenever SQL is generated
- for it. How the column is quoted depends on the Dialect.
-
-
- The value returned by the getter is not Quoted. To get the
- column name in quoted form use .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this Column in quoted form if it is necessary.
-
-
- The that knows how to quote
- the column name.
-
-
- The column name in a form that is safe to use inside of a SQL statement.
- Quoted if it needs to be, not quoted if it does not need to be.
-
-
-
-
- For any column name, generate an alias that is unique to that
- column name, and also take Dialect.MaxAliasLength into account.
- It keeps four characters left for accommodating additional suffixes.
-
-
-
-
- For any column name, generate an alias that is unique to that
- column name and table, and also take Dialect.MaxAliasLength into account.
- It keeps four characters left for accommodating additional suffixes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column can have null values in it.
-
- if the column can have a null value in it.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the index of the column in the .
-
-
- The index of the column in the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column contains unique values.
-
- if the column contains unique values.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the data type for the column.
-
- The to use to get the valid data types.
-
-
- The name of the data type for the column.
-
-
- If the mapping file contains a value of the attribute sql-type this will
- return the string contained in that attribute. Otherwise it will use the
- typename from the of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if this instance of and a specified object,
- which must be a Column can be considered the same.
-
- An that should be a .
-
- if the name of this Column and the other Column are the same,
- otherwise .
-
-
-
-
- Determines if this instance of and the specified Column
- can be considered the same.
-
- A to compare to this Column.
-
- if the name of this Column and the other Column are the same,
- otherwise .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sql data type name of the column.
-
-
- The sql data type name of the column.
-
-
- This is usually read from the sql-type attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column needs to be quoted in SQL statements.
-
- if the column is quoted.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the column is unique.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a check constraint on the column
-
-
-
-
- Do we have a check constraint?
-
-
-
-
- The underlying columns SqlType.
-
-
- If null, it is because the sqltype code is unknown.
-
- Use to retreive the sqltypecode used
- for the columns associated Value/Type.
-
-
-
- returns quoted name as it would be in the mapping file.
-
-
- Shallow copy, the value is not copied
-
-
-
- The mapping for a component, composite element, composite identifier,
- etc.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for relational constraints in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Name used to identify the constraint in the database.
-
- The Name used to identify the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that are part of the constraint.
-
-
- An of objects that are part of the constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a name hopefully unique using the table and column names.
- Static so the name can be generated prior to creating the Constraint.
- They're cached, keyed by name, in multiple locations.
-
- A name prefix for the generated name.
- The table for which the name is generated.
- The referenced table, if any.
- The columns for which the name is generated.
- The generated name.
- Hybrid of Hibernate Constraint.generateName and
- NamingHelper.generateHashedFkName .
-
-
-
- Adds the to the of
- Columns that are part of the constraint.
-
- The to include in the Constraint.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns that this Constraint contains.
-
-
- The number of columns that this Constraint contains.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the this Constraint is in.
-
-
- The this Constraint is in.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, generates the SQL string to create the named
- Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- The name to use as the identifier of the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the named Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- A value which is "typed" by reference to some other value
- (for example, a foreign key is typed by the referenced primary key).
-
-
-
-
- A Foreign Key constraint in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the named Foreign Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- The name to use as the identifier of the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the named Foreign Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that the Foreign Key is referencing.
-
- The the Foreign Key is referencing.
-
- Thrown when the number of columns in this Foreign Key is not the same
- amount of columns as the Primary Key in the ReferencedTable.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Validates that columnspan of the foreignkey and the primarykey is the same.
- Furthermore it aligns the length of the underlying tables columns.
-
-
-
- Does this foreignkey reference the primary key of the reference table
-
-
-
- A formula is a derived column value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Auxiliary database objects (i.e., triggers, stored procedures, etc) defined
- in the mappings. Allows Hibernate to manage their lifecycle as part of
- creating/dropping the schema.
-
-
-
-
- Add the given dialect name to the scope of dialects to which
- this database object applies.
-
- The name of a dialect.
-
-
-
- Does this database object apply to the given dialect?
-
- The dialect to check against.
- True if this database object does apply to the given dialect.
-
-
-
- Gets called by NHibernate to pass the configured type parameters to the implementation.
-
-
-
-
- An PersistentIdentifierBag has a primary key consisting of just
- the identifier column.
-
-
-
-
- A collection with a synthetic "identifier" column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Any mapping with an outer-join attribute
-
-
-
-
- Defines mapping elements to which filters may be applied.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an identifying key of a table: the value for primary key
- of an entity, or a foreign key of a collection or join table or
- joined subclass table.
-
-
-
- Common interface for things that can handle meta attributes.
-
-
-
- Meta-Attribute collection.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the
-
- The attribute name
- The if exists; null otherwise
-
-
-
- An Index in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create this Index in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create this Index.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to drop this Index in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Index.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the this Index is in.
-
-
- The this Index is in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that are
- part of the Index.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Index.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the to the of
- Columns that are part of the Index.
-
- The to include in the Index.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Name used to identify the Index in the database.
-
- The Name used to identify the Index in the database.
-
-
-
- Is this index inherited from the base class mapping
-
-
-
-
- Indexed collections include IList, IDictionary, Arrays
- and primitive Arrays.
-
-
-
-
- Operations to create/drop the mapping element in the database.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, generates the SQL string to create
- the mapping element in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create an object.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, generates the SQL string to drop
- the mapping element from the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop an object.
-
-
-
-
- A value is anything that is persisted by value, instead of
- by reference. It is essentially a Hibernate IType, together
- with zero or more columns. Values are wrapped by things with
- higher level semantics, for example properties, collections,
- classes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns that this value spans in the table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects
- that this value is stored in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the to read/write the Values.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the this Value is stored in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this Value is unique.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this Value can have
- null values.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this is a SimpleValue
- that does not involve foreign keys.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines if the Value is part of a valid mapping.
-
- The to validate.
-
- if the Value is part of a valid mapping,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Mainly used to make sure that Value maps to the correct number
- of columns.
-
-
-
-
- A list has a primary key consisting of the key columns + index column
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that contains this list mapping.
-
-
-
- Gets the appropriate that is
- specialized for this list mapping.
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association mapping
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A map has a primary key consisting of the key columns
- + index columns.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that contains this map mapping.
-
-
-
- Gets the appropriate that is
- specialized for this list mapping.
-
-
-
-
- A meta attribute is a named value or values.
-
-
-
-
- A mapping for a one-to-many association.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- No foreign key element for a one-to-many
-
-
-
- A mapping for a one-to-one association.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for the mapped by <class> and a
- that is mapped by <subclass> or
- <joined-subclass> .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that is being mapped.
-
- The that is being mapped.
-
- The value of this is set by the name attribute on the <class>
- element.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the to use as a Proxy.
-
- The to use as a Proxy.
-
- The value of this is set by the proxy attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets if the Insert Sql is built dynamically.
-
- if the Sql is built at runtime.
-
- The value of this is set by the dynamic-insert attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets if the Update Sql is built dynamically.
-
- if the Sql is built at runtime.
-
- The value of this is set by the dynamic-update attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the value to use as the discriminator for the Class.
-
-
- A value that distinguishes this subclass in the database.
-
-
- The value of this is set by the discriminator-value attribute. Each <subclass>
- in a hierarchy must define a unique discriminator-value . The default value
- is the class name if no value is supplied.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of subclasses that inherit either directly or indirectly.
-
- The number of subclasses that inherit from this PersistentClass.
-
-
-
- Iterate over subclasses in a special 'order', most derived subclasses first.
-
-
- It will recursively go through Subclasses so that if a SubclassType has Subclasses
- it will pick those up also.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects
- that directly inherit from this PersistentClass.
-
-
- An of objects
- that directly inherit from this PersistentClass.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a boolean indicating if this
- mapped class is inherited from another.
-
-
- if this class is a subclass or joined-subclass
- that inherited from another class .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class
- has a version property.
-
- if there is a <version> property.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an
- of objects that this mapped class contains.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains.
-
-
- This is all of the properties of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an
- of objects that this mapped class reads from
- and writes to.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- This is all of the tables of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- this mapped class contains and that all of its subclasses contain.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains and that all of its subclasses contain.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of all of the objects that the
- subclass finds its information in.
-
- An of objects.
- It adds the TableClosureIterator and the subclassTables into the IEnumerable.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the of the Persister.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Build a collection of properties which are "referenceable".
-
-
- See for a discussion of "referenceable".
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Build an iterator over the properties defined on this class. The returned
- iterator only accounts for "normal" properties (i.e. non-identifier
- properties).
-
-
- An of objects.
-
-
- Differs from in that the iterator
- we return here will include properties defined as part of a join.
-
-
-
-
- Build an enumerable over the properties defined on this class which
- are not defined as part of a join .
- As with the returned iterator only accounts
- for non-identifier properties.
-
- An enumerable over the non-joined "normal" properties.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a to the class hierarchy.
-
- The to add to the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if this PersistentClass has any subclasses.
-
- if this PeristentClass has any subclasses.
-
-
-
- Change the property definition or add a new property definition
-
- The to add.
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the that this class is stored in.
-
- The this class is stored in.
-
- The value of this is set by the table attribute.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or set a boolean indicating
- if the mapped class has properties that can be changed.
-
- if the object is mutable.
-
- The value of this is set by the mutable attribute.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a boolean indicating
- if the mapped class has a Property for the id .
-
- if there is a Property for the id .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that is used as the id .
-
-
- The that is used as the id .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that contains information about the identifier.
-
- The that contains information about the identifier.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that is used as the version.
-
- The that is used as the version.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that contains information about the discriminator.
-
- The that contains information about the discriminator.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets if the mapped class has subclasses or is
- a subclass.
-
-
- if the mapped class has subclasses or is a subclass.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the CacheConcurrencyStrategy
- to use to read/write instances of the persistent class to the Cache.
-
- The CacheConcurrencyStrategy used with the Cache.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
- The that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets a boolean indicating if
- explicit polymorphism should be used in Queries.
-
-
- if only classes queried on should be returned,
- if any class in the heirarchy should implicitly be returned.
-
- The value of this is set by the polymorphism attribute.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a that is implemented by a subclass.
-
- The implemented by a subclass.
-
-
-
- Adds a that a subclass is stored in.
-
- The the subclass is stored in.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets a boolean indicating if the identifier is
- embedded in the class.
-
- if the class identifies itself.
-
- An embedded identifier is true when using a composite-id specifying
- properties of the class as the key-property instead of using a class
- as the composite-id .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that contains information about the Key.
-
- The that contains information about the Key.
-
-
-
- Creates the for the
- this type is persisted in.
-
- The that is used to Alias columns.
-
-
-
- Creates the for the
- this type is persisted in.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the sql string that should
- be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The value of this is set by the where attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Given a property path, locate the appropriate referenceable property reference.
-
-
- A referenceable property is a property which can be a target of a foreign-key
- mapping (an identifier or explicitly named in a property-ref).
-
- The property path to resolve into a property reference.
- The property reference (never null).
- If the property could not be found.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if only values in the discriminator column that
- are mapped will be included in the sql.
-
- if the mapped discriminator values should be forced.
-
- The value of this is set by the force attribute on the discriminator element.
-
-
-
-
- A Primary Key constraint in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the Primary Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the Primary Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the named Primary Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- The name to use as the identifier of the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the named Primary Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- A primitive array has a primary key consisting
- of the key columns + index column.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping for a property of a .NET class (entity
- or component).
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns this property uses in the db.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of s.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the name of the Property in the class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether given properties are generated by the database and, if
- so, at what time(s) they are generated.
-
-
-
-
- Values for this property are never generated by the database.
-
-
-
-
- Values for this property are generated by the database on insert.
-
-
-
-
- Values for this property are generated by the database on both insert and update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Declaration of a System.Type mapped with the <class> element that
- is the root class of a table-per-subclass, or table-per-concrete-class
- inheritance hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- The default name of the column for the Identifier
-
- id is the default column name for the Identifier.
-
-
-
- The default name of the column for the Discriminator
-
- class is the default column name for the Discriminator.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if this mapped class is inherited from another.
-
-
- because this is the root mapped class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this mapped class contains.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this
- mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- There is only one in the since
- this is the root class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a version property.
-
- if there is a Property for a version .
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the class this mapped class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if the identifier is
- embedded in the class.
-
- if the class identifies itself.
-
- An embedded identifier is true when using a composite-id specifying
- properties of the class as the key-property instead of using a class
- as the composite-id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cache region name.
-
- The region name used with the Cache.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the id .
-
-
- The that is used as the id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the identifier.
-
- The that contains information about the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a Property for the id .
-
- if there is a Property for the id .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the discriminator.
-
- The that contains information about the discriminator.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the mapped class has subclasses.
-
-
- if the mapped class has subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- this since this is the root mapped class.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a to the class hierarchy.
-
- The to add to the hierarchy.
-
- When a is added this mapped class has the property
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if explicit polymorphism should be used in Queries.
-
-
- if only classes queried on should be returned,
- if any class in the hierarchy should implicitly be returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the version.
-
- The that is used as the version.
-
-
-
- Gets or set a boolean indicating if the mapped class has properties that can be changed.
-
- if the object is mutable.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
- since this is the root class.
-
-
- Thrown when the setter is called. The Superclass can not be set on the
- RootClass, only the SubclassType can have a Superclass set.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the Key.
-
- The that contains information about the Key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if only values in the discriminator column that
- are mapped will be included in the sql.
-
- if the mapped discriminator values should be forced.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the CacheConcurrencyStrategy
- to use to read/write instances of the persistent class to the Cache.
-
- The CacheConcurrencyStrategy used with the Cache.
-
-
-
- A Set with no nullable element columns will have a primary
- key consisting of all table columns (ie - key columns +
- element columns).
-
-
-
-
- A simple implementation of AbstractAuxiliaryDatabaseObject in which the CREATE and DROP strings are
- provided up front.
-
-
- Contains simple facilities for templating the catalog and schema
- names into the provided strings.
- This is the form created when the mapping documents use <create/> and <drop/>.
-
-
-
-
- Any value that maps to columns.
-
-
-
-
- Declaration of a System.Type mapped with the <subclass> or
- <joined-subclass> element.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that is the superclass.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if this mapped class is inherited from another.
-
-
- because this is a SubclassType.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this mapped class contains.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains.
-
-
- This is all of the properties of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this
- mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- This is all of the tables of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a version property.
-
- if for the Superclass there is a Property for a version .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the Superclass that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the CacheConcurrencyStrategy
- to use to read/write instances of the persistent class to the Cache.
-
- The CacheConcurrencyStrategy used with the Cache.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the Superclass that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
- The that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the id .
-
-
- The from the Superclass that is used as the id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the identifier.
-
- The from the Superclass that contains information about the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a Property for the id .
-
- if in the Superclass there is a Property for the id .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the discriminator.
-
- The from the Superclass that contains information about the discriminator.
-
-
-
- Gets or set a boolean indicating if the mapped class has properties that can be changed.
-
- if the Superclass is mutable.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the mapped class is a subclass.
-
-
- since this mapped class is a subclass.
-
-
- The setter should not be used to set the value to anything but .
-
-
-
-
- Add the to this PersistentClass.
-
- The to add.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Properties.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a that is implemented by a subclass.
-
- The implemented by a subclass.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Properties.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a that a subclass is stored in.
-
- The the subclass is stored in.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Tables.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the version.
-
- The from the Superclass that is used as the version.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if the identifier is
- embedded in the class.
-
- if the Superclass has an embedded identifier.
-
- An embedded identifier is true when using a composite-id specifying
- properties of the class as the key-property instead of using a class
- as the composite-id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the Key.
-
- The that contains information about the Key.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if explicit polymorphism should be used in Queries.
-
-
- The value of the Superclasses IsExplicitPolymorphism property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- Thrown when the setter is called. The where clause can not be set on the
- SubclassType, only the RootClass.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the that this class is stored in.
-
- The this class is stored in.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Tables.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a Table in a database that an object gets mapped against.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the Table in the database.
-
-
- The name of the Table in the database. The get does
- not return a Quoted Table name.
-
-
-
- If a value is passed in that is wrapped by ` then
- NHibernate will Quote the Table whenever SQL is generated
- for it. How the Table is quoted depends on the Dialect.
-
-
- The value returned by the getter is not Quoted. To get the
- column name in quoted form use .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns that this Table contains.
-
-
- The number of columns that this Table contains.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of the Table.
-
- The of the Table.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the schema the table is in.
-
-
- The schema the table is in or if no schema is specified.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the unique number of the Table.
- Used for SQL alias generation
-
- The unique number of the Table.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column needs to be quoted in SQL statements.
-
- if the column is quoted.
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create this Table in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create this Table, Primary Key Constraints
- , and Unique Key Constraints.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to drop this Table in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Table and to cascade the drop to
- the constraints if the database supports it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the schema qualified name of the Table.
-
- The that knows how to Quote the Table name.
- The name of the table qualified with the schema if one is specified.
-
-
-
- Gets the schema qualified name of the Table using the specified qualifier
-
- The that knows how to Quote the Table name.
- The catalog name.
- The schema name.
- A String representing the Qualified name.
- If this were used with MSSQL it would return a dbo.table_name.
-
-
- returns quoted name as it would be in the mapping file.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this Table in quoted form if it is necessary.
-
-
- The that knows how to quote the Table name.
-
-
- The Table name in a form that is safe to use inside of a SQL statement.
- Quoted if it needs to be, not quoted if it does not need to be.
-
-
-
- returns quoted name as it is in the mapping file.
-
-
- returns quoted name as it is in the mapping file.
-
-
-
- Gets the schema for this table in quoted form if it is necessary.
-
-
- The that knows how to quote the schema name.
-
-
- The schema name for this table in a form that is safe to use inside
- of a SQL statement. Quoted if it needs to be, not quoted if it does not need to be.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the at the specified index.
-
- The index of the Column to get.
-
- The at the specified index.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the to the of
- Columns that are part of the Table.
-
- The to include in the Table.
-
-
-
- Gets the identified by the name.
-
- The name of the to get.
-
- The identified by the name. If the
- identified by the name does not exist then it is created.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identified by the name.
-
- The name of the to get.
-
- The identified by the name. If the
- identified by the name does not exist then it is created.
-
-
-
-
- Create a for the columns in the Table.
-
-
- An of objects.
-
-
-
- A for the columns in the Table.
-
-
- This does not necessarily create a , if
- one already exists for the columns then it will return an
- existing .
-
-
-
-
- Generates a unique string for an of
- objects.
-
- An of objects.
-
- An unique string for the objects.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the Identifier of the Table.
-
- The that represents the Identifier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the column which is identified by column provided as argument.
- column with at least a name.
-
- The underlying column or null if not inside this table.
- Note: the instance *can* be different than the input parameter, but the name will be the same.
-
-
-
-
- A simple-point association (ie. a reference to another entity).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Placeholder for typedef information
-
-
-
- An Unique Key constraint in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the Unique Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- A string that contains the SQL to create the Unique Key Constraint.
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the Unique Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the Unique Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Exposes entity class metadata to the application
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the entity
-
-
-
-
- The name of the identifier property (or return null)
-
-
-
-
- The names of the class' persistent properties
-
-
-
-
- The identifier Hibernate type
-
-
-
-
- The Hibernate types of the classes properties
-
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class mutable?
-
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class versioned by a timestamp or version number column?
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the version property
-
-
-
-
- Get the nullability of the class' persistent properties
-
-
-
- Get the "laziness" of the properties of this class
-
-
- Which properties hold the natural id?
-
-
- Does this entity extend a mapped superclass?
-
-
- Get the type of a particular (named) property
-
-
- Does the class support dynamic proxies?
-
-
- Does the class have an identifier property?
-
-
- Does this entity declare a natural id?
-
-
- Does this entity have mapped subclasses?
-
-
- Return the values of the mapped properties of the object
-
-
-
- The persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Create a class instance initialized with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a particular (named) property
-
-
-
- Extract the property values from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the property values.
- The property values.
-
-
-
- Set the value of a particular (named) property
-
-
-
-
- Set the given values to the mapped properties of the given object
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier of an instance (throw an exception if no identifier property)
-
-
-
-
- Set the identifier of an instance (or do nothing if no identifier property)
-
-
-
- Does the class implement the interface?
-
-
- Does the class implement the interface?
-
-
-
- Get the version number (or timestamp) from the object's version property
- (or return null if not versioned)
-
-
-
-
- Exposes collection metadata to the application
-
-
-
-
- The collection key type
-
-
-
-
- The collection element type
-
-
-
-
- The collection index type (or null if the collection has no index)
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection indexed?
-
-
-
-
- The name of this collection role
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection an array?
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection a primitive array?
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection lazily initialized?
-
-
-
-
- This exception is thrown when an operation would
- break session-scoped identity. This occurs if the
- user tries to associate two different instances of
- the same class with a particular identifier,
- in the scope of a single .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The EntityName of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The EntityName of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the application calls IQuery.UniqueResult()
- and the query returned more than one result. Unlike all other NHibernate
- exceptions, this one is recoverable!
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of items in the result.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the user tries to pass a deleted object to the ISession .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when entity can't be found by given unique key
-
-
-
-
- Property name
-
-
-
-
- Key
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when entity can't be found by given unique key
-
- Entity name
- Property name
- Key
-
-
-
- Thrown when ISession.Load() fails to select a row with
- the given primary key (identifier value). This exception might not
- be thrown when Load() is called, even if there was no
- row on the database, because Load() returns a proxy if
- possible. Applications should use ISession.Get() to test if
- a row exists in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The identifier of the object that was attempting to be loaded.
- The that NHibernate was trying to find a row for in the database.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the user passes a persistent instance to a ISession method that expects a
- transient instance
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- Represents a "back-reference" to the id of a collection owner.
-
-
- The Setter implementation for id backrefs.
-
-
- The Getter implementation for id backrefs.
-
-
-
- Accesses mapped property values via a get/set pair, which may be nonpublic.
- The default (and recommended strategy).
-
-
-
-
- Create a for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to find the Property get .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The for the Property get or
- if the Property could not be found.
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to find the Property set .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The for the Property set or
- if the Property could not be found.
-
-
-
-
- An for a Property get .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the Property get .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the Property from the object.
-
- The object to get the Property value from.
-
- The value of the Property for the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that the Property returns.
-
- The that the Property returns.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the Property.
-
- The name of the Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the Property.
-
-
- The for the Property.
-
-
-
-
- An for a Property set .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the Property set .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the mapped Property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the Property on the object.
-
- The object to set the Property value in.
- The value to set the Property to.
-
- Thrown when there is a problem setting the value in the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the mapped Property.
-
- The name of the mapped Property or .
-
-
-
- Gets the for the mapped Property.
-
- The for the mapped Property.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an m_ and the PropertyName is changed to camelCase.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName lowercase and prefixing it with the letter 'm'
- and an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in CamelCase format prefixed with an 'm' and an underscore.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are the
- camelCase version of the PropertyName
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- lower case.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in CamelCase format.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an underscore and the PropertyName is changed to camelCase.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName lowercase and prefixing it with an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in CamelCase format prefixed with an underscore.
-
-
-
- Access the mapped property by using a Field to get and set the value.
-
-
- The is useful when you expose getter and setters
- for a Property, but they have extra code in them that shouldn't be executed when NHibernate
- is setting or getting the values for loads or saves.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Gets the used to convert the name of the
- mapped Property in the hbm.xml file to the name of the field in the class.
-
- The or .
-
-
-
- Create a to get the value of the mapped Property
- through a Field .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Field specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a to set the value of the mapped Property
- through a Field .
-
- The to find the mapped Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Field for the Property specified by the propertyName using the
- could not be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to find the Field.
-
- The to find the Field in.
- The name of the Field to find.
-
- The for the field.
-
-
- Thrown when a field could not be found.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the mapped property's name into a Field using
- the if one exists.
-
- The name of the Property.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- An that uses a Field instead of the Property get .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the field to use for the Property get .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the Field from the object.
-
- The object to get the Field value from.
-
- The value of the Field for the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that the Field returns.
-
- The that the Field returns.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- An that uses a Field instead of the Property set .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the Field to use for the Property set .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the Field on the object.
-
- The object to set the Field value in.
- The value to set the Field to.
-
- Thrown when there is a problem setting the value in the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- A Strategy for converting a mapped property name to a Field name.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, converts the Property's name into a Field name
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- Gets values of a particular mapped property.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the value of the Property/Field from the object.
-
- The object to get the Property/Field value from.
-
- The value of the Property for the target.
-
-
- Thrown when there is a problem getting the value from the target.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the that the Property/Field returns.
-
- The that the Property returns.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the name of the Property.
-
- The name of the Property or .
-
- This is an optional operation - if the is not
- for a Property get then is an acceptable value to return.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the for the get
- accessor of the property.
-
-
- This is an optional operation - if the is not
- for a property get then is an acceptable value to return.
- It is used by the proxies to determine which getter to intercept for the
- identifier property.
-
-
-
- Get the property value from the given owner instance.
- The instance containing the value to be retrieved.
- a map of merged persistent instances to detached instances
- The session from which this request originated.
- The extracted value.
-
-
- Represents a "back-reference" to the index of a collection.
-
-
- Constructs a new instance of IndexPropertyAccessor.
- The collection role which this back ref references.
- The owner entity name.
-
-
- The Setter implementation for index backrefs.
-
-
- The Getter implementation for index backrefs.
-
-
-
- An that can emit IL to get the property value.
-
-
-
-
- Emit IL to get the property value from the object on top of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- An that can emit IL to set the property value.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the of the Property/Field.
-
- The of the Property/Field.
-
-
-
- Emit IL to set the property of an object to the value. The object
- is loaded onto the stack first, then the value, then this method
- is called.
-
-
-
-
- Abstracts the notion of a "property". Defines a strategy for accessing the
- value of a mapped property.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, create a "getter" for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, create a "setter" for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Allow embedded and custom accessors to define if the ReflectionOptimizer can be used.
-
-
-
-
- Sets values of a particular mapped property.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, sets the value of the Property/Field on the object.
-
- The object to set the Property value in.
- The value to set the Property to.
-
- Thrown when there is a problem setting the value in the target.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the name of the Property.
-
- The name of the Property or .
-
- This is an optional operation - if it is not implemented then
- is an acceptable value to return.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the for the set
- accessor of the property.
-
-
- This is an optional operation - if the is not
- for a property set then is an acceptable value to return.
- It is used by the proxies to determine which setter to intercept for the
- identifier property.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are
- the PropertyName in all LowerCase characters.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the all characters
- of the propertyName lowercase.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in lowercase.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an underscore and the PropertyName is changed to lower case.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the all characters
- of the propertyName lowercase and prefixing it with an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in lowercase prefixed with an underscore.
-
-
- Used to declare properties not represented at the pojo level
-
-
- A Getter which will always return null. It should not be called anyway.
-
-
- A Setter which will just do nothing.
-
-
-
- Access the mapped property through a Property get to get the value
- and go directly to the Field to set the value.
-
-
- This is most useful because Classes can provider a get for the Property
- that is the <id> but tell NHibernate there is no setter for the Property
- so the value should be written directly to the field.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Creates an to get the value from the Property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a to set the value of the mapped Property
- through a Field .
-
- The to find the mapped Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Field for the Property specified by the propertyName using the
- could not be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName uppercase and prefixing it with the letter 'm'.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in PascalCase format prefixed with an 'm'.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an m_ and the first character in PropertyName capitalized.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName uppercase and prefixing it with the letter 'm'
- and an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in PascalCase format prefixed with an 'm' and an underscore.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an _ and the first character in PropertyName capitalized.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName uppercase and prefixing it with an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in PascalCase format prefixed with an underscore.
-
-
-
- Factory for creating the various PropertyAccessor strategies.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the static members in .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or creates the specified by the type.
-
-
- The specified by the type.
-
-
- The built in ways of accessing the values of Properties in your domain class are:
-
-
-
- Access Method
- How NHibernate accesses the Mapped Class.
-
- -
-
property
-
- The name attribute is the name of the Property. This is the
- default implementation.
-
-
- -
-
field
-
- The name attribute is the name of the field. If you have any Properties
- in the Mapped Class those will be bypassed and NHibernate will go straight to the
- field. This is a good option if your setters have business rules attached to them
- or if you don't want to expose a field through a Getter & Setter.
-
-
- -
-
nosetter
-
- The name attribute is the name of the Property. NHibernate will use the
- Property's get method to retrieve the value and will use the field
- to set the value. This is a good option for <id> Properties because this access method
- allows users of the Class to get the value of the Id but not set the value.
-
-
- -
-
readonly
-
- The name attribute is the name of the Property. NHibernate will use the
- Property's get method to retrieve the value but will never set the value back in the domain.
- This is used for read-only calculated properties with only a get method.
-
-
- -
-
Assembly Qualified Name
-
- If NHibernate's built in s are not what is needed for your
- situation then you are free to build your own. Provide an Assembly Qualified Name so that
- NHibernate can call Activator.CreateInstance(AssemblyQualifiedName) to create it.
-
-
-
-
- In order for the nosetter to know the name of the field to access NHibernate needs to know
- what the naming strategy is. The following naming strategies are built into NHibernate:
-
-
-
- Naming Strategy
- How NHibernate converts the value of the name attribute to a field name.
-
- -
-
camelcase
-
- The name attribute should be changed to CamelCase to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field fooBar .
-
-
- -
-
camelcase-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be changed to CamelCase and prefixed with
- an underscore to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field _fooBar .
-
-
- -
-
camelcase-m-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be changed to CamelCase and prefixed with
- an 'm' and underscore to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field m_fooBar .
-
-
- -
-
pascalcase-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be prefixed with an underscore
- to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field _FooBar .
-
-
- -
-
pascalcase-m-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be prefixed with an 'm' and underscore
- to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field m_FooBar .
-
-
- -
-
pascalcase-m
-
- The name attribute should be prefixed with an 'm'.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field mFooBar .
-
-
- -
-
lowercase
-
- The name attribute should be changed to lowercase to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field foobar .
-
-
- -
-
lowercase-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be changed to lowercase and prefixed with
- and underscore to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field _foobar .
-
-
-
-
- The naming strategy can also be appended at the end of the field access method. Where
- this could be useful is a scenario where you do expose a get and set method in the Domain Class
- but NHibernate should only use the fields.
-
-
- With a naming strategy and a get/set for the Property available the user of the Domain Class
- could write an Hql statement from Foo as foo where foo.SomeProperty = 'a' . If no naming
- strategy was specified the Hql statement would have to be from Foo as foo where foo._someProperty
- (assuming CamelCase with an underscore field naming strategy is used).
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a PropertyAccessor instance based on the given property definition and entity mode.
- The property for which to retrieve an accessor.
- The mode for the resulting entity.
- An appropriate accessor.
-
-
-
- Access the mapped property through a Property get to get the value
- and do nothing to set the value.
-
-
- This is useful to allow calculated properties in the domain that will never
- be recovered from the DB but can be used for querying.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an to get the value from the Property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a to do nothing when trying to
- se the value of the mapped Property
-
- The to find the mapped Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- An instance of .
-
-
-
-
- A problem occurred accessing a property of an instance of a persistent class by reflection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
- A indicating if this was a "setter" operation.
- The that NHibernate was trying find the Property or Field in.
- The mapped property name that was trying to be accessed.
-
-
-
- Gets the that NHibernate was trying find the Property or Field in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception and
- information about the mapped property and its usage.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that an expected getter or setter method could not be found on a class
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class,
- used when a property get/set accessor is missing.
-
- The that is missing the property
- The name of the missing property
- The type of the missing accessor
- ("getter" or "setter")
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class,
- used when a field is missing.
-
- The that is missing the field
- The name of the missing property
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The that NHibernate was trying to access.
- The name of the Property that was being get/set.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- A problem occurred translating a Hibernate query to SQL due to invalid query syntax, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The query that contains the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The query that contains the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of HQL that caused the Exception.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception including the HQL.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The query on which to set the timeout.
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
-
- The query on which to set the timeout.
- The fetch size.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
-
- The query on which to set the timeout.
- A human-readable string.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
- The query on which to set the flush mode.
- The flush mode to use for the query.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Represents a replication strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Throw an exception when a row already exists
-
-
-
-
- Ignore replicated entities when a row already exists
-
-
-
-
- When a row already exists, choose the latest version
-
-
-
-
- Overwrite existing rows when a row already exists
-
-
-
-
- Represents fetching options for Criteria
-
-
-
-
- Default to the setting configured in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch the entity.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch the entity and its lazy properties.
-
-
-
-
- Only identifier columns are added to select statement. Use it for fetching child objects for already loaded
- entities.
- Entities missing in session will be loaded (lazily if possible, otherwise with additional immediate loads).
-
-
-
-
- Skips the entity from select statement but keeps joining it in the query.
-
-
-
-
- Skips fetching for fetch="join" association (no-op for lazy association).
-
-
-
-
- Fetch lazy property group.
- Provide path to lazy property and it will be fetched along with properties that belong to the same fetch group (lazy-group)
- Note: To fetch single property it must be mapped with unique fetch group (lazy-group)
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Fetches the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Fetches the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given aliased criteria association paths:
- () => aliasedCriteria or () => aliasedCriteria.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given aliased criteria or the current criteria
-
- The current criteria.
- The select mode to apply.
- The association path for the given criteria.
- The criteria alias. If null or empty, the current criteria will be used.
- The current criteria.
-
-
-
- Fetches the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Fetches the given aliased criteria or the current criteria association path
-
- The current criteria.
- The association path for the given criteria.
- The criteria alias. If null or empty, the current criteria will be used.
- The current criteria.
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given aliased criteria or the current criteria
-
- The current criteria.
- The select mode to apply.
- The association path for the given criteria.
- The criteria alias. If null or empty, the current criteria will be used.
- The current criteria.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a that is stored in
- a BLOB column with the information required to generate
- an .
-
-
-
- This can store the length of the binary data that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oralce) don't need to set the Size so a
- BinarySqlType would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the binary data that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the binary data the should hold
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- This is the base class that adds information to the
- for the and
- to use.
-
-
-
- The uses the SqlType to get enough
- information to create an .
-
-
- The use the SqlType to convert the
- to the appropriate sql type for SchemaExport.
-
-
-
-
-
- SqlTypeFactory provides Singleton access to the SqlTypes.
-
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a that is stored in
- a CLOB column with the information required to generate
- an .
-
-
-
- This can store the length of the binary data that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oralce) don't need to set the Size so a
- StringSqlType would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- Thrown when a version number check failed, indicating that the
- contained stale data (when using long transactions with
- versioning).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The EntityName that NHibernate was trying to update in the database.
- The identifier of the object that is stale.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The EntityName that NHibernate was trying to update in the database.
- The identifier of the object that is stale.
- The original exception having triggered this exception.
-
-
-
- Gets the EntityName that NHibernate was trying to update in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier of the object that is stale.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Statistics for a particular "category" (a named entity,
- collection role, second level cache region or query).
-
-
-
- Collection related statistics
-
-
- Entity related statistics
-
-
-
- Information about the first-level (session) cache for a particular session instance
-
-
-
- Get the number of entity instances associated with the session
-
-
- Get the number of collection instances associated with the session
-
-
- Get the set of all EntityKeys .
-
-
- Get the set of all CollectionKeys .
-
-
-
- Statistics for a particular .
- Beware of metrics, they are dependent of the precision:
-
-
-
- Global number of entity deletes
-
-
- Global number of entity inserts
-
-
- Global number of entity loads
-
-
- Global number of entity fetchs
-
-
- Global number of entity updates
-
-
- Global number of executed queries
-
-
- The of the slowest query.
-
-
- The query string for the slowest query.
-
-
- The global number of cached queries successfully retrieved from cache
-
-
- The global number of cached queries *not* found in cache
-
-
- The global number of cacheable queries put in cache
-
-
- Get the global number of flush executed by sessions (either implicit or explicit)
-
-
-
- Get the global number of connections asked by the sessions
- (the actual number of connections used may be much smaller depending
- whether you use a connection pool or not)
-
-
-
- Global number of cacheable entities/collections successfully retrieved from the cache
-
-
- Global number of cacheable entities/collections not found in the cache and loaded from the database.
-
-
- Global number of cacheable entities/collections put in the cache
-
-
- Global number of sessions closed
-
-
- Global number of sessions opened
-
-
- Global number of collections loaded
-
-
- Global number of collections fetched
-
-
- Global number of collections updated
-
-
- Global number of collections removed
-
-
- Global number of collections recreated
-
-
- Start time
-
-
- Enable/Disable statistics logs (this is a dynamic parameter)
-
-
- All executed query strings
-
-
- The names of all entities
-
-
- The names of all collection roles
-
-
- Get all second-level cache region names
-
-
- The number of transactions we know to have been successful
-
-
- The number of transactions we know to have completed
-
-
- The number of prepared statements that were acquired
-
-
- The number of prepared statements that were released
-
-
- The number of StaleObjectStateException s that occurred
-
-
- Reset all statistics
-
-
- Find entity statistics per name
- entity name
- EntityStatistics object
-
-
- Get collection statistics per role
- collection role
- CollectionStatistics
-
-
- Second level cache statistics per region
- region name
- SecondLevelCacheStatistics
-
-
- Query statistics from query string (HQL or SQL)
- query string
- QueryStatistics
-
-
- log in info level the main statistics
-
-
-
- The OperationThreshold to a value greater than to enable logging of long running operations.
-
- Operations that exceed the level will be logged.
-
-
- Statistics SPI for the NHibernate core
-
-
- Query statistics (HQL and SQL)
- Note that for a cached query, the cache miss is equals to the db count
-
-
- Add statistics report of a DB query
- rows count returned
- time taken
-
-
- Second level cache statistics of a specific region
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that a transaction could not be begun, committed, or rolled back
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- An implementation of TupleSubsetResultTransformer that ignores a
- tuple element if its corresponding alias is null.
-
- @author Gail Badner
-
-
-
- Result transformer that allows to transform a result to
- a user specified class which will be populated via setter
- methods or fields matching the alias names.
-
-
-
- IList resultWithAliasedBean = s.CreateCriteria(typeof(Enrollment))
- .CreateAlias("Student", "st")
- .CreateAlias("Course", "co")
- .SetProjection( Projections.ProjectionList()
- .Add( Projections.Property("co.Description"), "CourseDescription")
- )
- .SetResultTransformer( new AliasToBeanResultTransformer(typeof(StudentDTO)))
- .List();
-
- StudentDTO dto = (StudentDTO)resultWithAliasedBean[0];
-
-
-
- Resolves setter for an alias with a heuristic: search among properties then fields for matching name and case, then,
- if no matching property or field was found, retry with a case insensitive match. For members having the same name, it
- sorts them by inheritance depth then by visibility from public to private, and takes those ranking first.
-
-
-
-
- Set the value of a property or field matching an alias.
-
- The alias for which resolving the property or field.
- The value to which the property or field should be set.
- The object on which to set the property or field. It must be of the type for which
- this instance has been built.
- Thrown if no matching property or field can be found.
- Thrown if many matching properties or fields are found, having the
- same visibility and inheritance depth.
-
-
-
- A ResultTransformer that is used to transform tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- @author Gail Badner
-
-
-
- The auto-discovered aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Array with the i-th element indicating whether the i-th
- expression returned by a query is included in the tuple.
-
- IMPLEMENTATION NOTE:
- "joined" and "fetched" associations may use the same SQL,
- but result in different tuple and cached values. This is
- because "fetched" associations are excluded from the tuple.
- includeInTuple provides a way to distinguish these 2 cases.
-
-
-
- Indexes for tuple that are included in the transformation.
- Set to null if all elements in the tuple are included.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- result transformer that will ultimately be used (after caching results)
- the aliases that correspond to the tuple;
- if it is non-null, its length must equal the number
- of true elements in includeInTuple[]
- array with the i-th element indicating
- whether the i-th expression returned by a query is
- included in the tuple; the number of true values equals
- the length of the tuple that will be transformed;
- must be non-null
- a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
-
-
- Returns a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- result transformer that will ultimately be used (after caching results)
- the aliases that correspond to the tuple;
- if it is non-null, its length must equal the number
- of true elements in includeInTuple[]
- array with the i-th element indicating
- whether the i-th expression returned by a query is
- included in the tuple; the number of true values equals
- the length of the tuple that will be transformed;
- must be non-null
- Indicates if types auto-discovery is enabled.
- If , the query for which they
- will be autodiscovered.
- If true cache results untransformed.
- a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
-
-
- Returns a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- array with the i-th element indicating
- whether the i-th expression returned by a query is
- included in the tuple; the number of true values equals
- the length of the tuple that will be transformed;
- must be non-null
- Indexes that are included in the transformation.
- null if all elements in the tuple are included.
-
- a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
-
-
- Re-transforms, if necessary, a List of values previously
- transformed by this (or an equivalent) CacheableResultTransformer.
- Each element of the list is re-transformed in place (i.e, List
- elements are replaced with re-transformed values) and the original
- List is returned. If re-transformation is unnecessary, the original List is returned
- unchanged.
-
- Results that were previously transformed.
- The aliases that correspond to the untransformed tuple.
- The transformer for the re-transformation.
-
- , with each element re-transformed (if necessary).
-
-
-
- Untransforms, if necessary, a List of values previously
- transformed by this (or an equivalent) CacheableResultTransformer.
- Each element of the list is untransformed in place (i.e, List
- elements are replaced with untransformed values) and the original
- List is returned.
-
- If not necessary, the original List is returned unchanged.
-
-
-
- NOTE: If transformed values are a subset of the original
- tuple, then, on return, elements corresponding to
- excluded tuple elements will be null.
-
- Results that were previously transformed.
- , with each element untransformed (if necessary).
-
-
-
- Returns the result types for the transformed value.
-
-
-
-
- "Compact" the given array by picking only the elements identified by
- the _includeInTransformIndex array. The picked elements are returned
- in a new array.
-
-
-
-
- Expand the given array by putting each of its elements at the
- position identified by the _includeInTransformIndex array. The
- elements are placed in a new array - the original array will
- not be modified.
-
-
-
-
- Implementors define a strategy for transforming criteria query
- results into the actual application-visible query result list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A ResultTransformer that operates on "well-defined" and consistent
- subset of a tuple's elements.
-
- "Well-defined" means that:
-
-
- the indexes of tuple elements accessed by an
- ITupleSubsetResultTransformer depends only on the aliases
- and the number of elements in the tuple; i.e, it does
- not depend on the value of the tuple being transformed;
-
-
- any tuple elements included in the transformed value are
- unmodified by the transformation;
-
-
- transforming equivalent tuples with the same aliases multiple
- times results in transformed values that are equivalent;
-
-
- the result of transforming the tuple subset (only those
- elements accessed by the transformer) using only the
- corresponding aliases is equivalent to transforming the
- full tuple with the full array of aliases;
-
-
- the result of transforming a tuple with non-accessed tuple
- elements and corresponding aliases set to null
- is equivalent to transforming the full tuple with the
- full array of aliases;
-
-
-
-
- @author Gail Badner
-
-
-
- When a tuple is transformed, is the result a single element of the tuple?
-
- The aliases that correspond to the tuple.
- The number of elements in the tuple.
- True, if the transformed value is a single element of the tuple;
- false, otherwise.
-
-
-
- Returns an array with the i-th element indicating whether the i-th
- element of the tuple is included in the transformed value.
-
- The aliases that correspond to the tuple.
- The number of elements in the tuple.
- Array with the i-th element indicating whether the i-th
- element of the tuple is included in the transformed value.
-
-
-
- Transforms each result row from a tuple into a , such that what
- you end up with is a of .
-
-
-
-
- Each row of results is a map ( ) from alias to values/entities
-
-
-
- Each row of results is a
-
-
-
- Creates a result transformer that will inject aliased values into instances
- of via property methods or fields.
-
- The type of the instances to build.
- A result transformer for supplied type.
-
- Resolves setter for an alias with a heuristic: search among properties then fields for matching name and case, then,
- if no matching property or field was found, retry with a case insensitive match. For members having the same name, it
- sorts them by inheritance depth then by visibility from public to private, and takes those ranking first.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a result transformer that will inject aliased values into instances
- of via property methods or fields.
-
- The type of the instances to build.
- A result transformer for supplied type.
-
- Resolves setter for an alias with a heuristic: search among properties then fields for matching name and case, then,
- if no matching property or field was found, retry with a case insensitive match. For members having the same name, it
- sorts them by inheritance depth then by visibility from public to private, and takes those ranking first.
-
-
-
-
- Throw when the user passes a transient instance to a ISession method that expects
- a persistent instance
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- Support for tuplizers relating to components.
-
-
- This method does not populate the component parent
-
-
- Centralizes metamodel information about a component.
-
-
-
- A registry allowing users to define the default class to use per ;.
-
-
-
-
- A specific to the dynamic-map entity mode.
-
-
-
-
- Defines further responsibilities regarding tuplization based on
- a mapped components.
-
-
- ComponentTuplizer implementations should have the following constructor signature:
- (org.hibernate.mapping.Component)
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current value of the parent property.
-
- The component instance from which to extract the parent property value.
-
- The current value of the parent property.
-
-
- Set the value of the parent property.
- The component instance on which to set the parent.
- The parent to be set on the component.
- The current session factory.
-
-
- Does the component managed by this tuuplizer contain a parent property?
- True if the component does contain a parent property; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A specific to the POCO entity mode.
-
-
-
- Support for tuplizers relating to entities.
-
-
- Constructs a new AbstractEntityTuplizer instance.
- The "interpreted" information relating to the mapped entity.
- The parsed "raw" mapping data relating to the given entity.
-
-
- Return the entity-mode handled by this tuplizer instance.
-
-
- Retrieves the defined entity-name for the tuplized entity.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the defined entity-names for any subclasses defined for this entity.
-
-
-
- Build an appropriate Getter for the given property.
- The property to be accessed via the built Getter.
- The entity information regarding the mapped entity owning this property.
- An appropriate Getter instance.
-
-
- Build an appropriate Setter for the given property.
- The property to be accessed via the built Setter.
- The entity information regarding the mapped entity owning this property.
- An appropriate Setter instance.
-
-
- Build an appropriate Instantiator for the given mapped entity.
- The mapping information regarding the mapped entity.
- An appropriate Instantiator instance.
-
-
- Build an appropriate ProxyFactory for the given mapped entity.
- The mapping information regarding the mapped entity.
- The constructed Getter relating to the entity's id property.
- The constructed Setter relating to the entity's id property.
- An appropriate ProxyFactory instance.
-
-
- Extract a component property value.
- The component property types.
- The component instance itself.
- The property path for the property to be extracted.
- The property value extracted.
-
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Check for a if is enhanced for lazy loading.
- NOTE: The logic was taken from .
-
- The persistent class to check.
- Whether the persistent class is enhanced for lazy loading or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A registry allowing users to define the default class to use per .
-
-
-
-
- Defines further responsibilities regarding tuplization based on a mapped entity.
-
-
- EntityTuplizer implementations should have the following constructor signature:
- ( , )
-
-
-
-
- Does the class managed by this tuplizer implement
- the interface.
-
- True if the ILifecycle interface is implemented; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does the class managed by this tuplizer implement
- the interface.
-
- True if the IValidatable interface is implemented; false otherwise.
-
-
- Returns the java class to which generated proxies will be typed.
- The .NET class to which generated proxies will be typed
-
-
- Is it an instrumented POCO?
-
-
- Create an entity instance initialized with the given identifier.
- The identifier value for the entity to be instantiated.
- The instantiated entity.
-
-
- Extract the identifier value from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the identifier value.
- The identifier value.
-
-
-
- Inject the identifier value into the given entity.
-
- The entity to inject with the identifier value.
- The value to be injected as the identifier.
- Has no effect if the entity does not define an identifier property
-
-
-
- Inject the given identifier and version into the entity, in order to
- "roll back" to their original values.
-
-
- The identifier value to inject into the entity.
- The version value to inject into the entity.
-
-
- Extract the value of the version property from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the version value.
- The value of the version property, or null if not versioned.
-
-
- Inject the value of a particular property.
- The entity into which to inject the value.
- The property's index.
- The property value to inject.
-
-
- Inject the value of a particular property.
- The entity into which to inject the value.
- The name of the property.
- The property value to inject.
-
-
- Extract the values of the insertable properties of the entity (including backrefs)
- The entity from which to extract.
- a map of instances being merged to merged instances
- The session in which the request is being made.
- The insertable property values.
-
-
- Extract the value of a particular property from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the property value.
- The name of the property for which to extract the value.
- The current value of the given property on the given entity.
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized.
- The entity being initialized.
- Are defined lazy properties currently unfecthed
- The session initializing this entity.
-
-
- Does this entity, for this mode, present a possibility for proxying?
- True if this tuplizer can generate proxies for this entity.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate proxy representation of this entity for this entity-mode.
-
- The id of the instance for which to generate a proxy.
- The session to which the proxy should be bound.
- The generate proxies.
-
-
- Does the given entity instance have any currently uninitialized lazy properties?
- The entity to be check for uninitialized lazy properties.
- True if uninitialized lazy properties were found; false otherwise.
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized.
- The entity tupilizer.
- The entity being initialized.
- The session initializing this entity.
-
-
- Defines a POCO-based instantiator for use from the .
-
-
- An specific to the POCO entity mode.
-
-
-
- Represents a defined entity identifier property within the Hibernate
- runtime-metamodel.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Construct a non-virtual identifier property.
-
- The name of the property representing the identifier within
- its owning entity.
- The Hibernate Type for the identifier property.
- Is this an embedded identifier.
- The value which, if found as the value on the identifier
- property, represents new (i.e., un-saved) instances of the owning entity.
- The generator to use for id value generation.
-
-
-
- Construct a virtual IdentifierProperty.
-
- The Hibernate Type for the identifier property.
- Is this an embedded identifier.
- The value which, if found as the value on the identifier
- property, represents new (i.e., un-saved) instances of the owning entity.
- The generator to use for id value generation.
-
-
-
- Contract for implementors responsible for instantiating entity/component instances.
-
-
- Perform the requested entity instantiation.
- The id of the entity to be instantiated.
- An appropriately instantiated entity.
- This form is never called for component instantiation, only entity instantiation.
-
-
- Perform the requested instantiation.
- The instantiated data structure.
-
-
-
- Performs check to see if the given object is an instance of the entity
- or component which this Instantiator instantiates.
-
- The object to be checked.
- True is the object does represent an instance of the underlying entity/component.
-
-
-
- A tuplizer defines the contract for things which know how to manage
- a particular representation of a piece of data, given that
- representation's (the entity-mode
- essentially defining which representation).
-
-
- If that given piece of data is thought of as a data structure, then a tuplizer
- is the thing which knows how to:
-
- create such a data structure appropriately
- extract values from and inject values into such a data structure
-
-
- For example, a given piece of data might be represented as a POCO class.
- Here, it's representation and entity-mode is POCO. Well a tuplizer for POCO
- entity-modes would know how to:
-
- create the data structure by calling the POCO's constructor
- extract and inject values through getters/setter, or by direct field access, etc
-
-
- That same piece of data might also be represented as a DOM structure, using
- the tuplizer associated with the XML entity-mode, which would generate instances
- of as the data structure and know how to access the
- values as either nested s or as s.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the pojo class managed by this tuplizer.
-
- The persistent class.
-
- Need to determine how to best handle this for the Tuplizers for EntityModes
- other than POCO.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the current values contained on the given entity.
-
- The entity from which to extract values.
- The current property values.
- HibernateException
-
-
- Inject the given values into the given entity.
- The entity.
- The values to be injected.
-
-
- Extract the value of a particular property from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the property value.
- The index of the property for which to extract the value.
- The current value of the given property on the given entity.
-
-
- Generate a new, empty entity.
- The new, empty entity instance.
-
-
-
- Is the given object considered an instance of the the entity (accounting
- for entity-mode) managed by this tuplizer.
-
- The object to be checked.
- True if the object is considered as an instance of this entity within the given mode.
-
-
- Defines a POCO-based instantiator for use from the tuplizers.
-
-
-
- Defines the basic contract of a Property within the runtime metamodel.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for Property instances.
-
- The name by which the property can be referenced within its owner.
- The Hibernate Type of this property.
-
-
-
- Responsible for generation of runtime metamodel representations.
- Makes distinction between identifier, version, and other (standard) properties.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Generates an IdentifierProperty representation of the for a given entity mapping.
-
- The mapping definition of the entity.
- The identifier value generator to use for this identifier.
- The appropriate IdentifierProperty definition.
-
-
-
- Generates a VersionProperty representation for an entity mapping given its
- version mapping Property.
-
- The version mapping Property.
- Is property lazy loading currently available.
- The appropriate VersionProperty definition.
-
-
-
- Generate a "standard" (i.e., non-identifier and non-version) based on the given
- mapped property.
-
- The mapped property.
- Is property lazy loading currently available.
- The appropriate StandardProperty definition.
-
-
-
- Represents a basic property within the Hibernate runtime-metamodel.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Constructs StandardProperty instances.
-
- The name by which the property can be referenced within
- its owner.
- The Hibernate Type of this property.
- Should this property be handled lazily?
- Is this property an insertable value?
- Is this property an updateable value?
- Is this property generated in the database on insert?
- Is this property generated in the database on update?
- Is this property a nullable value?
- Is this property a checkable value?
- Is this property a versionable value?
- The cascade style for this property's value.
- Any fetch mode defined for this property
-
-
-
- Represents a version property within the Hibernate runtime-metamodel.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Constructs VersionProperty instances.
-
- The name by which the property can be referenced within
- its owner.
- The Hibernate Type of this property.
- Should this property be handled lazily?
- Is this property an insertable value?
- Is this property an updateable value?
- Is this property generated in the database on insert?
- Is this property generated in the database on update?
- Is this property a nullable value?
- Is this property a checkable value?
- Is this property a versionable value?
- The cascade style for this property's value.
- The value which, if found as the value of
- this (i.e., the version) property, represents new (i.e., un-saved)
- instances of the owning entity.
-
-
-
- Used when a user provided type does not match the expected one
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when Hibernate could not resolve an object by id, especially when
- loading an association.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- A UserType that may be dereferenced in a query.
- This interface allows a custom type to define "properties".
- These need not necessarily correspond to physical .NET style properties.
-
-
-
- An ICompositeUserType may be used in almost every way
- that a component may be used. It may even contain many-to-one
- associations.
-
-
- Implementors must declare a public default constructor.
-
-
- For ensuring cacheability, and
- must provide conversion to/from a cacheable
- representation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the "property names" that may be used in a query.
-
-
-
-
- Get the corresponding "property types"
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a property
-
- an instance of class mapped by this "type"
-
- the property value
-
-
-
- Set the value of a property
-
- an instance of class mapped by this "type"
-
- the value to set
-
-
-
- The class returned by NullSafeGet().
-
-
-
-
- Compare two instances of the class mapped by this type for persistence
- "equality", ie. equality of persistent state.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a hashcode for the instance, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an instance of the mapped class from a DbDataReader. Implementors
- should handle possibility of null values.
-
- DbDataReader
- the column names
-
- the containing entity
-
-
-
-
- Write an instance of the mapped class to a prepared statement.
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from index.
- If a property is not settable, skip it and don't increment the index.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a deep copy of the persistent state, stopping at entities and at collections.
-
- generally a collection element or entity field
-
-
-
-
- Are objects of this type mutable?
-
-
-
-
- Transform the object into its cacheable representation.
- At the very least this method should perform a deep copy.
- That may not be enough for some implementations, method should perform a deep copy. That may not be enough for some implementations, however; for example, associations must be cached as identifier values. (optional operation)
-
- the object to be cached
-
-
-
-
-
- Reconstruct an object from the cacheable representation.
- At the very least this method should perform a deep copy. (optional operation)
-
- the object to be cached
-
-
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. However, since
- composite user types often define component values, it might make sense to recursively
- replace component values in the target object.
-
-
-
-
- A custom type that may function as an identifier or discriminator
- type.
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string representation of this value.
-
-
-
-
- Return an SQL literal representation of the value
-
-
-
-
- Return a string representation of this value. It does not need to be xml encoded.
-
-
-
-
- Marker interface for user types which want to perform custom
- logging of their corresponding values
-
-
-
- Generate a loggable string representation of the collection (value).
- The collection to be logged; guaranteed to be non-null and initialized.
- The factory.
- The loggable string representation.
-
-
-
- Support for parameterizable types. A UserType or CustomUserType may be
- made parameterizable by implementing this interface. Parameters for a
- type may be set by using a nested type element for the property element
-
-
-
-
- Gets called by Hibernate to pass the configured type parameters to
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an uninitialized instance of the collection wrapper
-
-
-
-
- Wrap an instance of a collection
-
-
-
-
- Return an over the elements of this collection - the passed collection
- instance may or may not be a wrapper
-
-
-
-
- Optional operation. Does the collection contain the entity instance?
-
-
-
-
- Optional operation. Return the index of the entity in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Replace the elements of a collection with the elements of another collection
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an empty instance of the "underlying" collection (not a wrapper),
- but with the given anticipated size (i.e. accounting for initial size
- and perhaps load factor).
-
-
- The anticipated size of the instantiated collection
- after we are done populating it. Note, may be negative to indicate that
- we not yet know anything about the anticipated size (i.e., when initializing
- from a result set row by row).
-
-
-
-
- The interface to be implemented by user-defined types.
-
-
-
- The interface abstracts user code from future changes to the interface,
- simplifies the implementation of custom types and hides certain "internal interfaces" from
- user code.
-
-
- Implementers must declare a public default constructor.
-
-
- The actual class mapped by a IUserType may be just about anything.
-
-
- For ensuring cacheability, and
- must provide conversion to/from a cacheable
- representation.
-
-
- Alternatively, custom types could implement directly or extend one of the
- abstract classes in NHibernate.Type . This approach risks more future incompatible changes
- to classes or interfaces in the package.
-
-
-
-
-
- The SQL types for the columns mapped by this type.
-
-
-
-
- The type returned by NullSafeGet()
-
-
-
-
- Compare two instances of the class mapped by this type for persistent "equality"
- ie. equality of persistent state
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a hashcode for the instance, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an instance of the mapped class from an ADO resultset.
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
-
- a DbDataReader
- column names
- The session for which the operation is done. Allows access to
- Factory.Dialect and Factory.ConnectionProvider.Driver for adjusting to
- database or data provider capabilities.
- the containing entity
- The value.
- HibernateException
-
-
-
- Write an instance of the mapped class to a prepared statement.
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from index.
-
- a DbCommand
- the object to write
- command parameter index
- The session for which the operation is done. Allows access to
- Factory.Dialect and Factory.ConnectionProvider.Driver for adjusting to
- database or data provider capabilities.
- HibernateException
-
-
-
- Return a deep copy of the persistent state, stopping at entities and at collections.
-
- Generally a collection element or entity field value mapped as this user type.
- A copy.
-
-
-
- Are objects of this type mutable?
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing ( ) value in the entity
- we are merging to with a new ( ) value from the detached
- entity we are merging. For immutable objects, or null values, it is safe to simply
- return the first parameter. For mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the
- first parameter. For objects with component values, it might make sense to
- recursively replace component values.
-
- the value from the detached entity being merged
- the value in the managed entity
- the managed entity
- the value to be merged
-
-
-
- Reconstruct an object from the cacheable representation. At the very least this
- method should perform a deep copy if the type is mutable. See
- . (Optional operation if the second level cache is not used.)
-
- The cacheable representation.
- The owner of the cached object.
- A reconstructed object from the cachable representation.
-
-
-
- Transform the object into its cacheable representation. At the very least this
- method should perform a deep copy if the type is mutable. That may not be enough
- for some implementations, however; for example, associations must be cached as
- identifier values. (Optional operation if the second level cache is not used.)
- Second level cache implementations may have additional requirements, like the
- cacheable representation being binary serializable.
-
- The object to be cached.
- A cacheable representation of the object.
-
-
-
- A user type that may be used for a version property.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an initial version.
-
- The session from which this request originates. May be
- null; currently this only happens during startup when trying to determine
- the "unsaved value" of entities.
- an instance of the type
-
-
-
- Increment the version.
-
- The session from which this request originates.
- the current version
- an instance of the type
-
-
-
- Helper class that contains common array functions and
- data structures used through out NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Append all elements in the 'from' list to the 'to' list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Calculate a hash code based on the length and contents of the array.
- The algorithm is such that if ArrayHelper.ArrayEquals(a,b) returns true,
- then ArrayGetHashCode(a) == ArrayGetHashCode(b).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Append a value to an array.
-
-
- If is null, then return an array with length of 1 containing the .
-
- A new array containing all elements from and a at the end.
-
-
-
- A read-only dictionary that is always empty and permits lookup by key.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering.
-
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collection are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Computes a hash code for .
-
- The hash code is computed as the sum of hash codes of individual elements
- plus a length of the collection, so that the value is independent of the
- collection iteration order.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a that uses case-insensitive string comparison
- associated with invariant culture.
-
-
- This is different from the method in
- in that the latter uses the current culture and is thus vulnerable to the "Turkish I" problem.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a that uses case-insensitive string comparison
- associated with invariant culture.
-
-
- This is different from the method in
- in that the latter uses the current culture and is thus vulnerable to the "Turkish I" problem.
-
-
-
-
- A read-only dictionary that is always empty and permits lookup by key.
-
-
-
-
- Computes a hash code for .
-
- The hash code is computed as the sum of hash codes of individual elements
- plus a length of the collection, so that the value is independent of the
- collection iteration order.
-
-
-
-
- Computes a hash code for .
-
- The hash code is computed as the sum of hash codes of individual elements
- plus a length of the collection, so that the value is independent of the
- collection iteration order.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if two sets have equal elements. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first set.
- The second set.
- true if sets are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- The element comparer.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have the same elements with the same duplication count, whatever their ordering.
- Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have the same elements with the same duplication count, whatever their ordering.
- Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- The element comparer.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two maps have the same key-values. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the keys.
- The type of the values.
- The first map.
- The second map.
- true if maps are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two maps have the same key-values. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the keys.
- The type of the values.
- The first map.
- The second map.
- The value comparer.
- true if maps are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Utility class implementing ToString for collections. All ToString
- overloads call element.ToString() .
-
-
- To print collections of entities or typed values, use
- .
-
-
-
-
- Checks whether the type is a , , or
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrap a non-generic IEnumerator to provide the generic
- interface.
-
- The type of the enumerated elements.
-
-
-
- Try to retrieve from a reduced expression.
-
- The reduced dynamic expression.
- The out binder parameter.
- Whether the binder was found.
-
-
-
- Check whether the given expression represent a variable.
-
- The expression to check.
- The path of the variable.
- The closure context where the variable is stored.
- Whether the expression represents a variable.
-
-
-
- Get the mapped type for the given expression.
-
- The query parameters.
- The expression.
- The mapped type of the expression or when the mapped type was not
- found and the type is .
-
-
-
- Try to get the mapped nullability from the given expression.
-
- The session factory.
- The expression to evaluate.
- Output parameter that represents whether the is nullable.
- Whether the mapped nullability was found.
-
-
-
- Try to get the mapped type from the given expression. When the type is
- , the will be set based on the expression type
- only when the mapping for was found, otherwise
- will be returned.
-
- The session factory to retrieve types.
- The expression to evaluate.
- Output parameter that represents the mapped type of .
-
- Output parameter that represents the entity persister of the entity where is defined.
- This parameter will not be set when represents a property in a collection composite element.
-
-
- Output parameter that represents the component type where is defined.
- This parameter will not be set when does not represent a property in a component.
-
-
- Output parameter that represents the path of the mapped member, which in most cases is the member name. In case
- when the mapped member is defined inside a component the path will be prefixed with the name of the component member and a dot.
- (e.g. Component.Property).
- Whether the mapped type was found.
-
- When the contains an expression of type , the
- result may not be correct when casting to an entity that is mapped with multiple entity names.
- When the is polymorphic, the first implementor will be returned.
- When the contains a , the first found entity name
- will be returned from or .
- When the contains a expression, the first found entity name
- will be returned from or .
-
-
-
-
- Traverses the expression from top to bottom until the first containing an IEntityNameProvider
- instance is found.
-
- The expression to traverse.
- Output parameter that represents a collection, where each item contains information about all
- that were traversed until the first containing an
- instance is found. The number of items depends on how many different paths exist
- in the that contains a instance. When
- is not found or one of the expressions is not supported the parameter will be set to .
- Whether was populated.
-
-
-
- Metadata about all that were traversed.
-
-
-
-
- type that was used on a containing
- an .
-
-
-
-
- The entity name from .
-
-
-
-
- Direct children of the current metadata result.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all leaf (bottom) children that have the entity name set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get only filters enabled for many-to-one association.
-
- All enabled filters
- A new for filters enabled for many to one.
-
-
- A stable hasher using MurmurHash2 algorithm.
-
-
-
- An where keys are compared by object identity, rather than equals .
-
- All external users of this class need to have no knowledge of the IdentityKey - it is all
- hidden by this class.
-
-
-
- Do NOT use a System.Value type as the key for this Hashtable - only classes. See
- the google thread
- about why using System.Value is a bad thing.
-
-
- If I understand it correctly, the first call to get an object defined by a DateTime("2003-01-01")
- would box the DateTime and return the identity key for the box. If you were to get that Key and
- unbox it into a DateTime struct, then the next time you passed it in as the Key the IdentityMap
- would box it again (into a different box) and it would have a different IdentityKey - so you would
- not get the same value for the same DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the IdentityMap that has no
- iteration order.
-
- A new IdentityMap based on a Hashtable.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the IdentityMap that has an
- iteration order of the order the objects were added
- to the Map.
-
- A new IdentityMap based on ListDictionary.
-
-
-
- Return the Dictionary Entries (as instances of DictionaryEntry in a collection
- that is safe from concurrent modification). Ie - we may safely add new instances
- to the underlying IDictionary during enumeration of the Values .
-
- The IDictionary to get the enumeration safe list.
- A Collection of DictionaryEntries
-
-
-
- Create the IdentityMap class with the correct class for the IDictionary.
- Unsorted = Hashtable
- Sorted = ListDictionary
-
- A class that implements the IDictionary for storing the objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Keys used in this IdentityMap
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a snapshot VIEW in the form of a List of the contents of the IdentityMap.
- You can safely iterate over this VIEW and modify the actual IdentityMap because the
- VIEW is a copy of the contents, not a reference to the existing Map.
-
- Contains a copy (not that actual instance stored) of the DictionaryEntries in a List.
-
-
-
-
- Verifies that we are not using a System.ValueType as the Key in the Dictionary
-
- The object that will be the key.
- An object that is safe to be a key.
- Thrown when the obj is a System.ValueType
-
-
-
- Set implementation that use reference equals instead of Equals() as its comparison mechanism.
-
-
-
-
- Concatenates multiple objects implementing into one.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an IEnumerable object from multiple IEnumerables.
-
- The IEnumerables to join together.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Dispose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this JoinedEnumerable is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- The command is closed and the reader is disposed. This allows other ADO.NET
- related actions to occur without needing to move all the way through the
- EnumerableImpl.
-
-
-
-
- A map of objects whose mapping entries are sequenced based on the order in which they were
- added. This data structure has fast O(1) search time, deletion time, and insertion time
-
-
- This class is not thread safe.
- This class is not a really replication of JDK LinkedHashMap{K, V},
- this class is an adaptation of SequencedHashMap with generics.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty,
- has the default initial capacity, and uses the default equality comparer for the key type.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty,
- has the specified initial capacity, and uses the default equality comparer for the key type.
-
- The initial number of elements that the can contain.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty, has the default initial capacity, and uses the specified .
-
- The implementation to use when comparing keys, or null to use the default EqualityComparer for the type of the key.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty, has the specified initial capacity, and uses the specified .
-
- The initial number of elements that the can contain.
- The implementation to use when comparing keys, or null to use the default EqualityComparer for the type of the key.
-
-
-
- An implementation of a Map which has a maximum size and uses a Least Recently Used
- algorithm to remove items from the Map when the maximum size is reached and new items are added.
-
-
-
-
- Various small helper methods.
-
-
-
-
- Return an identifying string representation for the object, taking
- NHibernate proxies into account. The returned string will be "null",
- "classname@hashcode(hash)", or "entityname#identifier". If the object
- is an uninitialized NHibernate proxy, take care not to initialize it.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the param 's value.
-
- The object to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- Whether is a collection.
- An for the object.
-
- Thrown when the param is null because the
- can't be guess from a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the param 's value.
-
- The object to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- An for the object.
-
- Thrown when the param is null because the
- can't be guess from a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the .
-
- The to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- Whether is a collection.
- An for the .
-
- Thrown when the clazz is null because the
- can't be guess from a null type.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the .
-
- The to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- An for the .
-
- Thrown when the clazz is null because the
- can't be guess from a null type.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the .
-
- The to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- An for the .
-
- Thrown when the clazz is null because the
- can't be guess from a null type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares objects by reference equality
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper class for Reflection related code.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The return type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
-
- Get the for a public overload of a given method if the method does not match
- given parameter types, otherwise directly yield the given method.
-
- The method for which finding an overload.
- The arguments types of the overload to get.
- The of the method.
- Whenever possible, use GetMethod() instead for performance reasons.
-
-
-
- Gets the field or property to be accessed.
-
- The declaring-type of the property.
- The type of the property.
- The expression representing the property getter.
- The of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets the static field or property to be accessed.
-
- The type of the property.
- The expression representing the property getter.
- The of the property.
-
-
-
- Determine if the specified overrides the
- implementation of Equals from
-
- The to reflect.
- if any type in the hierarchy overrides Equals(object).
-
-
-
- Determine if the specified overrides the
- implementation of GetHashCode from
-
- The to reflect.
- if any type in the hierarchy overrides GetHashCode().
-
-
-
- Finds the for the property in the .
-
- The to find the property in.
- The name of the Property to find.
- The name of the property access strategy.
- The to get the value of the Property.
-
- This one takes a propertyAccessor name as we might know the correct strategy by now so we avoid Exceptions which are costly
-
-
-
-
- Get the NHibernate for the named property of the .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the property/field to find in the class.
- The name of the property accessor for the property.
-
- The NHibernate for the named property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the for the named property of a type.
-
- The to find the property in.
- The name of the property/field to find in the class.
- The name of the property accessor for the property.
- The for the named property.
-
-
-
- Get the for the named property of a type.
-
- The FullName to find the property in.
- The name of the property/field to find in the class.
- The name of the property accessor for the property.
- The for the named property.
-
-
-
- Returns a reference to the Type.
-
- The name of the class or a fully qualified name.
- The Type for the Class.
-
-
-
- Load a System.Type given its name.
-
- The class FullName or AssemblyQualifiedName
- The System.Type
-
- If the don't represent an
- the method try to find the System.Type scanning all Assemblies of the .
-
- If no System.Type was found for .
-
-
-
- Load a System.Type given its name.
-
- The class FullName or AssemblyQualifiedName
- The System.Type or null
-
- If the don't represent an
- the method try to find the System.Type scanning all Assemblies of the .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a from an already loaded Assembly or an
- Assembly that is loaded with a partial name.
-
- An .
- if an exception should be thrown
- in case of an error, otherwise.
-
- A object that represents the specified type,
- or if the type cannot be loaded.
-
-
- Attempts to get a reference to the type from an already loaded assembly. If the
- type cannot be found then the assembly is loaded using
- .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value of the static field of .
-
- The .
- The name of the field in the .
- The value contained in the field, or if the type or the field does not exist.
-
-
-
- Gets the default no arg constructor for the .
-
- The to find the constructor for.
-
- The for the no argument constructor, or if the
- type is an abstract class.
-
-
- Thrown when there is a problem calling the method GetConstructor on .
-
-
-
-
- Finds the constructor that takes the parameters.
-
- The to find the constructor in.
- The objects to use to find the appropriate constructor.
-
- An that can be used to create the type with
- the specified parameters.
-
-
- Thrown when no constructor with the correct signature can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if the is a non creatable class.
-
- The to check.
- if the is an Abstract Class or an Interface.
-
-
-
- Unwraps the supplied
- and returns the inner exception preserving the stack trace.
-
-
- The to unwrap.
-
- The unwrapped exception.
-
-
-
- Ensures an exception current stack-trace will be preserved if the exception is explicitly rethrown.
-
-
- The which current stack-trace is to be preserved in case of explicit rethrow.
-
- The unwrapped exception.
-
-
-
- Try to find a method in a given type.
-
- The given type.
- The method info.
- The found method or null.
-
- The , in general, become from another .
-
-
-
-
- Try to find a property, that can be managed by NHibernate, from a given type.
-
- The given .
- The name of the property to find.
- true if the property exists; otherwise false.
-
- When the user defines a field.xxxxx access strategy should be because both the property and the field exists.
- NHibernate can work even when the property does not exist but in this case the user should use the appropriate accessor.
-
-
-
-
- Check if a method is declared in a given .
-
- The method to check.
- The where the method is really declared.
- True if the method is an implementation of the method declared in ; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Used to ensure a collection filtering a given IEnumerable by a certain type.
-
- The type used like filter.
-
-
-
- A map of objects whose mapping entries are sequenced based on the order in which they were
- added. This data structure has fast O(1) search time, deletion time, and insertion time
-
-
- This class is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
- Construct an empty sentinel used to hold the head (sentinel.next) and the tail (sentinal.prev)
- of the list. The sentinal has a key and value
-
-
-
-
-
- Sentinel used to hold the head and tail of the list of entries
-
-
-
-
- Map of keys to entries
-
-
-
-
- Holds the number of modifications that have occurred to the map, excluding modifications
- made through a collection view's iterator.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with default initial size and load factor
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with the specified initial size and default load factor
-
- the initial size for the hash table
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with the specified initial size and load factor
-
- the initial size for the hashtable
- the load factor for the hash table
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with the specified initial size, hash code provider
- and comparer
-
- the initial size for the hashtable
-
-
-
-
- Creates an empty Hashtable with the default initial capacity and using the default load factor,
- the specified hash code provider and the specified comparer
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an empty Hashtable with the default initial capacity and using the default load factor,
- the specified hash code provider and the specified comparer
-
- the initial size for the hashtable
- the load factor for the hash table
-
-
-
-
- Removes an internal entry from the linked list. THis does not remove it from the underlying
- map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts a new internal entry to the tail of the linked list. This does not add the
- entry to the underlying map.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the Entry identified by the Key if it exists.
-
- The Key to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return only the Key of the DictionaryEntry
-
-
-
-
- Return only the Value of the DictionaryEntry
-
-
-
-
- Return the full DictionaryEntry
-
-
-
-
- Cache following a "Most Recently Used" (MRU) algorithm for maintaining a
- bounded in-memory size; the "Least Recently Used" (LRU) entry is the first
- available for removal from the cache.
-
-
- This implementation uses a bounded MRU Map to limit the in-memory size of
- the cache. Thus the size of this cache never grows beyond the stated size.
-
-
-
-
- Cache following a "Most Recently Used" (MRY) algorithm for maintaining a
- bounded in-memory size; the "Least Recently Used" (LRU) entry is the first
- available for removal from the cache.
-
-
- This implementation uses a "soft limit" to the in-memory size of the cache,
- meaning that all cache entries are kept within a completely
- {@link java.lang.ref.SoftReference}-based map with the most recently utilized
- entries additionally kept in a hard-reference manner to prevent those cache
- entries soft references from becoming enqueued by the garbage collector.
- Thus the actual size of this cache impl can actually grow beyond the stated
- max size bound as long as GC is not actively seeking soft references for
- enqueuement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This allows for both CRLF and lone LF line separators.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Just a facade for calling string.Split()
- We don't use our StringTokenizer because string.Split() is
- more efficient (but it only works when we don't want to retrieve the delimiters)
-
- separators for the tokens of the list
- the string that will be broken into tokens
-
-
-
-
- Splits the String using the StringTokenizer.
-
- separators for the tokens of the list
- the string that will be broken into tokens
- true to include the separators in the tokens.
-
-
- This is more powerful than Split because you have the option of including or
- not including the separators in the tokens.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Takes a fully qualified type name and returns the full name of the
- Class - includes namespaces.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Takes a fully qualified type name (can include the assembly) and just returns
- the name of the Class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if given name is not root property name
-
-
- Returns root name
-
-
-
- Returns true if given name is not root property name
-
-
- Returns root name
- Returns "unrooted" name, or empty string for root
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if supplied fullPath has non empty pathToProperty
- "alias.Entity.Value" -> pathToProperty = "alias.Entity", propertyName = "Value"
-
-
-
-
- Converts a in the format of "true", "t", "false", or "f" to
- a .
-
- The string to convert.
-
- The value converted to a .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Counts the unquoted instances of the character.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a nice alias for the given class name or collection role
- name and unique integer. Subclasses do not have to use
- aliases of this form.
-
- an alias of the form foo1_
-
-
-
- Returns the interned string equal to if there is one, or
- otherwise.
-
- A
- A
-
-
-
- Return the index of the next line separator, starting at startIndex. If will match
- the first CRLF or LF line separator. If there is no match, -1 will be returned. When
- returning, newLineLength will be set to the number of characters in the matched line
- separator (1 if LF was found, 2 if CRLF was found).
-
-
-
-
- Check if the given index points to a line separator in the string. Both CRLF and LF
- line separators are handled. When returning, newLineLength will be set to the number
- of characters matched in the line separator. It will be 2 if a CRLF matched, 1 if LF
- matched, and 0 if the index doesn't indicate (the start of) a line separator.
-
-
-
-
- A StringTokenizer java like object
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an unmodifiable view of the specified IDictionary.
- This method allows modules to provide users with "read-only" access to internal dictionary.
- Query operations on the returned dictionary "read through" to the specified dictionary,
- and attempts to modify the returned dictionary,
- whether direct or via its collection views, result in an .
-
- The type of keys in the dictionary.
- The type of values in the dictionary.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the UnmodifiableDictionary class that contains elements wrapped
- from the specified IDictionary.
-
- The whose elements are wrapped.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Count of elements in the collection. Unreliable!
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when ISession.Load() selects a row with the given primary key (identifier value)
- but the row's discriminator value specifies a different subclass from the one requested
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The identifier of the object that was being loaded.
- The name of entity that NHibernate was told to load.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier of the object that was being loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of entity that NHibernate was told to load.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netcoreapp2.0/NHibernate.dll b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netcoreapp2.0/NHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index ed399efe9..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netcoreapp2.0/NHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.0/NHibernate.dll b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.0/NHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 18b366b56..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.0/NHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.1/NHibernate.dll b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.1/NHibernate.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cf2e46ca..000000000
Binary files a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.1/NHibernate.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.1/NHibernate.xml b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.1/NHibernate.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c17d26120..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/lib/netstandard2.1/NHibernate.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59983 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- NHibernate
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of BulkOperationCleanupAction.
-
-
-
-
- Create an action that will evict collection and entity regions based on queryspaces (table names).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Any action relating to insert/update/delete of a collection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that is responsible for the persisting the Collection.
- The Persistent collection.
- The identifier of the Collection.
- The that the Action is occurring in.
-
-
-
- What spaces (tables) are affected by this action?
-
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
-
-
- Execute this action
-
-
-
- Compares the current object with another object of the same type.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the other parameter.Zero This object is equal to other. Greater than zero This object is greater than other.
-
- An object to compare with this object.
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Execute this action
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Execute this action
-
- This method is called when a new non-null collection is persisted
- or when an existing (non-null) collection is moved to a new owner
-
-
-
- Execute this action
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is called when a new non-null collection is persisted
- or when an existing (non-null) collection is moved to a new owner
-
-
-
-
- Removes a persistent collection from its loaded owner.
-
- The collection to to remove; must be non-null
- The collection's persister
- The collection key
- Indicates if the snapshot is empty
- The session
- Use this constructor when the collection is non-null.
-
-
-
- Removes a persistent collection from a specified owner.
-
- The collection's owner; must be non-null
- The collection's persister
- The collection key
- Indicates if the snapshot is empty
- The session
- Use this constructor when the collection to be removed has not been loaded.
-
-
-
- Acts as a stand-in for an entity identifier which is supposed to be
- generated on insert (like an IDENTITY column), when an entity is Persist ed.
- Save still performs the insert.
-
-
- The stand-in is only used within the
- in order to distinguish one instance from another; it is never injected into
- the entity instance or returned to the client.
-
-
-
-
- The actual identifier value that has been generated.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for actions relating to insert/update/delete of an entity
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an action.
-
- The session from which this action is coming.
- The id of the entity
- The entity instance
- The entity persister
-
-
-
- Entity name accessor
-
-
-
-
- Entity Id accessor
-
-
-
-
- Entity Instance
-
-
-
-
- Session from which this action originated
-
-
-
-
- The entity persister.
-
-
-
-
- Contract representing some process that needs to occur during after transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here after completion of the transaction.
-
- Did the transaction complete successfully? True means it did.
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here after completion of the transaction.
-
- Did the transaction complete successfully? True means it did.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- An extension to which allows async cleanup operations to be
- scheduled on transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- Get the before-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
-
- Get the after-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
-
- Contract representing some process that needs to occur during before transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here before completion of the transaction.
-
-
-
-
- Perform whatever processing is encapsulated here before completion of the transaction.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The query cache spaces (tables) which are affected by this action.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate representing some process that needs to occur before transaction completion.
-
-
- NH specific: C# does not support dynamic interface proxies so a delegate is used in
- place of the Hibernate interface (see Action/BeforeTransactionCompletionProcess). The
- delegate omits the parameter as it is not used.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate representing some process that needs to occur after transaction completion.
-
- Did the transaction complete successfully? True means it did.
-
- NH specific: C# does not support dynamic interface proxies so a delegate is used in
- place of the Hibernate interface (see Action/AfterTransactionCompletionProcess). The
- delegate omits the parameter as it is not used.
-
-
-
-
- An operation which may be scheduled for later execution.
- Usually, the operation is a database insert/update/delete,
- together with required second-level cache management.
-
-
-
-
- What spaces (tables) are affected by this action?
-
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
-
-
- Execute this action
-
-
-
- Get the before-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
-
- Get the after-transaction-completion process, if any, for this action.
-
-
-
- Called before executing any actions
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Execute this action
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Wraps exceptions that occur during ADO.NET calls.
-
-
- Exceptions thrown by various ADO.NET providers are not derived from
- a common base class (SQLException in Java), so
- is used instead in NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Manages prepared statements and batching. Class exists to enforce separation of concerns
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The owning this batcher.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current that is contained for this Batch
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Gets the current that is contained for this Batch
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Gets the current parameters that are contained for this Batch
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Prepares the for execution in the database.
-
-
- This takes care of hooking the up to an
- and if one exists. It will call Prepare if the Driver
- supports preparing commands.
-
-
-
-
- Ensures that the Driver's rules for Multiple Open DataReaders are being followed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the batch, this can change dynamically by
- calling the session's SetBatchSize.
-
- The size of the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds the expected row count into the batch.
-
- The number of rows expected to be affected by the query.
-
- If Batching is not supported, then this is when the Command should be executed. If Batching
- is supported then it should hold of on executing the batch until explicitly told to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the the Batcher was
- created in.
-
-
- The the Batcher was
- created in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the for this batcher.
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Dispose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this BatcherImpl is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- If this BatcherImpl is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this BatcherImpl back to life.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the for execution in the database.
-
-
- This takes care of hooking the up to an
- and if one exists. It will call Prepare if the Driver
- supports preparing commands.
-
-
-
-
- Ensures that the Driver's rules for Multiple Open DataReaders are being followed.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Adds the expected row count into the batch.
-
- The number of rows expected to be affected by the query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If Batching is not supported, then this is when the Command should be executed. If Batching
- is supported then it should hold of on executing the batch until explicitly told to.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ColumnNameCache. Thread safe.
-
-
-
- Manages the database connection and transaction for an .
-
-
- This class corresponds to LogicalConnectionImplementor and JdbcCoordinator
- in Hibernate, combined.
-
-
-
-
- The session responsible for the lifecycle of the connection manager.
-
-
-
-
- The sessions using the connection manager of the session responsible for it.
-
-
-
-
- when the connection manager is being used from system transaction completion events,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Get a new opened connection. The caller is responsible for closing it.
-
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- Get the managed connection.
-
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- The current transaction if any is ongoing, else .
-
-
-
- The batcher managed by this ConnectionManager.
-
-
-
- Enlist a command in the current transaction, if any.
-
- The command to enlist.
-
-
-
- Enlist the connection into provided transaction if the connection should be enlisted.
- Do nothing in case an explicit transaction is ongoing.
-
- The transaction in which the connection should be enlisted.
-
-
-
- Get a new opened connection. The caller is responsible for closing it.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- Get the managed connection.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An opened connection.
-
-
-
- A wrapper that implements the required members.
-
-
-
-
- The wrapped command.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic batcher that will batch UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE commands by concatenating them with a semicolon.
- Use this batcher only if there are no dedicated batchers in the given environment. Unfortunately some
- database clients do not support concatenating commands with a semicolon. Here are the known clients
- that do not work with this batcher:
- - FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient
- - Oracle.ManagedDataAccess
- - System.Data.SqlServerCe
- - Sap.Data.Hana
-
-
-
-
- DML batcher for HANA.
- By Jonathan Bregler
-
-
-
- Factory for instances.
-
-
-
- Provides a default class.
-
-
- This interface allows to specify a default for a specific
- . The configuration setting
- takes precedence over BatcherFactoryClass .
-
-
-
-
- The class type.
-
-
-
-
- Expected row count. Valid only for batchable expectations.
-
-
-
-
- Supports adjusting a according to a and
- the parameter's value. An may implement this interface.
-
-
-
-
- Adjust the provided parameter according to its and
- .
-
- The parameter to adjust.
- The parameter's .
- The parameter's value.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the
- interface that does no batching.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The for this batcher.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the current and compares the row Count
- to the expectedRowCount .
-
-
- The expected number of rows affected by the query. A value of less than 0
- indicates that the number of rows to expect is unknown or should not be a factor.
-
-
- Thrown when there is an expected number of rows to be affected and the
- actual number of rows is different.
-
-
-
-
- This Batcher implementation does not support batching so this is a no-op call. The
- actual execution of the is run in the AddToBatch
- method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the current and compares the row Count
- to the expectedRowCount .
-
-
- The expected number of rows affected by the query. A value of less than 0
- indicates that the number of rows to expect is unknown or should not be a factor.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown when there is an expected number of rows to be affected and the
- actual number of rows is different.
-
-
-
-
- This Batcher implementation does not support batching so this is a no-op call. The
- actual execution of the is run in the AddToBatch
- method.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- A BatcherFactory implementation which constructs Batcher instances
- that do not perform batch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for OracleDataClientBatchingBatcher.
- By Tomer Avissar
-
-
-
-
- A ResultSet delegate, responsible for locally caching the columnName-to-columnIndex
- resolution that has been found to be inefficient in a few vendor's drivers (i.e., Oracle
- and Postgres).
-
-
-
-
- Format an SQL statement using simple rules:
- a) Insert newline after each comma;
- b) Indent three spaces after each inserted newline;
- If the statement contains single/double quotes return unchanged,
- it is too complex and could be broken by simple formatting.
-
-
-
- Represents the the understood types or styles of formatting.
-
-
- Centralize logging handling for SQL statements.
-
-
- Constructs a new SqlStatementLogger instance.
-
-
- Constructs a new SqlStatementLogger instance.
- Should we log to STDOUT in addition to our internal logger.
- Should we format SQL ('prettify') prior to logging.
-
-
- Log a DbCommand.
- Title
- The SQL statement.
- The requested formatting style.
-
-
- Log a DbCommand.
- The SQL statement.
- The requested formatting style.
-
-
-
- Indicates failure of an assertion: a possible bug in NHibernate
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- An abstract batch used for implementing a batch operation of .
-
-
-
-
- An abstract batch used for implementing a batch operation of .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for letting implementors define a caching algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- All implementations must be threadsafe.
-
-
- The key is the identifier of the object that is being cached. The key is in most cases
- a .
-
-
- The value can be a , a ,
- a , an or
- implementation, all containing simple values or array of
- simple values. It can also be directly a simple value or an array of simple values.
- And it can be a containing any of the previous types, or
- a .
-
-
- All those types are binary serializable.
-
-
- This base class provides minimal async method implementations delegating their work to their
- synchronous counterparts. Override them for supplying actual async operations.
-
-
- Similarly, this base class provides minimal multiple get/put/lock/unlock implementations
- delegating their work to their single operation counterparts. Override them if your cache
- implementation supports multiple operations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys to be retrieved from the cache.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
- As all other Many method, its default implementation just falls back on calling
- the single operation method in a loop. Cache providers should override it with an actual multiple
- implementation if they can support it.
- Additionally, if overriding GetMany , consider overriding also
- .
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Lock the items from being concurrently changed.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A lock object to use for unlocking the items. Can be .
- The implementation is allowed to do nothing for non-clustered cache.
-
-
-
- Unlock the items that were previously locked.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the items, as received from .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The implementation should do nothing if own implementation does nothing.
-
-
-
- A reasonable "lock timeout".
-
-
-
-
- The name of the cache region.
-
-
-
-
- Should batched get operations be preferred other single get calls?
-
-
-
- implementation always yield false , override it if required.
-
-
- This property should yield if delegates
- its implementation to .
-
-
- When , NHibernate will attempt to get other non initialized proxies or
- collections from the cache instead of only getting the proxy or collection which initialization
- is asked for. If this cache implementation does not benefit from batching together get operations,
- this may result in a performance loss.
-
-
- When , NHibernate will still call when it has many
- gets to perform. Its default implementation is adequate for this case.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
- The cached item.
-
-
-
- Put the item into the cache.
-
- The item key.
- The item.
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Clean up.
-
-
-
-
- Lock the item from being concurrently changed.
-
- The item key.
- A lock object to use for unlocking the item. Can be .
- The implementation is allowed to do nothing for non-clustered cache.
-
-
-
- Unlock an item which was previously locked.
-
- The item key.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the item, as received from .
- The implementation should do nothing if own implementation does nothing.
-
-
-
- Generate a timestamp.
-
- A timestamp.
-
-
-
- Get multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys to be retrieved from the cache.
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
- As all other Many method, its default implementation just falls back on calling
- the single operation method in a loop. Cache providers should override it with an actual multiple
- implementation if they can support it.
- Additionally, if overriding GetMany , consider overriding also
- .
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
-
-
-
- Lock the items from being concurrently changed.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A lock object to use for unlocking the items. Can be .
- The implementation is allowed to do nothing for non-clustered cache.
-
-
-
- Unlock the items that were previously locked.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the items, as received from .
- The implementation should do nothing if own implementation does nothing.
-
-
-
- Get the item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The cached item.
-
-
-
- Put the item into the cache.
-
- The item key.
- The item.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the cache.
-
- The item key.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, lock the item.
-
- The item key.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- A lock object to use for unlocking the key. Can be .
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, unlock the item.
-
- The item key.
- The lock object to use for unlocking the key, as received from .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
-
-
- A batcher for batching operations of .
-
-
-
-
- Executes the pending batches.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Adds a put operation to the batch.
-
- The entity persister.
- The data to put in the cache.
-
-
-
- Adds a put operation to the batch.
-
- The collection persister.
- The data to put in the cache.
-
-
-
- Executes the pending batches.
-
-
-
-
- Cleans up the current batch.
-
-
-
-
- A batch for batching the operation.
-
-
-
-
- A cached instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Used by
-
-
-
-
- A simple -based cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementors manage transactional access to cached data.
-
-
-
- Transactions pass in a timestamp indicating transaction start time.
-
-
- When used to cache entities and collections the key is the identifier of the
- entity/collection and the value should be set to the
- for an entity and the results of
- for a collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache items, after loading them from the database.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the items.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers.
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of boolean indicating if each item was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple items from the cache.
-
- The keys of the items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The cached items, matching each key of respectively. For each missed key,
- it will contain a .
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache items, after loading them from the database.
-
- The keys of the items.
- The items.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the items.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers.
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- An array of boolean indicating if each item was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Implementors define a caching algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- All implementations must be threadsafe.
-
-
- The key is the identifier of the object that is being cached and the
- value is a .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the object from the Cache
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the Cache.
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to remove.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Clear the Cache
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, lock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to lock.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, unlock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to unlock.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Get the object from the Cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove an item from the Cache.
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to remove.
-
-
-
-
- Clear the Cache
-
-
-
-
-
- Clean up.
-
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, lock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to lock.
-
-
-
-
- If this is a clustered cache, unlock the item
-
- The Key of the Item in the Cache to unlock.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a timestamp
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a reasonable "lock timeout"
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the cache region
-
-
-
-
- Implementors manage transactional access to cached data.
-
-
-
- Transactions pass in a timestamp indicating transaction start time.
-
-
- When used to cache entities and collections the key is the identifier of the
- entity/collection and the value should be set to the
- for an entity and the results of
- for a collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve an object from the Cache
-
- The key (id) of the object to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached object or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache an object, after loading from the database
-
- The key (id) of the object to put in the Cache.
- The value
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- the version number of the object we are putting
- a Comparer to be used to compare version numbers
- indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the object was successfully cached
-
-
-
-
- We are going to attempt to update/delete the keyed object
-
- The key
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has become stale (before the transaction completes).
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (before the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Evict().
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called when we have finished the attempted update/delete (which may or
- may not have been successful), after transaction completion.
-
- The key
- The soft lock
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (after the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Release().
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been inserted (after the transaction completes), instead of calling release().
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Evict an item from the cache immediately (without regard for transaction isolation).
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Evict all items from the cache immediately.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve an object from the Cache
-
- The key (id) of the object to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- The cached object or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache an object, after loading from the database
-
- The key (id) of the object to put in the Cache.
- The value
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- the version number of the object we are putting
- a Comparer to be used to compare version numbers
- indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached
- if the object was successfully cached
-
-
-
-
- We are going to attempt to update/delete the keyed object
-
- The key
-
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has become stale (before the transaction completes).
-
-
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (before the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Evict().
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been inserted (before the transaction completes), instead of calling Evict().
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "synchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called when we have finished the attempted update/delete (which may or
- may not have been successful), after transaction completion.
-
- The key
- The soft lock
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been updated (after the transaction completes),
- instead of calling Release().
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Called after an item has been inserted (after the transaction completes), instead of calling release().
-
-
-
-
- This method is used by "asynchronous" concurrency strategies.
-
-
-
- Evict an item from the cache immediately (without regard for transaction isolation).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict all items from the cache immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clean up resources.
-
-
-
- This method should not destroy . The session factory is responsible for it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for this strategy to use.
-
- The for this strategy to use.
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple objects from the Cache
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of cached objects or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to put in the Cache.
- The objects to put in the cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the objects we are putting.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the objects were successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to retrieve multiple objects from the Cache
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to get out of the Cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time
- An array of cached objects or
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache concurrency strategy.
- The keys (id) of the objects to put in the Cache.
- The objects to put in the cache.
- A timestamp prior to the transaction start time.
- The version numbers of the objects we are putting.
- The comparers to be used to compare version numbers
- Indicates that the cache should avoid a put if the item is already cached.
- if the objects were successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for caches capable of storing query results. These
- caches should only concern themselves with storing the matching result ids
- of entities.
- The transactional semantics are necessarily less strict than the semantics
- of an item cache.
- should also be implemented for
- compatibility with future versions.
-
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
-
- The cache region.
-
-
-
-
- Clear the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Clean up resources.
-
-
- This method should not destroy . The session factory is responsible for it.
-
-
-
-
- Transitional interface for .
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Get query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query spaces.
- The session for which the query is executed.
- The query results, if cached.
-
-
-
- Put query results in the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query key.
- The query parameters.
- The query result row types.
- The query result.
- The session for which the query was executed.
- if the result has been cached,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve multiple query results from the cache.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query spaces matching .
- The session for which the queries are executed.
- The cached query results, matching each key of respectively. For each
- missed key, it will contain a .
-
-
-
- Attempt to cache objects, after loading them from the database.
-
- The cache.
- The query keys.
- The array of query parameters matching .
- The array of query result row types matching .
- The array of query results matching .
- The session for which the queries were executed.
- An array of boolean indicating if each query was successfully cached.
-
-
-
-
- Caches data that is sometimes updated without ever locking the cache.
- If concurrent access to an item is possible, this concurrency strategy
- makes no guarantee that the item returned from the cache is the latest
- version available in the database. Configure your cache timeout accordingly!
- This is an "asynchronous" concurrency strategy.
- for a much stricter algorithm
-
-
-
-
- Get the most recent version, if available.
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Add an item to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Get the most recent version, if available.
-
-
-
-
- Add multiple items to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Add an item to the cache
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Invalidate the item (again, for safety).
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing
-
-
-
-
- Caches data that is never updated
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Do nothing.
-
-
-
-
- Unsupported!
-
-
-
-
- Caches data that is sometimes updated while maintaining the semantics of
- "read committed" isolation level. If the database is set to "repeatable
- read", this concurrency strategy almost maintains the semantics.
- Repeatable read isolation is compromised in the case of concurrent writes.
- This is an "asynchronous" concurrency strategy.
-
-
- If this strategy is used in a cluster, the underlying cache implementation
- must support distributed hard locks (which are held only momentarily). This
- strategy also assumes that the underlying cache implementation does not do
- asynchronous replication and that state has been fully replicated as soon
- as the lock is released.
- for a faster algorithm
-
-
-
-
-
- Do not return an item whose timestamp is later than the current
- transaction timestamp. (Otherwise we might compromise repeatable
- read unnecessarily.) Do not return an item which is soft-locked.
- Always go straight to the database instead.
-
-
- Note that since reading an item from that cache does not actually
- go to the database, it is possible to see a kind of phantom read
- due to the underlying row being updated after we have read it
- from the cache. This would not be possible in a lock-based
- implementation of repeatable read isolation. It is also possible
- to overwrite changes made and committed by another transaction
- after the current transaction read the item from the cache. This
- problem would be caught by the update-time version-checking, if
- the data is versioned or timestamped.
-
-
-
-
- Stop any other transactions reading or writing this item to/from
- the cache. Send them straight to the database instead. (The lock
- does time out eventually.) This implementation tracks concurrent
- locks by transactions which simultaneously attempt to write to an
- item.
-
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the items were actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the item was actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- decrement a lock and put it back in the cache
-
-
-
-
- Re-cache the updated state, if and only if there there are
- no other concurrent soft locks. Release our lock.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the cache region name.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an id for a new lock. Uniqueness per cache instance is very
- desirable but not absolutely critical. Must be called from one of the
- synchronized methods of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Do not return an item whose timestamp is later than the current
- transaction timestamp. (Otherwise we might compromise repeatable
- read unnecessarily.) Do not return an item which is soft-locked.
- Always go straight to the database instead.
-
-
- Note that since reading an item from that cache does not actually
- go to the database, it is possible to see a kind of phantom read
- due to the underlying row being updated after we have read it
- from the cache. This would not be possible in a lock-based
- implementation of repeatable read isolation. It is also possible
- to overwrite changes made and committed by another transaction
- after the current transaction read the item from the cache. This
- problem would be caught by the update-time version-checking, if
- the data is versioned or timestamped.
-
-
-
-
- Stop any other transactions reading or writing this item to/from
- the cache. Send them straight to the database instead. (The lock
- does time out eventually.) This implementation tracks concurrent
- locks by transactions which simultaneously attempt to write to an
- item.
-
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the items were actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- Do not add an item to the cache unless the current transaction
- timestamp is later than the timestamp at which the item was
- invalidated. (Otherwise, a stale item might be re-added if the
- database is operating in repeatable read isolation mode.)
-
- Whether the item was actually put into the cache
-
-
-
- decrement a lock and put it back in the cache
-
-
-
-
- Re-cache the updated state, if and only if there there are
- no other concurrent soft locks. Release our lock.
-
-
-
-
- Is the client's lock commensurate with the item in the cache?
- If it is not, we know that the cache expired the original
- lock.
-
-
-
-
- The standard implementation of the Hibernate
- interface. This implementation is very good at recognizing stale query
- results and re-running queries when it detects this condition, recaching
- the new results.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Build a query cache.
-
- The cache of updates timestamps.
- The to use for the region.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Tracks the timestamps of the most recent updates to particular tables. It is
- important that the cache timeout of the underlying cache implementation be set
- to a higher value than the timeouts of any of the query caches. In fact, we
- recommend that the the underlying cache not be configured for expiry at all.
- Note, in particular, that an LRU cache expiry policy is never appropriate.
-
-
-
-
- Build the update timestamps cache.
- x
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Marker interface, denoting a client-visible "soft lock" on a cached item.
-
-
-
-
- An item of cached data, timestamped with the time it was cached, when it was locked,
- when it was unlocked
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp on the cached data
-
-
-
-
- The actual cached data
-
-
-
-
- The version of the cached data
-
-
-
-
- Lock the item
-
-
-
-
- Not a lock!
-
-
-
-
- Is this item visible to the timestamped transaction?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Don't overwrite already cached items
-
-
-
-
- Represents any exception from an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Factory class for creating an .
-
-
-
-
- No providers implement transactional caching currently,
- it was ported from Hibernate just for the sake of completeness.
-
-
-
-
- Never interact with second level cache or UpdateTimestampsCache.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an from the parameters.
-
- The name of the strategy that should use for the class.
- The name of the class the strategy is being created for.
- if the object being stored in the cache is mutable.
- Used to retrieve the global cache region prefix.
- Properties the cache provider can use to configure the cache.
- An to use for this object in the .
-
-
-
- Creates an from the parameters.
-
- The name of the strategy that should use for the class.
- The used for this strategy.
- An to use for this object in the .
-
-
-
- Creates an from the parameters.
-
- The name of the strategy that should use for the class.
- The used for this strategy.
- NHibernate settings
- An to use for this object in the .
-
-
-
- Allows multiple entity classes / collection roles to be
- stored in the same cache region. Also allows for composite
- keys which do not properly implement equals()/hashCode().
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new key for a collection or entity instance.
- Note that an entity name should always be the root entity
- name, not a subclass entity name.
-
- The identifier associated with the cached data
- The Hibernate type mapping
- The entity or collection-role name.
- The session factory for which we are caching
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A soft lock which supports concurrent locking,
- timestamped with the time it was released
-
-
- This class was named Lock in H2.1
-
-
-
-
- Increment the lock, setting the
- new lock timeout
-
-
-
-
- Decrement the lock, setting the unlock
- timestamp if now unlocked
-
-
-
-
-
- Can the timestamped transaction re-cache this
- locked item now?
-
-
-
-
- Can the timestamped transaction re-cache this
- locked item now?
-
-
-
-
- Was this lock held concurrently by multiple
- transactions?
-
-
-
-
- Yes, this is a lock
-
-
-
-
- locks are not returned to the client!
-
-
-
-
- The data used to put a value to the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Cache Provider plugin for NHibernate that is configured by using
- cache.provider_class="NHibernate.Cache.HashtableCacheProvider"
-
-
-
-
- Implementors provide a locking mechanism for the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Acquire synchronously a read lock.
-
- A read lock.
-
-
-
- Acquire synchronously a write lock.
-
- A write lock.
-
-
-
- Acquire asynchronously a read lock.
-
- A read lock.
-
-
-
- Acquire asynchronously a write lock.
-
- A write lock.
-
-
-
- Define a factory for cache locks.
-
-
-
-
- Create a cache lock provider.
-
-
-
-
- Support for pluggable caches
-
-
-
-
- Build a cache.
-
- The name of the cache region.
- Configuration settings.
- A cache.
-
-
-
- generate a timestamp
-
-
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary initialization of the underlying cache implementation
- during ISessionFactory construction.
-
- current configuration settings
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary cleanup of the underlying cache implementation
- during .
-
-
-
-
- Contract for sources of optimistically lockable data sent to the second level cache.
-
-
- Note currently EntityPersisters are
- the only viable source.
-
-
-
-
- Does this source represent versioned (i.e., and thus optimistically lockable) data?
-
- True if this source represents versioned data; false otherwise.
-
-
- Get the comparator used to compare two different version values together.
- An appropriate comparator.
-
-
-
- Defines a factory for query cache instances. These factories are responsible for
- creating individual QueryCache instances.
-
-
-
-
- Build a query cache.
-
- The query cache factory.
- The cache of updates timestamps.
- The NHibernate settings properties.
- The to use for the region.
- A query cache. null if does not implement a
- public IQueryCache GetQueryCache(UpdateTimestampsCache, IDictionary<string, string> props, CacheBase)
- method.
-
-
-
- A cache provider placeholder used when caching is disabled.
-
-
-
-
- Configure the cache
-
- the name of the cache region
- configuration settings
-
-
-
-
- Generate a timestamp
-
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary initialization of the underlying cache implementation during SessionFactory
- construction.
-
- current configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Callback to perform any necessary cleanup of the underlying cache implementation during SessionFactory.close().
-
-
-
-
- A builder that builds a list from a query that can be passed to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- the session factory for this query key, required to get the identifiers of entities that are used as values.
- The query string.
- The query parameters.
- The filters.
- The result transformer; should be null if data is not transformed before being cached.
- Tenant identifier or null
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Standard Hibernate implementation of the IQueryCacheFactory interface. Returns
- instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Build a query cache.
-
- The cache of updates timestamps.
- The NHibernate settings properties.
- The to use for the region.
- A query cache.
-
-
-
- Generates increasing identifiers (in a single application domain only).
-
-
- Not valid across multiple application domains. Identifiers are not necessarily
- strictly increasing, but usually are.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementing .
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection, if possible, wrapping any exceptions
- in a runtime exception
-
- currently obsolete
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if we cannot initialize
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initialization.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Not called by Hibernate, but used by non-NET serialization, eg. SOAP libraries.
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection currently connected to an open session?
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection in a state that would allow us to "queue" additions?
-
-
-
- Is this collection in a state that would allow us to
- "queue" puts? This is a special case, because of orphan
- delete.
-
-
-
- Is this collection in a state that would allow us to
- "queue" clear? This is a special case, because of orphan
- delete.
-
-
-
- Is this the "inverse" end of a bidirectional association?
-
-
-
- Is this the "inverse" end of a bidirectional association with
- no orphan delete enabled?
-
-
-
-
- Is this the "inverse" end of a bidirectional one-to-many, or
- of a collection with no orphan delete?
-
-
-
-
- Return the user-visible collection (or array) instance
-
-
- By default, the NHibernate wrapper is an acceptable collection for
- the end user code to work with because it is interface compatible.
- An NHibernate PersistentList is an IList, an NHibernate PersistentMap is an IDictionary
- and those are the types user code is expecting.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the initialized collection empty?
-
-
-
-
- Called by any read-only method of the collection interface
-
-
-
- Called by the Count property
-
-
-
- Called by any writer method of the collection interface
-
-
-
-
- Queue an addition, delete etc. if the persistent collection supports it
-
-
-
-
- After reading all existing elements from the database,
- add the queued elements to the underlying collection.
-
-
-
-
- After reading all existing elements from the database, do the queued operations
- (adds or removes) on the underlying collection.
-
-
-
-
- Clears out any Queued operation.
-
-
- After flushing, clear any "queued" additions, since the
- database state is now synchronized with the memory state.
-
-
-
-
- Called just before reading any rows from the
-
-
-
-
- Called after reading all rows from the
-
-
- This should be overridden by sub collections that use temporary collections
- to store values read from the db.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection, if possible, wrapping any exceptions
- in a runtime exception
-
- currently obsolete
- if we cannot initialize
-
-
-
- Mark the collection as initialized.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the underlying collection is directly
- accessible through code.
-
-
- if we are not guaranteed that the NHibernate collection wrapper
- is being used.
-
-
- This is typically whenever a transient object that contains a collection is being
- associated with an through or .
- NHibernate can't guarantee that it will know about all operations that would cause NHibernate's collections
- to call or .
-
-
-
-
- Disassociate this collection from the given session.
-
-
- true if this was currently associated with the given session
-
-
-
- Associate the collection with the given session.
-
-
- false if the collection was already associated with the session
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the rows for this collection
- need to be recreated in the table.
-
- The for this Collection.
-
- by default since most collections can determine which rows need to be
- individually updated/inserted/deleted. Currently only 's for many-to-many
- need to be recreated.
-
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initialization.
-
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Snapshot from the current session the collection is in.
-
-
-
- Is this instance initialized?
-
-
- Does this instance have any "queued" additions?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after inserting a row, to fetch the natively generated id
-
-
-
-
- Get all "orphaned" elements
-
-
-
-
- Given a collection of entity instances that used to
- belong to the collection, and a collection of instances
- that currently belong, return a collection of orphans
-
-
-
-
- Given a collection of entity instances that used to
- belong to the collection, and a collection of instances
- that currently belong, return a collection of orphans
-
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this the wrapper for the given underlying collection instance?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does an element exist at this entry in the collection?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the index of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Called before any elements are read into the collection,
- allowing appropriate initializations to occur.
-
- The underlying collection persister.
- The anticipated size of the collection after initialization is complete.
-
-
-
- An unordered, unkeyed collection that can contain the same element
- multiple times. The .NET collections API, has no Bag .
- Most developers seem to use to represent bag semantics,
- so NHibernate follows this practice.
-
- The type of the element the bag should hold.
- The underlying collection used is an
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentBag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentBag.
- The disassembled PersistentBag.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentBag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentBag.
- The disassembled PersistentBag.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this PersistentBag needs to be recreated
- in the database.
-
-
-
- if this is a one-to-many Bag, if this is not
- a one-to-many Bag. Since a Bag is an unordered, unindexed collection
- that permits duplicates it is not possible to determine what has changed in a
- many-to-many so it is just recreated.
-
-
-
-
- Counts the number of times that the occurs
- in the .
-
- The element to find in the list.
- The to search.
- The that can determine equality.
-
- The number of occurrences of the element in the list.
-
-
-
-
- Implements "bag" semantics more efficiently than by adding
- a synthetic identifier column to the table.
-
-
-
- The identifier is unique for all rows in the table, allowing very efficient
- updates and deletes. The value of the identifier is never exposed to the
- application.
-
-
- Identifier bags may not be used for a many-to-one association. Furthermore,
- there is no reason to use inverse="true" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this Bag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The disassembled PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this Bag from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The disassembled PersistentIdentifierBag.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for an
-
- The type of the element the list should hold.
- The underlying collection used is a
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericList from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericList.
- The disassembled PersistentList.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes an instance of the
- in the .
-
- The the list is in.
-
-
-
- Initializes an instance of the
- that wraps an existing in the .
-
- The the list is in.
- The to wrap.
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericList from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericList.
- The disassembled PersistentList.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for a . Underlying
- collection is a
-
- The type of the keys in the IDictionary.
- The type of the elements in the IDictionary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericMap from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericMap.
- The disassembled PersistentGenericMap.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Construct an uninitialized PersistentGenericMap.
-
- The ISession the PersistentGenericMap should be a part of.
-
-
-
- Construct an initialized PersistentGenericMap based off the values from the existing IDictionary.
-
- The ISession the PersistentGenericMap should be a part of.
- The IDictionary that contains the initial values.
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentGenericMap from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentGenericMap.
- The disassembled PersistentGenericMap.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for an .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentSet from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentSet.
- The disassembled PersistentSet.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The that NHibernate is wrapping.
-
-
-
-
- A temporary list that holds the objects while the PersistentSet is being
- populated from the database.
-
-
- This is necessary to ensure that the object being added to the PersistentSet doesn't
- have its' GetHashCode() and Equals() methods called during the load
- process.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor matching super.
- Instantiates a lazy set (the underlying set is un-initialized).
-
- The session to which this set will belong.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a non-lazy set (the underlying set is constructed
- from the incoming set reference).
-
- The session to which this set will belong.
- The underlying set data.
-
-
-
- Initializes this PersistentSet from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the PersistentSet.
- The disassembled PersistentSet.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- Set up the temporary List that will be used in the EndRead()
- to fully create the set.
-
-
-
-
- Takes the contents stored in the temporary list created during BeginRead()
- that was populated during ReadFrom() and write it to the underlying
- PersistentSet.
-
-
-
-
- This interface allows to check if a lazy collection is already initialized and to force its initialization.
-
-
- This interface is provided to allow implementing lazy initialized collections which do not implement
- .
- That is e.g. needed for NHibernate.Envers which can't load its collections as PersistentCollections.
-
-
-
-
- Force immediate initialization.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Return if the proxy has already been initialized.
- If , accessing the collection or calling
- initializes the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Force immediate initialization.
-
-
-
-
-
- Persistent collections are treated as value objects by NHibernate.
- ie. they have no independent existence beyond the object holding
- a reference to them. Unlike instances of entity classes, they are
- automatically deleted when unreferenced and automatically become
- persistent when held by a persistent object. Collections can be
- passed between different objects (change "roles") and this might
- cause their elements to move from one database table to another.
-
-
- NHibernate "wraps" a collection in an instance of
- . This mechanism is designed
- to support tracking of changes to the collection's persistent
- state and lazy instantiation of collection elements. The downside
- is that only certain abstract collection types are supported and
- any extra semantics are lost.
-
-
- Applications should never use classes in this namespace
- directly, unless extending the "framework" here.
-
-
- Changes to structure of the collection are recorded by the
- collection calling back to the session. Changes to mutable
- elements (ie. composite elements) are discovered by cloning their
- state when the collection is initialized and comparing at flush
- time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
-
- This method should be prepared to handle duplicate elements caused by fetching multiple collections.
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Does the current state exactly match the snapshot?
-
- The to compare the elements of the Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- if the wrapped collection is different than the snapshot
- of the collection or if one of the elements in the collection is
- dirty.
-
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
- The for this Collection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The contents of the persistent collection in a cacheable form.
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initalization.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The owning entity.
-
-
- Note that the owner is only set during the flush
- cycle, and when a new collection wrapper is created
- while loading an entity.
-
-
-
-
- Return the user-visible collection (or array) instance
-
-
- By default, the NHibernate wrapper is an acceptable collection for
- the end user code to work with because it is interface compatible.
- An NHibernate PersistentList is an IList, an NHibernate PersistentMap is an IDictionary
- and those are the types user code is expecting.
-
-
-
- Get the current collection key value
-
-
- Get the current role name
-
-
- Is the collection unreferenced?
-
-
-
- Is the collection dirty? Note that this is only
- reliable during the flush cycle, after the
- collection elements are dirty checked against
- the snapshot.
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot cached by the collection instance
-
-
-
- Is the initialized collection empty?
-
-
-
- After flushing, re-init snapshot state.
-
-
-
- Clears out any Queued Additions.
-
-
- After a Flush() the database is in sync with the in-memory
- contents of the Collection. Since everything is in sync remove
- any Queued Additions.
-
-
-
-
- Called just before reading any rows from the
-
-
-
-
- Called after reading all rows from the
-
-
- This should be overridden by sub collections that use temporary collections
- to store values read from the db.
-
-
- true if NOT has Queued operations
-
-
-
-
- Called after initializing from cache
-
-
- true if NOT has Queued operations
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the underlying collection is directly
- accessible through code.
-
-
- if we are not guaranteed that the NHibernate collection wrapper
- is being used.
-
-
- This is typically whenever a transient object that contains a collection is being
- associated with an through or .
- NHibernate can't guarantee that it will know about all operations that would cause NHibernate's collections
- to call or .
-
-
-
-
- Disassociate this collection from the given session.
-
-
- true if this was currently associated with the given session
-
-
-
- Associate the collection with the given session.
-
-
- false if the collection was already associated with the session
-
-
-
- Read the state of the collection from a disassembled cached value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Iterate all collection entries, during update of the database
-
-
- An that gives access to all entries
- in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the row from the .
-
-
- This method should be prepared to handle duplicate elements caused by fetching multiple collections.
-
- The DbDataReader that contains the value of the Identifier
- The persister for this Collection.
- The descriptor providing result set column names
- The owner of this Collection.
- The object that was contained in the row.
-
-
-
- Get the identifier of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Get the index of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot value of the given collection entry
-
-
-
-
- Called before any elements are read into the collection,
- allowing appropriate initializations to occur.
-
- The for this persistent collection.
- The anticipated size of the collection after initilization is complete.
-
-
-
- Does the current state exactly match the snapshot?
-
- The to compare the elements of the Collection.
-
- if the wrapped collection is different than the snapshot
- of the collection or if one of the elements in the collection is
- dirty.
-
-
-
- Is the snapshot empty?
-
-
-
- Disassemble the collection, ready for the cache
-
- The for this Collection.
- The contents of the persistent collection in a cacheable form.
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the rows for this collection
- need to be recreated in the table.
-
- The for this Collection.
-
- by default since most collections can determine which rows need to be
- individually updated/inserted/deleted. Currently only 's for many-to-many
- need to be recreated.
-
-
-
-
- Return a new snapshot of the current state of the collection
-
-
-
-
- To be called internally by the session, forcing
- immediate initalization.
-
-
- This method is similar to , except that different exceptions are thrown.
-
-
-
-
- Does an element exist at this entry in the collection?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to insert this element?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to update this element?
-
-
-
-
- Get all the elements that need deleting
-
-
-
-
- Is this the wrapper for the given underlying collection instance?
-
- The collection to see if this IPersistentCollection is wrapping.
-
- if the IPersistentCollection is wrappping the collection instance,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the "queued" orphans
-
-
- Get the "queued" orphans
-
-
-
- Clear the dirty flag, after flushing changes
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Mark the collection as dirty
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting rows, to ensure that any surrogate keys are fully generated
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after inserting a row, to fetch the natively generated id
-
-
-
-
- Get all "orphaned" elements
-
- The snapshot of the collection.
- The persistent class whose objects
- the collection is expected to contain.
-
- An that contains all of the elements
- that have been orphaned.
-
-
-
-
- Get all "orphaned" elements
-
- The snapshot of the collection.
- The persistent class whose objects
- the collection is expected to contain.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An that contains all of the elements
- that have been orphaned.
-
-
-
-
- A persistent wrapper for an array. lazy initialization is NOT supported
-
- Use of Hibernate arrays is not really recommended.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this array holder from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the Array.
- The disassembled Array.
- The owner object.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- A temporary list that holds the objects while the PersistentArrayHolder is being
- populated from the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the array.
-
- The array.
-
-
-
- Returns the user-visible portion of the NHibernate PersistentArrayHolder.
-
-
- The array that contains the data, not the NHibernate wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Before is called the PersistentArrayHolder needs to setup
- a temporary list to hold the objects.
-
-
-
-
- Takes the contents stored in the temporary list created during
- that was populated during and write it to the underlying
- array.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes this array holder from the cached values.
-
- The CollectionPersister to use to reassemble the Array.
- The disassembled Array.
- The owner object.
-
-
-
- After reading all existing elements from the database, do the queued operations
- (adds or removes) on the underlying collection.
-
- The collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is added to the collection.
-
- The element to add.
- True whether the element was successfully added to the queue, false otherwise
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an existing element is removed from the collection.
-
- The element to remove.
- Whether the element exists in the database.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the element exists in the queue.
-
- The element to check.
- True whether the element exists in the queue, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the element is queued for removal.
-
- The element to check.
- True whether the element is queued for removal, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is removed by its index from the collection.
-
- The index of the element.
- The element to remove.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is added at a specific index of the collection.
-
- The index to put the element.
- The element to add.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when an element is set at a specific index of the collection.
-
- The index to set the new element.
- The element to set.
- The element that currently occupies the .
-
-
-
- Tries to retrieve the element by a specific index of the collection.
-
- The index to put the element.
- The output variable for the element.
- True whether the element was found, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Gets the element index where it currently lies in the database by taking into the consideration the queued operations.
-
- The effective index that will be when all operations would be flushed.
- The element index in the database or -1 if the index represents a transient element.
-
-
-
- Applies all the queued changes to the loaded collection.
-
- The loaded collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Tries to retrieve a queued element by its key.
-
- The element key.
- The output variable for the element.
- True whether the element was found, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the key exist in the queue.
-
- The key to check.
- True whether it exists, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when the map method is called.
-
- The key to add.
- The element to add
-
-
-
- A method that is called when the map is set.
-
- The key to set.
- The element to set.
- The element that currently occupies the .
- Whether the element exists in the database.
-
-
-
- A method that is called when the map is called.
-
- The key to remove.
- The element that currently occupies the .
- Whether the element exists in the database.
- True whether the key was successfully removed from the queue.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the element key is queued for removal.
-
- The element key to check.
- True whether the element key is queued for removal, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Applies all the queued changes to the loaded map.
-
- The loaded map.
-
-
-
- A tracker that is able to track changes that are done to an uninitialized collection.
-
-
-
-
- The number of elements that the collection have in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the Clear operation was performed on the uninitialized collection.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the current size of the queue that can be negative when there are more removed than added elements.
-
- The queue size.
-
-
-
- Returns the current size of the collection by taking into the consideration the queued operations.
-
- The current collection size.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the database collection size is required for the given operation.
-
- The operation name to check.
- True whether the database collection size is required, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether flushing is required for the given operation.
-
- The operation name to check.
- True whether flushing is required, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A method that will be called once the flushing is done.
-
-
-
-
- A method that will be called before an operation.
-
- The operation that will be executed.
-
-
-
- A method that will be called when a Clear operation is performed on the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an of elements that were added into the collection.
-
- An of added elements.
-
-
-
- Returns an of orphan elements of the collection.
-
- An of orphan elements.
-
-
-
- Checks whether a write operation was performed.
-
- True whether a write operation was performed, false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A tracker that is able to track changes that are done to an uninitialized set.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for the ConnectionProvider.
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An open .
-
-
-
- Gets an open for given connectionString
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- Closes the .
-
- The to clean up.
-
-
-
- Configures the ConnectionProvider with the Driver and the ConnectionString.
-
- An that contains the settings for this ConnectionProvider.
-
- Thrown when a could not be found
- in the settings parameter or the Driver Class could not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Get a named connection string, if configured.
-
-
- Thrown when a was found
- in the settings parameter but could not be found in the app.config.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the driver for the ConnectionProvider.
-
- An that contains the settings for the Driver.
-
- Thrown when the could not be
- found in the settings parameter or there is a problem with creating
- the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the for the
- to connect to the database.
-
-
- The for the
- to connect to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that can create the object.
-
-
- The that can create the .
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- Gets an open for given connectionString
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Disose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this ConnectionProvider is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
-
- If this ConnectionProvider is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make
- sure not to call any methods that could potentially bring this
- ConnectionProvider back to life.
-
-
- If any subclasses manage resources that also need to be disposed of this method
- should be overridden, but don't forget to call it in the override.
-
-
-
-
-
- A ConnectionProvider that uses an IDriver to create connections.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a new open through
- the .
-
-
- An Open .
-
-
- If there is any problem creating or opening the .
-
-
-
-
- Closes and Disposes of the .
-
- The to clean up.
-
-
-
- Gets a new open through
- the .
-
-
- An Open .
-
-
- If there is any problem creating or opening the .
-
-
-
-
- Provides centralized access to connections. Centralized to hide the complexity of accounting for contextual
- (multi-tenant) versus non-contextual access.
- Implementation must be serializable
-
-
-
-
- Gets the database connection.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The database connection.
-
-
-
- The connection string of the database connection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the database connection.
-
- The database connection.
-
-
-
- Closes the given database connection.
-
- The connection to close.
-
-
-
- A strategy for obtaining ADO.NET .
-
-
- The IConnectionProvider interface is not intended to be exposed to the application.
- Instead it is used internally by NHibernate to obtain .
- Implementors should provide a public default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An open .
-
-
-
- Initialize the connection provider from the given properties.
-
- The connection provider settings
-
-
-
- Dispose of a used
-
- The to clean up.
-
-
-
- Gets the this ConnectionProvider should use to
- communicate with the .NET Data Provider
-
-
- The to communicate with the .NET Data Provider.
-
-
-
-
- Get an open .
-
- An open .
-
-
-
- An implementation of the IConnectionProvider that simply throws an exception when
- a connection is requested.
-
-
- This implementation indicates that the user is expected to supply an ADO.NET connection
-
-
-
-
- Throws an if this method is called
- because the user is responsible for creating s.
-
-
- No value is returned because an is thrown.
-
-
- Thrown when this method is called. User is responsible for creating
- s.
-
-
-
-
- Throws an if this method is called
- because the user is responsible for closing s.
-
- The to clean up.
-
- Thrown when this method is called. User is responsible for closing
- s.
-
-
-
-
- Throws an if this method is called
- because the user is responsible for creating s.
-
-
- No value is returned because an is thrown.
-
-
- Thrown when this method is called. User is responsible for creating
- s.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the ConnectionProvider with only the Driver class.
-
-
-
- All other settings of the Connection are the responsibility of the User since they configured
- NHibernate to use a Connection supplied by the User.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates a connection provider given configuration properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- A impl which scopes the notion of current
- session by the current thread of execution. Threads do not give us a
- nice hook to perform any type of cleanup making
- it questionable for this impl to actually generate Session instances. In
- the interest of usability, it was decided to have this default impl
- actually generate a session upon first request and then clean it up
- after the associated with that session
- is committed/rolled-back. In order for ensuring that happens, the sessions
- generated here are unusable until after {@link Session#beginTransaction()}
- has been called. If Close() is called on a session managed by
- this class, it will be automatically unbound.
-
-
- Additionally, the static and methods are
- provided to allow application code to explicitly control opening and
- closing of these sessions. This, with some from of interception,
- is the preferred approach. It also allows easy framework integration
- and one possible approach for implementing long-sessions.
-
- The cleanup on transaction end is indeed not implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Unassociate a previously bound session from the current thread of execution.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Not currently implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for current asynchronous flow.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for each .
- Uses instead if run under .NET Core/.NET Standard.
-
- Not recommended for .NET 2.0 web applications.
-
-
-
-
-
- The key is the session factory and the value is the bound session.
-
-
-
-
- The key is the session factory and the value is the bound session.
-
-
-
-
- Extends the contract defined by
- by providing methods to bind and unbind sessions to the current context.
-
-
- The notion of a contextual session is managed by some external entity
- (generally some form of interceptor like the HttpModule).
- This external manager is responsible for scoping these contextual sessions
- appropriately binding/unbinding them here for exposure to the application
- through calls.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the currently bound session.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current session according to the scoping defined
- by this implementation.
-
- The current session.
- Indicates an issue
- locating the current session.
-
-
-
- Binds the specified session to the current context.
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether there is a session bound to the current context.
-
-
-
-
- Unbinds and returns the current session.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for implementations which know how to
- scope the notion of a current session .
-
-
-
- Implementations should adhere to the following:
-
- contain a constructor accepting a single argument of type
- , or implement
-
- should be thread safe
- should be fully serializable
-
-
-
- Implementors should be aware that they are also fully responsible for
- cleanup of any generated current-sessions.
-
-
- Note that there will be exactly one instance of the configured
- ICurrentSessionContext implementation per .
-
-
- It is recommended to inherit from the class
- whenever possible as it simplifies the implementation and provides
- single entry point with session binding support.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current session according to the scoping defined
- by this implementation.
-
- The current session.
- Typically indicates an issue
- locating or creating the current session.
-
-
-
- An allowing to set its session factory. Implementing
- this interface allows the to be used for instantiating the
- session context.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the factory. This method should be called once after creating the context.
-
- The factory.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the currently bound session.
-
-
-
-
- Get the dictionary mapping session factory to its current session. Yield null if none have been set.
-
-
-
-
- Set the map mapping session factory to its current session.
-
-
-
-
- This class allows access to the HttpContext without referring to HttpContext at compile time.
- The accessors are cached as delegates for performance.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for each thread using the [ ].
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete class not usable with the current framework. Use the
- .Net Framework distribution of NHibernate if you need it. See
- https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/issues/1842
-
-
-
-
- Provides a current session
- for each System.Web.HttpContext. Works only with web applications.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of IQueryOver<TRoot> ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of IQueryOver<TRoot> ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, clears the orders and paging, and projects the RowCount
-
-
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, clears the orders and paging, and projects the RowCount (Int64)
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the QueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Method to allow comparison of detached query in Lambda expression
- e.g., p => p.Name == myQuery.As<string>
-
- type returned (projected) by query
- throws an exception if evaluated directly at runtime.
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a string representation of the .
-
-
- A String that shows the contents of the .
-
-
- This is not a well formed Sql fragment. It is useful for logging what the
- looks like.
-
-
-
-
- Render a SqlString for the expression.
-
- A SqlString that contains a valid Sql fragment.
-
-
-
- Return typed values for all parameters in the rendered SQL fragment
-
- An array of TypedValues for the Expression.
-
-
-
- Return all projections used in this criterion
-
- An array of IProjection used by the Expression.
-
-
-
- See here for details:
- http://steve.emxsoftware.com/NET/Overloading+the++and++operators
-
-
-
-
- See here for details:
- http://steve.emxsoftware.com/NET/Overloading+the++and++operators
-
-
-
-
- An Aggregation
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- An that combines two s
- with an and between them.
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between the two s.
-
- The string "and "
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that combines two .
-
- The to use as the left hand side.
- The to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- An that represents a "between" constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The _projection.
- The _lo.
- The _hi.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for
- the named Property.
-
- The name of the Property of the Class.
- The low value for the BetweenExpression.
- The high value for the BetweenExpression.
-
-
-
- Casting a value from one type to another, at the database
- level
-
-
-
-
- Defines a "switch" projection which supports multiple "cases" ("when/then's").
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The
- The true
- The else .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The s containing and pairs.
- The else .
-
-
-
- Defines a pair of and .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The .
- The .
-
-
-
- Gets the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the .
-
-
-
-
- An that Junctions together multiple
- s with an and
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between multiple s.
-
- The string " and "
-
-
-
- This is useful if we want to send a value to the database
-
-
-
-
- A Count
-
-
-
- The alias that refers to the "root" entity of the criteria query.
-
-
- Each row of results is a from alias to entity instance
-
-
- Each row of results is an instance of the root entity
-
-
- Each row of results is a distinct instance of the root entity
-
-
- This result transformer is selected implicitly by calling
-
-
- Specifies joining to an entity based on an inner join.
-
-
- Specifies joining to an entity based on a full join.
-
-
- Specifies joining to an entity based on a left outer join.
-
-
-
- Some applications need to create criteria queries in "detached
- mode", where the Hibernate session is not available. This class
- may be instantiated anywhere, and then a ICriteria
- may be obtained by passing a session to
- GetExecutableCriteria() . All methods have the
- same semantics and behavior as the corresponding methods of the
- ICriteria interface.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of Criteria ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of Criteria ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Gets the root entity type if available, throws otherwise
-
-
- This is an NHibernate specific method, used by several dependent
- frameworks for advance integration with NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Clear all orders from criteria.
-
-
-
-
- An that Junctions together multiple
- s with an or
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between multiple s.
-
- The string " or "
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Entity projection
-
-
-
-
- Root entity projection
-
-
-
-
- Entity projection for given type and alias
-
- Type of entity
- Entity alias
-
-
-
- Fetch all lazy properties
-
-
-
-
- Fetch individual lazy properties or property groups
- Note: To fetch single property it must be mapped with unique fetch group (lazy-group)
-
-
-
-
- Lazy load entity
-
-
-
-
- Lazy load entity
-
-
-
-
- Fetch all lazy properties
-
-
-
-
- Fetch individual lazy properties or property groups
- Provide lazy property name and it will be fetched along with properties that belong to the same fetch group (lazy-group)
- Note: To fetch single property it must be mapped with unique fetch group (lazy-group)
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "equal" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "equal" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " = "
-
-
-
- Support for Query By Example .
-
-
-
- List results = session.CreateCriteria(typeof(Parent))
- .Add( Example.Create(parent).IgnoreCase() )
- .CreateCriteria("child")
- .Add( Example.Create( parent.Child ) )
- .List();
-
-
-
- "Examples" may be mixed and matched with "Expressions" in the same
-
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for choosing property values for inclusion in the query criteria
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the Property should be included.
-
- The value of the property that is being checked for inclusion.
- The name of the property that is being checked for inclusion.
- The of the property.
-
- if the Property should be included in the Query,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of that includes all
- properties regardless of value.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of that includes the
- properties that are not and do not have an
- returned by propertyValue.ToString() .
-
-
- This selector is not present in H2.1. It may be useful if nullable types
- are used for some properties.
-
-
-
- Set escape character for "like" clause
-
-
-
- Set the for this .
-
- The to determine which properties to include.
- This instance.
-
- This should be used when a custom has
- been implemented. Otherwise use the methods
- or to set the
- to the s built into NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Set the for this
- to exclude zero-valued properties.
-
-
-
-
- Set the for this
- to exclude no properties.
-
-
-
-
- Use the "like" operator for all string-valued properties with
- the specified .
-
-
- The to convert the string to the pattern
- for the like comparison.
-
-
-
-
- Use the "like" operator for all string-valued properties.
-
-
- The default is MatchMode.Exact .
-
-
-
-
- Exclude a particular named property
-
- The name of the property to exclude.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, which includes all non-null properties
- by default
-
-
- A new instance of .
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a particular
- entity.
-
- The that the Example is being built from.
- The the Example should use.
-
-
-
- Determines if the property should be included in the Query.
-
- The value of the property.
- The name of the property.
- The of the property.
-
- if the Property should be included, if
- the Property should not be a part of the Query.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a based on the value
- and type parameters to the in the
- list parameter.
-
- The value of the Property.
- The of the Property.
- The to add the to.
-
- This method will add objects to the list parameter.
-
-
-
-
- This class is semi-deprecated. Use .
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL, with the given SQL parameters
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL, with the given SQL parameter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL, with the given SQL parameter
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply a constraint expressed in SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "greater than or equal" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "greater than or equal" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " < "
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "greater than" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "greater than" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " < "
-
-
-
- Substitute the SQL aliases in template.
-
-
-
-
- An instance of is passed to criterion,
- order and projection instances when actually compiling and
- executing the query. This interface is not used by application
- code.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the column mapped by a property path, ignoring projection alias
-
-
- Get the names of the columns mapped by a property path, ignoring projection aliases
-
-
- Get the type of a property path, ignoring projection aliases
-
-
- Get the names of the columns mapped by a property path
-
-
- Get the type of a property path
-
-
- Get the a typed value for the given property value.
-
-
- Get the entity name of an entity
-
-
-
- Get the entity name of an entity, taking into account
- the qualifier of the property path
-
-
-
- Get the root table alias of an entity
-
-
-
- Get the root table alias of an entity, taking into account
- the qualifier of the property path
-
-
-
- Get the property name, given a possibly qualified property name
-
-
- Get the identifier column names of this entity
-
-
- Get the identifier type of this entity
-
-
-
- Create a new query parameter to use in a
-
- The value and the of the parameter.
- A new instance of a query parameter to be added to a .
-
-
-
- An object-oriented representation of a query criterion that may be used as a constraint
- in a query.
-
-
- Built-in criterion types are provided by the Expression factory class.
- This interface might be implemented by application classes but, more commonly, application
- criterion types would extend AbstractCriterion .
-
-
-
-
- Render a SqlString fragment for the expression.
-
- A SqlString that contains a valid Sql fragment.
-
-
-
- Return typed values for all parameters in the rendered SQL fragment
-
- An array of TypedValues for the Expression.
-
-
-
- Return all projections used in this criterion
-
- An array of IProjection used by the Expression.
-
-
-
- An identifier constraint
-
-
-
-
- An that constrains the property
- to a specified list of values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- The _values.
-
-
-
- Determine the type of the elements in the IN clause.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "like" constraint
- that is not case sensitive.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- The value.
- The match mode.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
- class for a named Property and its value.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Render the SQL Fragment.
-
- The criteria.
- The position.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Render the SQL Fragment to be used in the Group By Clause.
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Return types for a particular user-visible alias
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the user-visible aliases for this projection (ie. the ones that will be passed to the ResultTransformer)
-
-
-
-
- Does this projection specify grouping attributes?
-
-
-
-
- Does this projection specify aggregate attributes?
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL column aliases used by this projection for the columns it writes for inclusion into the
- SELECT clause . NHibernate always uses column aliases
- to extract data from the , so it is important that these be implemented
- correctly in order for NHibernate to be able to extract these values correctly.
-
- Just as in , represents the number of columns rendered prior to this projection.
- The local criteria to which this project is attached (for resolution).
- The overall criteria query instance.
- The columns aliases.
-
-
-
- Get the SQL column aliases used by this projection for the columns it writes for inclusion into the
- SELECT clause ( ) for a particular criteria-level alias.
-
- The criteria-level alias.
- Just as in , represents the number of columns rendered prior to this projection.
- The local criteria to which this project is attached (for resolution).
- The overall criteria query instance.
- The columns aliases.
-
-
-
- An that represents empty association constraint.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents non-empty association constraint.
-
-
-
-
- A sequence of logical s combined by some associative
- logical operator.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an to the list of s
- to junction together.
-
- The to add.
-
- This instance.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an to the list of s
- to junction together.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an to the list of s
- to junction together.
-
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between multiple s.
-
-
-
-
- The corresponding to an instance with no added
- subcriteria.
-
-
-
-
- Constructed with property name
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "not is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "not is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Constructed with property name
-
-
-
-
- Add a property equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Add a property equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create an alias for the previous projection
-
-
-
-
- Create an alias for the previous projection
-
-
-
-
- Select an arbitrary projection
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- Constructed with property name
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "not is empty" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "not is null" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
-
-
-
- Add an Exists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- Add a NotExists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .Where(t => t.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .Where(() => alias.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereAll(t => t.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereAll(() => alias.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereSome(t => t.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Subquery expression in the format
- .WhereSome(() => alias.Property [==, !=, >, etc.] detachedQueryOver.As<propertyType>())
-
-
-
-
- Add a property equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Add a property equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property greater than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than or equal some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than all subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property less than some subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not equal subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- Create a property not in subquery criterion
-
- detached subquery
-
-
-
- An that represents an "less than or equal" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "less than or equal" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " <= "
-
-
-
- An that represents an "like" constraint.
-
-
- The case sensitivity depends on the database settings for string
- comparisons. Use if the
- string comparison should not be case sensitive.
-
-
-
-
- An that combines two s
- with a operator (either "and " or "or ") between them.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class that
- combines two other s.
-
- The to use in the Left Hand Side.
- The to use in the Right Hand Side.
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be on the Left Hand Side of the Op.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be on the Right Hand Side of the Op.
-
-
-
-
- Combines the for the Left Hand Side and the
- Right Hand Side of the Expression into one array.
-
- An array of s.
-
-
-
- Converts the LogicalExpression to a .
-
- A well formed SqlString for the Where clause.
- The SqlString will be enclosed by ( and ) .
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between the two s.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a string representation of the LogicalExpression.
-
-
- The String contains the LeftHandSide.ToString() and the RightHandSide.ToString()
- joined by the Op.
-
-
- This is not a well formed Sql fragment. It is useful for logging what Expressions
- are being combined.
-
-
-
-
- An that represents an "less than" constraint
- between two properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- that compares two mapped properties using an "less than" constraint.
-
- The name of the Property to use as the left hand side.
- The name of the Property to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the .
-
- The string " < "
-
-
-
- Represents an strategy for matching strings using "like".
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
- The code that identifies the match mode.
- The friendly name of the match mode.
-
- The parameter intCode is used as the key of
- to store instances and to ensure only instance of a particular
- is created.
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the .
-
- The friendly name used to describe the .
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern, by appending/prepending "%"
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
-
- A that contains a "%" in the appropriate place
- for the Match Strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Match the entire string to the pattern
-
-
-
-
- Match the start of the string to the pattern
-
-
-
-
- Match the end of the string to the pattern
-
-
-
-
- Match the pattern anywhere in the string
-
-
-
-
- The that matches the entire string to the pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the Exact MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern exactly the same as it was passed in.
-
-
-
- The that matches the start of the string to the pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the Start MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern with a "% " appended at the end.
-
-
-
- The that matches the end of the string to the pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the End MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern with a "% " appended at the beginning.
-
-
-
- The that exactly matches the string
- by appending "% " to the beginning and end.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string to the Exact MatchMode.
-
- The string to convert to the appropriate match pattern.
- The pattern with a "% " appended at the beginning and the end.
-
-
-
- An that negates another .
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for an
-
-
- The to negate.
-
-
-
- An that represents "not null" constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a named
- Property that should not be null.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
-
-
-
- An that represents "null" constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a named
- Property that should be null.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an order imposed upon a
- result set.
-
-
- Should Order implement ICriteriaQuery?
-
-
-
-
- Render the SQL fragment
-
-
-
-
- Ascending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ascending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Descending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Descending order
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that combines two s with an
- "or" between them.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for
- two s.
-
- The to use as the left hand side.
- The to use as the right hand side.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to put between the two s.
-
- Returns "or "
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- The criterion package may be used by applications as a framework for building
- new kinds of Projection . However, it is intended that most applications will
- simply use the built-in projection types via the static factory methods of this class.
-
- The factory methods that take an alias allow the projected value to be referred to by
- criterion and order instances.
-
-
-
-
- Projection for root entity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Projection for entity with given alias.
-
- The type of the entity.
- The alias of the entity.
-
-
-
-
- Projection for entity with given alias.
-
- /// The type of the entity.
- The alias of the entity.
-
-
-
-
- Projection for entity with given alias.
-
- /// The type of the entity.
- The alias of the entity.
- A projection of the entity.
-
-
-
- Create a distinct projection from a projection
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new projection list
-
-
-
-
-
- The query row count, ie. count(*)
-
- The RowCount projection mapped to an .
-
-
-
- The query row count, ie. count(*)
-
- The RowCount projection mapped to an .
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A distinct projection value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projection maximum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projection minimum value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL projection, a typed select clause fragment
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A grouping SQL projection, specifying both select clause and group by clause fragments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A grouping projection value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A projected identifier value
-
-
-
-
-
- Assign an alias to a projection, by wrapping it
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Casts the projection result to the specified type.
-
- The type.
- The projection.
-
-
-
-
- Return a constant value
-
- The obj.
-
-
-
-
- Return a constant value
-
- The obj.
-
-
-
-
-
- Calls the named
-
- Name of the function.
- The type.
- The projections.
-
-
-
-
- Calls the specified
-
- the function.
- The type.
- The projections.
-
-
-
-
- Conditionally return the true or false part, depending on the criterion
-
- The criterion.
- The when true.
- The when false.
-
-
-
-
- Conditionally returns one of the s depending on the s of or the .
- This produces an switch-case expression with multiple when-then parts.
-
- The s which contain your s and s.
- The else .
- A for a switch-expression with multiple Criterions ("when") Projections ("then").
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property average value
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A distinct property value count
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property projection
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property value
-
-
-
-
- A grouping property projection
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property maximum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A property minimum value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A projected property value
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- A property value sum
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function concat()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Projects given lambda expression
-
-
-
-
- Projects given lambda expression
-
-
-
-
- Create an alias for a projection
-
- the projection instance
- LambdaExpression returning an alias
- return NHibernate.Criterion.IProjection
-
-
-
- Create an alias for a projection
-
- the projection instance
- alias
- return NHibernate.Criterion.IProjection
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function sqrt()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function lower()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function upper()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function abs()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function abs()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function abs()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function trim()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function length()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function bit_length()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function substring()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function locate()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function coalesce()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function coalesce()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project SQL function mod()
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Project Entity
-
-
-
-
- A factory for property-specific AbstractCriterion and projection instances
-
-
-
-
- Get a component attribute of this property
-
-
-
-
- Superclass for an that represents a
- constraint between two properties (with SQL binary operators).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The projection.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- Name of the RHS property.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Name of the LHS property.
- The RHS projection.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the property expression.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A property value, or grouped property value
-
-
-
-
- A comparison between a property value in the outer query and the
- result of a subquery
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- The namespace may be used by applications as a framework for building
- new kinds of .
- However, it is intended that most applications will
- simply use the built-in criterion types via the static factory methods of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the identifier property
-
-
- ICriterion
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint from the projection to the identifier property
-
- The projection.
- ICriterion
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the project
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" constraint to the project
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
- The match mode.
- A .
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
- An .
-
-
-
- A case-insensitive "like", similar to Postgres "ilike" operator
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
- An .
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The value for the Property.
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The low value for the Property.
- The high value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- The low value for the Property.
- The high value for the Property.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- An array of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- An array of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- An ICollection of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- An ICollection of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property. This is the generic equivalent
- of , renamed to avoid ambiguity.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- An
- of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the projection. This is the generic equivalent
- of , renamed to avoid ambiguity.
-
-
- The projection.
- An
- of values.
- An .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is null" constraint to the projection
-
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to projection and property
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to lshProjection and rshProjection
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RSH projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "equal" constraint to the property and rshProjection
-
- Name of the property.
- The RSH projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to projection and property
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to the projections
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "not equal" constraint to the projections
-
- Name of the property.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- Name of the property.
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "greater than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The projection.
- The rhs Property Name
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The lhs Property Name
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply a "less than or equal" constraint to two properties
-
- The LHS projection.
- The RHS projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is not null" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is not null" constraint to the named property
-
- The projection.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is not empty" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Apply an "is empty" constraint to the named property
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- A .
-
-
-
- Return the conjunction of two expressions
-
- The Expression to use as the Left Hand Side.
- The Expression to use as the Right Hand Side.
- An .
-
-
-
- Return the disjunction of two expressions
-
- The Expression to use as the Left Hand Side.
- The Expression to use as the Right Hand Side.
- An .
-
-
-
- Return the negation of an expression
-
- The Expression to negate.
- A .
-
-
-
- Group expressions together in a single conjunction (A and B and C...)
-
-
-
-
- Group expressions together in a single disjunction (A or B or C...)
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "equals" constraint to each property in the key set of a IDictionary
-
- a dictionary from property names to values
-
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- generic type
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the negation of the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- generic type
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Create an ICriterion for the negation of the supplied LambdaExpression
-
- lambda expression
- return NHibernate.Criterion.ICriterion
-
-
-
- Build an ICriterion for the given property
-
- lambda expression identifying property
- returns LambdaRestrictionBuilder
-
-
-
- Build an ICriterion for the given property
-
- lambda expression identifying property
- returns LambdaRestrictionBuilder
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "like" restriction in a QueryOver expression
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply an "in" constraint to the named property
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- Apply a "between" constraint to the named property
- Note: throws an exception outside of a QueryOver expression
-
-
-
-
- A comparison between a property value in the outer query and the
- result of a subquery
-
-
-
-
- The base class for an that compares a single Property
- to a value.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class for a named
- Property and its value.
-
- The name of the Property in the class.
- The value for the Property.
- The SQL operation.
-
-
-
- Gets the named Property for the Expression.
-
- A string that is the name of the Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the Value for the Expression.
-
- An object that is the value for the Expression.
-
-
-
- Converts the SimpleExpression to a .
-
- A SqlString that contains a valid Sql fragment.
-
-
-
- Get the Sql operator to use for the specific
- subclass of .
-
-
-
-
- A single-column projection that may be aliased
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- A comparison between a constant value and the the result of a subquery
-
-
-
-
- An that creates a SQLExpression.
- The string {alias} will be replaced by the alias of the root entity.
- Criteria aliases can also be used: "{a}.Value + {bc}.Value".
-
-
- This allows for database specific Expressions at the cost of needing to
- write a correct .
-
-
-
-
- A SQL fragment. The string {alias} will be replaced by the alias of the root entity.
- Criteria aliases can also be used: "{a}.Value + {bc}.Value".
-
-
-
-
- Gets the typed values for parameters in this projection
-
- The criteria.
- The criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Factory class for AbstractCriterion instances that represent
- involving subqueries.
- Expression
- Projection
- AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
-
- Create a ICriterion for the specified property subquery expression
-
- generic type
- lambda expression
- returns LambdaSubqueryBuilder
-
-
-
- Create a ICriterion for the specified property subquery expression
-
- lambda expression
- returns LambdaSubqueryBuilder
-
-
-
- Create a ICriterion for the specified value subquery expression
-
- value
- returns LambdaSubqueryBuilder
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- type of property
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (exact) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (all) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- type of property
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (all) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (some) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- type of property
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Create ICriterion for (some) subquery expression using lambda syntax
-
- lambda expression
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Add an Exists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- Add a NotExists subquery criterion
-
-
-
-
- A property value, or grouped property value
-
-
-
-
- Represents a dialect of SQL implemented by a particular RDBMS. Subclasses
- implement NHibernate compatibility with different systems.
-
-
- Subclasses should provide a public default constructor that Register()
- a set of type mappings and default Hibernate properties.
-
-
-
-
- Given a callable statement previously processed by ,
- extract the from the OUT parameter.
-
- The callable statement.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The extracted result set.
- SQLException Indicates problems extracting the result set.
-
-
- Characters used for quoting sql identifiers
-
-
- Characters used for closing quoted sql identifiers
-
-
-
- The base constructor for Dialect.
-
-
- Every subclass should override this and call Register() with every except
- , , , ,
- , .
-
-
- The Default properties for this Dialect should also be set - such as whether or not to use outer-joins
- and what the batch size should be.
-
-
-
-
- Get an instance of the dialect specified by the current properties.
- The specified Dialect
-
-
-
- Get from a property bag (prop name )
-
- The property bag.
- An instance of .
- When is null.
- When the property bag don't contains de property .
-
-
-
- Configure the dialect.
-
- The configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type associated with the given
- ,
-
- The SqlType
- The database type name used by ddl.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type associated with the given
- .
-
- The SqlType
- The datatype length
- The datatype precision
- The datatype scale
- The database type name used by ddl.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the longest registered type for a particular DbType.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode.
- The database type name that will be set in case it was found.
- Whether the type name was found.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode.
- The source for type names.
- The database type name.
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode.
- The source for type names.
- The database type name that will be set in case it was found.
- Whether the type name was found.
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code and maximum
- column length. $l in the type name will be replaced by the column
- length (if appropriate)
-
- The typecode
- Maximum length or scale of database type
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code. $l in the
- typename will be replaced by the column length (if appropriate).
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Override provided s.
-
- The original .
- Refined s.
-
-
-
- Do we need to drop constraints before dropping tables in the dialect?
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to qualify index names with the schema name?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support the UNIQUE column syntax?
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support adding Unique constraints via create and alter table ?
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support adding foreign key constraints via alter table? If not, it's assumed they can only be added through create table.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to add a foreign key constraint to a table. If SupportsForeignKeyConstraintInAlterTable is false, the returned string will be added to the create table statement instead. In this case, extra strings, like "add", that apply when using alter table should be omitted.
-
- The FK constraint name.
- The names of the columns comprising the FK
- The table referenced by the FK
- The explicit columns in the referencedTable referenced by this FK.
-
- if false, constraint should be explicit about which column names the constraint refers to
-
- the "add FK" fragment
-
-
-
- The syntax used to add a primary key constraint to a table
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support the syntax 'drop table if exists NAME'
-
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support the syntax 'drop table NAME if exists'
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support column-level check constraints?
- True if column-level CHECK constraints are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
- Does this dialect support table-level check constraints?
- True if table-level CHECK constraints are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect supports null values in columns belonging to an unique constraint/index?
-
- Some databases do not accept null in unique constraints at all. In such case,
- this property should be overriden for yielding false . This property is not meant for distinguishing
- databases ignoring null when checking uniqueness (ANSI behavior) from those considering null
- as a value and checking for its uniqueness.
-
-
-
- Get a strategy instance which knows how to acquire a database-level lock
- of the specified mode for this dialect.
-
- The persister for the entity to be locked.
- The type of lock to be acquired.
- The appropriate locking strategy.
-
-
-
- Given a lock mode, determine the appropriate for update fragment to use.
-
- The lock mode to apply.
- The appropriate for update fragment.
-
-
-
- Get the string to append to SELECT statements to acquire locks
- for this dialect.
-
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE clause string.
-
-
- Is FOR UPDATE OF syntax supported?
- if the database supports FOR UPDATE OF syntax; otherwise.
-
-
- Is FOR UPDATE OF syntax expecting columns?
- if the database expects a column list with FOR UPDATE OF syntax,
- if it expects table alias instead or do not support FOR UPDATE OF syntax.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support FOR UPDATE in conjunction with outer joined rows?
-
- True if outer joined rows can be locked via FOR UPDATE .
-
-
-
- Get the FOR UPDATE OF column_list fragment appropriate for this
- dialect given the aliases of the columns to be write locked.
-
- The columns to be write locked.
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE OF column_list clause string.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the FOR UPDATE NOWAIT syntax specific to this dialect
-
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE NOWAIT clause string.
-
-
-
- Get the FOR UPDATE OF column_list NOWAIT fragment appropriate
- for this dialect given the aliases of the columns or tables to be write locked.
-
- The columns or tables to be write locked.
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE colunm_or_table_list NOWAIT clause string.
-
-
-
- Modifies the given SQL by applying the appropriate updates for the specified
- lock modes and key columns.
-
- the SQL string to modify
- a map of lock modes indexed by aliased table names.
- a map of key columns indexed by aliased table names.
- the modified SQL string.
-
- The behavior here is that of an ANSI SQL SELECT FOR UPDATE . This
- method is really intended to allow dialects which do not support
- SELECT FOR UPDATE to achieve this in their own fashion.
-
-
-
-
- Some dialects support an alternative means to SELECT FOR UPDATE ,
- whereby a "lock hint" is appends to the table name in the from clause.
-
- The lock mode to apply
- The name of the table to which to apply the lock hint.
- The table with any required lock hints.
-
-
-
- Return SQL needed to drop the named table. May (and should) use
- some form of "if exists" clause, and cascade constraints.
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support temporary tables?
-
-
- Generate a temporary table name given the bas table.
- The table name from which to base the temp table name.
- The generated temp table name.
-
-
-
- Does the dialect require that temporary table DDL statements occur in
- isolation from other statements? This would be the case if the creation
- would cause any current transaction to get committed implicitly.
-
- see the result matrix above.
-
- JDBC defines a standard way to query for this information via the
- {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
- method. However, that does not distinguish between temporary table
- DDL and other forms of DDL; MySQL, for example, reports DDL causing a
- transaction commit via its driver, even though that is not the case for
- temporary table DDL.
-
- Possible return values and their meanings:
- {@link Boolean#TRUE} - Unequivocally, perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- {@link Boolean#FALSE} - Unequivocally, do not perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- null - defer to the JDBC driver response in regards to {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
-
-
-
-
- Do we need to drop the temporary table after use?
-
-
-
- Registers an OUT parameter which will be returning a
- . How this is accomplished varies greatly
- from DB to DB, hence its inclusion (along with {@link #getResultSet}) here.
-
- The callable statement.
- The bind position at which to register the OUT param.
- The number of (contiguous) bind positions used.
-
-
-
- Given a callable statement previously processed by ,
- extract the from the OUT parameter.
-
- The callable statement.
- The extracted result set.
- SQLException Indicates problems extracting the result set.
-
-
- Does this dialect support a way to retrieve the database's current timestamp value?
-
-
- Does this dialect support a way to retrieve the database's current UTC timestamp value?
-
-
-
- Gives the best resolution that the database can use for storing
- date/time values, in ticks.
-
-
-
- For example, if the database can store values with 100-nanosecond
- precision, this property is equal to 1L. If the database can only
- store values with 1-millisecond precision, this property is equal
- to 10000L (number of ticks in a millisecond).
-
-
- Used in TimestampType.
-
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to drop a foreign key constraint from a table.
-
- The name of the foreign key constraint to drop.
-
- The SQL string to drop the foreign key constraint.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint does not exists before creating it
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint exists before dropping it
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint does not exists before creating it
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to check if a constraint exists before dropping it
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that is used to close the if for a constraint exists check, used
- for dialects that requires begin/end for ifs
-
- The catalog.
- The schema.
- The table.
- The name.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to drop a primary key constraint from a table.
-
- The name of the primary key constraint to drop.
-
- The SQL string to drop the primary key constraint.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to drop an index constraint from a table.
-
- The name of the index constraint to drop.
-
- The SQL string to drop the primary key constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Completely optional cascading drop clause
-
-
-
- Only needed if the Dialect does not have SupportsForeignKeyConstraintInAlterTable.
-
-
- Only needed if the Dialect does not have SupportsForeignKeyConstraintInAlterTable.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support identity column key generation?
-
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support some form of inserting and selecting
- the generated IDENTITY value all in the same statement.
-
-
-
-
- Whether this dialect has an identity clause added to the data type or a
- completely separate identity data type.
-
-
-
-
- Provided we , then attach the
- "select identity" clause to the insert statement.
-
- The insert command
-
- The insert command with any necessary identity select clause attached.
- Note, if == false then
- the insert-string should be returned without modification.
-
-
-
-
- Provided we , then attach the
- "select identity" clause to the insert statement.
-
- The insert command
- The identifier name
-
- The insert command with any necessary identity select clause attached.
- Note, if == false then
- the insert-string should be returned without modification.
-
-
-
-
- Get the select command to use to retrieve the last generated IDENTITY
- value for a particular table.
-
- The PK column.
- The table into which the insert was done.
- The type code.
- The appropriate select command.
-
-
-
- Get the select command to use to retrieve the last generated IDENTITY value.
-
- The appropriate select command
-
-
-
- The syntax used during DDL to define a column as being an IDENTITY of
- a particular type.
-
- The type code.
- The appropriate DDL fragment.
-
-
-
- The keyword used to specify an identity column, if native key generation is supported
-
-
-
-
- Set this to false if no table-level primary key constraint should be generated when an identity column has been specified for the table.
- This is used as a work-around for SQLite so it doesn't tell us we have "more than one primary key".
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to insert a generated value into an identity column (or null).
- Need if the dialect does not support inserts that specify no column values.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support sequences?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support "pooled" sequences?
-
- True if such "pooled" sequences are supported; false otherwise.
-
- A pooled sequence is one that has a configurable initial size and increment
- size. It enables NHibernate to be allocated a pool/block/range of IDs,
- which can reduce the frequency of round trips to the database during ID
- generation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the appropriate select statement to to retreive the next value
- of a sequence.
-
- the name of the sequence
- String The "nextval" select string.
- This should be a "stand alone" select statement.
-
-
-
- Typically dialects which support sequences can drop a sequence
- with a single command.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The sequence drop commands
-
- This is convenience form of
- to help facilitate that.
-
- Dialects which support sequences and can drop a sequence in a
- single command need *only* override this method. Dialects
- which support sequences but require multiple commands to drop
- a sequence should instead override .
-
-
-
-
- The multiline script used to drop a sequence.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The sequence drop commands
-
-
-
- Generate the select expression fragment that will retrieve the next
- value of a sequence as part of another (typically DML) statement.
-
- the name of the sequence
- The "nextval" fragment.
-
- This differs from in that this
- should return an expression usable within another statement.
-
-
-
-
- Typically dialects which support sequences can create a sequence
- with a single command.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The sequence creation command
-
- This is convenience form of to help facilitate that.
- Dialects which support sequences and can create a sequence in a
- single command need *only* override this method. Dialects
- which support sequences but require multiple commands to create
- a sequence should instead override .
-
-
-
-
- An optional multi-line form for databases which .
-
- The name of the sequence
- The initial value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The increment value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The sequence creation commands
-
-
-
- Overloaded form of , additionally
- taking the initial value and increment size to be applied to the sequence
- definition.
-
- The name of the sequence
- The initial value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The increment value to apply to 'create sequence' statement
- The sequence creation command
-
- The default definition is to suffix
- with the string: " start with {initialValue} increment by {incrementSize}" where
- {initialValue} and {incrementSize} are replacement placeholders. Generally
- dialects should only need to override this method if different key phrases
- are used to apply the allocation information.
-
-
-
- Get the select command used retrieve the names of all sequences.
- The select command; or null if sequences are not supported.
-
-
-
- The class (which implements )
- which acts as this dialects identity-style generation strategy.
-
- The native generator class.
-
- Comes into play whenever the user specifies the "identity" generator.
-
-
-
-
- The class (which implements )
- which acts as this dialects native generation strategy.
-
- The native generator class.
-
- Comes into play whenever the user specifies the native generator.
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how joins are handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support CROSS JOIN?
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how CASE statements are
- handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
- This specialized string tokenizier will break a string to tokens, taking
- into account single quotes, parenthesis and commas and [ ]
- Notice that we aren't differentiating between [ ) and ( ] on purpose, it would complicate
- the code and it is not legal at any rate.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections in the same transaction?
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does the LIMIT clause take a "maximum" row number instead
- of a total number of returned rows?
-
- True if limit is relative from offset; false otherwise.
-
- This is easiest understood via an example. Consider you have a table
- with 20 rows, but you only want to retrieve rows number 11 through 20.
- Generally, a limit with offset would say that the offset = 11 and the
- limit = 10 (we only want 10 rows at a time); this is specifying the
- total number of returned rows. Some dialects require that we instead
- specify offset = 11 and limit = 20, where 20 is the "last" row we want
- relative to offset (i.e. total number of rows = 20 - 11 = 9)
- So essentially, is limit relative from offset? Or is limit absolute?
-
-
-
-
- For limit clauses, indicates whether to use 0 or 1 as the offset that returns the first row. Should be true if the first row is at offset 1.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to add a LIMIT clause to the given SQL SELECT .
- Expects any database-specific offset and limit adjustments to have already been performed (ex. UseMaxForLimit, OffsetStartsAtOne).
-
- The to base the limit query off.
- Offset of the first row to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no limit is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for OffsetStartsAtOne.
- Maximum number of rows to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no offset is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for UseMaxForLimit.
- A new that contains the LIMIT clause. Returns null
- if represents a SQL statement to which a limit clause cannot be added,
- for example when the query string is custom SQL invoking a stored procedure.
-
-
-
- Attempts to generate a string to limit the result set to a number of maximum results with a specified offset into the results.
- Expects any database-specific offset and limit adjustments to have already been performed (ex. UseMaxForLimit, OffsetStartsAtOne).
- Performs error checking based on the various dialect limit support options. If both parameters and fixed valeus are
- specified, this will use the parameter option if possible. Otherwise, it will fall back to a fixed string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Some databases require that a limit statement contain the maximum row number
- instead of the number of rows to retrieve. This method adjusts source
- limit and offset values to account for this.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Some databases use limit row offsets that start at one instead of zero.
- This method adjusts a desired offset using the OffsetStartsAtOne flag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The opening quote for a quoted identifier.
-
-
-
-
- The closing quote for a quoted identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Checks to see if the name has been quoted.
-
- The name to check if it is quoted
- true if name is already quoted.
-
- The default implementation is to compare the first character
- to Dialect.OpenQuote and the last char to Dialect.CloseQuote
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name.
-
- The string that needs to be Quoted.
- A QuotedName
-
-
- This method assumes that the name is not already Quoted. So if the name passed
- in is "name then it will return """name" . It escapes the first char
- - the " with "" and encloses the escaped string with OpenQuote and CloseQuote.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a aliasname
-
- Original implementation calls
- Name of the alias
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + aliasName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the aliasName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the aliasName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if aliasName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a columnname
-
- Original implementation calls
- Name of the column
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + columnName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the columnName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the columnName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if columnName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a tablename
-
- Name of the table
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + tableName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the tableName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the tableName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if tableName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a schemaname
-
- Name of the schema
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + schemaName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the schemaName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the schemaName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if schemaName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Quotes a name for being used as a catalogname
-
- Name of the catalog
- A Quoted name in the format of OpenQuote + catalogName + CloseQuote
-
-
- If the catalogName is already enclosed in the OpenQuote and CloseQuote then this
- method will return the catalogName that was passed in without going through any
- Quoting process. So if catalogName is passed in already Quoted make sure that
- you have escaped all of the chars according to your DataBase's specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Unquotes and unescapes an already quoted name
-
- Quoted string
- Unquoted string
-
-
- This method checks the string quoted to see if it is
- quoted. If the string quoted is already enclosed in the OpenQuote
- and CloseQuote then those chars are removed.
-
-
- After the OpenQuote and CloseQuote have been cleaned from the string quoted
- then any chars in the string quoted that have been escaped by doubling them
- up are changed back to a single version.
-
-
- The following quoted values return these results
- "quoted" = quoted
- "quote""d" = quote"d
- quote""d = quote"d
-
-
- If this implementation is not sufficient for your Dialect then it needs to be overridden.
- MsSql2000Dialect is an example of where UnQuoting rules are different.
-
-
-
-
-
- Unquotes an array of Quoted Names.
-
- strings to Unquote
- an array of unquoted strings.
-
- This use UnQuote(string) for each string in the quoted array so
- it should not need to be overridden - only UnQuote(string) needs
- to be overridden unless this implementation is not sufficient.
-
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as an aliasname.
-
- Name of the alias.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a columnname.
-
- Name of the column.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a tablename.
-
- Name of the table.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a schemaname.
-
- Name of the schema.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
-
- Convert back-tilt quotes in a name for being used as a catalogname.
-
- Name of the catalog.
- A name with back-tilt quotes converted if any.
-
-
- The SQL literal value to which this database maps boolean values.
- The boolean value.
- The appropriate SQL literal.
-
-
-
- if the database needs to have backslash escaped in string literals.
-
- by default in the base dialect, to conform to SQL standard.
-
-
-
- if the database needs to have Unicode literals prefixed by N .
-
- by default in the base dialect.
-
-
- The SQL string literal value to which this database maps string values.
- The string value.
- The SQL type of the string value.
- The appropriate SQL string literal.
- Thrown if or
- is .
-
-
-
- Given a type code, determine an appropriate
- null value to use in a select clause.
-
- The type code.
- The appropriate select clause value fragment.
-
- One thing to consider here is that certain databases might
- require proper casting for the nulls here since the select here
- will be part of a UNION/UNION ALL.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support UNION ALL, which is generally a faster variant of UNION?
- True if UNION ALL is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support empty IN lists?
- For example, is [where XYZ in ()] a supported construct?
-
- True if empty in lists are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Are string comparisons implicitly case insensitive.
- In other words, does [where 'XYZ' = 'xyz'] resolve to true?
-
- True if comparisons are case insensitive.
-
-
-
- Is this dialect known to support what ANSI-SQL terms "row value
- constructor" syntax; sometimes called tuple syntax.
-
- Basically, does it support syntax like
- "... where (FIRST_NAME, LAST_NAME) = ('Steve', 'Ebersole') ...".
-
-
- True if this SQL dialect is known to support "row value
- constructor" syntax; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- If the dialect supports {@link #supportsRowValueConstructorSyntax() row values},
- does it offer such support in IN lists as well?
-
- For example, "... where (FIRST_NAME, LAST_NAME) IN ( (?, ?), (?, ?) ) ..."
-
-
- True if this SQL dialect is known to support "row value
- constructor" syntax in the IN list; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Should LOBs (both BLOB and CLOB) be bound using stream operations (i.e.
- {@link java.sql.PreparedStatement#setBinaryStream}).
-
- True if BLOBs and CLOBs should be bound using stream operations.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support parameters within the select clause of
- INSERT ... SELECT ... statements?
-
- True if this is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect require that references to result variables
- (i.e, select expression aliases) in an ORDER BY clause be
- replaced by column positions (1-origin) as defined by the select clause?
-
-
- true if result variable references in the ORDER BY clause should
- be replaced by column positions; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support asking the result set its positioning
- information on forward only cursors. Specifically, in the case of
- scrolling fetches, Hibernate needs to use
- {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isAfterLast} and
- {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isBeforeFirst}. Certain drivers do not
- allow access to these methods for forward only cursors.
-
- NOTE : this is highly driver dependent!
-
-
- True if methods like {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isAfterLast} and
- {@link java.sql.ResultSet#isBeforeFirst} are supported for forward
- only cursors; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support definition of cascade delete constraints
- which can cause circular chains?
-
- True if circular cascade delete constraints are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Are subselects supported as the left-hand-side (LHS) of
- IN-predicates.
-
- In other words, is syntax like "... {subquery} IN (1, 2, 3) ..." supported?
-
- True if subselects can appear as the LHS of an in-predicate;false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Are paged sub-selects supported as the right-hand-side (RHS) of IN-predicates?
-
-
- In other words, is syntax like "... someColumn IN ({paged-sub-query}) ..." supported?
-
-
- if paged sub-selects can appear as the RHS of an in-predicate; otherwise.
-
-
-
- Expected LOB usage pattern is such that I can perform an insert
- via prepared statement with a parameter binding for a LOB value
- without crazy casting to JDBC driver implementation-specific classes...
-
- Part of the trickiness here is the fact that this is largely
- driver dependent. For example, Oracle (which is notoriously bad with
- LOB support in their drivers historically) actually does a pretty good
- job with LOB support as of the 10.2.x versions of their drivers...
-
-
- True if normal LOB usage patterns can be used with this driver;
- false if driver-specific hookiness needs to be applied.
-
-
-
- Does the dialect support propagating changes to LOB
- values back to the database? Talking about mutating the
- internal value of the locator as opposed to supplying a new
- locator instance...
-
- For BLOBs, the internal value might be changed by:
- {@link java.sql.Blob#setBinaryStream},
- {@link java.sql.Blob#setBytes(long, byte[])},
- {@link java.sql.Blob#setBytes(long, byte[], int, int)},
- or {@link java.sql.Blob#truncate(long)}.
-
- For CLOBs, the internal value might be changed by:
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setAsciiStream(long)},
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setCharacterStream(long)},
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setString(long, String)},
- {@link java.sql.Clob#setString(long, String, int, int)},
- or {@link java.sql.Clob#truncate(long)}.
-
- NOTE : I do not know the correct answer currently for
- databases which (1) are not part of the cruise control process
- or (2) do not {@link #supportsExpectedLobUsagePattern}.
-
- True if the changes are propagated back to the database; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Is it supported to materialize a LOB locator outside the transaction in
- which it was created?
-
- Again, part of the trickiness here is the fact that this is largely
- driver dependent.
-
- NOTE: all database I have tested which {@link #supportsExpectedLobUsagePattern()}
- also support the ability to materialize a LOB outside the owning transaction...
-
- True if unbounded materialization is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support referencing the table being mutated in
- a subquery. The "table being mutated" is the table referenced in
- an UPDATE or a DELETE query. And so can that table then be
- referenced in a subquery of said UPDATE/DELETE query.
-
- For example, would the following two syntaxes be supported:
- delete from TABLE_A where ID not in ( select ID from TABLE_A )
- update TABLE_A set NON_ID = 'something' where ID in ( select ID from TABLE_A)
-
-
- True if this dialect allows references the mutating table from a subquery.
-
-
- Does the dialect support an exists statement in the select clause?
- True if exists checks are allowed in the select clause; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- For the underlying database, is READ_COMMITTED isolation implemented by
- forcing readers to wait for write locks to be released?
-
- True if writers block readers to achieve READ_COMMITTED; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- For the underlying database, is REPEATABLE_READ isolation implemented by
- forcing writers to wait for read locks to be released?
-
- True if readers block writers to achieve REPEATABLE_READ; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support using a JDBC bind parameter as an argument
- to a function or procedure call?
-
- True if the database supports accepting bind params as args; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support subselects?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support scalar sub-selects?
-
-
- Scalar sub-selects are sub-queries returning a scalar value, not a set. See https://stackoverflow.com/a/648049/1178314
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support pooling parameter in connection string?
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support having clause on a grouped by computation?
-
-
- In other words, is syntax like "... group by aComputation having aComputation ..." supported?
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- Distributed transactions usually imply the use of , but using
- TransactionScope does not imply the transaction will be distributed.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect handles date and time types scale (fractional seconds precision)?
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve a set of default Hibernate properties for this database.
-
-
-
-
- Aggregate SQL functions as defined in general. This is
- a case-insensitive hashtable!
-
-
- The results of this method should be integrated with the
- specialization's data.
-
-
-
-
- Get the command used to select a GUID from the underlying database.
- (Optional operation.)
-
- The appropriate command.
-
-
- Command used to create a table.
-
-
-
- Slight variation on .
- The command used to create a multiset table.
-
-
- Here, we have the command used to create a table when there is no primary key and
- duplicate rows are expected.
-
- Most databases do not care about the distinction; originally added for
- Teradata support which does care.
-
-
-
- Command used to create a temporary table.
-
-
-
- Get any fragments needing to be postfixed to the command for
- temporary table creation.
-
-
-
-
- Should the value returned by
- be treated as callable. Typically this indicates that JDBC escape
- syntax is being used...
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the command used to retrieve the current timestamp from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the database-specific SQL function for retrieving the
- current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the command used to retrieve the current UTC timestamp from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the database-specific SQL function for retrieving the
- current UTC timestamp.
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to insert a row without specifying any column values
-
-
-
-
- The name of the SQL function that transforms a string to lowercase
-
-
-
-
- The maximum length a SQL alias can have.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum number of parameters allowed in a query.
-
-
-
-
- The character used to terminate a SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used to add a column to a table.
-
-
-
-
- The syntax for the suffix used to add a column to a table.
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to specify a nullable column
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to create a primary key constraint
-
-
-
-
- Supports splitting batches using GO T-SQL command
-
-
- Batches http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms175502.aspx
-
-
-
-
- Whether is stored as a floating point number.
-
-
-
-
- Registers a NHibernate name for the given type code.
-
- The typecode
- The NHibernate name
-
-
-
- Build an instance of the preferred by this dialect for
- converting into NHibernate's ADOException hierarchy.
-
- The Dialect's preferred .
-
- The default Dialect implementation simply returns a converter based on X/Open SQLState codes.
-
- It is strongly recommended that specific Dialect implementations override this
- method, since interpretation of a SQL error is much more accurate when based on
- the ErrorCode rather than the SQLState. Unfortunately, the ErrorCode is a vendor-specific approach.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for InformixDialect.
- This dialect is intended to work with IDS version 7.31
- However I can test only version 10.00 as I have only this version at work
-
-
- The InformixDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- ConnectionDriver
- NHibernate.Driver.OdbcDriver
- PrepareSql
- true
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The keyword used to insert a generated value into an identity column (or null).
- Need if the dialect does not support inserts that specify no column values.
-
-
-
- Command used to create a temporary table.
-
-
-
- Get any fragments needing to be postfixed to the command for
- temporary table creation.
-
-
-
-
- Should the value returned by
- be treated as callable. Typically this indicates that JDBC escape
- sytnax is being used...
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the command used to retrieve the current timestamp from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the database-specific SQL function for retrieving the
- current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support FOR UPDATE in conjunction with outer joined rows?
-
- True if outer joined rows can be locked via FOR UPDATE .
-
-
-
- Get the FOR UPDATE OF column_list fragment appropriate for this
- dialect given the aliases of the columns to be write locked.
-
- The columns to be write locked.
- The appropriate FOR UPDATE OF column_list clause string.
-
-
- Does this dialect support temporary tables?
-
-
-
- Does the dialect require that temporary table DDL statements occur in
- isolation from other statements? This would be the case if the creation
- would cause any current transaction to get committed implicitly.
-
- see the result matrix above.
-
- JDBC defines a standard way to query for this information via the
- {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
- method. However, that does not distinguish between temporary table
- DDL and other forms of DDL; MySQL, for example, reports DDL causing a
- transaction commit via its driver, even though that is not the case for
- temporary table DDL.
-
- Possible return values and their meanings:
- {@link Boolean#TRUE} - Unequivocally, perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- {@link Boolean#FALSE} - Unequivocally, do not perform the temporary table DDL in isolation.
- null - defer to the JDBC driver response in regards to {@link java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#dataDefinitionCausesTransactionCommit()}
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support a way to retrieve the database's current timestamp value?
-
-
-
- Whether this dialect have an Identity clause added to the data type or a
- completely separate identity data type
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The syntax that returns the identity value of the last insert, if native
- key generation is supported
-
-
-
-
- The syntax used during DDL to define a column as being an IDENTITY of
- a particular type.
-
- The type code.
- The appropriate DDL fragment.
-
-
-
- The keyword used to specify an identity column, if native key generation is supported
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support sequences?
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how joins are handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The SQL literal value to which this database maps boolean values.
- The boolean value
- The appropriate SQL literal.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support UNION ALL, which is generally a faster variant of UNION?
- True if UNION ALL is supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A strategy abstraction for how locks are obtained in the underlying database.
-
-
- All locking provided implementations assume the underlying database supports
- (and that the connection is in) at least read-committed transaction isolation.
- The most glaring exclusion to this is HSQLDB which only offers support for
- READ_UNCOMMITTED isolation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire an appropriate type of lock on the underlying data that will
- endure until the end of the current transaction.
-
- The id of the row to be locked
- The current version (or null if not versioned)
- The object logically being locked (currently not used)
- The session from which the lock request originated
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Acquire an appropriate type of lock on the underlying data that will
- endure until the end of the current transaction.
-
- The id of the row to be locked
- The current version (or null if not versioned)
- The object logically being locked (currently not used)
- The session from which the lock request originated
-
-
-
- A locking strategy where the locks are obtained through select statements.
-
-
-
-
- For non-read locks, this is achieved through the Dialect's specific
- SELECT ... FOR UPDATE syntax.
-
-
-
-
- A locking strategy where the locks are obtained through update statements.
-
- This strategy is not valid for read style locks.
-
-
-
- Construct a locking strategy based on SQL UPDATE statements.
-
- The metadata for the entity to be locked.
- Indicates the type of lock to be acquired.
-
- read-locks are not valid for this strategy.
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect targeting Sybase Adaptive Server Enterprise (ASE) 15 and higher.
-
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sybase ASE 15 temporary tables are not supported
-
-
- By default, temporary tables in Sybase ASE 15 can only be created outside a transaction.
- This is not supported by NHibernate. Temporary tables (and other DDL) statements can only
- be run in a transaction if the 'ddl in tran' database option on tempdb is set to 'true'.
- However, Sybase does not recommend this setting due to the performance impact arising from
- locking and contention on tempdb system tables.
-
-
-
-
- This is false only by default. The database can be configured to be
- case-insensitive.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 10 - for the NHibernate 3.0.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2010 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect should be considered BETA software.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere uses DEFAULT AUTOINCREMENT to identify an IDENTITY
- column in a CREATE TABLE statement.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere 10 supports READ, WRITE, and INTENT row
- locks. INTENT locks are sufficient to ensure that other
- concurrent connections cannot modify a row (though other
- connections can still read that row). SQL Anywhere also
- supports 3 modes of snapshot isolation (multi-version
- concurrency control (MVCC).
-
- SQL Anywhere's FOR UPDATE clause supports
- FOR UPDATE BY [ LOCK | VALUES ]
- FOR UPDATE OF ( COLUMN LIST )
-
- though they cannot be specified at the same time. BY LOCK is
- the syntax that acquires INTENT locks. FOR UPDATE BY VALUES
- forces the use of the KEYSET cursor, which returns a warning to
- the application when a row in the cursor has been subsequently
- modified by another connection, and an error if the row has
- been deleted.
-
- SQL Anywhere does not support the FOR UPDATE NOWAIT syntax of
- Oracle on a statement-by-statement basis. However, the
- identical functionality is provided by setting the connection
- option BLOCKING to "OFF", or setting an appropriate timeout
- period through the connection option BLOCKING_TIMEOUT .
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does support FOR UPDATE OF syntax. However,
- in SQL Anywhere one cannot specify both FOR UPDATE OF syntax
- and FOR UPDATE BY LOCK in the same statement. To achieve INTENT
- locking when using FOR UPDATE OF syntax one must use a table hint
- in the query's FROM clause, ie.
-
- SELECT * FROM FOO WITH( UPDLOCK ) FOR UPDATE OF ( column-list ).
-
- In this dialect, we avoid this issue by supporting only
- FOR UPDATE BY LOCK .
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports FOR UPDATE over cursors containing
- outer joins.
-
-
-
-
- Lock rows in the cursor explicitly using INTENT row locks.
-
-
-
-
- Enforce the condition that this query is read-only. This ensure that certain
- query rewrite optimizations, such as join elimination, can be used.
-
-
-
-
- Lock rows in the cursor explicitly using INTENT row locks.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does not support FOR UPDATE NOWAIT . However, the intent
- is to acquire pessimistic locks on the underlying rows; with NHibernate
- one can accomplish this through setting the BLOCKING connection option.
- Hence, with this API we lock rows in the cursor explicitly using INTENT row locks.
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are NOT using
- SQL Anywhere's snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are NOT using
- SQL Anywhere's snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports both double quotes or '[' (Microsoft syntax) for
- quoted identifiers.
-
- Note that quoted identifiers are controlled through
- the QUOTED_IDENTIFIER connection option.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports both double quotes or '[' (Microsoft syntax) for
- quoted identifiers.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere's implementation of KEYSET-DRIVEN cursors does not
- permit absolute positioning. With jConnect as the driver, this support
- will succeed because jConnect FETCHes the entire result set to the client
- first; it will fail with the iAnywhere JDBC driver. Because the server
- may decide to use a KEYSET cursor even if the cursor is declared as
- FORWARD ONLY, this support is disabled.
-
-
-
-
- By default, the SQL Anywhere dbinit utility creates a
- case-insensitive database for the CHAR collation. This can
- be changed through the use of the -c command line switch on
- dbinit, and the setting may differ for the NCHAR collation
- for national character sets. Whether or not a database
- supports case-sensitive comparisons can be determined via
- the DB_Extended_property() function, for example
-
- SELECT DB_EXTENDED_PROPERTY( 'Collation', 'CaseSensitivity');
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports COMMENT ON statements for a wide variety of
- database objects. When the COMMENT statement is executed an implicit
- COMMIT is performed. However, COMMENT syntax for CREATE TABLE , as
- expected by NHibernate (see Table.cs), is not supported.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere currently supports only "VALUES (DEFAULT)", not
- the ANSI standard "DEFAULT VALUES". This latter syntax will be
- supported in the SQL Anywhere 11.0.1 release. For the moment,
- "VALUES (DEFAULT)" works only for a single-column table.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does not require dropping a constraint before
- dropping a table, and the DROP statement syntax used by Hibernate
- to drop a constraint is not compatible with SQL Anywhere, so disable it.
-
-
-
-
- In SQL Anywhere, the syntax, DECLARE LOCAL TEMPORARY TABLE ...,
- can also be used, which creates a temporary table with procedure scope,
- which may be important for stored procedures.
-
-
-
-
- Assume that temporary table rows should be preserved across COMMITs.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere 10 does not perform a COMMIT upon creation of
- a temporary table. However, it does perform an implicit
- COMMIT when creating an index over a temporary table, or
- upon ALTERing the definition of temporary table.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does support OUT parameters with callable stored procedures.
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere has a micro-second resolution.
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- Maintains the set of ANSI SQL keywords
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve all keywords defined by ANSI SQL:2003
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for DB2 on iSeries OS/400.
-
-
- The DB2400Dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for DB2.
-
-
- The DB2Dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for FirebirdDialect.
-
-
- The FirebirdDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- As of v2.5 and 3.0.2, fails rollback-ing changes when distributed: changes are instead persisted in database.
- (With ADO .Net Provider 5.9.1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ::=
- EXTRACT FROM
-
- ::=
- |
-
- ::=
- YEAR |
- MONTH |
- DAY |
- HOUR |
- MINUTE |
- SECOND
-
- ::=
- TIMEZONE_HOUR |
- TIMEZONE_MINUTE
- ]]>
-
-
-
-
- ANSI-SQL substring
- Documented in:
- ANSI X3.135-1992
- American National Standard for Information Systems - Database Language - SQL
-
-
- Syntax:
- ::=
- SUBSTRING FROM < start position>
- [ FOR ]
- ]]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQLFunction implementation that emulates the ANSI SQL trim function
- on dialects which do not support the full definition. However, this function
- definition does assume the availability of ltrim, rtrim, and replace functions
- which it uses in various combinations to emulate the desired ANSI trim()
- functionality.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor. The target database has to support the replace function.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for supplying the name of the replace function to use.
-
- The replace function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- according to both the ANSI-SQL and EJB3 specs, trim can either take
- exactly one parameter or a variable number of parameters between 1 and 4.
- from the SQL spec:
- ::=
- TRIM
-
- ::=
- [ [ ] [ ] FROM ]
-
- ::=
- LEADING
- | TRAILING
- | BOTH
- ]]>
- If only trim specification is omitted, BOTH is assumed;
- if trim character is omitted, space is assumed
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Treats bitwise operations as SQL function calls.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of this class using the provided function name.
-
-
- The bitwise function name as defined by the SQL-Dialect.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Treats bitwise operations as native operations.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance using the giving token.
-
-
- The operation token.
-
-
- Use this constructor only if the token DOES NOT represent an unary operator.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance using the giving token and the flag indicating if it is an unary operator.
-
- The operation token.
- Whether the operation is unary or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ANSI-SQL style cast(foo as type) where the type is a NHibernate type
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the SQL fragment representing the SQL cast.
-
- The cast argument.
- The SQL type to cast to.
- The session factory.
- A SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Emulation of locate() on Sybase
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Whether the function accepts an asterisk (*) in place of arguments
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- True if accept asterisk like argument
- Return type for the function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Classic AVG sqlfunction that return types as it was done in Hibernate 3.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Classic COUNT sqlfunction that return types as it was done in Hibernate 3.1
-
-
-
-
- Classic SUM sqlfunction that return types as it was done in Hibernate 3.1
-
-
-
-
- Provides a substring implementation of the form substring(expr, start, length)
- for SQL dialects where the length argument is mandatory. If this is called
- from HQL with only two arguments, this implementation will generate the length
- parameter as (len(expr) + 1 - start).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the EmulatedLengthSubstringFunction class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides support routines for the HQL functions as used
- in the various SQL Dialects
-
- Provides an interface for supporting various HQL functions that are
- translated to SQL. The Dialect and its sub-classes use this interface to
- provide details required for processing of the function.
-
-
-
-
- The function return type
-
- The type of the first argument
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this function have any arguments?
-
-
-
-
- If there are no arguments, are parens required?
-
-
-
-
- Render the function call as SQL.
-
- List of arguments
-
- SQL fragment for the function.
-
-
-
- Get the type that will be effectively returned by the underlying database.
-
- The sql function.
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
- When is set to and the
- number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
- Get the function general return type, ignoring underlying database specifics.
-
- The sql function.
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
- The function name or when multiple functions/operators/statements are used.
-
-
-
-
- Get the function general return type, ignoring underlying database specifics.
-
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
- Get the type that will be effectively returned by the underlying database.
-
- The types of arguments.
- The mapping for retrieving the argument sql types.
- Whether to throw when the number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
- The type returned by the underlying database or when the number of arguments
- is invalid or they are not supported.
- When is set to and the
- number of arguments is invalid or they are not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for NoArgSQLFunction.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Emulation of coalesce() on Oracle, using multiple nvl() calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Emulation of locate() on PostgreSQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Find function by function name ignoring case
-
-
-
-
- Represents HQL functions that can have different representations in different SQL dialects.
- E.g. in HQL we can define function concat(?1, ?2) to concatenate two strings
- p1 and p2. Target SQL function will be dialect-specific, e.g. (?1 || ?2) for
- Oracle, concat(?1, ?2) for MySql, (?1 + ?2) for MS SQL.
- Each dialect will define a template as a string (exactly like above) marking function
- parameters with '?' followed by parameter's index (first index is 1).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies the template to passed in arguments.
-
- args function arguments
- generated SQL function call
-
-
-
-
- A template-based SQL function which substitutes required missing parameters with defaults.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a standard implementation that supports the majority of the HQL
- functions that are translated to SQL.
-
-
- The Dialect and its sub-classes use this class to provide details required
- for processing of the associated function.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSafeSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Exact number of arguments expected.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSafeSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Return type for the function.
- Exact number of arguments expected.
-
-
-
- Provides a standard implementation that supports the majority of the HQL
- functions that are translated to SQL.
-
-
- The Dialect and its sub-classes use this class to provide details required
- for processing of the associated function.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the StandardSQLFunction class.
-
- SQL function name.
- Return type for the function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL function which substitutes required missing parameters with defaults.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A HQL only cast for helping HQL knowing the type. Does not generates any actual cast in SQL code.
-
-
-
-
- Renders the SQL fragment representing the casted expression without actually casting it.
-
- The cast argument.
- The SQL type to cast to, ignored for rendering.
- The session factory.
- A SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Support for slightly more general templating than StandardSQLFunction,
- with an unlimited number of arguments.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic SQL dialect which may or may not work on any actual databases
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for the SAP HANA column store
-
-
- The HanaColumnStoreDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect base class for SAP HANA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for the SAP HANA row store
-
-
- The HanaRowStoreDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Extract the name of the violated constraint from the given DbException.
-
- The exception that was the result of the constraint violation.
- The extracted constraint name.
-
-
-
- Summary description for InformixDialect.
- This dialect is intended to work with IDS version 9.40
-
-
- The InformixDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- ConnectionDriver
- NHibernate.Driver.OdbcDriver
- PrepareSql
- true
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the select command used retrieve the names of all sequences.
- The select command; or null if sequences are not supported.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support sequences?
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support "pooled" sequences. Not aware of a better
- name for this. Essentially can we specify the initial and increment values?
-
- True if such "pooled" sequences are supported; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Generate the appropriate select statement to to retrieve the next value
- of a sequence.
-
- the name of the sequence
- String The "nextval" select string.
- This should be a "stand alone" select statement.
-
-
-
- Generate the select expression fragment that will retrieve the next
- value of a sequence as part of another (typically DML) statement.
-
- the name of the sequence
- The "nextval" fragment.
-
- This differs from in that this
- should return an expression usable within another statement.
-
-
-
-
- Create a strategy responsible
- for handling this dialect's variations in how joins are handled.
-
- This dialect's strategy.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for InformixDialect.
- This dialect is intended to work with IDS version 10.00
-
-
- The InformixDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- ConnectionDriver
- NHibernate.Driver.OdbcDriver
- PrepareSql
- true
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
-
- False, unless overridden.
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to add a LIMIT clause to the given SQL SELECT .
- Expects any database-specific offset and limit adjustments to have already been performed (ex. UseMaxForLimit, OffsetStartsAtOne).
-
- The to base the limit query off.
- Offset of the first row to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no limit is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for OffsetStartsAtOne.
- Maximum number of rows to be returned by the query. This may be represented as a parameter, a string literal, or a null value if no offset is requested. This should have already been adjusted to account for UseMaxForLimit.
-
- A new that contains the LIMIT clause. Returns null
- if represents a SQL statement to which a limit clause cannot be added,
- for example when the query string is custom SQL invoking a stored procedure.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for IngresSQL.
-
-
- The IngresDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- by default for Ingres,
- .
-
-
-
- Use a parameter with ParameterDirection.Output
-
-
-
-
- Use a parameter with ParameterDirection.ReturnValue
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect compatible with Microsoft SQL Server 2000.
-
-
- The MsSql2000Dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
adonet.batch_size
- 10
-
- -
-
query.substitutions
- true 1, false 0, yes 'Y', no 'N'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates the string to drop the table using SQL Server syntax.
-
- The name of the table to drop.
- The SQL with the inserted.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect have some kind of LIMIT syntax?
-
- True, we'll use the SELECT TOP nn syntax.
-
-
-
- Does this Dialect support an offset?
-
-
-
-
- Can parameters be used for a statement containing a LIMIT?
-
-
-
-
- Does the LIMIT clause take a "maximum" row number
- instead of a total number of returned rows?
-
- false, unless overridden
-
-
-
-
-
-
- MsSql does not require the OpenQuote to be escaped as long as the first char
- is an OpenQuote.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a string containing the query to check if an object exists
-
- The catalong name
- The schema name
- The table name
- The name of the object
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- On SQL Server there is a limit of 2100 parameters, but two are reserved for sp_executesql
- and three for sp_prepexec (used when preparing is enabled). Set the number to 2097
- as the worst case scenario.
-
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Server.
-
-
- http://stackoverflow.com/a/7264795/259946
-
-
-
- Sql Server 2005 supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality.
-
- true
-
-
-
- Sql Server 2005 supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality with an offset.
-
- true
-
-
-
- Sql Server 2005 supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality with an offset.
-
- false
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are using
- SQL Server 2005 snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- We assume that applications using this dialect are using
- SQL Server 2005 snapshot isolation modes.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a T-SQL SELECT statement into a statement that will - when executed - return a 'page' of results. The page is defined
- by a page size ('limit'), and/or a starting page number ('offset').
-
-
-
-
- Returns a TSQL SELECT statement that will - when executed - return a 'page' of results.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Should be preserved instead of switching it to ?
-
-
- for preserving , for
- replacing it with .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect compatible with Microsoft SQL Server 7.
-
-
- There have been no test run with this because the NHibernate team does not
- have a machine with Sql 7 installed on it. But there have been users using
- Ms Sql 7 with NHibernate. As issues with Ms Sql 7 and NHibernate become known
- this Dialect will be updated.
-
-
-
-
- Uses @@identity to get the Id value.
-
-
- There is a well known problem with @@identity and triggers that insert into
- rows into other tables that also use an identity column. The only way I know
- of to get around this problem is to upgrade your database server to Ms Sql 2000.
-
-
-
-
- A dialect for SQL Server Everywhere (SQL Server CE).
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections in the same transaction?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support pooling parameter in connection string?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- Fails enlisting a connection into a distributed transaction, fails promoting a transaction
- to distributed when it has already a connection enlisted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for MySQL
-
-
- The MySQLDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the SQL string to drop a foreign key constraint.
-
- The name of the foreign key to drop.
- The SQL string to drop the foreign key constraint.
-
-
-
- Create the SQL string to drop a primary key constraint.
-
- The name of the primary key to drop.
- The SQL string to drop the primary key constraint.
-
-
-
- Create the SQL string to drop an index.
-
- The name of the index to drop.
- The SQL string to drop the index constraint.
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code, to be used in CAST()
- statements.
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Subclasses register a typename for the given type code, to be used in CAST()
- statements.
-
- The typecode
-
- The database type name
-
-
-
- Get the name of the database type appropriate for casting operations
- (via the CAST() SQL function) for the given typecode.
-
- The typecode
- The database type name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections in the same transaction?
-
-
- NotSupportedException : Multiple simultaneous connections or connections with different
- connection strings inside the same transaction are not currently supported.
-
-
-
-
- by default for MySQL,
- .
-
-
-
- by default for MySQL,
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support distributed transaction?
-
-
- Fails enlisting a connection into a distributed transaction, fails promoting a transaction
- to distributed when it has already a connection enlisted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A dialect specifically for use with Oracle 10g.
-
-
- The main difference between this dialect and
- is the use of "ANSI join syntax" here...
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A dialect specifically for use with Oracle 12c.
-
-
- The main difference between this dialect and
- is the use of "ANSI join syntax" here...
-
-
-
-
- Oracle 12c supports a query statement that provides LIMIT
- functionality with an offset.
-
- false
-
-
-
- A dialect for Oracle 8i.
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2 . This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
- This property is set according to
- configuration parameter.
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Support for the oracle proprietary join syntax...
-
- The oracle join fragment
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map case support to the Oracle DECODE function. Oracle did not
- add support for CASE until 9i.
-
- The oracle CASE -> DECODE fragment
-
-
-
- Allows access to the basic
- implementation...
-
- The mapping type
- The appropriate select cluse fragment
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the same value as .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- It's a immature version, it just work.
- An SQL dialect for Oracle Lite
-
-
- The OracleLiteDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL 8.1 and above.
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.1 supports FOR UPDATE ... NOWAIT syntax.
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports Identity column using the "SERIAL" type.
- Serial type is a "virtual" type that will automatically:
-
-
- Create a sequence named tablename_colname_seq.
- Set the default value of this column to the next value of the
- sequence. (using function nextval('tablename_colname_seq') )
- Add a "NOT NULL" constraint to this column.
- Set the sequence as "owned by" the table.
-
-
- To insert the next value of the sequence into the serial column,
- exclude the column from the list of columns
- in the INSERT statement or use the DEFAULT key word.
-
-
- If the table or the column is dropped, the sequence is dropped too.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports Identity column using the "SERIAL" type.
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL doesn't have type in identity column.
-
-
- To create an identity column it uses the SQL syntax
- CREATE TABLE tablename (colname SERIAL); or
- CREATE TABLE tablename (colname BIGSERIAL);
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports serial and serial4 type for 4 bytes integer auto increment column.
- bigserial or serial8 can be used for 8 bytes integer auto increment column.
-
- bigserial if equal Int64,
- serial otherwise
-
-
-
- The sql syntax to insert a row without specifying any column in PostgreSQL is
- INSERT INTO table DEFAULT VALUES;
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.1 and above defined the function lastval() that returns the
- value of the last sequence that nextval() was used on in the current session.
- Call lastval() if nextval() has not yet been called in the current
- session throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL 8.2 and above.
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.2 supports DROP TABLE IF EXISTS tablename
- and DROP SEQUENCE IF EXISTS sequencename syntax.
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL 8.3 and above.
-
-
- PostgreSQL 8.3 supports xml type
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for PostgreSQL.
-
-
- The PostgreSQLDialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Supported with SQL 2003 syntax since 7.4, released 2003-11-17. For older versions
- we need to override GetCreateSequenceString(string, int, int) and provide alternative
- syntax, but I don't think we need to bother for such ancient releases (considered EOL).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL supports UNION ALL clause
-
- Reference:
- PostgreSQL 8.0 UNION Clause documentation
-
-
-
-
- PostgreSQL requires to cast NULL values to correctly handle UNION/UNION ALL
-
- See
- PostgreSQL BUG #1847: Error in some kind of UNION query.
-
- The type code.
- null casted as : "null::sqltypename "
-
-
-
- Should LOBs (both BLOB and CLOB) be bound using stream operations (i.e.
- {@link java.sql.PreparedStatement#setBinaryStream}).
-
- True if BLOBs and CLOBs should be bound using stream operations.
-
-
-
- Does this dialect supports distributed transaction? false .
-
-
- Npgsql since its version 3.2.5 version has race conditions: it fails handling the threading involved with
- distributed transactions. This causes a bunch of distributed tests to be flaky with Npgsql. Individually,
- they usually succeed, but run together, some of them fail. The trouble was not occuring with Npgsql 3.2.4.1.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SapSQLAnywhere17Dialect uses the SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect as its
- base class.
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere does not supports null in unique constraints. As this disable generation of unique
- constraints when a column is nullable, even if the application never put null in it, it could
- be a breaking change. So this property is overriden to false only in this new 17 dialect.
-
-
-
-
- Common implementation of schema reader.
-
-
- This implementation of is based on the new of
- .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- Should be used for searching tables instead of using separately
- the table, schema and catalog names? If , dialect must be provided
- with .
-
-
-
-
- This class is specific of NHibernate and supply DatabaseMetaData of Java.
- In the .NET Framework, there is no direct equivalent.
-
-
- Implementation is provide by a dialect.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- quoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in mixed case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- quoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in upper case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- unquoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in upper case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- quoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in lower case.
-
-
-
-
- In the Java language, this field indicates that the database treats mixed-case,
- unquoted SQL identifiers as case-insensitive and stores them in lower case,
-
-
-
-
- Gets a description of the tables available for the catalog
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- a list of table types to include
- Each row
-
-
-
- The name of the column that represent the TABLE_NAME in the
- returned by .
-
-
-
-
- Get the Table MetaData.
-
- The resultSet of .
- Include FKs and indexes
-
-
-
-
- Gets a description of the table columns available
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- a column name pattern
- A description of the table columns available
-
-
-
- Get a description of the given table's indices and statistics.
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- A description of the table's indices available
- The result is relative to the schema collections "Indexes".
-
-
-
- Get a description of the given table's indices and statistics.
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema pattern, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name pattern
- The name of the index
- A description of the table's indices available
- The result is relative to the schema collections "IndexColumns".
-
-
-
- Gets a description of the foreign keys available
-
- A catalog, retrieves those without a catalog
- Schema name, retrieves those without the schema
- A table name
- A description of the foreign keys available
-
-
-
- Get all reserved words
-
- A set of reserved words
-
-
-
- Get a value from the DataRow. Multiple alternative column names can be given.
- The names are tried in order, and the value from the first present column
- is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Get a string value from the DataRow. Multiple alternative column names can be given.
- The names are tried in order, and the value from the first present column
- is returned.
-
-
-
-
- A SQL dialect for SQLite.
-
-
-
- Author: Ioan Bizau
-
-
-
-
-
- The effective value of the BinaryGuid connection string parameter.
- The default value in SQLite is true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQLite does not currently support dropping foreign key constraints by alter statements.
- This means that tables cannot be dropped if there are any rows that depend on those.
- If there are cycles between tables, it would even be excessively difficult to delete
- the data in the right order first. Because of this, we just turn off the foreign
- constraints before we drop the schema and hope that we're not going to break anything. :(
- We could theoretically check for data consistency afterwards, but we don't currently.
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect support concurrent writing connections?
-
-
- As documented at https://www.sqlite.org/faq.html#q5
-
-
-
-
- Does this dialect supports distributed transaction? false .
-
-
- SQLite does not have a two phases commit and as such does not respect distributed transaction semantic.
- But moreover, it fails handling the threading involved with distributed transactions (see
- https://system.data.sqlite.org/index.html/tktview/5cee5409f84da5f62172 ).
- It has moreover some flakyness in tests due to seemingly highly delayed (> 500ms) commits when distributed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An SQL dialect for Sybase Adaptive Server Anywhere 9.0. (Renamed SQL Anywhere from its version 10.)
-
-
-
- This dialect probably will not work with schema-export. If anyone out there
- can fill in the ctor with DbTypes to Strings that would be helpful.
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ASA does not require to drop constraint before dropping tables, and DROP statement
- syntax used by Hibernate to drop constraint is not compatible with ASA, so disable it.
- Comments matches SybaseAnywhereDialect from Hibernate-3.1 src
-
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- by default for SQL Anywhere,
- .
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 11 - for the NHibernate 3.0.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2010 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect should be considered BETA software.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 - for the NHibernate 3.2.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2011 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 is a contribution to the NHibernate
- open-source project. It is intended to be included in the NHibernate
- distribution and is licensed under LGPL.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect uses the SybaseSQLAnywhere11Dialect as its
- base class. SybaseSQLAnywhere12Dialect includes support for ISO SQL standard
- sequences, which are defined in the catalog table SYSSEQUENCE .
- The dialect uses the SybaseSQLAnywhe11MetaData class for metadata API
- calls, which correctly supports reserved words defined by SQL Anywhere.
-
- The dialect defaults the following configuration properties:
-
-
- Property
- Default Value
-
- -
-
connection.driver_class
-
-
- -
-
prepare_sql
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere the ANSI standard "DEFAULT VALUES" since 11.0.1 release (not 11.0.0).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Anywhere supports SEQUENCES using a primarily SQL Standard
- syntax. Sequence values can be queried using the .CURRVAL identifier, and the next
- value in a sequence can be retrieved using the .NEXTVAL identifier. Sequences
- are retained in the SYS.SYSSEQUENCE catalog table.
-
-
-
-
- Pooled sequences does not refer to the CACHE parameter of the CREATE SEQUENCE
- statement, but merely if the DBMS supports sequences that can be incremented or decremented
- by values greater than 1.
-
-
-
- Get the SELECT command used to retrieve the names of all sequences.
- The SELECT command; or NULL if sequences are not supported.
-
-
-
- This class maps a DbType to names.
-
-
- Associations may be marked with a capacity. Calling the Get()
- method with a type and actual size n will return the associated
- name with smallest capacity >= n, if available and an unmarked
- default type otherwise.
- Eg, setting
-
- Names.Put(DbType, "TEXT" );
- Names.Put(DbType, 255, "VARCHAR($l)" );
- Names.Put(DbType, 65534, "LONGVARCHAR($l)" );
-
- will give you back the following:
-
- Names.Get(DbType) // --> "TEXT" (default)
- Names.Get(DbType,100) // --> "VARCHAR(100)" (100 is in [0:255])
- Names.Get(DbType,1000) // --> "LONGVARCHAR(1000)" (100 is in [256:65534])
- Names.Get(DbType,100000) // --> "TEXT" (default)
-
- On the other hand, simply putting
-
- Names.Put(DbType, "VARCHAR($l)" );
-
- would result in
-
- Names.Get(DbType) // --> "VARCHAR($l)" (will cause trouble)
- Names.Get(DbType,100) // --> "VARCHAR(100)"
- Names.Get(DbType,1000) // --> "VARCHAR(1000)"
- Names.Get(DbType,10000) // --> "VARCHAR(10000)"
-
-
-
-
-
- Get default type name for specified type
-
- the type key
- the default type name associated with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get default type name for specified type.
-
- The type key.
- The default type name that will be set in case it was found.
- Whether the default type name was found.
-
-
-
- Get the type name specified type and size
-
- the type key
- the SQL length
- the SQL scale
- the SQL precision
-
- The associated name with smallest capacity >= size (or precision for decimal, or scale for date time types)
- if available, otherwise the default type name.
-
-
-
-
- Get the type name specified type and size.
-
- The type key.
- The SQL length.
- The SQL scale.
- The SQL precision.
-
- The associated name with smallest capacity >= size (or precision for decimal, or scale for date time types)
- if available, otherwise the default type name.
-
- Whether the type name was found.
-
-
-
- For types with a simple length (or precision for decimal, or scale for date time types), this method
- returns the definition for the longest registered type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a type name for specified type key and capacity
-
- the type key
- the (maximum) type size/length, precision or scale
- The associated name
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute the given for each command of the resultset.
-
- The action to perform where the first parameter is the and the second parameter is the parameters offset of the .
-
-
-
- Datareader wrapper with the same life cycle of its command (through the batcher)
-
-
-
-
- Get a data reader for this multiple result sets command.
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A data reader.
-
-
-
- Get a data reader for this multiple result sets command.
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
- A data reader.
-
-
-
- Some Data Providers (ie - SqlClient) do not support Multiple Active Result Sets (MARS).
- NHibernate relies on being able to create MARS to read Components and entities inside
- of Collections.
-
-
- This is a completely off-line DataReader - the underlying DbDataReader that was used to create
- this has been closed and no connections to the Db exists.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a NDataReader from a
-
- The to get the records from the Database.
- if we are loading the in the middle of reading it.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- NHibernate attempts to not have to read the contents of an into memory until it absolutely
- has to. What that means is that it might have processed some records from the and will
- pick up the midstream so that the underlying can be closed
- so a new one can be opened.
-
-
-
-
- Stores a Result from a DataReader in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NResult class.
-
- The DbDataReader to populate the Result with.
-
- if the is already positioned on the record
- to start reading from.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NResult class.
-
- The DbDataReader to populate the Result with.
-
- if the is already positioned on the record
- to start reading from.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a NDataReader from a
-
- The to get the records from the Database.
- if we are loading the in the middle of reading it.
-
- NHibernate attempts to not have to read the contents of an into memory until it absolutely
- has to. What that means is that it might have processed some records from the and will
- pick up the midstream so that the underlying can be closed
- so a new one can be opened.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the values that can be cached back to null and sets the
- index of the cached column to -1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An implementation of that will work with either an
- returned by Execute or with an
- whose contents have been read into a .
-
-
-
- This allows NHibernate to use the underlying for as long as
- possible without the need to read everything into the .
-
-
- The consumer of the returned from does
- not need to know the underlying reader and can use it the same even if it switches from an
- to in the middle of its use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NHybridDataReader class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
- if the contents of the DbDataReader should be read into memory right away.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Reads all of the contents into memory because another
- needs to be opened.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This will result in a no op if the reader is closed or is already in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the NHybridDataReader class.
-
- The underlying DbDataReader to use.
- if the contents of the DbDataReader should be read into memory right away.
-
-
-
- Reads all of the contents into memory because another
- needs to be opened.
-
-
- This will result in a no op if the reader is closed or is already in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Gets if the object is in the middle of reading a Result.
-
- if NextResult and Read have been called on the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Disose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this NHybridDataReader is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- If this NHybridDataReader is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this NHybridDataReader back to life.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate driver base for using ODP.Net.
-
-
- Original code was contributed by James Mills
- on the NHibernate forums in this
- post .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The assembly name of the managed or unmanage driver. Namespaces will be derived from it.
-
- Thrown when the requested assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2 . This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
- This property is set according to
- configuration parameter.
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
-
-
-
-
- Whether binary_double and binary_float are used for and types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add logic to ensure that a parameter is not created since
- ODP.NET doesn't support it. Handle and cases too.
- Adjust resulting type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate driver for the Community CsharpSqlite data provider.
-
- Author: Nikolaos Tountas
-
-
-
-
- In order to use this Driver you must have the Community.CsharpSqlite.dll and Community.CsharpSqlite.SQLiteClient assemblies referenced.
-
-
- Please check http://code.google.com/p/csharp-sqlite/ for more information regarding csharp-sqlite.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Community.CsharpSqlite.dll assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2.iSeries DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the IBM.Data.DB2.iSeries assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2.Core DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2 DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- A base for NHibernate Driver for using the IBM.Data.DB2 or IBM.Data.DB2.Core DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the assemblyName assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the driver [supports multiple queries].
-
-
- true if [supports multiple queries]; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result sets command.
-
- The implementor of the session.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for dotConnect for MySQL by DevArt.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly Devart.Data.MySql.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (Devart.Data.dll ).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding dotConnect for MySQL.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the Devart.Data.MySql assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Devart.Data.MySql uses named parameters in the sql.
-
- - MySql uses @ in the sql.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Devart.Data.MySql use the @ to locate parameters in sql.
-
- @ is used to locate parameters in sql.
-
-
-
- Base class for the implementation of IDriver
-
-
-
-
- Unwraps the in case it is wrapped, otherwise the same instance is returned.
-
- The command to unwrap.
- The unwrapped command.
-
-
-
- Begin an ADO .
-
- The isolation level requested for the transaction.
- The connection on which to start the transaction.
- The started .
-
-
-
- Does this Driver require the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- For example, SqlClient requires select * from simple where simple_id = @simple_id
- If this is false, like with the OleDb provider, then it is assumed that
- the ? can be a placeholder for the parameter in the SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- Does this Driver require the use of the Named Prefix when trying
- to reference the Parameter in the Command's Parameter collection.
-
-
- This is really only useful when the UseNamedPrefixInSql == true. When this is true the
- code will look like:
- DbParameter param = cmd.Parameters["@paramName"]
- if this is false the code will be
- DbParameter param = cmd.Parameters["paramName"].
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" and Oracle uses ":" .
-
-
-
-
- Change the parameterName into the correct format DbCommand.CommandText
- for the ConnectionProvider
-
- The unformatted name of the parameter
- A parameter formatted for an DbCommand.CommandText
-
-
-
- Changes the parameterName into the correct format for an DbParameter
- for the Driver.
-
-
- For SqlServerConnectionProvider it will change id to @id
-
- The unformatted name of the parameter
- A parameter formatted for an DbParameter.
-
-
-
- Does this Driver support DbCommand.Prepare().
-
-
-
- A value of indicates that an exception would be thrown or the
- company that produces the Driver we are wrapping does not recommend using
- DbCommand.Prepare().
-
-
- A value of indicates that calling DbCommand.Prepare() will function
- fine on this Driver.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates an DbParameter for the DbCommand. It does not add the DbParameter to the DbCommand's
- Parameter collection.
-
- The DbCommand to use to create the DbParameter.
- The name to set for DbParameter.Name
- The SqlType to set for DbParameter.
- An DbParameter ready to be added to an DbCommand.
-
-
-
- Override to make any adjustments to the DbCommand object. (e.g., Oracle custom OUT parameter)
- Parameters have been bound by this point, so their order can be adjusted too.
- This is analogous to the RegisterResultSetOutParameter() function in Hibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Override to make any adjustments to each DbCommand object before it added to the batcher.
-
- The command.
-
- This method is similar to the but, instead be called just before execute the command (that can be a batch)
- is executed before add each single command to the batcher and before .
- If you have to adjust parameters values/type (when the command is full filled) this is a good place where do it.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Begin an ADO .
-
- The driver.
- The isolation level requested for the transaction.
- The connection on which to start the transaction.
- The started .
-
-
-
- Unwraps the in case it is wrapped, otherwise the same instance is returned.
-
- The driver.
- The command to unwrap.
- The unwrapped command.
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Firebird data provider located in
- FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the FirebirdSql.Data.Firebird assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Clears the connection pool.
-
- The connection string of connections for which to clear the pool.
- null for clearing them all.
-
-
-
- This driver support of is not compliant and too heavily
- restricts what can be done for NHibernate tests. See DNET-764, DNET-766 (and bonus, DNET-765).
-
-
-
- -
-
DNET-764
- When auto-enlistment is enabled (Enlist=true in connection string), the driver throws if
- attempting to open a connection without an ambient transaction. http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-764
-
-
- -
-
DNET-765
- When the connection string does not specify auto-enlistment parameter Enlist , the driver
- defaults to false . http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-765
-
-
- -
-
DNET-766
- When auto-enlistment is disabled (Enlist=false in connection string), the driver ignores
- calls to . They silently do
- nothing, the Firebird connection does not get enlisted. http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-766
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- . Enlistment is completely disabled when auto-enlistment is disabled.
- See http://tracker.firebirdsql.org/browse/DNET-766.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for the SAP HANA column store.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (libadonetHDB.dll and libSQLDBCHDB.dll
- are required by the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll as of the time of this writing).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding SAP HANA.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver base class for SAP HANA.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5 assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
-
- Named parameters are not supported by the SAP HANA .Net provider.
- https://help.sap.com/viewer/0eec0d68141541d1b07893a39944924e/2.0.02/en-US/d197835a6d611014a07fd73ee6fed6eb.html
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- It does support it indeed, provided any previous transaction has finished completing. But scopes
- are always promoted to distributed with HanaConnection , which causes them to complete on concurrent
- threads. This creates race conditions with following a scope disposal. As this null enlistment feature
- is here for attemptinng de-enlisting a connection from a completed transaction not yet cleaned-up, and as
- HanaConnection does not handle such a case, better disable it.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for the SAP HANA row store.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (libadonetHDB.dll and libSQLDBCHDB.dll
- are required by the assembly Sap.Data.Hana.v4.5.dll as of the time of this writing).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding SAP HANA.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for describing how NHibernate should interact with the different .NET Data
- Providers.
-
-
-
- The IDriver interface is not intended to be exposed to the application.
- Instead it is used internally by NHibernate to obtain connection objects, command objects, and
- to generate and prepare DbCommands . Implementors should provide a
- public default constructor.
-
-
- This is the interface to implement, or you can inherit from
- if you have an ADO.NET data provider that NHibernate does not have built in support for.
- To use the driver, NHibernate property connection.driver_class should be
- set to the assembly-qualified name of the driver class.
-
-
- key="connection.driver_class"
- value="FullyQualifiedClassName, AssemblyName"
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure the driver using .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an uninitialized DbConnection object for the specific Driver
-
-
-
-
- Does this Driver support having more than 1 open DbDataReader with
- the same DbConnection.
-
-
-
- A value of indicates that an exception would be thrown if NHibernate
- attempted to have 2 DbDataReaders open using the same DbConnection. NHibernate
- (since this version is a close to straight port of Hibernate) relies on the
- ability to recursively open 2 DbDataReaders. If the Driver does not support it
- then NHibernate will read the values from the DbDataReader into an .
-
-
- A value of will result in greater performance because an DbDataReader can be used
- instead of the . So if the Driver supports it then make sure
- it is set to .
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates an DbCommand from the SqlString according to the requirements of the DataProvider.
-
- The of the command to generate.
- The SqlString that contains the SQL.
- The types of the parameters to generate for the command.
- An DbCommand with the CommandText and Parameters fully set.
-
-
-
- Prepare the by calling .
- May be a no-op if the driver does not support preparing commands, or for any other reason.
-
- The command.
-
-
-
- Generates an DbParameter for the DbCommand. It does not add the DbParameter to the DbCommand's
- Parameter collection.
-
- The DbCommand to use to create the DbParameter.
- The name to set for DbParameter.Name
- The SqlType to set for DbParameter.
- An DbParameter ready to be added to an DbCommand.
-
-
-
- Remove 'extra' parameters from the DbCommand
-
-
- We sometimes create more parameters than necessary (see NH-2792 & also comments in SqlStringFormatter.ISqlStringVisitor.Parameter)
-
-
-
-
- Expand the parameters of the cmd to have a single parameter for each parameter in the
- sql string
-
-
- This is for databases that do not support named parameters. So, instead of a single parameter
- for 'select ... from MyTable t where t.Col1 = @p0 and t.Col2 = @p0' we can issue
- 'select ... from MyTable t where t.Col1 = ? and t.Col2 = ?'
-
-
-
-
- Make any adjustments to each DbCommand object before it is added to the batcher.
-
- The command.
-
- This method should be executed before add each single command to the batcher.
- If you have to adjust parameters values/type (when the command is full filled) this is a good place where do it.
-
-
-
-
- Does this driver mandates values for time?
-
-
-
-
- Does this driver support ?
-
-
-
-
- Does this driver connections support enlisting with a transaction?
-
- Enlisting with allows to leave a completed transaction and
- starts accepting auto-committed statements.
-
-
-
- Does this driver connections support explicitly enlisting with a transaction when auto-enlistment
- is disabled?
-
-
-
-
- Does sometimes this driver finish distributed transaction after end of scope disposal?
-
-
- See https://github.com/npgsql/npgsql/issues/1571#issuecomment-308651461 discussion with a Microsoft
- employee: MSDTC considers a transaction to be committed once it has collected all participant votes
- for committing from prepare phase. It then immediately notifies all participants of the outcome.
- This causes TransactionScope.Dispose to leave while the second phase of participants may still
- be executing. This means the transaction from the db view point can still be pending and not yet
- committed after the scope disposal. This is by design of MSDTC and we have to cope with that.
- Some data provider may have a global locking mechanism causing any subsequent use to wait for the
- end of the commit phase, but this is not a general case. Some other, as Npgsql < v3.2.5, may
- crash due to this, because they re-use the connection in the second phase.
-
-
-
-
- The minimal date supplied as a supported by this driver.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Informix DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the IBM.Data.Informix assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Ingres DataProvider
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the SqlClient DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the Parameter.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- With read committed snapshot or lower, SQL Server may have not actually already committed the transaction
- right after the scope disposal.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Blob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Blob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a character (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a character, otherwise False
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a database driver for MySQL.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the assembly MySql.Data.dll available for
- NHibernate to load, including its dependencies (ICSharpCode.SharpZipLib.dll is required by
- the assembly MySql.Data.dll as of the time of this writing).
-
-
- Please check the product's website
- for any updates and/or documentation regarding MySQL.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the MySql.Data assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- MySql.Data uses named parameters in the sql.
-
- - MySql uses ? in the sql.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- MySql.Data use the ? to locate parameters in sql.
-
- ? is used to locate parameters in sql.
-
-
-
- The MySql.Data driver does NOT support more than 1 open DbDataReader
- with only 1 DbConnection.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
-
-
- MySql.Data does not support preparing of commands.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
- With the Gamma MySql.Data provider it is throwing an exception with the
- message "Expected End of data packet" when a select command is prepared.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The PostgreSQL data provider provides a database driver for PostgreSQL.
-
- Author: Oliver Weichhold
-
-
-
-
- In order to use this Driver you must have the Npgsql.dll Assembly available for
- NHibernate to load it.
-
-
- Please check the products website
- http://www.postgresql.org/
- for any updates and or documentation.
-
-
- The homepage for the .NET DataProvider is:
- http://pgfoundry.org/projects/npgsql .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the Npgsql assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- NH-2267 Patrick Earl
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Odbc DataProvider
-
-
- Always look for a native .NET DataProvider before using the Odbc DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- Depends on target DB in the Odbc case. This in facts depends on both the driver and the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the OleDb DataProvider
-
-
- Always look for a native .NET DataProvider before using the OleDb DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- OLE DB provider does not support multiple open data readers
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle DataProvider.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle.DataAccess (unmanaged) DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Oracle.DataAccess assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle.DataAccess.Lite DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Oracle.DataAccess.Lite_w32 assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- This adds logic to ensure that a DbType.Boolean parameter is not created since
- ODP.NET doesn't support it.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the Oracle.ManagedDataAccess DataProvider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the Oracle.ManagedDataAccess assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- If the driver use a third party driver (not a .Net Framework DbProvider), its assembly version.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- Assembly to load the types from.
- Connection type name.
- Command type name.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- The Invariant name of a provider.
- Assembly to load the types from.
- Connection type name.
- Command type name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate Driver for using the SqlClient DataProvider
-
-
-
- http://stackoverflow.com/a/7264795/259946
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the Parameter.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" .
-
-
-
-
- The SqlClient driver does NOT support more than 1 open DbDataReader
- with only 1 DbConnection.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
- MS SQL Server 2000 (and 7) throws an exception when multiple DbDataReaders are
- attempted to be opened. When SQL Server 2005 comes out a new driver will be
- created for it because SQL Server 2005 is supposed to support it.
-
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Clob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Clob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a Blob (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a Blob, otherwise False
-
-
-
- Interprets if a parameter is a character (for the purposes of setting its default size)
-
- The parameter
- The of the parameter
- True, if the parameter should be interpreted as a character, otherwise False
-
-
-
- With read committed snapshot or lower, SQL Server may have not actually already committed the transaction
- right after the scope disposal.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate driver for the System.Data.SQLite data provider for .NET.
-
-
-
- In order to use this driver you must have the System.Data.SQLite.dll assembly available
- for NHibernate to load. This assembly includes the SQLite.dll or SQLite3.dll libraries.
-
-
- You can get the System.Data.SQLite.dll assembly from
- https://system.data.sqlite.org/
-
-
- Please check https://www.sqlite.org/ for more information regarding SQLite.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- Thrown when the SQLite.NET assembly can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate driver for Microsoft SQL Server CE data provider
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the SQL statement.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- MsSql requires the use of a Named Prefix in the Parameter.
-
-
- because MsSql uses "@ ".
-
-
-
-
- The Named Prefix for parameters.
-
-
- Sql Server uses "@" .
-
-
-
-
- The SqlClient driver does NOT support more than 1 open DbDataReader
- with only 1 DbConnection.
-
- - it is not supported.
-
- Ms Sql 2000 (and 7) throws an Exception when multiple DataReaders are
- attempted to be Opened. When Yukon comes out a new Driver will be
- created for Yukon because it is supposed to support it.
-
-
-
-
- . Enlistment is completely disabled when auto-enlistment is disabled.
- does nothing in
- this case.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SybaseAsaClientDriver driver provides a database driver for Adaptive Server Anywhere 9.0.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the iAnywhere.Data.AsaClient assembly is not and can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver for Sybase ASE 15 using the ADO.NET 2 driver.
-
-
- You will need the following libraries available to your application:
-
- Sybase.AdoNet2.AseClient.dll
- sybdrvado20.dll
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver for Sybase ASE 15 using the ADO.NET 4 driver.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver for Sybase ASE 16 using the ADO.NET 4.5 driver.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- This provides a driver base for Sybase ASE 15 using the ADO.NET driver. (Also known as SAP
- Adaptive Server Enterprise.)
-
-
- ASE was formerly Sybase SQL Server, not to be confused with SQL Anywhere / ASA.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- Assembly to load the types from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of with
- type names that are loaded from the specified assembly.
-
- The Invariant name of a provider.
- Assembly to load the types from.
- Connection type name.
- Command type name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQL Dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 - for the NHibernate 3.2.0 distribution
- Copyright (C) 2011 Glenn Paulley
- Contact: http://iablog.sybase.com/paulley
-
- This NHibernate dialect for SQL Anywhere 12 is a contribution to the NHibernate
- open-source project. It is intended to be included in the NHibernate
- distribution and is licensed under LGPL.
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
- The SybaseSQLAnywhereDotNet4Driver provides a .NET 4 database driver for
- Sybase SQL Anywhere 12 using the versioned ADO.NET driver
- iAnywhere.Data.SQLAnywhere.v4.0.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the iAnywhere.Data.SQLAnywhere.v4.0 assembly is not and can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- The SybaseSQLAnywhereDriver Driver provides a database driver for Sybase SQL Anywhere 10 and above
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Thrown when the iAnywhere.Data.SQLAnywhere assembly is not and can not be loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for maintaining the queue of actions related to events.
-
- The ActionQueue holds the DML operations queued as part of a session's
- transactional-write-behind semantics. DML operations are queued here
- until a flush forces them to be executed against the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued entity-insertion actions.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued actions.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Prepares the internal action queues for execution.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute any registered
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Performs cleanup of any held cache softlocks.
-
- Was the transaction successful.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued entity-insertion actions.
-
-
-
-
- Perform all currently queued actions.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the internal action queues for execution.
-
-
-
-
- Execute any registered
-
-
-
-
- Performs cleanup of any held cache softlocks.
-
- Was the transaction successful.
-
-
-
- Check whether the given tables/query-spaces are to be executed against
- given the currently queued actions.
-
- The table/query-spaces to check.
- True if we contain pending actions against any of the given tables; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Check whether any insertion or deletion actions are currently queued.
-
- True if insertions or deletions are currently queued; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A sorter aiming to group inserts as much as possible for optimizing batching.
-
- The list of inserts to optimize, already sorted in order to avoid constraint violations.
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an array of collection keys, of length batchSize (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized collection keys.
- An array that will be filled with collection entries if set.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of collection keys, of length (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an array of identifiers, of length batchSize (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized keys.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of identifiers, of length (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given entity key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of entity keys and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The entity persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given collection key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of collection entries and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The collection persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about the entities that are currently eligible for batch-fetching. Ultimately
- used by to build entity load batches.
-
-
- A Map structure is used to segment the keys by entity type since loading can only be done for a particular entity
- type at a time.
-
-
-
-
- A map of subselect-fetch descriptors
- keyed by the against which the descriptor is
- registered.
-
-
-
-
- The owning persistence context.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a queue for the given context.
-
- The owning persistence context.
-
-
-
- Clears all entries from this fetch queue.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the fetch descriptor associated with the given entity key.
-
- The entity key for which to locate any defined subselect fetch.
- The fetch descriptor; may return null if no subselect fetch queued for
- this entity key.
-
-
-
- Adds a subselect fetch decriptor for the given entity key.
-
- The entity for which to register the subselect fetch.
- The fetch descriptor.
-
-
-
- After evicting or deleting an entity, we don't need to
- know the query that was used to load it anymore (don't
- call this after loading the entity, since we might still
- need to load its collections)
-
-
-
-
- Clears all pending subselect fetches from the queue.
-
-
- Called after flushing.
-
-
-
-
- If an EntityKey represents a batch loadable entity, add
- it to the queue.
-
-
- Note that the contract here is such that any key passed in should
- previously have been been checked for existence within the
- ; failure to do so may cause the
- referenced entity to be included in a batch even though it is
- already associated with the .
-
-
-
-
- After evicting or deleting or loading an entity, we don't
- need to batch fetch it anymore, remove it from the queue
- if necessary
-
-
-
-
- If a CollectionEntry represents a batch loadable collection, add
- it to the queue.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrives the uninitialized persistent collection from the queue.
-
- The collection persister.
- The collection entry.
- A persistent collection if found, otherwise.
-
-
-
- After a collection was initialized or evicted, we don't
- need to batch fetch it anymore, remove it from the queue
- if necessary
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- an array of collection keys, of length batchSize (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of uninitialized collection keys for a given role
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch
- the maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized collection keys.
- An array that will be filled with collection entries if set.
- An array of collection keys, of length (padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- an array of identifiers, of length batchSize (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Get a batch of unloaded identifiers for this class, using a slightly
- complex algorithm that tries to grab keys registered immediately after
- the given key.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
- The maximum number of keys to return
- Whether to check the cache for uninitialized keys.
- An array of identifiers, of length (possibly padded with nulls)
-
-
-
- Initializes the query cache queue, which should be called by the query cache when assembling
- objects from the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Terminates the query cache queue, which should be called by the query cache after assembling
- objects from the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- The current query cache queue.
-
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given entity key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of entity keys and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The entity persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given collection key indexes are cached.
-
- The list of pairs of collection entries and their indexes.
- The array of indexes of that have to be checked.
- The collection persister.
- The batchable cache.
- Whether to check the cache or just return for all keys.
- An array of booleans that contains the result for each key.
-
-
-
- Sorts the given keys by their indexes, where the keys that are after the demanded key will be located
- at the start and the remaining indexes at the end of the returned array.
-
- The type of the key
- The list of pairs of keys and their indexes.
- The index of the demanded key
- The index where the sorting will begin.
- The index where the sorting will end.
- An array of sorted key indexes.
-
-
-
- Delegate responsible, in conjunction with the various
- , for implementing cascade processing.
-
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children.
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children. This
- form is typically called from within cascade actions.
-
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
-
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache
- which is specific to each CascadingAction type
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Cascade an action to the child or children
-
-
- Cascade an action to a collection
-
-
- Cascade an action to a to-one association or any type
-
-
- Cascade to the collection elements
-
-
- Delete any entities that were removed from the collection
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children.
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
-
-
-
- Cascade an action from the parent entity instance to all its children. This
- form is typically called from within cascade actions.
-
- The parent's entity persister
- The parent reference.
-
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache
- which is specific to each CascadingAction type
-
-
-
- Cascade an action to the child or children
-
-
- Cascade an action to a collection
-
-
- Cascade an action to a to-one association or any type
-
-
- Cascade to the collection elements
-
-
- Delete any entities that were removed from the collection
-
-
-
- A session action that may be cascaded from parent entity to its children
-
-
-
- Cascade the action to the child object.
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The child to which cascading should be performed.
- The child's entity name
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache which is specific to each CascadingAction type
- Are cascading deletes enabled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Called (in the case of returning true) to validate
- that no cascade on the given property is considered a valid semantic.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The property value
- The property value owner
- The entity persister for the owner
- The index of the property within the owner.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Cascade the action to the child object.
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The child to which cascading should be performed.
- The child's entity name
- Typically some form of cascade-local cache which is specific to each CascadingAction type
- Are cascading deletes enabled.
-
-
-
- Given a collection, get an iterator of the children upon which the
- current cascading action should be visited.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The mapping type of the collection.
- The collection instance.
- The children iterator.
-
-
- Does this action potentially extrapolate to orphan deletes?
- True if this action can lead to deletions of orphans.
-
-
- Does the specified cascading action require verification of no cascade validity?
- True if this action requires no-cascade verification; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Called (in the case of returning true) to validate
- that no cascade on the given property is considered a valid semantic.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The property value
- The property value owner
- The entity persister for the owner
- The index of the property within the owner.
-
-
- Should this action be performed (or noCascade consulted) in the case of lazy properties.
-
-
-
- Given a collection, get an iterator of all its children, loading them
- from the database if necessary.
-
- The session within which the cascade is occurring.
- The mapping type of the collection.
- The collection instance.
- The children iterator.
-
-
-
- Iterate just the elements of the collection that are already there. Don't load
- any new elements from the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute persist during flush time
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We need an entry to tell us all about the current state
- of a collection with respect to its persistent state
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the collection is "really" dirty, by checking dirtiness
- of the collection elements, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Prepares this CollectionEntry for the Flush process.
-
- The that this CollectionEntry will be responsible for flushing.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- session-start/post-flush persistent state
-
-
- allow the snapshot to be serialized
-
-
-
- The when the Collection was loaded.
-
-
- This can be if the Collection was not loaded by NHibernate and
- was passed in along with a transient object.
-
-
-
-
- The identifier of the Entity that is the owner of this Collection
- during the load or post flush.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the Collection can still be reached by an Entity
- that exist in the .
-
-
- It is also used to ensure that the Collection is not shared between
- two Entities.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the Collection has been processed and is ready
- to have its state synchronized with the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that a Collection needs to be updated.
-
-
- A Collection needs to be updated whenever the contents of the Collection
- have been changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that a Collection has old elements that need to be removed.
-
-
- A Collection needs to have removals performed whenever its role changes or
- the key changes and it has a loadedPersister - ie - it was loaded by NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that a Collection needs to be recreated.
-
-
- A Collection needs to be recreated whenever its role changes
- or the owner changes.
-
-
-
-
- If we instantiate a collection during the
- process, we must ignore it for the rest of the flush.
-
-
-
-
- The that is currently responsible
- for the Collection.
-
-
- This is set when NHibernate is updating a reachable or an
- unreachable collection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
- For newly wrapped collections, or dereferenced collection wrappers
-
-
-
- For collections just loaded from the database
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of for initialized detached collections.
-
-
- For initialized detached collections
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the collection is "really" dirty, by checking dirtiness
- of the collection elements, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Prepares this CollectionEntry for the Flush process.
-
- The that this CollectionEntry will be responsible for flushing.
-
-
-
- Updates the CollectionEntry to reflect that the
- has been initialized.
-
- The initialized that this Entry is for.
-
-
-
- Updates the CollectionEntry to reflect that the
- has been initialized.
-
- The initialized that this Entry is for.
-
-
-
-
- Updates the CollectionEntry to reflect that it is has been successfully flushed to the database.
-
- The that was flushed.
-
- Called after a successful flush.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the information in this CollectionEntry that is specific to the
- .
-
-
- The that is
- responsible for the Collection.
-
-
-
-
- Record the fact that this collection was dereferenced
-
- The collection to be updated by unreachability.
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initialize the role of the collection.
-
- The collection to be updated by reachability.
- The type of the collection.
- The owner of the collection.
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Record the fact that this collection was dereferenced
-
- The collection to be updated by unreachability.
- The session.
-
-
-
- Initialize the role of the collection.
-
- The collection to be updated by reachability.
- The type of the collection.
- The owner of the collection.
- The session.
-
-
- Algorithms related to foreign key constraint transparency
-
-
-
- Nullify all references to entities that have not yet
- been inserted in the database, where the foreign key
- points toward that entity
-
-
-
-
- Return null if the argument is an "unsaved" entity (ie.
- one with no existing database row), or the input argument
- otherwise. This is how Hibernate avoids foreign key constraint
- violations.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the object already exists in the database, using a "best guess"
-
-
-
-
- Nullify all references to entities that have not yet
- been inserted in the database, where the foreign key
- points toward that entity
-
-
-
-
- Return null if the argument is an "unsaved" entity (ie.
- one with no existing database row), or the input argument
- otherwise. This is how Hibernate avoids foreign key constraint
- violations.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if the object already exists in the database, using a "best guess"
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance persistent or detached?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of the persistent or transient object, or throw
- an exception if the instance is "unsaved"
-
-
- Used by OneToOneType and ManyToOneType to determine what id value should
- be used for an object that may or may not be associated with the session.
- This does a "best guess" using any/all info available to use (not just the
- EntityEntry).
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance persistent or detached?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
- Don't hit the database to make the determination, instead return null;
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance, which we know is not persistent, actually transient?
-
-
- Hit the database to make the determination.
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of the persistent or transient object, or throw
- an exception if the instance is "unsaved"
-
-
- Used by OneToOneType and ManyToOneType to determine what id value should
- be used for an object that may or may not be associated with the session.
- This does a "best guess" using any/all info available to use (not just the
- EntityEntry).
-
-
-
-
- Manages s and s
- for an .
-
-
-
- Abstracts ADO.NET batching to maintain the illusion that a single logical batch
- exists for the whole session, even when batching is disabled.
- Provides transparent DbCommand caching.
-
-
- This will be useful once ADO.NET gets support for batching. Until that point
- no code exists that will do batching, but this will provide a good point to do
- error checking and making sure the correct number of rows were affected.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a non-batchable an to use for inserting / deleting / updating.
- Must be explicitly released by CloseCommand()
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An that is ready to have the parameter values set
- and then executed.
-
-
-
-
- Get a batchable to use for inserting / deleting / updating
- (might be called many times before a single call to ExecuteBatch()
-
-
- After setting parameters, call AddToBatch() - do not execute the statement
- explicitly.
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Add an insert / delete / update to the current batch (might be called multiple times
- for a single PrepareBatchStatement() )
-
- Determines whether the number of rows affected by query is correct.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute the batch
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Gets an by calling ExecuteReader on the .
-
- The to execute to get the .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The from the .
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the .
-
- The to execute.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of rows affected.
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Get an for using in loading / querying.
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
-
- An that is ready to be executed.
-
-
-
- If not explicitly released by , it will be
- released when the session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
- This does NOT add anything to the batch - it only creates the DbCommand and
- does NOT cause the batch to execute...
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a non-batchable an to use for inserting / deleting / updating.
- Must be explicitly released by CloseCommand()
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
-
- An that is ready to have the parameter values set
- and then executed.
-
-
-
-
- Close a opened using PrepareCommand()
-
- The to ensure is closed.
- The to ensure is closed.
-
-
-
- Close a opened using
-
- The to ensure is closed.
-
-
-
- Get a batchable to use for inserting / deleting / updating
- (might be called many times before a single call to ExecuteBatch()
-
-
- After setting parameters, call AddToBatch() - do not execute the statement
- explicitly.
-
- The to convert to an .
- The of the command.
- The SqlTypes of parameters
- in .
-
-
-
-
- Add an insert / delete / update to the current batch (might be called multiple times
- for a single PrepareBatchStatement() )
-
- Determines whether the number of rows affected by query is correct.
-
-
-
- Execute the batch
-
-
-
-
- Close any query statements that were left lying around
-
-
- Use this method instead of Dispose if the
- can be used again.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an by calling ExecuteReader on the .
-
- The to execute to get the .
- The from the .
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the .
-
- The to execute.
- The number of rows affected.
-
- The Batcher is responsible for ensuring that all of the Drivers rules for how many open
- s it can have are followed.
-
-
-
-
- Must be called when an exception occurs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Cancel the current query statement
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value indicating whether there are any open resources
- managed by this batcher (DbCommands or DbDataReaders).
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the batch, this can change dynamically by
- calling the session's SetBatchSize.
-
- The size of the batch.
-
-
-
- Holds the state of the persistence context, including the
- first-level cache, entries, snapshots, proxies, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the session to which this persistence context is bound.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve this persistence context's managed load context.
-
-
-
-
- Get the BatchFetchQueue , instantiating one if necessary.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the set of EntityKeys representing nullifiable references
-
-
- Get the mapping from key value to entity instance
-
-
- Get the mapping from entity instance to entity entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection instance to collection entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection key to collection instance
-
-
- How deep are we cascaded?
-
-
- Is a flush cycle currently in process?
- Called before and after the flushcycle
-
-
-
- The read-only status for entities (and proxies) loaded into this persistence context.
-
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only
- setting as the uninitialized proxy has, regardless of the persistence context's
- current setting.
-
-
- To change the read-only setting for a particular entity or proxy that is already
- in the current persistence context, use .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a collection which has no owner loaded
-
-
-
- Get and remove a collection whose owner is not yet loaded,
- when its owner is being loaded
-
-
-
- Clear the state of the persistence context
-
-
- False if we know for certain that all the entities are read-only
-
-
- Set the status of an entry
-
-
- Called after transactions end
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the cached database snapshot for the requested entity key.
-
- The entity key for which to retrieve the cached snapshot
- The cached snapshot
-
-
- This differs from is two important respects:
- no snapshot is obtained from the database if not already cached
- an entry of NO_ROW here is interpreted as an exception
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
- Add a canonical mapping from entity key to entity instance
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given EntityKey
-
-
-
- Is there an entity with the given key in the persistence context
-
-
-
- Remove an entity from the session cache, also clear
- up other state associated with the entity, all except
- for the EntityEntry
-
-
-
- Get an entity cached by unique key
-
-
- Add an entity to the cache by unique key
-
-
-
- Retrieve the EntityEntry representation of the given entity.
-
- The entity for which to locate the EntityEntry.
- The EntityEntry for the given entity.
-
-
- Remove an entity entry from the session cache
-
-
- Is there an EntityEntry for this instance?
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a persistent collection
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
- Is the given collection associated with this persistence context?
-
-
- Is the given proxy associated with this persistence context?
-
-
-
- Takes the given object and, if it represents a proxy, reassociates it with this event source.
-
- The possible proxy to be reassociated.
- Whether the passed value represented an actual proxy which got initialized.
-
-
-
- If a deleted entity instance is re-saved, and it has a proxy, we need to
- reset the identifier of the proxy
-
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance underlying the given proxy, throwing
- an exception if the proxy is uninitialized. If the given object
- is not a proxy, simply return the argument.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Attempts to check whether the given key represents an entity already loaded within the
- current session.
-
- The entity reference against which to perform the uniqueness check.
- The entity key.
-
-
-
- If the existing proxy is insufficiently "narrow" (derived), instantiate a new proxy
- and overwrite the registration of the old one. This breaks == and occurs only for
- "class" proxies rather than "interface" proxies. Also init the proxy to point to
- the given target implementation if necessary.
-
- The proxy instance to be narrowed.
- The persister for the proxied entity.
- The internal cache key for the proxied entity.
- (optional) the actual proxied entity instance.
- An appropriately narrowed instance.
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- third argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists. Init
- the proxy to the target implementation, if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists.
- (slower than the form above)
-
-
-
- Get the entity that owns this persistent collection
-
-
- Get the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
-
- The owner if its entity ID is available from the collection's loaded key
- and the owner entity is in the persistence context; otherwise, returns null
-
-
-
- Get the ID for the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
- the owner ID if available from the collection's loaded key; otherwise, returns null
-
-
- add a collection we just loaded up (still needs initializing)
-
-
- add a detached uninitialized collection
-
-
-
- Add a new collection (ie. a newly created one, just instantiated by the
- application, with no database state or snapshot)
-
- The collection to be associated with the persistence context
-
-
-
-
- add an (initialized) collection that was created by another session and passed
- into update() (ie. one with a snapshot and existing state on the database)
-
-
-
- add a collection we just pulled out of the cache (does not need initializing)
-
-
- Get the collection instance associated with the CollectionKey
-
-
-
- Register a collection for non-lazy loading at the end of the two-phase load
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
-
-
- Get the PersistentCollection object for an array
-
-
- Register a PersistentCollection object for an array.
- Associates a holder with an array - MUST be called after loading
- array, since the array instance is not created until endLoad().
-
-
-
-
- Remove the mapping of collection to holder during eviction of the owning entity
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot of the pre-flush collection state
-
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a collection passed to filter,
- which might be a collection wrapper, an array, or an unwrapped
- collection. Return null if there is no entry.
-
-
-
- Get an existing proxy by key
-
-
- Add a proxy to the session cache
-
-
- Remove a proxy from the session cache
-
-
- Called before cascading
-
-
- Called after cascading
-
-
- Call this before beginning a two-phase load
-
-
- Call this after finishing a two-phase load
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an owner for the child object,
- given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an index of the child object, given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Record the fact that the association belonging to the keyed entity is null.
-
-
-
- Is the association property belonging to the keyed entity null?
-
-
-
- Change the read-only status of an entity (or proxy).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not dirty-checked
- and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- Immutable entities cannot be made read-only.
-
-
- To set the default read-only setting for entities and proxies that are loaded
- into the persistence context, see .
-
-
- An entity (or ).
- If true , the entity or proxy is made read-only; if false , it is made modifiable.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the specified entity (or proxy) read-only?
-
- An entity (or )
-
- true if the entity or proxy is read-only, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Is in a two-phase load?
-
-
-
- Add child/parent relation to cache for cascading operations
-
- The child.
- The parent.
-
-
-
- Remove child/parent relation from cache
-
- The child.
-
-
-
- Obtain the tenant identifier associated with this session.
-
- The tenant identifier associated with this session or null
-
-
-
- Instantiate the entity class, initializing with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Switch the session current cache mode.
-
- The session for which the cache mode has to be switched.
- The desired cache mode. for not actually switching.
- if no switch is required, otherwise an which
- dispose will set the session cache mode back to its original value.
-
-
-
- Defines the internal contract between the Session and other parts of NHibernate
- such as implementors of Type or ClassPersister
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection (if not already initialized)
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Load an instance without checking if it was deleted. If it does not exist and isn't nullable, throw an exception.
- This method may create a new proxy or return an existing proxy.
-
- The entityName (or class full name) to load.
- The identifier of the object in the database.
- Allow null instance
- When enabled, the object is eagerly fetched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- A proxy of the object or an instance of the object if the persistentClass does not have a proxy.
-
- No object could be found with that id .
-
-
-
- Load an instance immediately. Do not return a proxy.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Execute a List() expression query
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute an Iterate() query
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter (strongly-typed version).
-
-
-
-
- Collection from a filter
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction is about to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction completed, so we no longer own the old locks.
- (Also we should release cache softlocks). May be called multiple times during the transaction
- completion process.
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given Key ,
- calling the Interceptor if necessary
-
-
-
- Execute a native SQL update or delete query
-
-
- Execute a HQL update or delete query
-
-
-
- Initialize the session after its construction was complete
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the collection (if not already initialized)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance without checking if it was deleted. If it does not exist and isn't nullable, throw an exception.
- This method may create a new proxy or return an existing proxy.
-
- The entityName (or class full name) to load.
- The identifier of the object in the database.
- Allow null instance
- When enabled, the object is eagerly fetched.
-
- A proxy of the object or an instance of the object if the persistentClass does not have a proxy.
-
- No object could be found with that id .
-
-
-
- Load an instance immediately. Do not return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- System time before the start of the transaction
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the creating SessionFactoryImplementor
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the prepared statement Batcher for this session
-
-
-
-
- Execute a List() expression query
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given query expression
- A hibernate query expression
- The query
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute an Iterate() query
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter
-
-
-
-
- Execute a filter (strongly-typed version).
-
-
-
-
- Collection from a filter
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
- Get the for any instance
- optional entity name
- the entity instance
-
-
-
- Notify the session that an NHibernate transaction has begun.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction is about to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the session that the transaction completed, so we no longer own the old locks.
- (Also we should release cache softlocks). May be called multiple times during the transaction
- completion process.
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of the persistent object, or null if transient
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate the entity class, initializing with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL Query
-
-
-
- Retrieve the currently set value for a filter parameter.
-
- The filter parameter name in the format
- {FILTER_NAME.PARAMETER_NAME}.
- The filter parameter value.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the type for a given filter parameter.
-
- The filter parameter name in the format
- {FILTER_NAME.PARAMETER_NAME}.
- The filter parameter type.
-
-
-
- Return the currently enabled filters. The filter map is keyed by filter
- name, with values corresponding to the
- instance.
-
- The currently enabled filters.
-
-
- Retrieves the configured event listeners from this event source.
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given Key ,
- calling the Interceptor if necessary
-
-
-
- Get the persistence context for this session
-
-
-
- Is the ISession still open?
-
-
-
-
- Is the session connected?
-
-
- if the session is connected.
-
-
- A session is considered connected if there is a (regardless
- of its state) or if the field connect is true. Meaning that it will connect
- at the next operation that requires a connection.
-
-
-
- The best guess entity name for an entity not in an association
-
-
- The guessed entity name for an entity not in an association
-
-
-
- Determine whether the session is closed. Provided separately from
- IsOpen as this method does not attempt any system transaction sync
- registration, whereas IsOpen is allowed to (does not currently, but may do
- in a future version as it is the case in Hibernate); which makes this one
- nicer to use for most internal purposes.
-
-
- if the session is closed; otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this ISession have an active NHibernate transaction
- or is there a system transaction in progress in which the session is enlisted?
-
-
-
- Execute a native SQL update or delete query
-
-
- Execute a HQL update or delete query
-
-
-
- Join the system transaction.
-
-
-
- Sessions auto-join current transaction by default on their first usage within a scope.
- This can be disabled with from
- a session builder obtained with .
-
-
- This method allows to explicitly join the current transaction. It does nothing if it is already
- joined.
-
-
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- Represents state associated with the processing of a given
- in regards to loading collections.
-
-
- Another implementation option to consider is to not expose ResultSets
- directly (in the JDBC redesign) but to always "wrap" them and apply a [series of] context[s] to that wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
- The cache batcher used to batch put the collections into the cache.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Add the collection to the second-level cache
- The entry representing the collection to add
- The persister
- The action for handling cache batching
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Creates a collection load context for the given result set.
-
- Callback to other collection load contexts.
- The result set this is "wrapping".
-
-
-
- Retrieve the collection that is being loaded as part of processing this result set.
-
- The persister for the collection being requested.
- The key of the collection being requested.
- The loading collection (see discussion above).
-
- Basically, there are two valid return values from this method:
- an instance of {@link PersistentCollection} which indicates to
- continue loading the result set row data into that returned collection
- instance; this may be either an instance already associated and in the
- midst of being loaded, or a newly instantiated instance as a matching
- associated collection was not found.
- null indicates to ignore the corresponding result set row
- data relating to the requested collection; this indicates that either
- the collection was found to already be associated with the persistence
- context in a fully loaded state, or it was found in a loading state
- associated with another result set processing context.
-
-
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
-
-
-
- Finish the process of collection-loading for this bound result set. Mainly this
- involves cleaning up resources and notifying the collections that loading is
- complete.
-
- The persister for which to complete loading.
- Indicates if collection must not be put in cache.
- The cache batcher used to batch put the collections into the cache.
-
-
- Add the collection to the second-level cache
- The entry representing the collection to add
- The persister
- The action for handling cache batching
-
-
-
- Maps to specific contextual data
- related to processing that .
-
-
- Implementation note: internally an is used to maintain
- the mappings; was chosen because I'd rather not be
- dependent upon potentially bad and
- implementations.
- Considering the JDBC-redesign work, would further like this contextual info
- not mapped separately, but available based on the result set being processed.
- This would also allow maintaining a single mapping as we could reliably get
- notification of the result-set closing...
-
-
-
- Creates and binds this to the given persistence context.
- The persistence context to which this will be bound.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the persistence context to which this is bound.
-
-
-
-
- Release internal state associated with the given result set.
-
- The result set for which it is ok to release associated resources.
-
- This should be called when we are done with processing said result set,
- ideally as the result set is being closed.
-
-
-
- Release internal state associated with *all* result sets.
-
- This is intended as a "failsafe" process to make sure we get everything
- cleaned up and released.
-
-
-
-
- Do we currently have any internal entries corresponding to loading
- collections?
-
- True if we currently hold state pertaining to loading collections; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Do we currently have any registered internal entries corresponding to loading
- collections?
- True if we currently hold state pertaining to a registered loading collections; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Get the {@link CollectionLoadContext} associated with the given
- {@link ResultSet}, creating one if needed.
-
- The result set for which to retrieve the context.
- The processing context.
-
-
-
- Attempt to locate the loading collection given the owner's key. The lookup here
- occurs against all result-set contexts...
-
- The collection persister
- The owner key
- The loading collection, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Register a loading collection xref.
-
- The xref collection key
- The corresponding loading collection entry
-
- This xref map is used because sometimes a collection is in process of
- being loaded from one result set, but needs to be accessed from the
- context of another "nested" result set processing.
- Implementation note: package protected, as this is meant solely for use
- by {@link CollectionLoadContext} to be able to locate collections
- being loaded by other {@link CollectionLoadContext}s/{@link ResultSet}s.
-
-
-
-
- The inverse of {@link #registerLoadingCollectionXRef}. Here, we are done
- processing the said collection entry, so we remove it from the
- load context.
-
- The key of the collection we are done processing.
-
- The idea here is that other loading collections can now reference said
- collection directly from the {@link PersistenceContext} because it
- has completed its load cycle.
- Implementation note: package protected, as this is meant solely for use
- by {@link CollectionLoadContext} to be able to locate collections
- being loaded by other {@link CollectionLoadContext}s/{@link ResultSet}s.
-
-
-
-
- Locate the LoadingCollectionEntry within *any* of the tracked
- s.
-
- The collection key.
- The located entry; or null.
-
- Implementation note: package protected, as this is meant solely for use
- by to be able to locate collections
- being loaded by other s/ResultSets.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a collection currently being loaded.
-
-
-
- Defines a query execution plan for an HQL query (or filter).
-
-
- Defines a query execution plan for a native-SQL query.
-
-
-
- Extends an HQLQueryPlan to maintain a reference to the collection-role name
- being filtered.
-
-
-
- Descriptor regarding a named parameter.
-
-
-
- Not supported yet (AST parse needed)
-
-
-
- Encapsulates metadata about parameters encountered within a query.
-
-
-
- The single available method
- is responsible for parsing a query string and recognizing tokens in
- relation to parameters (either named, ejb3-style, or ordinal) and
- providing callbacks about such recognitions.
-
-
-
-
- Performs the actual parsing and tokenizing of the query string making appropriate
- callbacks to the given recognizer upon recognition of the various tokens.
-
-
- Note that currently, this only knows how to deal with a single output
- parameter (for callable statements). If we later add support for
- multiple output params, this, obviously, needs to change.
-
- The string to be parsed/tokenized.
- The thing which handles recognition events.
-
-
-
-
- Implements a parameter parser recognizer specifically for the purpose
- of journaling parameter locations.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for creating a param location recognizer and
- initiating the parse.
-
- The query to be parsed for parameter locations.
- The generated recognizer, with journaled location info.
-
-
-
- The dictionary of named parameter locations.
- The dictionary is keyed by parameter name.
-
-
-
-
- The list of ordinal parameter locations.
-
-
- The list elements are integers, representing the location for that given ordinal.
- Thus OrdinalParameterLocationList[n] represents the location for the nth parameter.
-
-
-
- Acts as a cache for compiled query plans, as well as query-parameter metadata.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Describes a return in a native SQL query.
-
-
-
- Represents a return defined as part of a native sql query which
- names a collection role in the form {classname}.{collectionrole}; it
- is used in defining a custom sql query for loading an entity's
- collection in non-fetching scenarios (i.e., loading the collection
- itself as the "root" of the result).
-
-
-
- Construct a native-sql return representing a collection initializer
- The result alias
-
- The entity-name of the entity owning the collection to be initialized.
-
-
- The property name (on the owner) which represents
- the collection to be initialized.
-
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply to the collection.
-
-
-
- The class owning the collection.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the property representing the collection from the .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a return defined as part of a native sql query which
- names a fetched role.
-
-
-
- Construct a return descriptor representing some form of fetch.
- The result alias
- The owner's result alias
- The owner's property representing the thing to be fetched
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply
-
-
- The alias of the owner of this fetched association.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the property name (relative to the owner) which maps to
- the association to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the base information for a non-scalar return defined as part of
- a native sql query.
-
-
-
- Constructs some form of non-scalar return descriptor
- The result alias
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply to the return.
-
-
- Retrieve the defined result alias
-
-
- Retrieve the lock-mode to apply to this return
-
-
- Retrieve the user-supplied column->property mappings.
-
-
-
- Represents a return defined as part of a native sql query which
- names a "root" entity. A root entity means it is explicitly a
- "column" in the result, as opposed to a fetched relationship or role.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a return representing an entity returned at the root
- of the result.
-
- The result alias
- The entity name.
- The lock mode to apply
-
-
-
- Construct a return representing an entity returned at the root
- of the result.
-
- The result alias
- The entity name.
- Any user-supplied column->property mappings
- The lock mode to apply
-
-
- The name of the entity to be returned.
-
-
- Describes a scalar return in a native SQL query.
-
-
-
- A represents the state of persistent "stuff" which
- NHibernate is tracking. This includes persistent entities, collections,
- as well as proxies generated.
-
-
- There is meant to be a one-to-one correspondence between a SessionImpl and
- a PersistentContext. The SessionImpl uses the PersistentContext to track
- the current state of its context. Event-listeners then use the
- PersistentContext to drive their processing.
-
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Constructs a PersistentContext, bound to the given session.
- The session "owning" this context.
-
-
-
- Get the session to which this persistence context is bound.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve this persistence context's managed load context.
-
-
-
-
- Get the BatchFetchQueue , instantiating one if necessary.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the set of EntityKeys representing nullifiable references
-
-
- Get the mapping from key value to entity instance
-
-
- Get the mapping from entity instance to entity entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection instance to collection entry
-
-
- Get the mapping from collection key to collection instance
-
-
- How deep are we cascaded?
-
-
- Is a flush cycle currently in process?
- Called before and after the flushcycle
-
-
- Add a collection which has no owner loaded
-
-
-
- Get and remove a collection whose owner is not yet loaded,
- when its owner is being loaded
-
-
-
- Clear the state of the persistence context
-
-
- False if we know for certain that all the entities are read-only
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the status of an entry
-
-
- Called after transactions end
-
-
-
- Get the current state of the entity as known to the underlying
- database, or null if there is no corresponding row
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the cached database snapshot for the requested entity key.
-
- The entity key for which to retrieve the cached snapshot
- The cached snapshot
-
-
- This differs from is two important respects:
- no snapshot is obtained from the database if not already cached
- an entry of NO_ROW here is interpreted as an exception
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the natural id fields as known to the underlying
- database, or null if the entity has no natural id or there is no
- corresponding row.
-
-
-
- Add a canonical mapping from entity key to entity instance
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance associated with the given EntityKey
-
-
-
- Is there an entity with the given key in the persistence context
-
-
-
- Remove an entity from the session cache, also clear
- up other state associated with the entity, all except
- for the EntityEntry
-
-
-
- Get an entity cached by unique key
-
-
- Add an entity to the cache by unique key
-
-
-
- Retrieve the EntityEntry representation of the given entity.
-
- The entity for which to locate the EntityEntry.
- The EntityEntry for the given entity.
-
-
- Remove an entity entry from the session cache
-
-
- Is there an EntityEntry for this instance?
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a persistent collection
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
- Is the given collection associated with this persistence context?
-
-
- Is the given proxy associated with this persistence context?
-
-
-
- Takes the given object and, if it represents a proxy, reassociates it with this event source.
-
- The possible proxy to be reassociated.
- Whether the passed value represented an actual proxy which got initialized.
-
-
-
- If a deleted entity instance is re-saved, and it has a proxy, we need to
- reset the identifier of the proxy
-
-
-
-
- Associate a proxy that was instantiated by another session with this session
-
- The proxy initializer.
- The proxy to reassociate.
-
-
-
- Get the entity instance underlying the given proxy, throwing
- an exception if the proxy is uninitialized. If the given object
- is not a proxy, simply return the argument.
-
-
-
-
- Possibly unproxy the given reference and reassociate it with the current session.
-
- The reference to be unproxied if it currently represents a proxy.
- The unproxied instance.
-
-
-
- Attempts to check whether the given key represents an entity already loaded within the
- current session.
-
- The entity reference against which to perform the uniqueness check.
- The entity key.
-
-
-
- If the existing proxy is insufficiently "narrow" (derived), instantiate a new proxy
- and overwrite the registration of the old one. This breaks == and occurs only for
- "class" proxies rather than "interface" proxies. Also init the proxy to point to
- the given target implementation if necessary.
-
- The proxy instance to be narrowed.
- The persister for the proxied entity.
- The internal cache key for the proxied entity.
- (optional) the actual proxied entity instance.
- An appropriately narrowed instance.
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- third argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists. Init
- the proxy to the target implementation, if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Return the existing proxy associated with the given EntityKey , or the
- argument (the entity associated with the key) if no proxy exists.
- (slower than the form above)
-
-
-
- Get the entity that owns this persistent collection
-
-
- Get the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
-
- The owner, if its entity ID is available from the collection's loaded key
- and the owner entity is in the persistence context; otherwise, returns null
-
-
-
- Get the ID for the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The persistent collection
- the owner ID if available from the collection's loaded key; otherwise, returns null
-
-
- Get the ID for the entity that owned this persistent collection when it was loaded
- The collection entry
- the owner ID if available from the collection's loaded key; otherwise, returns null
-
-
- add a collection we just loaded up (still needs initializing)
-
-
- add a detached uninitialized collection
-
-
-
- Add a new collection (ie. a newly created one, just instantiated by the
- application, with no database state or snapshot)
-
- The collection to be associated with the persistence context
-
-
-
- Add an collection to the cache, with a given collection entry.
- The collection for which we are adding an entry.
- The entry representing the collection.
- The key of the collection's entry.
-
-
- Add a collection to the cache, creating a new collection entry for it
- The collection for which we are adding an entry.
- The collection persister
-
-
-
- add an (initialized) collection that was created by another session and passed
- into update() (ie. one with a snapshot and existing state on the database)
-
-
-
- add a collection we just pulled out of the cache (does not need initializing)
-
-
- Get the collection instance associated with the CollectionKey
-
-
-
- Register a collection for non-lazy loading at the end of the two-phase load
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of all non-lazy collections encountered during
- the current two-phase load (actually, this is a no-op, unless this
- is the "outermost" load)
-
-
-
- Get the PersistentCollection object for an array
-
-
- Register a PersistentCollection object for an array.
- Associates a holder with an array - MUST be called after loading
- array, since the array instance is not created until endLoad().
-
-
-
-
- Remove the mapping of collection to holder during eviction of the owning entity
-
-
-
- Get the snapshot of the pre-flush collection state
-
-
-
- Get the collection entry for a collection passed to filter,
- which might be a collection wrapper, an array, or an unwrapped
- collection. Return null if there is no entry.
-
-
-
- Get an existing proxy by key
-
-
- Add a proxy to the session cache
-
-
- Remove a proxy from the session cache
-
-
- Called before cascading
-
-
- Called after cascading
-
-
- Call this before begining a two-phase load
-
-
- Call this after finishing a two-phase load
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an owner for the child object,
- given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Search the persistence context for an index of the child object, given a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Record the fact that the association belonging to the keyed entity is null.
-
-
-
- Is the association property belonging to the keyed entity null?
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows work to be done outside the current transaction, by suspending it,
- and performing work in a new transaction
-
-
-
- The work to be done
-
-
- Suspend the current transaction and perform work in a new transaction
-
-
- The work to be done
-
-
- Suspend the current transaction and perform work in a new transaction
-
-
-
- Represents work that needs to be performed in a manner
- which isolates it from any current application unit of
- work transaction.
-
-
-
-
- Perform the actual work to be done.
-
- The ADP connection to use.
- The active transaction of the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform the actual work to be done.
-
- The ADP connection to use.
- The active transaction of the connection.
-
-
-
- Class which provides the isolation semantics required by
- an .
-
-
-
-
- Processing comes in two flavors:
-
- -
-
- makes sure the work to be done is performed in a separate, distinct transaction
-
- -
-
- makes sure the work to be done is performed outside the scope of any transaction
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur on a separate transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur outside of a transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur on a separate transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
-
-
-
- Ensures that all processing actually performed by the given work will
- occur outside of a transaction.
-
- The work to be performed.
- The session from which this request is originating.
-
-
-
- Functionality relating to Hibernate's two-phase loading process,
- that may be reused by persisters that do not use the Loader
- framework
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Register the "hydrated" state of an entity instance, after the first step of 2-phase loading.
-
- Add the "hydrated state" (an array) of an uninitialized entity to the session. We don't try
- to resolve any associations yet, because there might be other entities waiting to be
- read from the JDBC result set we are currently processing
-
-
-
-
- Register the "hydrated" state of an entity instance, after the first step of 2-phase loading.
-
- Add the "hydrated state" (an array) of an uninitialized entity to the session. We don't try
- to resolve any associations yet, because there might be other entities waiting to be
- read from the JDBC result set we are currently processing
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Perform the second step of 2-phase load. Fully initialize the entity instance.
- After processing a JDBC result set, we "resolve" all the associations
- between the entities which were instantiated and had their state
- "hydrated" into an array
-
-
-
-
- Add an uninitialized instance of an entity class, as a placeholder to ensure object
- identity. Must be called before postHydrate() .
- Create a "temporary" entry for a newly instantiated entity. The entity is uninitialized,
- but we need the mapping from id to instance in order to guarantee uniqueness.
-
-
-
-
- Add an uninitialized instance of an entity class, as a placeholder to ensure object
- identity. Must be called before postHydrate() .
- Create a "temporary" entry for a newly instantiated entity. The entity is uninitialized,
- but we need the mapping from id to instance in order to guarantee uniqueness.
-
-
-
-
- Utility methods for managing versions and timestamps
-
-
-
-
- Increment the given version number
-
- The value of the current version.
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns the next value for the version.
-
-
-
- Create an initial version number
-
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A seed value to initialize the versioned property with.
-
-
-
- Seed the given instance state snapshot with an initial version number
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The index of the version property in the fields parameter.
- The of the versioned property.
- Force the version to initialize
- The current session, if any.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if the version property needs to be seeded with an initial value.
-
-
-
- Increment the given version number
-
- The value of the current version.
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- Returns the next value for the version.
-
-
-
- Create an initial version number
-
- The of the versioned property.
- The current .
- A seed value to initialize the versioned property with.
-
-
-
- Seed the given instance state snapshot with an initial version number
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The index of the version property in the fields parameter.
- The of the versioned property.
- Force the version to initialize
- The current session, if any.
- if the version property needs to be seeded with an initial value.
-
-
-
- Set the version number of the given instance state snapshot
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The value the version should be set to in the fields parameter.
- The that is responsible for persisting the values of the fields parameter.
-
-
-
- Get the version number of the given instance state snapshot
-
- An array of objects that contains a snapshot of a persistent object.
- The that is responsible for persisting the values of the fields parameter.
-
- The value of the version contained in the fields parameter or null if the
- Entity is not versioned.
-
-
-
- Do we need to increment the version number, given the dirty properties?
- The array of property indexes which were deemed dirty
- Were any collections found to be dirty (structurally changed)
- An array indicating versionability of each property.
- True if a version increment is required; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Identifies a named association belonging to a particular
- entity instance. Used to record the fact that an association
- is null during loading.
-
-
-
-
- The types of children to cascade to
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after the insertion of the parent
- entity and just before deletion
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just before the insertion of the parent entity
- and just after deletion
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after the insertion of the parent entity
- and just before deletion, inside a collection
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after the update of the parent entity
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just before the session is flushed
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after eviction of the parent entity from the
- session cache
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after locking a transient parent entity into the
- session cache
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just after locking a transient parent entity into the session cache
-
-
-
-
- A cascade point that occurs just before merging from a transient parent entity into
- the object in the session cache
-
-
-
- A contract for defining the aspects of cascading various persistence actions.
-
-
-
- package-protected constructor
-
-
- For this style, should the given action be cascaded?
- The action to be checked for cascade-ability.
- True if the action should be cascaded under this style; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Probably more aptly named something like doCascadeToCollectionElements();
- it is however used from both the collection and to-one logic branches...
-
- The action to be checked for cascade-ability.
- True if the action should be really cascaded under this style; false otherwise.
-
- For this style, should the given action really be cascaded? The default
- implementation is simply to return {@link #doCascade}; for certain
- styles (currently only delete-orphan), however, we need to be able to
- control this separately.
-
-
-
- Do we need to delete orphaned collection elements?
- True if this style need to account for orphan delete operations; false otherwise.
-
-
- Factory method for obtaining named cascade styles
- The named cascade style name.
- The appropriate CascadeStyle
-
-
- save / delete / update / evict / lock / replicate / merge / persist + delete orphans
-
-
- save / delete / update / evict / lock / replicate / merge / persist
-
-
- save / update
-
-
- lock
-
-
- refresh
-
-
- evict
-
-
- replicate
-
-
- merge
-
-
- create
-
-
- delete
-
-
- delete + delete orphans
-
-
- no cascades
-
-
-
- Uniquely identifies a collection instance in a particular session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We need an entry to tell us all about the current state
- of an object with respect to its persistent state
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of EntityEntry.
-
- The current of the Entity.
- The snapshot of the Entity's state when it was loaded.
-
- The identifier of the Entity in the database.
- The version of the Entity.
- The for the Entity.
- A boolean indicating if the Entity exists in the database.
- The that is responsible for this Entity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of EntityEntry.
-
- The current of the Entity.
- The snapshot of the Entity's state when it was loaded.
-
- The identifier of the Entity in the database.
- The version of the Entity.
- The for the Entity.
- A boolean indicating if the Entity exists in the database.
- The that is responsible for this Entity.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the current of the Entity.
-
- The of the Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of this Entity with respect to its
- persistence in the database.
-
- The of this Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the identifier of the Entity in the database.
-
- The identifier of the Entity in the database if one has been assigned.
- This might be when the is
- and the database generates the id.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the snapshot of the Entity when it was loaded from the database.
-
- The snapshot of the Entity.
-
- There will only be a value when the Entity was loaded in the current Session.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the snapshot of the Entity when it was marked as being ready for deletion.
-
- The snapshot of the Entity.
- This will be if the Entity is not being deleted.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a indicating if this Entity exists in the database.
-
- if it is already in the database.
-
- It can also be if it does not exists in the database yet and the
- is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the version of the Entity.
-
- The version of the Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is responsible for this Entity.
-
- The that is responsible for this Entity.
-
-
-
- Gets the Fully Qualified Name of the class this Entity is an instance of.
-
- The Fully Qualified Name of the class this Entity is an instance of.
-
-
-
- Get the EntityKey based on this EntityEntry.
-
-
-
-
- After actually inserting a row, record the fact that the instance exists on the
- database (needed for identity-column key generation)
-
-
-
-
- After actually updating the database, update the snapshot information,
- and escalate the lock mode.
-
-
-
-
- After actually deleting a row, record the fact that the instance no longer
- exists in the database
-
-
-
-
- Can the entity be modified?
- The entity is modifiable if all of the following are true:
- - the entity class is mutable
- - the entity is not read-only
- - if the current status is Status.Deleted, then the entity was not read-only when it was deleted
-
- true, if the entity is modifiable; false, otherwise
-
-
-
- A globally unique identifier of an instance, consisting of the user-visible identifier
- and the identifier space (eg. tablename)
-
-
-
- Construct a unique identifier for an entity class instance
-
-
-
- Used to uniquely key an entity instance in relation to a particular session
- by some unique property reference, as opposed to identifier.
- Unique information consists of the entity-name, the referenced
- property name, and the referenced property value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A FilterDefinition defines the global attributes of a dynamic filter. This
- information includes its name as well as its defined parameters (name and type).
-
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter.
-
- The name of the filter for which this configuration is in effect.
- The default filter condition.
- A dictionary storing the NHibernate type
- of each parameter under its name.
- if set to true used in many to one rel
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to use this filter-def in manytoone refs.
-
- true if [use in many to one]; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Get the name of the filter this configuration defines.
-
- The filter name for this configuration.
-
-
-
- Get a set of the parameters defined by this configuration.
-
- The parameters named by this configuration.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the type of the named parameter defined for this filter.
-
- The name of the filter parameter for which to return the type.
- The type of the named parameter.
-
-
-
- A strategy for determining if an identifier value is an identifier of a new
- transient instance or a previously persistent transient instance. The strategy
- is determined by the Unsaved-Value attribute in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if its identifier is null or
- equal to Value
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the given identifier belong to a new instance
-
-
-
-
- Always assume the transient instance is newly instantiated
-
-
-
-
- Never assume that transient instance is newly instantiated
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the identifier
- is null.
-
-
-
- Assume nothing.
-
-
-
- Defines operations common to "compiled" mappings (ie. SessionFactory ) and
- "uncompiled" mappings (ie Configuration that are used by implementors of IType
-
-
-
-
- The current .
-
-
-
- Adds an entity to the internal caches.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate EntityEntry instance and adds it
- to the event source's internal caches.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the internal contract between the ISessionFactory and other parts of NHibernate
- such as implementors of IType .
-
-
-
-
- Get the used.
-
-
-
- The cache of table update timestamps
-
-
- Statistics SPI
-
-
- Retrieves the SQLExceptionConverter in effect for this SessionFactory.
- The SQLExceptionConverter for this SessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Get the persister for the named entity
-
- The name of the entity that is persisted.
- The for the entity.
- If no can be found.
-
-
-
- Get the persister object for a collection role
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the return types of a query
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the return aliases of a query
-
-
-
- Get the names of all persistent classes that implement/extend the given interface/class
-
- The entity-name, the class name or full name, the imported class name.
- All implementors class names.
-
-
-
- Get a class name, using query language imports
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the default query cache
-
-
-
-
- Get a particular named query cache, or the default cache
-
- the name of the cache region, or null for the default
- query cache
- the existing cache, or a newly created cache if none by that
- region name
-
-
-
- Gets the hql query identified by the name .
-
- The name of that identifies the query.
-
- A hql query or if the named
- query does not exist.
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier generator for the hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get a named second-level cache region
-
-
-
- Open a session conforming to the given parameters. Used mainly
- for current session processing.
-
- The external ado.net connection to use, if one (i.e., optional).
- No usage.
- Not yet implemented.
- The release mode for managed jdbc connections.
- An appropriate session.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a set of all the collection roles in which the given entity
- is a participant, as either an index or an element.
-
- The entity name for which to get the collection roles.
-
- Set of all the collection roles in which the given entityName participates.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ICurrentSessionContext instance attached to this session factory.
-
-
-
-
- Get the persister for the named entity
-
- The name of the entity that is persisted.
-
- The for the entity or is the name was not found.
-
-
-
-
- Get the entity-name for a given mapped class.
-
- the mapped class
- the entity name where available or null
-
-
-
- Get entity persisters by the given query spaces.
-
- The session factory.
- The query spaces.
- Unique list of entity persisters, if is null or empty then all persisters are returned.
-
-
-
- Get collection persisters by the given query spaces.
-
- The session factory.
- The query spaces.
- Unique list of collection persisters, if is null or empty then all persisters are returned.
-
-
-
- Get the columns of the associated table which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Get the columns of the associated table which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Get the aliased columns of the owning entity which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Get the columns of the owning entity which are to
- be used in the join
-
-
-
-
- Implements the algorithm for validating property values
- for illegal null values
-
-
-
-
- Check nullability of the class persister properties
-
- entity properties
- class persister
- whether it is intended to be updated or saved
-
-
-
- Check sub elements-nullability. Returns property path that break
- nullability or null if none
-
- type to check
- value to check
- property path
-
-
-
- Check component nullability. Returns property path that break
- nullability or null if none
-
- component properties
- component not-nullable type
- property path
-
-
-
- Return a well formed property path.
- Basically, it will return parent.child
-
- parent in path
- child in path
- parent-child path
-
-
-
- A batcher used to retrieve a batch of entity or collection keys that are present in the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about the entities that are currently eligible for batch-fetching. Ultimately
- used by to build entity load batches.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about entity keys that were checked in the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about collection entries that are currently eligible for batch-fetching. Ultimately
- used by to build collection load batches.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about collection keys that were checked in the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Used to hold information about collection entries that were checked in the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Get a batch of all unloaded identifiers for a given persister that are present in the cached query.
- Once this method is called the unloaded identifiers for a given persister will be cleared in order to prevent
- double checking the same identifier.
-
- The persister for the entities being loaded.
- The identifier of the entity currently demanding load.
-
- An array of identifiers that can be empty if the identifier was already checked or
- if the identifier is not present in the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Get a batch of all uninitialized collection keys for a given role that are present in the cached query.
- Once this method is called the uninitialized collection keys for a given role will be cleared in order to prevent
- double checking the same keys.
-
- The persister for the collection role.
- A key that must be included in the batch fetch.
- An array that will be filled with collection entries if set.
-
- An array of collection keys that can be empty if the key was already checked or
- if the key is not present in the cached query.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the entity to the batch.
-
- The entity key.
-
-
-
- Adds the collection to the batch.
-
- The collection persister.
- The collection entry.
-
-
-
- Links the created collection entry with the stored collection key.
-
- The collection entry.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the entity key was already checked in the cache.
-
- The entity persister.
- The entity key.
- whether the entity key was checked, otherwise.
-
-
-
- Checks whether the collection entry was already checked in the cache.
-
- The collection persister.
- The collection entry.
- whether the collection entry was checked, otherwise.
-
-
-
- Container for data that is used during the NHibernate query/load process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects that is stored at the index
- of the Parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects that is stored at the index
- of the Parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for the Query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an that contains the alias name of the
- object from hql as the key and the as the value.
-
- An of lock modes.
-
-
-
- Ensure the Types and Values are the same length.
-
-
- If the Lengths of and
- are not equal.
-
-
-
-
- Information to determine how to run an DbCommand and what
- records to return from the DbDataReader.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the no value has been set on the Property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the Index of the First Row to Select
-
- The Index of the First Rows to Select
- Defaults to 0 unless specifically set.
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the Maximum Number of Rows to Select
-
- The Maximum Number of Rows to Select
- Defaults to NoValue unless specifically set.
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The query timeout in seconds.
- Defaults to unless specifically set.
-
-
-
- Represents the status of an entity with respect to
- this session. These statuses are for internal
- book-keeping only and are not intended to represent
- any notion that is visible to the application .
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is snapshotted in the Session with the same state as the database
- (called Managed in H3).
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is in the Session and has been marked for deletion but not
- deleted from the database yet.
-
-
-
-
- The Entity has been deleted from database.
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is in the process of being loaded.
-
-
-
-
- The Entity is in the process of being saved.
-
-
-
-
- The entity is read-only.
-
-
-
- An ordered pair of a value and its Hibernate type.
-
-
-
- Constructor for typed value that may represent a simple value or a list value (for a parameter list).
- If knowing what is value, use instead.
-
- The type of the value (or of its elements if it is a list value)
- The value.
- The logic for infering if the value should be considered as a list value is minimal and will not
- catch all cases, like hashset.
-
-
-
- Construct a typed value.
-
- The type of the value (or of its elements if it is a list value)
- The value.
- if the value is a list value (for a parameter list),
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return an IdentifierValue for the specified unsaved-value. If none is specified,
- guess the unsaved value by instantiating a test instance of the class and
- reading it's id property, or if that is not possible, using the java default
- value for the type
-
-
-
-
- An enum of the different ways a value might be "included".
-
-
- This is really an expanded true/false notion with Partial being the
- expansion. Partial deals with components in the cases where
- parts of the referenced component might define inclusion, but the
- component overall does not.
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for determining if a version value is an version of
- a new transient instance or a previously persistent transient instance.
- The strategy is determined by the Unsaved-Value attribute in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if its version is null or
- equal to Value
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the given identifier belong to a new instance
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the version
- is null, otherwise assume it is a detached instance.
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the version
- is null, otherwise defer to the identifier unsaved-value.
-
-
-
-
- Assume the transient instance is newly instantiated if the identifier
- is null.
-
-
-
-
- A convenience base class for listeners whose functionality results in flushing.
-
-
-
-
- Coordinates the processing necessary to get things ready for executions
- as db calls by preparing the session caches and moving the appropriate
- entities and collections to their respective execution queues.
-
- The flush event.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute all SQL and second-level cache updates, in a
- special order so that foreign-key constraints cannot
- be violated:
-
- -
Inserts, in the order they were performed
- -
Updates
- -
Deletion of collection elements
- -
Insertion of collection elements
- -
Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
- The session being flushed
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Coordinates the processing necessary to get things ready for executions
- as db calls by preparing the session caches and moving the appropriate
- entities and collections to their respective execution queues.
-
- The flush event.
-
-
-
- Execute all SQL and second-level cache updates, in a
- special order so that foreign-key constraints cannot
- be violated:
-
- -
Inserts, in the order they were performed
- -
Updates
- -
Deletion of collection elements
- -
Insertion of collection elements
- -
Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
- The session being flushed
-
-
-
- 1. Recreate the collection key -> collection map
- 2. rebuild the collection entries
- 3. call Interceptor.postFlush()
-
-
-
-
- A convenience base class for listeners that respond to requests to perform a
- pessimistic lock upgrade on an entity.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a pessimistic lock upgrade on a given entity, if needed.
-
- The entity for which to upgrade the lock.
- The entity's EntityEntry instance.
- The lock mode being requested for locking.
- The session which is the source of the event being processed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Performs a pessimistic lock upgrade on a given entity, if needed.
-
- The entity for which to upgrade the lock.
- The entity's EntityEntry instance.
- The lock mode being requested for locking.
- The session which is the source of the event being processed.
-
-
-
- A convenience base class for listeners that respond to requests to reassociate an entity
- to a session ( such as through lock() or update() ).
-
-
-
-
- Associates a given entity (either transient or associated with another session) to the given session.
-
- The event triggering the re-association
- The entity to be associated
- The id of the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An EntityEntry representing the entity within this session.
-
-
-
- Associates a given entity (either transient or associated with another session) to the given session.
-
- The event triggering the re-association
- The entity to be associated
- The id of the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- An EntityEntry representing the entity within this session.
-
-
-
- A convenience bas class for listeners responding to save events.
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using the given requested id.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id to which to associate the entity.
- The name of the entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The id used to save the entity.
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using a newly generated id.
-
- The entity to be saved
- The entity-name for the entity to be saved
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call by checking the session caches for a pre-existing
- entity and performing any lifecycle callbacks.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id by which to save the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- Is an identity column being used?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session from which the event originated.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Performs all the actual work needed to save an entity (well to get the save moved to
- the execution queue).
-
- The entity to be saved
- The id to be used for saving the entity (or null, in the case of identity columns)
- The entity's persister instance.
- Should an identity column be used for id generation?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of the current event.
-
- Is access to the identifier required immediately
- after the completion of the save? persist(), for example, does not require this...
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Perform any property value substitution that is necessary
- (interceptor callback, version initialization...)
-
- The entity
- The entity identifier
- The snapshot entity state
- The entity persister
- The originating session
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- True if the snapshot state changed such that
- reinjection of the values into the entity is required.
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform pre-save cascades for the given entity.
- The session from which the save event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity to be saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handles to calls needed to perform post-save cascades.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Determine whether the entity is persistent, detached, or transient
-
- The entity to check
- The name of the entity
- The entity's entry in the persistence context
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The state.
-
-
-
- After the save, will te version number be incremented
- if the instance is modified?
-
- True if the version will be incremented on an entity change after save; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using the given requested id.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id to which to associate the entity.
- The name of the entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
- The id used to save the entity.
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call using a newly generated id.
-
- The entity to be saved
- The entity-name for the entity to be saved
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of this save event.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Prepares the save call by checking the session caches for a pre-existing
- entity and performing any lifecycle callbacks.
-
- The entity to be saved.
- The id by which to save the entity.
- The entity's persister instance.
- Is an identity column being used?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session from which the event originated.
-
- does the event context require
- access to the identifier immediately after execution of this method (if
- not, post-insert style id generators may be postponed if we are outside
- a transaction).
-
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Performs all the actual work needed to save an entity (well to get the save moved to
- the execution queue).
-
- The entity to be saved
- The id to be used for saving the entity (or null, in the case of identity columns)
- The entity's persister instance.
- Should an identity column be used for id generation?
- Generally cascade-specific information.
- The session which is the source of the current event.
-
- Is access to the identifier required immediately
- after the completion of the save? persist(), for example, does not require this...
-
-
- The id used to save the entity; may be null depending on the
- type of id generator used and the requiresImmediateIdAccess value
-
-
-
-
- Perform any property value substitution that is necessary
- (interceptor callback, version initialization...)
-
- The entity
- The entity identifier
- The snapshot entity state
- The entity persister
- The originating session
-
- True if the snapshot state changed such that
- reinjection of the values into the entity is required.
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform pre-save cascades for the given entity.
- The session from which the save event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity to be saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
-
-
- Handles to calls needed to perform post-save cascades.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity's persister instance.
- The entity being saved.
- Generally cascade-specific data
-
-
-
- Determine whether the entity is persistent, detached, or transient
-
- The entity to check
- The name of the entity
- The entity's entry in the persistence context
- The originating session.
- The state.
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass of algorithms that walk a tree of property values of an entity, and
- perform specific functionality for collections, components and associated entities.
-
-
-
- Dispatch each property value to ProcessValue().
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Visit a property value. Dispatch to the correct handler for the property type.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Visit a component. Dispatch each property to
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Visit a collection. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Walk the tree starting from the given entity.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Dispatch each property value to ProcessValue().
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a property value. Dispatch to the correct handler for the property type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a component. Dispatch each property to
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a many-to-one or one-to-one associated entity. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Visit a collection. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Walk the tree starting from the given entity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default flush event listeners used by hibernate for
- flushing session state in response to generated auto-flush events.
-
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the default delete event listener used by hibernate for deleting entities
- from the datastore in response to generated delete events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- We encountered a delete request on a transient instance.
-
- This is a deviation from historical Hibernate (pre-3.2) behavior to
- align with the JPA spec, which states that transient entities can be
- passed to remove operation in which case cascades still need to be
- performed.
-
- The session which is the source of the event
- The entity being delete processed
- Is cascading of deletes enabled
- The entity persister
-
- A cache of already visited transient entities (to avoid infinite recursion).
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform the entity deletion. Well, as with most operations, does not
- really perform it; just schedules an action/execution with the
- for execution during flush.
-
- The originating session
- The entity to delete
- The entity's entry in the
- Is delete cascading enabled?
- The entity persister.
- A cache of already deleted entities.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
-
-
- Called when we have recognized an attempt to delete a detached entity.
- The event.
-
- This is perfectly valid in Hibernate usage; JPA, however, forbids this.
- Thus, this is a hook for HEM to affect this behavior.
-
-
-
-
- We encountered a delete request on a transient instance.
-
- This is a deviation from historical Hibernate (pre-3.2) behavior to
- align with the JPA spec, which states that transient entities can be
- passed to remove operation in which case cascades still need to be
- performed.
-
- The session which is the source of the event
- The entity being delete processed
- Is cascading of deletes enabled
- The entity persister
-
- A cache of already visited transient entities (to avoid infinite recursion).
-
-
-
-
- Perform the entity deletion. Well, as with most operations, does not
- really perform it; just schedules an action/execution with the
- for execution during flush.
-
- The originating session
- The entity to delete
- The entity's entry in the
- Is delete cascading enabled?
- The entity persister.
- A cache of already deleted entities.
-
-
-
- Defines the default dirty-check event listener used by hibernate for
- checking the session for dirtiness in response to generated dirty-check events.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default evict event listener used by hibernate for evicting entities
- in response to generated flush events. In particular, this implementation will
- remove any hard references to the entity that are held by the infrastructure
- (references held by application or other persistent instances are okay)
-
-
-
-
- An event that occurs for each entity instance at flush time
-
-
-
-
- Flushes a single entity's state to the database, by scheduling an update action, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Performs all necessary checking to determine if an entity needs an SQL update
- to synchronize its state to the database. Modifies the event by side-effect!
- Note: this method is quite slow, avoid calling if possible!
-
-
-
- Perform a dirty check, and attach the results to the event
-
-
-
- Flushes a single entity's state to the database, by scheduling an update action, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- make sure user didn't mangle the id
-
- The obj.
- The persister.
- The id.
-
-
-
- Performs all necessary checking to determine if an entity needs an SQL update
- to synchronize its state to the database. Modifies the event by side-effect!
- Note: this method is quite slow, avoid calling if possible!
-
-
-
- Perform a dirty check, and attach the results to the event
-
-
-
- Defines the default flush event listeners used by hibernate for
- flushing session state in response to generated flush events.
-
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
- Try to initialize a collection from the cache
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
- Try to initialize a collection from the cache
-
-
-
- Defines the default load event listeners used by NHibernate for loading entities
- in response to generated load events.
-
-
-
- Perfoms the load of an entity.
- The loaded entity.
-
-
-
- Based on configured options, will either return a pre-existing proxy,
- generate a new proxy, or perform an actual load.
-
- The result of the proxy/load operation.
-
-
-
- Given that there is a pre-existing proxy.
- Initialize it if necessary; narrow if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- If the class to be loaded has been configured with a cache, then lock
- given id in that cache and then perform the load.
-
- The loaded entity
-
-
-
- Coordinates the efforts to load a given entity. First, an attempt is
- made to load the entity from the session-level cache. If not found there,
- an attempt is made to locate it in second-level cache. Lastly, an
- attempt is made to load it directly from the datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The loaded entity, or null.
-
-
-
- Performs the process of loading an entity from the configured underlying datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object loaded from the datasource, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Attempts to locate the entity in the session-level cache.
-
- The load event
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity from the session-level cache, or null.
-
- If allowed to return nulls, then if the entity happens to be found in
- the session cache, we check the entity type for proper handling
- of entity hierarchies.
- If checkDeleted was set to true, then if the entity is found in the
- session-level cache, it's current status within the session cache
- is checked to see if it has previously been scheduled for deletion.
-
-
-
- Attempts to load the entity from the second-level cache.
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The load options.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity from the second-level cache, or null.
-
-
- Perfoms the load of an entity.
- The loaded entity.
-
-
-
- Based on configured options, will either return a pre-existing proxy,
- generate a new proxy, or perform an actual load.
-
- The result of the proxy/load operation.
-
-
-
- Given that there is a pre-existing proxy.
- Initialize it if necessary; narrow if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Given that there is no pre-existing proxy.
- Check if the entity is already loaded. If it is, return the entity,
- otherwise create and return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
- If the class to be loaded has been configured with a cache, then lock
- given id in that cache and then perform the load.
-
- The loaded entity
-
-
-
- Coordinates the efforts to load a given entity. First, an attempt is
- made to load the entity from the session-level cache. If not found there,
- an attempt is made to locate it in second-level cache. Lastly, an
- attempt is made to load it directly from the datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- The loaded entity, or null.
-
-
-
- Performs the process of loading an entity from the configured underlying datasource.
-
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- The object loaded from the datasource, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Attempts to locate the entity in the session-level cache.
-
- The load event
- The EntityKey representing the entity to be loaded.
- The load options.
- The entity from the session-level cache, or null.
-
- If allowed to return nulls, then if the entity happens to be found in
- the session cache, we check the entity type for proper handling
- of entity hierarchies.
- If checkDeleted was set to true, then if the entity is found in the
- session-level cache, it's current status within the session cache
- is checked to see if it has previously been scheduled for deletion.
-
-
-
- Attempts to load the entity from the second-level cache.
- The load event
- The persister for the entity being requested for load
- The load options.
- The entity from the second-level cache, or null.
-
-
-
- Defines the default lock event listeners used by hibernate to lock entities
- in response to generated lock events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the default event listener for handling of merge events generated from a session.
-
-
-
-
- Perform any cascades needed as part of this copy event.
-
- The merge event being processed.
- The persister of the entity being copied.
- The entity being copied.
- A cache of already copied instance.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Determine which merged entities in the copyCache are transient.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Should this method be on the EventCache class?
-
-
-
- Retry merging transient entities
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
-
- Perform any cascades needed as part of this copy event.
-
- The merge event being processed.
- The persister of the entity being copied.
- The entity being copied.
- A cache of already copied instance.
-
-
-
- Determine which merged entities in the copyCache are transient.
-
-
-
-
- Should this method be on the EventCache class?
-
-
-
- Retry merging transient entities
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
- Cascade behavior is redefined by this subclass, disable superclass behavior
-
-
-
- Defines the default create event listener used by hibernate for creating
- transient entities in response to generated create events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The save event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The save event to be handled.
-
-
-
-
- Called before injecting property values into a newly
- loaded entity instance.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default refresh event listener used by hibernate for refreshing entities
- in response to generated refresh events.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default replicate event listener used by Hibernate to replicate
- entities in response to generated replicate events.
-
-
-
- An event handler for save() events
-
-
-
- Defines the default listener used by Hibernate for handling save-update events.
-
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a transient entity.
- Here, we will perform the save processing.
-
- The save event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity's identifier after saving.
-
-
-
- Save the transient instance, assigning the right identifier
-
- The initiating event.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The entity's identifier value after saving.
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a detached entity.
- Here, we will perform the update processing.
-
- The update event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform cascades as part of an update request
- for the given entity.
-
- The event currently being processed.
- The defined persister for the entity being updated.
- The entity being updated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a transient entity.
- Here, we will perform the save processing.
-
- The save event to be handled.
- The entity's identifier after saving.
-
-
-
- Save the transient instance, assigning the right identifier
-
- The initiating event.
- The entity's identifier value after saving.
-
-
-
- The given save-update event named a detached entity.
- Here, we will perform the update processing.
-
- The update event to be handled.
-
-
- Determine the id to use for updating.
- The entity.
- The entity persister
- The requested identifier
- The id.
-
-
-
- Handles the calls needed to perform cascades as part of an update request
- for the given entity.
-
- The event currently being processed.
- The defined persister for the entity being updated.
- The entity being updated.
-
-
- An event handler for update() events
-
-
-
- If the user specified an id, assign it to the instance and use that,
- otherwise use the id already assigned to the instance
-
-
-
-
- A Visitor that determines if a dirty collection was found.
-
-
-
-
- Reason for dirty collection
-
- -
-
- If it is a new application-instantiated collection, return true (does not occur anymore!)
-
-
- -
-
- If it is a component, recurse.
-
-
- -
-
- If it is a wrapped collection, ask the collection entry.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if a dirty collection was found.
-
- if a dirty collection was found.
-
-
-
- Evict any collections referenced by the object from the session cache.
- This will NOT pick up any collections that were dereferenced, so they
- will be deleted (suboptimal but not exactly incorrect).
-
-
-
-
- Process collections reachable from an entity.
- This visitor assumes that wrap was already performed for the entity.
-
-
-
-
- When a transient entity is passed to lock(), we must inspect all its collections and
- 1. associate any uninitialized PersistentCollections with this session
- 2. associate any initialized PersistentCollections with this session, using the existing snapshot
- 3. throw an exception for each "new" collection
-
-
-
-
- When an entity is passed to replicate(), and there is an existing row, we must
- inspect all its collections and
- 1. associate any uninitialized PersistentCollections with this session
- 2. associate any initialized PersistentCollections with this session, using the existing snapshot
- 3. execute a collection removal (SQL DELETE) for each null collection property or "new" collection
-
-
-
-
- When an entity is passed to update(), we must inspect all its collections and
- 1. associate any uninitialized PersistentCollections with this session
- 2. associate any initialized PersistentCollections with this session, using the existing snapshot
- 3. execute a collection removal (SQL DELETE) for each null collection property or "new" collection
-
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass of visitors that reattach collections
-
-
-
-
- Schedules a collection for deletion.
-
- The persister representing the collection to be removed.
- The collection key (differs from owner-id in the case of property-refs).
- The session from which the request originated.
-
-
-
- This version is slightly different in that here we need to assume that
- the owner is not yet associated with the session, and thus we cannot
- rely on the owner's EntityEntry snapshot...
-
- The persister for the collection role being processed.
-
-
-
-
- Wrap collections in a Hibernate collection wrapper.
-
-
-
- When persist is used as the cascade action, persistOnFlush should be used
-
-
- Call interface if necessary
-
-
-
- Returns the number of entity-copy mappings in this EventCache
-
-
-
-
- Associates the specified entity with the specified copy in this EventCache;
-
-
-
- indicates if the operation is performed on the entity
-
-
-
- Returns copy-entity mappings
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if the listener is performing the operation on the specified entity.
-
- Must be non-null and this EventCache must contain a mapping for this entity
-
-
-
-
- Set flag to indicate if the listener is performing the operation on the specified entity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reassociates uninitialized proxies with the session
-
-
-
-
- Visit a many-to-one or one-to-one associated entity. Default superclass implementation is a no-op.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Has the owner of the collection changed since the collection was snapshotted and detached?
-
-
-
-
- Reattach a detached (disassociated) initialized or uninitialized
- collection wrapper, using a snapshot carried with the collection wrapper
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of session auto-flush events.
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Handle the given auto-flush event.
-
- The auto-flush event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of deletion events generated from a session.
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given delete event.
- The delete event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of session dirty-check events.
-
-
- Handle the given dirty-check event.
- The dirty-check event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given dirty-check event.
- The dirty-check event to be handled.
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
- Get the ActionQueue for this session
-
-
-
- Is auto-flush suspended?
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an entity instance, using either an interceptor,
- or the given persister
-
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
-
- Suspend auto-flushing, yielding a disposable to dispose when auto flush should be restored. Supports
- being called multiple times.
-
- A disposable to dispose when auto flush should be restored.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of evict events generated from a session.
-
-
- Handle the given evict event.
- The evict event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given evict event.
- The evict event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of session flush events.
-
-
- Handle the given flush event.
- The flush event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given flush event.
- The flush event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of collection initialization events
- generated by a session.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of load events generated from a session.
-
-
-
-
- Handle the given load event.
-
- The load event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The result (i.e., the loaded entity).
-
-
-
- Handle the given load event.
-
- The load event to be handled.
-
- The result (i.e., the loaded entity).
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of lock events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given lock event.
- The lock event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of merge events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
-
-
- Handle the given merge event.
- The merge event to be handled.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of create events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
-
-
- Handle the given create event.
- The create event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Called after recreating a collection
-
-
- Called after removing a collection
-
-
- Called after updating a collection
-
-
- Called after deleting an item from the datastore
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after inserting an item in the datastore
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called after updating the datastore
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before recreating a collection
-
-
- Called before removing a collection
-
-
- Called before updating a collection
-
-
-
- Called before deleting an item from the datastore
-
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
-
-
-
- Called before inserting an item in the datastore
-
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
-
-
-
- Called before injecting property values into a newly loaded entity instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before updating the datastore
-
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Return true if the operation should be vetoed
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of refresh events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given refresh event.
- The refresh event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given refresh event.
- The refresh event to be handled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of replicate events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given replicate event.
- The replicate event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given replicate event.
- The replicate event to be handled.
-
-
-
- Defines the contract for handling of update events generated from a session.
-
-
-
- Handle the given update event.
- The update event to be handled.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Handle the given update event.
- The update event to be handled.
-
-
- Defines a base class for events involving collections.
-
-
- Constructs an AbstractCollectionEvent object.
- The collection persister.
- The collection
- The Session source
- The owner that is affected by this event; can be null if unavailable
-
- The ID for the owner that is affected by this event; can be null if unavailable
- that is affected by this event; can be null if unavailable
-
-
-
- The collection owner entity that is affected by this event.
-
- Returns null if the entity is not in the persistence context
- (e.g., because the collection from a detached entity was moved to a new owner)
-
-
-
- Get the ID for the collection owner entity that is affected by this event.
-
- Returns null if the ID cannot be obtained
- from the collection's loaded key (e.g., a property-ref is used for the
- collection and does not include the entity's ID)
-
-
-
- Get the entity name for the collection owner entity that is affected by this event.
-
- The entity name; if the owner is not in the PersistenceContext, the
- returned value may be a superclass name, instead of the actual class name
-
-
-
-
- Defines a base class for Session generated events.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an event from the given event session.
-
- The session event source.
-
-
-
- Returns the session event source for this event.
- This is the underlying session from which this event was generated.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation we performed against the database.
-
-
-
- Constructs an event containing the pertinent information.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity id to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity's persister.
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation we are about to perform against the database.
-
-
-
- Constructs an event containing the pertinent information.
- The session from which the event originated.
- The entity to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity id to be involved in the database operation.
- The entity's persister.
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the auto-flushing of a session.
-
-
- Defines an event class for the deletion of an entity.
-
-
- Constructs a new DeleteEvent instance.
- The entity to be deleted.
- The session from which the delete event was generated.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the encapsulated entity to be deleted.
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the dirty-checking of a session.
-
-
-
- A convenience holder for all defined session event listeners.
-
-
-
-
- Call on any listeners that implement
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the evicting of an entity.
-
-
- Defines an event class for the flushing of a session.
-
-
-
- Returns the session event source for this event.
- This is the underlying session from which this event was generated.
-
-
-
-
- Contract for listeners which require notification of SessionFactory closing,
- presumably to destroy internal state.
-
-
-
-
- Notification of shutdown.
-
-
-
-
- An event listener that requires access to mappings to
- initialize state at initialization time.
-
-
-
-
- An event that occurs when a collection wants to be initialized
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation we performed against the database.
-
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after an an entity instance is fully loaded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The entity involved in the database operation.
-
-
- The id to be used in the database operation.
-
-
-
- The persister for the .
-
-
-
-
- Values for listener type property.
-
-
-
- Not allowed in Xml. It represents the default value when an explicit type is assigned.
-
-
- Xml value: auto-flush
-
-
- Xml value: merge
-
-
- Xml value: create
-
-
- Xml value: create-onflush
-
-
- Xml value: delete
-
-
- Xml value: dirty-check
-
-
- Xml value: evict
-
-
- Xml value: flush
-
-
- Xml value: flush-entity
-
-
- Xml value: load
-
-
- Xml value: load-collection
-
-
- Xml value: lock
-
-
- Xml value: refresh
-
-
- Xml value: replicate
-
-
- Xml value: save-update
-
-
- Xml value: save
-
-
- Xml value: pre-update
-
-
- Xml value: update
-
-
- Xml value: pre-load
-
-
- Xml value: pre-delete
-
-
- Xml value: pre-insert
-
-
- Xml value: pre-collection-recreate
-
-
- Xml value: pre-collection-remove
-
-
- Xml value: pre-collection-update
-
-
- Xml value: post-load
-
-
- Xml value: post-insert
-
-
- Xml value: post-update
-
-
- Xml value: post-delete
-
-
- Xml value: post-commit-update
-
-
- Xml value: post-commit-insert
-
-
- Xml value: post-commit-delete
-
-
- Xml value: post-collection-recreate
-
-
- Xml value: post-collection-remove
-
-
- Xml value: post-collection-update
-
-
- Defines an event class for the loading of an entity.
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the locking of an entity.
-
-
-
-
- An event class for merge() and saveOrUpdateCopy()
-
-
-
- An event class for persist()
-
-
- An event that occurs after a collection is recreated
-
-
- An event that occurs after a collection is removed
-
-
- An event that occurs after a collection is updated
-
-
-
- Occurs after deleting an item from the datastore
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after inserting an item in the datastore
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after an an entity instance is fully loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after the datastore is updated
-
-
-
- An event that occurs before a collection is recreated
-
-
- An event that occurs before a collection is removed
-
-
- An event that occurs before a collection is updated
-
-
-
- Represents a pre-delete event, which occurs just prior to
- performing the deletion of an entity from the database.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an event containing the pertinent information.
-
- The entity to be deleted.
- The id to use in the deletion.
- The entity's state at deletion time.
- The entity's persister.
- The session from which the event originated.
-
-
-
- This is the entity state at the
- time of deletion (useful for optimistic locking and such).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a pre-insert event, which occurs just prior to
- performing the insert of an entity into the database.
-
-
-
-
- These are the values to be inserted.
-
-
-
-
- Called before injecting property values into a newly loaded entity instance.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a pre-update event, which occurs just prior to
- performing the update of an entity in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the state to be used in the update.
-
-
-
-
- The old state of the entity at the time it was last loaded from the
- database; can be null in the case of detached entities.
-
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the refreshing of an object.
-
-
-
-
- Defines an event class for the replication of an entity.
-
-
-
-
- An event class for saveOrUpdate()
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates the strategy required to execute various types of update, delete,
- and insert statements issued through HQL.
-
-
-
-
- Execute the sql managed by this executor using the given parameters.
-
- Essentially bind information for this processing.
- The session originating the request.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of entities updated/deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Execute the sql managed by this executor using the given parameters.
-
- Essentially bind information for this processing.
- The session originating the request.
- The number of entities updated/deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new AST-based query translator.
-
- The query-identifier (used in stats collection)
- The hql query to translate
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory constructing this translator instance.
-
-
-
- Creates a new AST-based query translator.
-
- The query-identifier (used in stats collection)
- The hql query to translate
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory constructing this translator instance.
- The query loader factory.
-
-
-
- Creates a new AST-based query translator.
-
- The query-identifier (used in stats collection)
- The hql query to translate
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory constructing this translator instance.
- The query loader factory.
- The named parameters information.
-
-
-
- Compile a "normal" query. This method may be called multiple
- times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
-
-
-
- Compile a filter. This method may be called multiple
- times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- the role name of the collection used as the basis for the filter.
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs both filter and non-filter compiling.
-
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
- the role name of the collection used as the basis for the filter, NULL if this is not a filter.
-
-
-
- Generates translators which uses the Antlr-based parser to perform
- the translation.
-
- Author: Gavin King
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Look ahead for tokenizing is all lowercase, whereas the original case of an input stream is preserved.
- Copied from http://www.antlr.org/wiki/pages/viewpage.action?pageId=1782
-
-
-
-
- Provides a map of collection function names to the corresponding property names.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- An error handler that counts parsing errors and warnings.
-
-
-
-
- Handles HQL AST transformation for collection filters (which are created with ).
-
- Adds FROM elements to implicit FROM clause.
- E.g.,
-
- ( query ( SELECT_FROM {filter-implied FROM} ) ( where ( = X 10 ) ) )
-
- gets converted to
-
- ( query ( SELECT_FROM ( FROM NHibernate.DomainModel.Many this ) ) ( where ( = X 10 ) ) )
-
-
- The root node of HQL query
- Collection that is being filtered
- Session factory
-
-
- True if this is a filter query (allow no FROM clause). *
-
-
-
- Indicates if the token could be an identifier.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns to the previous 'FROM' context.
-
-
-
-
- A custom token class for the HQL grammar.
-
-
-
-
- The previous token type.
-
-
-
-
- Public constructor
-
-
-
-
- Public constructor
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the token could be an identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the previous token type.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a string representation of the object.
-
- The debug string
-
-
-
- Implementations will report or handle errors invoked by an ANTLR base parser.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Exception thrown when an invalid path is found in a query.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Defines the behavior of an error handler for the HQL parsers.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new SessionFactoryHelperExtensions instance.
-
- The SessionFactory impl to be encapsulated.
-
-
-
- Locate a registered sql function by name.
-
- The name of the function to locate
- The sql function, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Locate a registered sql function by name.
-
- The name of the function to locate
- The sql function, or throws QueryException if no matching sql functions could be found.
-
-
-
- Find the function return type given the function name and the first argument expression node.
-
- The function name.
- The first argument expression.
- the function return type given the function name and the first argument expression node.
-
-
-
- Find the function return type given the function name and the arguments expression nodes.
-
- The function name.
- The function arguments expression nodes.
- The function return type given the function name and the arguments expression nodes.
-
-
-
- Given a (potentially unqualified) class name, locate its imported qualified name.
-
- The potentially unqualified class name
- The qualified class name.
-
-
-
- Does the given persister define a physical discriminator column
- for the purpose of inheritance discrimination?
-
- The persister to be checked.
- True if the persister does define an actual discriminator column.
-
-
-
- Locate the collection persister by the collection role.
-
- The collection role name.
- The defined CollectionPersister for this collection role, or null.
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the property for the entity encapsulated by the
- given type which represents the id or unique-key.
-
- The type representing the entity.
- The corresponding property name
-
-
-
- Retrieves the column names corresponding to the collection elements for the given
- collection role.
-
- The collection role
- The sql column-qualification alias (i.e., the table alias)
- the collection element columns
-
-
-
- Essentially the same as GetElementType, but requiring that the
- element type be an association type.
-
- The collection type to be checked.
- The AssociationType of the elements of the collection.
-
-
-
- Locate the collection persister by the collection role, requiring that
- such a persister exist.
-
- The collection role name.
- The defined CollectionPersister for this collection role.
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name, requiring that such a persister
- exist.
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity
-
-
-
- Given a (potentially unqualified) class name, locate its persister.
-
- The (potentially unqualified) class name.
- The defined persister for this class, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Given a (potentially unqualified) class name, locate its persister.
-
- The session factory implementor.
- The (potentially unqualified) class name.
- The defined persister for this class, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name.
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Create a join sequence rooted at the given collection.
-
- The persister for the collection at which the join should be rooted.
- The alias to use for qualifying column references.
- The generated join sequence.
-
-
-
- Generate an empty join sequence instance.
-
- The generated join sequence.
-
-
-
- Generate a join sequence representing the given association type.
-
- Should implicit joins (theta-style) or explicit joins (ANSI-style) be rendered
- The type representing the thing to be joined into.
- The table alias to use in qualifying the join conditions
- The type of join to render (inner, outer, etc)
- The columns making up the condition of the join.
- The generated join sequence.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a PropertyMapping describing the given collection role.
-
- The collection role for which to retrieve the property mapping.
- The property mapping.
-
-
-
- Given a collection type, determine the Type representing elements
- within instances of that collection.
-
- The collection type to be checked.
- The Type of the elements of the collection.
-
-
-
- Generates SQL by overriding callback methods in the base class, which does
- the actual SQL AST walking.
- Author: Joshua Davis, Steve Ebersole
- Ported By: Steve Strong
-
- SQL Generator Tree Parser, providing SQL rendering of SQL ASTs produced by the previous phase, HqlSqlWalker. All
- syntax decoration such as extra spaces, lack of spaces, extra parens, etc. should be added by this class.
-
- This grammar processes the HQL/SQL AST and produces an SQL string. The intent is to move dialect-specific
- code into a sub-class that will override some of the methods, just like the other two grammars in this system.
- @author Joshua Davis (joshua@hibernate.org)
-
-
- all append invocations on the buf should go through this Output instance variable.
- The value of this variable may be temporarily substitued by sql function processing code
- to catch generated arguments.
- This is because sql function templates need arguments as separate string chunks
- that will be assembled into the target dialect-specific function call.
-
-
-
- Handles parser errors.
-
-
-
-
- Add a space if the previous token was not a space or a parenthesis.
-
-
-
-
- The default SQL writer.
-
-
-
-
- The default SQL writer.
-
-
-
-
- Writes SQL fragments.
-
-
-
- todo remove this hack
- The parameter is either ", " or " , ". This is needed to pass sql generating tests as the old
- sql generator uses " , " in the WHERE and ", " in SELECT.
-
- @param comma either " , " or ", "
-
-
-
- Base class for nodes dealing 'is null' and 'is not null' operators.
- todo : a good deal of this is copied from BinaryLogicOperatorNode; look at consolidating these code fragments
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- When (if) we need to expand a row value constructor, what is the type of connector to use between the
- expansion fragments.
-
- The expansion connector type.
-
-
-
- When (if) we need to expand a row value constructor, what is the text of connector to use between the
- expansion fragments.
-
- The expansion connector text.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
- The alias creator.
- The generated scalar column names.
-
-
-
- Convenience implementation of Statement to centralize common functionality.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns additional display text for the AST node.
-
- The additional display text.
-
-
-
- Represents an aggregate function i.e. min, max, sum, avg.
-
- Author: Joshua Davis
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates the information relating to an individual assignment within the
- set clause of an HQL update statement. This information is used during execution
- of the update statements when the updates occur against "multi-table" stuff.
-
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing logical BETWEEN (ternary) operators.
-
-
-
-
- Nodes which represent binary arithmetic operators.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the left-hand operand of the operator.
-
- @return The left-hand operand
-
-
- Retrieves the right-hand operand of the operator.
-
- @return The right-hand operand
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing binary operators.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Performs the operator node initialization by seeking out any parameter
- nodes and setting their expected type, if possible.
-
-
-
- Mutate the subtree relating to a row-value-constructor to instead use
- a series of ANDed predicates. This allows multi-column type comparisons
- and explicit row-value-constructor syntax even on databases which do
- not support row-value-constructor.
-
- For example, here we'd mutate "... where (col1, col2) = ('val1', 'val2) ..." to
- "... where col1 = 'val1' and col2 = 'val2' ..."
-
- @param valueElements The number of elements in the row value constructor list.
-
-
-
- Represents a boolean literal within a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a case ... when .. then ... else ... end expression in a select.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a case ... when .. then ... else ... end expression in a select.
-
- Author: Gavin King
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents 'elements()' or 'indices()'.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a COUNT expression in a select.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a top-level AST node representing an HQL delete statement.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a reference to a property or alias expression. This should duplicate the relevant behaviors in
- PathExpressionParser.
- Author: Joshua Davis
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- The full path, to the root alias of this dot node.
-
-
-
-
- The type of dereference that happened (DEREF_xxx).
-
-
-
-
- The identifier that is the name of the property.
-
-
-
-
- The unresolved property path relative to this dot node.
-
-
-
-
- The column names that this resolves to.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch join or not.
-
-
-
-
- The type of join to create. Default is an inner join.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the join type for this '.' node structure.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the full path of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the given property name a reference to the primary key of the associated
- entity construed by the given entity type?
- For example, consider a fragment like order.customer.id
- (where order is a from-element alias). Here, we'd have:
- propertyName = "id" AND
- owningType = ManyToOneType(Customer)
- and are being asked to determine whether "customer.id" is a reference
- to customer's PK...
-
- The name of the property to check.
- The type representing the entity "owning" the property
- True if propertyName references the entity's (owningType->associatedEntity) primary key; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Represents the 'FROM' part of a query or subquery, containing all mapped class references.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Counts the from elements as they are added.
-
-
-
-
- All of the implicit FROM xxx JOIN yyy elements that are the destination of a collection. These are created from
- index operators on collection property references.
-
-
-
-
- Pointer to the parent FROM clause, if there is one.
-
-
-
-
- Collection of FROM clauses of which this is the parent.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to check whether a given token represents a from-element alias.
-
- The potential from-element alias to check.
- True if the possibleAlias is an alias to a from-element visible from this point in the query graph.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the from node contains the class alias name.
-
- The HQL class alias name.
- true if the from node contains the class alias name.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the from node contains the table alias name.
-
- The SQL table alias name.
- true if the from node contains the table alias name.
-
-
-
- Adds a new from element to the from node.
-
- The reference to the class.
- The alias AST.
- The new FROM element.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the from-element represented by the given alias.
-
- The alias by which to locate the from-element.
- The from-element assigned the given alias, or null if none.
-
-
-
- Returns the list of from elements in order.
-
- The list of from elements (instances of FromElement).
-
-
-
- Returns the list of from elements that will be part of the result set.
-
- the list of from elements that will be part of the result set.
-
-
-
- Look for an existing implicit or explicit join by the given path.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor form used to initialize .
-
- The FROM clause to which this element belongs.
- The origin (LHS) of this element.
- The alias applied to this element.
-
-
-
- Names of lazy properties to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if this FromElement was implied by a path, or false if this FROM element is explicitly declared in
- the FROM clause.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
- the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the identifier select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the property select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
- the property select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The collection select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the value collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The value collection select fragment.
-
-
-
- Render the identifier select, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- the sequence of the returned type
- the identifier select with the column alias.
-
-
-
- Render the identifier select fragment, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- The sequence of the returned type
- A function to generate aliases.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Creates entity from elements.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates collection from elements.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate that handles the type and join sequence information for a FromElement.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
- the identifier select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Render the identifier select, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- the sequence of the returned type
- the identifier select with the column alias.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment, but in a 'scalar' context (i.e. generate the column alias).
-
- The sequence of the returned type
- A function to generate aliases.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Returns the property select SQL fragment.
-
- The total number of returned types.
- The sequence of the current returned type.
-
- the property select SQL fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- Whether to include all lazy properties.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to be included.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to be included.
- Whether to include all lazy properties.
- The alias for the columns.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The collection select fragment
-
-
-
- Gets the value collection select fragment.
-
- The column suffix.
- The value collection select fragment
-
-
-
- Returns the type of a property, given it's name (the last part) and the full path.
-
- The last part of the full path to the property.
- The full property path.
- The type
-
-
-
- Returns the Hibernate queryable implementation for the HQL class.
-
-
-
-
- Sub-classes can override this method if they produce implied joins (e.g. DotNode).
-
- an implied join created by this from reference.
-
-
-
- A semantic analysis node, that points back to the main analyzer.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
- A pointer back to the phase 2 processor.
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing binary operators.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- The left-hand operand of the operator.
-
-
-
-
- The right-hand operand of the operator.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementors will return additional display text, which will be used
- by the ASTPrinter to display information (besides the node type and node
- text).
-
-
-
-
- Returns additional display text for the AST node.
-
- The additional display text.
-
-
-
- Interface for nodes which wish to be made aware of any determined "expected
- type" based on the context within they appear in the query.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- An interface for initializable AST nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the node with the parameter.
-
- the initialization parameter.
-
-
-
- Represents the [] operator and provides it's semantics.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- this is possible for parameter lists and explicit lists. It is completely unreasonable for sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Mutate the subtree relating to a row-value-constructor in "in" list to instead use
- a series of ORen and ANDed predicates. This allows multi-column type comparisons
- and explicit row-value-constructor in "in" list syntax even on databases which do
- not support row-value-constructor in "in" list.
-
- For example, here we'd mutate "... where (col1, col2) in ( ('val1', 'val2'), ('val3', 'val4') ) ..." to
- "... where (col1 = 'val1' and col2 = 'val2') or (col1 = 'val3' and val2 = 'val4') ..."
-
-
-
-
- Defines a top-level AST node representing an HQL "insert select" statement.
-
-
-
- Retrieve this insert statement's into-clause.
- The into-clause
-
-
- Retrieve this insert statement's select-clause.
- The select-clause.
-
-
- Performs detailed semantic validation on this insert statement tree.
- Indicates validation failure.
-
-
-
- Represents an entity referenced in the INTO clause of an HQL
- INSERT statement.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns additional display text for the AST node.
-
- The additional display text.
-
-
-
- Determine whether the two types are "assignment compatible".
-
- The type defined in the into-clause.
- The type defined in the select clause.
- True if they are assignment compatible.
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing operators (logic or arithmetic).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Called by the tree walker during hql-sql semantic analysis
- after the operator sub-tree is completely built.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the data type for the overall operator expression.
-
- The expression's data type.
-
-
-
- Currently this is needed in order to deal with {@link FromElement FromElements} which
- contain "hidden" JDBC parameters from applying filters.
- Would love for this to go away, but that would require that Hibernate's
- internal {@link org.hibernate.engine.JoinSequence join handling} be able to either:
- render the same AST structures
- render structures capable of being converted to these AST structures
-
- In the interim, this allows us to at least treat these "hidden" parameters properly which is
- the most pressing need.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Set the renderable text of this node.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter specification for a parameter encountered within this node. We use the term 'embedded' here
- because of the fact that the parameter was simply encountered as part of the node's text; it does not exist
- as part of a subtree as it might in a true AST.
-
- The generated specification.
-
-
-
- Determine whether this node contains embedded parameters. The implication is that
- {@link #getEmbeddedParameters()} is allowed to return null if this method returns false.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve all embedded parameter specifications.
-
- All embedded parameter specifications; may return null.
-
-
-
- An AST node with a path property. This path property will be the fully qualified name.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the full path name represented by the node.
-
- the full path name represented by the node.
-
-
-
- The contract for expression sub-trees that can resolve themselves.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an identifier or a dot
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an identifier or a dot, but without a parent node
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an identifier or a dot, but without a parent node or alias
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving inside of the scope of a function call
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of resolving an an index [].
-
-
-
-
- Type definition for Statements which are restrictable via a where-clause (and
- thus also having a from-clause).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the from-clause in effect for this statement; could be null if the from-clause
- has not yet been parsed/generated.
-
-
-
-
- Does this statement tree currently contain a where clause?
- Returns True if a where-clause is found in the statement tree and
- that where clause actually defines restrictions; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the where-clause defining the restriction(s) in effect for
- this statement.
- Note that this will generate a where-clause if one was not found, so caution
- needs to taken prior to calling this that restrictions will actually exist
- in the resulting statement tree (otherwise "unexpected end of subtree" errors
- might occur during rendering).
-
-
-
-
- Represents an element of a projection list, i.e. a select expression.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the data type of the select expression.
-
-
-
-
- Set the scalar column index and appends AST nodes that represent the columns after the current AST node.
- (e.g. 'as col0_O_')
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
-
-
- Gets index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
-
-
-
- Returns the FROM element that this expression refers to.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if the element is a constructor (e.g. new Foo).
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if this select expression represents an entity that can be returned.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the text of the node.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
- The alias creator.
-
-
-
- Sets the index and text for select expression in the projection list.
-
- The select expression.
- The index of the select expression in the projection list.
- The alias creator.
-
-
-
- Interface for nodes which require access to the SessionFactory
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- IsNotNullLogicOperatorNode implementation
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Represents a 'is null' check.
-
-
-
-
- Common interface modeling the different HQL statements (i.e., INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, SELECT).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- The "phase 2" walker which generated this statement tree.
-
-
-
-
- The main token type representing the type of this statement.
-
-
-
-
- Does this statement require the StatementExecutor?
- Essentially, at the JDBC level, does this require an executeUpdate()?
-
-
-
-
- Contract for nodes representing unary operators.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the node representing the operator's single operand.
-
-
-
-
- A node representing a static Java constant.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Represents a literal.
-
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a method call
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of OrderByClause.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of ParameterNode.
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Locate the select clause that is part of this select statement.
- Note, that this might return null as derived select clauses (i.e., no
- select clause at the HQL-level) get generated much later than when we
- get created; thus it depends upon lifecycle.
-
- Our select clause, or null.
-
-
-
- Represents a reference to a result_variable as defined in the JPA 2 spec.
-
-
- select v as value from tab1 order by value
- "value" used in the order by clause is a reference to the result_variable, "value", defined in the select clause.
-
- Author: Gail Badner
-
-
-
- Represents the list of expressions in a SELECT clause.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Prepares a derived (i.e., not explicitly defined in the query) select clause.
-
- The from clause to which this select clause is linked.
-
-
-
- Prepares an explicitly defined select clause.
-
- The from clause linked to this select clause.
-
-
-
-
- FromElements which need to be accounted for in the load phase (either for return or for fetch).
-
-
-
-
- Maps QueryReturnTypes[key] to entities from FromElementsForLoad[value]
-
-
-
-
- The column alias names being used in the generated SQL.
-
-
-
-
- The constructor to use for dynamic instantiation queries.
-
-
-
-
- The HQL aliases, or generated aliases
-
-
-
-
- The types actually being returned from this query at the "object level".
-
-
-
-
- A select expression that was generated by a FROM element.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Common behavior - a node that contains a list of select expressions.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns an array of SelectExpressions gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an array of SelectExpressions gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of gathered from the children of the given parent AST node.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the first select expression node that should be considered when building the array of select
- expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an SQL fragment in the AST.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- A base AST node for the intermediate tree.
-
-
-
- The original text for the node, mostly for debugging.
-
-
- The data type of this node. Null for 'no type'.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the text to be used for rendering this particular node.
-
- The session factory
- The text to use for rendering
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a unary operator node.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Defines a top-level AST node representing an HQL update statement.
-
-
-
-
- Generates class/table/column aliases during semantic analysis and SQL rendering.
- Its essential purpose is to keep an internal counter to ensure that the
- generated aliases are unique.
-
-
-
-
- Appends child nodes to a parent efficiently.
-
-
-
-
- Depth first iteration of an ANTLR AST.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Returns the 'list' representation with some brackets around it for debugging.
-
- The tree.
- The list representation of the tree.
-
-
-
- Determine if a given node (test) is contained anywhere in the subtree
- of another given node (fixture).
-
- The node against which to be checked for children.
- The node to be tested as being a subtree child of the parent.
- True if child is contained in the parent's collection of children.
-
-
-
- Finds the first node of the specified type in the chain of children.
-
- The parent
- The type to find.
- The first node of the specified type, or null if not found.
-
-
-
- Iterates over all children and sub-children and finds elements of required type.
-
-
-
-
- Filters nodes in/out of a tree.
-
- The node to check.
- true to keep the node, false if the node should be filtered out.
-
-
-
- Generates the scalar column AST nodes for a given array of SQL columns
-
-
-
-
- Generates the scalar column AST nodes for a given array of SQL columns
-
-
-
-
- Performs the post-processing of the join information gathered during semantic analysis.
- The join generating classes are complex, this encapsulates some of the JoinSequence-related
- code.
- Author: Joshua Davis
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new JoinProcessor.
-
- The walker to which we are bound, giving us access to needed resources.
-
-
-
- Translates an AST join type (i.e., the token type) into a JoinFragment.XXX join type.
-
- The AST join type (from HqlSqlWalker)
- a JoinType.XXX join type.
-
-
-
- Indicates that Float and Double literal values should
- be treated using the SQL "exact" format (i.e., '.001')
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that Float and Double literal values should
- be treated using the SQL "approximate" format (i.e., '1E-3')
-
-
-
-
- In what format should Float and Double literal values be sent
- to the database?
- See #EXACT, #APPROXIMATE
-
-
-
-
- Traverse the AST tree depth first. Note that the AST passed in is not visited itself. Visitation starts
- with its children.
-
- ast
-
-
-
- Turns a path into an AST.
-
- The path.
- The AST factory to use.
- An HQL AST representing the path.
-
-
-
- Creates synthetic and nodes based on the where fragment part of a JoinSequence.
- Author: josh
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Generate a cast node intended solely to hint HQL at the resulting type, without issuing an actual SQL cast.
-
- The expression to cast.
- The resulting type.
- A node.
-
-
-
- Cast node intended solely to hint HQL at the resulting type, without issuing an actual SQL cast.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the contract of an HQL->SQL translator.
-
-
-
-
- Perform a list operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The session owning this query.
- The query bind parameters.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The query list results.
-
-
-
-
- Perform a bulk update/delete operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The query bind parameters.
- The session owning this query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Compile a "normal" query. This method may be called multiple times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
- There was a problem parsing the query string.
- There was a problem querying defined mappings.
-
-
-
- Perform a list operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The session owning this query.
- The query bind parameters.
- The query list results.
-
-
-
-
- Perform a bulk update/delete operation given the underlying query definition.
-
- The query bind parameters.
- The session owning this query.
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
-
- The set of query spaces (table names) that the query refers to.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL string generated by the translator.
-
-
-
-
- The HQL string processed by the translator.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the filters enabled for this query translator.
-
- Filters enabled for this query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns an array of Types represented in the query result.
-
- Query return types.
-
-
-
- Returns an array of HQL aliases
-
- Returns an array of HQL aliases
-
-
-
- Returns the column names in the generated SQL.
-
- the column names in the generated SQL.
-
-
-
- Does the translated query contain collection fetches?
-
- True if the query does contain collection fetched; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Specialized interface for filters.
-
-
-
-
- Compile a filter. This method may be called multiple
- times. Subsequent invocations are no-ops.
-
- the role name of the collection used as the basis for the filter.
- Defined query substitutions.
- Does this represent a shallow (scalar or entity-id) select?
-
-
-
- Transitional interface for .
-
-
-
-
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
- Get the query loader.
-
- The query translator.
- The query loader.
-
-
-
- Facade for generation of
- and instances.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a instance
- capable of translating a Linq expression.
-
- The query expression to be translated
-
-
- Currently enabled filters
- The session factory
- An appropriate translator.
-
-
-
- Provides utility methods for generating HQL / SQL names.
- Shared by both the 'classic' and 'new' query translators.
-
-
-
-
- Handle Hibernate "implicit" polymorphism, by translating the query string into
- several "concrete" queries against mapped classes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wraps SessionFactoryImpl, adding more lookup behaviors and encapsulating some of the error handling.
-
-
-
-
- Locate the collection persister by the collection role.
-
- The collection role name.
- The defined CollectionPersister for this collection role, or null.
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name, requiring that such a persister
- exists
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity
-
-
-
- Locate the persister by class or entity name.
-
- The class or entity name
- The defined persister for this entity, or null if none found.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a PropertyMapping describing the given collection role.
-
- The collection role for which to retrieve the property mapping.
- The property mapping.
-
-
-
- Criteria is a simplified API for retrieving entities by composing
- objects.
-
-
-
- Using criteria is a very convenient approach for functionality like "search" screens
- where there is a variable number of conditions to be placed upon the result set.
-
-
- The Session is a factory for ICriteria. Expression instances are usually obtained via
- the factory methods on . eg:
-
-
- IList cats = session.CreateCriteria(typeof(Cat))
- .Add(Expression.Like("name", "Iz%"))
- .Add(Expression.Gt("weight", minWeight))
- .AddOrder(Order.Asc("age"))
- .List();
-
- You may navigate associations using
- or . eg:
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.CreateCriteria<Cat>
- .CreateCriteria("kittens")
- .Add(Expression.like("name", "Iz%"))
- .List<Cat>();
-
-
- You may specify projection and aggregation using Projection instances obtained
- via the factory methods on Projections . eg:
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.CreateCriteria<Cat>
- .SetProjection(
- Projections.ProjectionList()
- .Add(Projections.RowCount())
- .Add(Projections.Avg("weight"))
- .Add(Projections.Max("weight"))
- .Add(Projections.Min("weight"))
- .Add(Projections.GroupProperty("color")))
- .AddOrder(Order.Asc("color"))
- .List<Cat>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the results
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Get the results and fill the
-
- The list to fill with the results.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the alias of the entity encapsulated by this criteria instance.
-
- The alias for the encapsulated entity.
-
-
-
- Was the read-only mode explicitly initialized?
-
- true if the read-only mode was explicitly initialized, otherwise false .
-
- ///
-
-
-
- Will entities (and proxies) loaded by this Criteria be put in read-only mode?
-
-
-
- If the read-only setting was not initialized, then the value of the session's
- property is returned instead.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the
- Criteria that existed in the session before the Criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- true if entities and proxies loaded by the criteria will be put in read-only mode,
- otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to specify that the query results will be a projection (scalar in
- nature). Implicitly specifies the projection result transformer.
-
- The projection representing the overall "shape" of the
- query results.
- This instance (for method chaining)
-
-
- The individual components contained within the given
- determines the overall "shape" of the query result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an Expression to constrain the results to be retrieved.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An an Order to the result set
-
-
-
-
-
- Specify an association fetching strategy. Currently, only
- one-to-many and one-to-one associations are supported.
-
- A dot separated property path.
- The Fetch mode.
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the current entity
-
- the lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the aliased entity
-
- an alias
- the lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Join an association using the specified join-type, assigning an alias to the joined
- association
-
-
-
- The type of join to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Join an association using the specified join-type, assigning an alias to the joined
- association
-
-
-
- The type of join to use.
- The criteria to be added to the join condition (ON clause)
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- using the specified join type.
-
- A dot-separated property path
- The type of join to use
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- assigning the given alias
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- assigning the given alias and using the specified join type.
-
- A dot-separated property path
- The alias to assign to the joined association (for later reference).
- The type of join to use.
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Create a new , "rooted" at the associated entity,
- assigning the given alias and using the specified join type.
-
- A dot-separated property path
- The alias to assign to the joined association (for later reference).
- The type of join to use.
- The criteria to be added to the join condition (ON clause)
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This determines the
- "shape" of the query result set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a limit upon the number of objects to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the first result to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
- the fetch size
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- the name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
- a human-readable string
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
- Override the flush mode for this particular query.
- The flush mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Get the results
-
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this Criteria. This
- setting overrides the default for the session (see ).
-
-
-
- To set the default read-only setting for entities and proxies that are loaded
- into the session, see .
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not
- dirty-checked and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy has, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the criteria
- that existed in the session before the criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- If true , entities (and proxies) loaded by the criteria will be read-only.
-
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the results and fill the
-
- The list to fill with the results.
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Clear all orders from criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Allows to get a sub criteria by path.
- Will return null if the criteria does not exists.
-
- The path.
-
-
-
- Allows to get a sub criteria by alias.
- Will return null if the criteria does not exists
-
- The alias.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the root entity type if available, throws otherwise
-
-
- This is an NHibernate specific method, used by several dependent
- frameworks for advance integration with NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- The IdentityGenerator for autoincrement/identity key generation.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity the id is being generated for.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- IdentityColumnIndicator Indicates to the Session that identity (i.e. identity/autoincrement column)
- key generation should be used.
-
-
-
-
- The IdentityGenerator for autoincrement/identity key generation.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity the id is being generated for.
-
- IdentityColumnIndicator Indicates to the Session that identity (i.e. identity/autoincrement column)
- key generation should be used.
-
-
-
-
- An that returns the current identifier
- assigned to an instance.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="assigned" />
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates a new identifier by getting the value of the identifier
- for the obj parameter.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value that was assigned to the mapped id 's property.
-
- Thrown when a is passed in as the obj or
- if the identifier of obj is null.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a new identifier by getting the value of the identifier
- for the obj parameter.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The value that was assigned to the mapped id 's property.
-
- Thrown when a is passed in as the obj or
- if the identifier of obj is null.
-
-
-
-
- An that returns a Int64 constructed from the system
- time and a counter value. Not safe for use in a clustser! May generate colliding identifiers in
- a bit less than one year.
-
-
-
-
- Contract for providing callback access to an ,
- typically from the .
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the next value from the underlying source.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Retrieve the next value from the underlying source.
-
-
-
-
- Performs optimization on an optimizable identifier generator. Typically
- this optimization takes the form of trying to ensure we do not have to
- hit the database on each and every request to get an identifier value.
-
-
-
- Optimizers work on constructor injection. They should provide
- a constructor with the following arguments.
-
- - The return type for the generated values.
- - int The increment size.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an identifier value accounting for this specific optimization.
-
- Callback to access the underlying value source.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- A common means to access the last value obtained from the underlying
- source. This is intended for testing purposes, since accessing the
- underlying database source directly is much more difficult.
-
-
- The last value we obtained from the underlying source; -1 indicates we have not yet consulted with the source.
-
-
-
-
- Defined increment size.
-
- The increment size.
-
-
-
- Generate an identifier value accounting for this specific optimization.
-
- Callback to access the underlying value source.
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- Are increments to be applied to the values stored in the underlying
- value source?
-
-
- True if the values in the source are to be incremented
- according to the defined increment size; false otherwise, in which
- case the increment is totally an in memory construct.
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Common support for optimizer implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Construct an optimizer
-
- The expected id class.
- The increment size.
-
-
-
- Optimizer which uses a pool of values, storing the next low value of the range in the database.
-
- Note that this optimizer works essentially the same as the HiLoOptimizer, except that here the
- bucket ranges are actually encoded into the database structures.
-
-
- Note that if you prefer that the database value be interpreted as the bottom end of our current
- range, then use the PooledLoOptimizer strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Exposure intended for testing purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Marker interface for an optimizer that wishes to know the user-specified initial value.
-
- Used instead of constructor injection since that is already a public understanding and
- because not all optimizers care.
-
-
-
-
- Reports the user-specified initial value to the optimizer.
-
- -1 is used to indicate that the user did not specify.
- The initial value specified by the user, or -1 to indicate that the
- user did not specify.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Generates identifier values based on an sequence-style database structure.
- Variations range from actually using a sequence to using a table to mimic
- a sequence. These variations are encapsulated by the
- interface internally.
-
-
- General configuration parameters:
-
-
- NAME
- DEFAULT
- DESCRIPTION
-
-
-
-
- The name of the sequence/table to use to store/retrieve values
-
-
-
-
- The initial value to be stored for the given segment; the effect in terms of storage varies based on and
-
-
-
-
- The increment size for the underlying segment; the effect in terms of storage varies based on and
-
-
-
- depends on defined increment size
- Allows explicit definition of which optimization strategy to use
-
-
-
- false
- Allows explicit definition of which optimization strategy to use
-
-
-
- Configuration parameters used specifically when the underlying structure is a table:
-
-
- NAME
- DEFAULT
- DESCRIPTION
-
-
-
-
- The name of column which holds the sequence value for the given segment
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the sequence (or table if this resolves to a physical table) to use.
- Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the column used to store the generator value in
- the db. Called during configuration, if a physical table is being used.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the initial sequence value to use. This value is used when
- initializing the database structure (i.e. sequence/table). Called
- during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the increment size to be applied. The exact implications of
- this value depends on the optimizer being used. Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the optimizer to use. Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- In certain cases we need to adjust the increment size based on the
- selected optimizer. This is the hook to achieve that.
-
- The determined optimizer strategy.
- The determined, unadjusted, increment size.
-
-
-
- Do we require a sequence with the ability to set initialValue and incrementSize
- larger than 1?
-
-
-
-
- An enhanced version of table-based id generation.
-
-
- Unlike the simplistic legacy one (which, btw, was only ever intended for subclassing
- support) we "segment" the table into multiple values. Thus a single table can
- actually serve as the persistent storage for multiple independent generators. One
- approach would be to segment the values by the name of the entity for which we are
- performing generation, which would mean that we would have a row in the generator
- table for each entity name. Or any configuration really; the setup is very flexible.
-
- In this respect it is very similar to the legacy
- MultipleHiLoPerTableGenerator (not available in NHibernate) in terms of the
- underlying storage structure (namely a single table capable of holding
- multiple generator values). The differentiator is, as with
- as well, the externalized notion
- of an optimizer.
-
-
- NOTE that by default we use a single row for all generators (based
- on ). The configuration parameter
- can be used to change that to
- instead default to using a row for each entity name.
-
- Configuration parameters:
-
-
- NAME
- DEFAULT
- DESCRIPTION
-
-
-
-
- The name of the table to use to store/retrieve values
-
-
-
-
- The name of column which holds the sequence value for the given segment
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column which holds the segment key
-
-
-
-
- The value indicating which segment is used by this generator; refers to values in the column
-
-
-
-
- The data length of the column; used for schema creation
-
-
-
-
- The initial value to be stored for the given segment
-
-
-
-
- The increment size for the underlying segment; see the discussion on for more details.
-
-
-
- depends on defined increment size
- Allows explicit definition of which optimization strategy to use
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Type mapping for the identifier.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the table in which we store this generator's persistent state.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column in which we store the segment to which each row
- belongs. The value here acts as primary key.
-
-
-
-
- The value in the column identified by which
- corresponds to this generator instance. In other words, this value
- indicates the row in which this generator instance will store values.
-
-
-
-
- The size of the column identified by
- in the underlying table.
-
-
- Should really have been called 'segmentColumnLength' or even better 'segmentColumnSize'.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column in which we store our persistent generator value.
-
-
-
-
- The initial value to use when we find no previous state in the
- generator table corresponding to this instance.
-
-
-
-
- The amount of increment to use. The exact implications of this
- depends on the optimizer being used, see .
-
-
-
-
- The optimizer being used by this generator. This mechanism
- allows avoiding calling the database each time a new identifier
- is needed.
-
-
-
-
- The table access count. Only really useful for unit test assertions.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the table name to use for the generator values. Called during configuration.
-
- The parameters supplied in the generator config (plus some standard useful extras).
- The dialect
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the column used to indicate the segment for each
- row. This column acts as the primary key.
- Called during configuration.
-
- The parameters supplied in the generator config (plus some standard useful extras).
- The
-
-
-
- Determine the name of the column in which we will store the generator persistent value.
- Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the segment value corresponding to this generator instance. Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Used in the cases where is unable to
- determine the value to use.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the size of the segment column.
- Called during configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a table used to mimic sequence behavior
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates definition of the underlying data structure backing a sequence-style generator.
-
-
-
- The name of the database structure (table or sequence).
-
-
- How many times has this structure been accessed through this reference?
-
-
- The configured increment size
-
-
-
- A callback to be able to get the next value from the underlying
- structure as needed.
-
- The session.
- The next value.
-
-
-
- Prepare this structure for use. Called sometime after instantiation,
- but before first use.
-
- The optimizer being applied to the generator.
-
-
- Commands needed to create the underlying structures.
- The database dialect being used.
- The creation commands.
-
-
- Commands needed to drop the underlying structures.
- The database dialect being used.
- The drop commands.
-
-
-
- An that uses the value of
- the id property of an associated object
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="foreign">
- <param name="property">AssociatedObject</param>
- </generator>
-
-
- The mapping parameter property is required.
-
-
-
-
- Generates an identifier from the value of a Property.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The identifier value from the associated object or
- if the session
- already contains obj .
-
-
-
-
- Generates an identifier from the value of a Property.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
-
- The identifier value from the associated object or
- if the session
- already contains obj .
-
-
-
-
- Configures the ForeignGenerator by reading the value of property
- from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
- Thrown if the key property is not found in the parms parameter.
-
-
-
-
- An that generates values
- using a strategy suggested Jimmy Nilsson's
- article
- on informit.com .
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="guid.comb" />
-
-
- The comb algorithm is designed to make the use of GUIDs as Primary Keys, Foreign Keys,
- and Indexes nearly as efficient as ints.
-
-
- This code was contributed by Donald Mull.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new using the comb algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new using the comb algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new using the comb algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- An that generates values
- using Guid.NewGuid() .
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="guid" />
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Factory methods for IdentifierGenerator framework.
-
-
- The built in strategies for identifier generation in NHibernate are:
-
-
- strategy
- Implementation of strategy
-
- -
-
assigned
-
-
- -
-
counter (or vm)
-
-
- -
-
foreign
-
-
- -
-
guid
-
-
- -
-
guid.comb
-
-
- -
-
guid.native
-
-
- -
-
hilo
-
-
- -
-
enhanced-table
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- -
-
native
-
- Chooses between , ,
- and based on the
- 's capabilities.
-
-
- -
-
seqhilo
-
-
- -
-
sequence
-
-
- -
-
enhanced-sequence
-
-
- -
-
sequence-identity
-
-
- -
-
trigger-identity
-
-
- -
-
uuid.hex
-
-
- -
-
uuid.string
-
-
- -
-
select
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the generated identifier when using identity columns
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the identifier from the and
- ensures it is the correct .
-
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
- Thrown if there is any problem getting the value from the
- or with converting it to the .
-
-
-
- Get the generated identifier when using identity columns
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the identifier from the and
- ensures it is the correct .
-
- The to read the identifier value from.
- The the value should be converted to.
- The the value is retrieved in.
-
- The value for the identifier.
-
-
- Thrown if there is any problem getting the value from the
- or with converting it to the .
-
-
-
-
- An where the key is the strategy and
- the value is the for the strategy.
-
-
-
-
- When this is returned by Generate() it indicates that the object
- has already been saved.
-
-
- String.Empty
-
-
-
-
- When this is return
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the static fields in .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an from the named strategy.
-
-
- The name of the generator to create. This can be one of the NHibernate abbreviations (ie - native ,
- sequence , guid.comb , etc...), a full class name if the Type is in the NHibernate assembly, or
- a full type name if the strategy is in an external assembly.
-
- The that the retured identifier should be.
- An of <param> values from the mapping.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
- An instantiated and configured .
-
-
- Thrown if there are any exceptions while creating the .
-
-
-
-
- Create the correct boxed for the identifier.
-
- The value of the new identifier.
- The the identifier should be.
-
- The identifier value converted to the .
-
-
- The type parameter must be an , ,
- or .
-
-
-
-
- An that indicates to the that identity
- (ie. identity/autoincrement column) key generation should be used.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="identity" />
- or if the database natively supports identity columns
- <generator class="native" />
-
-
- This indicates to NHibernate that the database generates the id when
- the entity is inserted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate for dealing with IDENTITY columns where the dialect supports returning
- the generated IDENTITY value directly from the insert statement.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate for dealing with IDENTITY columns where the dialect requires an
- additional command execution to retrieve the generated IDENTITY value
-
-
-
-
- The general contract between a class that generates unique
- identifiers and the .
-
-
-
- It is not intended that this interface ever be exposed to the
- application. It is intended that users implement this interface
- to provide custom identifier generation strategies.
-
-
- Implementors should provide a public default constructor.
-
-
- Implementations that accept configuration parameters should also
- implement .
-
-
- Implementors must be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new identifier
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier
-
-
-
- Generate a new identifier
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier
-
-
-
- An IIdentifierGenerator that returns a Int64 , constructed by
- counting from the maximum primary key value at startup. Not safe for use in a
- cluster!
-
-
-
- java author Gavin King, .NET port Mark Holden
-
-
- Mapping parameters supported, but not usually needed: tables, column, schema, catalog.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Abstract InsertGeneratedIdentifierDelegate implementation where the
- underlying strategy causes the generated identifier to be returned as an
- effect of performing the insert statement. Thus, there is no need for an
- additional sql statement to determine the generated identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Abstract InsertGeneratedIdentifierDelegate implementation where the
- underlying strategy requires an subsequent select after the insert
- to determine the generated identifier.
-
-
-
- Extract the generated key value from the given result set.
- The session
- The result set containing the generated primary key values.
- The entity being saved.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session
- The prepared command
- The entity being saved.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session.
- The prepared command.
- The binder for the entity or collection being saved.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Get the SQL statement to be used to retrieve generated key values.
- The SQL command string
-
-
- Extract the generated key value from the given result set.
- The session
- The result set containing the generated primary key values.
- The entity being saved.
- The generated identifier
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session
- The prepared command
- The entity being saved.
-
-
- Bind any required parameter values into the SQL command .
- The session.
- The prepared command.
- The binder for the entity or collection being saved.
-
-
-
- Types of any required parameter values into the SQL command .
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for handling delegation relating to variants in how
- insert-generated-identifier generator strategies dictate processing:
-
- building the sql insert statement
- determination of the generated identifier value
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform the indicated insert SQL statement and determine the identifier value generated.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- Build a specific to the delegate's mode
- of handling generated key values.
-
- The insert object.
-
-
-
- Perform the indicated insert SQL statement and determine the identifier value generated.
-
-
-
-
- The generated identifier value.
-
-
-
- implementation where the
- underlying strategy causes the generated identifier to be returned, as an
- effect of performing the insert statement, in a Output parameter.
- Thus, there is no need for an additional sql statement to determine the generated identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Nothing more than a distinguishing subclass of Insert used to indicate
- intent.
- Some subclasses of this also provided some additional
- functionality or semantic to the generated SQL statement string.
-
-
-
-
- Specialized IdentifierGeneratingInsert which appends the database
- specific clause which signifies to return generated IDENTITY values
- to the end of the insert statement.
-
-
-
-
- Disable comments on insert.
-
-
-
-
- Specialized IdentifierGeneratingInsert which appends the database
- specific clause which signifies to return generated identifier values
- to the end of the insert statement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that supports selecting by an unique key spanning
- multiple properties.
-
-
-
-
- Bind the parameter values of a SQL select command that performs a select based on an unique key.
-
- The current .
- The command.
- The id insertion binder.
- The names of the properties which map to the column(s) to use
- in the select statement restriction. If supplied, they override the persister logic for determining
- them.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- thrown if are
- specified on a persister which does not allow a custom key.
-
-
-
- Get a SQL select string that performs a select based on an unique key, optionnaly determined by
- the given array of property names.
-
- The names of the properties which map to the column(s) to use
- in the select statement restriction. If supplied, they override the persister logic for determining
- them.
- In return, the parameter types used by the select string.
- The SQL select string.
- thrown if are
- specified on a persister which does not allow a custom key.
-
-
-
- Bind the parameter values of a SQL select command that performs a select based on an unique key.
-
- The current .
- The command.
- The id insertion binder.
- The names of the properties which map to the column(s) to use
- in the select statement restriction. If supplied, they override the persister logic for determining
- them.
- thrown if are
- specified on a persister which does not allow a custom key.
-
-
-
- Generates Guid values using the server side Guid function.
-
-
-
-
- A generator that selects the just inserted row to determine the identifier
- value assigned by the database. The correct row is located using a unique key.
-
- One mapping parameter is required: key (unless a natural-id is defined in the mapping).
-
-
- The delegate for the select generation strategy.
-
-
-
- An that generates Int64 values using an
- oracle-style sequence. A higher performance algorithm is
- .
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="sequence">
- <param name="sequence">uid_sequence</param>
- <param name="schema">db_schema</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The sequence parameter is required while the schema is optional.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The name of the sequence parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The parameters parameter, appended to the create sequence DDL.
- For example (Oracle): INCREMENT BY 1 START WITH 1 MAXVALUE 100 NOCACHE .
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SequenceGenerator by reading the value of sequence and
- schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The SQL required to create the database objects for a SequenceGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- An array of objects that contain the Dialect specific sql to
- create the necessary database objects for the SequenceGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to remove the underlying database objects for a SequenceGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- A that will drop the database objects for the SequenceGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Return a key unique to the underlying database objects for a SequenceGenerator.
-
-
- The configured sequence name.
-
-
-
-
- An that combines a hi/lo algorithm with an underlying
- oracle-style sequence that generates hi values.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="seqhilo">
- <param name="sequence">uid_sequence</param>
- <param name="max_lo">max_lo_value</param>
- <param name="schema">db_schema</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The sequence parameter is required, the max_lo and schema are optional.
-
-
- The user may specify a max_lo value to determine how often new hi values are
- fetched. If sequences are not avaliable, TableHiLoGenerator might be an
- alternative.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The name of the maximum low value parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SequenceHiLoGenerator by reading the value of sequence , max_lo ,
- and schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate an , , or
- for the identifier by using a database sequence.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- A generator which combines sequence generation with immediate retrieval
- by attaching an output parameter to the SQL command.
- In this respect it works much like ANSI-SQL IDENTITY generation.
-
-
-
-
- An that uses a database table to store the last
- generated value.
-
-
-
- It is not intended that applications use this strategy directly. However,
- it may be used to build other (efficient) strategies. The return type is
- System.Int32
-
-
- The hi value MUST be fetched in a separate transaction to the ISession
- transaction so the generator must be able to obtain a new connection and commit it.
- Hence this implementation may not be used when the user is supplying connections.
-
-
- The mapping parameters table and column are required.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a , , or
- for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- An additional where clause that is added to
- the queries against the table.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the column parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the table parameter.
-
-
-
- Default column name
-
-
- Default table name
-
-
-
- Configures the TableGenerator by reading the value of table ,
- column , and schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate a , , or
- for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a , , or .
-
-
-
- The SQL required to create the database objects for a TableGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- An array of objects that contain the Dialect specific sql to
- create the necessary database objects and to create the first value as 1
- for the TableGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to remove the underlying database objects for a TableGenerator.
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- A that will drop the database objects for the TableGenerator.
-
-
-
-
- Return a key unique to the underlying database objects for a TableGenerator.
-
-
- The configured table name.
-
-
-
-
- An that returns an Int64 , constructed using
- a hi/lo algorithm.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="hilo">
- <param name="table">table</param>
- <param name="column">id_column</param>
- <param name="max_lo">max_lo_value</param>
- <param name="schema">db_schema</param>
- <param name="catalog">db_catalog</param>
- <param name="where">arbitrary additional where clause</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The table and column parameters are required, the max_lo ,
- schema , catalog and where are optional.
-
-
- The hi value MUST be fecthed in a separate transaction to the ISession
- transaction so the generator must be able to obtain a new connection and
- commit it. Hence this implementation may not be used when the user is supplying
- connections. In that case a would be a
- better choice (where supported).
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- The name of the max lo parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the TableHiLoGenerator by reading the value of table ,
- column , max_lo , and schema from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate a for the identifier by selecting and updating a value in a table.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- An that returns a string of length
- 32, 36, or 38 depending on the configuration.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
-
- <generator class="uuid.hex">
- <param name="format">format_string</param>
- <param name="separator">separator_string</param>
- </generator>
-
-
-
- The format and separator parameters are optional.
-
-
- The identifier string will consist of only hex digits. Optionally, the identifier string
- may be generated with enclosing characters and separators between each component
- of the UUID. If there are separators then the string length will be 36. If a format
- that has enclosing brackets is used, then the string length will be 38.
-
-
- format is either
- "N" (xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx ),
- "D" (xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx ),
- "B" ({xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx} ),
- or "P" ((xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx) ). These formats are described in
- the Guid.ToString(String) method.
- If no format is specified the default is "N".
-
-
- separator is the char that will replace the "-" if specified. If no value is
- configured then the default separator for the format will be used. If the format "D", "B", or
- "P" is specified, then the separator will replace the "-". If the format is "N" then this
- parameter will be ignored.
-
-
- This class is based on
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.hex" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.hex" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Configures the UUIDHexGenerator by reading the value of format and
- separator from the parms parameter.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Generate a Guid into a string using the format .
-
- A new Guid string
-
-
-
- An that returns a string of length
- 16.
-
-
-
- This id generation strategy is specified in the mapping file as
- <generator class="uuid.string" />
-
-
- The identifier string will NOT consist of only alphanumeric characters. Use
- this only if you don't mind unreadable identifiers.
-
-
- This impelementation was known to be incompatible with Postgres.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.string" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- Generate a new for the identifier using the "uuid.string" algorithm.
-
- The this id is being generated in.
- The entity for which the id is being generated.
- The new identifier as a .
-
-
-
- An IdentiferGenerator that supports "configuration".
-
-
-
-
- Configure this instance, given the values of parameters
- specified by the user as <param> elements.
- This method is called just once, followed by instantiation.
-
- The the identifier should be.
- An of Param values that are keyed by parameter name.
- The to help with Configuration.
-
-
-
- Thrown by implementation class when ID generation fails
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the entity name
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the schema name
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the table name for the
- generated id
-
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the table names for all
- tables for which the id must be unique
-
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the primary key column
- name of the generated id
-
-
-
- The configuration parameter holding the catalog name
-
-
-
- An that requires creation of database objects
- All s that also implement
- An have access to a special mapping parameter: schema
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to create the underlying database objects
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- An array of objects that contain the sql to create the
- necessary database objects.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL required to remove the underlying database objects
-
- The to help with creating the sql.
-
- A that will drop the database objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return a key unique to the underlying database objects.
-
-
- A key unique to the underlying database objects.
-
-
- Prevents us from trying to create/remove them multiple times
-
-
-
-
- A persister that may have an identity assigned by execution of a SQL INSERT .
-
-
-
-
- Get the database-specific SQL command to retrieve the last
- generated IDENTITY value.
-
-
-
- The names of the primary key columns in the root table.
- The primary key column names.
-
-
-
- Get a SQL select string that performs a select based on a unique
- key determined by the given property name).
-
-
- The name of the property which maps to the
- column(s) to use in the select statement restriction.
-
- The SQL select string
-
-
-
- Get the identifier type
-
-
-
-
- A generator that uses an output parameter to return the identifier generated by the insert
- on database server side.
-
-
-
-
- Abstract implementation of the IQuery interface.
-
-
-
-
- Perform parameters validation. Flatten them if needed. Used prior to executing the encapsulated query.
-
-
- If true, the first positional parameter will not be verified since
- its needed for e.g. callable statements returning an out parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query string!
-
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query string!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
-
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query expression tree!
-
-
-
- Functionality common to stateless and stateful sessions
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
- Get the current NHibernate transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
-
- If not nested in another call to BeginProcess on this session, check and update the
- session status and set its session id in context.
-
-
- If not already processing, an object to dispose for signaling the end of the process.
- Otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
- If not nested in a call to BeginProcess on this session, set its session id in context.
-
-
- If not already processing, an object to dispose for restoring the previous session id.
- Otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction
-
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction with the specified isolation level
-
- The isolation level
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An instance
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class and with given entity name.
-
- The type of entity to query.
- The entity name.
- An instance
-
-
-
- Implementation of the interface for collection filters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- Entity name for "Entity Join" - join for entity with not mapped association
-
-
-
-
- Is this an Entity join for not mapped association
-
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- The Clone is supported only by a root criteria.
-
- The clone of the root criteria.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The session.
- The factory.
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Return the query results of all the queries
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Return the query results of all the queries
-
-
-
-
- A non contextual connection access used when multi-tenancy is not enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Concrete implementation of a SessionFactory.
-
-
- Has the following responsibilities:
-
- -
- Caches configuration settings (immutably)
- -
- Caches "compiled" mappings - ie.
- and
-
- -
- Caches "compiled" queries (memory sensitive cache)
-
- -
- Manages
PreparedStatements/DbCommands - how true in NH?
-
- -
- Delegates
DbConnection management to the
-
- -
- Factory for instances of
-
-
-
- This class must appear immutable to clients, even if it does all kinds of caching
- and pooling under the covers. It is crucial that the class is not only thread safe
- , but also highly concurrent. Synchronization must be used extremely sparingly.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the session factory, releasing all held resources.
-
- - cleans up used cache regions and "stops" the cache provider.
- - close the ADO.NET connection
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- NH specific : to avoid the use of entityName for generic implementation
-
- this is a shortcut.
-
-
-
- Get entity persisters filtered by the given query spaces.
-
- The query spaces, or null or an empty set for getting all persisters.
- A set of entity persisters.
-
-
-
- Get collection persisters filtered by the given query spaces.
-
- The query spaces, or null or an empty set for getting all persisters.
- A set of collection persisters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the hql query identified by the name .
-
- The name of that identifies the query.
-
- A hql query or if the named
- query does not exist.
-
-
-
- Get the return aliases of a query
-
-
-
- Return the names of all persistent (mapped) classes that extend or implement the
- given class or interface, accounting for implicit/explicit polymorphism settings
- and excluding mapped subclasses/joined-subclasses of other classes in the result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the session factory, releasing all held resources.
-
- - cleans up used cache regions and "stops" the cache provider.
- - close the ADO.NET connection
-
-
-
-
- Statistics SPI
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session factory
-
-
-
- Gets the ICurrentSessionContext instance attached to this session factory.
-
-
-
-
- Concrete implementation of an , also the central, organizing component
- of NHibernate's internal implementation.
-
-
- Exposes two interfaces: itself, to the application and
- to other components of NHibernate. This is where the
- hard stuff is... This class is NOT THREADSAFE.
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the locks are downgraded to
- and that all of the softlocks in the have
- been released.
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object. An id is generated, assigned to the object and returned
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object with a manually assigned ID
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent object
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete a persistent object (by explicit entity name)
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object
- using "for update", if supported. A new key will be assigned to the object.
- This should return an existing proxy where appropriate.
-
- If the object does not exist in the database, an exception is thrown.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Thrown when the object with the specified id does not exist in the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object.
- This is only called when lazily initializing a proxy.
- Do NOT return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
- Return the object with the specified id or throw exception if no row with that id exists. Defer the load,
- return a new proxy or return an existing proxy if possible. Do not check if the object was deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This can be called from commit() or at the start of a List() method.
-
- Perform all the necessary SQL statements in a sensible order, to allow
- users to respect foreign key constraints:
-
- - Inserts, in the order they were performed
- - Updates
- - Deletion of collection elements
- - Insertion of collection elements
- - Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
-
- Go through all the persistent objects and look for collections they might be
- holding. If they had a nonpersistable collection, substitute a persistable one
-
-
-
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- remove any hard references to the entity that are held by the infrastructure
- (references held by application or other persistant instances are okay)
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Constructor used to recreate the Session during the deserialization.
-
-
-
-
- This is needed because we have to do some checking before the serialization process
- begins. I don't know how to add logic in ISerializable.GetObjectData and have .net
- write all of the serializable fields out.
-
-
-
-
- Verify the ISession can be serialized and write the fields to the Serializer.
-
-
-
-
- The fields are marked with [NonSerializable] as just a point of reference. This method
- has complete control and what is serialized and those attributes are ignored. However,
- this method should be in sync with the attributes for easy readability.
-
-
-
-
- Once the entire object graph has been deserialized then we can hook the
- collections, proxies, and entities back up to the ISession.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor used for OpenSession(...) processing, as well as construction
- of sessions for GetCurrentSession().
-
- The factory from which this session was obtained.
- The options of the session.
-
-
-
- Close the session and release all resources
-
- Do not call this method inside a transaction scope, use Dispose instead, since
- Close() is not aware of distributed transactions
-
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the locks are downgraded to
- and that all of the softlocks in the have
- been released.
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object. An id is generated, assigned to the object and returned
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Save a transient object with a manually assigned ID
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent object
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent object (by explicit entity name)
-
-
- Get the ActionQueue for this session
-
-
-
- Give the interceptor an opportunity to override the default instantiation
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Force an immediate flush
-
-
- Cascade merge an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade persist an entity instance during the flush process
-
-
- Cascade refresh an entity instance
-
-
- Cascade delete an entity instance
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- detect in-memory changes, determine if the changes are to tables
- named in the query and, if so, complete execution the flush
-
-
- Returns true if flush was executed
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object
- using "for update", if supported. A new key will be assigned to the object.
- This should return an existing proxy where appropriate.
-
- If the object does not exist in the database, an exception is thrown.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the object with the specified id does not exist in the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load the data for the object with the specified id into a newly created object.
- This is only called when lazily initializing a proxy.
- Do NOT return a proxy.
-
-
-
-
- Return the object with the specified id or throw exception if no row with that id exists. Defer the load,
- return a new proxy or return an existing proxy if possible. Do not check if the object was deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This can be called from commit() or at the start of a List() method.
-
- Perform all the necessary SQL statements in a sensible order, to allow
- users to respect foreign key constraints:
-
- - Inserts, in the order they were performed
- - Updates
- - Deletion of collection elements
- - Insertion of collection elements
- - Deletes, in the order they were performed
-
-
-
- Go through all the persistent objects and look for collections they might be
- holding. If they had a nonpersistable collection, substitute a persistable one
-
-
-
-
-
- Not for internal use
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the id value for an object that is actually associated with the session.
- This is a bit stricter than GetEntityIdentifierIfNotUnsaved().
-
-
-
-
-
-
- called by a collection that wants to initialize itself
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform a soft (distributed transaction aware) close of the session
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this Session is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
-
-
- remove any hard references to the entity that are held by the infrastructure
- (references held by application or other persistant instances are okay)
-
-
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session.
-
-
- Retrieves the configured event listeners from this event source.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements SQL query passthrough
-
-
- An example mapping is:
-
- <sql-query-name name="mySqlQuery">
- <return alias="person" class="eg.Person" />
- SELECT {person}.NAME AS {person.name}, {person}.AGE AS {person.age}, {person}.SEX AS {person.sex}
- FROM PERSON {person} WHERE {person}.NAME LIKE 'Hiber%'
- </sql-query-name>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a SQLQueryImpl given a sql query defined in the mappings.
- The representation of the defined sql-query.
- The session to which this SQLQueryImpl belongs.
- Metadata about parameters found in the query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Insert a entity.
- A new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The entityName for the entity to be inserted
- a new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update a entity.
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Update a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be updated
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be deleted
- a detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Gets the stateless session implementation.
-
-
- This method is provided in order to get the NHibernate implementation of the session from wrapper implementations.
- Implementors of the interface should return the NHibernate implementation of this method.
-
-
- An NHibernate implementation of the interface
-
-
-
- Close the stateless session and release the ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- Insert a entity.
- A new transient instance
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The entityName for the entity to be inserted
- a new transient instance
- the identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update a entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Update a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be updated
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete a entity.
- The entityName for the entity to be deleted
- a detached entity instance
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- a detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entityName for the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class, with the given alias.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name.
-
- The entity name.
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name,
- with the given alias.
-
- The entity name.
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
- 2
-
-
-
- Base class to create queries in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
-
-
-
-
- The behaviour of each method is basically the same of methods.
- The main difference is on :
- If you mix with named parameters setter, if same param name are found,
- the value of the parameter setter override the value read from the POCO.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Fill all properties.
-
- The .
-
- Query properties are overriden/merged.
-
-
-
-
- Copy all properties to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- The method use to set properties of .
-
-
-
-
- Set only parameters to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- The method use to set properties of .
- Existing parameters in are merged/overriden.
-
-
-
-
- Clear all existing parameters and copy new parameters from a given origin.
-
- The origin of parameters.
- The current instance
- If is null.
-
-
-
- Named query in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for a named query string defined in the mapping file.
-
- The name of a query defined externally.
-
- The query can be either in HQL or SQL format.
-
-
-
-
- Get the query name.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of , to actually run the query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new DetachedNamedQuery that is a deep copy of the current instance.
-
- The clone.
-
-
-
- Query in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for the given query string.
-
- A hibernate query string
-
-
-
- Get the HQL string.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of , to actually run the query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new DetachedQuery that is a deep copy of the current instance.
-
- The clone.
-
-
-
- Provides an wrapper over the results of an .
-
-
- This is the IteratorImpl in H2.0.3
- This thing is scary. It is an which returns itself as a
- when GetEnumerator is called, and EnumerableImpl is disposable. Iterating over it with a foreach
- will cause it to be disposed, probably unexpectedly for the developer. (https://stackoverflow.com/a/11179175/1178314)
- "Fortunately", it does not currently support multiple iterations anyway.
-
-
-
-
- Create an wrapper over an .
-
- The to enumerate over.
- The used to create the .
- The to use to load objects.
-
- The s contained in the .
- The names of the columns in the .
- The that should be applied to the .
- Instantiator of the result holder (used for "select new SomeClass(...)" queries).
-
- The should already be positioned on the first record in .
-
-
-
-
- Create an wrapper over an .
-
- The to enumerate over.
- The used to create the .
- The to use to load objects.
-
- The s contained in the .
- The names of the columns in the .
- The that should be applied to the .
- The that should be applied to a result row or null .
- The aliases that correspond to a result row.
-
- The should already be positioned on the first record in .
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the query results.
-
-
- An that can be used to iterate through the query results.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the query results.
-
-
- The current element in the query results which is either an object or
- an object array.
-
-
- If the only returns one type of Entity then an object will
- be returned. If this is a multi-column resultset then an object array will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element of the query results.
-
-
- if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next query results
- ; if the enumerator has passed the end of the query results.
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Dispose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this EnumerableImpl is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- The command is closed and the reader is disposed. This allows other ADO.NET
- related actions to occur without needing to move all the way through the
- EnumerableImpl.
-
-
-
-
- Subquery type enumeration
-
-
-
- exact
-
-
- all
-
-
- some
-
-
-
- Converts lambda expressions to NHibernate criterion/order
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the property name from a supplied PropertyProjection
- Note: throws if the supplied IProjection is not a IPropertyProjection
-
-
-
-
- Walk or Invoke expression to extract its runtime value
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the projection for the expression
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the name of the property from a member expression
-
- An expression tree that can contain either a member, or a conversion from a member.
- If the member is referenced from a null valued object, then the container is treated as an alias.
- The name of the member property
-
-
-
- Retrieves the name of the property from a member expression (without leading member access)
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a detached criteria from an appropriate lambda expression
-
- Expression for detached criteria using .As<>() extension"/>
- Evaluated detached criteria
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate ICriterion
-
- The type of the lambda expression
- The lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate ICriterion
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate ICriterion
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate ICriterion
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The type of the lambda expression
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate Order
-
- The lambda expression to convert
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- The appropriate order delegate (order direction)
- NHibernate Order
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate subquery AbstractCriterion
-
- type of member expression
- type of subquery
- lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Convert a lambda expression to NHibernate subquery AbstractCriterion
-
- type of subquery
- lambda expression to convert
- NHibernate.ICriterion.AbstractCriterion
-
-
-
- Register a custom method for use in a QueryOver expression
-
- Lambda expression demonstrating call of custom method
- function to convert MethodCallExpression to ICriterion
-
-
-
- Register a custom projection for use in a QueryOver expression
-
- Lambda expression demonstrating call of custom method
- function to convert MethodCallExpression to IProjection
-
-
-
- Register a custom projection for use in a QueryOver expression
-
- Lambda expression demonstrating call of custom method
- function to convert MethodCallExpression to IProjection
-
-
-
- Warning: adds new parameters to the argument by side-effect, as well as mutating the query expression tree!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this filter.
-
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value for this filter.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The value to be applied.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter. Used
- in conjunction with IN-style filter criteria.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The values to be expanded into an SQL IN list.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
- Thrown when or are .
-
-
-
- Get the span of a value list parameter by name. if the parameter is not a value list
- or if there is no such parameter.
-
- The parameter name.
- The parameter span, or if the parameter is not a value list or
- if there is no such parameter.
-
-
-
- Perform validation of the filter state. This is used to verify the
- state of the filter after its enablement and before its use.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for DetachedQuery implementors.
-
-
- When you are working with queries in "detached mode" you may need some additional services like clone,
- copy of parameters from another query and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Copy all properties to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- Usually the implementation use to set properties to the .
- This mean that existing properties are merged/overriden.
-
-
-
-
- Set only parameters to a given .
-
- The given .
-
- Existing parameters are merged/overriden.
-
-
-
-
- Override all properties reading new values from a given .
-
- The given origin.
-
-
-
- Override all parameters reading new values from a given .
-
- The given origin.
-
-
-
- Options for session creation.
-
-
-
-
-
- An extension of SessionCreationOptions for cases where the Session to be created shares
- some part of the "transaction context" of another Session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper methods for rendering log messages and exception messages
-
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The to create the string from.
- The identifier of the object.
- A descriptive in the format of [classname#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question.
- The identifier of the object.
- The .
- A descriptive in the format of [classname#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question.
- The identifier of the object.
- The .
- The NHibernate type of the identifier.
- A descriptive in the format of [classname#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- The id
- A descriptive in the form [FooBar#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- A descriptive in the form [FooBar]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- The id
- A descriptive in the form [collectionrole#id]
-
-
-
- Generate small message that can be used in traces and exception messages.
-
- The for the class in question
- The id
- A descriptive in the form [collectionrole#id]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a given property value
- for an entity.
-
- The entity name
- The name of the property
- The property value.
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular managed
- collection. Attempts to intelligently handle property-refs issues
- where the collection key is not the same as the owner key.
-
- The persister for the collection
- The collection itself
- The collection key
- The session
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular managed
- collection.
-
- The persister for the collection
- The id value of the owner
- The session factory
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular managed collection.
-
- The persister for the collection
- The id value of the owner
- The session factory
- An info string, in the form [Foo.bars#1]
-
-
-
- Generate an info message string relating to a particular entity,
- based on the given entityName and id.
-
- The defined entity name.
- The entity id value.
- An info string, in the form [FooBar#1].
-
-
-
- Transitional interface for .
-
-
-
-
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
- Get the query loader.
-
- The query translator.
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- an actual entity object, not a proxy!
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of the ,
- for "ordinary" HQL queries (not collection filters)
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolves lookups and deserialization.
-
-
-
- This is used heavily be Deserialization. Currently a SessionFactory is not really serialized.
- All that is serialized is it's name and uid. During Deserializaiton the serialized SessionFactory
- is converted to the one contained in this object. So if you are serializing across AppDomains
- you should make sure that "name" is specified for the SessionFactory in the hbm.xml file and that the
- other AppDomain has a configured SessionFactory with the same name. If
- you are serializing in the same AppDomain then there will be no problem because the uid will
- be in this object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an Instance of the SessionFactory to the local "cache".
-
- The identifier of the ISessionFactory.
- The name of the ISessionFactory.
- The ISessionFactory.
- The configured properties for the ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Removes the Instance of the SessionFactory from the local "cache".
-
- The identifier of the ISessionFactory.
- The name of the ISessionFactory.
- The configured properties for the ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Returns a Named Instance of the SessionFactory from the local "cache" identified by name.
-
- The name of the ISessionFactory.
- An instantiated ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- Returns an Instance of the SessionFactory from the local "cache" identified by UUID.
-
- The identifier of the ISessionFactory.
- An instantiated ISessionFactory.
-
-
-
- We always set the result to use an async local variable, on the face of it,
- it looks like it is not a valid choice, since ASP.Net and WCF may decide to switch
- threads on us. But, since SessionIdLoggingContext is only used inside NH calls, and since
- NH calls are either async-await or fully synchronous, this isn't an issue for us.
- In addition to that, attempting to match to the current context has proven to be performance hit.
-
-
-
-
- Combines several queries into a single DB call
-
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the Criteria based on the key
-
- The key
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- Return results in a
- The criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria. The result will be contained in a
-
- The detached criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The detached criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query
-
- The criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified criteria to the query, and associates it with the given key
-
- The key
- The criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria.
-
- The detached criteria.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified detached criteria, and associates it with the given key
-
- The key
- The detached criteria
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- Return results in a
- The IQueryOver.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The IQueryOver.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The IQueryOver.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The IQueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified IQueryOver to the query, and associates it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key
- The IQueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Sets whatever this criteria is cacheable.
-
- if set to true [cachable].
-
-
-
- Set the cache region for the criteria
-
- The region
-
-
-
-
- Force a cache refresh
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result transformer for all the results in this mutli criteria instance
-
- The result transformer.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the Criteria based on the key
-
- The key
-
-
-
-
- Combines several queries into a single database call
-
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- The result is a IList of IList.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the query based on the key
-
- The key
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Get all the results
-
-
- The result is a IList of IList.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified query to the query. The result will be contained in a
-
- Return results in a
- The query.
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The query
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL Query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query. The result will be contained in a
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key. The result will be contained in a
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL Query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Add the specified HQL query to the multi query
-
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query
-
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Add a named query to the multi query, and associate it with the given key
-
- The key to get results of the specific query.
- The query
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
- Should the query force a refresh of the specified query cache region?
- This is particularly useful in cases where underlying data may have been
- updated via a separate process (i.e., not modified through Hibernate) and
- allows the application to selectively refresh the query cache regions
- based on its knowledge of those events.
- Should the query result in a forcible refresh of
- the query cache?
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- from the class of the given object.
-
- The name of the parameter
- The non-null parameter value
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The Hibernate type of the values
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter, guessing the Hibernate
- type from the class of the first object in the collection. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a array.
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- The instance for method chain.
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to a named parameter.
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- An instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This can be used to change
- "shape" of the query result.
-
-
- The will be applied after the transformer of each single query.
-
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Returns the result of one of the query based on the key
-
- The key
- The instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- An object-oriented representation of a NHibernate query.
-
-
- An IQuery instance is obtained by calling .
- Key features of this interface include:
-
- -
- Paging: A particular page of the result set may be selected by calling
-
, . The generated SQL
- depends on the capabilities of the . Some
- Dialects are for databases that have built in paging (LIMIT) and those capabilities
- will be used to limit the number of records returned by the SQL statement.
- If the database does not support LIMITs then all of the records will be returned,
- but the objects created will be limited to the specific results requested.
-
- -
- Named parameters
-
- -
- Ability to return 'read-only' entities
-
-
-
- Named query parameters are tokens of the form :name in the query string. For example, a
- value is bound to the Int32 parameter :foo by calling:
-
- SetParameter("foo", foo, NHibernateUtil.Int32);
-
- A name may appear multiple times in the query string.
-
-
- Unnamed parameters ? are also supported. To bind a value to an unnamed
- parameter use a Set method that accepts an Int32 positional argument - numbered from
- zero.
-
-
- You may not mix and match unnamed parameters and named parameters in the same query.
-
-
- Queries are executed by calling or . A query
- may be re-executed by subsequent invocations. Its lifespan is, however, bounded by the lifespan
- of the ISession that created it.
-
-
- Implementors are not intended to be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results
- per row, the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Entities returned as results are initialized on demand. The first SQL query returns
- identifiers only.
-
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect a high number of the objects
- returned to be already loaded in the or in the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results per row,
- the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The filled with the results.
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect few of the objects being returned are already loaded
- or if you want to fill the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results an place them into the .
-
- The to place the results in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the single result or
-
- Thrown when there is more than one matching result.
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Execute the update or delete statement.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
- The query string
-
-
-
-
- The NHibernate types of the query result set.
-
-
-
- Return the HQL select clause aliases (if any)
- An array of aliases as strings
-
-
-
- The names of all named parameters of the query
-
- The parameter names, in no particular order
-
-
-
- Will entities (and proxies) returned by the query be loaded in read-only mode?
-
-
-
- If the query's read-only setting is not initialized (with ),
- the value of the session's property is
- returned instead.
-
-
- The value of this property has no effect on entities or proxies returned by the
- query that existed in the session before the query was executed.
-
-
-
- true if entities and proxies loaded by the query will be put in read-only mode, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results
- per row, the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
-
-
- Entities returned as results are initialized on demand. The first SQL query returns
- identifiers only.
-
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect a high number of the objects
- returned to be already loaded in the or in the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results as an . If the query contains multiple results per row,
- the results are returned in an instance of object[] .
-
- The filled with the results.
-
- This is a good strategy to use if you expect few of the objects being returned are already loaded
- or if you want to fill the 2nd level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results an place them into the .
-
- The to place the results in.
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- the single result or
-
- Thrown when there is more than one matching result.
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of .
-
-
-
-
- Execute the update or delete statement.
-
- The number of entities updated or deleted.
-
-
-
- Set the maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
- The maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Sets the first row to retrieve.
-
- The first row to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this query. This setting
- overrides the default setting for the session (see ).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not
- dirty-checked and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the criteria
- that existed in the session before the criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- If true , entities (and proxies) loaded by the query will be read-only.
-
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
- the fetch size
-
-
-
- Set the lockmode for the objects identified by the
- given alias that appears in the FROM clause.
-
- alias a query alias, or this for a collection filter
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
- a human-readable string
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate type
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The possibly null parameter value
- The parameter's
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The parameter's
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter, guessing the NHibernate type from
- the class of the given object.
-
- The position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- from the class of the given object.
-
- The name of the parameter
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The NHibernate type of the values
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- type from the class of the first object in the collection. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
-
-
-
- Bind the property values of the given object to named parameters of the query,
- matching property names with parameter names and mapping property types to
- NHibernate types using heuristics.
-
- Any PONO
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to a named parameter.
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This can be used to change
- "shape" of the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
-
-
- QueryOver<TRoot> is an API for retrieving entities by composing
- objects expressed using Lambda expression syntax.
-
-
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.QueryOver<Cat>()
- .Where( c => c.Name == "Tigger" )
- .And( c => c.Weight > minWeight ) )
- .List();
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountQuery().SingleOrDefault<int>()
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountInt64Query().SingleOrDefault<long>()
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Override type of .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Get the results of the root type and fill the
-
- The list filled with the results.
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, removes orders and paging, and projects the row-count
- for the query
-
-
-
-
- Clones the QueryOver, removes orders and paging, and projects the row-count (Int64)
- for the query
-
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountQuery().SingleOrDefault<int>()
-
-
-
-
- Short for ToRowCountInt64Query().SingleOrDefault<long>()
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to return a single instance that matches
- the query, or null if the query returns no results.
-
- the single result or
-
- If there is more than one matching result
-
-
-
-
- Override type of .
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Get a enumerable that when enumerated will execute
- a batch of queries in a single database roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Get an IFutureValue instance, whose value can be retrieved through
- its Value property. The query is not executed until the Value property
- is retrieved, which will execute other Future queries as well in a
- single roundtrip
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the IQueryOver
-
-
-
-
- Clear all orders from the query.
-
-
-
-
- Set the first result to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a limit upon the number of objects to be retrieved
-
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set
-
-
-
- Override the cache mode for this particular query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- the name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this QueryOver.
- (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder with the ability to grab certain information from
- this session. The built IStatelessSession will require its own disposal.
-
- The session from which to build a stateless session.
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the session. Batch extension methods are available in the
- NHibernate.Multi namespace.
-
- The session.
- A query batch.
-
-
-
- Get the current transaction if any is ongoing, else .
-
- The session.
- The current transaction or ..
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- The main runtime interface between a .NET application and NHibernate. This is the central
- API class abstracting the notion of a persistence service.
-
-
-
- The lifecycle of a ISession is bounded by the beginning and end of a logical
- transaction. (Long transactions might span several database transactions.)
-
-
- The main function of the ISession is to offer create, find, update, and delete operations
- for instances of mapped entity classes. Instances may exist in one of two states:
-
- - transient: not associated with any
ISession
- - persistent: associated with a
ISession
-
-
-
- Transient instances may be made persistent by calling Save() , Insert() ,
- or Update() . Persistent instances may be made transient by calling Delete() .
- Any instance returned by a List() , Enumerable() , Load() , or Create()
- method is persistent.
-
-
- Save() results in an SQL INSERT , Delete()
- in an SQL DELETE and Update() in an SQL UPDATE . Changes to
- persistent instances are detected at flush time and also result in an SQL
- UPDATE .
-
-
- It is not intended that implementors be threadsafe. Instead each thread/transaction should obtain
- its own instance from an ISessionFactory .
-
-
- A ISession instance is serializable if its persistent classes are serializable
-
-
- A typical transaction should use the following idiom:
-
- using (ISession session = factory.OpenSession())
- using (ITransaction tx = session.BeginTransaction())
- {
- try
- {
- // do some work
- ...
- tx.Commit();
- }
- catch (Exception e)
- {
- if (tx != null) tx.Rollback();
- throw;
- }
- }
-
-
-
- If the ISession throws an exception, the transaction must be rolled back and the session
- discarded. The internal state of the ISession might not be consistent with the database
- after the exception occurs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Force the ISession to flush.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Must be called at the end of a unit of work, before committing the transaction and closing
- the session (Transaction.Commit() calls this method). Flushing is the process
- of synchronizing the underlying persistent store with persistable state held in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Does this ISession contain any changes which must be
- synchronized with the database? Would any SQL be executed if
- we flushed this session? May trigger save cascades, which could
- cause themselves some SQL to be executed, especially if the
- identity id generator is used.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- The default implementation first checks if it contains saved or deleted entities to be flushed. If not, it
- then delegate the check to its , which by default is
- .
-
-
- replicates all the beginning of the flush process, checking
- dirtiness of entities loaded in the session and triggering their pending cascade operations in order to
- detect new and removed children. This can have the side effect of performing the
- of children, causing their id to be generated. Depending on their id generator, this can trigger calls to
- the database and even actually insert them if using an identity generator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove this instance from the session cache.
-
-
- Changes to the instance will not be synchronized with the database.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="all" or cascade="all-delete-orphan" .
-
- a persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode, assuming the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- the lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance
- that you assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you
- assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you assume exists, where non-existence
- would be an actual error.
-
-
-
-
- Read the persistent state associated with the given identifier into the given transient
- instance.
-
- An "empty" instance of the persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist all reachable transient objects, reusing the current identifier
- values. Note that this will not trigger the Interceptor of the Session.
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist the state of the given detached instance, reusing the current
- identifier value. This operation cascades to associated instances if
- the association is mapped with cascade="replicate" .
-
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier.
-
-
- Save will use the current value of the identifier property if the Assigned
- generator is used.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The generated identifier
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier. (Or
- using the current value of the identifier property if the assigned
- generator is used.)
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the generated identifier
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Either or
- the given instance, depending upon resolution of the unsaved-value checks
- (see the manual for discussion of unsaved-value checking).
-
- The name of the entity
- a transient or detached instance containing new or updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- The name of the entity
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given transient instance.
-
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier, an exception is thrown. If
- the given transient instance has a identifier, an exception will be thrown.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state associated with the given identifier.
-
-
- An exception is thrown if there is a persistent instance with the same identifier
- in the current session.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given detached
- instance.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance associated with the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a transient instance to be made persistent
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a transient instance to be made persistent
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore.
-
-
- The argument may be an instance associated with the receiving ISession or a
- transient instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
-
- The instance to be removed
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore. The object argument may be
- an instance associated with the receiving or a transient
- instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="delete" .
-
- The entity name for the instance to be removed.
- the instance to be removed
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Returns the number of objects deleted.
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A value to be written to a "?" placeholer in the query
- The hibernate type of value.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A list of values to be written to "?" placeholders in the query
- A list of Hibernate types of the values
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- A persistent instance
- The lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- The Entity name.
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock level
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This may be used to perform a version check ( ), to upgrade to a pessimistic
- lock ( ), or to simply reassociate a transient instance
- with a session ( ). This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="lock" .
-
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database.
-
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
-
- For example,
-
- - Where a database trigger alters the object state upon insert or update
- - After executing direct SQL (eg. a mass update) in the same session
- - After inserting a
Blob or Clob
-
-
-
- A persistent instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database, with
- the given LockMode .
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock mode to use
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given collection and filter string
-
- A persistent collection
- A hibernate query
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A query
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. Obtain the specified lock mode if the instance
- exists.
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- the lock mode
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given named entity with the given identifier,
- or null if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the
- instance, is already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- the entity name
- an identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Return the entity name for a persistent entity
-
- a persistent entity
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the entity name
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder with the ability to grab certain information from
- this session. The built ISession will require its own flushes and disposal.
-
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Force the ISession to flush.
-
-
- Must be called at the end of a unit of work, before committing the transaction and closing
- the session (Transaction.Commit() calls this method). Flushing is the process
- of synchronizing the underlying persistent store with persistable state held in memory.
-
-
-
-
- Determines at which points Hibernate automatically flushes the session.
-
-
- For a readonly session, it is reasonable to set the flush mode to FlushMode.Never
- at the start of the session (in order to achieve some extra performance).
-
-
-
- The current cache mode.
-
- Cache mode determines the manner in which this session can interact with
- the second level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Get the that created this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- Applications are responsible for calling commit/rollback upon the connection before
- closing the ISession .
-
-
-
-
- Disconnect the ISession from the current ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- If the connection was obtained by Hibernate, close it or return it to the connection
- pool. Otherwise return it to the application. This is used by applications which require
- long transactions.
-
- The connection provided by the application or
-
-
-
- Obtain a new ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- This is used by applications which require long transactions
-
-
-
-
- Reconnect to the given ADO.NET connection.
-
- This is used by applications which require long transactions
- An ADO.NET connection
-
-
-
- End the ISession by disconnecting from the ADO.NET connection and cleaning up.
-
-
- It is not strictly necessary to Close() the ISession but you must
- at least Disconnect() it.
-
- The connection provided by the application or
-
-
-
- Cancel execution of the current query.
-
-
- May be called from one thread to stop execution of a query in another thread.
- Use with care!
-
-
-
-
- Is the ISession still open?
-
-
-
-
- Is the session connected?
-
-
- if the session is connected.
-
-
- A session is considered connected if there is a (regardless
- of its state) or if the field connect is true. Meaning that it will connect
- at the next operation that requires a connection.
-
-
-
-
- Does this ISession contain any changes which must be
- synchronized with the database? Would any SQL be executed if
- we flushed this session? May trigger save cascades, which could
- cause themselves some SQL to be executed, especially if the
- identity id generator is used.
-
-
-
- The default implementation first checks if it contains saved or deleted entities to be flushed. If not, it
- then delegate the check to its , which by default is
- .
-
-
- replicates all the beginning of the flush process, checking
- dirtiness of entities loaded in the session and triggering their pending cascade operations in order to
- detect new and removed children. This can have the side effect of performing the
- of children, causing their id to be generated. Depending on their id generator, this can trigger calls to
- the database and even actually insert them if using an identity generator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the specified entity (or proxy) read-only?
-
-
- Facade for .
-
- An entity (or )
-
- true if the entity (or proxy) is read-only, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Change the read-only status of an entity (or proxy).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not dirty-checked
- and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- Immutable entities cannot be made read-only.
-
-
- To set the default read-only setting for entities and proxies that are loaded
- into the session, see .
-
-
- This method a facade for .
-
-
- An entity (or ).
- If true , the entity or proxy is made read-only; if false , it is made modifiable.
-
-
-
-
-
- The read-only status for entities (and proxies) loaded into this Session.
-
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- To change the read-only setting for a particular entity or proxy that is already in
- this session, see .
-
-
- To override this session's read-only setting for entities and proxies loaded by a query,
- see .
-
-
- This method is a facade for .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the identifier of an entity instance cached by the ISession
-
-
- Throws an exception if the instance is transient or associated with a different
- ISession
-
- a persistent instance
- the identifier
-
-
-
- Is this instance associated with this Session?
-
- an instance of a persistent class
- true if the given instance is associated with this Session
-
-
-
- Remove this instance from the session cache.
-
-
- Changes to the instance will not be synchronized with the database.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="all" or cascade="all-delete-orphan" .
-
- a persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode, assuming the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- the lock level
- the persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance
- that you assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The lock level
- the persistent instance
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use a query or
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you
- assume exists, where non-existence would be an actual error.
-
- A persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given with the given identifier,
- assuming that the instance exists.
-
- The entity-name of a persistent class
- a valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
- The persistent instance or proxy
-
- You should not use this method to determine if an instance exists (use
- instead). Use this only to retrieve an instance that you assume exists, where non-existence
- would be an actual error.
-
-
-
-
- Read the persistent state associated with the given identifier into the given transient
- instance.
-
- An "empty" instance of the persistent class
- A valid identifier of an existing persistent instance of the class
-
-
-
- Persist all reachable transient objects, reusing the current identifier
- values. Note that this will not trigger the Interceptor of the Session.
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Persist the state of the given detached instance, reusing the current
- identifier value. This operation cascades to associated instances if
- the association is mapped with cascade="replicate" .
-
-
- a detached instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier.
-
-
- Save will use the current value of the identifier property if the Assigned
- generator is used.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- The generated identifier
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- A transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, first assigning a generated identifier. (Or
- using the current value of the identifier property if the assigned
- generator is used.)
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- the generated identifier
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Persist the given transient instance, using the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a transient instance of a persistent class
- An unused valid identifier
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the
- association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
-
-
-
- Either or
- the given instance, depending upon resolution of the unsaved-value checks
- (see the manual for discussion of unsaved-value checking).
-
- The name of the entity
- a transient or detached instance containing new or updated state
-
-
-
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Either Save() or Update() the given instance, depending upon the value of
- its identifier property.
-
-
- By default the instance is always saved. This behaviour may be adjusted by specifying
- an unsaved-value attribute of the identifier property mapping
-
- The name of the entity
- A transient instance containing new or updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given transient instance.
-
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier, an exception is thrown. If
- the given transient instance has a identifier, an exception will be thrown.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state associated with the given identifier.
-
-
- An exception is thrown if there is a persistent instance with the same identifier
- in the current session.
-
- A transient instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance with the identifier of the given detached
- instance.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Update the persistent instance associated with the given identifier.
-
- The Entity name.
- a detached instance containing updated state
- Identifier of persistent instance
-
- If there is a persistent instance with the same identifier,
- an exception is thrown. This operation cascades to associated instances
- if the association is mapped with cascade="save-update" .
-
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Copy the state of the given object onto the persistent object with the same
- identifier. If there is no persistent instance currently associated with
- the session, it will be loaded. Return the persistent instance. If the
- given instance is unsaved, save a copy of and return it as a newly persistent
- instance. The given instance does not become associated with the session.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="merge" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a detached instance with state to be copied
- an updated persistent instance
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- a transient instance to be made persistent
-
-
-
- Make a transient instance persistent. This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="persist" .
- The semantics of this method are defined by JSR-220.
-
- Name of the entity.
- a transient instance to be made persistent
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore.
-
-
- The argument may be an instance associated with the receiving ISession or a
- transient instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
-
- The instance to be removed
-
-
-
- Remove a persistent instance from the datastore. The object argument may be
- an instance associated with the receiving or a transient
- instance with an identifier associated with existing persistent state.
- This operation cascades to associated instances if the association is mapped
- with cascade="delete" .
-
- The entity name for the instance to be removed.
- the instance to be removed
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- Returns the number of objects deleted.
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A value to be written to a "?" placeholer in the query
- The hibernate type of value.
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Delete all objects returned by the query.
-
- The query string
- A list of values to be written to "?" placeholders in the query
- A list of Hibernate types of the values
- The number of instances deleted
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- A persistent instance
- The lock level
-
-
-
- Obtain the specified lock level upon the given object.
-
- The Entity name.
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock level
-
- This may be used to perform a version check ( ), to upgrade to a pessimistic
- lock ( ), or to simply reassociate a transient instance
- with a session ( ). This operation cascades to associated
- instances if the association is mapped with cascade="lock" .
-
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database.
-
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
-
- For example,
-
- - Where a database trigger alters the object state upon insert or update
- - After executing direct SQL (eg. a mass update) in the same session
- - After inserting a
Blob or Clob
-
-
-
- A persistent instance
-
-
-
- Re-read the state of the given instance from the underlying database, with
- the given LockMode .
-
-
- It is inadvisable to use this to implement long-running sessions that span many
- business tasks. This method is, however, useful in certain special circumstances.
-
- a persistent or transient instance
- the lock mode to use
-
-
-
- Determine the current lock mode of the given object
-
- A persistent instance
- The current lock mode
-
-
-
- Begin a unit of work and return the associated ITransaction object.
-
-
- If a new underlying transaction is required, begin the transaction. Otherwise
- continue the new work in the context of the existing underlying transaction.
- The class of the returned object is determined by
- the property transaction_factory
-
- A transaction instance
-
-
-
- Begin a transaction with the specified isolationLevel
-
- Isolation level for the new transaction
- A transaction instance having the specified isolation level
-
-
-
- Get the current Unit of Work and return the associated ITransaction object.
-
-
-
-
- Join the system transaction.
-
-
-
- Sessions auto-join current transaction by default on their first usage within a scope.
- This can be disabled with from
- a session builder obtained with , or with the
- auto-join transaction configuration setting.
-
-
- This method allows to explicitly join the current transaction. It does nothing if it is already
- joined.
-
-
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class with a specific alias
-
- The entity class
- The alias of the entity
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class.
-
- The class to Query
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new Criteria for the entity class with a specific alias
-
- The class to Query
- The alias of the entity
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Create a new Criteria instance, for the given entity name.
-
- The name of the entity to Query
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Create a new Criteria instance, for the given entity name,
- with the given alias.
-
- The name of the entity to Query
- The alias of the entity
- An ICriteria object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An IQueryOver<T> object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- The alias of the entity
- An IQueryOver<T> object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver{T}; for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- The name of the entity to Query
- An IQueryOver{T} object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver{T} for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- The name of the entity to Query
- The alias of the entity
- An IQueryOver{T} object
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given query string
-
- A hibernate query string
- The query
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given collection and filter string
-
- A persistent collection
- A hibernate query
- A query
-
-
-
- Obtain an instance of for a named query string defined in the
- mapping file.
-
- The name of a query defined externally.
- An from a named query string.
-
- The query can be either in HQL or SQL format.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for the given SQL query string.
-
- a query expressed in SQL
- An from the SQL string
-
-
-
- Completely clear the session. Evict all loaded instances and cancel all pending
- saves, updates and deletions. Do not close open enumerables or instances of
- ScrollableResults .
-
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity class with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. Obtain the specified lock mode if the instance
- exists.
-
- a persistent class
- an identifier
- the lock mode
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given named entity with the given identifier,
- or null if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the
- instance, is already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- the entity name
- an identifier
- a persistent instance or null
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Strongly-typed version of
-
-
-
-
- Return the entity name for a persistent entity
-
- a persistent entity
- the entity name
-
-
-
- Enable the named filter for this current session.
-
- The name of the filter to be enabled.
- The Filter instance representing the enabled filter.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a currently enabled filter by name.
-
- The name of the filter to be retrieved.
- The Filter instance representing the enabled filter.
-
-
-
- Disable the named filter for the current session.
-
- The name of the filter to be disabled.
-
-
-
- Create a multi query, a query that can send several
- queries to the server, and return all their results in a single
- call.
-
-
- An that can return
- a list of all the results of all the queries.
- Note that each query result is itself usually a list.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the batch size of the session
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the session implementation.
-
-
- This method is provided in order to get the NHibernate implementation of the session from wrapper implementations.
- Implementors of the interface should return the NHibernate implementation of this method.
-
-
- An NHibernate implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- An that can return a list of all the results
- of all the criterias.
-
-
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session.
-
-
-
- Starts a new Session with the given entity mode in effect. This secondary
- Session inherits the connection, transaction, and other context
- information from the primary Session. It has to be flushed
- or disposed by the developer since v5.
-
- Ignored.
- The new session.
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An instance
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class and with given entity name.
-
- The type of entity to query.
- The entity name.
- An instance
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The name of the entity to evict.
-
- Tenant identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- Collection role name.
- Collection id
- Tenant identifier
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The classes of the entities to evict.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the entities to evict.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the collections to evict.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The name of the entity to evict.
-
- Tenant identifier
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- Collection role name.
- Collection id
- Tenant identifier
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The classes of the entities to evict.
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the entities to evict.
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
- The session factory.
- The names of the collections to evict.
-
-
-
- Creates ISession s.
-
-
-
- Usually an application has a single SessionFactory . Threads servicing client requests
- obtain ISession s from the factory. Implementors must be threadsafe.
-
-
- ISessionFactory s are immutable. The behaviour of a SessionFactory
- is controlled by properties supplied at configuration time.
- These properties are defined on Environment
-
-
-
-
-
- Destroy this SessionFactory and release all resources
- connection pools, etc). It is the responsibility of the application
- to ensure that there are no open Session s before calling
- close() .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the default query cache region.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the named query cache region.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder.
-
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Open a on the given connection
-
- A connection provided by the application
- A session
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Create database connection and open a on it, specifying an interceptor
-
- A session-scoped interceptor
- A session.
-
-
-
- Open a on the given connection, specifying an interceptor
-
- A connection provided by the application
- A session-scoped interceptor
- A session.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Create a database connection and open a on it
-
- A session.
-
-
-
- Obtain a builder.
-
- The session builder.
-
-
-
- Get a new .
-
- A stateless session
-
-
-
- Get a new for the given ADO.NET connection.
-
- A connection provided by the application
- A stateless session
-
-
-
- Get the associated with the given entity class
-
- the given entity type.
- The class metadata or if not found.
-
-
-
- Get the associated with the given entity name
- the given entity name.
- The class metadata or if not found.
-
-
-
-
- Get the CollectionMetadata associated with the named collection role
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all as a from entityname
- to metadata object
-
- A dictionary from an entity name to
-
-
-
- Get all CollectionMetadata as a IDictionary from role name
- to metadata object
-
-
-
-
-
- Destroy this SessionFactory and release all resources
- connection pools, etc). It is the responsibility of the application
- to ensure that there are no open Session s before calling
- close() .
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the second-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
- Evict all entries from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict an entry from the process-level cache. This method occurs outside
- of any transaction; it performs an immediate "hard" remove, so does not respect
- any transaction isolation semantics of the usage strategy. Use with care.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the default query cache region.
-
-
-
-
- Evict any query result sets cached in the named query cache region.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtain the definition of a filter by name.
-
- The name of the filter for which to obtain the definition.
- The filter definition.
-
-
-
- Obtains the current session.
-
-
-
- The definition of what exactly "current" means is controlled by the
- implementation configured for use.
-
-
- The current session.
- Indicates an issue locating a suitable current session.
-
-
- Get the statistics for this session factory
-
-
- Was this already closed?
-
-
-
- Obtain a set of the names of all filters defined on this SessionFactory.
-
- The set of filter names.
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Flush the batcher. When batching is enabled, a stateless session is no more fully stateless. It may retain
- in its batcher some state waiting to be flushed to the database.
-
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Creates a for the session.
-
- The session
- A query batch.
-
-
-
- Get the current transaction if any is ongoing, else .
-
- The session.
- The current transaction or ..
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- The lock mode to use for getting the entity.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Return the persistent instance of the given entity name with the given identifier, or null
- if there is no such persistent instance. (If the instance, or a proxy for the instance, is
- already associated with the session, return that instance or proxy.)
-
- The entity class.
- The session.
- The entity name.
- The entity identifier.
- A persistent instance, or .
-
-
-
- Flush the batcher. When batching is enabled, a stateless session is no more fully stateless. It may retain
- in its batcher some state waiting to be flushed to the database.
-
- The session.
-
-
-
- Cancel execution of the current query.
-
-
- May be called from one thread to stop execution of a query in another thread.
- Use with care!
-
-
-
-
- A command-oriented API for performing bulk operations against a database.
-
-
- A stateless session does not implement a first-level cache nor
- interact with any second-level cache, nor does it implement
- transactional write-behind or automatic dirty checking, nor do
- operations cascade to associated instances. Collections are
- ignored by a stateless session. Operations performed via a
- stateless session bypass NHibernate's event model and
- interceptors. Stateless sessions are vulnerable to data
- aliasing effects, due to the lack of a first-level cache.
-
- For certain kinds of transactions, a stateless session may
- perform slightly faster than a stateful session.
-
-
-
- Insert an entity.
- A new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The name of the entity to be inserted
- A new transient instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update an entity.
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Update an entity.
- The name of the entity to be updated
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- The name of the entity to be deleted
- A detached entity instance
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Retrieve a entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Returns the current ADO.NET connection associated with this instance.
-
-
- If the session is using aggressive connection release (as in a
- CMT environment), it is the application's responsibility to
- close the connection returned by this call. Otherwise, the
- application should not close the connection.
-
-
-
- Get the current NHibernate transaction.
-
-
-
- Is the IStatelessSession still open?
-
-
-
-
- Is the session connected?
-
-
- if the session is connected.
-
-
- A session is considered connected if there is a (regardless
- of its state) or if the field connect is true. Meaning that it will connect
- at the next operation that requires a connection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stateless session implementation.
-
-
- This method is provided in order to get the NHibernate implementation of the session from wrapper implementations.
- Implementors of the interface should return the NHibernate implementation of this method.
-
-
- An NHibernate implementation of the interface
-
-
-
- Close the stateless session and release the ADO.NET connection.
-
-
- Insert an entity.
- A new transient instance
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Insert a row.
- The name of the entity to be inserted
- A new transient instance
- The identifier of the instance
-
-
- Update an entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Update an entity.
- The name of the entity to be updated
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Delete an entity.
- The name of the entity to be deleted
- A detached entity instance
-
-
- Retrieve a entity.
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Retrieve an entity, obtaining the specified lock mode.
-
- A detached entity instance
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Refresh the entity instance state from the database.
-
- The name of the entity to be refreshed.
- The entity to be refreshed.
- The LockMode to be applied.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of Query for the given HQL query string.
-
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Obtain an instance of for a named query string defined in
- the mapping file.
-
-
- The query can be either in HQL or SQL format.
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class, with the given alias.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity class,
- or a superclass of an entity class, with the given alias.
-
- A class, which is persistent, or has persistent subclasses
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name.
-
- The entity name.
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance, for the given entity name,
- with the given alias.
-
- The entity name.
- The alias of the entity
- The .
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An ICriteria<T> object
-
-
-
- Creates a new IQueryOver<T> for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An ICriteria<T> object
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of for the given SQL query string.
- Entities returned by the query are detached.
-
- A SQL query
- The
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction
-
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Begin a NHibernate transaction with the specified isolation level
-
- The isolation level
- A NHibernate transaction
-
-
-
- Join the system transaction.
-
-
-
- Sessions auto-join current transaction by default on their first usage within a scope.
- This can be disabled with from
- a session builder obtained with .
-
-
- This method allows to explicitly join the current transaction. It does nothing if it is already
- joined.
-
-
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- Sets the batch size of the session
-
- The batch size.
- The same instance of the session for methods chain.
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class.
-
- The entity class
- An instance
-
-
-
- Creates a new Linq for the entity class and with given entity name.
-
- The type of entity to query.
- The entity name.
- An instance
-
-
-
- Allows the application to define units of work, while maintaining abstraction from the
- underlying transaction implementation
-
-
- A transaction is associated with a ISession and is usually instantiated by a call to
- ISession.BeginTransaction() . A single session might span multiple transactions since
- the notion of a session (a conversation between the application and the datastore) is of
- coarser granularity than the notion of a transaction. However, it is intended that there be
- at most one uncommitted ITransaction associated with a particular ISession
- at a time. Implementors are not intended to be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
- Flush the associated ISession and end the unit of work.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method will commit the underlying transaction if and only if the transaction
- was initiated by this object.
-
-
-
-
- Force the underlying transaction to roll back.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Begin the transaction with the default isolation level.
-
-
-
-
- Begin the transaction with the specified isolation level.
-
- Isolation level of the transaction
-
-
-
- Flush the associated ISession and end the unit of work.
-
-
- This method will commit the underlying transaction if and only if the transaction
- was initiated by this object.
-
-
-
-
- Force the underlying transaction to roll back.
-
-
-
-
- Is the transaction in progress
-
-
-
-
- Was the transaction rolled back or set to rollback only?
-
-
-
-
- Was the transaction successfully committed?
-
-
- This method could return even after successful invocation of Commit()
-
-
-
-
- Enlist the in the current Transaction.
-
- The to enlist.
-
- It is okay for this to be a no op implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Register a user synchronization callback for this transaction.
-
- The callback to register.
-
-
-
- NHibernate LINQ DML extension methods. They are meant to work with . Supplied parameters
- should at least have an . and
- its overloads supply such queryables.
-
-
-
-
- Delete all entities selected by the specified query. The delete operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to delete.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of deleted entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters. The update operation is performed
- in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without
- reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to the entity to insert.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- must be explicitly provided, e.g. source.InsertInto<Cat, Dog>(c => new {...}) . The insert operation is performed in the
- database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert. Must be explicitly provided.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to an anonymous object representing
- the entity to insert.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Delete all entities selected by the specified query. The delete operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to delete.
- The number of deleted entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Update all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters. The update operation is performed
- in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query. The update operation is performed in the database without
- reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The update setters expressed as a member initialization of updated entities, e.g.
- x => new Dog { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- The assignments expressed as an anonymous object, e.g.
- x => new { Name = x.Name, Age = x.Age + 5 } . Unset members are ignored and left untouched.
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Initiate an update for the entities selected by the query. Return
- a builder allowing to set properties and allowing to execute the update.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- An update builder.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to the entity to insert.
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Insert all entities selected by the specified query, using an anonymous initializer for specifying setters.
- must be explicitly provided, e.g. source.InsertInto<Cat, Dog>(c => new {...}) . The insert operation is performed in the
- database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the entities to insert. Must be explicitly provided.
- The query matching entities source of the data to insert.
- The expression projecting a source entity to an anonymous object representing
- the entity to insert.
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Initiate an insert using selected entities as a source. Return
- a builder allowing to set properties to insert and allowing to execute the update.
-
- The type of the elements of .
- The query matching the entities to update.
- An update builder.
-
-
-
- An insert builder on which entities to insert can be specified.
-
- The type of the entities selected as source of the insert.
- The type of the entities to insert.
-
-
-
- Insert the entities. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it. Will use
- INSERT INTO [...] SELECT FROM [...] in the database.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property value and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The expression that should be assigned to the property.
- This insert builder.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property value and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The value.
- This insert builder.
-
-
-
- Insert the entities. The insert operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it. Will use
- INSERT INTO [...] SELECT FROM [...] in the database.
-
- The number of inserted entities.
-
-
-
- An update builder on which values to update can be specified.
-
- The type of the entities to update.
-
-
-
- Update the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The expression that should be assigned to the property.
- This update builder.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property and return this builder.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The value.
- This update builder.
-
-
-
- Update the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Perform an update versioned on the entities. The update operation is performed in the database without reading the entities out of it.
-
- The number of updated entities.
-
-
-
- Class to hold assignments used in updates and inserts.
-
- The type of the entity source of the insert or to update.
- The type of the entity to insert or to update.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The expression that should be assigned to the property.
- The current assignments list.
-
-
-
- Set the specified property.
-
- The type of the property.
- The property.
- The value.
- The current assignments list.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
- The index of this clause in the 's
- collection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given
- delegate.
-
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each
- within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- All joins are created as outer joins. An optimization in finds
- joins that may be inner joined and calls on them.
- 's will
- then emit the correct HQL join.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
-
- The generating data items for this
- from clause.
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
-
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
- The index of this clause in the 's
- collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names
- present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names
- only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an
- with its references, use the
- property
- rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a
- can make all
- objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used
- with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- A wrapper for that is used to mark it as an outer join.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given
- delegate.
-
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each
- within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
-
- The extended that supports setting options for underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of a current provider with set query options.
-
- An options setter.
- A new with options.
-
-
-
- Converts the assignments into block of assignments
-
-
- A lambda expression representing the assignments.
-
-
-
- Fetch all lazy properties. Note that this method cannot be mixed with method that
- is used for fetching an individual lazy property.
-
- The type on where all lazy properties will be fetched.
- The NHibernate query.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Gets the field or property to be accessed.
-
- The declaring-type of the property.
- The type of the property.
- The expression representing the property getter.
- The of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents an expression that has been nominated for direct inclusion in the SELECT clause.
- This bypasses the standard nomination process and assumes that the expression can be converted
- directly to SQL.
-
-
- Used in the nomination of GroupBy key expressions to ensure that matching select clauses
- are generated the same way.
-
-
-
-
- If execute result type does not match expected final result type (implying a post execute transformer
- will yield expected result type), the intermediate execute type.
-
-
-
-
- Remove unwanted char-to-int conversions in binary expressions
-
-
- The LINQ expression tree may contain unwanted type conversions that were not in the original expression written by the user. For example,
- list.Where(someChar => someChar == 'A') becomes the equivalent of list.Where(someChar => (int)someChar == 55) in the expression
- tree. Converting this directly to a HQL/SQL statement would yield CAST(x AS INT) which does not work in MSSQLSERVER, and possibly
- other databases.
-
-
-
-
- Remove redundant casts to the same type or to superclass (upcast) in ,
- and s
-
-
-
-
- Applications of the string.Compare(a,b) and a.CompareTo(b) (for various types)
- that are then immediately compared to 0 can be simplified by removing the
- Compare/CompareTo method call. The comparison operator is then applied
- directly to the arguments for the Compare/CompareTo call.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Should pre-evaluation be allowed for this property or method?
-
- The property or method.
- The session factory.
-
- if the property or method should be evaluated before running the query whenever possible,
- if it must always be translated to the equivalent HQL call.
-
- Implementors should return by default. Returning
- is mainly useful when the HQL translation is a non-deterministic function call like NEWGUID() or
- a function which value on server side can differ from the equivalent client value, like
- .
-
-
-
- Should the instance holding the property or method be ignored?
-
- The property or method.
-
- if the property or method translation does not depend on the instance to which it
- belongs, otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Try getting a collection parameter from .
-
- The method call expression.
- Output parameter for the retrieved collection parameter.
- Whether collection parameter was retrieved.
-
-
-
- Should pre-evaluation be allowed for this method?
-
- The method's HQL generator.
- The method.
- The session factory.
-
- if the method should be evaluated before running the query whenever possible,
- if it must always be translated to the equivalent HQL call.
-
-
-
-
- Should the instance holding the method be ignored?
-
- The method's HQL generator.
- The method.
-
- if the method translation does not depend on the instance to which it
- belongs, otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Should pre-evaluation be allowed for this property?
-
- The property's HQL generator.
- The property.
- The session factory.
-
- if the property should be evaluated before running the query whenever possible,
- if it must always be translated to the equivalent HQL call.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An AggregatingGroupBy is a query such as:
-
- from p in db.Products
- group p by p.Category.CategoryId
- into g
- select new
- {
- g.Key,
- MaxPrice = g.Max(p => p.UnitPrice)
- };
-
-
- Where the grouping operation is being fully aggregated and hence does not create any form of hierarchy.
- This class takes such queries, flattens out the re-linq sub-query and re-writes the outer select
-
-
-
-
-
- This class nominates sub-expression trees on the GroupBy Key expression
- for inclusion in the Select clause.
-
-
-
-
- Detects if an expression tree contains naked QuerySourceReferenceExpression
-
-
-
-
- An AggregatingGroupJoin is a query such as:
-
- from c in db.Customers
- join o in db.Orders on c.CustomerId equals o.Customer.CustomerId into ords
- join e in db.Employees on c.Address.City equals e.Address.City into emps
- select new { c.ContactName, ords = ords.Count(), emps = emps.Count() };
-
- where the results of the joins are being fully aggregated and hence do not create any form of hierarchy.
- This class takes such expressions and turns them into this form:
-
- from c in db.Customers
- select new
- {
- c.ContactName,
- ords = (from o2 in db.Orders where o2.Customer.CustomerId == c.CustomerId select o2).Count(),
- emps = (from e2 in db.Employees where e2.Address.City == c.Address.City select e2).Count()
- };
-
-
-
-
-
- Builds HQL Equality nodes and used in joins
-
-
-
-
- Performs the equivalent of a ToString() on an expression. Swaps out constants for
- parameters so that, for example:
- from c in Customers where c.City = "London"
- generate the same key as
- from c in Customers where c.City = "Madrid"
-
-
-
-
- Generates the key for the expression.
-
- The expression.
- The session factory.
- Parameters found in .
- The key for the expression.
-
-
-
- Locates constants in the expression tree and generates parameters for each one
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to register custom transformers for expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Registers additional transformers on the expression transformer registry.
-
- The expression transformer registry.
-
-
-
- Detects joins in Select, OrderBy and Results (GroupBy) clauses.
- Replaces them with appropriate joins, maintaining reference equality between different clauses.
- This allows extracted GroupBy key expression to also be replaced so that they can continue to match replaced Select expressions
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- If the querySource is a subquery, return the SelectClause's selector if it's
- NewExpression. Otherwise, return null.
-
-
-
-
- Locates parameter actual type based on its usage.
-
-
-
-
- List of for which the should be related to the other side
- of a (e.g. o.MyEnum == MyEnum.Option -> MyEnum.Option should have o.MyEnum as a related
- ).
-
-
-
-
- List of for which the should be copied across
- as related (e.g. (o.MyEnum ?? MyEnum.Option) == MyEnum.Option2 -> MyEnum.Option2 should have o.MyEnum as a related
- ).
-
-
-
-
- Set query parameter types based on the given query model.
-
- The query parameters.
- The query model.
- The target entity type.
- The session factory.
-
-
-
- Unwraps .
-
- The expression to unwrap.
- The unwrapped expression.
-
-
-
- Represents a possible set of values for a computation. For example, an expression may
- be null, it may be a non-null value, or we may even have a constant value that is known
- precisely. This class contains operators that know how to combine these values with
- each other. This class is intended to be used to provide static analysis of expressions
- before we hit the database. As an example for future improvement, we could handle
- ranges of numeric values. We can also improve this by handling operators such as the
- comparison operators and arithmetic operators. They are currently handled by naive
- null checks.
-
-
-
-
- Verify that ExpressionType of both this and the other set is bool or nullable bool,
- and return the negotiated type (nullable bool if either side is nullable).
-
-
-
-
- Verify that ExpressionType is bool or nullable bool.
-
-
-
-
- Contains the information needed by to perform an early transformation.
-
-
-
-
- The default constructor.
-
- The query mode of the expression to pre-transform.
- The session factory used in the pre-transform process.
-
-
-
- The query mode of the expression to pre-transform.
-
-
-
-
- The session factory used in the pre-transform process.
-
-
-
-
- The transformer that will be used to pre-transform the query expression.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to minimize the number of parameters for variables.
-
-
-
-
- The filter which decides whether a part of the expression will be pre-evalauted or not.
-
-
-
-
- A dictionary of that were evaluated from variables.
-
-
-
-
- The result of method.
-
-
-
-
- The transformed expression.
-
-
-
-
- The session factory used in the pre-transform process.
-
-
-
-
- A dictionary of that were evaluated from variables.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies and names - using - all QueryModel query sources
-
-
- It may seem expensive to do this as a separate visitation of the query model, but unfortunately
- trying to identify query sources on the fly (i.e. while parsing the query model to generate
- the HQL expression tree) means a query source may be referenced by a QuerySourceReference
- before it has been identified - and named.
-
-
-
-
- Analyze the select clause to determine what parts can be translated
- fully to HQL, and some other properties of the clause.
-
-
-
-
- The expression parts that can be converted to pure HQL.
-
-
-
-
- If true after an expression have been analyzed, the
- expression as a whole contain at least one method call which
- cannot be converted to a registered function, i.e. it must
- be executed client side.
-
-
-
-
- Some conditional expressions can be reduced to just their IfTrue or IfFalse part.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Entity type to insert or update when the operation is a DML.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces a specific expression in an expression tree with a replacement expression.
-
- The expression to search.
- The expression to search for.
- The expression to replace with.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the member path.
-
- The member expression.
-
-
-
-
- The WhereJoinDetector creates the joins for the where clause, including
- optimizations for inner joins.
-
- The detector asks the following question:
- Can an empty outer join ever return a record (ie. produce true in the where clause)?
- If not, it's equivalent to an inner join since empty joins that can't produce true
- never appear in the result set.
-
- A record (object) will be in the result if the evaluation of the condition in 3-value SQL
- logic will return true; it will not be in the result if the result is either logical-null
- or false. The difference between outer joining and inner joining is that with the latter,
- objects are missing from the set on which the condition is checked. Thus, inner joins
- "emulates" a result that is logical-null or false. And therefore, we can replace an outer
- join with an inner join only if the resulting condition was not true on the outer join in
- the first place when there was an "empty outer join" - i.e., the outer join had to add
- nulls because there was no joinable record. These nulls can appear even for a column
- that is not nullable.
-
- For example:
- a.B.C == 1 could never produce true if B didn't match any rows, so it's safe to inner join.
- a.B.C == null could produce true even if B didn't match any rows, so we can't inner join.
- a.B.C == 1 && a.D.E == 1 can be inner joined.
- a.B.C == 1 || a.D.E == 1 must be outer joined.
-
- By default we outer join via the code in Visit. The use of inner joins is only
- an optimization hint to the database.
-
- More examples:
- a.B.C == 1 || a.B.C == null
- We don't need multiple joins for this. When we reach the ||, we ask the value sets
- on either side if they have a value for when a.B.C is emptily outer joined. Both of
- them do, so those values are combined.
- a.B.C == 1 || a.D.E == 1
- In this case, there is no value for a.B.C on the right side, so we use the possible
- values for the entire expression, ignoring specific members. We only test for the
- empty outer joining of one member expression at a time, since we can't guarantee that
- they will all be emptily outer joined at the same time.
- a.B.C ?? a.D.E
- Even though each side is null when emptily outer joined, we can't promise that a.D.E
- will be emptily outer joined when a.B.C is. Therefore, despite both sides being
- null, the result may not be.
-
- There was significant discussion on the developers mailing list regarding this topic. See also NH-2583.
-
- The code here is based on the excellent work started by Harald Mueller.
-
-
-
-
- Possible values of expression if there's set of values for the requested member expression.
- For example, if we have an expression "3" and we request the state for "a.B.C", we'll
- use "3" from Values since it won't exist in MemberExpressionValuesIfEmptyOuterJoined.
-
-
-
-
- Stores the possible values of an expression that would result if the given member expression
- string was emptily outer joined. For example a.B.C would result in "null" if we try to
- outer join to B and there are no rows. Even if an expression tree does contain a particular
- member expression, it may not appear in this list. In that case, the emptily outer joined
- value set for that member expression will be whatever's in Values instead.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a linq query expression.
-
-
-
-
- An insert builder on which entities to insert can be specified.
-
- The type of the entities selected as source of the insert.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of the entities to insert, and return an insert builder allowing to specify the values to insert.
-
- The type of the entities to insert.
- An insert builder.
-
-
-
- If execute result type does not match expected final result type (implying a post execute transformer
- will yield expected result type), the intermediate execute type.
-
-
-
-
- Expose NH queryable options.
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
-
- The cache mode to use.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Flag a method as being a SQL function call for the linq-to-nhibernate provider. Its
- parameters will be used as the function call parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor. The method call will be translated by the linq provider to
- a function call having the same name than the method.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor specifying a SQL function name.
-
- The name of the SQL function.
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing to specify a for the method.
-
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on
- queried data? Default is .
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a SQL function name and a .
-
- The name of the SQL function.
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on
- queried data? Default is .
-
-
-
- The name of the SQL function.
-
-
-
-
- Can flag a method as not being callable by the runtime, when used in Linq queries.
- If the method is supported by the linq-to-nhibernate provider, it will always be converted
- to the corresponding SQL statement.
- Otherwise the linq-to-nhibernate provider evaluates method calls when they do not depend on
- the queried data.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Linq extension attributes.
-
-
-
-
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on queried data? If it can,
- it would then be evaluated and replaced by the resulting (parameterized) constant expression
- in the resulting SQL query.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- Should the method call be pre-evaluated when not depending on queried data?
-
-
-
- Possible method call behaviors when the linq to NHibernate provider pre-evaluates
- expressions before translating them to SQL.
-
-
-
-
- The method call will not be evaluated even if its arguments do not depend on queried data.
- It will always be translated to the corresponding SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- If the method call does not depend on queried data, the method call will be evaluated and replaced
- by the resulting (parameterized) constant expression in the resulting SQL query. A throwing
- method implementation will cause the query to throw.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate LINQ extension methods. They are meant to work with . Supplied parameters
- should at least have an . and
- its overloads supply such queryables.
-
-
-
- Determines whether a sequence contains any elements.
- A sequence to check for being empty.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- true if the source sequence contains any elements; otherwise, false.
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Determines whether any element of a sequence satisfies a condition.
- A sequence whose elements to test for a condition.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- true if any elements in the source sequence pass the test in the specified predicate; otherwise, false.
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Determines whether all elements of a sequence satisfies a condition.
- A sequence whose elements to test for a condition.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- true if all elements in the source sequence pass the test in the specified predicate; otherwise, false.
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in a sequence.
- The that contains the elements to be counted.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the input sequence.
- is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in the specified sequence that satisfies a condition.
- An that contains the elements to be counted.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the sequence that satisfies the condition in the predicate function.
- or is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the sum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The sum of the values in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the sum of the sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values of type .
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The sum of the projected values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- The sum is larger than .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values.
-
- A sequence of nullable values to calculate the average of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the source sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
- contains no elements.
-
-
-
- Computes the average of a sequence of nullable values that is obtained by invoking a projection function on each element of the input sequence.
-
- A sequence of values to calculate the average of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The average of the sequence of values, or if the sequence is empty or contains only values.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Returns the minimum value of a generic .
-
- A sequence of values to determine the minimum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The minimum value in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Invokes a projection function on each element of a generic and returns the minimum resulting value.
-
- A sequence of values to determine the minimum of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the value returned by the function represented by .
-
- The minimum value in the sequence.
-
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Returns the maximum value in a generic .
-
- A sequence of values to determine the maximum of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
-
- The maximum value in the sequence.
-
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Invokes a projection function on each element of a generic and returns the maximum resulting value.
-
- A sequence of values to determine the maximum of.
- A projection function to apply to each element.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the value returned by the function represented by .
-
- The maximum value in the sequence.
-
- or is .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in a sequence.
- The that contains the elements to be counted.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the input sequence.
- is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in the specified sequence that satisfies a condition.
- An that contains the elements to be counted.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The number of elements in the sequence that satisfies the condition in the predicate function.
- or is .
- is not a .
- The number of elements in is larger than .
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence.
- The to return the first element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The first element in .
- is .
- is not a .
- The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence that satisfies a specified condition.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The first element in that passes the test in .
- or is .
- is not a .
- No element satisfies the condition in .-or-The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, and throws an exception if there is not exactly one element in the sequence.
- The to return the first element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- The single element in .
- is .
- is not a .
- The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, and throws an exception if there is not exactly one element in the sequence.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The single element in that passes the test in .
- The type of the elements of .
- or is .
- is not a .
- No element satisfies the condition in .-or-The source sequence is empty.
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, or a default value if the sequence is empty; this method throws an exception if there is more than one element in the sequence.
- The to return the single element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty; otherwise, the single element in .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the only element of a sequence, or a default value if the sequence is empty; this method throws an exception if there is more than one element in the sequence.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty or if no element passes the test specified by ; otherwise, the single element in that passes the test specified by .
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence, or a default value if the sequence contains no elements.
- The to return the first element of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty; otherwise, the first element in .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
- Returns the first element of a sequence that satisfies a specified condition or a default value if no such element is found.
- An to return an element from.
- A function to test each element for a condition.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- default( ) if is empty or if no element passes the test specified by ; otherwise, the first element in that passes the test specified by .
- or is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Executes the query and returns its result as a .
-
- An to return a list from.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The type of the elements of .
- A containing the result of the query.
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Wraps the query in a deferred which enumeration will trigger a batch of all pending future queries.
-
- An to convert to a future query.
- The type of the elements of .
- A .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Wraps the query in a deferred which will trigger a batch of all pending future queries
- when its is read.
-
- An to convert to a future query.
- The type of the elements of .
- A .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Wraps the query in a deferred which will trigger a batch of all pending future queries
- when its is read.
-
- An to convert to a future query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- The type of the elements of .
- The type of the value returned by the function represented by .
- A .
- is .
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Correlates the elements of two sequences based on matching keys. The default equality comparer is used to compare keys.
-
- The first sequence to join.
- The sequence to join to the first sequence.
- A dynamic function to extract the join key from each element of the first sequence.
- A dynamic function to extract the join key from each element of the second sequence.
- A dynamic function to create a result element from two matching elements.
- An obtained by performing a left join on two sequences.
-
-
-
- Allows to set NHibernate query options.
-
- The type of the queried elements.
- The query on which to set options.
- The options setter.
- The query altered with the options.
-
-
-
- Allows to set NHibernate query options.
-
- The type of the queried elements.
- The query on which to set options.
- The options setter.
- The query altered with the options.
-
-
-
- Allows to specify the parameter NHibernate type to use for a literal in a queryable expression.
-
- The type of the literal.
- The literal value.
- The NHibernate type, usually obtained from NHibernateUtil properties.
- The literal value.
-
-
-
- If debug logging is enabled, log a string such as "msg: expression.ToString()".
-
-
-
-
- Replace all occurrences of ConstantExpression where the value is an NHibernate
- proxy with a ParameterExpression. The name of the parameter will be a string
- representing the proxied entity, without initializing it.
-
-
-
-
- Entity type to insert or update when the expression is a DML.
-
-
-
-
- Entity type to insert or update when the expression is a DML.
-
-
-
-
- Interface to access the entity name of a NhQueryable instance.
-
-
-
-
- Provides the main entry point to a LINQ query.
-
-
-
-
- Expose NH queryable options.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
-
- The cache mode to use.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
-
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the timeout for the underlying ADO query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the read-only mode for entities (and proxies) loaded by this query. This setting
- overrides the default setting for the session (see ).
-
-
-
- Read-only entities can be modified, but changes are not persisted. They are not
- dirty-checked and snapshots of persistent state are not maintained.
-
-
- When a proxy is initialized, the loaded entity will have the same read-only setting
- as the uninitialized proxy, regardless of the session's current setting.
-
-
- The read-only setting has no impact on entities or proxies returned by the criteria
- that existed in the session before the criteria was executed.
-
-
-
- If true , entities (and proxies) loaded by the query will be read-only.
-
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Set a comment that will be prepended before the generated SQL.
-
- The comment to prepend.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
- The flush mode to use for the query.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Applies the minimal transformations required before parametrization,
- expression key computing and parsing.
-
- The expression to transform.
- The transformed expression.
-
-
-
- Applies the minimal transformations required before parametrization,
- expression key computing and parsing.
-
- The expression to transform.
- The parameters used in the transformation process.
- that contains the transformed expression.
-
-
-
- Builds a new query provider.
-
- A session.
- If the query is to be filtered as belonging to an entity collection, the collection.
- The new query provider instance.
-
-
-
- Associate unique names to query sources. The HQL AST parser will rename them anyway, but we need to
- ensure uniqueness that is not provided by IQuerySource.ItemName.
-
-
-
-
- Expands conditional and coalesce expressions that are merging QueryReferences so that they can be followed by
- Member or Method calls.
- Ex) query.Where(x => (x.OptionA ?? x.OptionB).Value == value);
- query.Where(x => (x.UseA ? x.OptionA : x.OptionB).Value = value);
-
-
-
-
- Removes various result operators from a query so that they can be processed at the same
- tree level as the query itself.
-
-
-
-
- Rewrites expressions so that they sit in the outermost portion of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of that were rewritten.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the representing the type of data that the operator works upon.
-
-
-
-
- Result of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of implementations that were
- rewritten.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the representing the type of data that the operator works upon.
-
-
-
-
- Expands conditionals within subquery FROM clauses.
- It does this by moving the conditional expression outside of the subquery and cloning the subquery,
- replacing the FROM clause with the collection parts of the conditional.
-
-
-
-
- Use this method in a Linq2NHibernate expression to generate
- an SQL LIKE expression. (If you want to avoid depending on the NHibernate.Linq namespace,
- you can define your own replica of this method. Any 2-argument method named Like in a class named SqlMethods
- will be translated.) This method can only be used in Linq2NHibernate expressions, and will throw
- if called directly.
-
-
-
-
- Use this method in a Linq2NHibernate expression to generate
- an SQL LIKE expression with an escape character defined. (If you want to avoid depending on the NHibernate.Linq namespace,
- you can define your own replica of this method. Any 3-argument method named Like in a class named SqlMethods
- will be translated.) This method can only be used in Linq2NHibernate expressions, and will throw
- if called directly.
-
-
-
-
- "Batch" loads collections, using multiple foreign key values in the SQL Where clause
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Superclass for loaders that initialize collections
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An interface for collection loaders
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection
-
-
-
- Implements subselect fetching for a collection
-
-
-
- Implements subselect fetching for a one to many association
-
-
-
-
- Walker for collections of values and many-to-many associations
-
-
-
-
- Loads a collection of values or a many-to-many association.
-
-
- The collection persister must implement . For
- other collections, create a customized subclass of
-
-
-
-
-
- Contract for building instances capable of performing batch-fetch loading.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a batch-fetch capable ICollectionInitializer for basic and many-to-many collections (collections with
- a dedicated collection table).
-
- The collection persister
- The maximum number of keys to batch-fetch together
- The SessionFactory
-
- The batch-fetch capable collection initializer
-
-
-
- Builds a batch-fetch capable ICollectionInitializer for one-to-many collections (collections without
- a dedicated collection table).
-
- The collection persister
- The maximum number of keys to batch-fetch together
- The SessionFactory
-
- The batch-fetch capable collection initializer
-
-
-
- Superclass of walkers for collection initializers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A BatchingCollectionInitializerBuilder that builds ICollectionInitializer instances capable of dynamically building
- its batch-fetch SQL based on the actual number of collections keys waiting to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Walker for one-to-many associations
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads one-to-many associations
-
-
- The collection persister must implement .
- For other collections, create a customized subclass of .
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads all loaders results to single typed list
-
-
-
-
- Loads all loaders results to single typed list
-
-
-
-
- A Loader for queries.
-
-
- Note that criteria
- queries are more like multi-object Load() s than like HQL queries.
-
-
-
-
- A for queries.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use the discriminator, to narrow the select to instances
- of the queried subclass, also applying any filters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the child criteria aliases for a parent SQL alias and a child path.
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the columns constrained by this criterion.
-
-
-
-
- Get the a typed value for the given property value.
-
-
-
-
- Substitute the SQL aliases in template.
-
-
-
-
- Get the aliases of the columns constrained
- by this criterion (for use in ORDER BY clause).
-
-
-
-
- Extension point for loaders which use a SQL result set with "unexpected" column aliases.
-
-
-
- Build a logical result row.
-
- Entity data defined as "root returns" and already handled by the normal Loader mechanism.
-
- The ADO result set (positioned at the row currently being processed).
- Does this query have an associated .
- The session from which the query request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The logical result row
-
- At this point, Loader has already processed all non-scalar result data. We
- just need to account for scalar result data here...
-
-
-
- Build a logical result row.
-
- Entity data defined as "root returns" and already handled by the normal Loader mechanism.
-
- The ADO result set (positioned at the row currently being processed).
- Does this query have an associated .
- The session from which the query request originated.
- The logical result row
-
- At this point, Loader has already processed all non-scalar result data. We
- just need to account for scalar result data here...
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates the metadata available from the database result set.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The result set.
-
-
-
- Gets the column count in the result set.
-
- The column count.
-
-
-
- Gets the (zero-based) position of the column with the specified name.
-
- Name of the column.
- The column position.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the column at the specified position.
-
- The (zero-based) position.
- The column name.
-
-
-
- Gets the Hibernate type of the specified column.
-
- The column position.
- The Hibernate type.
-
-
- Specifically a fetch return that refers to a collection association.
-
-
-
- Represents a return which names a collection role; it
- is used in defining a custom query for loading an entity's
- collection in non-fetching scenarios (i.e., loading the collection
- itself as the "root" of the result).
-
-
-
- Returns the class owning the collection.
-
-
- Returns the name of the property representing the collection from the .
-
-
-
- that uses columnnames instead of generated aliases.
- Aliases can still be overwritten via <return-property>
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for columns making up the key for this collection (i.e., its FK to
- its owner).
-
- The key result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's index (map or list).
-
- The index result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's elements.
-
- The element result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the column defining the collection's identifier (if any).
-
- The identifier result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffix used to unique the column aliases for this particular alias set.
-
- The uniqued column alias suffix.
-
-
-
- that chooses the column names over the alias names.
-
-
-
- Specifically a fetch return that refers to an entity association.
-
-
- Represents a return which names a fetched association.
-
-
- Retrieves the return descriptor for the owner of this fetch.
-
-
- The name of the property on the owner which represents this association.
-
-
-
- Extension point allowing any SQL query with named and positional parameters
- to be executed by Hibernate, returning managed entities, collections and
- simple scalar values.
-
-
-
- The SQL query string to be performed.
-
-
-
- Any query spaces to apply to the query execution. Query spaces are
- used in Hibernate's auto-flushing mechanism to determine which
- entities need to be checked for pending changes.
-
-
-
-
- A collection of descriptors describing the
- ADO result set to be expected and how to map this result set.
-
-
-
- Represents a return in a custom query.
-
-
- Represents some non-scalar (entity/collection) return within the query result.
-
-
-
- Represents a return which names a "root" entity.
-
-
- A root entity means it is explicitly a "column" in the result, as opposed to
- a fetched association.
-
-
-
- Represent a scalar (AKA simple value) return within a query result.
-
-
- Implements Hibernate's built-in support for native SQL queries.
- This support is built on top of the notion of "custom queries"...
-
-
-
- Substitutes ADO parameter placeholders (?) for all encountered
- parameter specifications. It also tracks the positions of these
- parameter specifications within the query string. This accounts for
- ordinal-params, named-params, and ejb3-positional-params.
-
- The query string.
- The SQL query with parameter substitution complete.
-
-
-
- The base contract for loaders capable of performing batch-fetch loading of entities using multiple primary key
- values in the SQL WHERE clause.
-
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass for entity loaders that use outer joins
-
-
-
-
- "Batch" loads entities, using multiple primary key values in the
- SQL where clause.
-
-
-
-
-
- Load an entity using outerjoin fetching to fetch associated entities.
-
-
- The must implement . For other entities,
- create a customized subclass of .
-
-
-
-
- Loads entities for a
-
-
-
-
- Load an entity instance. If OptionalObject is supplied, load the entity
- state into the given (uninitialized) object
-
-
-
-
- Load an entity instance. If OptionalObject is supplied, load the entity
- state into the given (uninitialized) object
-
-
-
-
- The contract for building capable of performing batch-fetch loading.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a batch-fetch capable loader based on the given persister, lock-mode, etc.
-
- The entity persister
- The maximum number of ids to batch-fetch at once
- The lock mode
- The SessionFactory
-
- The loader.
-
-
-
- Builds instances capable of dynamically building
- its batch-fetch SQL based on the actual number of entity ids waiting to be fetched.
-
-
-
-
- A walker for loaders that fetch entities
-
-
-
-
-
- Override to use the persister to change the table-alias for columns in join-tables
-
-
-
-
- Disable outer join fetching if this loader obtains an
- upgrade lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Default batching builder. See
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a collection of lock modes specified dynamically via the Query interface
-
-
-
-
- Creates query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a query loader.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a query loader.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- The result types of the result set, for query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- The SqlString to be called; implemented by all subclasses
-
-
-
-
- An array of persisters of entity classes contained in each row of results;
- implemented by all subclasses
-
-
- The setter was added so that classes inheriting from Loader could write a
- value using the Property instead of directly to the field.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the query for statistics reporting, if null,
- no statistics will be reported
-
-
-
-
- What lock mode does this load entities with?
-
- A Collection of lock modes specified dynamically via the Query Interface
-
-
-
-
- Should we pre-process the SQL string, adding a dialect-specific
- LIMIT clause.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Abstract superclass of object loading (and querying) strategies.
-
-
-
- This class implements useful common functionality that concrete loaders would delegate to.
- It is not intended that this functionality would be directly accessed by client code (Hence,
- all methods of this class are declared protected or private .) This class relies heavily upon the
- interface, which is the contract between this class and
- s that may be loaded by it.
-
-
- The present implementation is able to load any number of columns of entities and at most
- one collection role per query.
-
-
- All this class members are thread safe. Entity and collection loaders are held in persisters shared among
- sessions built from the same session factory. They must be thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL query and attempt to instantiate instances of the class mapped by the given
- persister from each row of the DataReader . If an object is supplied, will attempt to
- initialize that object. If a collection is supplied, attempt to initialize that collection.
-
-
-
-
- Loads a single row from the result set. This is the processing used from the
- ScrollableResults where no collection fetches were encountered.
-
- The result set from which to do the load.
- The session from which the request originated.
- The query parameters specified by the user.
- Should proxies be generated
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The loaded "row".
-
-
-
-
- Read any collection elements contained in a single row of the result set
-
-
-
-
- Get the actual object that is returned in the user-visible result list.
-
-
- This empty implementation merely returns its first argument. This is
- overridden by some subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Read one collection element from the current row of the ADO.NET result set
-
-
-
-
- Read a row of EntityKey s from the DbDataReader into the given array.
-
-
- Warning: this method is side-effecty. If an id is given, don't bother going
- to the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Check the version of the object in the DbDataReader against
- the object version in the session cache, throwing an exception
- if the version numbers are different.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolve any ids for currently loaded objects, duplications within the DbDataReader ,
- etc. Instantiate empty objects to be initialized from the DbDataReader . Return an
- array of objects (a row of results) and an array of booleans (by side-effect) that determine
- whether the corresponding object should be initialized
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is already in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is not in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- Hydrate the state of an object from the SQL DbDataReader , into
- an array of "hydrated" values (do not resolve associations yet),
- and pass the hydrated state to the session.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the concrete class of an instance for the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Advance the cursor to the first required row of the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Obtain an DbCommand with all parameters pre-bound. Bind positional parameters,
- named parameters, and limit parameters.
-
-
- Creates an DbCommand object and populates it with the values necessary to execute it against the
- database to Load an Entity.
-
- The to use for the DbCommand.
- TODO: find out where this is used...
- The SessionImpl this Command is being prepared in.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A CommandWrapper wrapping an DbCommand that is ready to be executed.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The to apply to the and .
- true if result types need to be auto-discovered by the loader; false otherwise.
- The to load in.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The .
- The to load in.
- The forced result transformer for the query.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Actually execute a query, ignoring the query cache
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- DTO for providing all query cache related details
-
-
-
-
- Loader.EntityPersister indexes to be cached.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the dialect is able to add limit and/or offset clauses to .
- Even if a dialect generally supports the addition of limit and/or offset clauses to SQL statements,
- there may (custom) SQL statements where this is not possible, for example in case of SQL Server
- stored procedure invocations.
-
-
-
-
- Caches subclass entity aliases for given persister index in and subclass entity name
-
-
-
-
- An array indicating whether the entities have eager property fetching
- enabled.
-
- Eager property fetching indicators.
-
-
-
- An array of hash sets indicating which lazy properties will be fetched for an entity persister.
-
-
-
-
- An array of indexes of the entity that owns an association
- to the entity at the given index (-1 if there is no "owner")
-
-
- The indexes contained here are relative to the result of .
-
-
-
-
- An array of the owner types corresponding to the
- returns. Indices indicating no owner would be null here.
-
-
-
-
- Get the index of the entity that owns the collection, or -1
- if there is no owner in the query results (i.e. in the case of a
- collection initializer) or no collection.
-
-
-
-
- Return false is this loader is a batch entity loader
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set descriptor
-
-
-
-
- The result types of the result set, for query loaders.
-
-
-
-
- Cache all additional persisters and collection persisters that were loaded by query (fetched entities and collections)
-
- Persister indexes that are cached as part of query result (so present in ResultTypes)
-
-
-
- The SqlString to be called; implemented by all subclasses
-
-
-
-
- An array of persisters of entity classes contained in each row of results;
- implemented by all subclasses
-
-
- The setter was added so that classes inheriting from Loader could write a
- value using the Property instead of directly to the field.
-
-
-
-
- An (optional) persister for a collection to be initialized; only collection loaders
- return a non-null value
-
-
-
-
- What lock mode does this load entities with?
-
- A Collection of lock modes specified dynamically via the Query Interface
-
-
-
-
- Append FOR UPDATE OF clause, if necessary. This
- empty superclass implementation merely returns its first
- argument.
-
-
-
-
- Does this query return objects that might be already cached by
- the session, whose lock mode may need upgrading.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL table aliases of entities whose
- associations are subselect-loadable, returning
- null if this loader does not support subselect
- loading
-
-
-
-
- Modify the SQL, adding lock hints and comments, if necessary
-
-
-
-
- Execute an SQL query and attempt to instantiate instances of the class mapped by the given
- persister from each row of the DataReader . If an object is supplied, will attempt to
- initialize that object. If a collection is supplied, attempt to initialize that collection.
-
-
-
-
- Loads a single row from the result set. This is the processing used from the
- ScrollableResults where no collection fetches were encountered.
-
- The result set from which to do the load.
- The session from which the request originated.
- The query parameters specified by the user.
- Should proxies be generated
- The loaded "row".
-
-
-
-
- Read any collection elements contained in a single row of the result set
-
-
-
-
- Stops further collection population without actual collection initialization.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the actual ResultTransformer that will be used to transform query results.
-
- The specified result transformer.
- The actual result transformer.
-
-
-
- Are rows transformed immediately after being read from the ResultSet?
-
- True, if getResultColumnOrRow() transforms the results; false, otherwise
-
-
-
- Returns the aliases that correspond to a result row.
-
- Returns the aliases that correspond to a result row.
-
-
-
- Get the actual object that is returned in the user-visible result list.
-
-
- This empty implementation merely returns its first argument. This is
- overridden by some subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- For missing objects associated with another object in the
- result set, register the fact that the the object is missing with the
- session.
-
-
-
-
- Read one collection element from the current row of the ADO.NET result set
-
-
-
-
- If this is a collection initializer, we need to tell the session that a collection
- is being initialized, to account for the possibility of the collection having
- no elements (hence no rows in the result set).
-
-
-
-
- Read a row of EntityKey s from the DbDataReader into the given array.
-
-
- Warning: this method is side-effecty. If an id is given, don't bother going
- to the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Check the version of the object in the DbDataReader against
- the object version in the session cache, throwing an exception
- if the version numbers are different.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolve any ids for currently loaded objects, duplications within the DbDataReader ,
- etc. Instantiate empty objects to be initialized from the DbDataReader . Return an
- array of objects (a row of results) and an array of booleans (by side-effect) that determine
- whether the corresponding object should be initialized
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is already in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- The entity instance is not in the session cache
-
-
-
-
- Hydrate the state of an object from the SQL DbDataReader , into
- an array of "hydrated" values (do not resolve associations yet),
- and pass the hydrated state to the session.
-
-
-
-
- Determine the concrete class of an instance for the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Advance the cursor to the first required row of the DbDataReader
-
-
-
-
- Should we pre-process the SQL string, adding a dialect-specific
- LIMIT clause.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs dialect-specific manipulations on the offset value before returning it.
- This method is applicable for use in limit statements only.
-
-
-
-
- Performs dialect-specific manipulations on the limit value before returning it.
- This method is applicable for use in limit statements only.
-
-
-
-
- Obtain an DbCommand with all parameters pre-bound. Bind positional parameters,
- named parameters, and limit parameters.
-
-
- Creates an DbCommand object and populates it with the values necessary to execute it against the
- database to Load an Entity.
-
- The to use for the DbCommand.
- TODO: find out where this is used...
- The SessionImpl this Command is being prepared in.
- A CommandWrapper wrapping an DbCommand that is ready to be executed.
-
-
-
- Some dialect-specific LIMIT clauses require the maximum last row number
- (aka, first_row_number + total_row_count), while others require the maximum
- returned row count (the total maximum number of rows to return).
-
- The selection criteria
- The dialect
- The appropriate value to bind into the limit clause.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The to apply to the and .
- true if result types need to be auto-discovered by the loader; false otherwise.
- The to load in.
-
- An DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Fetch a DbCommand , call SetMaxRows and then execute it,
- advance to the first result and return an SQL DbDataReader
-
- The to execute.
- The .
- The to load in.
- The forced result transformer for the query.
- A DbDataReader advanced to the first record in RowSelection.
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch load entities
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that load collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by wrappers that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Called by subclasses that batch initialize collections
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the query results, using the query cache, called
- by subclasses that implement cacheable queries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually execute a query, ignoring the query cache
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Calculate and cache select-clause suffixes. Must be
- called by subclasses after instantiation.
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the query for statistics reporting, if null,
- no statistics will be reported
-
-
-
-
- The superclass deliberately excludes collections
-
-
-
-
- Don't bother with the discriminator, unless overridden by subclass
-
-
-
-
- Utility method that generates 0_, 1_ suffixes. Subclasses don't
- necessarily need to use this algorithm, but it is intended that
- they will in most cases.
-
-
-
-
- Defines the style that should be used to perform batch loading.
-
-
-
-
- The legacy algorithm where we keep a set of pre-built batch sizes. Batches are performed
- using the next-smaller pre-built batch size from the number of existing batchable identifiers.
-
- For example, with a batch-size setting of 32 the pre-built batch sizes would be [32, 16, 10, 9, 8, 7, .., 1].
- An attempt to batch load 31 identifiers would result in batches of 16, 10, and 5.
-
-
-
-
- Dynamically builds its SQL based on the actual number of available ids. Does still limit to the batch-size
- defined on the entity/collection
-
-
-
-
- EntityAliases which handles the logic of selecting user provided aliases (via return-property),
- before using the default aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate and cache select-clause aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Returns aliases for subclass persister
-
-
-
-
- Returns default aliases for all the properties
-
-
-
-
- CollectionAliases which handles the logic of selecting user provided aliases (via return-property),
- before using the default aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for columns making up the key for this collection (i.e., its FK to
- its owner).
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's index (map or list).
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns making up the collection's elements.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the column defining the collection's identifier (if any).
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffix used to unique the column aliases for this particular alias set.
-
-
-
-
- Type definition of CollectionAliases.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for columns making
- up the key for this collection (i.e., its FK to its owner).
-
- The key result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns
- making up the collection's index (map or list).
-
- The index result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the columns
- making up the collection's elements.
-
- The element result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffixed result-set column-aliases for the column
- defining the collection's identifier (if any).
-
- The identifier result-set column aliases.
-
-
-
- Returns the suffix used to unique the column aliases for this
- particular alias set.
-
- The uniqued column alias suffix.
-
-
-
- Metadata describing the SQL result set column aliases
- for a particular entity
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the primary key columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the discriminator columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the version columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column alias for the Oracle row id
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the property columns
-
-
-
-
- The result set column aliases for the property columns of a subclass
-
-
-
-
- Add on association (one-to-one, many-to-one, or a collection) to a list
- of associations to be fetched by outerjoin (if necessary)
-
-
-
-
- Add on association (one-to-one, many-to-one, or a collection) to a list
- of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- Returns list of indexes in sorted order
-
-
-
-
- Adds an association
-
-
-
-
- For an entity class, return a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a collection role, return a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a collection role, return a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For an entity class, add to a list of associations to be fetched
- by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For an entity class, add to a list of associations to be fetched
- by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a component, add to a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a component, add to a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- For a composite element, add to a list of associations to be fetched by outerjoin
-
-
-
-
- Extend the path by the given property name
-
-
-
-
- Get the join type (inner, outer, etc) or -1 if the
- association should not be joined. Override on
- subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Get the join type (inner, outer, etc) or -1 if the
- association should not be joined. Override on
- subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the child criteria aliases for a parent SQL alias and a child path.
-
-
-
-
- Use an inner join if it is a non-null association and this
- is the "first" join in a series
-
-
-
-
- Does the mapping, and Hibernate default semantics, specify that
- this association should be fetched by outer joining
-
-
-
-
- Override on subclasses to enable or suppress joining
- of certain association types
-
-
-
-
- Used to detect circularities in the joined graph, note that
- this method is side-effecty
-
-
-
-
- Used to detect circularities in the joined graph, note that
- this method is side-effecty
-
-
-
-
- Uniquely identifier a foreign key, so that we don't
- join it more than once, and create circularities
-
-
-
-
- Should we join this association?
-
-
-
-
- Generate a sequence of LEFT OUTER JOIN clauses for the given associations.
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of instances of IJoinable which are actually
- also instances of ILoadable, or are one-to-many associations
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of instances of which
- are actually also instances of
- which are being fetched by outer join
-
-
-
-
- Get the order by string required for collection fetching
-
-
-
-
- Render the where condition for a (batch) load by identifier / collection key
-
-
-
-
- Generate a select list of columns containing all properties of the entity classes
-
-
-
-
- Get the position of the join with the given alias in the
- list of joins
-
-
-
-
- Implements logic for walking a tree of associated classes.
-
-
- Generates an SQL select string containing all properties of those classes.
- Tables are joined using an ANSI-style left outer join.
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation for multi-tenancy strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the connection string for the given tenant configuration.
-
- The tenant configuration.
- The session factory.
- The connection string for the tenant.
-
-
-
- A specialized Connection provider contract used when the application is using multi-tenancy support requiring
- tenant aware connections.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the tenant connection access.
-
- The tenant configuration.
- The session factory.
- The tenant connection access.
-
-
-
- Strategy for multi-tenancy
-
-
-
-
-
- No multi-tenancy
-
-
-
-
- Multi-tenancy implemented as separate database per tenant.
-
-
-
-
- Tenant specific configuration.
- This class can be used as base class for user complex tenant configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Tenant identifier must uniquely identify tenant
- Note: Among other things this value is used for data separation between tenants in cache so not unique value will leak data to other tenants
-
-
-
-
- Universal query batcher
-
-
-
-
- Executes the batch.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The index of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
- is 0 based and matches the order in which queries have been
- added into the batch.
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The key of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
-
-
-
- Executes the batch.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if batch is already executed or empty
-
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The query.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The index of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
- is 0 based and matches the order in which queries have been
- added into the batch.
-
-
-
- Gets a query result, triggering execution of the batch if it was not already executed.
-
- The key of the query for which results are to be obtained.
- The type of the result elements of the query.
- A query result.
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
- The session flush mode to use during the batch execution.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for wrapping query to be batched by .
-
-
-
-
- Process the result sets generated by . Advance the results set
- to the next query, or to its end if this is the last query.
-
- The number of rows processed.
-
-
-
- Execute immediately the query as a single standalone query. Used in case the data-provider
- does not support batches.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Optionally, the query caching information list, for batching. Each element matches
- a SQL-Query resulting from the query translation, in the order they are translated.
- It should yield an empty enumerable if no batching of caching is handled for this
- query.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the query. Method is called right before batch execution.
- Can be used for various delayed initialization logic.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the query spaces.
-
-
- Query spaces indicates which entity classes are used by the query and need to be flushed
- when auto-flush is enabled. It also indicates which cache update timestamps needs to be
- checked for up-to-date-ness.
-
-
-
-
- Get the commands to execute for getting the not-already cached results of this query.
-
- The commands for obtaining the results not already cached.
-
-
-
- Process the result sets generated by . Advance the results set
- to the next query, or to its end if this is the last query.
-
- The number of rows processed.
-
-
-
- Process the results of the query, including cached results.
-
- Any result from the database must have been previously processed
- through .
-
-
-
- Execute immediately the query as a single standalone query. Used in case the data-provider
- does not support batches.
-
-
-
-
- Create instance via methods
-
- Result type
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- Callback to execute when query is loaded. Loaded results are provided as action parameter.
- The type of the query elements before aggregation.
- The type resulting of the query result aggregation.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch.
-
- The batch.
- A key for retrieval of the query result.
- The query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- The type of the query elements before aggregation.
- The type resulting of the query result aggregation.
- Thrown if the batch has already been executed.
- Thrown if is .
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Sets the timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The batch.
- The timeout for the batch.
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Overrides the current session flush mode, just for this query batch.
-
- The batch.
- The flush mode for the batch.
- The batch instance for method chain.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- An aggregation function to apply to .
- The type of the query elements before aggregation.
- The type resulting of the query result aggregation.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Adds a query to the batch, returning it as an .
-
- The batch.
- The query.
- The type of the query result elements.
- A future query which execution will be handled by the batch.
-
-
-
- Base class for both ICriteria and IQuery queries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The query loader.
-
-
-
-
- The query result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the query result was obtained from the cache.
-
-
-
-
- Should a result retrieved from database be cached?
-
-
-
-
- The cache batcher to use for entities and collections puts.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new QueryInfo .
-
- The query parameters.
- The loader.
- The query spaces.
- The session of the query.
-
-
-
- Create a new QueryInfo .
-
- The query parameters.
- The loader.
- The query spaces.
- The session of the query.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Querying information.
-
-
-
-
- Is the query cacheable?
-
-
-
-
- The query cache key.
-
-
-
-
- The query parameters.
-
-
-
-
- The query spaces.
-
-
- Query spaces indicates which entity classes are used by the query and need to be flushed
- when auto-flush is enabled. It also indicates which cache update timestamps needs to be
- checked for up-to-date-ness.
-
-
-
-
- Can the query be obtained from cache?
-
-
-
-
- The query result types.
-
-
-
-
- The query result to put in the cache. if no put should be done.
-
-
-
-
- The query identifier, for statistics purpose.
-
-
-
-
- Set the result retrieved from the cache.
-
- The results. Can be in case of cache miss.
-
-
-
- Set the to use for batching entities and collections cache puts.
-
- A cache batcher.
-
-
-
- The query cache types.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for wrapping query to be batched by .
-
-
-
-
- Return loaded typed results by query.
- Must be called only after .
-
-
-
-
- A callback, executed after results are loaded by the batch.
- Loaded results are provided as the action parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to the full range of NHibernate built-in types.
- IType instances may be used to bind values to query parameters.
- if needing to specify type size,
- precision or scale.
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of a proxy or persistent collection.
-
- a persistable object, proxy, persistent collection or null
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if we can't initialize the proxy at this time, eg. the Session was closed
-
-
-
- Get the true, underlying class of a proxied persistent class. This operation
- will initialize a proxy by side-effect.
-
- a persistable object or proxy
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the true class of the instance
-
-
-
- Guesses the IType of this object
-
- The obj.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the IType by the type
-
- The type.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Ansi String type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate binary type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate binary blob type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate boolean type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate byte type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate character type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Culture Info type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time type. Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds.
-
- Use if needing cutting milliseconds.
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time cutting milliseconds type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time 2 type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate local date time type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate utc date time type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate local date time cutting milliseconds type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate utc date time cutting milliseconds type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date time with offset type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate date type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate local date type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate decimal type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate double type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Currency type (System.Decimal - DbType.Currency)
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Guid type.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Int16 (short in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Int32 (int in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Int64 (long in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.SByte type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.UInt16 (ushort in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.UInt32 (uint in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.UInt64 (ulong in C#) type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Single (float in C#) Type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate String type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate string clob type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Time type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Ticks type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate UTC Ticks type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate TimeAsTimeSpan type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate TimeSpan type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Timestamp type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Timestamp type, seeded db side.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Timestamp type, seeded db side, in UTC.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate TrueFalse type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate YesNo type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate class type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate class meta type for association of kind any.
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate meta type for association of kind any without meta-values.
-
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate serializable type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate System.Object type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate AnsiChar type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate XmlDoc type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate XDoc type
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate Uri type
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate persistent enum type
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate serializable type
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate serializable type
-
- a type mapping to a single column
- the entity identifier type
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate persistent object (entity) type
-
- a mapped entity class
-
-
-
- A Hibernate persistent object (entity) type.
- a mapped entity class
-
-
-
- A NHibernate custom type
-
- a class that implements UserType
-
-
-
-
- Force initialization of a proxy or persistent collection.
-
- a persistable object, proxy, persistent collection or null
- if we can't initialize the proxy at this time, eg. the Session was closed
-
-
-
- Is the proxy or persistent collection initialized?
-
- a persistable object, proxy, persistent collection or null
- true if the argument is already initialized, or is not a proxy or collection
-
-
-
- Get the true, underlying class of a proxied persistent class. This operation
- will initialize a proxy by side-effect.
-
- a persistable object or proxy
- the true class of the instance
-
-
-
- Close an obtained from an
- returned by NHibernate immediately, instead of waiting until the session is
- closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Close an returned by NHibernate immediately,
- instead of waiting until the session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Check if the property is initialized. If the named property does not exist
- or is not persistent, this method always returns true .
-
- The potential proxy
- the name of a persistent attribute of the object
-
- true if the named property of the object is not listed as uninitialized;
- false if the object is an uninitialized proxy, or the named property is uninitialized
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an AbstractExplicitParameterSpecification.
-
- sourceLine
- sourceColumn
-
-
-
- Creates a specialized collection-filter collection-key parameter spec.
-
- The collection role being filtered.
- The mapped collection-key type.
- The position within QueryParameters where we can find the appropriate param value to bind.
-
-
-
- Constructs a parameter specification for a particular filter parameter.
-
- The name of the filter
- The name of the parameter
- The parameter type specified on the filter metadata
-
-
-
-
- Maintains information relating to parameters which need to get bound into a .
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query.
- The defined values for the current query execution.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of in the given for the query where this was used.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query where this was used.
- The defined values for the query where this was used.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s of the second query in the
- is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query.
- The defined values for the current query execution.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of in the given for the query where this was used.
- The list of Sql query parameter in the exact sequence they are present in the query where this was used.
- The defined values for the query where this was used.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s of the second query in the
- is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Get or set the type which we are expeting for a bind into this parameter based
- on translated contextual information.
-
-
-
-
- Render this parameter into displayable info (for logging, etc).
-
- The displayable info
-
-
-
- An string array to unique identify this parameter-span inside an .
-
- The session-factory (used only because required by IType).
-
- The each id-for-backtrack is supposed to be unique in the context of a query.
-
- The number of elements returned depend on the column-span of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter bind specification for an explicit named parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a named parameter bind specification.
-
- sourceLine
- sourceColumn
- The named parameter name.
-
-
-
- The user parameter name.
-
-
-
-
- Parameter bind specification for an explicit positional (or ordinal) parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a position/ordinal parameter bind specification.
-
- sourceLine
- sourceColumn
- The position in the source query, relative to the other source positional parameters.
-
-
-
- Getter for property 'hqlPosition'.
-
-
-
-
- Autogenerated parameter for .
-
-
-
-
- Autogenerated parameter for .
-
-
-
-
- An additional contract for parameters which originate from parameters explicitly encountered in the source statement
- (HQL or native-SQL).
- Author: Steve Ebersole
- Ported by: Steve Strong
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the line number on which this parameter occurs in the source query.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the column number (within the {@link #getSourceLine()}) where this parameter occurs.
-
-
-
-
- Explicit parameters may have no set the during query parse.
-
- The defined values for the current query execution.
-
- This method should be removed when the parameter type is inferred during the parse.
-
-
-
-
- Additional information for potential paging parameters in HQL/LINQ
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the parameter that it is a 'skip' parameter, and should calculate its value using the dialect settings
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the parameter that it is a 'take' parameter, and should calculate its value using the dialect settings
- and the value of the supplied skipParameter.
-
- The associated skip parameter (null if there is none).
-
-
-
- Retrieve the skip/offset value for the query
-
- The parameters for the query
- The paging skip/offset value
-
-
-
- Summary description for AbstractCollectionPersister.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the Element from the DbDataReader. The DbDataReader will probably only contain
- the id of the Element.
-
- See ReadElementIdentifier for an explanation of why this method will be depreciated.
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
- the id of the collection entry
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads the Element from the DbDataReader. The DbDataReader will probably only contain
- the id of the Element.
-
- See ReadElementIdentifier for an explanation of why this method will be depreciated.
-
-
-
- Combine arrays indicating settability and nullness of columns into one, considering null columns as not
- settable.
-
- Settable columns. will consider them as all settable.
- Nullness of columns. will consider them as all
- non-null. indicates a non-null column, indicates a null
- column.
- The resulting settability of columns, or if both argument are
- .
- thrown if and
- have inconsistent lengthes.
-
-
-
- Gets the select fragment containing collection element, index and indentifier columns.
-
- The table alias.
- The column suffix.
- The select fragment containing collection element, index and indentifier columns.
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL delete that deletes a particular row.
-
- A SQL delete .
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL delete that deletes a particular row.
-
- If non-null, an array of boolean indicating which mapped columns of the index
- or element would be null. indicates a non-null column,
- indicates a null column.
- A SQL delete .
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the identifier select fragment for collection element entity.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the element class of an array, or null otherwise
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this collection role (the fully qualified class name,
- extended by a "property path")
-
-
-
-
- Get the batch size of a collection persister.
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
- the id of the collection entry
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Collection persister for collections of values and many-to-many associations.
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL DELETE that deletes all rows
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL INSERT that creates a new row
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates a row
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
-
-
-
-
- A strategy for persisting a collection role.
-
-
- Defines a contract between the persistence strategy and the actual persistent collection framework
- and session. Does not define operations that are required for querying collections, or loading by outer join.
-
- Implements persistence of a collection instance while the instance is
- referenced in a particular role.
-
- This class is highly coupled to the
- hierarchy, since double dispatch is used to load and update collection
- elements.
-
- May be considered an immutable view of the mapping object
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection with the given key
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Read the key from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the element from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the index from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the identifier from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Completely remove the persistent state of the collection
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- (Re)create the collection's persistent state
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Delete the persistent state of any elements that were removed from the collection
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state of any elements that were modified
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Insert the persistent state of any new collection elements
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the cache
-
-
-
- Get the cache structure
-
-
-
- Get the associated IType
-
-
-
-
- Get the "key" type (the type of the foreign key)
-
-
-
-
- Get the "index" type for a list or map (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the "element" type
-
-
-
-
- Return the element class of an array, or null otherwise
-
-
-
-
- Is this an array or primitive values?
-
-
-
-
- Is this an array?
-
-
-
- Is this a one-to-many association?
-
-
-
- Is this a many-to-many association? Note that this is mainly
- a convenience feature as the single persister does not
- contain all the information needed to handle a many-to-many
- itself, as internally it is looked at as two many-to-ones.
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection lazily initialized?
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection "inverse", so state changes are not propagated to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this collection role (the fully qualified class name, extended by a "property path")
-
-
-
- Get the persister of the entity that "owns" this collection
-
-
-
- Get the surrogate key generation strategy (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of the surrogate key
-
-
-
- Get the "space" that holds the persistent state
-
-
-
- Is cascade delete handled by the database-level
- foreign key constraint definition?
-
-
-
-
- Does this collection cause version increment of the owning entity?
-
-
-
- Can the elements of this collection change?
-
-
-
- Initialize the given collection with the given key
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this collection role cacheable
-
-
-
-
- Read the key from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the element from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the index from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Read the identifier from a row of the
-
-
-
-
- Is this an "indexed" collection? (list or map)
-
-
-
-
- Completely remove the persistent state of the collection
-
-
-
-
-
-
- (Re)create the collection's persistent state
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delete the persistent state of any elements that were removed from the collection
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Update the persistent state of any elements that were modified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Insert the persistent state of any new collection elements
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does this collection implement "orphan delete"?
-
-
-
-
- Is this an ordered collection? (An ordered collection is
- ordered by the initialization operation, not by sorting
- that happens in memory, as in the case of a sorted collection.)
-
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's key column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the key column alias generation.
- The key column aliases.
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's index column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the index column alias generation.
- The index column aliases, or null if not indexed.
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's element column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the element column alias generation.
- The element column aliases.
-
-
-
- Generates the collection's identifier column aliases, based on the given
- suffix.
-
- The suffix to use in the identifier column alias generation.
- The identifier column aliases.
-
-
-
- Try to find an element by a given index.
-
- The key of the collection (collection-owner identifier)
- The given index.
- The active .
- The owner of the collection.
- The value of the element where available; otherwise .
-
-
-
- A place-holder to inform that the data-reader was empty.
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates all the foreign keys to null
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates a foreign key to a value
-
-
-
-
-
- Not needed for one-to-many association
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL UPDATE that updates a particular row's foreign
- key to null.
-
- Unused, the element is the entity key and should not contain null
- values.
-
-
-
- Create the
-
-
-
- The property name of the "special" identifier property
-
-
-
- Summary description for CollectionPropertyMapping.
-
-
-
-
- The names of all the collection properties.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for CompositeElementPropertyMapping.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for ElementPropertyMapping.
-
-
-
-
- Get the batch size of a collection persister.
-
-
-
-
- A collection role that may be queried or loaded by outer join.
-
-
-
-
- Get the index formulas if this is an indexed collection
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the persister of the element class, if this is a
- collection of entities (optional operation). Note that
- for a one-to-many association, the returned persister
- must be OuterJoinLoadable .
-
-
-
-
- Should we load this collection role by outer joining?
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection index columns if this is an indexed collection (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection element columns (or the primary key columns in the case of a one-to-many association)
-
-
-
-
- Does this collection role have a where clause filter?
-
-
-
-
- Generate a list of collection index and element columns
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection index columns if
- this is an indexed collection (optional operation),
- aliased by the given table alias
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the collection element columns (or the primary
- key columns in the case of a one-to-many association),
- aliased by the given table alias
-
-
-
-
- Get the extra where clause filter SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the order by SQL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the order-by to be applied at the target table of a many to many
-
- The alias for the many-to-many target table
- Appropriate order-by fragment or empty string.
-
-
-
- Generate the table alias to use for the collection's key columns
-
- The alias for the target table
- Appropriate table alias.
-
-
-
- Gets the select fragment containing collection element, index and indentifier columns.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias.
- The column suffix.
- The element, index and indentifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Superclass for built-in mapping strategies. Implements functionalty common to both mapping
- strategies
-
-
- May be considered an immutable view of the mapping object
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the version number
-
-
-
- Marshall the fields of a persistent instance to a prepared statement
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT.
-
-
- This for is used for all non-root tables as well as the root table
- in cases where the identifier value is known before the insert occurs.
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL UPDATE or SQL INSERT
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL DELETE
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance using the appropriate loader (as determined by
-
-
-
-
- The queries that delete rows by id (and version)
-
-
-
-
- The queries that insert rows with a given id
-
-
-
-
- The queries that update rows by id (and version)
-
-
-
-
- The query that inserts a row, letting the database generate an id
-
- The IDENTITY-based insertion query.
-
-
-
- We can't immediately add to the cache if we have formulas
- which must be evaluated, or if we have the possibility of
- two concurrent updates to the same item being merged on
- the database. This can happen if (a) the item is not
- versioned and either (b) we have dynamic update enabled
- or (c) we have multiple tables holding the state of the
- item.
-
-
-
-
- Decide which tables need to be updated
-
- The indices of all the entity properties considered dirty.
- Whether any collections owned by the entity which were considered dirty.
- Array of booleans indicating which table require updating.
-
- The return here is an array of boolean values with each index corresponding
- to a given table in the scope of this persister.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment.
-
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Whether to fetch all lazy properties.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to fetch.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL that selects the version number by id
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the version number
-
-
-
-
- Warning:
- When there are duplicated property names in the subclasses
- of the class, this method may return the wrong table
- number for the duplicated subclass property (note that
- SingleTableEntityPersister defines an overloaded form
- which takes the entity name.
-
-
-
-
- Get the column names for the numbered property of this class
-
-
-
-
- Must be called by subclasses, at the end of their constructors
-
-
-
- Generate the SQL that updates a row by id (and version)
-
-
- Generate the SQL that inserts a row
-
-
- Marshall the fields of a persistent instance to a prepared statement
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Unmarshall the fields of a persistent instance from a result set,
- without resolving associations or collections
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT, and then retrieve a generated identifier.
-
-
- This form is used for PostInsertIdentifierGenerator-style ids (IDENTITY, select, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL INSERT.
-
-
- This for is used for all non-root tables as well as the root table
- in cases where the identifier value is known before the insert occurs.
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL UPDATE or SQL INSERT
-
-
-
- Perform an SQL DELETE
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance using the appropriate loader (as determined by
-
-
-
-
- Transform the array of property indexes to an array of booleans, true when the property is dirty
-
-
-
- Which properties appear in the SQL update? (Initialized, updateable ones!)
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified entity is an instance of the class
- managed by this persister.
-
- The entity.
-
- if the specified entity is an instance; otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
- Concrete IEntityPersister s implement mapping and persistence logic for a particular class.
-
-
- Implementors must be threadsafe (preferably immutable) and must provide a constructor of type
- matching the signature of: (PersistentClass, SessionFactoryImplementor)
-
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The current state of the entity (the state to be checked).
- The previous state of the entity (the state to be checked against).
- The entity for which we are checking state dirtiness.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- or the indices of the dirty properties
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The old state of the entity.
- The current state of the entity.
- The entity for which we are checking state modification.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- return or the indicies of the modified properties
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current state of the natural-id properties from the database.
-
-
- The identifier of the entity for which to retrieve the natural-id values.
-
-
- The session from which the request originated.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The natural-id snapshot.
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class.
-
-
-
-
- Do a version check (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance, using a natively generated identifier (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent instance
-
-
-
-
- Update a persistent instance
-
- The id.
- The fields.
- The dirty fields.
- if set to [has dirty collection].
- The old fields.
- The old version.
- The obj.
- The rowId
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Get the current database state of the object, in a "hydrated" form, without resolving identifiers
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- if select-before-update is not enabled or not supported
-
-
-
- Get the current version of the object, or return null if there is no row for
- the given identifier. In the case of unversioned data, return any object
- if the row exists.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Is this a new transient instance?
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- The ISessionFactory to which this persister "belongs".
-
-
-
-
- Returns an object that identifies the space in which identifiers of
- this entity hierarchy are unique.
-
-
-
-
- The entity name which this persister maps.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the underlying entity metamodel instance...
-
- The metamodel
-
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that identify spaces in which properties of
- this entity are persisted, for instances of this class only.
-
- The property spaces.
-
- For most implementations, this returns the complete set of table names
- to which instances of the mapped entity are persisted (not accounting
- for superclass entity mappings).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that identify spaces in which properties of
- this entity are persisted, for instances of this class and its subclasses.
-
-
- Much like , except that here we include subclass
- entity spaces.
-
- The query spaces.
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class mutable?
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether the entity is inherited one or more other entities.
- In other words, is this entity a subclass of other entities.
-
- True if other entities extend this entity; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Is the identifier assigned before the insert by an IDGenerator or is it returned
- by the Insert() method?
-
-
- This determines which form of Insert() will be called.
-
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class versioned by a timestamp or version number column?
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of versioning (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Which property holds the version number? (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- If the entity defines a natural id ( ), which
- properties make up the natural id.
-
-
- The indices of the properties making of the natural id; or
- null, if no natural id is defined.
-
-
-
-
- Return the IIdentifierGenerator for the class
-
-
-
-
- Get the Hibernate types of the class properties
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of the class properties - doesn't have to be the names of the actual
- .NET properties (used for XML generation only)
-
-
-
-
- Gets if the Property is insertable.
-
- if the Property's value can be inserted.
-
- This is for formula columns and if the user sets the insert attribute on the <property> element.
-
-
-
- Which of the properties of this class are database generated values on insert?
-
-
- Which of the properties of this class are database generated values on update?
-
-
-
- Properties that may be dirty (and thus should be dirty-checked). These
- include all updatable properties and some associations.
-
-
-
-
- Get the nullability of the properties of this class
-
-
-
-
- Get the "versionability" of the properties of this class (is the property optimistic-locked)
-
- if the property is optimistic-locked; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- Get the cascade styles of the properties (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier type
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the indentifier property (or return null) - need not return the
- name of an actual .NET property
-
-
-
-
- Should we always invalidate the cache instead of recaching updated state
-
-
-
-
- Should lazy properties of this entity be cached?
-
-
-
-
- Get the cache (optional operation)
-
-
-
- Get the cache structure
-
-
-
- Get the user-visible metadata for the class (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Is batch loading enabled?
-
-
-
- Is select snapshot before update enabled?
-
-
-
- Does this entity contain a version property that is defined
- to be database generated?
-
-
-
-
- Finish the initialization of this object, once all ClassPersisters have been
- instantiated. Called only once, before any other method.
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether the given name represents a subclass entity
- (or this entity itself) of the entity mapped by this persister.
-
- The entity name to be checked.
-
- True if the given entity name represents either the entity mapped by this persister or one of its subclass entities;
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this class support dynamic proxies?
-
-
-
-
- Do instances of this class contain collections?
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether any properties of this entity are considered mutable.
-
-
- True if any properties of the entity are mutable; false otherwise (meaning none are).
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether this entity contains references to persistent collections
- which are fetchable by subselect?
-
-
- True if the entity contains collections fetchable by subselect; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Does this class declare any cascading save/update/deletes?
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of a particular property
-
-
-
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The current state of the entity (the state to be checked).
- The previous state of the entity (the state to be checked against).
- The entity for which we are checking state dirtiness.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- or the indices of the dirty properties
-
-
- Locate the property-indices of all properties considered to be dirty.
- The old state of the entity.
- The current state of the entity.
- The entity for which we are checking state modification.
- The session in which the check is occurring.
- return or the indicies of the modified properties
-
-
-
- Does the class have a property holding the identifier value?
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether detahced instances of this entity carry their own
- identifier value.
-
-
- True if either (1) or
- (2) the identifier is an embedded composite identifier; false otherwise.
-
-
- The other option is the deprecated feature where users could supply
- the id during session calls.
-
-
-
-
- Determine whether this entity defines a natural identifier.
-
- True if the entity defines a natural id; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current state of the natural-id properties from the database.
-
-
- The identifier of the entity for which to retrieve the natural-id values.
-
-
- The session from which the request originated.
-
- The natural-id snapshot.
-
-
-
- Determine whether this entity defines any lazy properties (ala
- bytecode instrumentation).
-
-
- True if the entity has properties mapped as lazy; false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class.
-
-
-
-
- Do a version check (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance
-
-
-
-
- Persist an instance, using a natively generated identifier (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Delete a persistent instance
-
-
-
-
- Update a persistent instance
-
- The id.
- The fields.
- The dirty fields.
- if set to [has dirty collection].
- The old fields.
- The old version.
- The obj.
- The rowId
- The session.
-
-
-
- Gets if the Property is updatable
-
- if the Property's value can be updated.
-
- This is for formula columns and if the user sets the update attribute on the <property> element.
-
-
-
-
- Does this class have a cache?
-
-
-
-
- Get the current database state of the object, in a "hydrated" form, without resolving identifiers
-
-
-
- if select-before-update is not enabled or not supported
-
-
-
- Get the current version of the object, or return null if there is no row for
- the given identifier. In the case of unversioned data, return any object
- if the row exists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Has the class actually been bytecode instrumented?
-
-
-
- Does this entity define any properties as being database-generated on insert?
-
-
-
-
- Does this entity define any properties as being database-generated on update?
-
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized
-
-
- Called just after the entity has been reassociated with the session
-
-
-
- Create a new proxy instance
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this a new transient instance?
-
-
- Return the values of the insertable properties of the object (including backrefs)
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
-
-
-
- Perform a select to retrieve the values of any generated properties
- back from the database, injecting these generated values into the
- given entity as well as writing this state to the persistence context.
-
-
- Note, that because we update the persistence context here, callers
- need to take care that they have already written the initial snapshot
- to the persistence context before calling this method.
-
- The entity's id value.
- The entity for which to get the state.
- The entity state (at the time of Save).
- The session.
-
-
-
- The persistent class, or null
-
-
-
-
- Does the class implement the ILifecycle inteface?
-
-
-
-
- Does the class implement the IValidatable interface?
-
-
-
-
- Get the proxy interface that instances of this concrete class will be cast to
-
-
-
-
- Set the given values to the mapped properties of the given object
-
-
-
-
- Set the value of a particular property
-
-
-
-
- Return the values of the mapped properties of the object
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a particular property
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a particular property
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier of an instance ( throw an exception if no identifier property)
-
-
-
-
- Set the identifier of an instance (or do nothing if no identifier property)
-
- The object to set the Id property on.
- The value to set the Id property to.
-
-
-
- Get the version number (or timestamp) from the object's version property (or return null if not versioned)
-
-
-
-
- Create a class instance initialized with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified entity is an instance of the class
- managed by this persister.
-
- The entity.
-
- if the specified entity is an instance; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- Does the given instance have any uninitialized lazy properties?
-
-
-
- Set the identifier and version of the given instance back
- to its "unsaved" value, returning the id
-
-
-
- Get the persister for an instance of this class or a subclass
-
-
-
- Check the version value trough .
-
- The snapshot entity state
- The result of .
- NHibernate-specific feature, not present in H3.2
-
-
-
- Gets EntityMode.
-
-
-
-
- Implemented by ClassPersister that uses Loader . There are several optional
- operations used only by loaders that inherit OuterJoinLoader
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- The discriminator type
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of columns used to persist the identifier
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the column used as a discriminator
-
-
-
-
- Does the persistent class have subclasses?
-
-
-
-
- Get the concrete subclass corresponding to the given discriminator value
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set aliases used for the identifier columns, given a suffix
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set aliases used for the property columns, given a suffix (properties of this class, only).
-
-
-
-
- Get the result set column names mapped for this property (properties of this class, only).
-
-
-
-
- Get the alias used for the discriminator column, given a suffix
-
-
-
- Does the result set contain rowids?
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Set lazy properties from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve property values from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Set lazy properties from one row of a result set
-
-
-
-
- Describes a class that may be loaded via a unique key.
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class, by a unique key other than the primary key.
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance of the persistent class, by a unique key other than the primary key.
-
-
-
-
- Get the property number of the unique key property
-
-
-
-
- Not really a Loader , just a wrapper around a named query.
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of a PropertyMapping.
-
-
-
- The property name of the "special" identifier property in HQL
-
-
-
- Get the batch size of a entity persister.
-
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized
-
-
-
- Anything that can be loaded by outer join - namely persisters for classes or collections.
-
-
-
-
- An identifying name; a class name or collection role name.
-
-
-
-
- The columns to join on.
-
-
-
-
- The columns to join on.
-
-
-
-
- Is this instance actually a ICollectionPersister?
-
-
-
-
- The table to join to.
-
-
-
-
- All columns to select, when loading.
-
-
-
-
- Get the where clause part of any joins (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the from clause part of any joins (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the where clause filter, given a query alias and considering enabled session filters
-
-
-
-
- Very, very, very ugly...
-
- Does this persister "consume" entity column aliases in the result
- set?
-
-
-
- Very, very, very ugly...
-
- Does this persister "consume" collection column aliases in the result
- set?
-
-
-
- Contract for things that can be locked via a .
-
-
- Currently only the root table gets locked, except for the case of HQL and Criteria queries
- against dialects which do not support either (1) FOR UPDATE OF or (2) support hint locking
- (in which case *all* queried tables would be locked).
-
-
-
-
- Locks are always applied to the "root table".
-
-
-
-
- Get the names of columns on the root table used to persist the identifier.
-
-
-
-
- For versioned entities, get the name of the column (again, expected on the
- root table) used to store the version values.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL alias this persister would use for the root table
- given the passed driving alias.
-
-
- The driving alias; or the alias for the table mapped by this persister in the hierarchy.
-
- The root table alias.
-
-
-
- To build the SQL command in pessimistic lock
-
-
-
-
- A ClassPersister that may be loaded by outer join using
- the OuterJoinLoader hierarchy and may be an element
- of a one-to-many association.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a list of collection index and element columns
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- How many properties are there, for this class and all subclasses? (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
- May this property be fetched using an SQL outerjoin?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the cascade style of this (subclass closure) property
-
-
-
-
- Is this property defined on a subclass of the mapped class?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get an array of the types of all properties of all subclasses (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the numbered property of the class or a subclass
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is the numbered property of the class of subclass nullable?
-
-
-
-
- Return the column names used to persist all properties of all sublasses of the persistent class
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Return the table name used to persist the numbered property of
- the class or a subclass
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
- Given the number of a property of a subclass, and a table alias, return the aliased column names
- (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the main from table fragment, given a query alias (optional operation)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the column names for the given property path
-
-
-
-
- Get the table name for the given property path
-
-
-
-
- Return the aliased identifier column names
-
-
-
-
- Get the table alias used for the supplied column
-
-
-
-
- Abstraction of all mappings that define properties: entities, collection elements.
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of the thing containing the properties
-
-
-
-
- Given a component path expression, get the type of the property
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given a component path expression, get the type of the property.
-
-
-
- true if a type was found, false if not
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and a property path, return the qualified column name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given a property path, return the corresponding column name(s).
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Lazy properties to fetch.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier select fragment.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- The identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
- Gets the properties select fragment.
-
- The instance.
- The table alias
- The column suffix.
- Whether to fetch all lazy properties.
- The properties select fragment.
-
-
-
- Extends the generic ILoadable contract to add operations required by HQL
-
-
-
-
- Is this class explicit polymorphism only?
-
-
-
-
- The class that this class is mapped as a subclass of - not necessarily the direct superclass
-
-
-
-
- The discriminator value for this particular concrete subclass, as a string that may be
- embedded in a select statement
-
-
-
-
- The discriminator value for this particular concrete subclass
-
- The DiscriminatorValue is specific of NH since we are using strongly typed parameters for SQL query.
-
-
-
- Is the inheritance hierarchy described by this persister contained across
- multiple tables?
-
- True if the inheritance hierarchy is spread across multiple tables; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Get the names of all tables used in the hierarchy (up and down) ordered such
- that deletes in the given order would not cause constraint violations.
-
- The ordered array of table names.
-
-
-
- For each table specified in , get
- the columns that define the key between the various hierarchy classes.
-
-
- The first dimension here corresponds to the table indexes returned in
- .
-
- The second dimension should have the same length across all the elements in
- the first dimension. If not, that'd be a problem ;)
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the temporary table to be used to (potentially) store id values
- when performing bulk update/deletes.
-
- The appropriate temporary table name.
-
-
-
- Get the appropriate DDL command for generating the temporary table to
- be used to (potentially) store id values when performing bulk update/deletes.
-
- The appropriate temporary table creation command.
-
-
- Is the version property included in insert statements?
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the identifier select fragment.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the property select fragment.
-
-
-
-
- Given a property name, determine the number of the table which contains the column
- to which this property is mapped.
-
- The name of the property.
- The number of the table to which the property is mapped.
-
- Note that this is not relative to the results from {@link #getConstraintOrderedTableNameClosure()}.
- It is relative to the subclass table name closure maintained internal to the persister (yick!).
- It is also relative to the indexing used to resolve {@link #getSubclassTableName}...
-
-
-
- Determine whether the given property is declared by our
- mapped class, our super class, or one of our subclasses...
-
- Note: the method is called 'subclass property...' simply
- for consistency sake (e.g. {@link #getSubclassPropertyTableNumber}
-
- The property name.
- The property declarer
-
-
-
- Get the name of the table with the given index from the internal array.
-
- The index into the internal array.
-
-
-
-
- The alias used for any filter conditions (mapped where-fragments or
- enabled-filters).
-
- The root alias
- The alias used for "filter conditions" within the where clause.
-
- This may or may not be different from the root alias depending upon the
- inheritance mapping strategy.
-
-
-
-
- A class persister that supports queries expressed in the platform native SQL dialect.
-
-
-
-
- Get the type
-
-
-
-
- Returns the column alias names used to persist/query the numbered property of the class or a subclass (optional operation).
-
-
-
-
- Return the column names used to persist/query the named property of the class or a subclass (optional operation).
-
-
-
-
- All columns to select, when loading.
-
-
-
-
- Given a query alias and an identifying suffix, render the identifier select fragment for joinable entity.
-
-
-
-
- All columns to select, when loading.
-
-
-
-
- A IEntityPersister implementing the normalized "table-per-subclass" mapping strategy
-
-
-
-
- Constructs the NormalizedEntityPerister for the PersistentClass.
-
- The PersistentClass to create the EntityPersister for.
- The configured .
- The SessionFactory that this EntityPersister will be stored in.
- The mapping used to retrieve type information.
-
-
-
- Find the Index of the table name from a list of table names.
-
- The name of the table to find.
- The array of table names
- The Index of the table in the array.
- Thrown when the tableName specified can't be found
-
-
-
- Default implementation of the ClassPersister interface. Implements the
- "table-per-class hierarchy" mapping strategy for an entity class.
-
-
-
-
- The unique name of the persister.
-
-
-
-
- Whether the persister supports query cache.
-
-
-
-
- Factory for IEntityPersister and ICollectionPersister instances.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a built in Entity Persister or a custom Persister.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a specific Persister - could be a built in or custom persister.
-
-
-
-
- Provides the base functionality to Handle Member calls into a dynamically
- generated NHibernate Proxy.
-
-
- This could be an extension point later if the .net framework ever gets a Proxy
- class that is similar to the java.lang.reflect.Proxy or if a library similar
- to cglib was made in .net.
-
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Return the Underlying Persistent Object, initializing if necessary.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The Persistent Object this proxy is Proxying.
-
-
-
- If this is returned by Invoke then the subclass needs to Invoke the
- method call against the object that is being proxied.
-
-
-
-
- Create a LazyInitializer to handle all of the Methods/Properties that are called
- on the Proxy.
-
- The entityName
- The Id of the Object we are Proxying.
- The ISession this Proxy is in.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Return the Underlying Persistent Object, initializing if necessary.
-
- The Persistent Object this proxy is Proxying.
-
-
-
- Return the Underlying Persistent Object in a given , or null.
-
- The Session to get the object from.
- The Persistent Object this proxy is Proxying, or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- Return the underlying persistent object, initializing if necessary.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The persistent object this proxy is proxying.
-
-
-
- Perform an ImmediateLoad of the actual object for the Proxy.
-
-
- Thrown when the Proxy has no Session or the Session is closed or disconnected.
-
-
-
-
- The identifier value for the entity our owning proxy represents.
-
-
-
-
- The entity-name of the entity our owning proxy represents.
-
-
-
-
- Get the actual class of the entity. Generally, should be used instead.
-
-
-
-
- Is the proxy uninitialized?
-
-
-
-
- Get the session to which this proxy is associated, or null if it is not attached.
-
-
-
-
- Is the read-only setting available?
-
-
-
-
- Read-only status
-
-
-
- Not available when the proxy is detached or its associated session is closed.
-
-
- To check if the read-only setting is available, use
-
-
- The read-only status of the entity will be made to match the read-only status of the proxy
- upon initialization.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the underlying persistent object, initializing if necessary.
-
- The persistent object this proxy is proxying.
-
-
-
- Return the underlying persistent object in a given , or null.
-
- The session to get the object from.
- The persistent object this proxy is proxying, or .
-
-
-
- Initialize the proxy manually by injecting its target.
-
- The proxy target (the actual entity being proxied).
-
-
-
- Associate the proxy with the given session.
-
- Care should be given to make certain that the proxy is added to the session's persistence context as well
- to maintain the symmetry of the association. That must be done separately as this method simply sets an
- internal reference. We do also check that if there is already an associated session that the proxy
- reference was removed from that previous session's persistence context.
-
- The session
-
-
-
- Unset this initializer's reference to session. It is assumed that the caller is also taking care or
- cleaning up the owning proxy's reference in the persistence context.
-
- Generally speaking this is intended to be called only during and
- processing; most other use-cases should call instead.
-
-
-
-
- Convenient common implementation for ProxyFactory
-
-
-
-
- Validates whether can be specified as the base class
- (or an interface) for a dynamically-generated proxy.
-
- The type to validate.
-
- A collection of errors messages, if any, or if none were found.
-
-
-
-
- Method to handle the scenario of an entity not found by unique key.
-
-
- The entityName (may be the class fullname)
- Property name
- Key
-
-
-
- Delegate to handle the scenario of an entity not found by a specified id.
-
-
-
-
- Delegate method to handle the scenario of an entity not found.
-
- The entityName (may be the class fullname)
- The requested id not founded.
-
-
-
- A marker interface so NHibernate can know if it is dealing with
- an object that is a Proxy.
-
-
-
- This interface should not be implemented by anything other than
- the Dynamically generated Proxy. If it is implemented by a class then
- NHibernate will think that class is a Proxy and will not work.
-
-
- It has to be public scope because
- the Proxies are created in a separate DLL than NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Get the underlying lazy initialization handler.
-
-
- Contract for run-time, proxy-based lazy initialization proxies.
-
-
- Called immediately after instantiation of this factory.
-
- The name of the entity for which this factory should generate proxies.
-
-
- The entity class for which to generate proxies; not always the same as the entityName.
-
-
- The interfaces to expose in the generated proxy;
- is already included in this collection.
-
-
- Reference to the identifier getter method; invocation on this method should not force initialization
-
-
- Reference to the identifier setter method; invocation on this method should not force initialization
-
-
- For composite identifier types, a reference to
- the type of the identifier
- property; again accessing the id should generally not cause
- initialization - but need to bear in mind key-many-to-one
- mappings.
-
- Indicates a problem completing post
-
- Essentially equivalent to constructor injection, but contracted
- here via interface.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new proxy
-
- The id value for the proxy to be generated.
- The session to which the generated proxy will be associated.
- The generated proxy.
- Indicates problems generating requested proxy.
-
-
-
- Proxeability validator.
-
-
-
-
- Validates whether can be specified as the base class
- (or an interface) for a dynamically-generated proxy.
-
- The type to validate.
-
- A collection of errors messages, if any, or if none were found.
-
-
- When the configuration property "use_proxy_validator" is set to true(default), the result of this method
- is used to throw a detailed exception about the proxeability of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Validate if a single method can be intercepted by proxy.
-
- The given method to check.
- if the method can be intercepted by proxy.
- otherwise.
-
-
- This method can be used internally by the and is used
- by to log errors when
- a property accessor can't be intercepted by proxy.
- The validation of property accessors is fairly enough if you ecampsulate each property.
-
-
-
- Lazy initializer for "dynamic-map" entity representations.
-
-
- Proxy for "dynamic-map" entity representations.
-
-
-
- NHibernateProxyHelper provides convenience methods for working with
- objects that might be instances of Classes or the Proxied version of
- the Class.
-
-
-
-
- Get the class of an instance or the underlying class of a proxy (without initializing the proxy!).
- It is almost always better to use the entity name!
-
- The object to get the type of.
- The Underlying Type for the object regardless of if it is a Proxy.
-
-
-
- Get the true, underlying class of a proxied persistent class. This operation
- will NOT initialize the proxy and thus may return an incorrect result.
-
- a persistable object or proxy
- guessed class of the instance
-
- This method is approximate match for Session.bestGuessEntityName in H3.2
-
-
-
- Lazy initializer for POCOs
-
-
-
- Adds all of the information into the SerializationInfo that is needed to
- reconstruct the proxy during deserialization or to replace the proxy
- with the instantiated target.
-
-
- This will only be called if the Dynamic Proxy generator does not handle serialization
- itself or delegates calls to the method GetObjectData to the LazyInitializer.
-
-
-
-
- Invokes the method if this is something that the LazyInitializer can handle
- without the underlying proxied object being instantiated.
-
- The name of the method/property to Invoke.
- The arguments to pass the method/property.
- The proxy object that the method is being invoked on.
-
- The result of the Invoke if the underlying proxied object is not needed. If the
- underlying proxied object is needed then it returns the result
- which indicates that the Proxy will need to forward to the real implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Method equality for the proxy building purpose: we want to equate an interface method to a base type
- method which implements it. This implies the base type method has the same signature and there is no
- explicit implementation of the interface method in the base type.
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s, of the second query in the
- , is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- re-set the index of each parameter in the final command .
-
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given command, for the this .
-
- Suppose the final command is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query command has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s, of the second query in the
- command, is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
- This method should be called before call .
-
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
-
- Suppose the is composed by two queries. The for the first query is zero.
- If the first query in has 12 parameters (size of its SqlType array) the offset to bind all s, of the second query in the
- , is 12 (for the first query we are using from 0 to 11).
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occurring.
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The parameter-list of the whole query of the command.
- The offset from where start the list of , in the given , for the this .
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
-
-
- Bind the appropriate value into the given command.
-
- The command into which the value should be bound.
- The session against which the current execution is occuring.
-
- Use this method when the contains just 'this' instance of .
- Use the overload when the contains more instances of .
-
-
-
-
- Aliases tables and fields for Sql Statements.
-
-
- Several methods of this class take an additional
- parameter, while their Java counterparts
- do not. The dialect is used to correctly quote and unquote identifiers.
- Java versions do the quoting and unquoting themselves and fail to
- consider dialect-specific rules, such as escaping closing brackets in
- identifiers on MS SQL 2000.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An ANSI SQL CASE expression.
- case when ... then ... end as ...
-
- This class looks StringHelper.SqlParameter safe...
-
-
-
- An ANSI-style Join.
-
-
-
-
- A list of that maintains a cache of backtrace positions for performance purpose.
- See https://nhibernate.jira.com/browse/NH-3489.
-
-
-
- Abstract SQL case fragment renderer
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the op
-
- The op to set
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An Oracle-style DECODE function.
-
- decode(pkvalue, key1, 1, key2, 2, ..., 0)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an SQL for update of ... nowait statement
-
-
-
-
- An Informix-style (theta) Join
-
-
-
-
- Represents an ... in (...) expression
-
-
-
-
- Add a value to the value list. Value may be a string,
- a , or one of special values
- or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Builds a SqlString from the internal data.
-
- A valid SqlString that can be converted into an DbCommand
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a SQL JOIN
-
-
-
-
- Adds condition to buffer without adding " and " prefix. Existing " and" prefix is removed
-
-
-
-
- An Oracle-style (theta) Join
-
-
-
-
- This method is a bit of a hack, and assumes
- that the column on the "right" side of the
- join appears on the "left" side of the
- operator, which is extremely weird if this
- was a normal join condition, but is natural
- for a filter.
-
-
-
-
- A placeholder for an ADO.NET parameter in an .
-
-
-
-
- We need to know what the position of the parameter was in a query
- before we rearranged the query.
- This is the ADO parameter position that this SqlString parameter is
- bound to. The SqlString can be safely rearranged once this is set.
-
-
-
-
- Used to determine the parameter's name (p0,p1 etc.)
-
-
-
-
- Unique identifier of a parameter to be tracked back by its generator.
-
-
- We have various query-systems. Each one, at the end, give us a .
- At the same time we have various bad-guys playing the game (hql function implementations, the dialect...).
- A bad guy can rearrange a and the query-system can easly lost organization/sequence of parameters.
- Using the the query-system can easily find where are its parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Used as a placeholder when parsing HQL or SQL queries.
-
-
-
-
- Create a parameter with the specified position
-
-
-
-
- Generates an array of parameters.
-
- The number of parameters to generate.
- An array of objects
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance and the specified object
- are of the same type and have the same values.
-
- An object to compare to this instance.
-
- if the object equals the current instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a hash code for the parameter.
-
-
- An value for the hash code.
-
-
-
-
- Represents SQL Server SELECT query parser, primarily intended to support generation of
- limit queries by SQL Server dialects.
-
-
-
-
- Column definitions in SELECT clause
-
-
-
-
- Column definitions for columns that appear in ORDER BY clause
- but do not appear in SELECT clause.
-
-
-
-
- Sort orders as defined in ORDER BY clause
-
-
-
-
- A SQL query token as returned by
-
-
-
-
- Position at which this token occurs in a .
-
-
-
-
- Number of characters in this token.
-
-
-
-
- Splits a into s.
-
-
-
-
- token types.
-
-
-
-
- Whitespace
-
-
-
-
- Single line comment (preceeded by --) or multi-line comment (terminated by /* and */)
-
-
-
-
- Keywords, operators or undelimited identifiers.
-
-
-
-
- Delimited identifiers or string literals.
-
-
-
-
- A query parameter.
-
-
-
-
- List separator, the ',' character.
-
-
-
-
- Begin of an expression block, consisting of a '(' character.
-
-
-
-
- End of an expression block, consisting of a ')' character.
-
-
-
-
- Tokens for begin or end of expression blocks.
-
-
-
-
- Includes all token types except whitespace or comments
-
-
-
-
- Includes all token types except whitespace
-
-
-
-
- Includes all token types
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for QueryJoinFragment.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for QuerySelect.
-
-
-
-
- Certain databases don't like spaces around these operators.
-
-
- This needs to contain both a plain string and a
- SqlString version of the operator because the portions in
- the WHERE clause will come in as SqlStrings since there
- might be parameters, other portions of the clause come in
- as strings since there are no parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a string containing a valid "order by" sql statement
- to this QuerySelect
-
- The "order by" sql statement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents part of an SQL SELECT clause
-
-
-
-
- Equivalent to ToSqlStringFragment.
-
-
-
- In H3, it is called ToFragmentString(). It appears to be
- functionally equivalent as ToSqlStringFragment() here.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for all of the SqlBuilders.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
- This just calls the overloaded ToWhereFragment() with the operator as " = " and the tableAlias null.
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The Alias for the Table.
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
- This defaults the op to " = "
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- The operator to use between the names & values. For example " = " or "!="
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
-
-
-
- Converts the ColumnNames and ColumnValues to a WhereFragment
-
- The Alias for the Table.
- The names of the Columns to Add to the WhereFragment
- The operator to use between the names & values. For example " = " or "!="
- A SqlString that contains the WhereFragment
-
-
-
- A class that builds an DELETE sql statement.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the IdentityColumn for the DELETE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the Identity Property.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the VersionColumn for the DELETE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IVersionType of the Version Property.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the columns for the Type to the WhereFragment
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The IType of the property.
- The operator to put between the column name and value.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds a string to the WhereFragment
-
- A well formed sql statement with no parameters.
- The SqlDeleteBuilder
-
-
-
- A class that builds an INSERT sql statement.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the Property's columns to the INSERT sql
-
- The column name for the Property
- The IType of the property.
- The SqlInsertBuilder.
- The column will be associated with a parameter.
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the INSERT sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- The value to set for the column.
- The NHibernateType to use to convert the value to a sql string.
- The SqlInsertBuilder.
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the INSERT sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- A valid sql string to set as the value of the column.
- The SqlInsertBuilder.
-
-
-
- Builds a SELECT SQL statement.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the FROM
-
- The fromClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the FROM
-
- The name of the Table to get the data from
- The Alias to use for the table name.
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the FROM
-
- The fromClause in a SqlString
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the ORDER BY.
-
- The orderByClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text that should appear after the GROUP BY.
-
- The groupByClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the SqlString for the OUTER JOINs.
-
-
- All of the Sql needs to be included in the SELECT. No OUTER JOINS will automatically be
- added.
-
- The outerJoinsAfterFrom to set
- The outerJoinsAfterWhere to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text for the SELECT
-
- The selectClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the text for the SELECT
-
- The selectClause to set
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the criteria to use for the WHERE. It joins all of the columnNames together with an AND.
-
-
- The names of the columns
- The Hibernate Type
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the prebuilt SqlString to the Where clause
-
- The SqlString that contains the sql and parameters to add to the WHERE
- This SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the criteria to use for the WHERE. It joins all of the columnNames together with an AND.
-
-
- The names of the columns
- The Hibernate Type
- The SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Sets the prebuilt SqlString to the Having clause
-
- The SqlString that contains the sql and parameters to add to the HAVING
- This SqlSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- ToSqlString() is named ToStatementString() in H3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for SqlSimpleSelectBuilder.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a columnName to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The name of the column to add.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds a columnName and its Alias to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The name of the column to add.
- The alias to use for the column
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an array of columnNames to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an array of columnNames with their Aliases to the SELECT fragment.
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The aliases to use for the columns
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Gets the Alias that should be used for the column
-
- The name of the column to get the Alias for.
- The Alias if one exists, null otherwise
-
-
-
- Sets the IdentityColumn for the SELECT sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the Identity Property.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the VersionColumn for the SELECT sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IVersionType of the Version Property.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder.
-
-
-
- Set the Order By fragment of the Select Command
-
- The OrderBy fragment. It should include the SQL "ORDER BY"
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds the columns for the Type to the WhereFragment
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The IType of the property.
- The operator to put between the column name and value.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an arbitrary where fragment.
-
- The fragment.
- The SqlSimpleSelectBuilder
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a non-modifiable SQL statement that is ready to be prepared
- and sent to the Database for execution.
-
-
- A represents a (potentially partial) SQL query string
- that may or may not contain query parameter references. A
- decomposes the underlying SQL query string into a list of parts. Each part is either
- 1) a string part, which represents a fragment of the underlying SQL query string that
- does not contain any parameter references, or 2) a parameter part, which represents
- a single query parameter reference in the underlying SQL query string.
-
- The constructors ensure that the number of string parts
- in a are kept to an absolute minimum (as compact as possible)
- by concatenating any adjoining string parts into a single string part.
-
-
- Substring operations on a (such as ,
- , ) return a that reuses the parts
- list of the instance on which the operation was performed.
- Besides a reference to this parts list, the resulting instance
- also stores the character offset into the original underlying SQL string at which the
- substring starts and the length of the substring. By avoiding the unnecessary rebuilding
- of part lists these operations have O(1) behaviour rather than O(n) behaviour.
-
-
- If you need to modify this object pass it to a and
- get a new object back from it.
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty instance.
-
-
-
-
- Immutable list of string and parameter parts that make up this .
- This list may be shared by multiple instances that present
- different fragments of a common underlying SQL query string.
-
-
-
-
- List of SQL query parameter references that occur in this .
-
-
-
-
- Cached index of first part in that contains (part of)
- a SQL fragment that falls within the scope of this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Cached index of last part in that contains (part of)
- a SQL fragment that falls within the scope of this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Index of first character of the underlying SQL query string that is within scope of
- this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Number of characters of the underlying SQL query string that are within scope of
- this instance from onwards.
-
-
-
-
- Creates copy of other .
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates substring of other .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates consisting of single string part.
-
- A SQL fragment
-
-
-
- Creates consisting of single parameter part.
-
- A query parameter
-
-
-
- Creates consisting of multiple parts.
-
- Arbitrary number of parts, which must be
- either , or
- values.
- The instance is automatically compacted.
-
-
-
- Parse SQL in and create a SqlString representing it.
-
-
- Parameter marks in single quotes will be correctly skipped, but otherwise the
- lexer is very simple and will not parse double quotes or escape sequences
- correctly, for example.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of SqlParts contained in this SqlString.
-
- The number of SqlParts contained in this SqlString.
-
-
-
- Appends the SqlString parameter to the end of the current SqlString to create a
- new SqlString object.
-
- The SqlString to append.
- A new SqlString object.
-
- A SqlString object is immutable so this returns a new SqlString. If multiple Appends
- are called it is better to use the SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- Appends the string parameter to the end of the current SqlString to create a
- new SqlString object.
-
- The string to append.
- A new SqlString object.
-
- A SqlString object is immutable so this returns a new SqlString. If multiple Appends
- are called it is better to use the SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- Makes a copy of the SqlString, with new parameter references (Placeholders)
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the end of this instance matches the specified String.
-
- A string to seek at the end.
- if the end of this instance matches value; otherwise,
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower
- case.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower
- The zero-based index of the search starting position.
- The number of character positions to examine.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the rules for the search.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower
- case.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the first occurrence of , case-insensitive.
-
- Text to look for in the . Must be in lower case.
- The zero-based index of the search starting position.
- The number of character positions to examine.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the rules for the search.
-
- The text must be located entirely in a string part of the .
- Searching for "a ? b" in an consisting of
- "a ", Parameter, " b" will result in no matches.
-
- The index of the first occurrence of , or -1
- if not found.
-
-
-
- Replaces all occurrences of a specified in this instance,
- with another specified .
-
- A String to be replaced.
- A String to replace all occurrences of oldValue.
-
- A new SqlString with oldValue replaced by the newValue. The new SqlString is
- in the compacted form.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the beginning of this SqlString matches the specified System.String,
- using case-insensitive comparison.
-
- The System.String to seek
- true if the SqlString starts with the value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the sqlString matches the specified System.String,
- using case-insensitive comparison
-
- The System.String to match
- true if the SqlString matches the value.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a substring from this instance. The substring starts at a specified character position.
-
- The starting character position of a substring in this instance.
-
- A new SqlString to the substring that begins at startIndex in this instance.
-
-
- If the startIndex is greater than the length of the SqlString then is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Returns substring of this SqlString starting with the specified
- . If the text is not found, returns an
- empty, not-null SqlString.
-
-
- The method performs case-insensitive comparison, so the
- passed should be in lower case.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if content is empty or white space characters only
-
-
-
-
- Removes all occurrences of white space characters from the beginning and end of this instance.
-
-
- A new SqlString equivalent to this instance after white space characters
- are removed from the beginning and end.
-
-
-
-
- Locate the part that contains the requested character index, and return the
- part's index. Return -1 if the character position isn't found.
-
-
-
-
- It the pendingContent is non-empty, append it as a new part and reset the pendingContent
- to empty. The new part will be given the sqlIndex. After return, the sqlIndex will have
- been updated to the next available index.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the SqlString in a string where it looks like
- SELECT col1, col2 FROM table WHERE col1 = ?
-
-
- The question mark is used as the indicator of a parameter because at
- this point we are not using the specific provider so we don't know
- how that provider wants our parameters formatted.
-
- A provider-neutral version of the CommandText
-
-
-
- The SqlStringBuilder is used to construct a SqlString.
-
-
-
- The SqlString is a nonmutable class so it can't have sql parts added
- to it. Instead this class should be used to generate a new SqlString.
- The SqlStringBuilder is to SqlString what the StringBuilder is to
- a String.
-
-
- This is different from the original version of SqlString because this does not
- hold the sql string in the form of "column1=@column1" instead it uses an array to
- build the sql statement such that
- object[0] = "column1="
- object[1] = ref to column1 parameter
-
-
- What this allows us to do is to delay the generating of the parameter for the sql
- until the very end - making testing dialect indifferent. Right now all of our test
- to make sure the correct sql is getting built are specific to MsSql2000Dialect.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an empty StringBuilder with the default capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Create a StringBuilder with a specific capacity.
-
- The number of parts expected.
-
-
-
- Create a StringBuilder to modify the SqlString
-
- The SqlString to modify.
-
-
-
- Adds the preformatted sql to the SqlString that is being built.
-
- The string to add.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds the Parameter to the SqlString that is being built.
- The correct operator should be added before the Add(Parameter) is called
- because there will be no operator ( such as "=" ) placed between the last Add call
- and this Add call.
-
- The Parameter to add.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Attempts to discover what type of object this is and calls the appropriate
- method.
-
- The part to add when it is not known if it is a Parameter, String, or SqlString.
- This SqlStringBuilder.
- Thrown when the part is not a Parameter, String, or SqlString.
-
-
-
- Adds an existing SqlString to this SqlStringBuilder. It does NOT add any
- prefix, postfix, operator, or wrap around this. It is equivalent to just
- adding a string.
-
- The SqlString to add to this SqlStringBuilder
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds an existing SqlString to this SqlStringBuilder
-
- The SqlString to add to this SqlStringBuilder
- String to put at the beginning of the combined SqlString.
- How these Statements should be junctioned "AND" or "OR"
- String to put at the end of the combined SqlString.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
- This calls the overloaded Add method with an array of SqlStrings and wrapStatement=false
- so it will not be wrapped with a "(" and ")"
-
-
-
-
- Adds existing SqlStrings to this SqlStringBuilder
-
- The SqlStrings to combine.
- String to put at the beginning of the combined SqlString.
- How these SqlStrings should be junctioned "AND" or "OR"
- String to put at the end of the combined SqlStrings.
- This SqlStringBuilder
- This calls the overloaded Add method with wrapStatement=true
-
-
-
- Adds existing SqlStrings to this SqlStringBuilder
-
- The SqlStrings to combine.
- String to put at the beginning of the combined SqlStrings.
- How these SqlStrings should be junctioned "AND" or "OR"
- String to put at the end of the combined SqlStrings.
- Wrap each SqlStrings with "(" and ")"
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Gets the number of SqlParts in this SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
- The number of SqlParts in this SqlStringBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the element at the index
-
- Returns a string or Parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Insert a string containing sql into the SqlStringBuilder at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index at which the sql should be inserted.
- The string containing sql to insert.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Insert a Parameter into the SqlStringBuilder at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index at which the Parameter should be inserted.
- The Parameter to insert.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Removes the string or Parameter at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index of the item to remove.
- This SqlStringBuilder
-
-
-
- Converts the mutable SqlStringBuilder into the immutable SqlString.
-
- The SqlString that was built.
-
-
-
- Helper methods for SqlString.
-
-
-
-
- Removes the as someColumnAlias clause from a SqlString representing a column expression.
- Consider using CriterionUtil.GetColumn... methods instead.
-
- The SqlString representing a column expression which might be aliased.
- if it was not aliased, otherwise an un-aliased SqlString representing the column.
-
-
-
- A class that builds an UPDATE sql statement.
-
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the UPDATE sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- The value to set for the column.
- The NHibernateType to use to convert the value to a sql string.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Add a column with a specific value to the UPDATE sql
-
- The name of the Column to add.
- A valid sql string to set as the value of the column.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds columns with a specific value to the UPDATE sql
-
- The names of the Columns to add.
- A valid sql string to set as the value of the column. This value is assigned to each column.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the Property's columns to the UPDATE sql
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the Property's updatable columns to the UPDATE sql
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- An array of updatable column flags. If this array is null , all supplied columns are considered updatable.
- The IType of the property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the IdentityColumn for the UPDATE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IType of the Identity Property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Sets the VersionColumn for the UPDATE sql to use.
-
- An array of the column names for the Property
- The IVersionType of the Version Property.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder.
-
-
-
- Adds the columns for the Type to the WhereFragment
-
- The names of the columns to add.
- The IType of the property.
- The operator to put between the column name and value.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder
-
-
-
- Adds a string to the WhereFragment
-
- A well formed sql string with no parameters.
- The SqlUpdateBuilder
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Given an SQL SELECT statement, parse it to extract clauses starting with
- FROM , up to and not including ORDER BY (known collectively
- as a subselect clause).
-
-
-
-
- Contains the subselect clause as it is being built.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The to extract the subselect clause from.
-
-
-
- Looks for a FROM clause in the
- and adds the clause to the result if found.
-
- A or a .
- if the part contained a FROM clause,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Returns the subselect clause of the statement
- being processed.
-
- An containing
- the subselect clause of the original SELECT
- statement.
-
-
-
- Allows us to construct SQL WHERE fragments
-
-
-
-
- Contract for delegates responsible for managing connection used by the hbm2ddl tools.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the helper for use.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Prepare the helper for use.
-
-
-
-
- Get a reference to the connection we are using.
-
-
-
-
- Release any resources held by this helper.
-
-
-
-
- A implementation based on an internally
- built and managed .
-
-
-
-
- Generates ddl to export table schema for a configured Configuration to the database
-
-
- This Class can be used directly or the command line wrapper NHibernate.Tool.hbm2ddl.exe can be
- used when a dll can not be directly used.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema in the given connection
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
-
- The connection to use when executing the commands when export is .
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- The writer used to output the generated schema
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
- This overload is provided mainly to enable use of in memory databases.
- It does NOT close the given connection!
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema.
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Create a schema exported for a given Configuration
-
- The NHibernate Configuration to generate the schema from.
-
-
-
- Create a schema exporter for the given Configuration, with the given
- database connection properties
-
- The NHibernate Configuration to generate the schema from.
- The Properties to use when connecting to the Database.
-
-
-
- Set the output filename. The generated script will be written to this file
-
- The name of the file to output the ddl to.
- The SchemaExport object.
-
-
-
- Set the end of statement delimiter
-
- The end of statement delimiter.
- The SchemaExport object.
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- an action that will be called for each line of the generated ddl.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the schema creation script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to false.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Run the drop schema script
-
- if non-null, the ddl will be written to this TextWriter.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- Optional explicit connection. Required for multi-tenancy.
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- This is a convenience method that calls and sets
- the justDrop parameter to true.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema in the given connection
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
-
- The connection to use when executing the commands when export is .
- Must be an opened connection. The method doesn't close the connection.
-
- The writer used to output the generated schema
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
- This overload is provided mainly to enable use of in memory databases.
- It does NOT close the given connection!
-
-
-
-
- Executes the Export of the Schema.
-
- if the ddl should be outputted in the Console.
- if the ddl should be executed against the Database.
- if only the ddl to drop the Database objects should be executed.
-
- This method allows for both the drop and create ddl script to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
- The action to write the each schema line.
- Commit the script to DB
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Returns a List of all Exceptions which occurred during the export.
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
-
-
-
- Execute the schema updates
-
- The action to write the each schema line.
- Commit the script to DB
-
-
-
- A implementation based on an explicitly supplied
- connection.
-
-
-
-
- A implementation based on a provided
- . Essentially, ensures that the connection
- gets cleaned up, but that the provider itself remains usable since it
- was externally provided to us.
-
-
-
-
- This acts as a template method. Specific Reader instances
- override the component methods.
-
-
-
-
- Minimal factory implementation.
- Does not support system .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- factory implementation supporting system
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- See .
-
-
-
-
- See .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Enlist the session in the supplied transaction.
-
- The session to enlist.
- The transaction to enlist with. Can be .
-
-
-
- Create a transaction context for enlisting a session with a ,
- and enlist the context in the transaction.
-
- The session to be enlisted.
- The transaction into which the context has to be enlisted.
- The created transaction context.
-
-
-
- Create a transaction context for a dependent session.
-
- The dependent session.
- The context of the session owning the .
- A dependent context for the session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Transaction context for enlisting a session with a system .
- It is meant for being the concrete class enlisted in the transaction.
-
-
-
-
- The transaction in which this context is enlisted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The session to enlist with the transaction.
- The transaction into which the context will be enlisted.
- See .
- See .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock the context, causing to block until released. Do nothing if the context
- has already been locked once.
-
-
-
-
- Unlock the context, causing to cease blocking. Do nothing if the context
- is not locked.
-
-
-
-
- Safely get the of the context transaction.
-
- The of the context transaction, or
- if it cannot be obtained.
- The status may no more be obtainable during transaction completion events in case of
- rollback.
-
-
-
- Prepare the session for the transaction commit. Run
- for the session and for
- if any. the context
- before signaling it is done, or before rollback in case of failure.
-
- The object for notifying the prepare phase outcome.
-
-
-
- Handle the second phase callbacks. Has no actual work to do excepted signaling it is done.
-
- The enlistment object for signaling to the transaction manager the notification has been handled.
- if this is a commit callback, if this is a rollback
- callback, if this is an in-doubt callback.
-
-
-
- Handle the transaction completion. Notify of the end of the
- transaction. Notify end of transaction to the session and to
- if any. Close sessions requiring it then cleanup transaction contexts and then blocked
- threads.
-
- if the transaction is committed,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose of the context.
-
- if called by .
- otherwise. Do not access managed resources if it is
- false .
-
-
-
- Transaction context for enlisting a dependent session. Dependent sessions are not owning
- their . The session owning it will have a transaction context
- handling all actions for dependent sessions.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The transaction context of the session owning the .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The transaction context of the session owning the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose of the context.
-
- if called by .
- otherwise. Do not access managed resources if it is
- false .
-
-
-
- Wraps an ADO.NET to implement
- the interface.
-
-
-
-
- Commits the by flushing asynchronously the
- then committing synchronously the .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Commit() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Rolls back the by calling the method Rollback
- on the underlying .
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Rollback() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this AdoTransaction is being Disposed of or Finalized.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- If this AdoTransaction is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this AdoTransaction back to life.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The the Transaction is for.
-
-
-
- Enlist the in the current .
-
- The to enlist in this Transaction.
-
-
- This takes care of making sure the 's Transaction property
- contains the correct or if there is no
- Transaction for the ISession - ie BeginTransaction() not called.
-
-
- This method may be called even when the transaction is disposed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Begins the on the
- used by the .
-
-
- Thrown if there is any problems encountered while trying to create
- the .
-
-
-
-
- Commits the by flushing the
- and committing the .
-
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Commit() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Rolls back the by calling the method Rollback
- on the underlying .
-
-
- Thrown if there is any exception while trying to call Rollback() on
- the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the transaction was rolled back.
-
-
- if the had Rollback called
- without any exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if the transaction was committed.
-
-
- if the had Commit called
- without any exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Disose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this AdoTransaction is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- If this AdoTransaction is being Finalized (isDisposing==false ) then make sure not
- to call any methods that could potentially bring this AdoTransaction back to life.
-
-
-
-
-
- A factory interface for instances.
- Concrete implementations are specified by transaction.factory_class
- configuration property.
-
-
- Implementors must be threadsafe and should declare a public default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Execute a work outside of the current transaction (if any).
-
- The session for which an isolated work has to be executed.
- The work to execute.
- for encapsulating the work in a dedicated
- transaction, for not transacting it.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Configure from the given properties.
-
- The configuration properties.
-
-
-
- Create a new and return it without starting it.
-
- The session for which to create a new transaction.
- The created transaction.
-
-
-
-
- If supporting system , enlist the session in
- the ambient transaction if any. This method may be call multiple times for the same ambient
- transaction, and must support it. (Avoid re-enlisting the session if already enlisted.)
-
- Do nothing if the transaction factory does not support system transaction, or
- if the session auto-join transaction option is disabled.
-
- The session having to participate in the ambient system transaction if any.
-
-
-
- Enlist the session in the current system .
-
- The session to enlist.
- Thrown if the transaction factory does not support system
- transactions.
- Thrown if there is no current transaction.
-
-
-
- If supporting system , indicate whether the given
- is currently enlisted in an system transaction. Otherwise
- .
-
-
- if the session is enlisted in an system transaction.
-
- When a is distributed, a number of processing will run
- on dedicated threads, and may call this. This method must not rely on
- : it may not be relevant for the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Execute a work outside of the current transaction (if any).
-
- The session for which an isolated work has to be executed.
- The work to execute.
- for encapsulating the work in a dedicated
- transaction, for not transacting it.
-
-
-
- Create an AfterTransactionCompletes that will execute the given delegate
- when the transaction is completed. The action delegate will receive
- the value 'true' if the transaction was completed successfully.
-
-
-
-
-
- A mimic to the javax.transaction.Synchronization callback to enable
-
-
-
-
- Contract representing processes that needs to occur before or after transaction completion.
-
-
-
-
- This is used as a marker interface for the different
- transaction context required for each session
-
-
-
-
- Is the transaction still active?
-
-
-
-
- Should the session be closed upon transaction completion?
-
-
-
-
- Can the transaction completion trigger a flush?
-
-
-
-
- With some transaction factory, synchronization of session may be required. This method should be called
- by session before each of its usage where a concurrent transaction completion action could cause a thread
- safety issue. This method is already called by
- and .
-
-
-
- This method is required due to MSDTC asynchronism. When a transaction is promoted to distributed, MSDTC
- starts handling it. See https://github.com/npgsql/npgsql/issues/1571#issuecomment-308651461 for a discussion
- about it.
-
-
- MSDTC considers the transaction to be committed as soon as it has collected all positive votes from prepare
- phases of enlisted resources
- ( ).
- It then concurrently lets the disposal leave and allow
- the code following it to execute, raises transaction completion event
- ( ) and calls all resources second phase
- callbacks ( ).
-
-
- For rollback cases, it depends on what has triggered the rollback. The transaction is marked as aborted. The
- transaction completion event is raised. If the rollback has been triggered by a resource prepare phase, the
- rollback callback of that resource will not be called. Prepare phase may not have been called at all for some
- rollback cases. The called rollback callbacks execute concurrently with transaction completion event and
- code following the scope disposal.
- (See ( .)
-
-
- In-doubt cases are similar to rollback cases. The transaction completion event is raised too, and run
- concurrently to in-doubt callbacks
- ( ) and
- code following the scope disposal.
-
-
- Due to this, for avoiding concurrency races, this method should block before the last resource signals it is
- prepared ( ), and if it detects the transaction
- is no more active ( ) while not having already
- blocked. It should be released only once the and
- transaction completion events and cleanups have been handled.
-
-
-
-
- Logic to bind stream of byte into a VARBINARY
-
-
- Convert the byte[] into the expected object type
-
-
- Convert the object into the internal byte[] representation
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for date time types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current system time.
-
- if is ,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for overriding the default .
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Adjust the date time value for this type from an arbitrary date time value.
-
- The to adjust.
- A .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Round a according to specified resolution.
-
- The value to round.
- The resolution in ticks (100ns).
- A rounded .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two object and also compare its Kind if needed, which is not used by the
- .Net Framework implementation.
-
- The first date time to compare.
- The second date time to compare.
- if they are equals, otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The base implementation of the interface.
- Mapping of the built in Type hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- Disassembles the object into a cacheable representation.
-
- The value to disassemble.
- The is not used by this method.
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The disassembled, deep cloned state of the object
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Reconstructs the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
-
- The disassembled state from the cache
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity object is not used by this method
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The assembled object.
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Should the parent be considered dirty, given both the old and current
- field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The is not used by this method.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- true if the field is dirty
- This method uses IType.Equals(object, object) to determine the value of IsDirty.
-
-
-
- Retrieves an instance of the mapped class, or the identifier of an entity
- or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- the session
- The parent Entity
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
- This method uses the IType.NullSafeGet(DbDataReader, string[], ISessionImplementor, object) method
- to Hydrate this .
-
-
-
-
- Maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate()
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity is not used by this method.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value.
-
- There is nothing done in this method other than return the value parameter passed in.
-
-
-
-
- Says whether the value has been modified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is an .
-
- false - by default an is not an .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is a .
-
- false - by default an is not a .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is an .
-
- false - by default an is not an .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the is a .
-
- false - by default an is not a .
-
-
-
- Disassembles the object into a cacheable representation.
-
- The value to disassemble.
- The is not used by this method.
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- The disassembled, deep cloned state of the object
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Reconstructs the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
-
- The disassembled state from the cache
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity object is not used by this method
- The assembled object.
-
- This method calls DeepCopy if the value is not null.
-
-
-
-
- Should the parent be considered dirty, given both the old and current
- field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The is not used by this method.
- true if the field is dirty
- This method uses IType.Equals(object, object) to determine the value of IsDirty.
-
-
-
- Retrieves an instance of the mapped class, or the identifier of an entity
- or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- the session
- The parent Entity
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
- This method uses the IType.NullSafeGet(DbDataReader, string[], ISessionImplementor, object) method
- to Hydrate this .
-
-
-
-
- Maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate()
- The is not used by this method.
- The parent Entity is not used by this method.
- The value.
-
- There is nothing done in this method other than return the value parameter passed in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if the implementation is an "object" type
-
- false - by default an is not a "object" type.
-
-
-
- Says whether the value has been modified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Handles "any" mappings and the old deprecated "object" type.
-
-
- The identifierType is any NHibernate IType that can be serailized by default.
- For example, you can specify the identifierType as an Int32 or a custom identifier
- type that you built. The identifierType matches to one or many columns.
-
- The metaType maps to a single column. By default it stores the name of the Type
- that the Identifier identifies.
-
- For example, we can store a link to any table. It will have the results
- class_name id_col1
- ========================================
- Simple, AssemblyName 5
- DiffClass, AssemblyName 5
- Simple, AssemblyName 4
-
- You can also provide you own type that might map the name of the class to a table
- with a giant switch statement or a good naming convention for your class->table. The
- data stored might look like
- class_name id_col1
- ========================================
- simple_table 5
- diff_table 5
- simple_table 4
-
-
-
-
-
- Not really relevant to AnyType, since it cannot be "joined"
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The of the element contained in the array.
-
- This creates a bag that is non-generic.
-
-
-
-
- The for the element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wraps a in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped array.
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ClassMetaType is a NH specific type to support "any" with meta-type="class"
-
-
- It work like a MetaType where the key is the entity-name it self
-
-
-
-
- The base class for an that maps collections
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Get the key value from the owning entity instance. It is usually the identifier, but it might be some
- other unique key, in the case of a property-ref.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an uninitialized collection wrapper or holder. Callers MUST add the holder to the
- persistence context!
-
- The session from which the request is originating.
- The underlying collection persister (metadata)
- The owner key.
- The instantiated collection.
-
-
-
- Wrap the naked collection instance in a wrapper, or instantiate a
- holder. Callers MUST add the holder to the persistence context!
-
- The session from which the request is originating.
- The bare collection to be wrapped.
-
- A subclass of that wraps the non NHibernate collection.
-
-
-
-
- We always need to dirty check the collection because we sometimes
- need to increment version number of owner and also because of
- how assemble/disassemble is implemented for uks
-
-
-
-
- Get the key value from the owning entity instance. It is usually the identifier, but it might be some
- other unique key, in the case of a property-ref.
-
-
-
-
- Get the id value from the owning entity key, usually the same as the key, but might be some
- other property, in the case of property-ref
-
- The collection owner key
- The session from which the request is originating.
-
- The collection owner's id, if it can be obtained from the key;
- otherwise, null is returned
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an empty instance of the "underlying" collection (not a wrapper),
- but with the given anticipated size (i.e. accounting for initial capacity
- and perhaps load factor).
-
-
- The anticipated size of the instantiated collection after we are done populating it.
-
- A newly instantiated collection to be wrapped.
-
-
-
- Get an iterator over the element set of the collection, which may not yet be wrapped
-
- The collection to be iterated
- The session from which the request is originating.
- The iterator.
-
-
-
- Get an iterator over the element set of the collection in POCO mode
-
- The collection to be iterated
- The iterator.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method does not populate the component parent
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
- CultureInfoType stores the culture name (not the Culture ID) of the
- in the DB.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A custom type for mapping user-written classes that implement
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts IUserType to the generic IType interface.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a property to a column that
- stores date & time down to the accuracy of a second.
-
-
- This only stores down to a second, so if you are looking for the most accurate
- date and time storage your provider can give you use the
- or the . This type is equivalent to the Hibernate DateTime type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to a
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetimeoffset with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
- Truncate a according to specified resolution.
-
- The value to round.
- The resolution in ticks (100ns).
- A rounded .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- When used as a version, gets seeded and incremented by querying the database's
- current timestamp, rather than the application host's current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current timestamp in database.
-
- The session to use for retrieving the timestamp.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A datetime.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the dialect support the adequate timestamp selection.
-
- The dialect to test.
- if the dialect supports selecting the adequate timestamp,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current timestamp in database.
-
- The session to use for retrieving the timestamp.
- A datetime.
-
-
-
- Gets the timestamp selection query.
-
- The dialect for which retrieving the timestamp selection query.
- A SQL query.
-
-
-
- A reference to an entity class
-
-
-
-
- Converts the id contained in the to an object.
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names that contain the id.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An instance of the object or if the identifer was null.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the identifier to the actual object.
-
-
-
-
- Resolve an identifier or unique key value
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance by a unique key that is not the primary key.
-
- The name of the entity to load
- The name of the property defining the unique key.
- The unique key property value.
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The loaded entity
-
-
- Constructs the requested entity type mapping.
- The name of the associated entity.
-
- The property-ref name, or null if we
- reference the PK of the associated entity.
-
- Is eager fetching enabled.
-
- Is unwrapping of proxies allowed for this association; unwrapping
- says to return the "implementation target" of lazy proxies; typically only possible
- with lazy="no-proxy".
-
-
-
- Explicitly, an entity type is an entity type
- True.
-
-
- Two entities are considered the same when their instances are the same.
- One entity instance
- Another entity instance
- True if x == y; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This returns the wrong class for an entity with a proxy, or for a named
- entity. Theoretically it should return the proxy class, but it doesn't.
-
- The problem here is that we do not necessarily have a ref to the associated
- entity persister (nor to the session factory, to look it up) which is really
- needed to "do the right thing" here...
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier value of an instance or proxy.
-
- Intended only for loggin purposes!!!
-
- The object from which to extract the identifier.
- The entity persister
- The extracted identifier.
-
-
-
- Converts the id contained in the to an object.
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names that contain the id.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
-
- An instance of the object or if the identifer was null.
-
-
-
-
- True if not null entity key can represent null entity
- (e.g. entity mapped with not-found="ignore" or not constrained one-to-one mapping)
-
-
-
- Retrieves the {@link Joinable} defining the associated entity.
- The session factory.
- The associated joinable
-
-
-
- Determine the type of either (1) the identifier if we reference the
- associated entity's PK or (2) the unique key to which we refer (i.e.
- the property-ref).
-
- The mappings...
- The appropriate type.
-
-
-
- The name of the property on the associated entity to which our FK refers
-
- The mappings...
- The appropriate property name.
-
-
- Convenience method to locate the identifier type of the associated entity.
- The mappings...
- The identifier type
-
-
- Convenience method to locate the identifier type of the associated entity.
- The originating session
- The identifier type
-
-
-
- Resolves the identifier to the actual object.
-
-
-
-
- Resolve an identifier or unique key value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the associated entity.
- The session factory, for resolution.
- The associated entity name.
-
-
- The name of the associated entity.
- The associated entity name.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the type of foreign key directionality
- of this association.
-
- The of this association.
-
-
-
- Is the foreign key the primary key of the table?
-
-
-
-
- Load an instance by a unique key that is not the primary key.
-
- The name of the entity to load
- The name of the property defining the unique key.
- The unique key property value.
- The originating session.
- The loaded entity
-
-
-
- Converts the given enum instance into a basic type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a
- DbType.String .
-
-
- If your database should store the
- using the named values in the enum instead of the underlying values
- then subclass this .
-
-
- All that needs to be done is to provide a default constructor that
- NHibernate can use to create the specific type. For example, if
- you had an enum defined as.
-
-
-
- public enum MyEnum
- {
- On,
- Off,
- Dimmed
- }
-
-
-
- all that needs to be written for your enum string type is:
-
-
-
- public class MyEnumStringType : NHibernate.Type.EnumStringType
- {
- public MyEnumStringType()
- : base( typeof( MyEnum ) )
- {
- }
- }
-
-
-
- The mapping would look like:
-
-
-
- ...
- <property name="Status" type="MyEnumStringType, AssemblyContaining" />
- ...
-
-
-
- The TestFixture that shows the working code can be seen
- in NHibernate.Test.TypesTest.EnumStringTypeFixture.cs
- , NHibernate.Test.TypesTest.EnumStringClass.cs
- , and NHibernate.Test.TypesTest.EnumStringClass.hbm.xml
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Hardcoding of 255 for the maximum length
- of the Enum name that will be saved to the db.
-
-
- 255 because that matches the default length that hbm2ddl will
- use to create the column.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The of the Enum.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The of the Enum.
- The length of the string that can be written to the column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appends enumstring - to the beginning of the underlying
- enums name so that could still be stored
- using the underlying value through the
- also.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- using bag semantics with an identifier to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the identifier bag.
-
- The current for the identifier bag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an empty instance of the "underlying" collection (not a wrapper),
- but with the given anticipated size (i.e. accounting for initial capacity
- and perhaps load factor).
-
-
- The anticipated size of the instantiated collection after we are done populating it.
-
- A newly instantiated collection to be wrapped.
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the map.
-
- The current for the map.
-
- Not used.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the
- non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- Enables other Component-like types to hold collections and have cascades, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Get the values of the component properties of
- a component instance
-
-
-
- Get the types of the component properties
-
-
- Get the names of the component properties
-
-
-
- Optional operation
-
- nullability of component properties
-
-
-
- Get the values of the component properties of
- a component instance
-
-
-
-
- Optional Operation
-
-
-
-
- Optional operation
-
-
-
- Return a cacheable "disassembled" representation of the object.
- the value to cache
- the session
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the disassembled, deep cloned state
-
-
- Reconstruct the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
- the disassembled state from the cache
- the session
- the parent entity object
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- the the object
-
-
-
- Called before assembling a query result set from the query cache, to allow batch fetching
- of entities missing from the second-level cache.
-
-
-
- Return a cacheable "disassembled" representation of the object.
- the value to cache
- the session
- optional parent entity object (needed for collections)
- the disassembled, deep cloned state
-
-
- Reconstruct the object from its cached "disassembled" state.
- the disassembled state from the cache
- the session
- the parent entity object
- the the object
-
-
-
- Called before assembling a query result set from the query cache, to allow batch fetching
- of entities missing from the second-level cache.
-
-
-
-
- Superclass of nullable immutable types.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the ImmutableType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets the value indicating if this IType is mutable.
-
- false - an is not mutable.
-
- This has been "sealed" because any subclasses are expected to be immutable. If
- the type is mutable then they should inherit from .
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a mapping from a .NET to a SQL data-type.
- This interface is intended to be implemented by applications that need custom types.
-
-
- Implementors should usually be immutable and MUST definitely be threadsafe.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- Indicates which columns are to be checked.
- The
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object mapped by
- this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object
- mapped by this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
- The name of the column in the that contains the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementations should handle possibility of null values.
- This method might be called if the IType is known to be a single-column type.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
- The to put the values into.
- The object that contains the values.
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
- Indicates which columns are to be set.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
-
- The to put the values into.
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, retrieves an instance of the mapped class,
- or the identifier of an entity or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
-
- This is useful for 2-phase property initialization - the second phase is a call to
- ResolveIdentifier()
-
-
- Most implementors of this method will just pass the call to NullSafeGet() .
-
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate() .
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The Entity or Collection referenced by this Identifier.
-
- This is the second phase of 2-phase property initialization.
-
-
-
-
- Given a hydrated, but unresolved value, return a value that may be used to
- reconstruct property-ref associations.
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the abbreviated name of the type.
-
- The NHibernate type name.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the returned
- by the NullSafeGet() methods.
-
-
- The from the .NET framework.
-
-
- This is used to establish the class of an array of this IType .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the value indicating if the objects
- of this IType are mutable.
-
- true if the objects mapped by this IType are mutable.
-
- With respect to the referencing object...
- Entities and Collections are considered immutable because they manage their own internal state.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor is castable to an .
-
- if this is an association.
-
- This does not necessarily imply that the type actually represents an association.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor is a collection type.
-
- if this is a .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor is an .
-
- if this is an .
-
- If true, the implementation must be castable to .
- A component type may own collections or associations and hence must provide certain extra functionality.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementor extends .
-
- if this is an .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a value indicating if the implementation is an "any" type.
-
- if this an "any" type.
- This is a reference to a persistent entity that is not modelled as a (foreign key) association.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, returns the SqlTypes for the columns mapped by this IType.
-
- The that uses this IType.
- An array of s.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, returns how many columns are used to persist this type.
-
- The that uses this IType.
- The number of columns this IType spans.
- MappingException
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- The
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, should the parent be considered dirty,
- given both the old and current field or element value?
-
- The old value
- The current value
- Indicates which columns are to be checked.
- The
- true if the field is dirty
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object mapped by
- this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
-
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an instance of the object
- mapped by this IType from the .
-
- The that contains the values
- The name of the column in the that contains the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
-
- The object mapped by this IType.
-
- Implementations should handle possibility of null values.
- This method might be called if the IType is known to be a single-column type.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
- The to put the values into.
- The object that contains the values.
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
- Indicates which columns are to be set.
-
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, puts the value/values from the mapped
- class into the .
-
-
- The to put the values into.
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
-
-
-
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, a representation of the value to be
- embedded in an XML element
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, returns a deep copy of the persistent
- state, stopping at entities and at collections.
-
- A Collection element or Entity field.
- The session factory.
- A deep copy of the object.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, retrieves an instance of the mapped class,
- or the identifier of an entity or collection from a .
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- The names of the columns in the that contain the
- value to populate the IType with.
-
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- An identifier or actual object mapped by this IType.
-
-
- This is useful for 2-phase property initialization - the second phase is a call to
- ResolveIdentifier()
-
-
- Most implementors of this method will just pass the call to NullSafeGet() .
-
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, maps identifiers to Entities or Collections.
-
- An identifier or value returned by Hydrate() .
- The session.
- The parent Entity.
- The Entity or Collection referenced by this Identifier.
-
- This is the second phase of 2-phase property initialization.
-
-
-
-
- Given a hydrated, but unresolved value, return a value that may be used to
- reconstruct property-ref associations.
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. For objects
- with component values, it might make sense to recursively replace component values.
-
- The value from the detached entity being merged.
- The value in the managed entity.
-
-
-
-
- The value to be merged.
-
-
-
- Compare two instances of the class mapped by this type for persistence
- "equality" - equality of persistent state - taking a shortcut for
- entity references.
-
-
-
- boolean
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, compare two instances of the class mapped by this
- IType for persistence "equality" - ie. Equality of persistent state.
-
- The left hand side object.
- The right hand side object.
- True if the two objects contain the same values.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, compare two instances of the class mapped by this
- IType for persistence "equality" - ie. Equality of persistent state.
-
- The left hand side object.
- The right hand side object.
- The session factory for which the values are compared.
- True if the two objects contain the same values.
-
-
- Get a hashcode, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
- Get a hashcode, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
-
- compare two instances of the type
-
-
-
-
- Get the type of a semi-resolved value.
-
-
-
- Given an instance of the type, return an array of boolean, indicating
- which mapped columns would be null. indicates
- a non-null column, indicates a null column.
-
- An instance of the type.
- The mapping.
-
-
-
- An that may be used to version data.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, increments the version.
-
- The current version
- The current session, if available.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- an instance of the that has been incremented.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an initial version.
-
- The current session, if available.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- An instance of the type.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, increments the version.
-
- The current version
- The current session, if available.
- an instance of the that has been incremented.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an initial version.
-
- The current session, if available.
- An instance of the type.
-
-
-
- Get a comparator for the version numbers
-
-
-
-
- Parse the string representation of a value to convert it to the .NET object.
-
- A string representation.
- The value.
- Notably meant for parsing unsave-value mapping attribute value. Contrary to what could
- be expected due to its current name, must be a plain string, not a xml encoded
- string.
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association to an entity
-
-
-
-
- Hydrates the Identifier from .
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names to read from.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
- An instantiated object that used as the identifier of the type.
-
-
-
-
- Hydrates the Identifier from .
-
- The that contains the query results.
- A string array of column names to read from.
- The this is occurring in.
- The object that this Entity will be a part of.
-
- An instantiated object that used as the identifier of the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Superclass for mutable nullable types.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the MutableType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets the value indicating if this IType is mutable.
-
- true - a is mutable.
-
- This has been "sealed" because any subclasses are expected to be mutable. If
- the type is immutable then they should inherit from .
-
-
-
-
- Superclass of single-column nullable types.
-
-
- Maps the Property to a single column that is capable of storing nulls in it. If a .net Struct is
- used it will be created with its uninitialized value and then on Update the uninitialized value of
- the Struct will be written to the column - not .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method.
-
-
- This method checks to see if value is null, if it is then the value of
- is written to the .
-
-
- If the value is not null, then the method
- is called and that method is responsible for setting the value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This has been sealed because no other class should override it. This
- method calls for a single value.
- It only takes the first name from the string[] names parameter - that is a
- safe thing to do because a Nullable Type only has one field.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This implementation forwards the call to .
-
-
- It has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method. All of their implementation
- should be in .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the NullableType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
- This is used when the Property is mapped to a single column.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, put the value from the mapped
- Property into to the .
-
- The to put the value into.
- The object that contains the value.
- The index of the to start writing the values to.
- The session for which the operation is done.
-
- Implementors do not need to handle possibility of null values because this will
- only be called from after
- it has checked for nulls.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the object in the
- for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the object in the
- for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The name of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
- Most implementors just call the
- overload of this method.
-
-
-
-
- A representation of the value to be embedded in an XML element
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse the XML representation of an instance
-
- XML string to parse, guaranteed to be non-empty
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method.
-
-
- This method checks to see if value is null, if it is then the value of
- is written to the .
-
-
- If the value is not null, then the method
- is called and that method is responsible for setting the value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This has been sealed because no other class should override it. This
- method calls for a single value.
- It only takes the first name from the string[] names parameter - that is a
- safe thing to do because a Nullable Type only has one field.
-
-
-
-
- Extracts the values of the fields from the DataReader
-
- The DataReader positioned on the correct record
- An array of field names.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The value off the field from the DataReader
-
- In this class this just ends up passing the first name to the NullSafeGet method
- that takes a string, not a string[].
-
- I don't know why this method is in here - it doesn't look like anybody that inherits
- from NullableType overrides this...
-
- TODO: determine if this is needed
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the field from the .
-
- The positioned on the correct record.
- The name of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The value of the field.
-
-
- This method checks to see if value is null, if it is then the null is returned
- from this method.
-
-
- If the value is not null, then the method
- is called and that method is responsible for retrieving the value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This implementation forwards the call to .
-
-
- It has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method. All of their implementation
- should be in .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the underlying for
- the column mapped by this .
-
- The underlying .
-
- This implementation should be suitable for all subclasses unless they need to
- do some special things to get the value. There are no built in s
- that override this Property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This implementation forwards the call to .
-
-
- It has been "sealed" because the Types inheriting from
- do not need to and should not override this method because they map to a single
- column. All of their implementation should be in .
-
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the sql type.
-
- The type to override.
- The mapping for which to override .
- The refined types.
-
-
-
- Returns the number of columns spanned by this
-
- A always returns 1.
-
- This has the hard coding of 1 in there because, by definition of this class,
- a NullableType can only map to one column in a table.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to this
- .
-
- The to compare with this NullableType.
- true if the SqlType and Name properties are the same.
-
-
-
- Serves as a hash function for the ,
- suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
-
-
- A hash code that is based on the 's
- hash code and the 's hash code.
-
-
-
- Provides a more descriptive string representation by reporting the properties that are important for equality.
- Useful in error messages.
-
-
-
-
- A one-to-one association to an entity
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- We only need to dirty check when the identifier can be null.
-
-
-
-
- PersistentEnumType
-
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of the Enum
-
- The underlying value of an item in the Enum.
-
- An instance of the Enum set to the code value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the correct value for the Enum.
-
- The value to convert (an enum instance).
- A boxed version of the code, converted to the correct type.
-
- This handles situations where the DataProvider returns the value of the Enum
- from the db in the wrong underlying type. It uses to
- convert it to the correct type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps an instance of a that has the
- to a column.
-
-
-
- For performance reasons, the SerializableType should be used when you know that Bytes are
- not going to be greater than 8,000. Implementing a custom type is recommended for larger
- types.
-
-
- The base class is because the data is stored in
- a byte[]. The System.Array does not have a nice "equals" method so we must
- do a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A one-to-one association that maps to specific formula(s)
- instead of the primary key column of the owning entity.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
- that stores the DateTime using the Ticks property.
-
-
- This is the recommended way to "timestamp" a column, along with .
- The System.DateTime.Ticks is accurate to 100-nanosecond intervals.
- This type yields dates with an unspecified . On writes, it
- does not perform any checks or conversions related to the kind of the date value to persist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- An object with the value from the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
- This is an extra way to map a . You already have
- but mapping against a .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a time with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of convenience methods relating to operations across arrays of types...
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The cached values.
- The value types.
- The indexes of types to assemble.
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- A new array of assembled values.
-
-
-
- Initialize collections from the query cached row and update the assembled row.
-
- The cached values.
- The assembled values to update.
- The dictionary containing collection persisters and their indexes in the parameter as key.
- The originating session.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- An array indicating which values to include in the disassembled state
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The disassembled state
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- Represent a cache of already replaced state
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values, as long as the corresponding is an association.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- The replaced state
-
- If the corresponding type is a component type, then apply
- across the component subtypes but do not replace the component value itself.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
- Deep copy a series of values from one array to another
- The values to copy (the source)
- The value types
- An array indicating which values to include in the copy
- The array into which to copy the values
- The originating session
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The values
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
-
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The cached values.
- The value types.
- The indexes of types to assemble.
- The originating session.
- A new array of assembled values.
-
-
-
- Initialize collections from the query cached row and update the assembled row.
-
- The cached values.
- The assembled values to update.
- The dictionary containing collection persisters and their indexes in the parameter as key.
- The originating session.
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
- The values
- The value types
- An array indicating which values to include in the disassembled state
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- The disassembled state
-
-
-
- Apply the operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- Represent a cache of already replaced state
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- The replaced state
-
-
-
- Apply the
- operation across a series of values, as long as the corresponding is an association.
-
- The source of the state
- The target into which to replace the source values.
- The value types
- The originating session
- The entity "owning" the values
- A map representing a cache of already replaced state
- FK directionality to be applied to the replacement
- The replaced state
-
- If the corresponding type is a component type, then apply
- across the component subtypes but do not replace the component value itself.
-
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are dirty, returning an array containing
- indices of the dirty fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the dirty checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the dirty properties, or null if no properties considered dirty.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- Does the entity currently hold any uninitialized property values?
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
-
- Determine if any of the given field values are modified, returning an array containing
- indices of the modified fields.
- If it is determined that no fields are dirty, null is returned.
-
- The property definitions
- The current state of the entity
- The baseline state of the entity
- Columns to be included in the mod checking, per property
- The session from which the dirty check request originated.
- Array containing indices of the modified properties, or null if no properties considered modified.
-
-
-
- Maps the Assembly Qualified Name of a to a
- column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the TypeType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The from the database.
-
- Thrown when the value in the database can not be loaded as a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the in the for the Property.
-
- The that contains the value.
- The name of the field to get the value from.
- The session for which the operation is done.
- The from the database.
-
- This just calls gets the index of the name in the DbDataReader
- and calls the overloaded version
- (DbDataReader, Int32).
-
-
- Thrown when the value in the database can not be loaded as a
-
-
-
-
- Puts the Assembly Qualified Name of the
- Property into to the .
-
- The to put the value into.
- The that contains the value.
- The index of the to start writing the value to.
- The session for which the operation is done.
-
- This uses the method of the
- object to do the work.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A representation of the value to be embedded in an XML element
-
- The that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string that contains the Assembly Qualified Name.
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be returned
- by the NullSafeGet() methods.
-
-
- A from the .NET framework.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Common base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for enum types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The comparer culture parameter name. Value should be Current , Invariant ,
- Ordinal or any valid culture name.
-
- Default comparison is ordinal.
-
-
-
- The case sensitivity parameter name. Value should be a boolean, true meaning
- case insensitive.
-
- Default comparison is case sensitive.
-
-
-
- The default string comparer for determining string equality and calculating hash codes.
- Default is StringComparer.Ordinal .
-
-
-
-
- The string comparer of this instance of string type, for determining string equality and
- calculating hash codes. Set to use .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to this
- .
-
- The to compare with this AbstractStringType .
- if the SqlType, Name and Comparer properties are the same.
-
-
-
- Serves as a hash function for the ,
- suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
-
-
- A hash code that is based on the 's
- hash code, the 's hash code and the hash
- code.
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a DbType.AnsiStringFixedLength column.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a System.Byte[] Property to an column that can store a BLOB.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oracle) don't need to set the Size so a BinaryType
- would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- BinaryType.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the BooleanType
-
- This is used when the Property is mapped to a native boolean type.
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the BooleanType class using a
- .
-
- The underlying .
-
- This is used when the Property is mapped to a string column
- that stores true or false as a string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a DbType.StringFixedLength column.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to a
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a property to a column that
- stores date & time down to the accuracy of the database.
-
-
- If you are looking for the most accurate date and time storage accross databases use the
- . If you are looking for the Hibernate DateTime equivalent,
- use the .
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps the Year, Month, and Day of a Property to a
- column
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents directionality of the foreign key constraint
-
-
-
-
- A foreign key from parent to child
-
-
-
-
- A foreign key from child to parent
-
-
-
-
- Should we cascade at this cascade point?
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database using bag semantics.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the bag.
-
- The current for the bag.
- The current for the bag.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database using list semantics.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the list.
-
- The current for the list.
- The current for the list.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- An that maps a sorted collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- An that maps an collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new for the set.
-
- The current for the set.
- The current for the set.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an in a .
-
- The for the collection to be a part of.
- The unwrapped .
-
- An that wraps the non NHibernate .
-
-
-
-
- An that maps a sorted collection
- to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a class for
- a specific role.
-
- The role the persistent collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The to use to compare
- set elements.
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An that represents some kind of association between entities.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the type of foreign key directionality
- of this association.
-
- The of this association.
-
-
-
- Is the primary key of the owning entity table
- to be used in the join?
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of the property in the owning entity
- that provides the join key (null if the identifier)
-
-
-
-
- The name of a unique property of the associated entity
- that provides the join key (null if the identifier of
- an entity, or key of a collection)
-
-
-
-
- Get the "persister" for this association - a class or collection persister
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the entity name of the associated entity
-
-
-
- Do we dirty check this association, even when there are
- no columns to be updated.
-
-
-
-
- Get the "filtering" SQL fragment that is applied in the
- SQL on clause, in addition to the usual join condition.
-
-
-
-
- An IType that may be used for a discriminator column.
-
-
- This interface contains no new methods but does require that an
- that will be used in a discriminator column must implement
- both the and interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- An that may be used as an identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Parse the string representation of a value to convert it to the .NET object.
-
- A string representation.
- The string converted to the object.
-
- This method needs to be able to handle any string. It should not just
- call System.Type.Parse without verifying that it is a parsable value
- for the System.Type.
- Notably meant for parsing discriminator-value or unsaved-value mapping attribute value.
- Contrary to what could be expected due to its current name, must be a plain string,
- not n xml encoded string.
-
-
-
-
- An that may appear as an SQL literal
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, return a representation
- of the value, suitable for embedding in an SQL statement
-
- The object to convert to a string for the SQL statement.
-
- A string that contains a well formed SQL Statement.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps the Year, Month, and Day of a Property to a
- column. Specify when reading
- dates from .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Superclass of types.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the PrimitiveType class using a .
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, return a representation
- of the value, suitable for embedding in an SQL statement
-
- The object to convert to a string for the SQL statement.
-
- A string that containts a well formed SQL Statement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A representation of the value to be embedded in an XML element
-
- The object that contains the values.
-
- An Xml formatted string.
-
- This just calls so if there is
- a possibility of this PrimitiveType having any characters
- that need to be encoded then this method should be overridden.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property
- to a column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when a property cannot be serialized/deserialized
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an
- column.
-
-
- Verify through your database's documentation if there is a column type that
- matches up with the capabilities of
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an
- column that can store a CLOB.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oralce) don't need to set the Size so a StringType
- would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a column.
-
-
-
-
- This is almost the exact same type as the .
-
-
-
- The value stored in the database depends on what your data provider is capable
- of storing. So there is a possibility that the DateTime you save will not be
- the same DateTime you get back when you check because
- they will have their milliseconds off.
-
-
- For example - SQL Server 2000 is only accurate to 3.33 milliseconds. So if
- NHibernate writes a value of 01/01/98 23:59:59.995 to the Prepared Command, MsSql
- will store it as 1998-01-01 23:59:59.997 .
-
-
- Please review the documentation of your Database server.
-
-
- If you are looking for the most accurate date and time storage accross databases use the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the string representation of the timestamp object. This is in the following format:
-
- 2011-01-27T14:50:59.6220000Z
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an DateTime column that only stores the
- Hours, Minutes, and Seconds of the DateTime as significant.
- Also you have for handling, the NHibernate Type ,
- the which maps to a .
-
-
-
- This defaults the Date to "1753-01-01" - that should not matter because
- using this Type indicates that you don't care about the Date portion of the DateTime.
-
-
- A more appropriate choice to store the duration/time is the .
- The underlying tends to be handled differently by different
- DataProviders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a time with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a 1 char column
- that stores a 'T'/'F' to indicate true/false.
-
-
- If you are using schema-export to generate your tables then you need
- to set the column attributes: length=1 or sql-type="char(1)" .
-
- This needs to be done because in Java's JDBC there is a type for CHAR and
- in ADO.NET there is not one specifically for char, so you need to tell schema
- export to create a char(1) column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to obtain instances of IType.
-
-
- Applications should use static methods and constants on NHibernate.NHibernateUtil if the default
- IType is good enough. For example, the TypeFactory should only be used when the String needs
- to have a length of 300 instead of 255. At this point NHibernateUtil.String does not get you the
- correct IType. Instead use TypeFactory.GetString(300) and keep a local variable that holds
- a reference to the IType.
-
-
-
-
- Defines which NHibernate type should be chosen by default for handling a given .Net type.
- This must be done before any operation on NHibernate, including building its
- and building session factory. Otherwise the behavior will be undefined.
-
- The .Net type.
- The NHibernate type.
- The additional aliases to map to the type. Use if none.
-
-
-
- Defines which NHibernate type should be chosen by default for handling a given .Net type.
- This must be done before any operation on NHibernate, including building its
- and building session factory. Otherwise the behavior will be undefined.
-
- The .Net type.
- The NHibernate type.
- The additional aliases to map to the type. Use if none.
- The factory method to create the NHibernate type using length or scale.
-
-
-
- Defines which NHibernate type should be chosen by default for handling a given .Net type.
- This must be done before any operation on NHibernate, including building its
- and building session factory. Otherwise the behavior will be undefined.
-
- The .Net type.
- The NHibernate type.
- The additional aliases to map to the type. Use if none.
- The factory method to create the NHibernate type using precision.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears all custom type registrations and re-register all default NHibernate types
-
-
-
-
- Register other Default .NET type
-
-
- These type will be used, as default, even when the "type" attribute was NOT specified in the mapping
-
-
-
-
- Register other NO Default .NET type
-
-
- These type will be used only when the "type" attribute was is specified in the mapping.
- These are in here because needed to NO override default CLR types and be available in mappings
-
-
-
-
- Gets the classification of the Type based on the string.
-
- The name of the Type to get the classification for.
- The Type of Classification
-
- This parses through the string and makes the assumption that no class
- name and no assembly name will contain the "(" .
-
- If it finds
- the "(" and then finds a "," afterwards then it is a
- TypeClassification.PrecisionScale .
-
-
- If it finds the "("
- and doesn't find a "," afterwards, then it is a
- TypeClassification.Length .
-
-
- If it doesn't find the "(" then it assumes that it is a
- TypeClassification.Plain .
-
-
-
-
-
- Given the name of a Hibernate type such as Decimal, Decimal(19,0)
- , Int32, or even NHibernate.Type.DecimalType, NHibernate.Type.DecimalType(19,0),
- NHibernate.Type.Int32Type, then return an instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- The name of the type.
- The instance of the IType that the string represents.
-
- This method will return null if the name is not found in the basicNameMap.
-
-
-
-
- Given the name of a Hibernate type such as Decimal, Decimal(19,0),
- Int32, or even NHibernate.Type.DecimalType, NHibernate.Type.DecimalType(19,0),
- NHibernate.Type.Int32Type, then return an instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- The name of the type.
- The parameters for the type, if any.
- The instance of the IType that the string represents.
-
- This method will return null if the name is not found in the basicNameMap.
-
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the
- type.
-
-
- An instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- When looking for the NHibernate type it will look in the cache of the Basic types first.
- If it doesn't find it in the cache then it uses the typeName to get a reference to the
- Class (Type in .NET). Once we get the reference to the .NET class we check to see if it
- implements IType, ICompositeUserType, IUserType, ILifecycle (Association), or
- IPersistentEnum. If none of those are implemented then we will serialize the Type to the
- database using NHibernate.Type.SerializableType(typeName)
-
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the
- type.
-
-
- An instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
- We check to see if it implements IType, ICompositeUserType, IUserType, ILifecycle (Association), or
- IPersistentEnum. If none of those are implemented then we will serialize the Type to the
- database using NHibernate.Type.SerializableType(typeName)
-
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the type.
-
- the type name
- parameters for the type
- An instance of NHibernate.Type.IType
-
-
-
- Uses heuristics to deduce a NHibernate type given a string naming the type.
-
- the type name
- parameters for the type
- optionally, the size of the type
-
-
-
-
- Get the current default NHibernate type for a .Net type.
-
- The .Net type for which to get the corresponding default NHibernate type.
- The current default NHibernate type for a .Net type if any, otherwise .
-
-
-
- Gets the BinaryType with the specified length.
-
- The length of the data to store in the database.
- A BinaryType
-
- In addition to returning the BinaryType it will also ensure that it has
- been added to the basicNameMap with the keys Byte[](length) and
- NHibernate.Type.BinaryType(length) .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the SerializableType for the specified Type
-
- The Type that will be Serialized to the database.
- A SerializableType
-
-
- In addition to returning the SerializableType it will also ensure that it has
- been added to the basicNameMap with the keys Type.FullName (the result
- of IType.Name and Type.AssemblyQualifiedName . This is different
- from the other items put in the basicNameMap because it is uses the AQN and the
- FQN as opposed to the short name used in the maps and the FQN.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- Gets a with desired fractional seconds precision.
-
- The fractional seconds precision.
- The NHibernate type.
-
-
-
- A one-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association type for the given class and cascade style.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for specifying a datetime with a scale. Use .
-
- The sql type to use for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- When used as a version, gets seeded and incremented by querying the database's
- current UTC timestamp, rather than the application host's current timestamp.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a Property to an column
- that stores the DateTime using the Ticks property. On read, yields an UTC date-time. On
- write, the DateTime must already be in UTC.
-
-
- This is the recommended way to "timestamp" a column, along with .
- The System.DateTime.Ticks is accurate to 100-nanosecond intervals.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a to a 1 char column
- that stores a 'Y'/'N' to indicate true/false.
-
-
- If you are using schema-export to generate your tables then you need
- to set the column attributes: length=1 or sql-type="char(1)" .
-
- This needs to be done because in Java's JDBC there is a type for CHAR and
- in ADO.NET there is not one specifically for char, so you need to tell schema
- export to create a char(1) column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Emits IL to unbox a value type and if null, create a new instance of the value type.
-
-
- This does not work if the value type doesn't have a default constructor - we delegate
- that to the ISetter.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown if NHibernate can't instantiate the type.
-
-
-
-
- Represents optimized entity property access.
-
-
-
-
- Get the property value on the given index.
-
-
-
-
- Set the property value on the given index.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specialized property value.
-
-
-
-
- Set the specialized property value.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates bytecode enhancement information about a particular entity.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- The name of the entity to which this metadata applies.
-
-
-
-
- Has the entity class been bytecode enhanced for lazy loading?
-
-
-
-
- Has the information about all lazy properties
-
-
-
-
- Has the information about all properties mapped as lazy="no-proxy"
-
-
-
-
- Build and inject an interceptor instance into the enhanced entity.
-
- The entity into which built interceptor should be injected.
- The session to which the entity instance belongs.
- The built and injected interceptor.
-
-
-
- Extract the field interceptor instance from the enhanced entity.
-
- The entity from which to extract the interceptor.
- The extracted interceptor.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties from the enhanced entity.
-
- The entity from which to retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties.
- The uninitialized property names.
-
-
-
- Retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties from the entity state.
-
- The entity state from which to retrieve the uninitialized lazy properties.
- The uninitialized property names.
-
-
-
- Check whether the enhanced entity has any uninitialized lazy properties.
-
- The entity to check for uninitialized lazy properties.
- Whether the enhanced entity has any uninitialized lazy properties.
-
-
-
- The specific factory for this provider capable of
- generating run-time proxies for lazy-loading purposes.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the delegate for this provider
- capable of generating reflection optimization components.
-
- The class to be reflected upon.
- All property getters to be accessed via reflection.
- All property setters to be accessed via reflection.
- The reflection optimization delegate.
-
-
-
- NHibernate's object instantiator.
-
-
- For entities and its implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiator of NHibernate's collections default types.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the delegate for this provider
- capable of generating reflection optimization components.
-
- The bytecode provider.
- The class to be reflected upon.
- All property getters to be accessed via reflection.
- All property setters to be accessed via reflection.
- The specialized getter for the given type.
- The specialized setter for the given type.
- The reflection optimization delegate.
-
-
-
- Type factory for collections types.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an .
-
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The to use to create the array.
-
- An for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- with bag semantics.
-
- The type of elements in the list.
- The role the collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the owner object containing the collection ID,
- or if it is the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- with list
- semantics.
-
- The type of elements in the list.
- The role the collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- with identifier
- bag semantics.
-
- The type of elements in the list.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an .
-
- The type of elements in the collection.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
- Creates a new for a sorted .
-
- The type of elements in the collection.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
- The to use for the set.
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an ordered .
-
- The type of elements in the collection.
- The role the collection is in.
-
- The name of the property in the owner object containing the collection ID,
- or if it is the primary key.
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
- Creates a new for an
- .
-
- The type of keys in the dictionary.
- The type of values in the dictionary.
- The role the collection is in.
- The name of the property in the
- owner object containing the collection ID, or if it is
- the primary key.
-
-
- A for the specified role.
-
-
-
-
- Represents optimized entity instantiation.
-
-
-
-
- Perform instantiation of an instance of the underlying class.
-
- The new instance.
-
-
-
- Interface for instantiating NHibernate dependencies.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified type.
-
- The type of object to create.
- A reference to the created object.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified type.
-
- The type of object to create.
- true if a public or nonpublic default constructor can match; false if only a public default constructor can match.
- A reference to the created object.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified type using the constructor
- that best matches the specified parameters.
-
- The type of object to create.
- An array of constructor arguments.
- A reference to the created object.
-
-
-
- An interface for factories of proxy factory instances.
-
-
- Used to abstract from the tupizer.
-
-
-
-
- Build a proxy factory specifically for handling runtime
- lazy loading.
-
- The lazy-load proxy factory.
-
-
-
- Represents reflection optimization for a particular class.
-
-
-
-
- Information about all of the bytecode lazy properties for an entity
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Get the descriptor for the lazy property.
-
- The propery name.
- The lazy property descriptor.
-
-
-
- Descriptor for a property which is enabled for bytecode lazy fetching
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Access to the index of the property in terms of its position in the entity persister
-
-
-
-
- Access to the index of the property in terms of its position within the lazy properties of the persister
-
-
-
-
- Access to the name of the property
-
-
-
-
- Access to the property's type
-
-
-
-
- Access to the name of the fetch group to which the property belongs
-
-
-
-
- Factory that generate object based on IReflectionOptimizer needed to replace the use
- of reflection.
-
-
- Used in and
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate the IReflectionOptimizer object
-
- The target class
- Array of setters
- Array of getters
- if the generation fails
-
-
-
- Retrieve the delegate for this provider
- capable of generating reflection optimization components.
-
- The class to be reflected upon.
- All property getters to be accessed via reflection.
- All property setters to be accessed via reflection.
- The specialized getter for the given type.
- The specialized setter for the given type.
- The reflection optimization delegate.
-
-
-
- Class constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Class constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a dynamic method which creates a new instance of
- when invoked.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a dynamic method on the given type.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a dynamic method on the given type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates a condition where an instrumented/enhanced class was expected, but the class was not
- instrumented/enhanced.
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a NotInstrumentedException.
-
- Message explaining the exception condition.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A implementation that returns
- , disabling reflection optimization.
-
-
-
-
- Information about all properties mapped as lazy="no-proxy" for an entity
-
-
-
-
- Descriptor for a property which is mapped as lazy="no-proxy"
-
-
-
-
- Access to the index of the property in terms of its position in the entity persister
-
-
-
-
- Access to the name of the property
-
-
-
-
- Access to the property's type
-
-
-
-
- Controls how the session interacts with the second-level
- cache and query cache.
-
-
-
-
- The session will never interact with the cache, except to invalidate
- cache items when updates occur
-
-
-
-
- The session will never read items from the cache, but will add items
- to the cache as it reads them from the database.
-
-
-
-
- The session may read items from the cache, but will not add items,
- except to invalidate items when updates occur
-
-
-
- The session may read items from the cache, and add items to the cache
-
-
-
- The session will never read items from the cache, but will add items
- to the cache as it reads them from the database. In this mode, the
- effect of cache.use_minimal_puts is bypassed, in
- order to force a cache refresh
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration App Settings
-
-
-
-
- Type that implements
-
-
-
-
- Extracts the names of classes mapped in a given file,
- and the names of the classes they extend.
-
-
-
-
- Holds information about mapped classes found in the hbm.xml files.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of containing
- information about all classes in this stream.
-
- A validated representing
- a mapping file.
-
-
-
- Allows the application to specify properties and mapping documents to be used when creating
- a .
-
-
-
- Usually an application will create a single , build a single instance
- of , and then instantiate objects in threads
- servicing client requests.
-
-
- The is meant only as an initialization-time object.
- is immutable and does not retain any association back to the
-
-
-
-
- Default name for hibernate configuration file.
-
-
-
- Clear the internal state of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Configuration object.
-
-
-
-
- The class mappings
-
-
-
-
- The collection mappings
-
-
-
-
- The table mappings
-
-
-
-
- Get the mapping for a particular class
-
-
-
- Get the mapping for a particular entity
- An entity name.
- the entity mapping information
-
-
-
- Get the mapping for a particular collection role
-
- a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a particular XML file. This method is equivalent
- to .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a particular XML file.
-
- a path to a file
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a . This method is equivalent to
- .
-
- an XML string
- The name to use in error reporting. May be .
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a .
-
- an XML string
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a URL.
-
- a URL
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a URL.
-
- a to read the mappings from.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read mappings from an .
-
- A loaded that contains the mappings.
- The name of the document, for error reporting purposes.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Takes the validated XmlDocument and has the Binder do its work of
- creating Mapping objects from the Mapping Xml.
-
- The NamedXmlDocument that contains the validated mapping XML file.
-
-
-
- Add mapping data using deserialized class.
-
- Mapping metadata.
- XML file's name where available; otherwise null.
-
-
-
- Create a new to add classes and collection
- mappings to.
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a .
-
- The stream containing XML
- This Configuration object.
-
- The passed in through the parameter
- is not guaranteed to be cleaned up by this method. It is the caller's responsiblity to
- ensure that is properly handled when this method
- completes.
-
-
-
-
- Read mappings from a .
-
- The stream containing XML
- The name of the stream to use in error reporting. May be .
- This Configuration object.
-
- The passed in through the parameter
- is not guaranteed to be cleaned up by this method. It is the caller's responsiblity to
- ensure that is properly handled when this method
- completes.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the mappings in the resource of the assembly.
-
- The path to the resource file in the assembly.
- The assembly that contains the resource file.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Adds the mappings from embedded resources of the assembly.
-
- Paths to the resource files in the assembly.
- The assembly that contains the resource files.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read a mapping from an embedded resource, using a convention.
-
- The type to map.
- This configuration object.
-
- The convention is for class Foo.Bar.Foo to be mapped by
- the resource named Foo.Bar.Foo.hbm.xml , embedded in
- the class' assembly. If the mappings and classes are defined
- in different assemblies or don't follow the naming convention,
- this method cannot be used.
-
-
-
-
- Adds all of the assembly's embedded resources whose names end with .hbm.xml .
-
- The name of the assembly to load.
- This configuration object.
-
- The assembly must be loadable using . If this
- condition is not satisfied, load the assembly manually and call
- instead.
-
-
-
-
- Adds all of the assembly's embedded resources whose names end with .hbm.xml .
-
- The assembly.
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
- Read all mapping documents from a directory tree. Assume that any
- file named *.hbm.xml is a mapping document.
-
- a directory
-
-
-
- Generate DDL for dropping tables
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate DDL for creating tables
-
-
-
-
-
- Call this to ensure the mappings are fully compiled/built. Usefull to ensure getting
- access to all information in the metamodel when calling e.g. getClassMappings().
-
-
-
-
- This method may be called many times!!
-
-
-
-
- The named queries
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the user-supplied delegate to handle non-existent entity scenarios.
-
-
- Specify a user-supplied delegate to be used to handle scenarios where an entity could not be
- located by specified id. This is mainly intended for EJB3 implementations to be able to
- control how proxy initialization errors should be handled...
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate a new , using the properties and mappings in this
- configuration. The will be immutable, so changes made to the
- configuration after building the will not affect it.
-
- An instance.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the to use.
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains the configuration
- properties and their values.
-
-
- The that contains the configuration
- properties and their values.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the set of properties computed from the default properties in the dialect combined with the other properties in the configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default assembly to use for the mappings added to the configuration
- afterwards.
-
- The default assembly name.
- This configuration instance.
-
- This setting can be overridden for a mapping file by setting default-assembly
- attribute of <hibernate-mapping> element.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default namespace to use for the mappings added to the configuration
- afterwards.
-
- The default namespace.
- This configuration instance.
-
- This setting can be overridden for a mapping file by setting default-namespace
- attribute of <hibernate-mapping> element.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the default interceptor for use by all sessions.
-
- The default interceptor.
- This configuration instance.
-
-
-
- Specify a completely new set of properties
-
-
-
-
- Adds an of configuration properties. The
- Key is the name of the Property and the Value is the
- value of the Property.
-
- An of configuration properties.
-
- This object.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the configuration property.
-
- The name of the property.
- The value of the property.
-
- This configuration object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the configuration property.
-
- The name of the property.
- The configured value of the property, or if the property was not specified.
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using the <hibernate-configuration> section
- from the application config file, if found, or the file hibernate.cfg.xml if the
- <hibernate-configuration> section not include the session-factory configuration.
-
- A configuration object initialized with the file.
-
- To configure NHibernate explicitly using hibernate.cfg.xml , appling merge/override
- of the application configuration file, use this code:
-
- configuration.Configure("path/to/hibernate.cfg.xml");
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using the file specified.
-
- The location of the XML file to use to configure NHibernate.
- A Configuration object initialized with the file.
-
- Calling Configure(string) will override/merge the values set in app.config or web.config
-
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using a resource contained in an Assembly.
-
- The that contains the resource.
- The name of the manifest resource being requested.
- A Configuration object initialized from the manifest resource.
-
- Calling Configure(Assembly, string) will overwrite the values set in app.config or web.config
-
-
-
-
- Configure NHibernate using the specified XmlReader.
-
- The that contains the Xml to configure NHibernate.
- A Configuration object initialized with the file.
-
- Calling Configure(XmlReader) will overwrite the values set in app.config or web.config
-
-
-
-
- Set up a cache for an entity class
-
-
-
-
- Set up a cache for a collection role
-
-
-
-
- Get the query language imports (entityName/className -> AssemblyQualifiedName)
-
-
-
-
- Create an object-oriented view of the configuration properties
-
- A object initialized from the settings properties.
-
-
-
- The named SQL queries
-
-
-
-
- Naming strategy for tables and columns
-
-
-
-
- Set a custom naming strategy
-
- the NamingStrategy to set
-
-
-
-
- Load and validate the mappings in the against
- the nhibernate-mapping-2.2 schema, without adding them to the configuration.
-
-
- This method is made public to be usable from the unit tests. It is not intended
- to be called by end users.
-
- The XmlReader that contains the mapping.
- The name of the document, for error reporting purposes.
- NamedXmlDocument containing the validated XmlDocument built from the XmlReader.
-
-
-
- Adds the Mappings in the after validating it
- against the nhibernate-mapping-2.2 schema.
-
- The XmlReader that contains the mapping.
- This Configuration object.
-
-
-
- Adds the Mappings in the after validating it
- against the nhibernate-mapping-2.2 schema.
-
- The XmlReader that contains the mapping.
- The name of the document to use for error reporting. May be .
- This Configuration object.
-
-
-
- Set or clear listener for a given .
-
- The .
- The array of AssemblyQualifiedName of each listener for .
-
- must implements the interface related with .
- All listeners of the given will be cleared if the
- is null or empty.
-
-
- when an element of have an invalid value or cant be instantiated.
-
-
-
-
- Set or clear listener for a given .
-
- The .
- The listener for or null to clear.
- must implements the interface related with .
-
-
-
-
- Set or clear listeners for a given .
-
- The .
- The listener for or null to clear.
- Listeners of must implements one of the interface of event listenesr.
-
-
-
-
- Append the listeners to the end of the currently configured
- listeners
-
-
-
-
- Generate DDL for altering tables
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default catalog, quoted converted if needed.
-
- The instance of dialect to use
- The default catalog, with back-tilt quote converted if any.
-
-
-
- Returns the default catalog, quoted converted if needed.
-
- The instance of dialect to use
- The default catalog, with back-tilt quote converted if any.
-
-
-
- Add a type-definition for mappings.
-
- The persistent type.
- The custom configuration action.
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Depending on where you will use the type-definition in the mapping the
- can be :
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a type-definition for mappings.
-
- The persistent type.
- The where add the type-definition.
- The custom configuration action.
- The .
-
-
-
-
- Depending on where you will use the type-definition in the mapping the
- can be :
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for NHibernate configuration settings
-
-
-
-
- Provides ability to override default with custom implementation.
- Can be set to null if all configuration is specified by code
-
-
-
-
- Type that implements
-
-
-
-
- Helper to parse hibernate-configuration XmlNode.
-
-
-
-
- The XML node name for hibernate configuration section in the App.config/Web.config and
- for the hibernate.cfg.xml .
-
-
-
- The XML Namespace for the nhibernate-configuration
-
-
- XPath expression for bytecode-provider property.
-
-
- XPath expression for objects-factory property.
-
-
- XPath expression for reflection-optimizer property.
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory whole node.
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.property nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.mapping nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.class-cache nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.collection-cache nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.event nodes
-
-
- XPath expression for session-factory.listener nodes
-
-
-
- Convert a string to .
-
- The string that represent .
-
- The converted to .
-
- If the values is invalid.
-
- See for allowed values.
-
-
-
-
- Convert a string to .
-
- The string that represent .
-
- The converted to .
-
- If the values is invalid.
-
- See for allowed values.
-
-
-
-
- Values for class-cache include.
-
- Not implemented in Cache.
-
-
- Xml value: all
-
-
- Xml value: non-lazy
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a class-cache XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- Values for class-cache include.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- The cache region.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- Cache strategy.
- Values for class-cache include.
- The cache region.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- The class full name.
-
-
-
-
- The cache region.
-
- If null or empty the is used during configuration.
-
-
-
- Cache strategy.
-
-
-
-
- class-cache include.
-
-
- Not implemented in Cache.
- Default value .
-
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a collection-cache XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The cache role.
- Cache strategy.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The cache role.
- Cache strategy.
- The cache region.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- The role.
-
-
-
-
- The cache region.
-
- If null or empty the is used during configuration.
-
-
-
- Cache strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a event XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The listener.
- The type.
-
-
-
- The default type of listeners.
-
-
-
-
- Listeners for this event.
-
-
-
-
- Values for bytecode-provider system property.
-
-
-
- Xml value: lcg
-
-
- Xml value: null
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for hibernate-configuration section.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The XML reader to parse.
-
- The nhibernate-configuration.xsd is applied to the XML.
-
- When nhibernate-configuration.xsd can't be applied.
-
-
-
- Value for bytecode-provider system property.
-
- Default value .
-
-
-
- Value for objects-factory system property.
-
- Default value .
-
-
-
- Value for reflection-optimizer system property.
-
- Default value true.
-
-
-
- The if the session-factory exists in hibernate-configuration;
- Otherwise null.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a listener XML node
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The class full name.
- The listener type.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- The class full name.
-
-
-
-
- The listener type.
-
- Default value mean that the value is ignored.
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a mapping XML node
-
-
- There are 3 possible combinations of mapping attributes
- 1 - resource and assembly: NHibernate will read the mapping resource from the specified assembly
- 2 - file only: NHibernate will read the mapping from the file.
- 3 - assembly only: NHibernate will find all the resources ending in hbm.xml from the assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Mapped file.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The assembly name.
- The mapped embedded resource.
- When is null or empty.
-
-
-
- Configuration parsed values for a session-factory XML node.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The session factory name. Null or empty string are allowed.
-
-
-
- Summary description for ConfigurationSectionHandler.
-
-
-
-
- The default
-
- See for a better alternative
-
-
-
- The singleton instance
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified class name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified property name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the argument
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the argument
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified property name
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Values for class-cache and collection-cache strategy.
-
-
-
- Xml value: read-only
-
-
- Xml value: read-write
-
-
- Xml value: nonstrict-read-write
-
-
- Xml value: transactional
-
-
- Xml value: never
-
-
-
- Helper to parse to and from XML string value.
-
-
-
-
- Convert a in its xml expected value.
-
- The to convert.
- The .
-
-
-
- Convert a string to .
-
- The string that represent .
-
- The converted to .
-
- If the values is invalid.
-
- See for allowed values.
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to configuration information.
-
-
- NHibernate has two property scopes:
-
-
- Factory-level properties may be passed to the when it is
- instantiated. Each instance might have different property values. If no properties are
- specified, the factory gets them from Environment
-
-
- System-level properties are shared by all factory instances and are always determined
- by the properties
-
-
- In NHibernate, <hibernate-configuration> section in the application configuration file
- corresponds to Java system-level properties; <session-factory>
- section is the session-factory-level configuration.
-
- It is possible to use the application configuration file (App.config) together with the NHibernate
- configuration file (hibernate.cfg.xml) at the same time.
- Properties in hibernate.cfg.xml override/merge properties in application configuration file where same
- property is found. For others configuration a merge is applied.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate version (informational).
-
-
-
-
- Used to find the .Net 2.0 named connection string
-
-
-
- A default database schema (owner) name to use for unqualified tablenames
-
-
- A default database catalog name to use for unqualified tablenames
-
-
- Implementation of NH-3619 - Make default value of FlushMode configurable
-
-
-
- When using an enhanced id generator and pooled optimizers ( ),
- prefer interpreting the database value as the lower (lo) boundary. The default is to interpret it as the high boundary.
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable the ability to detect loops in query fetches.
- The default is to detect and elimate potential fetch loops.
-
-
-
- Enable formatting of SQL logged to the console
-
-
-
- Indicates if the database needs to have backslash escaped in string literals.
-
- The default value is dialect dependent.
-
-
-
- The class name of a custom implementation. Defaults to the
- built-in .
-
-
-
-
- Timeout duration in milliseconds for the system transaction completion lock.
- When a system transaction completes, it may have its completion events running on concurrent threads,
- after scope disposal. This occurs when the transaction is distributed.
- This notably concerns .
- NHibernate protects the session from being concurrently used by the code following the scope disposal
- with a lock. To prevent any application freeze, this lock has a default timeout of five seconds. If the
- application appears to require longer (!) running transaction completion events, this setting allows to
- raise this timeout. -1 disables the timeout.
-
-
-
-
- When a system transaction is being prepared, is using connection during this process enabled?
- Default is , for supporting with transaction factories
- supporting system transactions. But this requires enlisting additional connections, retaining disposed
- sessions and their connections till transaction end, and may trigger undesired transaction promotions to
- distributed. Set to for disabling using connections from system
- transaction preparation, while still benefiting from on querying.
-
-
-
-
- Should sessions check on every operation whether there is an ongoing system transaction or not, and enlist
- into it if any? Default is . It can also be controlled at session opening, see
- . A session can also be instructed to explicitly join the current
- transaction by calling . This setting has no effect when using a
- transaction factory that is not system transactions aware.
-
-
-
- Should named queries be checked during startup (the default is enabled).
- Mainly intended for test environments.
-
-
- Should using a never cached entity/collection in a cacheable query throw an exception? The default is true. ///
-
-
- Enable statistics collection
-
-
-
- The classname of the HQL query parser factory.
-
-
-
-
- The class name of the LINQ query provider class, implementing .
-
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. false by default.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Set the used to instantiate NHibernate's objects.
-
-
-
-
- to use.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to use the legacy pre-evaluation or not in Linq queries. true by default.
-
-
-
- Legacy pre-evaluation is causing special properties or functions like DateTime.Now or
- Guid.NewGuid() to be always evaluated with the .Net runtime and replaced in the query by
- parameter values.
-
-
- The new pre-evaluation allows them to be converted to HQL function calls which will be run on the db
- side. This allows for example to retrieve the server time instead of the client time, or to generate
- UUIDs for each row instead of an unique one for all rows. (This does not happen if the dialect does
- not support the required HQL function.)
-
-
- The new pre-evaluation will likely be enabled by default in the next major version (6.0).
-
-
-
-
-
- When the new pre-evaluation is enabled, should methods which translation is not supported by the current
- dialect fallback to pre-evaluation? false by default.
-
-
-
- When this fallback option is enabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will not fail when the dialect does not
- support them, but will instead be pre-evaluated.
-
-
- When this fallback option is disabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will fail when the dialect does not
- support them.
-
-
- This option has no effect if the legacy pre-evaluation is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- Enable ordering of insert statements for the purpose of more efficient batching.
-
-
- Enable ordering of update statements for the purpose of more efficient batching.
-
-
-
- The class name of the LINQ query pre-transformer registrar, implementing .
-
-
-
-
- Set the default length used in casting when the target type is length bound and
- does not specify it. 4000 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default precision used in casting when the target type is decimal and
- does not specify it. 29 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
- Set the default scale used in casting when the target type is decimal and
- does not specify it. 10 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
- This may need to be set to 3 if you are using the OdbcDriver with MS SQL Server 2008+.
-
-
-
-
- Disable switching built-in NHibernate date-time types from DbType.DateTime to DbType.DateTime2
- for dialects supporting datetime2.
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2 . This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
- This setting applies only to Oracle dialects and ODP.Net managed or unmanaged driver.
-
-
-
-
- Oracle 10g introduced BINARY_DOUBLE and BINARY_FLOAT types which are compatible with .NET
- and types, where FLOAT and DOUBLE are not. Oracle
- FLOAT and DOUBLE types do not conform to the IEEE standard as they are internally implemented as
- NUMBER type, which makes them an exact numeric type.
-
- by default.
-
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TTSQL/types.htm#TTSQL126
-
-
-
-
- This setting specifies whether to suppress the InvalidCastException and return a rounded-off 28 precision value
- if the Oracle NUMBER value has more than 28 precision.
-
- by default.
-
-
-
- See https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-data-access-components/19.3/odpnt/DataReaderSuppressGetDecimalInvalidCastException.html
- This setting works only with ODP.NET 19.10 or newer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Firebird with FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient may be unable to determine the type
- of parameters in many circumstances, unless they are explicitly casted in the SQL
- query. To avoid this trouble, the NHibernate FirebirdClientDriver parses SQL
- commands for detecting parameters in them and adding an explicit SQL cast around
- parameters which may trigger the issue.
-
-
- For disabling this behavior, set this setting to true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQLite can store GUIDs in binary or text form, controlled by the BinaryGuid
- connection string parameter (default is 'true'). The BinaryGuid setting will affect
- how to cast GUID to string in SQL. NHibernate will attempt to detect this
- setting automatically from the connection string, but if the connection
- or connection string is being handled by the application instead of by NHibernate,
- you can use the 'sqlite.binaryguid' NHibernate setting to override the behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether tracking the session id or not. When , each session
- will have an unique that can be retrieved by ,
- otherwise will always be . Session id
- is used for logging purpose that can be also retrieved in a static context by
- , where the current session id is stored,
- when tracking is enabled.
- In case the current session id won't be used, it is recommended to disable it, in order to increase performance.
- Default is .
-
-
-
-
- Strategy for multi-tenancy.
- See also
-
-
-
- Connection provider for given multi-tenancy strategy. Class name implementing IMultiTenancyConnectionProvider.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum number of entries including:
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
- maintained by . Default is 128.
-
-
-
-
- The maximum number of maintained
- by . Default is 128.
-
-
-
-
- Issue warnings to user when any obsolete property names are used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a copy of the configuration found in <hibernate-configuration> section
- of app.config/web.config.
-
-
- This is the replacement for hibernate.properties
-
-
-
-
- The bytecode provider to use.
-
-
- This property is read from the <hibernate-configuration> section
- of the application configuration file by default. Since it is not
- always convenient to configure NHibernate through the application
- configuration file, it is also possible to set the property value
- manually. This should only be done before a configuration object
- is created, otherwise the change may not take effect.
-
-
-
-
- NHibernate's object instantiator.
-
-
- This property is read from the <hibernate-configuration> section
- of the application configuration file by default. Since it is not
- always convenient to configure NHibernate through the application
- configuration file, it is also possible to set the property value
- manually.
- This should only be set before a configuration object
- is created, otherwise the change may not take effect.
- For entities see and its implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to enable the use of reflection optimizer
-
-
- This property is read from the <hibernate-configuration> section
- of the application configuration file by default. Since it is not
- always convenient to configure NHibernate through the application
- configuration file, it is also possible to set the property value
- manually. This should only be done before a configuration object
- is created, otherwise the change may not take effect.
-
-
-
-
- Get a named connection string, if configured.
-
-
- Thrown when a was found
- in the settings parameter but could not be found in the app.config.
-
-
-
-
- Get the configured connection string, from if that
- is set, otherwise from , or null if that isn't
- set either.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a mapping queued for delayed processing to await
- processing of an extends entity upon which it depends.
-
-
-
-
- An exception that occurs at configuration time, rather than runtime, as a result of
- something screwy in the hibernate.cfg.xml.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Default message is used.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for ImprovedNamingStrategy.
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance
-
-
-
-
- Return the unqualified class name, mixed case converted to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the full property path with underscore separators, mixed case converted to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert mixed case to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert mixed case to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the full property path prefixed by the unqualified class name, with underscore separators, mixed case converted to underscores
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A set of rules for determining the physical column and table names given the information in the mapping
- document. May be used to implement project-scoped naming standards for database objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return a table name for an entity class
-
- the fully-qualified class name
- a table name
-
-
-
- Return a column name for a property path expression
-
- a property path
- a column name
-
-
-
- Alter the table name given in the mapping document
-
- a table name
- a table name
-
-
-
- Alter the column name given in the mapping document
-
- a column name
- a column name
-
-
-
- Return a table name for a collection
-
- the fully-qualified name of the owning entity class
- a property path
- a table name
-
-
-
- Return the logical column name used to refer to a column in the metadata
- (like index, unique constraints etc)
- A full bijection is required between logicalNames and physical ones
- logicalName have to be case insensitively unique for a given table
-
- given column name if any
- property name of this column
-
-
-
- The session factory name.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory properties bag.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory mapping configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory class-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory collection-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory event configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory listener configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Define and configure the dialect to use.
-
- The dialect implementation inherited from .
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. by default.
-
- to throw in case any failure is reported during schema auto-update,
- to ignore failures.
-
-
-
- Maximum depth of outer join fetching
-
-
- 0 (zero) disable the usage of OuterJoinFetching
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. by default.
-
-
-
-
- Set the class of the LINQ query pre-transformer registrar.
-
- The class of the LINQ query pre-transformer registrar.
-
-
-
- Set the SessionFactory mnemonic name.
-
- The mnemonic name.
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
- The SessionFactory mnemonic name can be used as a surrogate key in a multi-DB application.
-
-
-
-
- DataBase integration configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Cache configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Maximum depth of outer join fetching
-
-
- 0 (zero) disable the usage of OuterJoinFetching
-
-
-
-
- Define and configure the dialect to use.
-
- The dialect implementation inherited from .
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
- Set the SessionFactory mnemonic name.
-
- The mnemonic name.
- The fluent configuration itself.
-
- The SessionFactory mnemonic name can be used as a surrogate key in a multi-DB application.
-
-
-
-
- DataBase integration configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Cache configuration.
-
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
- The timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
- Properties of TypeDef configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
- The key to use the type-definition inside not strongly typed mappings (XML mapping).
-
-
-
-
- An which public properties are used as
- type-definition pareneters or null where type-definition does not need parameters or you want use default values.
-
-
-
- As an anonimous object can be used:
-
- configure.TypeDefinition<TableHiLoGenerator>(c=>
- {
- c.Alias = "HighLow";
- c.Properties = new {max_lo = 99};
- });
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Properties of TypeDef configuration.
-
-
-
-
-
- A collection of mappings from classes and collections to relational database tables.
-
- Represents a single <hibernate-mapping> element.
-
-
-
- Binding table between the logical column name and the name out of the naming strategy
- for each table.
- According that when the column name is not set, the property name is considered as such
- This means that while theoretically possible through the naming strategy contract, it is
- forbidden to have 2 real columns having the same logical name
-
-
-
-
- Binding between logical table name and physical one (ie after the naming strategy has been applied)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The default namespace for persistent classes
-
-
-
-
- The default assembly for persistent classes
-
-
-
-
- Adds an import to allow for the full class name Namespace.Entity (AssemblyQualifiedName)
- to be referenced as Entity or some other name in HQL.
-
- The name of the type that is being renamed.
- The new name to use in HQL for the type.
- Thrown when the rename already identifies another type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if the Fully Qualified Type name should
- automatically have an import added as the class name.
-
- if the class name should be used as an import.
-
- Auto-import is used to shorten the string used to refer to types to just their
- unqualified name. So if the type MyAssembly.MyNamespace.MyClass, MyAssembly has
- auto-import="false" then all use of it in HQL would need to be the fully qualified
- version MyAssembly.MyNamespace.MyClass . If auto-import="true" , the type could
- be referred to in HQL as just MyClass .
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for checking that a resource name matches the default pattern of "*.hbm.xml". This is the
- default filter for .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Columns and Formulas, in declared order
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A base class for HBM schema classes that provides helper methods.
-
-
-
- Responsible for determining whether an embedded resource should be parsed for HBM XML data while
- iterating through an .
-
-
-
-
- The relation of the element of the collection.
-
-
- Can be one of: HbmCompositeElement, HbmElement, HbmManyToAny, HbmManyToMany, HbmOneToMany...
- according to the type of the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Implemented by any mapping elemes supports simple and/or multicolumn mapping.
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for converting a of HBM XML into an instance of
- .
-
-
-
-
- Responsible for building a list of objects from a range of acceptable
- sources.
-
-
-
-
- Calls the greedy constructor, passing it new instances of and
- .
-
-
-
- Adds any embedded resource streams which pass the .
- An assembly containing embedded mapping documents.
- A custom filter.
-
-
- Adds any embedded resource streams which pass the default filter.
- An assembly containing embedded mapping documents.
-
-
-
- Responsible for converting a of HBM XML into an instance of
- .
-
- Uses an to deserialize HBM.
-
-
-
- Queues mapping files according to their dependency order.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified document to the queue.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a that can now be processed (i.e.
- that doesn't depend on classes not yet processed).
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks that no unprocessed documents remain in the queue.
-
-
-
-
- Holds information about mapped classes found in an embedded resource
-
-
-
-
- Gets the names of all entities outside this resource
- needed by the classes in this resource.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the names of all entities in this resource
-
-
-
-
- The session factory name.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory properties bag.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory mapping configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory class-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory collection-cache configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory event configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Session factory listener configurations.
-
-
-
-
- Settings that affect the behavior of NHibernate at runtime.
-
-
-
-
- Should sessions check on every operation whether there is an ongoing system transaction or not, and enlist
- into it if any? Default is . It can also be controlled at session opening, see
- . A session can also be instructed to explicitly join the current
- transaction by calling . This setting has no effect if using a
- transaction factory that is not system transactions aware.
-
-
-
-
- to throw in case any failure is reported during schema auto-update,
- to ignore failures.
-
-
-
-
- Should using a never cached entity/collection in a cacheable query throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
- Get the registry to provide Hql-Generators for known properties/methods.
-
-
-
-
- Whether to use the legacy pre-evaluation or not in Linq queries. true by default.
-
-
-
- Legacy pre-evaluation is causing special properties or functions like DateTime.Now or
- Guid.NewGuid() to be always evaluated with the .Net runtime and replaced in the query by
- parameter values.
-
-
- The new pre-evaluation allows them to be converted to HQL function calls which will be run on the db
- side. This allows for example to retrieve the server time instead of the client time, or to generate
- UUIDs for each row instead of an unique one for all rows.
-
-
-
-
-
- When the new pre-evaluation is enabled, should methods which translation is not supported by the current
- dialect fallback to pre-evaluation? false by default.
-
-
-
- When this fallback option is enabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will not fail when the dialect does not
- support them, but will instead be pre-evaluated.
-
-
- When this fallback option is disabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will fail when the dialect does not
- support them.
-
-
- This option has no effect if the legacy pre-evaluation is enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
- The pre-transformer registrar used to register custom expression transformers.
-
-
-
-
- Reads configuration properties and configures a instance.
-
-
-
-
- Configuration manager that supports user provided configuration
-
-
-
-
- Converts a partial class name into a fully qualified one
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a partial class name into a fully one
-
-
-
- The class FullName (without the assembly)
-
- The FullName is equivalent to the default entity-name
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to find a type by its full name. Throws a
- using the provided in case of failure.
-
- name of the class to find
- Error message to use for
- the in case of failure. Should contain
- the {0} formatting placeholder.
- A instance.
-
- Thrown when there is an error loading the class.
-
-
-
-
- Similar to , but handles short class names
- by calling .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called for all collections. parameter
- was added in NH to allow for reflection related to generic types.
-
-
-
-
- Called for arrays and primitive arrays
-
-
-
-
- Called for Maps
-
-
-
-
- Called for all collections
-
-
-
-
- Provides callbacks from the to the persistent object. Persistent classes may
- implement this interface but they are not required to.
-
-
-
- , , and are intended to be used
- to cascade saves and deletions of dependent objects. This is an alternative to declaring cascaded
- operations in the mapping file.
-
-
- may be used to initialize transient properties of the object from its persistent
- state. It may not be used to load dependent objects since the interface
- may not be invoked from inside this method.
-
-
- A further intended usage of , , and
- is to store a reference to the for later use.
-
-
- If , , or return
- , the operation is silently vetoed. If a
- is thrown, the operation is vetoed and the exception is passed back to the application.
-
-
- Note that is called after an identifier is assigned to the object, except when
- identity key generation is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called when an entity is saved
-
- The session
- If we should veto the save
-
-
-
- Called when an entity is passed to .
-
- The session
- A value indicating whether the operation
- should be vetoed or allowed to proceed.
-
- This method is not called every time the object's state is
- persisted during a flush.
-
-
-
-
- Called when an entity is deleted
-
- The session
- A value indicating whether the operation
- should be vetoed or allowed to proceed.
-
-
-
- Called after an entity is loaded.
-
-
- It is illegal to access the from inside this method. .
- However, the object may keep a reference to the session for later use
-
- The session
- The identifier
-
-
-
- Veto the action
-
-
-
-
- Accept the action
-
-
-
-
- Implemented by persistent classes with invariants that must be checked before inserting
- into or updating the database
-
-
-
-
- Validate the state of the object before persisting it. If a violation occurs,
- throw a . This method must not change the state of the object
- by side-effect.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown from when an invariant was violated. Some applications
- might subclass this exception in order to provide more information about the violation
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms Criteria queries
-
-
-
-
- Returns a clone of the original criteria, which will return the count
- of rows that are returned by the original criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a clone of the original criteria, which will return the count
- of rows that are returned by the original criteria query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the criteria
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact clone of the criteria
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to show a better debug display for dictionaries
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The name of the duplicate object
- The type of the duplicate object
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The name of the duplicate object
- The type of the duplicate object
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- The type of the duplicated object
-
-
-
-
- The name of the duplicated object
-
-
-
-
- An interceptor that does nothing. May be used as a base class for application-defined custom interceptors.
-
-
-
-
- The singleton reference.
-
-
-
- Defines the representation modes available for entities.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating problems with communicating with the
- database (can also include incorrect ADO setup).
-
-
-
-
- Collect data of an to be converted.
-
-
-
-
- The to be converted.
-
-
-
-
- An optional error message.
-
-
-
-
- The SQL that generate the exception
-
-
-
-
- Optional EntityName where available in the original exception context.
-
-
-
-
- Optional EntityId where available in the original exception context.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given SQLException into Exception hierarchy, as well as performing
- appropriate logging.
-
- The converter to use.
- The exception to convert.
- An optional error message.
- The SQL executed.
- The converted .
-
-
-
- Converts the given SQLException into Exception hierarchy, as well as performing
- appropriate logging.
-
- The converter to use.
- The exception to convert.
- An optional error message.
- The converted .
-
-
- For the given , locates the .
- The exception from which to extract the
- The , or null.
-
-
-
- Exception aggregating exceptions that occurs in the O-R persistence layer.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The exceptions to aggregate.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Return a string representation of the aggregate exception.
-
- A string representation with inner exceptions.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating that the requested DML operation
- resulted in a violation of a defined integrity constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the violated constraint, if known.
-
- The name of the violated constraint, or null if not known.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating that evaluation of the
- valid SQL statement against the given data resulted in some
- illegal operation, mismatched types or incorrect cardinality.
-
-
-
-
- The Configurable interface defines the contract for impls that
- want to be configured prior to usage given the currently defined Hibernate properties.
-
-
-
- Configure the component, using the given settings and properties.
- All defined startup properties.
-
-
-
- Defines a contract for implementations that know how to convert a
- into NHibernate's hierarchy.
-
-
- Inspired by Spring's SQLExceptionTranslator.
-
- Implementations must have a constructor which takes a
- parameter.
-
- Implementations may implement if they need to perform
- configuration steps prior to first use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the given into custom Exception.
-
- Available information during exception throw.
- The resulting Exception to throw.
-
-
-
- Defines a contract for implementations that can extract the name of a violated
- constraint from a SQLException that is the result of that constraint violation.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the name of the violated constraint from the given SQLException.
-
- The exception that was the result of the constraint violation.
- The extracted constraint name.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating a problem acquiring lock
- on the database.
-
-
-
- A factory for building SQLExceptionConverter instances.
-
-
- Build a SQLExceptionConverter instance.
- The defined dialect.
- The configuration properties.
- An appropriate instance.
-
- First, looks for a property to see
- if the configuration specified the class of a specific converter to use. If this
- property is set, attempt to construct an instance of that class. If not set, or
- if construction fails, the converter specific to the dialect will be used.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a minimal converter. The instance returned here just always converts to .
-
- The minimal converter.
-
-
-
- Implementation of ADOException indicating that the SQL sent to the database
- server was invalid (syntax error, invalid object references, etc).
-
-
-
-
- A SQLExceptionConverter implementation which performs no conversion of
- the underlying .
- Interpretation of a SQL error based on
- is not possible as using the ErrorCode (which is, however, vendor-
- specific). Use of a ErrorCode-based converter should be preferred approach
- for converting/interpreting SQLExceptions.
-
-
-
- Handle an exception not converted to a specific type based on the SQLState.
- The exception to be handled.
- An optional message
- Optionally, the sql being performed when the exception occurred.
- The converted exception; should never be null.
-
-
-
- Knows how to extract a violated constraint name from an error message based on the
- fact that the constraint name is templated within the message.
-
-
-
-
- Extracts the constraint name based on a template (i.e., templateStart constraintName templateEnd ).
-
- The pattern denoting the start of the constraint name within the message.
- The pattern denoting the end of the constraint name within the message.
- The templated error message containing the constraint name.
- The found constraint name, or null.
-
-
-
- Extract the name of the violated constraint from the given SQLException.
-
- The exception that was the result of the constraint violation.
- The extracted constraint name.
-
-
-
- Represents a fetching strategy.
-
-
-
- For Hql queries, use the FETCH keyword instead.
- For Criteria queries, use Fetch functions instead.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default to the setting configured in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch eagerly, using a separate select. Equivalent to
- fetch="select" (and outer-join="false" )
-
-
-
-
- Fetch using an outer join. Equivalent to
- fetch="join" (and outer-join="true" )
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that an expected getter or setter method could not be found on a class
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a flushing strategy.
-
-
- The flush process synchronizes database state with session state by detecting state
- changes and executing SQL statements
-
-
-
-
- Special value for unspecified flush mode (like in Java).
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is never flushed unless Flush() is explicitly
- called by the application. This mode is very efficient for read only
- transactions
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is never flushed unless Flush() is explicitly
- called by the application. This mode is very efficient for read only
- transactions
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is flushed when Transaction.Commit() is called
-
-
-
-
- The ISession is sometimes flushed before query execution in order to
- ensure that queries never return stale state. This is the default flush mode.
-
-
-
-
- The is flushed before every query. This is
- almost always unnecessary and inefficient.
-
-
-
-
- Any exception that occurs in the O-R persistence layer.
-
-
- Exceptions that occur in the database layer are left as native exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Provides XML marshalling for classes registered with a SessionFactory
-
-
-
- Hibernate defines a generic XML format that may be used to represent any class
- (hibernate-generic.dtd ). The user configures an XSLT stylesheet for marshalling
- data from this generic format to an application and/or user readable format. By default,
- Hibernate will use hibernate-default.xslt which maps data to a useful human-
- readable format.
-
-
- The property xml.output_stylesheet specifies a user-written stylesheet.
- Hibernate will attempt to load the stylesheet from the classpath first and if not found,
- will attempt to load it as a file
-
-
- It is not intended that implementors be threadsafe
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an object to the output document.
-
- A transient or persistent instance
- Databinder
-
-
-
- Add a collection of objects to the output document
-
- A collection of transient or persistent instance
- Databinder
-
-
-
- Output the generic XML representation of the bound objects
-
- Generic Xml representation
-
-
-
- Output the generic XML Representation of the bound objects
- to a XmlDocument
-
- A generic Xml tree
-
-
-
- Output the custom XML representation of the bound objects
-
- Custom Xml representation
-
-
-
- Output the custom XML representation of the bound objects as
- an XmlDocument
-
- A custom Xml Tree
-
-
-
- Controls whether bound objects (and their associated objects) that are lazily instantiated
- are explicitly initialized or left as they are
-
- True to explicitly initialize lazy objects, false to leave them in the state they are in
-
-
-
- Performs a null safe comparison using "==" instead of Object.Equals()
-
- First object to compare.
- Second object to compare.
-
- true if x is the same instance as y or if both are null references; otherwise, false.
-
-
- This is Lazy collection safe since it uses ,
- unlike Object.Equals() which currently causes NHibernate to load up the collection.
- This behaivior of Collections is likely to change because Java's collections override Equals() and
- .net's collections don't. So in .net there is no need to override Equals() and
- GetHashCode() on the NHibernate Collection implementations.
-
-
-
-
- Interface to create queries in "detached mode" where the NHibernate session is not available.
- All methods have the same semantics as the corresponding methods of the interface.
-
-
-
-
- Get an executable instance of ,
- to actually run the query.
-
-
-
- Set the maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
- The maximum number of rows to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Sets the first row to retrieve.
-
- The first row to retrieve.
-
-
-
- Enable caching of this query result set.
-
- Should the query results be cacheable?
-
-
- Set the name of the cache region.
- The name of a query cache region, or
- for the default query cache
-
-
-
- Entities retrieved by this query will be loaded in
- a read-only mode where Hibernate will never dirty-check
- them or make changes persistent.
-
- Enable/Disable read -only mode
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
- the fetch size
-
-
-
- Set the lockmode for the objects identified by the
- given alias that appears in the FROM clause.
-
- alias a query alias, or this for a collection filter
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
- a human-readable string
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The possibly null parameter value
- The Hibernate type
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
-
-
-
- Bind a value to an indexed parameter, guessing the Hibernate type from
- the class of the given object.
-
- The position of the parameter in the query, numbered from 0
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter, guessing the NHibernate
- from the class of the given object.
-
- The name of the parameter
- The non-null parameter value
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
- The Hibernate type of the values
-
-
-
- Bind multiple values to a named query parameter, guessing the Hibernate
- type from the class of the first object in the collection. This is useful for binding a list
- of values to an expression such as foo.bar in (:value_list)
-
- The name of the parameter
- A collection of values to list
-
-
-
- Bind the property values of the given object to named parameters of the query,
- matching property names with parameter names and mapping property types to
- Hibernate types using heuristics.
-
- Any POCO
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a array to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a array.
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
- Since v5.0, does no more cut fractional seconds. Use
- for this
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- A non-null instance of a .
- The name of the parameter
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to an indexed parameter.
-
- Position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a mapped persistent class to a named parameter.
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent class
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a persistent enumeration class to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a persistent enumeration
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to an indexed parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- A non-null instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The position of the parameter in the query string, numbered from 0
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Bind an instance of a to a named parameter
- using an NHibernate .
-
- The name of the parameter
- An instance of a .
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
-
-
-
- Set a strategy for handling the query results. This can be used to change
- "shape" of the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Set the value to ignore unknown parameters names.
-
- True to ignore unknown parameters names.
-
-
- Override the current session cache mode, just for this query.
- The cache mode to use.
- this (for method chaining)
-
-
-
- Type definition of Filter. Filter defines the user's view into enabled dynamic filters,
- allowing them to set filter parameter values.
-
-
-
-
- Get the name of this filter.
-
- This filter's name.
-
-
-
- Get the filter definition containing additional information about the
- filter (such as default-condition and expected parameter names/types).
-
- The filter definition
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The values to be applied.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set the named parameter's value list for this filter. Used
- in conjunction with IN-style filter criteria.
-
- The parameter's name.
- The values to be expanded into an SQL IN list.
- The type of the values.
- This FilterImpl instance (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Perform validation of the filter state. This is used to verify the
- state of the filter after its activation and before its use.
-
-
-
-
-
- A deferred query result. Accessing its enumerable result will trigger execution of all other pending futures.
- This interface is directly usable as a for backward compatibility, but this will
- be dropped in a later version. Please get the from
- or .
-
- The type of the enumerated elements.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously triggers the future query and all other pending future if the query was not already resolved, then
- returns a non-deferred enumerable of the query resulting items.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- A non-deferred enumerable listing the resulting items of the future query.
-
-
-
- Synchronously triggers the future query and all other pending future if the query was not already resolved, then
- returns a non-deferred enumerable of the query resulting items.
-
- A non-deferred enumerable listing the resulting items of the future query.
-
-
-
- Synchronously triggers the future query and all other pending future if the query was not already resolved, then
- returns a non-deferred enumerator of the query resulting items.
-
- A non-deferred enumerator listing the resulting items of the future query.
-
-
-
- An object allowing to get at the value of a future query.
-
- The type of the value returned by the query.
-
-
-
- The value of the future query. If not already resolved, triggers all pending future query execution.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously get the value of the future query. If not already resolved, triggers all pending future query execution.
- Otherwise, this synchronously returns the already resolved value.
-
- A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the work.
- The value of the future query.
-
-
-
- Allows user code to inspect and/or change property values before they are written and after they
- are read from the database
-
-
-
- There might be a single instance of IInterceptor for a SessionFactory , or a new
- instance might be specified for each ISession . Whichever approach is used, the interceptor
- must be serializable if the ISession is to be serializable. This means that SessionFactory
- -scoped interceptors should implement ReadResolve() .
-
-
- The ISession may not be invoked from a callback (nor may a callback cause a collection or
- proxy to be lazily initialized).
-
-
-
-
-
- Called just before an object is initialized
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interceptor may change the state , which will be propagated to the persistent
- object. Note that when this method is called, entity will be an empty
- uninitialized instance of the class.
- if the user modified the state in any way
-
-
-
- Called when an object is detected to be dirty, during a flush.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interceptor may modify the detected currentState , which will be propagated to
- both the database and the persistent object. Note that all flushes end in an actual
- synchronization with the database, in which as the new currentState will be propagated
- to the object, but not necessarily (immediately) to the database. It is strongly recommended
- that the interceptor not modify the previousState .
-
- if the user modified the currentState in any way
-
-
-
- Called before an object is saved
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interceptor may modify the state , which will be used for the SQL INSERT
- and propagated to the persistent object
-
- if the user modified the state in any way
-
-
-
- Called before an object is deleted
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- It is not recommended that the interceptor modify the state .
-
-
-
- Called before a collection is (re)created.
-
-
- Called before a collection is deleted.
-
-
- Called before a collection is updated.
-
-
-
- Called before a flush
-
- The entities
-
-
-
- Called after a flush that actually ends in execution of the SQL statements required to
- synchronize in-memory state with the database.
-
- The entities
-
-
-
- Called when a transient entity is passed to SaveOrUpdate .
-
-
- The return value determines if the object is saved
-
- - the entity is passed to Save() , resulting in an INSERT
- - the entity is passed to Update() , resulting in an UPDATE
- - Hibernate uses the unsaved-value mapping to determine if the object is unsaved
-
-
- A transient entity
- Boolean or to choose default behaviour
-
-
-
- Called from Flush() . The return value determines whether the entity is updated
-
-
-
- - an array of property indicies - the entity is dirty
- - an empty array - the entity is not dirty
- - use Hibernate's default dirty-checking algorithm
-
-
- A persistent entity
-
-
-
-
-
- An array of dirty property indicies or to choose default behavior
-
-
-
- Instantiate the entity class. Return to indicate that Hibernate should use the default
- constructor of the class
-
- the name of the entity
- the identifier of the new instance
- An instance of the class, or to choose default behaviour
-
- The identifier property of the returned instance
- should be initialized with the given identifier.
-
-
-
- Get the entity name for a persistent or transient instance
- an entity instance
- the name of the entity
-
-
- Get a fully loaded entity instance that is cached externally
- the name of the entity
- the instance identifier
- a fully initialized entity
-
-
-
- Called when a NHibernate transaction is begun via the NHibernate
- API. Will not be called if transactions are being controlled via some other mechanism.
-
-
-
-
- Called before a transaction is committed (but not before rollback).
-
-
-
-
- Called after a transaction is committed or rolled back.
-
-
-
- Called when sql string is being prepared.
- sql to be prepared
- original or modified sql
-
-
-
- Called when a session-scoped (and only session scoped) interceptor is attached
- to a session
-
-
- session-scoped-interceptor is an instance of the interceptor used only for one session.
- The use of singleton-interceptor may cause problems in multi-thread scenario.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The timeout in seconds.
- The on which to set the timeout.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Thrown if Hibernate can't instantiate an entity or component class at runtime.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
- The that NHibernate was trying to instantiate.
-
-
-
- Gets the that NHibernate was trying to instantiate.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception and the Type that
- was trying to be instantiated.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- Helper class for dealing with enhanced entity classes.
-
-
- Contract for field interception handlers.
-
-
- Is the entity considered dirty?
- True if the entity is dirty; otherwise false.
-
-
- Use to associate the entity to which we are bound to the given session.
-
-
- Is the entity to which we are bound completely initialized?
-
-
- The the given field initialized for the entity to which we are bound?
- The name of the field to check
- True if the given field is initialized; otherwise false.
-
-
- Forcefully mark the entity as being dirty.
-
-
- Clear the internal dirty flag.
-
-
- Intercept field set/get
-
-
- Get the entity-name of the field DeclaringType.
-
-
- Get the MappedClass (field container).
-
-
- Marker value for uninitialized properties
-
-
- Contract for controlling how lazy properties get initialized.
-
-
- Initialize the property, and return its new value
-
-
-
- Thrown when an invalid type is specified as a proxy for a class.
- The exception is also thrown when a class is specified as lazy,
- but cannot be used as a proxy for itself.
-
-
-
-
- Bind a value to a named query parameter
-
- The query
- The name of the parameter
- The possibly null parameter value
- The NHibernate .
- If true supplied type is used only if parameter metadata is missing
-
-
-
- Access the underlying ICriteria
-
-
-
-
- Access the root underlying ICriteria
-
-
-
-
- QueryOver<TRoot,TSubType> is an API for retrieving entities by composing
- objects expressed using Lambda expression syntax.
-
-
-
- IList<Cat> cats = session.QueryOver<Cat>()
- .Where( c => c.Name == "Tigger" )
- .And( c => c.Weight > minWeight ) )
- .List();
-
-
-
-
-
- Add criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add arbitrary ICriterion (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Add negation of criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add negation of criterion expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add negation of criterion expressed as ICriterion
-
-
-
-
- Add restriction to a property
-
- Lambda expression containing path to property
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add restriction to a property
-
- Lambda expression containing path to property
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to And() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to And() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add arbitrary ICriterion (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndNot() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndNot() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndNot() to allow more readable queries
-
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndRestrictionOn() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Identical semantics to AndRestrictionOn() to allow more readable queries
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add projection expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expressions
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add arbitrary IProjections to query
-
-
-
-
- Create a list of projections using a projection builder
-
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Order by arbitrary IProjection (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Add order for an aliased projection expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Add order expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Order by arbitrary IProjection (e.g., to allow protected member access)
-
-
-
-
- Add order for an aliased projection expressed as a lambda expression
-
- Lambda expression
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Transform the results using the supplied IResultTransformer
-
-
-
-
- Add a subquery expression
-
-
-
-
- Specify an association fetching strategy. Currently, only
- one-to-many and one-to-one associations are supported.
-
- A lambda expression path (e.g., ChildList[0].Granchildren[0].Pets).
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the current entity
-
-
-
-
- Set the lock mode of the aliased entity
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Creates a new NHibernate.IQueryOver<TRoot, U>, "rooted" at the associated entity
- specifying a collection for the join.
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- The created "sub criteria"
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Join an association, assigning an alias to the joined entity
-
- Type of sub-criteria (type of the collection)
- Lambda expression returning association path
- Lambda expression returning alias reference
- Type of join
- Additional criterion for the SQL on clause
- criteria instance
-
-
-
- Associates session with given tenantIdentifier when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Associates session with given tenantConfig when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Represents a consolidation of all session creation options into a builder style delegate.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a consolidation of all session creation options into a builder style delegate.
-
-
-
-
- Opens a session with the specified options.
-
- The session.
-
-
-
- Adds a specific interceptor to the session options.
-
- The interceptor to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that no should be used.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
- By default the associated with the is
- passed to the whenever we open one without the user having specified a
- specific interceptor to use.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a specific connection to the session options.
-
- The connection to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Use a specific connection release mode for these session options.
-
- The connection release mode to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically closed after transaction completion? Not yet implemented, will have no effect.
-
- Should the session be automatically closed.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically enlisted in ambient system transaction?
- Enabled by default. Disabling it does not prevent connections having auto-enlistment
- enabled to get enlisted in current ambient transaction when opened.
-
- Should the session be automatically explicitly
- enlisted in ambient transaction.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Specify the initial FlushMode to use for the opened Session.
-
- The initial FlushMode to use for the opened Session.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Specialized with access to stuff from another session.
-
-
-
-
- Signifies that the connection from the original session should be used to create the new session.
- The original session remains responsible for it and its closing will cause sharing sessions to be no
- more usable.
- Causes specified ConnectionReleaseMode and AutoJoinTransaction to be ignored and
- replaced by those of the original session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies the interceptor from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the connection release mode from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the FlushMode from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the AutoClose flag from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the AutoJoinTransaction flag from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Specialized with access to stuff from another session.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a specific connection to the session options.
-
- The connection to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically enlisted in ambient system transaction?
- Enabled by default. Disabling it does not prevent connections having auto-enlistment
- enabled to get enlisted in current ambient transaction when opened.
-
- Should the session be automatically explicitly
- enlisted in ambient transaction.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the connection from the original session should be used to create the new session.
- The original session remains responsible for it and its closing will cause sharing sessions to be no
- more usable.
- Causes specified ConnectionReleaseMode and AutoJoinTransaction to be ignored and
- replaced by those of the original session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Signifies that the AutoJoinTransaction flag from the original session should be used to create the new session.
-
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Adds a query space for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query.
- The query space.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity name for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query.
- The entity name.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity type for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query.
- The entity type.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Returns the synchronized query spaces added to the query.
-
- The query.
- The synchronized query spaces.
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, without specifying an alias
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, specifying a lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, without specifying an alias
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "root" entity, specifying a lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "joined" entity
-
-
-
-
- Declare a "joined" entity, specifying a lock mode
-
-
-
-
- Declare a scalar query result
-
-
-
-
- Use a predefined named ResultSetMapping
-
-
-
-
- Associates stateless session with given tenantIdentifier when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Associates stateless session with given tenantConfig when multi-tenancy is enabled.
- See
-
-
-
-
- Represents a consolidation of all stateless session creation options into a builder style delegate.
-
-
-
-
- Opens a session with the specified options.
-
- The session.
-
-
-
- Adds a specific connection to the session options.
-
- The connection to use.
- , for method chaining.
-
- Note that the second-level cache will be disabled if you
- supply a ADO.NET connection. NHibernate will not be able to track
- any statements you might have executed in the same transaction.
- Consider implementing your own .
-
-
-
-
- Should the session be automatically enlisted in ambient system transaction?
- Enabled by default. Disabling it does not prevent connections having auto-enlistment
- enabled to get enlisted in current ambient transaction when opened.
-
- Should the session be automatically explicitly
- enlisted in ambient transaction.
- , for method chaining.
-
-
-
- Applies for the criteria with the given and the
- given .
-
- The select mode to apply.
- The criteria association path. If empty, the root entity for the given
- criteria is used.
- The criteria alias. If empty, the current criteria is used.
-
-
-
- Adds a query space for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The query space.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity name for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The entity name.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Adds an entity type for auto-flush synchronization and second level cache invalidation.
-
- The entity type.
- The query.
-
-
-
- Returns the synchronized query spaces added to the query.
-
- The synchronized query spaces.
-
-
-
- Register an user synchronization callback for this transaction.
-
- The transaction.
- The callback to register.
-
-
-
- A problem occurred trying to lazily initialize a collection or proxy (for example the session
- was closed) or iterate query results.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The name of the entity where the exception was thrown
- The id of the entity where the exception was thrown
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Instances represent a lock mode for a row of a relational database table.
-
-
- It is not intended that users spend much time worrying about locking since Hibernate
- usually obtains exactly the right lock level automatically. Some "advanced" users may
- wish to explicitly specify lock levels.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this lock mode more restrictive than the given lock mode?
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this lock mode less restrictive than the given lock mode?
-
-
-
-
-
- No lock required.
-
-
- If an object is requested with this lock mode, a Read lock
- might be obtained if necessary.
-
-
-
-
- A shared lock.
-
-
- Objects are loaded in Read mode by default
-
-
-
-
- An upgrade lock.
-
-
- Objects loaded in this lock mode are materialized using an
- SQL SELECT ... FOR UPDATE
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to obtain an upgrade lock, using an Oracle-style
- SELECT ... FOR UPGRADE NOWAIT .
-
-
- The semantics of this lock mode, once obtained, are the same as Upgrade
-
-
-
-
- A Write lock is obtained when an object is updated or inserted.
-
-
- This is not a valid mode for Load() or Lock() .
-
-
-
-
- Similar to except that, for versioned entities,
- it results in a forced version increment.
-
-
-
- Writes a log entry.
- Entry will be written on this level.
- The entry to be written.
- The exception related to this entry.
-
-
-
- Checks if the given is enabled.
-
- level to be checked.
- true if enabled.
-
-
-
- Factory interface for providing a .
-
-
-
-
- Get a logger for the given log key.
-
- The log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Get a logger using the given type as log key.
-
- The type to use as log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Provide methods for getting NHibernate loggers according to supplied .
-
-
- By default, it will use a if log4net is available, otherwise it will
- use a .
-
-
-
-
- Specify the logger factory to use for building loggers.
-
- A logger factory.
-
-
-
- Get a logger for the given log key.
-
- The log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Get a logger using the given type as log key.
-
- The type to use as log key.
- A NHibernate logger.
-
-
-
- Instantiates a new instance of the structure.
-
- A composite format string
- An object array that contains zero or more objects to format. Can be null if there are no values to format.
-
-
-
- Returns the composite format string.
-
-
- A composite format string consists of zero or more runs of fixed text intermixed with
- one or more format items, which are indicated by an index number delimited with brackets
- (for example, {0}). The index of each format item corresponds to an argument in an object
- list that follows the composite format string.
-
-
-
-
- An object array that contains zero or more objects to format. Can be null if there are no values to format.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the string that results from formatting the composite format string along with
- its arguments by using the formatting conventions of the current culture.
-
-
-
- Defines logging severity levels.
-
-
-
- Extensions method for logging.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Throws NotImplementedException. Calling this method is an error. Please use methods taking the exception as first argument instead.
-
-
-
-
- Reflection based log4net logger factory.
-
-
-
-
- Reflection based log4net logger.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
- The log4net.ILog logger to use for logging.
-
-
-
- An exception that usually occurs at configuration time, rather than runtime, as a result of
- something screwy in the O-R mappings
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience base class for AuxiliaryDatabaseObjects .
-
-
- This implementation performs dialect scoping checks strictly based on
- dialect name comparisons. Custom implementations might want to do
- instanceof-type checks.
-
-
-
-
- A NHibernate any type.
-
-
- Polymorphic association to one of several tables.
-
-
-
-
- Get or set the identifier type name
-
-
-
-
- Get or set the metatype
-
-
-
-
- Represent the relation between a meta-value and the related entityName
-
-
-
-
- An array has a primary key consisting of the key columns + index column
-
-
-
-
- A bag permits duplicates, so it has no primary key
-
-
-
-
- A bag permits duplicates, so it has no primary key.
-
- The that contains this bag mapping.
-
-
-
- Gets the appropriate that is
- specialized for this bag mapping.
-
-
-
-
- Defines behavior of soft-cascade actions.
-
-
- To check the content or to include/exclude values, from cascade, is strongly recommended the usage of extensions methods defined in
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Add or modify a value-class pair.
-
- The value of the DB-field dor a given association instance (should override )
- The class associated to the specific .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Not supported in NH3.
-
-
-
- Using the Join, it is possible to split properties of one class to several tables, when there's a 1-to-1 relationship between the table
-
- The split-group identifier. By default it is assigned to the join-table-name
- The lambda to map the join.
-
-
-
- Maps a formula.
-
- The formula to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column attribute.
-
-
-
- A mapper for mapping mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a formula.
-
- The formula to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula, unless .
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps a mixed list of columns and formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The mappers for each column or formula.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
- Replaces any previously mapped column or formula.
-
-
-
- Force the component to a different type than the one of the property.
-
- Mapped component type.
-
- Useful when the property is an interface and you need the mapping to a concrete class mapped as component.
-
-
-
-
- Set the Foreign-Key name
-
- The name of the Foreign-Key
-
- Where the is "none" or or all white-spaces the FK won't be created.
- Use null to reset the default NHibernate's behavior.
-
-
-
-
- Add or modify a value-class pair.
-
- The value of the DB-field dor a given association instance (should override )
- The class associated to the specific .
-
-
-
- Force the many-to-one to a different type than the one of the property.
-
- Mapped entity type.
-
- Useful when the property is an interface and you need the mapping to a concrete class mapped as entity.
-
-
-
-
- Maps a non-generic dictionary property as a dynamic component.
-
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a generic IDictionary<string, object> property as a dynamic component.
-
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a property or field as a dynamic component. The property can be a C# dynamic or a dictionary of
- property names to their value.
-
- The property or field name to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties, or fields, to be used as Persistent-Object-ID, for a given root-entity class or interface.
-
- The root-entity class or interface.
- All candidate properties or fields to be used as Persistent-Object-ID.
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties or fields for a given root-entity class or interface.
-
- The root-entity class or interface.
- All candidate properties or fields.
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties or fields for a given entity subclass or interface.
-
- The entity subclass or interface.
- The superclass (it may be different from )
- All candidate properties or fields.
-
- In NHibernate, for a subclass, the method should return only those members not included in
- its super-classes.
-
-
-
-
- Get all candidate persistent properties or fields for a given entity subclass or interface.
-
- The class of the component or an interface.
- All candidate properties or fields.
-
-
-
- Manage the mapping of a HbmKeyProperty but implementing
- instead a more limitated KeyProperty.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps many formulas.
-
- The mapper.
- The formulas to map.
-
-
-
- Maps a non-generic dictionary property as a dynamic component.
-
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a property or field as a dynamic component. The property can be a C# dynamic or a dictionary of
- property names to their value.
-
- The property or field name to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Maps a generic IDictionary<string, object> property as a dynamic component.
-
- The mapper.
- The property to map.
- The template for the component. It should either be a (usually
- anonymous) type having the same properties than the component, or an
- IDictionary<string, System.Type> of property names with their type.
- The mapping of the component.
- The type of the mapped class.
- The type of the template.
-
-
-
- Util extensions to use in your test or where you need to see the XML mappings
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a root class.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a joined-subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before apply pattern-appliers on a union-subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a root class.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a joined-subclass..
-
-
-
-
- Occurs after apply the last customizer on a union-subclass..
-
-
-
-
- The possible types of polymorphism for IClassMapper.
-
-
-
-
- Implicit polymorphism
-
-
-
-
- Explicit polymorphism
-
-
-
-
- Immutable value class. By-value equality.
-
-
-
-
- Provide the list of progressive-paths
-
-
-
- Given a path as : Pl1.Pl2.Pl3.Pl4.Pl5 returns paths-sequence as:
- Pl5
- Pl4.Pl5
- Pl3.Pl4.Pl5
- Pl2.Pl3.Pl4.Pl5
- Pl1.Pl2.Pl3.Pl4.Pl5
-
-
-
-
- Dictionary containing the embedded strategies to find a field giving a property name.
- The key is the "partial-name" of the strategy used in XML mapping.
- The value is an instance of the strategy.
-
-
-
-
- A which allows customization of conditions with explicitly declared members.
-
-
-
-
- Decode a member access expression of a specific ReflectedType
-
- Type to reflect
- The expression of the property getter
- The os the ReflectedType.
-
-
-
- Decode a member access expression of a specific ReflectedType
-
- Type to reflect
- Type of property
- The expression of the property getter
- The os the ReflectedType.
-
-
-
- Given a property or a field try to get the member from a given possible inherited type.
-
- The member to find.
- The type where find the member.
- The member from the reflected-type or the original where the is not accessible from .
-
-
-
- Try to find a property or field from a given type.
-
- The type
- The property or field name.
-
- A or a where the member is found; null otherwise.
-
-
- Where found the member is returned always from the declaring type.
-
-
-
-
- Base class that stores the mapping information for <array> , <bag> ,
- <id-bag> , <list> , <map> , and <set>
- collections.
-
-
- Subclasses are responsible for the specialization required for the particular
- collection style.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a indicating if this is a
- mapping for a generic collection.
-
-
- if a collection from the System.Collections.Generic namespace
- should be used, if a collection from the System.Collections
- namespace should be used.
-
-
- This has no affect on any versions of the .net framework before .net-2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of that contains the arguments
- needed to construct an instance of a closed type.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the mapping to a column in a database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The name of the column.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the length of the datatype in the database.
-
- The length of the datatype in the database.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the column in the database.
-
-
- The name of the column in the database. The get does
- not return a Quoted column name.
-
-
-
- If a value is passed in that is wrapped by ` then
- NHibernate will Quote the column whenever SQL is generated
- for it. How the column is quoted depends on the Dialect.
-
-
- The value returned by the getter is not Quoted. To get the
- column name in quoted form use .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this Column in quoted form if it is necessary.
-
-
- The that knows how to quote
- the column name.
-
-
- The column name in a form that is safe to use inside of a SQL statement.
- Quoted if it needs to be, not quoted if it does not need to be.
-
-
-
-
- For any column name, generate an alias that is unique to that
- column name, and also take Dialect.MaxAliasLength into account.
- It keeps four characters left for accommodating additional suffixes.
-
-
-
-
- For any column name, generate an alias that is unique to that
- column name and table, and also take Dialect.MaxAliasLength into account.
- It keeps four characters left for accommodating additional suffixes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column can have null values in it.
-
- if the column can have a null value in it.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the index of the column in the .
-
-
- The index of the column in the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column contains unique values.
-
- if the column contains unique values.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the data type for the column.
-
- The to use to get the valid data types.
-
-
- The name of the data type for the column.
-
-
- If the mapping file contains a value of the attribute sql-type this will
- return the string contained in that attribute. Otherwise it will use the
- typename from the of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if this instance of and a specified object,
- which must be a Column can be considered the same.
-
- An that should be a .
-
- if the name of this Column and the other Column are the same,
- otherwise .
-
-
-
-
- Determines if this instance of and the specified Column
- can be considered the same.
-
- A to compare to this Column.
-
- if the name of this Column and the other Column are the same,
- otherwise .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sql data type name of the column.
-
-
- The sql data type name of the column.
-
-
- This is usually read from the sql-type attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column needs to be quoted in SQL statements.
-
- if the column is quoted.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the column is unique.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a check constraint on the column
-
-
-
-
- Do we have a check constraint?
-
-
-
-
- The underlying columns SqlType.
-
-
- If null, it is because the sqltype code is unknown.
-
- Use to retreive the sqltypecode used
- for the columns associated Value/Type.
-
-
-
- returns quoted name as it would be in the mapping file.
-
-
- Shallow copy, the value is not copied
-
-
-
- The mapping for a component, composite element, composite identifier,
- etc.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for relational constraints in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Name used to identify the constraint in the database.
-
- The Name used to identify the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that are part of the constraint.
-
-
- An of objects that are part of the constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a name hopefully unique using the table and column names.
- Static so the name can be generated prior to creating the Constraint.
- They're cached, keyed by name, in multiple locations.
-
- A name prefix for the generated name.
- The table for which the name is generated.
- The referenced table, if any.
- The columns for which the name is generated.
- The generated name.
- Hybrid of Hibernate Constraint.generateName and
- NamingHelper.generateHashedFkName .
-
-
-
- Adds the to the of
- Columns that are part of the constraint.
-
- The to include in the Constraint.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns that this Constraint contains.
-
-
- The number of columns that this Constraint contains.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the this Constraint is in.
-
-
- The this Constraint is in.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, generates the SQL string to create the named
- Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- The name to use as the identifier of the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the named Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- A value which is "typed" by reference to some other value
- (for example, a foreign key is typed by the referenced primary key).
-
-
-
-
- A Foreign Key constraint in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the named Foreign Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- The name to use as the identifier of the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the named Foreign Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that the Foreign Key is referencing.
-
- The the Foreign Key is referencing.
-
- Thrown when the number of columns in this Foreign Key is not the same
- amount of columns as the Primary Key in the ReferencedTable.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Validates that columnspan of the foreignkey and the primarykey is the same.
- Furthermore it aligns the length of the underlying tables columns.
-
-
-
- Does this foreignkey reference the primary key of the reference table
-
-
-
- A formula is a derived column value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Auxiliary database objects (i.e., triggers, stored procedures, etc) defined
- in the mappings. Allows Hibernate to manage their lifecycle as part of
- creating/dropping the schema.
-
-
-
-
- Add the given dialect name to the scope of dialects to which
- this database object applies.
-
- The name of a dialect.
-
-
-
- Does this database object apply to the given dialect?
-
- The dialect to check against.
- True if this database object does apply to the given dialect.
-
-
-
- Gets called by NHibernate to pass the configured type parameters to the implementation.
-
-
-
-
- An PersistentIdentifierBag has a primary key consisting of just
- the identifier column.
-
-
-
-
- A collection with a synthetic "identifier" column.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Any mapping with an outer-join attribute
-
-
-
-
- Defines mapping elements to which filters may be applied.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an identifying key of a table: the value for primary key
- of an entity, or a foreign key of a collection or join table or
- joined subclass table.
-
-
-
- Common interface for things that can handle meta attributes.
-
-
-
- Meta-Attribute collection.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve the
-
- The attribute name
- The if exists; null otherwise
-
-
-
- An Index in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create this Index in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create this Index.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to drop this Index in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Index.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the this Index is in.
-
-
- The this Index is in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that are
- part of the Index.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Index.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the to the of
- Columns that are part of the Index.
-
- The to include in the Index.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Name used to identify the Index in the database.
-
- The Name used to identify the Index in the database.
-
-
-
- Is this index inherited from the base class mapping
-
-
-
-
- Indexed collections include IList, IDictionary, Arrays
- and primitive Arrays.
-
-
-
-
- Operations to create/drop the mapping element in the database.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, generates the SQL string to create
- the mapping element in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create an object.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, generates the SQL string to drop
- the mapping element from the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop an object.
-
-
-
-
- A value is anything that is persisted by value, instead of
- by reference. It is essentially a Hibernate IType, together
- with zero or more columns. Values are wrapped by things with
- higher level semantics, for example properties, collections,
- classes.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns that this value spans in the table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects
- that this value is stored in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the to read/write the Values.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the this Value is stored in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this Value is unique.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this Value can have
- null values.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a indicating if this is a SimpleValue
- that does not involve foreign keys.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines if the Value is part of a valid mapping.
-
- The to validate.
-
- if the Value is part of a valid mapping,
- otherwise.
-
-
-
- Mainly used to make sure that Value maps to the correct number
- of columns.
-
-
-
-
- A list has a primary key consisting of the key columns + index column
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that contains this list mapping.
-
-
-
- Gets the appropriate that is
- specialized for this list mapping.
-
-
-
- A many-to-one association mapping
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A map has a primary key consisting of the key columns
- + index columns.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that contains this map mapping.
-
-
-
- Gets the appropriate that is
- specialized for this list mapping.
-
-
-
-
- A meta attribute is a named value or values.
-
-
-
-
- A mapping for a one-to-many association.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- No foreign key element for a one-to-many
-
-
-
- A mapping for a one-to-one association.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for the mapped by <class> and a
- that is mapped by <subclass> or
- <joined-subclass> .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that is being mapped.
-
- The that is being mapped.
-
- The value of this is set by the name attribute on the <class>
- element.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the to use as a Proxy.
-
- The to use as a Proxy.
-
- The value of this is set by the proxy attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets if the Insert Sql is built dynamically.
-
- if the Sql is built at runtime.
-
- The value of this is set by the dynamic-insert attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets if the Update Sql is built dynamically.
-
- if the Sql is built at runtime.
-
- The value of this is set by the dynamic-update attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the value to use as the discriminator for the Class.
-
-
- A value that distinguishes this subclass in the database.
-
-
- The value of this is set by the discriminator-value attribute. Each <subclass>
- in a hierarchy must define a unique discriminator-value . The default value
- is the class name if no value is supplied.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of subclasses that inherit either directly or indirectly.
-
- The number of subclasses that inherit from this PersistentClass.
-
-
-
- Iterate over subclasses in a special 'order', most derived subclasses first.
-
-
- It will recursively go through Subclasses so that if a SubclassType has Subclasses
- it will pick those up also.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects
- that directly inherit from this PersistentClass.
-
-
- An of objects
- that directly inherit from this PersistentClass.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a boolean indicating if this
- mapped class is inherited from another.
-
-
- if this class is a subclass or joined-subclass
- that inherited from another class .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class
- has a version property.
-
- if there is a <version> property.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an
- of objects that this mapped class contains.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains.
-
-
- This is all of the properties of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets an
- of objects that this mapped class reads from
- and writes to.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- This is all of the tables of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- this mapped class contains and that all of its subclasses contain.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains and that all of its subclasses contain.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of all of the objects that the
- subclass finds its information in.
-
- An of objects.
- It adds the TableClosureIterator and the subclassTables into the IEnumerable.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the of the Persister.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Build a collection of properties which are "referenceable".
-
-
- See for a discussion of "referenceable".
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Build an iterator over the properties defined on this class. The returned
- iterator only accounts for "normal" properties (i.e. non-identifier
- properties).
-
-
- An of objects.
-
-
- Differs from in that the iterator
- we return here will include properties defined as part of a join.
-
-
-
-
- Build an enumerable over the properties defined on this class which
- are not defined as part of a join .
- As with the returned iterator only accounts
- for non-identifier properties.
-
- An enumerable over the non-joined "normal" properties.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a to the class hierarchy.
-
- The to add to the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if this PersistentClass has any subclasses.
-
- if this PeristentClass has any subclasses.
-
-
-
- Change the property definition or add a new property definition
-
- The to add.
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the that this class is stored in.
-
- The this class is stored in.
-
- The value of this is set by the table attribute.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or set a boolean indicating
- if the mapped class has properties that can be changed.
-
- if the object is mutable.
-
- The value of this is set by the mutable attribute.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets a boolean indicating
- if the mapped class has a Property for the id .
-
- if there is a Property for the id .
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that is used as the id .
-
-
- The that is used as the id .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that contains information about the identifier.
-
- The that contains information about the identifier.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that is used as the version.
-
- The that is used as the version.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that contains information about the discriminator.
-
- The that contains information about the discriminator.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets if the mapped class has subclasses or is
- a subclass.
-
-
- if the mapped class has subclasses or is a subclass.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the CacheConcurrencyStrategy
- to use to read/write instances of the persistent class to the Cache.
-
- The CacheConcurrencyStrategy used with the Cache.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
- The that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets a boolean indicating if
- explicit polymorphism should be used in Queries.
-
-
- if only classes queried on should be returned,
- if any class in the heirarchy should implicitly be returned.
-
- The value of this is set by the polymorphism attribute.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a that is implemented by a subclass.
-
- The implemented by a subclass.
-
-
-
- Adds a that a subclass is stored in.
-
- The the subclass is stored in.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets a boolean indicating if the identifier is
- embedded in the class.
-
- if the class identifies itself.
-
- An embedded identifier is true when using a composite-id specifying
- properties of the class as the key-property instead of using a class
- as the composite-id .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the
- that contains information about the Key.
-
- The that contains information about the Key.
-
-
-
- Creates the for the
- this type is persisted in.
-
- The that is used to Alias columns.
-
-
-
- Creates the for the
- this type is persisted in.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets or sets the sql string that should
- be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The value of this is set by the where attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Given a property path, locate the appropriate referenceable property reference.
-
-
- A referenceable property is a property which can be a target of a foreign-key
- mapping (an identifier or explicitly named in a property-ref).
-
- The property path to resolve into a property reference.
- The property reference (never null).
- If the property could not be found.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if only values in the discriminator column that
- are mapped will be included in the sql.
-
- if the mapped discriminator values should be forced.
-
- The value of this is set by the force attribute on the discriminator element.
-
-
-
-
- A Primary Key constraint in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the Primary Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the Primary Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the named Primary Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- The name to use as the identifier of the constraint in the database.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the named Primary Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- A primitive array has a primary key consisting
- of the key columns + index column.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping for a property of a .NET class (entity
- or component).
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns this property uses in the db.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of s.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the name of the Property in the class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether given properties are generated by the database and, if
- so, at what time(s) they are generated.
-
-
-
-
- Values for this property are never generated by the database.
-
-
-
-
- Values for this property are generated by the database on insert.
-
-
-
-
- Values for this property are generated by the database on both insert and update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Declaration of a System.Type mapped with the <class> element that
- is the root class of a table-per-subclass, or table-per-concrete-class
- inheritance hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
- The default name of the column for the Identifier
-
- id is the default column name for the Identifier.
-
-
-
- The default name of the column for the Discriminator
-
- class is the default column name for the Discriminator.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if this mapped class is inherited from another.
-
-
- because this is the root mapped class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this mapped class contains.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this
- mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- There is only one in the since
- this is the root class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a version property.
-
- if there is a Property for a version .
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the class this mapped class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if the identifier is
- embedded in the class.
-
- if the class identifies itself.
-
- An embedded identifier is true when using a composite-id specifying
- properties of the class as the key-property instead of using a class
- as the composite-id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cache region name.
-
- The region name used with the Cache.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the id .
-
-
- The that is used as the id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the identifier.
-
- The that contains information about the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a Property for the id .
-
- if there is a Property for the id .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the discriminator.
-
- The that contains information about the discriminator.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the mapped class has subclasses.
-
-
- if the mapped class has subclasses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- this since this is the root mapped class.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a to the class hierarchy.
-
- The to add to the hierarchy.
-
- When a is added this mapped class has the property
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if explicit polymorphism should be used in Queries.
-
-
- if only classes queried on should be returned,
- if any class in the hierarchy should implicitly be returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the version.
-
- The that is used as the version.
-
-
-
- Gets or set a boolean indicating if the mapped class has properties that can be changed.
-
- if the object is mutable.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
- since this is the root class.
-
-
- Thrown when the setter is called. The Superclass can not be set on the
- RootClass, only the SubclassType can have a Superclass set.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the Key.
-
- The that contains information about the Key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if only values in the discriminator column that
- are mapped will be included in the sql.
-
- if the mapped discriminator values should be forced.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the CacheConcurrencyStrategy
- to use to read/write instances of the persistent class to the Cache.
-
- The CacheConcurrencyStrategy used with the Cache.
-
-
-
- A Set with no nullable element columns will have a primary
- key consisting of all table columns (ie - key columns +
- element columns).
-
-
-
-
- A simple implementation of AbstractAuxiliaryDatabaseObject in which the CREATE and DROP strings are
- provided up front.
-
-
- Contains simple facilities for templating the catalog and schema
- names into the provided strings.
- This is the form created when the mapping documents use <create/> and <drop/>.
-
-
-
-
- Any value that maps to columns.
-
-
-
-
- Declaration of a System.Type mapped with the <subclass> or
- <joined-subclass> element.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that is the superclass.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if this mapped class is inherited from another.
-
-
- because this is a SubclassType.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this mapped class contains.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class contains.
-
-
- This is all of the properties of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that this
- mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- An of objects that
- this mapped class reads from and writes to.
-
-
- This is all of the tables of this mapped class and each mapped class that
- it is inheriting from.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a version property.
-
- if for the Superclass there is a Property for a version .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class
- that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the Superclass that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the CacheConcurrencyStrategy
- to use to read/write instances of the persistent class to the Cache.
-
- The CacheConcurrencyStrategy used with the Cache.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the class that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
- The of the Superclass that is mapped in the class element.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
- The that this mapped class is extending.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the id .
-
-
- The from the Superclass that is used as the id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the identifier.
-
- The from the Superclass that contains information about the identifier.
-
-
-
- Gets a boolean indicating if the mapped class has a Property for the id .
-
- if in the Superclass there is a Property for the id .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the discriminator.
-
- The from the Superclass that contains information about the discriminator.
-
-
-
- Gets or set a boolean indicating if the mapped class has properties that can be changed.
-
- if the Superclass is mutable.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the mapped class is a subclass.
-
-
- since this mapped class is a subclass.
-
-
- The setter should not be used to set the value to anything but .
-
-
-
-
- Add the to this PersistentClass.
-
- The to add.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Properties.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a that is implemented by a subclass.
-
- The implemented by a subclass.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Properties.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a that a subclass is stored in.
-
- The the subclass is stored in.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Tables.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that is used as the version.
-
- The from the Superclass that is used as the version.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if the identifier is
- embedded in the class.
-
- if the Superclass has an embedded identifier.
-
- An embedded identifier is true when using a composite-id specifying
- properties of the class as the key-property instead of using a class
- as the composite-id .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains information about the Key.
-
- The that contains information about the Key.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a boolean indicating if explicit polymorphism should be used in Queries.
-
-
- The value of the Superclasses IsExplicitPolymorphism property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- The sql string that should be a part of the where clause.
-
-
- Thrown when the setter is called. The where clause can not be set on the
- SubclassType, only the RootClass.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or Sets the that this class is stored in.
-
- The this class is stored in.
-
- This also adds the to the Superclass' collection
- of SubclassType Tables.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a Table in a database that an object gets mapped against.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the Table in the database.
-
-
- The name of the Table in the database. The get does
- not return a Quoted Table name.
-
-
-
- If a value is passed in that is wrapped by ` then
- NHibernate will Quote the Table whenever SQL is generated
- for it. How the Table is quoted depends on the Dialect.
-
-
- The value returned by the getter is not Quoted. To get the
- column name in quoted form use .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of columns that this Table contains.
-
-
- The number of columns that this Table contains.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an of objects that
- are part of the Table.
-
-
- An of objects that are
- part of the Table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of the Table.
-
- The of the Table.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the schema the table is in.
-
-
- The schema the table is in or if no schema is specified.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the unique number of the Table.
- Used for SQL alias generation
-
- The unique number of the Table.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets if the column needs to be quoted in SQL statements.
-
- if the column is quoted.
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create this Table in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create this Table, Primary Key Constraints
- , and Unique Key Constraints.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to drop this Table in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Table and to cascade the drop to
- the constraints if the database supports it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the schema qualified name of the Table.
-
- The that knows how to Quote the Table name.
- The name of the table qualified with the schema if one is specified.
-
-
-
- Gets the schema qualified name of the Table using the specified qualifier
-
- The that knows how to Quote the Table name.
- The catalog name.
- The schema name.
- A String representing the Qualified name.
- If this were used with MSSQL it would return a dbo.table_name.
-
-
- returns quoted name as it would be in the mapping file.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this Table in quoted form if it is necessary.
-
-
- The that knows how to quote the Table name.
-
-
- The Table name in a form that is safe to use inside of a SQL statement.
- Quoted if it needs to be, not quoted if it does not need to be.
-
-
-
- returns quoted name as it is in the mapping file.
-
-
- returns quoted name as it is in the mapping file.
-
-
-
- Gets the schema for this table in quoted form if it is necessary.
-
-
- The that knows how to quote the schema name.
-
-
- The schema name for this table in a form that is safe to use inside
- of a SQL statement. Quoted if it needs to be, not quoted if it does not need to be.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the at the specified index.
-
- The index of the Column to get.
-
- The at the specified index.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the to the of
- Columns that are part of the Table.
-
- The to include in the Table.
-
-
-
- Gets the identified by the name.
-
- The name of the to get.
-
- The identified by the name. If the
- identified by the name does not exist then it is created.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identified by the name.
-
- The name of the to get.
-
- The identified by the name. If the
- identified by the name does not exist then it is created.
-
-
-
-
- Create a for the columns in the Table.
-
-
- An of objects.
-
-
-
- A for the columns in the Table.
-
-
- This does not necessarily create a , if
- one already exists for the columns then it will return an
- existing .
-
-
-
-
- Generates a unique string for an of
- objects.
-
- An of objects.
-
- An unique string for the objects.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the Identifier of the Table.
-
- The that represents the Identifier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the column which is identified by column provided as argument.
- column with at least a name.
-
- The underlying column or null if not inside this table.
- Note: the instance *can* be different than the input parameter, but the name will be the same.
-
-
-
-
- A simple-point association (ie. a reference to another entity).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Placeholder for typedef information
-
-
-
- An Unique Key constraint in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the Unique Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
- A string that contains the SQL to create the Unique Key Constraint.
-
-
-
- Generates the SQL string to create the Unique Key Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to create the Unique Key Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Get the SQL string to drop this Constraint in the database.
-
- The to use for SQL rules.
-
-
-
- A string that contains the SQL to drop this Constraint.
-
-
-
-
- Exposes entity class metadata to the application
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the entity
-
-
-
-
- The name of the identifier property (or return null)
-
-
-
-
- The names of the class' persistent properties
-
-
-
-
- The identifier Hibernate type
-
-
-
-
- The Hibernate types of the classes properties
-
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class mutable?
-
-
-
-
- Are instances of this class versioned by a timestamp or version number column?
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the version property
-
-
-
-
- Get the nullability of the class' persistent properties
-
-
-
- Get the "laziness" of the properties of this class
-
-
- Which properties hold the natural id?
-
-
- Does this entity extend a mapped superclass?
-
-
- Get the type of a particular (named) property
-
-
- Does the class support dynamic proxies?
-
-
- Does the class have an identifier property?
-
-
- Does this entity declare a natural id?
-
-
- Does this entity have mapped subclasses?
-
-
- Return the values of the mapped properties of the object
-
-
-
- The persistent class
-
-
-
-
- Create a class instance initialized with the given identifier
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a particular (named) property
-
-
-
- Extract the property values from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the property values.
- The property values.
-
-
-
- Set the value of a particular (named) property
-
-
-
-
- Set the given values to the mapped properties of the given object
-
-
-
-
- Get the identifier of an instance (throw an exception if no identifier property)
-
-
-
-
- Set the identifier of an instance (or do nothing if no identifier property)
-
-
-
- Does the class implement the interface?
-
-
- Does the class implement the interface?
-
-
-
- Get the version number (or timestamp) from the object's version property
- (or return null if not versioned)
-
-
-
-
- Exposes collection metadata to the application
-
-
-
-
- The collection key type
-
-
-
-
- The collection element type
-
-
-
-
- The collection index type (or null if the collection has no index)
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection indexed?
-
-
-
-
- The name of this collection role
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection an array?
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection a primitive array?
-
-
-
-
- Is the collection lazily initialized?
-
-
-
-
- This exception is thrown when an operation would
- break session-scoped identity. This occurs if the
- user tries to associate two different instances of
- the same class with a particular identifier,
- in the scope of a single .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The EntityName of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The EntityName of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the application calls IQuery.UniqueResult()
- and the query returned more than one result. Unlike all other NHibernate
- exceptions, this one is recoverable!
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of items in the result.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the user tries to pass a deleted object to the ISession .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when entity can't be found by given unique key
-
-
-
-
- Property name
-
-
-
-
- Key
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when entity can't be found by given unique key
-
- Entity name
- Property name
- Key
-
-
-
- Thrown when ISession.Load() fails to select a row with
- the given primary key (identifier value). This exception might not
- be thrown when Load() is called, even if there was no
- row on the database, because Load() returns a proxy if
- possible. Applications should use ISession.Get() to test if
- a row exists in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The identifier of the object that was attempting to be loaded.
- The that NHibernate was trying to find a row for in the database.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when the user passes a persistent instance to a ISession method that expects a
- transient instance
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- Represents a "back-reference" to the id of a collection owner.
-
-
- The Setter implementation for id backrefs.
-
-
- The Getter implementation for id backrefs.
-
-
-
- Accesses mapped property values via a get/set pair, which may be nonpublic.
- The default (and recommended strategy).
-
-
-
-
- Create a for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to find the Property get .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The for the Property get or
- if the Property could not be found.
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to find the Property set .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The for the Property set or
- if the Property could not be found.
-
-
-
-
- An for a Property get .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the Property get .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the Property from the object.
-
- The object to get the Property value from.
-
- The value of the Property for the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that the Property returns.
-
- The that the Property returns.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the Property.
-
- The name of the Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the Property.
-
-
- The for the Property.
-
-
-
-
- An for a Property set .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the Property set .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the mapped Property.
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the Property on the object.
-
- The object to set the Property value in.
- The value to set the Property to.
-
- Thrown when there is a problem setting the value in the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the mapped Property.
-
- The name of the mapped Property or .
-
-
-
- Gets the for the mapped Property.
-
- The for the mapped Property.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an m_ and the PropertyName is changed to camelCase.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName lowercase and prefixing it with the letter 'm'
- and an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in CamelCase format prefixed with an 'm' and an underscore.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are the
- camelCase version of the PropertyName
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- lower case.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in CamelCase format.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an underscore and the PropertyName is changed to camelCase.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName lowercase and prefixing it with an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in CamelCase format prefixed with an underscore.
-
-
-
- Access the mapped property by using a Field to get and set the value.
-
-
- The is useful when you expose getter and setters
- for a Property, but they have extra code in them that shouldn't be executed when NHibernate
- is setting or getting the values for loads or saves.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Gets the used to convert the name of the
- mapped Property in the hbm.xml file to the name of the field in the class.
-
- The or .
-
-
-
- Create a to get the value of the mapped Property
- through a Field .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Field specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a to set the value of the mapped Property
- through a Field .
-
- The to find the mapped Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Field for the Property specified by the propertyName using the
- could not be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to find the Field.
-
- The to find the Field in.
- The name of the Field to find.
-
- The for the field.
-
-
- Thrown when a field could not be found.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the mapped property's name into a Field using
- the if one exists.
-
- The name of the Property.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- An that uses a Field instead of the Property get .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the field to use for the Property get .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the Field from the object.
-
- The object to get the Field value from.
-
- The value of the Field for the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that the Field returns.
-
- The that the Field returns.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- An that uses a Field instead of the Property set .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The that contains the Field to use for the Property set .
- The for reflection.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the Field on the object.
-
- The object to set the Field value in.
- The value to set the Field to.
-
- Thrown when there is a problem setting the value in the target.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the Property.
-
- since this is a Field - not a Property.
-
-
-
- A Strategy for converting a mapped property name to a Field name.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, converts the Property's name into a Field name
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field.
-
-
-
- Gets values of a particular mapped property.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the value of the Property/Field from the object.
-
- The object to get the Property/Field value from.
-
- The value of the Property for the target.
-
-
- Thrown when there is a problem getting the value from the target.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the that the Property/Field returns.
-
- The that the Property returns.
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the name of the Property.
-
- The name of the Property or .
-
- This is an optional operation - if the is not
- for a Property get then is an acceptable value to return.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the for the get
- accessor of the property.
-
-
- This is an optional operation - if the is not
- for a property get then is an acceptable value to return.
- It is used by the proxies to determine which getter to intercept for the
- identifier property.
-
-
-
- Get the property value from the given owner instance.
- The instance containing the value to be retrieved.
- a map of merged persistent instances to detached instances
- The session from which this request originated.
- The extracted value.
-
-
- Represents a "back-reference" to the index of a collection.
-
-
- Constructs a new instance of IndexPropertyAccessor.
- The collection role which this back ref references.
- The owner entity name.
-
-
- The Setter implementation for index backrefs.
-
-
- The Getter implementation for index backrefs.
-
-
-
- An that can emit IL to get the property value.
-
-
-
-
- Emit IL to get the property value from the object on top of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- An that can emit IL to set the property value.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the of the Property/Field.
-
- The of the Property/Field.
-
-
-
- Emit IL to set the property of an object to the value. The object
- is loaded onto the stack first, then the value, then this method
- is called.
-
-
-
-
- Abstracts the notion of a "property". Defines a strategy for accessing the
- value of a mapped property.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, create a "getter" for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, create a "setter" for the mapped property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Allow embedded and custom accessors to define if the ReflectionOptimizer can be used.
-
-
-
-
- Sets values of a particular mapped property.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, sets the value of the Property/Field on the object.
-
- The object to set the Property value in.
- The value to set the Property to.
-
- Thrown when there is a problem setting the value in the target.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the name of the Property.
-
- The name of the Property or .
-
- This is an optional operation - if it is not implemented then
- is an acceptable value to return.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented by a class, gets the for the set
- accessor of the property.
-
-
- This is an optional operation - if the is not
- for a property set then is an acceptable value to return.
- It is used by the proxies to determine which setter to intercept for the
- identifier property.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are
- the PropertyName in all LowerCase characters.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the all characters
- of the propertyName lowercase.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in lowercase.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an underscore and the PropertyName is changed to lower case.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the all characters
- of the propertyName lowercase and prefixing it with an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in lowercase prefixed with an underscore.
-
-
- Used to declare properties not represented at the pojo level
-
-
- A Getter which will always return null. It should not be called anyway.
-
-
- A Setter which will just do nothing.
-
-
-
- Access the mapped property through a Property get to get the value
- and go directly to the Field to set the value.
-
-
- This is most useful because Classes can provider a get for the Property
- that is the <id> but tell NHibernate there is no setter for the Property
- so the value should be written directly to the field.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Creates an to get the value from the Property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a to set the value of the mapped Property
- through a Field .
-
- The to find the mapped Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- The to use to set the value of the Property on an
- instance of the .
-
-
- Thrown when a Field for the Property specified by the propertyName using the
- could not be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName uppercase and prefixing it with the letter 'm'.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in PascalCase format prefixed with an 'm'.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an m_ and the first character in PropertyName capitalized.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName uppercase and prefixing it with the letter 'm'
- and an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in PascalCase format prefixed with an 'm' and an underscore.
-
-
-
- Implementation of for fields that are prefixed with
- an _ and the first character in PropertyName capitalized.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the Property's name into a Field name by making the first character
- of the propertyName uppercase and prefixing it with an underscore.
-
- The name of the mapped property.
- The name of the Field in PascalCase format prefixed with an underscore.
-
-
-
- Factory for creating the various PropertyAccessor strategies.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the static members in .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or creates the specified by the type.
-
-
- The specified by the type.
-
-
- The built in ways of accessing the values of Properties in your domain class are:
-
-
-
- Access Method
- How NHibernate accesses the Mapped Class.
-
- -
-
property
-
- The name attribute is the name of the Property. This is the
- default implementation.
-
-
- -
-
field
-
- The name attribute is the name of the field. If you have any Properties
- in the Mapped Class those will be bypassed and NHibernate will go straight to the
- field. This is a good option if your setters have business rules attached to them
- or if you don't want to expose a field through a Getter & Setter.
-
-
- -
-
nosetter
-
- The name attribute is the name of the Property. NHibernate will use the
- Property's get method to retrieve the value and will use the field
- to set the value. This is a good option for <id> Properties because this access method
- allows users of the Class to get the value of the Id but not set the value.
-
-
- -
-
readonly
-
- The name attribute is the name of the Property. NHibernate will use the
- Property's get method to retrieve the value but will never set the value back in the domain.
- This is used for read-only calculated properties with only a get method.
-
-
- -
-
Assembly Qualified Name
-
- If NHibernate's built in s are not what is needed for your
- situation then you are free to build your own. Provide an Assembly Qualified Name so that
- NHibernate can call Activator.CreateInstance(AssemblyQualifiedName) to create it.
-
-
-
-
- In order for the nosetter to know the name of the field to access NHibernate needs to know
- what the naming strategy is. The following naming strategies are built into NHibernate:
-
-
-
- Naming Strategy
- How NHibernate converts the value of the name attribute to a field name.
-
- -
-
camelcase
-
- The name attribute should be changed to CamelCase to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field fooBar .
-
-
- -
-
camelcase-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be changed to CamelCase and prefixed with
- an underscore to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field _fooBar .
-
-
- -
-
camelcase-m-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be changed to CamelCase and prefixed with
- an 'm' and underscore to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field m_fooBar .
-
-
- -
-
pascalcase-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be prefixed with an underscore
- to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field _FooBar .
-
-
- -
-
pascalcase-m-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be prefixed with an 'm' and underscore
- to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field m_FooBar .
-
-
- -
-
pascalcase-m
-
- The name attribute should be prefixed with an 'm'.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field mFooBar .
-
-
- -
-
lowercase
-
- The name attribute should be changed to lowercase to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field foobar .
-
-
- -
-
lowercase-underscore
-
- The name attribute should be changed to lowercase and prefixed with
- and underscore to find the field.
- <property name="FooBar" ... > finds a field _foobar .
-
-
-
-
- The naming strategy can also be appended at the end of the field access method. Where
- this could be useful is a scenario where you do expose a get and set method in the Domain Class
- but NHibernate should only use the fields.
-
-
- With a naming strategy and a get/set for the Property available the user of the Domain Class
- could write an Hql statement from Foo as foo where foo.SomeProperty = 'a' . If no naming
- strategy was specified the Hql statement would have to be from Foo as foo where foo._someProperty
- (assuming CamelCase with an underscore field naming strategy is used).
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a PropertyAccessor instance based on the given property definition and entity mode.
- The property for which to retrieve an accessor.
- The mode for the resulting entity.
- An appropriate accessor.
-
-
-
- Access the mapped property through a Property get to get the value
- and do nothing to set the value.
-
-
- This is useful to allow calculated properties in the domain that will never
- be recovered from the DB but can be used for querying.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an to get the value from the Property.
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to get.
-
- The to use to get the value of the Property from an
- instance of the .
-
- Thrown when a Property specified by the propertyName could not
- be found in the .
-
-
-
-
- Create a to do nothing when trying to
- se the value of the mapped Property
-
- The to find the mapped Property in.
- The name of the mapped Property to set.
-
- An instance of .
-
-
-
-
- A problem occurred accessing a property of an instance of a persistent class by reflection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
- A indicating if this was a "setter" operation.
- The that NHibernate was trying find the Property or Field in.
- The mapped property name that was trying to be accessed.
-
-
-
- Gets the that NHibernate was trying find the Property or Field in.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception and
- information about the mapped property and its usage.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that an expected getter or setter method could not be found on a class
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class,
- used when a property get/set accessor is missing.
-
- The that is missing the property
- The name of the missing property
- The type of the missing accessor
- ("getter" or "setter")
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class,
- used when a field is missing.
-
- The that is missing the field
- The name of the missing property
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The that NHibernate was trying to access.
- The name of the Property that was being get/set.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- A problem occurred translating a Hibernate query to SQL due to invalid query syntax, etc.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The query that contains the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The query that contains the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of HQL that caused the Exception.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception including the HQL.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Set a timeout for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
- The query on which to set the timeout.
- The timeout in seconds.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Set a fetch size for the underlying ADO query.
-
- The query on which to set the timeout.
- The fetch size.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Add a comment to the generated SQL.
-
- The query on which to set the timeout.
- A human-readable string.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Override the current session flush mode, just for this query.
-
- The query on which to set the flush mode.
- The flush mode to use for the query.
- (for method chaining).
-
-
-
- Represents a replication strategy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Throw an exception when a row already exists
-
-
-
-
- Ignore replicated entities when a row already exists
-
-
-
-
- When a row already exists, choose the latest version
-
-
-
-
- Overwrite existing rows when a row already exists
-
-
-
-
- Represents fetching options for Criteria
-
-
-
-
- Default to the setting configured in the mapping file.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch the entity.
-
-
-
-
- Fetch the entity and its lazy properties.
-
-
-
-
- Only identifier columns are added to select statement. Use it for fetching child objects for already loaded
- entities.
- Entities missing in session will be loaded (lazily if possible, otherwise with additional immediate loads).
-
-
-
-
- Skips the entity from select statement but keeps joining it in the query.
-
-
-
-
- Skips fetching for fetch="join" association (no-op for lazy association).
-
-
-
-
- Fetch lazy property group.
- Provide path to lazy property and it will be fetched along with properties that belong to the same fetch group (lazy-group)
- Note: To fetch single property it must be mapped with unique fetch group (lazy-group)
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Fetches the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Fetches the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given aliased criteria association paths:
- () => aliasedCriteria or () => aliasedCriteria.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given aliased criteria or the current criteria
-
- The current criteria.
- The select mode to apply.
- The association path for the given criteria.
- The criteria alias. If null or empty, the current criteria will be used.
- The current criteria.
-
-
-
- Fetches the given current criteria association paths:
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType or
- curCriteriaEntityType => curCriteriaEntityType.ChildEntity.SubEntity .
-
-
-
-
- Fetches the given aliased criteria or the current criteria association path
-
- The current criteria.
- The association path for the given criteria.
- The criteria alias. If null or empty, the current criteria will be used.
- The current criteria.
-
-
-
- Applies a select mode for the given aliased criteria or the current criteria
-
- The current criteria.
- The select mode to apply.
- The association path for the given criteria.
- The criteria alias. If null or empty, the current criteria will be used.
- The current criteria.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a that is stored in
- a BLOB column with the information required to generate
- an .
-
-
-
- This can store the length of the binary data that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oralce) don't need to set the Size so a
- BinarySqlType would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the binary data that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the binary data the should hold
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- This is the base class that adds information to the
- for the and
- to use.
-
-
-
- The uses the SqlType to get enough
- information to create an .
-
-
- The use the SqlType to convert the
- to the appropriate sql type for SchemaExport.
-
-
-
-
-
- SqlTypeFactory provides Singleton access to the SqlTypes.
-
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a that is stored in
- a CLOB column with the information required to generate
- an .
-
-
-
- This can store the length of the binary data that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
- This is only needed by DataProviders (SqlClient) that need to specify a Size for the
- DbParameter. Most DataProvider(Oralce) don't need to set the Size so a
- StringSqlType would work just fine.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a with the
- information required to generate an .
-
-
- This can store the length of the string that the can hold.
- If no value is provided for the length then the Driver is responsible for
- setting the properties on the correctly.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The length of the string the should hold.
-
-
-
- Describes the details of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The number of digit below seconds.
-
-
-
- Thrown when a version number check failed, indicating that the
- contained stale data (when using long transactions with
- versioning).
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The EntityName that NHibernate was trying to update in the database.
- The identifier of the object that is stale.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The EntityName that NHibernate was trying to update in the database.
- The identifier of the object that is stale.
- The original exception having triggered this exception.
-
-
-
- Gets the EntityName that NHibernate was trying to update in the database.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier of the object that is stale.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Statistics for a particular "category" (a named entity,
- collection role, second level cache region or query).
-
-
-
- Collection related statistics
-
-
- Entity related statistics
-
-
-
- Information about the first-level (session) cache for a particular session instance
-
-
-
- Get the number of entity instances associated with the session
-
-
- Get the number of collection instances associated with the session
-
-
- Get the set of all EntityKeys .
-
-
- Get the set of all CollectionKeys .
-
-
-
- Statistics for a particular .
- Beware of metrics, they are dependent of the precision:
-
-
-
- Global number of entity deletes
-
-
- Global number of entity inserts
-
-
- Global number of entity loads
-
-
- Global number of entity fetchs
-
-
- Global number of entity updates
-
-
- Global number of executed queries
-
-
- The of the slowest query.
-
-
- The query string for the slowest query.
-
-
- The global number of cached queries successfully retrieved from cache
-
-
- The global number of cached queries *not* found in cache
-
-
- The global number of cacheable queries put in cache
-
-
- Get the global number of flush executed by sessions (either implicit or explicit)
-
-
-
- Get the global number of connections asked by the sessions
- (the actual number of connections used may be much smaller depending
- whether you use a connection pool or not)
-
-
-
- Global number of cacheable entities/collections successfully retrieved from the cache
-
-
- Global number of cacheable entities/collections not found in the cache and loaded from the database.
-
-
- Global number of cacheable entities/collections put in the cache
-
-
- Global number of sessions closed
-
-
- Global number of sessions opened
-
-
- Global number of collections loaded
-
-
- Global number of collections fetched
-
-
- Global number of collections updated
-
-
- Global number of collections removed
-
-
- Global number of collections recreated
-
-
- Start time
-
-
- Enable/Disable statistics logs (this is a dynamic parameter)
-
-
- All executed query strings
-
-
- The names of all entities
-
-
- The names of all collection roles
-
-
- Get all second-level cache region names
-
-
- The number of transactions we know to have been successful
-
-
- The number of transactions we know to have completed
-
-
- The number of prepared statements that were acquired
-
-
- The number of prepared statements that were released
-
-
- The number of StaleObjectStateException s that occurred
-
-
- Reset all statistics
-
-
- Find entity statistics per name
- entity name
- EntityStatistics object
-
-
- Get collection statistics per role
- collection role
- CollectionStatistics
-
-
- Second level cache statistics per region
- region name
- SecondLevelCacheStatistics
-
-
- Query statistics from query string (HQL or SQL)
- query string
- QueryStatistics
-
-
- log in info level the main statistics
-
-
-
- The OperationThreshold to a value greater than to enable logging of long running operations.
-
- Operations that exceed the level will be logged.
-
-
- Statistics SPI for the NHibernate core
-
-
- Query statistics (HQL and SQL)
- Note that for a cached query, the cache miss is equals to the db count
-
-
- Add statistics report of a DB query
- rows count returned
- time taken
-
-
- Second level cache statistics of a specific region
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Not ported yet
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that a transaction could not be begun, committed, or rolled back
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the innerException parameter
- is not a null reference, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles
- the inner exception.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- An implementation of TupleSubsetResultTransformer that ignores a
- tuple element if its corresponding alias is null.
-
- @author Gail Badner
-
-
-
- Result transformer that allows to transform a result to
- a user specified class which will be populated via setter
- methods or fields matching the alias names.
-
-
-
- IList resultWithAliasedBean = s.CreateCriteria(typeof(Enrollment))
- .CreateAlias("Student", "st")
- .CreateAlias("Course", "co")
- .SetProjection( Projections.ProjectionList()
- .Add( Projections.Property("co.Description"), "CourseDescription")
- )
- .SetResultTransformer( new AliasToBeanResultTransformer(typeof(StudentDTO)))
- .List();
-
- StudentDTO dto = (StudentDTO)resultWithAliasedBean[0];
-
-
-
- Resolves setter for an alias with a heuristic: search among properties then fields for matching name and case, then,
- if no matching property or field was found, retry with a case insensitive match. For members having the same name, it
- sorts them by inheritance depth then by visibility from public to private, and takes those ranking first.
-
-
-
-
- Set the value of a property or field matching an alias.
-
- The alias for which resolving the property or field.
- The value to which the property or field should be set.
- The object on which to set the property or field. It must be of the type for which
- this instance has been built.
- Thrown if no matching property or field can be found.
- Thrown if many matching properties or fields are found, having the
- same visibility and inheritance depth.
-
-
-
- A ResultTransformer that is used to transform tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- @author Gail Badner
-
-
-
- The auto-discovered aliases.
-
-
-
-
- Array with the i-th element indicating whether the i-th
- expression returned by a query is included in the tuple.
-
- IMPLEMENTATION NOTE:
- "joined" and "fetched" associations may use the same SQL,
- but result in different tuple and cached values. This is
- because "fetched" associations are excluded from the tuple.
- includeInTuple provides a way to distinguish these 2 cases.
-
-
-
- Indexes for tuple that are included in the transformation.
- Set to null if all elements in the tuple are included.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- result transformer that will ultimately be used (after caching results)
- the aliases that correspond to the tuple;
- if it is non-null, its length must equal the number
- of true elements in includeInTuple[]
- array with the i-th element indicating
- whether the i-th expression returned by a query is
- included in the tuple; the number of true values equals
- the length of the tuple that will be transformed;
- must be non-null
- a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
-
-
- Returns a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- result transformer that will ultimately be used (after caching results)
- the aliases that correspond to the tuple;
- if it is non-null, its length must equal the number
- of true elements in includeInTuple[]
- array with the i-th element indicating
- whether the i-th expression returned by a query is
- included in the tuple; the number of true values equals
- the length of the tuple that will be transformed;
- must be non-null
- Indicates if types auto-discovery is enabled.
- If , the query for which they
- will be autodiscovered.
- If true cache results untransformed.
- a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
-
-
- Returns a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
- array with the i-th element indicating
- whether the i-th expression returned by a query is
- included in the tuple; the number of true values equals
- the length of the tuple that will be transformed;
- must be non-null
- Indexes that are included in the transformation.
- null if all elements in the tuple are included.
-
- a CacheableResultTransformer that is used to transform
- tuples to a value(s) that can be cached.
-
-
-
- Re-transforms, if necessary, a List of values previously
- transformed by this (or an equivalent) CacheableResultTransformer.
- Each element of the list is re-transformed in place (i.e, List
- elements are replaced with re-transformed values) and the original
- List is returned. If re-transformation is unnecessary, the original List is returned
- unchanged.
-
- Results that were previously transformed.
- The aliases that correspond to the untransformed tuple.
- The transformer for the re-transformation.
-
- , with each element re-transformed (if necessary).
-
-
-
- Untransforms, if necessary, a List of values previously
- transformed by this (or an equivalent) CacheableResultTransformer.
- Each element of the list is untransformed in place (i.e, List
- elements are replaced with untransformed values) and the original
- List is returned.
-
- If not necessary, the original List is returned unchanged.
-
-
-
- NOTE: If transformed values are a subset of the original
- tuple, then, on return, elements corresponding to
- excluded tuple elements will be null.
-
- Results that were previously transformed.
- , with each element untransformed (if necessary).
-
-
-
- Returns the result types for the transformed value.
-
-
-
-
- "Compact" the given array by picking only the elements identified by
- the _includeInTransformIndex array. The picked elements are returned
- in a new array.
-
-
-
-
- Expand the given array by putting each of its elements at the
- position identified by the _includeInTransformIndex array. The
- elements are placed in a new array - the original array will
- not be modified.
-
-
-
-
- Implementors define a strategy for transforming criteria query
- results into the actual application-visible query result list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A ResultTransformer that operates on "well-defined" and consistent
- subset of a tuple's elements.
-
- "Well-defined" means that:
-
-
- the indexes of tuple elements accessed by an
- ITupleSubsetResultTransformer depends only on the aliases
- and the number of elements in the tuple; i.e, it does
- not depend on the value of the tuple being transformed;
-
-
- any tuple elements included in the transformed value are
- unmodified by the transformation;
-
-
- transforming equivalent tuples with the same aliases multiple
- times results in transformed values that are equivalent;
-
-
- the result of transforming the tuple subset (only those
- elements accessed by the transformer) using only the
- corresponding aliases is equivalent to transforming the
- full tuple with the full array of aliases;
-
-
- the result of transforming a tuple with non-accessed tuple
- elements and corresponding aliases set to null
- is equivalent to transforming the full tuple with the
- full array of aliases;
-
-
-
-
- @author Gail Badner
-
-
-
- When a tuple is transformed, is the result a single element of the tuple?
-
- The aliases that correspond to the tuple.
- The number of elements in the tuple.
- True, if the transformed value is a single element of the tuple;
- false, otherwise.
-
-
-
- Returns an array with the i-th element indicating whether the i-th
- element of the tuple is included in the transformed value.
-
- The aliases that correspond to the tuple.
- The number of elements in the tuple.
- Array with the i-th element indicating whether the i-th
- element of the tuple is included in the transformed value.
-
-
-
- Transforms each result row from a tuple into a , such that what
- you end up with is a of .
-
-
-
-
- Each row of results is a map ( ) from alias to values/entities
-
-
-
- Each row of results is a
-
-
-
- Creates a result transformer that will inject aliased values into instances
- of via property methods or fields.
-
- The type of the instances to build.
- A result transformer for supplied type.
-
- Resolves setter for an alias with a heuristic: search among properties then fields for matching name and case, then,
- if no matching property or field was found, retry with a case insensitive match. For members having the same name, it
- sorts them by inheritance depth then by visibility from public to private, and takes those ranking first.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a result transformer that will inject aliased values into instances
- of via property methods or fields.
-
- The type of the instances to build.
- A result transformer for supplied type.
-
- Resolves setter for an alias with a heuristic: search among properties then fields for matching name and case, then,
- if no matching property or field was found, retry with a case insensitive match. For members having the same name, it
- sorts them by inheritance depth then by visibility from public to private, and takes those ranking first.
-
-
-
-
- Throw when the user passes a transient instance to a ISession method that expects
- a persistent instance
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
- Support for tuplizers relating to components.
-
-
- This method does not populate the component parent
-
-
- Centralizes metamodel information about a component.
-
-
-
- A registry allowing users to define the default class to use per ;.
-
-
-
-
- A specific to the dynamic-map entity mode.
-
-
-
-
- Defines further responsibilities regarding tuplization based on
- a mapped components.
-
-
- ComponentTuplizer implementations should have the following constructor signature:
- (org.hibernate.mapping.Component)
-
-
-
- Retrieve the current value of the parent property.
-
- The component instance from which to extract the parent property value.
-
- The current value of the parent property.
-
-
- Set the value of the parent property.
- The component instance on which to set the parent.
- The parent to be set on the component.
- The current session factory.
-
-
- Does the component managed by this tuuplizer contain a parent property?
- True if the component does contain a parent property; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- A specific to the POCO entity mode.
-
-
-
- Support for tuplizers relating to entities.
-
-
- Constructs a new AbstractEntityTuplizer instance.
- The "interpreted" information relating to the mapped entity.
- The parsed "raw" mapping data relating to the given entity.
-
-
- Return the entity-mode handled by this tuplizer instance.
-
-
- Retrieves the defined entity-name for the tuplized entity.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the defined entity-names for any subclasses defined for this entity.
-
-
-
- Build an appropriate Getter for the given property.
- The property to be accessed via the built Getter.
- The entity information regarding the mapped entity owning this property.
- An appropriate Getter instance.
-
-
- Build an appropriate Setter for the given property.
- The property to be accessed via the built Setter.
- The entity information regarding the mapped entity owning this property.
- An appropriate Setter instance.
-
-
- Build an appropriate Instantiator for the given mapped entity.
- The mapping information regarding the mapped entity.
- An appropriate Instantiator instance.
-
-
- Build an appropriate ProxyFactory for the given mapped entity.
- The mapping information regarding the mapped entity.
- The constructed Getter relating to the entity's id property.
- The constructed Setter relating to the entity's id property.
- An appropriate ProxyFactory instance.
-
-
- Extract a component property value.
- The component property types.
- The component instance itself.
- The property path for the property to be extracted.
- The property value extracted.
-
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Check for a if is enhanced for lazy loading.
- NOTE: The logic was taken from .
-
- The persistent class to check.
- Whether the persistent class is enhanced for lazy loading or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A registry allowing users to define the default class to use per .
-
-
-
-
- Defines further responsibilities regarding tuplization based on a mapped entity.
-
-
- EntityTuplizer implementations should have the following constructor signature:
- ( , )
-
-
-
-
- Does the class managed by this tuplizer implement
- the interface.
-
- True if the ILifecycle interface is implemented; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Does the class managed by this tuplizer implement
- the interface.
-
- True if the IValidatable interface is implemented; false otherwise.
-
-
- Returns the java class to which generated proxies will be typed.
- The .NET class to which generated proxies will be typed
-
-
- Is it an instrumented POCO?
-
-
- Create an entity instance initialized with the given identifier.
- The identifier value for the entity to be instantiated.
- The instantiated entity.
-
-
- Extract the identifier value from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the identifier value.
- The identifier value.
-
-
-
- Inject the identifier value into the given entity.
-
- The entity to inject with the identifier value.
- The value to be injected as the identifier.
- Has no effect if the entity does not define an identifier property
-
-
-
- Inject the given identifier and version into the entity, in order to
- "roll back" to their original values.
-
-
- The identifier value to inject into the entity.
- The version value to inject into the entity.
-
-
- Extract the value of the version property from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the version value.
- The value of the version property, or null if not versioned.
-
-
- Inject the value of a particular property.
- The entity into which to inject the value.
- The property's index.
- The property value to inject.
-
-
- Inject the value of a particular property.
- The entity into which to inject the value.
- The name of the property.
- The property value to inject.
-
-
- Extract the values of the insertable properties of the entity (including backrefs)
- The entity from which to extract.
- a map of instances being merged to merged instances
- The session in which the request is being made.
- The insertable property values.
-
-
- Extract the value of a particular property from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the property value.
- The name of the property for which to extract the value.
- The current value of the given property on the given entity.
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized.
- The entity being initialized.
- Are defined lazy properties currently unfecthed
- The session initializing this entity.
-
-
- Does this entity, for this mode, present a possibility for proxying?
- True if this tuplizer can generate proxies for this entity.
-
-
-
- Generates an appropriate proxy representation of this entity for this entity-mode.
-
- The id of the instance for which to generate a proxy.
- The session to which the proxy should be bound.
- The generate proxies.
-
-
- Does the given entity instance have any currently uninitialized lazy properties?
- The entity to be check for uninitialized lazy properties.
- True if uninitialized lazy properties were found; false otherwise.
-
-
- Called just after the entities properties have been initialized.
- The entity tupilizer.
- The entity being initialized.
- The session initializing this entity.
-
-
- Defines a POCO-based instantiator for use from the .
-
-
- An specific to the POCO entity mode.
-
-
-
- Represents a defined entity identifier property within the Hibernate
- runtime-metamodel.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Construct a non-virtual identifier property.
-
- The name of the property representing the identifier within
- its owning entity.
- The Hibernate Type for the identifier property.
- Is this an embedded identifier.
- The value which, if found as the value on the identifier
- property, represents new (i.e., un-saved) instances of the owning entity.
- The generator to use for id value generation.
-
-
-
- Construct a virtual IdentifierProperty.
-
- The Hibernate Type for the identifier property.
- Is this an embedded identifier.
- The value which, if found as the value on the identifier
- property, represents new (i.e., un-saved) instances of the owning entity.
- The generator to use for id value generation.
-
-
-
- Contract for implementors responsible for instantiating entity/component instances.
-
-
- Perform the requested entity instantiation.
- The id of the entity to be instantiated.
- An appropriately instantiated entity.
- This form is never called for component instantiation, only entity instantiation.
-
-
- Perform the requested instantiation.
- The instantiated data structure.
-
-
-
- Performs check to see if the given object is an instance of the entity
- or component which this Instantiator instantiates.
-
- The object to be checked.
- True is the object does represent an instance of the underlying entity/component.
-
-
-
- A tuplizer defines the contract for things which know how to manage
- a particular representation of a piece of data, given that
- representation's (the entity-mode
- essentially defining which representation).
-
-
- If that given piece of data is thought of as a data structure, then a tuplizer
- is the thing which knows how to:
-
- create such a data structure appropriately
- extract values from and inject values into such a data structure
-
-
- For example, a given piece of data might be represented as a POCO class.
- Here, it's representation and entity-mode is POCO. Well a tuplizer for POCO
- entity-modes would know how to:
-
- create the data structure by calling the POCO's constructor
- extract and inject values through getters/setter, or by direct field access, etc
-
-
- That same piece of data might also be represented as a DOM structure, using
- the tuplizer associated with the XML entity-mode, which would generate instances
- of as the data structure and know how to access the
- values as either nested s or as s.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the pojo class managed by this tuplizer.
-
- The persistent class.
-
- Need to determine how to best handle this for the Tuplizers for EntityModes
- other than POCO.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the current values contained on the given entity.
-
- The entity from which to extract values.
- The current property values.
- HibernateException
-
-
- Inject the given values into the given entity.
- The entity.
- The values to be injected.
-
-
- Extract the value of a particular property from the given entity.
- The entity from which to extract the property value.
- The index of the property for which to extract the value.
- The current value of the given property on the given entity.
-
-
- Generate a new, empty entity.
- The new, empty entity instance.
-
-
-
- Is the given object considered an instance of the the entity (accounting
- for entity-mode) managed by this tuplizer.
-
- The object to be checked.
- True if the object is considered as an instance of this entity within the given mode.
-
-
- Defines a POCO-based instantiator for use from the tuplizers.
-
-
-
- Defines the basic contract of a Property within the runtime metamodel.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for Property instances.
-
- The name by which the property can be referenced within its owner.
- The Hibernate Type of this property.
-
-
-
- Responsible for generation of runtime metamodel representations.
- Makes distinction between identifier, version, and other (standard) properties.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Generates an IdentifierProperty representation of the for a given entity mapping.
-
- The mapping definition of the entity.
- The identifier value generator to use for this identifier.
- The appropriate IdentifierProperty definition.
-
-
-
- Generates a VersionProperty representation for an entity mapping given its
- version mapping Property.
-
- The version mapping Property.
- Is property lazy loading currently available.
- The appropriate VersionProperty definition.
-
-
-
- Generate a "standard" (i.e., non-identifier and non-version) based on the given
- mapped property.
-
- The mapped property.
- Is property lazy loading currently available.
- The appropriate StandardProperty definition.
-
-
-
- Represents a basic property within the Hibernate runtime-metamodel.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Constructs StandardProperty instances.
-
- The name by which the property can be referenced within
- its owner.
- The Hibernate Type of this property.
- Should this property be handled lazily?
- Is this property an insertable value?
- Is this property an updateable value?
- Is this property generated in the database on insert?
- Is this property generated in the database on update?
- Is this property a nullable value?
- Is this property a checkable value?
- Is this property a versionable value?
- The cascade style for this property's value.
- Any fetch mode defined for this property
-
-
-
- Represents a version property within the Hibernate runtime-metamodel.
-
-
- Author: Steve Ebersole
-
-
-
-
- Constructs VersionProperty instances.
-
- The name by which the property can be referenced within
- its owner.
- The Hibernate Type of this property.
- Should this property be handled lazily?
- Is this property an insertable value?
- Is this property an updateable value?
- Is this property generated in the database on insert?
- Is this property generated in the database on update?
- Is this property a nullable value?
- Is this property a checkable value?
- Is this property a versionable value?
- The cascade style for this property's value.
- The value which, if found as the value of
- this (i.e., the version) property, represents new (i.e., un-saved)
- instances of the owning entity.
-
-
-
- Used when a user provided type does not match the expected one
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when Hibernate could not resolve an object by id, especially when
- loading an association.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The identifier of the object that caused the exception.
- The of the object attempted to be loaded.
-
-
-
- A UserType that may be dereferenced in a query.
- This interface allows a custom type to define "properties".
- These need not necessarily correspond to physical .NET style properties.
-
-
-
- An ICompositeUserType may be used in almost every way
- that a component may be used. It may even contain many-to-one
- associations.
-
-
- Implementors must declare a public default constructor.
-
-
- For ensuring cacheability, and
- must provide conversion to/from a cacheable
- representation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the "property names" that may be used in a query.
-
-
-
-
- Get the corresponding "property types"
-
-
-
-
- Get the value of a property
-
- an instance of class mapped by this "type"
-
- the property value
-
-
-
- Set the value of a property
-
- an instance of class mapped by this "type"
-
- the value to set
-
-
-
- The class returned by NullSafeGet().
-
-
-
-
- Compare two instances of the class mapped by this type for persistence
- "equality", ie. equality of persistent state.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a hashcode for the instance, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an instance of the mapped class from a DbDataReader. Implementors
- should handle possibility of null values.
-
- DbDataReader
- the column names
-
- the containing entity
-
-
-
-
- Write an instance of the mapped class to a prepared statement.
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from index.
- If a property is not settable, skip it and don't increment the index.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a deep copy of the persistent state, stopping at entities and at collections.
-
- generally a collection element or entity field
-
-
-
-
- Are objects of this type mutable?
-
-
-
-
- Transform the object into its cacheable representation.
- At the very least this method should perform a deep copy.
- That may not be enough for some implementations, method should perform a deep copy. That may not be enough for some implementations, however; for example, associations must be cached as identifier values. (optional operation)
-
- the object to be cached
-
-
-
-
-
- Reconstruct an object from the cacheable representation.
- At the very least this method should perform a deep copy. (optional operation)
-
- the object to be cached
-
-
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing (target) value in the entity we are merging to
- with a new (original) value from the detached entity we are merging. For immutable
- objects, or null values, it is safe to simply return the first parameter. For
- mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the first parameter. However, since
- composite user types often define component values, it might make sense to recursively
- replace component values in the target object.
-
-
-
-
- A custom type that may function as an identifier or discriminator
- type.
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string representation of this value.
-
-
-
-
- Return an SQL literal representation of the value
-
-
-
-
- Return a string representation of this value. It does not need to be xml encoded.
-
-
-
-
- Marker interface for user types which want to perform custom
- logging of their corresponding values
-
-
-
- Generate a loggable string representation of the collection (value).
- The collection to be logged; guaranteed to be non-null and initialized.
- The factory.
- The loggable string representation.
-
-
-
- Support for parameterizable types. A UserType or CustomUserType may be
- made parameterizable by implementing this interface. Parameters for a
- type may be set by using a nested type element for the property element
-
-
-
-
- Gets called by Hibernate to pass the configured type parameters to
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an uninitialized instance of the collection wrapper
-
-
-
-
- Wrap an instance of a collection
-
-
-
-
- Return an over the elements of this collection - the passed collection
- instance may or may not be a wrapper
-
-
-
-
- Optional operation. Does the collection contain the entity instance?
-
-
-
-
- Optional operation. Return the index of the entity in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Replace the elements of a collection with the elements of another collection
-
-
-
-
- Instantiate an empty instance of the "underlying" collection (not a wrapper),
- but with the given anticipated size (i.e. accounting for initial size
- and perhaps load factor).
-
-
- The anticipated size of the instantiated collection
- after we are done populating it. Note, may be negative to indicate that
- we not yet know anything about the anticipated size (i.e., when initializing
- from a result set row by row).
-
-
-
-
- The interface to be implemented by user-defined types.
-
-
-
- The interface abstracts user code from future changes to the interface,
- simplifies the implementation of custom types and hides certain "internal interfaces" from
- user code.
-
-
- Implementers must declare a public default constructor.
-
-
- The actual class mapped by a IUserType may be just about anything.
-
-
- For ensuring cacheability, and
- must provide conversion to/from a cacheable
- representation.
-
-
- Alternatively, custom types could implement directly or extend one of the
- abstract classes in NHibernate.Type . This approach risks more future incompatible changes
- to classes or interfaces in the package.
-
-
-
-
-
- The SQL types for the columns mapped by this type.
-
-
-
-
- The type returned by NullSafeGet()
-
-
-
-
- Compare two instances of the class mapped by this type for persistent "equality"
- ie. equality of persistent state
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a hashcode for the instance, consistent with persistence "equality"
-
-
-
-
- Retrieve an instance of the mapped class from an ADO resultset.
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
-
- a DbDataReader
- column names
- The session for which the operation is done. Allows access to
- Factory.Dialect and Factory.ConnectionProvider.Driver for adjusting to
- database or data provider capabilities.
- the containing entity
- The value.
- HibernateException
-
-
-
- Write an instance of the mapped class to a prepared statement.
- Implementors should handle possibility of null values.
- A multi-column type should be written to parameters starting from index.
-
- a DbCommand
- the object to write
- command parameter index
- The session for which the operation is done. Allows access to
- Factory.Dialect and Factory.ConnectionProvider.Driver for adjusting to
- database or data provider capabilities.
- HibernateException
-
-
-
- Return a deep copy of the persistent state, stopping at entities and at collections.
-
- Generally a collection element or entity field value mapped as this user type.
- A copy.
-
-
-
- Are objects of this type mutable?
-
-
-
-
- During merge, replace the existing ( ) value in the entity
- we are merging to with a new ( ) value from the detached
- entity we are merging. For immutable objects, or null values, it is safe to simply
- return the first parameter. For mutable objects, it is safe to return a copy of the
- first parameter. For objects with component values, it might make sense to
- recursively replace component values.
-
- the value from the detached entity being merged
- the value in the managed entity
- the managed entity
- the value to be merged
-
-
-
- Reconstruct an object from the cacheable representation. At the very least this
- method should perform a deep copy if the type is mutable. See
- . (Optional operation if the second level cache is not used.)
-
- The cacheable representation.
- The owner of the cached object.
- A reconstructed object from the cachable representation.
-
-
-
- Transform the object into its cacheable representation. At the very least this
- method should perform a deep copy if the type is mutable. That may not be enough
- for some implementations, however; for example, associations must be cached as
- identifier values. (Optional operation if the second level cache is not used.)
- Second level cache implementations may have additional requirements, like the
- cacheable representation being binary serializable.
-
- The object to be cached.
- A cacheable representation of the object.
-
-
-
- A user type that may be used for a version property.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an initial version.
-
- The session from which this request originates. May be
- null; currently this only happens during startup when trying to determine
- the "unsaved value" of entities.
- an instance of the type
-
-
-
- Increment the version.
-
- The session from which this request originates.
- the current version
- an instance of the type
-
-
-
- Helper class that contains common array functions and
- data structures used through out NHibernate.
-
-
-
-
- Append all elements in the 'from' list to the 'to' list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Calculate a hash code based on the length and contents of the array.
- The algorithm is such that if ArrayHelper.ArrayEquals(a,b) returns true,
- then ArrayGetHashCode(a) == ArrayGetHashCode(b).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Append a value to an array.
-
-
- If is null, then return an array with length of 1 containing the .
-
- A new array containing all elements from and a at the end.
-
-
-
- A read-only dictionary that is always empty and permits lookup by key.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering.
-
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collection are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Computes a hash code for .
-
- The hash code is computed as the sum of hash codes of individual elements
- plus a length of the collection, so that the value is independent of the
- collection iteration order.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a that uses case-insensitive string comparison
- associated with invariant culture.
-
-
- This is different from the method in
- in that the latter uses the current culture and is thus vulnerable to the "Turkish I" problem.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a that uses case-insensitive string comparison
- associated with invariant culture.
-
-
- This is different from the method in
- in that the latter uses the current culture and is thus vulnerable to the "Turkish I" problem.
-
-
-
-
- A read-only dictionary that is always empty and permits lookup by key.
-
-
-
-
- Computes a hash code for .
-
- The hash code is computed as the sum of hash codes of individual elements
- plus a length of the collection, so that the value is independent of the
- collection iteration order.
-
-
-
-
- Computes a hash code for .
-
- The hash code is computed as the sum of hash codes of individual elements
- plus a length of the collection, so that the value is independent of the
- collection iteration order.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if two sets have equal elements. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first set.
- The second set.
- true if sets are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have equals elements, with the same ordering. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- The element comparer.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have the same elements with the same duplication count, whatever their ordering.
- Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two collections have the same elements with the same duplication count, whatever their ordering.
- Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the elements.
- The first collection.
- The second collection.
- The element comparer.
- true if collections are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two maps have the same key-values. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the keys.
- The type of the values.
- The first map.
- The second map.
- true if maps are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Determines if two maps have the same key-values. Supports null arguments.
-
- The type of the keys.
- The type of the values.
- The first map.
- The second map.
- The value comparer.
- true if maps are equals, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Utility class implementing ToString for collections. All ToString
- overloads call element.ToString() .
-
-
- To print collections of entities or typed values, use
- .
-
-
-
-
- Checks whether the type is a , , or
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrap a non-generic IEnumerator to provide the generic
- interface.
-
- The type of the enumerated elements.
-
-
-
- Try to retrieve from a reduced expression.
-
- The reduced dynamic expression.
- The out binder parameter.
- Whether the binder was found.
-
-
-
- Check whether the given expression represent a variable.
-
- The expression to check.
- The path of the variable.
- The closure context where the variable is stored.
- Whether the expression represents a variable.
-
-
-
- Get the mapped type for the given expression.
-
- The query parameters.
- The expression.
- The mapped type of the expression or when the mapped type was not
- found and the type is .
-
-
-
- Try to get the mapped nullability from the given expression.
-
- The session factory.
- The expression to evaluate.
- Output parameter that represents whether the is nullable.
- Whether the mapped nullability was found.
-
-
-
- Try to get the mapped type from the given expression. When the type is
- , the will be set based on the expression type
- only when the mapping for was found, otherwise
- will be returned.
-
- The session factory to retrieve types.
- The expression to evaluate.
- Output parameter that represents the mapped type of .
-
- Output parameter that represents the entity persister of the entity where is defined.
- This parameter will not be set when represents a property in a collection composite element.
-
-
- Output parameter that represents the component type where is defined.
- This parameter will not be set when does not represent a property in a component.
-
-
- Output parameter that represents the path of the mapped member, which in most cases is the member name. In case
- when the mapped member is defined inside a component the path will be prefixed with the name of the component member and a dot.
- (e.g. Component.Property).
- Whether the mapped type was found.
-
- When the contains an expression of type , the
- result may not be correct when casting to an entity that is mapped with multiple entity names.
- When the is polymorphic, the first implementor will be returned.
- When the contains a , the first found entity name
- will be returned from or .
- When the contains a expression, the first found entity name
- will be returned from or .
-
-
-
-
- Traverses the expression from top to bottom until the first containing an IEntityNameProvider
- instance is found.
-
- The expression to traverse.
- Output parameter that represents a collection, where each item contains information about all
- that were traversed until the first containing an
- instance is found. The number of items depends on how many different paths exist
- in the that contains a instance. When
- is not found or one of the expressions is not supported the parameter will be set to .
- Whether was populated.
-
-
-
- Metadata about all that were traversed.
-
-
-
-
- type that was used on a containing
- an .
-
-
-
-
- The entity name from .
-
-
-
-
- Direct children of the current metadata result.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all leaf (bottom) children that have the entity name set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get only filters enabled for many-to-one association.
-
- All enabled filters
- A new for filters enabled for many to one.
-
-
- A stable hasher using MurmurHash2 algorithm.
-
-
-
- An where keys are compared by object identity, rather than equals .
-
- All external users of this class need to have no knowledge of the IdentityKey - it is all
- hidden by this class.
-
-
-
- Do NOT use a System.Value type as the key for this Hashtable - only classes. See
- the google thread
- about why using System.Value is a bad thing.
-
-
- If I understand it correctly, the first call to get an object defined by a DateTime("2003-01-01")
- would box the DateTime and return the identity key for the box. If you were to get that Key and
- unbox it into a DateTime struct, then the next time you passed it in as the Key the IdentityMap
- would box it again (into a different box) and it would have a different IdentityKey - so you would
- not get the same value for the same DateTime value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the IdentityMap that has no
- iteration order.
-
- A new IdentityMap based on a Hashtable.
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the IdentityMap that has an
- iteration order of the order the objects were added
- to the Map.
-
- A new IdentityMap based on ListDictionary.
-
-
-
- Return the Dictionary Entries (as instances of DictionaryEntry in a collection
- that is safe from concurrent modification). Ie - we may safely add new instances
- to the underlying IDictionary during enumeration of the Values .
-
- The IDictionary to get the enumeration safe list.
- A Collection of DictionaryEntries
-
-
-
- Create the IdentityMap class with the correct class for the IDictionary.
- Unsorted = Hashtable
- Sorted = ListDictionary
-
- A class that implements the IDictionary for storing the objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Keys used in this IdentityMap
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a snapshot VIEW in the form of a List of the contents of the IdentityMap.
- You can safely iterate over this VIEW and modify the actual IdentityMap because the
- VIEW is a copy of the contents, not a reference to the existing Map.
-
- Contains a copy (not that actual instance stored) of the DictionaryEntries in a List.
-
-
-
-
- Verifies that we are not using a System.ValueType as the Key in the Dictionary
-
- The object that will be the key.
- An object that is safe to be a key.
- Thrown when the obj is a System.ValueType
-
-
-
- Set implementation that use reference equals instead of Equals() as its comparison mechanism.
-
-
-
-
- Concatenates multiple objects implementing into one.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an IEnumerable object from multiple IEnumerables.
-
- The IEnumerables to join together.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A flag to indicate if Dispose() has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Finalizer that ensures the object is correctly disposed of.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
-
-
-
- Takes care of freeing the managed and unmanaged resources that
- this class is responsible for.
-
- Indicates if this JoinedEnumerable is being Disposed of or Finalized.
-
- The command is closed and the reader is disposed. This allows other ADO.NET
- related actions to occur without needing to move all the way through the
- EnumerableImpl.
-
-
-
-
- A map of objects whose mapping entries are sequenced based on the order in which they were
- added. This data structure has fast O(1) search time, deletion time, and insertion time
-
-
- This class is not thread safe.
- This class is not a really replication of JDK LinkedHashMap{K, V},
- this class is an adaptation of SequencedHashMap with generics.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty,
- has the default initial capacity, and uses the default equality comparer for the key type.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty,
- has the specified initial capacity, and uses the default equality comparer for the key type.
-
- The initial number of elements that the can contain.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty, has the default initial capacity, and uses the specified .
-
- The implementation to use when comparing keys, or null to use the default EqualityComparer for the type of the key.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that is empty, has the specified initial capacity, and uses the specified .
-
- The initial number of elements that the can contain.
- The implementation to use when comparing keys, or null to use the default EqualityComparer for the type of the key.
-
-
-
- An implementation of a Map which has a maximum size and uses a Least Recently Used
- algorithm to remove items from the Map when the maximum size is reached and new items are added.
-
-
-
-
- Various small helper methods.
-
-
-
-
- Return an identifying string representation for the object, taking
- NHibernate proxies into account. The returned string will be "null",
- "classname@hashcode(hash)", or "entityname#identifier". If the object
- is an uninitialized NHibernate proxy, take care not to initialize it.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the param 's value.
-
- The object to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- Whether is a collection.
- An for the object.
-
- Thrown when the param is null because the
- can't be guess from a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the param 's value.
-
- The object to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- An for the object.
-
- Thrown when the param is null because the
- can't be guess from a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the .
-
- The to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- Whether is a collection.
- An for the .
-
- Thrown when the clazz is null because the
- can't be guess from a null type.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the .
-
- The to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- An for the .
-
- Thrown when the clazz is null because the
- can't be guess from a null type.
-
-
-
-
- Guesses the from the .
-
- The to guess the of.
- The session factory to search for entity persister.
- An for the .
-
- Thrown when the clazz is null because the
- can't be guess from a null type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares objects by reference equality
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper class for Reflection related code.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The declaring-type of the method.
- The return type of the method.
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the no-generic method or the generic-definition for a generic-method.
-
-
-
-
- Extract the from a given expression.
-
- The method.
- The of the method.
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
- Get a from a method group
- A method group
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
- A dummy parameter
-
-
-
- Get the for a public overload of a given method if the method does not match
- given parameter types, otherwise directly yield the given method.
-
- The method for which finding an overload.
- The arguments types of the overload to get.
- The of the method.
- Whenever possible, use GetMethod() instead for performance reasons.
-
-
-
- Gets the field or property to be accessed.
-
- The declaring-type of the property.
- The type of the property.
- The expression representing the property getter.
- The of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets the static field or property to be accessed.
-
- The type of the property.
- The expression representing the property getter.
- The of the property.
-
-
-
- Determine if the specified overrides the
- implementation of Equals from
-
- The to reflect.
- if any type in the hierarchy overrides Equals(object).
-
-
-
- Determine if the specified overrides the
- implementation of GetHashCode from
-
- The to reflect.
- if any type in the hierarchy overrides GetHashCode().
-
-
-
- Finds the for the property in the .
-
- The to find the property in.
- The name of the Property to find.
- The name of the property access strategy.
- The to get the value of the Property.
-
- This one takes a propertyAccessor name as we might know the correct strategy by now so we avoid Exceptions which are costly
-
-
-
-
- Get the NHibernate for the named property of the .
-
- The to find the Property in.
- The name of the property/field to find in the class.
- The name of the property accessor for the property.
-
- The NHibernate for the named property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the for the named property of a type.
-
- The to find the property in.
- The name of the property/field to find in the class.
- The name of the property accessor for the property.
- The for the named property.
-
-
-
- Get the for the named property of a type.
-
- The FullName to find the property in.
- The name of the property/field to find in the class.
- The name of the property accessor for the property.
- The for the named property.
-
-
-
- Returns a reference to the Type.
-
- The name of the class or a fully qualified name.
- The Type for the Class.
-
-
-
- Load a System.Type given its name.
-
- The class FullName or AssemblyQualifiedName
- The System.Type
-
- If the don't represent an
- the method try to find the System.Type scanning all Assemblies of the .
-
- If no System.Type was found for .
-
-
-
- Load a System.Type given its name.
-
- The class FullName or AssemblyQualifiedName
- The System.Type or null
-
- If the don't represent an
- the method try to find the System.Type scanning all Assemblies of the .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a from an already loaded Assembly or an
- Assembly that is loaded with a partial name.
-
- An .
- if an exception should be thrown
- in case of an error, otherwise.
-
- A object that represents the specified type,
- or if the type cannot be loaded.
-
-
- Attempts to get a reference to the type from an already loaded assembly. If the
- type cannot be found then the assembly is loaded using
- .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value of the static field of .
-
- The .
- The name of the field in the .
- The value contained in the field, or if the type or the field does not exist.
-
-
-
- Gets the default no arg constructor for the .
-
- The to find the constructor for.
-
- The for the no argument constructor, or if the
- type is an abstract class.
-
-
- Thrown when there is a problem calling the method GetConstructor on .
-
-
-
-
- Finds the constructor that takes the parameters.
-
- The to find the constructor in.
- The objects to use to find the appropriate constructor.
-
- An that can be used to create the type with
- the specified parameters.
-
-
- Thrown when no constructor with the correct signature can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if the is a non creatable class.
-
- The to check.
- if the is an Abstract Class or an Interface.
-
-
-
- Unwraps the supplied
- and returns the inner exception preserving the stack trace.
-
-
- The to unwrap.
-
- The unwrapped exception.
-
-
-
- Ensures an exception current stack-trace will be preserved if the exception is explicitly rethrown.
-
-
- The which current stack-trace is to be preserved in case of explicit rethrow.
-
- The unwrapped exception.
-
-
-
- Try to find a method in a given type.
-
- The given type.
- The method info.
- The found method or null.
-
- The , in general, become from another .
-
-
-
-
- Try to find a property, that can be managed by NHibernate, from a given type.
-
- The given .
- The name of the property to find.
- true if the property exists; otherwise false.
-
- When the user defines a field.xxxxx access strategy should be because both the property and the field exists.
- NHibernate can work even when the property does not exist but in this case the user should use the appropriate accessor.
-
-
-
-
- Check if a method is declared in a given .
-
- The method to check.
- The where the method is really declared.
- True if the method is an implementation of the method declared in ; false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Used to ensure a collection filtering a given IEnumerable by a certain type.
-
- The type used like filter.
-
-
-
- A map of objects whose mapping entries are sequenced based on the order in which they were
- added. This data structure has fast O(1) search time, deletion time, and insertion time
-
-
- This class is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
- Construct an empty sentinel used to hold the head (sentinel.next) and the tail (sentinal.prev)
- of the list. The sentinal has a key and value
-
-
-
-
-
- Sentinel used to hold the head and tail of the list of entries
-
-
-
-
- Map of keys to entries
-
-
-
-
- Holds the number of modifications that have occurred to the map, excluding modifications
- made through a collection view's iterator.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with default initial size and load factor
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with the specified initial size and default load factor
-
- the initial size for the hash table
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with the specified initial size and load factor
-
- the initial size for the hashtable
- the load factor for the hash table
-
-
-
- Construct a new sequenced hash map with the specified initial size, hash code provider
- and comparer
-
- the initial size for the hashtable
-
-
-
-
- Creates an empty Hashtable with the default initial capacity and using the default load factor,
- the specified hash code provider and the specified comparer
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an empty Hashtable with the default initial capacity and using the default load factor,
- the specified hash code provider and the specified comparer
-
- the initial size for the hashtable
- the load factor for the hash table
-
-
-
-
- Removes an internal entry from the linked list. THis does not remove it from the underlying
- map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts a new internal entry to the tail of the linked list. This does not add the
- entry to the underlying map.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the Entry identified by the Key if it exists.
-
- The Key to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return only the Key of the DictionaryEntry
-
-
-
-
- Return only the Value of the DictionaryEntry
-
-
-
-
- Return the full DictionaryEntry
-
-
-
-
- Cache following a "Most Recently Used" (MRU) algorithm for maintaining a
- bounded in-memory size; the "Least Recently Used" (LRU) entry is the first
- available for removal from the cache.
-
-
- This implementation uses a bounded MRU Map to limit the in-memory size of
- the cache. Thus the size of this cache never grows beyond the stated size.
-
-
-
-
- Cache following a "Most Recently Used" (MRY) algorithm for maintaining a
- bounded in-memory size; the "Least Recently Used" (LRU) entry is the first
- available for removal from the cache.
-
-
- This implementation uses a "soft limit" to the in-memory size of the cache,
- meaning that all cache entries are kept within a completely
- {@link java.lang.ref.SoftReference}-based map with the most recently utilized
- entries additionally kept in a hard-reference manner to prevent those cache
- entries soft references from becoming enqueued by the garbage collector.
- Thus the actual size of this cache impl can actually grow beyond the stated
- max size bound as long as GC is not actively seeking soft references for
- enqueuement.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This allows for both CRLF and lone LF line separators.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Just a facade for calling string.Split()
- We don't use our StringTokenizer because string.Split() is
- more efficient (but it only works when we don't want to retrieve the delimiters)
-
- separators for the tokens of the list
- the string that will be broken into tokens
-
-
-
-
- Splits the String using the StringTokenizer.
-
- separators for the tokens of the list
- the string that will be broken into tokens
- true to include the separators in the tokens.
-
-
- This is more powerful than Split because you have the option of including or
- not including the separators in the tokens.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Takes a fully qualified type name and returns the full name of the
- Class - includes namespaces.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Takes a fully qualified type name (can include the assembly) and just returns
- the name of the Class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if given name is not root property name
-
-
- Returns root name
-
-
-
- Returns true if given name is not root property name
-
-
- Returns root name
- Returns "unrooted" name, or empty string for root
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if supplied fullPath has non empty pathToProperty
- "alias.Entity.Value" -> pathToProperty = "alias.Entity", propertyName = "Value"
-
-
-
-
- Converts a in the format of "true", "t", "false", or "f" to
- a .
-
- The string to convert.
-
- The value converted to a .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Counts the unquoted instances of the character.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a nice alias for the given class name or collection role
- name and unique integer. Subclasses do not have to use
- aliases of this form.
-
- an alias of the form foo1_
-
-
-
- Returns the interned string equal to if there is one, or
- otherwise.
-
- A
- A
-
-
-
- Return the index of the next line separator, starting at startIndex. If will match
- the first CRLF or LF line separator. If there is no match, -1 will be returned. When
- returning, newLineLength will be set to the number of characters in the matched line
- separator (1 if LF was found, 2 if CRLF was found).
-
-
-
-
- Check if the given index points to a line separator in the string. Both CRLF and LF
- line separators are handled. When returning, newLineLength will be set to the number
- of characters matched in the line separator. It will be 2 if a CRLF matched, 1 if LF
- matched, and 0 if the index doesn't indicate (the start of) a line separator.
-
-
-
-
- A StringTokenizer java like object
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an unmodifiable view of the specified IDictionary.
- This method allows modules to provide users with "read-only" access to internal dictionary.
- Query operations on the returned dictionary "read through" to the specified dictionary,
- and attempts to modify the returned dictionary,
- whether direct or via its collection views, result in an .
-
- The type of keys in the dictionary.
- The type of values in the dictionary.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the UnmodifiableDictionary class that contains elements wrapped
- from the specified IDictionary.
-
- The whose elements are wrapped.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Count of elements in the collection. Unreliable!
-
-
-
-
- Thrown when ISession.Load() selects a row with the given primary key (identifier value)
- but the row's discriminator value specifies a different subclass from the one requested
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The message that describes the error.
- The identifier of the object that was being loaded.
- The name of entity that NHibernate was told to load.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier of the object that was being loaded.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of entity that NHibernate was told to load.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a message that describes the current .
-
- The error message that explains the reason for this exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the serialization info for after
- getting the info from the base Exception.
-
-
- The that holds the serialized object
- data about the exception being thrown.
-
-
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/nhibernate-configuration.xsd b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/nhibernate-configuration.xsd
deleted file mode 100644
index 123b2c35e..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/nhibernate-configuration.xsd
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- -- This schema was automatically generated by Syntext Dtd2Schema and changed for NH use --
- -- conversion tool (from file: hibernate-configuration-3.0.dtd) --
- -- Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Syntext Inc. See http://www.syntext.com for updates. --
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- There are 2 default short-cut values
- - lcg : default for .NET2.0 and higher.
- - null : Disable the reflection optimization completely.
- In addition you can specify the AssemblyQualifiedName of your custom bytecode-provider (implementation of IBytecodeProvider).
- Note: the bytecode-provider will be effective only when specified in the app.config or web.config.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specify the AssemblyQualifiedName of your custom objects-factory (implementation of IObjectsFactory).
- Note: the objects-factory will be effective only when specified in the app.config or web.config.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- There are 3 possible combinations of mapping attributes
- 1 - resource & assembly: NHibernate will read the mapping resource from the specified assembly
- 2 - file only: NHibernate will read the mapping from the file.
- 3 - assembly only: NHibernate will find all the resources ending in hbm.xml from the assembly.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The class name of a custom ITransactionFactory implementation.
- Defaults to the built-in AdoNetWithSystemTransactionFactory.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specify the cache lock factory to use for read-write cache regions.
- Defaults to the built-in async cache lock factory.
- Use async, or sync, or classname.of.CacheLockFactory, assembly.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The use_sliding_expiration value is whether you wish to use a
- sliding expiration or not. Defaults
- to false. Not all providers support this setting, it may be ignored.
- Check their respective
- documentation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Whether to throw or not on schema auto-update failures. false by default.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for ADO.NET queries.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Should queries set as cacheable raise an error if they reference an entity using the cache
- strategy "never" (the default is enabled).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the database needs to have backslash escaped in string literals. The default is
- dialect dependent.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The pre-transformer registrar used to register custom expression transformers.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Whether to use the legacy pre-evaluation or not in Linq queries. true by default.
-
- Legacy pre-evaluation is causing special properties or functions like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid()
- to be always evaluated with the .Net runtime and replaced in the query by parameter values.
-
- The new pre-evaluation allows them to be converted to HQL function calls which will be run on the db
- side. This allows for example to retrieve the server time instead of the client time, or to generate
- UUIDs for each row instead of an unique one for all rows.
-
- The new pre-evaluation will likely be enabled by default in the next major version (6.0).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- When the new pre-evaluation is enabled, should methods which translation is not supported by the current
- dialect fallback to pre-evaluation? false by default.
-
- When this fallback option is enabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will not fail when the dialect does not
- support them, but will instead be pre-evaluated.
-
- When this fallback option is disabled while legacy pre-evaluation is disabled, properties or functions
- like DateTime.Now or Guid.NewGuid() used in Linq expressions will fail when the dialect does not
- support them.
-
- This option has no effect if the legacy pre-evaluation is enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Timeout duration in milliseconds for the system transaction completion lock.
-
- When a system transaction completes, it may have its completion events running on concurrent threads,
- after scope disposal. This occurs when the transaction is distributed.
- This notably concerns ISessionImplementor.AfterTransactionCompletion(bool, ITransaction).
- NHibernate protects the session from being concurrently used by the code following the scope disposal
- with a lock. To prevent any application freeze, this lock has a default timeout of five seconds. If the
- application appears to require longer (!) running transaction completion events, this setting allows to
- raise this timeout. -1 disables the timeout.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- When a system transaction is being prepared/prepared, is using connection during this process enabled?
- Default is true, for supporting FlushMode.Commit with transaction factories
- supporting system transactions. But this requires enlisting additional connections, retaining disposed
- sessions and their connections till transaction end, and may trigger undesired transaction promotions to
- distributed. Set to false for disabling using connections from system
- transaction preparation, while still benefiting from FlushMode.Auto on querying.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Should sessions check on every operation whether there is an ongoing system transaction or not, and enlist
- into it if any? Default is true. It can also be controlled at session opening, with
- ISessionFactory.WithOptions. A session can also be instructed to explicitly join the current
- transaction by calling ISession.JoinTransaction. This setting has no effect when using a
- transaction factory that is not system transactions aware.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Oracle has a dual Unicode support model.
- Either the whole database use an Unicode encoding, and then all string types
- will be Unicode. In such case, Unicode strings should be mapped to non N prefixed
- types, such as Varchar2. This is the default.
- Or N prefixed types such as NVarchar2 are to be used for Unicode strings.
- See https://docs.oracle.com/cd/B19306_01/server.102/b14225/ch6unicode.htm#CACHCAHF
- https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/ODPNT/featOraCommand.htm#i1007557
- This setting applies only to Oracle dialects and ODP.Net managed or unmanaged driver.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Oracle 10g introduced BINARY_DOUBLE and BINARY_FLOAT types which are compatible with .NET
- double and float types, where FLOAT and DOUBLE are not. Oracle FLOAT and DOUBLE types do
- not conform to the IEEE standard as they are internally implemented as NUMBER type, which
- makes them an exact numeric type.
- False by default.
- See https://docs.oracle.com/database/121/TTSQL/types.htm#TTSQL126
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This setting specifies whether to suppress the InvalidCastException and return a rounded-off
- 28 precision value if the Oracle NUMBER value has more than 28 precision.
- False by default.
- See https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-data-access-components/19.3/odpnt/DataReaderSuppressGetDecimalInvalidCastException.html
- This setting works only with ODP.NET 19.10 or newer.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Firebird with FirebirdSql.Data.FirebirdClient may be unable to determine the type
- of parameters in many circumstances, unless they are explicitly casted in the SQL
- query. To avoid this trouble, the NHibernate FirebirdClientDriver parses SQL
- commands for detecting parameters in them and adding an explicit SQL cast around
- parameters which may trigger the issue.
- For disabling this behavior, set this setting to true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SQLite can store GUIDs in binary or text form, controlled by the BinaryGuid
- connection string parameter (default is 'true'). The BinaryGuid setting will affect
- how to cast GUID to string in SQL. NHibernate will attempt to detect this
- setting automatically from the connection string, but if the connection
- or connection string is being handled by the application instead of by NHibernate,
- you can use the 'sqlite.binaryguid' NHibernate setting to override the behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Disable switching built-in NHibernate date-time types from DbType.DateTime to DbType.DateTime2
- for dialects supporting datetime2.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default length used in casting when the target type is length bound and
- does not specify it. 4000 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default precision used in casting when the target type is decimal and
- does not specify it. 29 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default scale used in casting when the target type is decimal and
- does not specify it. 10 by default, automatically trimmed down according to dialect type registration.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether tracking the session id or not. When true, each session will have an unique Guid
- that can be retrieved by ISessionImplementor.SessionId, otherwise ISessionImplementor.SessionId will
- always be Guid.Empty. Session id is used for logging purpose that can be also retrieved in a static
- context by SessionIdLoggingContext.SessionId, where the current session id is stored, when tracking
- is enabled. In case the current session id won't be used, it is recommended to disable it, in order
- to increase performance.
- True by default.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Strategy for multi-tenancy. Supported Values: Database, None. Corresponds to MultiTenancyStrategy enum.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Connection provider for given multi-tenancy strategy. Class name implementing IMultiTenancyConnectionProvider.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/nhibernate-mapping.xsd b/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/nhibernate-mapping.xsd
deleted file mode 100644
index 60d36e5a1..000000000
--- a/packages/NHibernate.5.5.2/nhibernate-mapping.xsd
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1707 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A composite key may be modelled by a .NET class with a property for each key column. The class must be Serializable and override equals() and hashCode()
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Namespace used to find not-Fully Qualified Type Names
-
-
-
-
- Assembly used to find not-Fully Qualified Type Names
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the default timeout in seconds for the underlying ADO.NET query.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- undefined|any|none|null|0|-1|...
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The concrete collection should use a generic version or an object-based version.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Types of polymorphism
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete, please use manual instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index 73481b589..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0.nupkg b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 048d3252c..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.XML b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.XML
deleted file mode 100644
index f56adc539..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.XML
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4265 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a data source in a query that adds new data items in addition to those provided by the .
-
-
- In C#, the second "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Common interface for from clauses ( and ). From clauses define query sources that
- provide data items to the query which are filtered, ordered, projected, or otherwise processed by the following clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause within the . Implemented by , ,
- , and .
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents a clause or result operator that generates items which are streamed to the following clauses or operators.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
-
-
- Copies the 's attributes, i.e. the , , and
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause in a 's collection. Body clauses take the items generated by
- the , filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting
- ( ), or otherwise processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling one of its Visit... methods.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating the items of this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Aggregates all objects needed in the process of cloning a and its clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the clause mapping used during the cloning process. This is used to adjust the instances
- of clauses to point to clauses in the cloned .
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle the instances.
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an exception whose partial evaluation caused an exception.
-
-
-
- When encounters an exception while evaluating an independent expression subtree, it
- will wrap the subtree within a . The wrapper contains both the
- instance and the that caused the exception.
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To ignore this wrapper and only handle the inner , call the method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, automatically reduce this expression type to the in the
- method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for custom extension expressions, providing advanced visitor support. Also allows extension expressions to be reduced to
- a tree of standard expressions with equivalent semantics.
-
-
- Custom extension expressions can specify their own or use a default one. re-linq reserves
- values from 100000 to 150000 for its own expressions. Custom LINQ providers can use 150001 and above.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a standard value that is used by all subclasses unless they specify
- their own value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a default value.
-
- The type of the value represented by the .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a custom value.
-
- The type of the value represented by the .
- The value to use as this expression's value.
- LINQ providers should use values starting from 150001 and above.
-
-
-
- Must be overridden by subclasses by calling on all
- children of this extension node.
-
- The visitor to visit the child nodes with.
- This , or an expression that should replace it in the surrounding tree.
-
- If the visitor replaces any of the child nodes, a new instance should
- be returned holding the new child nodes. If the node has no children or the visitor does not replace any child node, the method should
- return this .
-
-
-
-
- Reduces this instance to a tree of standard expressions. If this instance cannot be reduced, the same
- is returned.
-
- If is , a reduced version of this ; otherwise,
- this .
-
-
- This method can be called in order to produce a new that has the same semantics as this
- but consists of expressions of standard node types. The reduction need not be complete, nodes can be
- returned that themselves must be reduced.
-
-
- Subclasses overriding the property to return must also override this method and cannot
- call the base implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Calls the method and checks certain invariants before returning the result. This method can only be called when
- returns .
-
- A reduced version of this .
- This is not reducible - or - the method
- violated one of the invariants (see Remarks).
-
- This method checks the following invariants:
-
- must not return .
- must not return the original .
- -
- The new expression returned by
must be assignment-compatible with the type of the original
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor, by default dispatching to .
- Inheritors of the class can override this method in order to dispatch to a specific Visit method.
-
- The visitor whose Visit method should be invoked.
- The returned by the visitor.
-
- Overriders can test the for a specific interface. If the visitor supports the interface, the extension expression
- can dispatch to the respective strongly-typed Visit method declared in the interface. If it does not, the extension expression should call
- the base implementation of , which will dispatch to .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this instance can be reduced to a tree of standard expressions.
-
-
- if this instance can be reduced; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- If this method returns , the method can be called in order to produce a new
- that has the same semantics as this but consists of
- expressions of standard node types.
-
-
- Subclasses overriding the property to return must also override the
- method and cannot call its base implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an expression tree node that points to a query source represented by a . These expressions should always
- point back, to a clause defined prior to the clause holding a . Otherwise, exceptions might be
- thrown at runtime.
-
-
- This particular expression overrides , i.e. it can be compared to another based
- on the .
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to the current by
- comparing the properties for reference equality.
-
- The to compare with the current .
-
- if the specified is a that points to the
- same ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query source referenced by this expression.
-
- The referenced query source.
-
-
-
- Represents an that holds a subquery. The subquery is held by in its parsed form.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a VB-specific comparison expression.
-
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To treat this expression as if it were an ordinary , call its method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- automatically reduce this expression type to in the method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple expression from a complex
- or .
-
-
-
- For example, consider the task of determining the value of a specific query source [s] from an input value corresponding to a complex
- expression. This will return a able to perform this task.
-
-
-
- - If the complex expression is [s], it will simply return input => input.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = [s], b = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = new { b = [s], c = "..." }, d = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.b.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for expression visitors used with re-linq, adding support for and .
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the .NET 4.0 ExpressionVisitor for .NET 3.5 libraries. This type acts as a base class for the .
-
-
-
-
- Adjusts the arguments for a so that they match the given members.
-
- The arguments to adjust.
- The members defining the required argument types.
-
- A sequence of expressions that are equivalent to , but converted to the associated member's
- result type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple from a
- complex .
-
- The expression an accessor to which should be created.
- The full expression containing the .
- The input parameter to be used by the resulting lambda. Its type must match the type of .
- The compares the via reference equality,
- which means that exactly the same expression reference must be contained by for the visitor to return the
- expected result. In addition, the visitor can only provide accessors for expressions nested in or
- .
- A acting as an accessor for the when an input matching
- is given.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given .
- This is used whenever references to query sources should be replaced by a transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given
- .
-
- The expression to be scanned for references.
- The clause mapping to be used for replacing instances.
- If , the visitor will throw an exception when
- not mapped in the is encountered. If ,
- the visitor will ignore such expressions.
- An expression with its instances replaced as defined by the
- .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
-
- Given the following input:
-
- - ItemExpression:
new AnonymousType ( a = [s1], b = [s2] )
- - ResolvedExpression:
[s1].ID + [s2].ID
-
- The visitor generates the following : input => input.a.ID + input.b.ID
- The lambda's input parameter has the same type as the ItemExpression.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its input
- parameter.
- The resolved expression for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- A from the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter. The generated has exactly one
- parameter which is of the type defined by .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation on a , i.e. creates a new
- with an additional parameter from a given resolved ,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the new input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its new
- input parameter.
- The resolved for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- The position at which to insert the new parameter.
- A similar to the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from an additional input parameter. The new input parameter is of the type defined by
- .
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. In contrast to
- , the does not provide access to the individual items of the joined query source.
- Instead, it provides access to all joined items for each item coming from the previous clauses, thus grouping them together. The semantics
- of this join is so that for all input items, a joined sequence is returned. That sequence can be empty if no joined items are available.
-
-
- In C#, the "into" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The "join" part before that is encapsulated
- as a held in . The adds a new query source to the query
- ("addresses"), but the item type of that query source is , not "Address". Therefore, it can be
- used in the of an to extract the single items.
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID into addresses
- from a in addresses
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . This must implement .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner join clause of this . The represents the actual join operation
- performed by this clause; its results are then grouped by this clause before streaming them to subsequent clauses.
- objects outside the must not point to
- because the items generated by it are only available in grouped form from outside this clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. This can either
- be part of or of . The semantics of the
- is that of an inner join, i.e. only combinations where both an input item and a joined item exist are returned.
-
-
- In C#, the "join" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The adds a new
- query source to the query, selecting addresses (called "a") from the source "Addresses". It associates addresses and students by
- comparing the students' "AddressID" properties with the addresses' "ID" properties. "a" corresponds to and
- , "Addresses" is and the left and right side of the "equals" operator are held by
- and , respectively:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by this .
- The type of the items generated by this .
- The expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
- An expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
- An expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method. This overload is used when visiting a that is held by a .
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The holding this instance.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner sequence, the expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
-
- The inner sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the outer key selector, an expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The outer key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner key selector, an expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The inner key selector.
-
-
-
- Represents the main data source in a query, producing data items that are filtered, aggregated, projected, or otherwise processed by
- subsequent clauses.
-
-
- In C#, the first "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to the :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents the orderby part of a query, ordering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the whole "orderby" clause in the following sample (including two orderings) corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- orderby s.Last, s.First
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets the instances that define how to sort the items coming from previous clauses. The order of the
- in the collection defines their priorities. For example, { LastName, FirstName } would sort all items by
- LastName, and only those items that have equal LastName values would be sorted by FirstName.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a single ordering instruction in an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
- The to use for sorting.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The in whose context this item is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this item.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
-
- The expression.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction to use for ordering data items.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the direction used to sort the result items in a query using an .
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an ascending way, from smallest to largest.
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an descending way, from largest to smallest.
-
-
-
-
- Maps instances to instances. This is used by
- in order to be able to correctly update references to old clauses to point to the new clauses. Via
- , it can also be used manually.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation that is executed on the result set of the query, aggregating, filtering, or restricting the number of result items
- before the query result is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this result operator in memory, on a given input. Executing result operators in memory should only be
- performed if the target query system does not support the operator.
-
- The input for the result operator. This must match the type of expected by the operator.
- The result of the operator.
-
-
-
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this . This contains the result type a query would have if
- it ended with this , and it optionally includes an describing
- the streamed sequence's items.
-
- Information about the data produced by the preceding , or the
- of the query if no previous exists.
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this .
-
-
-
- Clones this item, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate. Subclasses must apply the
- to any expressions they hold. If a subclass does not hold any expressions, it shouldn't do anything
- in the implementation of this method.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Invokes the given via reflection on the given .
-
- The input to invoke the method with.
- The method to be invoked.
- The result of the invocation
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the given expression, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected value type. If the value is not of this type, an is thrown.
- A string describing the value; this will be included in the exception message if an exception is thrown.
- The expression whose value to get.
-
- The constant value of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value with an initial seeding value.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Aggregate(0, (totalAge, s) => totalAge + s.Age);
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a scalar value or single item as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The seed expression.
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
- The result selector, can be .
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected seed type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the aggregating operation in memory.
-
- The type of the source items.
- The type of the aggregated items.
- The type of the result items.
- The input sequence.
- A object holding the aggregated value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the seed of the accumulation. This is an denoting the starting value of the aggregation.
-
- The seed of the accumulation.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the result selector. This is a applied after the aggregation to select the final value.
- Can be .
-
- The result selector.
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value. The first item is used as the seeding value for the aggregating
- function.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s.Name).Aggregate((allNames, name) => allNames + " " + name);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether all items returned by a query satisfy a predicate.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "All" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).All();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate to evaluate. This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the predicate to evaluate on all items in the sequence.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The predicate.
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether any items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Any" query methods taking a predicate are represented as into a combination of a and an
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "Any" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Any();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the transformation of a sequence to a query data source.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "AsQueryable" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).AsQueryable();
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence with the same
- item type as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- A marker interface that must be implemented by the if the visitor supports the .
-
-
- Note that the interface will become obsolete with v3.0.0. See also RMLNQ-117.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a calculation of an average value from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Average" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Average();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a cast of the items returned by a query to a different type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, "Cast" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Cast<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, choosing a single item for its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents concatenating the items returned by a query with a given set of items, similar to the but
- retaining duplicates (and order).
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Concat" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Concat(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items concatenated with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether the results returned by a query contain a specific item.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Contains" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Contains (student);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The item for which to be searched.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected item type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an expression yielding the item for which to be searched. This must be compatible with (ie., assignable to) the source sequence
- items.
-
- The item expression.
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Count" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
- ///
- In C#, the "Count" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Count();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a guard clause yielding a singleton sequence with a default value if no items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Defaultifempty" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).DefaultIfEmpty ("student");
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown. If it is , is returned.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the optional default value.
-
- The optional default value.
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of duplicate values from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Distinct" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Distinct();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of a given set of items from the result set of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Except" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Except(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items removed from the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the first of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "First" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "First" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).First();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents grouping the items returned by a query according to some key retrieved by a , applying by an
- to the grouped items. This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of the query.
-
-
- In C#, the "group by" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source
- "s", see ) is the expression, "s.Country" is the
- expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- group s by s.Country;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name associated with the items generated by the result operator.
- The selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- The selector retrieving the elements to group.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, adjusting all instances held by it as defined by
- .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . The item type is an instantiation of
- derived from the types of and .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the elements to group.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The element selector.
-
-
-
- Represents taking the mathematical intersection of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Intersect" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Intersect(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items intersected with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the last one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Last" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Last" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Last();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query as a 64-bit number.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "LongCount" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "LongCount" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).LongCount();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the greatest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "greatest" are defined by the query provider. "Max" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Max" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Max();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the smallest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "smallest" are defined by the query provider. "Min" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Min" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Min();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents filtering the items returned by a query to only return those items that are of a specific type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "OfType" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).OfType<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents reversing the sequence of items returned by of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Reverse" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Reverse();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking the single item returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Single" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Single();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents skipping a number of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Skip" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Skip (3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents calculating the sum of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Sum" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Sum();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only a specific number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Take" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Take(3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The number of elements which should be returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents forming the mathematical union of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Union" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Union(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items united with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the select part of a query, projecting data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "select" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source "s", see
- ) is the expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The selector that projects the data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to the query's output data. If a query has , the data
- is further modified by those operators. Use to obtain the real result type of
- a query model, including the .
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is always of type instantiated
- with the type of as its generic parameter. Its corresponds to the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the selector defining what parts of the data items are returned by the query.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data held by implementations of this interface can be either a value or a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by this instance.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Describes the data streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
- Executes the specified with the given , calling either
- or , depending on the type of data streamed
- from this interface.
-
- The query model to be executed.
- The executor to use.
- An object holding the results of the query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns a new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be compatible with the data described by this
- , otherwise an exception is thrown.
- The type may be a generic type definition if the supports generic types; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with generic parameters to match the data described by this .
- A new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
- The is not compatible with the data described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. For a sequence, this is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type. For a single value, this is the value type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a scalar value streamed out of a or . A scalar value corresponds to a
- value calculated from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single or scalar value streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new instance of the same type with a different .
-
- The new data type.
- The cannot be used for the clone.
- A new instance of the same type with the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is the type of the streamed value, or
- if the value is .
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data consists of a sequence of items.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and
- properties.
-
- The sequence.
- An instance of describing the sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence held by this object as well as an describing the
- sequence's items, throwing an exception if the object does not hold a sequence of items of type .
-
- The expected item type of the sequence.
-
- The sequence and an describing its items.
-
- Thrown when the item type is not the expected type .
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input sequence for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current sequence.
-
-
-
- Describes sequence data streamed out of a or . Sequence data can be held by an object
- implementing , and its items are described via a .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new with an adjusted .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be convertible from the previous type, otherwise
- an exception is thrown. The type may be a generic type definition; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with the type of the .
-
- A new with a new .
-
- The is not compatible with the items described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items returned by the sequence described by this object, as defined by . Note that because
- is covariant starting from .NET 4.0, this may be a more abstract type than what's returned by
- 's property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an expression that describes the structure of the items held by the sequence described by this object.
-
- The expression for the sequence's items.
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single value streamed out of a or . A single value corresponds to one
- item from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data is a single, non-sequence value and can only be consumed by result operators
- working with single values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and properties.
-
- The value.
- A describing the value.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by , throwing an exception if the value is not of type .
-
- The expected type of the value.
- , cast to .
- Thrown when if not of the expected type.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current value for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input value for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current value.
-
-
-
- Represents the where part of a query, filtering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "where" clause in the following sample corresponds to a :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to enumerate an while items are inserted, removed, or cleared in a consistent fashion.
-
- The element type of the .
-
- This class subscribes to the event exposed by
- and reacts on changes to the collection. If an item is inserted or removed before the current element, the enumerator will continue after
- the current element without regarding the new or removed item. If the current item is removed, the enumerator will continue with the item that
- previously followed the current item. If an item is inserted or removed after the current element, the enumerator will simply continue,
- including the newly inserted item and not including the removed item. If an item is moved or replaced, the enumeration will also continue
- with the item located at the next position in the sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an item enumerated by . This provides access
- to the as well as the of the enumerated item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- . If an item is inserted into or removed from the collection before the current item, this
- index will change.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- .
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Defines extension methods that simplify working with a dictionary that has a collection-values item-type.
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ). The enumerable will yield
- instances of type , which hold both the index and the value of the current item. If this collection changes
- while enumerating, will reflect those changes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a default implementation of that is automatically used by
- unless a custom is specified. The executes queries by parsing them into
- an instance of type , which is then passed to an implementation of to obtain the
- result set.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of that executes queries (subclasses of ) by
- first parsing them into a and then passing that to a given implementation of .
- Usually, should be used unless must be manually implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom . Use this
- constructor to customize how queries are parsed.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior.
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This
- method delegates to .
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This method is
- called by the standard query operators defined by the class.
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- This method is invoked through the interface methods, for example by
- and
- , and it's also used by
- when the is enumerated.
-
-
- Override this method to replace the query execution mechanism by a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- The result is cast to .
-
- The type of the query result.
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query cast to .
-
- This method is called by the standard query operators that return a single value, such as
- or
- .
- In addition, it is called by to execute queries that return sequences.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
-
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query.
-
- This method is similar to the method, but without the cast to a defined return type.
-
-
-
-
- The method generates a .
-
- The query as expression chain.
- a
-
-
-
- Gets the used by this to parse LINQ queries.
-
- The query parser.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the implementation of used to execute queries created via .
-
- The executor used to execute queries.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom .
-
-
- A type implementing . This type is used to construct the chain of query operators. Must be a generic type
- definition.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Creates a new (of type with as its generic argument) that
- represents the query defined by and is able to enumerate its results.
-
- The type of the data items returned by the query.
- An expression representing the query for which a should be created.
- An that represents the query defined by .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of queryable created by this provider. This is the generic type definition of an implementation of
- (usually a subclass of ) with exactly one type argument.
-
-
-
-
- Constitutes the bridge between re-linq and a concrete query provider implementation. Concrete providers implement this interface
- and calls the respective method of the interface implementation when a query is to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a scalar query, i.e. as a query returning a scalar value of type .
- The query ends with a scalar result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the scalar value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a single object query, i.e. as a query returning a single object of type
- .
- The query ends with a single result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the single value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- If , the executor must return a default value when its result set is empty;
- if , it should throw an when its result set is empty.
- A single value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a collection query, i.e. as a query returning objects of type .
- The query does not end with a scalar result operator, but it can end with a single result operator, for example
- or . In such a case, the returned enumerable must yield exactly
- one object (or none if the last result operator allows empty result sets).
-
- The type of the items returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for visiting the clauses of a .
-
-
-
- When implement this interface, implement , then call Accept on every clause that should
- be visited. Child clauses, joins, orderings, and result operators are not visited automatically; they always need to be explicitly visited
- via , , ,
- , and so on.
-
-
- provides a robust default implementation of this interface that can be used as a base for other visitors.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This binding's
- method returns only for the same the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This is used by the
- to represent assignments in constructor calls such as new AnonymousType (a = 5) ,
- where a is the member of AnonymousType and 5 is the associated expression.
- The method can be used to check whether the member bound to an expression matches a given
- (considering read access). See the subclasses for details.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to or for a
- whose getter method is the the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to
- or for its getter method's .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces nodes according to a given mapping specification. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of nodes to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- Replaces all nodes that equal a given with a replacement node. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of the to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Preprocesses an expression tree for parsing. The preprocessing involves detection of sub-queries and VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Manages registration and lookup of objects, and converts them to
- weakly typed instances. Use this class together with
- in order to apply the registered transformers to an tree.
-
-
-
-
- defines an API for classes returning instances for specific
- objects. Usually, the will be used when an implementation of this
- interface is needed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the transformers for the given .
-
- The to be transformed.
-
- A sequence containing objects that should be applied to the . Must not
- be .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an with the default transformations provided by this library already registered.
- New transformers can be registered by calling .
-
- A default .
-
- Currently, the default registry contains:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified for the transformer's
- . If
- returns , the is registered as a generic transformer which will be applied to all
- nodes.
-
- The type of expressions handled by the . This should be a type implemented by all
- expressions identified by . For generic transformers,
- must be .
- The transformer to register.
-
-
- The order in which transformers are registered is the same order on which they will later be applied by
- . When more than one transformer is registered for a certain ,
- each of them will get a chance to transform a given , until the first one returns a new .
- At that point, the transformation will start again with the new (and, if the expression's type has changed, potentially
- different transformers).
-
-
- When generic transformers are registered, they act as if they had been registered for all values (including
- custom ones). They will be applied in the order registered, but only after all respective specific transformers have run (without modifying
- the expression, which would restart the transformation process with the new expression as explained above).
-
-
- When an is registered for an incompatible , this is not detected until
- the transformer is actually applied to an of that .
-
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that transform instances. The
- manages registration of instances, and the
- applies the transformations.
-
- The type of expressions handled by this implementation.
-
-
- is a convenience interface that provides strong typing, whereas
- only operates on instances.
-
-
- can be used together with the class by using the
- class as the transformation provider. converts
- strongly typed instances to weakly typed delegate instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the implementation can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Gets the expression types supported by this .
-
- The supported expression types. Return to support all expression types. (This is only sensible when
- is .)
-
-
-
-
- Dynamically discovers attributes implementing the interface on methods and get accessors
- invoked by or instances and applies the respective
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for attributes providing an for a given .
-
-
-
- detects attributes implementing this interface while expressions are parsed
- and uses the returned by to modify the expressions.
-
-
- Only one attribute instance implementing must be applied to a single method or property
- get accessor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for transformers detecting nodes for tuple types and adding metadata
- to those nodes. This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions invoking a and replaces them with the body of that
- (with the parameter references replaced with the invocation arguments).
- Providers use this transformation to be able to handle queries with instances.
-
-
- When the is applied to a delegate instance (rather than a
- ), the ignores it.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Chooses a given for a specific method (or property get accessor).
-
-
- The must have a default constructor. To choose a transformer that does not have a default constructor,
- create your own custom attribute class implementing
- .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces calls to and with casts and null checks. This allows LINQ providers
- to treat nullables like reference types.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for the .NET tuple types and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the CompareString method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances. Providers use this transformation to be able to handle VB string comparisons
- more easily. See for details.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the Information.IsNothing (...) method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances comparing with . Providers use this transformation to be able to
- handle queries using IsNothing (...) more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Applies delegates obtained from an to an expression tree.
- The transformations occur in post-order (transforming child nodes before parent nodes). When a transformation changes
- the current , its child nodes and itself will be revisited (and may be transformed again).
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for typical implementations of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interface defines an extension point for disabling partial evaluation on specific nodes.
-
-
-
- Implement the individual evaluation methods and return to mark a specfic node as not partially
- evaluatable. Note that the partial evaluation infrastructure will take care of visiting an node's children,
- so the determination can usually be constrained to the attributes of the node itself.
-
- Use the type as a base class for filter implementations that only require testing a few
- node types, e.g. to disable partial evaluation for individual method calls.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an expression tree by visiting each of its nodes, finding those subtrees that can be evaluated without modifying the meaning of
- the tree.
-
-
- An expression node/subtree is evaluatable if:
-
- - it is not a
or any non-standard expression,
- - it is not a
that involves an , and
- - it does not have any of those non-evaluatable expressions as its children.
-
-
- nodes are not evaluatable because they usually identify the flow of
- some information from one query node to the next.
-
- nodes that involve parameters or object instances are not evaluatable because they
- should usually be translated into the target query syntax.
-
- In .NET 3.5, non-standard expressions are not evaluatable because they cannot be compiled and evaluated by LINQ.
- In .NET 4.0, non-standard expressions can be evaluated if they can be reduced to an evaluatable expression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the given is one of the expressions defined by for which
- has a Visit method. handles those by calling the respective Visit method.
-
- The expression to check. Must not be .
-
- if is one of the expressions defined by and
- has a Visit method for it; otherwise, .
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the null-object pattern for .
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an expression tree into a chain of objects after executing a sequence of
- objects.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can add inner providers to register their own expression node parsers.
-
- A default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has the expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can insert additional processing steps.
-
-
- The tranformation provider to be used by the included
- in the result set. Use to create a default provider.
-
-
- The expression filter used by the included in the result set.
- Use to indicate that no custom filtering should be applied.
-
-
- A default that already has all expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
- The following steps are included:
-
-
- (parameterized with )
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a custom and
- implementation.
-
- The to use when parsing trees. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes all
- default node types. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
- The to apply to trees before parsing their nodes. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes
- the default steps. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
-
-
-
- Parses the given into a chain of instances, using
- to convert expressions to nodes.
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A chain of instances representing the .
-
-
-
- Gets the query operator represented by . If
- is already a , that is the assumed query operator. If is a
- and the member's getter is registered with , a corresponding
- is constructed and returned. Otherwise, is returned.
-
- The expression to get a query operator expression for.
- A to be parsed as a query operator, or if the expression does not represent
- a query operator.
-
-
-
- Infers the associated identifier for the source expression node contained in methodCallExpression.Arguments[0]. For example, for the
- call chain "source.Where (i => i > 5) " (which actually reads "Where (source, i => i > 5 "), the identifier "i" is associated
- with the node generated for "source". If no identifier can be inferred, is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the node type provider used to parse instances in .
-
- The node type provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the processing steps used by to process the tree before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processing steps.
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The method calls each inner instance in the order defined by the property. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that represent steps in the process of parsing the structure
- of an tree. applies a series of these steps to the
- tree before analyzing the query operators and creating a .
-
-
-
- There are predefined implementations of that should only be left out when parsing an
- tree when there are very good reasons to do so.
-
-
- can be implemented to provide custom, complex transformations on an
- tree. For performance reasons, avoid adding too many steps each of which visits the whole tree. For
- simple transformations, consider using and - which can
- batch several transformations into a single expression tree visiting run - rather than implementing a dedicated
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements the interface by doing nothing in the method. This is an
- implementation of the Null Object Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an tree for sub-trees that are evaluatable in-memory, and evaluates those sub-trees.
-
-
- The uses the for partial evaluation.
- It performs two visiting runs over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Applies a given set of transformations to an tree. The transformations are provided by an instance of
- (eg., ).
-
-
- The uses the to apply the transformations.
- It performs a single visiting run over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A class providing the transformations to apply to the tree, eg., an instance of
- .
-
-
-
- Provides a common interface for classes mapping a to the respective
- type. Implementations are used by when a is encountered to
- instantiate the right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a node type for the given can be returned by this
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of that matches the given , returning
- if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for s standing for s that operate on the result of the query
- rather than representing actual clauses, such as or .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations that represent instantiations of .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing structural parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified by replacing any occurrence of
- by the result of the projection of this . The result is an that goes all the
- way to an .
-
- The parameter representing the input data streaming into an . This is replaced
- by the projection data coming out of this .
- The expression to be resolved. Any occurrence of in this expression
- is replaced.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that also implement
- (such as or ) must add
- their clauses to the mapping in if they want to be able to implement correctly.
- An equivalent of with each occurrence of replaced by
- the projection data streaming out of this .
-
- This node does not support this operation because it does not stream any data to subsequent nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Applies this to the specified query model. Nodes can add or replace clauses, add or replace expressions,
- add or replace objects, or even create a completely new , depending on their semantics.
-
- The query model this node should be applied to.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that
- also implement (such as
- or ) must add their clauses to the mapping in
- in order to be able to implement correctly.
- The modified or a new that reflects the changes made by this node.
-
- For objects, which mark the end of an chain, this method must not be called.
- Instead, use to generate a and instantiate a new
- with that clause.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source that streams data into this node.
-
- The source , or if this node is the end of the chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier associated with this . tries to find the identifier
- that was originally associated with this node in the query written by the user by analyzing the parameter names of the next expression in the
- method call chain.
-
- The associated identifier.
-
-
-
- Wraps the into a subquery after a node that indicates the end of the query (
- or ). Override this method
- when implementing a that does not need a subquery to be created if it occurs after the query end.
-
-
-
- When an ordinary node follows a result operator or group node, it cannot simply append its clauses to the
- because semantically, the result operator (or grouping) must be executed _before_ the clause. Therefore, in such scenarios, we wrap
- the current query model into a that we put into the of a new
- .
-
-
- This method also changes the of this node because logically, all operations must be handled
- by the new holding the . For example, consider the following call chain:
-
- MainSource (...)
- .Select (x => x)
- .Distinct ()
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Naively, the last Select node would resolve (via Distinct and Select) to the created by the initial MainSource.
- After this method is executed, however, that is part of the sub query, and a new
- has been created to hold it. Therefore, we replace the chain as follows:
-
- MainSource (MainSource (...).Select (x => x).Distinct ())
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Now, the last Select node resolves to the new .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result type override of the given .
-
- The query model to set the of.
-
- By default, the result type override is set to in the method. This ensures that the query
- model represents the type of the query correctly. Specific node parsers can override this method to set the
- to another value, or to clear it (set it to ). Do not leave the
- unchanged when overriding this method, as a source node might have set it to a value that doesn't
- fit this node.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- , ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the ,
- ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it will not modify the , i.e. the call to
- will be removed given how it is transparent to the process of executing the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates contextual information used while generating clauses from instances.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for and , i.e., for node parsers for set operations
- acting as an .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing query source parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- for the Count properties of , , ,
- and , and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- and
- and
-
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown whan an parser cannot be instantiated for a query. Note that this is not serializable
- and intended to be caught in the call-site where it will then replaced by a different (serializable) exception.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves an expression using , removing transparent identifiers and detecting subqueries
- in the process. This is used by methods such as , which are
- used when a clause is created from an .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do not take a result selector. The overloads with a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do take a result selector. The overloads without a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
- The GroupBy overloads with result selector are parsed as if they were a following a
- :
-
- x.GroupBy (k => key, e => element, (k, g) => result)
-
- is therefore equivalent to:
-
- c.GroupBy (k => key, e => element).Select (grouping => resultSub)
-
- where resultSub is the same as result with k and g substituted with grouping.Key and grouping, respectively.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the first expression in a LINQ query, which acts as the main query source.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node usually marks the end (i.e. the first node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates instances of classes implementing the interface via Reflection.
-
-
- The classes implementing instantiated by this factory must implement a single constructor. The source and
- constructor parameters handed to the method are passed on to the constructor; for each argument where no
- parameter is passed, is passed to the constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instace of type .
-
-
- Thrown if the or the
- do not match expected constructor parameters of the .
-
-
-
-
- Contains metadata about a that is parsed into a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the associated identifier, i.e. the name the user gave the data streaming out of this expression. For example, the
- corresponding to a from c in C clause should get the identifier "c".
- If there is no user-defined identifier (or the identifier is impossible to infer from the expression tree), a generated identifier
- is given instead.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source expression node, i.e. the node streaming data into the parsed node.
-
- The source.
-
-
-
- Gets the being parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- and .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by implementors of .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces the given parameter with a back-reference to the corresponding to .
-
- The referenced node.
- The parameter to replace with a .
- The expression in which to replace the parameter.
- The clause generation context.
- , with replaced with a
- pointing to the clause corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Gets the corresponding to the given , throwing an
- if no such clause has been registered in the given .
-
- The node for which the should be returned.
- The clause generation context.
- The corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Caches a resolved expression in the classes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node represents an additional query source introduced to the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes taking an tree and parsing it into a .
-
-
- The default implementation of this interface is . LINQ providers can, however, implement
- themselves, eg. in order to decorate or replace the functionality of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Parses a and creates an from it. This is used by
- for parsing whole expression trees.
-
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The and methods delegate to these inner instances. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types. This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the
- right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the registerable method definition from a given . A registerable method is a object
- that can be registered via a call to . When the given is passed to
- and its corresponding registerable method was registered, the correct node type is returned.
-
- The method for which the registerable method should be retrieved. Must not be .
-
- to throw a if the method cannot be matched to a distinct generic method definition,
- to return if an unambiguous match is not possible.
-
-
-
- itself, unless it is a closed generic method or declared in a closed generic type. In the latter cases,
- the corresponding generic method definition respectively the method declared in a generic type definition is returned.
-
- If no generic method definition could be matched and was set to ,
- is returned.
-
-
-
- Thrown if is set to and no distinct generic method definition could be resolved.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specific with the given . The given methods must either be non-generic
- or open generic method definitions. If a method has already been registered before, the later registration overwrites the earlier one.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered s.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types based on the method names and a filter (as defined by ).
- This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the right
- for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given for the query operator methods defined by the given
- objects.
-
- A sequence of objects defining the methods to register the node type for.
- The type of the to register.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered method names.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a name and a filter predicate used when determining the matching expression node type by .
-
-
-
-
- Takes an tree and parses it into a by use of an .
- It first transforms the tree into a chain of instances, and then calls
- and in order to instantiate all the
- s. With those, a is created and returned.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using default parameters for parsing.
- The used has all relevant methods of the class
- automatically registered, and the comprises partial evaluation, and default
- expression transformations. See ,
- , and
- for details.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using the given to
- convert instances into s. Use this constructor if you wish to customize the
- parser. To use a default parser (with the possibility to register custom node types), use the method.
-
- The expression tree parser.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Applies all nodes to a , which is created by the trailing in the
- chain.
-
- The entry point to the chain.
- The clause generation context collecting context information during the parsing process.
- A created by the training and transformed by each node in the
- chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to parse instances.
-
- The node type registry.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to process the tree
- before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processor.
-
-
-
- Implements an that throws an exception for every expression type that is not explicitly supported.
- Inherit from this class to ensure that an exception is thrown when an expression is passed
-
-
-
-
- Called when an unhandled item is visited. This method provides the item the visitor cannot handle ( ),
- the that is not implemented in the visitor, and a delegate that can be used to invoke the
- of the class. The default behavior of this method is to call the
- method, but it can be overridden to do something else.
-
- The type of the item that could not be handled. Either an type, a
- type, or .
- The result type expected for the visited .
- The unhandled item.
- The visit method that is not implemented.
- The behavior exposed by for this item type.
- An object to replace in the expression tree. Alternatively, the method can throw any exception.
-
-
-
- can be used to build tuples incorporating a sequence of s.
- For example, given three expressions, exp1, exp2, and exp3, it will build nested s that are equivalent to the
- following: new KeyValuePair(exp1, new KeyValuePair(exp2, exp3)).
- Given an whose type matches that of a tuple built by , the builder can also return
- an enumeration of accessor expressions that can be used to access the tuple elements in the same order as they were put into the nested tuple
- expression. In above example, this would yield tupleExpression.Key, tupleExpression.Value.Key, and tupleExpression.Value.Value.
- This class can be handy whenever a set of needs to be put into a single
- (eg., a select projection), especially if each sub-expression needs to be explicitly accessed at a later point of time (eg., to retrieve the
- items from a statement surrounding a sub-statement yielding the tuple in its select projection).
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a common base class for implementations based on re-linq. In a specific LINQ provider, a custom queryable
- class should be derived from which supplies an implementation of that is used to
- execute the query. This is then used as an entry point (the main data source) of a LINQ query.
-
- The type of the result items yielded by this query.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a and the given
- . This constructor should be used by subclasses to begin a new query. The generated by
- this constructor is a pointing back to this .
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute the query represented by this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specific . This constructor
- should only be used to begin a query when does not fit the requirements.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a given and
- . This is an infrastructure constructor that must be exposed on subclasses because it is used by
- to construct queries around this when a query method (e.g. of the
- class) is called.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
- The expression representing the query.
-
-
-
- Executes the query via the and returns an enumerator that iterates through the items returned by the query.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the expression tree that is associated with the instance of . This expression describes the
- query represented by this .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query provider that is associated with this data source. The provider is used to execute the query. By default, a
- is used that parses the query and passes it on to an implementation of .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this data source.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this instance of is executed.
-
-
-
- A that represents the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this object is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an abstraction of an expression tree created for a LINQ query. instances are passed to LINQ providers based
- on re-linq via , but you can also use to parse an expression tree by hand or construct
- a manually via its constructor.
-
-
- The different parts of the query are mapped to clauses, see , , and
- . The simplest way to process all the clauses belonging to a is by implementing
- (or deriving from ) and calling .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of
-
- The of the query. This is the starting point of the query, generating items
- that are filtered and projected by the query.
- The of the query. This is the end point of
- the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the items coming from the and passing the
- . After it, only the modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to . If a query has
- , the data is further modified by those operators.
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is often of type instantiated
- with a specific item type, unless the
- query ends with a . For example, if the query ends with a , the
- result type will be .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the calculated calculated from the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the which is used by the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts an implementation of or , as defined by the Visitor pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of this .
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
- The defining how to adjust instances of
- in the cloned . If there is a
- that points out of the being cloned, specify its replacement via this parameter. At the end of the cloning process,
- this object maps all the clauses in this original to the clones created in the process.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this 's clauses via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- , and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Returns a new name with the given prefix. The name is different from that of any added
- in the . Note that clause names that are changed after the clause is added as well as names of other clauses
- than from clauses are not considered when determining "unique" names. Use names only for readability and debugging, not
- for uniquely identifying clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this via the given . By default, this indirectly calls
- , but this can be modified by the .
-
- The to use for executing this query.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this represents an identity query. An identity query is a query without any body clauses
- whose selects exactly the items produced by its . An identity query can have
- .
-
-
- if this represents an identity query; otherwise, .
-
-
- An example for an identity query is the subquery in that is produced for the in the following
- query:
-
- from order in ...
- select order.OrderItems.Count()
-
- In this query, the will become a because
- is treated as a query operator. The
- in that has no and a trivial ,
- so its method returns . The outer , on the other hand, does not
- have a trivial , so its method returns .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new that has this as a sub-query in its .
-
- The name of the new 's .
- A new whose 's is a
- that holds this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's . This is the starting point of the query, generating items that are processed by
- the and projected or grouped by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's select clause. This is the end point of the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the
- items coming from the and passing the . After it, only the
- modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a collection representing the query's body clauses. Body clauses take the items generated by the ,
- filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting ( ), or otherwise
- processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result operators attached to this . Result operators modify the query's result set, aggregating,
- filtering, or otherwise processing the result before it is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Collects clauses and creates a from them. This provides a simple way to first add all the clauses and then
- create the rather than the two-step approach (first and ,
- then the s) required by 's constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of which automatically visits child items. That is, the default
- implementation of automatically calls Accept on all clauses in the
- and the default implementation of automatically calls on the
- instances in its collection, and so on.
-
-
- This visitor is hardened against modifications performed on the visited while the model is currently being visited.
- That is, if a the collection changes while a body clause (or a child item of a body clause) is currently
- being processed, the visitor will handle that gracefully. The same applies to and
- .
-
-
-
-
- Takes a and transforms it by replacing its instances ( and
- ) that contain subqueries with equivalent flattened clauses. Subqueries that contain a
- (such as or ) cannot be
- flattened.
-
-
- As an example, take the following query:
-
- from c in Customers
- from o in (from oi in OrderInfos where oi.Customer == c orderby oi.OrderDate select oi.Order)
- orderby o.Product.Name
- select new { c, o }
-
- This will be transformed into:
-
- from c in Customers
- from oi in OrderInfos
- where oi.Customer == c
- orderby oi.OrderDate
- orderby oi.Order.Product.Name
- select new { c, oi.Order }
-
- As another example, take the following query:
-
- from c in (from o in Orders select o.Customer)
- where c.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select c
-
- (This query is never produced by the , the only way to construct it is via manually building a
- .)
- This will be transforemd into:
-
- from o in Orders
- where o.Customer.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select o
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates unique identifiers based on a set of known identifiers.
- An identifier is generated by appending a number to a given prefix. The identifier is considered unique when no known identifier
- exists which equals the prefix/number combination.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the given to the set of known identifiers.
-
- The identifier to add.
-
-
-
- Gets a unique identifier starting with the given . The identifier is generating by appending a number to the
- prefix so that the resulting string does not match a known identifier.
-
- The prefix to use for the identifier.
- A unique identifier starting with .
-
-
-
- Provides extensions for working with trees.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a string from the tree, including .NET 3.5.
-
-
-
-
- Provider a utility API for dealing with the item type of generic collections.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to extract the item type from the input .
-
-
- The that might be an implementation of the interface. Must not be .
-
- An output parameter containing the extracted item or .
- if an could be extracted, otherwise .
-
-
-
- Transforms an expression tree into a human-readable string, taking all the custom expression nodes into account.
- It does so by replacing all instances of custom expression nodes by parameters that have the desired string as their names. This is done
- to circumvent a limitation in the class, where overriding in custom expressions
- will not work.
-
-
-
-
- Extends with events that indicate when the collection was changed.
-
- The type of items held by this .
-
-
-
- Occurs after an item was changed in this .
-
-
-
-
- Provides event data for 's events.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index e4755c9e4..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.XML b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.XML
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ae5865b4..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.XML
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4123 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a data source in a query that adds new data items in addition to those provided by the .
-
-
- In C#, the second "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Common interface for from clauses ( and ). From clauses define query sources that
- provide data items to the query which are filtered, ordered, projected, or otherwise processed by the following clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause within the . Implemented by , ,
- , and .
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents a clause or result operator that generates items which are streamed to the following clauses or operators.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
-
-
- Copies the 's attributes, i.e. the , , and
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause in a 's collection. Body clauses take the items generated by
- the , filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting
- ( ), or otherwise processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling one of its Visit... methods.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating the items of this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Aggregates all objects needed in the process of cloning a and its clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the clause mapping used during the cloning process. This is used to adjust the instances
- of clauses to point to clauses in the cloned .
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle the instances.
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an exception whose partial evaluation caused an exception.
-
-
-
- When encounters an exception while evaluating an independent expression subtree, it
- will wrap the subtree within a . The wrapper contains both the
- instance and the that caused the exception.
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To ignore this wrapper and only handle the inner , call the method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, automatically reduce this expression type to the in the
- method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an expression tree node that points to a query source represented by a . These expressions should always
- point back, to a clause defined prior to the clause holding a . Otherwise, exceptions might be
- thrown at runtime.
-
-
- This particular expression overrides , i.e. it can be compared to another based
- on the .
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to the current by
- comparing the properties for reference equality.
-
- The to compare with the current .
-
- if the specified is a that points to the
- same ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query source referenced by this expression.
-
- The referenced query source.
-
-
-
- Represents an that holds a subquery. The subquery is held by in its parsed form.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a VB-specific comparison expression.
-
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To treat this expression as if it were an ordinary , call its method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- automatically reduce this expression type to in the method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple expression from a complex
- or .
-
-
-
- For example, consider the task of determining the value of a specific query source [s] from an input value corresponding to a complex
- expression. This will return a able to perform this task.
-
-
-
- - If the complex expression is [s], it will simply return input => input.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = [s], b = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = new { b = [s], c = "..." }, d = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.b.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for expression visitors used with re-linq, adding support for and .
-
-
-
-
- Adjusts the arguments for a so that they match the given members.
-
- The arguments to adjust.
- The members defining the required argument types.
-
- A sequence of expressions that are equivalent to , but converted to the associated member's
- result type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple from a
- complex .
-
- The expression an accessor to which should be created.
- The full expression containing the .
- The input parameter to be used by the resulting lambda. Its type must match the type of .
- The compares the via reference equality,
- which means that exactly the same expression reference must be contained by for the visitor to return the
- expected result. In addition, the visitor can only provide accessors for expressions nested in or
- .
- A acting as an accessor for the when an input matching
- is given.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given .
- This is used whenever references to query sources should be replaced by a transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given
- .
-
- The expression to be scanned for references.
- The clause mapping to be used for replacing instances.
- If , the visitor will throw an exception when
- not mapped in the is encountered. If ,
- the visitor will ignore such expressions.
- An expression with its instances replaced as defined by the
- .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
-
- Given the following input:
-
- - ItemExpression:
new AnonymousType ( a = [s1], b = [s2] )
- - ResolvedExpression:
[s1].ID + [s2].ID
-
- The visitor generates the following : input => input.a.ID + input.b.ID
- The lambda's input parameter has the same type as the ItemExpression.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its input
- parameter.
- The resolved expression for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- A from the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter. The generated has exactly one
- parameter which is of the type defined by .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation on a , i.e. creates a new
- with an additional parameter from a given resolved ,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the new input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its new
- input parameter.
- The resolved for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- The position at which to insert the new parameter.
- A similar to the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from an additional input parameter. The new input parameter is of the type defined by
- .
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. In contrast to
- , the does not provide access to the individual items of the joined query source.
- Instead, it provides access to all joined items for each item coming from the previous clauses, thus grouping them together. The semantics
- of this join is so that for all input items, a joined sequence is returned. That sequence can be empty if no joined items are available.
-
-
- In C#, the "into" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The "join" part before that is encapsulated
- as a held in . The adds a new query source to the query
- ("addresses"), but the item type of that query source is , not "Address". Therefore, it can be
- used in the of an to extract the single items.
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID into addresses
- from a in addresses
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . This must implement .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner join clause of this . The represents the actual join operation
- performed by this clause; its results are then grouped by this clause before streaming them to subsequent clauses.
- objects outside the must not point to
- because the items generated by it are only available in grouped form from outside this clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. This can either
- be part of or of . The semantics of the
- is that of an inner join, i.e. only combinations where both an input item and a joined item exist are returned.
-
-
- In C#, the "join" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The adds a new
- query source to the query, selecting addresses (called "a") from the source "Addresses". It associates addresses and students by
- comparing the students' "AddressID" properties with the addresses' "ID" properties. "a" corresponds to and
- , "Addresses" is and the left and right side of the "equals" operator are held by
- and , respectively:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by this .
- The type of the items generated by this .
- The expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
- An expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
- An expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method. This overload is used when visiting a that is held by a .
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The holding this instance.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner sequence, the expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
-
- The inner sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the outer key selector, an expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The outer key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner key selector, an expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The inner key selector.
-
-
-
- Represents the main data source in a query, producing data items that are filtered, aggregated, projected, or otherwise processed by
- subsequent clauses.
-
-
- In C#, the first "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to the :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents the orderby part of a query, ordering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the whole "orderby" clause in the following sample (including two orderings) corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- orderby s.Last, s.First
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets the instances that define how to sort the items coming from previous clauses. The order of the
- in the collection defines their priorities. For example, { LastName, FirstName } would sort all items by
- LastName, and only those items that have equal LastName values would be sorted by FirstName.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a single ordering instruction in an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
- The to use for sorting.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The in whose context this item is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this item.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
-
- The expression.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction to use for ordering data items.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the direction used to sort the result items in a query using an .
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an ascending way, from smallest to largest.
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an descending way, from largest to smallest.
-
-
-
-
- Maps instances to instances. This is used by
- in order to be able to correctly update references to old clauses to point to the new clauses. Via
- , it can also be used manually.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation that is executed on the result set of the query, aggregating, filtering, or restricting the number of result items
- before the query result is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this result operator in memory, on a given input. Executing result operators in memory should only be
- performed if the target query system does not support the operator.
-
- The input for the result operator. This must match the type of expected by the operator.
- The result of the operator.
-
-
-
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this . This contains the result type a query would have if
- it ended with this , and it optionally includes an describing
- the streamed sequence's items.
-
- Information about the data produced by the preceding , or the
- of the query if no previous exists.
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this .
-
-
-
- Clones this item, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate. Subclasses must apply the
- to any expressions they hold. If a subclass does not hold any expressions, it shouldn't do anything
- in the implementation of this method.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Invokes the given via reflection on the given .
-
- The input to invoke the method with.
- The method to be invoked.
- The result of the invocation
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the given expression, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected value type. If the value is not of this type, an is thrown.
- A string describing the value; this will be included in the exception message if an exception is thrown.
- The expression whose value to get.
-
- The constant value of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value with an initial seeding value.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Aggregate(0, (totalAge, s) => totalAge + s.Age);
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a scalar value or single item as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The seed expression.
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
- The result selector, can be .
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected seed type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the aggregating operation in memory.
-
- The type of the source items.
- The type of the aggregated items.
- The type of the result items.
- The input sequence.
- A object holding the aggregated value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the seed of the accumulation. This is an denoting the starting value of the aggregation.
-
- The seed of the accumulation.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the result selector. This is a applied after the aggregation to select the final value.
- Can be .
-
- The result selector.
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value. The first item is used as the seeding value for the aggregating
- function.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s.Name).Aggregate((allNames, name) => allNames + " " + name);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether all items returned by a query satisfy a predicate.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "All" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).All();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate to evaluate. This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the predicate to evaluate on all items in the sequence.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The predicate.
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether any items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Any" query methods taking a predicate are represented as into a combination of a and an
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "Any" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Any();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the transformation of a sequence to a query data source.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "AsQueryable" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).AsQueryable();
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence with the same
- item type as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- A marker interface that must be implemented by the if the visitor supports the .
-
-
- Note that the interface will become obsolete with v3.0.0. See also RMLNQ-117.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a calculation of an average value from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Average" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Average();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a cast of the items returned by a query to a different type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, "Cast" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Cast<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, choosing a single item for its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents concatenating the items returned by a query with a given set of items, similar to the but
- retaining duplicates (and order).
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Concat" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Concat(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items concatenated with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether the results returned by a query contain a specific item.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Contains" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Contains (student);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The item for which to be searched.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected item type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an expression yielding the item for which to be searched. This must be compatible with (ie., assignable to) the source sequence
- items.
-
- The item expression.
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Count" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
- ///
- In C#, the "Count" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Count();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a guard clause yielding a singleton sequence with a default value if no items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Defaultifempty" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).DefaultIfEmpty ("student");
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown. If it is , is returned.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the optional default value.
-
- The optional default value.
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of duplicate values from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Distinct" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Distinct();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of a given set of items from the result set of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Except" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Except(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items removed from the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the first of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "First" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "First" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).First();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents grouping the items returned by a query according to some key retrieved by a , applying by an
- to the grouped items. This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of the query.
-
-
- In C#, the "group by" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source
- "s", see ) is the expression, "s.Country" is the
- expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- group s by s.Country;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name associated with the items generated by the result operator.
- The selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- The selector retrieving the elements to group.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, adjusting all instances held by it as defined by
- .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . The item type is an instantiation of
- derived from the types of and .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the elements to group.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The element selector.
-
-
-
- Represents taking the mathematical intersection of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Intersect" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Intersect(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items intersected with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the last one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Last" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Last" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Last();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query as a 64-bit number.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "LongCount" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "LongCount" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).LongCount();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the greatest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "greatest" are defined by the query provider. "Max" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Max" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Max();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the smallest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "smallest" are defined by the query provider. "Min" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Min" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Min();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents filtering the items returned by a query to only return those items that are of a specific type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "OfType" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).OfType<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents reversing the sequence of items returned by of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Reverse" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Reverse();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking the single item returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Single" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Single();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents skipping a number of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Skip" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Skip (3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents calculating the sum of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Sum" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Sum();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only a specific number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Take" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Take(3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The number of elements which should be returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents forming the mathematical union of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Union" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Union(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items united with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the select part of a query, projecting data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "select" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source "s", see
- ) is the expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The selector that projects the data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to the query's output data. If a query has , the data
- is further modified by those operators. Use to obtain the real result type of
- a query model, including the .
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is always of type instantiated
- with the type of as its generic parameter. Its corresponds to the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the selector defining what parts of the data items are returned by the query.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data held by implementations of this interface can be either a value or a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by this instance.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Describes the data streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
- Executes the specified with the given , calling either
- or , depending on the type of data streamed
- from this interface.
-
- The query model to be executed.
- The executor to use.
- An object holding the results of the query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns a new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be compatible with the data described by this
- , otherwise an exception is thrown.
- The type may be a generic type definition if the supports generic types; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with generic parameters to match the data described by this .
- A new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
- The is not compatible with the data described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. For a sequence, this is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type. For a single value, this is the value type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a scalar value streamed out of a or . A scalar value corresponds to a
- value calculated from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single or scalar value streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new instance of the same type with a different .
-
- The new data type.
- The cannot be used for the clone.
- A new instance of the same type with the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is the type of the streamed value, or
- if the value is .
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data consists of a sequence of items.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and
- properties.
-
- The sequence.
- An instance of describing the sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence held by this object as well as an describing the
- sequence's items, throwing an exception if the object does not hold a sequence of items of type .
-
- The expected item type of the sequence.
-
- The sequence and an describing its items.
-
- Thrown when the item type is not the expected type .
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input sequence for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current sequence.
-
-
-
- Describes sequence data streamed out of a or . Sequence data can be held by an object
- implementing , and its items are described via a .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new with an adjusted .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be convertible from the previous type, otherwise
- an exception is thrown. The type may be a generic type definition; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with the type of the .
-
- A new with a new .
-
- The is not compatible with the items described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items returned by the sequence described by this object, as defined by . Note that because
- is covariant starting from .NET 4.0, this may be a more abstract type than what's returned by
- 's property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an expression that describes the structure of the items held by the sequence described by this object.
-
- The expression for the sequence's items.
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single value streamed out of a or . A single value corresponds to one
- item from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data is a single, non-sequence value and can only be consumed by result operators
- working with single values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and properties.
-
- The value.
- A describing the value.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by , throwing an exception if the value is not of type .
-
- The expected type of the value.
- , cast to .
- Thrown when if not of the expected type.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current value for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input value for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current value.
-
-
-
- Represents the where part of a query, filtering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "where" clause in the following sample corresponds to a :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to enumerate an while items are inserted, removed, or cleared in a consistent fashion.
-
- The element type of the .
-
- This class subscribes to the event exposed by
- and reacts on changes to the collection. If an item is inserted or removed before the current element, the enumerator will continue after
- the current element without regarding the new or removed item. If the current item is removed, the enumerator will continue with the item that
- previously followed the current item. If an item is inserted or removed after the current element, the enumerator will simply continue,
- including the newly inserted item and not including the removed item. If an item is moved or replaced, the enumeration will also continue
- with the item located at the next position in the sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an item enumerated by . This provides access
- to the as well as the of the enumerated item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- . If an item is inserted into or removed from the collection before the current item, this
- index will change.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- .
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Defines extension methods that simplify working with a dictionary that has a collection-values item-type.
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ). The enumerable will yield
- instances of type , which hold both the index and the value of the current item. If this collection changes
- while enumerating, will reflect those changes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a default implementation of that is automatically used by
- unless a custom is specified. The executes queries by parsing them into
- an instance of type , which is then passed to an implementation of to obtain the
- result set.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of that executes queries (subclasses of ) by
- first parsing them into a and then passing that to a given implementation of .
- Usually, should be used unless must be manually implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom . Use this
- constructor to customize how queries are parsed.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior.
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This
- method delegates to .
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This method is
- called by the standard query operators defined by the class.
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- This method is invoked through the interface methods, for example by
- and
- , and it's also used by
- when the is enumerated.
-
-
- Override this method to replace the query execution mechanism by a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- The result is cast to .
-
- The type of the query result.
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query cast to .
-
- This method is called by the standard query operators that return a single value, such as
- or
- .
- In addition, it is called by to execute queries that return sequences.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
-
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query.
-
- This method is similar to the method, but without the cast to a defined return type.
-
-
-
-
- The method generates a .
-
- The query as expression chain.
- a
-
-
-
- Gets the used by this to parse LINQ queries.
-
- The query parser.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the implementation of used to execute queries created via .
-
- The executor used to execute queries.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom .
-
-
- A type implementing . This type is used to construct the chain of query operators. Must be a generic type
- definition.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Creates a new (of type with as its generic argument) that
- represents the query defined by and is able to enumerate its results.
-
- The type of the data items returned by the query.
- An expression representing the query for which a should be created.
- An that represents the query defined by .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of queryable created by this provider. This is the generic type definition of an implementation of
- (usually a subclass of ) with exactly one type argument.
-
-
-
-
- Constitutes the bridge between re-linq and a concrete query provider implementation. Concrete providers implement this interface
- and calls the respective method of the interface implementation when a query is to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a scalar query, i.e. as a query returning a scalar value of type .
- The query ends with a scalar result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the scalar value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a single object query, i.e. as a query returning a single object of type
- .
- The query ends with a single result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the single value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- If , the executor must return a default value when its result set is empty;
- if , it should throw an when its result set is empty.
- A single value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a collection query, i.e. as a query returning objects of type .
- The query does not end with a scalar result operator, but it can end with a single result operator, for example
- or . In such a case, the returned enumerable must yield exactly
- one object (or none if the last result operator allows empty result sets).
-
- The type of the items returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for visiting the clauses of a .
-
-
-
- When implement this interface, implement , then call Accept on every clause that should
- be visited. Child clauses, joins, orderings, and result operators are not visited automatically; they always need to be explicitly visited
- via , , ,
- , and so on.
-
-
- provides a robust default implementation of this interface that can be used as a base for other visitors.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This binding's
- method returns only for the same the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This is used by the
- to represent assignments in constructor calls such as new AnonymousType (a = 5) ,
- where a is the member of AnonymousType and 5 is the associated expression.
- The method can be used to check whether the member bound to an expression matches a given
- (considering read access). See the subclasses for details.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to or for a
- whose getter method is the the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to
- or for its getter method's .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces nodes according to a given mapping specification. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of nodes to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- Replaces all nodes that equal a given with a replacement node. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of the to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Preprocesses an expression tree for parsing. The preprocessing involves detection of sub-queries and VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Manages registration and lookup of objects, and converts them to
- weakly typed instances. Use this class together with
- in order to apply the registered transformers to an tree.
-
-
-
-
- defines an API for classes returning instances for specific
- objects. Usually, the will be used when an implementation of this
- interface is needed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the transformers for the given .
-
- The to be transformed.
-
- A sequence containing objects that should be applied to the . Must not
- be .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an with the default transformations provided by this library already registered.
- New transformers can be registered by calling .
-
- A default .
-
- Currently, the default registry contains:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified for the transformer's
- . If
- returns , the is registered as a generic transformer which will be applied to all
- nodes.
-
- The type of expressions handled by the . This should be a type implemented by all
- expressions identified by . For generic transformers,
- must be .
- The transformer to register.
-
-
- The order in which transformers are registered is the same order on which they will later be applied by
- . When more than one transformer is registered for a certain ,
- each of them will get a chance to transform a given , until the first one returns a new .
- At that point, the transformation will start again with the new (and, if the expression's type has changed, potentially
- different transformers).
-
-
- When generic transformers are registered, they act as if they had been registered for all values (including
- custom ones). They will be applied in the order registered, but only after all respective specific transformers have run (without modifying
- the expression, which would restart the transformation process with the new expression as explained above).
-
-
- When an is registered for an incompatible , this is not detected until
- the transformer is actually applied to an of that .
-
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that transform instances. The
- manages registration of instances, and the
- applies the transformations.
-
- The type of expressions handled by this implementation.
-
-
- is a convenience interface that provides strong typing, whereas
- only operates on instances.
-
-
- can be used together with the class by using the
- class as the transformation provider. converts
- strongly typed instances to weakly typed delegate instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the implementation can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Gets the expression types supported by this .
-
- The supported expression types. Return to support all expression types. (This is only sensible when
- is .)
-
-
-
-
- Dynamically discovers attributes implementing the interface on methods and get accessors
- invoked by or instances and applies the respective
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for attributes providing an for a given .
-
-
-
- detects attributes implementing this interface while expressions are parsed
- and uses the returned by to modify the expressions.
-
-
- Only one attribute instance implementing must be applied to a single method or property
- get accessor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for transformers detecting nodes for tuple types and adding metadata
- to those nodes. This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions invoking a and replaces them with the body of that
- (with the parameter references replaced with the invocation arguments).
- Providers use this transformation to be able to handle queries with instances.
-
-
- When the is applied to a delegate instance (rather than a
- ), the ignores it.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Chooses a given for a specific method (or property get accessor).
-
-
- The must have a default constructor. To choose a transformer that does not have a default constructor,
- create your own custom attribute class implementing
- .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces calls to and with casts and null checks. This allows LINQ providers
- to treat nullables like reference types.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for the .NET tuple types and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the CompareString method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances. Providers use this transformation to be able to handle VB string comparisons
- more easily. See for details.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the Information.IsNothing (...) method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances comparing with . Providers use this transformation to be able to
- handle queries using IsNothing (...) more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Applies delegates obtained from an to an expression tree.
- The transformations occur in post-order (transforming child nodes before parent nodes). When a transformation changes
- the current , its child nodes and itself will be revisited (and may be transformed again).
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for typical implementations of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interface defines an extension point for disabling partial evaluation on specific nodes.
-
-
-
- Implement the individual evaluation methods and return to mark a specfic node as not partially
- evaluatable. Note that the partial evaluation infrastructure will take care of visiting an node's children,
- so the determination can usually be constrained to the attributes of the node itself.
-
- Use the type as a base class for filter implementations that only require testing a few
- node types, e.g. to disable partial evaluation for individual method calls.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an expression tree by visiting each of its nodes, finding those subtrees that can be evaluated without modifying the meaning of
- the tree.
-
-
- An expression node/subtree is evaluatable if:
-
- - it is not a
or any non-standard expression,
- - it is not a
that involves an , and
- - it does not have any of those non-evaluatable expressions as its children.
-
-
- nodes are not evaluatable because they usually identify the flow of
- some information from one query node to the next.
-
- nodes that involve parameters or object instances are not evaluatable because they
- should usually be translated into the target query syntax.
-
- In .NET 3.5, non-standard expressions are not evaluatable because they cannot be compiled and evaluated by LINQ.
- In .NET 4.0, non-standard expressions can be evaluated if they can be reduced to an evaluatable expression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the given is one of the expressions defined by for which
- has a dedicated Visit method. handles those by calling the respective Visit method.
-
- The expression to check. Must not be .
-
- if is one of the expressions defined by and
- has a dedicated Visit method for it; otherwise, .
- Note that -type expressions are considered 'not supported' and will also return .
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the null-object pattern for .
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an expression tree into a chain of objects after executing a sequence of
- objects.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can add inner providers to register their own expression node parsers.
-
- A default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has the expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can insert additional processing steps.
-
-
- The tranformation provider to be used by the included
- in the result set. Use to create a default provider.
-
-
- The expression filter used by the included in the result set.
- Use to indicate that no custom filtering should be applied.
-
-
- A default that already has all expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
- The following steps are included:
-
-
- (parameterized with )
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a custom and
- implementation.
-
- The to use when parsing trees. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes all
- default node types. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
- The to apply to trees before parsing their nodes. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes
- the default steps. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
-
-
-
- Parses the given into a chain of instances, using
- to convert expressions to nodes.
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A chain of instances representing the .
-
-
-
- Gets the query operator represented by . If
- is already a , that is the assumed query operator. If is a
- and the member's getter is registered with , a corresponding
- is constructed and returned. Otherwise, is returned.
-
- The expression to get a query operator expression for.
- A to be parsed as a query operator, or if the expression does not represent
- a query operator.
-
-
-
- Infers the associated identifier for the source expression node contained in methodCallExpression.Arguments[0]. For example, for the
- call chain "source.Where (i => i > 5) " (which actually reads "Where (source, i => i > 5 "), the identifier "i" is associated
- with the node generated for "source". If no identifier can be inferred, is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the node type provider used to parse instances in .
-
- The node type provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the processing steps used by to process the tree before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processing steps.
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The method calls each inner instance in the order defined by the property. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that represent steps in the process of parsing the structure
- of an tree. applies a series of these steps to the
- tree before analyzing the query operators and creating a .
-
-
-
- There are predefined implementations of that should only be left out when parsing an
- tree when there are very good reasons to do so.
-
-
- can be implemented to provide custom, complex transformations on an
- tree. For performance reasons, avoid adding too many steps each of which visits the whole tree. For
- simple transformations, consider using and - which can
- batch several transformations into a single expression tree visiting run - rather than implementing a dedicated
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements the interface by doing nothing in the method. This is an
- implementation of the Null Object Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an tree for sub-trees that are evaluatable in-memory, and evaluates those sub-trees.
-
-
- The uses the for partial evaluation.
- It performs two visiting runs over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Applies a given set of transformations to an tree. The transformations are provided by an instance of
- (eg., ).
-
-
- The uses the to apply the transformations.
- It performs a single visiting run over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A class providing the transformations to apply to the tree, eg., an instance of
- .
-
-
-
- Provides a common interface for classes mapping a to the respective
- type. Implementations are used by when a is encountered to
- instantiate the right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a node type for the given can be returned by this
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of that matches the given , returning
- if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for s standing for s that operate on the result of the query
- rather than representing actual clauses, such as or .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations that represent instantiations of .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing structural parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified by replacing any occurrence of
- by the result of the projection of this . The result is an that goes all the
- way to an .
-
- The parameter representing the input data streaming into an . This is replaced
- by the projection data coming out of this .
- The expression to be resolved. Any occurrence of in this expression
- is replaced.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that also implement
- (such as or ) must add
- their clauses to the mapping in if they want to be able to implement correctly.
- An equivalent of with each occurrence of replaced by
- the projection data streaming out of this .
-
- This node does not support this operation because it does not stream any data to subsequent nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Applies this to the specified query model. Nodes can add or replace clauses, add or replace expressions,
- add or replace objects, or even create a completely new , depending on their semantics.
-
- The query model this node should be applied to.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that
- also implement (such as
- or ) must add their clauses to the mapping in
- in order to be able to implement correctly.
- The modified or a new that reflects the changes made by this node.
-
- For objects, which mark the end of an chain, this method must not be called.
- Instead, use to generate a and instantiate a new
- with that clause.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source that streams data into this node.
-
- The source , or if this node is the end of the chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier associated with this . tries to find the identifier
- that was originally associated with this node in the query written by the user by analyzing the parameter names of the next expression in the
- method call chain.
-
- The associated identifier.
-
-
-
- Wraps the into a subquery after a node that indicates the end of the query (
- or ). Override this method
- when implementing a that does not need a subquery to be created if it occurs after the query end.
-
-
-
- When an ordinary node follows a result operator or group node, it cannot simply append its clauses to the
- because semantically, the result operator (or grouping) must be executed _before_ the clause. Therefore, in such scenarios, we wrap
- the current query model into a that we put into the of a new
- .
-
-
- This method also changes the of this node because logically, all operations must be handled
- by the new holding the . For example, consider the following call chain:
-
- MainSource (...)
- .Select (x => x)
- .Distinct ()
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Naively, the last Select node would resolve (via Distinct and Select) to the created by the initial MainSource.
- After this method is executed, however, that is part of the sub query, and a new
- has been created to hold it. Therefore, we replace the chain as follows:
-
- MainSource (MainSource (...).Select (x => x).Distinct ())
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Now, the last Select node resolves to the new .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result type override of the given .
-
- The query model to set the of.
-
- By default, the result type override is set to in the method. This ensures that the query
- model represents the type of the query correctly. Specific node parsers can override this method to set the
- to another value, or to clear it (set it to ). Do not leave the
- unchanged when overriding this method, as a source node might have set it to a value that doesn't
- fit this node.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- , ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the ,
- ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it will not modify the , i.e. the call to
- will be removed given how it is transparent to the process of executing the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates contextual information used while generating clauses from instances.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for and , i.e., for node parsers for set operations
- acting as an .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing query source parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- for the Count properties of , , ,
- and , and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- and
- and
-
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown whan an parser cannot be instantiated for a query. Note that this is not serializable
- and intended to be caught in the call-site where it will then replaced by a different (serializable) exception.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves an expression using , removing transparent identifiers and detecting subqueries
- in the process. This is used by methods such as , which are
- used when a clause is created from an .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do not take a result selector. The overloads with a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do take a result selector. The overloads without a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
- The GroupBy overloads with result selector are parsed as if they were a following a
- :
-
- x.GroupBy (k => key, e => element, (k, g) => result)
-
- is therefore equivalent to:
-
- c.GroupBy (k => key, e => element).Select (grouping => resultSub)
-
- where resultSub is the same as result with k and g substituted with grouping.Key and grouping, respectively.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the first expression in a LINQ query, which acts as the main query source.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node usually marks the end (i.e. the first node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates instances of classes implementing the interface via Reflection.
-
-
- The classes implementing instantiated by this factory must implement a single constructor. The source and
- constructor parameters handed to the method are passed on to the constructor; for each argument where no
- parameter is passed, is passed to the constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instace of type .
-
-
- Thrown if the or the
- do not match expected constructor parameters of the .
-
-
-
-
- Contains metadata about a that is parsed into a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the associated identifier, i.e. the name the user gave the data streaming out of this expression. For example, the
- corresponding to a from c in C clause should get the identifier "c".
- If there is no user-defined identifier (or the identifier is impossible to infer from the expression tree), a generated identifier
- is given instead.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source expression node, i.e. the node streaming data into the parsed node.
-
- The source.
-
-
-
- Gets the being parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- and .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by implementors of .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces the given parameter with a back-reference to the corresponding to .
-
- The referenced node.
- The parameter to replace with a .
- The expression in which to replace the parameter.
- The clause generation context.
- , with replaced with a
- pointing to the clause corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Gets the corresponding to the given , throwing an
- if no such clause has been registered in the given .
-
- The node for which the should be returned.
- The clause generation context.
- The corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Caches a resolved expression in the classes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node represents an additional query source introduced to the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes taking an tree and parsing it into a .
-
-
- The default implementation of this interface is . LINQ providers can, however, implement
- themselves, eg. in order to decorate or replace the functionality of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Parses a and creates an from it. This is used by
- for parsing whole expression trees.
-
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The and methods delegate to these inner instances. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types. This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the
- right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the registerable method definition from a given . A registerable method is a object
- that can be registered via a call to . When the given is passed to
- and its corresponding registerable method was registered, the correct node type is returned.
-
- The method for which the registerable method should be retrieved. Must not be .
-
- to throw a if the method cannot be matched to a distinct generic method definition,
- to return if an unambiguous match is not possible.
-
-
-
- itself, unless it is a closed generic method or declared in a closed generic type. In the latter cases,
- the corresponding generic method definition respectively the method declared in a generic type definition is returned.
-
- If no generic method definition could be matched and was set to ,
- is returned.
-
-
-
- Thrown if is set to and no distinct generic method definition could be resolved.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specific with the given . The given methods must either be non-generic
- or open generic method definitions. If a method has already been registered before, the later registration overwrites the earlier one.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered s.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types based on the method names and a filter (as defined by ).
- This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the right
- for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given for the query operator methods defined by the given
- objects.
-
- A sequence of objects defining the methods to register the node type for.
- The type of the to register.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered method names.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a name and a filter predicate used when determining the matching expression node type by .
-
-
-
-
- Takes an tree and parses it into a by use of an .
- It first transforms the tree into a chain of instances, and then calls
- and in order to instantiate all the
- s. With those, a is created and returned.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using default parameters for parsing.
- The used has all relevant methods of the class
- automatically registered, and the comprises partial evaluation, and default
- expression transformations. See ,
- , and
- for details.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using the given to
- convert instances into s. Use this constructor if you wish to customize the
- parser. To use a default parser (with the possibility to register custom node types), use the method.
-
- The expression tree parser.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Applies all nodes to a , which is created by the trailing in the
- chain.
-
- The entry point to the chain.
- The clause generation context collecting context information during the parsing process.
- A created by the training and transformed by each node in the
- chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to parse instances.
-
- The node type registry.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to process the tree
- before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processor.
-
-
-
- Implements an that throws an exception for every expression type that is not explicitly supported.
- Inherit from this class to ensure that an exception is thrown when an expression is passed
-
-
-
-
- Called when an unhandled item is visited. This method provides the item the visitor cannot handle ( ),
- the that is not implemented in the visitor, and a delegate that can be used to invoke the
- of the class. The default behavior of this method is to call the
- method, but it can be overridden to do something else.
-
- The type of the item that could not be handled. Either an type, a
- type, or .
- The result type expected for the visited .
- The unhandled item.
- The visit method that is not implemented.
- The behavior exposed by for this item type.
- An object to replace in the expression tree. Alternatively, the method can throw any exception.
-
-
-
- can be used to build tuples incorporating a sequence of s.
- For example, given three expressions, exp1, exp2, and exp3, it will build nested s that are equivalent to the
- following: new KeyValuePair(exp1, new KeyValuePair(exp2, exp3)).
- Given an whose type matches that of a tuple built by , the builder can also return
- an enumeration of accessor expressions that can be used to access the tuple elements in the same order as they were put into the nested tuple
- expression. In above example, this would yield tupleExpression.Key, tupleExpression.Value.Key, and tupleExpression.Value.Value.
- This class can be handy whenever a set of needs to be put into a single
- (eg., a select projection), especially if each sub-expression needs to be explicitly accessed at a later point of time (eg., to retrieve the
- items from a statement surrounding a sub-statement yielding the tuple in its select projection).
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a common base class for implementations based on re-linq. In a specific LINQ provider, a custom queryable
- class should be derived from which supplies an implementation of that is used to
- execute the query. This is then used as an entry point (the main data source) of a LINQ query.
-
- The type of the result items yielded by this query.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a and the given
- . This constructor should be used by subclasses to begin a new query. The generated by
- this constructor is a pointing back to this .
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute the query represented by this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specific . This constructor
- should only be used to begin a query when does not fit the requirements.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a given and
- . This is an infrastructure constructor that must be exposed on subclasses because it is used by
- to construct queries around this when a query method (e.g. of the
- class) is called.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
- The expression representing the query.
-
-
-
- Executes the query via the and returns an enumerator that iterates through the items returned by the query.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the expression tree that is associated with the instance of . This expression describes the
- query represented by this .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query provider that is associated with this data source. The provider is used to execute the query. By default, a
- is used that parses the query and passes it on to an implementation of .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this data source.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this instance of is executed.
-
-
-
- A that represents the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this object is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an abstraction of an expression tree created for a LINQ query. instances are passed to LINQ providers based
- on re-linq via , but you can also use to parse an expression tree by hand or construct
- a manually via its constructor.
-
-
- The different parts of the query are mapped to clauses, see , , and
- . The simplest way to process all the clauses belonging to a is by implementing
- (or deriving from ) and calling .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of
-
- The of the query. This is the starting point of the query, generating items
- that are filtered and projected by the query.
- The of the query. This is the end point of
- the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the items coming from the and passing the
- . After it, only the modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to . If a query has
- , the data is further modified by those operators.
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is often of type instantiated
- with a specific item type, unless the
- query ends with a . For example, if the query ends with a , the
- result type will be .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the calculated calculated from the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the which is used by the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts an implementation of or , as defined by the Visitor pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of this .
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
- The defining how to adjust instances of
- in the cloned . If there is a
- that points out of the being cloned, specify its replacement via this parameter. At the end of the cloning process,
- this object maps all the clauses in this original to the clones created in the process.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this 's clauses via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- , and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Returns a new name with the given prefix. The name is different from that of any added
- in the . Note that clause names that are changed after the clause is added as well as names of other clauses
- than from clauses are not considered when determining "unique" names. Use names only for readability and debugging, not
- for uniquely identifying clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this via the given . By default, this indirectly calls
- , but this can be modified by the .
-
- The to use for executing this query.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this represents an identity query. An identity query is a query without any body clauses
- whose selects exactly the items produced by its . An identity query can have
- .
-
-
- if this represents an identity query; otherwise, .
-
-
- An example for an identity query is the subquery in that is produced for the in the following
- query:
-
- from order in ...
- select order.OrderItems.Count()
-
- In this query, the will become a because
- is treated as a query operator. The
- in that has no and a trivial ,
- so its method returns . The outer , on the other hand, does not
- have a trivial , so its method returns .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new that has this as a sub-query in its .
-
- The name of the new 's .
- A new whose 's is a
- that holds this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's . This is the starting point of the query, generating items that are processed by
- the and projected or grouped by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's select clause. This is the end point of the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the
- items coming from the and passing the . After it, only the
- modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a collection representing the query's body clauses. Body clauses take the items generated by the ,
- filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting ( ), or otherwise
- processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result operators attached to this . Result operators modify the query's result set, aggregating,
- filtering, or otherwise processing the result before it is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Collects clauses and creates a from them. This provides a simple way to first add all the clauses and then
- create the rather than the two-step approach (first and ,
- then the s) required by 's constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of which automatically visits child items. That is, the default
- implementation of automatically calls Accept on all clauses in the
- and the default implementation of automatically calls on the
- instances in its collection, and so on.
-
-
- This visitor is hardened against modifications performed on the visited while the model is currently being visited.
- That is, if a the collection changes while a body clause (or a child item of a body clause) is currently
- being processed, the visitor will handle that gracefully. The same applies to and
- .
-
-
-
-
- Takes a and transforms it by replacing its instances ( and
- ) that contain subqueries with equivalent flattened clauses. Subqueries that contain a
- (such as or ) cannot be
- flattened.
-
-
- As an example, take the following query:
-
- from c in Customers
- from o in (from oi in OrderInfos where oi.Customer == c orderby oi.OrderDate select oi.Order)
- orderby o.Product.Name
- select new { c, o }
-
- This will be transformed into:
-
- from c in Customers
- from oi in OrderInfos
- where oi.Customer == c
- orderby oi.OrderDate
- orderby oi.Order.Product.Name
- select new { c, oi.Order }
-
- As another example, take the following query:
-
- from c in (from o in Orders select o.Customer)
- where c.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select c
-
- (This query is never produced by the , the only way to construct it is via manually building a
- .)
- This will be transforemd into:
-
- from o in Orders
- where o.Customer.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select o
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates unique identifiers based on a set of known identifiers.
- An identifier is generated by appending a number to a given prefix. The identifier is considered unique when no known identifier
- exists which equals the prefix/number combination.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the given to the set of known identifiers.
-
- The identifier to add.
-
-
-
- Gets a unique identifier starting with the given . The identifier is generating by appending a number to the
- prefix so that the resulting string does not match a known identifier.
-
- The prefix to use for the identifier.
- A unique identifier starting with .
-
-
-
- Provides extensions for working with trees.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a string from the tree, including .NET 3.5.
-
-
-
-
- Provider a utility API for dealing with the item type of generic collections.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to extract the item type from the input .
-
-
- The that might be an implementation of the interface. Must not be .
-
- An output parameter containing the extracted item or .
- if an could be extracted, otherwise .
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 7db659144..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.XML b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.XML
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ae5865b4..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.XML
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4123 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a data source in a query that adds new data items in addition to those provided by the .
-
-
- In C#, the second "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Common interface for from clauses ( and ). From clauses define query sources that
- provide data items to the query which are filtered, ordered, projected, or otherwise processed by the following clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause within the . Implemented by , ,
- , and .
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents a clause or result operator that generates items which are streamed to the following clauses or operators.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
-
-
- Copies the 's attributes, i.e. the , , and
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause in a 's collection. Body clauses take the items generated by
- the , filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting
- ( ), or otherwise processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling one of its Visit... methods.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating the items of this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Aggregates all objects needed in the process of cloning a and its clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the clause mapping used during the cloning process. This is used to adjust the instances
- of clauses to point to clauses in the cloned .
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle the instances.
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an exception whose partial evaluation caused an exception.
-
-
-
- When encounters an exception while evaluating an independent expression subtree, it
- will wrap the subtree within a . The wrapper contains both the
- instance and the that caused the exception.
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To ignore this wrapper and only handle the inner , call the method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, automatically reduce this expression type to the in the
- method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an expression tree node that points to a query source represented by a . These expressions should always
- point back, to a clause defined prior to the clause holding a . Otherwise, exceptions might be
- thrown at runtime.
-
-
- This particular expression overrides , i.e. it can be compared to another based
- on the .
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to the current by
- comparing the properties for reference equality.
-
- The to compare with the current .
-
- if the specified is a that points to the
- same ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query source referenced by this expression.
-
- The referenced query source.
-
-
-
- Represents an that holds a subquery. The subquery is held by in its parsed form.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a VB-specific comparison expression.
-
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To treat this expression as if it were an ordinary , call its method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- automatically reduce this expression type to in the method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple expression from a complex
- or .
-
-
-
- For example, consider the task of determining the value of a specific query source [s] from an input value corresponding to a complex
- expression. This will return a able to perform this task.
-
-
-
- - If the complex expression is [s], it will simply return input => input.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = [s], b = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = new { b = [s], c = "..." }, d = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.b.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for expression visitors used with re-linq, adding support for and .
-
-
-
-
- Adjusts the arguments for a so that they match the given members.
-
- The arguments to adjust.
- The members defining the required argument types.
-
- A sequence of expressions that are equivalent to , but converted to the associated member's
- result type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple from a
- complex .
-
- The expression an accessor to which should be created.
- The full expression containing the .
- The input parameter to be used by the resulting lambda. Its type must match the type of .
- The compares the via reference equality,
- which means that exactly the same expression reference must be contained by for the visitor to return the
- expected result. In addition, the visitor can only provide accessors for expressions nested in or
- .
- A acting as an accessor for the when an input matching
- is given.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given .
- This is used whenever references to query sources should be replaced by a transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given
- .
-
- The expression to be scanned for references.
- The clause mapping to be used for replacing instances.
- If , the visitor will throw an exception when
- not mapped in the is encountered. If ,
- the visitor will ignore such expressions.
- An expression with its instances replaced as defined by the
- .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
-
- Given the following input:
-
- - ItemExpression:
new AnonymousType ( a = [s1], b = [s2] )
- - ResolvedExpression:
[s1].ID + [s2].ID
-
- The visitor generates the following : input => input.a.ID + input.b.ID
- The lambda's input parameter has the same type as the ItemExpression.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its input
- parameter.
- The resolved expression for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- A from the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter. The generated has exactly one
- parameter which is of the type defined by .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation on a , i.e. creates a new
- with an additional parameter from a given resolved ,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the new input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its new
- input parameter.
- The resolved for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- The position at which to insert the new parameter.
- A similar to the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from an additional input parameter. The new input parameter is of the type defined by
- .
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. In contrast to
- , the does not provide access to the individual items of the joined query source.
- Instead, it provides access to all joined items for each item coming from the previous clauses, thus grouping them together. The semantics
- of this join is so that for all input items, a joined sequence is returned. That sequence can be empty if no joined items are available.
-
-
- In C#, the "into" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The "join" part before that is encapsulated
- as a held in . The adds a new query source to the query
- ("addresses"), but the item type of that query source is , not "Address". Therefore, it can be
- used in the of an to extract the single items.
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID into addresses
- from a in addresses
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . This must implement .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner join clause of this . The represents the actual join operation
- performed by this clause; its results are then grouped by this clause before streaming them to subsequent clauses.
- objects outside the must not point to
- because the items generated by it are only available in grouped form from outside this clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. This can either
- be part of or of . The semantics of the
- is that of an inner join, i.e. only combinations where both an input item and a joined item exist are returned.
-
-
- In C#, the "join" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The adds a new
- query source to the query, selecting addresses (called "a") from the source "Addresses". It associates addresses and students by
- comparing the students' "AddressID" properties with the addresses' "ID" properties. "a" corresponds to and
- , "Addresses" is and the left and right side of the "equals" operator are held by
- and , respectively:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by this .
- The type of the items generated by this .
- The expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
- An expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
- An expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method. This overload is used when visiting a that is held by a .
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The holding this instance.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner sequence, the expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
-
- The inner sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the outer key selector, an expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The outer key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner key selector, an expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The inner key selector.
-
-
-
- Represents the main data source in a query, producing data items that are filtered, aggregated, projected, or otherwise processed by
- subsequent clauses.
-
-
- In C#, the first "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to the :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents the orderby part of a query, ordering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the whole "orderby" clause in the following sample (including two orderings) corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- orderby s.Last, s.First
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets the instances that define how to sort the items coming from previous clauses. The order of the
- in the collection defines their priorities. For example, { LastName, FirstName } would sort all items by
- LastName, and only those items that have equal LastName values would be sorted by FirstName.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a single ordering instruction in an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
- The to use for sorting.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The in whose context this item is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this item.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
-
- The expression.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction to use for ordering data items.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the direction used to sort the result items in a query using an .
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an ascending way, from smallest to largest.
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an descending way, from largest to smallest.
-
-
-
-
- Maps instances to instances. This is used by
- in order to be able to correctly update references to old clauses to point to the new clauses. Via
- , it can also be used manually.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation that is executed on the result set of the query, aggregating, filtering, or restricting the number of result items
- before the query result is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this result operator in memory, on a given input. Executing result operators in memory should only be
- performed if the target query system does not support the operator.
-
- The input for the result operator. This must match the type of expected by the operator.
- The result of the operator.
-
-
-
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this . This contains the result type a query would have if
- it ended with this , and it optionally includes an describing
- the streamed sequence's items.
-
- Information about the data produced by the preceding , or the
- of the query if no previous exists.
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this .
-
-
-
- Clones this item, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate. Subclasses must apply the
- to any expressions they hold. If a subclass does not hold any expressions, it shouldn't do anything
- in the implementation of this method.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Invokes the given via reflection on the given .
-
- The input to invoke the method with.
- The method to be invoked.
- The result of the invocation
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the given expression, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected value type. If the value is not of this type, an is thrown.
- A string describing the value; this will be included in the exception message if an exception is thrown.
- The expression whose value to get.
-
- The constant value of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value with an initial seeding value.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Aggregate(0, (totalAge, s) => totalAge + s.Age);
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a scalar value or single item as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The seed expression.
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
- The result selector, can be .
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected seed type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the aggregating operation in memory.
-
- The type of the source items.
- The type of the aggregated items.
- The type of the result items.
- The input sequence.
- A object holding the aggregated value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the seed of the accumulation. This is an denoting the starting value of the aggregation.
-
- The seed of the accumulation.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the result selector. This is a applied after the aggregation to select the final value.
- Can be .
-
- The result selector.
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value. The first item is used as the seeding value for the aggregating
- function.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s.Name).Aggregate((allNames, name) => allNames + " " + name);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether all items returned by a query satisfy a predicate.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "All" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).All();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate to evaluate. This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the predicate to evaluate on all items in the sequence.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The predicate.
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether any items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Any" query methods taking a predicate are represented as into a combination of a and an
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "Any" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Any();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the transformation of a sequence to a query data source.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "AsQueryable" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).AsQueryable();
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence with the same
- item type as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- A marker interface that must be implemented by the if the visitor supports the .
-
-
- Note that the interface will become obsolete with v3.0.0. See also RMLNQ-117.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a calculation of an average value from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Average" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Average();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a cast of the items returned by a query to a different type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, "Cast" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Cast<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, choosing a single item for its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents concatenating the items returned by a query with a given set of items, similar to the but
- retaining duplicates (and order).
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Concat" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Concat(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items concatenated with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether the results returned by a query contain a specific item.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Contains" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Contains (student);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The item for which to be searched.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected item type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an expression yielding the item for which to be searched. This must be compatible with (ie., assignable to) the source sequence
- items.
-
- The item expression.
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Count" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
- ///
- In C#, the "Count" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Count();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a guard clause yielding a singleton sequence with a default value if no items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Defaultifempty" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).DefaultIfEmpty ("student");
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown. If it is , is returned.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the optional default value.
-
- The optional default value.
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of duplicate values from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Distinct" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Distinct();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of a given set of items from the result set of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Except" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Except(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items removed from the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the first of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "First" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "First" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).First();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents grouping the items returned by a query according to some key retrieved by a , applying by an
- to the grouped items. This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of the query.
-
-
- In C#, the "group by" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source
- "s", see ) is the expression, "s.Country" is the
- expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- group s by s.Country;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name associated with the items generated by the result operator.
- The selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- The selector retrieving the elements to group.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, adjusting all instances held by it as defined by
- .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . The item type is an instantiation of
- derived from the types of and .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the elements to group.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The element selector.
-
-
-
- Represents taking the mathematical intersection of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Intersect" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Intersect(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items intersected with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the last one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Last" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Last" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Last();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query as a 64-bit number.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "LongCount" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "LongCount" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).LongCount();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the greatest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "greatest" are defined by the query provider. "Max" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Max" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Max();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the smallest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "smallest" are defined by the query provider. "Min" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Min" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Min();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents filtering the items returned by a query to only return those items that are of a specific type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "OfType" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).OfType<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents reversing the sequence of items returned by of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Reverse" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Reverse();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking the single item returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Single" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Single();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents skipping a number of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Skip" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Skip (3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents calculating the sum of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Sum" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Sum();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only a specific number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Take" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Take(3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The number of elements which should be returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents forming the mathematical union of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Union" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Union(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items united with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the select part of a query, projecting data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "select" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source "s", see
- ) is the expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The selector that projects the data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to the query's output data. If a query has , the data
- is further modified by those operators. Use to obtain the real result type of
- a query model, including the .
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is always of type instantiated
- with the type of as its generic parameter. Its corresponds to the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the selector defining what parts of the data items are returned by the query.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data held by implementations of this interface can be either a value or a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by this instance.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Describes the data streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
- Executes the specified with the given , calling either
- or , depending on the type of data streamed
- from this interface.
-
- The query model to be executed.
- The executor to use.
- An object holding the results of the query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns a new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be compatible with the data described by this
- , otherwise an exception is thrown.
- The type may be a generic type definition if the supports generic types; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with generic parameters to match the data described by this .
- A new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
- The is not compatible with the data described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. For a sequence, this is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type. For a single value, this is the value type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a scalar value streamed out of a or . A scalar value corresponds to a
- value calculated from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single or scalar value streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new instance of the same type with a different .
-
- The new data type.
- The cannot be used for the clone.
- A new instance of the same type with the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is the type of the streamed value, or
- if the value is .
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data consists of a sequence of items.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and
- properties.
-
- The sequence.
- An instance of describing the sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence held by this object as well as an describing the
- sequence's items, throwing an exception if the object does not hold a sequence of items of type .
-
- The expected item type of the sequence.
-
- The sequence and an describing its items.
-
- Thrown when the item type is not the expected type .
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input sequence for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current sequence.
-
-
-
- Describes sequence data streamed out of a or . Sequence data can be held by an object
- implementing , and its items are described via a .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new with an adjusted .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be convertible from the previous type, otherwise
- an exception is thrown. The type may be a generic type definition; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with the type of the .
-
- A new with a new .
-
- The is not compatible with the items described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items returned by the sequence described by this object, as defined by . Note that because
- is covariant starting from .NET 4.0, this may be a more abstract type than what's returned by
- 's property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an expression that describes the structure of the items held by the sequence described by this object.
-
- The expression for the sequence's items.
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single value streamed out of a or . A single value corresponds to one
- item from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data is a single, non-sequence value and can only be consumed by result operators
- working with single values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and properties.
-
- The value.
- A describing the value.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by , throwing an exception if the value is not of type .
-
- The expected type of the value.
- , cast to .
- Thrown when if not of the expected type.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current value for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input value for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current value.
-
-
-
- Represents the where part of a query, filtering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "where" clause in the following sample corresponds to a :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to enumerate an while items are inserted, removed, or cleared in a consistent fashion.
-
- The element type of the .
-
- This class subscribes to the event exposed by
- and reacts on changes to the collection. If an item is inserted or removed before the current element, the enumerator will continue after
- the current element without regarding the new or removed item. If the current item is removed, the enumerator will continue with the item that
- previously followed the current item. If an item is inserted or removed after the current element, the enumerator will simply continue,
- including the newly inserted item and not including the removed item. If an item is moved or replaced, the enumeration will also continue
- with the item located at the next position in the sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an item enumerated by . This provides access
- to the as well as the of the enumerated item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- . If an item is inserted into or removed from the collection before the current item, this
- index will change.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- .
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Defines extension methods that simplify working with a dictionary that has a collection-values item-type.
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ). The enumerable will yield
- instances of type , which hold both the index and the value of the current item. If this collection changes
- while enumerating, will reflect those changes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a default implementation of that is automatically used by
- unless a custom is specified. The executes queries by parsing them into
- an instance of type , which is then passed to an implementation of to obtain the
- result set.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of that executes queries (subclasses of ) by
- first parsing them into a and then passing that to a given implementation of .
- Usually, should be used unless must be manually implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom . Use this
- constructor to customize how queries are parsed.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior.
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This
- method delegates to .
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This method is
- called by the standard query operators defined by the class.
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- This method is invoked through the interface methods, for example by
- and
- , and it's also used by
- when the is enumerated.
-
-
- Override this method to replace the query execution mechanism by a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- The result is cast to .
-
- The type of the query result.
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query cast to .
-
- This method is called by the standard query operators that return a single value, such as
- or
- .
- In addition, it is called by to execute queries that return sequences.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
-
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query.
-
- This method is similar to the method, but without the cast to a defined return type.
-
-
-
-
- The method generates a .
-
- The query as expression chain.
- a
-
-
-
- Gets the used by this to parse LINQ queries.
-
- The query parser.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the implementation of used to execute queries created via .
-
- The executor used to execute queries.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom .
-
-
- A type implementing . This type is used to construct the chain of query operators. Must be a generic type
- definition.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Creates a new (of type with as its generic argument) that
- represents the query defined by and is able to enumerate its results.
-
- The type of the data items returned by the query.
- An expression representing the query for which a should be created.
- An that represents the query defined by .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of queryable created by this provider. This is the generic type definition of an implementation of
- (usually a subclass of ) with exactly one type argument.
-
-
-
-
- Constitutes the bridge between re-linq and a concrete query provider implementation. Concrete providers implement this interface
- and calls the respective method of the interface implementation when a query is to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a scalar query, i.e. as a query returning a scalar value of type .
- The query ends with a scalar result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the scalar value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a single object query, i.e. as a query returning a single object of type
- .
- The query ends with a single result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the single value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- If , the executor must return a default value when its result set is empty;
- if , it should throw an when its result set is empty.
- A single value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a collection query, i.e. as a query returning objects of type .
- The query does not end with a scalar result operator, but it can end with a single result operator, for example
- or . In such a case, the returned enumerable must yield exactly
- one object (or none if the last result operator allows empty result sets).
-
- The type of the items returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for visiting the clauses of a .
-
-
-
- When implement this interface, implement , then call Accept on every clause that should
- be visited. Child clauses, joins, orderings, and result operators are not visited automatically; they always need to be explicitly visited
- via , , ,
- , and so on.
-
-
- provides a robust default implementation of this interface that can be used as a base for other visitors.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This binding's
- method returns only for the same the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This is used by the
- to represent assignments in constructor calls such as new AnonymousType (a = 5) ,
- where a is the member of AnonymousType and 5 is the associated expression.
- The method can be used to check whether the member bound to an expression matches a given
- (considering read access). See the subclasses for details.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to or for a
- whose getter method is the the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to
- or for its getter method's .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces nodes according to a given mapping specification. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of nodes to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- Replaces all nodes that equal a given with a replacement node. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of the to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Preprocesses an expression tree for parsing. The preprocessing involves detection of sub-queries and VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Manages registration and lookup of objects, and converts them to
- weakly typed instances. Use this class together with
- in order to apply the registered transformers to an tree.
-
-
-
-
- defines an API for classes returning instances for specific
- objects. Usually, the will be used when an implementation of this
- interface is needed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the transformers for the given .
-
- The to be transformed.
-
- A sequence containing objects that should be applied to the . Must not
- be .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an with the default transformations provided by this library already registered.
- New transformers can be registered by calling .
-
- A default .
-
- Currently, the default registry contains:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified for the transformer's
- . If
- returns , the is registered as a generic transformer which will be applied to all
- nodes.
-
- The type of expressions handled by the . This should be a type implemented by all
- expressions identified by . For generic transformers,
- must be .
- The transformer to register.
-
-
- The order in which transformers are registered is the same order on which they will later be applied by
- . When more than one transformer is registered for a certain ,
- each of them will get a chance to transform a given , until the first one returns a new .
- At that point, the transformation will start again with the new (and, if the expression's type has changed, potentially
- different transformers).
-
-
- When generic transformers are registered, they act as if they had been registered for all values (including
- custom ones). They will be applied in the order registered, but only after all respective specific transformers have run (without modifying
- the expression, which would restart the transformation process with the new expression as explained above).
-
-
- When an is registered for an incompatible , this is not detected until
- the transformer is actually applied to an of that .
-
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that transform instances. The
- manages registration of instances, and the
- applies the transformations.
-
- The type of expressions handled by this implementation.
-
-
- is a convenience interface that provides strong typing, whereas
- only operates on instances.
-
-
- can be used together with the class by using the
- class as the transformation provider. converts
- strongly typed instances to weakly typed delegate instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the implementation can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Gets the expression types supported by this .
-
- The supported expression types. Return to support all expression types. (This is only sensible when
- is .)
-
-
-
-
- Dynamically discovers attributes implementing the interface on methods and get accessors
- invoked by or instances and applies the respective
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for attributes providing an for a given .
-
-
-
- detects attributes implementing this interface while expressions are parsed
- and uses the returned by to modify the expressions.
-
-
- Only one attribute instance implementing must be applied to a single method or property
- get accessor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for transformers detecting nodes for tuple types and adding metadata
- to those nodes. This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions invoking a and replaces them with the body of that
- (with the parameter references replaced with the invocation arguments).
- Providers use this transformation to be able to handle queries with instances.
-
-
- When the is applied to a delegate instance (rather than a
- ), the ignores it.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Chooses a given for a specific method (or property get accessor).
-
-
- The must have a default constructor. To choose a transformer that does not have a default constructor,
- create your own custom attribute class implementing
- .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces calls to and with casts and null checks. This allows LINQ providers
- to treat nullables like reference types.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for the .NET tuple types and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the CompareString method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances. Providers use this transformation to be able to handle VB string comparisons
- more easily. See for details.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the Information.IsNothing (...) method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances comparing with . Providers use this transformation to be able to
- handle queries using IsNothing (...) more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Applies delegates obtained from an to an expression tree.
- The transformations occur in post-order (transforming child nodes before parent nodes). When a transformation changes
- the current , its child nodes and itself will be revisited (and may be transformed again).
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for typical implementations of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interface defines an extension point for disabling partial evaluation on specific nodes.
-
-
-
- Implement the individual evaluation methods and return to mark a specfic node as not partially
- evaluatable. Note that the partial evaluation infrastructure will take care of visiting an node's children,
- so the determination can usually be constrained to the attributes of the node itself.
-
- Use the type as a base class for filter implementations that only require testing a few
- node types, e.g. to disable partial evaluation for individual method calls.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an expression tree by visiting each of its nodes, finding those subtrees that can be evaluated without modifying the meaning of
- the tree.
-
-
- An expression node/subtree is evaluatable if:
-
- - it is not a
or any non-standard expression,
- - it is not a
that involves an , and
- - it does not have any of those non-evaluatable expressions as its children.
-
-
- nodes are not evaluatable because they usually identify the flow of
- some information from one query node to the next.
-
- nodes that involve parameters or object instances are not evaluatable because they
- should usually be translated into the target query syntax.
-
- In .NET 3.5, non-standard expressions are not evaluatable because they cannot be compiled and evaluated by LINQ.
- In .NET 4.0, non-standard expressions can be evaluated if they can be reduced to an evaluatable expression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the given is one of the expressions defined by for which
- has a dedicated Visit method. handles those by calling the respective Visit method.
-
- The expression to check. Must not be .
-
- if is one of the expressions defined by and
- has a dedicated Visit method for it; otherwise, .
- Note that -type expressions are considered 'not supported' and will also return .
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the null-object pattern for .
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an expression tree into a chain of objects after executing a sequence of
- objects.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can add inner providers to register their own expression node parsers.
-
- A default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has the expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can insert additional processing steps.
-
-
- The tranformation provider to be used by the included
- in the result set. Use to create a default provider.
-
-
- The expression filter used by the included in the result set.
- Use to indicate that no custom filtering should be applied.
-
-
- A default that already has all expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
- The following steps are included:
-
-
- (parameterized with )
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a custom and
- implementation.
-
- The to use when parsing trees. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes all
- default node types. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
- The to apply to trees before parsing their nodes. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes
- the default steps. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
-
-
-
- Parses the given into a chain of instances, using
- to convert expressions to nodes.
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A chain of instances representing the .
-
-
-
- Gets the query operator represented by . If
- is already a , that is the assumed query operator. If is a
- and the member's getter is registered with , a corresponding
- is constructed and returned. Otherwise, is returned.
-
- The expression to get a query operator expression for.
- A to be parsed as a query operator, or if the expression does not represent
- a query operator.
-
-
-
- Infers the associated identifier for the source expression node contained in methodCallExpression.Arguments[0]. For example, for the
- call chain "source.Where (i => i > 5) " (which actually reads "Where (source, i => i > 5 "), the identifier "i" is associated
- with the node generated for "source". If no identifier can be inferred, is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the node type provider used to parse instances in .
-
- The node type provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the processing steps used by to process the tree before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processing steps.
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The method calls each inner instance in the order defined by the property. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that represent steps in the process of parsing the structure
- of an tree. applies a series of these steps to the
- tree before analyzing the query operators and creating a .
-
-
-
- There are predefined implementations of that should only be left out when parsing an
- tree when there are very good reasons to do so.
-
-
- can be implemented to provide custom, complex transformations on an
- tree. For performance reasons, avoid adding too many steps each of which visits the whole tree. For
- simple transformations, consider using and - which can
- batch several transformations into a single expression tree visiting run - rather than implementing a dedicated
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements the interface by doing nothing in the method. This is an
- implementation of the Null Object Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an tree for sub-trees that are evaluatable in-memory, and evaluates those sub-trees.
-
-
- The uses the for partial evaluation.
- It performs two visiting runs over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Applies a given set of transformations to an tree. The transformations are provided by an instance of
- (eg., ).
-
-
- The uses the to apply the transformations.
- It performs a single visiting run over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A class providing the transformations to apply to the tree, eg., an instance of
- .
-
-
-
- Provides a common interface for classes mapping a to the respective
- type. Implementations are used by when a is encountered to
- instantiate the right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a node type for the given can be returned by this
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of that matches the given , returning
- if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for s standing for s that operate on the result of the query
- rather than representing actual clauses, such as or .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations that represent instantiations of .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing structural parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified by replacing any occurrence of
- by the result of the projection of this . The result is an that goes all the
- way to an .
-
- The parameter representing the input data streaming into an . This is replaced
- by the projection data coming out of this .
- The expression to be resolved. Any occurrence of in this expression
- is replaced.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that also implement
- (such as or ) must add
- their clauses to the mapping in if they want to be able to implement correctly.
- An equivalent of with each occurrence of replaced by
- the projection data streaming out of this .
-
- This node does not support this operation because it does not stream any data to subsequent nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Applies this to the specified query model. Nodes can add or replace clauses, add or replace expressions,
- add or replace objects, or even create a completely new , depending on their semantics.
-
- The query model this node should be applied to.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that
- also implement (such as
- or ) must add their clauses to the mapping in
- in order to be able to implement correctly.
- The modified or a new that reflects the changes made by this node.
-
- For objects, which mark the end of an chain, this method must not be called.
- Instead, use to generate a and instantiate a new
- with that clause.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source that streams data into this node.
-
- The source , or if this node is the end of the chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier associated with this . tries to find the identifier
- that was originally associated with this node in the query written by the user by analyzing the parameter names of the next expression in the
- method call chain.
-
- The associated identifier.
-
-
-
- Wraps the into a subquery after a node that indicates the end of the query (
- or ). Override this method
- when implementing a that does not need a subquery to be created if it occurs after the query end.
-
-
-
- When an ordinary node follows a result operator or group node, it cannot simply append its clauses to the
- because semantically, the result operator (or grouping) must be executed _before_ the clause. Therefore, in such scenarios, we wrap
- the current query model into a that we put into the of a new
- .
-
-
- This method also changes the of this node because logically, all operations must be handled
- by the new holding the . For example, consider the following call chain:
-
- MainSource (...)
- .Select (x => x)
- .Distinct ()
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Naively, the last Select node would resolve (via Distinct and Select) to the created by the initial MainSource.
- After this method is executed, however, that is part of the sub query, and a new
- has been created to hold it. Therefore, we replace the chain as follows:
-
- MainSource (MainSource (...).Select (x => x).Distinct ())
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Now, the last Select node resolves to the new .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result type override of the given .
-
- The query model to set the of.
-
- By default, the result type override is set to in the method. This ensures that the query
- model represents the type of the query correctly. Specific node parsers can override this method to set the
- to another value, or to clear it (set it to ). Do not leave the
- unchanged when overriding this method, as a source node might have set it to a value that doesn't
- fit this node.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- , ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the ,
- ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it will not modify the , i.e. the call to
- will be removed given how it is transparent to the process of executing the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates contextual information used while generating clauses from instances.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for and , i.e., for node parsers for set operations
- acting as an .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing query source parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- for the Count properties of , , ,
- and , and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- and
- and
-
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown whan an parser cannot be instantiated for a query. Note that this is not serializable
- and intended to be caught in the call-site where it will then replaced by a different (serializable) exception.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves an expression using , removing transparent identifiers and detecting subqueries
- in the process. This is used by methods such as , which are
- used when a clause is created from an .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do not take a result selector. The overloads with a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do take a result selector. The overloads without a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
- The GroupBy overloads with result selector are parsed as if they were a following a
- :
-
- x.GroupBy (k => key, e => element, (k, g) => result)
-
- is therefore equivalent to:
-
- c.GroupBy (k => key, e => element).Select (grouping => resultSub)
-
- where resultSub is the same as result with k and g substituted with grouping.Key and grouping, respectively.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the first expression in a LINQ query, which acts as the main query source.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node usually marks the end (i.e. the first node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Creates instances of classes implementing the interface via Reflection.
-
-
- The classes implementing instantiated by this factory must implement a single constructor. The source and
- constructor parameters handed to the method are passed on to the constructor; for each argument where no
- parameter is passed, is passed to the constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instace of type .
-
-
- Thrown if the or the
- do not match expected constructor parameters of the .
-
-
-
-
- Contains metadata about a that is parsed into a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the associated identifier, i.e. the name the user gave the data streaming out of this expression. For example, the
- corresponding to a from c in C clause should get the identifier "c".
- If there is no user-defined identifier (or the identifier is impossible to infer from the expression tree), a generated identifier
- is given instead.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source expression node, i.e. the node streaming data into the parsed node.
-
- The source.
-
-
-
- Gets the being parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- and .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by implementors of .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces the given parameter with a back-reference to the corresponding to .
-
- The referenced node.
- The parameter to replace with a .
- The expression in which to replace the parameter.
- The clause generation context.
- , with replaced with a
- pointing to the clause corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Gets the corresponding to the given , throwing an
- if no such clause has been registered in the given .
-
- The node for which the should be returned.
- The clause generation context.
- The corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Caches a resolved expression in the classes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node represents an additional query source introduced to the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes taking an tree and parsing it into a .
-
-
- The default implementation of this interface is . LINQ providers can, however, implement
- themselves, eg. in order to decorate or replace the functionality of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Parses a and creates an from it. This is used by
- for parsing whole expression trees.
-
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The and methods delegate to these inner instances. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types. This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the
- right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the registerable method definition from a given . A registerable method is a object
- that can be registered via a call to . When the given is passed to
- and its corresponding registerable method was registered, the correct node type is returned.
-
- The method for which the registerable method should be retrieved. Must not be .
-
- to throw a if the method cannot be matched to a distinct generic method definition,
- to return if an unambiguous match is not possible.
-
-
-
- itself, unless it is a closed generic method or declared in a closed generic type. In the latter cases,
- the corresponding generic method definition respectively the method declared in a generic type definition is returned.
-
- If no generic method definition could be matched and was set to ,
- is returned.
-
-
-
- Thrown if is set to and no distinct generic method definition could be resolved.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specific with the given . The given methods must either be non-generic
- or open generic method definitions. If a method has already been registered before, the later registration overwrites the earlier one.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered s.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types based on the method names and a filter (as defined by ).
- This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the right
- for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given for the query operator methods defined by the given
- objects.
-
- A sequence of objects defining the methods to register the node type for.
- The type of the to register.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered method names.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a name and a filter predicate used when determining the matching expression node type by .
-
-
-
-
- Takes an tree and parses it into a by use of an .
- It first transforms the tree into a chain of instances, and then calls
- and in order to instantiate all the
- s. With those, a is created and returned.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using default parameters for parsing.
- The used has all relevant methods of the class
- automatically registered, and the comprises partial evaluation, and default
- expression transformations. See ,
- , and
- for details.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using the given to
- convert instances into s. Use this constructor if you wish to customize the
- parser. To use a default parser (with the possibility to register custom node types), use the method.
-
- The expression tree parser.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Applies all nodes to a , which is created by the trailing in the
- chain.
-
- The entry point to the chain.
- The clause generation context collecting context information during the parsing process.
- A created by the training and transformed by each node in the
- chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to parse instances.
-
- The node type registry.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to process the tree
- before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processor.
-
-
-
- Implements an that throws an exception for every expression type that is not explicitly supported.
- Inherit from this class to ensure that an exception is thrown when an expression is passed
-
-
-
-
- Called when an unhandled item is visited. This method provides the item the visitor cannot handle ( ),
- the that is not implemented in the visitor, and a delegate that can be used to invoke the
- of the class. The default behavior of this method is to call the
- method, but it can be overridden to do something else.
-
- The type of the item that could not be handled. Either an type, a
- type, or .
- The result type expected for the visited .
- The unhandled item.
- The visit method that is not implemented.
- The behavior exposed by for this item type.
- An object to replace in the expression tree. Alternatively, the method can throw any exception.
-
-
-
- can be used to build tuples incorporating a sequence of s.
- For example, given three expressions, exp1, exp2, and exp3, it will build nested s that are equivalent to the
- following: new KeyValuePair(exp1, new KeyValuePair(exp2, exp3)).
- Given an whose type matches that of a tuple built by , the builder can also return
- an enumeration of accessor expressions that can be used to access the tuple elements in the same order as they were put into the nested tuple
- expression. In above example, this would yield tupleExpression.Key, tupleExpression.Value.Key, and tupleExpression.Value.Value.
- This class can be handy whenever a set of needs to be put into a single
- (eg., a select projection), especially if each sub-expression needs to be explicitly accessed at a later point of time (eg., to retrieve the
- items from a statement surrounding a sub-statement yielding the tuple in its select projection).
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a common base class for implementations based on re-linq. In a specific LINQ provider, a custom queryable
- class should be derived from which supplies an implementation of that is used to
- execute the query. This is then used as an entry point (the main data source) of a LINQ query.
-
- The type of the result items yielded by this query.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a and the given
- . This constructor should be used by subclasses to begin a new query. The generated by
- this constructor is a pointing back to this .
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute the query represented by this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specific . This constructor
- should only be used to begin a query when does not fit the requirements.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a given and
- . This is an infrastructure constructor that must be exposed on subclasses because it is used by
- to construct queries around this when a query method (e.g. of the
- class) is called.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
- The expression representing the query.
-
-
-
- Executes the query via the and returns an enumerator that iterates through the items returned by the query.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the expression tree that is associated with the instance of . This expression describes the
- query represented by this .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query provider that is associated with this data source. The provider is used to execute the query. By default, a
- is used that parses the query and passes it on to an implementation of .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this data source.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this instance of is executed.
-
-
-
- A that represents the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this object is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an abstraction of an expression tree created for a LINQ query. instances are passed to LINQ providers based
- on re-linq via , but you can also use to parse an expression tree by hand or construct
- a manually via its constructor.
-
-
- The different parts of the query are mapped to clauses, see , , and
- . The simplest way to process all the clauses belonging to a is by implementing
- (or deriving from ) and calling .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of
-
- The of the query. This is the starting point of the query, generating items
- that are filtered and projected by the query.
- The of the query. This is the end point of
- the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the items coming from the and passing the
- . After it, only the modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to . If a query has
- , the data is further modified by those operators.
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is often of type instantiated
- with a specific item type, unless the
- query ends with a . For example, if the query ends with a , the
- result type will be .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the calculated calculated from the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the which is used by the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts an implementation of or , as defined by the Visitor pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of this .
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
- The defining how to adjust instances of
- in the cloned . If there is a
- that points out of the being cloned, specify its replacement via this parameter. At the end of the cloning process,
- this object maps all the clauses in this original to the clones created in the process.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this 's clauses via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- , and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Returns a new name with the given prefix. The name is different from that of any added
- in the . Note that clause names that are changed after the clause is added as well as names of other clauses
- than from clauses are not considered when determining "unique" names. Use names only for readability and debugging, not
- for uniquely identifying clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this via the given . By default, this indirectly calls
- , but this can be modified by the .
-
- The to use for executing this query.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this represents an identity query. An identity query is a query without any body clauses
- whose selects exactly the items produced by its . An identity query can have
- .
-
-
- if this represents an identity query; otherwise, .
-
-
- An example for an identity query is the subquery in that is produced for the in the following
- query:
-
- from order in ...
- select order.OrderItems.Count()
-
- In this query, the will become a because
- is treated as a query operator. The
- in that has no and a trivial ,
- so its method returns . The outer , on the other hand, does not
- have a trivial , so its method returns .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new that has this as a sub-query in its .
-
- The name of the new 's .
- A new whose 's is a
- that holds this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's . This is the starting point of the query, generating items that are processed by
- the and projected or grouped by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's select clause. This is the end point of the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the
- items coming from the and passing the . After it, only the
- modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a collection representing the query's body clauses. Body clauses take the items generated by the ,
- filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting ( ), or otherwise
- processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result operators attached to this . Result operators modify the query's result set, aggregating,
- filtering, or otherwise processing the result before it is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Collects clauses and creates a from them. This provides a simple way to first add all the clauses and then
- create the rather than the two-step approach (first and ,
- then the s) required by 's constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of which automatically visits child items. That is, the default
- implementation of automatically calls Accept on all clauses in the
- and the default implementation of automatically calls on the
- instances in its collection, and so on.
-
-
- This visitor is hardened against modifications performed on the visited while the model is currently being visited.
- That is, if a the collection changes while a body clause (or a child item of a body clause) is currently
- being processed, the visitor will handle that gracefully. The same applies to and
- .
-
-
-
-
- Takes a and transforms it by replacing its instances ( and
- ) that contain subqueries with equivalent flattened clauses. Subqueries that contain a
- (such as or ) cannot be
- flattened.
-
-
- As an example, take the following query:
-
- from c in Customers
- from o in (from oi in OrderInfos where oi.Customer == c orderby oi.OrderDate select oi.Order)
- orderby o.Product.Name
- select new { c, o }
-
- This will be transformed into:
-
- from c in Customers
- from oi in OrderInfos
- where oi.Customer == c
- orderby oi.OrderDate
- orderby oi.Order.Product.Name
- select new { c, oi.Order }
-
- As another example, take the following query:
-
- from c in (from o in Orders select o.Customer)
- where c.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select c
-
- (This query is never produced by the , the only way to construct it is via manually building a
- .)
- This will be transforemd into:
-
- from o in Orders
- where o.Customer.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select o
-
-
-
-
-
- Generates unique identifiers based on a set of known identifiers.
- An identifier is generated by appending a number to a given prefix. The identifier is considered unique when no known identifier
- exists which equals the prefix/number combination.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the given to the set of known identifiers.
-
- The identifier to add.
-
-
-
- Gets a unique identifier starting with the given . The identifier is generating by appending a number to the
- prefix so that the resulting string does not match a known identifier.
-
- The prefix to use for the identifier.
- A unique identifier starting with .
-
-
-
- Provides extensions for working with trees.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a string from the tree, including .NET 3.5.
-
-
-
-
- Provider a utility API for dealing with the item type of generic collections.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to extract the item type from the input .
-
-
- The that might be an implementation of the interface. Must not be .
-
- An output parameter containing the extracted item or .
- if an could be extracted, otherwise .
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 8166c993a..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a2a59959..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.xml b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d0310d8f2..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4123 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq
-
-
-
-
- Represents a default implementation of that is automatically used by
- unless a custom is specified. The executes queries by parsing them into
- an instance of type , which is then passed to an implementation of to obtain the
- result set.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom .
-
-
- A type implementing . This type is used to construct the chain of query operators. Must be a generic type
- definition.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Gets the type of queryable created by this provider. This is the generic type definition of an implementation of
- (usually a subclass of ) with exactly one type argument.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new (of type with as its generic argument) that
- represents the query defined by and is able to enumerate its results.
-
- The type of the data items returned by the query.
- An expression representing the query for which a should be created.
- An that represents the query defined by .
-
-
-
- Constitutes the bridge between re-linq and a concrete query provider implementation. Concrete providers implement this interface
- and calls the respective method of the interface implementation when a query is to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a scalar query, i.e. as a query returning a scalar value of type .
- The query ends with a scalar result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the scalar value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a single object query, i.e. as a query returning a single object of type
- .
- The query ends with a single result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the single value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- If , the executor must return a default value when its result set is empty;
- if , it should throw an when its result set is empty.
- A single value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a collection query, i.e. as a query returning objects of type .
- The query does not end with a scalar result operator, but it can end with a single result operator, for example
- or . In such a case, the returned enumerable must yield exactly
- one object (or none if the last result operator allows empty result sets).
-
- The type of the items returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for visiting the clauses of a .
-
-
-
- When implement this interface, implement , then call Accept on every clause that should
- be visited. Child clauses, joins, orderings, and result operators are not visited automatically; they always need to be explicitly visited
- via , , ,
- , and so on.
-
-
- provides a robust default implementation of this interface that can be used as a base for other visitors.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a common base class for implementations based on re-linq. In a specific LINQ provider, a custom queryable
- class should be derived from which supplies an implementation of that is used to
- execute the query. This is then used as an entry point (the main data source) of a LINQ query.
-
- The type of the result items yielded by this query.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a and the given
- . This constructor should be used by subclasses to begin a new query. The generated by
- this constructor is a pointing back to this .
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute the query represented by this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specific . This constructor
- should only be used to begin a query when does not fit the requirements.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a given and
- . This is an infrastructure constructor that must be exposed on subclasses because it is used by
- to construct queries around this when a query method (e.g. of the
- class) is called.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
- The expression representing the query.
-
-
-
- Gets the expression tree that is associated with the instance of . This expression describes the
- query represented by this .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query provider that is associated with this data source. The provider is used to execute the query. By default, a
- is used that parses the query and passes it on to an implementation of .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this data source.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this instance of is executed.
-
-
-
- A that represents the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this object is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query via the and returns an enumerator that iterates through the items returned by the query.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an abstraction of an expression tree created for a LINQ query. instances are passed to LINQ providers based
- on re-linq via , but you can also use to parse an expression tree by hand or construct
- a manually via its constructor.
-
-
- The different parts of the query are mapped to clauses, see , , and
- . The simplest way to process all the clauses belonging to a is by implementing
- (or deriving from ) and calling .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of
-
- The of the query. This is the starting point of the query, generating items
- that are filtered and projected by the query.
- The of the query. This is the end point of
- the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the items coming from the and passing the
- . After it, only the modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to . If a query has
- , the data is further modified by those operators.
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is often of type instantiated
- with a specific item type, unless the
- query ends with a . For example, if the query ends with a , the
- result type will be .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the calculated calculated from the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's . This is the starting point of the query, generating items that are processed by
- the and projected or grouped by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's select clause. This is the end point of the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the
- items coming from the and passing the . After it, only the
- modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a collection representing the query's body clauses. Body clauses take the items generated by the ,
- filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting ( ), or otherwise
- processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result operators attached to this . Result operators modify the query's result set, aggregating,
- filtering, or otherwise processing the result before it is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the which is used by the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts an implementation of or , as defined by the Visitor pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of this .
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
- The defining how to adjust instances of
- in the cloned . If there is a
- that points out of the being cloned, specify its replacement via this parameter. At the end of the cloning process,
- this object maps all the clauses in this original to the clones created in the process.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this 's clauses via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- , and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Returns a new name with the given prefix. The name is different from that of any added
- in the . Note that clause names that are changed after the clause is added as well as names of other clauses
- than from clauses are not considered when determining "unique" names. Use names only for readability and debugging, not
- for uniquely identifying clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this via the given . By default, this indirectly calls
- , but this can be modified by the .
-
- The to use for executing this query.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this represents an identity query. An identity query is a query without any body clauses
- whose selects exactly the items produced by its . An identity query can have
- .
-
-
- if this represents an identity query; otherwise, .
-
-
- An example for an identity query is the subquery in that is produced for the in the following
- query:
-
- from order in ...
- select order.OrderItems.Count()
-
- In this query, the will become a because
- is treated as a query operator. The
- in that has no and a trivial ,
- so its method returns . The outer , on the other hand, does not
- have a trivial , so its method returns .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new that has this as a sub-query in its .
-
- The name of the new 's .
- A new whose 's is a
- that holds this instance.
-
-
-
- Collects clauses and creates a from them. This provides a simple way to first add all the clauses and then
- create the rather than the two-step approach (first and ,
- then the s) required by 's constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of which automatically visits child items. That is, the default
- implementation of automatically calls Accept on all clauses in the
- and the default implementation of automatically calls on the
- instances in its collection, and so on.
-
-
- This visitor is hardened against modifications performed on the visited while the model is currently being visited.
- That is, if a the collection changes while a body clause (or a child item of a body clause) is currently
- being processed, the visitor will handle that gracefully. The same applies to and
- .
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of that executes queries (subclasses of ) by
- first parsing them into a and then passing that to a given implementation of .
- Usually, should be used unless must be manually implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom . Use this
- constructor to customize how queries are parsed.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior.
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by this to parse LINQ queries.
-
- The query parser.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the implementation of used to execute queries created via .
-
- The executor used to execute queries.
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This
- method delegates to .
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This method is
- called by the standard query operators defined by the class.
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- This method is invoked through the interface methods, for example by
- and
- , and it's also used by
- when the is enumerated.
-
-
- Override this method to replace the query execution mechanism by a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- The result is cast to .
-
- The type of the query result.
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query cast to .
-
- This method is called by the standard query operators that return a single value, such as
- or
- .
- In addition, it is called by to execute queries that return sequences.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
-
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query.
-
- This method is similar to the method, but without the cast to a defined return type.
-
-
-
-
- The method generates a .
-
- The query as expression chain.
- a
-
-
-
- Generates unique identifiers based on a set of known identifiers.
- An identifier is generated by appending a number to a given prefix. The identifier is considered unique when no known identifier
- exists which equals the prefix/number combination.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the given to the set of known identifiers.
-
- The identifier to add.
-
-
-
- Gets a unique identifier starting with the given . The identifier is generating by appending a number to the
- prefix so that the resulting string does not match a known identifier.
-
- The prefix to use for the identifier.
- A unique identifier starting with .
-
-
-
- Represents a data source in a query that adds new data items in addition to those provided by the .
-
-
- In C#, the second "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating the items of this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Aggregates all objects needed in the process of cloning a and its clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the clause mapping used during the cloning process. This is used to adjust the instances
- of clauses to point to clauses in the cloned .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. In contrast to
- , the does not provide access to the individual items of the joined query source.
- Instead, it provides access to all joined items for each item coming from the previous clauses, thus grouping them together. The semantics
- of this join is so that for all input items, a joined sequence is returned. That sequence can be empty if no joined items are available.
-
-
- In C#, the "into" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The "join" part before that is encapsulated
- as a held in . The adds a new query source to the query
- ("addresses"), but the item type of that query source is , not "Address". Therefore, it can be
- used in the of an to extract the single items.
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID into addresses
- from a in addresses
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . This must implement .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner join clause of this . The represents the actual join operation
- performed by this clause; its results are then grouped by this clause before streaming them to subsequent clauses.
- objects outside the must not point to
- because the items generated by it are only available in grouped form from outside this clause.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents a clause in a 's collection. Body clauses take the items generated by
- the , filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting
- ( ), or otherwise processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling one of its Visit... methods.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents a clause within the . Implemented by , ,
- , and .
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Common interface for from clauses ( and ). From clauses define query sources that
- provide data items to the query which are filtered, ordered, projected, or otherwise processed by the following clauses.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Copies the 's attributes, i.e. the , , and
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause or result operator that generates items which are streamed to the following clauses or operators.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. This can either
- be part of or of . The semantics of the
- is that of an inner join, i.e. only combinations where both an input item and a joined item exist are returned.
-
-
- In C#, the "join" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The adds a new
- query source to the query, selecting addresses (called "a") from the source "Addresses". It associates addresses and students by
- comparing the students' "AddressID" properties with the addresses' "ID" properties. "a" corresponds to and
- , "Addresses" is and the left and right side of the "equals" operator are held by
- and , respectively:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by this .
- The type of the items generated by this .
- The expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
- An expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
- An expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner sequence, the expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
-
- The inner sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the outer key selector, an expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The outer key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner key selector, an expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The inner key selector.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method. This overload is used when visiting a that is held by a .
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The holding this instance.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents the main data source in a query, producing data items that are filtered, aggregated, projected, or otherwise processed by
- subsequent clauses.
-
-
- In C#, the first "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to the :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents the orderby part of a query, ordering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the whole "orderby" clause in the following sample (including two orderings) corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- orderby s.Last, s.First
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the instances that define how to sort the items coming from previous clauses. The order of the
- in the collection defines their priorities. For example, { LastName, FirstName } would sort all items by
- LastName, and only those items that have equal LastName values would be sorted by FirstName.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Represents a single ordering instruction in an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
- The to use for sorting.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
-
- The expression.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction to use for ordering data items.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The in whose context this item is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this item.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Specifies the direction used to sort the result items in a query using an .
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an ascending way, from smallest to largest.
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an descending way, from largest to smallest.
-
-
-
-
- Maps instances to instances. This is used by
- in order to be able to correctly update references to old clauses to point to the new clauses. Via
- , it can also be used manually.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation that is executed on the result set of the query, aggregating, filtering, or restricting the number of result items
- before the query result is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this result operator in memory, on a given input. Executing result operators in memory should only be
- performed if the target query system does not support the operator.
-
- The input for the result operator. This must match the type of expected by the operator.
- The result of the operator.
-
-
-
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this . This contains the result type a query would have if
- it ended with this , and it optionally includes an describing
- the streamed sequence's items.
-
- Information about the data produced by the preceding , or the
- of the query if no previous exists.
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this .
-
-
-
- Clones this item, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate. Subclasses must apply the
- to any expressions they hold. If a subclass does not hold any expressions, it shouldn't do anything
- in the implementation of this method.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Invokes the given via reflection on the given .
-
- The input to invoke the method with.
- The method to be invoked.
- The result of the invocation
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the given expression, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected value type. If the value is not of this type, an is thrown.
- A string describing the value; this will be included in the exception message if an exception is thrown.
- The expression whose value to get.
-
- The constant value of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Represents the select part of a query, projecting data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "select" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source "s", see
- ) is the expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The selector that projects the data items.
-
-
-
- Gets the selector defining what parts of the data items are returned by the query.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to the query's output data. If a query has , the data
- is further modified by those operators. Use to obtain the real result type of
- a query model, including the .
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is always of type instantiated
- with the type of as its generic parameter. Its corresponds to the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Represents the where part of a query, filtering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "where" clause in the following sample corresponds to a :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle the instances.
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an exception whose partial evaluation caused an exception.
-
-
-
- When encounters an exception while evaluating an independent expression subtree, it
- will wrap the subtree within a . The wrapper contains both the
- instance and the that caused the exception.
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To ignore this wrapper and only handle the inner , call the method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, automatically reduce this expression type to the in the
- method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an expression tree node that points to a query source represented by a . These expressions should always
- point back, to a clause defined prior to the clause holding a . Otherwise, exceptions might be
- thrown at runtime.
-
-
- This particular expression overrides , i.e. it can be compared to another based
- on the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query source referenced by this expression.
-
- The referenced query source.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to the current by
- comparing the properties for reference equality.
-
- The to compare with the current .
-
- if the specified is a that points to the
- same ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an that holds a subquery. The subquery is held by in its parsed form.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a VB-specific comparison expression.
-
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To treat this expression as if it were an ordinary , call its method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- automatically reduce this expression type to in the method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple expression from a complex
- or .
-
-
-
- For example, consider the task of determining the value of a specific query source [s] from an input value corresponding to a complex
- expression. This will return a able to perform this task.
-
-
-
- - If the complex expression is [s], it will simply return input => input.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = [s], b = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = new { b = [s], c = "..." }, d = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.b.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple from a
- complex .
-
- The expression an accessor to which should be created.
- The full expression containing the .
- The input parameter to be used by the resulting lambda. Its type must match the type of .
- The compares the via reference equality,
- which means that exactly the same expression reference must be contained by for the visitor to return the
- expected result. In addition, the visitor can only provide accessors for expressions nested in or
- .
- A acting as an accessor for the when an input matching
- is given.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given .
- This is used whenever references to query sources should be replaced by a transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given
- .
-
- The expression to be scanned for references.
- The clause mapping to be used for replacing instances.
- If , the visitor will throw an exception when
- not mapped in the is encountered. If ,
- the visitor will ignore such expressions.
- An expression with its instances replaced as defined by the
- .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
-
- Given the following input:
-
- - ItemExpression:
new AnonymousType ( a = [s1], b = [s2] )
- - ResolvedExpression:
[s1].ID + [s2].ID
-
- The visitor generates the following : input => input.a.ID + input.b.ID
- The lambda's input parameter has the same type as the ItemExpression.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its input
- parameter.
- The resolved expression for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- A from the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter. The generated has exactly one
- parameter which is of the type defined by .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation on a , i.e. creates a new
- with an additional parameter from a given resolved ,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the new input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its new
- input parameter.
- The resolved for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- The position at which to insert the new parameter.
- A similar to the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from an additional input parameter. The new input parameter is of the type defined by
- .
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value with an initial seeding value.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Aggregate(0, (totalAge, s) => totalAge + s.Age);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The seed expression.
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
- The result selector, can be .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the seed of the accumulation. This is an denoting the starting value of the aggregation.
-
- The seed of the accumulation.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the result selector. This is a applied after the aggregation to select the final value.
- Can be .
-
- The result selector.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected seed type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the aggregating operation in memory.
-
- The type of the source items.
- The type of the aggregated items.
- The type of the result items.
- The input sequence.
- A object holding the aggregated value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value. The first item is used as the seeding value for the aggregating
- function.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s.Name).Aggregate((allNames, name) => allNames + " " + name);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether all items returned by a query satisfy a predicate.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "All" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).All();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate to evaluate. This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the predicate to evaluate on all items in the sequence.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The predicate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether any items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Any" query methods taking a predicate are represented as into a combination of a and an
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "Any" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Any();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the transformation of a sequence to a query data source.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "AsQueryable" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).AsQueryable();
-
-
-
-
-
- A marker interface that must be implemented by the if the visitor supports the .
-
-
- Note that the interface will become obsolete with v3.0.0. See also RMLNQ-117.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a calculation of an average value from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Average" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Average();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a cast of the items returned by a query to a different type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, "Cast" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Cast<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, choosing a single item for its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents concatenating the items returned by a query with a given set of items, similar to the but
- retaining duplicates (and order).
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Concat" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Concat(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items concatenated with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether the results returned by a query contain a specific item.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Contains" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Contains (student);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The item for which to be searched.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an expression yielding the item for which to be searched. This must be compatible with (ie., assignable to) the source sequence
- items.
-
- The item expression.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected item type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Count" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
- ///
- In C#, the "Count" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Count();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a guard clause yielding a singleton sequence with a default value if no items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Defaultifempty" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).DefaultIfEmpty ("student");
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the optional default value.
-
- The optional default value.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown. If it is , is returned.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of duplicate values from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Distinct" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Distinct();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of a given set of items from the result set of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Except" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Except(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items removed from the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the first of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "First" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "First" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).First();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents grouping the items returned by a query according to some key retrieved by a , applying by an
- to the grouped items. This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of the query.
-
-
- In C#, the "group by" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source
- "s", see ) is the expression, "s.Country" is the
- expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- group s by s.Country;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name associated with the items generated by the result operator.
- The selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- The selector retrieving the elements to group.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . The item type is an instantiation of
- derived from the types of and .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the elements to group.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The element selector.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, adjusting all instances held by it as defined by
- .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents taking the mathematical intersection of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Intersect" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Intersect(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items intersected with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the last one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Last" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Last" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Last();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query as a 64-bit number.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "LongCount" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "LongCount" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).LongCount();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the greatest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "greatest" are defined by the query provider. "Max" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Max" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Max();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the smallest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "smallest" are defined by the query provider. "Min" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Min" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Min();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents filtering the items returned by a query to only return those items that are of a specific type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "OfType" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).OfType<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents reversing the sequence of items returned by of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Reverse" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Reverse();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence with the same
- item type as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking the single item returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Single" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Single();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents skipping a number of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Skip" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Skip (3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents calculating the sum of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Sum" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Sum();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only a specific number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Take" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Take(3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The number of elements which should be returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents forming the mathematical union of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Union" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Union(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items united with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a scalar value or single item as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data held by implementations of this interface can be either a value or a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by this instance.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Describes the data streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. For a sequence, this is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type. For a single value, this is the value type.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the specified with the given , calling either
- or , depending on the type of data streamed
- from this interface.
-
- The query model to be executed.
- The executor to use.
- An object holding the results of the query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns a new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be compatible with the data described by this
- , otherwise an exception is thrown.
- The type may be a generic type definition if the supports generic types; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with generic parameters to match the data described by this .
- A new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
- The is not compatible with the data described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Describes a scalar value streamed out of a or . A scalar value corresponds to a
- value calculated from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data consists of a sequence of items.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and
- properties.
-
- The sequence.
- An instance of describing the sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input sequence for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence held by this object as well as an describing the
- sequence's items, throwing an exception if the object does not hold a sequence of items of type .
-
- The expected item type of the sequence.
-
- The sequence and an describing its items.
-
- Thrown when the item type is not the expected type .
-
-
-
- Describes sequence data streamed out of a or . Sequence data can be held by an object
- implementing , and its items are described via a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items returned by the sequence described by this object, as defined by . Note that because
- is covariant starting from .NET 4.0, this may be a more abstract type than what's returned by
- 's property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an expression that describes the structure of the items held by the sequence described by this object.
-
- The expression for the sequence's items.
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new with an adjusted .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be convertible from the previous type, otherwise
- an exception is thrown. The type may be a generic type definition; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with the type of the .
-
- A new with a new .
-
- The is not compatible with the items described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Describes a single value streamed out of a or . A single value corresponds to one
- item from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data is a single, non-sequence value and can only be consumed by result operators
- working with single values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and properties.
-
- The value.
- A describing the value.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current value for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input value for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current value.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by , throwing an exception if the value is not of type .
-
- The expected type of the value.
- , cast to .
- Thrown when if not of the expected type.
-
-
-
- Describes a single or scalar value streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is the type of the streamed value, or
- if the value is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new instance of the same type with a different .
-
- The new data type.
- The cannot be used for the clone.
- A new instance of the same type with the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to enumerate an while items are inserted, removed, or cleared in a consistent fashion.
-
- The element type of the .
-
- This class subscribes to the event exposed by
- and reacts on changes to the collection. If an item is inserted or removed before the current element, the enumerator will continue after
- the current element without regarding the new or removed item. If the current item is removed, the enumerator will continue with the item that
- previously followed the current item. If an item is inserted or removed after the current element, the enumerator will simply continue,
- including the newly inserted item and not including the removed item. If an item is moved or replaced, the enumeration will also continue
- with the item located at the next position in the sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an item enumerated by . This provides access
- to the as well as the of the enumerated item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- . If an item is inserted into or removed from the collection before the current item, this
- index will change.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- .
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Defines extension methods that simplify working with a dictionary that has a collection-values item-type.
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ). The enumerable will yield
- instances of type , which hold both the index and the value of the current item. If this collection changes
- while enumerating, will reflect those changes.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for expression visitors used with re-linq, adding support for and .
-
-
-
-
- Adjusts the arguments for a so that they match the given members.
-
- The arguments to adjust.
- The members defining the required argument types.
-
- A sequence of expressions that are equivalent to , but converted to the associated member's
- result type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- Implements an that throws an exception for every expression type that is not explicitly supported.
- Inherit from this class to ensure that an exception is thrown when an expression is passed
-
-
-
-
- Called when an unhandled item is visited. This method provides the item the visitor cannot handle ( ),
- the that is not implemented in the visitor, and a delegate that can be used to invoke the
- of the class. The default behavior of this method is to call the
- method, but it can be overridden to do something else.
-
- The type of the item that could not be handled. Either an type, a
- type, or .
- The result type expected for the visited .
- The unhandled item.
- The visit method that is not implemented.
- The behavior exposed by for this item type.
- An object to replace in the expression tree. Alternatively, the method can throw any exception.
-
-
-
- can be used to build tuples incorporating a sequence of s.
- For example, given three expressions, exp1, exp2, and exp3, it will build nested s that are equivalent to the
- following: new KeyValuePair(exp1, new KeyValuePair(exp2, exp3)).
- Given an whose type matches that of a tuple built by , the builder can also return
- an enumeration of accessor expressions that can be used to access the tuple elements in the same order as they were put into the nested tuple
- expression. In above example, this would yield tupleExpression.Key, tupleExpression.Value.Key, and tupleExpression.Value.Value.
- This class can be handy whenever a set of needs to be put into a single
- (eg., a select projection), especially if each sub-expression needs to be explicitly accessed at a later point of time (eg., to retrieve the
- items from a statement surrounding a sub-statement yielding the tuple in its select projection).
-
-
-
-
- Replaces nodes according to a given mapping specification. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of nodes to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- Replaces all nodes that equal a given with a replacement node. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of the to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Preprocesses an expression tree for parsing. The preprocessing involves detection of sub-queries and VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Applies delegates obtained from an to an expression tree.
- The transformations occur in post-order (transforming child nodes before parent nodes). When a transformation changes
- the current , its child nodes and itself will be revisited (and may be transformed again).
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This binding's
- method returns only for the same the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This is used by the
- to represent assignments in constructor calls such as new AnonymousType (a = 5) ,
- where a is the member of AnonymousType and 5 is the associated expression.
- The method can be used to check whether the member bound to an expression matches a given
- (considering read access). See the subclasses for details.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to or for a
- whose getter method is the the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to
- or for its getter method's .
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Manages registration and lookup of objects, and converts them to
- weakly typed instances. Use this class together with
- in order to apply the registered transformers to an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an with the default transformations provided by this library already registered.
- New transformers can be registered by calling .
-
- A default .
-
- Currently, the default registry contains:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified for the transformer's
- . If
- returns , the is registered as a generic transformer which will be applied to all
- nodes.
-
- The type of expressions handled by the . This should be a type implemented by all
- expressions identified by . For generic transformers,
- must be .
- The transformer to register.
-
-
- The order in which transformers are registered is the same order on which they will later be applied by
- . When more than one transformer is registered for a certain ,
- each of them will get a chance to transform a given , until the first one returns a new .
- At that point, the transformation will start again with the new (and, if the expression's type has changed, potentially
- different transformers).
-
-
- When generic transformers are registered, they act as if they had been registered for all values (including
- custom ones). They will be applied in the order registered, but only after all respective specific transformers have run (without modifying
- the expression, which would restart the transformation process with the new expression as explained above).
-
-
- When an is registered for an incompatible , this is not detected until
- the transformer is actually applied to an of that .
-
-
-
-
-
- defines an API for classes returning instances for specific
- objects. Usually, the will be used when an implementation of this
- interface is needed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the transformers for the given .
-
- The to be transformed.
-
- A sequence containing objects that should be applied to the . Must not
- be .
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that transform instances. The
- manages registration of instances, and the
- applies the transformations.
-
- The type of expressions handled by this implementation.
-
-
- is a convenience interface that provides strong typing, whereas
- only operates on instances.
-
-
- can be used together with the class by using the
- class as the transformation provider. converts
- strongly typed instances to weakly typed delegate instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the expression types supported by this .
-
- The supported expression types. Return to support all expression types. (This is only sensible when
- is .)
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the implementation can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Dynamically discovers attributes implementing the interface on methods and get accessors
- invoked by or instances and applies the respective
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for attributes providing an for a given .
-
-
-
- detects attributes implementing this interface while expressions are parsed
- and uses the returned by to modify the expressions.
-
-
- Only one attribute instance implementing must be applied to a single method or property
- get accessor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions invoking a and replaces them with the body of that
- (with the parameter references replaced with the invocation arguments).
- Providers use this transformation to be able to handle queries with instances.
-
-
- When the is applied to a delegate instance (rather than a
- ), the ignores it.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for transformers detecting nodes for tuple types and adding metadata
- to those nodes. This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Chooses a given for a specific method (or property get accessor).
-
-
- The must have a default constructor. To choose a transformer that does not have a default constructor,
- create your own custom attribute class implementing
- .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces calls to and with casts and null checks. This allows LINQ providers
- to treat nullables like reference types.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for the .NET tuple types and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the CompareString method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances. Providers use this transformation to be able to handle VB string comparisons
- more easily. See for details.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the Information.IsNothing (...) method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances comparing with . Providers use this transformation to be able to
- handle queries using IsNothing (...) more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for typical implementations of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an expression tree by visiting each of its nodes, finding those subtrees that can be evaluated without modifying the meaning of
- the tree.
-
-
- An expression node/subtree is evaluatable if:
-
- - it is not a
or any non-standard expression,
- - it is not a
that involves an , and
- - it does not have any of those non-evaluatable expressions as its children.
-
-
- nodes are not evaluatable because they usually identify the flow of
- some information from one query node to the next.
-
- nodes that involve parameters or object instances are not evaluatable because they
- should usually be translated into the target query syntax.
-
- In .NET 3.5, non-standard expressions are not evaluatable because they cannot be compiled and evaluated by LINQ.
- In .NET 4.0, non-standard expressions can be evaluated if they can be reduced to an evaluatable expression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the given is one of the expressions defined by for which
- has a dedicated Visit method. handles those by calling the respective Visit method.
-
- The expression to check. Must not be .
-
- if is one of the expressions defined by and
- has a dedicated Visit method for it; otherwise, .
- Note that -type expressions are considered 'not supported' and will also return .
-
-
-
-
- The interface defines an extension point for disabling partial evaluation on specific nodes.
-
-
-
- Implement the individual evaluation methods and return to mark a specfic node as not partially
- evaluatable. Note that the partial evaluation infrastructure will take care of visiting an node's children,
- so the determination can usually be constrained to the attributes of the node itself.
-
- Use the type as a base class for filter implementations that only require testing a few
- node types, e.g. to disable partial evaluation for individual method calls.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the null-object pattern for .
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an expression tree into a chain of objects after executing a sequence of
- objects.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can add inner providers to register their own expression node parsers.
-
- A default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has the expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can insert additional processing steps.
-
-
- The tranformation provider to be used by the included
- in the result set. Use to create a default provider.
-
-
- The expression filter used by the included in the result set.
- Use to indicate that no custom filtering should be applied.
-
-
- A default that already has all expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
- The following steps are included:
-
-
- (parameterized with )
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a custom and
- implementation.
-
- The to use when parsing trees. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes all
- default node types. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
- The to apply to trees before parsing their nodes. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes
- the default steps. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
-
-
-
- Gets the node type provider used to parse instances in .
-
- The node type provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the processing steps used by to process the tree before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processing steps.
-
-
-
- Parses the given into a chain of instances, using
- to convert expressions to nodes.
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A chain of instances representing the .
-
-
-
- Gets the query operator represented by . If
- is already a , that is the assumed query operator. If is a
- and the member's getter is registered with , a corresponding
- is constructed and returned. Otherwise, is returned.
-
- The expression to get a query operator expression for.
- A to be parsed as a query operator, or if the expression does not represent
- a query operator.
-
-
-
- Infers the associated identifier for the source expression node contained in methodCallExpression.Arguments[0]. For example, for the
- call chain "source.Where (i => i > 5) " (which actually reads "Where (source, i => i > 5 "), the identifier "i" is associated
- with the node generated for "source". If no identifier can be inferred, is returned.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that represent steps in the process of parsing the structure
- of an tree. applies a series of these steps to the
- tree before analyzing the query operators and creating a .
-
-
-
- There are predefined implementations of that should only be left out when parsing an
- tree when there are very good reasons to do so.
-
-
- can be implemented to provide custom, complex transformations on an
- tree. For performance reasons, avoid adding too many steps each of which visits the whole tree. For
- simple transformations, consider using and - which can
- batch several transformations into a single expression tree visiting run - rather than implementing a dedicated
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides a common interface for classes mapping a to the respective
- type. Implementations are used by when a is encountered to
- instantiate the right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a node type for the given can be returned by this
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of that matches the given , returning
- if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes taking an tree and parsing it into a .
-
-
- The default implementation of this interface is . LINQ providers can, however, implement
- themselves, eg. in order to decorate or replace the functionality of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Parses a and creates an from it. This is used by
- for parsing whole expression trees.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an tree and parses it into a by use of an .
- It first transforms the tree into a chain of instances, and then calls
- and in order to instantiate all the
- s. With those, a is created and returned.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using default parameters for parsing.
- The used has all relevant methods of the class
- automatically registered, and the comprises partial evaluation, and default
- expression transformations. See ,
- , and
- for details.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using the given to
- convert instances into s. Use this constructor if you wish to customize the
- parser. To use a default parser (with the possibility to register custom node types), use the method.
-
- The expression tree parser.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to parse instances.
-
- The node type registry.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to process the tree
- before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processor.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Applies all nodes to a , which is created by the trailing in the
- chain.
-
- The entry point to the chain.
- The clause generation context collecting context information during the parsing process.
- A created by the training and transformed by each node in the
- chain.
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The method calls each inner instance in the order defined by the property. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Implements the interface by doing nothing in the method. This is an
- implementation of the Null Object Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an tree for sub-trees that are evaluatable in-memory, and evaluates those sub-trees.
-
-
- The uses the for partial evaluation.
- It performs two visiting runs over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Applies a given set of transformations to an tree. The transformations are provided by an instance of
- (eg., ).
-
-
- The uses the to apply the transformations.
- It performs a single visiting run over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A class providing the transformations to apply to the tree, eg., an instance of
- .
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- , ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the ,
- ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it will not modify the , i.e. the call to
- will be removed given how it is transparent to the process of executing the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates contextual information used while generating clauses from instances.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- for the Count properties of , , ,
- and , and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- and
- and
-
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown whan an parser cannot be instantiated for a query. Note that this is not serializable
- and intended to be caught in the call-site where it will then replaced by a different (serializable) exception.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves an expression using , removing transparent identifiers and detecting subqueries
- in the process. This is used by methods such as , which are
- used when a clause is created from an .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do not take a result selector. The overloads with a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do take a result selector. The overloads without a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
- The GroupBy overloads with result selector are parsed as if they were a following a
- :
-
- x.GroupBy (k => key, e => element, (k, g) => result)
-
- is therefore equivalent to:
-
- c.GroupBy (k => key, e => element).Select (grouping => resultSub)
-
- where resultSub is the same as result with k and g substituted with grouping.Key and grouping, respectively.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing structural parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source that streams data into this node.
-
- The source , or if this node is the end of the chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier associated with this . tries to find the identifier
- that was originally associated with this node in the query written by the user by analyzing the parameter names of the next expression in the
- method call chain.
-
- The associated identifier.
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified by replacing any occurrence of
- by the result of the projection of this . The result is an that goes all the
- way to an .
-
- The parameter representing the input data streaming into an . This is replaced
- by the projection data coming out of this .
- The expression to be resolved. Any occurrence of in this expression
- is replaced.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that also implement
- (such as or ) must add
- their clauses to the mapping in if they want to be able to implement correctly.
- An equivalent of with each occurrence of replaced by
- the projection data streaming out of this .
-
- This node does not support this operation because it does not stream any data to subsequent nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Applies this to the specified query model. Nodes can add or replace clauses, add or replace expressions,
- add or replace objects, or even create a completely new , depending on their semantics.
-
- The query model this node should be applied to.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that
- also implement (such as
- or ) must add their clauses to the mapping in
- in order to be able to implement correctly.
- The modified or a new that reflects the changes made by this node.
-
- For objects, which mark the end of an chain, this method must not be called.
- Instead, use to generate a and instantiate a new
- with that clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing query source parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the first expression in a LINQ query, which acts as the main query source.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node usually marks the end (i.e. the first node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations that represent instantiations of .
-
-
-
-
- Wraps the into a subquery after a node that indicates the end of the query (
- or ). Override this method
- when implementing a that does not need a subquery to be created if it occurs after the query end.
-
-
-
- When an ordinary node follows a result operator or group node, it cannot simply append its clauses to the
- because semantically, the result operator (or grouping) must be executed _before_ the clause. Therefore, in such scenarios, we wrap
- the current query model into a that we put into the of a new
- .
-
-
- This method also changes the of this node because logically, all operations must be handled
- by the new holding the . For example, consider the following call chain:
-
- MainSource (...)
- .Select (x => x)
- .Distinct ()
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Naively, the last Select node would resolve (via Distinct and Select) to the created by the initial MainSource.
- After this method is executed, however, that is part of the sub query, and a new
- has been created to hold it. Therefore, we replace the chain as follows:
-
- MainSource (MainSource (...).Select (x => x).Distinct ())
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Now, the last Select node resolves to the new .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result type override of the given .
-
- The query model to set the of.
-
- By default, the result type override is set to in the method. This ensures that the query
- model represents the type of the query correctly. Specific node parsers can override this method to set the
- to another value, or to clear it (set it to ). Do not leave the
- unchanged when overriding this method, as a source node might have set it to a value that doesn't
- fit this node.
-
-
-
-
- Creates instances of classes implementing the interface via Reflection.
-
-
- The classes implementing instantiated by this factory must implement a single constructor. The source and
- constructor parameters handed to the method are passed on to the constructor; for each argument where no
- parameter is passed, is passed to the constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instace of type .
-
-
- Thrown if the or the
- do not match expected constructor parameters of the .
-
-
-
-
- Contains metadata about a that is parsed into a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the associated identifier, i.e. the name the user gave the data streaming out of this expression. For example, the
- corresponding to a from c in C clause should get the identifier "c".
- If there is no user-defined identifier (or the identifier is impossible to infer from the expression tree), a generated identifier
- is given instead.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source expression node, i.e. the node streaming data into the parsed node.
-
- The source.
-
-
-
- Gets the being parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- and .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by implementors of .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces the given parameter with a back-reference to the corresponding to .
-
- The referenced node.
- The parameter to replace with a .
- The expression in which to replace the parameter.
- The clause generation context.
- , with replaced with a
- pointing to the clause corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Gets the corresponding to the given , throwing an
- if no such clause has been registered in the given .
-
- The node for which the should be returned.
- The clause generation context.
- The corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for and , i.e., for node parsers for set operations
- acting as an .
-
-
-
-
- Caches a resolved expression in the classes.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for s standing for s that operate on the result of the query
- rather than representing actual clauses, such as or .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node represents an additional query source introduced to the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The and methods delegate to these inner instances. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types. This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the
- right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the registerable method definition from a given . A registerable method is a object
- that can be registered via a call to . When the given is passed to
- and its corresponding registerable method was registered, the correct node type is returned.
-
- The method for which the registerable method should be retrieved. Must not be .
-
- to throw a if the method cannot be matched to a distinct generic method definition,
- to return if an unambiguous match is not possible.
-
-
-
- itself, unless it is a closed generic method or declared in a closed generic type. In the latter cases,
- the corresponding generic method definition respectively the method declared in a generic type definition is returned.
-
- If no generic method definition could be matched and was set to ,
- is returned.
-
-
-
- Thrown if is set to and no distinct generic method definition could be resolved.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered s.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specific with the given . The given methods must either be non-generic
- or open generic method definitions. If a method has already been registered before, the later registration overwrites the earlier one.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types based on the method names and a filter (as defined by ).
- This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the right
- for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered method names.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given for the query operator methods defined by the given
- objects.
-
- A sequence of objects defining the methods to register the node type for.
- The type of the to register.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Defines a name and a filter predicate used when determining the matching expression node type by .
-
-
-
-
- Takes a and transforms it by replacing its instances ( and
- ) that contain subqueries with equivalent flattened clauses. Subqueries that contain a
- (such as or ) cannot be
- flattened.
-
-
- As an example, take the following query:
-
- from c in Customers
- from o in (from oi in OrderInfos where oi.Customer == c orderby oi.OrderDate select oi.Order)
- orderby o.Product.Name
- select new { c, o }
-
- This will be transformed into:
-
- from c in Customers
- from oi in OrderInfos
- where oi.Customer == c
- orderby oi.OrderDate
- orderby oi.Order.Product.Name
- select new { c, oi.Order }
-
- As another example, take the following query:
-
- from c in (from o in Orders select o.Customer)
- where c.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select c
-
- (This query is never produced by the , the only way to construct it is via manually building a
- .)
- This will be transforemd into:
-
- from o in Orders
- where o.Customer.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select o
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides extensions for working with trees.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a string from the tree, including .NET 3.5.
-
-
-
-
- Provider a utility API for dealing with the item type of generic collections.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to extract the item type from the input .
-
-
- The that might be an implementation of the interface. Must not be .
-
- An output parameter containing the extracted item or .
- if an could be extracted, otherwise .
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index d8fdf363e..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.xml b/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c477cff9..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4123 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a data source in a query that adds new data items in addition to those provided by the .
-
-
- In C#, the second "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Common interface for from clauses ( and ). From clauses define query sources that
- provide data items to the query which are filtered, ordered, projected, or otherwise processed by the following clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause within the . Implemented by , ,
- , and .
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Represents a clause or result operator that generates items which are streamed to the following clauses or operators.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
-
-
- Copies the 's attributes, i.e. the , , and
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this from clause.
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- The expression generating the data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a clause in a 's collection. Body clauses take the items generated by
- the , filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting
- ( ), or otherwise processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling one of its Visit... methods.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating the items of this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Aggregates all objects needed in the process of cloning a and its clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the clause mapping used during the cloning process. This is used to adjust the instances
- of clauses to point to clauses in the cloned .
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle the instances.
-
-
-
-
- This interface should be implemented by visitors that handle VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a VB-specific comparison expression.
-
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To treat this expression as if it were an ordinary , call its method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- automatically reduce this expression type to in the method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will, by default,
- ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the transformation of a sequence to a query data source.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "AsQueryable" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).AsQueryable();
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence with the same
- item type as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a new sequence as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an operation that is executed on the result set of the query, aggregating, filtering, or restricting the number of result items
- before the query result is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this result operator in memory, on a given input. Executing result operators in memory should only be
- performed if the target query system does not support the operator.
-
- The input for the result operator. This must match the type of expected by the operator.
- The result of the operator.
-
-
-
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this . This contains the result type a query would have if
- it ended with this , and it optionally includes an describing
- the streamed sequence's items.
-
- Information about the data produced by the preceding , or the
- of the query if no previous exists.
- Gets information about the data streamed out of this .
-
-
-
- Clones this item, registering its clone with the if it is a query source clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate. Subclasses must apply the
- to any expressions they hold. If a subclass does not hold any expressions, it shouldn't do anything
- in the implementation of this method.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Invokes the given via reflection on the given .
-
- The input to invoke the method with.
- The method to be invoked.
- The result of the invocation
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the given expression, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected value type. If the value is not of this type, an is thrown.
- A string describing the value; this will be included in the exception message if an exception is thrown.
- The expression whose value to get.
-
- The constant value of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- A marker interface that must be implemented by the if the visitor supports the .
-
-
- Note that the interface will become obsolete with v3.0.0. See also RMLNQ-117.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for typical implementations of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The interface defines an extension point for disabling partial evaluation on specific nodes.
-
-
-
- Implement the individual evaluation methods and return to mark a specfic node as not partially
- evaluatable. Note that the partial evaluation infrastructure will take care of visiting an node's children,
- so the determination can usually be constrained to the attributes of the node itself.
-
- Use the type as a base class for filter implementations that only require testing a few
- node types, e.g. to disable partial evaluation for individual method calls.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the null-object pattern for .
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it will not modify the , i.e. the call to
- will be removed given how it is transparent to the process of executing the query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for s standing for s that operate on the result of the query
- rather than representing actual clauses, such as or .
-
-
-
-
- Base class for implementations that represent instantiations of .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing structural parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified by replacing any occurrence of
- by the result of the projection of this . The result is an that goes all the
- way to an .
-
- The parameter representing the input data streaming into an . This is replaced
- by the projection data coming out of this .
- The expression to be resolved. Any occurrence of in this expression
- is replaced.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that also implement
- (such as or ) must add
- their clauses to the mapping in if they want to be able to implement correctly.
- An equivalent of with each occurrence of replaced by
- the projection data streaming out of this .
-
- This node does not support this operation because it does not stream any data to subsequent nodes.
-
-
-
-
- Applies this to the specified query model. Nodes can add or replace clauses, add or replace expressions,
- add or replace objects, or even create a completely new , depending on their semantics.
-
- The query model this node should be applied to.
- Context information used during the current parsing process. This structure maps
- s to the clauses created from them. Implementers that
- also implement (such as
- or ) must add their clauses to the mapping in
- in order to be able to implement correctly.
- The modified or a new that reflects the changes made by this node.
-
- For objects, which mark the end of an chain, this method must not be called.
- Instead, use to generate a and instantiate a new
- with that clause.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source that streams data into this node.
-
- The source , or if this node is the end of the chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the identifier associated with this . tries to find the identifier
- that was originally associated with this node in the query written by the user by analyzing the parameter names of the next expression in the
- method call chain.
-
- The associated identifier.
-
-
-
- Wraps the into a subquery after a node that indicates the end of the query (
- or ). Override this method
- when implementing a that does not need a subquery to be created if it occurs after the query end.
-
-
-
- When an ordinary node follows a result operator or group node, it cannot simply append its clauses to the
- because semantically, the result operator (or grouping) must be executed _before_ the clause. Therefore, in such scenarios, we wrap
- the current query model into a that we put into the of a new
- .
-
-
- This method also changes the of this node because logically, all operations must be handled
- by the new holding the . For example, consider the following call chain:
-
- MainSource (...)
- .Select (x => x)
- .Distinct ()
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Naively, the last Select node would resolve (via Distinct and Select) to the created by the initial MainSource.
- After this method is executed, however, that is part of the sub query, and a new
- has been created to hold it. Therefore, we replace the chain as follows:
-
- MainSource (MainSource (...).Select (x => x).Distinct ())
- .Select (x => x)
-
-
- Now, the last Select node resolves to the new .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the result type override of the given .
-
- The query model to set the of.
-
- By default, the result type override is set to in the method. This ensures that the query
- model represents the type of the query correctly. Specific node parsers can override this method to set the
- to another value, or to clear it (set it to ). Do not leave the
- unchanged when overriding this method, as a source node might have set it to a value that doesn't
- fit this node.
-
-
-
-
- Provides extensions for working with trees.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a string from the tree, including .NET 3.5.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
-
- Given the following input:
-
- - ItemExpression:
new AnonymousType ( a = [s1], b = [s2] )
- - ResolvedExpression:
[s1].ID + [s2].ID
-
- The visitor generates the following : input => input.a.ID + input.b.ID
- The lambda's input parameter has the same type as the ItemExpression.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for expression visitors used with re-linq, adding support for and .
-
-
-
-
- Adjusts the arguments for a so that they match the given members.
-
- The arguments to adjust.
- The members defining the required argument types.
-
- A sequence of expressions that are equivalent to , but converted to the associated member's
- result type if needed.
-
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation, i.e. creates a from a given resolved expression,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its input
- parameter.
- The resolved expression for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- A from the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from the lambda's input parameter. The generated has exactly one
- parameter which is of the type defined by .
-
-
-
- Performs a reverse operation on a , i.e. creates a new
- with an additional parameter from a given resolved ,
- substituting all objects by getting the referenced objects from the new input parameter.
-
- The item expression representing the items passed to the generated via its new
- input parameter.
- The resolved for which to generate a reverse resolved .
- The position at which to insert the new parameter.
- A similar to the given resolved expression, substituting all
- objects by getting the referenced objects from an additional input parameter. The new input parameter is of the type defined by
- .
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, choosing a single item for its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a that is executed on a sequence, returning a scalar value or single item as its result.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether any items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Any" query methods taking a predicate are represented as into a combination of a and an
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "Any" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Any();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether all items returned by a query satisfy a predicate.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "All" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).All();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate to evaluate. This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the predicate to evaluate on all items in the sequence.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The predicate.
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value. The first item is used as the seeding value for the aggregating
- function.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s.Name).Aggregate((allNames, name) => allNames + " " + name);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Represents aggregating the items returned by a query into a single value with an initial seeding value.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Aggregate" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var result = (from s in Students
- select s).Aggregate(0, (totalAge, s) => totalAge + s.Age);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The seed expression.
- The aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
- The result selector, can be .
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected seed type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Executes the aggregating operation in memory.
-
- The type of the source items.
- The type of the aggregated items.
- The type of the result items.
- The input sequence.
- A object holding the aggregated value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the aggregating function. This is a taking a parameter that represents the value accumulated so
- far and returns a new accumulated value. This is a resolved expression, i.e. items streaming in from prior clauses and result operators
- are represented as expressions containing nodes.
-
- The aggregating function.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the seed of the accumulation. This is an denoting the starting value of the aggregation.
-
- The seed of the accumulation.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the result selector. This is a applied after the aggregation to select the final value.
- Can be .
-
- The result selector.
-
-
-
- Represents concatenating the items returned by a query with a given set of items, similar to the but
- retaining duplicates (and order).
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Concat" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Concat(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items concatenated with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Describes the data streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
- Executes the specified with the given , calling either
- or , depending on the type of data streamed
- from this interface.
-
- The query model to be executed.
- The executor to use.
- An object holding the results of the query execution.
-
-
-
- Returns a new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be compatible with the data described by this
- , otherwise an exception is thrown.
- The type may be a generic type definition if the supports generic types; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with generic parameters to match the data described by this .
- A new of the same type as this instance, but with a new .
- The is not compatible with the data described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. For a sequence, this is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type. For a single value, this is the value type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a scalar value streamed out of a or . A scalar value corresponds to a
- value calculated from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single or scalar value streamed out of a or .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new instance of the same type with a different .
-
- The new data type.
- The cannot be used for the clone.
- A new instance of the same type with the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is the type of the streamed value, or
- if the value is .
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data consists of a sequence of items.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data held by implementations of this interface can be either a value or a sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by this instance.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and
- properties.
-
- The sequence.
- An instance of describing the sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence held by this object as well as an describing the
- sequence's items, throwing an exception if the object does not hold a sequence of items of type .
-
- The expected item type of the sequence.
-
- The sequence and an describing its items.
-
- Thrown when the item type is not the expected type .
-
-
-
- Gets the current sequence for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input sequence for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current sequence.
-
-
-
- Describes sequence data streamed out of a or . Sequence data can be held by an object
- implementing , and its items are described via a .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a new with an adjusted .
-
- The type to use for the property. The type must be convertible from the previous type, otherwise
- an exception is thrown. The type may be a generic type definition; in this case,
- the type definition is automatically closed with the type of the .
-
- A new with a new .
-
- The is not compatible with the items described by this
- .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the items returned by the sequence described by this object, as defined by . Note that because
- is covariant starting from .NET 4.0, this may be a more abstract type than what's returned by
- 's property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets an expression that describes the structure of the items held by the sequence described by this object.
-
- The expression for the sequence's items.
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the data described by this instance. This is a type implementing
- , where T is instantiated with a concrete type.
-
-
-
-
- Describes a single value streamed out of a or . A single value corresponds to one
- item from the result set, as produced by or , for instance.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the data needed to represent the output or input of a part of a query in memory. This is mainly used for
- . The data is a single, non-sequence value and can only be consumed by result operators
- working with single values.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, setting the and properties.
-
- The value.
- A describing the value.
-
-
-
- Gets the value held by , throwing an exception if the value is not of type .
-
- The expected type of the value.
- , cast to .
- Thrown when if not of the expected type.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
- An object describing the data held by this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current value for the operation. If the object is used as input, this
- holds the input value for the operation. If the object is used as output, this holds the result of the operation.
-
- The current value.
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple expression from a complex
- or .
-
-
-
- For example, consider the task of determining the value of a specific query source [s] from an input value corresponding to a complex
- expression. This will return a able to perform this task.
-
-
-
- - If the complex expression is [s], it will simply return input => input.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = [s], b = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.
- - If the complex expression is new { a = new { b = [s], c = "..." }, d = "..." }, it will return input => input.a.b.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a that is able to extract a specific simple from a
- complex .
-
- The expression an accessor to which should be created.
- The full expression containing the .
- The input parameter to be used by the resulting lambda. Its type must match the type of .
- The compares the via reference equality,
- which means that exactly the same expression reference must be contained by for the visitor to return the
- expected result. In addition, the visitor can only provide accessors for expressions nested in or
- .
- A acting as an accessor for the when an input matching
- is given.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. In contrast to
- , the does not provide access to the individual items of the joined query source.
- Instead, it provides access to all joined items for each item coming from the previous clauses, thus grouping them together. The semantics
- of this join is so that for all input items, a joined sequence is returned. That sequence can be empty if no joined items are available.
-
-
- In C#, the "into" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The "join" part before that is encapsulated
- as a held in . The adds a new query source to the query
- ("addresses"), but the item type of that query source is , not "Address". Therefore, it can be
- used in the of an to extract the single items.
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID into addresses
- from a in addresses
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . This must implement .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner join clause of this . The represents the actual join operation
- performed by this clause; its results are then grouped by this clause before streaming them to subsequent clauses.
- objects outside the must not point to
- because the items generated by it are only available in grouped form from outside this clause.
-
-
-
-
- Maps instances to instances. This is used by
- in order to be able to correctly update references to old clauses to point to the new clauses. Via
- , it can also be used manually.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given .
- This is used whenever references to query sources should be replaced by a transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression and replaces all instances, as defined by a given
- .
-
- The expression to be scanned for references.
- The clause mapping to be used for replacing instances.
- If , the visitor will throw an exception when
- not mapped in the is encountered. If ,
- the visitor will ignore such expressions.
- An expression with its instances replaced as defined by the
- .
-
-
-
- Represents a calculation of an average value from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Average" call in the following example corresponds to an .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Average();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a cast of the items returned by a query to a different type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, "Cast" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Cast<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a check whether the results returned by a query contain a specific item.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Contains" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Contains (student);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The item for which to be searched.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The expected item type. If the item is not of this type, an is thrown.
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an expression yielding the item for which to be searched. This must be compatible with (ie., assignable to) the source sequence
- items.
-
- The item expression.
-
-
-
- Represents a guard clause yielding a singleton sequence with a default value if no items are returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Defaultifempty" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).DefaultIfEmpty ("student");
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown. If it is , is returned.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the optional default value.
-
- The optional default value.
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of a given set of items from the result set of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Except" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Except(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items removed from the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking the mathematical intersection of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Intersect" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Intersect(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items intersected with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query as a 64-bit number.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "LongCount" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a
- .
-
-
- In C#, the "LongCount" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).LongCount();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents filtering the items returned by a query to only return those items that are of a specific type.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "OfType" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).OfType<int>();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents reversing the sequence of items returned by of a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Reverse" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Reverse();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents skipping a number of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Skip" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Skip (3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents calculating the sum of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Sum" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Sum();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the greatest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "greatest" are defined by the query provider. "Max" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Max" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Max();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the smallest one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- The semantics of "smallest" are defined by the query provider. "Min" query methods taking a selector are represented as a combination
- of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Min" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s.ID).Min();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the last one of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Last" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "Last" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Last();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking only a specific number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Take" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Take(3);
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The number of elements which should be returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the constant value of the property, assuming it is a . If it is
- not, an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents taking only the first of the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "First" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
-
-
- In C#, the "First" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).First();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents taking the single item returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Single" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Single();
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
- The flag defines if a default expression should be regarded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents the removal of duplicate values from the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Distinct" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Distinct();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents counting the number of items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- "Count" query methods taking a predicate are represented as a combination of a and a .
- ///
- In C#, the "Count" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Count();
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents forming the mathematical union of a given set of items and the items returned by a query.
- This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of a query.
-
-
- In C#, the "Union" call in the following example corresponds to a .
-
- var query = (from s in Students
- select s).Union(students2);
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of , assuming holds a . If it doesn't,
- an is thrown.
-
- The constant value of .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the second source of this result operator, that is, an enumerable containing the items united with the input sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a way to enumerate an while items are inserted, removed, or cleared in a consistent fashion.
-
- The element type of the .
-
- This class subscribes to the event exposed by
- and reacts on changes to the collection. If an item is inserted or removed before the current element, the enumerator will continue after
- the current element without regarding the new or removed item. If the current item is removed, the enumerator will continue with the item that
- previously followed the current item. If an item is inserted or removed after the current element, the enumerator will simply continue,
- including the newly inserted item and not including the removed item. If an item is moved or replaced, the enumeration will also continue
- with the item located at the next position in the sequence.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an item enumerated by . This provides access
- to the as well as the of the enumerated item.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the index of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- . If an item is inserted into or removed from the collection before the current item, this
- index will change.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of the current enumerated item. Can only be called while enumerating, afterwards, it will throw an
- .
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Defines extension methods that simplify working with a dictionary that has a collection-values item-type.
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ).
-
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of that represents this collection and can be enumerated even while the collection changes;
- the enumerator will adapt to the changes (see ). The enumerable will yield
- instances of type , which hold both the index and the value of the current item. If this collection changes
- while enumerating, will reflect those changes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a default implementation of that is automatically used by
- unless a custom is specified. The executes queries by parsing them into
- an instance of type , which is then passed to an implementation of to obtain the
- result set.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of that executes queries (subclasses of ) by
- first parsing them into a and then passing that to a given implementation of .
- Usually, should be used unless must be manually implemented.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom . Use this
- constructor to customize how queries are parsed.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior.
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This
- method delegates to .
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an object that can evaluate the query represented by a specified expression tree. This method is
- called by the standard query operators defined by the class.
-
- An expression tree that represents a LINQ query.
-
- An that can evaluate the query represented by the specified expression tree.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- This method is invoked through the interface methods, for example by
- and
- , and it's also used by
- when the is enumerated.
-
-
- Override this method to replace the query execution mechanism by a custom implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
- The result is cast to .
-
- The type of the query result.
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query cast to .
-
- This method is called by the standard query operators that return a single value, such as
- or
- .
- In addition, it is called by to execute queries that return sequences.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the query defined by the specified expression by parsing it with a
- and then running it through the .
-
- The query expression to be executed.
- The result of the query.
-
- This method is similar to the method, but without the cast to a defined return type.
-
-
-
-
- The method generates a .
-
- The query as expression chain.
- a
-
-
-
- Gets the used by this to parse LINQ queries.
-
- The query parser.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the implementation of used to execute queries created via .
-
- The executor used to execute queries.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of using a custom .
-
-
- A type implementing . This type is used to construct the chain of query operators. Must be a generic type
- definition.
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute queries against a specific query backend.
-
-
-
- Creates a new (of type with as its generic argument) that
- represents the query defined by and is able to enumerate its results.
-
- The type of the data items returned by the query.
- An expression representing the query for which a should be created.
- An that represents the query defined by .
-
-
-
- Gets the type of queryable created by this provider. This is the generic type definition of an implementation of
- (usually a subclass of ) with exactly one type argument.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces nodes according to a given mapping specification. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of nodes to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps an exception whose partial evaluation caused an exception.
-
-
-
- When encounters an exception while evaluating an independent expression subtree, it
- will wrap the subtree within a . The wrapper contains both the
- instance and the that caused the exception.
-
-
- To explicitly support this expression type, implement .
- To ignore this wrapper and only handle the inner , call the method and visit the result.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, automatically reduce this expression type to the in the
- method.
-
-
- Subclasses of that do not implement will,
- by default, ignore this expression and visit its child expressions via the and
- methods.
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Manages registration and lookup of objects, and converts them to
- weakly typed instances. Use this class together with
- in order to apply the registered transformers to an tree.
-
-
-
-
- defines an API for classes returning instances for specific
- objects. Usually, the will be used when an implementation of this
- interface is needed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the transformers for the given .
-
- The to be transformed.
-
- A sequence containing objects that should be applied to the . Must not
- be .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an with the default transformations provided by this library already registered.
- New transformers can be registered by calling .
-
- A default .
-
- Currently, the default registry contains:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified for the transformer's
- . If
- returns , the is registered as a generic transformer which will be applied to all
- nodes.
-
- The type of expressions handled by the . This should be a type implemented by all
- expressions identified by . For generic transformers,
- must be .
- The transformer to register.
-
-
- The order in which transformers are registered is the same order on which they will later be applied by
- . When more than one transformer is registered for a certain ,
- each of them will get a chance to transform a given , until the first one returns a new .
- At that point, the transformation will start again with the new (and, if the expression's type has changed, potentially
- different transformers).
-
-
- When generic transformers are registered, they act as if they had been registered for all values (including
- custom ones). They will be applied in the order registered, but only after all respective specific transformers have run (without modifying
- the expression, which would restart the transformation process with the new expression as explained above).
-
-
- When an is registered for an incompatible , this is not detected until
- the transformer is actually applied to an of that .
-
-
-
-
-
- Dynamically discovers attributes implementing the interface on methods and get accessors
- invoked by or instances and applies the respective
- .
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that transform instances. The
- manages registration of instances, and the
- applies the transformations.
-
- The type of expressions handled by this implementation.
-
-
- is a convenience interface that provides strong typing, whereas
- only operates on instances.
-
-
- can be used together with the class by using the
- class as the transformation provider. converts
- strongly typed instances to weakly typed delegate instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- Transforms a given . If the implementation can handle the ,
- it should return a new, transformed instance. Otherwise, it should return the input
- instance.
-
- The expression to be transformed.
- The result of the transformation, or if no transformation was applied.
-
-
-
- Gets the expression types supported by this .
-
- The supported expression types. Return to support all expression types. (This is only sensible when
- is .)
-
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for attributes providing an for a given .
-
-
-
- detects attributes implementing this interface while expressions are parsed
- and uses the returned by to modify the expressions.
-
-
- Only one attribute instance implementing must be applied to a single method or property
- get accessor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Chooses a given for a specific method (or property get accessor).
-
-
- The must have a default constructor. To choose a transformer that does not have a default constructor,
- create your own custom attribute class implementing
- .
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for the .NET tuple types and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for transformers detecting nodes for tuple types and adding metadata
- to those nodes. This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions invoking a and replaces them with the body of that
- (with the parameter references replaced with the invocation arguments).
- Providers use this transformation to be able to handle queries with instances.
-
-
- When the is applied to a delegate instance (rather than a
- ), the ignores it.
-
-
-
-
- Detects nodes for and adds metadata to those nodes.
- This allows LINQ providers to match member access and constructor arguments more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces calls to and with casts and null checks. This allows LINQ providers
- to treat nullables like reference types.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the CompareString method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances. Providers use this transformation to be able to handle VB string comparisons
- more easily. See for details.
-
-
-
-
- Detects expressions calling the Information.IsNothing (...) method used by Visual Basic .NET, and replaces them with
- instances comparing with . Providers use this transformation to be able to
- handle queries using IsNothing (...) more easily.
-
-
-
-
- Analyzes an expression tree by visiting each of its nodes, finding those subtrees that can be evaluated without modifying the meaning of
- the tree.
-
-
- An expression node/subtree is evaluatable if:
-
- - it is not a
or any non-standard expression,
- - it is not a
that involves an , and
- - it does not have any of those non-evaluatable expressions as its children.
-
-
- nodes are not evaluatable because they usually identify the flow of
- some information from one query node to the next.
-
- nodes that involve parameters or object instances are not evaluatable because they
- should usually be translated into the target query syntax.
-
- In .NET 3.5, non-standard expressions are not evaluatable because they cannot be compiled and evaluated by LINQ.
- In .NET 4.0, non-standard expressions can be evaluated if they can be reduced to an evaluatable expression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the given is one of the expressions defined by for which
- has a dedicated Visit method. handles those by calling the respective Visit method.
-
- The expression to check. Must not be .
-
- if is one of the expressions defined by and
- has a dedicated Visit method for it; otherwise, .
- Note that -type expressions are considered 'not supported' and will also return .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a base class for and , i.e., for node parsers for set operations
- acting as an .
-
-
-
-
- Interface for classes representing query source parts of an tree.
-
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The and methods delegate to these inner instances. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a common interface for classes mapping a to the respective
- type. Implementations are used by when a is encountered to
- instantiate the right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a node type for the given can be returned by this
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of that matches the given , returning
- if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Implements by storing a list of inner instances.
- The method calls each inner instance in the order defined by the property. This is an
- implementation of the Composite Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes that represent steps in the process of parsing the structure
- of an tree. applies a series of these steps to the
- tree before analyzing the query operators and creating a .
-
-
-
- There are predefined implementations of that should only be left out when parsing an
- tree when there are very good reasons to do so.
-
-
- can be implemented to provide custom, complex transformations on an
- tree. For performance reasons, avoid adding too many steps each of which visits the whole tree. For
- simple transformations, consider using and - which can
- batch several transformations into a single expression tree visiting run - rather than implementing a dedicated
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements the interface by doing nothing in the method. This is an
- implementation of the Null Object Pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types based on the method names and a filter (as defined by ).
- This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the right
- for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given for the query operator methods defined by the given
- objects.
-
- A sequence of objects defining the methods to register the node type for.
- The type of the to register.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered method names.
-
-
-
-
- Applies a given set of transformations to an tree. The transformations are provided by an instance of
- (eg., ).
-
-
- The uses the to apply the transformations.
- It performs a single visiting run over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A class providing the transformations to apply to the tree, eg., an instance of
- .
-
-
-
- Analyzes an tree for sub-trees that are evaluatable in-memory, and evaluates those sub-trees.
-
-
- The uses the for partial evaluation.
- It performs two visiting runs over the tree.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Encapsulates contextual information used while generating clauses from instances.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the ,
- ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the
- , ,
- , and
- methods.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do take a result selector. The overloads without a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
- The GroupBy overloads with result selector are parsed as if they were a following a
- :
-
- x.GroupBy (k => key, e => element, (k, g) => result)
-
- is therefore equivalent to:
-
- c.GroupBy (k => key, e => element).Select (grouping => resultSub)
-
- where resultSub is the same as result with k and g substituted with grouping.Key and grouping, respectively.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for and
- and
- and
-
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Thrown whan an parser cannot be instantiated for a query. Note that this is not serializable
- and intended to be caught in the call-site where it will then replaced by a different (serializable) exception.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves an expression using , removing transparent identifiers and detecting subqueries
- in the process. This is used by methods such as , which are
- used when a clause is created from an .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different
- overloads that do not take a result selector. The overloads with a result selector are represented by
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
-
- or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- and .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by implementors of .
-
-
-
-
- Replaces the given parameter with a back-reference to the corresponding to .
-
- The referenced node.
- The parameter to replace with a .
- The expression in which to replace the parameter.
- The clause generation context.
- , with replaced with a
- pointing to the clause corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Gets the corresponding to the given , throwing an
- if no such clause has been registered in the given .
-
- The node for which the should be returned.
- The clause generation context.
- The corresponding to .
-
-
-
- Caches a resolved expression in the classes.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Contains metadata about a that is parsed into a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the associated identifier, i.e. the name the user gave the data streaming out of this expression. For example, the
- corresponding to a from c in C clause should get the identifier "c".
- If there is no user-defined identifier (or the identifier is impossible to infer from the expression tree), a generated identifier
- is given instead.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the source expression node, i.e. the node streaming data into the parsed node.
-
- The source.
-
-
-
- Gets the being parsed.
-
-
-
-
- is implemented by classes taking an tree and parsing it into a .
-
-
- The default implementation of this interface is . LINQ providers can, however, implement
- themselves, eg. in order to decorate or replace the functionality of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Defines a name and a filter predicate used when determining the matching expression node type by .
-
-
-
-
- Implements an that throws an exception for every expression type that is not explicitly supported.
- Inherit from this class to ensure that an exception is thrown when an expression is passed
-
-
-
-
- Called when an unhandled item is visited. This method provides the item the visitor cannot handle ( ),
- the that is not implemented in the visitor, and a delegate that can be used to invoke the
- of the class. The default behavior of this method is to call the
- method, but it can be overridden to do something else.
-
- The type of the item that could not be handled. Either an type, a
- type, or .
- The result type expected for the visited .
- The unhandled item.
- The visit method that is not implemented.
- The behavior exposed by for this item type.
- An object to replace in the expression tree. Alternatively, the method can throw any exception.
-
-
-
- can be used to build tuples incorporating a sequence of s.
- For example, given three expressions, exp1, exp2, and exp3, it will build nested s that are equivalent to the
- following: new KeyValuePair(exp1, new KeyValuePair(exp2, exp3)).
- Given an whose type matches that of a tuple built by , the builder can also return
- an enumeration of accessor expressions that can be used to access the tuple elements in the same order as they were put into the nested tuple
- expression. In above example, this would yield tupleExpression.Key, tupleExpression.Value.Key, and tupleExpression.Value.Value.
- This class can be handy whenever a set of needs to be put into a single
- (eg., a select projection), especially if each sub-expression needs to be explicitly accessed at a later point of time (eg., to retrieve the
- items from a statement surrounding a sub-statement yielding the tuple in its select projection).
-
-
-
-
- Collects clauses and creates a from them. This provides a simple way to first add all the clauses and then
- create the rather than the two-step approach (first and ,
- then the s) required by 's constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a default implementation of which automatically visits child items. That is, the default
- implementation of automatically calls Accept on all clauses in the
- and the default implementation of automatically calls on the
- instances in its collection, and so on.
-
-
- This visitor is hardened against modifications performed on the visited while the model is currently being visited.
- That is, if a the collection changes while a body clause (or a child item of a body clause) is currently
- being processed, the visitor will handle that gracefully. The same applies to and
- .
-
-
-
-
- Defines an interface for visiting the clauses of a .
-
-
-
- When implement this interface, implement , then call Accept on every clause that should
- be visited. Child clauses, joins, orderings, and result operators are not visited automatically; they always need to be explicitly visited
- via , , ,
- , and so on.
-
-
- provides a robust default implementation of this interface that can be used as a base for other visitors.
-
-
-
-
-
- Takes a and transforms it by replacing its instances ( and
- ) that contain subqueries with equivalent flattened clauses. Subqueries that contain a
- (such as or ) cannot be
- flattened.
-
-
- As an example, take the following query:
-
- from c in Customers
- from o in (from oi in OrderInfos where oi.Customer == c orderby oi.OrderDate select oi.Order)
- orderby o.Product.Name
- select new { c, o }
-
- This will be transformed into:
-
- from c in Customers
- from oi in OrderInfos
- where oi.Customer == c
- orderby oi.OrderDate
- orderby oi.Order.Product.Name
- select new { c, oi.Order }
-
- As another example, take the following query:
-
- from c in (from o in Orders select o.Customer)
- where c.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select c
-
- (This query is never produced by the , the only way to construct it is via manually building a
- .)
- This will be transforemd into:
-
- from o in Orders
- where o.Customer.Name.StartsWith ("Miller")
- select o
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies delegates obtained from an to an expression tree.
- The transformations occur in post-order (transforming child nodes before parent nodes). When a transformation changes
- the current , its child nodes and itself will be revisited (and may be transformed again).
-
-
-
-
- Generates unique identifiers based on a set of known identifiers.
- An identifier is generated by appending a number to a given prefix. The identifier is considered unique when no known identifier
- exists which equals the prefix/number combination.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the given to the set of known identifiers.
-
- The identifier to add.
-
-
-
- Gets a unique identifier starting with the given . The identifier is generating by appending a number to the
- prefix so that the resulting string does not match a known identifier.
-
- The prefix to use for the identifier.
- A unique identifier starting with .
-
-
-
- Specifies the direction used to sort the result items in a query using an .
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an ascending way, from smallest to largest.
-
-
-
-
- Sorts the items in an descending way, from largest to smallest.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an that holds a subquery. The subquery is held by in its parsed form.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This binding's
- method returns only for the same the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance. This is used by the
- to represent assignments in constructor calls such as new AnonymousType (a = 5) ,
- where a is the member of AnonymousType and 5 is the associated expression.
- The method can be used to check whether the member bound to an expression matches a given
- (considering read access). See the subclasses for details.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to or for a
- whose getter method is the the expression is bound to.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a being bound to an associated instance.
-
- This binding's
- method returns for the same the expression is bound to
- or for its getter method's .
-
-
-
-
- Represents grouping the items returned by a query according to some key retrieved by a , applying by an
- to the grouped items. This is a result operator, operating on the whole result set of the query.
-
-
- In C#, the "group by" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source
- "s", see ) is the expression, "s.Country" is the
- expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- group s by s.Country;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name associated with the items generated by the result operator.
- The selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- The selector retrieving the elements to group.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, adjusting all instances held by it as defined by
- .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this . The item type is an instantiation of
- derived from the types of and .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the key by which to group items.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the selector retrieving the elements to group.
- This is a resolved version of the body of the that would be
- passed to .
-
- The element selector.
-
-
-
- Replaces all nodes that equal a given with a replacement node. Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the
- is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied. The replacement node is not recursively searched for
- occurrences of the to be replaced.
-
-
-
-
- Maps the objects used in objects to the respective
- types. This is used by when a is encountered to instantiate the
- right for the given method.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a and registers all relevant implementations in the Remotion.Linq assembly.
-
-
- A with all types in the Remotion.Linq assembly registered.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the registerable method definition from a given . A registerable method is a object
- that can be registered via a call to . When the given is passed to
- and its corresponding registerable method was registered, the correct node type is returned.
-
- The method for which the registerable method should be retrieved. Must not be .
-
- to throw a if the method cannot be matched to a distinct generic method definition,
- to return if an unambiguous match is not possible.
-
-
-
- itself, unless it is a closed generic method or declared in a closed generic type. In the latter cases,
- the corresponding generic method definition respectively the method declared in a generic type definition is returned.
-
- If no generic method definition could be matched and was set to ,
- is returned.
-
-
-
- Thrown if is set to and no distinct generic method definition could be resolved.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specific with the given . The given methods must either be non-generic
- or open generic method definitions. If a method has already been registered before, the later registration overwrites the earlier one.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified method was registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of registered with this instance that
- matches the given , returning if none can be found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the count of the registered s.
-
-
-
-
- Parses an expression tree into a chain of objects after executing a sequence of
- objects.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can add inner providers to register their own expression node parsers.
-
- A default that already has all expression node parser defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
-
- Creates a default that already has the expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered. Users can insert additional processing steps.
-
-
- The tranformation provider to be used by the included
- in the result set. Use to create a default provider.
-
-
- The expression filter used by the included in the result set.
- Use to indicate that no custom filtering should be applied.
-
-
- A default that already has all expression tree processing steps defined by the re-linq assembly
- registered.
-
-
- The following steps are included:
-
-
- (parameterized with )
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a custom and
- implementation.
-
- The to use when parsing trees. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes all
- default node types. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
- The to apply to trees before parsing their nodes. Use
- to create an instance of that already includes
- the default steps. (The can be customized as needed by adding or removing
- ).
-
-
-
- Parses the given into a chain of instances, using
- to convert expressions to nodes.
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A chain of instances representing the .
-
-
-
- Gets the query operator represented by . If
- is already a , that is the assumed query operator. If is a
- and the member's getter is registered with , a corresponding
- is constructed and returned. Otherwise, is returned.
-
- The expression to get a query operator expression for.
- A to be parsed as a query operator, or if the expression does not represent
- a query operator.
-
-
-
- Infers the associated identifier for the source expression node contained in methodCallExpression.Arguments[0]. For example, for the
- call chain "source.Where (i => i > 5) " (which actually reads "Where (source, i => i > 5 "), the identifier "i" is associated
- with the node generated for "source". If no identifier can be inferred, is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the node type provider used to parse instances in .
-
- The node type provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the processing steps used by to process the tree before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processing steps.
-
-
-
- Creates instances of classes implementing the interface via Reflection.
-
-
- The classes implementing instantiated by this factory must implement a single constructor. The source and
- constructor parameters handed to the method are passed on to the constructor; for each argument where no
- parameter is passed, is passed to the constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instace of type .
-
-
- Thrown if the or the
- do not match expected constructor parameters of the .
-
-
-
-
- Represents the first expression in a LINQ query, which acts as the main query source.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node usually marks the end (i.e. the first node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents an expression tree node that points to a query source represented by a . These expressions should always
- point back, to a clause defined prior to the clause holding a . Otherwise, exceptions might be
- thrown at runtime.
-
-
- This particular expression overrides , i.e. it can be compared to another based
- on the .
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to the current by
- comparing the properties for reference equality.
-
- The to compare with the current .
-
- if the specified is a that points to the
- same ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query source referenced by this expression.
-
- The referenced query source.
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it follows an , an ,
- a , or a .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for the different overloads of .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- for the Count properties of , , ,
- and , and for the property of arrays.
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for or .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for ,
- ,
- or
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it marks the beginning (i.e. the last node) of an chain that represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- When this node is used, it usually follows (or replaces) a of an chain that
- represents a query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
- This node represents an additional query source introduced to the query.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a for
- .
- It is generated by when an tree is parsed.
-
-
-
-
- Constitutes the bridge between re-linq and a concrete query provider implementation. Concrete providers implement this interface
- and calls the respective method of the interface implementation when a query is to be executed.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a scalar query, i.e. as a query returning a scalar value of type .
- The query ends with a scalar result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the scalar value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a single object query, i.e. as a query returning a single object of type
- .
- The query ends with a single result operator, for example a or a .
-
- The type of the single value returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- If , the executor must return a default value when its result set is empty;
- if , it should throw an when its result set is empty.
- A single value of type that represents the query's result.
-
- The difference between and is in the kind of object that is returned.
- is used when a query that would otherwise return a collection result set should pick a single value from the
- set, for example the first, last, minimum, maximum, or only value in the set. is used when a value is
- calculated or aggregated from all the values in the collection result set. This applies to, for example, item counts, average calculations,
- checks for the existence of a specific item, and so on.
-
-
-
-
- Executes the given as a collection query, i.e. as a query returning objects of type .
- The query does not end with a scalar result operator, but it can end with a single result operator, for example
- or . In such a case, the returned enumerable must yield exactly
- one object (or none if the last result operator allows empty result sets).
-
- The type of the items returned by the query.
- The representing the query to be executed. Analyze this via an
- .
- A scalar value of type that represents the query's result.
-
-
-
- Represents the join part of a query, adding new data items and joining them with data items from previous clauses. This can either
- be part of or of . The semantics of the
- is that of an inner join, i.e. only combinations where both an input item and a joined item exist are returned.
-
-
- In C#, the "join" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . The adds a new
- query source to the query, selecting addresses (called "a") from the source "Addresses". It associates addresses and students by
- comparing the students' "AddressID" properties with the addresses' "ID" properties. "a" corresponds to and
- , "Addresses" is and the left and right side of the "equals" operator are held by
- and , respectively:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- join a in Addresses on s.AdressID equals a.ID
- select new { s, a };
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by this .
- The type of the items generated by this .
- The expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
- An expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
- An expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its
- method. This overload is used when visiting a that is held by a .
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The holding this instance.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the items generated by this .
-
-
- Changing the of a can make all objects that
- point to that invalid, so the property setter should be used with care.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a name describing the items generated by this .
-
-
- Item names are inferred when a query expression is parsed, and they usually correspond to the variable names present in that expression.
- However, note that names are not necessarily unique within a . Use names only for readability and debugging, not for
- uniquely identifying objects. To match an with its references, use the
- property rather than the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner sequence, the expression that generates the inner sequence, i.e. the items of this .
-
- The inner sequence.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the outer key selector, an expression that selects the right side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The outer key selector.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the inner key selector, an expression that selects the left side of the comparison by which source items and inner items are joined.
-
- The inner key selector.
-
-
-
- Represents the orderby part of a query, ordering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the whole "orderby" clause in the following sample (including two orderings) corresponds to an :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- orderby s.Last, s.First
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Gets the instances that define how to sort the items coming from previous clauses. The order of the
- in the collection defines their priorities. For example, { LastName, FirstName } would sort all items by
- LastName, and only those items that have equal LastName values would be sorted by FirstName.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a single ordering instruction in an .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
- The to use for sorting.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The in whose context this item is visited.
- The index of this item in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Clones this item.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this item.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this item via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- item, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expression used to order the data items returned by the query.
-
- The expression.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the direction to use for ordering data items.
-
-
-
-
- Provider a utility API for dealing with the item type of generic collections.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to extract the item type from the input .
-
-
- The that might be an implementation of the interface. Must not be .
-
- An output parameter containing the extracted item or .
- if an could be extracted, otherwise .
-
-
-
- Preprocesses an expression tree for parsing. The preprocessing involves detection of sub-queries and VB-specific expressions.
-
-
-
-
- Parses a and creates an from it. This is used by
- for parsing whole expression trees.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces expression patterns of the form new T { x = 1, y = 2 }.x ( ) or
- new T ( x = 1, y = 2 ).x ( ) to 1 (or 2 if y is accessed instead of x ).
- Expressions are also replaced within subqueries; the is changed by the replacement operations, it is not copied.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an tree and parses it into a by use of an .
- It first transforms the tree into a chain of instances, and then calls
- and in order to instantiate all the
- s. With those, a is created and returned.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using default parameters for parsing.
- The used has all relevant methods of the class
- automatically registered, and the comprises partial evaluation, and default
- expression transformations. See ,
- , and
- for details.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, using the given to
- convert instances into s. Use this constructor if you wish to customize the
- parser. To use a default parser (with the possibility to register custom node types), use the method.
-
- The expression tree parser.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the given .
-
- The expression tree to parse.
- A that represents the query defined in .
-
-
-
- Applies all nodes to a , which is created by the trailing in the
- chain.
-
- The entry point to the chain.
- The clause generation context collecting context information during the parsing process.
- A created by the training and transformed by each node in the
- chain.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to parse instances.
-
- The node type registry.
-
-
-
- Gets the used by to process the tree
- before analyzing its structure.
-
- The processor.
-
-
-
- Represents the main data source in a query, producing data items that are filtered, aggregated, projected, or otherwise processed by
- subsequent clauses.
-
-
- In C#, the first "from" clause in the following sample corresponds to the :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- from f in s.Friends
- select f;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A name describing the items generated by the from clause.
- The type of the items generated by the from clause.
- The generating data items for this from clause.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause, registering its clone with the .
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Provides an abstraction of an expression tree created for a LINQ query. instances are passed to LINQ providers based
- on re-linq via , but you can also use to parse an expression tree by hand or construct
- a manually via its constructor.
-
-
- The different parts of the query are mapped to clauses, see , , and
- . The simplest way to process all the clauses belonging to a is by implementing
- (or deriving from ) and calling .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of
-
- The of the query. This is the starting point of the query, generating items
- that are filtered and projected by the query.
- The of the query. This is the end point of
- the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the items coming from the and passing the
- . After it, only the modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to . If a query has
- , the data is further modified by those operators.
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is often of type instantiated
- with a specific item type, unless the
- query ends with a . For example, if the query ends with a , the
- result type will be .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the calculated calculated from the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the which is used by the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Accepts an implementation of or , as defined by the Visitor pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of this .
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
-
-
-
- Clones this , returning a new equivalent to this instance, but with its clauses being
- clones of this instance's clauses. Any in the cloned clauses that points back to another clause
- in this (including its subqueries) is adjusted to point to the respective clones in the cloned
- . Any subquery nested in the is also cloned.
-
- The defining how to adjust instances of
- in the cloned . If there is a
- that points out of the being cloned, specify its replacement via this parameter. At the end of the cloning process,
- this object maps all the clauses in this original to the clones created in the process.
-
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this 's clauses via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- , and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Returns a new name with the given prefix. The name is different from that of any added
- in the . Note that clause names that are changed after the clause is added as well as names of other clauses
- than from clauses are not considered when determining "unique" names. Use names only for readability and debugging, not
- for uniquely identifying clauses.
-
-
-
-
- Executes this via the given . By default, this indirectly calls
- , but this can be modified by the .
-
- The to use for executing this query.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this represents an identity query. An identity query is a query without any body clauses
- whose selects exactly the items produced by its . An identity query can have
- .
-
-
- if this represents an identity query; otherwise, .
-
-
- An example for an identity query is the subquery in that is produced for the in the following
- query:
-
- from order in ...
- select order.OrderItems.Count()
-
- In this query, the will become a because
- is treated as a query operator. The
- in that has no and a trivial ,
- so its method returns . The outer , on the other hand, does not
- have a trivial , so its method returns .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new that has this as a sub-query in its .
-
- The name of the new 's .
- A new whose 's is a
- that holds this instance.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's . This is the starting point of the query, generating items that are processed by
- the and projected or grouped by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the query's select clause. This is the end point of the query, it defines what is actually returned for each of the
- items coming from the and passing the . After it, only the
- modify the result of the query.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a collection representing the query's body clauses. Body clauses take the items generated by the ,
- filtering ( ), ordering ( ), augmenting ( ), or otherwise
- processing them before they are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the result operators attached to this . Result operators modify the query's result set, aggregating,
- filtering, or otherwise processing the result before it is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the select part of a query, projecting data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "select" clause in the following sample corresponds to a . "s" (a reference to the query source "s", see
- ) is the expression:
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The selector that projects the data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
- A clone of this clause.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Gets an object describing the data streaming out of this . If a query ends with
- the , this corresponds to the query's output data. If a query has , the data
- is further modified by those operators. Use to obtain the real result type of
- a query model, including the .
-
- Gets a object describing the data streaming out of this .
-
- The data streamed from a is always of type instantiated
- with the type of as its generic parameter. Its corresponds to the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the selector defining what parts of the data items are returned by the query.
-
-
-
-
- Acts as a common base class for implementations based on re-linq. In a specific LINQ provider, a custom queryable
- class should be derived from which supplies an implementation of that is used to
- execute the query. This is then used as an entry point (the main data source) of a LINQ query.
-
- The type of the result items yielded by this query.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a and the given
- . This constructor should be used by subclasses to begin a new query. The generated by
- this constructor is a pointing back to this .
-
- The used to parse queries. Specify an instance of
- for default behavior. See also .
- The used to execute the query represented by this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specific . This constructor
- should only be used to begin a query when does not fit the requirements.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a given and
- . This is an infrastructure constructor that must be exposed on subclasses because it is used by
- to construct queries around this when a query method (e.g. of the
- class) is called.
-
- The provider used to execute the query represented by this and to construct
- queries around this .
- The expression representing the query.
-
-
-
- Executes the query via the and returns an enumerator that iterates through the items returned by the query.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the query result.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the expression tree that is associated with the instance of . This expression describes the
- query represented by this .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this instance of .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the query provider that is associated with this data source. The provider is used to execute the query. By default, a
- is used that parses the query and passes it on to an implementation of .
-
-
-
- The that is associated with this data source.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this instance of is executed.
-
-
-
- A that represents the type of the element(s) that are returned when the expression tree associated with this object is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and first analyzes it for evaluatable subtrees (using ), i.e.
- subtrees that can be pre-evaluated before actually generating the query. Examples for evaluatable subtrees are operations on constant
- values (constant folding), access to closure variables (variables used by the LINQ query that are defined in an outer scope), or method
- calls on known objects or their members. In a second step, it replaces all of the evaluatable subtrees (top-down and non-recursive) by
- their evaluated counterparts.
-
-
- This visitor visits each tree node at most twice: once via the for analysis and once
- again to replace nodes if possible (unless the parent node has already been replaced).
-
-
-
-
- Takes an expression tree and finds and evaluates all its evaluatable subtrees.
-
-
-
-
- Evaluates an evaluatable subtree, i.e. an independent expression tree that is compilable and executable
- without any data being passed in. The result of the evaluation is returned as a ; if the subtree
- is already a , no evaluation is performed.
-
- The subtree to be evaluated.
- A holding the result of the evaluation.
-
-
-
- Represents the where part of a query, filtering data items according to some .
-
-
- In C#, the "where" clause in the following sample corresponds to a :
-
- var query = from s in Students
- where s.First == "Hugo"
- select s;
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The predicate used to filter data items.
-
-
-
- Accepts the specified visitor by calling its method.
-
- The visitor to accept.
- The query model in whose context this clause is visited.
- The index of this clause in the 's collection.
-
-
-
- Transforms all the expressions in this clause and its child objects via the given delegate.
-
- The transformation object. This delegate is called for each within this
- clause, and those expressions will be replaced with what the delegate returns.
-
-
-
- Clones this clause.
-
- The clones of all query source clauses are registered with this .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the predicate, the expression representing the where condition by which the data items are filtered
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index 811849a75..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0.nupkg b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bca908fe..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ea4c3117..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,813 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Visits a , removing all instances from its
- collection and returning objects for them.
-
-
- Note that this visitor does not remove fetch requests from sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a relation collection property that should be eager-fetched by means of a lambda expression.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding an and changing the to
- retrieve the result of the .
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchMany (x => x.Orders) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Orders (where y is what the query model originally selected) and a selecting the result of the
- .
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a property holding one object that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, changing the to the fetch source expression.
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchOne (x => x.Customer) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Customer (where y is what the query model originally selected).
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Holds a , a for which the fetch request was created, and the position
- where the occurred in the list of the . From
- this information, it builds a new that represents the as a query.
-
-
- Use to retrieve the instances for a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The fetch request.
- The query model for which the was originally defined.
- The result operator position where the was originally located.
- The will include all result operators prior to this position into the fetch ,
- but it will not include any result operators occurring after (or at) that position.
-
-
-
- Creates the fetch query model for the , caching the result.
-
-
- A new which represents the same query as but selecting
- the objects described by instead of the objects selected by the
- . From the original , only those result operators are included that occur
- prior to .
-
-
-
-
- Creates objects for the of the
- . Inner fetch requests start from the fetch query model of the outer fetch request, and they have
- a of 0.
-
- An array of objects for the of the
- .
-
-
-
- Base class for classes representing a property that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the relation member whose contained object(s) should be fetched.
-
- The relation member.
-
-
-
- Gets the inner fetch requests that were issued for this .
-
- The fetch requests added via .
-
-
-
- Gets a the fetch query model, i.e. a new that incorporates a given as a
- and selects the fetched items from it.
-
- A that yields the source items for which items are to be fetched.
- A that selects the fetched items from as a subquery.
-
- This method does not clone the , remove result operatores, etc. Use
- (via ) for the full algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding new instances and changing the
- as needed.
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
- The fetch query model to modify.
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an inner eager-fetch request for this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Holds a number of instances keyed by the instances representing the relation members
- to be eager-fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an eager-fetch request to this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by all expression nodes representing fetch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchMany<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchMany") }, typeof (FetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchOne<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchOne") }, typeof (FetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchMany<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchMany") }, typeof (ThenFetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchOne<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchOne") }, typeof (ThenFetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c50c9598..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net35/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ea4c3117..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,813 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Visits a , removing all instances from its
- collection and returning objects for them.
-
-
- Note that this visitor does not remove fetch requests from sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a relation collection property that should be eager-fetched by means of a lambda expression.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding an and changing the to
- retrieve the result of the .
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchMany (x => x.Orders) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Orders (where y is what the query model originally selected) and a selecting the result of the
- .
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a property holding one object that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, changing the to the fetch source expression.
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchOne (x => x.Customer) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Customer (where y is what the query model originally selected).
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Holds a , a for which the fetch request was created, and the position
- where the occurred in the list of the . From
- this information, it builds a new that represents the as a query.
-
-
- Use to retrieve the instances for a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The fetch request.
- The query model for which the was originally defined.
- The result operator position where the was originally located.
- The will include all result operators prior to this position into the fetch ,
- but it will not include any result operators occurring after (or at) that position.
-
-
-
- Creates the fetch query model for the , caching the result.
-
-
- A new which represents the same query as but selecting
- the objects described by instead of the objects selected by the
- . From the original , only those result operators are included that occur
- prior to .
-
-
-
-
- Creates objects for the of the
- . Inner fetch requests start from the fetch query model of the outer fetch request, and they have
- a of 0.
-
- An array of objects for the of the
- .
-
-
-
- Base class for classes representing a property that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the relation member whose contained object(s) should be fetched.
-
- The relation member.
-
-
-
- Gets the inner fetch requests that were issued for this .
-
- The fetch requests added via .
-
-
-
- Gets a the fetch query model, i.e. a new that incorporates a given as a
- and selects the fetched items from it.
-
- A that yields the source items for which items are to be fetched.
- A that selects the fetched items from as a subquery.
-
- This method does not clone the , remove result operatores, etc. Use
- (via ) for the full algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding new instances and changing the
- as needed.
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
- The fetch query model to modify.
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an inner eager-fetch request for this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Holds a number of instances keyed by the instances representing the relation members
- to be eager-fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an eager-fetch request to this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by all expression nodes representing fetch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchMany<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchMany") }, typeof (FetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchOne<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchOne") }, typeof (FetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchMany<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchMany") }, typeof (ThenFetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchOne<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchOne") }, typeof (ThenFetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index c5d86a0da..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net40/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ea4c3117..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.XML
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,813 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Visits a , removing all instances from its
- collection and returning objects for them.
-
-
- Note that this visitor does not remove fetch requests from sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a relation collection property that should be eager-fetched by means of a lambda expression.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding an and changing the to
- retrieve the result of the .
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchMany (x => x.Orders) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Orders (where y is what the query model originally selected) and a selecting the result of the
- .
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a property holding one object that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, changing the to the fetch source expression.
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchOne (x => x.Customer) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Customer (where y is what the query model originally selected).
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Holds a , a for which the fetch request was created, and the position
- where the occurred in the list of the . From
- this information, it builds a new that represents the as a query.
-
-
- Use to retrieve the instances for a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The fetch request.
- The query model for which the was originally defined.
- The result operator position where the was originally located.
- The will include all result operators prior to this position into the fetch ,
- but it will not include any result operators occurring after (or at) that position.
-
-
-
- Creates the fetch query model for the , caching the result.
-
-
- A new which represents the same query as but selecting
- the objects described by instead of the objects selected by the
- . From the original , only those result operators are included that occur
- prior to .
-
-
-
-
- Creates objects for the of the
- . Inner fetch requests start from the fetch query model of the outer fetch request, and they have
- a of 0.
-
- An array of objects for the of the
- .
-
-
-
- Base class for classes representing a property that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the relation member whose contained object(s) should be fetched.
-
- The relation member.
-
-
-
- Gets the inner fetch requests that were issued for this .
-
- The fetch requests added via .
-
-
-
- Gets a the fetch query model, i.e. a new that incorporates a given as a
- and selects the fetched items from it.
-
- A that yields the source items for which items are to be fetched.
- A that selects the fetched items from as a subquery.
-
- This method does not clone the , remove result operatores, etc. Use
- (via ) for the full algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding new instances and changing the
- as needed.
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
- The fetch query model to modify.
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an inner eager-fetch request for this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Holds a number of instances keyed by the instances representing the relation members
- to be eager-fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an eager-fetch request to this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by all expression nodes representing fetch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchMany<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchMany") }, typeof (FetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchOne<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchOne") }, typeof (FetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchMany<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchMany") }, typeof (ThenFetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchOne<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchOne") }, typeof (ThenFetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ca133153..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/net45/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 484737931..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.xml b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index b9c9439fc..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/netstandard1.0/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,813 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching
-
-
-
-
- Visits a , removing all instances from its
- collection and returning objects for them.
-
-
- Note that this visitor does not remove fetch requests from sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a relation collection property that should be eager-fetched by means of a lambda expression.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding an and changing the to
- retrieve the result of the .
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchMany (x => x.Orders) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Orders (where y is what the query model originally selected) and a selecting the result of the
- .
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a property holding one object that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, changing the to the fetch source expression.
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchOne (x => x.Customer) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Customer (where y is what the query model originally selected).
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Holds a , a for which the fetch request was created, and the position
- where the occurred in the list of the . From
- this information, it builds a new that represents the as a query.
-
-
- Use to retrieve the instances for a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The fetch request.
- The query model for which the was originally defined.
- The result operator position where the was originally located.
- The will include all result operators prior to this position into the fetch ,
- but it will not include any result operators occurring after (or at) that position.
-
-
-
- Creates the fetch query model for the , caching the result.
-
-
- A new which represents the same query as but selecting
- the objects described by instead of the objects selected by the
- . From the original , only those result operators are included that occur
- prior to .
-
-
-
-
- Creates objects for the of the
- . Inner fetch requests start from the fetch query model of the outer fetch request, and they have
- a of 0.
-
- An array of objects for the of the
- .
-
-
-
- Base class for classes representing a property that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the relation member whose contained object(s) should be fetched.
-
- The relation member.
-
-
-
- Gets the inner fetch requests that were issued for this .
-
- The fetch requests added via .
-
-
-
- Gets a the fetch query model, i.e. a new that incorporates a given as a
- and selects the fetched items from it.
-
- A that yields the source items for which items are to be fetched.
- A that selects the fetched items from as a subquery.
-
- This method does not clone the , remove result operatores, etc. Use
- (via ) for the full algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding new instances and changing the
- as needed.
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
- The fetch query model to modify.
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an inner eager-fetch request for this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Holds a number of instances keyed by the instances representing the relation members
- to be eager-fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an eager-fetch request to this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by all expression nodes representing fetch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchMany<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchMany") }, typeof (FetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchOne<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchOne") }, typeof (FetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchMany<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchMany") }, typeof (ThenFetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchOne<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchOne") }, typeof (ThenFetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index f8feaadde..000000000
Binary files a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.xml b/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c0bf1681..000000000
--- a/packages/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.2.2.0/lib/portable-net45+win+wpa81+wp80/Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,813 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- Remotion.Linq.EagerFetching
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the condition parameter of the assertion method.
- The method itself should be marked by attribute.
- The mandatory argument of the attribute is the assertion type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of AssertionConditionAttribute
-
- Specifies condition type
-
-
-
- Gets condition type
-
-
-
-
- Specifies assertion type. If the assertion method argument satisifes the condition, then the execution continues.
- Otherwise, execution is assumed to be halted
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to true
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to false
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked parameter should be evaluated to not null value
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method is assertion method, i.e. it halts control flow if one of the conditions is satisfied.
- To set the condition, mark one of the parameters with attribute
-
-
-
-
-
- When applied to target attribute, specifies a requirement for any type which is marked with
- target attribute to implement or inherit specific type or types
-
-
-
- [BaseTypeRequired(typeof(IComponent)] // Specify requirement
- public class ComponentAttribute : Attribute
- {}
-
- [Component] // ComponentAttribute requires implementing IComponent interface
- public class MyComponent : IComponent
- {}
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of BaseTypeRequiredAttribute
-
- Specifies which types are required
-
-
-
- Gets enumerations of specified base types
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could be null sometimes, so the check for null is necessary before its usage
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked type (or its derivatives) cannot be compared using '==' or '!=' operators.
- There is only exception to compare with null , it is permitted
-
-
-
-
- Describes dependency between method input and output
-
-
- Function definition table syntax:
-
- - FDT ::= FDTRow [;FDTRow]*
- - FDTRow ::= Input => Output | Output <= Input
- - Input ::= ParameterName: Value [, Input]*
- - Output ::= [ParameterName: Value]* {halt|stop|void|nothing|Value}
- - Value ::= true | false | null | notnull | canbenull
-
- If method has single input parameter, it's name could be omitted.
- Using "halt" (or "void"/"nothing", which is the same) for method output means that methos doesn't return normally.
- "canbenull" annotation is only applicable for output parameters.
- You can use multiple [ContractAnnotation] for each FDT row, or use single attribute with rows separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
- - [ContractAnnotation("=> halt")] public void TerminationMethod()
- - [ContractAnnotation("halt <= condition: false")] public void Assert(bool condition, string text) // Regular Assertion method
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null => true")] public bool IsNullOrEmpty(string s) // String.IsNullOrEmpty
- - [ContractAnnotation("null => null; notnull => notnull")] public object Transform(object data) // Method which returns null if parameter is null, and not null if parameter is not null
- - [ContractAnnotation("s:null=>false; =>true,result:notnull; =>false, result:null")] public bool TryParse(string s, out Person result)
-
-
-
-
-
- Only entity marked with attribute considered used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit assignment to a member
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type with fixed constructor signature.
- That means any unused constructor parameters won't be reported as such.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates implicit instantiation of a type
-
-
-
-
- Specify what is considered used implicitly when marked with or
-
-
-
-
- Members of entity marked with attribute are considered used
-
-
-
-
- Entity marked with attribute and all its members considered used
-
-
-
-
- Tells code analysis engine if the parameter is completely handled when the invoked method is on stack.
- If the parameter is delegate, indicates that delegate is executed while the method is executed.
- If the parameter is enumerable, indicates that it is enumerated while the method is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function argument should be string literal and match one of the parameters of the caller function.
- For example, has such parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method is *pure* linq method, with postponed enumeration. C# iterator methods (yield ...) are always LinqTunnel.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked element should be localized or not.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- set to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether a element should be localized.
- true if a element should be localized; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns whether the value of the given object is equal to the current .
-
- The object to test the value equality of.
-
- true if the value of the given object is equal to that of the current; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
- Should be used on attributes and causes ReSharper to not mark symbols marked with such attributes as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that IEnumarable, passed as parameter, is not enumerated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the function is used to notify class type property value is changed.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the value of marked element could never be null
-
-
-
-
- This attribute is intended to mark publicly available API which should not be removed and so is treated as used.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that method doesn't contain observable side effects.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that marked method builds string by format pattern and (optional) arguments.
- Parameter, which contains format string, should be given in constructor.
- The format string should be in -like form
-
-
-
-
- Initializes new instance of StringFormatMethodAttribute
-
- Specifies which parameter of an annotated method should be treated as format-string
-
-
-
- Gets format parameter name
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked method unconditionally terminates control flow execution.
- For example, it could unconditionally throw exception
-
-
-
-
- Indicates that the marked symbol is used implicitly (e.g. via reflection, in external library),
- so this symbol will not be marked as unused (as well as by other usage inspections)
-
-
-
-
- Gets value indicating what is meant to be used
-
-
-
-
- This utility class provides methods for checking arguments.
-
-
- Some methods of this class return the value of the parameter. In some cases, this is useful because the value will be converted to another
- type:
- ("o", o);
- }
- ]]>
- In some other cases, the input value is returned unmodified. This makes it easier to use the argument checks in calls to base class constructors
- or property setters:
-
-
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is not and of the specified value type.
- The type that must have.
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Checks of the is of the .
- The is a .
- The is an instance of another type.
-
-
- Returns the value itself if it is of the specified type.
- The type that must have.
-
- is an instance of another type (which is not a subtype of ).
-
- is null and cannot be null.
-
- For non-nullable value types, you should use either or pass the type
- instead.
-
-
-
- Checks whether is not and can be assigned to .
- The is .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether can be assigned to .
- The cannot be assigned to .
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type or a null reference.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
-
-
- Checks whether all items in are of type and not null references.
- If at least one element is not of the specified type or a derived type.
- If at least one element is a null reference.
-
-
-
- Provides methods that throw an if an assertion fails.
-
-
-
- This class contains methods that are conditional to the DEBUG and TRACE attributes ( and ).
-
- Note that assertion expressions passed to these methods are not evaluated (read: executed) if the respective symbol are not defined during
- compilation, nor are the methods called. This increases performance for production builds, but make sure that your assertion expressions do
- not cause any side effects! See or and the for more information
- about conditional compilation.
-
- Assertions are no replacement for checking input parameters of public methods (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether a type is nullable, ie. whether variables of it can be assigned .
-
- The type to check.
-
- true if is nullable; otherwise, false.
-
-
- A type is nullable if it is a reference type or a nullable value type. This method returns false only for non-nullable value types.
-
-
-
-
- Visits a , removing all instances from its
- collection and returning objects for them.
-
-
- Note that this visitor does not remove fetch requests from sub-queries.
-
-
-
-
- Holds a , a for which the fetch request was created, and the position
- where the occurred in the list of the . From
- this information, it builds a new that represents the as a query.
-
-
- Use to retrieve the instances for a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The fetch request.
- The query model for which the was originally defined.
- The result operator position where the was originally located.
- The will include all result operators prior to this position into the fetch ,
- but it will not include any result operators occurring after (or at) that position.
-
-
-
- Creates the fetch query model for the , caching the result.
-
-
- A new which represents the same query as but selecting
- the objects described by instead of the objects selected by the
- . From the original , only those result operators are included that occur
- prior to .
-
-
-
-
- Creates objects for the of the
- . Inner fetch requests start from the fetch query model of the outer fetch request, and they have
- a of 0.
-
- An array of objects for the of the
- .
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality for and .
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchMany<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchMany") }, typeof (ThenFetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from another fetch operation. The node
- creates instances and attaches them to the preceding fetch operation (unless the previous fetch operation already
- has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> ThenFetchOne<TQueried, TFetch, TRelated> (
- this FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> query,
- Expression<Func<TFetch, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TQueried), typeof (TFetch), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("ThenFetchOne") }, typeof (ThenFetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch a collection-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchMany<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, IEnumerable<TRelated>>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchMany") }, typeof (FetchManyExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides common functionality used by all expression nodes representing fetch operations.
-
-
-
-
- Parses query operators that instruct the LINQ provider to fetch an object-valued relationship starting from the values selected by the query.
- The node creates instances and adds them to the as
- (unless the already has an equivalent fetch request).
-
-
- This class is not automatically configured for any query operator methods. LINQ provider implementations must explicitly provide and register
- these methods with the in order for to be used.
-
- Sample code for using fluent syntax when specifying fetch requests.
-
- public static class EagerFetchingExtensionMethods
- {
- public static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> FetchOne<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- this IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- Expression<Func<TOriginating, TRelated>> relatedObjectSelector)
- {
-
- var methodInfo = ((MethodInfo) MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod ()).MakeGenericMethod (typeof (TOriginating), typeof (TRelated));
- return CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (methodInfo, query, relatedObjectSelector);
- }
-
- private static FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> CreateFluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (
- MethodInfo currentFetchMethod,
- IQueryable<TOriginating> query,
- LambdaExpression relatedObjectSelector)
- {
- var queryProvider = (QueryProviderBase) query.Provider;
- var callExpression = Expression.Call (currentFetchMethod, query.Expression, relatedObjectSelector);
- return new FluentFetchRequest<TOriginating, TRelated> (queryProvider, callExpression);
- }
- }
-
- public class FluentFetchRequest<TQueried, TFetch> : QueryableBase<TQueried>
- {
- public FluentFetchRequest (IQueryProvider provider, Expression expression)
- : base (provider, expression)
- {
- }
- }
-
- public IQueryParser CreateQueryParser ()
- {
- var customNodeTypeProvider = new MethodInfoBasedNodeTypeRegistry ();
- customNodeTypeProvider.Register (new[] { typeof (EagerFetchingExtensionMethods).GetMethod ("FetchOne") }, typeof (FetchOneExpressionNode));
-
- var nodeTypeProvider = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultNodeTypeProvider ();
- nodeTypeProvider.InnerProviders.Insert (0, customNodeTypeProvider);
-
- var transformerRegistry = ExpressionTransformerRegistry.CreateDefault ();
- var processor = ExpressionTreeParser.CreateDefaultProcessor (transformerRegistry);
- var expressionTreeParser = new ExpressionTreeParser (nodeTypeProvider, processor);
-
- return new QueryParser (expressionTreeParser);
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a property holding one object that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, changing the to the fetch source expression.
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchOne (x => x.Customer) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Customer (where y is what the query model originally selected).
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for classes representing a property that should be eager-fetched when a query is executed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the relation member whose contained object(s) should be fetched.
-
- The relation member.
-
-
-
- Gets the inner fetch requests that were issued for this .
-
- The fetch requests added via .
-
-
-
- Gets a the fetch query model, i.e. a new that incorporates a given as a
- and selects the fetched items from it.
-
- A that yields the source items for which items are to be fetched.
- A that selects the fetched items from as a subquery.
-
- This method does not clone the , remove result operatores, etc. Use
- (via ) for the full algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding new instances and changing the
- as needed.
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
- The fetch query model to modify.
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an inner eager-fetch request for this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a relation collection property that should be eager-fetched by means of a lambda expression.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the given query model for fetching, adding an and changing the to
- retrieve the result of the .
- For example, a fetch request such as FetchMany (x => x.Orders) will be transformed into a selecting
- y.Orders (where y is what the query model originally selected) and a selecting the result of the
- .
- This method is called by in the process of creating the new fetch query model.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Holds a number of instances keyed by the instances representing the relation members
- to be eager-fetched.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or adds an eager-fetch request to this .
-
- The to be added.
-
- or, if another for the same relation member already existed,
- the existing .
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/.signature.p7s b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index d48262a29..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/Icon.png b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/Icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fb00ecf91..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/Icon.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/LICENSE.TXT b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/LICENSE.TXT
deleted file mode 100644
index a616ed188..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/LICENSE.TXT
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-The MIT License (MIT)
-
-Copyright (c) .NET Foundation and Contributors
-
-All rights reserved.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-SOFTWARE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/PACKAGE.md b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/PACKAGE.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cbc11143d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/PACKAGE.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-# System.Drawing.Common
-
-The `System.Drawing.Common` package allows .NET Core and .NET 6+ applications to access GDI+ graphics functionality.
-This package is especially useful for porting .NET Framework applications that rely on the `System.Drawing` namespace.
-
-## Getting Started
-
-To get started with `System.Drawing.Common`, install it using the NuGet Package Manager, the .NET CLI, or by editing your project file directly.
-
-**NOTE:** If you are developing a **WinForms** application, you **do not** need to install the `System.Drawing.Common` package separately (to this end, you use the `Sdk` attribute for the `Project` element like `` in the .csproj or the .vbproj file and then specify `true `). This package is then automatically included as part of the .NET SDK for WinForms Apps, which means you can start using the `System.Drawing` namespace right away in your WinForms projects.
-
-## Usage
-
-The following examples demonstrate some basic tasks you can accomplish with `System.Drawing.Common`.
-
-### Create a Simple Bitmap and Save it
-
-#### C#
-```csharp
-using System.Drawing;
-
-class Program
-{
- static void Main()
- {
- using (Bitmap bitmap = new Bitmap(100, 100))
- {
- using (Graphics g = Graphics.FromImage(bitmap))
- {
- g.Clear(Color.Red);
- }
- bitmap.Save("output.bmp");
- }
- }
-}
-```
-
-#### VB
-```vb
-Imports System.Drawing
-
-Module Program
- Sub Main()
- Using bitmap As New Bitmap(100, 100)
- Using g As Graphics = Graphics.FromImage(bitmap)
- g.Clear(Color.Red)
- End Using
- bitmap.Save("output.bmp")
- End Using
- End Sub
-End Module
-```
-
-## Additional Documentation
-
-For more in-depth tutorials and API references, you can check the following resources:
-
-- [NuGet Gallery | System.Drawing.Common](https://nuget.org/packages/System.Drawing.Common/)
-- [System.Drawing.Common Namespace | Microsoft Docs](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.drawing)
-- [Drawing with System.Drawing.Common | Microsoft Learn](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/core/drawing/)
-
-## Feedback
-
-- Open an issue on the [GitHub repository](https://github.com/dotnet/winforms/issues)
-- Reach out on Twitter with the [hashtag #winforms](https://twitter.com/search?q=%23winforms)
-- Join our Discord channel: [dotnet/Discord](https://discord.com/invite/dotnet)
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5.nupkg b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index de6b18c2b..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.TXT b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.TXT
deleted file mode 100644
index d8d174382..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.TXT
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.NET Core uses third-party libraries or other resources that may be
-distributed under licenses different than the .NET Core software.
-
-In the event that we accidentally failed to list a required notice, please
-bring it to our attention. Post an issue or email us:
-
- dotnet@microsoft.com
-
-The attached notices are provided for information only.
-
-License notice for Ookie.Dialogs
---------------------------------
-
-http://www.ookii.org/software/dialogs/
-
-Copyright © Sven Groot (Ookii.org) 2009
-All rights reserved.
-
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-1) Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
- this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-2) Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
- this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
- and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-3) Neither the name of the ORGANIZATION nor the names of its contributors
- may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- without specific prior written permission.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
-LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
-SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
-THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/net461/System.Drawing.Common.targets b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/net461/System.Drawing.Common.targets
deleted file mode 100644
index 83101dbed..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/net461/System.Drawing.Common.targets
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/netcoreapp2.0/System.Drawing.Common.targets b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/netcoreapp2.0/System.Drawing.Common.targets
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ba9bf21d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/buildTransitive/netcoreapp2.0/System.Drawing.Common.targets
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index ddcf86ebd..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ee99549e..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2397e65ab..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net462/System.Drawing.Common.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13189 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Drawing.Common
-
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The structure that represent the size of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The object that specifies the resolution for the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four.
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data.
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The name of the bitmap file.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The bitmap file name and path.
- The specified file is not found.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource.
- The class used to extract the resource.
- The name of the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
-
- -or-
-
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy.
- Specifies the enumeration for the destination .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon.
- A handle to an icon.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows resource.
- A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource.
- A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque.
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns the handle to an icon.
- The operation failed.
- A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the .
-
-
- Gets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
-
- -or-
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
- The operation failed.
- A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- One of the values that specifies the data format of the .
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
- value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- A enumeration that specifies the data format of this .
- The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about this lock operation.
-
-
- Makes the default transparent color transparent for this .
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Makes the specified color transparent for this .
- The structure that represents the color to make transparent.
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the resolution for this .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Unlocks this from system memory.
- A that specifies information about the lock operation.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this .
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object.
- A pointer to the GDI+ brush object.
-
-
- Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the object.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object.
- A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle.
- An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
- A object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use.
- The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero.
- A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions.
-
-
- Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain.
-
-
- Gets the for the current application domain.
- The for the current application domain.
-
-
- Specifies a range of character positions within a string.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string.
- The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string.
- The number of positions in the range.
-
-
- Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type.
- An instance to compare with this instance.
-
- if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object.
- The object to compare to for equality.
-
- to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
- A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance.
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal.
- A to compare for equality.
- A to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal.
- A to compare for inequality.
- A to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this .
- The first position of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of positions in this .
- The number of positions in this .
-
-
- Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts.
-
-
- The destination area is inverted.
-
-
- The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The bitmap is not mirrored.
-
-
- The inverted source area is copied to the destination.
-
-
- The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted.
-
-
- The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The source area is copied directly to the destination area.
-
-
- The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Represents a collection of category name strings.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection.
- A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names.
- An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection.
- The string to check for in the collection.
-
- if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index.
- The array to copy to.
- The index of the destination array at which to begin copying.
-
-
- Gets the index of the specified value.
- The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection.
- The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the category name at the specified index.
- The index of the collection element to access.
- The category name at the specified index.
-
-
- Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
- to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled.
- This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap.
- The height of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill.
- The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap.
- The width, in units, of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions.
- The number of elements in the and arrays.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient.
- An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient.
- An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions.
- The number of colors and positions in this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
- An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line.
- An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection.
-
-
- One clipping region is replaced by another.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both.
-
-
- Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered.
-
-
- Specifies the quality level to use during compositing.
-
-
- Assume linear values.
-
-
- Default quality.
-
-
- Gamma correction is used.
-
-
- High quality, low speed compositing.
-
-
- High speed, low quality.
-
-
- Invalid quality.
-
-
- Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment.
-
-
- Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
- The distance between the cap and the line.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based.
- The enumeration on which this is based.
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line.
- The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined.
- The enumeration this object uses to join lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object.
- The amount by which to scale the cap.
-
-
- Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line.
-
-
- Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined custom dash style.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dashes.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dots.
-
-
- Specifies a solid line.
-
-
- Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled.
-
-
- Specifies the alternate fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies the winding fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately.
-
-
- Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state.
-
-
- Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends the specified to this path.
- The to add.
- A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path.
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Clears all markers from this path.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this path.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point.
-
-
- Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
- Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation.
-
-
- Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- The with which to draw the .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Gets the last point in the array of this .
- A that represents the last point in this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Empties the and arrays and sets the to .
-
-
- Reverses the order of points in the array of this .
-
-
- Sets a marker on this .
-
-
- Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure.
-
-
- Applies a transform matrix to this .
- A that represents the transformation to apply.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
- A value that specifies the flatness for curves.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the .
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the path.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points ( ) and types ( ) for this .
- A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this .
-
-
- Gets the points in the path.
- An array of objects that represent the path.
-
-
- Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array.
- An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the or the array.
- An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array.
-
-
- Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object.
- The object for which this helper class is to be initialized.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- Specifies the starting index of the arrays.
- Specifies the ending index of the arrays.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve.
- This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, .
-
-
- This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter.
- The object to which the points will be copied.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type.
- [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points.
- This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0.
-
-
- Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this .
- A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator.
- [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is .
- The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned.
-
-
- Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath.
- [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed.
- The number of subpaths in the object.
-
-
- Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path.
-
-
- Gets the number of points in the path.
- The number of points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of subpaths in the path.
- The number of subpaths in the path.
-
-
- Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the background color for this .
-
-
- Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the foreground color for this .
-
-
- Gets the hatch style of this object.
- One of the values that represents the pattern of this .
-
-
- Specifies the different patterns available for objects.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots.
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- A pattern of horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than .
-
-
- Specifies the hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95.
-
-
- Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90.
-
-
- Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80.
-
-
- Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75.
-
-
- Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70.
-
-
- Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60.
-
-
- Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50.
-
-
- Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40.
-
-
- Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30.
-
-
- Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25.
-
-
- Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis.
-
-
- A pattern of vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated.
-
-
- Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking.
-
-
- Equivalent to the element of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies low quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation.
-
-
- Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified .
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color)
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the .
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally).
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this .
- The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
- An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient.
- A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the direction of a linear gradient.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from left to right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from top to bottom.
-
-
- Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line.
-
-
- Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a custom line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a diamond anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a flat line cap.
-
-
- Specifies no anchor.
-
-
- Specifies a round line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a round anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square anchor line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular line cap.
-
-
- Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object.
-
-
- Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines.
-
-
- Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Constructs a utilizing the specified .
- Matrix data to construct from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements.
- The value in the first row and first column of the new .
- The value in the first row and second column of the new .
- The value in the second row and first column of the new .
- The value in the second row and second column of the new .
- The value in the third row and first column of the new .
- The value in the third row and second column of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
- This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns a hash code.
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Inverts this , if it is invertible.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter.
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
- The that represents the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified .
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
-
-
- Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this .
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this .
-
-
- Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation.
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
- An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix.
- This property is if this is identity; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible.
- This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the elements for the matrix.
-
-
- Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this .
- The x translation value of this .
-
-
- Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this .
- The y translation value of this .
-
-
- Specifies the order for matrix transform operations.
-
-
- The new operation is applied after the old operation.
-
-
- The new operation is applied before the old operation.
-
-
- Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
- An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path.
- An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path.
- The that defines the area filled by this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient.
- A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient.
- A that represents the center point of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff.
- A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets a bounding rectangle for this .
- A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills.
- An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the type of point in a object.
-
-
- A default Bézier curve.
-
-
- A cubic Bézier curve.
-
-
- The endpoint of a subpath.
-
-
- The corresponding segment is dashed.
-
-
- A line segment.
-
-
- A path marker.
-
-
- A mask point.
-
-
- The starting point of a object.
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line.
-
-
- Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch fill.
-
-
- Specifies a linear gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a path gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a solid fill.
-
-
- Specifies a bitmap texture fill.
-
-
- Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies high speed, low quality rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no pixel offset.
-
-
- Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies low quality, high speed rendering.
-
-
- Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object.
- An array of bytes that specify the object.
-
-
- Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method.
-
-
- Specifies a bilinear warp.
-
-
- Specifies a perspective warp.
-
-
- Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled.
-
-
- The texture or gradient is not tiled.
-
-
- Tiles the gradient or texture.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration.
- The existing from which to create the new .
- The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to .
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is .
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to .
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this .
- The object to test.
-
- if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context.
- A handle to a device context.
- The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle.
- A Windows handle to a GDI font.
-
- points to an object that is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure.
- The font is not a TrueType font.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font.
- A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale.
-
- is .
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution.
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font.
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
- The to populate with data.
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Returns a handle to this .
- The operation was unsuccessful.
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
- A that provides additional information for the structure.
-
- is .
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns a human-readable string representation of this .
- A string that represents this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold.
-
- if this is bold; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses.
- A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the line spacing of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of .
-
- if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied.
-
- to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the face name of this .
- A string representation of the face name of this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the font originally specified.
- The string representing the name of the font originally specified.
-
-
- Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property.
- The em-size of this .
-
-
- Gets the em-size, in points, of this .
- The em-size, in points, of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font.
-
- if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets style information for this .
- A enumeration that contains style information for this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the system font if the property returns .
- The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string ("").
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined.
-
- if this is underlined; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the unit of measure for this .
- A that represents the unit of measure for this .
-
-
- Converts objects from one data type to another.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An object that provides a format context.
- A object that represents the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to another type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object.
- The object to convert.
- The data type to convert the object to.
- The conversion was not successful.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method.
- The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns .
-
- useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties.
-
-
- Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns .
-
- An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type.
-
-
- Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- The type you wish to convert from.
-
- if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the given object to the converter's native type.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A to use to perform the conversion.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Converts font units to and from other unit types.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type.
- An that provides a format context.
-
-
- Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified generic font family.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name.
- A that represents the name of the new .
- The that contains this .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified name.
- The name of the new .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
-
- if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell ascent for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style.
- The for which to get the em height.
- The height of the em square.
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context.
- The object from which to return objects.
-
- is .
- An array of objects available for the specified object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text.
- The to apply.
- The distance between two consecutive lines of text.
-
-
- Returns the name, in the specified language, of this .
- The language in which the name is returned.
- A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available.
- The to test.
-
- if the specified is available; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts this to a human-readable string representation.
- The string that represents this .
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context.
- An array of objects associated with the current graphics context.
-
-
- Gets a generic monospace .
- A that represents a generic monospace font.
-
-
- Gets a generic sans serif object.
- A object that represents a generic sans serif font.
-
-
- Gets a generic serif .
- A that represents a generic serif font.
-
-
- Gets the name of this .
- A that represents the name of this .
-
-
- Specifies style information applied to text.
-
-
- Bold text.
-
-
- Italic text.
-
-
- Normal text.
-
-
- Text with a line through the middle.
-
-
- Underlined text.
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Adds a comment to the current .
- Array of bytes that contains the comment.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color.
- The background color of the drawing surface.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the given .
- The that contains the image to be drawn.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the device state.
-
--or-
-
-The object has a transform applied other than a translation.
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it.
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for .
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle.
- The to draw.
- The in which to draw the image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the path.
-
- to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a structure.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
- A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The rectangle to draw.
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- Width of the rectangle to draw.
- Height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The width of the rectangle to draw.
- The height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method.
-
- that represents the container this method restores.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure.
-
- structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a .
-
- that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
- A that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the path to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines.
- A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the area to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device.
- Handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context and device.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context.
-
-
- Returns a for the specified device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- A for the specified device context.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a window.
- Handle to a window.
- This method returns a new for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new for the specified windows handle.
- Handle to a window.
- A for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified .
-
- from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
- has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined.
- This method returns a new for the specified .
-
-
- Gets the cumulative graphics context.
- An representing the cumulative graphics context.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset and clip region.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette.
- Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette.
-
-
- Gets the handle to the device context associated with this .
- Handle to the device context associated with this .
-
-
- Gets the nearest color to the specified structure.
-
- structure for which to find a match.
- A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to intersect with the current region.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
-
- is .
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- is .
-
- is .
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order.
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the .
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
- Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
-
-
- Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region.
-
-
- Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix.
-
-
- Restores the state of this to the state represented by a .
-
- that represents the state to which to restore this .
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation.
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this .
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
-
-
- Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a .
- This method returns a that represents the saved state of this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the specified .
-
- that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified .
-
- that specifies the clip region to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified .
-
- from which to take the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represents the points to transformation.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represent the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this .
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this .
- A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing.
-
-
- Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this .
- This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this .
-
- is set to , which is not a physical unit.
- One of the values other than .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes.
- A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality for this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text.
- The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this .
- A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the world transform elements for this .
-
-
- Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image.
- Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value .
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution.
-
-
- Provides a callback method for the method.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record.
- Set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- Number of bytes in the record data.
- Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data.
- Not used.
- Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, .
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure for the given data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers.
-
-
- Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The from which to load the newly sized icon.
- A structure that specifies the height and width of the new .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The icon to load the different size from.
- The width of the new icon.
- The height of the new icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream.
- The stream that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height.
- The data stream from which to load the icon.
- The width, in pixels, of the icon.
- The height, in pixels, of the icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream from which to load the .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the data.
- The desired width of the .
- The desired height of the .
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- The file to load the from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly.
- A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource.
- The resource name to load.
- An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified .
-
-
- Clones the , creating a duplicate image.
- An object that can be cast to an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file.
- The path to the file that contains an image.
- The does not indicate a valid file.
-
- -or-
-
- The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path.
- The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath.
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
-
- true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false.
- An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given .
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
-
- is negative or larger than .
-
- could not be accessed.
-
- is .
- An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon ( ).
- A Windows handle to an icon.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified output .
- The to save to.
-
-
- Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Converts this to a GDI+ .
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Gets a human-readable string that describes the .
- A string that describes the .
-
-
- Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it.
- The Windows handle for the icon.
-
-
- Gets the height of this .
- The height of this .
-
-
- Gets the size of this .
- A structure that specifies the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the width of this .
- The width of this .
-
-
- Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to .
- The type to convert the icon to.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context.
-
-
- Returns the handle to a Windows device context.
- An representing the handle of a device context.
-
-
- Releases the handle of a Windows device context.
-
-
- An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
-
- to validate the image data; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit.
- One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle.
- The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit.
-
-
- Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
- A GUID that specifies the image encoder.
- An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
-
-
- Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The number of frames in the specified dimension.
-
-
- Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format.
- The member that specifies the format for which to find the size.
- The color depth of the specified pixel format.
-
-
- Gets the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to get.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
- The this method gets.
-
-
- Returns a thumbnail for this .
- The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- A delegate.
-
- Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used.
- Must be .
- An that represents the thumbnail.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information.
- The to test.
-
- if contains alpha information; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel.
- The to test.
-
- if is canonical; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel.
- The enumeration to test.
-
- if is extended; otherwise, .
-
-
- Removes the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to remove.
- The image does not contain the requested property item.
-
- -or-
-
- The image format for this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the .
- A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters.
- The where the image will be saved.
- The for this .
- An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder.
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format.
- The where the image will be saved.
- An that specifies the format of the saved image.
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
- An to use for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file in the specified format.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file or stream.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method.
- An that contains the frame to add.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
- is .
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
-
- Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The index of the active frame.
- Always returns 0.
-
-
- Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this .
- The to be stored.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this .
- The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this .
-
-
- Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this .
- An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant.
-
-
- Gets the height, in pixels, of this .
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color palette used for this .
- A that represents the color palette used for this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the pixel format for this .
- A that represents the pixel format for this .
-
-
- Gets IDs of the property items stored in this .
- An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image.
-
-
- Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this .
- An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image.
-
-
- Gets the file format of this .
- The that represents the file format of this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
-
-
- Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image.
- The that provides additional data about the image.
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets the width, in pixels, of this .
- The width, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution.
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns .
-
-
- Animates an image that has time-based frames.
-
-
- Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation.
- The object to animate.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames.
- The object to test.
- This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, .
-
-
- Terminates a running animation.
- The object to stop animating.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered.
-
-
- Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames.
- The object for which to update frames.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The to convert.
- The to convert the to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Gets the set of properties for this type.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context.
- An that specifies the context for this type conversion.
- The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to an object.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The type to convert the object to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
-
- is .
- The converted object.
-
-
- Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines.
- The pixel height of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object.
- A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
- Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap.
- The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object.
- The stride width, in bytes, of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line.
- The pixel width of the object.
-
-
- Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance.
-
-
- Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of .
- The to convert.
- The object to use to format the cached copy of the .
-
- or is .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
- Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for text.
-
-
- Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods.
-
-
- The cyan color channel.
-
-
- The black color channel.
-
-
- The last selected channel should be used.
-
-
- The magenta color channel.
-
-
- The yellow color channel.
-
-
- Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert.
- The new structure to which to convert.
-
-
- Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted.
- The existing structure to be converted.
-
-
- Specifies the types of color maps.
-
-
- Specifies a color map for a .
-
-
- A default color map.
-
-
- Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix .
- The values of the elements for the new .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the .
- The row of the element.
- The column of the element.
- The element at the specified row and column.
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the 0 row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the first row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this .
- The element at the first row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this .
- The element at the first row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the first row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the first row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the second row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this .
- The element at the second row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this .
- The element at the second row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this .
- The element at the second row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the second row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the third row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this .
- The element at the third row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this .
- The element at the third row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the third row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the third row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the fourth row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an .
-
-
- Only gray shades are adjusted.
-
-
- All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies two modes for color component values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 32-bit values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 64-bit values.
-
-
- Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of structures.
- The array of structure that make up this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors.
- The following flag values are valid:
-
- 0x00000001
- The color values in the array contain alpha information.
-
- 0x00000002
- The colors in the array are grayscale values.
-
- 0x00000004
- The colors in the array are halftone values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header.
-
-
- Indicates invalid data.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The minimum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- Marks the end of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks the start of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Marks an object.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Used internally.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI.
-
-
- An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category.
-
-
- Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category.
- A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
- The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A byte that specifies the value stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
- Type is not a valid .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object.
- An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
- An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Encapsulates an array of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects.
- An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects.
- The array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image.
-
-
- An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string.
-
-
- An 8-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- A 32-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
- A pointer to a block of custom metadata.
-
-
- A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator.
-
-
-
- A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction.
- The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
-
- A 16-bit, unsigned integer.
-
-
- A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition.
-
-
- Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category.
-
-
- Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure.
- A structure that contains a GUID for this object.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code for this object.
- The hash code of this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object.
- A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the page dimension.
- The page dimension.
-
-
- Gets the resolution dimension.
- The resolution dimension.
-
-
- Gets the time dimension.
- The time dimension.
-
-
- Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Clears the brush color-remap table of this object.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for the default category.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled.
-
-
- Clears the setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this class creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category.
- A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette.
- An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the brush category.
- An array of objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set.
-
-
- Sets the color key for the default category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for a specified category.
- The gamma correction value.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for the default category.
- The gamma correction value.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
- An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the default category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category.
- A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set.
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category.
- A real number that specifies the threshold value.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
- This parameter has no effect. Set it to .
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
-
-
- Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec).
-
-
- The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process.
-
-
- The codec is built into GDI+.
-
-
- The codec supports decoding (reading).
-
-
- The codec supports encoding (saving).
-
-
- The encoder requires a seekable output stream.
-
-
- The codec supports raster images (bitmaps).
-
-
- The codec supports vector images (metafiles).
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec.
- A string that contains the name of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is .
- A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons.
- A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration.
- A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format.
- A string that describes the codec's file format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
- A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the codec.
- The version number of the codec.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel data can be cached for faster access.
-
-
- The pixel data uses a CMYK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data is grayscale.
-
-
- The pixel data uses an RGB color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha information.
-
-
- Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque).
-
-
- There is no format information.
-
-
- The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations.
-
-
- The pixel data is read-only.
-
-
- The pixel data is scalable.
-
-
- Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure.
- The structure that specifies a particular image format.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code value that represents this object.
- A hash code that represents this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format.
- An object that indicates the bitmap image format.
-
-
- Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format.
-
-
- Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format.
- An object that indicates the Exif format.
-
-
- Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format.
- An object that indicates the GIF image format.
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents this object.
- A structure that represents this object.
-
-
- Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF).
-
-
- Gets the Windows icon image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows icon image format.
-
-
- Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format.
- An object that indicates the JPEG image format.
-
-
- Gets the format of a bitmap in memory.
- An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory.
-
-
- Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format.
- An object that indicates the PNG image format.
-
-
- Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format.
- An object that indicates the TIFF image format.
-
-
- Specifies the WebP image format.
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format.
-
-
- Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing.
-
-
- Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing.
-
-
- Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle.
- A handle to an enhanced metafile.
-
- to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted.
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
- to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a .
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name from which to create the new .
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced .
- A Windows handle to this enhanced .
-
-
- Returns the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the for which to return a header.
- A .
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Plays an individual metafile record.
- Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played.
- A set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- The number of bytes in the record data.
- An array of bytes that contains the record data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 pixel.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point.
-
-
- Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent.
-
- if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that bounds the associated .
- A that bounds the associated .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
-
-
- Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated .
- The size, in bytes, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the type of the associated .
- A enumeration that represents the type of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the version number of the associated .
- The version number of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated .
- A that contains the WMF header file for the associated .
-
-
- Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results.
-
-
- Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it.
-
-
- Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the header file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
- The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
-
-
- Not used. Always returns 0.
- Always 0.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the associated object.
- The type of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the header format.
- The version number of the header format.
-
-
- Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data.
-
-
- Grayscale data.
-
-
- Halftone data.
-
-
- Alpha data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied.
-
-
- The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel.
-
-
- No pixel format is specified.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
-
-
- The pixel data contains GDI colors.
-
-
- The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values.
-
-
- The pixel format is undefined.
-
-
- This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see .
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
-
- Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Gets or sets the ID of the property.
- The integer that represents the ID of the property.
-
-
- Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property.
- An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property.
- An integer that defines the type of data contained in .
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property item.
- A byte array that represents the value of the property item.
-
-
- Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
- The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
-
-
- Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory.
- The handle of the metafile in memory.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of twips per inch.
- The number of twips per inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header.
- A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and .
- A that determines the characteristics of this .
- The width of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
- A that determines the fill properties of this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
- A value indicating the width of this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- An that can be cast to a .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
- The order in which to perform the multiplication operation.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified .
- The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets the alignment for this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the alignment for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that determines attributes of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A structure that represents the color of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1.
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
-
-
- Gets the style of lines drawn with this .
- A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The width of this .
-
-
- Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Specifies the printer's duplex setting.
-
-
- The printer's default duplex setting.
-
-
- Double-sided, horizontal printing.
-
-
- Single-sided printing.
-
-
- Double-sided, vertical printing.
-
-
- Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- A that specifies the settings for a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
- The class name is or is 0.
-
-
- Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The left margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The right margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The top margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
-
- Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member.
- A duplicate of this object.
-
-
- Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions.
- The object to which to compare this .
-
- if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
-
-
- Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions.
- The first to compare for equality.
- The second to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width.
- The first to compare for inequality.
- The second to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the to a string.
- A representation of the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides a for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type from which you want to convert.
-
- if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type to which you want to convert.
-
- if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the converter's native type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
-
- does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
- The to which to convert the value.
-
- is .
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Creates an given a set of property values for the object.
- An that provides a format context.
- An of new property values.
-
- is .
- An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created.
-
-
- Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
-
- if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns .
-
-
- Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer.
- The that describes the printer to use.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Converts the to string form.
- A string showing the various property settings for the .
-
-
- Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page.
- The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin.
-
-
- Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
- The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the margins for this page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides.
-
-
- Gets or sets the paper size for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer.
- A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page.
- A that represents the printer settings associated with the page.
-
-
- Specifies the standard paper sizes.
-
-
- A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm).
-
-
- A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper.
-
-
- A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm).
-
-
- A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm).
-
-
- A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm).
-
-
- B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm).
-
-
- JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm).
-
-
- B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm).
-
-
- JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm).
-
-
- C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm).
-
-
- C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm).
-
-
- C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm).
-
-
- C paper (17 in. by 22 in.).
-
-
- The paper size is defined by the user.
-
-
- DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- D paper (22 in. by 34 in.).
-
-
- E paper (34 in. by 44 in.).
-
-
- Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.).
-
-
- Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm).
-
-
- Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.).
-
-
- Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.).
-
-
- Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.).
-
-
- #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.).
-
-
- #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.).
-
-
- #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.).
-
-
- 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.).
-
-
- 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Specifies the size of a piece of paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The name of the paper.
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- The name of the type of paper.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets the paper source.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the paper source.
- The name of the paper source.
-
-
- Standard paper sources.
-
-
- Automatically fed paper.
-
-
- A paper cassette.
-
-
- A printer-specific paper source.
-
-
- An envelope.
-
-
- The printer's default input bin.
-
-
- The printer's large-capacity bin.
-
-
- Large-format paper.
-
-
- The lower bin of a printer.
-
-
- Manually fed paper.
-
-
- Manually fed envelope.
-
-
- The middle bin of a printer.
-
-
- Small-format paper.
-
-
- A tractor feed.
-
-
- The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin).
-
-
- Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The image of the printed page.
- The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the image of the printed page.
- An representing the printed page.
-
-
- Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
- A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Captures the pages of a document as a series of images.
- An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview the print document.
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview.
-
- if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Specifies the type of print operation occurring.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a file.
-
-
- The print operation is a print preview.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a printer.
-
-
- Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
-
-
- Occurs when the last page of the document has printed.
-
-
- Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed.
-
-
- Occurs immediately before each event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called before a page prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Starts the document's printing process.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Provides information about the print document, in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed.
- A that specifies the default page settings for the document.
-
-
- Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document.
- The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document".
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page.
-
- if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process.
- The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer that prints the document.
- A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values.
-
-
- Represents the resolution supported by a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- This member overrides the method.
- A that contains information about the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution.
- The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value.
-
-
- Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
-
-
- Specifies a printer resolution.
-
-
- Custom resolution.
-
-
- Draft-quality resolution.
-
-
- High resolution.
-
-
- Low resolution.
-
-
- Medium resolution.
-
-
- Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a .
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that contains information from a printer.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
-
- to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
- The to retrieve a object for.
-
- to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified .
- The to retrieve a graphics object for.
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter.
- The object that the structure's handle corresponds to.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file.
- The image to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format.
- An to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is invalid.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing.
-
- if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated.
-
- if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of copies to print. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets the default page settings for this printer.
- A that represents the default page settings for this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values. The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print.
- The property's value is less than zero.
- The page number of the first page to print.
-
-
- Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer.
- The available printers could not be enumerated.
- A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets .
-
- if designates the default printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter.
-
- if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer.
-
- if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
- The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
-
-
- Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
- The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The maximum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The minimum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer.
- A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the printer to use.
- The name of the printer to use.
-
-
- Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file.
- The file name, when printing to a file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port.
-
- if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing.
-
- if this printer supports color; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of the last page to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of the last page to print.
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection.
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator associated with the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection.
- The number of different paper sizes in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds the specified to end of the .
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index where the was added.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array for the contents of the collection.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection.
- The number of different paper sources in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
- The number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a string to the end of the collection.
- The string to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The array for items to be copied to.
- The starting index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of strings in the collection.
- The number of strings in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing.
-
-
- The default unit (0.01 in.).
-
-
- One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm).
-
-
- One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm).
-
-
- One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.).
-
-
- Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type.
- The value being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted .
-
-
- Provides data for the and events.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns in all cases.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the or event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The used to paint the item.
- The area between the margins.
- The total area of the paper.
- The for the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled.
-
- if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the used to paint the page.
- The used to paint the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed.
-
- if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
- The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
- The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
-
-
- Gets the page settings for the current page.
- The page settings for the current page.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies the part of the document to print.
-
-
- All pages are printed.
-
-
- The currently displayed page is printed.
-
-
- The selected pages are printed.
-
-
- The pages between and are printed.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Represents the method that handles the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC).
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information.
- A object that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer settings are not valid.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job.
-
-
- Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new .
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified .
- A that defines the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified data.
- A that defines the interior of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The to complement this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The object to complement this object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface.
- The to test.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- or is .
-
- if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region.
- A handle to an existing .
- The new .
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface.
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
- Returns a that represents the information that describes this .
- A that represents the information that describes this .
-
-
- Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
- A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region.
-
- is .
- An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
- This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object.
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes this to an empty interior.
-
-
- Initializes this object to an infinite interior.
-
-
- Releases the handle of the .
- The handle to the .
-
- is .
-
-
- Transforms this by the specified .
- The by which to transform this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object of the specified color.
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this object.
- The property is set on an immutable .
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Provides icon identifiers for use with .
-
-
- Generic application with no custom icon.
-
-
- Audio files.
-
-
- AutoList.
-
-
- Clustered disk.
-
-
- Delete.
-
-
- Desktop computer.
-
-
- Audio player.
-
-
- Camera.
-
-
- Cell phone.
-
-
- Video camera.
-
-
- Document (blank page), no associated program.
-
-
- Document with an associated program.
-
-
- 3.5" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- 5.25" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- BluRay drive.
-
-
- CD drive.
-
-
- DVD drive.
-
-
- Fixed drive.
-
-
- HD-DVD drive.
-
-
- Network drive.
-
-
- Disabled network drive.
-
-
- RAM disk drive.
-
-
- Removable drive.
-
-
- Unknown drive.
-
-
- Error.
-
-
- Find.
-
-
- Closed folder.
-
-
- Folder back.
-
-
- Folder front.
-
-
- Open folder.
-
-
- Help.
-
-
- Image files.
-
-
- Informational.
-
-
- Internet.
-
-
- Key / secure.
-
-
- Overlay for shortcuts to items.
-
-
- Security lock.
-
-
- Audio DVD media.
-
-
- BluRay-R media.
-
-
- BluRay-RE media.
-
-
- BluRay-ROM media.
-
-
- Blank CD media.
-
-
- BluRay media.
-
-
- Audio CD media.
-
-
- CD+ (Enhanced CD) media.
-
-
- Burning CD.
-
-
- CD-R media.
-
-
- CD-ROM media.
-
-
- CD-RW media.
-
-
- Compact Flash.
-
-
- DVD media.
-
-
- DVD+R media.
-
-
- DVD+RW media.
-
-
- DVD-R media.
-
-
- DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- DVD-RW media.
-
-
- Enhanced CD media.
-
-
- Enhanced DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-R media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- Movied DVD media.
-
-
- Smart media.
-
-
- SVCD media.
-
-
- VCD media.
-
-
- Mixed files.
-
-
- Mobile computer.
-
-
- My network places.
-
-
- Connect to network.
-
-
- Printer.
-
-
- Fax printer.
-
-
- Networked fax printer.
-
-
- Print to file.
-
-
- Network printer.
-
-
- Empty recycle bin.
-
-
- Full recycle bin.
-
-
- Rename.
-
-
- A computer on the network.
-
-
- Server share.
-
-
- Settings.
-
-
- Overlay for shared items.
-
-
- Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only.
-
-
- Overlay for slow items.
-
-
- Software.
-
-
- Stack.
-
-
- Folder containing other items.
-
-
- Users.
-
-
- Video files.
-
-
- Warning.
-
-
- Entire network.
-
-
- ZIP file.
-
-
- Provides options for use with .
-
-
- Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Add a link overlay onto the icon.
-
-
- Blend the icon with the system highlight color.
-
-
- Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon.
-
-
- Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left.
-
-
- Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies to disable substitutions.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme.
-
-
- Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object from the specified existing object.
- The object from which to initialize the new object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language.
- The enumeration for the new object.
- A value that indicates the language of the text.
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration for the new object.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops.
-
-
- Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed.
-
-
- Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- More than 32 character ranges are set.
-
-
- Sets tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string representation of this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string.
-
-
- Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
-
-
- Gets the method to be used for digit substitution.
- A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information.
- A enumeration that contains formatting information.
-
-
- Gets a generic default object.
- The generic default object.
-
-
- Gets a generic typographic object.
- A generic typographic object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object for this object.
- The object for this object, the default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration for this object.
- A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the display and layout information for text strings.
-
-
- Text is displayed from right to left.
-
-
- Text is vertically aligned.
-
-
- Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph.
-
-
- Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang.
-
-
- Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line.
-
-
- Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement.
-
-
- Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped.
-
-
- Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square.
-
-
- Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length.
-
-
- Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- Specifies no trimming.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word.
-
-
- Specifies the units of measure for a text string.
-
-
- Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies world units as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified structure.
- The structure from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the desktop.
- A that is the color of the desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border.
- A that is the color of an inactive window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements.
-
-
- Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name.
- The name of the system font you need a font object for.
- A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
-
-
- Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system.
-
-
- Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for icon titles.
- A that is used for icon titles.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for menus.
- A that is used for menus.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for message boxes.
- A that is used for message boxes.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar.
- A that is used to display text in the status bar.
-
-
- Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon.
-
- is an invalid .
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION).
- An object that contains the default application icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK).
- An object that contains the system asterisk icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR).
- An object that contains the system error icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION).
- An object that contains the system exclamation icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND).
- An object that contains the system hand icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION).
- An object that contains the system information icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION).
- An object that contains the system question icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the shield icon.
- An object that contains the shield icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING).
- An object that contains the system warning icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO).
- An object that contains the Windows logo icon.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified .
- The for the new .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop.
- A that is the color of the Windows desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the border of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Provides a base class for installed and private font collections.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the array of objects associated with this .
- An array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies a generic object.
-
-
- A generic Monospace object.
-
-
- A generic Sans Serif object.
-
-
- A generic Serif object.
-
-
- Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text.
-
-
- Do not display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- No hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Adds a font from the specified file to this .
- A that contains the file name of the font to add.
- The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found.
-
-
- Adds a font contained in system memory to this .
- The memory address of the font to add.
- The memory length of the font to add.
-
-
- Specifies the quality of text rendering.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
- A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
-
-
- Resets the property of this object to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Gets the object associated with this object.
- An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object.
- A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object.
- A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled.
-
-
- Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer.
-
-
- A object that has its small image and its large image set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file.
- The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object.
- The to test.
- This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this object.
- The hash code for this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An object associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly.
- This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32.
- An object based on the retrieved bitmap.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 860fc46e9..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 658c5e874..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2397e65ab..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13189 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Drawing.Common
-
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The structure that represent the size of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The object that specifies the resolution for the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four.
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data.
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The name of the bitmap file.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The bitmap file name and path.
- The specified file is not found.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource.
- The class used to extract the resource.
- The name of the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
-
- -or-
-
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy.
- Specifies the enumeration for the destination .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon.
- A handle to an icon.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows resource.
- A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource.
- A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque.
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns the handle to an icon.
- The operation failed.
- A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the .
-
-
- Gets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
-
- -or-
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
- The operation failed.
- A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- One of the values that specifies the data format of the .
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
- value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- A enumeration that specifies the data format of this .
- The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about this lock operation.
-
-
- Makes the default transparent color transparent for this .
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Makes the specified color transparent for this .
- The structure that represents the color to make transparent.
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the resolution for this .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Unlocks this from system memory.
- A that specifies information about the lock operation.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this .
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object.
- A pointer to the GDI+ brush object.
-
-
- Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the object.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object.
- A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle.
- An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
- A object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use.
- The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero.
- A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions.
-
-
- Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain.
-
-
- Gets the for the current application domain.
- The for the current application domain.
-
-
- Specifies a range of character positions within a string.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string.
- The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string.
- The number of positions in the range.
-
-
- Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type.
- An instance to compare with this instance.
-
- if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object.
- The object to compare to for equality.
-
- to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
- A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance.
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal.
- A to compare for equality.
- A to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal.
- A to compare for inequality.
- A to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this .
- The first position of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of positions in this .
- The number of positions in this .
-
-
- Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts.
-
-
- The destination area is inverted.
-
-
- The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The bitmap is not mirrored.
-
-
- The inverted source area is copied to the destination.
-
-
- The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted.
-
-
- The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The source area is copied directly to the destination area.
-
-
- The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Represents a collection of category name strings.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection.
- A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names.
- An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection.
- The string to check for in the collection.
-
- if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index.
- The array to copy to.
- The index of the destination array at which to begin copying.
-
-
- Gets the index of the specified value.
- The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection.
- The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the category name at the specified index.
- The index of the collection element to access.
- The category name at the specified index.
-
-
- Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
- to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled.
- This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap.
- The height of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill.
- The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap.
- The width, in units, of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions.
- The number of elements in the and arrays.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient.
- An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient.
- An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions.
- The number of colors and positions in this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
- An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line.
- An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection.
-
-
- One clipping region is replaced by another.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both.
-
-
- Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered.
-
-
- Specifies the quality level to use during compositing.
-
-
- Assume linear values.
-
-
- Default quality.
-
-
- Gamma correction is used.
-
-
- High quality, low speed compositing.
-
-
- High speed, low quality.
-
-
- Invalid quality.
-
-
- Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment.
-
-
- Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
- The distance between the cap and the line.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based.
- The enumeration on which this is based.
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line.
- The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined.
- The enumeration this object uses to join lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object.
- The amount by which to scale the cap.
-
-
- Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line.
-
-
- Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined custom dash style.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dashes.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dots.
-
-
- Specifies a solid line.
-
-
- Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled.
-
-
- Specifies the alternate fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies the winding fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately.
-
-
- Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state.
-
-
- Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends the specified to this path.
- The to add.
- A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path.
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Clears all markers from this path.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this path.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point.
-
-
- Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
- Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation.
-
-
- Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- The with which to draw the .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Gets the last point in the array of this .
- A that represents the last point in this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Empties the and arrays and sets the to .
-
-
- Reverses the order of points in the array of this .
-
-
- Sets a marker on this .
-
-
- Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure.
-
-
- Applies a transform matrix to this .
- A that represents the transformation to apply.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
- A value that specifies the flatness for curves.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the .
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the path.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points ( ) and types ( ) for this .
- A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this .
-
-
- Gets the points in the path.
- An array of objects that represent the path.
-
-
- Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array.
- An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the or the array.
- An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array.
-
-
- Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object.
- The object for which this helper class is to be initialized.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- Specifies the starting index of the arrays.
- Specifies the ending index of the arrays.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve.
- This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, .
-
-
- This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter.
- The object to which the points will be copied.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type.
- [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points.
- This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0.
-
-
- Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this .
- A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator.
- [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is .
- The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned.
-
-
- Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath.
- [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed.
- The number of subpaths in the object.
-
-
- Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path.
-
-
- Gets the number of points in the path.
- The number of points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of subpaths in the path.
- The number of subpaths in the path.
-
-
- Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the background color for this .
-
-
- Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the foreground color for this .
-
-
- Gets the hatch style of this object.
- One of the values that represents the pattern of this .
-
-
- Specifies the different patterns available for objects.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots.
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- A pattern of horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than .
-
-
- Specifies the hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95.
-
-
- Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90.
-
-
- Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80.
-
-
- Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75.
-
-
- Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70.
-
-
- Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60.
-
-
- Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50.
-
-
- Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40.
-
-
- Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30.
-
-
- Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25.
-
-
- Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis.
-
-
- A pattern of vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated.
-
-
- Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking.
-
-
- Equivalent to the element of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies low quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation.
-
-
- Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified .
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color)
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the .
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally).
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this .
- The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
- An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient.
- A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the direction of a linear gradient.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from left to right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from top to bottom.
-
-
- Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line.
-
-
- Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a custom line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a diamond anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a flat line cap.
-
-
- Specifies no anchor.
-
-
- Specifies a round line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a round anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square anchor line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular line cap.
-
-
- Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object.
-
-
- Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines.
-
-
- Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Constructs a utilizing the specified .
- Matrix data to construct from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements.
- The value in the first row and first column of the new .
- The value in the first row and second column of the new .
- The value in the second row and first column of the new .
- The value in the second row and second column of the new .
- The value in the third row and first column of the new .
- The value in the third row and second column of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
- This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns a hash code.
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Inverts this , if it is invertible.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter.
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
- The that represents the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified .
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
-
-
- Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this .
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this .
-
-
- Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation.
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
- An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix.
- This property is if this is identity; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible.
- This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the elements for the matrix.
-
-
- Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this .
- The x translation value of this .
-
-
- Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this .
- The y translation value of this .
-
-
- Specifies the order for matrix transform operations.
-
-
- The new operation is applied after the old operation.
-
-
- The new operation is applied before the old operation.
-
-
- Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
- An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path.
- An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path.
- The that defines the area filled by this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient.
- A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient.
- A that represents the center point of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff.
- A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets a bounding rectangle for this .
- A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills.
- An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the type of point in a object.
-
-
- A default Bézier curve.
-
-
- A cubic Bézier curve.
-
-
- The endpoint of a subpath.
-
-
- The corresponding segment is dashed.
-
-
- A line segment.
-
-
- A path marker.
-
-
- A mask point.
-
-
- The starting point of a object.
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line.
-
-
- Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch fill.
-
-
- Specifies a linear gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a path gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a solid fill.
-
-
- Specifies a bitmap texture fill.
-
-
- Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies high speed, low quality rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no pixel offset.
-
-
- Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies low quality, high speed rendering.
-
-
- Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object.
- An array of bytes that specify the object.
-
-
- Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method.
-
-
- Specifies a bilinear warp.
-
-
- Specifies a perspective warp.
-
-
- Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled.
-
-
- The texture or gradient is not tiled.
-
-
- Tiles the gradient or texture.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration.
- The existing from which to create the new .
- The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to .
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is .
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to .
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this .
- The object to test.
-
- if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context.
- A handle to a device context.
- The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle.
- A Windows handle to a GDI font.
-
- points to an object that is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure.
- The font is not a TrueType font.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font.
- A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale.
-
- is .
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution.
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font.
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
- The to populate with data.
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Returns a handle to this .
- The operation was unsuccessful.
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
- A that provides additional information for the structure.
-
- is .
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns a human-readable string representation of this .
- A string that represents this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold.
-
- if this is bold; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses.
- A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the line spacing of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of .
-
- if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied.
-
- to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the face name of this .
- A string representation of the face name of this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the font originally specified.
- The string representing the name of the font originally specified.
-
-
- Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property.
- The em-size of this .
-
-
- Gets the em-size, in points, of this .
- The em-size, in points, of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font.
-
- if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets style information for this .
- A enumeration that contains style information for this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the system font if the property returns .
- The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string ("").
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined.
-
- if this is underlined; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the unit of measure for this .
- A that represents the unit of measure for this .
-
-
- Converts objects from one data type to another.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An object that provides a format context.
- A object that represents the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to another type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object.
- The object to convert.
- The data type to convert the object to.
- The conversion was not successful.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method.
- The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns .
-
- useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties.
-
-
- Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns .
-
- An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type.
-
-
- Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- The type you wish to convert from.
-
- if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the given object to the converter's native type.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A to use to perform the conversion.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Converts font units to and from other unit types.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type.
- An that provides a format context.
-
-
- Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified generic font family.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name.
- A that represents the name of the new .
- The that contains this .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified name.
- The name of the new .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
-
- if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell ascent for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style.
- The for which to get the em height.
- The height of the em square.
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context.
- The object from which to return objects.
-
- is .
- An array of objects available for the specified object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text.
- The to apply.
- The distance between two consecutive lines of text.
-
-
- Returns the name, in the specified language, of this .
- The language in which the name is returned.
- A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available.
- The to test.
-
- if the specified is available; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts this to a human-readable string representation.
- The string that represents this .
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context.
- An array of objects associated with the current graphics context.
-
-
- Gets a generic monospace .
- A that represents a generic monospace font.
-
-
- Gets a generic sans serif object.
- A object that represents a generic sans serif font.
-
-
- Gets a generic serif .
- A that represents a generic serif font.
-
-
- Gets the name of this .
- A that represents the name of this .
-
-
- Specifies style information applied to text.
-
-
- Bold text.
-
-
- Italic text.
-
-
- Normal text.
-
-
- Text with a line through the middle.
-
-
- Underlined text.
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Adds a comment to the current .
- Array of bytes that contains the comment.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color.
- The background color of the drawing surface.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the given .
- The that contains the image to be drawn.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the device state.
-
--or-
-
-The object has a transform applied other than a translation.
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it.
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for .
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle.
- The to draw.
- The in which to draw the image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the path.
-
- to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a structure.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
- A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The rectangle to draw.
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- Width of the rectangle to draw.
- Height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The width of the rectangle to draw.
- The height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method.
-
- that represents the container this method restores.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure.
-
- structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a .
-
- that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
- A that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the path to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines.
- A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the area to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device.
- Handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context and device.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context.
-
-
- Returns a for the specified device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- A for the specified device context.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a window.
- Handle to a window.
- This method returns a new for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new for the specified windows handle.
- Handle to a window.
- A for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified .
-
- from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
- has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined.
- This method returns a new for the specified .
-
-
- Gets the cumulative graphics context.
- An representing the cumulative graphics context.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset and clip region.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette.
- Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette.
-
-
- Gets the handle to the device context associated with this .
- Handle to the device context associated with this .
-
-
- Gets the nearest color to the specified structure.
-
- structure for which to find a match.
- A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to intersect with the current region.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
-
- is .
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- is .
-
- is .
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order.
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the .
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
- Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
-
-
- Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region.
-
-
- Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix.
-
-
- Restores the state of this to the state represented by a .
-
- that represents the state to which to restore this .
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation.
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this .
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
-
-
- Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a .
- This method returns a that represents the saved state of this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the specified .
-
- that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified .
-
- that specifies the clip region to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified .
-
- from which to take the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represents the points to transformation.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represent the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this .
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this .
- A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing.
-
-
- Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this .
- This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this .
-
- is set to , which is not a physical unit.
- One of the values other than .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes.
- A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality for this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text.
- The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this .
- A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the world transform elements for this .
-
-
- Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image.
- Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value .
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution.
-
-
- Provides a callback method for the method.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record.
- Set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- Number of bytes in the record data.
- Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data.
- Not used.
- Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, .
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure for the given data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers.
-
-
- Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The from which to load the newly sized icon.
- A structure that specifies the height and width of the new .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The icon to load the different size from.
- The width of the new icon.
- The height of the new icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream.
- The stream that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height.
- The data stream from which to load the icon.
- The width, in pixels, of the icon.
- The height, in pixels, of the icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream from which to load the .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the data.
- The desired width of the .
- The desired height of the .
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- The file to load the from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly.
- A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource.
- The resource name to load.
- An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified .
-
-
- Clones the , creating a duplicate image.
- An object that can be cast to an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file.
- The path to the file that contains an image.
- The does not indicate a valid file.
-
- -or-
-
- The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path.
- The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath.
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
-
- true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false.
- An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given .
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
-
- is negative or larger than .
-
- could not be accessed.
-
- is .
- An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon ( ).
- A Windows handle to an icon.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified output .
- The to save to.
-
-
- Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Converts this to a GDI+ .
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Gets a human-readable string that describes the .
- A string that describes the .
-
-
- Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it.
- The Windows handle for the icon.
-
-
- Gets the height of this .
- The height of this .
-
-
- Gets the size of this .
- A structure that specifies the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the width of this .
- The width of this .
-
-
- Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to .
- The type to convert the icon to.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context.
-
-
- Returns the handle to a Windows device context.
- An representing the handle of a device context.
-
-
- Releases the handle of a Windows device context.
-
-
- An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
-
- to validate the image data; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit.
- One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle.
- The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit.
-
-
- Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
- A GUID that specifies the image encoder.
- An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
-
-
- Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The number of frames in the specified dimension.
-
-
- Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format.
- The member that specifies the format for which to find the size.
- The color depth of the specified pixel format.
-
-
- Gets the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to get.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
- The this method gets.
-
-
- Returns a thumbnail for this .
- The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- A delegate.
-
- Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used.
- Must be .
- An that represents the thumbnail.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information.
- The to test.
-
- if contains alpha information; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel.
- The to test.
-
- if is canonical; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel.
- The enumeration to test.
-
- if is extended; otherwise, .
-
-
- Removes the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to remove.
- The image does not contain the requested property item.
-
- -or-
-
- The image format for this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the .
- A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters.
- The where the image will be saved.
- The for this .
- An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder.
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format.
- The where the image will be saved.
- An that specifies the format of the saved image.
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
- An to use for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file in the specified format.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file or stream.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method.
- An that contains the frame to add.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
- is .
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
-
- Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The index of the active frame.
- Always returns 0.
-
-
- Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this .
- The to be stored.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this .
- The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this .
-
-
- Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this .
- An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant.
-
-
- Gets the height, in pixels, of this .
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color palette used for this .
- A that represents the color palette used for this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the pixel format for this .
- A that represents the pixel format for this .
-
-
- Gets IDs of the property items stored in this .
- An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image.
-
-
- Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this .
- An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image.
-
-
- Gets the file format of this .
- The that represents the file format of this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
-
-
- Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image.
- The that provides additional data about the image.
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets the width, in pixels, of this .
- The width, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution.
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns .
-
-
- Animates an image that has time-based frames.
-
-
- Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation.
- The object to animate.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames.
- The object to test.
- This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, .
-
-
- Terminates a running animation.
- The object to stop animating.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered.
-
-
- Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames.
- The object for which to update frames.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The to convert.
- The to convert the to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Gets the set of properties for this type.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context.
- An that specifies the context for this type conversion.
- The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to an object.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The type to convert the object to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
-
- is .
- The converted object.
-
-
- Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines.
- The pixel height of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object.
- A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
- Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap.
- The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object.
- The stride width, in bytes, of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line.
- The pixel width of the object.
-
-
- Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance.
-
-
- Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of .
- The to convert.
- The object to use to format the cached copy of the .
-
- or is .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
- Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for text.
-
-
- Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods.
-
-
- The cyan color channel.
-
-
- The black color channel.
-
-
- The last selected channel should be used.
-
-
- The magenta color channel.
-
-
- The yellow color channel.
-
-
- Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert.
- The new structure to which to convert.
-
-
- Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted.
- The existing structure to be converted.
-
-
- Specifies the types of color maps.
-
-
- Specifies a color map for a .
-
-
- A default color map.
-
-
- Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix .
- The values of the elements for the new .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the .
- The row of the element.
- The column of the element.
- The element at the specified row and column.
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the 0 row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the first row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this .
- The element at the first row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this .
- The element at the first row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the first row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the first row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the second row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this .
- The element at the second row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this .
- The element at the second row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this .
- The element at the second row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the second row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the third row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this .
- The element at the third row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this .
- The element at the third row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the third row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the third row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the fourth row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an .
-
-
- Only gray shades are adjusted.
-
-
- All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies two modes for color component values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 32-bit values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 64-bit values.
-
-
- Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of structures.
- The array of structure that make up this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors.
- The following flag values are valid:
-
- 0x00000001
- The color values in the array contain alpha information.
-
- 0x00000002
- The colors in the array are grayscale values.
-
- 0x00000004
- The colors in the array are halftone values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header.
-
-
- Indicates invalid data.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The minimum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- Marks the end of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks the start of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Marks an object.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Used internally.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI.
-
-
- An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category.
-
-
- Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category.
- A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
- The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A byte that specifies the value stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
- Type is not a valid .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object.
- An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
- An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Encapsulates an array of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects.
- An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects.
- The array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image.
-
-
- An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string.
-
-
- An 8-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- A 32-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
- A pointer to a block of custom metadata.
-
-
- A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator.
-
-
-
- A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction.
- The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
-
- A 16-bit, unsigned integer.
-
-
- A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition.
-
-
- Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category.
-
-
- Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure.
- A structure that contains a GUID for this object.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code for this object.
- The hash code of this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object.
- A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the page dimension.
- The page dimension.
-
-
- Gets the resolution dimension.
- The resolution dimension.
-
-
- Gets the time dimension.
- The time dimension.
-
-
- Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Clears the brush color-remap table of this object.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for the default category.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled.
-
-
- Clears the setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this class creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category.
- A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette.
- An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the brush category.
- An array of objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set.
-
-
- Sets the color key for the default category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for a specified category.
- The gamma correction value.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for the default category.
- The gamma correction value.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
- An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the default category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category.
- A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set.
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category.
- A real number that specifies the threshold value.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
- This parameter has no effect. Set it to .
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
-
-
- Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec).
-
-
- The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process.
-
-
- The codec is built into GDI+.
-
-
- The codec supports decoding (reading).
-
-
- The codec supports encoding (saving).
-
-
- The encoder requires a seekable output stream.
-
-
- The codec supports raster images (bitmaps).
-
-
- The codec supports vector images (metafiles).
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec.
- A string that contains the name of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is .
- A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons.
- A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration.
- A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format.
- A string that describes the codec's file format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
- A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the codec.
- The version number of the codec.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel data can be cached for faster access.
-
-
- The pixel data uses a CMYK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data is grayscale.
-
-
- The pixel data uses an RGB color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha information.
-
-
- Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque).
-
-
- There is no format information.
-
-
- The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations.
-
-
- The pixel data is read-only.
-
-
- The pixel data is scalable.
-
-
- Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure.
- The structure that specifies a particular image format.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code value that represents this object.
- A hash code that represents this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format.
- An object that indicates the bitmap image format.
-
-
- Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format.
-
-
- Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format.
- An object that indicates the Exif format.
-
-
- Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format.
- An object that indicates the GIF image format.
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents this object.
- A structure that represents this object.
-
-
- Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF).
-
-
- Gets the Windows icon image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows icon image format.
-
-
- Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format.
- An object that indicates the JPEG image format.
-
-
- Gets the format of a bitmap in memory.
- An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory.
-
-
- Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format.
- An object that indicates the PNG image format.
-
-
- Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format.
- An object that indicates the TIFF image format.
-
-
- Specifies the WebP image format.
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format.
-
-
- Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing.
-
-
- Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing.
-
-
- Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle.
- A handle to an enhanced metafile.
-
- to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted.
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
- to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a .
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name from which to create the new .
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced .
- A Windows handle to this enhanced .
-
-
- Returns the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the for which to return a header.
- A .
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Plays an individual metafile record.
- Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played.
- A set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- The number of bytes in the record data.
- An array of bytes that contains the record data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 pixel.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point.
-
-
- Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent.
-
- if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that bounds the associated .
- A that bounds the associated .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
-
-
- Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated .
- The size, in bytes, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the type of the associated .
- A enumeration that represents the type of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the version number of the associated .
- The version number of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated .
- A that contains the WMF header file for the associated .
-
-
- Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results.
-
-
- Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it.
-
-
- Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the header file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
- The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
-
-
- Not used. Always returns 0.
- Always 0.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the associated object.
- The type of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the header format.
- The version number of the header format.
-
-
- Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data.
-
-
- Grayscale data.
-
-
- Halftone data.
-
-
- Alpha data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied.
-
-
- The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel.
-
-
- No pixel format is specified.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
-
-
- The pixel data contains GDI colors.
-
-
- The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values.
-
-
- The pixel format is undefined.
-
-
- This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see .
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
-
- Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Gets or sets the ID of the property.
- The integer that represents the ID of the property.
-
-
- Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property.
- An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property.
- An integer that defines the type of data contained in .
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property item.
- A byte array that represents the value of the property item.
-
-
- Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
- The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
-
-
- Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory.
- The handle of the metafile in memory.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of twips per inch.
- The number of twips per inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header.
- A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and .
- A that determines the characteristics of this .
- The width of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
- A that determines the fill properties of this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
- A value indicating the width of this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- An that can be cast to a .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
- The order in which to perform the multiplication operation.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified .
- The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets the alignment for this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the alignment for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that determines attributes of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A structure that represents the color of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1.
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
-
-
- Gets the style of lines drawn with this .
- A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The width of this .
-
-
- Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Specifies the printer's duplex setting.
-
-
- The printer's default duplex setting.
-
-
- Double-sided, horizontal printing.
-
-
- Single-sided printing.
-
-
- Double-sided, vertical printing.
-
-
- Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- A that specifies the settings for a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
- The class name is or is 0.
-
-
- Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The left margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The right margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The top margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
-
- Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member.
- A duplicate of this object.
-
-
- Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions.
- The object to which to compare this .
-
- if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
-
-
- Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions.
- The first to compare for equality.
- The second to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width.
- The first to compare for inequality.
- The second to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the to a string.
- A representation of the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides a for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type from which you want to convert.
-
- if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type to which you want to convert.
-
- if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the converter's native type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
-
- does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
- The to which to convert the value.
-
- is .
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Creates an given a set of property values for the object.
- An that provides a format context.
- An of new property values.
-
- is .
- An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created.
-
-
- Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
-
- if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns .
-
-
- Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer.
- The that describes the printer to use.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Converts the to string form.
- A string showing the various property settings for the .
-
-
- Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page.
- The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin.
-
-
- Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
- The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the margins for this page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides.
-
-
- Gets or sets the paper size for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer.
- A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page.
- A that represents the printer settings associated with the page.
-
-
- Specifies the standard paper sizes.
-
-
- A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm).
-
-
- A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper.
-
-
- A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm).
-
-
- A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm).
-
-
- A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm).
-
-
- B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm).
-
-
- JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm).
-
-
- B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm).
-
-
- JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm).
-
-
- C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm).
-
-
- C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm).
-
-
- C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm).
-
-
- C paper (17 in. by 22 in.).
-
-
- The paper size is defined by the user.
-
-
- DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- D paper (22 in. by 34 in.).
-
-
- E paper (34 in. by 44 in.).
-
-
- Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.).
-
-
- Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm).
-
-
- Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.).
-
-
- Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.).
-
-
- Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.).
-
-
- #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.).
-
-
- #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.).
-
-
- #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.).
-
-
- 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.).
-
-
- 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Specifies the size of a piece of paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The name of the paper.
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- The name of the type of paper.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets the paper source.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the paper source.
- The name of the paper source.
-
-
- Standard paper sources.
-
-
- Automatically fed paper.
-
-
- A paper cassette.
-
-
- A printer-specific paper source.
-
-
- An envelope.
-
-
- The printer's default input bin.
-
-
- The printer's large-capacity bin.
-
-
- Large-format paper.
-
-
- The lower bin of a printer.
-
-
- Manually fed paper.
-
-
- Manually fed envelope.
-
-
- The middle bin of a printer.
-
-
- Small-format paper.
-
-
- A tractor feed.
-
-
- The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin).
-
-
- Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The image of the printed page.
- The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the image of the printed page.
- An representing the printed page.
-
-
- Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
- A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Captures the pages of a document as a series of images.
- An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview the print document.
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview.
-
- if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Specifies the type of print operation occurring.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a file.
-
-
- The print operation is a print preview.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a printer.
-
-
- Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
-
-
- Occurs when the last page of the document has printed.
-
-
- Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed.
-
-
- Occurs immediately before each event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called before a page prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Starts the document's printing process.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Provides information about the print document, in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed.
- A that specifies the default page settings for the document.
-
-
- Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document.
- The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document".
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page.
-
- if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process.
- The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer that prints the document.
- A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values.
-
-
- Represents the resolution supported by a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- This member overrides the method.
- A that contains information about the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution.
- The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value.
-
-
- Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
-
-
- Specifies a printer resolution.
-
-
- Custom resolution.
-
-
- Draft-quality resolution.
-
-
- High resolution.
-
-
- Low resolution.
-
-
- Medium resolution.
-
-
- Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a .
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that contains information from a printer.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
-
- to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
- The to retrieve a object for.
-
- to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified .
- The to retrieve a graphics object for.
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter.
- The object that the structure's handle corresponds to.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file.
- The image to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format.
- An to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is invalid.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing.
-
- if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated.
-
- if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of copies to print. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets the default page settings for this printer.
- A that represents the default page settings for this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values. The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print.
- The property's value is less than zero.
- The page number of the first page to print.
-
-
- Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer.
- The available printers could not be enumerated.
- A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets .
-
- if designates the default printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter.
-
- if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer.
-
- if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
- The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
-
-
- Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
- The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The maximum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The minimum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer.
- A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the printer to use.
- The name of the printer to use.
-
-
- Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file.
- The file name, when printing to a file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port.
-
- if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing.
-
- if this printer supports color; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of the last page to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of the last page to print.
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection.
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator associated with the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection.
- The number of different paper sizes in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds the specified to end of the .
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index where the was added.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array for the contents of the collection.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection.
- The number of different paper sources in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
- The number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a string to the end of the collection.
- The string to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The array for items to be copied to.
- The starting index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of strings in the collection.
- The number of strings in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing.
-
-
- The default unit (0.01 in.).
-
-
- One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm).
-
-
- One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm).
-
-
- One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.).
-
-
- Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type.
- The value being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted .
-
-
- Provides data for the and events.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns in all cases.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the or event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The used to paint the item.
- The area between the margins.
- The total area of the paper.
- The for the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled.
-
- if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the used to paint the page.
- The used to paint the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed.
-
- if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
- The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
- The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
-
-
- Gets the page settings for the current page.
- The page settings for the current page.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies the part of the document to print.
-
-
- All pages are printed.
-
-
- The currently displayed page is printed.
-
-
- The selected pages are printed.
-
-
- The pages between and are printed.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Represents the method that handles the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC).
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information.
- A object that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer settings are not valid.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job.
-
-
- Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new .
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified .
- A that defines the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified data.
- A that defines the interior of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The to complement this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The object to complement this object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface.
- The to test.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- or is .
-
- if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region.
- A handle to an existing .
- The new .
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface.
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
- Returns a that represents the information that describes this .
- A that represents the information that describes this .
-
-
- Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
- A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region.
-
- is .
- An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
- This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object.
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes this to an empty interior.
-
-
- Initializes this object to an infinite interior.
-
-
- Releases the handle of the .
- The handle to the .
-
- is .
-
-
- Transforms this by the specified .
- The by which to transform this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object of the specified color.
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this object.
- The property is set on an immutable .
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Provides icon identifiers for use with .
-
-
- Generic application with no custom icon.
-
-
- Audio files.
-
-
- AutoList.
-
-
- Clustered disk.
-
-
- Delete.
-
-
- Desktop computer.
-
-
- Audio player.
-
-
- Camera.
-
-
- Cell phone.
-
-
- Video camera.
-
-
- Document (blank page), no associated program.
-
-
- Document with an associated program.
-
-
- 3.5" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- 5.25" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- BluRay drive.
-
-
- CD drive.
-
-
- DVD drive.
-
-
- Fixed drive.
-
-
- HD-DVD drive.
-
-
- Network drive.
-
-
- Disabled network drive.
-
-
- RAM disk drive.
-
-
- Removable drive.
-
-
- Unknown drive.
-
-
- Error.
-
-
- Find.
-
-
- Closed folder.
-
-
- Folder back.
-
-
- Folder front.
-
-
- Open folder.
-
-
- Help.
-
-
- Image files.
-
-
- Informational.
-
-
- Internet.
-
-
- Key / secure.
-
-
- Overlay for shortcuts to items.
-
-
- Security lock.
-
-
- Audio DVD media.
-
-
- BluRay-R media.
-
-
- BluRay-RE media.
-
-
- BluRay-ROM media.
-
-
- Blank CD media.
-
-
- BluRay media.
-
-
- Audio CD media.
-
-
- CD+ (Enhanced CD) media.
-
-
- Burning CD.
-
-
- CD-R media.
-
-
- CD-ROM media.
-
-
- CD-RW media.
-
-
- Compact Flash.
-
-
- DVD media.
-
-
- DVD+R media.
-
-
- DVD+RW media.
-
-
- DVD-R media.
-
-
- DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- DVD-RW media.
-
-
- Enhanced CD media.
-
-
- Enhanced DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-R media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- Movied DVD media.
-
-
- Smart media.
-
-
- SVCD media.
-
-
- VCD media.
-
-
- Mixed files.
-
-
- Mobile computer.
-
-
- My network places.
-
-
- Connect to network.
-
-
- Printer.
-
-
- Fax printer.
-
-
- Networked fax printer.
-
-
- Print to file.
-
-
- Network printer.
-
-
- Empty recycle bin.
-
-
- Full recycle bin.
-
-
- Rename.
-
-
- A computer on the network.
-
-
- Server share.
-
-
- Settings.
-
-
- Overlay for shared items.
-
-
- Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only.
-
-
- Overlay for slow items.
-
-
- Software.
-
-
- Stack.
-
-
- Folder containing other items.
-
-
- Users.
-
-
- Video files.
-
-
- Warning.
-
-
- Entire network.
-
-
- ZIP file.
-
-
- Provides options for use with .
-
-
- Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Add a link overlay onto the icon.
-
-
- Blend the icon with the system highlight color.
-
-
- Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon.
-
-
- Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left.
-
-
- Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies to disable substitutions.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme.
-
-
- Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object from the specified existing object.
- The object from which to initialize the new object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language.
- The enumeration for the new object.
- A value that indicates the language of the text.
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration for the new object.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops.
-
-
- Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed.
-
-
- Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- More than 32 character ranges are set.
-
-
- Sets tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string representation of this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string.
-
-
- Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
-
-
- Gets the method to be used for digit substitution.
- A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information.
- A enumeration that contains formatting information.
-
-
- Gets a generic default object.
- The generic default object.
-
-
- Gets a generic typographic object.
- A generic typographic object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object for this object.
- The object for this object, the default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration for this object.
- A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the display and layout information for text strings.
-
-
- Text is displayed from right to left.
-
-
- Text is vertically aligned.
-
-
- Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph.
-
-
- Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang.
-
-
- Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line.
-
-
- Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement.
-
-
- Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped.
-
-
- Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square.
-
-
- Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length.
-
-
- Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- Specifies no trimming.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word.
-
-
- Specifies the units of measure for a text string.
-
-
- Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies world units as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified structure.
- The structure from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the desktop.
- A that is the color of the desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border.
- A that is the color of an inactive window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements.
-
-
- Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name.
- The name of the system font you need a font object for.
- A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
-
-
- Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system.
-
-
- Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for icon titles.
- A that is used for icon titles.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for menus.
- A that is used for menus.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for message boxes.
- A that is used for message boxes.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar.
- A that is used to display text in the status bar.
-
-
- Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon.
-
- is an invalid .
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION).
- An object that contains the default application icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK).
- An object that contains the system asterisk icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR).
- An object that contains the system error icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION).
- An object that contains the system exclamation icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND).
- An object that contains the system hand icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION).
- An object that contains the system information icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION).
- An object that contains the system question icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the shield icon.
- An object that contains the shield icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING).
- An object that contains the system warning icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO).
- An object that contains the Windows logo icon.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified .
- The for the new .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop.
- A that is the color of the Windows desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the border of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Provides a base class for installed and private font collections.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the array of objects associated with this .
- An array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies a generic object.
-
-
- A generic Monospace object.
-
-
- A generic Sans Serif object.
-
-
- A generic Serif object.
-
-
- Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text.
-
-
- Do not display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- No hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Adds a font from the specified file to this .
- A that contains the file name of the font to add.
- The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found.
-
-
- Adds a font contained in system memory to this .
- The memory address of the font to add.
- The memory length of the font to add.
-
-
- Specifies the quality of text rendering.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
- A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
-
-
- Resets the property of this object to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Gets the object associated with this object.
- An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object.
- A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object.
- A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled.
-
-
- Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer.
-
-
- A object that has its small image and its large image set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file.
- The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object.
- The to test.
- This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this object.
- The hash code for this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An object associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly.
- This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32.
- An object based on the retrieved bitmap.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c4f4dcd4..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 752e77874..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net8.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7259 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Private.Windows.Core
-
-
-
-
- Allows renting a buffer from with a using statement. Can be used directly as if it
- were a .
-
-
-
- Buffers are not cleared and as such their initial contents will be random.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack
- allocated buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack
- allocated buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Creating with a stack allocated buffer:
- using BufferScope<char> buffer = new(stackalloc char[64]);
-
-
-
- Stack allocated buffers should be kept small to avoid overflowing the stack.
-
-
-
- The required minimum length. If the is not large enough, this will rent from
- the shared .
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the buffer has enough space for number of elements.
-
-
-
- Consider if creating new instances is possible and cleaner than using
- this method.
-
-
- True to copy the existing elements when new space is allocated.
-
-
-
- Array based collection that tries to avoid copying the internal array and caps the maximum capacity.
-
-
-
- To mitigate corrupted length attacks, the backing array has an initial allocation size cap.
-
-
-
-
-
- The cannot grow past this value and is expected to be this value
- when the collection is "finished".
-
-
-
-
- Creates a list trimmed to the given count.
-
-
-
- This is an optimized implementation that avoids iterating over the entire list when possible.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper class for converting values.
-
-
-
- It is intended to save the allocation of a temporary list when converting values. If there are multiple passes
- through the list this class should usually be avoided.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to suppress finalization in debug builds only.
-
-
-
- Unfortunately this can only be used when there is a single implicit conversion operator when called from
- a ref struct. C# tries to cast to anything that fits in object, which leads to an ambiguous error.
-
-
- You need to add GC.SuppressFinalize under #ifdef when you don't have a single implicit conversion.
-
-
-
-
-
- Enumeration defining the different Graphics properties to apply to an when creating it
- from a Graphics object.
-
-
-
-
- Apply clipping region.
-
-
-
-
- Apply coordinate transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Apply all supported Graphics properties.
-
-
-
-
- Get the encoder guid for the given image format guid.
-
-
-
-
- Used to provide a way to give direct internal access to HDC's.
-
-
-
-
- If this flag is true we expect that the object obtained through
- should not have a clip or GpMatrix
- applied and therefore it is safe to skip getting them.
-
-
-
- If a object hasn't been created it, by definition, will be clean when it is
- created, so this will return true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the , if the object was created from one.
-
-
-
-
- Get the object.
-
-
- If true, this will pass back a object, creating a new one *if* needed.
- If false, will pass back a object *if* one exists, otherwise returns null.
-
-
- Do not dispose of the returned object.
-
-
-
-
- Returns if the exception is an exception that isn't recoverable and/or a likely
- bug in our implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Reads a binary formatted from the given .
-
- The data was invalid.
-
-
-
- Creates a object from raw data with validation.
-
- was invalid.
-
-
-
- Returns the remaining amount of bytes in the given .
-
-
-
-
- Reads an array of primitives.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a collection of primitives.
-
-
-
- Only supports , , , ,
- , , , ,
- , , , ,
- , , and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a object to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Writes .
-
-
-
-
- Simple run length encoder (RLE) that works on spans.
-
-
-
- Format used is a byte for the count, followed by a byte for the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the encoded length, in bytes, of the given data.
-
-
-
-
- Get the decoded length, in bytes, of the given encoded data.
-
-
-
-
- Encode the given data into the given span.
-
-
- if the span was not large enough to hold the encoded data.
-
-
-
-
- Get a wrapper around the given . Use the return value
- in a scope.
-
-
-
-
- Array information structure.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for array records.
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4 describes how item records must follow the array record and how multiple null records
- can be coalesced into an or
- record.
-
-
-
-
- Identifier for the array.
-
-
-
-
- Length of the array.
-
-
-
-
- Typed class for array records.
-
-
-
-
- The array items.
-
-
-
- Multi-null records are always expanded to individual entries when reading.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the item at the given index.
-
-
-
-
- Single dimensional array of objects.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Single dimensional array of a primitive type.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Single dimensional array of strings.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dereferences records.
-
-
-
-
- Writer that writes specific types in binary format without using the BinaryFormatter.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a nint in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a nuint in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to write a value in binary format.
-
- if successful.
-
-
-
- Writes a .NET primitive value in binary format.
-
-
- is not a a primitive value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a primitive list in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given in binary format if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given in binary format if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given in binary format if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to write the given if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a of primitive to primitive values to the given stream in binary format.
-
-
-
- Primitive types are anything in the enum.
-
-
-
- contained non-primitive values or a custom comparer or hash code provider.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the
- throws.
-
-
-
-
- Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the
- throws or returns .
-
-
-
-
- Library full name information.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.6.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- String record.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.7
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the remoting type of a class member or array item.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Type is defined by and it is not a string.
-
-
-
-
- Type is
- length prefixed string .
-
-
-
-
- Type is System.Object.
-
-
-
-
- Type is a standard .NET object.
-
-
-
-
- Type is an object.
-
-
-
-
- Type is a single-dimensional array of objects.
-
-
-
-
- Type is a single-dimensional array of strings.
-
-
-
-
- Types is a single-dimensional array of a primitive type.
-
-
-
-
- Class info.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for class records.
-
-
-
- Includes the values for the class (which trail the record)
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes as specified by the
-
-
-
-
- Identifies a class by it's name and library id.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.1.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Class information that references another class record's metadata.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The ObjectId of a prior
- or .
-
-
-
-
- Class information with type info and the source library.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Expresses that the object can be written with a
-
-
-
-
- Writes the current object to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Record that represents a primitive type or an array of primitive types.
-
-
-
-
- Map of records.
-
-
-
-
- Non-generic record base interface.
-
-
-
-
- Id for the record, or null if the record has no id.
-
-
-
-
- Typed record interface.
-
-
-
-
- Expresses that the object can be written with a
-
-
-
-
- Writes the current object to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Primitive value other than .
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.1
-
-
-
-
-
- is not primitive.
-
-
-
- The record contains a reference to another record that contains the actual value.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Member type info.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Record that marks the end of the binary format stream.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for null records.
-
-
-
-
- Multiple null object record.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Multiple null object record (less than 256).
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Null object record.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Primitive type.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base record class.
-
-
-
-
- Writes as to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Writes records, coalescing null records into single entries.
-
-
- contained an object that isn't a record.
-
-
-
-
- Map of records that ensures that IDs are only entered once.
-
-
-
-
- Record type.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Binary format header.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.6.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The id of the root object record.
-
-
-
-
- Ignored. BinaryFormatter puts out -1.
-
-
-
-
- Must be 1.
-
-
-
-
- Must be 0.
-
-
-
-
- that only returns default values.
-
-
-
- Allows creating a when a
- isn't necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a typed value. Hard casts.
-
-
-
-
- Helper to create and track records for and
- when duplicates are found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the appropriate record for the given string.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the for the given .
-
- or if not a .
-
-
-
- Returns the for the given if it is a simple primitive array.
-
- or if not a primitive array.
-
-
-
- Get the proper for the given .
-
-
-
-
- System class information with type info.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Positive enforcing count of items.
-
-
- Idea here is that doing this makes it less likely we'll slip through cases where
- we don't check for negative numbers. And also not confuse counts with ids.
-
-
-
-
- Identifier struct.
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 first release or later. (Threshold 1, build 10240, version 1507)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Anniversary Update or later. (Redstone 1, build 14393, version 1607)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 2, build 15063, version 1703)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 3, build 16299, version 1709)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 4, build 17134, version 1803)
-
-
-
-
- Is this Windows 11 public preview or later?
- The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version.
-
-
-
-
- Is this Windows 11 version 22H2 or greater?
- The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version.
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 8.1 or later.
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 8 or later.
-
-
-
- Function was ended.
-
-
- File access is denied.
-
-
- A Graphics object cannot be created from an image that has an indexed pixel format.
-
-
- SetPixel is not supported for images with indexed pixel formats.
-
-
- Destination points define a parallelogram which must have a length of 3. These points will represent the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left coordinates (defined in that order).
-
-
- Destination points must be an array with a length of 3 or 4. A length of 3 defines a parallelogram with the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners. A length of 4 defines a quadrilateral with the fourth element of the array specifying the lower-rig ...
-
-
- File not found.
-
-
- Font '{0}' cannot be found.
-
-
- Font '{0}' does not support style '{1}'.
-
-
- A generic error occurred in GDI+.
-
-
- Buffer is too small (internal GDI+ error).
-
-
- Parameter is not valid.
-
-
- Rectangle '{0}' cannot have a width or height equal to 0.
-
-
- Operation requires a transformation of the image from GDI+ to GDI. GDI does not support images with a width or height greater than 32767.
-
-
- Out of memory.
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
-
- GDI+ is not properly initialized (internal GDI+ error).
-
-
- Only TrueType fonts are supported. '{0}' is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Only TrueType fonts are supported. This is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Object is currently in use elsewhere.
-
-
- Overflow error.
-
-
- Property cannot be found.
-
-
- Property is not supported.
-
-
- Unknown GDI+ error occurred.
-
-
- Image format is unknown.
-
-
- Current version of GDI+ does not support this feature.
-
-
- Bitmap region is already locked.
-
-
- Unhandled VT: {0}.
-
-
-
- Converts the given exception to a if needed, nesting the original exception
- and assigning the original stack trace.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a .
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a .
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a primitive type or string.
-
- if this represented a primitive type or string.
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a of .
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a of values.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as an of primitive types.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a binary formatted .
-
-
-
-
- Try to get a supported .NET type object (not WinForms).
-
-
-
-
- Copies the to the ,
- terminating with null and truncating to fit if
- necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Slices the given at the first null found (if any).
-
-
-
-
- Slices the given at the first null found (if any).
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based reader.
-
-
-
- Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work
- correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed
- field.
-
-
- Inspired by patterns.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based reader.
-
-
-
- Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work
- correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed
- field.
-
-
- Inspired by patterns.
-
-
-
-
-
- Try to read everything up to the given . Advances the reader past the
- if found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Try to read everything up to the given .
-
- The read data, if any.
- The delimiter to look for.
- to move past the if found.
- if the was found.
-
-
-
- Try to read the next value.
-
-
-
-
- Try to read a span of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Try to read a value of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of
- .
-
-
-
- This is just a straight copy of bits. If has methods that depend on
- specific field value constraints this could be unsafe.
-
-
- The compiler will often optimize away the struct copy if you only read from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Try to read a span of values of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of
- .
-
-
-
- This effectively does a and the same
- caveats apply about safety.
-
-
-
-
-
- Check to see if the given values are next.
-
- The span to compare the next items to.
-
-
-
- Advance the reader if the given values are next.
-
- The span to compare the next items to.
- if the values were found and the reader advanced.
-
-
-
- Advance the reader past consecutive instances of the given .
-
- How many positions the reader has been advanced
-
-
-
- Advance the reader by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Rewind the reader by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Reset the reader to the beginning of the span.
-
-
-
-
- Advance the reader without bounds checking.
-
-
-
-
-
- Slicing without bounds checking.
-
-
-
-
- Slicing without bounds checking.
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based writer.
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based writer.
-
-
-
-
- Try to write the given value.
-
-
-
-
- Try to write the given value.
-
-
-
-
- Try to write the given value times.
-
-
-
-
- Advance the writer by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Rewind the writer by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Reset the reader to the beginning of the span.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the to string and frees it.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the to a nullable string and frees it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the length of the BSTR in characters.
-
-
-
- The DECIMAL structure represents a decimal data type that provides a sign and scale for a number.
-
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The high 32 bits of the number.
-
-
- Describes FILETIME and provides syntax, members, and additional remarks.
-
- A property of type PT_SYSTIME has a **FILETIME** structure for its value. Such a property has a **FILETIME** data type for the **Value** member in its definition in an [SPropValue](spropvalue.md) structure. The definition of the **FILETIME** structure is in the _Win32 Programmer's Reference_ and in the MAPI header file Mapidefs.h. MAPI defines the structure conditionally to make sure that it is defined when the Win32 definition is unavailable.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- > Low-order 32 bits of the file time value.
-
-
- > High-order 32 bits of the file time value.
-
-
-
- Adapter to use when owning classes cannot directly implement .
-
-
-
-
- The **HRESULT** data type is the same as the [SCODE](scode.md) data type. An **HRESULT** value consists of the following fields: - A 1-bit code indicating severity, where zero represents success and 1 represents failure. - A 4-bit reserved value. - An 11-bit code indicating responsibility for the error or warning, also known as a facility code. - A 16-bit code describing the error or warning. Most MAPI interface methods and functions return **HRESULT** values to provide detailed cause formation. **HRESULT** values are also used widely in OLE interface methods. OLE provides several macros for converting between **HRESULT** values and **SCODE** values, another common data type for error handling. > [!NOTE] > In 64-bit MAPI, **HRESULT** is still a 32-bit value. For information about the OLE use of **HRESULT** values, see the *OLE Programmer's Reference*. For more information about the use of these values in MAPI, see [Error Handling](error-handling-in-mapi.md) and any of the following interface methods: [IABLogon::GetLastError](iablogon-getlasterror.md) [IMAPISupport::GetLastError](imapisupport-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIControl::GetLastError](imapicontrol-getlasterror.md) [IMAPITable::GetLastError](imapitable-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIProp::GetLastError](imapiprop-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIViewAdviseSink::OnPrint](imapiviewadvisesink-onprint.md)
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to the IErrorInfo interface that provides more information about the
- error. You can specify to use the current IErrorInfo interface, or
- new IntPtr(-1) to ignore the current IErrorInfo interface and construct the exception
- just from the error code.
-
- , if it does not reflect an error.
-
-
-
- The operation could not be completed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete , IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete , IMbnConnectionEvents.OnConnectComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnChangeComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnDisableComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnEnableComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnEnterComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnUnblockComplete , IMbnPinManagerEvents.OnGetPinStateComplete , IMbnRadioEvents.OnSetSoftwareRadioStateComplete , IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSetSmsConfigurationComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsDeleteComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsReadComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete .
-
-
- Places the window at the top of the Z order.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Places the window at the bottom of the Z order. If the hWnd parameter identifies a topmost window, the window loses its topmost status and is placed at the bottom of all other windows.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Places the window above all non-topmost windows. The window maintains its topmost position even when it is deactivated.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Places the window above all non-topmost windows (that is, behind all topmost windows). This flag has no effect if the window is already a non-topmost window.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Used to abstract access to classes that contain a potentially owned handle.
-
-
-
- The key benefit of this is that we can keep the owning class from being collected during interop calls.
- wraps arbitrary owners with target handles. Having this interface allows implicit use
- of the classes (such as System.Windows.Forms.Control) that meet this common pattern in interop and encourages
- correct alignment with the proper owner.
-
-
- Note that keeping objects alive is necessary ONLY when the object has a finalizer that will explicitly
- close the handle.
-
-
- When implementing P/Invoke wrappers that take this interface they should not directly take
- , but should take a generic "T" that is constrained to IHandle{T}. Doing
- it this way prevents boxing of structs. The "T" parameters should also be marked as
- to allow structs to be passed by reference instead of by value.
-
-
- When implementing this on a struct it is important that either the struct itself is marked as readonly
- or these properties are to avoid extra struct copies.
-
-
-
-
-
- Owner of the that might close it when finalized. Default is the
- implementer.
-
-
-
- This allows decoupling the owner from the provider and avoids boxing when
- is on a struct. See for a concrete usage.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to indicate ownership of a native resource pointer.
-
-
-
- This should never be put on a struct.
-
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to a null-terminated, constant character string.
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
-
- Returns a with a copy of this character array, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
- A , or if is .
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The POINTS structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
- The POINTS structure is similar to the POINT and POINTL structures. The difference is that the members of the POINTS structure are of type SHORT, while those of the other two structures are of type LONG.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the point.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the point.
-
-
-
- The length of the string when it is a null separated list of values that is terminated by
- a double null. Does not include the final double null.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The RECT structure defines a rectangle by the coordinates of its upper-left and lower-right corners.
- The RECT structure is identical to the RECTL structure.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
-
- Finalizable wrapper for COM pointers that gives agile access to the specified interface.
-
-
-
- This class should be used to hold all COM pointers that are stored as fields to ensure that they are
- safely finalized when needed. Finalization should be avoided whenever possible for performance and timely
- resource release (that is, this class should be disposed).
-
-
- Fields should be nulled out before calling . Releasing the COM pointer during disposal
- can result in callbacks to containing classes. Rather than evaluate the risk of this for every class, always
- follow this pattern. facilitates doing this safely.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns if has the same pointer this
- was created from.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the default interface. Throws if failed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the specified interface. Throws if failed.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get the default interface.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get the specified interface.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the managed object using the pointer
- this was created from.
-
-
-
-
- Simple list for "typed" COM struct pointer storage. Prevents nulls.
-
-
-
- Doesn't implement generic interfaces as pointer types can't be used as generic arguments.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lifetime management struct for a native COM pointer. Meant to be utilized in a statement
- to ensure is called when going out of scope with the using.
-
-
-
- This struct has implicit conversions to T** and void** so it can be passed directly to out methods.
- For example:
-
-
- using ComScope<IUnknown> unknown = new(null);
- comObject->QueryInterface(&iid, unknown);
-
-
- Take care to NOT make copies of the struct to avoid accidental over-release.
-
-
-
- This should be one of the struct COM definitions as generated by CsWin32. Ideally we'd constrain to
- or some other interface tag to enforce that this is being used around
- a struct that is actually a COM wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Tries querying the requested interface into a new .
-
- The result of the query.
-
-
-
- Queries the requested interface into a new .
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to create a from the given COM interface.
-
-
-
-
- Create a from the given COM interface. Throws on failure.
-
-
-
-
- Simple helper for checking if a given interface is supported. Only use this if you don't intend to
- use the interface, otherwise use .
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper for the COM global interface table.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given in the global interface table. This decrements the
- ref count so that the entry in the table will "own" the interface (as it increments the ref count).
-
- The cookie used to refer to the interface in the table.
-
-
-
- Gets an agile interface for the that was given back by
-
-
-
-
-
- Revokes the interface registered with .
- This will decrement the ref count for the interface.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of an for
- that uses the Global Interface Table.
-
-
-
- The returned instance should not be cached.
-
-
-
-
-
- Strategy for that uses the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a pointer to the IID for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a reference to the IID for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Empty (GUID_NULL in docs).
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to a null-terminated, constant, ANSI character string.
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
-
- Returns a with a copy of this character array, decoding as UTF-8.
-
- A , or if is .
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The POINTL structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
- The POINTL structure is identical to the POINT structure.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the point.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the point.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The SIZE structure defines the width and height of a rectangle.
- The rectangle dimensions stored in this structure can correspond to viewport extents, window extents, text extents, bitmap dimensions, or the aspect-ratio filter for some extended functions.
-
-
- Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this structure.
-
-
- Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this structure.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
- Helper to ensure GDI+ is initialized before making calls.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if GDI+ has been started.
-
-
-
- This should be called anywhere you make calls to GDI+ where you don't
- already have a GDI+ handle. In System.Drawing.Common, this is done in the PInvoke static constructor
- so it is not necessary for methods defined there.
-
-
- We don't do this implicitly in the Core assembly to avoid unnecessary loading of GDI+.
-
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/1308 tracks a proposal to make this more automatic.
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel data contains color indexed values which means they are an index to colors in the
- system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel data contains GDI colors.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel data contains alpha values that are not pre-multiplied.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format contains pre-multiplied alpha values.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format contains extended color values of 16 bits per channel.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is undefined.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format doesn't matter.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 1 bit per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 4 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 16 colors in it.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 8 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of
- which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green and 5 bits are blue.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of
- which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue and 1 bit is alpha.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are pre-multiplied alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 48 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color of
- which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are pre-multiplied
- alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
- Contains a set of four floating-point numbers that represent the location and size of a rectangle.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a D2D1_RECT_F structure that contains the specified dimensions.
-
- Type: D2D1_RECT_F A rectangle structure that contains the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- This section lists the styles, in addition to standard window styles, supported by status bar controls.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Buffer for values. Uses the stack for buffer sizes up to 16. Use in a
- statement.
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a created via
- Deletes the (if any) when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a bitmap using
-
-
-
-
- Creates a bitmap compatible with the given via
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of an HDC retrieved via CreateDC/CreateCompatibleDC.
- Deletes the HDC (if any) when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a compatible HDC for using .
-
-
-
- Passing a HDC will use the current screen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope getting a from a object. Releases
- the when disposed, unlocking the parent object.
-
-
- Also saves and restores the state of the HDC.
-
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by+
- to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the from the given .
-
-
-
- When a object is created from a the clipping region and
- the viewport origin are applied ( ). The clipping
- region isn't reflected in , which is combined with the HDC HRegion.
-
-
- The Graphics object saves and restores DC state when performing operations that would modify the DC to
- maintain the DC in its original or returned state after .
-
-
-
- Applies the origin transform and clipping region of the if it is an
- object of type . Otherwise this is a no-op.
-
-
- When true, saves and restores the state.
-
-
-
-
- Prefer to use .
-
-
-
- Ideally we'd not bifurcate what properties we apply unless we're absolutely sure we only want one.
-
-
-
-
- The DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying characteristics of display and print devices in the Unicode (wide) character set.
-
- The DEVMODEW structure is the Unicode version of the DEVMODE structure (described in the Microsoft Windows SDK documentation). While applications can use either the ANSI or Unicode version of the structure, drivers are required to use the Unicode version. For printer drivers, the DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying printer characteristics required by a print document. It is also used for specifying a printer's default characteristics. Immediately following a DEVMODEW structure's defined members (often referred to as its public members), there can be a set of driver-defined members (often referred to as private DEVMODEW members). The driver supplies the size, in bytes, of this private area in dmDriverExtra . Driver-defined private members are for exclusive use by the driver. The starting address for the private members can be referenced using the dmSize member as follows:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For a display, specifies the name of the display driver's DLL; for example, "perm3dd" for the 3Dlabs Permedia3 display driver. For a printer, specifies the "friendly name"; for example, "PCL/HP LaserJet" in the case of PCL/HP LaserJet. If the name is greater than CCHDEVICENAME characters in length, the spooler truncates it to fit in the array.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the version number of this DEVMODEW structure. The current version number is identified by the DM_SPECVERSION constant in wingdi.h .
-
-
-
- For a printer, specifies the printer driver version number assigned by the printer driver developer. Display drivers can set this member to DM_SPECVERSION.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the size in bytes of the public DEVMODEW structure, not including any private, driver-specified members identified by the dmDriverExtra member.
-
-
- Specifies the number of bytes of private driver data that follow the public structure members. If a device driver does not provide private DEVMODEW members, this member should be set to zero.
-
-
- Specifies bit flags identifying which of the following DEVMODEW members are in use. For example, the DM_ORIENTATION flag is set when the dmOrientation member contains valid data. The DM_XXX flags are defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies whether a color printer should print color or monochrome. This member can be one of DMCOLOR_COLOR or DMCOLOR_MONOCHROME. This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies the y resolution of the printer, in DPI. If this member is used, the dmPrintQuality member specifies the x resolution. This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies how TrueType fonts should be printed. This member must be one of the DMTT-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h . This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies the name of the form to use; such as "Letter" or "Legal". This must be a name that can be obtain by calling the Win32 EnumForms function (described in the Microsoft Window SDK documentation). This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the number of logical pixels per inch of a display device and should be equal to the ulLogPixels member of the GDIINFO structure. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the color resolution, in bits per pixel, of a display device. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the width, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the height, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the frequency, in hertz, of a display device in its current mode. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMICMMETHOD-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMICM-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMMEDIA-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMDITHER-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of an retrieved via and
- . Releases the (if any)
- when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by
- to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a using .
-
-
-
- GetWindowDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_WINDOW | DCX_USESTYLE).
-
-
- GetDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_USESTYLE) when given a handle. (When given null it has additional
- logic, and can't be replaced directly by GetDCEx.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a DC scope for the primary monitor (not the entire desktop).
-
-
-
- is the
- API to get the DC for the entire desktop.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used when you must keep a handle to an in a field. Avoid keeping HDC handles in fields
- when possible.
-
-
-
-
- Take ownership from a .
-
-
-
- Defines the attributes of a font. (LOGFONTW)
-
- The following situations do not support ClearType antialiasing:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. The font mapper interprets the value specified in lfHeight in the following manner.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If lfWidth is not zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. The lfEscapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. You should set lfEscapement and lfOrientation to the same value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined in Wingdi.h for convenience.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an italic font.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an underlined font.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE TRUE to specify a strikeout font.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE Specifies the character set. The following values are predefined:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
-
- Type: TCHAR[LF_FACESIZE] Specifies a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. The EnumFontFamilies function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. If lfFaceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope creating regions. Deletes the region when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a region with the given rectangle via .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a region with the given rectangle via .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clipping region copy via for the given device context.
-
- Handle to a device context to copy the clipping region from.
-
-
-
- Creates a native region from a GDI+ .
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if this represents a null HRGN.
-
-
-
-
- Clears the handle. Use this to hand over ownership to another entity.
-
-
-
- The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size, in bytes, of the header.
-
-
- The type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES.
-
-
- The number of rectangles that make up the region.
-
-
- The size of the RGNDATA buffer required to receive the RECT structures that make up the region. If the size is not known, this member can be zero.
-
-
- A bounding rectangle for the region in logical units.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a saved device context state.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by
- to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double restore.
-
-
- The state that is saved includes ICM (color management), palette, path drawing state, and other objects
- that are selected into the DC (bitmap, brush, pen, clipping region, font).
-
-
- Ideally saving the entire DC state can be avoided for simple drawing operations and relying on restoring
- individual state pieces can be done instead (putting back the original pen, etc.).
-
-
-
-
-
- Saves the device context state using .
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope selecting a GDI object into an . Restores the original
- object into the when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double selection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Selects into the given using
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- A BITMAPINFOHEADER structure that contains information about the dimensions of color format. .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- The bmiColors member contains one of the following:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
- The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure contains information about the dimensions and color format of a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
-
- Color Tables The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure may be followed by an array of palette entries or color masks. The rules depend on the value of biCompression .
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the number of bytes required by the structure. This value does not include the size of the color table or the size of the color masks, if they are appended to the end of structure. See Remarks.
-
-
- Specifies the width of the bitmap, in pixels. For information about calculating the stride of the bitmap, see Remarks.
-
-
-
- Specifies the height of the bitmap, in pixels.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1.
-
-
- Specifies the number of bits per pixel (bpp). For uncompressed formats, this value is the average number of bits per pixel. For compressed formats, this value is the implied bit depth of the uncompressed image, after the image has been decoded.
-
-
-
- For compressed video and YUV formats, this member is a FOURCC code, specified as a DWORD in little-endian order. For example, YUYV video has the FOURCC 'VYUY' or 0x56595559. For more information, see FOURCC Codes . For uncompressed RGB formats, the following values are possible:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the size, in bytes, of the image. This can be set to 0 for uncompressed RGB bitmaps.
-
-
- Specifies the horizontal resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap.
-
-
- Specifies the vertical resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap.
-
-
- Specifies the number of color indices in the color table that are actually used by the bitmap. See Remarks for more information.
-
-
- Specifies the number of color indices that are considered important for displaying the bitmap. If this value is zero, all colors are important.
-
-
- The MONITORINFO structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information in a MONITORINFO structure or a MONITORINFOEX structure.The MONITORINFO structure is a subset of the MONITORINFOEX structure.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- The size of the structure, in bytes. Set this member to sizeof ( MONITORINFO ) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values.
-
-
- A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values.
-
-
-
- A set of flags that represent attributes of the display monitor. The following flag is defined.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure.The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. (Unicode)
-
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines MONITORINFOEX as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure.
-
-
- Specifies the color and usage of an entry in a logical palette.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The red intensity value for the palette entry.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The green intensity value for the palette entry.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The blue intensity value for the palette entry.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The alpha intensity value for the palette entry. Note that as of DirectX 8, this member is treated differently than documented for Windows.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The RGBQUAD structure describes a color consisting of relative intensities of red, green, and blue.
- The bmiColors member of the BITMAPINFO structure consists of an array of RGBQUAD structures.
-
-
- The intensity of blue in the color.
-
-
- The intensity of green in the color.
-
-
- The intensity of red in the color.
-
-
- This member is reserved and must be zero.
-
-
- The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, left to right. They do not overlap.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A RGNDATAHEADER structure. The members of this structure specify the type of region (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles that make up the region, the size of the buffer that contains the rectangle structures, and so on.
-
-
- Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures that make up the region.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a GDI object. Deletes the given object (if any) when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion.
-
-
-
-
- The object to be deleted when the scope closes.
-
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "COMCTL32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "GDI32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "gdiplus.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "KERNEL32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "OLE32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "OLEAUT32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "USER32.dll".
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- />
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get system parameter info for the dpi. dpi is ignored if "SystemParametersInfoForDpi()" API
- is not available on the OS that this application is running.
-
-
-
- Destroys a property sheet page. An application must call this function for pages that have not been passed to the PropertySheet function.
-
- Type: BOOL Returns nonzero if successful, or zero otherwise.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Security Shield icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Exclamation point icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Hand-shaped icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Asterisk icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The BitBlt function performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context.
- A handle to the destination device context.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The width, in logical units, of the source and destination rectangles.
- The height, in logical units, of the source and the destination rectangles.
- A handle to the source device context.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
-
- A raster-operation code. These codes define how the color data for the source rectangle is to be combined with the color data for the destination rectangle to achieve the final color. The following list shows some common raster operation codes.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- BitBlt only does clipping on the destination DC. If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, BitBlt returns an error. If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the BitBlt function converts the source color format to match the destination format. When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies an enhanced-metafile device context. Not all devices support the BitBlt function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following functions: MaskBlt , PlgBlt , and StretchBlt . BitBlt returns an error if the source and destination device contexts represent different devices. To transfer data between DCs for different devices, convert the memory bitmap to a DIB by calling GetDIBits . To display the DIB to the second device, call SetDIBits or StretchDIBits . ICM: No color management is performed when blits occur.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid.
- A handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero.
-
-
- Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CombineRgn function combines two regions and stores the result in a third region. The two regions are combined according to the specified mode.
- A handle to a new region with dimensions defined by combining two other regions. (This region must exist before CombineRgn is called.)
- A handle to the first of two regions to be combined.
- A handle to the second of two regions to be combined.
-
-
- The return value specifies the type of the resulting region. It can be one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The three regions need not be distinct. For example, the hrgnSrc1 parameter can equal the hrgnDest parameter.
-
-
- The CreateBitmap function creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel).
- The bitmap width, in pixels.
- The bitmap height, in pixels.
- The number of color planes used by the device.
- The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel.
-
- A pointer to an array of color data used to set the colors in a rectangle of pixels. Each scan line in the rectangle must be word aligned (scan lines that are not word aligned must be padded with zeros). The buffer size expected, *cj*, can be calculated using the formula:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a bitmap. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . This function can return the following value.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The CreateBitmap function creates a device-dependent bitmap. After a bitmap is created, it can be selected into a device context by calling the SelectObject function. However, the bitmap can only be selected into a device context if the bitmap and the DC have the same format. The CreateBitmap function can be used to create color bitmaps. However, for performance reasons applications should use CreateBitmap to create monochrome bitmaps and CreateCompatibleBitmap to create color bitmaps. Whenever a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap is selected into a device context, the system checks that the bitmap matches the format of the device context it is being selected into. Because CreateCompatibleBitmap takes a device context, it returns a bitmap that has the same format as the specified device context. Thus, subsequent calls to SelectObject are faster with a color bitmap from CreateCompatibleBitmap than with a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap . If the bitmap is monochrome, zeros represent the foreground color and ones represent the background color for the destination device context. If an application sets the nWidth or nHeight parameters to zero, CreateBitmap returns the handle to a 1-by-1 pixel, monochrome bitmap. When you no longer need the bitmap, call the DeleteObject function to delete it.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CreateCompatibleBitmap function creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context.
- A handle to a device context.
- The bitmap width, in pixels.
- The bitmap height, in pixels.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the compatible bitmap (DDB). If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- The color format of the bitmap created by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function matches the color format of the device identified by the hdc parameter. This bitmap can be selected into any memory device context that is compatible with the original device. Because memory device contexts allow both color and monochrome bitmaps, the format of the bitmap returned by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function differs when the specified device context is a memory device context. However, a compatible bitmap that was created for a nonmemory device context always possesses the same color format and uses the same color palette as the specified device context. Note: When a memory device context is created, it initially has a 1-by-1 monochrome bitmap selected into it. If this memory device context is used in CreateCompatibleBitmap , the bitmap that is created is a monochrome bitmap. To create a color bitmap, use the HDC that was used to create the memory device context, as shown in the following code:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CreateCompatibleDC function creates a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device.
- A handle to an existing DC. If this handle is NULL , the function creates a memory DC compatible with the application's current screen.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a memory DC. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- A memory DC exists only in memory. When the memory DC is created, its display surface is exactly one monochrome pixel wide and one monochrome pixel high. Before an application can use a memory DC for drawing operations, it must select a bitmap of the correct width and height into the DC. To select a bitmap into a DC, use the CreateCompatibleBitmap function, specifying the height, width, and color organization required. When a memory DC is created, all attributes are set to normal default values. The memory DC can be used as a normal DC. You can set the attributes; obtain the current settings of its attributes; and select pens, brushes, and regions. The CreateCompatibleDC function can only be used with devices that support raster operations. An application can determine whether a device supports these operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function. When you no longer need the memory DC, call the DeleteDC function. We recommend that you call DeleteDC to delete the DC. However, you can also call DeleteObject with the HDC to delete the DC. If hdc is NULL , the thread that calls CreateCompatibleDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC. ICM: If the DC that is passed to this function is enabled for Image Color Management (ICM), the DC created by the function is ICM-enabled. The source and destination color spaces are specified in the DC.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateDC function creates a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name. (Unicode)
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies either DISPLAY or the name of a specific display device. For printing, we recommend that you pass NULL to lpszDriver because GDI ignores lpszDriver for printer devices.
-
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used. To obtain valid names for displays, call EnumDisplayDevices . If lpszDriver is DISPLAY or the device name of a specific display device, then lpszDevice must be NULL or that same device name. If lpszDevice is NULL , then a DC is created for the primary display device. If there are multiple monitors on the system, calling CreateDC(TEXT("DISPLAY"),NULL,NULL,NULL) will create a DC covering all the monitors.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL . It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows.
-
- A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The pdm parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user. If lpszDriver is DISPLAY, pdm must be NULL ; GDI then uses the display device's current DEVMODE .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a DC for the specified device. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. For parameters lpszDriver and lpszDevice , call EnumDisplayDevices to obtain valid names for displays. When you no longer need the DC, call the DeleteDC function. If lpszDriver or lpszDevice is DISPLAY, the thread that calls CreateDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC . When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a display device, you must pass to pdm either NULL or a pointer to DEVMODE that matches the current DEVMODE of the display device that lpszDevice specifies. We recommend to pass NULL and not to try to exactly match the DEVMODE for the current display device. When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a printer device, the printer driver validates the DEVMODE . If the printer driver determines that the DEVMODE is invalid (that is, printer driver can’t convert or consume the DEVMODE), the printer driver provides a default DEVMODE to create the HDC for the printer device. ICM: To enable ICM, set the dmICMMethod member of the DEVMODE structure (pointed to by the pInitData parameter) to the appropriate value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateDIBSection function creates a DIB that applications can write to directly.
- A handle to a device context. If the value of iUsage is DIB_PAL_COLORS, the function uses this device context's logical palette to initialize the DIB colors.
- A pointer to a BITMAPINFO structure that specifies various attributes of the DIB, including the bitmap dimensions and colors.
-
- The type of data contained in the bmiColors array member of the BITMAPINFO structure pointed to by pbmi (either logical palette indexes or literal RGB values). The following values are defined.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- A pointer to a variable that receives a pointer to the location of the DIB bit values.
-
- A handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the DIB. This parameter can be NULL . If hSection is not NULL , it must be a handle to a file-mapping object created by calling the CreateFileMapping function with the PAGE_READWRITE or PAGE_WRITECOPY flag. Read-only DIB sections are not supported. Handles created by other means will cause CreateDIBSection to fail. If hSection is not NULL , the CreateDIBSection function locates the bitmap bit values at offset dwOffset in the file-mapping object referred to by hSection . An application can later retrieve the hSection handle by calling the GetObject function with the HBITMAP returned by CreateDIBSection . If hSection is NULL , the system allocates memory for the DIB. In this case, the CreateDIBSection function ignores the dwOffset parameter. An application cannot later obtain a handle to this memory. The dshSection member of the DIBSECTION structure filled in by calling the GetObject function will be NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The offset from the beginning of the file-mapping object referenced by hSection where storage for the bitmap bit values is to begin. This value is ignored if hSection is NULL . The bitmap bit values are aligned on doubleword boundaries, so dwOffset must be a multiple of the size of a DWORD .
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly created DIB, and *ppvBits points to the bitmap bit values. If the function fails, the return value is NULL , and *ppvBits is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError . GetLastError can return the following value:
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- As noted above, if hSection is NULL , the system allocates memory for the DIB. The system closes the handle to that memory when you later delete the DIB by calling the DeleteObject function. If hSection is not NULL , you must close the hSection memory handle yourself after calling DeleteObject to delete the bitmap. You cannot paste a DIB section from one application into another application. CreateDIBSection does not use the BITMAPINFOHEADER parameters biXPelsPerMeter or biYPelsPerMeter and will not provide resolution information in the BITMAPINFO structure. You need to guarantee that the GDI subsystem has completed any drawing to a bitmap created by CreateDIBSection before you draw to the bitmap yourself. Access to the bitmap must be synchronized. Do this by calling the GdiFlush function. This applies to any use of the pointer to the bitmap bit values, including passing the pointer in calls to functions such as SetDIBits . ICM: No color management is done.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics. The font can subsequently be selected as the current font for any device context. (Unicode)
- A pointer to a LOGFONT structure that defines the characteristics of the logical font.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a logical font. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font with the characteristics specified in the LOGFONT structure. When this font is selected by using the SelectObject function, GDI's font mapper attempts to match the logical font with an existing physical font. If it fails to find an exact match, it provides an alternative whose characteristics match as many of the requested characteristics as possible. To get the appropriate font on different language versions of the OS, call EnumFontFamiliesEx with the desired font characteristics in the LOGFONT structure, retrieve the appropriate typeface name, and create the font using CreateFont or CreateFontIndirect . When you no longer need the font, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. The fonts for many East Asian languages have two typeface names: an English name and a localized name. CreateFont and CreateFontIndirect take the localized typeface name only on a system locale that matches the language, while they take the English typeface name on all other system locales. The best method is to try one name and, on failure, try the other. Note that EnumFonts , EnumFontFamilies , and EnumFontFamiliesEx return the English typeface name if the system locale does not match the language of the font. The font mapper for CreateFont , CreateFontIndirect , and CreateFontIndirectEx recognizes both the English and the localized typeface name, regardless of locale.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateIC function creates an information context for the specified device. (Unicode)
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the device driver (for example, Epson).
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used.
- This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL . It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows.
- A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The lpdvmInit parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to an information context. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- When you no longer need the information DC, call the DeleteDC function.
- > [!NOTE] > The wingdi.h header defines CreateIC as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CreateRectRgn function creates a rectangular region.
- Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units.
- Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units.
- Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units.
- Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the region. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- When you no longer need the HRGN object, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. Region coordinates are represented as 27-bit signed integers. Regions created by the Create<shape>Rgn methods (such as CreateRectRgn and CreatePolygonRgn ) only include the interior of the shape; the shape's outline is excluded from the region. This means that any point on a line between two sequential vertices is not included in the region. If you were to call PtInRegion for such a point, it would return zero as the result.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The DeleteDC function deletes the specified device context (DC).
- A handle to the device context.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- An application must not delete a DC whose handle was obtained by calling the GetDC function. Instead, it must call the ReleaseDC function to free the DC.
-
-
- The DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes an enhanced-format metafile or an enhanced-format metafile handle.
- A handle to an enhanced metafile.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- If the hemf parameter identifies an enhanced metafile stored in memory, the DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes the metafile. If hemf identifies a metafile stored on a disk, the function deletes the metafile handle but does not destroy the actual metafile. An application can retrieve the file by calling the GetEnhMetaFile function.
-
-
- The GetClipRgn function retrieves a handle identifying the current application-defined clipping region for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A handle to an existing region before the function is called. After the function returns, this parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region.
- If the function succeeds and there is no clipping region for the given device context, the return value is zero. If the function succeeds and there is a clipping region for the given device context, the return value is 1. If an error occurs, the return value is -1.
-
- An application-defined clipping region is a clipping region identified by the SelectClipRgn function. It is not a clipping region created when the application calls the BeginPaint function. If the function succeeds, the hrgn parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. Subsequent changes to this copy will not affect the current clipping region.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetDeviceCaps function retrieves device-specific information for the specified device.
- A handle to the DC.
-
-
- The return value specifies the value of the desired item. When nIndex is BITSPIXEL and the device has 15bpp or 16bpp, the return value is 16.
-
-
- When nIndex is SHADEBLENDCAPS:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetObjectW (Unicode) function (wingdi.h) retrieves information for the specified graphics object.
-
- If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is a valid pointer, the return value is the number of bytes stored into the buffer. If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is NULL , the return value is the number of bytes required to hold the information the function would store into the buffer. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- The buffer pointed to by the lpvObject parameter must be sufficiently large to receive the information about the graphics object. Depending on the graphics object, the function uses a BITMAP , DIBSECTION , EXTLOGPEN , LOGBRUSH , LOGFONT , or LOGPEN structure, or a count of table entries (for a logical palette). If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by calling CreateDIBSection , and the specified buffer is large enough, the GetObject function returns a DIBSECTION structure. In addition, the bmBits member of the BITMAP structure contained within the DIBSECTION will contain a pointer to the bitmap's bit values. If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by any other means, GetObject returns only the width, height, and color format information of the bitmap. You can obtain the bitmap's bit values by calling the GetDIBits or GetBitmapBits function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a logical palette, GetObject retrieves a 2-byte integer that specifies the number of entries in the palette. The function does not retrieve the LOGPALETTE structure defining the palette. To retrieve information about palette entries, an application can call the GetPaletteEntries function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a font, the LOGFONT that is returned is the LOGFONT used to create the font. If Windows had to make some interpolation of the font because the precise LOGFONT could not be represented, the interpolation will not be reflected in the LOGFONT . For example, if you ask for a vertical version of a font that doesn't support vertical painting, the LOGFONT indicates the font is vertical, but Windows will paint it horizontally.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetObjectType retrieves the type of the specified object.
- A handle to the graphics object.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the object. This value can be one of the following.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetPaletteEntries function retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the given logical palette.
- A handle to the logical palette.
- The first entry in the logical palette to be retrieved.
- The number of entries in the logical palette to be retrieved.
- A pointer to an array of PALETTEENTRY structures to receive the palette entries. The array must contain at least as many structures as specified by the nEntries parameter.
-
- If the function succeeds and the handle to the logical palette is a valid pointer (not NULL ), the return value is the number of entries retrieved from the logical palette. If the function succeeds and handle to the logical palette is NULL , the return value is the number of entries in the given palette. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- An application can determine whether a device supports palette operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function and specifying the RASTERCAPS constant. If the nEntries parameter specifies more entries than exist in the palette, the remaining members of the PALETTEENTRY structure are not altered.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetRegionData function fills the specified buffer with data describing a region. This data includes the dimensions of the rectangles that make up the region.
- A handle to the region.
- The size, in bytes, of the lpRgnData buffer.
- A pointer to a RGNDATA structure that receives the information. The dimensions of the region are in logical units. If this parameter is NULL , the return value contains the number of bytes needed for the region data.
-
- If the function succeeds and dwCount specifies an adequate number of bytes, the return value is always dwCount . If dwCount is too small or the function fails, the return value is 0. If lpRgnData is NULL , the return value is the required number of bytes. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- The GetRegionData function is used in conjunction with the ExtCreateRegion function.
-
-
- The GetStockObject function retrieves a handle to one of the stock pens, brushes, fonts, or palettes.
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the requested logical object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- It is not recommended that you employ this method to obtain the current font used by dialogs and windows. Instead, use the SystemParametersInfo function with the SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS parameter to retrieve the current font. SystemParametersInfo will take into account the current theme and provides font information for captions, menus, and message dialogs. Use the DKGRAY_BRUSH, GRAY_BRUSH, and LTGRAY_BRUSH stock objects only in windows with the CS_HREDRAW and CS_VREDRAW styles. Using a gray stock brush in any other style of window can lead to misalignment of brush patterns after a window is moved or sized. The origins of stock brushes cannot be adjusted. The HOLLOW_BRUSH and NULL_BRUSH stock objects are equivalent. It is not necessary (but it is not harmful) to delete stock objects by calling DeleteObject . Both DC_BRUSH and DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with other stock objects like BLACK_BRUSH and BLACK_PEN. For information on retrieving the current pen or brush color, see GetDCBrushColor and GetDCPenColor . See Setting the Pen or Brush Color for an example of setting colors. The GetStockObject function with an argument of DC_BRUSH or DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with the SetDCPenColor and SetDCBrushColor functions.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetViewportExtEx function retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A pointer to a SIZE structure that receives the x- and y-extents, in device units.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetViewportOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates of the origin, in device units.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IntersectClipRect function creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle.
- A handle to the device context.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
- The return value specifies the new clipping region's type and can be one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The lower and right-most edges of the given rectangle are excluded from the clipping region. If a clipping region does not already exist then the system may apply a default clipping region to the specified HDC. A clipping region is then created from the intersection of that default clipping region and the rectangle specified in the function parameters.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The OffsetViewportOrgEx function modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets.
- A handle to the device context.
- The horizontal offset, in device units.
- The vertical offset, in device units.
- A pointer to a POINT structure. The previous viewport origin, in device units, is placed in this structure. If lpPoint is NULL , the previous viewport origin is not returned.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- The new origin is the sum of the current origin and the horizontal and vertical offsets.
-
-
- The DeleteMetaFile function deletes a Windows-format metafile or Windows-format metafile handle.
- A handle to a Windows-format metafile.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- If the metafile identified by the hmf parameter is stored in memory (rather than on a disk), its content is lost when it is deleted by using the DeleteMetaFile function.
-
-
- The RestoreDC function restores a device context (DC) to the specified state. The DC is restored by popping state information off a stack created by earlier calls to the SaveDC function.
- A handle to the DC.
- The saved state to be restored. If this parameter is positive, nSavedDC represents a specific instance of the state to be restored. If this parameter is negative, nSavedDC represents an instance relative to the current state. For example, -1 restores the most recently saved state.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- Each DC maintains a stack of saved states. The SaveDC function pushes the current state of the DC onto its stack of saved states. That state can be restored only to the same DC from which it was created. After a state is restored, the saved state is destroyed and cannot be reused. Furthermore, any states saved after the restored state was created are also destroyed and cannot be used. In other words, the RestoreDC function pops the restored state (and any subsequent states) from the state information stack.
-
-
- The SaveDC function saves the current state of the specified device context (DC) by copying data describing selected objects and graphic modes (such as the bitmap, brush, palette, font, pen, region, drawing mode, and mapping mode) to a context stack.
- A handle to the DC whose state is to be saved.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the saved state. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- The SaveDC function can be used any number of times to save any number of instances of the DC state. A saved state can be restored by using the RestoreDC function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The SelectClipRgn function selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A handle to the region to be selected.
-
- The return value specifies the region's complexity and can be one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Only a copy of the selected region is used. The region itself can be selected for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. The SelectClipRgn function assumes that the coordinates for a region are specified in device units. To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a NULL region handle.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The SelectObject function selects an object into the specified device context (DC). The new object replaces the previous object of the same type.
- A handle to the DC.
-
- A handle to the object to be selected. The specified object must have been created by using one of the following functions.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the selected object is not a region and the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the object being replaced. If the selected object is a region and the function succeeds, the return value is one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- This function returns the previously selected object of the specified type. An application should always replace a new object with the original, default object after it has finished drawing with the new object. An application cannot select a single bitmap into more than one DC at a time. ICM: If the object being selected is a brush or a pen, color management is performed.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes an open object handle.
- A valid handle to an open object.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError . If the application is running under a debugger, the function will throw an exception if it receives either a handle value that is not valid or a pseudo-handle value. This can happen if you close a handle twice, or if you call CloseHandle on a handle returned by the FindFirstFile function instead of calling the FindClose function.
-
-
- The CloseHandle function closes handles to the following objects:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Returns the locale identifier for the system locale.Note Any application that runs only on Windows Vista and later should use GetSystemDefaultLocaleName in preference to this function.
- Returns the locale identifier for the system default locale, identified by LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT .
- This function can retrieve data from custom locales . Data is not guaranteed to be the same from computer to computer or between runs of an application. If your application must persist or transmit data, see Using Persistent Locale Data .
-
-
- Returns the locale identifier of the current locale for the calling thread.Note This function can retrieve data that changes between releases, for example, due to a custom locale.
-
- Returns the locale identifier of the locale associated with the current thread. Windows Vista : This function can return the identifier of a custom locale . If the current thread locale is a custom locale, the function returns LOCALE_CUSTOM_DEFAULT . If the current thread locale is a supplemental custom locale, the function can return LOCALE_CUSTOM_UNSPECIFIED . All supplemental locales share this locale identifier.
-
-
- When an application process launches, it uses the Standards and Formats variable for the locale. For more information, see NLS Terminology . When a new thread is created in a process, it inherits the locale of the creating thread. This locale can be either the default Standards and Formats locale or a different locale set for the creating thread in a call to SetThreadLocale . GetThreadLocale and SetThreadLocale can be used to modify the locale of the new thread.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Frees the specified global memory object and invalidates its handle.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with LocalAlloc .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL . If the function fails, the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- If the process examines or modifies the memory after it has been freed, heap corruption may occur or an access violation exception (EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION) may be generated. The GlobalFree function will free a locked memory object. A locked memory object has a lock count greater than zero. The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and increments the lock count by one. The GlobalUnlock function unlocks it and decrements the lock count by one. To get the lock count of a global memory object, use the GlobalFlags function. If an application is running under a debug version of the system, GlobalFree will issue a message that tells you that a locked object is being freed. If you are debugging the application, GlobalFree will enter a breakpoint just before freeing a locked object. This allows you to verify the intended behavior, then continue execution.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. (GlobalAlloc)
-
- The number of bytes to allocate. If this parameter is zero and the uFlags parameter specifies GMEM_MOVEABLE , the function returns a handle to a memory object that is marked as discarded.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- Windows memory management does not provide a separate local heap and global heap. Therefore, the GlobalAlloc and LocalAlloc functions are essentially the same. The movable-memory flags GHND and GMEM_MOVABLE add unnecessary overhead and require locking to be used safely. They should be avoided unless documentation specifically states that they should be used. New applications should use the heap functions to allocate and manage memory unless the documentation specifically states that a global function should be used. For example, the global functions are still used with Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), the clipboard functions, and OLE data objects. If the GlobalAlloc function succeeds, it allocates at least the amount of memory requested. If the actual amount allocated is greater than the amount requested, the process can use the entire amount. To determine the actual number of bytes allocated, use the GlobalSize function. If the heap does not contain sufficient free space to satisfy the request, GlobalAlloc returns NULL . Because NULL is used to indicate an error, virtual address zero is never allocated. It is, therefore, easy to detect the use of a NULL pointer. Memory allocated with this function is guaranteed to be aligned on an 8-byte boundary. To execute dynamically generated code, use the VirtualAlloc function to allocate memory and the VirtualProtect function to grant PAGE_EXECUTE access. To free the memory, use the GlobalFree function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with GlobalAlloc using LocalFree .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Locks a global memory object and returns a pointer to the first byte of the object's memory block.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, GlobalLock increments the count by one, and the GlobalUnlock function decrements the count by one. Each successful call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object must be matched by a corresponding call to GlobalUnlock . Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. For these objects, the value of the returned pointer is equal to the value of the specified handle. If the specified memory block has been discarded or if the memory block has a zero-byte size, this function returns NULL . Discarded objects always have a lock count of zero.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Changes the size or attributes of a specified global memory object. The size can increase or decrease.
-
- A handle to the global memory object to be reallocated. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The new size of the memory block, in bytes. If uFlags specifies GMEM_MODIFY , this parameter is ignored.
-
- The reallocation options. If GMEM_MODIFY is specified, the function modifies the attributes of the memory object only (the dwBytes parameter is ignored.) Otherwise, the function reallocates the memory object. You can optionally combine GMEM_MODIFY with the following value.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the reallocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a movable object, the return value is a handle to the memory object. To convert the handle to a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a fixed object, the value of the handle returned is the address of the first byte of the memory block. To access the memory, a process can simply cast the return value to a pointer. If GlobalReAlloc fails, the original memory is not freed, and the original handle and pointer are still valid.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current size of the specified global memory object, in bytes.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The size of a memory block may be larger than the size requested when the memory was allocated. To verify that the specified object's memory block has not been discarded, use the GlobalFlags function before calling GlobalSize .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count associated with a memory object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return value is a nonzero value. If the memory object is unlocked after decrementing the lock count, the function returns zero and GetLastError returns NO_ERROR . If the function fails, the return value is zero and GetLastError returns a value other than NO_ERROR .
-
-
- The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, the GlobalLock function increments the count by one, and GlobalUnlock decrements the count by one. For each call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object, it must eventually call GlobalUnlock . Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. If the specified memory block is fixed memory, this function returns TRUE . If the memory object is already unlocked, GlobalUnlock returns FALSE and GetLastError reports ERROR_NOT_LOCKED . A process should not rely on the return value to determine the number of times it must subsequently call GlobalUnlock for a memory object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Frees the loaded dynamic-link library (DLL) module and, if necessary, decrements its reference count.
-
- A handle to the loaded library module. The LoadLibrary , LoadLibraryEx , GetModuleHandle , or GetModuleHandleEx function returns this handle.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call the GetLastError function.
-
-
- The system maintains a per-process reference count for each loaded module. A module that was loaded at process initialization due to load-time dynamic linking has a reference count of one. The reference count for a module is incremented each time the module is loaded by a call to LoadLibrary . The reference count is also incremented by a call to LoadLibraryEx unless the module is being loaded for the first time and is being loaded as a data or image file. The reference count is decremented each time the FreeLibrary or FreeLibraryAndExitThread function is called for the module. When a module's reference count reaches zero or the process terminates, the system unloads the module from the address space of the process. Before unloading a library module, the system enables the module to detach from the process by calling the module's DllMain function, if it has one, with the DLL_PROCESS_DETACH value. Doing so gives the library module an opportunity to clean up resources allocated on behalf of the current process. After the entry-point function returns, the library module is removed from the address space of the current process. It is not safe to call FreeLibrary from DllMain . For more information, see the Remarks section in DllMain . Calling FreeLibrary does not affect other processes that are using the same module. Use caution when calling FreeLibrary with a handle returned by GetModuleHandle . The GetModuleHandle function does not increment a module's reference count, so passing this handle to FreeLibrary can cause a module to be unloaded prematurely. A thread that must unload the DLL in which it is executing and then terminate itself should call FreeLibraryAndExitThread instead of calling FreeLibrary and ExitThread separately. Otherwise, a race condition can occur. For details, see the Remarks section of FreeLibraryAndExitThread .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified CLSID.
- The CLSID associated with the data and code that will be used to create the object.
- If NULL , indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL , pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown ).
- Context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The values are taken from the enumeration CLSCTX .
- A reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object.
- Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid . Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL .
-
- This function can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The CoCreateInstance function provides a convenient shortcut by connecting to the class object associated with the specified CLSID, creating a default-initialized instance, and releasing the class object. As such, it encapsulates the following functionality:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Frees all elements that can be freed in a given PROPVARIANT structure.
-
- A pointer to an initialized PROPVARIANT structure for which any deallocatable elements are to be freed. On return, all zeroes are written to the PROPVARIANT structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- This function returns HRESULT.
-
- At any level of indirection, NULL pointers are ignored. For example, the pvar parameter points to a PROPVARIANT structure of type VT_CF . The pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure points to a CLIPDATA structure. The pClipData pointer in the CLIPDATA structure is NULL . In this example, the pClipData pointer is ignored. However, the CLIPDATA structure pointed to by the pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure is freed. On return, this function writes zeroes to the specified PROPVARIANT structure, so the VT-type is VT_EMPTY . Passing NULL as the pvar parameter produces a return code of S_OK. Note Do not use this function to initialize
PROPVARIANT structures. Instead, initialize these structures using the
PropVariantInit macro (defined in Propidl.h).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Deallocates a string allocated previously by SysAllocString, SysAllocStringByteLen, SysReAllocString, SysAllocStringLen, or SysReAllocStringLen.
- The previously allocated string. If this parameter is NULL , the function simply returns.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Uses registry information to load a type library.
- The GUID of the library.
- The major version of the library.
- The minor version of the library.
- The national language code of the library.
- The loaded type library.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The function LoadRegTypeLib defers to LoadTypeLib to load the file.
- LoadRegTypeLib compares the requested version numbers against those found in the system registry, and takes one of the following actions:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new picture object initialized according to a PICTDESC structure.
- Pointer to a caller-allocated structure containing the initial state of the picture. The specified structure can be NULL to create an uninitialized object, in the event the picture needs to initialize via IPersistStream::Load .
- Reference to the identifier of the interface describing the type of interface pointer to return in lplpvObj .
- If TRUE , the picture object is to destroy its picture when the object is destroyed. If FALSE , the caller is responsible for destroying the picture.
- Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, this parameter contains the requested interface pointer on the newly created object. If the call is successful, the caller is responsible for calling Release through this interface pointer when the new object is no longer needed. If the call fails, the value is set to NULL .
-
- This function returns S_OK on success. Other possible values include the following.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The fOwn parameter indicates whether the picture is to own the GDI picture handle for the picture it contains, so that the picture object will destroy its picture when the object itself is destroyed. The function returns an interface pointer to the new picture object specified by the caller in the riid parameter. A QueryInterface is built into this call. The caller is responsible for calling Release through the interface pointer returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new array descriptor, allocates and initializes the data for the array, and returns a pointer to the new array descriptor.
- The base type of the array (the VARTYPE of each element of the array). The VARTYPE is restricted to a subset of the variant types. Neither the VT_ARRAY nor the VT_BYREF flag can be set. VT_EMPTY and VT_NULL are not valid base types for the array. All other types are legal.
- The number of dimensions in the array. The number cannot be changed after the array is created.
- A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array.
- A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and returns a safe array descriptor from the specified VARTYPE, number of dimensions and bounds.
- The base type or the VARTYPE of each element of the array. The FADF_RECORD flag can be set for a variant type VT_RECORD, The FADF_HAVEIID flag can be set for VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, and FADF_HAVEVARTYPE can be set for all other VARTYPEs.
- The number of dimensions in the array.
- A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array.
- the type information of the user-defined type, if you are creating a safe array of user-defined types. If the vt parameter is VT_RECORD, then pvExtra will be a pointer to an IRecordInfo describing the record. If the vt parameter is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, then pvExtra will contain a pointer to a GUID representing the type of interface being passed to the array.
- A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created.
- If the VARTYPE is VT_RECORD then SafeArraySetRecordInfo is called. If the VARTYPE is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN then the elements of the array must contain interfaces of the same type. Part of the process of marshaling this array to other processes does include generating the proxy/stub code of the IID pointed to by the pvExtra parameter. To actually pass heterogeneous interfaces one will need to specify either IID_IUnknown or IID_IDispatch in pvExtra and provide some other means for the caller to identify how to query for the actual interface.
-
-
- Destroys an existing array descriptor and all of the data in the array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Safe arrays of variant will have the VariantClear function called on each member and safe arrays of BSTR will have the SysFreeString function called on each element. IRecordInfo::RecordClear will be called to release object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a single element of the array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1] .
- The element of the array.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- This function calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock automatically, before and after retrieving the element. The caller must provide a storage area of the correct size to receive the data. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies the element in the correct way.
-
-
- Retrieves the IRecordInfo interface of the UDT contained in the specified safe array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- The IRecordInfo interface.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the VARTYPE stored in the specified safe array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- The VARTYPE.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- If FADF_HAVEVARTYPE is set, SafeArrayGetVartype returns the VARTYPE stored in the array descriptor. If FADF_RECORD is set, it returns VT_RECORD; if FADF_DISPATCH is set, it returns VT_DISPATCH; and if FADF_UNKNOWN is set, it returns VT_UNKNOWN. SafeArrayGetVartype can fail to return VT_UNKNOWN for SAFEARRAY types that are based on IUnknown . Callers should additionally check whether the SAFEARRAY type's fFeatures field has the FADF_UNKNOWN flag set.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Increments the lock count of an array, and places a pointer to the array data in pvData of the array descriptor.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The pointer in the array descriptor is valid until the SafeArrayUnlock function is called. Calls to SafeArrayLock can be nested, in which case an equal number of calls to SafeArrayUnlock are required. An array cannot be deleted while it is locked.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores the data element at the specified location in the array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1] .
- The data to assign to the array. The variant types VT_DISPATCH, VT_UNKNOWN, and VT_BSTR are pointers, and do not require another level of indirection.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- This function automatically calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock before and after assigning the element. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies it correctly when the safe array is destroyed. If the existing element is a string, object, or variant, it is cleared correctly. If the data element is a VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, AddRef is called to increment the object's reference count. Note Multiple locks can be on an array. Elements can be put into an array while the array is locked by other operations.
For an example that demonstrates calling SafeArrayPutElement , see the COM Fundamentals Lines sample (CLines::Add in Lines.cpp).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count of an array so it can be freed or resized.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- This function is called after access to the data in an array is finished.
-
-
- Creates a new image (icon, cursor, or bitmap) and copies the attributes of the specified image to the new one. If necessary, the function stretches the bits to fit the desired size of the new image.
-
- Type: HANDLE A handle to the image to be copied.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Type: UINT
-
- Type: int The desired width, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same width as the original hImage .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The desired height, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same height as the original hImage .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Type: UINT
-
- Type: HANDLE If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the newly created image. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- When you are finished using the resource, you can release its associated memory by calling one of the functions in the following table.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Destroys an icon and frees any memory the icon occupied.
-
- Type: HICON A handle to the icon to be destroyed. The icon must not be in use.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- It is only necessary to call DestroyIcon for icons and cursors created with the following functions: CreateIconFromResourceEx (if called without the LR_SHARED flag), CreateIconIndirect , and CopyIcon . Do not use this function to destroy a shared icon. A shared icon is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared icon.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Draws an icon or cursor into the specified device context, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or compressing the icon or cursor as specified.
-
- Type: HDC A handle to the device context into which the icon or cursor will be drawn.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: HICON A handle to the icon or cursor to be drawn. This parameter can identify an animated cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical width of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE , the function uses the SM_CXICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource width.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical height of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE , the function uses the SM_CYICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource height.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: UINT The index of the frame to draw, if hIcon identifies an animated cursor. This parameter is ignored if hIcon does not identify an animated cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: HBRUSH A handle to a brush that the system uses for flicker-free drawing. If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is a valid brush handle, the system creates an offscreen bitmap using the specified brush for the background color, draws the icon or cursor into the bitmap, and then copies the bitmap into the device context identified by hdc . If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is NULL , the system draws the icon or cursor directly into the device context.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Type: UINT
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The DrawIconEx function places the icon's upper-left corner at the location specified by the xLeft and yTop parameters. The location is subject to the current mapping mode of the device context. If only one of the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags is set, then the corresponding bitmap is drawn with the SRCCOPY raster operation code . If both the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags are set: * If the icon or cursor is a 32-bit alpha-blended icon or cursor, then the image is drawn with AC_SRC_OVER blend function and the mask is ignored. * For all other icons or cursors, the mask is drawn with the SRCAND raster operation code , and the image is drawn with the SRCINVERT raster operation code To duplicate DrawIcon (hDC, X, Y, hIcon) , call DrawIconEx as follows:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area.
-
- Type: HWND A handle to the window whose client coordinates are to be retrieved.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: LPRECT A pointer to a RECT structure that receives the client coordinates. The left and top members are zero. The right and bottom members contain the width and height of the window.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
- In conformance with conventions for the RECT structure, the bottom-right coordinates of the returned rectangle are exclusive. In other words, the pixel at (right , bottom ) lies immediately outside the rectangle.
-
-
- The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen.
- A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL , GetDC retrieves the DC for the entire screen.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the DC for the specified window's client area. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- The GetDC function retrieves a common, class, or private DC depending on the class style of the specified window. For class and private DCs, GetDC leaves the previously assigned attributes unchanged. However, for common DCs, GetDC assigns default attributes to the DC each time it is retrieved. For example, the default font is System, which is a bitmap font. Because of this, the handle to a common DC returned by GetDC does not tell you what font, color, or brush was used when the window was drawn. To determine the font, call GetTextFace . Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. After painting with a common DC, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC. Class and private DCs do not have to be released. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC . The number of DCs is limited only by available memory.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen.
- A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL , GetDCEx retrieves the DC for the entire screen.
- A clipping region that may be combined with the visible region of the DC. If the value of flags is DCX_INTERSECTRGN or DCX_EXCLUDERGN, then the operating system assumes ownership of the region and will automatically delete it when it is no longer needed. In this case, the application should not use or delete the region after a successful call to GetDCEx .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the DC for the specified window. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . An invalid value for the hWnd parameter will cause the function to fail.
-
-
- Unless the display DC belongs to a window class, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC after painting. Also, ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDCEx . The number of DCs is limited only by available memory. The function returns a handle to a DC that belongs to the window's class if CS_CLASSDC, CS_OWNDC or CS_PARENTDC was specified as a style in the WNDCLASS structure when the class was registered.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves a handle to the desktop window. The desktop window covers the entire screen. The desktop window is the area on top of which other windows are painted.
-
- Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the desktop window.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves a handle to the foreground window (the window with which the user is currently working). The system assigns a slightly higher priority to the thread that creates the foreground window than it does to other threads.
-
- Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the foreground window. The foreground window can be NULL in certain circumstances, such as when a window is losing activation.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the count of handles to graphical user interface (GUI) objects in use by the specified process.
-
- A handle to the process. The handle must refer to a process in the current session, and must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_LIMITED_INFORMATION** access right (see [Process security and access rights](/windows/win32/procthread/process-security-and-access-rights)). If this parameter is the special value **GR_GLOBAL**, then the resource usage is reported across all processes in the current session. **Windows Server 2008, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, and Windows XP:** The **GR_GLOBAL** value is not supported until Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2. **Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP:** The handle must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION** access right.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the count of handles to GUI objects in use by the process. If no GUI objects are in use, the return value is zero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- A process without a graphical user interface does not use GUI resources, therefore, GetGuiResources will return zero.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves information about the specified icon or cursor.
- Type: HICON
-
- Type: PICONINFO A pointer to an ICONINFO structure. The function fills in the structure's members.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero and the function fills in the members of the specified ICONINFO structure. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- GetIconInfo creates bitmaps for the hbmMask and hbmColor or members of ICONINFO . The calling application must manage these bitmaps and delete them when they are no longer necessary. DPI Virtualization This API does not participate in DPI virtualization. The output returned is not affected by the DPI of the calling thread.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetMonitorInfo function retrieves information about a display monitor. (Unicode)
- A handle to the display monitor of interest.
-
- A pointer to a MONITORINFO or MONITORINFOEX structure that receives information about the specified display monitor. You must set the cbSize member of the structure to sizeof(MONITORINFO) or sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. It has one additional member: a string that contains a name for the display monitor. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines GetMonitorInfo as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting.
- Type: int
-
- Type: int If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested system metric or configuration setting. If the function fails, the return value is 0. GetLastError does not provide extended error information.
-
-
- System metrics can vary from display to display. GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMONITORS) counts only visible display monitors. This is different from EnumDisplayMonitors , which enumerates both visible display monitors and invisible pseudo-monitors that are associated with mirroring drivers. An invisible pseudo-monitor is associated with a pseudo-device used to mirror application drawing for remoting or other purposes. The SM_ARRANGE setting specifies how the system arranges minimized windows, and consists of a starting position and a direction. The starting position can be one of the following values.
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Destroys a cursor and frees any memory the cursor occupied. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor.
-
- Type: HCURSOR A handle to the cursor to be destroyed. The cursor must not be in use.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The DestroyCursor function destroys a nonshared cursor. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor. A shared cursor is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared cursor:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the specified icon resource from the executable (.exe) file associated with an application instance. (Unicode)
-
- Type: HINSTANCE A handle to an instance of the module whose executable file contains the icon to be loaded. This parameter must be NULL when a standard icon is being loaded.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: LPCTSTR The name of the icon resource to be loaded. Alternatively, this parameter can contain the resource identifier in the low-order word and zero in the high-order word. Use the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro to create this value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: HICON If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly loaded icon. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- LoadIcon loads the icon resource only if it has not been loaded; otherwise, it retrieves a handle to the existing resource. The function searches the icon resource for the icon most appropriate for the current display. The icon resource can be a color or monochrome bitmap. LoadIcon can only load an icon whose size conforms to the SM_CXICON and SM_CYICON system metric values. Use the LoadImage function to load icons of other sizes.
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines LoadIcon as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The MonitorFromPoint function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that contains a specified point.
- A POINT structure that specifies the point of interest in virtual-screen coordinates.
- Determines the function's return value if the point is not contained within any display monitor.
-
- If the point is contained by a display monitor, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to that display monitor. If the point is not contained by a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags .
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle.
- A pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in virtual-screen coordinates.
- Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect any display monitor.
-
- If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags .
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The MonitorFromWindow function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the bounding rectangle of a specified window.
- A handle to the window of interest.
- Determines the function's return value if the window does not intersect any display monitor.
-
- If the window intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the window. If the window does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags .
-
- If the window is currently minimized, MonitorFromWindow uses the rectangle of the window before it was minimized.
-
-
- The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs.
- A handle to the window whose DC is to be released.
- A handle to the DC to be released.
-
- The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. If the DC was not released, the return value is zero.
-
-
- The application must call the ReleaseDC function for each call to the GetWindowDC function and for each call to the GetDC function that retrieves a common DC. An application cannot use the ReleaseDC function to release a DC that was created by calling the CreateDC function; instead, it must use the DeleteDC function. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves or sets the value of one of the system-wide parameters. (Unicode)
-
- Type: UINT The system-wide parameter to be retrieved or set. The possible values are organized in the following tables of related parameters:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: UINT A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: PVOID A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: UINT If a system parameter is being set, specifies whether the user profile is to be updated, and if so, whether the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message is to be broadcast to all top-level windows to notify them of the change.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- This function is intended for use with applications that allow the user to customize the environment. A keyboard layout name should be derived from the hexadecimal value of the language identifier corresponding to the layout. For example, U.S. English has a language identifier of 0x0409, so the primary U.S. English layout is named "00000409". Variants of U.S. English layout, such as the Dvorak layout, are named "00010409", "00020409" and so on. For a list of the primary language identifiers and sublanguage identifiers that make up a language identifier, see the MAKELANGID macro. There is a difference between the High Contrast color scheme and the High Contrast Mode. The High Contrast color scheme changes the system colors to colors that have obvious contrast; you switch to this color scheme by using the Display Options in the control panel. The High Contrast Mode, which uses SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST and SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST , advises applications to modify their appearance for visually-impaired users. It involves such things as audible warning to users and customized color scheme (using the Accessibility Options in the control panel). For more information, see HIGHCONTRAST . For more information on general accessibility features, see Accessibility . During the time that the primary button is held down to activate the Mouse ClickLock feature, the user can move the mouse. After the primary button is locked down, releasing the primary button does not result in a WM_LBUTTONUP message. Thus, it will appear to an application that the primary button is still down. Any subsequent button message releases the primary button, sending a WM_LBUTTONUP message to the application, thus the button can be unlocked programmatically or through the user clicking any button. This API is not DPI aware, and should not be used if the calling thread is per-monitor DPI aware. For the DPI-aware version of this API, see SystemParametersInfoForDPI . For more information on DPI awareness, see the Windows High DPI documentation.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the value of one of the system-wide parameters, taking into account the provided DPI value.
- The system-wide parameter to be retrieved. This function is only intended for use with SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT , SPI_GETICONMETRICS , or SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS . See SystemParametersInfo for more information on these values.
- A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter.
- A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types .
- Has no effect for with this API. This parameter only has an effect if you're setting parameter.
- The DPI to use for scaling the metric.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- This function returns a similar result as SystemParametersInfo , but scales it according to an arbitrary DPI you provide (if appropriate). It only scales with the following possible values for uiAction : SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT , SPI_GETICONMETRICS , SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS . Other possible uiAction values do not provide ForDPI behavior, and therefore this function returns 0 if called with them. For uiAction values that contain strings within their associated structures, only Unicode (LOGFONTW ) strings are supported in this function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC). Output functions that use the specified device context draw into this window.
- Handle to the device context from which a handle to the associated window is to be retrieved.
- The return value is a handle to the window associated with the specified DC. If no window is associated with the specified DC, the return value is NULL .
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interface.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
- Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking
-
-
- Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking
-
-
- The CY structure is useful for calculations involving money, or for any fixed-point calculation where accuracy is particularly important.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to flag that the COM object is a generated object.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the number of type information interfaces that an object provides (either 0 or 1).
- The number of type information interfaces provided by the object. If the object provides type information, this number is 1; otherwise the number is 0.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The method may return zero, which indicates that the object does not provide any type information. In this case, the object may still be programmable through IDispatch or a VTBL, but does not provide run-time type information for browsers, compilers, or other programming tools that access type information. This can be useful for hiding an object from browsers.
-
-
- Retrieves the type information for an object, which can then be used to get the type information for an interface.
- The type information to return. Pass 0 to retrieve type information for the IDispatch implementation.
- The locale identifier for the type information. An object may be able to return different type information for different languages. This is important for classes that support localized member names. For classes that do not support localized member names, this parameter can be ignored.
- The requested type information object.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a single member and an optional set of argument names to a corresponding set of integer DISPIDs, which can be used on subsequent calls to Invoke.
- Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL.
- The array of names to be mapped.
- The count of the names to be mapped.
- The locale context in which to interpret the names.
- Caller-allocated array, each element of which contains an identifier (ID) corresponding to one of the names passed in the rgszNames array. The first element represents the member name. The subsequent elements represent each of the member's parameters.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- An IDispatch implementation can associate any positive integer ID value with a given name. Zero is reserved for the default, or Value property; –1 is reserved to indicate an unknown name; and other negative values are defined for other purposes. For example, if GetIDsOfNames is called, and the implementation does not recognize one or more of the names, it returns DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME, and the rgDispId array contains DISPID_UNKNOWN for the entries that correspond to the unknown names. The member and parameter DISPIDs must remain constant for the lifetime of the object. This allows a client to obtain the DISPIDs once, and cache them for later use. When GetIDsOfNames is called with more than one name, the first name (rgszNames [0]) corresponds to the member name, and subsequent names correspond to the names of the member's parameters. The same name may map to different DISPIDs, depending on context. For example, a name may have a DISPID when it is used as a member name with a particular interface, a different ID as a member of a different interface, and different mapping for each time it appears as a parameter. GetIDsOfNames is used when an IDispatch client binds to names at run time. To bind at compile time instead, an IDispatch client can map names to DISPIDs by using the type information interfaces described in Type Description Interfaces . This allows a client to bind to members at compile time and avoid calling GetIDsOfNames at run time. For a description of binding at compile time, see Type Description Interfaces. The implementation of GetIDsOfNames is case insensitive. Users that need case-sensitive name mapping should use type information interfaces to map names to DISPIDs, rather than call GetIDsOfNames . Caution You cannot use this method to access values that have been added dynamically, such as values added through JavaScript. Instead, use the GetDispID of the IDispatchEx interface. For more information, see the
IDispatchEx interface .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to properties and methods exposed by an object.
- Identifies the member. Use GetIDsOfNames or the object's documentation to obtain the dispatch identifier.
- Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL.
-
- The locale context in which to interpret arguments. The lcid is used by the GetIDsOfNames function, and is also passed to Invoke to allow the object to interpret its arguments specific to a locale. Applications that do not support multiple national languages can ignore this parameter. For more information, refer to Supporting Multiple National Languages and Exposing ActiveX Objects .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Flags describing the context of the Invoke call.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Pointer to a DISPPARAMS structure containing an array of arguments, an array of argument DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts for the number of elements in the arrays.
- Pointer to the location where the result is to be stored, or NULL if the caller expects no result. This argument is ignored if DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF is specified.
- Pointer to a structure that contains exception information. This structure should be filled in if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. Can be NULL.
- The index within rgvarg of the first argument that has an error. Arguments are stored in pDispParams->rgvarg in reverse order, so the first argument is the one with the highest index in the array. This parameter is returned only when the resulting return value is DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH or DISP_E_PARAMNOTFOUND. This argument can be set to null. For details, see Returning Errors .
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Generally, you should not implement Invoke directly. Instead, use the dispatch interface to create functions CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke . For details, refer to CreateStdDispatch , DispInvoke , Creating the IDispatch Interface and Exposing ActiveX Objects . If some application-specific processing needs to be performed before calling a member, the code should perform the necessary actions, and then call ITypeInfo::Invoke to invoke the member. ITypeInfo::Invoke acts exactly like Invoke . The standard implementations of Invoke created by CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke defer to ITypeInfo::Invoke . In an ActiveX client, Invoke should be used to get and set the values of properties, or to call a method of an ActiveX object. The dispIdMember argument identifies the member to invoke. The DISPIDs that identify members are defined by the implementer of the object and can be determined by using the object's documentation, the IDispatch::GetIDsOfNames function, or the ITypeInfo interface. When you use IDispatch::Invoke() with DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, you have to specially initialize the cNamedArgs and rgdispidNamedArgs elements of your DISPPARAMS structure with the following:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020400-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
- An interface that provides a COM callable wrapper for the implementing class. The implementing class should not
- be public and unsealed as it can be derived from and COM interfaces can be added. This is meant to be a fixed
- set of interfaces.
-
-
-
- NET CCWs generated by built-in COM interop always support IMarshal, ISupportErrorInfo, IDispatchEx,
- IProvideClassInfo, and IConnectionPointContainer. They also usually expose IAgileObject. On Exception objects
- the CCW also supports IErrorInfo. These must explicitly be provided with this mechanism.
-
-
- .NET Framework also supported the following interfaces, which are not implemented on .NET Core:
-
-
- IManagedObject - used .NET Remoting (not available on .NET Core)
- IObjectSafety - for Code Access Security (not available on .NET Core)
- IWeakReferenceSource - for WinRT
- ICustomPropertyProvider - for WinRT XAML (Jupiter)
- IReferenceTrackerTarget - for WinRT
- IStringable - for WinRT
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given . The class
- must also derive from the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given and .
- The class must also derive from both of the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a TYPEATTR structure that contains the attributes of the type description.
- The attributes of this type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- To free the TYPEATTR structure, use ITypeInfo::ReleaseTypeAttr .
-
-
- Retrieves the ITypeComp interface for the type description, which enables a client compiler to bind to the type description's members.
- The ITypeComp of the containing type library.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- A client compiler can use the ITypeComp interface to bind to members of the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the FUNCDESC structure that contains information about a specified function.
- The index of the function whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of functions in this type.
- A FUNCDESC structure that describes the specified function.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The function ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc provides access to a FUNCDESC structure that describes the function with the specified index . The FUNCDESC structure should be freed with ITypeInfo::ReleaseFuncDesc . The number of functions in the type is one of the attributes contained in the TYPEATTR structure.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a VARDESC structure that describes the specified variable.
- The index of the variable whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of variables in this type.
- A VARDESC that describes the specified variable.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- To free the VARDESC structure, use ReleaseVarDesc .
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the variable with the specified member ID or the name of the property or method and the parameters that correspond to the specified function ID.
- The ID of the member whose name (or names) is to be returned.
- The caller-allocated array. On return, each of the elements contains the name (or names) associated with the member.
- The length of the passed-in rgBstrNames array.
- The number of names in the rgBstrNames array.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller must release the returned BSTR array.
- If the member ID identifies a property that is implemented with property functions, the property name is returned. For property get functions, the names of the function and its parameters are always returned.
- For property put and put reference functions, the right side of the assignment is unnamed. If cMaxNames is less than is required to return all of the names of the parameters of a function, then only the names of the first cMaxNames - 1 parameters are returned. The names of the parameters are returned in the array in the same order that they appear elsewhere in the interface (for example, the same order in the parameter array associated with the FUNCDESC enumeration).
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- If a type description describes a COM class, it retrieves the type description of the implemented interface types.
- The index of the implemented type whose handle is returned. The valid range is 0 to the cImplTypes field in the TYPEATTR structure.
- A handle for the implemented interface (if any). This handle can be passed to ITypeInfo::GetRefTypeInfo to get the type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- If the TKIND_DISPATCH type description is for a dual interface, the TKIND_INTERFACE type description can be obtained by calling GetRefTypeOfImplType with an index of –1, and by passing the returned pRefTypehandle to GetRefTypeInfo to retrieve the type information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration for one implemented interface or base interface in a type description.
- The index of the implemented interface or base interface for which to get the flags.
- The IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration value.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The flags are associated with the act of inheritance, and not with the inherited interface.
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps between member names and member IDs, and parameter names and parameter IDs.
- An array of names to be mapped.
- The count of the names to be mapped.
- Caller-allocated array in which name mappings are placed.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The function GetIDsOfNames maps the name of a member (rgszNames [0]) and its parameters (rgszNames [1] ...rgszNames [cNames - 1]) to the ID of the member (pMemId [0]), and to the IDs of the specified parameters (pMemId [1] ... pMemId [cNames - 1]). The IDs of parameters are 0 for the first parameter in the member function's argument list, 1 for the second, and so on.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Invokes a method, or accesses a property of an object, that implements the interface described by the type description.
- An instance of the interface described by this type description.
- The interface member.
-
- Flags describing the context of the invoke call.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- An array of arguments, an array of DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts of the number of elements in each array.
- The result. Should be null if the caller does not expect any result. If wFlags specifies DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, pVarResultis is ignored.
- An exception information structure, which is filled in only if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. If pExcepInfo is null on input, only an HRESULT error will be returned.
- If Invoke returns DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH, puArgErr indicates the index (within rgvarg ) of the argument with incorrect type. If more than one argument returns an error, puArgErr indicates only the first argument with an error. Arguments in pDispParams->rgvarg appear in reverse order, so the first argument is the one having the highest index in the array. This parameter cannot be null.
-
-
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Use the function ITypeInfo::Invoke to access a member of an object or invoke a method that implements the interface described by this type description. For objects that support the IDispatch interface, you can use Invoke to implement IDispatch::Invoke .
- ITypeInfo::Invoke takes a pointer to an instance of the class. Otherwise, its parameters are the same as IDispatch::Invoke , except that ITypeInfo::Invoke omits the refiid and lcid parameters. When called, ITypeInfo::Invoke performs the actions described by the IDispatch::Invoke parameters on the specified instance.
- For VTBL interface members, ITypeInfo::Invoke passes the LCID of the type information into parameters tagged with the lcid attribute, and the returned value into the retval attribute.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the documentation string, the complete Help file name and path, and the context ID for the Help topic for a specified type description.
- The ID of the member whose documentation is to be returned.
- The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, pBstrName can be null.
- The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, pBstrDocString can be null.
- The Help localization context. If the caller does not need the Help context, it can be null.
- The fully qualified name of the file containing the DLL used for Help file. If the caller does not need the file name, it can be null.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The function GetDocumentation provides access to the documentation for the member specified by the memid parameter. If the passed-in memid is MEMBERID_NIL, then the documentation for the type description is returned.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName , pBstrDocString , and pBstrHelpFile .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a description or specification of an entry point for a function in a DLL.
- The ID of the member function whose DLL entry description is to be returned.
- The kind of member identified by memid . This is important for properties, because one memid can identify up to three separate functions.
- If not null, the function sets pBstrDllName to the name of the DLL.
- If not null, the function sets pBstrName to the name of the entry point. If the entry point is specified by an ordinal, this argument is null.
- If not null, and if the function is defined by an ordinal, the function sets pwOrdinal to the ordinal.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller passes in a member ID, which represents the member function whose entry description is desired. If the function has a DLL entry point, the name of the DLL that contains the function, as well as its name or ordinal identifier, are placed in the passed-in pointers allocated by the caller. If there is no DLL entry point for the function, an error is returned.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName and pBstrDllName .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- If a type description references other type descriptions, it retrieves the referenced type descriptions.
- A handle to the referenced type description to return.
- The referenced type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- On return, the second parameter contains a pointer to a pointer to a type description that is referenced by this type description. A type description must have a reference to each type description that occurs as the type of any of its variables, function parameters, or function return types. For example, if the type of a data member is a record type, the type description for that data member contains the hRefType of a referenced type description. To get a pointer to the type description, the reference is passed to GetRefTypeInfo .
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the addresses of static functions or variables, such as those defined in a DLL.
- The member ID of the static member whose address is to be retrieved. The member ID is defined by the DISPID.
- Indicates whether the member is a property, and if so, what kind.
- The static member.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The addresses are valid until the caller releases its reference to the type description. The invKind parameter can be ignored unless the address of a property function is being requested. If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of a type that describes a component object class (coclass).
- The controlling IUnknown . If Null, then a stand-alone instance is created. If valid, then an aggregate object is created.
- An ID for the interface that the caller will use to communicate with the resulting object.
- An instance of the created object.
-
-
- This doc was truncated.
-
- For types that describe a component object class (coclass), CreateInstance creates a new instance of the class. Normally, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance with the type description's GUID. For an Application object, it first calls GetActiveObject . If the application is active, GetActiveObject returns the active object; otherwise, if GetActiveObject fails, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance .
-
-
- Retrieves marshaling information.
- The member ID that indicates which marshaling information is needed.
- The opcode string used in marshaling the fields of the structure described by the referenced type description, or null if there is no information to return.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- If the passed-in member ID is MEMBERID_NIL, the function returns the opcode string for marshaling the fields of the structure described by the type description. Otherwise, it returns the opcode string for marshaling the function specified by the index.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the containing type library and the index of the type description within that type library.
- The containing type library.
- The index of the type description within the containing type library.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases a TYPEATTR previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetTypeAttr.
- The TYPEATTR to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases a FUNCDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc.
- The FUNCDESC to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases a VARDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetVarDesc.
- The VARDESC to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020401-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Increments the reference count for an interface pointer to a COM object. You should call this method whenever you make a copy of an interface pointer.
- The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes.
-
- A COM object uses a per-interface reference-counting mechanism to ensure that the object doesn't outlive references to it. You use **AddRef** to stabilize a copy of an interface pointer. It can also be called when the life of a cloned pointer must extend beyond the lifetime of the original pointer. The cloned pointer must be released by calling [IUnknown::Release](/windows/desktop/api/unknwn/nf-unknwn-iunknown-queryinterface(refiid_void)) on it. The internal reference counter that **AddRef** maintains should be a 32-bit unsigned integer.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Decrements the reference count for an interface on a COM object.
- The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes.
-
- When the reference count on an object reaches zero, **Release** must cause the interface pointer to free itself. When the released pointer is the only (formerly) outstanding reference to an object (whether the object supports single or multiple interfaces), the implementation must free the object. Note that aggregation of objects restricts the ability to recover interface pointers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00000000-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- Represents a safe array.
-
- The array rgsabound is stored with the left-most dimension in rgsabound[0] and the right-most dimension in rgsabound[cDims - 1] . If an array was specified in a C-like syntax as a [2][5], it would have two elements in the rgsabound vector. Element 0 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 2. Element 1 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 5.
- The fFeatures flags describe attributes of an array that can affect how the array is released. The fFeatures field describes what type of data is stored in the SAFEARRAY and how the array is allocated. This allows freeing the array without referencing its containing variant.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an empty one-dimensional SAFEARRAY of type .
-
-
-
- The number of dimensions.
-
-
-
- Flags.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size of an array element.
-
-
- The number of times the array has been locked without a corresponding unlock.
-
-
- The data.
-
-
- One bound for each dimension.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a created via
- Destroys the (if any) when disposed. Note that this scope currently only works for a one dimensional .
-
-
-
- Use in a statement to ensure the gets disposed.
-
-
- If the you are intending to scope the lifetime of has type ,
- use for better usability.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A copy will be made of anything that is put into the
- and anything the gives out is a copy and has been add ref appropriately if applicable.
- Be sure to dispose of items that are given to the if necessary. All
- items given out by the should be disposed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Untyped representation of CA* typed arrays in Windows. , etc.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a specified number of STATSTG structures, that follow in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of STATSTG structures requested.
- An array of STATSTG structures returned.
- The number of STATSTG structures retrieved in the rgelt parameter.
-
- This method supports the following return values:
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Skips a specified number of STATSTG structures in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of STATSTG structures to skip.
-
- This method supports the following return values: | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| | S_OK | The specified number of **STATSTG** structures that were successfully skipped. | | S_FALSE | The number of **STATSTG** structures skipped is less than the *celt* parameter. |
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning of the STATSTG structure array.
-
- This method supports the S_OK return value.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current STATSTG structure enumerator.
-
- A pointer to the variable that receives the IEnumSTATSTG interface pointer. If the method is unsuccessful, the value of the ppenum parameter is undefined.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method supports the following return values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000000d-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens a stream object with the specified name contained in this storage object.
- A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the newly created stream. The name can be used later to open or reopen the stream. The name must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction.
- Specifies the access mode to use when opening the newly created stream. For more information and descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants .
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- On return, pointer to the location of the new IStream interface pointer. This is only valid if the operation is successful. When an error occurs, this parameter is set to NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The new stream was successfully created.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the necessary data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to create stream.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The name specified for the stream already exists in the storage object and the *grfMode* parameter includes the value STGM_FAILIFTHERE.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not created due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was invalid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not created because there are too many open files.|
-
-
- If a stream with the name specified in the pwcsName parameter already exists and the grfMode parameter includes the STGM_CREATE flag, the existing stream is replaced by a newly created one. Both the destruction of the old stream and the creation of the new stream object are subject to the transaction mode on the parent storage object. The COM-provided compound file implementation of the IStorage::CreateStream method does not support the following behaviors:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the specified access mode.
- A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the stream to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction.
- Reserved for future use; must be NULL .
- Specifies the access mode to be assigned to the open stream. For more information and descriptions of possible values, see STGM Constants . Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method in the compound file implementation.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- A pointer to IStream pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the newly opened stream object. If an error occurs, *ppstm must be set to NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully opened.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open stream.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The stream with specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not opened because there are too many open files.|
-
- IStorage::OpenStream opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the access mode specified in grfMode . There are restrictions on the permissions that can be given in grfMode . For example, the permissions on this storage object restrict the permissions on its streams. In general, access restrictions on streams need to be stricter than those on their parent storages. Compound-file streams must be opened with STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens an existing storage object with the specified name in the specified access mode.
- A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the storage object to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. It is ignored if pstgPriority is non-NULL .
- Must be NULL . A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER.
- Specifies the access mode to use when opening the storage object. For descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants . Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method.
- Must be NULL . A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- When successful, pointer to the location of an IStorage pointer to the opened storage object. This parameter is set to NULL if an error occurs.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was opened successfully.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open storage object.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The storage object with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The storage object was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The storage object was not created because there are too many open files.| |STG_S_CONVERTED | The existing stream with the specified name was replaced with a new storage object containing a single stream called CONTENTS. In direct mode, the new storage is immediately written to disk. In transacted mode, the new storage is written to a temporary storage in memory and later written to disk when it is committed.|
-
-
- If the pstgPriority parameter is NULL , it is ignored. If the pstgPriority parameter is not NULL , it is an IStorage pointer to a previous opening of an element of the storage object, usually one that was opened in priority mode. The storage object should be closed and reopened according to grfMode . When the IStorage::OpenStorage method returns, pstgPriority is no longer valid. Use the value supplied in the ppstg parameter. Storage objects can be opened with STGM_DELETEONRELEASE, in which case the object is destroyed when it receives its final release. This is useful for creating temporary storage objects.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire contents of an open storage object to another storage object.
- The number of elements in the array pointed to by rgiidExclude . If rgiidExclude is NULL , then ciidExclude is ignored.
-
- An array of interface identifiers (IIDs) that either the caller knows about and does not want copied or that the storage object does not support, but whose state the caller will later explicitly copy. The array can include IStorage , indicating that only stream objects are to be copied, and IStream , indicating that only storage objects are to be copied. An array length of zero indicates that only the state exposed by the IStorage object is to be copied; all other interfaces on the object are to be ignored. Passing NULL indicates that all interfaces on the object are to be copied.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- A string name block (refer to SNB ) that specifies a block of storage or stream objects that are not to be copied to the destination. These elements are not created at the destination. If IID_IStorage is in the rgiidExclude array, this parameter is ignored. This parameter may be NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- A pointer to the open storage object into which this storage object is to be copied. The destination storage object can be a different implementation of the IStorage interface from the source storage object. Thus, IStorage::CopyTo can use only publicly available methods of the destination storage object. If pstgDest is open in transacted mode, it can be reverted by calling its IStorage::Revert method.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy was not completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The copy was not completed because the storage medium is full.|
-
-
- This method merges elements contained in the source storage object with those already present in the destination. The layout of the destination storage object may differ from the source storage object. The copy process is recursive, invoking IStorage::CopyTo and IStream::CopyTo on the elements nested inside the source. When copying a stream on top of an existing stream with the same name, the existing stream is first removed and then replaced with the source stream. When copying a storage on top of an existing storage with the same name, the existing storage is not removed. As a result, after the copy operation, the destination IStorage contains older elements, unless they were replaced by newer ones with the same names. A storage object may expose interfaces other than IStorage , including IRootStorage , IPropertyStorage , or IPropertySetStorage . The rgiidExclude parameter permits the exclusion of any or all of these additional interfaces from the copy operation. A caller with a newer or more efficient copy of an existing substorage or stream object may want to exclude the current versions of these objects from the copy operation. The snbExclude and rgiidExclude parameters provide two ways of excluding a storage objects existing storages or streams. Note to Callers The most common way to use the IStorage::CopyTo method is to copy everything from the source to the destination, as in most full-save and save-as operations. The following example code shows how to copy everything from the source storage object to the destination storage object.
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The MoveElementTo method copies or moves a substorage or stream from this storage object to another storage object.
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the element in this storage object to be moved or copied.
- IStorage pointer to the destination storage object.
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the element in its new storage object.
-
- Specifies whether the operation should be a move (STGMOVE_MOVE) or a copy (STGMOVE_COPY). See the STGMOVE enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied or moved.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object. Or, the destination object and element name are the same as the source object and element name. In other words, you cannot move an element to itself.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The specified file already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy or move was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy or move was not completed because there are too many open files.|
-
-
- The IStorage::MoveElementTo method is typically the same as invoking the IStorage::CopyTo method on the indicated element and then removing the source element. In this case, the MoveElementTo method uses only the publicly available functions of the destination storage object to carry out the move. If the source and destination storage objects have special knowledge about each other's implementation (they could, for example, be different instances of the same implementation), this method can be implemented more efficiently. Before calling this method, the element to be moved must be closed, and the destination storage must be open. Also, the destination object and element cannot be the same storage object/element name as the source of the move. That is, you cannot move an element to itself.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a storage object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage.
-
- Controls how the changes are committed to the storage object. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the storage object were successfully committed to the parent level. If STGC_CONSOLIDATE was specified, the storage was successfully consolidated, or the storage was already too compact to consolidate further.| |STG_S_MULTIPLEOPENS | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated because it had been opened multiple times using the STGM_NOSNAPSHOT flag.| |STG_S_CANNOTCONSOLIDATE | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an incorrect storage mode. For compound files, the storage may have been opened using the STGM_NOSCRATCH flag, or the storage may not be the outermost transacted level.| |STG_S_CONSOLIDATIONFAILED | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an internal error (for example, a memory allocation failure).| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be committed is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfCommitFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_NOTCURRENT | Another open instance of the storage object has committed changes. As a result, the current commit operation may overwrite previous changes.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | No space left on device to commit.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The commit operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStorage::Commit makes permanent changes to a storage object that is in transacted mode, in which changes are accumulated in a buffer, and not reflected in the storage object until there is a call to this method. The alternative is to open an object in direct mode, in which changes are immediately reflected in the storage object. An object opened in the direct mode does not require calling IStorage::Commit to make permanent changes in the storage object. Calling the IStorage::Commit method on a nonroot storage opened in direct mode has no effect. Opening a root storage object in direct mode ensures that changes in memory buffers are written to the underlying storage device. The commit operation publishes the current changes in this storage object and its children to the next level up in the storage hierarchy. To undo current changes before committing them, call IStorage::Revert to roll back to the last-committed version. Calling IStorage::Commit has no effect on currently opened nested elements of this storage object. They remain valid and can be used. However, the IStorage::Commit method does not automatically commit changes to these nested elements. The commit operation publishes only known changes to the next higher level in the storage hierarchy. Thus, transactions to nested levels must be committed to this storage object before they can be committed to higher levels. In commit operations, you need to take steps to ensure that data is protected during the commit process:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to the storage object since the last commit operation.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The revert operation was successful.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The revert operation could not be completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The revert operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- For storage objects opened in transacted mode, the IStorage::Revert method discards any uncommitted changes to this storage object or changes that have been committed to this storage object from nested elements. After this method returns, any existing elements (substorages or streams) that were opened from the reverted storage object are invalid and can no longer be used. Specifying these reverted elements in any call except IUnknown::Release returns the error STG_E_REVERTED This method has no effect on storage objects opened in direct mode.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The EnumElements method retrieves a pointer to an enumerator object that can be used to enumerate the storage and stream objects contained within this storage object.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
- Reserved for future use; must be NULL .
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- Pointer to IEnumSTATSTG * pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the new enumerator object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The enumerator object was successfully returned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The enumerator object could not be created due to lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, one of the standard enumerator interfaces that contain the Next , Reset , Clone , and Skip methods. IEnumSTATSTG enumerates the data stored in an array of STATSTG structures. The storage object must be open in read mode to allow the enumeration of its elements. The enumerator object is permitted to enumerate the elements in any order. The enumerator object is also permitted to treat the enumeration as a snapshot or to have the enumeration reflect the current state of the storage object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The RenameElement method renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object.
-
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the substorage or stream to be changed. Note The
pwcsName , created in
CreateStorage or
CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the specified substorage or stream. Note The
pwcsName , created in
CreateStorage or
CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The element was successfully renamed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for renaming the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified old name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The element specified by the new name already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not renamed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for one of the names.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not renamed because there are too many open files.|
-
-
- IStorage::RenameElement renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object. An element in a storage object cannot be renamed while it is open. The rename operation is subject to committing the changes if the storage is open in transacted mode. The IStorage::RenameElement method is not guaranteed to work in low memory with storage objects open in transacted mode. It may work in direct mode.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SetElementTimes method sets the modification, access, and creation times of the specified storage element, if the underlying file system supports this method.
- The name of the storage object element whose times are to be modified. If NULL , the time is set on the root storage rather than one of its elements.
- Either the new creation time for the element or NULL if the creation time is not to be modified.
- Either the new access time for the element or NULL if the access time is not to be modified.
- Either the new modification time for the element or NULL if the modification time is not to be modified.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The time values were successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not changed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for the element name.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not changed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- SetElementTimes sets time statistics for the specified storage element within this storage object. Not all file systems support all the time values. This method sets those times that are supported and ignores the rest. Each time-value parameter can be NULL ; indicating that no modification should occur. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve these time values.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SetClass method assigns the specified class identifier (CLSID) to this storage object.
- The CLSID that is to be associated with the storage object.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The CLSID was successfully assigned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for assigning a CLSID to the storage object.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | Not enough space was left on device to complete the operation.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- When first created, a storage object has an associated CLSID of CLSID_NULL. Call SetClass to assign a CLSID to the storage object. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve the current CLSID of a storage object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The SetStateBits method stores up to 32 bits of state information in this storage object.
- Specifies the new values of the bits to set. No legal values are defined for these bits; they are all reserved for future use and must not be used by applications.
- A binary mask indicating which bits in grfStateBits are significant in this call.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The state information was successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing this storage object.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the grfStateBits or *grfMask* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.|
-
- The values for the state bits are not currently defined.
-
-
-
-
-
- The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this open storage object.
-
- On return, pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about the open storage object. This parameter is NULL if an error occurs.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Specifies that some of the members in the STATSTG structure are not returned, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.|
-
-
- IStorage::Stat retrieves the STATSTG structure for the current storage object. The STATSTG structure contains statistical information about the storage object. IStorage::EnumElements returns a pointer to an enumerator object. The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, through which the data stored in the array of the STATSTG structures is enumerated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000000b-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- The PROPVARIANT structure is used in the ReadMultiple and WriteMultiple methods of IPropertyStorage to define the type tag and the value of a property in a property set.
-
- The PROPVARIANT structure can also hold a value of VT_DECIMAL :
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Describes a pointer.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Pointer to a function.
-
-
- Pointer to a variable, constant, or data member.
-
-
- The ITypeComp that binds the pointer.
-
-
- The BLOB structure (nspapi.h), which is derived from Binary Large Object, contains information about a block of data.
-
- The structure name BLOB comes from the acronym BLOB, which stands for Binary Large Object. This structure does not describe the nature of the data pointed to by pBlobData . Note Windows Sockets defines a similar BLOB structure in Wtypes.h. Using both header files in the same source code file creates redefinition–compile time errors.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Size of the block of data pointed to by pBlobData , in bytes.
-
-
- Pointer to a block of data.
-
-
- Identifies the calling convention used by a member function described in the METHODDATA structure.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Values that are used in activation calls to indicate the execution contexts in which an object is to be run.
-
- Values from the CLSCTX enumeration are used in activation calls (CoCreateInstance , CoCreateInstanceEx , CoGetClassObject , and so on) to indicate the preferred execution contexts (in-process, local, or remote) in which an object is to be run. They are also used in calls to CoRegisterClassObject to indicate the set of execution contexts in which a class object is to be made available for requests to construct instances (IClassFactory::CreateInstance ). To indicate that more than one context is acceptable, you can combine multiple values with Boolean ORs. The contexts are tried in the order in which they are listed.
- Given a set of CLSCTX flags, the execution context to be used depends on the availability of registered class codes and other parameters according to the following algorithm.
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The code that creates and manages objects of this class is a DLL that runs in the same process as the caller of the function specifying the class context.
-
-
- The code that manages objects of this class is an in-process handler. This is a DLL that runs in the client process and implements client-side structures of this class when instances of the class are accessed remotely.
-
-
- The EXE code that creates and manages objects of this class runs on same machine but is loaded in a separate process space.
-
-
- Obsolete.
-
-
- A remote context. The LocalServer32 or LocalService code that creates and manages objects of this class is run on a different computer.
-
-
- Obsolete.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Disables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_CODE_DOWNLOAD.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Specify if you want the activation to fail if it uses custom marshalling.
-
-
- Enables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_NO_CODE_DOWNLOAD.
-
-
-
- The CLSCTX_NO_FAILURE_LOG can be used to override the logging of failures in CoCreateInstanceEx . If the ActivationFailureLoggingLevel is created, the following values can determine the status of event logging:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Disables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Disabling AAA activations allows an application that runs under a privileged account (such as LocalSystem) to help prevent its identity from being used to launch untrusted components. Library applications that use activation calls should always set this flag during those calls. This helps prevent the library application from being used in an escalation-of-privilege security attack. This is the only way to disable AAA activations in a library application because the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration is applied only to the server process and not to the library application. Windows 2000: This flag is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Enables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_DISABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Enabling this flag allows an application to transfer its identity to an activated component. Windows 2000: This flag is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Begin this activation from the default context of the current apartment.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate or connect to a 32-bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered.
-
-
- Activate or connect to a 64 bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered.
-
-
-
- When this flag is specified, COM uses the impersonation token of the thread, if one is present, for the activation request made by the thread. When this flag is not specified or if the thread does not have an impersonation token, COM uses the process token of the thread's process for the activation request made by the thread.
- Windows Vista or later: This flag is supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Indicates activation is for an app container.
- Note This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Specify this flag for Interactive User activation behavior for As-Activator servers. A strongly named Medium IL Windows Store app can use this flag to launch an "As Activator" COM server without a strong name. Also, you can use this flag to bind to a running instance of the COM server that's launched by a desktop application. The client must be Medium IL, it must be strongly named, which means that it has a SysAppID in the client token, it can't be in session 0, and it must have the same user as the session ID's user in the client token. If the server is out-of-process and "As Activator", it launches the server with the token of the client token's session user. This token won't be strongly named. If the server is out-of-process and RunAs "Interactive User", this flag has no effect. If the server is out-of-process and is any other RunAs type, the activation fails. This flag has no effect for in-process servers. Off-machine activations fail when they use this flag.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used for loading Proxy/Stub DLLs.
- Note This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Identifies the type description being bound to.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- No match was found.
-
-
- A FUNCDESC was returned.
-
-
- A VARDESC was returned.
-
-
- A TYPECOMP was returned.
-
-
- An IMPLICITAPPOBJ was returned.
-
-
- The end of the enum.
-
-
- Contains the arguments passed to a method or property.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- An array of arguments. **Note**: these arguments appear in reverse order
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The dispatch IDs of the named arguments.
-
-
- The number of arguments.
-
-
- The number of named arguments.
-
-
- The ELEMDESC structure contains the type description and process-transfer information for a variable, a function, or a function parameter. (ELEMDESC)
-
-
-
- The type of the element.
-
-
- Describes an exception that occurred during IDispatch::Invoke.
-
- Use the pfnDeferredFillIn field to enable an object to defer filling in the bstrDescription , bstrHelpFile , and dwHelpContext fields until they are needed. This field might be used, for example, if loading the string for the error is a time-consuming operation. To use deferred fill-in, the object puts a function pointer in this slot and does not fill any of the other fields except wCode , which is required. To get additional information, the caller passes the EXCEPINFO structure back to the pexcepinfo callback function, which fills in the additional information. When the ActiveX object and the ActiveX client are in different processes, the ActiveX object calls pfnDeferredFillIn before returning to the controller.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The error code. Error codes should be greater than 1000. Either this field or the scode field must be filled in; the other must be set to 0.
-
-
- Reserved. Should be 0.
-
-
- The name of the exception source. Typically, this is an application name. This field should be filled in by the implementer of IDispatch .
-
-
- The exception description to display. If no description is available, use null.
-
-
- The fully qualified help file path. If no Help is available, use null.
-
-
- The help context ID.
-
-
- Reserved. Must be null.
-
-
- Provides deferred fill-in. If deferred fill-in is not desired, this field should be set to null.
-
-
- A return value that describes the error. Either this field or wCode (but not both) must be filled in; the other must be set to 0. (16-bit Windows versions only.)
-
-
- Describes a function. (FUNCDESC)
-
- The cParams field specifies the total number of required and optional parameters.
- The cParamsOpt field specifies the form of optional parameters accepted by the function, as follows:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The function member ID.
-
-
- The status code.
-
-
- Description of the element.
-
-
- Indicates the type of function (virtual, static, or dispatch-only).
-
-
- The invocation type. Indicates whether this is a property function, and if so, which type.
-
-
- The calling convention.
-
-
- The total number of parameters.
-
-
- The number of optional parameters.
-
-
- For FUNC_VIRTUAL, specifies the offset in the VTBL.
-
-
- The number of possible return values.
-
-
- The function return type.
-
-
- The function flags. See FUNCFLAGS .
-
-
- Specifies function flags.
-
- FUNCFLAG_FHIDDEN means that the property should never be shown in object browsers, property browsers, and so on. This function is useful for removing items from an object model. Code can bind to the member, but the user will never know that the member exists. FUNCFLAG_FNONBROWSABLE means that the property should not be displayed in a properties browser. It is used in circumstances in which an error would occur if the property were shown in a properties browser. FUNCFLAG_FRESRICTED means that macro-oriented programmers should not be allowed to access this member. These members are usually treated as _FHIDDEN by tools such as Visual Basic, with the main difference being that code cannot bind to those members.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The function should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level functions or functions that type browsers should not display.
-
-
- The function returns an object that is a source of events.
-
-
- The function that supports data binding.
-
-
- When set, any call to a method that sets the property results first in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit . The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the call is allowed to set the property.
-
-
- The function that is displayed to the user as bindable. FUNC_FBINDABLE must also be set.
-
-
- The function that best represents the object. Only one function in a type information can have this attribute.
-
-
- The function should not be displayed to the user, although it exists and is bindable.
-
-
- The function supports GetLastError . If an error occurs during the function, the caller can call GetLastError to retrieve the error code.
-
-
- Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named xyz on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules. For more information, refer to defaultcollelem in Type Libraries and the Object Description Language.
-
-
- The type information member is the default member for display in the user interface.
-
-
- The property appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser.
-
-
- Tags the interface as having default behaviors.
-
-
- Mapped as individual bindable properties.
-
-
- Specifies the function type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The function is accessed the same as PUREVIRTUAL, except the function has an implementation.
-
-
- The function is accessed through the virtual function table (VTBL), and takes an implicit this pointer.
-
-
- The function is accessed by static address and takes an implicit this pointer.
-
-
- The function is accessed by static address and does not take an implicit this pointer.
-
-
- The function can be accessed only through IDispatch .
-
-
-
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Next (objidlbase.h) method retrieves the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of items to be retrieved. If there are fewer than the requested number of items left in the sequence, this method retrieves the remaining elements.
-
- An array of enumerated items. The enumerator is responsible for calling AddRef , and the caller is responsible for calling Release through each pointer enumerated. If celt is greater than 1, the caller must also pass a non-NULL pointer passed to pceltFetched to know how many pointers to release.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The number of items that were retrieved. This parameter is always less than or equal to the number of items requested.
- If the method retrieves the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Skip (objidlbase.h) method skips over the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of items to be skipped.
- If the method skips the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Reset (objidlbase.h) method resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning.
- The return value is S_OK.
- There is no guarantee that the same set of objects will be enumerated after the reset operation has completed. A static collection is reset to the beginning, but it can be too expensive for some collections, such as files in a directory, to guarantee this condition.
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Clone (objidlbase.h) method creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current one.
- A pointer to the cloned enumerator object.
- This method can return the standard return values E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, E_UNEXPECTED, and S_OK.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00000100-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified interface on an object residing in one apartment of a process as a global interface, enabling other apartments access to that interface.
- An interface pointer of type riid on the object on which the interface to be registered as global is implemented.
- The IID of the interface to be registered as global.
- An identifier that can be used by another apartment to get access to a pointer to the interface being registered. The value of an invalid cookie is 0.
-
- This method can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Called in the apartment in which an object resides to register one of the object's interfaces as a global interface. This method supplies a pointer to a cookie that other apartments can use in a call to the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method to get a pointer to that interface. The interface pointer may be a pointer to an in-process object, or it may be a pointer to a proxy for an object residing in another apartment, in another process, or on another computer. The apartment that calls this method must remain alive until the corresponding call to RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Revokes the registration of an interface in the global interface table.
- Identifies the interface whose global registration is to be revoked.
-
- This method can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Call this method when an interface registered in the global interface table object no longer needs to be accessed by other apartments in the same process. This method can be called by any apartment in the process, including apartments other than the one that registered the interface in the global interface table.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a pointer to an interface on an object that is usable by the calling apartment. This interface must be currently registered in the global interface table.
- Identifies the interface (and its object), and is retrieved through a call to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RegisterInterfaceInGlobal .
- The IID of the interface.
- A pointer to the pointer for the requested interface.
-
- This method can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- After an interface has been registered in the global interface table, an apartment can get a pointer to this interface by calling the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method with the supplied cookie. This pointer to the interface can be used in the calling apartment but not by other apartments in the process. The application is responsible for coordinating access to the global variable during calls to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal . That is, the application should ensure that one thread does not call RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal while another thread is calling GetInterfaceFromGlobal with the same cookie. Multiple calls to GetInterfaceFromGlobal for the same cookie are permitted. The GetInterfaceFromGlobal method calls AddRef on the pointer obtained in the ppv parameter. It is the caller's responsibility to call Release on this pointer.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00000146-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- Specifies the way a function is invoked.
- In C, value assignment is written as *pobj1 = *pobj2, while reference assignment is written as pobj1 = pobj2. Other languages have other syntactic conventions. A property or data member can support only a value assignment, a reference assignment, or both. The INVOKEKIND enumeration constants are the same constants that are passed to IDispatch::Invoke to specify the way in which a function is invoked.
-
-
- The member is called using a normal function invocation syntax.
-
-
- The function is invoked using a normal property-access syntax.
-
-
- The function is invoked using a property value assignment syntax. Syntactically, a typical programming language might represent changing a property in the same way as assignment. For example: object.property : = value.
-
-
- The function is invoked using a property reference assignment syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory, starting at the current seek pointer.
- A pointer to the buffer which the stream data is read into.
- The number of bytes of data to read from the stream object.
-
- A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. Note The number of bytes read may be zero.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | All of the requested data was successfully read from the stream object; the number of bytes requested in *cb* is the same as the number of bytes returned in *pcbRead*.| |S_FALSE | The value returned in *pcbRead* is less than the number of bytes requested in *cb*. This indicates the end of the stream has been reached. The number of bytes read indicates how much of the *pv* buffer has been filled.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be read is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have permissions required to read this stream object.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- This method reads bytes from this stream object into memory. The stream object must be opened in STGM_READ mode. This method adjusts the seek pointer by the actual number of bytes read. The number of bytes actually read is also returned in the pcbRead parameter. Notes to Callers The actual number of bytes read can be less than the number of bytes requested if an error occurs or if the end of the stream is reached during the read operation. The number of bytes returned should always be compared to the number of bytes requested. If the number of bytes returned is less than the number of bytes requested, it usually means the Read method attempted to read past the end of the stream. The application should handle both a returned error and S_OK return values on end-of-stream read operations.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer.
- A pointer to the buffer that contains the data that is to be written to the stream. A valid pointer must be provided for this parameter even when cb is zero.
- The number of bytes of data to attempt to write into the stream. This value can be zero.
- A pointer to a ULONG variable where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. The caller can set this pointer to NULL , in which case this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The data was successfully written to the stream object.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be written is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The write operation failed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have the required permissions for writing to this stream object.| |STG_E_CANTSAVE | Data cannot be written for reasons other than improper access or insufficient space.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is not valid. The *pv* parameter must contain a valid pointer even if *cb* is zero.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_WRITEFAULT | The write operation failed due to a disk error. This value is also returned when this method attempts to write to a stream that was opened in simple mode (using the STGM_SIMPLE flag).|
-
-
- ISequentialStream::Write writes the specified data to a stream object. The seek pointer is adjusted for the number of bytes actually written. The number of bytes actually written is returned in the pcbWritten parameter. If the byte count is zero bytes, the write operation has no effect. If the seek pointer is currently past the end of the stream and the byte count is nonzero, this method increases the size of the stream to the seek pointer and writes the specified bytes starting at the seek pointer. The fill bytes written to the stream are not initialized to any particular value. This is the same as the end-of-file behavior in the MS-DOS FAT file system. With a zero byte count and a seek pointer past the end of the stream, this method does not create the fill bytes to increase the stream to the seek pointer. In this case, you must call the IStream::SetSize method to increase the size of the stream and write the fill bytes. The pcbWritten parameter can have a value even if an error occurs. In the COM-provided implementation, stream objects are not sparse. Any fill bytes are eventually allocated on the disk and assigned to the stream.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0c733a30-2a1c-11ce-ade5-00aa0044773d}
-
-
-
-
-
- Changes the seek pointer to a new location. The new location is relative to either the beginning of the stream, the end of the stream, or the current seek pointer.
- The displacement to be added to the location indicated by the dwOrigin parameter. If dwOrigin is STREAM_SEEK_SET , this is interpreted as an unsigned value rather than a signed value.
- The origin for the displacement specified in dlibMove . The origin can be the beginning of the file (STREAM_SEEK_SET ), the current seek pointer (STREAM_SEEK_CUR ), or the end of the file (STREAM_SEEK_END ). For more information about values, see the STREAM_SEEK enumeration.
-
- A pointer to the location where this method writes the value of the new seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. You can set this pointer to NULL . In this case, this method does not provide the new seek pointer.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The seek pointer was successfully adjusted.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | Indicates that *plibNewPosition* points to invalid memory, because *plibNewPosition* is not read.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The *dwOrigin* parameter contains an invalid value, or the *dlibMove* parameter contains a bad offset value. For example, the result of the seek pointer is a negative offset value.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::Seek changes the seek pointer so that subsequent read and write operations can be performed at a different location in the stream object. It is an error to seek before the beginning of the stream. It is not, however, an error to seek past the end of the stream. Seeking past the end of the stream is useful for subsequent write operations, as the stream byte range will be extended to the new seek position immediately before the write is complete. You can also use this method to obtain the current value of the seek pointer by calling this method with the dwOrigin parameter set to STREAM_SEEK_CUR and the dlibMove parameter set to 0 so that the seek pointer is not changed. The current seek pointer is returned in the plibNewPosition parameter.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Changes the size of the stream object.
- Specifies the new size, in bytes, of the stream.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The size of the stream object was successfully changed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream size is not changed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The value of the *libNewSize* parameter is not supported by the implementation. Not all streams support greater than 232 bytes. If a stream does not support more than 232 bytes, the high DWORD data type of *libNewSize* must be zero. If it is nonzero, the implementation may return STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION. In general, COM-based implementations of the IStream interface do not support streams larger than 232 bytes.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::SetSize changes the size of the stream object. Call this method to preallocate space for the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is larger than the current stream size, the stream is extended to the indicated size by filling the intervening space with bytes of undefined value. This operation is similar to the ISequentialStream::Write method if the seek pointer is past the current end of the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is smaller than the current stream, the stream is truncated to the indicated size. The seek pointer is not affected by the change in stream size. Calling IStream::SetSize can be an effective way to obtain a large chunk of contiguous space.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the stream to the current seek pointer in another stream.
- A pointer to the destination stream. The stream pointed to by pstm can be a new stream or a clone of the source stream.
- The number of bytes to copy from the source stream.
- A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes read from the source. You can set this pointer to NULL . In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes read.
- A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the destination. You can set this pointer to NULL . In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The value of one of the pointer parameters is invalid.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream is not copied because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The CopyTo method copies the specified bytes from one stream to another. It can also be used to copy a stream to itself. The seek pointer in each stream instance is adjusted for the number of bytes read or written. This method is equivalent to reading cb bytes into memory using ISequentialStream::Read and then immediately writing them to the destination stream using ISequentialStream::Write , although IStream::CopyTo will be more efficient. The destination stream can be a clone of the source stream created by calling the IStream::Clone method. If IStream::CopyTo returns an error, you cannot assume that the seek pointers are valid for either the source or destination. Additionally, the values of pcbRead and pcbWritten are not meaningful even though they are returned. If IStream::CopyTo returns successfully, the actual number of bytes read and written are the same. To copy the remainder of the source from the current seek pointer, specify the maximum large integer value for the cb parameter. If the seek pointer is the beginning of the stream, this operation copies the entire stream.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a stream object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage.
-
- Controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the stream object were successfully committed to the parent level.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The commit operation failed due to lack of space on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The Commit method ensures that changes to a stream object opened in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. Changes that have been made to the stream since it was opened or last committed are reflected to the parent storage object. If the parent is opened in transacted mode, the parent may revert at a later time, rolling back the changes to this stream object. The compound file implementation does not support the opening of streams in transacted mode, so this method has very little effect other than to flush memory buffers. For more information, see IStream - Compound File Implementation . If the stream is open in direct mode, this method ensures that any memory buffers have been flushed out to the underlying storage object. This is much like a flush in traditional file systems. The IStream::Commit method is useful on a direct mode stream when the implementation of the IStream interface is a wrapper for underlying file system APIs. In this case, IStream::Commit would be connected to the file system's flush call.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last IStream::Commit call. On streams open in direct mode and streams using the COM compound file implementation of IStream::Revert, this method has no effect.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully reverted to its previous version.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. |
-
- The Revert method discards changes made to a transacted stream since the last commit operation.
-
-
- The LockRegion method restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream.
- Integer that specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range.
- Integer that specifies the length of the range, in bytes, to be restricted.
- Specifies the restrictions being requested on accessing the range.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The specified range of bytes was locked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | Requested lock is supported, but cannot be granted because of an existing lock.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The byte range of the stream can be extended. Locking an extended range for the stream is useful as a method of communication between different instances of the stream without changing data that is actually part of the stream. Three types of locking can be supported: locking to exclude other writers, locking to exclude other readers or writers, and locking that allows only one requester to obtain a lock on the given range, which is usually an alias for one of the other two lock types. A given stream instance might support either of the first two types, or both. The lock type is specified by dwLockType , using a value from the LOCKTYPE enumeration. Any region locked with IStream::LockRegion must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset , cb , and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call. Notes to Callers Since the type of locking supported is optional and can vary in different implementations of IStream , you must provide code to deal with the STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error. The LockRegion method has no effect in the compound file implementation, because the implementation does not support range locking. Notes to Implementers Support for this method is optional for implementations of stream objects since it may not be supported by the underlying file system. The type of locking supported is also optional. The STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error is returned if the requested type of locking is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The UnlockRegion method removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with IStream::LockRegion.
- Specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range.
- Specifies, in bytes, the length of the range to be restricted.
- Specifies the access restrictions previously placed on the range.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The byte range was unlocked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | The requested unlock operation cannot be granted.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::UnlockRegion unlocks a region previously locked with the IStream::LockRegion method. Locked regions must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset , cb , and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream.
-
- Pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about this stream object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Specifies that this method does not return some of the members in the STATSTG structure, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The *pStatStg* pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::Stat retrieves a pointer to the STATSTG structure that contains information about this open stream. When this stream is within a structured storage and IStorage::EnumElements is called, it creates an enumerator object with the IEnumSTATSTG interface on it, which can be called to enumerate the storages and streams through the STATSTG structures associated with each of them.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Clone method creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that references the same bytes as the original stream.
-
- When successful, pointer to the location of an IStream pointer to the new stream object. If an error occurs, this parameter is NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully cloned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not cloned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The ppStm pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The Clone method creates a new stream object for accessing the same bytes but using a separate seek pointer. The new stream object sees the same data as the source-stream object. Changes written to one object are immediately visible in the other. Range locking is shared between the stream objects. The initial setting of the seek pointer in the cloned stream instance is the same as the current setting of the seek pointer in the original stream at the time of the clone operation.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000000c-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a name to a member of a type, or binds global variables and functions contained in a type library.
- The name to be bound.
- The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfNameSys .
- One or more of the flags defined in the INVOKEKIND enumeration. Specifies whether the name was referenced as a method or a property. When binding to a variable, specify the flag INVOKE_PROPERTYGET. Specify zero to bind to any type of member.
- If a FUNCDESC or VARDESC was returned, then ppTInfo points to a pointer to the type description that contains the item to which it is bound.
- Indicates whether the name bound to is a VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or TYPECOMP. If there was no match, DESCKIND_NONE.
- The bound-to VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp interface.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Use Bind for binding to the variables and methods of a type, or for binding to the global variables and methods in a type library. The returned DESCKIND pointer pDescKind indicates whether the name was bound to a VARDESC, a FUNCDESC, or to an ITypeComp instance. The returned pBindPtr points to the VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp . If a data member or method is bound to, then ppTInfopoints to the type description that contains the method or data member.
- If Bind binds the name to a nested binding context, it returns a pointer to an ITypeComp instance in pBindPtr and a null type description pointer in ppTInfo . For example, if the name of a type description is passed for a module (TKIND_MODULE), enumeration (TKIND_ENUM), or coclass (TKIND_COCLASS), Bind returns the ITypeComp instance of the type description for the module, enumeration, or coclass. This feature supports languages such as Visual Basic that allow references to members of a type description to be qualified by the name of the type description. For example, a function in a module can be referenced by modulename .functionname. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be bound to directly from ITypeComp , without specifying the name of the module. The ITypeComp of a coclass defers to the ITypeComp of its default interface.
- As with other methods of ITypeComp , ITypeInfo , and ITypeInfo , the calling code is responsible for releasing the returned object instances or structures. If a VARDESC or FUNCDESC is returned, the caller is responsible for deleting it with the returned type description and releasing the type description instance itself. Otherwise, if an ITypeComp instance is returned, the caller must release it.
- Special rules apply if you call a type library's Bind method, passing it the name of a member of an Application object class (a class that has the TYPEFLAG_FAPPOBJECT flag set). In this case, Bind returns DESCKIND_IMPLICITAPPOBJ in pDescKind , a VARDESC that describes the Application object in pBindPtr , and the ITypeInfo of the Application object class in ppTInfo . To bind to the object, ITypeInfo::GetTypeComp must make a call to get the ITypeComp of the Application object class, and then reinvoke its Bind method with the name initially passed to the type library's ITypeComp .
- The caller should use the returned ITypeInfo pointer (ppTInfo ) to get the address of the member.
-
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Binds to the type descriptions contained within a type library.
- The name to be bound.
- The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfName .
- An ITypeInfo of the type to which the name was bound.
- Passes a valid pointer, such as the address of an ITypeComp variable.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Use the function BindType for binding a type name to the ITypeInfo that describes the type. This function is invoked on the ITypeComp that is returned by ITypeLib::GetTypeComp to bind to types defined within that library. It can also be used in the future for binding to nested types.
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020403-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides the number of type descriptions that are in a type library.
- The number of type descriptions in the type library.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the specified type description in the library.
- The index of the interface to be returned.
- If successful, returns a pointer to the pointer to the ITypeInfo interface.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- For dual interfaces, GetTypeInfo returns only the TKIND_DISPATCH type information. To get the TKIND_INTERFACE type information, GetRefTypeOfImplType can be called on the TKIND_DISPATCH type information, passing an index of –1. Then, the returned type information handle can be passed to GetRefTypeInfo .
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the type of a type description.
- The index of the type description within the type library.
- The TYPEKIND enumeration value for the type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the type description that corresponds to the specified GUID.
- The GUID of the type description.
- The ITypeInfo interface.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the structure that contains the library's attributes.
- The library's attributes.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Use ITypeLib::ReleaseTLibAttr to free the memory occupied by the TLIBATTR structure.
-
-
- Enables a client compiler to bind to the types, variables, constants, and global functions for a library.
- The ITypeComp instance for this ITypeLib . A client compiler uses the methods in the ITypeComp interface to bind to types in ITypeLib , as well as to the global functions, variables, and constants defined in ITypeLib
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The Bind function of the returned TypeComp binds to global functions, variables, constants, enumerated values, and coclass members. The Bind function also binds the names of the TYPEKIND enumerations of TKIND_MODULE, TKIND_ENUM, and TKIND_COCLASS. These names shadow any global names defined within the type information. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be directly bound to from ITypeComp without specifying the name of the module.
- ITypeComp::Bind and ITypeComp::BindType accept only unqualified names. ITypeLib::GetTypeComp returns a pointer to the ITypeComp interface, which is then used to bind to global elements in the library. The names of some types (TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS) share the name space with variables, functions, constants, and enumerators. If a member requires qualification to differentiate it from other items in the name space, GetTypeComp can be called successively for each qualifier in order to bind to the desired member. This allows programming language compilers to access members of modules, enumerations, and coclasses, even though the member can't be bound to with a qualified name.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the documentation string for the library, the complete Help file name and path, and the context identifier for the library Help topic in the Help file.
- The index of the type description whose documentation is to be returned. If index is -1, then the documentation for the library itself is returned.
- The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, then pBstrName can be null.
- The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, then pBstrDocString can be null..
- The Help context identifier (ID) associated with the specified item. If the caller does not need the Help context ID, then pdwHelpContext can be null.
- The fully qualified name of the Help file. If the caller does not need the Help file name, then pBstrHelpFile can be null.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The caller should free the parameters pBstrName , pBstrDocString , and pBstrHelpFile .
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether a passed-in string contains the name of a type or member described in the library.
- The string to test. If this method is successful, szNameBuf is modified to match the case (capitalization) found in the type library.
- The hash value of szNameBuf .
- True if szNameBuf was found in the type library; otherwise false.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Finds occurrences of a type description in a type library. This may be used to quickly verify that a name exists in a type library.
- The name to search for.
- A hash value to speed up the search, computed by the LHashValOfNameSys function. If lHashVal = 0, a value is computed.
- An array of pointers to the type descriptions that contain the name specified in szNameBuf . This parameter cannot be null.
- An array of the found items; rgMemId [i ] is the MEMBERID that indexes into the type description specified by ppTInfo [i ]. This parameter cannot be null.
-
- On entry, indicates how many instances to look for. For example, *pcFound = 1 can be called to find the first occurrence. The search stops when one is found. On exit, indicates the number of instances that were found. If the in and out values of *pcFound are identical, there may be more type descriptions that contain the name.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Passing *pcFound = n indicates that there is enough room in the ppTInfo and rgMemId arrays for n (ptinfo , memid ) pairs. The function returns MEMBERID_NIL in rgMemId [i ], if the name in szNameBuf is the name of the type information in ppTInfo [i ].
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases the TLIBATTR originally obtained from GetLibAttr.
- The TLIBATTR to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020402-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- The LOCKTYPE enumeration values indicate the type of locking requested for the specified range of bytes. The values are used in the ILockBytes::LockRegion and IStream::LockRegion methods.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- If this lock is granted, the specified range of bytes can be opened and read any number of times, but writing to the locked range is prohibited except for the owner that was granted this lock.
-
-
- If this lock is granted, writing to the specified range of bytes is prohibited except by the owner that was granted this lock.
-
-
- If this lock is granted, no other LOCK_ONLYONCE lock can be obtained on the range. Usually this lock type is an alias for some other lock type. Thus, specific implementations can have additional behavior associated with this lock type.
-
-
- Represents the bounds of one dimension of the array.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The number of elements in the dimension.
-
-
- The lower bound of the dimension.
-
-
- Indicate whether the method should try to return a name in the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Requests that the statistics include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Requests that the statistics not include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. If the name is omitted, there is no need for the ILockBytes::Stat , IStorage::Stat , and IStream::Stat methods methods to allocate and free memory for the string value of the name, therefore the method reduces time and resources used in an allocation and free operation.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
-
- Contains statistical data about an open storage, stream, or byte-array object.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to a NULL -terminated Unicode string that contains the name. Space for this string is allocated by the method called and freed by the caller (for more information, see CoTaskMemFree ). To not return this member, specify the STATFLAG_NONAME value when you call a method that returns a STATSTG structure, except for calls to IEnumSTATSTG::Next , which provides no way to specify this value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the type of storage object. This is one of the values from the STGTY enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the size, in bytes, of the stream or byte array.
-
-
- Indicates the last modification time for this storage, stream, or byte array.
-
-
- Indicates the creation time for this storage, stream, or byte array.
-
-
- Indicates the last access time for this storage, stream, or byte array.
-
-
-
- Indicates the access mode specified when the object was opened. This member is only valid in calls to Stat methods.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Indicates the class identifier for the storage object; set to CLSID_NULL for new storage objects. This member is not used for streams or byte arrays.
-
-
-
- Indicates the current state bits of the storage object; that is, the value most recently set by the IStorage::SetStateBits method. This member is not valid for streams or byte arrays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Reserved for future use.
-
-
- Flags that indicate conditions for creating and deleting the object and access modes for the object.
- You can combine these flags, but you can only choose one flag from each group of related flags. Typically one flag from each of the access and sharing groups must be specified for all functions and methods which use these constants. Flags from other groups are optional.
-
-
- The STGTY enumeration values are used in the type member of the STATSTG structure to indicate the type of the storage element. A storage element is a storage object, a stream object, or a byte-array object (LOCKBYTES).
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a storage object.
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a stream object.
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a byte-array object.
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a property storage object.
-
-
- Identifies the target operating system platform.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is 16-bit Windows. By default, data members are packed.
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is 32-bit Windows. By default, data members are naturally aligned (for example, 2-byte integers are aligned on even-byte boundaries; 4-byte integers are aligned on quad-word boundaries, and so on).
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is Apple Macintosh. By default, all data members are aligned on even-byte boundaries.
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is 64-bit Windows.
-
-
- Contains information about a type library. Information from this structure is used to identify the type library and to provide national language support for member names.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The globally unique identifier.
-
-
- The locale identifier.
-
-
- The target hardware platform.
-
-
- The major version number.
-
-
- The minor version number.
-
-
- The library flags.
-
-
- Contains attributes of a type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GUID of the type information.
-
-
- The locale of member names and documentation strings.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The constructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none.
-
-
- The destructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The size of an instance of this type.
-
-
- The kind of type.
-
-
- The number of functions.
-
-
- The number of variables or data members.
-
-
- The number of implemented interfaces.
-
-
- The size of this type's VTBL.
-
-
- The byte alignment for an instance of this type. A value of 0 indicates alignment on the 64K boundary; 1 indicates no special alignment. For other values, n indicates aligned on byte n .
-
-
- The type flags. See TYPEFLAGS .
-
-
- The major version number.
-
-
- The minor version number.
-
-
- If typekind is TKIND_ALIAS, specifies the type for which this type is an alias.
-
-
- The IDL attributes of the described type.
-
-
- Describes the type of a variable, the return type of a function, or the type of a function parameter.
- If the variable is VT_SAFEARRAY or VT_PTR, the union portion of the TYPEDESC contains a pointer to a TYPEDESC that specifies the element type.
-
-
- The variant type.
-
-
- Specifies a type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A set of enumerators.
-
-
- A structure with no methods.
-
-
- A module that can only have static functions and data (for example, a DLL).
-
-
- A type that has virtual and pure functions.
-
-
- A set of methods and properties that are accessible through IDispatch::Invoke . By default, dual interfaces return TKIND_DISPATCH.
-
-
- A set of implemented component object interfaces.
-
-
- A type that is an alias for another type.
-
-
- A union, all of whose members have an offset of zero.
-
-
- End of enum marker.
-
-
- Describes a variable, constant, or data member.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The member ID.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The variable type.
-
-
- The variable flags. See VARFLAGS .
-
-
- The variable type.
-
-
- Specifies variable flags.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Assignment to the variable should not be allowed.
-
-
- The variable returns an object that is a source of events.
-
-
- The variable supports data binding.
-
-
- When set, any attempt to directly change the property results in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit . The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the change is accepted.
-
-
- The variable is displayed to the user as bindable. VARFLAG_FBINDABLE must also be set.
-
-
- The variable is the single property that best represents the object. Only one variable in type information can have this attribute.
-
-
- The variable should not be displayed to the user in a browser, although it exists and is bindable.
-
-
- The variable should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level variables or variables that you do not want type browsers to display.
-
-
- Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named "xyz" on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules.
-
-
- The variable is the default display in the user interface.
-
-
- The variable appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser.
-
-
- Tags the interface as having default behaviors.
-
-
- The variable is mapped as individual bindable properties.
-
-
- Specifies the variable type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The variable is a field or member of the type. It exists at a fixed offset within each instance of the type.
-
-
- There is only one instance of the variable.
-
-
- The VARDESC describes a symbolic constant. There is no memory associated with it.
-
-
- The variable can only be accessed through IDispatch::Invoke .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the handle to the picture managed within this picture object to a specified location.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the handle. The caller is responsible for this handle upon successful return. The variable is set to NULL on failure.
-
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Notes to Callers The picture object may retain ownership of the picture. However, the caller can be assured that the picture will remain valid until either the caller specifically destroys the picture or the picture object is itself destroyed. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership when the picture object is created. OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a copy of the palette currently used by the picture object.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the palette handle. The variable is set to NULL on failure.
-
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Notes to Callers If the picture object has ownership of the picture, it also has ownership of the palette and will destroy it when the object is itself destroyed. Otherwise the caller owns the palette. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership. OleLoadPicture sets fOwn to TRUE to indicate that the picture object owns the palette.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current type of the picture contained in the picture object.
- Pointer to a variable that receives the picture type. The Type property can have any one of the values contained in the PICTYPE enumeration.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current width of the picture in the picture object.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the width.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current height of the picture in the picture object.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the height.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders (draws) a specified portion of the picture defined by the offset (xSrc,ySrc) of the source picture and the dimensions to copy (cxSrc,xySrc).
- A handle of the device context on which to render the image.
- The horizontal coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image.
- The vertical coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image.
- The horizontal dimension (width) of the destination rectangle.
- The vertical dimension (height) of the destination rectangle
- The horizontal offset in the source picture from which to start copying.
- The vertical offset in the source picture from which to start copying.
- The horizontal extent to copy from the source picture.
- The vertical extent to copy from the source picture.
- A pointer to a rectangle containing the position of the destination within a metafile device context if hdc is a metafile DC. Cannot be NULL in such cases.
-
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following:
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Assigns a GDI palette to the picture contained in the picture object.
- A handle to the GDI palette assigned to the picture.
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK.
-
- Notes to Implementers Ownership of the palette passed to this method depends on how the picture object was created, as specified by the fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect . OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE ; if the object owns the picture, then it takes over ownership of this palette.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the handle of the current device context. This property is valid only for bitmap pictures.
- A pointer a variable that receives the device context.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The CurDC property and the IPicture::SelectPicture method exist to circumvent restrictions in Windows; specifically, that an object can only be selected into exactly one device context at a time. In some cases, a picture object may be permanently selected into a particular device context (for example, a control may use a certain picture for a background). To use this picture property elsewhere, it must be temporarily deselected from its old device context, selected into the new device context for the operation, then reselected back into the old device context. The IPicture::get_CurDC method returns the device context handle into which the picture is currently selected. The IPicture::SelectPicture method selects the picture into a new device context, returning the old device context and the picture's GDI handle. The caller should select the picture back into the old device context when the caller is done with it, as is normal for Windows code. Notes to Callers The caller always owns any device contexts passed between it and the picture object. Because the picture object maintains a copy of the HDC, the caller should use a memory device context (created with the CreateCompatibleDC function) and not a screen device context (from GetDC , CreateDC , or BeginPaint ), because the screen device contexts are a limited system resource.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Selects a bitmap picture into a given device context, and returns the device context in which the picture was previously selected as well as the picture's GDI handle. This method works in conjunction with IPicture::get_CurDC.
- A handle for the device context in which to select the picture.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the previous device context. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need this information. Ownership of the device context is always the responsibility of the caller.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the GDI handle of the picture. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need the handle. Ownership of this handle is determined by the fOwn parameter passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect . Pictures loaded from a stream always own their resources.
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the property.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following value.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property.
- Specifies the new value to assign to the property.
- This method returns S_OK on success and E_FAIL otherwise.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Notifies the picture object that its picture resource has changed. This method only calls IPropertyNotifySink::OnChanged with DISPID_PICT_HANDLE for any connected sinks.
- This method S_OK if it succeeds and E_FAIL if the picture object is uninitialized.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Saves the picture's data into a stream in the same format that it would save itself into a file. Bitmaps use the BMP file format, metafiles the WMF format, and icons the ICO format.
- A pointer to the stream into which the picture writes its data.
- A flag indicating whether to save a copy of the picture in memory.
- Pointer to a variable that receives the number of bytes written into the stream. This value can be NULL , indicating that the caller does not require this information.
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and S_OK.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current set of the picture's bit attributes.
-
- A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the Attributes property. The Attributes property can contain any combination of the values from the PICTUREATTRIBUTES enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {7bf80980-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {7bf80981-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab}
-
-
- Contains parameters to create a picture object through the OleCreatePictureIndirect function.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Create a struct describing the given .
-
- The image type isn't supported.
-
-
- The size of the structure, in bytes.
-
-
- Describes an array, its element type, and its dimension.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The element type.
-
-
- The dimension count.
-
-
- A variable-length array containing one element for each dimension.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a record.
- An instance of a record.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller must allocate the memory of the record by its appropriate size using the GetSize method. RecordInit sets all contents of the record to 0 and the record should hold no resources.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Releases object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record.
- The record to be cleared.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- RecordClear releases memory blocks held by VT_PTR or VT_SAFEARRAY instance fields. The caller needs to free the instance fields memory, RecordClear will do nothing if there are no resources held.
-
-
- Copies an existing record into the passed in buffer.
- The current record instance.
- The destination where the record will be copied.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- RecordCopy will release the resources in the destination first. The caller is responsible for allocating sufficient memory in the destination by calling GetSize or RecordCreate . If RecordCopy fails to copy any of the fields then all fields will be cleared, as though RecordClear had been called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the GUID of the record type.
- The class GUID of the TypeInfo that describes the UDT.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the record type.
- The name.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The caller must free the BSTR by calling SysFreeString .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of bytes of memory necessary to hold the record instance.
- The size of a record instance, in bytes.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the type information that describes a UDT or safearray of UDTs.
- The information type of the record.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- AddRef is called on the pointer ppTypeInfo .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a pointer to the VARIANT containing the value of a given field name.
- The instance of a record.
- The field name.
- The VARIANT that you want to hold the value of the field name, szFieldName . On return, places a copy of the field's value in the variant.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The VARIANT that you pass in contains a copy of the field's value upon return. If you modify the VARIANT then the underlying record field does not change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT. The method VariantClear is called for pvarField before copying.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a pointer to the value of a given field name without copying the value and allocating resources.
- The instance of a record.
- The name of the field.
- The VARIANT that will contain the UDT upon return.
- Receives the value of the field upon return.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Upon return, the VARIANT you pass contains a direct pointer to the record's field, ppvDataCArray . If you modify the VARIANT, then the underlying record field will change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT, but does not own the memory so cannot free pvarField . This method calls VariantClear for pvarField before filling in the requested field.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Puts a variant into a field.
-
- The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF is passed in then PutField just assigns the value of the variant that is passed in to the field using normal coercion rules. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT is passed in then specific rules apply. If the field is declared as a class that derives from IDispatch and the field's value is NULL then an error will be returned. If the field's value is not NULL then the variant will be passed to the default property supported by the object referenced by the field. If the field is not declared as a class derived from IDispatch then an error will be returned. If the field is declared as a variant of type VT_Dispatch then the default value of the object is assigned to the field. Otherwise, the variant's value is assigned to the field.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The pointer to an instance of the record.
- The name of the field of the record.
- The pointer to the variant.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Passes ownership of the data to the assigned field by placing the actual data into the field.
- The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF.
- An instance of the record described by IRecordInfo .
- The name of the field of the record.
- The variant to be put into the field.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the names of the fields of the record.
- The number of names to return.
-
- The name of the array of type BSTR. If the rgBstrNames parameter is NULL, then pcNames is returned with the number of field names. It the rgBstrNames parameter is not NULL, then the string names contained in rgBstrNames are returned. If the number of names in pcNames and rgBstrNames are not equal then the lesser number of the two is the number of returned field names. The caller needs to free the BSTRs inside the array returned in rgBstrNames .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller should allocate memory for the array of BSTRs. If the array is larger than needed, set the unused portion to 0. On return, the caller will need to free each contained BSTR using SysFreeString . In case of out of memory, pcNames points to error code.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Determines whether the record that is passed in matches that of the current record information.
- The information of the record.
-
-
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Allocates memory for a new record, initializes the instance and returns a pointer to the record.
- This method returns a pointer to the created record.
-
- The memory is set to zeros before it is returned. The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of an instance of a record to the specified location.
- An instance of the record to be copied.
- The new record with data copied from pvSource .
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy .
-
-
- Releases the resources and deallocates the memory of the record.
- An instance of the record to be destroyed.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- RecordClear is called to release the resources held by the instance of a record without deallocating memory. Note This method can only be called on records allocated through
RecordCreate and
RecordCreateCopy . If you allocate the record yourself, you cannot call this method.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000002f-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- Contains information needed for transferring a structure element, parameter, or function return value between processes.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The default value for the parameter, if PARAMFLAG_FHASDEFAULT is specified in wParamFlags .
-
-
- The parameter flags. See PARAMFLAG Constants .
-
-
- Contains information about the default value of a parameter.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size of the structure.
-
-
- The default value of the parameter.
-
-
- Describe the type of a picture object as returned by IPicture get\_Type, as well as to describe the type of picture in the picType member of the PICTDESC structure that is passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- VARIANTARG describes arguments passed within DISPPARAMS, and VARIANT to specify variant data that cannot be passed by reference.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given object to .
-
-
-
- Specifies the variant types.
-
- The following table shows where these values can be used.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Not specified.
-
-
- Null.
-
-
- A 2-byte integer.
-
-
- A 4-byte integer.
-
-
- A 4-byte real.
-
-
- An 8-byte real.
-
-
- Currency.
-
-
- A date.
-
-
- A string.
-
-
- An IDispatch pointer.
-
-
- An SCODE value.
-
-
- A Boolean value. True is -1 and false is 0.
-
-
- A variant pointer.
-
-
- An IUnknown pointer.
-
-
- A 16-byte fixed-pointer value.
-
-
- A character.
-
-
- An unsigned character.
-
-
- An unsigned short.
-
-
- An unsigned long.
-
-
- A 64-bit integer.
-
-
- A 64-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- An integer.
-
-
- An unsigned integer.
-
-
- A C-style void.
-
-
- An HRESULT value.
-
-
- A pointer type.
-
-
- A safe array. Use VT_ARRAY in VARIANT.
-
-
- A C-style array.
-
-
- A user-defined type.
-
-
- A null-terminated string.
-
-
- A wide null-terminated string.
-
-
- A user-defined type.
-
-
- A signed machine register size width.
-
-
- An unsigned machine register size width.
-
-
- A FILETIME value.
-
-
- Length-prefixed bytes.
-
-
- The name of the stream follows.
-
-
- The name of the storage follows.
-
-
- The stream contains an object.
-
-
- The storage contains an object.
-
-
- The blob contains an object.
-
-
- A clipboard format.
-
-
- A class ID.
-
-
- A stream with a GUID version.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- A simple counted array.
-
-
- A SAFEARRAY pointer.
-
-
- A void pointer for local use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns if built-in COM interop is supported. When using AOT or trimming this will
- return .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a pointer for the specified for the given . Throws if
- the desired pointer can not be obtained.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the specified interface for the given . Throws if
- the desired pointer can not be obtained.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get the specified interface for the given .
-
- The requested pointer or if unsuccessful.
-
-
-
- Queries for the given interface and releases it.
- Note that this method should only be used for the purposes of checking if the object supports a given interface.
- If that interface is needed, it is best try to get the ComScope directly to avoid querying twice.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get the specified interface for the given .
-
-
- Typically either or . Check for success, not
- specific results.
-
- The requested pointer or if unsuccessful.
-
-
-
- Attempts to unwrap a ComWrapper CCW as a particular managed object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get a managed wrapper of the specified type for the given COM interface.
-
-
- When , releases the original whether successful or not.
-
-
-
-
- Returns if the given is projected as the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- capable wrapper for .
-
- is .
-
-
-
- Find the given interface's from the specified type library.
-
-
-
-
- vtable population hook for CsWin32's generated implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Contains strings that identify the driver, device, and output port names for a printer.
-
-
-
- Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it
- technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit.
-
- This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no
- gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit
- aligned due to the single byte packing.
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to a null-terminated string that contains the file name (without the extension) of the device driver. On input, this string is used to determine the printer to display initially in the dialog box.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the name of the device.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the device name for the physical output medium (output port).
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD Indicates whether the strings contained in the DEVNAMES structure identify the default printer. This string is used to verify that the default printer has not changed since the last print operation. If any of the strings do not match, a warning message is displayed informing the user that the document may need to be reformatted. On output, the wDefault member is changed only if the Print Setup dialog box was displayed and the user chose the OK button. The DN_DEFAULTPRN flag is used if the default printer was selected. If a specific printer is selected, the flag is not used. All other flags in this member are reserved for internal use by the dialog box procedure for the Print property sheet or Print dialog box.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Contains information that the PrintDlgEx function uses to initialize the Print property sheet. After the user
- closes the property sheet, the system uses this structure to return information about the user's selections.
-
-
-
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it
- technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit.
-
- This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no
- gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit
- aligned due to the single byte packing.
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The structure size, in bytes.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HWND A handle to the window that owns the property sheet. This member must be a valid window handle; it cannot be NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVMODE structure. If hDevMode is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVMODE structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVMODE members indicate the user's input. If hDevMode is NULL on input, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVMODE structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVNAMES structure. If hDevNames is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVNAMES structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVNAMES members contain information for the printer chosen by the user. You can use this information to create a device context or an information context. The hDevNames member can be NULL , in which case, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVNAMES structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HDC A handle to a device context or an information context, depending on whether the Flags member specifies the PD_RETURNDC or PC_RETURNIC flag. If neither flag is specified, the value of this member is undefined. If both flags are specified, PD_RETURNDC has priority.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD A set of bit flags that can exclude items from the printer driver property pages in the Print property sheet. This value is used only if the PD_EXCLUSIONFLAGS flag is set in the Flags member. Exclusion flags should be used only if the item to be excluded will be included on either the General page or on an application-defined page in the Print property sheet. This member can specify the following flag.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD On input, set this member to the initial number of page ranges specified in the lpPageRanges array. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, nPageRanges indicates the number of user-specified page ranges stored in the lpPageRanges array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The size, in array elements, of the lpPageRanges buffer. This value indicates the maximum number of page ranges that can be stored in the array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, this value must be greater than zero.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LPPRINTPAGERANGE Pointer to a buffer containing an array of PRINTPAGERANGE structures. On input, the array contains the initial page ranges to display in the Pages edit control. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, the array contains the page ranges specified by the user. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, lpPageRanges must be non-NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The minimum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The maximum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD Contains the initial number of copies for the Copies edit control if hDevMode is NULL ; otherwise, the dmCopies member of the DEVMODE structure contains the initial value. When PrintDlgEx returns, nCopies contains the actual number of copies the application must print. This value depends on whether the application or the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag is set in the Flags member, nCopies is always 1 on return, and the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the flag is not set, the application is responsible for printing the number of copies specified by nCopies . For more information, see the description of the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HINSTANCE If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to the application or module instance that contains the dialog box template named by the lpPrintTemplateName member. If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If neither of the template flags is set in the Flags member, hInstance should be NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LPCTSTR The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template replaces the default dialog box template in the lower portion of the General page. The default template contains controls similar to those of the Print dialog box. This member is ignored unless the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LPUNKNOWN A pointer to an application-defined callback object. The object should contain the IPrintDialogCallback class to receive messages for the child dialog box in the lower portion of the General page. The callback object should also contain the IObjectWithSite class to receive a pointer to the IPrintDialogServices interface. The PrintDlgEx function calls IUnknown::QueryInterface on the callback object for both IID_IPrintDialogCallback and IID_IObjectWithSite to determine which interfaces are supported. If you do not want to retrieve any of the callback information, set lpCallback to NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The number of property page handles in the lphPropertyPages array.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HPROPSHEETPAGE* Contains an array of property page handles to add to the Print property sheet. The additional property pages follow the General page. Use the CreatePropertySheetPage function to create these additional pages. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, all the HPROPSHEETPAGE handles in the lphPropertyPages array have been destroyed. If nPropertyPages is zero, lphPropertyPages should be NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The property page that is initially displayed. To display the General page, specify START_PAGE_GENERAL . Otherwise, specify the zero-based index of a property page in the array specified in the lphPropertyPages member. For consistency, it is recommended that the property sheet always be started on the General page.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
-
- Represents a range of pages in a print job. A print job can have more than one page range. This information is
- supplied in the structure when calling the function.
-
- Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it
- technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit.
-
- This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no
- gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit
- aligned due to the single byte packing.
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The first page of the range.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The last page of the range.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Contains information about an icon or a cursor.
-
- For monochrome icons, the hbmMask is twice the height of the icon (with the AND mask on top and the XOR mask on the bottom), and hbmColor is NULL . Also, in this case the height should be an even multiple of two. For color icons, the hbmMask and hbmColor bitmaps are the same size, each of which is the size of the icon. You can use a GetObject function to get contents of hbmMask and hbmColor in the BITMAP structure. The bitmap bits can be obtained with call to GetDIBits on the bitmaps in this structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BOOL Specifies whether this structure defines an icon or a cursor. A value of TRUE specifies an icon; FALSE specifies a cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The x-coordinate of a cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The y-coordinate of the cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon monochrome mask bitmap .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon color bitmap .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Contains the scalable metrics associated with the nonclient area of a nonminimized window. (Unicode)
-
- If the iPaddedBorderWidth member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure is present, this structure is 4 bytes larger than for an application that is compiled with _WIN32_WINNT less than or equal to 0x0502. For more information about conditional compilation, see Using the Windows Headers . Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000: If an application that is compiled for Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista must also run on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, use the GetVersionEx function to check the operating system version at run time and, if the application is running on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, subtract the size of the iPaddedBorderWidth member from the cbSize member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure before calling the SystemParametersInfo function.
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines NONCLIENTMETRICS as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size of the structure, in bytes. The caller must set this to sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS) . For information about application compatibility, see Remarks.
-
-
- The thickness of the sizing border, in pixels. The default is 1 pixel.
-
-
- The width of a standard vertical scroll bar, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of a standard horizontal scroll bar, in pixels.
-
-
- The width of caption buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of caption buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the caption font.
-
-
- The width of small caption buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of small captions, in pixels.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the small caption font.
-
-
- The width of menu-bar buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of a menu bar, in pixels.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in menu bars.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in status bars and tooltips.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in message boxes.
-
-
-
- The thickness of the padded border, in pixels. The default value is 4 pixels. The iPaddedBorderWidth and iBorderWidth members are combined for both resizable and nonresizable windows in the Windows Aero desktop experience. To compile an application that uses this member, define _WIN32_WINNT as 0x0600 or later. For more information, see Remarks. Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000: This member is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Contains information about the high contrast accessibility feature. (Unicode)
-
- An application uses this structure when calling the[SystemParametersInfoW function](nf-winuser-systemparametersinfow.md) with the SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST or SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value. When using SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST , an application must specify the cbSize member of the HIGHCONTRAST structure; the SystemParametersInfo function fills the remaining members. An application must specify all structure members when using the SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value.
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines HIGHCONTRAST as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: UINT Specifies the size, in bytes, of this structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
-
- Type: LPTSTR Points to a string that contains the name of the color scheme that will be set to the default scheme. The system allocates this buffer, free it with LocalFree.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The length of the inline array.
-
-
-
- Gets a ref to an individual element of the inline array.
- ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned reference outlive the stack frame that defines it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets this inline array as a span.
-
-
- ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets this inline array as a span.
-
-
- ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it.
-
-
-
-
- Copies the fixed array to a new string up to the specified length regardless of whether there are null terminating characters.
-
-
- Thrown when is less than 0 or greater than .
-
-
-
-
- Copies the fixed array to a new string, stopping before the first null terminator character or at the end of the fixed array (whichever is shorter).
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- The reference that is returned comes from a permanent memory address, and is therefore safe to convert to a pointer and pass around or hold long-term.
-
-
-
- Non generic interface that allows constraining against a COM wrapper type directly. COM structs should
- implement .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Windows Forms implementation.
-
-
-
- Deriving from allows us to leverage the functionality the runtime
- has implemented for source generated "RCW"s, including support for adaption
- when built-in COM support is available (EnableGeneratedComInterfaceComImportInterop).
-
-
- It isn't immediately clear how we could merge with this as there is no
- strategy for . We rely
- on to apply the needed vtable functionality and it doesn't appear that we
- can apply without manually implementing (or source generating)
- on our exposed classes.
-
-
-
-
-
- The implementation for WinForm's COM interop usages.
-
-
-
-
- For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to
- invoke .
-
-
-
- Handles exceptions and converts to .
-
-
-
-
-
- For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to
- invoke .
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 61ed35fde..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c2ac2f37..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2397e65ab..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13189 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Drawing.Common
-
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The structure that represent the size of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The object that specifies the resolution for the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four.
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data.
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The name of the bitmap file.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The bitmap file name and path.
- The specified file is not found.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource.
- The class used to extract the resource.
- The name of the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
-
- -or-
-
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy.
- Specifies the enumeration for the destination .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon.
- A handle to an icon.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows resource.
- A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource.
- A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque.
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns the handle to an icon.
- The operation failed.
- A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the .
-
-
- Gets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
-
- -or-
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
- The operation failed.
- A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- One of the values that specifies the data format of the .
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
- value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- A enumeration that specifies the data format of this .
- The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about this lock operation.
-
-
- Makes the default transparent color transparent for this .
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Makes the specified color transparent for this .
- The structure that represents the color to make transparent.
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the resolution for this .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Unlocks this from system memory.
- A that specifies information about the lock operation.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this .
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object.
- A pointer to the GDI+ brush object.
-
-
- Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the object.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object.
- A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle.
- An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
- A object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use.
- The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero.
- A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions.
-
-
- Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain.
-
-
- Gets the for the current application domain.
- The for the current application domain.
-
-
- Specifies a range of character positions within a string.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string.
- The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string.
- The number of positions in the range.
-
-
- Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type.
- An instance to compare with this instance.
-
- if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object.
- The object to compare to for equality.
-
- to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
- A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance.
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal.
- A to compare for equality.
- A to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal.
- A to compare for inequality.
- A to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this .
- The first position of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of positions in this .
- The number of positions in this .
-
-
- Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts.
-
-
- The destination area is inverted.
-
-
- The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The bitmap is not mirrored.
-
-
- The inverted source area is copied to the destination.
-
-
- The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted.
-
-
- The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The source area is copied directly to the destination area.
-
-
- The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Represents a collection of category name strings.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection.
- A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names.
- An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection.
- The string to check for in the collection.
-
- if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index.
- The array to copy to.
- The index of the destination array at which to begin copying.
-
-
- Gets the index of the specified value.
- The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection.
- The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the category name at the specified index.
- The index of the collection element to access.
- The category name at the specified index.
-
-
- Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
- to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled.
- This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap.
- The height of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill.
- The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap.
- The width, in units, of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions.
- The number of elements in the and arrays.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient.
- An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient.
- An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions.
- The number of colors and positions in this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
- An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line.
- An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection.
-
-
- One clipping region is replaced by another.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both.
-
-
- Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered.
-
-
- Specifies the quality level to use during compositing.
-
-
- Assume linear values.
-
-
- Default quality.
-
-
- Gamma correction is used.
-
-
- High quality, low speed compositing.
-
-
- High speed, low quality.
-
-
- Invalid quality.
-
-
- Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment.
-
-
- Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
- The distance between the cap and the line.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based.
- The enumeration on which this is based.
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line.
- The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined.
- The enumeration this object uses to join lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object.
- The amount by which to scale the cap.
-
-
- Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line.
-
-
- Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined custom dash style.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dashes.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dots.
-
-
- Specifies a solid line.
-
-
- Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled.
-
-
- Specifies the alternate fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies the winding fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately.
-
-
- Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state.
-
-
- Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends the specified to this path.
- The to add.
- A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path.
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Clears all markers from this path.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this path.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point.
-
-
- Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
- Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation.
-
-
- Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- The with which to draw the .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Gets the last point in the array of this .
- A that represents the last point in this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Empties the and arrays and sets the to .
-
-
- Reverses the order of points in the array of this .
-
-
- Sets a marker on this .
-
-
- Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure.
-
-
- Applies a transform matrix to this .
- A that represents the transformation to apply.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
- A value that specifies the flatness for curves.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the .
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the path.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points ( ) and types ( ) for this .
- A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this .
-
-
- Gets the points in the path.
- An array of objects that represent the path.
-
-
- Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array.
- An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the or the array.
- An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array.
-
-
- Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object.
- The object for which this helper class is to be initialized.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- Specifies the starting index of the arrays.
- Specifies the ending index of the arrays.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve.
- This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, .
-
-
- This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter.
- The object to which the points will be copied.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type.
- [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points.
- This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0.
-
-
- Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this .
- A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator.
- [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is .
- The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned.
-
-
- Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath.
- [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed.
- The number of subpaths in the object.
-
-
- Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path.
-
-
- Gets the number of points in the path.
- The number of points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of subpaths in the path.
- The number of subpaths in the path.
-
-
- Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the background color for this .
-
-
- Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the foreground color for this .
-
-
- Gets the hatch style of this object.
- One of the values that represents the pattern of this .
-
-
- Specifies the different patterns available for objects.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots.
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- A pattern of horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than .
-
-
- Specifies the hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95.
-
-
- Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90.
-
-
- Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80.
-
-
- Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75.
-
-
- Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70.
-
-
- Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60.
-
-
- Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50.
-
-
- Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40.
-
-
- Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30.
-
-
- Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25.
-
-
- Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis.
-
-
- A pattern of vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated.
-
-
- Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking.
-
-
- Equivalent to the element of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies low quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation.
-
-
- Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified .
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color)
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the .
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally).
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this .
- The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
- An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient.
- A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the direction of a linear gradient.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from left to right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from top to bottom.
-
-
- Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line.
-
-
- Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a custom line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a diamond anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a flat line cap.
-
-
- Specifies no anchor.
-
-
- Specifies a round line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a round anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square anchor line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular line cap.
-
-
- Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object.
-
-
- Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines.
-
-
- Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Constructs a utilizing the specified .
- Matrix data to construct from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements.
- The value in the first row and first column of the new .
- The value in the first row and second column of the new .
- The value in the second row and first column of the new .
- The value in the second row and second column of the new .
- The value in the third row and first column of the new .
- The value in the third row and second column of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
- This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns a hash code.
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Inverts this , if it is invertible.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter.
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
- The that represents the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified .
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
-
-
- Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this .
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this .
-
-
- Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation.
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
- An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix.
- This property is if this is identity; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible.
- This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the elements for the matrix.
-
-
- Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this .
- The x translation value of this .
-
-
- Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this .
- The y translation value of this .
-
-
- Specifies the order for matrix transform operations.
-
-
- The new operation is applied after the old operation.
-
-
- The new operation is applied before the old operation.
-
-
- Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
- An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path.
- An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path.
- The that defines the area filled by this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient.
- A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient.
- A that represents the center point of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff.
- A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets a bounding rectangle for this .
- A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills.
- An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the type of point in a object.
-
-
- A default Bézier curve.
-
-
- A cubic Bézier curve.
-
-
- The endpoint of a subpath.
-
-
- The corresponding segment is dashed.
-
-
- A line segment.
-
-
- A path marker.
-
-
- A mask point.
-
-
- The starting point of a object.
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line.
-
-
- Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch fill.
-
-
- Specifies a linear gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a path gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a solid fill.
-
-
- Specifies a bitmap texture fill.
-
-
- Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies high speed, low quality rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no pixel offset.
-
-
- Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies low quality, high speed rendering.
-
-
- Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object.
- An array of bytes that specify the object.
-
-
- Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method.
-
-
- Specifies a bilinear warp.
-
-
- Specifies a perspective warp.
-
-
- Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled.
-
-
- The texture or gradient is not tiled.
-
-
- Tiles the gradient or texture.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration.
- The existing from which to create the new .
- The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to .
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is .
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to .
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this .
- The object to test.
-
- if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context.
- A handle to a device context.
- The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle.
- A Windows handle to a GDI font.
-
- points to an object that is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure.
- The font is not a TrueType font.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font.
- A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale.
-
- is .
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution.
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font.
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
- The to populate with data.
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Returns a handle to this .
- The operation was unsuccessful.
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
- A that provides additional information for the structure.
-
- is .
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns a human-readable string representation of this .
- A string that represents this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold.
-
- if this is bold; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses.
- A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the line spacing of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of .
-
- if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied.
-
- to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the face name of this .
- A string representation of the face name of this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the font originally specified.
- The string representing the name of the font originally specified.
-
-
- Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property.
- The em-size of this .
-
-
- Gets the em-size, in points, of this .
- The em-size, in points, of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font.
-
- if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets style information for this .
- A enumeration that contains style information for this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the system font if the property returns .
- The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string ("").
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined.
-
- if this is underlined; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the unit of measure for this .
- A that represents the unit of measure for this .
-
-
- Converts objects from one data type to another.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An object that provides a format context.
- A object that represents the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to another type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object.
- The object to convert.
- The data type to convert the object to.
- The conversion was not successful.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method.
- The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns .
-
- useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties.
-
-
- Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns .
-
- An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type.
-
-
- Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- The type you wish to convert from.
-
- if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the given object to the converter's native type.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A to use to perform the conversion.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Converts font units to and from other unit types.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type.
- An that provides a format context.
-
-
- Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified generic font family.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name.
- A that represents the name of the new .
- The that contains this .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified name.
- The name of the new .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
-
- if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell ascent for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style.
- The for which to get the em height.
- The height of the em square.
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context.
- The object from which to return objects.
-
- is .
- An array of objects available for the specified object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text.
- The to apply.
- The distance between two consecutive lines of text.
-
-
- Returns the name, in the specified language, of this .
- The language in which the name is returned.
- A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available.
- The to test.
-
- if the specified is available; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts this to a human-readable string representation.
- The string that represents this .
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context.
- An array of objects associated with the current graphics context.
-
-
- Gets a generic monospace .
- A that represents a generic monospace font.
-
-
- Gets a generic sans serif object.
- A object that represents a generic sans serif font.
-
-
- Gets a generic serif .
- A that represents a generic serif font.
-
-
- Gets the name of this .
- A that represents the name of this .
-
-
- Specifies style information applied to text.
-
-
- Bold text.
-
-
- Italic text.
-
-
- Normal text.
-
-
- Text with a line through the middle.
-
-
- Underlined text.
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Adds a comment to the current .
- Array of bytes that contains the comment.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color.
- The background color of the drawing surface.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the given .
- The that contains the image to be drawn.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the device state.
-
--or-
-
-The object has a transform applied other than a translation.
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it.
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for .
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle.
- The to draw.
- The in which to draw the image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the path.
-
- to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a structure.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
- A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The rectangle to draw.
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- Width of the rectangle to draw.
- Height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The width of the rectangle to draw.
- The height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method.
-
- that represents the container this method restores.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure.
-
- structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a .
-
- that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
- A that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the path to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines.
- A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the area to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device.
- Handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context and device.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context.
-
-
- Returns a for the specified device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- A for the specified device context.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a window.
- Handle to a window.
- This method returns a new for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new for the specified windows handle.
- Handle to a window.
- A for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified .
-
- from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
- has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined.
- This method returns a new for the specified .
-
-
- Gets the cumulative graphics context.
- An representing the cumulative graphics context.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset and clip region.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette.
- Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette.
-
-
- Gets the handle to the device context associated with this .
- Handle to the device context associated with this .
-
-
- Gets the nearest color to the specified structure.
-
- structure for which to find a match.
- A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to intersect with the current region.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
-
- is .
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- is .
-
- is .
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order.
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the .
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
- Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
-
-
- Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region.
-
-
- Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix.
-
-
- Restores the state of this to the state represented by a .
-
- that represents the state to which to restore this .
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation.
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this .
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
-
-
- Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a .
- This method returns a that represents the saved state of this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the specified .
-
- that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified .
-
- that specifies the clip region to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified .
-
- from which to take the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represents the points to transformation.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represent the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this .
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this .
- A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing.
-
-
- Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this .
- This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this .
-
- is set to , which is not a physical unit.
- One of the values other than .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes.
- A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality for this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text.
- The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this .
- A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the world transform elements for this .
-
-
- Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image.
- Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value .
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution.
-
-
- Provides a callback method for the method.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record.
- Set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- Number of bytes in the record data.
- Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data.
- Not used.
- Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, .
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure for the given data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers.
-
-
- Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The from which to load the newly sized icon.
- A structure that specifies the height and width of the new .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The icon to load the different size from.
- The width of the new icon.
- The height of the new icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream.
- The stream that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height.
- The data stream from which to load the icon.
- The width, in pixels, of the icon.
- The height, in pixels, of the icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream from which to load the .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the data.
- The desired width of the .
- The desired height of the .
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- The file to load the from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly.
- A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource.
- The resource name to load.
- An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified .
-
-
- Clones the , creating a duplicate image.
- An object that can be cast to an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file.
- The path to the file that contains an image.
- The does not indicate a valid file.
-
- -or-
-
- The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path.
- The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath.
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
-
- true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false.
- An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given .
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
-
- is negative or larger than .
-
- could not be accessed.
-
- is .
- An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon ( ).
- A Windows handle to an icon.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified output .
- The to save to.
-
-
- Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Converts this to a GDI+ .
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Gets a human-readable string that describes the .
- A string that describes the .
-
-
- Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it.
- The Windows handle for the icon.
-
-
- Gets the height of this .
- The height of this .
-
-
- Gets the size of this .
- A structure that specifies the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the width of this .
- The width of this .
-
-
- Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to .
- The type to convert the icon to.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context.
-
-
- Returns the handle to a Windows device context.
- An representing the handle of a device context.
-
-
- Releases the handle of a Windows device context.
-
-
- An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
-
- to validate the image data; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit.
- One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle.
- The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit.
-
-
- Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
- A GUID that specifies the image encoder.
- An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
-
-
- Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The number of frames in the specified dimension.
-
-
- Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format.
- The member that specifies the format for which to find the size.
- The color depth of the specified pixel format.
-
-
- Gets the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to get.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
- The this method gets.
-
-
- Returns a thumbnail for this .
- The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- A delegate.
-
- Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used.
- Must be .
- An that represents the thumbnail.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information.
- The to test.
-
- if contains alpha information; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel.
- The to test.
-
- if is canonical; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel.
- The enumeration to test.
-
- if is extended; otherwise, .
-
-
- Removes the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to remove.
- The image does not contain the requested property item.
-
- -or-
-
- The image format for this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the .
- A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters.
- The where the image will be saved.
- The for this .
- An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder.
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format.
- The where the image will be saved.
- An that specifies the format of the saved image.
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
- An to use for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file in the specified format.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file or stream.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method.
- An that contains the frame to add.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
- is .
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
-
- Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The index of the active frame.
- Always returns 0.
-
-
- Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this .
- The to be stored.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this .
- The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this .
-
-
- Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this .
- An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant.
-
-
- Gets the height, in pixels, of this .
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color palette used for this .
- A that represents the color palette used for this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the pixel format for this .
- A that represents the pixel format for this .
-
-
- Gets IDs of the property items stored in this .
- An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image.
-
-
- Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this .
- An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image.
-
-
- Gets the file format of this .
- The that represents the file format of this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
-
-
- Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image.
- The that provides additional data about the image.
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets the width, in pixels, of this .
- The width, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution.
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns .
-
-
- Animates an image that has time-based frames.
-
-
- Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation.
- The object to animate.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames.
- The object to test.
- This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, .
-
-
- Terminates a running animation.
- The object to stop animating.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered.
-
-
- Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames.
- The object for which to update frames.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The to convert.
- The to convert the to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Gets the set of properties for this type.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context.
- An that specifies the context for this type conversion.
- The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to an object.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The type to convert the object to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
-
- is .
- The converted object.
-
-
- Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines.
- The pixel height of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object.
- A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
- Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap.
- The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object.
- The stride width, in bytes, of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line.
- The pixel width of the object.
-
-
- Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance.
-
-
- Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of .
- The to convert.
- The object to use to format the cached copy of the .
-
- or is .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
- Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for text.
-
-
- Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods.
-
-
- The cyan color channel.
-
-
- The black color channel.
-
-
- The last selected channel should be used.
-
-
- The magenta color channel.
-
-
- The yellow color channel.
-
-
- Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert.
- The new structure to which to convert.
-
-
- Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted.
- The existing structure to be converted.
-
-
- Specifies the types of color maps.
-
-
- Specifies a color map for a .
-
-
- A default color map.
-
-
- Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix .
- The values of the elements for the new .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the .
- The row of the element.
- The column of the element.
- The element at the specified row and column.
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the 0 row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the first row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this .
- The element at the first row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this .
- The element at the first row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the first row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the first row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the second row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this .
- The element at the second row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this .
- The element at the second row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this .
- The element at the second row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the second row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the third row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this .
- The element at the third row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this .
- The element at the third row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the third row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the third row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the fourth row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an .
-
-
- Only gray shades are adjusted.
-
-
- All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies two modes for color component values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 32-bit values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 64-bit values.
-
-
- Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of structures.
- The array of structure that make up this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors.
- The following flag values are valid:
-
- 0x00000001
- The color values in the array contain alpha information.
-
- 0x00000002
- The colors in the array are grayscale values.
-
- 0x00000004
- The colors in the array are halftone values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header.
-
-
- Indicates invalid data.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The minimum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- Marks the end of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks the start of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Marks an object.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Used internally.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI.
-
-
- An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category.
-
-
- Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category.
- A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
- The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A byte that specifies the value stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
- Type is not a valid .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object.
- An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
- An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Encapsulates an array of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects.
- An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects.
- The array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image.
-
-
- An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string.
-
-
- An 8-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- A 32-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
- A pointer to a block of custom metadata.
-
-
- A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator.
-
-
-
- A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction.
- The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
-
- A 16-bit, unsigned integer.
-
-
- A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition.
-
-
- Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category.
-
-
- Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure.
- A structure that contains a GUID for this object.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code for this object.
- The hash code of this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object.
- A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the page dimension.
- The page dimension.
-
-
- Gets the resolution dimension.
- The resolution dimension.
-
-
- Gets the time dimension.
- The time dimension.
-
-
- Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Clears the brush color-remap table of this object.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for the default category.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled.
-
-
- Clears the setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this class creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category.
- A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette.
- An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the brush category.
- An array of objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set.
-
-
- Sets the color key for the default category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for a specified category.
- The gamma correction value.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for the default category.
- The gamma correction value.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
- An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the default category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category.
- A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set.
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category.
- A real number that specifies the threshold value.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
- This parameter has no effect. Set it to .
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
-
-
- Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec).
-
-
- The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process.
-
-
- The codec is built into GDI+.
-
-
- The codec supports decoding (reading).
-
-
- The codec supports encoding (saving).
-
-
- The encoder requires a seekable output stream.
-
-
- The codec supports raster images (bitmaps).
-
-
- The codec supports vector images (metafiles).
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec.
- A string that contains the name of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is .
- A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons.
- A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration.
- A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format.
- A string that describes the codec's file format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
- A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the codec.
- The version number of the codec.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel data can be cached for faster access.
-
-
- The pixel data uses a CMYK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data is grayscale.
-
-
- The pixel data uses an RGB color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha information.
-
-
- Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque).
-
-
- There is no format information.
-
-
- The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations.
-
-
- The pixel data is read-only.
-
-
- The pixel data is scalable.
-
-
- Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure.
- The structure that specifies a particular image format.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code value that represents this object.
- A hash code that represents this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format.
- An object that indicates the bitmap image format.
-
-
- Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format.
-
-
- Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format.
- An object that indicates the Exif format.
-
-
- Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format.
- An object that indicates the GIF image format.
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents this object.
- A structure that represents this object.
-
-
- Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF).
-
-
- Gets the Windows icon image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows icon image format.
-
-
- Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format.
- An object that indicates the JPEG image format.
-
-
- Gets the format of a bitmap in memory.
- An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory.
-
-
- Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format.
- An object that indicates the PNG image format.
-
-
- Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format.
- An object that indicates the TIFF image format.
-
-
- Specifies the WebP image format.
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format.
-
-
- Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing.
-
-
- Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing.
-
-
- Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle.
- A handle to an enhanced metafile.
-
- to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted.
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
- to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a .
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name from which to create the new .
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced .
- A Windows handle to this enhanced .
-
-
- Returns the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the for which to return a header.
- A .
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Plays an individual metafile record.
- Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played.
- A set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- The number of bytes in the record data.
- An array of bytes that contains the record data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 pixel.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point.
-
-
- Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent.
-
- if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that bounds the associated .
- A that bounds the associated .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
-
-
- Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated .
- The size, in bytes, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the type of the associated .
- A enumeration that represents the type of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the version number of the associated .
- The version number of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated .
- A that contains the WMF header file for the associated .
-
-
- Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results.
-
-
- Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it.
-
-
- Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the header file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
- The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
-
-
- Not used. Always returns 0.
- Always 0.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the associated object.
- The type of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the header format.
- The version number of the header format.
-
-
- Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data.
-
-
- Grayscale data.
-
-
- Halftone data.
-
-
- Alpha data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied.
-
-
- The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel.
-
-
- No pixel format is specified.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
-
-
- The pixel data contains GDI colors.
-
-
- The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values.
-
-
- The pixel format is undefined.
-
-
- This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see .
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
-
- Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Gets or sets the ID of the property.
- The integer that represents the ID of the property.
-
-
- Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property.
- An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property.
- An integer that defines the type of data contained in .
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property item.
- A byte array that represents the value of the property item.
-
-
- Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
- The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
-
-
- Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory.
- The handle of the metafile in memory.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of twips per inch.
- The number of twips per inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header.
- A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and .
- A that determines the characteristics of this .
- The width of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
- A that determines the fill properties of this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
- A value indicating the width of this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- An that can be cast to a .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
- The order in which to perform the multiplication operation.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified .
- The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets the alignment for this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the alignment for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that determines attributes of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A structure that represents the color of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1.
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
-
-
- Gets the style of lines drawn with this .
- A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The width of this .
-
-
- Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Specifies the printer's duplex setting.
-
-
- The printer's default duplex setting.
-
-
- Double-sided, horizontal printing.
-
-
- Single-sided printing.
-
-
- Double-sided, vertical printing.
-
-
- Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- A that specifies the settings for a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
- The class name is or is 0.
-
-
- Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The left margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The right margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The top margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
-
- Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member.
- A duplicate of this object.
-
-
- Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions.
- The object to which to compare this .
-
- if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
-
-
- Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions.
- The first to compare for equality.
- The second to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width.
- The first to compare for inequality.
- The second to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the to a string.
- A representation of the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides a for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type from which you want to convert.
-
- if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type to which you want to convert.
-
- if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the converter's native type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
-
- does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
- The to which to convert the value.
-
- is .
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Creates an given a set of property values for the object.
- An that provides a format context.
- An of new property values.
-
- is .
- An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created.
-
-
- Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
-
- if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns .
-
-
- Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer.
- The that describes the printer to use.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Converts the to string form.
- A string showing the various property settings for the .
-
-
- Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page.
- The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin.
-
-
- Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
- The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the margins for this page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides.
-
-
- Gets or sets the paper size for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer.
- A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page.
- A that represents the printer settings associated with the page.
-
-
- Specifies the standard paper sizes.
-
-
- A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm).
-
-
- A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper.
-
-
- A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm).
-
-
- A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm).
-
-
- A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm).
-
-
- B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm).
-
-
- JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm).
-
-
- B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm).
-
-
- JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm).
-
-
- C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm).
-
-
- C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm).
-
-
- C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm).
-
-
- C paper (17 in. by 22 in.).
-
-
- The paper size is defined by the user.
-
-
- DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- D paper (22 in. by 34 in.).
-
-
- E paper (34 in. by 44 in.).
-
-
- Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.).
-
-
- Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm).
-
-
- Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.).
-
-
- Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.).
-
-
- Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.).
-
-
- #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.).
-
-
- #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.).
-
-
- #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.).
-
-
- 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.).
-
-
- 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Specifies the size of a piece of paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The name of the paper.
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- The name of the type of paper.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets the paper source.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the paper source.
- The name of the paper source.
-
-
- Standard paper sources.
-
-
- Automatically fed paper.
-
-
- A paper cassette.
-
-
- A printer-specific paper source.
-
-
- An envelope.
-
-
- The printer's default input bin.
-
-
- The printer's large-capacity bin.
-
-
- Large-format paper.
-
-
- The lower bin of a printer.
-
-
- Manually fed paper.
-
-
- Manually fed envelope.
-
-
- The middle bin of a printer.
-
-
- Small-format paper.
-
-
- A tractor feed.
-
-
- The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin).
-
-
- Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The image of the printed page.
- The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the image of the printed page.
- An representing the printed page.
-
-
- Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
- A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Captures the pages of a document as a series of images.
- An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview the print document.
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview.
-
- if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Specifies the type of print operation occurring.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a file.
-
-
- The print operation is a print preview.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a printer.
-
-
- Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
-
-
- Occurs when the last page of the document has printed.
-
-
- Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed.
-
-
- Occurs immediately before each event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called before a page prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Starts the document's printing process.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Provides information about the print document, in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed.
- A that specifies the default page settings for the document.
-
-
- Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document.
- The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document".
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page.
-
- if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process.
- The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer that prints the document.
- A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values.
-
-
- Represents the resolution supported by a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- This member overrides the method.
- A that contains information about the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution.
- The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value.
-
-
- Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
-
-
- Specifies a printer resolution.
-
-
- Custom resolution.
-
-
- Draft-quality resolution.
-
-
- High resolution.
-
-
- Low resolution.
-
-
- Medium resolution.
-
-
- Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a .
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that contains information from a printer.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
-
- to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
- The to retrieve a object for.
-
- to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified .
- The to retrieve a graphics object for.
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter.
- The object that the structure's handle corresponds to.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file.
- The image to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format.
- An to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is invalid.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing.
-
- if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated.
-
- if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of copies to print. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets the default page settings for this printer.
- A that represents the default page settings for this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values. The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print.
- The property's value is less than zero.
- The page number of the first page to print.
-
-
- Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer.
- The available printers could not be enumerated.
- A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets .
-
- if designates the default printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter.
-
- if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer.
-
- if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
- The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
-
-
- Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
- The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The maximum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The minimum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer.
- A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the printer to use.
- The name of the printer to use.
-
-
- Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file.
- The file name, when printing to a file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port.
-
- if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing.
-
- if this printer supports color; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of the last page to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of the last page to print.
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection.
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator associated with the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection.
- The number of different paper sizes in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds the specified to end of the .
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index where the was added.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array for the contents of the collection.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection.
- The number of different paper sources in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
- The number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a string to the end of the collection.
- The string to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The array for items to be copied to.
- The starting index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of strings in the collection.
- The number of strings in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing.
-
-
- The default unit (0.01 in.).
-
-
- One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm).
-
-
- One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm).
-
-
- One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.).
-
-
- Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type.
- The value being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted .
-
-
- Provides data for the and events.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns in all cases.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the or event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The used to paint the item.
- The area between the margins.
- The total area of the paper.
- The for the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled.
-
- if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the used to paint the page.
- The used to paint the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed.
-
- if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
- The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
- The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
-
-
- Gets the page settings for the current page.
- The page settings for the current page.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies the part of the document to print.
-
-
- All pages are printed.
-
-
- The currently displayed page is printed.
-
-
- The selected pages are printed.
-
-
- The pages between and are printed.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Represents the method that handles the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC).
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information.
- A object that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer settings are not valid.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job.
-
-
- Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new .
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified .
- A that defines the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified data.
- A that defines the interior of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The to complement this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The object to complement this object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface.
- The to test.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- or is .
-
- if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region.
- A handle to an existing .
- The new .
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface.
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
- Returns a that represents the information that describes this .
- A that represents the information that describes this .
-
-
- Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
- A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region.
-
- is .
- An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
- This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object.
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes this to an empty interior.
-
-
- Initializes this object to an infinite interior.
-
-
- Releases the handle of the .
- The handle to the .
-
- is .
-
-
- Transforms this by the specified .
- The by which to transform this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object of the specified color.
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this object.
- The property is set on an immutable .
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Provides icon identifiers for use with .
-
-
- Generic application with no custom icon.
-
-
- Audio files.
-
-
- AutoList.
-
-
- Clustered disk.
-
-
- Delete.
-
-
- Desktop computer.
-
-
- Audio player.
-
-
- Camera.
-
-
- Cell phone.
-
-
- Video camera.
-
-
- Document (blank page), no associated program.
-
-
- Document with an associated program.
-
-
- 3.5" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- 5.25" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- BluRay drive.
-
-
- CD drive.
-
-
- DVD drive.
-
-
- Fixed drive.
-
-
- HD-DVD drive.
-
-
- Network drive.
-
-
- Disabled network drive.
-
-
- RAM disk drive.
-
-
- Removable drive.
-
-
- Unknown drive.
-
-
- Error.
-
-
- Find.
-
-
- Closed folder.
-
-
- Folder back.
-
-
- Folder front.
-
-
- Open folder.
-
-
- Help.
-
-
- Image files.
-
-
- Informational.
-
-
- Internet.
-
-
- Key / secure.
-
-
- Overlay for shortcuts to items.
-
-
- Security lock.
-
-
- Audio DVD media.
-
-
- BluRay-R media.
-
-
- BluRay-RE media.
-
-
- BluRay-ROM media.
-
-
- Blank CD media.
-
-
- BluRay media.
-
-
- Audio CD media.
-
-
- CD+ (Enhanced CD) media.
-
-
- Burning CD.
-
-
- CD-R media.
-
-
- CD-ROM media.
-
-
- CD-RW media.
-
-
- Compact Flash.
-
-
- DVD media.
-
-
- DVD+R media.
-
-
- DVD+RW media.
-
-
- DVD-R media.
-
-
- DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- DVD-RW media.
-
-
- Enhanced CD media.
-
-
- Enhanced DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-R media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- Movied DVD media.
-
-
- Smart media.
-
-
- SVCD media.
-
-
- VCD media.
-
-
- Mixed files.
-
-
- Mobile computer.
-
-
- My network places.
-
-
- Connect to network.
-
-
- Printer.
-
-
- Fax printer.
-
-
- Networked fax printer.
-
-
- Print to file.
-
-
- Network printer.
-
-
- Empty recycle bin.
-
-
- Full recycle bin.
-
-
- Rename.
-
-
- A computer on the network.
-
-
- Server share.
-
-
- Settings.
-
-
- Overlay for shared items.
-
-
- Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only.
-
-
- Overlay for slow items.
-
-
- Software.
-
-
- Stack.
-
-
- Folder containing other items.
-
-
- Users.
-
-
- Video files.
-
-
- Warning.
-
-
- Entire network.
-
-
- ZIP file.
-
-
- Provides options for use with .
-
-
- Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Add a link overlay onto the icon.
-
-
- Blend the icon with the system highlight color.
-
-
- Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon.
-
-
- Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left.
-
-
- Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies to disable substitutions.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme.
-
-
- Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object from the specified existing object.
- The object from which to initialize the new object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language.
- The enumeration for the new object.
- A value that indicates the language of the text.
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration for the new object.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops.
-
-
- Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed.
-
-
- Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- More than 32 character ranges are set.
-
-
- Sets tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string representation of this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string.
-
-
- Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
-
-
- Gets the method to be used for digit substitution.
- A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information.
- A enumeration that contains formatting information.
-
-
- Gets a generic default object.
- The generic default object.
-
-
- Gets a generic typographic object.
- A generic typographic object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object for this object.
- The object for this object, the default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration for this object.
- A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the display and layout information for text strings.
-
-
- Text is displayed from right to left.
-
-
- Text is vertically aligned.
-
-
- Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph.
-
-
- Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang.
-
-
- Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line.
-
-
- Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement.
-
-
- Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped.
-
-
- Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square.
-
-
- Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length.
-
-
- Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- Specifies no trimming.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word.
-
-
- Specifies the units of measure for a text string.
-
-
- Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies world units as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified structure.
- The structure from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the desktop.
- A that is the color of the desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border.
- A that is the color of an inactive window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements.
-
-
- Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name.
- The name of the system font you need a font object for.
- A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
-
-
- Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system.
-
-
- Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for icon titles.
- A that is used for icon titles.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for menus.
- A that is used for menus.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for message boxes.
- A that is used for message boxes.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar.
- A that is used to display text in the status bar.
-
-
- Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon.
-
- is an invalid .
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION).
- An object that contains the default application icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK).
- An object that contains the system asterisk icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR).
- An object that contains the system error icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION).
- An object that contains the system exclamation icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND).
- An object that contains the system hand icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION).
- An object that contains the system information icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION).
- An object that contains the system question icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the shield icon.
- An object that contains the shield icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING).
- An object that contains the system warning icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO).
- An object that contains the Windows logo icon.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified .
- The for the new .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop.
- A that is the color of the Windows desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the border of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Provides a base class for installed and private font collections.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the array of objects associated with this .
- An array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies a generic object.
-
-
- A generic Monospace object.
-
-
- A generic Sans Serif object.
-
-
- A generic Serif object.
-
-
- Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text.
-
-
- Do not display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- No hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Adds a font from the specified file to this .
- A that contains the file name of the font to add.
- The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found.
-
-
- Adds a font contained in system memory to this .
- The memory address of the font to add.
- The memory length of the font to add.
-
-
- Specifies the quality of text rendering.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
- A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
-
-
- Resets the property of this object to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Gets the object associated with this object.
- An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object.
- A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object.
- A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled.
-
-
- Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer.
-
-
- A object that has its small image and its large image set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file.
- The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object.
- The to test.
- This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this object.
- The hash code for this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An object associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly.
- This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32.
- An object based on the retrieved bitmap.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ddf2b33c..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 752e77874..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/net9.0/System.Private.Windows.Core.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7259 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Private.Windows.Core
-
-
-
-
- Allows renting a buffer from with a using statement. Can be used directly as if it
- were a .
-
-
-
- Buffers are not cleared and as such their initial contents will be random.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack
- allocated buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Create the with an initial buffer. Useful for creating with an initial stack
- allocated buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Creating with a stack allocated buffer:
- using BufferScope<char> buffer = new(stackalloc char[64]);
-
-
-
- Stack allocated buffers should be kept small to avoid overflowing the stack.
-
-
-
- The required minimum length. If the is not large enough, this will rent from
- the shared .
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the buffer has enough space for number of elements.
-
-
-
- Consider if creating new instances is possible and cleaner than using
- this method.
-
-
- True to copy the existing elements when new space is allocated.
-
-
-
- Array based collection that tries to avoid copying the internal array and caps the maximum capacity.
-
-
-
- To mitigate corrupted length attacks, the backing array has an initial allocation size cap.
-
-
-
-
-
- The cannot grow past this value and is expected to be this value
- when the collection is "finished".
-
-
-
-
- Creates a list trimmed to the given count.
-
-
-
- This is an optimized implementation that avoids iterating over the entire list when possible.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper class for converting values.
-
-
-
- It is intended to save the allocation of a temporary list when converting values. If there are multiple passes
- through the list this class should usually be avoided.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to suppress finalization in debug builds only.
-
-
-
- Unfortunately this can only be used when there is a single implicit conversion operator when called from
- a ref struct. C# tries to cast to anything that fits in object, which leads to an ambiguous error.
-
-
- You need to add GC.SuppressFinalize under #ifdef when you don't have a single implicit conversion.
-
-
-
-
-
- Enumeration defining the different Graphics properties to apply to an when creating it
- from a Graphics object.
-
-
-
-
- Apply clipping region.
-
-
-
-
- Apply coordinate transformation.
-
-
-
-
- Apply all supported Graphics properties.
-
-
-
-
- Get the encoder guid for the given image format guid.
-
-
-
-
- Used to provide a way to give direct internal access to HDC's.
-
-
-
-
- If this flag is true we expect that the object obtained through
- should not have a clip or GpMatrix
- applied and therefore it is safe to skip getting them.
-
-
-
- If a object hasn't been created it, by definition, will be clean when it is
- created, so this will return true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the , if the object was created from one.
-
-
-
-
- Get the object.
-
-
- If true, this will pass back a object, creating a new one *if* needed.
- If false, will pass back a object *if* one exists, otherwise returns null.
-
-
- Do not dispose of the returned object.
-
-
-
-
- Returns if the exception is an exception that isn't recoverable and/or a likely
- bug in our implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Reads a binary formatted from the given .
-
- The data was invalid.
-
-
-
- Creates a object from raw data with validation.
-
- was invalid.
-
-
-
- Returns the remaining amount of bytes in the given .
-
-
-
-
- Reads an array of primitives.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a collection of primitives.
-
-
-
- Only supports , , , ,
- , , , ,
- , , , ,
- , , and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a object to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Writes .
-
-
-
-
- Simple run length encoder (RLE) that works on spans.
-
-
-
- Format used is a byte for the count, followed by a byte for the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the encoded length, in bytes, of the given data.
-
-
-
-
- Get the decoded length, in bytes, of the given encoded data.
-
-
-
-
- Encode the given data into the given span.
-
-
- if the span was not large enough to hold the encoded data.
-
-
-
-
- Get a wrapper around the given . Use the return value
- in a scope.
-
-
-
-
- Array information structure.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for array records.
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4 describes how item records must follow the array record and how multiple null records
- can be coalesced into an or
- record.
-
-
-
-
- Identifier for the array.
-
-
-
-
- Length of the array.
-
-
-
-
- Typed class for array records.
-
-
-
-
- The array items.
-
-
-
- Multi-null records are always expanded to individual entries when reading.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the item at the given index.
-
-
-
-
- Single dimensional array of objects.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Single dimensional array of a primitive type.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Single dimensional array of strings.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.4.3.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dereferences records.
-
-
-
-
- Writer that writes specific types in binary format without using the BinaryFormatter.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a nint in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a nuint in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to write a value in binary format.
-
- if successful.
-
-
-
- Writes a .NET primitive value in binary format.
-
-
- is not a a primitive value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a primitive list in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given in binary format if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given in binary format if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given in binary format if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to write the given if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a of primitive to primitive values to the given stream in binary format.
-
-
-
- Primitive types are anything in the enum.
-
-
-
- contained non-primitive values or a custom comparer or hash code provider.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a in binary format.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the given if supported.
-
-
-
-
- Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the
- throws.
-
-
-
-
- Simple wrapper to ensure the is reset to it's original position if the
- throws or returns .
-
-
-
-
- Library full name information.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.6.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- String record.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.7
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Identifies the remoting type of a class member or array item.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Type is defined by and it is not a string.
-
-
-
-
- Type is
- length prefixed string .
-
-
-
-
- Type is System.Object.
-
-
-
-
- Type is a standard .NET object.
-
-
-
-
- Type is an object.
-
-
-
-
- Type is a single-dimensional array of objects.
-
-
-
-
- Type is a single-dimensional array of strings.
-
-
-
-
- Types is a single-dimensional array of a primitive type.
-
-
-
-
- Class info.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for class records.
-
-
-
- Includes the values for the class (which trail the record)
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes as specified by the
-
-
-
-
- Identifies a class by it's name and library id.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.1.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Class information that references another class record's metadata.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The ObjectId of a prior
- or .
-
-
-
-
- Class information with type info and the source library.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Expresses that the object can be written with a
-
-
-
-
- Writes the current object to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Record that represents a primitive type or an array of primitive types.
-
-
-
-
- Map of records.
-
-
-
-
- Non-generic record base interface.
-
-
-
-
- Id for the record, or null if the record has no id.
-
-
-
-
- Typed record interface.
-
-
-
-
- Expresses that the object can be written with a
-
-
-
-
- Writes the current object to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Primitive value other than .
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.1
-
-
-
-
-
- is not primitive.
-
-
-
- The record contains a reference to another record that contains the actual value.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Member type info.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.1.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Record that marks the end of the binary format stream.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for null records.
-
-
-
-
- Multiple null object record.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Multiple null object record (less than 256).
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Null object record.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.5.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Primitive type.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base record class.
-
-
-
-
- Writes as to the given .
-
-
-
-
- Writes records, coalescing null records into single entries.
-
-
- contained an object that isn't a record.
-
-
-
-
- Map of records that ensures that IDs are only entered once.
-
-
-
-
- Record type.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.1.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Binary format header.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.6.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The id of the root object record.
-
-
-
-
- Ignored. BinaryFormatter puts out -1.
-
-
-
-
- Must be 1.
-
-
-
-
- Must be 0.
-
-
-
-
- that only returns default values.
-
-
-
- Allows creating a when a
- isn't necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a typed value. Hard casts.
-
-
-
-
- Helper to create and track records for and
- when duplicates are found.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the appropriate record for the given string.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the for the given .
-
- or if not a .
-
-
-
- Returns the for the given if it is a simple primitive array.
-
- or if not a primitive array.
-
-
-
- Get the proper for the given .
-
-
-
-
- System class information with type info.
-
-
-
-
- [MS-NRBF] 2.3.2.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Positive enforcing count of items.
-
-
- Idea here is that doing this makes it less likely we'll slip through cases where
- we don't check for negative numbers. And also not confuse counts with ids.
-
-
-
-
- Identifier struct.
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 first release or later. (Threshold 1, build 10240, version 1507)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Anniversary Update or later. (Redstone 1, build 14393, version 1607)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 2, build 15063, version 1703)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 3, build 16299, version 1709)
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 10 Creators Update or later. (Redstone 4, build 17134, version 1803)
-
-
-
-
- Is this Windows 11 public preview or later?
- The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version.
-
-
-
-
- Is this Windows 11 version 22H2 or greater?
- The underlying API does not read supportedOs from the manifest, it returns the actual version.
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 8.1 or later.
-
-
-
-
- Is Windows 8 or later.
-
-
-
- Function was ended.
-
-
- File access is denied.
-
-
- A Graphics object cannot be created from an image that has an indexed pixel format.
-
-
- SetPixel is not supported for images with indexed pixel formats.
-
-
- Destination points define a parallelogram which must have a length of 3. These points will represent the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left coordinates (defined in that order).
-
-
- Destination points must be an array with a length of 3 or 4. A length of 3 defines a parallelogram with the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners. A length of 4 defines a quadrilateral with the fourth element of the array specifying the lower-rig ...
-
-
- File not found.
-
-
- Font '{0}' cannot be found.
-
-
- Font '{0}' does not support style '{1}'.
-
-
- A generic error occurred in GDI+.
-
-
- Buffer is too small (internal GDI+ error).
-
-
- Parameter is not valid.
-
-
- Rectangle '{0}' cannot have a width or height equal to 0.
-
-
- Operation requires a transformation of the image from GDI+ to GDI. GDI does not support images with a width or height greater than 32767.
-
-
- Out of memory.
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
-
- GDI+ is not properly initialized (internal GDI+ error).
-
-
- Only TrueType fonts are supported. '{0}' is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Only TrueType fonts are supported. This is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Object is currently in use elsewhere.
-
-
- Overflow error.
-
-
- Property cannot be found.
-
-
- Property is not supported.
-
-
- Unknown GDI+ error occurred.
-
-
- Image format is unknown.
-
-
- Current version of GDI+ does not support this feature.
-
-
- Bitmap region is already locked.
-
-
- Unhandled VT: {0}.
-
-
-
- Converts the given exception to a if needed, nesting the original exception
- and assigning the original stack trace.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a .
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a .
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a primitive type or string.
-
- if this represented a primitive type or string.
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a of .
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a of values.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as an of primitive types.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a binary formatted of keys and values.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get this object as a binary formatted .
-
-
-
-
- Try to get a supported .NET type object (not WinForms).
-
-
-
-
- Copies the to the ,
- terminating with null and truncating to fit if
- necessary.
-
-
-
-
- Slices the given at the first null found (if any).
-
-
-
-
- Slices the given at the first null found (if any).
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based reader.
-
-
-
- Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work
- correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed
- field.
-
-
- Inspired by patterns.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based reader.
-
-
-
- Care must be used when reading struct values that depend on a specific field state for members to work
- correctly. For example, has a very specific set of valid values for its packed
- field.
-
-
- Inspired by patterns.
-
-
-
-
-
- Try to read everything up to the given . Advances the reader past the
- if found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Try to read everything up to the given .
-
- The read data, if any.
- The delimiter to look for.
- to move past the if found.
- if the was found.
-
-
-
- Try to read the next value.
-
-
-
-
- Try to read a span of the given .
-
-
-
-
- Try to read a value of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of
- .
-
-
-
- This is just a straight copy of bits. If has methods that depend on
- specific field value constraints this could be unsafe.
-
-
- The compiler will often optimize away the struct copy if you only read from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Try to read a span of values of the given type. The size of the value must be evenly divisible by the size of
- .
-
-
-
- This effectively does a and the same
- caveats apply about safety.
-
-
-
-
-
- Check to see if the given values are next.
-
- The span to compare the next items to.
-
-
-
- Advance the reader if the given values are next.
-
- The span to compare the next items to.
- if the values were found and the reader advanced.
-
-
-
- Advance the reader past consecutive instances of the given .
-
- How many positions the reader has been advanced
-
-
-
- Advance the reader by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Rewind the reader by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Reset the reader to the beginning of the span.
-
-
-
-
- Advance the reader without bounds checking.
-
-
-
-
-
- Slicing without bounds checking.
-
-
-
-
- Slicing without bounds checking.
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based writer.
-
-
-
-
- Fast stack based writer.
-
-
-
-
- Try to write the given value.
-
-
-
-
- Try to write the given value.
-
-
-
-
- Try to write the given value times.
-
-
-
-
- Advance the writer by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Rewind the writer by the given .
-
-
-
-
- Reset the reader to the beginning of the span.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the to string and frees it.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the to a nullable string and frees it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the length of the BSTR in characters.
-
-
-
- The DECIMAL structure represents a decimal data type that provides a sign and scale for a number.
-
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The high 32 bits of the number.
-
-
- Describes FILETIME and provides syntax, members, and additional remarks.
-
- A property of type PT_SYSTIME has a **FILETIME** structure for its value. Such a property has a **FILETIME** data type for the **Value** member in its definition in an [SPropValue](spropvalue.md) structure. The definition of the **FILETIME** structure is in the _Win32 Programmer's Reference_ and in the MAPI header file Mapidefs.h. MAPI defines the structure conditionally to make sure that it is defined when the Win32 definition is unavailable.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- > Low-order 32 bits of the file time value.
-
-
- > High-order 32 bits of the file time value.
-
-
-
- Adapter to use when owning classes cannot directly implement .
-
-
-
-
- The **HRESULT** data type is the same as the [SCODE](scode.md) data type. An **HRESULT** value consists of the following fields: - A 1-bit code indicating severity, where zero represents success and 1 represents failure. - A 4-bit reserved value. - An 11-bit code indicating responsibility for the error or warning, also known as a facility code. - A 16-bit code describing the error or warning. Most MAPI interface methods and functions return **HRESULT** values to provide detailed cause formation. **HRESULT** values are also used widely in OLE interface methods. OLE provides several macros for converting between **HRESULT** values and **SCODE** values, another common data type for error handling. > [!NOTE] > In 64-bit MAPI, **HRESULT** is still a 32-bit value. For information about the OLE use of **HRESULT** values, see the *OLE Programmer's Reference*. For more information about the use of these values in MAPI, see [Error Handling](error-handling-in-mapi.md) and any of the following interface methods: [IABLogon::GetLastError](iablogon-getlasterror.md) [IMAPISupport::GetLastError](imapisupport-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIControl::GetLastError](imapicontrol-getlasterror.md) [IMAPITable::GetLastError](imapitable-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIProp::GetLastError](imapiprop-getlasterror.md) [IMAPIViewAdviseSink::OnPrint](imapiviewadvisesink-onprint.md)
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to the IErrorInfo interface that provides more information about the
- error. You can specify to use the current IErrorInfo interface, or
- new IntPtr(-1) to ignore the current IErrorInfo interface and construct the exception
- just from the error code.
-
- , if it does not reflect an error.
-
-
-
- The operation could not be completed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete , IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: IMbnConnectionContextEvents.OnSetProvisionedContextComplete , IMbnConnectionEvents.OnConnectComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnChangeComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnDisableComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnEnableComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnEnterComplete , IMbnPinEvents.OnUnblockComplete , IMbnPinManagerEvents.OnGetPinStateComplete , IMbnRadioEvents.OnSetSoftwareRadioStateComplete , IMbnServiceActivationEvents.OnActivationComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSetSmsConfigurationComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsDeleteComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsReadComplete , IMbnSmsEvents.OnSmsSendComplete .
-
-
- Places the window at the top of the Z order.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Places the window at the bottom of the Z order. If the hWnd parameter identifies a topmost window, the window loses its topmost status and is placed at the bottom of all other windows.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Places the window above all non-topmost windows. The window maintains its topmost position even when it is deactivated.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Places the window above all non-topmost windows (that is, behind all topmost windows). This flag has no effect if the window is already a non-topmost window.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Used to abstract access to classes that contain a potentially owned handle.
-
-
-
- The key benefit of this is that we can keep the owning class from being collected during interop calls.
- wraps arbitrary owners with target handles. Having this interface allows implicit use
- of the classes (such as System.Windows.Forms.Control) that meet this common pattern in interop and encourages
- correct alignment with the proper owner.
-
-
- Note that keeping objects alive is necessary ONLY when the object has a finalizer that will explicitly
- close the handle.
-
-
- When implementing P/Invoke wrappers that take this interface they should not directly take
- , but should take a generic "T" that is constrained to IHandle{T}. Doing
- it this way prevents boxing of structs. The "T" parameters should also be marked as
- to allow structs to be passed by reference instead of by value.
-
-
- When implementing this on a struct it is important that either the struct itself is marked as readonly
- or these properties are to avoid extra struct copies.
-
-
-
-
-
- Owner of the that might close it when finalized. Default is the
- implementer.
-
-
-
- This allows decoupling the owner from the provider and avoids boxing when
- is on a struct. See for a concrete usage.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to indicate ownership of a native resource pointer.
-
-
-
- This should never be put on a struct.
-
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to a null-terminated, constant character string.
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
-
- Returns a with a copy of this character array, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
- A , or if is .
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The POINTS structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
- The POINTS structure is similar to the POINT and POINTL structures. The difference is that the members of the POINTS structure are of type SHORT, while those of the other two structures are of type LONG.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the point.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the point.
-
-
-
- The length of the string when it is a null separated list of values that is terminated by
- a double null. Does not include the final double null.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The RECT structure defines a rectangle by the coordinates of its upper-left and lower-right corners.
- The RECT structure is identical to the RECTL structure.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
-
- Finalizable wrapper for COM pointers that gives agile access to the specified interface.
-
-
-
- This class should be used to hold all COM pointers that are stored as fields to ensure that they are
- safely finalized when needed. Finalization should be avoided whenever possible for performance and timely
- resource release (that is, this class should be disposed).
-
-
- Fields should be nulled out before calling . Releasing the COM pointer during disposal
- can result in callbacks to containing classes. Rather than evaluate the risk of this for every class, always
- follow this pattern. facilitates doing this safely.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns if has the same pointer this
- was created from.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the default interface. Throws if failed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the specified interface. Throws if failed.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get the default interface.
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get the specified interface.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the managed object using the pointer
- this was created from.
-
-
-
-
- Simple list for "typed" COM struct pointer storage. Prevents nulls.
-
-
-
- Doesn't implement generic interfaces as pointer types can't be used as generic arguments.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lifetime management struct for a native COM pointer. Meant to be utilized in a statement
- to ensure is called when going out of scope with the using.
-
-
-
- This struct has implicit conversions to T** and void** so it can be passed directly to out methods.
- For example:
-
-
- using ComScope<IUnknown> unknown = new(null);
- comObject->QueryInterface(&iid, unknown);
-
-
- Take care to NOT make copies of the struct to avoid accidental over-release.
-
-
-
- This should be one of the struct COM definitions as generated by CsWin32. Ideally we'd constrain to
- or some other interface tag to enforce that this is being used around
- a struct that is actually a COM wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Tries querying the requested interface into a new .
-
- The result of the query.
-
-
-
- Queries the requested interface into a new .
-
-
-
-
- Attempt to create a from the given COM interface.
-
-
-
-
- Create a from the given COM interface. Throws on failure.
-
-
-
-
- Simple helper for checking if a given interface is supported. Only use this if you don't intend to
- use the interface, otherwise use .
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper for the COM global interface table.
-
-
-
-
- Registers the given in the global interface table. This decrements the
- ref count so that the entry in the table will "own" the interface (as it increments the ref count).
-
- The cookie used to refer to the interface in the table.
-
-
-
- Gets an agile interface for the that was given back by
-
-
-
-
-
- Revokes the interface registered with .
- This will decrement the ref count for the interface.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of an for
- that uses the Global Interface Table.
-
-
-
- The returned instance should not be cached.
-
-
-
-
-
- Strategy for that uses the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a pointer to the IID for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a reference to the IID for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Empty (GUID_NULL in docs).
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to a null-terminated, constant, ANSI character string.
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to the first character in the string. The content should be considered readonly, as it was typed as constant in the SDK.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of characters up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
-
- Returns a with a copy of this character array, decoding as UTF-8.
-
- A , or if is .
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The POINTL structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
- The POINTL structure is identical to the POINT structure.
-
-
- Specifies the x -coordinate of the point.
-
-
- Specifies the y -coordinate of the point.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a span of the characters in this string, up to the first null character (exclusive).
-
-
-
- The SIZE structure defines the width and height of a rectangle.
- The rectangle dimensions stored in this structure can correspond to viewport extents, window extents, text extents, bitmap dimensions, or the aspect-ratio filter for some extended functions.
-
-
- Specifies the rectangle's width. The units depend on which function uses this structure.
-
-
- Specifies the rectangle's height. The units depend on which function uses this structure.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
- Helper to ensure GDI+ is initialized before making calls.
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if GDI+ has been started.
-
-
-
- This should be called anywhere you make calls to GDI+ where you don't
- already have a GDI+ handle. In System.Drawing.Common, this is done in the PInvoke static constructor
- so it is not necessary for methods defined there.
-
-
- We don't do this implicitly in the Core assembly to avoid unnecessary loading of GDI+.
-
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/1308 tracks a proposal to make this more automatic.
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel data contains color indexed values which means they are an index to colors in the
- system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel data contains GDI colors.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel data contains alpha values that are not pre-multiplied.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format contains pre-multiplied alpha values.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format contains extended color values of 16 bits per channel.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is undefined.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format doesn't matter.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 1 bit per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 4 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 16 colors in it.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 8 bits per pixel indexed color. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of
- which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green and 5 bits are blue.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32768 shades of color of
- which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue and 1 bit is alpha.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 24 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 32 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are pre-multiplied alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 48 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 8 bits are red, 8 bits are green and 8 bits are blue. The 8 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color of
- which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are pre-multiplied
- alpha bits.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies that pixel format is 64 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 16777216 shades of color
- of which 16 bits are red, 16 bits are green and 16 bits are blue. The 16 additional bits are alpha bits.
-
-
-
- Contains a set of four floating-point numbers that represent the location and size of a rectangle.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a D2D1_RECT_F structure that contains the specified dimensions.
-
- Type: D2D1_RECT_F A rectangle structure that contains the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- This section lists the styles, in addition to standard window styles, supported by status bar controls.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Buffer for values. Uses the stack for buffer sizes up to 16. Use in a
- statement.
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a created via
- Deletes the (if any) when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a bitmap using
-
-
-
-
- Creates a bitmap compatible with the given via
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of an HDC retrieved via CreateDC/CreateCompatibleDC.
- Deletes the HDC (if any) when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a compatible HDC for using .
-
-
-
- Passing a HDC will use the current screen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope getting a from a object. Releases
- the when disposed, unlocking the parent object.
-
-
- Also saves and restores the state of the HDC.
-
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by+
- to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the from the given .
-
-
-
- When a object is created from a the clipping region and
- the viewport origin are applied ( ). The clipping
- region isn't reflected in , which is combined with the HDC HRegion.
-
-
- The Graphics object saves and restores DC state when performing operations that would modify the DC to
- maintain the DC in its original or returned state after .
-
-
-
- Applies the origin transform and clipping region of the if it is an
- object of type . Otherwise this is a no-op.
-
-
- When true, saves and restores the state.
-
-
-
-
- Prefer to use .
-
-
-
- Ideally we'd not bifurcate what properties we apply unless we're absolutely sure we only want one.
-
-
-
-
- The DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying characteristics of display and print devices in the Unicode (wide) character set.
-
- The DEVMODEW structure is the Unicode version of the DEVMODE structure (described in the Microsoft Windows SDK documentation). While applications can use either the ANSI or Unicode version of the structure, drivers are required to use the Unicode version. For printer drivers, the DEVMODEW structure is used for specifying printer characteristics required by a print document. It is also used for specifying a printer's default characteristics. Immediately following a DEVMODEW structure's defined members (often referred to as its public members), there can be a set of driver-defined members (often referred to as private DEVMODEW members). The driver supplies the size, in bytes, of this private area in dmDriverExtra . Driver-defined private members are for exclusive use by the driver. The starting address for the private members can be referenced using the dmSize member as follows:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For a display, specifies the name of the display driver's DLL; for example, "perm3dd" for the 3Dlabs Permedia3 display driver. For a printer, specifies the "friendly name"; for example, "PCL/HP LaserJet" in the case of PCL/HP LaserJet. If the name is greater than CCHDEVICENAME characters in length, the spooler truncates it to fit in the array.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the version number of this DEVMODEW structure. The current version number is identified by the DM_SPECVERSION constant in wingdi.h .
-
-
-
- For a printer, specifies the printer driver version number assigned by the printer driver developer. Display drivers can set this member to DM_SPECVERSION.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the size in bytes of the public DEVMODEW structure, not including any private, driver-specified members identified by the dmDriverExtra member.
-
-
- Specifies the number of bytes of private driver data that follow the public structure members. If a device driver does not provide private DEVMODEW members, this member should be set to zero.
-
-
- Specifies bit flags identifying which of the following DEVMODEW members are in use. For example, the DM_ORIENTATION flag is set when the dmOrientation member contains valid data. The DM_XXX flags are defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies whether a color printer should print color or monochrome. This member can be one of DMCOLOR_COLOR or DMCOLOR_MONOCHROME. This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies the y resolution of the printer, in DPI. If this member is used, the dmPrintQuality member specifies the x resolution. This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies how TrueType fonts should be printed. This member must be one of the DMTT-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h . This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For printers, specifies the name of the form to use; such as "Letter" or "Legal". This must be a name that can be obtain by calling the Win32 EnumForms function (described in the Microsoft Window SDK documentation). This member is not used for displays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the number of logical pixels per inch of a display device and should be equal to the ulLogPixels member of the GDIINFO structure. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the color resolution, in bits per pixel, of a display device. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the width, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the height, in pixels, of the visible device surface. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- For displays, specifies the frequency, in hertz, of a display device in its current mode. This member is not used for printers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMICMMETHOD-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMICM-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMMEDIA-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Specifies one of the DMDITHER-prefixed constants defined in wingdi.h .
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
- Is reserved for system use and should be ignored by the driver.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of an retrieved via and
- . Releases the (if any)
- when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by
- to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double release.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a using .
-
-
-
- GetWindowDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_WINDOW | DCX_USESTYLE).
-
-
- GetDC calls GetDCEx(hwnd, null, DCX_USESTYLE) when given a handle. (When given null it has additional
- logic, and can't be replaced directly by GetDCEx.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a DC scope for the primary monitor (not the entire desktop).
-
-
-
- is the
- API to get the DC for the entire desktop.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used when you must keep a handle to an in a field. Avoid keeping HDC handles in fields
- when possible.
-
-
-
-
- Take ownership from a .
-
-
-
- Defines the attributes of a font. (LOGFONTW)
-
- The following situations do not support ClearType antialiasing:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the height, in logical units, of the font's character cell or character. The character height value (also known as the em height) is the character cell height value minus the internal-leading value. The font mapper interprets the value specified in lfHeight in the following manner.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the average width, in logical units, of characters in the font. If lfWidth is not zero, the aspect ratio of the device is matched against the digitization aspect ratio of the available fonts to find the closest match, determined by the absolute value of the difference.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between the escapement vector and the x-axis of the device. The escapement vector is parallel to the base line of a row of text. The lfEscapement member specifies both the escapement and orientation. You should set lfEscapement and lfOrientation to the same value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the angle, in tenths of degrees, between each character's base line and the x-axis of the device.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LONG Specifies the weight of the font in the range 0 through 1000. For example, 400 is normal and 700 is bold. If this value is zero, a default weight is used. The following values are defined in Wingdi.h for convenience.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an italic font.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE TRUE to specify an underlined font.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE TRUE to specify a strikeout font.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE Specifies the character set. The following values are predefined:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
- Type: BYTE
-
-
-
- Type: TCHAR[LF_FACESIZE] Specifies a null-terminated string that specifies the typeface name of the font. The length of this string must not exceed 32 characters, including the terminating null character. The EnumFontFamilies function can be used to enumerate the typeface names of all currently available fonts. If lfFaceName is an empty string, GDI uses the first font that matches the other specified attributes.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope creating regions. Deletes the region when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a region with the given rectangle via .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a region with the given rectangle via .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clipping region copy via for the given device context.
-
- Handle to a device context to copy the clipping region from.
-
-
-
- Creates a native region from a GDI+ .
-
-
-
-
- Returns true if this represents a null HRGN.
-
-
-
-
- Clears the handle. Use this to hand over ownership to another entity.
-
-
-
- The RGNDATAHEADER structure describes the data returned by the GetRegionData function.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size, in bytes, of the header.
-
-
- The type of region. This value must be RDH_RECTANGLES.
-
-
- The number of rectangles that make up the region.
-
-
- The size of the RGNDATA buffer required to receive the RECT structures that make up the region. If the size is not known, this member can be zero.
-
-
- A bounding rectangle for the region in logical units.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a saved device context state.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass by
- to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double restore.
-
-
- The state that is saved includes ICM (color management), palette, path drawing state, and other objects
- that are selected into the DC (bitmap, brush, pen, clipping region, font).
-
-
- Ideally saving the entire DC state can be avoided for simple drawing operations and relying on restoring
- individual state pieces can be done instead (putting back the original pen, etc.).
-
-
-
-
-
- Saves the device context state using .
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper to scope selecting a GDI object into an . Restores the original
- object into the when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double selection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Selects into the given using
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- A BITMAPINFOHEADER structure that contains information about the dimensions of color format. .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- The bmiColors member contains one of the following:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
- The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure contains information about the dimensions and color format of a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
-
- Color Tables The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure may be followed by an array of palette entries or color masks. The rules depend on the value of biCompression .
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the number of bytes required by the structure. This value does not include the size of the color table or the size of the color masks, if they are appended to the end of structure. See Remarks.
-
-
- Specifies the width of the bitmap, in pixels. For information about calculating the stride of the bitmap, see Remarks.
-
-
-
- Specifies the height of the bitmap, in pixels.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the number of planes for the target device. This value must be set to 1.
-
-
- Specifies the number of bits per pixel (bpp). For uncompressed formats, this value is the average number of bits per pixel. For compressed formats, this value is the implied bit depth of the uncompressed image, after the image has been decoded.
-
-
-
- For compressed video and YUV formats, this member is a FOURCC code, specified as a DWORD in little-endian order. For example, YUYV video has the FOURCC 'VYUY' or 0x56595559. For more information, see FOURCC Codes . For uncompressed RGB formats, the following values are possible:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the size, in bytes, of the image. This can be set to 0 for uncompressed RGB bitmaps.
-
-
- Specifies the horizontal resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap.
-
-
- Specifies the vertical resolution, in pixels per meter, of the target device for the bitmap.
-
-
- Specifies the number of color indices in the color table that are actually used by the bitmap. See Remarks for more information.
-
-
- Specifies the number of color indices that are considered important for displaying the bitmap. If this value is zero, all colors are important.
-
-
- The MONITORINFO structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information in a MONITORINFO structure or a MONITORINFOEX structure.The MONITORINFO structure is a subset of the MONITORINFOEX structure.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- The size of the structure, in bytes. Set this member to sizeof ( MONITORINFO ) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A RECT structure that specifies the display monitor rectangle, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values.
-
-
- A RECT structure that specifies the work area rectangle of the display monitor, expressed in virtual-screen coordinates. Note that if the monitor is not the primary display monitor, some of the rectangle's coordinates may be negative values.
-
-
-
- A set of flags that represent attributes of the display monitor. The following flag is defined.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor.The GetMonitorInfo function stores information into a MONITORINFOEX structure or a MONITORINFO structure.The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. (Unicode)
-
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines MONITORINFOEX as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A string that specifies the device name of the monitor being used. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure.
-
-
- Specifies the color and usage of an entry in a logical palette.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The red intensity value for the palette entry.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The green intensity value for the palette entry.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The blue intensity value for the palette entry.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BYTE The alpha intensity value for the palette entry. Note that as of DirectX 8, this member is treated differently than documented for Windows.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The RGBQUAD structure describes a color consisting of relative intensities of red, green, and blue.
- The bmiColors member of the BITMAPINFO structure consists of an array of RGBQUAD structures.
-
-
- The intensity of blue in the color.
-
-
- The intensity of green in the color.
-
-
- The intensity of red in the color.
-
-
- This member is reserved and must be zero.
-
-
- The RGNDATA structure contains a header and an array of rectangles that compose a region. The rectangles are sorted top to bottom, left to right. They do not overlap.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A RGNDATAHEADER structure. The members of this structure specify the type of region (whether it is rectangular or trapezoidal), the number of rectangles that make up the region, the size of the buffer that contains the rectangle structures, and so on.
-
-
- Specifies an arbitrary-size buffer that contains the RECT structures that make up the region.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a GDI object. Deletes the given object (if any) when disposed.
-
-
-
- Use in a statement. If you must pass this around, always pass
- by to avoid duplicating the handle and risking a double deletion.
-
-
-
-
- The object to be deleted when the scope closes.
-
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "COMCTL32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "GDI32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "gdiplus.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "KERNEL32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "OLE32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "OLEAUT32.dll".
-
-
- Contains extern methods from "USER32.dll".
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- />
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Tries to get system parameter info for the dpi. dpi is ignored if "SystemParametersInfoForDpi()" API
- is not available on the OS that this application is running.
-
-
-
- Destroys a property sheet page. An application must call this function for pages that have not been passed to the PropertySheet function.
-
- Type: BOOL Returns nonzero if successful, or zero otherwise.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Documentation varies per use. Refer to each: GetIconInfo , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoEx , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExA , GetIconInfoExW , GetIconInfoExW , LoadIcon , LoadIcon , LoadIconA , LoadIconA , LoadIconW , LoadIconW .
-
-
- Security Shield icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Exclamation point icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Hand-shaped icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Asterisk icon.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The BitBlt function performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context.
- A handle to the destination device context.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The width, in logical units, of the source and destination rectangles.
- The height, in logical units, of the source and the destination rectangles.
- A handle to the source device context.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
-
- A raster-operation code. These codes define how the color data for the source rectangle is to be combined with the color data for the destination rectangle to achieve the final color. The following list shows some common raster operation codes.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- BitBlt only does clipping on the destination DC. If a rotation or shear transformation is in effect in the source device context, BitBlt returns an error. If other transformations exist in the source device context (and a matching transformation is not in effect in the destination device context), the rectangle in the destination device context is stretched, compressed, or rotated, as necessary. If the color formats of the source and destination device contexts do not match, the BitBlt function converts the source color format to match the destination format. When an enhanced metafile is being recorded, an error occurs if the source device context identifies an enhanced-metafile device context. Not all devices support the BitBlt function. For more information, see the RC_BITBLT raster capability entry in the GetDeviceCaps function as well as the following functions: MaskBlt , PlgBlt , and StretchBlt . BitBlt returns an error if the source and destination device contexts represent different devices. To transfer data between DCs for different devices, convert the memory bitmap to a DIB by calling GetDIBits . To display the DIB to the second device, call SetDIBits or StretchDIBits . ICM: No color management is performed when blits occur.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid.
- A handle to a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the specified handle is not valid or is currently selected into a DC, the return value is zero.
-
-
- Do not delete a drawing object (pen or brush) while it is still selected into a DC. When a pattern brush is deleted, the bitmap associated with the brush is not deleted. The bitmap must be deleted independently.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CombineRgn function combines two regions and stores the result in a third region. The two regions are combined according to the specified mode.
- A handle to a new region with dimensions defined by combining two other regions. (This region must exist before CombineRgn is called.)
- A handle to the first of two regions to be combined.
- A handle to the second of two regions to be combined.
-
-
- The return value specifies the type of the resulting region. It can be one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The three regions need not be distinct. For example, the hrgnSrc1 parameter can equal the hrgnDest parameter.
-
-
- The CreateBitmap function creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel).
- The bitmap width, in pixels.
- The bitmap height, in pixels.
- The number of color planes used by the device.
- The number of bits required to identify the color of a single pixel.
-
- A pointer to an array of color data used to set the colors in a rectangle of pixels. Each scan line in the rectangle must be word aligned (scan lines that are not word aligned must be padded with zeros). The buffer size expected, *cj*, can be calculated using the formula:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a bitmap. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . This function can return the following value.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The CreateBitmap function creates a device-dependent bitmap. After a bitmap is created, it can be selected into a device context by calling the SelectObject function. However, the bitmap can only be selected into a device context if the bitmap and the DC have the same format. The CreateBitmap function can be used to create color bitmaps. However, for performance reasons applications should use CreateBitmap to create monochrome bitmaps and CreateCompatibleBitmap to create color bitmaps. Whenever a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap is selected into a device context, the system checks that the bitmap matches the format of the device context it is being selected into. Because CreateCompatibleBitmap takes a device context, it returns a bitmap that has the same format as the specified device context. Thus, subsequent calls to SelectObject are faster with a color bitmap from CreateCompatibleBitmap than with a color bitmap returned from CreateBitmap . If the bitmap is monochrome, zeros represent the foreground color and ones represent the background color for the destination device context. If an application sets the nWidth or nHeight parameters to zero, CreateBitmap returns the handle to a 1-by-1 pixel, monochrome bitmap. When you no longer need the bitmap, call the DeleteObject function to delete it.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CreateCompatibleBitmap function creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context.
- A handle to a device context.
- The bitmap width, in pixels.
- The bitmap height, in pixels.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the compatible bitmap (DDB). If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- The color format of the bitmap created by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function matches the color format of the device identified by the hdc parameter. This bitmap can be selected into any memory device context that is compatible with the original device. Because memory device contexts allow both color and monochrome bitmaps, the format of the bitmap returned by the CreateCompatibleBitmap function differs when the specified device context is a memory device context. However, a compatible bitmap that was created for a nonmemory device context always possesses the same color format and uses the same color palette as the specified device context. Note: When a memory device context is created, it initially has a 1-by-1 monochrome bitmap selected into it. If this memory device context is used in CreateCompatibleBitmap , the bitmap that is created is a monochrome bitmap. To create a color bitmap, use the HDC that was used to create the memory device context, as shown in the following code:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CreateCompatibleDC function creates a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device.
- A handle to an existing DC. If this handle is NULL , the function creates a memory DC compatible with the application's current screen.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a memory DC. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- A memory DC exists only in memory. When the memory DC is created, its display surface is exactly one monochrome pixel wide and one monochrome pixel high. Before an application can use a memory DC for drawing operations, it must select a bitmap of the correct width and height into the DC. To select a bitmap into a DC, use the CreateCompatibleBitmap function, specifying the height, width, and color organization required. When a memory DC is created, all attributes are set to normal default values. The memory DC can be used as a normal DC. You can set the attributes; obtain the current settings of its attributes; and select pens, brushes, and regions. The CreateCompatibleDC function can only be used with devices that support raster operations. An application can determine whether a device supports these operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function. When you no longer need the memory DC, call the DeleteDC function. We recommend that you call DeleteDC to delete the DC. However, you can also call DeleteObject with the HDC to delete the DC. If hdc is NULL , the thread that calls CreateCompatibleDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC. ICM: If the DC that is passed to this function is enabled for Image Color Management (ICM), the DC created by the function is ICM-enabled. The source and destination color spaces are specified in the DC.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateDC function creates a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name. (Unicode)
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies either DISPLAY or the name of a specific display device. For printing, we recommend that you pass NULL to lpszDriver because GDI ignores lpszDriver for printer devices.
-
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used. To obtain valid names for displays, call EnumDisplayDevices . If lpszDriver is DISPLAY or the device name of a specific display device, then lpszDevice must be NULL or that same device name. If lpszDevice is NULL , then a DC is created for the primary display device. If there are multiple monitors on the system, calling CreateDC(TEXT("DISPLAY"),NULL,NULL,NULL) will create a DC covering all the monitors.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL . It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows.
-
- A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The pdm parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user. If lpszDriver is DISPLAY, pdm must be NULL ; GDI then uses the display device's current DEVMODE .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to a DC for the specified device. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. For parameters lpszDriver and lpszDevice , call EnumDisplayDevices to obtain valid names for displays. When you no longer need the DC, call the DeleteDC function. If lpszDriver or lpszDevice is DISPLAY, the thread that calls CreateDC owns the HDC that is created. When this thread is destroyed, the HDC is no longer valid. Thus, if you create the HDC and pass it to another thread, then exit the first thread, the second thread will not be able to use the HDC . When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a display device, you must pass to pdm either NULL or a pointer to DEVMODE that matches the current DEVMODE of the display device that lpszDevice specifies. We recommend to pass NULL and not to try to exactly match the DEVMODE for the current display device. When you call CreateDC to create the HDC for a printer device, the printer driver validates the DEVMODE . If the printer driver determines that the DEVMODE is invalid (that is, printer driver can’t convert or consume the DEVMODE), the printer driver provides a default DEVMODE to create the HDC for the printer device. ICM: To enable ICM, set the dmICMMethod member of the DEVMODE structure (pointed to by the pInitData parameter) to the appropriate value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateDIBSection function creates a DIB that applications can write to directly.
- A handle to a device context. If the value of iUsage is DIB_PAL_COLORS, the function uses this device context's logical palette to initialize the DIB colors.
- A pointer to a BITMAPINFO structure that specifies various attributes of the DIB, including the bitmap dimensions and colors.
-
- The type of data contained in the bmiColors array member of the BITMAPINFO structure pointed to by pbmi (either logical palette indexes or literal RGB values). The following values are defined.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- A pointer to a variable that receives a pointer to the location of the DIB bit values.
-
- A handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the DIB. This parameter can be NULL . If hSection is not NULL , it must be a handle to a file-mapping object created by calling the CreateFileMapping function with the PAGE_READWRITE or PAGE_WRITECOPY flag. Read-only DIB sections are not supported. Handles created by other means will cause CreateDIBSection to fail. If hSection is not NULL , the CreateDIBSection function locates the bitmap bit values at offset dwOffset in the file-mapping object referred to by hSection . An application can later retrieve the hSection handle by calling the GetObject function with the HBITMAP returned by CreateDIBSection . If hSection is NULL , the system allocates memory for the DIB. In this case, the CreateDIBSection function ignores the dwOffset parameter. An application cannot later obtain a handle to this memory. The dshSection member of the DIBSECTION structure filled in by calling the GetObject function will be NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The offset from the beginning of the file-mapping object referenced by hSection where storage for the bitmap bit values is to begin. This value is ignored if hSection is NULL . The bitmap bit values are aligned on doubleword boundaries, so dwOffset must be a multiple of the size of a DWORD .
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly created DIB, and *ppvBits points to the bitmap bit values. If the function fails, the return value is NULL , and *ppvBits is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError . GetLastError can return the following value:
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- As noted above, if hSection is NULL , the system allocates memory for the DIB. The system closes the handle to that memory when you later delete the DIB by calling the DeleteObject function. If hSection is not NULL , you must close the hSection memory handle yourself after calling DeleteObject to delete the bitmap. You cannot paste a DIB section from one application into another application. CreateDIBSection does not use the BITMAPINFOHEADER parameters biXPelsPerMeter or biYPelsPerMeter and will not provide resolution information in the BITMAPINFO structure. You need to guarantee that the GDI subsystem has completed any drawing to a bitmap created by CreateDIBSection before you draw to the bitmap yourself. Access to the bitmap must be synchronized. Do this by calling the GdiFlush function. This applies to any use of the pointer to the bitmap bit values, including passing the pointer in calls to functions such as SetDIBits . ICM: No color management is done.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics. The font can subsequently be selected as the current font for any device context. (Unicode)
- A pointer to a LOGFONT structure that defines the characteristics of the logical font.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to a logical font. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font with the characteristics specified in the LOGFONT structure. When this font is selected by using the SelectObject function, GDI's font mapper attempts to match the logical font with an existing physical font. If it fails to find an exact match, it provides an alternative whose characteristics match as many of the requested characteristics as possible. To get the appropriate font on different language versions of the OS, call EnumFontFamiliesEx with the desired font characteristics in the LOGFONT structure, retrieve the appropriate typeface name, and create the font using CreateFont or CreateFontIndirect . When you no longer need the font, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. The fonts for many East Asian languages have two typeface names: an English name and a localized name. CreateFont and CreateFontIndirect take the localized typeface name only on a system locale that matches the language, while they take the English typeface name on all other system locales. The best method is to try one name and, on failure, try the other. Note that EnumFonts , EnumFontFamilies , and EnumFontFamiliesEx return the English typeface name if the system locale does not match the language of the font. The font mapper for CreateFont , CreateFontIndirect , and CreateFontIndirectEx recognizes both the English and the localized typeface name, regardless of locale.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The CreateIC function creates an information context for the specified device. (Unicode)
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the device driver (for example, Epson).
- A pointer to a null-terminated character string that specifies the name of the specific output device being used, as shown by the Print Manager (for example, Epson FX-80). It is not the printer model name. The lpszDevice parameter must be used.
- This parameter is ignored and should be set to NULL . It is provided only for compatibility with 16-bit Windows.
- A pointer to a DEVMODE structure containing device-specific initialization data for the device driver. The DocumentProperties function retrieves this structure filled in for a specified device. The lpdvmInit parameter must be NULL if the device driver is to use the default initialization (if any) specified by the user.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to an information context. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- When you no longer need the information DC, call the DeleteDC function.
- > [!NOTE] > The wingdi.h header defines CreateIC as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The CreateRectRgn function creates a rectangular region.
- Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units.
- Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the region in logical units.
- Specifies the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units.
- Specifies the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the region in logical units.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the region. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- When you no longer need the HRGN object, call the DeleteObject function to delete it. Region coordinates are represented as 27-bit signed integers. Regions created by the Create<shape>Rgn methods (such as CreateRectRgn and CreatePolygonRgn ) only include the interior of the shape; the shape's outline is excluded from the region. This means that any point on a line between two sequential vertices is not included in the region. If you were to call PtInRegion for such a point, it would return zero as the result.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The DeleteDC function deletes the specified device context (DC).
- A handle to the device context.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- An application must not delete a DC whose handle was obtained by calling the GetDC function. Instead, it must call the ReleaseDC function to free the DC.
-
-
- The DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes an enhanced-format metafile or an enhanced-format metafile handle.
- A handle to an enhanced metafile.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- If the hemf parameter identifies an enhanced metafile stored in memory, the DeleteEnhMetaFile function deletes the metafile. If hemf identifies a metafile stored on a disk, the function deletes the metafile handle but does not destroy the actual metafile. An application can retrieve the file by calling the GetEnhMetaFile function.
-
-
- The GetClipRgn function retrieves a handle identifying the current application-defined clipping region for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A handle to an existing region before the function is called. After the function returns, this parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region.
- If the function succeeds and there is no clipping region for the given device context, the return value is zero. If the function succeeds and there is a clipping region for the given device context, the return value is 1. If an error occurs, the return value is -1.
-
- An application-defined clipping region is a clipping region identified by the SelectClipRgn function. It is not a clipping region created when the application calls the BeginPaint function. If the function succeeds, the hrgn parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region. Subsequent changes to this copy will not affect the current clipping region.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetDeviceCaps function retrieves device-specific information for the specified device.
- A handle to the DC.
-
-
- The return value specifies the value of the desired item. When nIndex is BITSPIXEL and the device has 15bpp or 16bpp, the return value is 16.
-
-
- When nIndex is SHADEBLENDCAPS:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetObjectW (Unicode) function (wingdi.h) retrieves information for the specified graphics object.
-
- If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is a valid pointer, the return value is the number of bytes stored into the buffer. If the function succeeds, and lpvObject is NULL , the return value is the number of bytes required to hold the information the function would store into the buffer. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- The buffer pointed to by the lpvObject parameter must be sufficiently large to receive the information about the graphics object. Depending on the graphics object, the function uses a BITMAP , DIBSECTION , EXTLOGPEN , LOGBRUSH , LOGFONT , or LOGPEN structure, or a count of table entries (for a logical palette). If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by calling CreateDIBSection , and the specified buffer is large enough, the GetObject function returns a DIBSECTION structure. In addition, the bmBits member of the BITMAP structure contained within the DIBSECTION will contain a pointer to the bitmap's bit values. If hgdiobj is a handle to a bitmap created by any other means, GetObject returns only the width, height, and color format information of the bitmap. You can obtain the bitmap's bit values by calling the GetDIBits or GetBitmapBits function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a logical palette, GetObject retrieves a 2-byte integer that specifies the number of entries in the palette. The function does not retrieve the LOGPALETTE structure defining the palette. To retrieve information about palette entries, an application can call the GetPaletteEntries function. If hgdiobj is a handle to a font, the LOGFONT that is returned is the LOGFONT used to create the font. If Windows had to make some interpolation of the font because the precise LOGFONT could not be represented, the interpolation will not be reflected in the LOGFONT . For example, if you ask for a vertical version of a font that doesn't support vertical painting, the LOGFONT indicates the font is vertical, but Windows will paint it horizontally.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetObjectType retrieves the type of the specified object.
- A handle to the graphics object.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the object. This value can be one of the following.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetPaletteEntries function retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the given logical palette.
- A handle to the logical palette.
- The first entry in the logical palette to be retrieved.
- The number of entries in the logical palette to be retrieved.
- A pointer to an array of PALETTEENTRY structures to receive the palette entries. The array must contain at least as many structures as specified by the nEntries parameter.
-
- If the function succeeds and the handle to the logical palette is a valid pointer (not NULL ), the return value is the number of entries retrieved from the logical palette. If the function succeeds and handle to the logical palette is NULL , the return value is the number of entries in the given palette. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- An application can determine whether a device supports palette operations by calling the GetDeviceCaps function and specifying the RASTERCAPS constant. If the nEntries parameter specifies more entries than exist in the palette, the remaining members of the PALETTEENTRY structure are not altered.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetRegionData function fills the specified buffer with data describing a region. This data includes the dimensions of the rectangles that make up the region.
- A handle to the region.
- The size, in bytes, of the lpRgnData buffer.
- A pointer to a RGNDATA structure that receives the information. The dimensions of the region are in logical units. If this parameter is NULL , the return value contains the number of bytes needed for the region data.
-
- If the function succeeds and dwCount specifies an adequate number of bytes, the return value is always dwCount . If dwCount is too small or the function fails, the return value is 0. If lpRgnData is NULL , the return value is the required number of bytes. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- The GetRegionData function is used in conjunction with the ExtCreateRegion function.
-
-
- The GetStockObject function retrieves a handle to one of the stock pens, brushes, fonts, or palettes.
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the requested logical object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- It is not recommended that you employ this method to obtain the current font used by dialogs and windows. Instead, use the SystemParametersInfo function with the SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS parameter to retrieve the current font. SystemParametersInfo will take into account the current theme and provides font information for captions, menus, and message dialogs. Use the DKGRAY_BRUSH, GRAY_BRUSH, and LTGRAY_BRUSH stock objects only in windows with the CS_HREDRAW and CS_VREDRAW styles. Using a gray stock brush in any other style of window can lead to misalignment of brush patterns after a window is moved or sized. The origins of stock brushes cannot be adjusted. The HOLLOW_BRUSH and NULL_BRUSH stock objects are equivalent. It is not necessary (but it is not harmful) to delete stock objects by calling DeleteObject . Both DC_BRUSH and DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with other stock objects like BLACK_BRUSH and BLACK_PEN. For information on retrieving the current pen or brush color, see GetDCBrushColor and GetDCPenColor . See Setting the Pen or Brush Color for an example of setting colors. The GetStockObject function with an argument of DC_BRUSH or DC_PEN can be used interchangeably with the SetDCPenColor and SetDCBrushColor functions.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetViewportExtEx function retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A pointer to a SIZE structure that receives the x- and y-extents, in device units.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetViewportOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A pointer to a POINT structure that receives the coordinates of the origin, in device units.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IntersectClipRect function creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle.
- A handle to the device context.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
- The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
- The return value specifies the new clipping region's type and can be one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The lower and right-most edges of the given rectangle are excluded from the clipping region. If a clipping region does not already exist then the system may apply a default clipping region to the specified HDC. A clipping region is then created from the intersection of that default clipping region and the rectangle specified in the function parameters.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The OffsetViewportOrgEx function modifies the viewport origin for a device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets.
- A handle to the device context.
- The horizontal offset, in device units.
- The vertical offset, in device units.
- A pointer to a POINT structure. The previous viewport origin, in device units, is placed in this structure. If lpPoint is NULL , the previous viewport origin is not returned.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- The new origin is the sum of the current origin and the horizontal and vertical offsets.
-
-
- The DeleteMetaFile function deletes a Windows-format metafile or Windows-format metafile handle.
- A handle to a Windows-format metafile.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- If the metafile identified by the hmf parameter is stored in memory (rather than on a disk), its content is lost when it is deleted by using the DeleteMetaFile function.
-
-
- The RestoreDC function restores a device context (DC) to the specified state. The DC is restored by popping state information off a stack created by earlier calls to the SaveDC function.
- A handle to the DC.
- The saved state to be restored. If this parameter is positive, nSavedDC represents a specific instance of the state to be restored. If this parameter is negative, nSavedDC represents an instance relative to the current state. For example, -1 restores the most recently saved state.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
- Each DC maintains a stack of saved states. The SaveDC function pushes the current state of the DC onto its stack of saved states. That state can be restored only to the same DC from which it was created. After a state is restored, the saved state is destroyed and cannot be reused. Furthermore, any states saved after the restored state was created are also destroyed and cannot be used. In other words, the RestoreDC function pops the restored state (and any subsequent states) from the state information stack.
-
-
- The SaveDC function saves the current state of the specified device context (DC) by copying data describing selected objects and graphic modes (such as the bitmap, brush, palette, font, pen, region, drawing mode, and mapping mode) to a context stack.
- A handle to the DC whose state is to be saved.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value identifies the saved state. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- The SaveDC function can be used any number of times to save any number of instances of the DC state. A saved state can be restored by using the RestoreDC function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The SelectClipRgn function selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified device context.
- A handle to the device context.
- A handle to the region to be selected.
-
- The return value specifies the region's complexity and can be one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Only a copy of the selected region is used. The region itself can be selected for any number of other device contexts or it can be deleted. The SelectClipRgn function assumes that the coordinates for a region are specified in device units. To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a NULL region handle.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The SelectObject function selects an object into the specified device context (DC). The new object replaces the previous object of the same type.
- A handle to the DC.
-
- A handle to the object to be selected. The specified object must have been created by using one of the following functions.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the selected object is not a region and the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the object being replaced. If the selected object is a region and the function succeeds, the return value is one of the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- This function returns the previously selected object of the specified type. An application should always replace a new object with the original, default object after it has finished drawing with the new object. An application cannot select a single bitmap into more than one DC at a time. ICM: If the object being selected is a brush or a pen, color management is performed.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes an open object handle.
- A valid handle to an open object.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError . If the application is running under a debugger, the function will throw an exception if it receives either a handle value that is not valid or a pseudo-handle value. This can happen if you close a handle twice, or if you call CloseHandle on a handle returned by the FindFirstFile function instead of calling the FindClose function.
-
-
- The CloseHandle function closes handles to the following objects:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Returns the locale identifier for the system locale.Note Any application that runs only on Windows Vista and later should use GetSystemDefaultLocaleName in preference to this function.
- Returns the locale identifier for the system default locale, identified by LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT .
- This function can retrieve data from custom locales . Data is not guaranteed to be the same from computer to computer or between runs of an application. If your application must persist or transmit data, see Using Persistent Locale Data .
-
-
- Returns the locale identifier of the current locale for the calling thread.Note This function can retrieve data that changes between releases, for example, due to a custom locale.
-
- Returns the locale identifier of the locale associated with the current thread. Windows Vista : This function can return the identifier of a custom locale . If the current thread locale is a custom locale, the function returns LOCALE_CUSTOM_DEFAULT . If the current thread locale is a supplemental custom locale, the function can return LOCALE_CUSTOM_UNSPECIFIED . All supplemental locales share this locale identifier.
-
-
- When an application process launches, it uses the Standards and Formats variable for the locale. For more information, see NLS Terminology . When a new thread is created in a process, it inherits the locale of the creating thread. This locale can be either the default Standards and Formats locale or a different locale set for the creating thread in a call to SetThreadLocale . GetThreadLocale and SetThreadLocale can be used to modify the locale of the new thread.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Frees the specified global memory object and invalidates its handle.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with LocalAlloc .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is NULL . If the function fails, the return value is equal to a handle to the global memory object. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- If the process examines or modifies the memory after it has been freed, heap corruption may occur or an access violation exception (EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION) may be generated. The GlobalFree function will free a locked memory object. A locked memory object has a lock count greater than zero. The GlobalLock function locks a global memory object and increments the lock count by one. The GlobalUnlock function unlocks it and decrements the lock count by one. To get the lock count of a global memory object, use the GlobalFlags function. If an application is running under a debug version of the system, GlobalFree will issue a message that tells you that a locked object is being freed. If you are debugging the application, GlobalFree will enter a breakpoint just before freeing a locked object. This allows you to verify the intended behavior, then continue execution.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap. (GlobalAlloc)
-
- The number of bytes to allocate. If this parameter is zero and the uFlags parameter specifies GMEM_MOVEABLE , the function returns a handle to a memory object that is marked as discarded.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly allocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- Windows memory management does not provide a separate local heap and global heap. Therefore, the GlobalAlloc and LocalAlloc functions are essentially the same. The movable-memory flags GHND and GMEM_MOVABLE add unnecessary overhead and require locking to be used safely. They should be avoided unless documentation specifically states that they should be used. New applications should use the heap functions to allocate and manage memory unless the documentation specifically states that a global function should be used. For example, the global functions are still used with Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), the clipboard functions, and OLE data objects. If the GlobalAlloc function succeeds, it allocates at least the amount of memory requested. If the actual amount allocated is greater than the amount requested, the process can use the entire amount. To determine the actual number of bytes allocated, use the GlobalSize function. If the heap does not contain sufficient free space to satisfy the request, GlobalAlloc returns NULL . Because NULL is used to indicate an error, virtual address zero is never allocated. It is, therefore, easy to detect the use of a NULL pointer. Memory allocated with this function is guaranteed to be aligned on an 8-byte boundary. To execute dynamically generated code, use the VirtualAlloc function to allocate memory and the VirtualProtect function to grant PAGE_EXECUTE access. To free the memory, use the GlobalFree function. It is not safe to free memory allocated with GlobalAlloc using LocalFree .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Locks a global memory object and returns a pointer to the first byte of the object's memory block.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a pointer to the first byte of the memory block. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, GlobalLock increments the count by one, and the GlobalUnlock function decrements the count by one. Each successful call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object must be matched by a corresponding call to GlobalUnlock . Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. For these objects, the value of the returned pointer is equal to the value of the specified handle. If the specified memory block has been discarded or if the memory block has a zero-byte size, this function returns NULL . Discarded objects always have a lock count of zero.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Changes the size or attributes of a specified global memory object. The size can increase or decrease.
-
- A handle to the global memory object to be reallocated. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The new size of the memory block, in bytes. If uFlags specifies GMEM_MODIFY , this parameter is ignored.
-
- The reallocation options. If GMEM_MODIFY is specified, the function modifies the attributes of the memory object only (the dwBytes parameter is ignored.) Otherwise, the function reallocates the memory object. You can optionally combine GMEM_MODIFY with the following value.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the reallocated memory object. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a movable object, the return value is a handle to the memory object. To convert the handle to a pointer, use the GlobalLock function. If GlobalReAlloc reallocates a fixed object, the value of the handle returned is the address of the first byte of the memory block. To access the memory, a process can simply cast the return value to a pointer. If GlobalReAlloc fails, the original memory is not freed, and the original handle and pointer are still valid.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current size of the specified global memory object, in bytes.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the size of the specified global memory object, in bytes. If the specified handle is not valid or if the object has been discarded, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The size of a memory block may be larger than the size requested when the memory was allocated. To verify that the specified object's memory block has not been discarded, use the GlobalFlags function before calling GlobalSize .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count associated with a memory object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE.
-
- A handle to the global memory object. This handle is returned by either the GlobalAlloc or GlobalReAlloc function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the memory object is still locked after decrementing the lock count, the return value is a nonzero value. If the memory object is unlocked after decrementing the lock count, the function returns zero and GetLastError returns NO_ERROR . If the function fails, the return value is zero and GetLastError returns a value other than NO_ERROR .
-
-
- The internal data structures for each memory object include a lock count that is initially zero. For movable memory objects, the GlobalLock function increments the count by one, and GlobalUnlock decrements the count by one. For each call that a process makes to GlobalLock for an object, it must eventually call GlobalUnlock . Locked memory will not be moved or discarded, unless the memory object is reallocated by using the GlobalReAlloc function. The memory block of a locked memory object remains locked until its lock count is decremented to zero, at which time it can be moved or discarded. Memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED always have a lock count of zero. If the specified memory block is fixed memory, this function returns TRUE . If the memory object is already unlocked, GlobalUnlock returns FALSE and GetLastError reports ERROR_NOT_LOCKED . A process should not rely on the return value to determine the number of times it must subsequently call GlobalUnlock for a memory object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Frees the loaded dynamic-link library (DLL) module and, if necessary, decrements its reference count.
-
- A handle to the loaded library module. The LoadLibrary , LoadLibraryEx , GetModuleHandle , or GetModuleHandleEx function returns this handle.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call the GetLastError function.
-
-
- The system maintains a per-process reference count for each loaded module. A module that was loaded at process initialization due to load-time dynamic linking has a reference count of one. The reference count for a module is incremented each time the module is loaded by a call to LoadLibrary . The reference count is also incremented by a call to LoadLibraryEx unless the module is being loaded for the first time and is being loaded as a data or image file. The reference count is decremented each time the FreeLibrary or FreeLibraryAndExitThread function is called for the module. When a module's reference count reaches zero or the process terminates, the system unloads the module from the address space of the process. Before unloading a library module, the system enables the module to detach from the process by calling the module's DllMain function, if it has one, with the DLL_PROCESS_DETACH value. Doing so gives the library module an opportunity to clean up resources allocated on behalf of the current process. After the entry-point function returns, the library module is removed from the address space of the current process. It is not safe to call FreeLibrary from DllMain . For more information, see the Remarks section in DllMain . Calling FreeLibrary does not affect other processes that are using the same module. Use caution when calling FreeLibrary with a handle returned by GetModuleHandle . The GetModuleHandle function does not increment a module's reference count, so passing this handle to FreeLibrary can cause a module to be unloaded prematurely. A thread that must unload the DLL in which it is executing and then terminate itself should call FreeLibraryAndExitThread instead of calling FreeLibrary and ExitThread separately. Otherwise, a race condition can occur. For details, see the Remarks section of FreeLibraryAndExitThread .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified CLSID.
- The CLSID associated with the data and code that will be used to create the object.
- If NULL , indicates that the object is not being created as part of an aggregate. If non-NULL , pointer to the aggregate object's IUnknown interface (the controlling IUnknown ).
- Context in which the code that manages the newly created object will run. The values are taken from the enumeration CLSCTX .
- A reference to the identifier of the interface to be used to communicate with the object.
- Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid . Upon successful return, *ppv contains the requested interface pointer. Upon failure, *ppv contains NULL .
-
- This function can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The CoCreateInstance function provides a convenient shortcut by connecting to the class object associated with the specified CLSID, creating a default-initialized instance, and releasing the class object. As such, it encapsulates the following functionality:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Frees all elements that can be freed in a given PROPVARIANT structure.
-
- A pointer to an initialized PROPVARIANT structure for which any deallocatable elements are to be freed. On return, all zeroes are written to the PROPVARIANT structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- This function returns HRESULT.
-
- At any level of indirection, NULL pointers are ignored. For example, the pvar parameter points to a PROPVARIANT structure of type VT_CF . The pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure points to a CLIPDATA structure. The pClipData pointer in the CLIPDATA structure is NULL . In this example, the pClipData pointer is ignored. However, the CLIPDATA structure pointed to by the pclipdata member of the PROPVARIANT structure is freed. On return, this function writes zeroes to the specified PROPVARIANT structure, so the VT-type is VT_EMPTY . Passing NULL as the pvar parameter produces a return code of S_OK. Note Do not use this function to initialize
PROPVARIANT structures. Instead, initialize these structures using the
PropVariantInit macro (defined in Propidl.h).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Deallocates a string allocated previously by SysAllocString, SysAllocStringByteLen, SysReAllocString, SysAllocStringLen, or SysReAllocStringLen.
- The previously allocated string. If this parameter is NULL , the function simply returns.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Uses registry information to load a type library.
- The GUID of the library.
- The major version of the library.
- The minor version of the library.
- The national language code of the library.
- The loaded type library.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The function LoadRegTypeLib defers to LoadTypeLib to load the file.
- LoadRegTypeLib compares the requested version numbers against those found in the system registry, and takes one of the following actions:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new picture object initialized according to a PICTDESC structure.
- Pointer to a caller-allocated structure containing the initial state of the picture. The specified structure can be NULL to create an uninitialized object, in the event the picture needs to initialize via IPersistStream::Load .
- Reference to the identifier of the interface describing the type of interface pointer to return in lplpvObj .
- If TRUE , the picture object is to destroy its picture when the object is destroyed. If FALSE , the caller is responsible for destroying the picture.
- Address of pointer variable that receives the interface pointer requested in riid. Upon successful return, this parameter contains the requested interface pointer on the newly created object. If the call is successful, the caller is responsible for calling Release through this interface pointer when the new object is no longer needed. If the call fails, the value is set to NULL .
-
- This function returns S_OK on success. Other possible values include the following.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The fOwn parameter indicates whether the picture is to own the GDI picture handle for the picture it contains, so that the picture object will destroy its picture when the object itself is destroyed. The function returns an interface pointer to the new picture object specified by the caller in the riid parameter. A QueryInterface is built into this call. The caller is responsible for calling Release through the interface pointer returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new array descriptor, allocates and initializes the data for the array, and returns a pointer to the new array descriptor.
- The base type of the array (the VARTYPE of each element of the array). The VARTYPE is restricted to a subset of the variant types. Neither the VT_ARRAY nor the VT_BYREF flag can be set. VT_EMPTY and VT_NULL are not valid base types for the array. All other types are legal.
- The number of dimensions in the array. The number cannot be changed after the array is created.
- A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array.
- A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and returns a safe array descriptor from the specified VARTYPE, number of dimensions and bounds.
- The base type or the VARTYPE of each element of the array. The FADF_RECORD flag can be set for a variant type VT_RECORD, The FADF_HAVEIID flag can be set for VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, and FADF_HAVEVARTYPE can be set for all other VARTYPEs.
- The number of dimensions in the array.
- A vector of bounds (one for each dimension) to allocate for the array.
- the type information of the user-defined type, if you are creating a safe array of user-defined types. If the vt parameter is VT_RECORD, then pvExtra will be a pointer to an IRecordInfo describing the record. If the vt parameter is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, then pvExtra will contain a pointer to a GUID representing the type of interface being passed to the array.
- A safe array descriptor, or null if the array could not be created.
- If the VARTYPE is VT_RECORD then SafeArraySetRecordInfo is called. If the VARTYPE is VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN then the elements of the array must contain interfaces of the same type. Part of the process of marshaling this array to other processes does include generating the proxy/stub code of the IID pointed to by the pvExtra parameter. To actually pass heterogeneous interfaces one will need to specify either IID_IUnknown or IID_IDispatch in pvExtra and provide some other means for the caller to identify how to query for the actual interface.
-
-
- Destroys an existing array descriptor and all of the data in the array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Safe arrays of variant will have the VariantClear function called on each member and safe arrays of BSTR will have the SysFreeString function called on each element. IRecordInfo::RecordClear will be called to release object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a single element of the array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1] .
- The element of the array.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- This function calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock automatically, before and after retrieving the element. The caller must provide a storage area of the correct size to receive the data. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies the element in the correct way.
-
-
- Retrieves the IRecordInfo interface of the UDT contained in the specified safe array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- The IRecordInfo interface.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the VARTYPE stored in the specified safe array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- The VARTYPE.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- If FADF_HAVEVARTYPE is set, SafeArrayGetVartype returns the VARTYPE stored in the array descriptor. If FADF_RECORD is set, it returns VT_RECORD; if FADF_DISPATCH is set, it returns VT_DISPATCH; and if FADF_UNKNOWN is set, it returns VT_UNKNOWN. SafeArrayGetVartype can fail to return VT_UNKNOWN for SAFEARRAY types that are based on IUnknown . Callers should additionally check whether the SAFEARRAY type's fFeatures field has the FADF_UNKNOWN flag set.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Increments the lock count of an array, and places a pointer to the array data in pvData of the array descriptor.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The pointer in the array descriptor is valid until the SafeArrayUnlock function is called. Calls to SafeArrayLock can be nested, in which case an equal number of calls to SafeArrayUnlock are required. An array cannot be deleted while it is locked.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores the data element at the specified location in the array.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
- A vector of indexes for each dimension of the array. The right-most (least significant) dimension is rgIndices[0]. The left-most dimension is stored at rgIndices[psa->cDims – 1] .
- The data to assign to the array. The variant types VT_DISPATCH, VT_UNKNOWN, and VT_BSTR are pointers, and do not require another level of indirection.
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- This function automatically calls SafeArrayLock and SafeArrayUnlock before and after assigning the element. If the data element is a string, object, or variant, the function copies it correctly when the safe array is destroyed. If the existing element is a string, object, or variant, it is cleared correctly. If the data element is a VT_DISPATCH or VT_UNKNOWN, AddRef is called to increment the object's reference count. Note Multiple locks can be on an array. Elements can be put into an array while the array is locked by other operations.
For an example that demonstrates calling SafeArrayPutElement , see the COM Fundamentals Lines sample (CLines::Add in Lines.cpp).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count of an array so it can be freed or resized.
- An array descriptor created by SafeArrayCreate .
-
- This function can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- This function is called after access to the data in an array is finished.
-
-
- Creates a new image (icon, cursor, or bitmap) and copies the attributes of the specified image to the new one. If necessary, the function stretches the bits to fit the desired size of the new image.
-
- Type: HANDLE A handle to the image to be copied.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Type: UINT
-
- Type: int The desired width, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same width as the original hImage .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The desired height, in pixels, of the image. If this is zero, then the returned image will have the same height as the original hImage .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Type: UINT
-
- Type: HANDLE If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the newly created image. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- When you are finished using the resource, you can release its associated memory by calling one of the functions in the following table.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Destroys an icon and frees any memory the icon occupied.
-
- Type: HICON A handle to the icon to be destroyed. The icon must not be in use.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- It is only necessary to call DestroyIcon for icons and cursors created with the following functions: CreateIconFromResourceEx (if called without the LR_SHARED flag), CreateIconIndirect , and CopyIcon . Do not use this function to destroy a shared icon. A shared icon is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared icon.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Draws an icon or cursor into the specified device context, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or compressing the icon or cursor as specified.
-
- Type: HDC A handle to the device context into which the icon or cursor will be drawn.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the icon or cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: HICON A handle to the icon or cursor to be drawn. This parameter can identify an animated cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical width of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE , the function uses the SM_CXICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource width.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: int The logical height of the icon or cursor. If this parameter is zero and the diFlags parameter is DI_DEFAULTSIZE , the function uses the SM_CYICON system metric value to set the width. If this parameter is zero and DI_DEFAULTSIZE is not used, the function uses the actual resource height.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: UINT The index of the frame to draw, if hIcon identifies an animated cursor. This parameter is ignored if hIcon does not identify an animated cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: HBRUSH A handle to a brush that the system uses for flicker-free drawing. If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is a valid brush handle, the system creates an offscreen bitmap using the specified brush for the background color, draws the icon or cursor into the bitmap, and then copies the bitmap into the device context identified by hdc . If hbrFlickerFreeDraw is NULL , the system draws the icon or cursor directly into the device context.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Type: UINT
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The DrawIconEx function places the icon's upper-left corner at the location specified by the xLeft and yTop parameters. The location is subject to the current mapping mode of the device context. If only one of the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags is set, then the corresponding bitmap is drawn with the SRCCOPY raster operation code . If both the DI_IMAGE and DI_MASK flags are set: * If the icon or cursor is a 32-bit alpha-blended icon or cursor, then the image is drawn with AC_SRC_OVER blend function and the mask is ignored. * For all other icons or cursors, the mask is drawn with the SRCAND raster operation code , and the image is drawn with the SRCINVERT raster operation code To duplicate DrawIcon (hDC, X, Y, hIcon) , call DrawIconEx as follows:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area.
-
- Type: HWND A handle to the window whose client coordinates are to be retrieved.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: LPRECT A pointer to a RECT structure that receives the client coordinates. The left and top members are zero. The right and bottom members contain the width and height of the window.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
- In conformance with conventions for the RECT structure, the bottom-right coordinates of the returned rectangle are exclusive. In other words, the pixel at (right , bottom ) lies immediately outside the rectangle.
-
-
- The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen.
- A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL , GetDC retrieves the DC for the entire screen.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the DC for the specified window's client area. If the function fails, the return value is NULL .
-
-
- The GetDC function retrieves a common, class, or private DC depending on the class style of the specified window. For class and private DCs, GetDC leaves the previously assigned attributes unchanged. However, for common DCs, GetDC assigns default attributes to the DC each time it is retrieved. For example, the default font is System, which is a bitmap font. Because of this, the handle to a common DC returned by GetDC does not tell you what font, color, or brush was used when the window was drawn. To determine the font, call GetTextFace . Note that the handle to the DC can only be used by a single thread at any one time. After painting with a common DC, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC. Class and private DCs do not have to be released. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC . The number of DCs is limited only by available memory.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen.
- A handle to the window whose DC is to be retrieved. If this value is NULL , GetDCEx retrieves the DC for the entire screen.
- A clipping region that may be combined with the visible region of the DC. If the value of flags is DCX_INTERSECTRGN or DCX_EXCLUDERGN, then the operating system assumes ownership of the region and will automatically delete it when it is no longer needed. In this case, the application should not use or delete the region after a successful call to GetDCEx .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the handle to the DC for the specified window. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . An invalid value for the hWnd parameter will cause the function to fail.
-
-
- Unless the display DC belongs to a window class, the ReleaseDC function must be called to release the DC after painting. Also, ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDCEx . The number of DCs is limited only by available memory. The function returns a handle to a DC that belongs to the window's class if CS_CLASSDC, CS_OWNDC or CS_PARENTDC was specified as a style in the WNDCLASS structure when the class was registered.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves a handle to the desktop window. The desktop window covers the entire screen. The desktop window is the area on top of which other windows are painted.
-
- Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the desktop window.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves a handle to the foreground window (the window with which the user is currently working). The system assigns a slightly higher priority to the thread that creates the foreground window than it does to other threads.
-
- Type: HWND The return value is a handle to the foreground window. The foreground window can be NULL in certain circumstances, such as when a window is losing activation.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the count of handles to graphical user interface (GUI) objects in use by the specified process.
-
- A handle to the process. The handle must refer to a process in the current session, and must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_LIMITED_INFORMATION** access right (see [Process security and access rights](/windows/win32/procthread/process-security-and-access-rights)). If this parameter is the special value **GR_GLOBAL**, then the resource usage is reported across all processes in the current session. **Windows Server 2008, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, and Windows XP:** The **GR_GLOBAL** value is not supported until Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2. **Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP:** The handle must have the **PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION** access right.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the count of handles to GUI objects in use by the process. If no GUI objects are in use, the return value is zero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- A process without a graphical user interface does not use GUI resources, therefore, GetGuiResources will return zero.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves information about the specified icon or cursor.
- Type: HICON
-
- Type: PICONINFO A pointer to an ICONINFO structure. The function fills in the structure's members.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero and the function fills in the members of the specified ICONINFO structure. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- GetIconInfo creates bitmaps for the hbmMask and hbmColor or members of ICONINFO . The calling application must manage these bitmaps and delete them when they are no longer necessary. DPI Virtualization This API does not participate in DPI virtualization. The output returned is not affected by the DPI of the calling thread.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The GetMonitorInfo function retrieves information about a display monitor. (Unicode)
- A handle to the display monitor of interest.
-
- A pointer to a MONITORINFO or MONITORINFOEX structure that receives information about the specified display monitor. You must set the cbSize member of the structure to sizeof(MONITORINFO) or sizeof(MONITORINFOEX) before calling the GetMonitorInfo function. Doing so lets the function determine the type of structure you are passing to it. The MONITORINFOEX structure is a superset of the MONITORINFO structure. It has one additional member: a string that contains a name for the display monitor. Most applications have no use for a display monitor name, and so can save some bytes by using a MONITORINFO structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.
-
-
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines GetMonitorInfo as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting.
- Type: int
-
- Type: int If the function succeeds, the return value is the requested system metric or configuration setting. If the function fails, the return value is 0. GetLastError does not provide extended error information.
-
-
- System metrics can vary from display to display. GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMONITORS) counts only visible display monitors. This is different from EnumDisplayMonitors , which enumerates both visible display monitors and invisible pseudo-monitors that are associated with mirroring drivers. An invisible pseudo-monitor is associated with a pseudo-device used to mirror application drawing for remoting or other purposes. The SM_ARRANGE setting specifies how the system arranges minimized windows, and consists of a starting position and a direction. The starting position can be one of the following values.
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Destroys a cursor and frees any memory the cursor occupied. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor.
-
- Type: HCURSOR A handle to the cursor to be destroyed. The cursor must not be in use.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- The DestroyCursor function destroys a nonshared cursor. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor. A shared cursor is valid as long as the module from which it was loaded remains in memory. The following functions obtain a shared cursor:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the specified icon resource from the executable (.exe) file associated with an application instance. (Unicode)
-
- Type: HINSTANCE A handle to an instance of the module whose executable file contains the icon to be loaded. This parameter must be NULL when a standard icon is being loaded.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: LPCTSTR The name of the icon resource to be loaded. Alternatively, this parameter can contain the resource identifier in the low-order word and zero in the high-order word. Use the MAKEINTRESOURCE macro to create this value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: HICON If the function succeeds, the return value is a handle to the newly loaded icon. If the function fails, the return value is NULL . To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- LoadIcon loads the icon resource only if it has not been loaded; otherwise, it retrieves a handle to the existing resource. The function searches the icon resource for the icon most appropriate for the current display. The icon resource can be a color or monochrome bitmap. LoadIcon can only load an icon whose size conforms to the SM_CXICON and SM_CYICON system metric values. Use the LoadImage function to load icons of other sizes.
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines LoadIcon as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The MonitorFromPoint function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that contains a specified point.
- A POINT structure that specifies the point of interest in virtual-screen coordinates.
- Determines the function's return value if the point is not contained within any display monitor.
-
- If the point is contained by a display monitor, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to that display monitor. If the point is not contained by a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags .
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle.
- A pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the rectangle of interest in virtual-screen coordinates.
- Determines the function's return value if the rectangle does not intersect any display monitor.
-
- If the rectangle intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the rectangle. If the rectangle does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags .
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The MonitorFromWindow function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the bounding rectangle of a specified window.
- A handle to the window of interest.
- Determines the function's return value if the window does not intersect any display monitor.
-
- If the window intersects one or more display monitor rectangles, the return value is an HMONITOR handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the window. If the window does not intersect a display monitor, the return value depends on the value of dwFlags .
-
- If the window is currently minimized, MonitorFromWindow uses the rectangle of the window before it was minimized.
-
-
- The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs.
- A handle to the window whose DC is to be released.
- A handle to the DC to be released.
-
- The return value indicates whether the DC was released. If the DC was released, the return value is 1. If the DC was not released, the return value is zero.
-
-
- The application must call the ReleaseDC function for each call to the GetWindowDC function and for each call to the GetDC function that retrieves a common DC. An application cannot use the ReleaseDC function to release a DC that was created by calling the CreateDC function; instead, it must use the DeleteDC function. ReleaseDC must be called from the same thread that called GetDC .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves or sets the value of one of the system-wide parameters. (Unicode)
-
- Type: UINT The system-wide parameter to be retrieved or set. The possible values are organized in the following tables of related parameters:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: UINT A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: PVOID A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried or set. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: UINT If a system parameter is being set, specifies whether the user profile is to be updated, and if so, whether the WM_SETTINGCHANGE message is to be broadcast to all top-level windows to notify them of the change.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Type: BOOL If the function succeeds, the return value is a nonzero value. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- This function is intended for use with applications that allow the user to customize the environment. A keyboard layout name should be derived from the hexadecimal value of the language identifier corresponding to the layout. For example, U.S. English has a language identifier of 0x0409, so the primary U.S. English layout is named "00000409". Variants of U.S. English layout, such as the Dvorak layout, are named "00010409", "00020409" and so on. For a list of the primary language identifiers and sublanguage identifiers that make up a language identifier, see the MAKELANGID macro. There is a difference between the High Contrast color scheme and the High Contrast Mode. The High Contrast color scheme changes the system colors to colors that have obvious contrast; you switch to this color scheme by using the Display Options in the control panel. The High Contrast Mode, which uses SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST and SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST , advises applications to modify their appearance for visually-impaired users. It involves such things as audible warning to users and customized color scheme (using the Accessibility Options in the control panel). For more information, see HIGHCONTRAST . For more information on general accessibility features, see Accessibility . During the time that the primary button is held down to activate the Mouse ClickLock feature, the user can move the mouse. After the primary button is locked down, releasing the primary button does not result in a WM_LBUTTONUP message. Thus, it will appear to an application that the primary button is still down. Any subsequent button message releases the primary button, sending a WM_LBUTTONUP message to the application, thus the button can be unlocked programmatically or through the user clicking any button. This API is not DPI aware, and should not be used if the calling thread is per-monitor DPI aware. For the DPI-aware version of this API, see SystemParametersInfoForDPI . For more information on DPI awareness, see the Windows High DPI documentation.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the value of one of the system-wide parameters, taking into account the provided DPI value.
- The system-wide parameter to be retrieved. This function is only intended for use with SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT , SPI_GETICONMETRICS , or SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS . See SystemParametersInfo for more information on these values.
- A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify zero for this parameter.
- A parameter whose usage and format depends on the system parameter being queried. For more information about system-wide parameters, see the uiAction parameter. If not otherwise indicated, you must specify NULL for this parameter. For information on the PVOID datatype, see Windows Data Types .
- Has no effect for with this API. This parameter only has an effect if you're setting parameter.
- The DPI to use for scaling the metric.
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError .
-
-
- This function returns a similar result as SystemParametersInfo , but scales it according to an arbitrary DPI you provide (if appropriate). It only scales with the following possible values for uiAction : SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT , SPI_GETICONMETRICS , SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS . Other possible uiAction values do not provide ForDPI behavior, and therefore this function returns 0 if called with them. For uiAction values that contain strings within their associated structures, only Unicode (LOGFONTW ) strings are supported in this function.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC). Output functions that use the specified device context draw into this window.
- Handle to the device context from which a handle to the associated window is to be retrieved.
- The return value is a handle to the window associated with the specified DC. If no window is associated with the specified DC, the return value is NULL .
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interface.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Create an interface table for the given interfaces.
-
-
-
- Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking
-
-
- Returns HRESULT.STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION as a documented way to say we don't support locking
-
-
- The CY structure is useful for calculations involving money, or for any fixed-point calculation where accuracy is particularly important.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to flag that the COM object is a generated object.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
- Get the specified property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the number of type information interfaces that an object provides (either 0 or 1).
- The number of type information interfaces provided by the object. If the object provides type information, this number is 1; otherwise the number is 0.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The method may return zero, which indicates that the object does not provide any type information. In this case, the object may still be programmable through IDispatch or a VTBL, but does not provide run-time type information for browsers, compilers, or other programming tools that access type information. This can be useful for hiding an object from browsers.
-
-
- Retrieves the type information for an object, which can then be used to get the type information for an interface.
- The type information to return. Pass 0 to retrieve type information for the IDispatch implementation.
- The locale identifier for the type information. An object may be able to return different type information for different languages. This is important for classes that support localized member names. For classes that do not support localized member names, this parameter can be ignored.
- The requested type information object.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a single member and an optional set of argument names to a corresponding set of integer DISPIDs, which can be used on subsequent calls to Invoke.
- Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL.
- The array of names to be mapped.
- The count of the names to be mapped.
- The locale context in which to interpret the names.
- Caller-allocated array, each element of which contains an identifier (ID) corresponding to one of the names passed in the rgszNames array. The first element represents the member name. The subsequent elements represent each of the member's parameters.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- An IDispatch implementation can associate any positive integer ID value with a given name. Zero is reserved for the default, or Value property; –1 is reserved to indicate an unknown name; and other negative values are defined for other purposes. For example, if GetIDsOfNames is called, and the implementation does not recognize one or more of the names, it returns DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME, and the rgDispId array contains DISPID_UNKNOWN for the entries that correspond to the unknown names. The member and parameter DISPIDs must remain constant for the lifetime of the object. This allows a client to obtain the DISPIDs once, and cache them for later use. When GetIDsOfNames is called with more than one name, the first name (rgszNames [0]) corresponds to the member name, and subsequent names correspond to the names of the member's parameters. The same name may map to different DISPIDs, depending on context. For example, a name may have a DISPID when it is used as a member name with a particular interface, a different ID as a member of a different interface, and different mapping for each time it appears as a parameter. GetIDsOfNames is used when an IDispatch client binds to names at run time. To bind at compile time instead, an IDispatch client can map names to DISPIDs by using the type information interfaces described in Type Description Interfaces . This allows a client to bind to members at compile time and avoid calling GetIDsOfNames at run time. For a description of binding at compile time, see Type Description Interfaces. The implementation of GetIDsOfNames is case insensitive. Users that need case-sensitive name mapping should use type information interfaces to map names to DISPIDs, rather than call GetIDsOfNames . Caution You cannot use this method to access values that have been added dynamically, such as values added through JavaScript. Instead, use the GetDispID of the IDispatchEx interface. For more information, see the
IDispatchEx interface .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to properties and methods exposed by an object.
- Identifies the member. Use GetIDsOfNames or the object's documentation to obtain the dispatch identifier.
- Reserved for future use. Must be IID_NULL.
-
- The locale context in which to interpret arguments. The lcid is used by the GetIDsOfNames function, and is also passed to Invoke to allow the object to interpret its arguments specific to a locale. Applications that do not support multiple national languages can ignore this parameter. For more information, refer to Supporting Multiple National Languages and Exposing ActiveX Objects .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Flags describing the context of the Invoke call.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- Pointer to a DISPPARAMS structure containing an array of arguments, an array of argument DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts for the number of elements in the arrays.
- Pointer to the location where the result is to be stored, or NULL if the caller expects no result. This argument is ignored if DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF is specified.
- Pointer to a structure that contains exception information. This structure should be filled in if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. Can be NULL.
- The index within rgvarg of the first argument that has an error. Arguments are stored in pDispParams->rgvarg in reverse order, so the first argument is the one with the highest index in the array. This parameter is returned only when the resulting return value is DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH or DISP_E_PARAMNOTFOUND. This argument can be set to null. For details, see Returning Errors .
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Generally, you should not implement Invoke directly. Instead, use the dispatch interface to create functions CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke . For details, refer to CreateStdDispatch , DispInvoke , Creating the IDispatch Interface and Exposing ActiveX Objects . If some application-specific processing needs to be performed before calling a member, the code should perform the necessary actions, and then call ITypeInfo::Invoke to invoke the member. ITypeInfo::Invoke acts exactly like Invoke . The standard implementations of Invoke created by CreateStdDispatch and DispInvoke defer to ITypeInfo::Invoke . In an ActiveX client, Invoke should be used to get and set the values of properties, or to call a method of an ActiveX object. The dispIdMember argument identifies the member to invoke. The DISPIDs that identify members are defined by the implementer of the object and can be determined by using the object's documentation, the IDispatch::GetIDsOfNames function, or the ITypeInfo interface. When you use IDispatch::Invoke() with DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, you have to specially initialize the cNamedArgs and rgdispidNamedArgs elements of your DISPPARAMS structure with the following:
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020400-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
- An interface that provides a COM callable wrapper for the implementing class. The implementing class should not
- be public and unsealed as it can be derived from and COM interfaces can be added. This is meant to be a fixed
- set of interfaces.
-
-
-
- NET CCWs generated by built-in COM interop always support IMarshal, ISupportErrorInfo, IDispatchEx,
- IProvideClassInfo, and IConnectionPointContainer. They also usually expose IAgileObject. On Exception objects
- the CCW also supports IErrorInfo. These must explicitly be provided with this mechanism.
-
-
- .NET Framework also supported the following interfaces, which are not implemented on .NET Core:
-
-
- IManagedObject - used .NET Remoting (not available on .NET Core)
- IObjectSafety - for Code Access Security (not available on .NET Core)
- IWeakReferenceSource - for WinRT
- ICustomPropertyProvider - for WinRT XAML (Jupiter)
- IReferenceTrackerTarget - for WinRT
- IStringable - for WinRT
-
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given . The class
- must also derive from the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given and .
- The class must also derive from both of the given COM wrapper struct's nested Interface.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- Apply to a class to apply a COM callable wrapper of the given interfaces. The class must also derive from the
- given COM wrapper structs' nested Interfaces.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a TYPEATTR structure that contains the attributes of the type description.
- The attributes of this type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- To free the TYPEATTR structure, use ITypeInfo::ReleaseTypeAttr .
-
-
- Retrieves the ITypeComp interface for the type description, which enables a client compiler to bind to the type description's members.
- The ITypeComp of the containing type library.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- A client compiler can use the ITypeComp interface to bind to members of the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the FUNCDESC structure that contains information about a specified function.
- The index of the function whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of functions in this type.
- A FUNCDESC structure that describes the specified function.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The function ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc provides access to a FUNCDESC structure that describes the function with the specified index . The FUNCDESC structure should be freed with ITypeInfo::ReleaseFuncDesc . The number of functions in the type is one of the attributes contained in the TYPEATTR structure.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a VARDESC structure that describes the specified variable.
- The index of the variable whose description is to be returned. The index should be in the range of 0 to 1 less than the number of variables in this type.
- A VARDESC that describes the specified variable.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- To free the VARDESC structure, use ReleaseVarDesc .
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the variable with the specified member ID or the name of the property or method and the parameters that correspond to the specified function ID.
- The ID of the member whose name (or names) is to be returned.
- The caller-allocated array. On return, each of the elements contains the name (or names) associated with the member.
- The length of the passed-in rgBstrNames array.
- The number of names in the rgBstrNames array.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller must release the returned BSTR array.
- If the member ID identifies a property that is implemented with property functions, the property name is returned. For property get functions, the names of the function and its parameters are always returned.
- For property put and put reference functions, the right side of the assignment is unnamed. If cMaxNames is less than is required to return all of the names of the parameters of a function, then only the names of the first cMaxNames - 1 parameters are returned. The names of the parameters are returned in the array in the same order that they appear elsewhere in the interface (for example, the same order in the parameter array associated with the FUNCDESC enumeration).
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- If a type description describes a COM class, it retrieves the type description of the implemented interface types.
- The index of the implemented type whose handle is returned. The valid range is 0 to the cImplTypes field in the TYPEATTR structure.
- A handle for the implemented interface (if any). This handle can be passed to ITypeInfo::GetRefTypeInfo to get the type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- If the TKIND_DISPATCH type description is for a dual interface, the TKIND_INTERFACE type description can be obtained by calling GetRefTypeOfImplType with an index of –1, and by passing the returned pRefTypehandle to GetRefTypeInfo to retrieve the type information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration for one implemented interface or base interface in a type description.
- The index of the implemented interface or base interface for which to get the flags.
- The IMPLTYPEFLAGS enumeration value.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The flags are associated with the act of inheritance, and not with the inherited interface.
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps between member names and member IDs, and parameter names and parameter IDs.
- An array of names to be mapped.
- The count of the names to be mapped.
- Caller-allocated array in which name mappings are placed.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The function GetIDsOfNames maps the name of a member (rgszNames [0]) and its parameters (rgszNames [1] ...rgszNames [cNames - 1]) to the ID of the member (pMemId [0]), and to the IDs of the specified parameters (pMemId [1] ... pMemId [cNames - 1]). The IDs of parameters are 0 for the first parameter in the member function's argument list, 1 for the second, and so on.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Invokes a method, or accesses a property of an object, that implements the interface described by the type description.
- An instance of the interface described by this type description.
- The interface member.
-
- Flags describing the context of the invoke call.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- An array of arguments, an array of DISPIDs for named arguments, and counts of the number of elements in each array.
- The result. Should be null if the caller does not expect any result. If wFlags specifies DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT or DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF, pVarResultis is ignored.
- An exception information structure, which is filled in only if DISP_E_EXCEPTION is returned. If pExcepInfo is null on input, only an HRESULT error will be returned.
- If Invoke returns DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH, puArgErr indicates the index (within rgvarg ) of the argument with incorrect type. If more than one argument returns an error, puArgErr indicates only the first argument with an error. Arguments in pDispParams->rgvarg appear in reverse order, so the first argument is the one having the highest index in the array. This parameter cannot be null.
-
-
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Use the function ITypeInfo::Invoke to access a member of an object or invoke a method that implements the interface described by this type description. For objects that support the IDispatch interface, you can use Invoke to implement IDispatch::Invoke .
- ITypeInfo::Invoke takes a pointer to an instance of the class. Otherwise, its parameters are the same as IDispatch::Invoke , except that ITypeInfo::Invoke omits the refiid and lcid parameters. When called, ITypeInfo::Invoke performs the actions described by the IDispatch::Invoke parameters on the specified instance.
- For VTBL interface members, ITypeInfo::Invoke passes the LCID of the type information into parameters tagged with the lcid attribute, and the returned value into the retval attribute.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the documentation string, the complete Help file name and path, and the context ID for the Help topic for a specified type description.
- The ID of the member whose documentation is to be returned.
- The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, pBstrName can be null.
- The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, pBstrDocString can be null.
- The Help localization context. If the caller does not need the Help context, it can be null.
- The fully qualified name of the file containing the DLL used for Help file. If the caller does not need the file name, it can be null.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The function GetDocumentation provides access to the documentation for the member specified by the memid parameter. If the passed-in memid is MEMBERID_NIL, then the documentation for the type description is returned.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName , pBstrDocString , and pBstrHelpFile .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a description or specification of an entry point for a function in a DLL.
- The ID of the member function whose DLL entry description is to be returned.
- The kind of member identified by memid . This is important for properties, because one memid can identify up to three separate functions.
- If not null, the function sets pBstrDllName to the name of the DLL.
- If not null, the function sets pBstrName to the name of the entry point. If the entry point is specified by an ordinal, this argument is null.
- If not null, and if the function is defined by an ordinal, the function sets pwOrdinal to the ordinal.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller passes in a member ID, which represents the member function whose entry description is desired. If the function has a DLL entry point, the name of the DLL that contains the function, as well as its name or ordinal identifier, are placed in the passed-in pointers allocated by the caller. If there is no DLL entry point for the function, an error is returned.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- The caller should use SysFreeString to free the BSTRs referenced by pBstrName and pBstrDllName .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- If a type description references other type descriptions, it retrieves the referenced type descriptions.
- A handle to the referenced type description to return.
- The referenced type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- On return, the second parameter contains a pointer to a pointer to a type description that is referenced by this type description. A type description must have a reference to each type description that occurs as the type of any of its variables, function parameters, or function return types. For example, if the type of a data member is a record type, the type description for that data member contains the hRefType of a referenced type description. To get a pointer to the type description, the reference is passed to GetRefTypeInfo .
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the addresses of static functions or variables, such as those defined in a DLL.
- The member ID of the static member whose address is to be retrieved. The member ID is defined by the DISPID.
- Indicates whether the member is a property, and if so, what kind.
- The static member.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The addresses are valid until the caller releases its reference to the type description. The invKind parameter can be ignored unless the address of a property function is being requested. If the type description inherits from another type description, this function is recursive to the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of a type that describes a component object class (coclass).
- The controlling IUnknown . If Null, then a stand-alone instance is created. If valid, then an aggregate object is created.
- An ID for the interface that the caller will use to communicate with the resulting object.
- An instance of the created object.
-
-
- This doc was truncated.
-
- For types that describe a component object class (coclass), CreateInstance creates a new instance of the class. Normally, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance with the type description's GUID. For an Application object, it first calls GetActiveObject . If the application is active, GetActiveObject returns the active object; otherwise, if GetActiveObject fails, CreateInstance calls CoCreateInstance .
-
-
- Retrieves marshaling information.
- The member ID that indicates which marshaling information is needed.
- The opcode string used in marshaling the fields of the structure described by the referenced type description, or null if there is no information to return.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- If the passed-in member ID is MEMBERID_NIL, the function returns the opcode string for marshaling the fields of the structure described by the type description. Otherwise, it returns the opcode string for marshaling the function specified by the index.
- If the type description inherits from another type description, this function recurses on the base type description, if necessary, to find the item with the requested member ID.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the containing type library and the index of the type description within that type library.
- The containing type library.
- The index of the type description within the containing type library.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases a TYPEATTR previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetTypeAttr.
- The TYPEATTR to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases a FUNCDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc.
- The FUNCDESC to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases a VARDESC previously returned by ITypeInfo::GetVarDesc.
- The VARDESC to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020401-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Increments the reference count for an interface pointer to a COM object. You should call this method whenever you make a copy of an interface pointer.
- The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes.
-
- A COM object uses a per-interface reference-counting mechanism to ensure that the object doesn't outlive references to it. You use **AddRef** to stabilize a copy of an interface pointer. It can also be called when the life of a cloned pointer must extend beyond the lifetime of the original pointer. The cloned pointer must be released by calling [IUnknown::Release](/windows/desktop/api/unknwn/nf-unknwn-iunknown-queryinterface(refiid_void)) on it. The internal reference counter that **AddRef** maintains should be a 32-bit unsigned integer.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Decrements the reference count for an interface on a COM object.
- The method returns the new reference count. This value is intended to be used only for test purposes.
-
- When the reference count on an object reaches zero, **Release** must cause the interface pointer to free itself. When the released pointer is the only (formerly) outstanding reference to an object (whether the object supports single or multiple interfaces), the implementation must free the object. Note that aggregation of objects restricts the ability to recover interface pointers.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00000000-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- Represents a safe array.
-
- The array rgsabound is stored with the left-most dimension in rgsabound[0] and the right-most dimension in rgsabound[cDims - 1] . If an array was specified in a C-like syntax as a [2][5], it would have two elements in the rgsabound vector. Element 0 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 2. Element 1 has an lLbound of 0 and a cElements of 5.
- The fFeatures flags describe attributes of an array that can affect how the array is released. The fFeatures field describes what type of data is stored in the SAFEARRAY and how the array is allocated. This allows freeing the array without referencing its containing variant.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the .
-
-
-
-
- Creates an empty one-dimensional SAFEARRAY of type .
-
-
-
- The number of dimensions.
-
-
-
- Flags.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size of an array element.
-
-
- The number of times the array has been locked without a corresponding unlock.
-
-
- The data.
-
-
- One bound for each dimension.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
- Helper to scope lifetime of a created via
- Destroys the (if any) when disposed. Note that this scope currently only works for a one dimensional .
-
-
-
- Use in a statement to ensure the gets disposed.
-
-
- If the you are intending to scope the lifetime of has type ,
- use for better usability.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A copy will be made of anything that is put into the
- and anything the gives out is a copy and has been add ref appropriately if applicable.
- Be sure to dispose of items that are given to the if necessary. All
- items given out by the should be disposed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Untyped representation of CA* typed arrays in Windows. , etc.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a specified number of STATSTG structures, that follow in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of STATSTG structures requested.
- An array of STATSTG structures returned.
- The number of STATSTG structures retrieved in the rgelt parameter.
-
- This method supports the following return values:
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Skips a specified number of STATSTG structures in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of STATSTG structures to skip.
-
- This method supports the following return values: | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| | S_OK | The specified number of **STATSTG** structures that were successfully skipped. | | S_FALSE | The number of **STATSTG** structures skipped is less than the *celt* parameter. |
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning of the STATSTG structure array.
-
- This method supports the S_OK return value.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current STATSTG structure enumerator.
-
- A pointer to the variable that receives the IEnumSTATSTG interface pointer. If the method is unsuccessful, the value of the ppenum parameter is undefined.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method supports the following return values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000000d-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens a stream object with the specified name contained in this storage object.
- A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the newly created stream. The name can be used later to open or reopen the stream. The name must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction.
- Specifies the access mode to use when opening the newly created stream. For more information and descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants .
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- On return, pointer to the location of the new IStream interface pointer. This is only valid if the operation is successful. When an error occurs, this parameter is set to NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The new stream was successfully created.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the necessary data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to create stream.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The name specified for the stream already exists in the storage object and the *grfMode* parameter includes the value STGM_FAILIFTHERE.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not created due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was invalid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not created because there are too many open files.|
-
-
- If a stream with the name specified in the pwcsName parameter already exists and the grfMode parameter includes the STGM_CREATE flag, the existing stream is replaced by a newly created one. Both the destruction of the old stream and the creation of the new stream object are subject to the transaction mode on the parent storage object. The COM-provided compound file implementation of the IStorage::CreateStream method does not support the following behaviors:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the specified access mode.
- A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the stream to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction.
- Reserved for future use; must be NULL .
- Specifies the access mode to be assigned to the open stream. For more information and descriptions of possible values, see STGM Constants . Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method in the compound file implementation.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- A pointer to IStream pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the newly opened stream object. If an error occurs, *ppstm must be set to NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully opened.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open stream.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The stream with specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported; for example, when this method is called without the STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE flag.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the stream object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The stream was not opened because there are too many open files.|
-
- IStorage::OpenStream opens an existing stream object within this storage object in the access mode specified in grfMode . There are restrictions on the permissions that can be given in grfMode . For example, the permissions on this storage object restrict the permissions on its streams. In general, access restrictions on streams need to be stricter than those on their parent storages. Compound-file streams must be opened with STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens an existing storage object with the specified name in the specified access mode.
- A pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the storage object to open. The 000 through 01f characters, serving as the first character of the stream/storage name, are reserved for use by OLE. This is a compound file restriction, not a structured storage restriction. It is ignored if pstgPriority is non-NULL .
- Must be NULL . A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER.
- Specifies the access mode to use when opening the storage object. For descriptions of the possible values, see STGM Constants . Other modes you choose must at least specify STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE when calling this method.
- Must be NULL . A non-NULL value will return STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- When successful, pointer to the location of an IStorage pointer to the opened storage object. This parameter is set to NULL if an error occurs.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was opened successfully.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | Not enough permissions to open storage object.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The storage object with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The storage object was not opened due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value specified for the *grfMode* parameter is not a valid **STGM** constants value.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The specified combination of flags in the *grfMode* parameter is not supported.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The storage object was not created because there are too many open files.| |STG_S_CONVERTED | The existing stream with the specified name was replaced with a new storage object containing a single stream called CONTENTS. In direct mode, the new storage is immediately written to disk. In transacted mode, the new storage is written to a temporary storage in memory and later written to disk when it is committed.|
-
-
- If the pstgPriority parameter is NULL , it is ignored. If the pstgPriority parameter is not NULL , it is an IStorage pointer to a previous opening of an element of the storage object, usually one that was opened in priority mode. The storage object should be closed and reopened according to grfMode . When the IStorage::OpenStorage method returns, pstgPriority is no longer valid. Use the value supplied in the ppstg parameter. Storage objects can be opened with STGM_DELETEONRELEASE, in which case the object is destroyed when it receives its final release. This is useful for creating temporary storage objects.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire contents of an open storage object to another storage object.
- The number of elements in the array pointed to by rgiidExclude . If rgiidExclude is NULL , then ciidExclude is ignored.
-
- An array of interface identifiers (IIDs) that either the caller knows about and does not want copied or that the storage object does not support, but whose state the caller will later explicitly copy. The array can include IStorage , indicating that only stream objects are to be copied, and IStream , indicating that only storage objects are to be copied. An array length of zero indicates that only the state exposed by the IStorage object is to be copied; all other interfaces on the object are to be ignored. Passing NULL indicates that all interfaces on the object are to be copied.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- A string name block (refer to SNB ) that specifies a block of storage or stream objects that are not to be copied to the destination. These elements are not created at the destination. If IID_IStorage is in the rgiidExclude array, this parameter is ignored. This parameter may be NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- A pointer to the open storage object into which this storage object is to be copied. The destination storage object can be a different implementation of the IStorage interface from the source storage object. Thus, IStorage::CopyTo can use only publicly available methods of the destination storage object. If pstgDest is open in transacted mode, it can be reverted by calling its IStorage::Revert method.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy was not completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The copy was not completed because the storage medium is full.|
-
-
- This method merges elements contained in the source storage object with those already present in the destination. The layout of the destination storage object may differ from the source storage object. The copy process is recursive, invoking IStorage::CopyTo and IStream::CopyTo on the elements nested inside the source. When copying a stream on top of an existing stream with the same name, the existing stream is first removed and then replaced with the source stream. When copying a storage on top of an existing storage with the same name, the existing storage is not removed. As a result, after the copy operation, the destination IStorage contains older elements, unless they were replaced by newer ones with the same names. A storage object may expose interfaces other than IStorage , including IRootStorage , IPropertyStorage , or IPropertySetStorage . The rgiidExclude parameter permits the exclusion of any or all of these additional interfaces from the copy operation. A caller with a newer or more efficient copy of an existing substorage or stream object may want to exclude the current versions of these objects from the copy operation. The snbExclude and rgiidExclude parameters provide two ways of excluding a storage objects existing storages or streams. Note to Callers The most common way to use the IStorage::CopyTo method is to copy everything from the source to the destination, as in most full-save and save-as operations. The following example code shows how to copy everything from the source storage object to the destination storage object.
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The MoveElementTo method copies or moves a substorage or stream from this storage object to another storage object.
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the element in this storage object to be moved or copied.
- IStorage pointer to the destination storage object.
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the element in its new storage object.
-
- Specifies whether the operation should be a move (STGMOVE_MOVE) or a copy (STGMOVE_COPY). See the STGMOVE enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The storage object was successfully copied or moved.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The destination storage object is a child of the source storage object. Or, the destination object and element name are the same as the source object and element name. In other words, you cannot move an element to itself.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The specified file already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The copy or move was not completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for *pwcsName*.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the storage object was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The copy or move was not completed because there are too many open files.|
-
-
- The IStorage::MoveElementTo method is typically the same as invoking the IStorage::CopyTo method on the indicated element and then removing the source element. In this case, the MoveElementTo method uses only the publicly available functions of the destination storage object to carry out the move. If the source and destination storage objects have special knowledge about each other's implementation (they could, for example, be different instances of the same implementation), this method can be implemented more efficiently. Before calling this method, the element to be moved must be closed, and the destination storage must be open. Also, the destination object and element cannot be the same storage object/element name as the source of the move. That is, you cannot move an element to itself.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a storage object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage.
-
- Controls how the changes are committed to the storage object. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the storage object were successfully committed to the parent level. If STGC_CONSOLIDATE was specified, the storage was successfully consolidated, or the storage was already too compact to consolidate further.| |STG_S_MULTIPLEOPENS | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated because it had been opened multiple times using the STGM_NOSNAPSHOT flag.| |STG_S_CANNOTCONSOLIDATE | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an incorrect storage mode. For compound files, the storage may have been opened using the STGM_NOSCRATCH flag, or the storage may not be the outermost transacted level.| |STG_S_CONSOLIDATIONFAILED | The commit operation succeeded, but the storage could not be consolidated due to an internal error (for example, a memory allocation failure).| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be committed is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfCommitFlags* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_NOTCURRENT | Another open instance of the storage object has committed changes. As a result, the current commit operation may overwrite previous changes.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | No space left on device to commit.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The commit operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStorage::Commit makes permanent changes to a storage object that is in transacted mode, in which changes are accumulated in a buffer, and not reflected in the storage object until there is a call to this method. The alternative is to open an object in direct mode, in which changes are immediately reflected in the storage object. An object opened in the direct mode does not require calling IStorage::Commit to make permanent changes in the storage object. Calling the IStorage::Commit method on a nonroot storage opened in direct mode has no effect. Opening a root storage object in direct mode ensures that changes in memory buffers are written to the underlying storage device. The commit operation publishes the current changes in this storage object and its children to the next level up in the storage hierarchy. To undo current changes before committing them, call IStorage::Revert to roll back to the last-committed version. Calling IStorage::Commit has no effect on currently opened nested elements of this storage object. They remain valid and can be used. However, the IStorage::Commit method does not automatically commit changes to these nested elements. The commit operation publishes only known changes to the next higher level in the storage hierarchy. Thus, transactions to nested levels must be committed to this storage object before they can be committed to higher levels. In commit operations, you need to take steps to ensure that data is protected during the commit process:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to the storage object since the last commit operation.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The revert operation was successful.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The revert operation could not be completed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The revert operation could not be completed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- For storage objects opened in transacted mode, the IStorage::Revert method discards any uncommitted changes to this storage object or changes that have been committed to this storage object from nested elements. After this method returns, any existing elements (substorages or streams) that were opened from the reverted storage object are invalid and can no longer be used. Specifying these reverted elements in any call except IUnknown::Release returns the error STG_E_REVERTED This method has no effect on storage objects opened in direct mode.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The EnumElements method retrieves a pointer to an enumerator object that can be used to enumerate the storage and stream objects contained within this storage object.
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
- Reserved for future use; must be NULL .
- Reserved for future use; must be zero.
-
- Pointer to IEnumSTATSTG * pointer variable that receives the interface pointer to the new enumerator object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The enumerator object was successfully returned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The enumerator object could not be created due to lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, one of the standard enumerator interfaces that contain the Next , Reset , Clone , and Skip methods. IEnumSTATSTG enumerates the data stored in an array of STATSTG structures. The storage object must be open in read mode to allow the enumeration of its elements. The enumerator object is permitted to enumerate the elements in any order. The enumerator object is also permitted to treat the enumeration as a snapshot or to have the enumeration reflect the current state of the storage object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The RenameElement method renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object.
-
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated Unicode string that contains the name of the substorage or stream to be changed. Note The
pwcsName , created in
CreateStorage or
CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Pointer to a wide character null-terminated unicode string that contains the new name for the specified substorage or stream. Note The
pwcsName , created in
CreateStorage or
CreateStream must not exceed 31 characters in length, not including the string terminator.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The element was successfully renamed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for renaming the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified old name does not exist.| |STG_E_FILEALREADYEXISTS | The element specified by the new name already exists.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not renamed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Invalid value for one of the names.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not renamed because there are too many open files.|
-
-
- IStorage::RenameElement renames the specified substorage or stream in this storage object. An element in a storage object cannot be renamed while it is open. The rename operation is subject to committing the changes if the storage is open in transacted mode. The IStorage::RenameElement method is not guaranteed to work in low memory with storage objects open in transacted mode. It may work in direct mode.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SetElementTimes method sets the modification, access, and creation times of the specified storage element, if the underlying file system supports this method.
- The name of the storage object element whose times are to be modified. If NULL , the time is set on the root storage rather than one of its elements.
- Either the new creation time for the element or NULL if the creation time is not to be modified.
- Either the new access time for the element or NULL if the access time is not to be modified.
- Either the new modification time for the element or NULL if the modification time is not to be modified.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The time values were successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the element's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing the element.| |STG_E_FILENOTFOUND | The element with the specified name does not exist.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The element was not changed due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDNAME | Not a valid value for the element name.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The pointer specified for the element was not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.| |STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES | The element was not changed because there are too many open files.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- SetElementTimes sets time statistics for the specified storage element within this storage object. Not all file systems support all the time values. This method sets those times that are supported and ignores the rest. Each time-value parameter can be NULL ; indicating that no modification should occur. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve these time values.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The SetClass method assigns the specified class identifier (CLSID) to this storage object.
- The CLSID that is to be associated with the storage object.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The CLSID was successfully assigned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for assigning a CLSID to the storage object.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | Not enough space was left on device to complete the operation.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The storage object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- When first created, a storage object has an associated CLSID of CLSID_NULL. Call SetClass to assign a CLSID to the storage object. Call the IStorage::Stat method to retrieve the current CLSID of a storage object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The SetStateBits method stores up to 32 bits of state information in this storage object.
- Specifies the new values of the bits to set. No legal values are defined for these bits; they are all reserved for future use and must not be used by applications.
- A binary mask indicating which bits in grfStateBits are significant in this call.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The state information was successfully set.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for changing this storage object.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the grfStateBits or *grfMask* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.|
-
- The values for the state bits are not currently defined.
-
-
-
-
-
- The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this open storage object.
-
- On return, pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about the open storage object. This parameter is NULL if an error occurs.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Specifies that some of the members in the STATSTG structure are not returned, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the storage's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPARAMETER | One of the parameters was not valid.|
-
-
- IStorage::Stat retrieves the STATSTG structure for the current storage object. The STATSTG structure contains statistical information about the storage object. IStorage::EnumElements returns a pointer to an enumerator object. The enumerator object returned by this method implements the IEnumSTATSTG interface, through which the data stored in the array of the STATSTG structures is enumerated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000000b-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- The PROPVARIANT structure is used in the ReadMultiple and WriteMultiple methods of IPropertyStorage to define the type tag and the value of a property in a property set.
-
- The PROPVARIANT structure can also hold a value of VT_DECIMAL :
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Describes a pointer.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Pointer to a function.
-
-
- Pointer to a variable, constant, or data member.
-
-
- The ITypeComp that binds the pointer.
-
-
- The BLOB structure (nspapi.h), which is derived from Binary Large Object, contains information about a block of data.
-
- The structure name BLOB comes from the acronym BLOB, which stands for Binary Large Object. This structure does not describe the nature of the data pointed to by pBlobData . Note Windows Sockets defines a similar BLOB structure in Wtypes.h. Using both header files in the same source code file creates redefinition–compile time errors.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Size of the block of data pointed to by pBlobData , in bytes.
-
-
- Pointer to a block of data.
-
-
- Identifies the calling convention used by a member function described in the METHODDATA structure.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Values that are used in activation calls to indicate the execution contexts in which an object is to be run.
-
- Values from the CLSCTX enumeration are used in activation calls (CoCreateInstance , CoCreateInstanceEx , CoGetClassObject , and so on) to indicate the preferred execution contexts (in-process, local, or remote) in which an object is to be run. They are also used in calls to CoRegisterClassObject to indicate the set of execution contexts in which a class object is to be made available for requests to construct instances (IClassFactory::CreateInstance ). To indicate that more than one context is acceptable, you can combine multiple values with Boolean ORs. The contexts are tried in the order in which they are listed.
- Given a set of CLSCTX flags, the execution context to be used depends on the availability of registered class codes and other parameters according to the following algorithm.
-
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The code that creates and manages objects of this class is a DLL that runs in the same process as the caller of the function specifying the class context.
-
-
- The code that manages objects of this class is an in-process handler. This is a DLL that runs in the client process and implements client-side structures of this class when instances of the class are accessed remotely.
-
-
- The EXE code that creates and manages objects of this class runs on same machine but is loaded in a separate process space.
-
-
- Obsolete.
-
-
- A remote context. The LocalServer32 or LocalService code that creates and manages objects of this class is run on a different computer.
-
-
- Obsolete.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Disables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_CODE_DOWNLOAD.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- Specify if you want the activation to fail if it uses custom marshalling.
-
-
- Enables the downloading of code from the directory service or the Internet. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_NO_CODE_DOWNLOAD.
-
-
-
- The CLSCTX_NO_FAILURE_LOG can be used to override the logging of failures in CoCreateInstanceEx . If the ActivationFailureLoggingLevel is created, the following values can determine the status of event logging:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Disables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_ENABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Disabling AAA activations allows an application that runs under a privileged account (such as LocalSystem) to help prevent its identity from being used to launch untrusted components. Library applications that use activation calls should always set this flag during those calls. This helps prevent the library application from being used in an escalation-of-privilege security attack. This is the only way to disable AAA activations in a library application because the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration is applied only to the server process and not to the library application. Windows 2000: This flag is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Enables activate-as-activator (AAA) activations for this activation only. This flag overrides the setting of the EOAC_DISABLE_AAA flag from the EOLE_AUTHENTICATION_CAPABILITIES enumeration. This flag cannot be set at the same time as CLSCTX_DISABLE_AAA. Any activation where a server process would be launched under the caller's identity is known as an activate-as-activator (AAA) activation. Enabling this flag allows an application to transfer its identity to an activated component. Windows 2000: This flag is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Begin this activation from the default context of the current apartment.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate or connect to a 32-bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered.
-
-
- Activate or connect to a 64 bit version of the server; fail if one is not registered.
-
-
-
- When this flag is specified, COM uses the impersonation token of the thread, if one is present, for the activation request made by the thread. When this flag is not specified or if the thread does not have an impersonation token, COM uses the process token of the thread's process for the activation request made by the thread.
- Windows Vista or later: This flag is supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Indicates activation is for an app container.
- Note This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Specify this flag for Interactive User activation behavior for As-Activator servers. A strongly named Medium IL Windows Store app can use this flag to launch an "As Activator" COM server without a strong name. Also, you can use this flag to bind to a running instance of the COM server that's launched by a desktop application. The client must be Medium IL, it must be strongly named, which means that it has a SysAppID in the client token, it can't be in session 0, and it must have the same user as the session ID's user in the client token. If the server is out-of-process and "As Activator", it launches the server with the token of the client token's session user. This token won't be strongly named. If the server is out-of-process and RunAs "Interactive User", this flag has no effect. If the server is out-of-process and is any other RunAs type, the activation fails. This flag has no effect for in-process servers. Off-machine activations fail when they use this flag.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used for loading Proxy/Stub DLLs.
- Note This flag is reserved for internal use and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Identifies the type description being bound to.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- No match was found.
-
-
- A FUNCDESC was returned.
-
-
- A VARDESC was returned.
-
-
- A TYPECOMP was returned.
-
-
- An IMPLICITAPPOBJ was returned.
-
-
- The end of the enum.
-
-
- Contains the arguments passed to a method or property.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- An array of arguments. **Note**: these arguments appear in reverse order
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The dispatch IDs of the named arguments.
-
-
- The number of arguments.
-
-
- The number of named arguments.
-
-
- The ELEMDESC structure contains the type description and process-transfer information for a variable, a function, or a function parameter. (ELEMDESC)
-
-
-
- The type of the element.
-
-
- Describes an exception that occurred during IDispatch::Invoke.
-
- Use the pfnDeferredFillIn field to enable an object to defer filling in the bstrDescription , bstrHelpFile , and dwHelpContext fields until they are needed. This field might be used, for example, if loading the string for the error is a time-consuming operation. To use deferred fill-in, the object puts a function pointer in this slot and does not fill any of the other fields except wCode , which is required. To get additional information, the caller passes the EXCEPINFO structure back to the pexcepinfo callback function, which fills in the additional information. When the ActiveX object and the ActiveX client are in different processes, the ActiveX object calls pfnDeferredFillIn before returning to the controller.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The error code. Error codes should be greater than 1000. Either this field or the scode field must be filled in; the other must be set to 0.
-
-
- Reserved. Should be 0.
-
-
- The name of the exception source. Typically, this is an application name. This field should be filled in by the implementer of IDispatch .
-
-
- The exception description to display. If no description is available, use null.
-
-
- The fully qualified help file path. If no Help is available, use null.
-
-
- The help context ID.
-
-
- Reserved. Must be null.
-
-
- Provides deferred fill-in. If deferred fill-in is not desired, this field should be set to null.
-
-
- A return value that describes the error. Either this field or wCode (but not both) must be filled in; the other must be set to 0. (16-bit Windows versions only.)
-
-
- Describes a function. (FUNCDESC)
-
- The cParams field specifies the total number of required and optional parameters.
- The cParamsOpt field specifies the form of optional parameters accepted by the function, as follows:
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The function member ID.
-
-
- The status code.
-
-
- Description of the element.
-
-
- Indicates the type of function (virtual, static, or dispatch-only).
-
-
- The invocation type. Indicates whether this is a property function, and if so, which type.
-
-
- The calling convention.
-
-
- The total number of parameters.
-
-
- The number of optional parameters.
-
-
- For FUNC_VIRTUAL, specifies the offset in the VTBL.
-
-
- The number of possible return values.
-
-
- The function return type.
-
-
- The function flags. See FUNCFLAGS .
-
-
- Specifies function flags.
-
- FUNCFLAG_FHIDDEN means that the property should never be shown in object browsers, property browsers, and so on. This function is useful for removing items from an object model. Code can bind to the member, but the user will never know that the member exists. FUNCFLAG_FNONBROWSABLE means that the property should not be displayed in a properties browser. It is used in circumstances in which an error would occur if the property were shown in a properties browser. FUNCFLAG_FRESRICTED means that macro-oriented programmers should not be allowed to access this member. These members are usually treated as _FHIDDEN by tools such as Visual Basic, with the main difference being that code cannot bind to those members.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The function should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level functions or functions that type browsers should not display.
-
-
- The function returns an object that is a source of events.
-
-
- The function that supports data binding.
-
-
- When set, any call to a method that sets the property results first in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit . The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the call is allowed to set the property.
-
-
- The function that is displayed to the user as bindable. FUNC_FBINDABLE must also be set.
-
-
- The function that best represents the object. Only one function in a type information can have this attribute.
-
-
- The function should not be displayed to the user, although it exists and is bindable.
-
-
- The function supports GetLastError . If an error occurs during the function, the caller can call GetLastError to retrieve the error code.
-
-
- Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named xyz on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules. For more information, refer to defaultcollelem in Type Libraries and the Object Description Language.
-
-
- The type information member is the default member for display in the user interface.
-
-
- The property appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser.
-
-
- Tags the interface as having default behaviors.
-
-
- Mapped as individual bindable properties.
-
-
- Specifies the function type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The function is accessed the same as PUREVIRTUAL, except the function has an implementation.
-
-
- The function is accessed through the virtual function table (VTBL), and takes an implicit this pointer.
-
-
- The function is accessed by static address and takes an implicit this pointer.
-
-
- The function is accessed by static address and does not take an implicit this pointer.
-
-
- The function can be accessed only through IDispatch .
-
-
-
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Next (objidlbase.h) method retrieves the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of items to be retrieved. If there are fewer than the requested number of items left in the sequence, this method retrieves the remaining elements.
-
- An array of enumerated items. The enumerator is responsible for calling AddRef , and the caller is responsible for calling Release through each pointer enumerated. If celt is greater than 1, the caller must also pass a non-NULL pointer passed to pceltFetched to know how many pointers to release.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The number of items that were retrieved. This parameter is always less than or equal to the number of items requested.
- If the method retrieves the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Skip (objidlbase.h) method skips over the specified number of items in the enumeration sequence.
- The number of items to be skipped.
- If the method skips the number of items requested, the return value is S_OK. Otherwise, it is S_FALSE.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Reset (objidlbase.h) method resets the enumeration sequence to the beginning.
- The return value is S_OK.
- There is no guarantee that the same set of objects will be enumerated after the reset operation has completed. A static collection is reset to the beginning, but it can be too expensive for some collections, such as files in a directory, to guarantee this condition.
-
-
- The IEnumUnknown::Clone (objidlbase.h) method creates a new enumerator that contains the same enumeration state as the current one.
- A pointer to the cloned enumerator object.
- This method can return the standard return values E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, E_UNEXPECTED, and S_OK.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00000100-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Registers the specified interface on an object residing in one apartment of a process as a global interface, enabling other apartments access to that interface.
- An interface pointer of type riid on the object on which the interface to be registered as global is implemented.
- The IID of the interface to be registered as global.
- An identifier that can be used by another apartment to get access to a pointer to the interface being registered. The value of an invalid cookie is 0.
-
- This method can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Called in the apartment in which an object resides to register one of the object's interfaces as a global interface. This method supplies a pointer to a cookie that other apartments can use in a call to the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method to get a pointer to that interface. The interface pointer may be a pointer to an in-process object, or it may be a pointer to a proxy for an object residing in another apartment, in another process, or on another computer. The apartment that calls this method must remain alive until the corresponding call to RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Revokes the registration of an interface in the global interface table.
- Identifies the interface whose global registration is to be revoked.
-
- This method can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Call this method when an interface registered in the global interface table object no longer needs to be accessed by other apartments in the same process. This method can be called by any apartment in the process, including apartments other than the one that registered the interface in the global interface table.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a pointer to an interface on an object that is usable by the calling apartment. This interface must be currently registered in the global interface table.
- Identifies the interface (and its object), and is retrieved through a call to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RegisterInterfaceInGlobal .
- The IID of the interface.
- A pointer to the pointer for the requested interface.
-
- This method can return the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- After an interface has been registered in the global interface table, an apartment can get a pointer to this interface by calling the GetInterfaceFromGlobal method with the supplied cookie. This pointer to the interface can be used in the calling apartment but not by other apartments in the process. The application is responsible for coordinating access to the global variable during calls to IGlobalInterfaceTable::RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal . That is, the application should ensure that one thread does not call RevokeInterfaceFromGlobal while another thread is calling GetInterfaceFromGlobal with the same cookie. Multiple calls to GetInterfaceFromGlobal for the same cookie are permitted. The GetInterfaceFromGlobal method calls AddRef on the pointer obtained in the ppv parameter. It is the caller's responsibility to call Release on this pointer.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00000146-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- Specifies the way a function is invoked.
- In C, value assignment is written as *pobj1 = *pobj2, while reference assignment is written as pobj1 = pobj2. Other languages have other syntactic conventions. A property or data member can support only a value assignment, a reference assignment, or both. The INVOKEKIND enumeration constants are the same constants that are passed to IDispatch::Invoke to specify the way in which a function is invoked.
-
-
- The member is called using a normal function invocation syntax.
-
-
- The function is invoked using a normal property-access syntax.
-
-
- The function is invoked using a property value assignment syntax. Syntactically, a typical programming language might represent changing a property in the same way as assignment. For example: object.property : = value.
-
-
- The function is invoked using a property reference assignment syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads a specified number of bytes from the stream object into memory, starting at the current seek pointer.
- A pointer to the buffer which the stream data is read into.
- The number of bytes of data to read from the stream object.
-
- A pointer to a ULONG variable that receives the actual number of bytes read from the stream object. Note The number of bytes read may be zero.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | All of the requested data was successfully read from the stream object; the number of bytes requested in *cb* is the same as the number of bytes returned in *pcbRead*.| |S_FALSE | The value returned in *pcbRead* is less than the number of bytes requested in *cb*. This indicates the end of the stream has been reached. The number of bytes read indicates how much of the *pv* buffer has been filled.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous storage only: Part or all of the data to be read is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have permissions required to read this stream object.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is invalid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- This method reads bytes from this stream object into memory. The stream object must be opened in STGM_READ mode. This method adjusts the seek pointer by the actual number of bytes read. The number of bytes actually read is also returned in the pcbRead parameter. Notes to Callers The actual number of bytes read can be less than the number of bytes requested if an error occurs or if the end of the stream is reached during the read operation. The number of bytes returned should always be compared to the number of bytes requested. If the number of bytes returned is less than the number of bytes requested, it usually means the Read method attempted to read past the end of the stream. The application should handle both a returned error and S_OK return values on end-of-stream read operations.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Writes a specified number of bytes into the stream object starting at the current seek pointer.
- A pointer to the buffer that contains the data that is to be written to the stream. A valid pointer must be provided for this parameter even when cb is zero.
- The number of bytes of data to attempt to write into the stream. This value can be zero.
- A pointer to a ULONG variable where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the stream object. The caller can set this pointer to NULL , in which case this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The data was successfully written to the stream object.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be written is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The write operation failed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have the required permissions for writing to this stream object.| |STG_E_CANTSAVE | Data cannot be written for reasons other than improper access or insufficient space.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | One of the pointer values is not valid. The *pv* parameter must contain a valid pointer even if *cb* is zero.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.| |STG_E_WRITEFAULT | The write operation failed due to a disk error. This value is also returned when this method attempts to write to a stream that was opened in simple mode (using the STGM_SIMPLE flag).|
-
-
- ISequentialStream::Write writes the specified data to a stream object. The seek pointer is adjusted for the number of bytes actually written. The number of bytes actually written is returned in the pcbWritten parameter. If the byte count is zero bytes, the write operation has no effect. If the seek pointer is currently past the end of the stream and the byte count is nonzero, this method increases the size of the stream to the seek pointer and writes the specified bytes starting at the seek pointer. The fill bytes written to the stream are not initialized to any particular value. This is the same as the end-of-file behavior in the MS-DOS FAT file system. With a zero byte count and a seek pointer past the end of the stream, this method does not create the fill bytes to increase the stream to the seek pointer. In this case, you must call the IStream::SetSize method to increase the size of the stream and write the fill bytes. The pcbWritten parameter can have a value even if an error occurs. In the COM-provided implementation, stream objects are not sparse. Any fill bytes are eventually allocated on the disk and assigned to the stream.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0c733a30-2a1c-11ce-ade5-00aa0044773d}
-
-
-
-
-
- Changes the seek pointer to a new location. The new location is relative to either the beginning of the stream, the end of the stream, or the current seek pointer.
- The displacement to be added to the location indicated by the dwOrigin parameter. If dwOrigin is STREAM_SEEK_SET , this is interpreted as an unsigned value rather than a signed value.
- The origin for the displacement specified in dlibMove . The origin can be the beginning of the file (STREAM_SEEK_SET ), the current seek pointer (STREAM_SEEK_CUR ), or the end of the file (STREAM_SEEK_END ). For more information about values, see the STREAM_SEEK enumeration.
-
- A pointer to the location where this method writes the value of the new seek pointer from the beginning of the stream. You can set this pointer to NULL . In this case, this method does not provide the new seek pointer.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The seek pointer was successfully adjusted.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | Indicates that *plibNewPosition* points to invalid memory, because *plibNewPosition* is not read.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The *dwOrigin* parameter contains an invalid value, or the *dlibMove* parameter contains a bad offset value. For example, the result of the seek pointer is a negative offset value.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::Seek changes the seek pointer so that subsequent read and write operations can be performed at a different location in the stream object. It is an error to seek before the beginning of the stream. It is not, however, an error to seek past the end of the stream. Seeking past the end of the stream is useful for subsequent write operations, as the stream byte range will be extended to the new seek position immediately before the write is complete. You can also use this method to obtain the current value of the seek pointer by calling this method with the dwOrigin parameter set to STREAM_SEEK_CUR and the dlibMove parameter set to 0 so that the seek pointer is not changed. The current seek pointer is returned in the plibNewPosition parameter.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Changes the size of the stream object.
- Specifies the new size, in bytes, of the stream.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The size of the stream object was successfully changed.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream size is not changed because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | The value of the *libNewSize* parameter is not supported by the implementation. Not all streams support greater than 232 bytes. If a stream does not support more than 232 bytes, the high DWORD data type of *libNewSize* must be zero. If it is nonzero, the implementation may return STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION. In general, COM-based implementations of the IStream interface do not support streams larger than 232 bytes.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::SetSize changes the size of the stream object. Call this method to preallocate space for the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is larger than the current stream size, the stream is extended to the indicated size by filling the intervening space with bytes of undefined value. This operation is similar to the ISequentialStream::Write method if the seek pointer is past the current end of the stream. If the libNewSize parameter is smaller than the current stream, the stream is truncated to the indicated size. The seek pointer is not affected by the change in stream size. Calling IStream::SetSize can be an effective way to obtain a large chunk of contiguous space.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Copies a specified number of bytes from the current seek pointer in the stream to the current seek pointer in another stream.
- A pointer to the destination stream. The stream pointed to by pstm can be a new stream or a clone of the source stream.
- The number of bytes to copy from the source stream.
- A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes read from the source. You can set this pointer to NULL . In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes read.
- A pointer to the location where this method writes the actual number of bytes written to the destination. You can set this pointer to NULL . In this case, this method does not provide the actual number of bytes written.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream object was successfully copied.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the data to be copied is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The value of one of the pointer parameters is invalid.| |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The stream is not copied because there is no space left on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The CopyTo method copies the specified bytes from one stream to another. It can also be used to copy a stream to itself. The seek pointer in each stream instance is adjusted for the number of bytes read or written. This method is equivalent to reading cb bytes into memory using ISequentialStream::Read and then immediately writing them to the destination stream using ISequentialStream::Write , although IStream::CopyTo will be more efficient. The destination stream can be a clone of the source stream created by calling the IStream::Clone method. If IStream::CopyTo returns an error, you cannot assume that the seek pointers are valid for either the source or destination. Additionally, the values of pcbRead and pcbWritten are not meaningful even though they are returned. If IStream::CopyTo returns successfully, the actual number of bytes read and written are the same. To copy the remainder of the source from the current seek pointer, specify the maximum large integer value for the cb parameter. If the seek pointer is the beginning of the stream, this operation copies the entire stream.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Commit method ensures that any changes made to a stream object open in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage.
-
- Controls how the changes for the stream object are committed. See the STGC enumeration for a definition of these values.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | Changes to the stream object were successfully committed to the parent level.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_MEDIUMFULL | The commit operation failed due to lack of space on the storage device.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The Commit method ensures that changes to a stream object opened in transacted mode are reflected in the parent storage. Changes that have been made to the stream since it was opened or last committed are reflected to the parent storage object. If the parent is opened in transacted mode, the parent may revert at a later time, rolling back the changes to this stream object. The compound file implementation does not support the opening of streams in transacted mode, so this method has very little effect other than to flush memory buffers. For more information, see IStream - Compound File Implementation . If the stream is open in direct mode, this method ensures that any memory buffers have been flushed out to the underlying storage object. This is much like a flush in traditional file systems. The IStream::Commit method is useful on a direct mode stream when the implementation of the IStream interface is a wrapper for underlying file system APIs. In this case, IStream::Commit would be connected to the file system's flush call.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Revert method discards all changes that have been made to a transacted stream since the last IStream::Commit call. On streams open in direct mode and streams using the COM compound file implementation of IStream::Revert, this method has no effect.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully reverted to its previous version.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. |
-
- The Revert method discards changes made to a transacted stream since the last commit operation.
-
-
- The LockRegion method restricts access to a specified range of bytes in the stream.
- Integer that specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range.
- Integer that specifies the length of the range, in bytes, to be restricted.
- Specifies the restrictions being requested on accessing the range.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The specified range of bytes was locked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | Requested lock is supported, but cannot be granted because of an existing lock.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The byte range of the stream can be extended. Locking an extended range for the stream is useful as a method of communication between different instances of the stream without changing data that is actually part of the stream. Three types of locking can be supported: locking to exclude other writers, locking to exclude other readers or writers, and locking that allows only one requester to obtain a lock on the given range, which is usually an alias for one of the other two lock types. A given stream instance might support either of the first two types, or both. The lock type is specified by dwLockType , using a value from the LOCKTYPE enumeration. Any region locked with IStream::LockRegion must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset , cb , and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call. Notes to Callers Since the type of locking supported is optional and can vary in different implementations of IStream , you must provide code to deal with the STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error. The LockRegion method has no effect in the compound file implementation, because the implementation does not support range locking. Notes to Implementers Support for this method is optional for implementations of stream objects since it may not be supported by the underlying file system. The type of locking supported is also optional. The STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION error is returned if the requested type of locking is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The UnlockRegion method removes the access restriction on a range of bytes previously restricted with IStream::LockRegion.
- Specifies the byte offset for the beginning of the range.
- Specifies, in bytes, the length of the range to be restricted.
- Specifies the access restrictions previously placed on the range.
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The byte range was unlocked.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable.| |STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION | Locking is not supported at all or the specific type of lock requested is not supported.| |STG_E_LOCKVIOLATION | The requested unlock operation cannot be granted.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::UnlockRegion unlocks a region previously locked with the IStream::LockRegion method. Locked regions must later be explicitly unlocked by calling IStream::UnlockRegion with exactly the same values for the libOffset , cb , and dwLockType parameters. The region must be unlocked before the stream is released. Two adjacent regions cannot be locked separately and then unlocked with a single unlock call.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Stat method retrieves the STATSTG structure for this stream.
-
- Pointer to a STATSTG structure where this method places information about this stream object.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Specifies that this method does not return some of the members in the STATSTG structure, thus saving a memory allocation operation. Values are taken from the STATFLAG enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The STATSTG structure was successfully returned at the specified location.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_ACCESSDENIED | The caller does not have enough permissions for accessing statistics for this storage object.| |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The STATSTG structure was not returned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDFLAG | The value for the *grfStateFlag* parameter is not valid.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The *pStatStg* pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- IStream::Stat retrieves a pointer to the STATSTG structure that contains information about this open stream. When this stream is within a structured storage and IStorage::EnumElements is called, it creates an enumerator object with the IEnumSTATSTG interface on it, which can be called to enumerate the storages and streams through the STATSTG structures associated with each of them.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The Clone method creates a new stream object with its own seek pointer that references the same bytes as the original stream.
-
- When successful, pointer to the location of an IStream pointer to the new stream object. If an error occurs, this parameter is NULL .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values. | Return code | Description | |----------------|---------------| |S_OK | The stream was successfully cloned.| |E_PENDING | Asynchronous Storage only: Part or all of the stream's data is currently unavailable. | |STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY | The stream was not cloned due to a lack of memory.| |STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER | The ppStm pointer is not valid.| |STG_E_REVERTED | The object has been invalidated by a revert operation above it in the transaction tree.|
-
-
- The Clone method creates a new stream object for accessing the same bytes but using a separate seek pointer. The new stream object sees the same data as the source-stream object. Changes written to one object are immediately visible in the other. Range locking is shared between the stream objects. The initial setting of the seek pointer in the cloned stream instance is the same as the current setting of the seek pointer in the original stream at the time of the clone operation.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000000c-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Maps a name to a member of a type, or binds global variables and functions contained in a type library.
- The name to be bound.
- The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfNameSys .
- One or more of the flags defined in the INVOKEKIND enumeration. Specifies whether the name was referenced as a method or a property. When binding to a variable, specify the flag INVOKE_PROPERTYGET. Specify zero to bind to any type of member.
- If a FUNCDESC or VARDESC was returned, then ppTInfo points to a pointer to the type description that contains the item to which it is bound.
- Indicates whether the name bound to is a VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or TYPECOMP. If there was no match, DESCKIND_NONE.
- The bound-to VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp interface.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Use Bind for binding to the variables and methods of a type, or for binding to the global variables and methods in a type library. The returned DESCKIND pointer pDescKind indicates whether the name was bound to a VARDESC, a FUNCDESC, or to an ITypeComp instance. The returned pBindPtr points to the VARDESC, FUNCDESC, or ITypeComp . If a data member or method is bound to, then ppTInfopoints to the type description that contains the method or data member.
- If Bind binds the name to a nested binding context, it returns a pointer to an ITypeComp instance in pBindPtr and a null type description pointer in ppTInfo . For example, if the name of a type description is passed for a module (TKIND_MODULE), enumeration (TKIND_ENUM), or coclass (TKIND_COCLASS), Bind returns the ITypeComp instance of the type description for the module, enumeration, or coclass. This feature supports languages such as Visual Basic that allow references to members of a type description to be qualified by the name of the type description. For example, a function in a module can be referenced by modulename .functionname. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be bound to directly from ITypeComp , without specifying the name of the module. The ITypeComp of a coclass defers to the ITypeComp of its default interface.
- As with other methods of ITypeComp , ITypeInfo , and ITypeInfo , the calling code is responsible for releasing the returned object instances or structures. If a VARDESC or FUNCDESC is returned, the caller is responsible for deleting it with the returned type description and releasing the type description instance itself. Otherwise, if an ITypeComp instance is returned, the caller must release it.
- Special rules apply if you call a type library's Bind method, passing it the name of a member of an Application object class (a class that has the TYPEFLAG_FAPPOBJECT flag set). In this case, Bind returns DESCKIND_IMPLICITAPPOBJ in pDescKind , a VARDESC that describes the Application object in pBindPtr , and the ITypeInfo of the Application object class in ppTInfo . To bind to the object, ITypeInfo::GetTypeComp must make a call to get the ITypeComp of the Application object class, and then reinvoke its Bind method with the name initially passed to the type library's ITypeComp .
- The caller should use the returned ITypeInfo pointer (ppTInfo ) to get the address of the member.
-
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Binds to the type descriptions contained within a type library.
- The name to be bound.
- The hash value for the name computed by LHashValOfName .
- An ITypeInfo of the type to which the name was bound.
- Passes a valid pointer, such as the address of an ITypeComp variable.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Use the function BindType for binding a type name to the ITypeInfo that describes the type. This function is invoked on the ITypeComp that is returned by ITypeLib::GetTypeComp to bind to types defined within that library. It can also be used in the future for binding to nested types.
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020403-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides the number of type descriptions that are in a type library.
- The number of type descriptions in the type library.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the specified type description in the library.
- The index of the interface to be returned.
- If successful, returns a pointer to the pointer to the ITypeInfo interface.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- For dual interfaces, GetTypeInfo returns only the TKIND_DISPATCH type information. To get the TKIND_INTERFACE type information, GetRefTypeOfImplType can be called on the TKIND_DISPATCH type information, passing an index of –1. Then, the returned type information handle can be passed to GetRefTypeInfo .
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the type of a type description.
- The index of the type description within the type library.
- The TYPEKIND enumeration value for the type description.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the type description that corresponds to the specified GUID.
- The GUID of the type description.
- The ITypeInfo interface.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the structure that contains the library's attributes.
- The library's attributes.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Use ITypeLib::ReleaseTLibAttr to free the memory occupied by the TLIBATTR structure.
-
-
- Enables a client compiler to bind to the types, variables, constants, and global functions for a library.
- The ITypeComp instance for this ITypeLib . A client compiler uses the methods in the ITypeComp interface to bind to types in ITypeLib , as well as to the global functions, variables, and constants defined in ITypeLib
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The Bind function of the returned TypeComp binds to global functions, variables, constants, enumerated values, and coclass members. The Bind function also binds the names of the TYPEKIND enumerations of TKIND_MODULE, TKIND_ENUM, and TKIND_COCLASS. These names shadow any global names defined within the type information. The members of TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS types marked as Application objects can be directly bound to from ITypeComp without specifying the name of the module.
- ITypeComp::Bind and ITypeComp::BindType accept only unqualified names. ITypeLib::GetTypeComp returns a pointer to the ITypeComp interface, which is then used to bind to global elements in the library. The names of some types (TKIND_ENUM, TKIND_MODULE, and TKIND_COCLASS) share the name space with variables, functions, constants, and enumerators. If a member requires qualification to differentiate it from other items in the name space, GetTypeComp can be called successively for each qualifier in order to bind to the desired member. This allows programming language compilers to access members of modules, enumerations, and coclasses, even though the member can't be bound to with a qualified name.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the documentation string for the library, the complete Help file name and path, and the context identifier for the library Help topic in the Help file.
- The index of the type description whose documentation is to be returned. If index is -1, then the documentation for the library itself is returned.
- The name of the specified item. If the caller does not need the item name, then pBstrName can be null.
- The documentation string for the specified item. If the caller does not need the documentation string, then pBstrDocString can be null..
- The Help context identifier (ID) associated with the specified item. If the caller does not need the Help context ID, then pdwHelpContext can be null.
- The fully qualified name of the Help file. If the caller does not need the Help file name, then pBstrHelpFile can be null.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The caller should free the parameters pBstrName , pBstrDocString , and pBstrHelpFile .
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether a passed-in string contains the name of a type or member described in the library.
- The string to test. If this method is successful, szNameBuf is modified to match the case (capitalization) found in the type library.
- The hash value of szNameBuf .
- True if szNameBuf was found in the type library; otherwise false.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Finds occurrences of a type description in a type library. This may be used to quickly verify that a name exists in a type library.
- The name to search for.
- A hash value to speed up the search, computed by the LHashValOfNameSys function. If lHashVal = 0, a value is computed.
- An array of pointers to the type descriptions that contain the name specified in szNameBuf . This parameter cannot be null.
- An array of the found items; rgMemId [i ] is the MEMBERID that indexes into the type description specified by ppTInfo [i ]. This parameter cannot be null.
-
- On entry, indicates how many instances to look for. For example, *pcFound = 1 can be called to find the first occurrence. The search stops when one is found. On exit, indicates the number of instances that were found. If the in and out values of *pcFound are identical, there may be more type descriptions that contain the name.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- Passing *pcFound = n indicates that there is enough room in the ppTInfo and rgMemId arrays for n (ptinfo , memid ) pairs. The function returns MEMBERID_NIL in rgMemId [i ], if the name in szNameBuf is the name of the type information in ppTInfo [i ].
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases the TLIBATTR originally obtained from GetLibAttr.
- The TLIBATTR to be freed.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {00020402-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- The LOCKTYPE enumeration values indicate the type of locking requested for the specified range of bytes. The values are used in the ILockBytes::LockRegion and IStream::LockRegion methods.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- If this lock is granted, the specified range of bytes can be opened and read any number of times, but writing to the locked range is prohibited except for the owner that was granted this lock.
-
-
- If this lock is granted, writing to the specified range of bytes is prohibited except by the owner that was granted this lock.
-
-
- If this lock is granted, no other LOCK_ONLYONCE lock can be obtained on the range. Usually this lock type is an alias for some other lock type. Thus, specific implementations can have additional behavior associated with this lock type.
-
-
- Represents the bounds of one dimension of the array.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The number of elements in the dimension.
-
-
- The lower bound of the dimension.
-
-
- Indicate whether the method should try to return a name in the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Requests that the statistics include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Requests that the statistics not include the pwcsName member of the STATSTG structure. If the name is omitted, there is no need for the ILockBytes::Stat , IStorage::Stat , and IStream::Stat methods methods to allocate and free memory for the string value of the name, therefore the method reduces time and resources used in an allocation and free operation.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Not implemented.
-
-
- Contains statistical data about an open storage, stream, or byte-array object.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- A pointer to a NULL -terminated Unicode string that contains the name. Space for this string is allocated by the method called and freed by the caller (for more information, see CoTaskMemFree ). To not return this member, specify the STATFLAG_NONAME value when you call a method that returns a STATSTG structure, except for calls to IEnumSTATSTG::Next , which provides no way to specify this value.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the type of storage object. This is one of the values from the STGTY enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Specifies the size, in bytes, of the stream or byte array.
-
-
- Indicates the last modification time for this storage, stream, or byte array.
-
-
- Indicates the creation time for this storage, stream, or byte array.
-
-
- Indicates the last access time for this storage, stream, or byte array.
-
-
-
- Indicates the access mode specified when the object was opened. This member is only valid in calls to Stat methods.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Indicates the class identifier for the storage object; set to CLSID_NULL for new storage objects. This member is not used for streams or byte arrays.
-
-
-
- Indicates the current state bits of the storage object; that is, the value most recently set by the IStorage::SetStateBits method. This member is not valid for streams or byte arrays.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Reserved for future use.
-
-
- Flags that indicate conditions for creating and deleting the object and access modes for the object.
- You can combine these flags, but you can only choose one flag from each group of related flags. Typically one flag from each of the access and sharing groups must be specified for all functions and methods which use these constants. Flags from other groups are optional.
-
-
- The STGTY enumeration values are used in the type member of the STATSTG structure to indicate the type of the storage element. A storage element is a storage object, a stream object, or a byte-array object (LOCKBYTES).
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a storage object.
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a stream object.
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a byte-array object.
-
-
- Indicates that the storage element is a property storage object.
-
-
- Identifies the target operating system platform.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is 16-bit Windows. By default, data members are packed.
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is 32-bit Windows. By default, data members are naturally aligned (for example, 2-byte integers are aligned on even-byte boundaries; 4-byte integers are aligned on quad-word boundaries, and so on).
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is Apple Macintosh. By default, all data members are aligned on even-byte boundaries.
-
-
- The target operating system for the type library is 64-bit Windows.
-
-
- Contains information about a type library. Information from this structure is used to identify the type library and to provide national language support for member names.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The globally unique identifier.
-
-
- The locale identifier.
-
-
- The target hardware platform.
-
-
- The major version number.
-
-
- The minor version number.
-
-
- The library flags.
-
-
- Contains attributes of a type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The GUID of the type information.
-
-
- The locale of member names and documentation strings.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The constructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none.
-
-
- The destructor ID, or MEMBERID_NIL if none.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The size of an instance of this type.
-
-
- The kind of type.
-
-
- The number of functions.
-
-
- The number of variables or data members.
-
-
- The number of implemented interfaces.
-
-
- The size of this type's VTBL.
-
-
- The byte alignment for an instance of this type. A value of 0 indicates alignment on the 64K boundary; 1 indicates no special alignment. For other values, n indicates aligned on byte n .
-
-
- The type flags. See TYPEFLAGS .
-
-
- The major version number.
-
-
- The minor version number.
-
-
- If typekind is TKIND_ALIAS, specifies the type for which this type is an alias.
-
-
- The IDL attributes of the described type.
-
-
- Describes the type of a variable, the return type of a function, or the type of a function parameter.
- If the variable is VT_SAFEARRAY or VT_PTR, the union portion of the TYPEDESC contains a pointer to a TYPEDESC that specifies the element type.
-
-
- The variant type.
-
-
- Specifies a type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- A set of enumerators.
-
-
- A structure with no methods.
-
-
- A module that can only have static functions and data (for example, a DLL).
-
-
- A type that has virtual and pure functions.
-
-
- A set of methods and properties that are accessible through IDispatch::Invoke . By default, dual interfaces return TKIND_DISPATCH.
-
-
- A set of implemented component object interfaces.
-
-
- A type that is an alias for another type.
-
-
- A union, all of whose members have an offset of zero.
-
-
- End of enum marker.
-
-
- Describes a variable, constant, or data member.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The member ID.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The variable type.
-
-
- The variable flags. See VARFLAGS .
-
-
- The variable type.
-
-
- Specifies variable flags.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Assignment to the variable should not be allowed.
-
-
- The variable returns an object that is a source of events.
-
-
- The variable supports data binding.
-
-
- When set, any attempt to directly change the property results in a call to IPropertyNotifySink::OnRequestEdit . The implementation of OnRequestEdit determines if the change is accepted.
-
-
- The variable is displayed to the user as bindable. VARFLAG_FBINDABLE must also be set.
-
-
- The variable is the single property that best represents the object. Only one variable in type information can have this attribute.
-
-
- The variable should not be displayed to the user in a browser, although it exists and is bindable.
-
-
- The variable should not be accessible from macro languages. This flag is intended for system-level variables or variables that you do not want type browsers to display.
-
-
- Permits an optimization in which the compiler looks for a member named "xyz" on the type of abc. If such a member is found and is flagged as an accessor function for an element of the default collection, then a call is generated to that member function. Permitted on members in dispinterfaces and interfaces; not permitted on modules.
-
-
- The variable is the default display in the user interface.
-
-
- The variable appears in an object browser, but not in a properties browser.
-
-
- Tags the interface as having default behaviors.
-
-
- The variable is mapped as individual bindable properties.
-
-
- Specifies the variable type.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The variable is a field or member of the type. It exists at a fixed offset within each instance of the type.
-
-
- There is only one instance of the variable.
-
-
- The VARDESC describes a symbolic constant. There is no memory associated with it.
-
-
- The variable can only be accessed through IDispatch::Invoke .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the handle to the picture managed within this picture object to a specified location.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the handle. The caller is responsible for this handle upon successful return. The variable is set to NULL on failure.
-
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Notes to Callers The picture object may retain ownership of the picture. However, the caller can be assured that the picture will remain valid until either the caller specifically destroys the picture or the picture object is itself destroyed. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership when the picture object is created. OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves a copy of the palette currently used by the picture object.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the palette handle. The variable is set to NULL on failure.
-
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Notes to Callers If the picture object has ownership of the picture, it also has ownership of the palette and will destroy it when the object is itself destroyed. Otherwise the caller owns the palette. The fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect determines ownership. OleLoadPicture sets fOwn to TRUE to indicate that the picture object owns the palette.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current type of the picture contained in the picture object.
- Pointer to a variable that receives the picture type. The Type property can have any one of the values contained in the PICTYPE enumeration.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current width of the picture in the picture object.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the width.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current height of the picture in the picture object.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the height.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders (draws) a specified portion of the picture defined by the offset (xSrc,ySrc) of the source picture and the dimensions to copy (cxSrc,xySrc).
- A handle of the device context on which to render the image.
- The horizontal coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image.
- The vertical coordinate in hdc at which to place the rendered image.
- The horizontal dimension (width) of the destination rectangle.
- The vertical dimension (height) of the destination rectangle
- The horizontal offset in the source picture from which to start copying.
- The vertical offset in the source picture from which to start copying.
- The horizontal extent to copy from the source picture.
- The vertical extent to copy from the source picture.
- A pointer to a rectangle containing the position of the destination within a metafile device context if hdc is a metafile DC. Cannot be NULL in such cases.
-
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and E_OUTOFMEMORY, as well as the following:
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Assigns a GDI palette to the picture contained in the picture object.
- A handle to the GDI palette assigned to the picture.
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK.
-
- Notes to Implementers Ownership of the palette passed to this method depends on how the picture object was created, as specified by the fOwn parameter to OleCreatePictureIndirect . OleLoadPicture forces fOwn to TRUE ; if the object owns the picture, then it takes over ownership of this palette.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the handle of the current device context. This property is valid only for bitmap pictures.
- A pointer a variable that receives the device context.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The CurDC property and the IPicture::SelectPicture method exist to circumvent restrictions in Windows; specifically, that an object can only be selected into exactly one device context at a time. In some cases, a picture object may be permanently selected into a particular device context (for example, a control may use a certain picture for a background). To use this picture property elsewhere, it must be temporarily deselected from its old device context, selected into the new device context for the operation, then reselected back into the old device context. The IPicture::get_CurDC method returns the device context handle into which the picture is currently selected. The IPicture::SelectPicture method selects the picture into a new device context, returning the old device context and the picture's GDI handle. The caller should select the picture back into the old device context when the caller is done with it, as is normal for Windows code. Notes to Callers The caller always owns any device contexts passed between it and the picture object. Because the picture object maintains a copy of the HDC, the caller should use a memory device context (created with the CreateCompatibleDC function) and not a screen device context (from GetDC , CreateDC , or BeginPaint ), because the screen device contexts are a limited system resource.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Selects a bitmap picture into a given device context, and returns the device context in which the picture was previously selected as well as the picture's GDI handle. This method works in conjunction with IPicture::get_CurDC.
- A handle for the device context in which to select the picture.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the previous device context. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need this information. Ownership of the device context is always the responsibility of the caller.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the GDI handle of the picture. This parameter can be NULL if the caller does not need the handle. Ownership of this handle is determined by the fOwn parameter passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect . Pictures loaded from a stream always own their resources.
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, E_OUTOFMEMORY, and S_OK.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property.
- A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the property.
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following value.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Sets the value of the picture's KeepOriginalFormat property.
- Specifies the new value to assign to the property.
- This method returns S_OK on success and E_FAIL otherwise.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Notifies the picture object that its picture resource has changed. This method only calls IPropertyNotifySink::OnChanged with DISPID_PICT_HANDLE for any connected sinks.
- This method S_OK if it succeeds and E_FAIL if the picture object is uninitialized.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Saves the picture's data into a stream in the same format that it would save itself into a file. Bitmaps use the BMP file format, metafiles the WMF format, and icons the ICO format.
- A pointer to the stream into which the picture writes its data.
- A flag indicating whether to save a copy of the picture in memory.
- Pointer to a variable that receives the number of bytes written into the stream. This value can be NULL , indicating that the caller does not require this information.
- This method supports the standard return values E_FAIL, E_INVALIDARG, and S_OK.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the current set of the picture's bit attributes.
-
- A pointer to a variable that receives the value of the Attributes property. The Attributes property can contain any combination of the values from the PICTUREATTRIBUTES enumeration.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method supports the standard return value E_FAIL, as well as the following values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {7bf80980-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {7bf80981-bf32-101a-8bbb-00aa00300cab}
-
-
- Contains parameters to create a picture object through the OleCreatePictureIndirect function.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Create a struct describing the given .
-
- The image type isn't supported.
-
-
- The size of the structure, in bytes.
-
-
- Describes an array, its element type, and its dimension.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The element type.
-
-
- The dimension count.
-
-
- A variable-length array containing one element for each dimension.
-
-
- Computes the amount of memory that must be allocated to store this struct, including the specified number of elements in the variable length inline array at the end.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of a record.
- An instance of a record.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller must allocate the memory of the record by its appropriate size using the GetSize method. RecordInit sets all contents of the record to 0 and the record should hold no resources.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Releases object references and other values of a record without deallocating the record.
- The record to be cleared.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- RecordClear releases memory blocks held by VT_PTR or VT_SAFEARRAY instance fields. The caller needs to free the instance fields memory, RecordClear will do nothing if there are no resources held.
-
-
- Copies an existing record into the passed in buffer.
- The current record instance.
- The destination where the record will be copied.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- RecordCopy will release the resources in the destination first. The caller is responsible for allocating sufficient memory in the destination by calling GetSize or RecordCreate . If RecordCopy fails to copy any of the fields then all fields will be cleared, as though RecordClear had been called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the GUID of the record type.
- The class GUID of the TypeInfo that describes the UDT.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the record type.
- The name.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The caller must free the BSTR by calling SysFreeString .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of bytes of memory necessary to hold the record instance.
- The size of a record instance, in bytes.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Retrieves the type information that describes a UDT or safearray of UDTs.
- The information type of the record.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- AddRef is called on the pointer ppTypeInfo .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a pointer to the VARIANT containing the value of a given field name.
- The instance of a record.
- The field name.
- The VARIANT that you want to hold the value of the field name, szFieldName . On return, places a copy of the field's value in the variant.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The VARIANT that you pass in contains a copy of the field's value upon return. If you modify the VARIANT then the underlying record field does not change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT. The method VariantClear is called for pvarField before copying.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a pointer to the value of a given field name without copying the value and allocating resources.
- The instance of a record.
- The name of the field.
- The VARIANT that will contain the UDT upon return.
- Receives the value of the field upon return.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Upon return, the VARIANT you pass contains a direct pointer to the record's field, ppvDataCArray . If you modify the VARIANT, then the underlying record field will change. The caller allocates memory of the VARIANT, but does not own the memory so cannot free pvarField . This method calls VariantClear for pvarField before filling in the requested field.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Puts a variant into a field.
-
- The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF is passed in then PutField just assigns the value of the variant that is passed in to the field using normal coercion rules. If INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT is passed in then specific rules apply. If the field is declared as a class that derives from IDispatch and the field's value is NULL then an error will be returned. If the field's value is not NULL then the variant will be passed to the default property supported by the object referenced by the field. If the field is not declared as a class derived from IDispatch then an error will be returned. If the field is declared as a variant of type VT_Dispatch then the default value of the object is assigned to the field. Otherwise, the variant's value is assigned to the field.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
- The pointer to an instance of the record.
- The name of the field of the record.
- The pointer to the variant.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Passes ownership of the data to the assigned field by placing the actual data into the field.
- The only legal values for the wFlags parameter is INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT or INVOKE_PROPERTYPUTREF.
- An instance of the record described by IRecordInfo .
- The name of the field of the record.
- The variant to be put into the field.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the names of the fields of the record.
- The number of names to return.
-
- The name of the array of type BSTR. If the rgBstrNames parameter is NULL, then pcNames is returned with the number of field names. It the rgBstrNames parameter is not NULL, then the string names contained in rgBstrNames are returned. If the number of names in pcNames and rgBstrNames are not equal then the lesser number of the two is the number of returned field names. The caller needs to free the BSTRs inside the array returned in rgBstrNames .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- The caller should allocate memory for the array of BSTRs. If the array is larger than needed, set the unused portion to 0. On return, the caller will need to free each contained BSTR using SysFreeString . In case of out of memory, pcNames points to error code.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Determines whether the record that is passed in matches that of the current record information.
- The information of the record.
-
-
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Allocates memory for a new record, initializes the instance and returns a pointer to the record.
- This method returns a pointer to the created record.
-
- The memory is set to zeros before it is returned. The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of an instance of a record to the specified location.
- An instance of the record to be copied.
- The new record with data copied from pvSource .
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
- The records created must be freed by calling RecordDestroy .
-
-
- Releases the resources and deallocates the memory of the record.
- An instance of the record to be destroyed.
-
- This method can return one of these values.
- This doc was truncated.
-
-
- RecordClear is called to release the resources held by the instance of a record without deallocating memory. Note This method can only be called on records allocated through
RecordCreate and
RecordCreateCopy . If you allocate the record yourself, you cannot call this method.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- {0000002f-0000-0000-c000-000000000046}
-
-
- Contains information needed for transferring a structure element, parameter, or function return value between processes.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The default value for the parameter, if PARAMFLAG_FHASDEFAULT is specified in wParamFlags .
-
-
- The parameter flags. See PARAMFLAG Constants .
-
-
- Contains information about the default value of a parameter.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size of the structure.
-
-
- The default value of the parameter.
-
-
- Describe the type of a picture object as returned by IPicture get\_Type, as well as to describe the type of picture in the picType member of the PICTDESC structure that is passed to OleCreatePictureIndirect.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- VARIANTARG describes arguments passed within DISPPARAMS, and VARIANT to specify variant data that cannot be passed by reference.
-
- Learn more about this API from docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given object to .
-
-
-
- Specifies the variant types.
-
- The following table shows where these values can be used.
- This doc was truncated.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Not specified.
-
-
- Null.
-
-
- A 2-byte integer.
-
-
- A 4-byte integer.
-
-
- A 4-byte real.
-
-
- An 8-byte real.
-
-
- Currency.
-
-
- A date.
-
-
- A string.
-
-
- An IDispatch pointer.
-
-
- An SCODE value.
-
-
- A Boolean value. True is -1 and false is 0.
-
-
- A variant pointer.
-
-
- An IUnknown pointer.
-
-
- A 16-byte fixed-pointer value.
-
-
- A character.
-
-
- An unsigned character.
-
-
- An unsigned short.
-
-
- An unsigned long.
-
-
- A 64-bit integer.
-
-
- A 64-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- An integer.
-
-
- An unsigned integer.
-
-
- A C-style void.
-
-
- An HRESULT value.
-
-
- A pointer type.
-
-
- A safe array. Use VT_ARRAY in VARIANT.
-
-
- A C-style array.
-
-
- A user-defined type.
-
-
- A null-terminated string.
-
-
- A wide null-terminated string.
-
-
- A user-defined type.
-
-
- A signed machine register size width.
-
-
- An unsigned machine register size width.
-
-
- A FILETIME value.
-
-
- Length-prefixed bytes.
-
-
- The name of the stream follows.
-
-
- The name of the storage follows.
-
-
- The stream contains an object.
-
-
- The storage contains an object.
-
-
- The blob contains an object.
-
-
- A clipboard format.
-
-
- A class ID.
-
-
- A stream with a GUID version.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- A simple counted array.
-
-
- A SAFEARRAY pointer.
-
-
- A void pointer for local use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns if built-in COM interop is supported. When using AOT or trimming this will
- return .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a pointer for the specified for the given . Throws if
- the desired pointer can not be obtained.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get a pointer for the specified for the given .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the specified interface for the given . Throws if
- the desired pointer can not be obtained.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get the specified interface for the given .
-
- The requested pointer or if unsuccessful.
-
-
-
- Queries for the given interface and releases it.
- Note that this method should only be used for the purposes of checking if the object supports a given interface.
- If that interface is needed, it is best try to get the ComScope directly to avoid querying twice.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get the specified interface for the given .
-
-
- Typically either or . Check for success, not
- specific results.
-
- The requested pointer or if unsuccessful.
-
-
-
- Attempts to unwrap a ComWrapper CCW as a particular managed object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to get a managed wrapper of the specified type for the given COM interface.
-
-
- When , releases the original whether successful or not.
-
-
-
-
- Returns if the given is projected as the given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- capable wrapper for .
-
- is .
-
-
-
- Find the given interface's from the specified type library.
-
-
-
-
- vtable population hook for CsWin32's generated implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Contains strings that identify the driver, device, and output port names for a printer.
-
-
-
- Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it
- technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit.
-
- This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no
- gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit
- aligned due to the single byte packing.
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to a null-terminated string that contains the file name (without the extension) of the device driver. On input, this string is used to determine the printer to display initially in the dialog box.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the name of the device.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD The offset, in characters, from the beginning of this structure to the null-terminated string that contains the device name for the physical output medium (output port).
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: WORD Indicates whether the strings contained in the DEVNAMES structure identify the default printer. This string is used to verify that the default printer has not changed since the last print operation. If any of the strings do not match, a warning message is displayed informing the user that the document may need to be reformatted. On output, the wDefault member is changed only if the Print Setup dialog box was displayed and the user chose the OK button. The DN_DEFAULTPRN flag is used if the default printer was selected. If a specific printer is selected, the flag is not used. All other flags in this member are reserved for internal use by the dialog box procedure for the Print property sheet or Print dialog box.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Contains information that the PrintDlgEx function uses to initialize the Print property sheet. After the user
- closes the property sheet, the system uses this structure to return information about the user's selections.
-
-
-
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it
- technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit.
-
- This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no
- gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit
- aligned due to the single byte packing.
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The structure size, in bytes.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HWND A handle to the window that owns the property sheet. This member must be a valid window handle; it cannot be NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVMODE structure. If hDevMode is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVMODE structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVMODE members indicate the user's input. If hDevMode is NULL on input, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVMODE structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HGLOBAL A handle to a movable global memory object that contains a DEVNAMES structure. If hDevNames is not NULL on input, you must allocate a movable block of memory for the DEVNAMES structure and initialize its members. The PrintDlgEx function uses the input data to initialize the controls in the property sheet. When PrintDlgEx returns, the DEVNAMES members contain information for the printer chosen by the user. You can use this information to create a device context or an information context. The hDevNames member can be NULL , in which case, PrintDlgEx allocates memory for the DEVNAMES structure, initializes its members to indicate the user's input, and returns a handle that identifies it. For more information about the hDevMode and hDevNames members, see the Remarks section at the end of this topic.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HDC A handle to a device context or an information context, depending on whether the Flags member specifies the PD_RETURNDC or PC_RETURNIC flag. If neither flag is specified, the value of this member is undefined. If both flags are specified, PD_RETURNDC has priority.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD A set of bit flags that can exclude items from the printer driver property pages in the Print property sheet. This value is used only if the PD_EXCLUSIONFLAGS flag is set in the Flags member. Exclusion flags should be used only if the item to be excluded will be included on either the General page or on an application-defined page in the Print property sheet. This member can specify the following flag.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD On input, set this member to the initial number of page ranges specified in the lpPageRanges array. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, nPageRanges indicates the number of user-specified page ranges stored in the lpPageRanges array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The size, in array elements, of the lpPageRanges buffer. This value indicates the maximum number of page ranges that can be stored in the array. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, this value must be greater than zero.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LPPRINTPAGERANGE Pointer to a buffer containing an array of PRINTPAGERANGE structures. On input, the array contains the initial page ranges to display in the Pages edit control. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, the array contains the page ranges specified by the user. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is not specified, lpPageRanges must be non-NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The minimum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The maximum value for the page ranges specified in the Pages edit control. If the PD_NOPAGENUMS flag is specified, this value is not valid.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD Contains the initial number of copies for the Copies edit control if hDevMode is NULL ; otherwise, the dmCopies member of the DEVMODE structure contains the initial value. When PrintDlgEx returns, nCopies contains the actual number of copies the application must print. This value depends on whether the application or the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag is set in the Flags member, nCopies is always 1 on return, and the printer driver is responsible for printing multiple copies. If the flag is not set, the application is responsible for printing the number of copies specified by nCopies . For more information, see the description of the PD_USEDEVMODECOPIESANDCOLLATE flag.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HINSTANCE If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to the application or module instance that contains the dialog box template named by the lpPrintTemplateName member. If the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATEHANDLE flag is set in the Flags member, hInstance is a handle to a memory object containing a dialog box template. If neither of the template flags is set in the Flags member, hInstance should be NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LPCTSTR The name of the dialog box template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. This template replaces the default dialog box template in the lower portion of the General page. The default template contains controls similar to those of the Print dialog box. This member is ignored unless the PD_ENABLEPRINTTEMPLATE flag is set in the Flags member.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: LPUNKNOWN A pointer to an application-defined callback object. The object should contain the IPrintDialogCallback class to receive messages for the child dialog box in the lower portion of the General page. The callback object should also contain the IObjectWithSite class to receive a pointer to the IPrintDialogServices interface. The PrintDlgEx function calls IUnknown::QueryInterface on the callback object for both IID_IPrintDialogCallback and IID_IObjectWithSite to determine which interfaces are supported. If you do not want to retrieve any of the callback information, set lpCallback to NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The number of property page handles in the lphPropertyPages array.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HPROPSHEETPAGE* Contains an array of property page handles to add to the Print property sheet. The additional property pages follow the General page. Use the CreatePropertySheetPage function to create these additional pages. When the PrintDlgEx function returns, all the HPROPSHEETPAGE handles in the lphPropertyPages array have been destroyed. If nPropertyPages is zero, lphPropertyPages should be NULL .
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The property page that is initially displayed. To display the General page, specify START_PAGE_GENERAL . Otherwise, specify the zero-based index of a property page in the array specified in the lphPropertyPages member. For consistency, it is recommended that the property sheet always be started on the General page.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
-
- Represents a range of pages in a print job. A print job can have more than one page range. This information is
- supplied in the structure when calling the function.
-
- Learn more about this API from learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
- Manually copied from a 64 bit project CsWin32 generated wrapper. We can't directly use CsWin32 for this as it
- technically isn't compatible with AnyCPU. For our usages this works fine on both 32 bit and 64 bit.
-
- This is defined with single byte packing on 32 bit, but there are no gaps as everything naturally packs with no
- gaps on 32 bit. Issues would arise if this was contained in another native struct where it wouldn't start 32 bit
- aligned due to the single byte packing.
-
- https://github.com/microsoft/CsWin32/issues/882
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The first page of the range.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The last page of the range.
- Read more on learn.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Contains information about an icon or a cursor.
-
- For monochrome icons, the hbmMask is twice the height of the icon (with the AND mask on top and the XOR mask on the bottom), and hbmColor is NULL . Also, in this case the height should be an even multiple of two. For color icons, the hbmMask and hbmColor bitmaps are the same size, each of which is the size of the icon. You can use a GetObject function to get contents of hbmMask and hbmColor in the BITMAP structure. The bitmap bits can be obtained with call to GetDIBits on the bitmaps in this structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: BOOL Specifies whether this structure defines an icon or a cursor. A value of TRUE specifies an icon; FALSE specifies a cursor.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The x-coordinate of a cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD The y-coordinate of the cursor's hot spot. If this structure defines an icon, the hot spot is always in the center of the icon, and this member is ignored.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon monochrome mask bitmap .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: HBITMAP A handle to the icon color bitmap .
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Contains the scalable metrics associated with the nonclient area of a nonminimized window. (Unicode)
-
- If the iPaddedBorderWidth member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure is present, this structure is 4 bytes larger than for an application that is compiled with _WIN32_WINNT less than or equal to 0x0502. For more information about conditional compilation, see Using the Windows Headers . Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000: If an application that is compiled for Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista must also run on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, use the GetVersionEx function to check the operating system version at run time and, if the application is running on Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP/2000, subtract the size of the iPaddedBorderWidth member from the cbSize member of the NONCLIENTMETRICS structure before calling the SystemParametersInfo function.
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines NONCLIENTMETRICS as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The size of the structure, in bytes. The caller must set this to sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS) . For information about application compatibility, see Remarks.
-
-
- The thickness of the sizing border, in pixels. The default is 1 pixel.
-
-
- The width of a standard vertical scroll bar, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of a standard horizontal scroll bar, in pixels.
-
-
- The width of caption buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of caption buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the caption font.
-
-
- The width of small caption buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of small captions, in pixels.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the small caption font.
-
-
- The width of menu-bar buttons, in pixels.
-
-
- The height of a menu bar, in pixels.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in menu bars.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in status bars and tooltips.
-
-
- A LOGFONT structure that contains information about the font used in message boxes.
-
-
-
- The thickness of the padded border, in pixels. The default value is 4 pixels. The iPaddedBorderWidth and iBorderWidth members are combined for both resizable and nonresizable windows in the Windows Aero desktop experience. To compile an application that uses this member, define _WIN32_WINNT as 0x0600 or later. For more information, see Remarks. Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP/2000: This member is not supported.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Contains information about the high contrast accessibility feature. (Unicode)
-
- An application uses this structure when calling the[SystemParametersInfoW function](nf-winuser-systemparametersinfow.md) with the SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST or SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value. When using SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST , an application must specify the cbSize member of the HIGHCONTRAST structure; the SystemParametersInfo function fills the remaining members. An application must specify all structure members when using the SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST value.
- > [!NOTE] > The winuser.h header defines HIGHCONTRAST as an alias which automatically selects the ANSI or Unicode version of this function based on the definition of the UNICODE preprocessor constant. Mixing usage of the encoding-neutral alias with code that not encoding-neutral can lead to mismatches that result in compilation or runtime errors. For more information, see [Conventions for Function Prototypes](/windows/win32/intl/conventions-for-function-prototypes).
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
-
- Type: UINT Specifies the size, in bytes, of this structure.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- Type: DWORD
-
-
-
- Type: LPTSTR Points to a string that contains the name of the color scheme that will be set to the default scheme. The system allocates this buffer, free it with LocalFree.
- Read more on docs.microsoft.com .
-
-
-
- The length of the inline array.
-
-
-
- Gets a ref to an individual element of the inline array.
- ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned reference outlive the stack frame that defines it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets this inline array as a span.
-
-
- ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it.
-
-
-
-
- Gets this inline array as a span.
-
-
- ⚠ Important ⚠: When this struct is on the stack, do not let the returned span outlive the stack frame that defines it.
-
-
-
-
- Copies the fixed array to a new string up to the specified length regardless of whether there are null terminating characters.
-
-
- Thrown when is less than 0 or greater than .
-
-
-
-
- Copies the fixed array to a new string, stopping before the first null terminator character or at the end of the fixed array (whichever is shorter).
-
-
-
- The IID guid for this interface.
- The reference that is returned comes from a permanent memory address, and is therefore safe to convert to a pointer and pass around or hold long-term.
-
-
-
- Non generic interface that allows constraining against a COM wrapper type directly. COM structs should
- implement .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Windows Forms implementation.
-
-
-
- Deriving from allows us to leverage the functionality the runtime
- has implemented for source generated "RCW"s, including support for adaption
- when built-in COM support is available (EnableGeneratedComInterfaceComImportInterop).
-
-
- It isn't immediately clear how we could merge with this as there is no
- strategy for . We rely
- on to apply the needed vtable functionality and it doesn't appear that we
- can apply without manually implementing (or source generating)
- on our exposed classes.
-
-
-
-
-
- The implementation for WinForm's COM interop usages.
-
-
-
-
- For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to
- invoke .
-
-
-
- Handles exceptions and converts to .
-
-
-
-
-
- For the given pointer unwrap the associated managed object and use it to
- invoke .
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 39dd32a86..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 894965a03..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2397e65ab..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/netstandard2.0/System.Drawing.Common.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13189 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Drawing.Common
-
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The structure that represent the size of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
- The from which to create the new .
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The object that specifies the resolution for the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four.
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
- Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data.
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size.
- The width, in pixels, of the new .
- The height, in pixels, of the new .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream used to load the image.
-
- does not contain image data or is .
-
- -or-
-
- contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The name of the bitmap file.
-
- to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
- The bitmap file name and path.
- The specified file is not found.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource.
- The class used to extract the resource.
- The name of the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this .
- The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
-
- -or-
-
- A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration.
- Defines the portion of this to copy.
- Specifies the enumeration for the destination .
-
- is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
- The height or width of is 0.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon.
- A handle to an icon.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows resource.
- A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource.
- A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
- A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque.
- The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue .
- The operation failed.
- A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns the handle to an icon.
- The operation failed.
- A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the .
-
-
- Gets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
-
- -or-
-
- is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
- The operation failed.
- A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- One of the values that specifies the data format of the .
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
- value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about the lock operation.
-
-
- Locks a into system memory.
- A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
- An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
- A enumeration that specifies the data format of this .
- The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
-
- -or-
-
- The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
- The operation failed.
- A that contains information about this lock operation.
-
-
- Makes the default transparent color transparent for this .
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Makes the specified color transparent for this .
- The structure that represents the color to make transparent.
- The image format of the is an icon format.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the color of the specified pixel in this .
- The x-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- The y-coordinate of the pixel to set.
- A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Sets the resolution for this .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Unlocks this from system memory.
- A that specifies information about the lock operation.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this .
- The new that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object.
- A pointer to the GDI+ brush object.
-
-
- Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Gets a system-defined object.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the object.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object.
- A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle.
- An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
- A object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
-
-
- Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
- An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to.
- A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
- A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use.
- The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero.
- A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions.
-
-
- Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain.
-
-
- Gets the for the current application domain.
- The for the current application domain.
-
-
- Specifies a range of character positions within a string.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string.
- The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string.
- The number of positions in the range.
-
-
- Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type.
- An instance to compare with this instance.
-
- if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object.
- The object to compare to for equality.
-
- to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
- A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance.
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal.
- A to compare for equality.
- A to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal.
- A to compare for inequality.
- A to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this .
- The first position of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of positions in this .
- The number of positions in this .
-
-
- Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.
-
-
- Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.
-
-
- Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts.
-
-
- The destination area is inverted.
-
-
- The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The bitmap is not mirrored.
-
-
- The inverted source area is copied to the destination.
-
-
- The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted.
-
-
- The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The source area is copied directly to the destination area.
-
-
- The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
-
-
- The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.)
-
-
- Represents a collection of category name strings.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection.
- A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names.
- An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection.
- The string to check for in the collection.
-
- if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index.
- The array to copy to.
- The index of the destination array at which to begin copying.
-
-
- Gets the index of the specified value.
- The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection.
- The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the category name at the specified index.
- The index of the collection element to access.
- The category name at the specified index.
-
-
- Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
- to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled.
- The width of the arrow.
- The height of the arrow.
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled.
- This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap.
- The height of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill.
- The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap.
- The width, in units, of the arrow cap.
-
-
- Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions.
- The number of elements in the and arrays.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient.
- An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient.
- An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions.
- The number of colors and positions in this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
- An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line.
- An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line.
-
-
- Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region.
-
-
- Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection.
-
-
- One clipping region is replaced by another.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both.
-
-
- Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both.
-
-
- Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color.
-
-
- Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered.
-
-
- Specifies the quality level to use during compositing.
-
-
- Assume linear values.
-
-
- Default quality.
-
-
- Gamma correction is used.
-
-
- High quality, low speed compositing.
-
-
- High speed, low quality.
-
-
- Invalid quality.
-
-
- Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment.
-
-
- Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
- The distance between the cap and the line.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
- The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill.
- A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
- A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
- The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
- The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based.
- The enumeration on which this is based.
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line.
- The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined.
- The enumeration this object uses to join lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object.
- The amount by which to scale the cap.
-
-
- Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line.
-
-
- Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash.
-
-
- Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined custom dash style.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dashes.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot.
-
-
- Specifies a line consisting of dots.
-
-
- Specifies a solid line.
-
-
- Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled.
-
-
- Specifies the alternate fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies the winding fill mode.
-
-
- Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately.
-
-
- Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state.
-
-
- Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays.
- An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
- An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
- The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the arc.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- A that represents the starting point of the curve.
- A that represents the first control point for the curve.
- A that represents the second control point for the curve.
- A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
- Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
-
-
- Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
- The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
- A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
-
-
- Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Adds an ellipse to the current path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- A that represents the starting point of the line.
- A that represents the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to the current figure.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a line segment to this .
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
- The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
- Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
- An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends the specified to this path.
- The to add.
- A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path.
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
- The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
- The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
- Adds a polygon to this path.
- An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to this path.
- A that represents the rectangle to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
- Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
- An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the point where the text starts.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Adds a text string to this path.
- The to add.
- A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
- A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
- The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
- A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
-
-
- Clears all markers from this path.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this path.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point.
-
-
- Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments.
-
-
- Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
- Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation.
-
-
- Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
- A by which to transform this before flattening.
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- The with which to draw the .
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified .
- The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
- A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
-
-
- Gets the last point in the array of this .
- A that represents the last point in this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- A that specifies the location to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- A that represents the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- The for which to test visibility.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Empties the and arrays and sets the to .
-
-
- Reverses the order of points in the array of this .
-
-
- Sets a marker on this .
-
-
- Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure.
-
-
- Applies a transform matrix to this .
- A that represents the transformation to apply.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
- A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
- A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
-
-
- Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
- An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
- A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
- A value that specifies the flatness for curves.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the .
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
- A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
-
-
- Adds an additional outline to the path.
- A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
- A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
-
-
- Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points ( ) and types ( ) for this .
- A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this .
-
-
- Gets the points in the path.
- An array of objects that represent the path.
-
-
- Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array.
- An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the or the array.
- An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array.
-
-
- Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object.
- The object for which this helper class is to be initialized.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- Specifies the starting index of the arrays.
- Specifies the ending index of the arrays.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
- Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
- Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
- The number of points copied.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve.
- This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, .
-
-
- This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter.
- The object to which the points will be copied.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath.
- [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points.
- The number of points between this marker and the next.
-
-
- Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type.
- [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points.
- This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0.
-
-
- Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this .
- A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator.
- [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is .
- The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned.
-
-
- Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters.
- [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath.
- [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath.
- [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed.
- The number of subpaths in the object.
-
-
- Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path.
-
-
- Gets the number of points in the path.
- The number of points in the path.
-
-
- Gets the number of subpaths in the path.
- The number of subpaths in the path.
-
-
- Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color.
- One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
- The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the background color for this .
-
-
- Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object.
- A structure that represents the foreground color for this .
-
-
- Gets the hatch style of this object.
- One of the values that represents the pattern of this .
-
-
- Specifies the different patterns available for objects.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies dashed vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots.
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
-
-
- A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- A pattern of horizontal lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than .
-
-
- Specifies the hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
-
-
- Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95.
-
-
- Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90.
-
-
- Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80.
-
-
- Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75.
-
-
- Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70.
-
-
- Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60.
-
-
- Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50.
-
-
- Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40.
-
-
- Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30.
-
-
- Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25.
-
-
- Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style .
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis.
-
-
- A pattern of vertical lines.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
-
-
- Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated.
-
-
- Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size.
-
-
- Specifies default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images.
-
-
- Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking.
-
-
- Equivalent to the element of the enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies low quality interpolation.
-
-
- Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation.
-
-
- Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
- A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
- Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
- A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
- A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
- A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
- The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified .
- The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color)
-
-
- Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the .
-
-
- Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally).
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this .
- The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
- An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient.
- A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the direction of a linear gradient.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from left to right.
-
-
- Specifies a gradient from top to bottom.
-
-
- Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line.
-
-
- Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a custom line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a diamond anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a flat line cap.
-
-
- Specifies no anchor.
-
-
- Specifies a round line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a round anchor cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a square anchor line cap.
-
-
- Specifies a triangular line cap.
-
-
- Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object.
-
-
- Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
-
-
- Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines.
-
-
- Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
- An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
-
-
- Constructs a utilizing the specified .
- Matrix data to construct from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements.
- The value in the first row and first column of the new .
- The value in the first row and second column of the new .
- The value in the second row and first column of the new .
- The value in the second row and second column of the new .
- The value in the third row and first column of the new .
- The value in the third row and second column of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
- This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns a hash code.
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Inverts this , if it is invertible.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter.
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
- The that represents the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified .
- The by which this is to be multiplied.
-
-
- Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this .
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this .
-
-
- Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order.
- The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied.
-
-
- Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation.
- The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
- A that represents the center of the rotation.
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector.
- The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
- The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied.
-
-
- Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation.
- The horizontal shear factor.
- The vertical shear factor.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
- A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this .
-
-
- Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector.
- The x value by which to translate this .
- The y value by which to translate this .
-
-
- Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
- An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
- An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix.
- This property is if this is identity; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible.
- This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the elements for the matrix.
-
-
- Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this .
- The x translation value of this .
-
-
- Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this .
- The y translation value of this .
-
-
- Specifies the order for matrix transform operations.
-
-
- The new operation is applied after the old operation.
-
-
- The new operation is applied before the old operation.
-
-
- Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
- An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path.
- An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path.
-
-
- Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path.
- The that defines the area filled by this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
- An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
- A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
- The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the property to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
- The angle (extent) of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
- The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
- The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
-
-
- Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
- A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
- A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient.
- A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient.
- A that represents the center point of the path gradient.
-
-
- Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff.
- A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
- A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
-
-
- Gets a bounding rectangle for this .
- A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills.
- An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this .
- A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this .
- A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
-
-
- Specifies the type of point in a object.
-
-
- A default Bézier curve.
-
-
- A cubic Bézier curve.
-
-
- The endpoint of a subpath.
-
-
- The corresponding segment is dashed.
-
-
- A line segment.
-
-
- A path marker.
-
-
- A mask point.
-
-
- The starting point of a object.
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line.
-
-
- Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line.
-
-
- Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines.
-
-
- Specifies a hatch fill.
-
-
- Specifies a linear gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a path gradient fill.
-
-
- Specifies a solid fill.
-
-
- Specifies a bitmap texture fill.
-
-
- Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies high speed, low quality rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no pixel offset.
-
-
- Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects.
-
-
- Specifies the default mode.
-
-
- Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies low quality, high speed rendering.
-
-
- Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object.
- An array of bytes that specify the object.
-
-
- Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies antialiased rendering.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies an invalid mode.
-
-
- Specifies no antialiasing.
-
-
- Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method.
-
-
- Specifies a bilinear warp.
-
-
- Specifies a perspective warp.
-
-
- Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled.
-
-
- The texture or gradient is not tiled.
-
-
- Tiles the gradient or texture.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
-
-
- Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration.
- The existing from which to create the new .
- The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a
-
- GDI character set to use for the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to .
- The of the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is .
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- The of the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
- A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
- A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to .
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
- The of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Initializes a new using a specified size.
- A string representation of the for the new .
- The em-size, in points, of the new font.
-
- is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this .
- The object to test.
-
- if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context.
- A handle to a device context.
- The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified Windows handle.
- A Windows handle to a GDI font.
-
- points to an object that is not a TrueType font.
- The this method creates.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure.
- The font is not a TrueType font.
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure.
- An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font.
- A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale.
-
- is .
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution.
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font.
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
- The to populate with data.
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Returns a handle to this .
- The operation was unsuccessful.
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
- A that provides additional information for the structure.
-
- is .
-
-
- Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT ) structure from this .
- An to represent the structure that this method creates.
-
-
- Returns a human-readable string representation of this .
- A string that represents this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold.
-
- if this is bold; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses.
- A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font.
-
- if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the line spacing of this font.
- The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of .
-
- if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied.
-
- to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the face name of this .
- A string representation of the face name of this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the font originally specified.
- The string representing the name of the font originally specified.
-
-
- Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property.
- The em-size of this .
-
-
- Gets the em-size, in points, of this .
- The em-size, in points, of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font.
-
- if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets style information for this .
- A enumeration that contains style information for this .
-
-
- Gets the name of the system font if the property returns .
- The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string ("").
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined.
-
- if this is underlined; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the unit of measure for this .
- A that represents the unit of measure for this .
-
-
- Converts objects from one data type to another.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An object that provides a format context.
- A object that represents the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to another type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object.
- The object to convert.
- The data type to convert the object to.
- The conversion was not successful.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method.
- The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns .
-
- useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties.
-
-
- Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns .
-
- An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type.
-
-
- Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, .
-
-
-
- is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- The type you wish to convert from.
-
- if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the given object to the converter's native type.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A to use to perform the conversion.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
- A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
-
- if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Converts font units to and from other unit types.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type.
- An that provides a format context.
-
-
- Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified generic font family.
- The from which to create the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name.
- A that represents the name of the new .
- The that contains this .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified name.
- The name of the new .
-
- is an empty string ("").
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
-
- -or-
-
- specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
- The object to test.
-
- if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell ascent for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
- A that contains style information for the font.
- The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified .
-
-
- Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style.
- The for which to get the em height.
- The height of the em square.
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context.
- The object from which to return objects.
-
- is .
- An array of objects available for the specified object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this .
- The hash code for this .
-
-
- Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text.
- The to apply.
- The distance between two consecutive lines of text.
-
-
- Returns the name, in the specified language, of this .
- The language in which the name is returned.
- A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available.
- The to test.
-
- if the specified is available; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts this to a human-readable string representation.
- The string that represents this .
-
-
- Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context.
- An array of objects associated with the current graphics context.
-
-
- Gets a generic monospace .
- A that represents a generic monospace font.
-
-
- Gets a generic sans serif object.
- A object that represents a generic sans serif font.
-
-
- Gets a generic serif .
- A that represents a generic serif font.
-
-
- Gets the name of this .
- A that represents the name of this .
-
-
- Specifies style information applied to text.
-
-
- Bold text.
-
-
- Italic text.
-
-
- Normal text.
-
-
- Text with a line through the middle.
-
-
- Underlined text.
-
-
- Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Adds a comment to the current .
- Array of bytes that contains the comment.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
-
- structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
- This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
-
-
- Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color.
- The background color of the drawing surface.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- One of the values.
-
- is not a member of .
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
- The size of the area to be transferred.
- The operation failed.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
-
- structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
-
- structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
- The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
- The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the given .
- The that contains the image to be drawn.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- The is not compatible with the device state.
-
--or-
-
-The object has a transform applied other than a translation.
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
- Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
-
- structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it.
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
-
- to draw.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for .
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
- Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Width of the drawn image.
- Height of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
-
- that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
-
- to draw.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle.
- The to draw.
- The in which to draw the image.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting two structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
-
- structure that represents the first point to connect.
-
- structure that represents the second point to connect.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
- The x-coordinate of the first point.
- The y-coordinate of the first point.
- The x-coordinate of the second point.
- The y-coordinate of the second point.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
- Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a .
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the path.
-
- to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
- Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a structure.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- A structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
- A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The rectangle to draw.
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- Width of the rectangle to draw.
- Height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
- A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
- The width of the rectangle to draw.
- The height of the rectangle to draw.
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
- String to draw.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method.
-
- that represents the container this method restores.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
-
- to enumerate.
- Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
-
- structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
- that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
- Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
-
-
- Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
-
- to enumerate.
-
- structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
-
- structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
-
- delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure.
-
- structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a .
-
- that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
- A that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
- Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
- Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that define the spline.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the path to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines.
- A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
- Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
- Width of the rectangle to fill.
- Height of the rectangle to fill.
-
- is .
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
- Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
- Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- is a zero-length array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Fills the interior of a .
-
- that determines the characteristics of the fill.
-
- that represents the area to fill.
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish.
-
-
- Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device.
- Handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context and device.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- This method returns a new for the specified device context.
-
-
- Returns a for the specified device context.
- Handle to a device context.
- A for the specified device context.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified handle to a window.
- Handle to a window.
- This method returns a new for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new for the specified windows handle.
- Handle to a window.
- A for the specified window handle.
-
-
- Creates a new from the specified .
-
- from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
- has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined.
- This method returns a new for the specified .
-
-
- Gets the cumulative graphics context.
- An representing the cumulative graphics context.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset and clip region.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets the cumulative offset.
- When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
-
- Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette.
- Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette.
-
-
- Gets the handle to the device context associated with this .
- Handle to the device context associated with this .
-
-
- Gets the nearest color to the specified structure.
-
- structure for which to find a match.
- A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
-
- structure to intersect with the current clip region.
-
-
- Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to intersect with the current region.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
-
- structure to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
- Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
-
- if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
-
- if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
-
- is .
- This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- Number of characters in the string.
- Number of text lines in the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
- String to measure.
-
- defines the text format of the string.
-
- structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string.
-
- that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the format of the string.
- Maximum width of the string in pixels.
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
-
-
- Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
- String to measure.
-
- that defines the text format of the string.
-
- is .
-
- is .
- This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order.
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
- Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication.
-
-
- Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the .
- 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
- Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
-
-
- Releases a handle to a device context.
- Handle to a device context.
-
-
- Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region.
-
-
- Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix.
-
-
- Restores the state of this to the state represented by a .
-
- that represents the state to which to restore this .
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation.
-
-
- Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this .
- Angle of rotation in degrees.
-
-
- Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a .
- This method returns a that represents the saved state of this .
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
- Scale factor in the x direction.
- Scale factor in the y direction.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the specified .
-
- that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified .
-
- that specifies the clip region to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified .
-
- from which to take the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure to combine.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
-
- structure that represents the new clip region.
-
-
- Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
-
- to combine.
- Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represents the points to transformation.
-
-
- Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
- Array of structures that represent the points to transform.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this .
- The x-coordinate of the translation.
- The y-coordinate of the translation.
-
-
- Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this .
- A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing.
-
-
- Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution of this .
- The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty.
-
- if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this .
- This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this .
-
- is set to , which is not a physical unit.
- One of the values other than .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this .
- This property specifies a member of the enumeration.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes.
- A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering quality for this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text.
- The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text.
-
-
- Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this .
- A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the world transform elements for this .
-
-
- Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this .
- A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image.
- Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value .
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution.
-
-
- Provides a callback method for the method.
- Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record.
- Set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- Number of bytes in the record data.
- Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data.
- Not used.
- Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, .
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure for the given data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers.
-
-
- Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The from which to load the newly sized icon.
- A structure that specifies the height and width of the new .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
- The icon to load the different size from.
- The width of the new icon.
- The height of the new icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream.
- The stream that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height.
- The data stream from which to load the icon.
- The width, in pixels, of the icon.
- The height, in pixels, of the icon.
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The data stream from which to load the .
- The parameter is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the icon data.
- The desired size of the icon.
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file.
- The name and path to the file that contains the data.
- The desired width of the .
- The desired height of the .
- The is or does not contain image data.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- The file to load the from.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly.
- A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource.
- The resource name to load.
- An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified .
-
-
- Clones the , creating a duplicate image.
- An object that can be cast to an .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file.
- The path to the file that contains an image.
- The does not indicate a valid file.
-
- -or-
-
- The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path.
- The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath.
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
-
- true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false.
- An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id.
-
-
- Extracts a specified icon from the given .
- Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
-
- is negative or larger than .
-
- could not be accessed.
-
- is .
- An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon ( ).
- A Windows handle to an icon.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified output .
- The to save to.
-
-
- Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Converts this to a GDI+ .
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Gets a human-readable string that describes the .
- A string that describes the .
-
-
- Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it.
- The Windows handle for the icon.
-
-
- Gets the height of this .
- The height of this .
-
-
- Gets the size of this .
- A structure that specifies the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the width of this .
- The width of this .
-
-
- Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to .
- The type to convert the icon to.
- The conversion could not be performed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context.
-
-
- Returns the handle to a Windows device context.
- An representing the handle of a device context.
-
-
- Releases the handle of a Windows device context.
-
-
- An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified file.
- A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
- The file does not have a valid image format.
-
- -or-
-
- GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
- The specified file does not exist.
-
- is a .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap.
- The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
-
- to validate the image data; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
-
- to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Creates an from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- The stream does not have a valid image format
-
- -or-
-
- is .
- The stream does not have a valid image format.
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit.
- One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle.
- The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit.
-
-
- Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
- A GUID that specifies the image encoder.
- An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
-
-
- Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The number of frames in the specified dimension.
-
-
- Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format.
- The member that specifies the format for which to find the size.
- The color depth of the specified pixel format.
-
-
- Gets the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to get.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
- The this method gets.
-
-
- Returns a thumbnail for this .
- The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
- A delegate.
-
- Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used.
- Must be .
- An that represents the thumbnail.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information.
- The to test.
-
- if contains alpha information; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel.
- The to test.
-
- if is canonical; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel.
- The enumeration to test.
-
- if is extended; otherwise, .
-
-
- Removes the specified property item from this .
- The ID of the property item to remove.
- The image does not contain the requested property item.
-
- -or-
-
- The image format for this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the .
- A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters.
- The where the image will be saved.
- The for this .
- An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder.
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format.
- The where the image will be saved.
- An that specifies the format of the saved image.
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
- An to use for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file in the specified format.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
- The for this .
-
- or is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Saves this to the specified file or stream.
- A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
-
- is .
- The image was saved with the wrong image format.
-
- -or-
-
- The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method.
- An that contains the frame to add.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
- is .
-
-
- Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image.
- An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
-
-
- Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index.
- A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
- The index of the active frame.
- Always returns 0.
-
-
- Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this .
- The to be stored.
- The image format of this image does not support property items.
-
-
- Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
-
- The destination (see ) for this serialization.
-
-
- Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this .
- The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this .
-
-
- Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this .
- An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant.
-
-
- Gets the height, in pixels, of this .
- The height, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color palette used for this .
- A that represents the color palette used for this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height of this .
-
-
- Gets the pixel format for this .
- A that represents the pixel format for this .
-
-
- Gets IDs of the property items stored in this .
- An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image.
-
-
- Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this .
- An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image.
-
-
- Gets the file format of this .
- The that represents the file format of this .
-
-
- Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
- A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
-
-
- Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image.
- The that provides additional data about the image.
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
- The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
-
-
- Gets the width, in pixels, of this .
- The width, in pixels, of this .
-
-
- Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution.
- This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns .
-
-
- Animates an image that has time-based frames.
-
-
- Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation.
- The object to animate.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames.
- The object to test.
- This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, .
-
-
- Terminates a running animation.
- The object to stop animating.
- An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
-
-
- Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered.
-
-
- Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames.
- The object for which to update frames.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
- This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts a specified object to an .
- An that provides a format context.
- A that holds information about a specific culture.
- The to be converted.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
-
-
- Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
- The to convert.
- The to convert the to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- This method returns the converted object.
-
-
- Gets the set of properties for this type.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- The value of the object to get the properties for.
- An array of objects that describe the properties.
- The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is .
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- The type you want to convert from.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context.
- An that specifies the context for this type conversion.
- The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object.
- This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to an object.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the specified type.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
- The object to convert.
- The type to convert the object to.
- The conversion cannot be completed.
-
- is .
- The converted object.
-
-
- Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values.
- A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
- A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns .
-
-
- Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
- A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
- This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines.
- The pixel height of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object.
- A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
- Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap.
- The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap.
-
-
- Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object.
- The stride width, in bytes, of the object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line.
- The pixel width of the object.
-
-
- Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance.
-
-
- Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of .
- The to convert.
- The object to use to format the cached copy of the .
-
- or is .
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
- Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- The number of types specified.
-
-
- Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for objects.
-
-
- Color adjustment information for text.
-
-
- Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods.
-
-
- The cyan color channel.
-
-
- The black color channel.
-
-
- The last selected channel should be used.
-
-
- The magenta color channel.
-
-
- The yellow color channel.
-
-
- Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert.
- The new structure to which to convert.
-
-
- Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted.
- The existing structure to be converted.
-
-
- Specifies the types of color maps.
-
-
- Specifies a color map for a .
-
-
- A default color map.
-
-
- Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix .
- The values of the elements for the new .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the .
- The row of the element.
- The column of the element.
- The element at the specified row and column.
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the 0 row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the first row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this .
- The element at the first row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this .
- The element at the first row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the first row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the first row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the second row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this .
- The element at the second row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this .
- The element at the second row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this .
- The element at the second row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the second row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the third row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this .
- The element at the third row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this .
- The element at the third row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the third row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the third row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and first column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and second column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
- The element at the fourth row and third column of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
- The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
-
-
- Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an .
-
-
- Only gray shades are adjusted.
-
-
- All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies two modes for color component values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 32-bit values.
-
-
- The integer values supplied are 64-bit values.
-
-
- Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of structures.
- The array of structure that make up this .
-
-
- Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors.
- The following flag values are valid:
-
- 0x00000001
- The color values in the array contain alpha information.
-
- 0x00000002
- The colors in the array are grayscale values.
-
- 0x00000004
- The colors in the array are halftone values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header.
-
-
- Indicates invalid data.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The minimum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- Marks the end of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks a multiple-format section.
-
-
- Marks the start of a multiple-format section.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Marks an object.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See .
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- Used internally.
-
-
- See methods.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle.
-
-
- See Windows-Format Metafiles.
-
-
- Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI.
-
-
- An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category.
-
-
- An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category.
-
-
- Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category.
-
-
- Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category.
- A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
- The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
-
-
- Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A byte that specifies the value stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object.
- If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
- A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
- A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
- Type is not a valid .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
- A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
- An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
- A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator.
- An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
- A that specifies the value stored in the object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object.
- An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
- An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
- A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
-
-
- Encapsulates an array of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects.
- An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of objects.
- The array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image.
-
-
- An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string.
-
-
- An 8-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- A 32-bit unsigned integer.
-
-
- Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
- A pointer to a block of custom metadata.
-
-
- A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator.
-
-
-
- A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction.
- The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends.
-
-
-
- A 16-bit, unsigned integer.
-
-
- A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition.
-
-
- Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category.
-
-
- Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
-
-
- Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
-
-
- Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure.
- A structure that contains a GUID for this object.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code for this object.
- The hash code of this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object.
- A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the page dimension.
- The page dimension.
-
-
- Gets the resolution dimension.
- The resolution dimension.
-
-
- Gets the time dimension.
- The time dimension.
-
-
- Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Clears the brush color-remap table of this object.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for the default category.
-
-
- Disables gamma correction for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled.
-
-
- Clears the setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for the default category.
-
-
- Clears the threshold value for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this class creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category.
- A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette.
- An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the brush category.
- An array of objects.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set.
-
-
- Sets the color key for the default category.
- The low color-key value.
- The high color-key value.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
- An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
- The color-adjustment matrix.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for a specified category.
- The gamma correction value.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set.
-
-
- Sets the gamma value for the default category.
- The gamma correction value.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
-
-
- Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
- An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set.
-
-
- Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category.
- An element of that specifies the output channel.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set.
-
-
- Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category.
- The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for a specified category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set.
-
-
- Sets the color-remap table for the default category.
- An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category.
- A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value.
- An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set.
-
-
- Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category.
- A real number that specifies the threshold value.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
- This parameter has no effect. Set it to .
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
- An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
-
-
- Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
- An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
-
-
- Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec).
-
-
- The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process.
-
-
- The codec is built into GDI+.
-
-
- The codec supports decoding (reading).
-
-
- The codec supports encoding (saving).
-
-
- The encoder requires a seekable output stream.
-
-
- The codec supports raster images (bitmaps).
-
-
- The codec supports vector images (metafiles).
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- Not used.
-
-
- The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders.
-
-
- Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+.
- An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec.
- A string that contains the name of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is .
- A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons.
- A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration.
- A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format.
- A string that describes the codec's file format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
- A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
-
-
- Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
- A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
-
-
- Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
- A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the codec.
- The version number of the codec.
-
-
- Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel data can be cached for faster access.
-
-
- The pixel data uses a CMYK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data is grayscale.
-
-
- The pixel data uses an RGB color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space.
-
-
- Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha information.
-
-
- Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque).
-
-
- There is no format information.
-
-
- The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations.
-
-
- The pixel data is read-only.
-
-
- The pixel data is scalable.
-
-
- Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure.
- The structure that specifies a particular image format.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object.
- The object to test.
-
- if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a hash code value that represents this object.
- A hash code that represents this object.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string that represents this object.
-
-
- Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format.
- An object that indicates the bitmap image format.
-
-
- Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format.
-
-
- Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format.
- An object that indicates the Exif format.
-
-
- Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format.
- An object that indicates the GIF image format.
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents this object.
- A structure that represents this object.
-
-
- Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF).
-
-
- Gets the Windows icon image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows icon image format.
-
-
- Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format.
- An object that indicates the JPEG image format.
-
-
- Gets the format of a bitmap in memory.
- An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory.
-
-
- Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format.
- An object that indicates the PNG image format.
-
-
- Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format.
- An object that indicates the TIFF image format.
-
-
- Specifies the WebP image format.
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format.
- An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format.
-
-
- Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing.
-
-
- Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter.
-
-
- Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing.
-
-
- Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle.
- A handle to an enhanced metafile.
-
- to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted.
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
- to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a .
- A windows handle to a .
- A .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
- The handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- A that contains the data for this .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
- The from which to create the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- An that specifies the format of the .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
- A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that specifies the unit of measure for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
- A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name of the new .
- A Windows handle to a device context.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
- A that represents the file name from which to create the new .
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced .
- A Windows handle to this enhanced .
-
-
- Returns the associated with this .
- The associated with this .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the for which to return a header.
- A .
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Returns the associated with the specified .
- A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved.
- The associated with the specified .
-
-
- Plays an individual metafile record.
- Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played.
- A set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
- The number of bytes in the record data.
- An array of bytes that contains the record data.
-
-
- Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 inch.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 pixel.
-
-
- The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point.
-
-
- Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent.
-
- if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format.
-
- if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
-
- if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format.
-
- if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that bounds the associated .
- A that bounds the associated .
-
-
- Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
-
-
- Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
- The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated .
- The size, in bytes, of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the type of the associated .
- A enumeration that represents the type of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the version number of the associated .
- The version number of the associated .
-
-
- Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated .
- A that contains the WMF header file for the associated .
-
-
- Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
-
-
- Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation.
-
-
- Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results.
-
-
- Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
-
-
- Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it.
-
-
- Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file.
- The size, in bytes, of the header file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
- The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
-
-
- Not used. Always returns 0.
- Always 0.
-
-
- Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object.
- The size, in bytes, of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the associated object.
- The type of the associated object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the version number of the header format.
- The version number of the header format.
-
-
- Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data.
-
-
- Grayscale data.
-
-
- Halftone data.
-
-
- Alpha data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image.
-
-
- The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied.
-
-
- The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel.
-
-
- No pixel format is specified.
-
-
- Reserved.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha.
-
-
- The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component.
-
-
- Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component.
-
-
- Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
-
-
- The pixel data contains GDI colors.
-
-
- The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
-
-
- The maximum value for this enumeration.
-
-
- The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values.
-
-
- The pixel format is undefined.
-
-
- This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see .
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
- Not used.
-
-
- Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Gets or sets the ID of the property.
- The integer that represents the ID of the property.
-
-
- Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property.
- An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property.
- An integer that defines the type of data contained in .
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property item.
- A byte array that represents the value of the property item.
-
-
- Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
-
-
- Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
- The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
-
-
- Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory.
- The handle of the metafile in memory.
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of twips per inch.
- The number of twips per inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header.
- A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header.
-
-
- Reserved. Do not use.
- Reserved. Do not use.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and .
- A that determines the characteristics of this .
- The width of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
- A that determines the fill properties of this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
- A value indicating the width of this .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color.
- A structure that indicates the color of this .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- An that can be cast to a .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order.
- The by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
- The order in which to perform the multiplication operation.
-
-
- Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified .
- The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
-
-
- Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
- A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
- The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
-
-
- Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The value of the translation in x.
- The value of the translation in y.
-
-
- Gets or sets the alignment for this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the alignment for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that determines attributes of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A structure that represents the color of this .
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1.
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines.
-
-
- Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
-
-
- Gets the style of lines drawn with this .
- A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
- The specified value is not a member of .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this .
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this .
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing.
- The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
- The width of this .
-
-
- Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- A system-defined object with a width of 1.
- A object set to a system-defined color.
-
-
- Specifies the printer's duplex setting.
-
-
- The printer's default duplex setting.
-
-
- Double-sided, horizontal printing.
-
-
- Single-sided printing.
-
-
- Double-sided, vertical printing.
-
-
- Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- A that specifies the settings for a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
- The class name is or is 0.
-
-
- Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception.
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The left margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The right margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The top margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
- -or-
-
- The parameter value is less than 0.
-
-
- Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member.
- A duplicate of this object.
-
-
- Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions.
- The object to which to compare this .
-
- if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
-
-
- Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions.
- The first to compare for equality.
- The second to compare for equality.
-
- to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, .
-
-
- Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width.
- The first to compare for inequality.
- The second to compare for inequality.
-
- to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the to a string.
- A representation of the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
- The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides a for .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type from which you want to convert.
-
- if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that represents the type to which you want to convert.
-
- if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
-
-
- Converts the specified object to the converter's native type.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
-
- does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments.
- An that provides a format context.
- A that provides the language to convert to.
- The to convert.
- The to which to convert the value.
-
- is .
- The conversion cannot be performed.
- An that represents the converted value.
-
-
- Creates an given a set of property values for the object.
- An that provides a format context.
- An of new property values.
-
- is .
- An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created.
-
-
- Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context.
- An that provides a format context.
-
- if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns .
-
-
- Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer.
- The that describes the printer to use.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure.
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
-
-
- Converts the to string form.
- A string showing the various property settings for the .
-
-
- Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page.
- The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin.
-
-
- Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
- The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
- if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the margins for this page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides.
-
-
- Gets or sets the paper size for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source.
-
-
- Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer.
- A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page.
- The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
- A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page.
- A that represents the printer settings associated with the page.
-
-
- Specifies the standard paper sizes.
-
-
- A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm).
-
-
- A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
-
-
- A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
-
-
- A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper.
-
-
- A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm).
-
-
- A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
-
-
- A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm).
-
-
- A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
-
-
- A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm).
-
-
- B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm).
-
-
- ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm).
-
-
- JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm).
-
-
- B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm).
-
-
- JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm).
-
-
- C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm).
-
-
- C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm).
-
-
- C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm).
-
-
- C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm).
-
-
- C paper (17 in. by 22 in.).
-
-
- The paper size is defined by the user.
-
-
- DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- D paper (22 in. by 34 in.).
-
-
- E paper (34 in. by 44 in.).
-
-
- Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.).
-
-
- Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
-
-
- German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm).
-
-
- ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm).
-
-
- Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm).
-
-
- Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm).
-
-
- Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.).
-
-
- Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.).
-
-
- Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.).
-
-
- Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.).
-
-
- #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.).
-
-
- #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.).
-
-
- #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.).
-
-
- 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.).
-
-
- 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
-
-
- Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
-
-
- Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
-
-
- US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.).
-
-
- Specifies the size of a piece of paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The name of the paper.
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the type of paper.
- The property is not set to .
- The name of the type of paper.
-
-
- Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
- The property is not set to .
- The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets the paper source.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
- The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the paper source.
- The name of the paper source.
-
-
- Standard paper sources.
-
-
- Automatically fed paper.
-
-
- A paper cassette.
-
-
- A printer-specific paper source.
-
-
- An envelope.
-
-
- The printer's default input bin.
-
-
- The printer's large-capacity bin.
-
-
- Large-format paper.
-
-
- The lower bin of a printer.
-
-
- Manually fed paper.
-
-
- Manually fed envelope.
-
-
- The middle bin of a printer.
-
-
- Small-format paper.
-
-
- A tractor feed.
-
-
- The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin).
-
-
- Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The image of the printed page.
- The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Gets the image of the printed page.
- An representing the printed page.
-
-
- Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
- A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Captures the pages of a document as a series of images.
- An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview the print document.
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
- A that represents the document being previewed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview.
-
- if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Specifies the type of print operation occurring.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a file.
-
-
- The print operation is a print preview.
-
-
- The print operation is printing to a printer.
-
-
- Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
- A that represents a page from a .
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document currently being printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
-
-
- Occurs when the last page of the document has printed.
-
-
- Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed.
-
-
- Occurs immediately before each event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called before a page prints.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Starts the document's printing process.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
-
-
- Provides information about the print document, in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed.
- A that specifies the default page settings for the document.
-
-
- Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document.
- The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document".
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page.
-
- if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process.
- The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer that prints the document.
- A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values.
-
-
- Represents the resolution supported by a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- This member overrides the method.
- A that contains information about the .
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer resolution.
- The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value.
-
-
- Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
- The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
-
-
- Specifies a printer resolution.
-
-
- Custom resolution.
-
-
- Draft-quality resolution.
-
-
- High resolution.
-
-
- Low resolution.
-
-
- Medium resolution.
-
-
- Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a copy of this .
- A copy of this object.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a .
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- A that contains information from a printer.
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
-
- to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
- The to retrieve a object for.
-
- to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified .
- The to retrieve a graphics object for.
- A that contains printer information from the .
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter.
- The object that the structure's handle corresponds to.
- The printer named in the property does not exist.
- The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
- A handle to a structure.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file.
- The image to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, .
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format.
- An to print.
-
- if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, .
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is not valid.
-
-
- Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
- The handle to a Win32 structure.
- The printer handle is invalid.
-
-
- Provides information about the in string form.
- A string.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing.
-
- if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated.
-
- if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of copies to print. The default is 1.
-
-
- Gets the default page settings for this printer.
- A that represents the default page settings for this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values. The default is determined by the printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print.
- The property's value is less than zero.
- The page number of the first page to print.
-
-
- Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer.
- The available printers could not be enumerated.
- A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets .
-
- if designates the default printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter.
-
- if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer.
-
- if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
- The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
-
-
- Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
- The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The maximum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a .
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The minimum or that can be selected in a .
-
-
- Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer.
- A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the printer to use.
- The name of the printer to use.
-
-
- Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
- A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
-
-
- Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file.
- The file name, when printing to a file.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed.
- The value of the property is not one of the values.
- One of the values.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port.
-
- if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing.
-
- if this printer supports color; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of the last page to print.
- The value of the property is less than zero.
- The number of the last page to print.
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection.
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator associated with the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection.
- The number of different paper sizes in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds the specified to end of the .
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index where the was added.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array for the contents of the collection.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection.
- The number of different paper sources in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a to the end of the collection.
- The to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The destination array.
- The index at which to start the copy operation.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
- The number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Contains a collection of objects.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- An array of type .
-
-
- Adds a string to the end of the collection.
- The string to add to the collection.
- The zero-based index of the newly added item.
-
-
- Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
- A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
- The index at which to start copying items.
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
- An for the .
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The array for items to be copied to.
- The starting index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- Gets the number of strings in the collection.
- The number of strings in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the at a specified index.
- The index of the to get.
- The at the specified index.
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
- if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing.
-
-
- The default unit (0.01 in.).
-
-
- One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm).
-
-
- One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm).
-
-
- One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.).
-
-
- Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a from one type to another type.
- The being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A that represents the converted .
-
-
- Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type.
- The value being converted.
- The unit to convert from.
- The unit to convert to.
- A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted .
-
-
- Provides data for the and events.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Returns in all cases.
-
- in all cases.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the or event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The used to paint the item.
- The area between the margins.
- The total area of the paper.
- The for the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled.
-
- if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets the used to paint the page.
- The used to paint the page.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed.
-
- if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is .
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
- The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
-
-
- Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
- The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
-
-
- Gets the page settings for the current page.
- The page settings for the current page.
-
-
- Represents the method that will handle the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies the part of the document to print.
-
-
- All pages are printed.
-
-
- The currently displayed page is printed.
-
-
- The selected pages are printed.
-
-
- The pages between and are printed.
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed.
- The page settings for the page to be printed.
-
-
- Represents the method that handles the event of a .
- The source of the event.
- A that contains the event data.
-
-
- Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page.
-
-
- Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC).
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data.
-
- -or-
-
- The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information.
- A object that represents a page from a .
-
-
- Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
- A that represents the document being printed.
- A that contains data about how to print the document.
- The printer settings are not valid.
- The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job.
-
-
- Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new .
-
-
- Initializes a new with the specified .
- A that defines the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified data.
- A that defines the interior of the new .
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Initializes a new from the specified structure.
- A structure that defines the interior of the new .
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this .
- The that this method creates.
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The to complement this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
- The structure to complement this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
- The object to complement this object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface.
- The to test.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- or is .
-
- if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
- The structure to exclude from this .
-
-
- Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
- The to exclude from this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region.
- A handle to an existing .
- The new .
-
-
- Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface.
-
-
- Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context.
- The on which this is drawn.
-
- is .
- A Windows handle to this .
-
-
- Returns a that represents the information that describes this .
- A that represents the information that describes this .
-
-
- Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
- A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region.
-
- is .
- An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to intersect with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to intersect with this .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface.
- A that represents a drawing surface.
-
- is .
-
- if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
- This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The structure to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
- The structure to test.
-
- when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object.
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
- A that represents a graphics context.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
- The width of the rectangle to test.
- The height of the rectangle to test.
-
- when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, .
-
-
- Tests whether the specified point is contained within this .
- The x-coordinate of the point to test.
- The y-coordinate of the point to test.
-
- when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Initializes this to an empty interior.
-
-
- Initializes this object to an infinite interior.
-
-
- Releases the handle of the .
- The handle to the .
-
- is .
-
-
- Transforms this by the specified .
- The by which to transform this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
- The amount to offset this horizontally.
- The amount to offset this vertically.
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
- The structure to unite with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
- The to unite with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
- The structure to with this .
-
-
- Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
- The to with this .
-
- is .
-
-
- Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
-
-
- Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
-
-
- Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object of the specified color.
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object that this method creates.
-
-
- Gets or sets the color of this object.
- The property is set on an immutable .
- A structure that represents the color of this brush.
-
-
- Provides icon identifiers for use with .
-
-
- Generic application with no custom icon.
-
-
- Audio files.
-
-
- AutoList.
-
-
- Clustered disk.
-
-
- Delete.
-
-
- Desktop computer.
-
-
- Audio player.
-
-
- Camera.
-
-
- Cell phone.
-
-
- Video camera.
-
-
- Document (blank page), no associated program.
-
-
- Document with an associated program.
-
-
- 3.5" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- 5.25" floppy disk drive.
-
-
- BluRay drive.
-
-
- CD drive.
-
-
- DVD drive.
-
-
- Fixed drive.
-
-
- HD-DVD drive.
-
-
- Network drive.
-
-
- Disabled network drive.
-
-
- RAM disk drive.
-
-
- Removable drive.
-
-
- Unknown drive.
-
-
- Error.
-
-
- Find.
-
-
- Closed folder.
-
-
- Folder back.
-
-
- Folder front.
-
-
- Open folder.
-
-
- Help.
-
-
- Image files.
-
-
- Informational.
-
-
- Internet.
-
-
- Key / secure.
-
-
- Overlay for shortcuts to items.
-
-
- Security lock.
-
-
- Audio DVD media.
-
-
- BluRay-R media.
-
-
- BluRay-RE media.
-
-
- BluRay-ROM media.
-
-
- Blank CD media.
-
-
- BluRay media.
-
-
- Audio CD media.
-
-
- CD+ (Enhanced CD) media.
-
-
- Burning CD.
-
-
- CD-R media.
-
-
- CD-ROM media.
-
-
- CD-RW media.
-
-
- Compact Flash.
-
-
- DVD media.
-
-
- DVD+R media.
-
-
- DVD+RW media.
-
-
- DVD-R media.
-
-
- DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- DVD-RW media.
-
-
- Enhanced CD media.
-
-
- Enhanced DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-R media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-RAM media.
-
-
- HD-DVD-ROM media.
-
-
- Movied DVD media.
-
-
- Smart media.
-
-
- SVCD media.
-
-
- VCD media.
-
-
- Mixed files.
-
-
- Mobile computer.
-
-
- My network places.
-
-
- Connect to network.
-
-
- Printer.
-
-
- Fax printer.
-
-
- Networked fax printer.
-
-
- Print to file.
-
-
- Network printer.
-
-
- Empty recycle bin.
-
-
- Full recycle bin.
-
-
- Rename.
-
-
- A computer on the network.
-
-
- Server share.
-
-
- Settings.
-
-
- Overlay for shared items.
-
-
- Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only.
-
-
- Overlay for slow items.
-
-
- Software.
-
-
- Stack.
-
-
- Folder containing other items.
-
-
- Users.
-
-
- Video files.
-
-
- Warning.
-
-
- Entire network.
-
-
- ZIP file.
-
-
- Provides options for use with .
-
-
- Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Add a link overlay onto the icon.
-
-
- Blend the icon with the system highlight color.
-
-
- Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon.
-
-
- Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
-
-
- Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left.
-
-
- Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right.
-
-
- The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies to disable substitutions.
-
-
- Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale.
-
-
- Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme.
-
-
- Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object from the specified existing object.
- The object from which to initialize the new object.
-
- is .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language.
- The enumeration for the new object.
- A value that indicates the language of the text.
-
-
- Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration.
- The enumeration for the new object.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this object.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops.
-
-
- Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
- An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed.
-
-
- Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
- More than 32 character ranges are set.
-
-
- Sets tab stops for this object.
- The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop.
- An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property.
-
-
- Converts this object to a human-readable string.
- A string representation of this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string.
-
-
- Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
- A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
-
-
- Gets the method to be used for digit substitution.
- A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information.
- A enumeration that contains formatting information.
-
-
- Gets a generic default object.
- The generic default object.
-
-
- Gets a generic typographic object.
- A generic typographic object.
-
-
- Gets or sets the object for this object.
- The object for this object, the default is .
-
-
- Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string.
- A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment.
-
-
- Gets or sets the enumeration for this object.
- A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle.
-
-
- Specifies the display and layout information for text strings.
-
-
- Text is displayed from right to left.
-
-
- Text is vertically aligned.
-
-
- Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph.
-
-
- Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang.
-
-
- Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line.
-
-
- Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement.
-
-
- Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped.
-
-
- Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square.
-
-
- Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length.
-
-
- Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character.
-
-
- Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
-
-
- Specifies no trimming.
-
-
- Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word.
-
-
- Specifies the units of measure for a text string.
-
-
- Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies an inch as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Specifies world units as the unit of measure.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified structure.
- The structure from which to create the .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the desktop.
- A that is the color of the desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border.
- A that is the color of an inactive window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements.
-
-
- Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name.
- The name of the system font you need a font object for.
- A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
-
-
- Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system.
-
-
- Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
- A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for icon titles.
- A that is used for icon titles.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for menus.
- A that is used for menus.
-
-
- Gets a that is used for message boxes.
- A that is used for message boxes.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
- A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
-
-
- Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar.
- A that is used to display text in the status bar.
-
-
- Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon.
-
- is an invalid .
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
- The stock icon to retrieve.
- The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
- The requested .
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION).
- An object that contains the default application icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK).
- An object that contains the system asterisk icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR).
- An object that contains the system error icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION).
- An object that contains the system exclamation icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND).
- An object that contains the system hand icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION).
- An object that contains the system information icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION).
- An object that contains the system question icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the shield icon.
- An object that contains the shield icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING).
- An object that contains the system warning icon.
-
-
- Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO).
- An object that contains the Windows logo icon.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel.
-
-
- Creates a from the specified .
- The for the new .
- The this method creates.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
- A that is the color of the active window's border.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
- A that is the color of the application workspace.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
- A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
- A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop.
- A that is the color of the Windows desktop.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
- A that is the color of dimmed text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
- A that is the color of the background of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
- A that is the color of the text of selected items.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
- A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
-
-
- Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the border of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
- A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
- A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
- A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
- A that is the color of a menu's background.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
- A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
- A that is the color of a menu's text.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
- A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
- A that is the color of a window frame.
-
-
- Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
- A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
-
-
- Provides a base class for installed and private font collections.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by this .
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
-
- to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
-
-
- Gets the array of objects associated with this .
- An array of objects.
-
-
- Specifies a generic object.
-
-
- A generic Monospace object.
-
-
- A generic Sans Serif object.
-
-
- A generic Serif object.
-
-
- Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text.
-
-
- Do not display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- No hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Display the hot-key prefix.
-
-
- Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Adds a font from the specified file to this .
- A that contains the file name of the font to add.
- The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found.
-
-
- Adds a font contained in system memory to this .
- The memory address of the font to add.
- The memory length of the font to add.
-
-
- Specifies the quality of text rendering.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature.
-
-
- Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system.
-
-
- Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
- An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
- A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
-
-
- Initializes a new object that uses the specified image.
- The object with which this object fills interiors.
-
-
- Creates an exact copy of this object.
- The object this method creates, cast as an object.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
- A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices.
-
-
- Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object.
- The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
-
-
- Resets the property of this object to identity.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order.
- The angle of rotation.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
-
-
- Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
- The angle of rotation.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
- A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
-
-
- Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
- The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
- The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
-
-
- Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
- The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
-
-
- Gets the object associated with this object.
- An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes.
-
-
- Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object.
- A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object.
-
-
- Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object.
- A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled.
-
-
- Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer.
-
-
- A object that has its small image and its large image set to .
-
-
- Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file.
- The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
-
-
- Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
- A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
-
-
- Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object.
- The to test.
- This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object.
-
-
- Gets a hash code for this object.
- The hash code for this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An object associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small or large associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image ( ) or a small image ( ). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
- An associated with this object.
-
-
- Gets the small associated with this object.
- If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The small associated with this object.
-
-
- Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly.
- This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
- The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
- Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32.
- An object based on the retrieved bitmap.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinios10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinmac20/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarintvos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/useSharedDesignerContext.txt b/packages/System.Drawing.Common.9.0.5/useSharedDesignerContext.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index dd3b761c7..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0.nupkg b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a095d75f..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 55cfb2081..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-This Microsoft .NET Library may incorporate components from the projects listed
-below. Microsoft licenses these components under the Microsoft .NET Library
-software license terms. The original copyright notices and the licenses under
-which Microsoft received such components are set forth below for informational
-purposes only. Microsoft reserves all rights not expressly granted herein,
-whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise.
-
-1. .NET Core (https://github.com/dotnet/core/)
-
-.NET Core
-Copyright (c) .NET Foundation and Contributors
-
-The MIT License (MIT)
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-SOFTWARE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 92b6c443d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-
-MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS
-
-
-MICROSOFT .NET LIBRARY
-
-These license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation (or based on where you live, one of its affiliates) and you. Please read them. They apply to the software named above, which includes the media on which you received it, if any. The terms also apply to any Microsoft
-
-· updates,
-
-· supplements,
-
-· Internet-based services, and
-
-· support services
-
-for this software, unless other terms accompany those items. If so, those terms apply.
-
-BY USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THEM, DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-IF YOU COMPLY WITH THESE LICENSE TERMS, YOU HAVE THE PERPETUAL RIGHTS BELOW.
-
-1. INSTALLATION AND USE RIGHTS.
-
-a. Installation and Use. You may install and use any number of copies of the software to design, develop and test your programs.
-
-b. Third Party Programs. The software may include third party programs that Microsoft, not the third party, licenses to you under this agreement. Notices, if any, for the third party program are included for your information only.
-
-2. ADDITIONAL LICENSING REQUIREMENTS AND/OR USE RIGHTS.
-
-a. DISTRIBUTABLE CODE. The software is comprised of Distributable Code. “Distributable Code” is code that you are permitted to distribute in programs you develop if you comply with the terms below.
-
-i. Right to Use and Distribute.
-
-· You may copy and distribute the object code form of the software.
-
-· Third Party Distribution. You may permit distributors of your programs to copy and distribute the Distributable Code as part of those programs.
-
-ii. Distribution Requirements. For any Distributable Code you distribute, you must
-
-· add significant primary functionality to it in your programs;
-
-· require distributors and external end users to agree to terms that protect it at least as much as this agreement;
-
-· display your valid copyright notice on your programs; and
-
-· indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Microsoft from any claims, including attorneys’ fees, related to the distribution or use of your programs.
-
-iii. Distribution Restrictions. You may not
-
-· alter any copyright, trademark or patent notice in the Distributable Code;
-
-· use Microsoft’s trademarks in your programs’ names or in a way that suggests your programs come from or are endorsed by Microsoft;
-
-· include Distributable Code in malicious, deceptive or unlawful programs; or
-
-· modify or distribute the source code of any Distributable Code so that any part of it becomes subject to an Excluded License. An Excluded License is one that requires, as a condition of use, modification or distribution, that
-
-· the code be disclosed or distributed in source code form; or
-
-· others have the right to modify it.
-
-3. SCOPE OF LICENSE. The software is licensed, not sold. This agreement only gives you some rights to use the software. Microsoft reserves all other rights. Unless applicable law gives you more rights despite this limitation, you may use the software only as expressly permitted in this agreement. In doing so, you must comply with any technical limitations in the software that only allow you to use it in certain ways. You may not
-
-· work around any technical limitations in the software;
-
-· reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the software, except and only to the extent that applicable law expressly permits, despite this limitation;
-
-· publish the software for others to copy;
-
-· rent, lease or lend the software;
-
-· transfer the software or this agreement to any third party; or
-
-· use the software for commercial software hosting services.
-
-4. BACKUP COPY. You may make one backup copy of the software. You may use it only to reinstall the software.
-
-5. DOCUMENTATION. Any person that has valid access to your computer or internal network may copy and use the documentation for your internal, reference purposes.
-
-6. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. The software is subject to United States export laws and regulations. You must comply with all domestic and international export laws and regulations that apply to the software. These laws include restrictions on destinations, end users and end use. For additional information, see www.microsoft.com/exporting.
-
-7. SUPPORT SERVICES. Because this software is “as is,” we may not provide support services for it.
-
-8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement, and the terms for supplements, updates, Internet-based services and support services that you use, are the entire agreement for the software and support services.
-
-9. APPLICABLE LAW.
-
-a. United States. If you acquired the software in the United States, Washington state law governs the interpretation of this agreement and applies to claims for breach of it, regardless of conflict of laws principles. The laws of the state where you live govern all other claims, including claims under state consumer protection laws, unfair competition laws, and in tort.
-
-b. Outside the United States. If you acquired the software in any other country, the laws of that country apply.
-
-10. LEGAL EFFECT. This agreement describes certain legal rights. You may have other rights under the laws of your country. You may also have rights with respect to the party from whom you acquired the software. This agreement does not change your rights under the laws of your country if the laws of your country do not permit it to do so.
-
-11. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED “AS-IS.” YOU BEAR THE RISK OF USING IT. MICROSOFT GIVES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES OR CONDITIONS. YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL CONSUMER RIGHTS OR STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS WHICH THIS AGREEMENT CANNOT CHANGE. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS, MICROSOFT EXCLUDES THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
-
-FOR AUSTRALIA – YOU HAVE STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER THE AUSTRALIAN CONSUMER LAW AND NOTHING IN THESE TERMS IS INTENDED TO AFFECT THOSE RIGHTS.
-
-12. LIMITATION ON AND EXCLUSION OF REMEDIES AND DAMAGES. YOU CAN RECOVER FROM MICROSOFT AND ITS SUPPLIERS ONLY DIRECT DAMAGES UP TO U.S. $5.00. YOU CANNOT RECOVER ANY OTHER DAMAGES, INCLUDING CONSEQUENTIAL, LOST PROFITS, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
-
-This limitation applies to
-
-· anything related to the software, services, content (including code) on third party Internet sites, or third party programs; and
-
-· claims for breach of contract, breach of warranty, guarantee or condition, strict liability, negligence, or other tort to the extent permitted by applicable law.
-
-It also applies even if Microsoft knew or should have known about the possibility of the damages. The above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you because your country may not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or other damages.
-
-Please note: As this software is distributed in Quebec, Canada, some of the clauses in this agreement are provided below in French.
-
-Remarque : Ce logiciel étant distribué au Québec, Canada, certaines des clauses dans ce contrat sont fournies ci-dessous en français.
-
-EXONÉRATION DE GARANTIE. Le logiciel visé par une licence est offert « tel quel ». Toute utilisation de ce logiciel est à votre seule risque et péril. Microsoft n’accorde aucune autre garantie expresse. Vous pouvez bénéficier de droits additionnels en vertu du droit local sur la protection des consommateurs, que ce contrat ne peut modifier. La ou elles sont permises par le droit locale, les garanties implicites de qualité marchande, d’adéquation à un usage particulier et d’absence de contrefaçon sont exclues.
-
-LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES-INTÉRÊTS ET EXCLUSION DE RESPONSABILITÉ POUR LES DOMMAGES. Vous pouvez obtenir de Microsoft et de ses fournisseurs une indemnisation en cas de dommages directs uniquement à hauteur de 5,00 $ US. Vous ne pouvez prétendre à aucune indemnisation pour les autres dommages, y compris les dommages spéciaux, indirects ou accessoires et pertes de bénéfices.
-
-Cette limitation concerne :
-
-· tout ce qui est relié au logiciel, aux services ou au contenu (y compris le code) figurant sur des sites Internet tiers ou dans des programmes tiers ; et
-
-· les réclamations au titre de violation de contrat ou de garantie, ou au titre de responsabilité stricte, de négligence ou d’une autre faute dans la limite autorisée par la loi en vigueur.
-
-Elle s’applique également, même si Microsoft connaissait ou devrait connaître l’éventualité d’un tel dommage. Si votre pays n’autorise pas l’exclusion ou la limitation de responsabilité pour les dommages indirects, accessoires ou de quelque nature que ce soit, il se peut que la limitation ou l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’appliquera pas à votre égard.
-
-EFFET JURIDIQUE. Le présent contrat décrit certains droits juridiques. Vous pourriez avoir d’autres droits prévus par les lois de votre pays. Le présent contrat ne modifie pas les droits que vous confèrent les lois de votre pays si celles-ci ne le permettent pas.
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d0120310..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d0120310..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/net46/System.Net.Sockets.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.dll b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a4a7fec8..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 99175261d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- Specifies the protocols that the class supports.
-
-
- Transmission Control Protocol.
-
-
- User Datagram Protocol.
-
-
- Unknown protocol.
-
-
- Unspecified protocol.
-
-
- Implements the Berkeley sockets interface.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified address family, socket type and protocol.
- One of the values.
- One of the values.
- One of the values.
- The combination of , , and results in an invalid socket.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified socket type and protocol.
- One of the values.
- One of the values.
- The combination of and results in an invalid socket.
-
-
- Begins an asynchronous operation to accept an incoming connection attempt.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation.Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- An argument is not valid. This exception occurs if the buffer provided is not large enough. The buffer must be at least 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) bytes. This exception also occurs if multiple buffers are specified, the property is not null.
- An argument is out of range. The exception occurs if the is less than 0.
- An invalid operation was requested. This exception occurs if the accepting is not listening for connections or the accepted socket is bound. You must call the and method before calling the method.This exception also occurs if the socket is already connected or a socket operation was already in progress using the specified parameter.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method.
- The has been closed.
-
-
- Gets the address family of the .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Associates a with a local endpoint.
- The local to associate with the .
-
- is null.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- The has been closed.
- A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cancels an asynchronous request for a remote host connection.
- The object used to request the connection to the remote host by calling one of the methods.
- The parameter cannot be null and the cannot be null.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket.
- The has been closed.
- A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation.
-
-
- Begins an asynchronous request for a connection to a remote host.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- An argument is not valid. This exception occurs if multiple buffers are specified, the property is not null.
- The parameter cannot be null and the cannot be null.
- The is listening or a socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method. This exception also occurs if the local endpoint and the are not the same address family.
- The has been closed.
- A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation.
-
-
- Begins an asynchronous request for a connection to a remote host.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- One of the values.
- One of the values.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- An argument is not valid. This exception occurs if multiple buffers are specified, the property is not null.
- The parameter cannot be null and the cannot be null.
- The is listening or a socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method. This exception also occurs if the local endpoint and the are not the same address family.
- The has been closed.
- A caller higher in the call stack does not have permission for the requested operation.
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether a is connected to a remote host as of the last or operation.
- true if the was connected to a remote resource as of the most recent operation; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally disposes of the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to releases only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Frees resources used by the class.
-
-
- Places a in a listening state.
- The maximum length of the pending connections queue.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- The has been closed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the local endpoint.
- The that the is using for communications.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- The has been closed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the stream is using the Nagle algorithm.
- false if the uses the Nagle algorithm; otherwise, true. The default is false.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the . See the Remarks section for more information.
- The has been closed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the underlying operating system and network adaptors support Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4).
- true if the operating system and network adaptors support the IPv4 protocol; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Indicates whether the underlying operating system and network adaptors support Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6).
- true if the operating system and network adaptors support the IPv6 protocol; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Gets the protocol type of the .
- One of the values.
-
-
- Begins an asynchronous request to receive data from a connected object.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- An argument was invalid. The or properties on the parameter must reference valid buffers. One or the other of these properties may be set, but not both at the same time.
- A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method.
- The has been closed.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that specifies the size of the receive buffer of the .
- An that contains the size, in bytes, of the receive buffer. The default is 8192.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket.
- The has been closed.
- The value specified for a set operation is less than 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Begins to asynchronously receive data from a specified network device.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- The cannot be null.
- A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method.
- The has been closed.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket.
-
-
- Gets the remote endpoint.
- The with which the is communicating.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- The has been closed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends data asynchronously to a connected object.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- The or properties on the parameter must reference valid buffers. One or the other of these properties may be set, but not both at the same time.
- A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method.
- The has been closed.
- The is not yet connected or was not obtained via an , ,or , method.
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that specifies the size of the send buffer of the .
- An that contains the size, in bytes, of the send buffer. The default is 8192.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket.
- The has been closed.
- The value specified for a set operation is less than 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends data asynchronously to a specific remote host.
- Returns true if the I/O operation is pending. The event on the parameter will be raised upon completion of the operation. Returns false if the I/O operation completed synchronously. In this case, The event on the parameter will not be raised and the object passed as a parameter may be examined immediately after the method call returns to retrieve the result of the operation.
- The object to use for this asynchronous socket operation.
- The cannot be null.
- A socket operation was already in progress using the object specified in the parameter.
- Windows XP or later is required for this method.
- The has been closed.
- The protocol specified is connection-oriented, but the is not yet connected.
-
-
- Disables sends and receives on a .
- One of the values that specifies the operation that will no longer be allowed.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. See the Remarks section for more information.
- The has been closed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that specifies the Time To Live (TTL) value of Internet Protocol (IP) packets sent by the .
- The TTL value.
- The TTL value can't be set to a negative number.
- This property can be set only for sockets in the or families.
- An error occurred when attempting to access the socket. This error is also returned when an attempt was made to set TTL to a value higher than 255.
- The has been closed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents an asynchronous socket operation.
-
-
- Creates an empty instance.
- The platform is not supported.
-
-
- Gets or sets the socket to use or the socket created for accepting a connection with an asynchronous socket method.
- The to use or the socket created for accepting a connection with an asynchronous socket method.
-
-
- Gets the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method.
- A array that represents the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method.
-
-
- Gets or sets an array of data buffers to use with an asynchronous socket method.
- An that represents an array of data buffers to use with an asynchronous socket method.
- There are ambiguous buffers specified on a set operation. This exception occurs if the property has been set to a non-null value and an attempt was made to set the property to a non-null value.
-
-
- Gets the number of bytes transferred in the socket operation.
- An that contains the number of bytes transferred in the socket operation.
-
-
- The event used to complete an asynchronous operation.
-
-
- Gets the exception in the case of a connection failure when a was used.
- An that indicates the cause of the connection error when a was specified for the property.
-
-
- The created and connected object after successful completion of the method.
- The connected object.
-
-
- Gets the maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive in an asynchronous operation.
- An that contains the maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the instance and optionally disposes of the managed resources.
-
-
- Frees resources used by the class.
-
-
- Gets the type of socket operation most recently performed with this context object.
- A instance that indicates the type of socket operation most recently performed with this context object.
-
-
- Gets the offset, in bytes, into the data buffer referenced by the property.
- An that contains the offset, in bytes, into the data buffer referenced by the property.
-
-
- Represents a method that is called when an asynchronous operation completes.
- The event that is signaled.
-
-
- Gets or sets the remote IP endpoint for an asynchronous operation.
- An that represents the remote IP endpoint for an asynchronous operation.
-
-
- Sets the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method.
- The data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method.
- The offset, in bytes, in the data buffer where the operation starts.
- The maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive in the buffer.
- There are ambiguous buffers specified. This exception occurs if the property is also not null and the property is also not null.
- An argument was out of range. This exception occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property. This exception also occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property minus the parameter.
-
-
- Sets the data buffer to use with an asynchronous socket method.
- The offset, in bytes, in the data buffer where the operation starts.
- The maximum amount of data, in bytes, to send or receive in the buffer.
- An argument was out of range. This exception occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property. This exception also occurs if the parameter is less than zero or greater than the length of the array in the property minus the parameter.
-
-
- Gets or sets the result of the asynchronous socket operation.
- A that represents the result of the asynchronous socket operation.
-
-
- Gets or sets a user or application object associated with this asynchronous socket operation.
- An object that represents the user or application object associated with this asynchronous socket operation.
-
-
- The type of asynchronous socket operation most recently performed with this context object.
-
-
- A socket Accept operation.
-
-
- A socket Connect operation.
-
-
- None of the socket operations.
-
-
- A socket Receive operation.
-
-
- A socket ReceiveFrom operation.
-
-
- A socket Send operation.
-
-
- A socket SendTo operation.
-
-
- Defines constants that are used by the method.
-
-
- Disables a for both sending and receiving. This field is constant.
-
-
- Disables a for receiving. This field is constant.
-
-
- Disables a for sending. This field is constant.
-
-
- Specifies the type of socket that an instance of the class represents.
-
-
- Supports datagrams, which are connectionless, unreliable messages of a fixed (typically small) maximum length. Messages might be lost or duplicated and might arrive out of order. A of type requires no connection prior to sending and receiving data, and can communicate with multiple peers. uses the Datagram Protocol ( ) and the .
-
-
- Supports reliable, two-way, connection-based byte streams without the duplication of data and without preservation of boundaries. A Socket of this type communicates with a single peer and requires a remote host connection before communication can begin. uses the Transmission Control Protocol ( ) and the InterNetwork .
-
-
- Specifies an unknown Socket type.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7dd775a3b..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- Gibt die Protokolle an, die von der -Klasse unterstützt werden.
-
-
- Transmission Control Protocol.
-
-
- User Datagram-Protokoll.
-
-
- Unbekanntes Protokoll.
-
-
- Nicht definiertes Protokoll.
-
-
- Implementiert die Berkeley-Sockets-Schnittstelle.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Verwendung der angegebenen Adressfamilie sowie des angegebenen Sockettyps und Protokolls.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Die Kombination von , und führt zu einem ungültigen Socket.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Verwendung der angegebenen Sockettyps und Protokolls.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Die Kombination von und führt zu einem ungültigen Socket.
-
-
- Beginnt einen asynchronen Vorgang, um eine eingehende Verbindung anzunehmen.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
- Ein Argument ist ungültig.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der bereitgestellte Puffer nicht groß genug ist.Der Puffer muss wenigstens 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) Bytes betragen.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn mehrere Puffer angegeben werden und die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist.
- Ein Argument liegt außerhalb des gültigen Bereichs.Die Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn kleiner als 0 ist.
- Es wurde eine ungültige Operation angefordert.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der annehmende keine Verbindungen überwacht oder der angenommene Socket gebunden ist.Sie müssen die -Methode und die -Methode aufrufen, bevor Sie die -Methode aufrufen.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn der Socket bereits verbunden ist oder bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem angegebenen -Parameter ausgeführt wird.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
- Ruft die Adressfamilie des ab.
- Einer der -Werte.
-
-
- Ordnet einem einen lokalen Endpunkt zu.
- Der lokale , der dem zugeordnet werden soll.
-
- ist null.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Bricht eine asynchrone Anforderung einer Remotehostverbindung ab.
- Das -Objekt, das verwendet wurde, um die Verbindung mit dem Remotehost durch Aufrufen einer der -Methoden anzufordern.
- Der -Parameter kann nicht NULL und der kann nicht NULL sein.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang.
-
-
- Beginnt eine asynchrone Anforderung einer Verbindung mit einem Remotehost.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
- Ein Argument ist ungültig.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn mehrere Puffer angegeben werden und die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist.
- Der -Parameter kann nicht NULL und der kann nicht NULL sein.
- Der führt eine Überwachung durch, oder ein Socketvorgang wird bereits mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn der lokale Endpunkt und der nicht die gleiche Adressfamilie aufweisen.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang.
-
-
- Beginnt eine asynchrone Anforderung einer Verbindung mit einem Remotehost.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Einer der -Werte.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
- Ein Argument ist ungültig.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn mehrere Puffer angegeben werden und die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist.
- Der -Parameter kann nicht NULL und der kann nicht NULL sein.
- Der führt eine Überwachung durch, oder ein Socketvorgang wird bereits mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.Diese Ausnahme tritt auch auf, wenn der lokale Endpunkt und der nicht die gleiche Adressfamilie aufweisen.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Ein in der Aufrufliste übergeordneter Aufrufer hat keine Berechtigung für den angeforderten Vorgang.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob ein mit dem Remotehost des letzten -Vorgangs oder -Vorgangs verbunden ist.
- true, wenn beim letzten Vorgang mit einer Remoteressource verbunden war, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten, nicht verwalteten Ressourcen frei und verwirft optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben. false, wenn ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freigegeben werden sollen.
-
-
- Gibt von der -Klasse verwendete Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Versetzt einen in den Überwachungszustand.
- Die maximale Länge der Warteschlange für ausstehende Verbindungen.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ruft den lokalen Endpunkt ab.
- Der , den der für die Kommunikation verwendet.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ruft einen -Wert ab, der angibt, ob der Stream- den Nagle-Algorithmus verwendet, oder legt diesen fest.
- false, wenn der den Nagle-Algorithmus verwendet, andernfalls true.Die Standardeinstellung ist false.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den .Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gibt an, ob das zugrunde liegende Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten IPv4 (Internet Protocol, Version 4) unterstützen.
- true, wenn das Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten das IPv4-Protokoll unterstützen, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Gibt an, ob das zugrunde liegende Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten IPv6 (Internet Protocol, Version 6) unterstützen.
- true, wenn das Betriebssystem und die Netzwerkkarten das Protokoll IPv6 unterstützen, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Ruft den Protokolltyp des ab.
- Einer der -Werte.
-
-
- Startet eine asynchrone Anforderung, um Daten von einem verbundenen -Objekt zu empfangen.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
- Ein Argument war ungültig.Die -Eigenschaft oder -Eigenschaft des -Parameters muss auf gültige Puffer verweisen.Eine dieser Eigenschaften kann festgelegt werden, nicht jedoch beide gleichzeitig.
- Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Größe des Empfangspuffers des angibt, oder legt diesen fest.
- Ein , das die Größe des Empfangspuffer in Bytes enthält.Der Standard ist 8192.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Der für einen set-Vorgang angegebene Wert ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Beginnt den asynchronen Datenempfang aus dem angegebenen Netzwerkgerät.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
-
- darf nicht NULL sein.
- Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.
-
-
- Ruft den Remoteendpunkt ab.
- Der , mit dem der kommuniziert.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sendet Daten asynchron an ein verbundenes -Objekt.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
- Die -Eigenschaft oder -Eigenschaft des -Parameters muss auf gültige Puffer verweisen.Eine dieser Eigenschaften kann festgelegt werden, nicht jedoch beide gleichzeitig.
- Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Der ist noch nicht verbunden oder wurde nicht über eine - - oder -Methode abgerufen.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Größe des Sendepuffers für den angibt, oder legt diesen fest.
- Ein , das die Größe des Sendepuffer in Bytes enthält.Der Standard ist 8192.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Der für einen set-Vorgang angegebene Wert ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Sendet Daten asynchron an einen bestimmten Remotehost.
- Gibt true zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang aussteht.Das -Ereignis für den -Parameter wird nach dem Abschluss des Vorgangs ausgelöst.Gibt false zurück, wenn der E/A-Vorgang synchron abgeschlossen wurde.In diesem Fall wird das -Ereignis für den -Parameter nicht ausgelöst, und das als Parameter übergebene -Objekt kann direkt nach der Rückgabe des Methodenaufrufs untersucht werden, um die Ergebnisse des Vorgangs abzurufen.
- Das -Objekt, das für diesen asynchronen Socketvorgang verwendet werden soll.
-
- darf nicht NULL sein.
- Es wird bereits ein Socketvorgang mit dem im -Parameter angegebenen -Objekt ausgeführt.
- Für diese Methode ist Windows XP oder höher erforderlich.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
- Das angegebene Protokoll ist verbindungsorientiert, aber der wurde noch nicht verbunden.
-
-
- Deaktiviert Senden und Empfangen für einen .
- Einer der -Werte, der den Vorgang angibt, der nicht mehr zulässig ist.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Hinweise.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Gültigkeitsdauer (TTL) von IP (Internet Protocol)-Paketen angibt, die vom gesendet werden.
- Der TTL-Wert.
- Für den TTL-Wert kann keine negative Zahl festgelegt werden.
- Diese Eigenschaft kann nur für Sockets in der -Familie oder der -Familie festgelegt werden.
- Fehler beim Zugriff auf den Socket.Dieser Fehler wird auch zurückgegeben, wenn versucht wird, TTL auf einen höheren Wert als 255 festzulegen.
- Der wurde geschlossen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Stellt einen asynchronen Socketvorgang dar.
-
-
- Erstellt eine leere -Instanz.
- Die Plattform wird nicht unterstützt.
-
-
- Ruft den Socket ab, der zum Akzeptieren einer Verbindung mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode erstellt wird, oder legt ihn fest.
- Der zu verwendende oder der Socket, der zum Akzeptieren einer Verbindung mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode erstellt wird.
-
-
- Ruft den Datenpuffer ab, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll.
- Ein -Array, das den Datenpuffer darstellt, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll.
-
-
- Ruft ein Array von Datenpuffern ab, die mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden sollen, oder legt es fest.
- Eine , die ein Array von Datenpuffern darstellt, die mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden sollen.
- Für einen set-Vorgang wurden mehrdeutige Puffer angegeben.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn die -Eigenschaft auf einen Wert ungleich NULL festgelegt wurde und versucht wurde, die -Eigenschaft auf einen Wert ungleich NULL festzulegen.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl der im Socketvorgang übertragenen Bytes ab.
- Ein mit der Anzahl der im Socketvorgang übertragenen Bytes.
-
-
- Das Ereignis, das zum Abschließen eines asynchronen Vorgangs verwendet wird.
-
-
- Ruft die Ausnahme im Fall eines Verbindungsfehlers ab, wenn verwendet wurde.
- Ein , das die Ursache des Verbindungsfehlers angibt, wenn ein für die -Eigenschaft angegeben wurde.
-
-
- Das erstellte und verbundene -Objekt nach dem erfolgreichen Beenden der -Methode.
- Das verbundene -Objekt.
-
-
- Ruft die maximale Datenmenge in Bytes ab, die in einem asynchronen Vorgang gesendet oder empfangen wird.
- Ein mit der maximalen Datenmenge in Bytes, die gesendet oder empfangen werden soll.
-
-
- Gibt die von der -Instanz verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen zurück und verwirft optional die verwalteten Ressourcen.
-
-
- Gibt von der -Klasse verwendete Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Ruft den Typ des Socketvorgangs ab, der zuletzt mit diesem Kontextobjekt ausgeführt wurde.
- Eine -Instanz, die den Typ des Socketvorgangs angibt, der zuletzt mit diesem Kontextobjekt ausgeführt wurde.
-
-
- Ruft den Offset in Bytes im Datenpuffer ab, auf den von der -Eigenschaft verwiesen wird.
- Ein mit dem Offset in Bytes im Datenpuffer, auf den von der -Eigenschaft verwiesen wird.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die beim Abschluss eines asynchronen Vorgangs aufgerufen wird.
- Das signalisierte Ereignis.
-
-
- Ruft den Remote-IP-Endpunkt für einen asynchronen Vorgang ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Ein , der den Remote-IP-Endpunkt für einen asynchronen Vorgang darstellt.
-
-
- Legt den Datenpuffer fest, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll.
- Der Datenpuffer, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll.
- Der Offset (in Bytes) im Datenpuffer, in dem der Vorgang beginnt.
- Die maximale Datenmenge in Bytes, die im Puffer gesendet oder empfangen werden soll.
- Es wurden mehrdeutige Puffer angegeben.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn die -Eigenschaft nicht NULL ist und die -Eigenschaft ebenfalls nicht NULL ist.
- Ein Argument lag außerhalb des gültigen Bereichs.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft ist.Diese Ausnahme tritt außerdem auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft abzüglich des -Parameters ist.
-
-
- Legt den Datenpuffer fest, der mit einer asynchronen Socketmethode verwendet werden soll.
- Der Offset (in Bytes) im Datenpuffer, in dem der Vorgang beginnt.
- Die maximale Datenmenge in Bytes, die im Puffer gesendet oder empfangen werden soll.
- Ein Argument lag außerhalb des gültigen Bereichs.Diese Ausnahme tritt auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft ist.Diese Ausnahme tritt außerdem auf, wenn der -Parameter kleiner als 0 (null) oder größer als die Länge des Arrays in der -Eigenschaft abzüglich des -Parameters ist.
-
-
- Ruft das Ergebnis des asynchronen Socketvorgangs ab oder legt dieses fest.
- Ein , der das Ergebnis des asynchronen Socketvorgangs darstellt.
-
-
- Ruft ein Benutzer- oder Anwendungsobjekt ab, das diesem asynchronen Socketvorgang zugeordnet ist, oder legt es fest.
- Ein Objekt, das das Benutzer- oder Anwendungsobjekt darstellt, das diesem asynchronen Socketvorgang zugeordnet ist.
-
-
- Der Typ des asynchronen Socketvorgangs, der zuletzt mit diesem Kontextobjekt ausgeführt wurde.
-
-
- Ein Accept-Socketvorgang.
-
-
- Ein Connect-Socketvorgang.
-
-
- Keiner der Socketvorgänge.
-
-
- Ein Receive-Socketvorgang.
-
-
- Ein ReceiveFrom-Socketvorgang.
-
-
- Ein Send-Socketvorgang.
-
-
- Ein SendTo-Socketvorgang.
-
-
- Definiert Konstanten, die von der -Methode verwendet werden.
-
-
- Deaktiviert das Senden und Empfangen für einen .Dieses Feld ist konstant.
-
-
- Deaktiviert das Empfangen für einen .Dieses Feld ist konstant.
-
-
- Deaktiviert das Senden für einen .Dieses Feld ist konstant.
-
-
- Gibt den Sockettyp an, der von einer Instanz der -Klasse dargestellt wird.
-
-
- Unterstützt Datagramme, die verbindungslose, unzuverlässige Meldungen mit einer festen (i. d. R. kleinen) maximalen Länge sind.Meldungen können verloren gehen, doppelt oder in der falschen Reihenfolge empfangen werden.Ein vom Typ benötigt vor dem Senden und Empfangen von Daten keine Verbindung und kann mit mehreren Peers kommunizieren. verwendet das Datagram-Protokoll ( ) und die .
-
-
- Unterstützt zuverlässige, bidirektionale, verbindungsbasierte Bytestreams, bei denen keine Daten dupliziert und die Begrenzungen nicht beibehalten werden.Ein Socket dieses Typs kommuniziert mit einem einzigen Peer und benötigt vor dem Beginn der Kommunikation eine Verbindung mit einem Remotehost. verwendet das Transmission Control Protocol ( ) und das InterNetwork .
-
-
- Gibt einen unbekannten Socket-Typ an.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 00f90a3b7..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- Especifica los protocolos que admite la clase .
-
-
- Protocolo de control de transporte.
-
-
- Protocolo de datagramas de usuarios.
-
-
- Protocolo desconocido.
-
-
- Protocolo no especificado.
-
-
- Implementa la interfaz de sockets Berkeley.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase con la familia de direcciones, el tipo de socket y el protocolo que se especifiquen.
- Uno de los valores de .
- Uno de los valores de .
- Uno de los valores de .
- La combinación de , y tiene como resultado un socket no válido.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase usando el tipo de socket y el protocolo que se especifiquen.
- Uno de los valores de .
- Uno de los valores de .
- La combinación de y da como resultado un socket no válido.
-
-
- Comienza una operación asincrónica para aceptar un intento de conexión entrante.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.El evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
- Un argumento no es válido.Esta excepción produce si el búfer proporcionado no es suficientemente grande.El búfer debe ser de al menos 2 bytes * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16).Esta excepción también se produce si se especifican varios búferes; es decir, si la propiedad no es null.
- Un argumento está fuera de intervalo.La excepción produce si es menor que 0.
- Se ha solicitado una operación no válida.Esta excepción se produce si el de aceptación no realiza escuchas para las conexiones o el socket aceptado está enlazado.Debe llamar al método y antes de llamar al método .Esta excepción también se produce si el socket ya está conectado o si ya hay una operación de socket en curso con el parámetro especificado.
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
- Obtiene la familia de direcciones de .
- Uno de los valores de .
-
-
- Asocia un objeto a un extremo local.
-
- local que se va a asociar a .
-
- es null.
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Cancela una solicitud asincrónica de una conexión a un host remoto.
- Objeto que se usa para solicitar la conexión al host remoto llamando a uno de los métodos .
- El valor del parámetro y no puede ser null.
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada.
-
-
- Comienza una solicitud asincrónica para una conexión a host remoto.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
- Un argumento no es válido.Esta excepción también se produce si se especifican varios búferes; es decir, si la propiedad no es null.
- El valor del parámetro y no puede ser null.
- El objeto está escuchando o ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro .
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.Esta excepción también se produce si el extremo local y no son la misma familia de direcciones.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada.
-
-
- Comienza una solicitud asincrónica para una conexión a host remoto.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Uno de los valores de .
- Uno de los valores de .
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
- Un argumento no es válido.Esta excepción también se produce si se especifican varios búferes; es decir, si la propiedad no es null.
- El valor del parámetro y no puede ser null.
- El objeto está escuchando o ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro .
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.Esta excepción también se produce si el extremo local y no son la misma familia de direcciones.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- Una llamada situada más arriba en la pila de llamadas no dispone de permiso para la operación solicitada.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se conecta con un host remoto a partir de la última operación u .
- Es true si el objeto estaba conectado a un recurso remoto desde la operación más reciente; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados que utiliza el objeto y, de forma opcional, desecha los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar los recursos administrados y no administrados; es false para liberar sólo los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por la clase .
-
-
- Coloca un objeto en un estado de escucha.
- Longitud máxima de la cola de conexiones pendientes.
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtiene el extremo local.
-
- que utiliza el para las comunicaciones.
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtiene o establece un valor de que especifica si la secuencia está utilizando el algoritmo de Nagle.
- false si utiliza el algoritmo de Nagle; de lo contrario, true.El valor predeterminado es false.
- Error al intentar obtener acceso a .Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indica si el sistema operativo subyacente y los adaptadores de red admiten la versión 4 del protocolo de Internet (IPv4).
- Es true si el sistema operativo y los adaptadores de red admiten el protocolo IPv4; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Indica si el sistema operativo subyacente y los adaptadores de red admiten la versión 6 del protocolo Internet (IPv6).
- true si el sistema operativo y los adaptadores de red admiten el protocolo IPv6; de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Obtiene el tipo de protocolo de .
- Uno de los valores de .
-
-
- Comienza una solicitud asincrónica para recibir los datos de un objeto conectado.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
- Un argumento no era válido.Las propiedades o del parámetro deben hacer referencia a los búferes válidos.Se puede establecer una de estas propiedades, pero no ambas al mismo tiempo.
- Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro .
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece un valor que especifica el tamaño del búfer de recepción de .
-
- que contiene el tamaño, en bytes, del búfer de recepción.El valor predeterminado es 8192
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- El valor especificado para una operación de establecimiento es menor que 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Comienza a recibir asincrónicamente los datos de un dispositivo de red especificado.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
-
- no puede ser null.
- Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro .
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.
-
-
- Obtiene el extremo remoto.
-
- con el que está comunicando el .
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Envía datos de forma asincrónica a un objeto conectado.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
- Las propiedades o del parámetro deben hacer referencia a los búferes válidos.Se puede establecer una de estas propiedades, pero no ambas al mismo tiempo.
- Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro .
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- El no está conectado todavía o no se obtuvo a través de un método , o .
-
-
- Obtiene o establece un valor que especifica el tamaño del búfer de envío de .
-
- que contiene el tamaño, en bytes, del búfer de envío.El valor predeterminado es 8192
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- El valor especificado para una operación de establecimiento es menor que 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Envía datos asincrónicamente a un determinado host remoto.
- Devuelve true si la operación de E/S está pendiente.Al completar la operación se provoca el evento del parámetro .Devuelve false si la operación de E/S se completó de forma sincrónica.En ese caso, el evento del parámetro no se provoca y el objeto que se pasa como parámetro puede examinarse inmediatamente después de que se devuelva la llamada al método para recuperar el resultado de la operación.
- Objeto que se usa para esta operación de socket asincrónica.
-
- no puede ser null.
- Ya hay una operación de socket en curso que utiliza el objeto especificado en el parámetro .
- Se requiere Windows XP o posteriores para este método.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
- El protocolo especificado está orientado a la conexión, pero el no está conectado todavía.
-
-
- Deshabilita los envíos y recepciones en un objeto .
- Uno de los valores de que especifica la operación que ya no estará permitida.
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.Vea la sección Comentarios para obtener más información.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtiene o establece un valor que especifica el valor de período de vida (TTL) de los paquetes de protocolo Internet (IP) enviados por .
- Valor TTL.
- El valor TTL no se puede establecer en un número negativo.
- Esta propiedad sólo se puede establecer para sockets de las familias de o .
- Se ha producido un error al intentar obtener acceso al socket.También se devuelve este error cuando se ha intentado para establecer TTL en un valor superior a 255.
- Se ha cerrado el objeto .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Representa una operación de socket asincrónico.
-
-
- Crea una instancia de vacía.
- No se admite la plataforma.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el socket que se va a usar o el socket creado para aceptar una conexión con un método de socket asincrónico.
-
- que se va a usar o socket creado para aceptar una conexión con un método de socket asincrónico.
-
-
- Obtiene el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
- Matriz que representa el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece una matriz de búferes de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
-
- que representa una matriz de búferes de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
- Se han especificado búferes ambiguos en una operación de establecimiento.Esta excepción se produce si la propiedad se ha establecido en un valor no nulo y se intenta establecer la propiedad en un valor no nulo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de bytes transferidos en la operación de socket.
-
- que contiene el número de bytes transferidos en la operación de socket.
-
-
- Evento utilizado para completar una operación asincrónica.
-
-
- Obtiene la excepción en el caso de un error de conexión cuando se usó .
- Objeto que indica la causa del error de conexión que se produce cuando se especifica un objeto para la propiedad .
-
-
- Objeto que se ha creado y conectado después de finalizar correctamente el método .
- Objeto conectado.
-
-
- Obtiene la cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir en una operación asincrónica.
-
- que contiene la cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir.
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por la instancia de y, de forma opcional, elimina los recursos administrados.
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por la clase .
-
-
- Obtiene el tipo de operación de socket más reciente realizada con este objeto de contexto.
- Instancia de que indica el tipo de operación de socket más reciente realizada con este objeto de contexto.
-
-
- Obtiene el desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos al que hace referencia la propiedad .
-
- que contiene el desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos al que hace referencia la propiedad .
-
-
- Representa un método al que se llama cuando se completa una operación asincrónica.
- Evento que se señala.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el extremo IP remoto de una operación asincrónica.
-
- que representa el extremo IP remoto para una operación asincrónica.
-
-
- Establece el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
- Búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
- Desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos donde se inicia la operación.
- Cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir en el búfer.
- Se especificaron búferes ambiguos.Esta excepción se produce si las propiedades y tampoco son null.
- Un argumento estaba fuera de intervalo.Esta excepción se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad .Esta excepción también se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad menos el parámetro .
-
-
- Establece el búfer de datos que se va a usar con un método de socket asincrónico.
- Desplazamiento, en bytes, en el búfer de datos donde se inicia la operación.
- Cantidad máxima de datos, en bytes, que se van a enviar o recibir en el búfer.
- Un argumento estaba fuera de intervalo.Esta excepción se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad .Esta excepción también se produce si el parámetro es menor que cero o mayor que la longitud de la matriz en la propiedad menos el parámetro .
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el resultado de la operación de socket asincrónico.
-
- que representa el resultado de la operación de socket asincrónico.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece a un objeto de usuario o de aplicación asociado a esta operación de socket asincrónico.
- Objeto que representa al objeto de usuario o de aplicación asociado a esta operación de socket asincrónico.
-
-
- El tipo de operación del socket asincrónica más reciente realizada con este objeto de contexto.
-
-
- Un operación Accept del socket.
-
-
- Una operación Connect del socket.
-
-
- Ninguna de las operaciones del socket.
-
-
- Una operación Receive del socket.
-
-
- Una operación ReceiveFrom del socket.
-
-
- Una operación Send del socket.
-
-
- Operación SendTo del socket.
-
-
- Define las constantes utilizadas por el método .
-
-
- Deshabilita un objeto tanto para el envío como para la recepción.Este campo es constante.
-
-
- Deshabilita un objeto para la recepción.Este campo es constante.
-
-
- Deshabilita un objeto para el envío.Este campo es constante.
-
-
- Especifica el tipo de socket que representa una instancia de la clase .
-
-
- Admite datagramas, que son mensajes no confiables sin conexión con una longitud máxima fija (normalmente corta).Los mensajes pueden perderse o duplicarse y llegar desordenados.Un objeto de tipo no necesita conexión antes de enviar y recibir datos, y puede comunicarse con varios elementos del mismo nivel. usa el protocolo de datagramas ( ) y de .
-
-
- Admite secuencias de bytes bidireccionales confiables, basadas en conexión, sin duplicidad de datos ni conservación de límites.Un objeto Socket de este tipo se comunica con un solo elemento del mismo nivel y requiere una conexión con el host remoto para poder iniciar la comunicación. usa el protocolo TCP (Protocolo de control de transporte, ) y la familia de direcciones InterNetwork .
-
-
- Especifica un tipo de Socket desconocido.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 989053f58..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,426 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- Spécifie les protocoles pris en charge par la classe .
-
-
- Protocole TCP (Transmission Control Protocol).
-
-
- Protocole UDP (User Datagram Protocol).
-
-
- Protocole inconnu.
-
-
- Protocole non spécifié.
-
-
- Implémente l'interface de sockets Berkeley.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en utilisant la famille d'adresses, le type de socket et le protocole spécifiés.
- Une des valeurs de .
- Une des valeurs de .
- Une des valeurs de .
- La combinaison de , et crée un socket non valide.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du type de socket et du protocole spécifiés.
- Une des valeurs de .
- Une des valeurs de .
- La combinaison de et crée un socket non valide.
-
-
- Démarre une opération asynchrone pour accepter une tentative de connexion entrante.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.L'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
- Un argument n'est pas valide.Cette exception se produit si la mémoire tampon fournie n'est pas assez grande.La mémoire tampon doit être d'au moins 2 * (taille de (SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) octets.Cette exception se produit également si plusieurs mémoires tampons sont spécifiées, la propriété n'est pas null.
- Un argument est hors limites.L'exception se produit si est inférieur à 0.
- Une opération incorrecte a été demandée.Cette exception se produit si le acceptant n'écoute pas les connexions ou si le socket accepté est lié.Vous devez appeler les méthodes et avant d'appeler la méthode .Cette exception se produit également si le socket est déjà connecté ou si une opération de socket utilisait déjà le paramètre de spécifié.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
- Obtient la famille d'adresses de .
- Une des valeurs de .
-
-
- Associe à un point de terminaison local.
-
- local à associer à .
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
- a été fermé.
- Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Annule une requête asynchrone pour une connexion d'hôte distant.
- Objet utilisé pour demander la connexion à l'hôte distant en appelant l'une des méthodes .
- Le paramètre ne peut pas être null et ne peut pas être vide.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.
-
- a été fermé.
- Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée.
-
-
- Démarre une demande asynchrone pour une connexion à un hôte distant.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
- Un argument n'est pas valide.Cette exception se produit si plusieurs mémoires tampons sont spécifiées, la propriété n'est pas null.
- Le paramètre ne peut pas être null et ne peut pas être vide.
-
- est à l'écoute ou une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre spécifié était déjà en cours.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.Cette exception se produit également si le point de terminaison local et les ne sont pas la même famille d'adresses.
-
- a été fermé.
- Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée.
-
-
- Démarre une demande asynchrone pour une connexion à un hôte distant.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Une des valeurs de .
- Une des valeurs de .
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
- Un argument n'est pas valide.Cette exception se produit si plusieurs mémoires tampons sont spécifiées, la propriété n'est pas null.
- Le paramètre ne peut pas être null et ne peut pas être vide.
-
- est à l'écoute ou une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre spécifié était déjà en cours.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.Cette exception se produit également si le point de terminaison local et les ne sont pas la même famille d'adresses.
-
- a été fermé.
- Un appelant situé plus haut dans la pile des appels n'a pas l'autorisation pour l'opération demandée.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si est connecté à un hôte distant depuis la dernière opération ou .
- true si était connecté à une ressource distante lors de l'opération la plus récente ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et supprime éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par la classe .
-
-
- Met dans un état d'écoute.
- Longueur maximale de la file d'attente des connexions en attente.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtient le point de terminaison local.
-
- que utilise pour les communications.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtient ou définit une valeur spécifiant si le flux de données utilise l'algorithme Nagle.
- false si utilise l'algorithme Nagle ; sinon, true.La valeur par défaut est false.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès à .Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indique si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau sous-jacents prennent en charge le protocole IPv4 (Internet Protocol version 4).
- true si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau prennent en charge le protocole IPv4 ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Indique si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau sous-jacents prennent en charge le protocole IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6).
- true si le système d'exploitation et les cartes réseau prennent en charge le protocole IPv6 ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Obtient le type de protocole de .
- Une des valeurs de .
-
-
- Démarre une demande asynchrone pour recevoir les données d'un objet connecté.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
- Un argument n'était pas valide.La propriété ou sur le paramètre de doit référencer des mémoires tampon valides.L'une ou l'autre de ces propriétés peut être définie, mais pas les deux à la fois.
- Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre spécifié était déjà en cours.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.
-
- a été fermé.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit une valeur spécifiant la taille de la mémoire tampon de réception de .
-
- contenant la taille de la mémoire tampon de réception en octets.La valeur par défaut est 8192.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.
-
- a été fermé.
- La valeur spécifiée pour une opération ensembliste est inférieure à 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Démarre la réception asynchrone de données à partir d'un périphérique réseau spécifié.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
-
- ne peut pas être Null.
- Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre spécifié était déjà en cours.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.
-
- a été fermé.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.
-
-
- Obtient le point de terminaison distant.
-
- avec lequel communique.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Envoie des données de façon asynchrone à un objet connecté.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
- La propriété ou sur le paramètre de doit référencer des mémoires tampon valides.L'une ou l'autre de ces propriétés peut être définie, mais pas les deux à la fois.
- Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre spécifié était déjà en cours.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.
-
- a été fermé.
- Le n'est pas encore connecté ou n'a pas été obtenu via une méthode , ou .
-
-
- Obtient ou définit une valeur spécifiant la taille de la mémoire tampon d'envoi de .
-
- contenant la taille de la mémoire tampon d'envoi en octets.La valeur par défaut est 8192.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.
-
- a été fermé.
- La valeur spécifiée pour une opération ensembliste est inférieure à 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Envoie des données de façon asynchrone à un hôte distant spécifique.
- Retourne la valeur true si l'opération d'E/S est en attente.L'événement sur le paramètre sera déclenché une fois l'opération terminée.Retourne la valeur false si l'opération d'E/S a été terminée de manière synchrone.Dans ce cas, l'événement sur le paramètre ne sera pas déclenché et l'objet transmis en tant que paramètre peut être examiné immédiatement après que l'appel de méthode a été retourné pour extraire le résultat de l'opération.
- Objet à utiliser pour cette opération de socket asynchrone.
-
- ne peut pas être Null.
- Une opération de socket utilisant l'objet spécifié dans le paramètre spécifié était déjà en cours.
- Windows XP ou version ultérieure est requis pour cette méthode.
-
- a été fermé.
- Le protocole spécifié est orienté connexion, mais le n'est pas encore connecté.
-
-
- Désactive les envois et les réceptions sur un .
- Une des valeurs de spécifiant l'opération qui ne sera plus autorisée.
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section Notes.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtient ou définit une valeur qui spécifie la durée de vie des paquets IP (Internet Protocol) envoyés par .
- Durée de vie.
- La valeur TTL ne peut pas être un nombre négatif.
- Cette propriété ne peut être définie que pour les sockets dans les familles ou .
- Une erreur s'est produite lors de la tentative d'accès au socket.Cette erreur est également retournée lorsqu'une tentative a été faite pour affecter à TTL une valeur supérieure à 255.
-
- a été fermé.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Représente une opération de socket asynchrone.
-
-
- Crée une instance vide.
- La plateforme n'est pas prise en charge.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit le socket à utiliser ou le socket créé pour accepter une connexion avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
-
- à utiliser ou socket créé pour accepter une connexion avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
-
-
- Obtient la mémoire tampon des données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
- Tableau qui représente la mémoire tampon des données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit un tableau de la mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
-
- qui représente un tableau de mémoires tampons de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
- Des mémoires tampon ambiguës sont spécifiées sur une opération ensembliste.Cette exception se produit si la propriété a eu une valeur non NULL et une tentative a été faite pour affecter à la propriété une valeur non NULL.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre d'octets transférés dans l'opération de socket.
-
- qui contient le nombre d'octets transférés dans l'opération de socket.
-
-
- Événement utilisé pour terminer une opération asynchrone.
-
-
- Obtient l'exception dans le cas d'un échec de connexion lorsqu'un a été utilisé.
-
- qui indique la cause de l'erreur de connexion lorsqu'un a été spécifié pour la propriété .
-
-
- Objet créé et connecté après l'exécution correcte de la méthode .
- Objet connecté.
-
-
- Obtient la quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou recevoir dans une opération asynchrone.
-
- qui contient la quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou recevoir.
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par l'instance et supprime éventuellement les ressources managées.
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par la classe .
-
-
- Obtient le type d'opération de socket exécuté le plus récemment avec cet objet de contexte.
- Instance qui indique le type d'opération de socket exécutée le plus récemment avec cet objet de contexte.
-
-
- Obtient l'offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données référencée par la propriété .
-
- qui contient l'offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données référencée par la propriété .
-
-
- Représente une méthode qui est appelée lorsqu'une opération asynchrone se termine.
- Événement qui est signalé.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit le point de terminaison IP distant d'une opération asynchrone.
-
- qui représente le point de terminaison IP distant d'une opération asynchrone.
-
-
- Définit la mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
- Mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
- Offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données où l'opération démarre.
- Quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou à recevoir dans la mémoire tampon.
- Des mémoires tampons ambiguës sont spécifiées.Cette exception se produit si la valeur des propriétés et n'est pas Null.
- Un argument est hors limites.Cette exception se produit si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété .Cette exception se produit également si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété moins le paramètre .
-
-
- Définit la mémoire tampon de données à utiliser avec une méthode de socket asynchrone.
- Offset, en octets, dans la mémoire tampon de données où l'opération démarre.
- Quantité maximale de données, en octets, à envoyer ou à recevoir dans la mémoire tampon.
- Un argument est hors limites.Cette exception se produit si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété .Cette exception se produit également si le paramètre est inférieur à zéro ou supérieur à la longueur du tableau dans la propriété moins le paramètre .
-
-
- Obtient ou définit le résultat de l'opération de socket asynchrone.
-
- qui représente le résultat final de l'opération de socket asynchrone.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit un objet utilisateur ou application associé à cette opération de socket asynchrone.
- Objet qui représente l'objet utilisateur ou application associé à cette opération de socket asynchrone.
-
-
- Type d'opération de socket asynchrone exécutée le plus récemment avec cet objet de contexte.
-
-
- Opération Accept du socket.
-
-
- Opération Connect du socket.
-
-
- Aucune des opérations de socket.
-
-
- Opération Receive du socket.
-
-
- Opération ReceiveFrom du socket.
-
-
- Opération Send du socket.
-
-
- Opération SendTo du socket.
-
-
- Définit les constantes qui sont utilisées par la méthode .
-
-
- Désactive pour l'envoi et la réception.Ce champ est constant.
-
-
- Désactive pour la réception.Ce champ est constant.
-
-
- Désactive pour l'envoi.Ce champ est constant.
-
-
- Spécifie le type de socket que représente une instance de la classe .
-
-
- Prend en charge des datagrammes, qui sont des messages peu fiables, sans connexion, d'une longueur maximale fixe (généralement réduite).Des messages pourraient être perdus ou dupliqués et arriver dans le désordre.Un de type ne requiert aucune connexion avant d'envoyer et de recevoir des données, et peut communiquer avec plusieurs homologues.Le champ utilise le protocole UDP ( ) et le champ .
-
-
- Prend en charge les flux d'octets fiables, bidirectionnels, orientés connexion sans la duplication de données et sans préservation de limites.Un Socket de ce type communique avec un homologue unique et nécessite une connexion d'hôte distant avant que la communication puisse débuter.Le champ utilise le protocole TCP ( ) et InterNetwork .
-
-
- Spécifie un type Socket inconnu.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a7fb5749..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- Specifica il protocollo supportato dalla classe .
-
-
- Protocollo TCP (Transmission Control Protocol).
-
-
- Protocollo UDP (User Datagram Protocol).
-
-
- Protocollo sconosciuto.
-
-
- Protocollo non specificato.
-
-
- Implementa l'interfaccia socket Berkeley.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe utilizzando la famiglia di indirizzi, il tipo di socket e il protocollo specificati.
- Uno dei valori di .
- Uno dei valori di .
- Uno dei valori di .
- Il risultato della combinazione di , e è un socket non valido.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe utilizzando il tipo di socket e il protocollo specificati.
- Uno dei valori di .
- Uno dei valori di .
- Il risultato della combinazione di e è un socket non valido.
-
-
- Avvia un'operazione asincrona per accettare un tentativo di connessione in ingresso.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.L'evento nel parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo ha restituito il risultato, per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- Un argomento non è valido.Questa eccezione si verifica se il buffer fornito non è abbastanza grande.Il buffer deve essere di almeno 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) byte.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se sono specificati più buffer e la proprietà non è null.
- Un argomento non è compreso nell'intervallo.L'eccezione si verifica se l'oggetto è minore di 0.
- È stata richiesta un'operazione non valida.Questa eccezione si verifica se l'oggetto preposto ad accettare la connessione non è in attesa di connessioni o se il socket accettato è associato.È necessario chiamare il metodo e prima di chiamare il metodo .Questa eccezione si verifica anche se il socket è già connesso o se un'operazione socket era già in corso utilizzando il parametro specificato.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
- Ottiene la famiglia di indirizzi del .
- Uno dei valori di .
-
-
- Associa un a un endpoint locale.
-
- locale da associare al .
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Annulla una richiesta asincrona di una connessione all'host remoto.
- Oggetto utilizzato per richiedere la connessione all'host remoto chiamando uno dei metodi .
- Il parametro non può essere Null e la proprietà non può essere Null.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta.
-
-
- Avvia una richiesta asincrona di una connessione all'host remoto.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- Un argomento non è valido.Questa eccezione si verifica se sono specificati più buffer e la proprietà non è null.
- Il parametro non può essere Null e la proprietà non può essere Null.
-
- è in attesa o era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro .
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se l'endpoint locale e l'oggetto non appartengono alla stessa famiglia di indirizzi.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta.
-
-
- Avvia una richiesta asincrona di una connessione all'host remoto.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Uno dei valori di .
- Uno dei valori di .
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- Un argomento non è valido.Questa eccezione si verifica se sono specificati più buffer e la proprietà non è null.
- Il parametro non può essere Null e la proprietà non può essere Null.
-
- è in attesa o era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro .
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se l'endpoint locale e l'oggetto non appartengono alla stessa famiglia di indirizzi.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Un chiamante nella parte superiore dello stack di chiamate non dispone dell'autorizzazione necessaria per l'operazione richiesta.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se un si è connesso a un host remoto dall'ultima operazione o .
- true se il è connesso a una risorsa remota nel corso dell'operazione più recente, in caso contrario false.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente elimina le risorse gestite.
- true per liberare sia le risorse gestite che quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Libera le risorse utilizzate dalla classe .
-
-
- Colloca un in uno stato di attesa.
- Lunghezza massima della coda delle connessioni in sospeso.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ottiene l'endpoint locale.
- L'oggetto utilizzato dall'oggetto per le comunicazioni.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica se il di flusso utilizza l'algoritmo Nagle.
- false se il utilizza l'algoritmo Nagle; in caso contrario, true.Il valore predefinito è false.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al .Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Indica se il sistema operativo sottostante e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv4.
- true se il sistema operativo e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv4. In caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Indica se il sistema operativo sottostante e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv6.
- true se il sistema operativo e gli adattatori di rete supportano il protocollo IPv6; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Ottiene il tipo di protocollo del .
- Uno dei valori di .
-
-
- Avvia una richiesta asincrona per ricevere dati da un oggetto connesso.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- Un argomento non è valido.Le proprietà o sul parametro devono fare riferimento a buffer validi.È possibile impostare una di queste due proprietà, ma non entrambe contemporaneamente.
- Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro .
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica le dimensioni del buffer di ricezione del .
-
- contenente le dimensioni, in byte, del buffer di ricezione.Il valore predefinito è 8192.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Il valore specificato per un'operazione di impostazione è minore di 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Inizia a ricevere dati in modalità asincrona da un dispositivo di rete specificato.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- L'oggetto non può essere null.
- Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro .
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.
-
-
- Ottiene l'endpoint remoto.
-
- con cui comunica il .
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Invia i dati in modo asincrono a un oggetto connesso.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- Le proprietà o sul parametro devono fare riferimento a buffer validi.È possibile impostare una di queste due proprietà, ma non entrambe contemporaneamente.
- Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro .
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- L'oggetto non è ancora connesso o non è stato ottenuto tramite un metodo , o .
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica le dimensioni del buffer di invio del .
-
- contenente le dimensioni, in byte, del buffer di invio.Il valore predefinito è 8192.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Il valore specificato per un'operazione di impostazione è minore di 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Invia dati in modo asincrono a uno specifico host remoto.
- Restituisce true se l'operazione di I/O è in sospeso.Al completamento dell'operazione verrà generato l'evento sul parametro .Restituisce false se l'operazione di I/O è stata completata in modo sincrono.In questo caso, l'evento sul parametro non verrà generato e l'oggetto passato come parametro potrebbe essere esaminato immediatamente dopo che la chiamata al metodo è stata restituita per recuperare il risultato dell'operazione.
- Oggetto da utilizzare per questa operazione socket asincrona.
- L'oggetto non può essere null.
- Era già in corso un'operazione di socket che utilizza l'oggetto specificato nel parametro .
- Per questo metodo è necessario Windows XP o versione successiva.
- Il è stato chiuso.
- Il protocollo specificato è orientato alla connessione, ma l'oggetto non è ancora connesso.
-
-
- Disabilita le operazioni di invio e di ricezione su un .
- Uno dei valori che specifica che l'operazione non sarà più consentita.
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione Osservazioni.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta un valore che specifica la durata (TTL) dei pacchetti IP inviati dal .
- La durata (TTL).
- Non è possibile impostare il valore TTL su un numero negativo.
- È possibile impostare questa proprietà solo per i socket inclusi nella famiglia o .
- Si è verificato un errore durante il tentativo di accesso al socket.Questo errore viene restituito anche quando si tenta di impostare TTL su un valore superiore a 255.
- Il è stato chiuso.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rappresenta un'operazione socket asincrona.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza vuota dell'oggetto .
- La piattaforma non è supportata.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il socket da utilizzare o il socket creato per accettare una connessione con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Oggetto da utilizzare o socket creato per accettare una connessione con un metodo socket asincrono.
-
-
- Ottiene il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Matrice che rappresenta il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta una matrice di buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Matrice che rappresenta una matrice di buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Esistono buffer ambigui specificati su un'operazione di impostazione.Questa eccezione si verifica se la proprietà è stata impostata su un valore non Null e si tenta di impostare la proprietà su un valore non Null.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di byte trasferiti nell'operazione socket.
- Oggetto contenente il numero di byte trasferiti nell'operazione socket.
-
-
- Evento utilizzato per completare un'operazione asincrona.
-
-
- Ottiene l'eccezione nel caso di errore di connessione quando viene utilizzato .
- Oggetto che indica la causa dell'errore di connessione quando è stato specificato un oggetto per la proprietà .
-
-
- Oggetto creato e connesso dopo il completamento del metodo .
- Oggetto connesso.
-
-
- Ottiene la quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere in un'operazione asincrona.
- Oggetto che contiene la quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere.
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'istanza e facoltativamente elimina anche le risorse gestite.
-
-
- Libera le risorse utilizzate dalla classe .
-
-
- Ottiene il tipo di operazione socket eseguita più di recente con questo oggetto di contesto.
- Istanza di che indica il tipo di operazione socket eseguita più di recente con questo oggetto di contesto.
-
-
- Ottiene l'offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati a cui fa riferimento la proprietà .
- Oggetto che contiene l'offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati a cui fa riferimento la proprietà .
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo chiamato quando un'operazione asincrona viene completata.
- Evento segnalato.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta l'endpoint IP remoto per un'operazione asincrona.
- Oggetto che rappresenta l'endpoint IP remoto per un'operazione asincrona.
-
-
- Imposta il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati dove viene avviata l'operazione.
- Quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere nel buffer.
- Sono stati specificati buffer ambigui.Questa eccezione si verifica anche se le proprietà e non sono null.
- Un argomento non è stato compreso nell'intervallo.Questa eccezione si verifica se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà .Questa eccezione si verifica anche se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà meno il parametro .
-
-
- Imposta il buffer di dati da utilizzare con un metodo socket asincrono.
- Offset, in byte, nel buffer di dati dove viene avviata l'operazione.
- Quantità massima di dati, in byte, da inviare o ricevere nel buffer.
- Un argomento non è stato compreso nell'intervallo.Questa eccezione si verifica se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà .Questa eccezione si verifica anche se il parametro è minore di zero o maggiore della lunghezza della matrice nella proprietà meno il parametro .
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta i risultati dell'operazione socket asincrona.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il risultato dell'operazione socket asincrona.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta un oggetto utente o applicazione associato a questa operazione socket asincrona.
- Oggetto che rappresenta l'oggetto utente o applicazione associato a questa operazione socket asincrona.
-
-
- Tipo di operazione socket asincrona eseguita più di recente con questo oggetto di contesto.
-
-
- Operazione socket Accept.
-
-
- Operazione socket Connect.
-
-
- Nessuna delle operazioni socket.
-
-
- Operazione socket Receive.
-
-
- Operazione socket ReceiveFrom.
-
-
- Operazione socket Send.
-
-
- Operazione socket SendTo.
-
-
- Definisce le costanti utilizzate dal metodo .
-
-
- Disabilita un per l'invio e la ricezione.Il campo è costante.
-
-
- Disabilita un per la ricezione.Il campo è costante.
-
-
- Disabilita un per l'invio.Il campo è costante.
-
-
- Specifica il tipo di socket rappresentato da un'istanza della classe .
-
-
- Supporta datagrammi, che sono messaggi senza connessione, non affidabili di lunghezza massima fissa (generalmente piccola).I messaggi potrebbero essere persi o duplicati e potrebbero arrivare non nell'ordine corretto.Un oggetto di tipo non richiede alcuna connessione prima dell'invio e della ricezione dei dati ed è in grado di comunicare con più peer. utilizza il Datagram Protocol ( ) e l'oggetto .
-
-
- Supporta flussi di byte affidabili, a due vie e orientati alla connessione senza la duplicazione di dati e senza la conservazione dei limiti.Un oggetto Socket di questo tipo comunica con un unico peer e richiede una connessione all'host remoto prima di poter avviare una comunicazione. utilizza il Transmission Control Protocol ( ) e l'oggetto InterNetwork .
-
-
- Specifica un tipo di Socket sconosciuto.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e5889d78e..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,460 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
-
- クラスがサポートするプロトコルを指定します。
-
-
- 伝送制御プロトコル。
-
-
- ユーザー データグラム プロトコル。
-
-
- 未確認のプロトコル。
-
-
- 指定されていないプロトコル。
-
-
- Berkeley ソケット インターフェイスを実装します。
-
-
- 指定したアドレス ファミリ、ソケット タイプ、およびプロトコルを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
- 、 、および を組み合わせると、無効なソケットになります。
-
-
- 指定したソケット タイプとプロトコルを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
- と を組み合わせると、無効なソケットになります。
-
-
- 受信接続の試行を受け入れる非同期操作を開始します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
- 引数が無効です。この例外は、提供されたバッファーのサイズが不足している場合に発生します。バッファーは、2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) バイト以上であることが必要です。この例外は、複数のバッファーが指定されているときに、 プロパティが null ではない場合にも発生します。
- 引数が範囲外です。この例外は、 が 0 未満の場合に発生します。
- 無効な操作が要求されました。この例外は、受け入れ側の が接続を待機していない場合、または受け入れられたソケットがバインドされている場合に発生します。 メソッドを呼び出す前に、 メソッドと メソッドを呼び出す必要があります。この例外は、ソケットが既に接続されている、またはソケット操作が指定された パラメーターを使用して既に進行中の場合にも発生します。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
- のアドレス ファミリを取得します。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
-
-
- をローカル エンドポイントと関連付けます。
-
- に関連付けるローカル 。
-
- は null なので、
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
- は閉じられています。
- コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- リモート ホスト接続への非同期要求を取り消します。
-
- メソッドの 1 つを呼び出してリモート ホストへの接続を要求するために使用する オブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターおよび を null にすることはできません。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。
-
- は閉じられています。
- コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。
-
-
- リモート ホストに接続する非同期要求を開始します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
- 引数が無効です。この例外は、複数のバッファーが指定されているときに、 プロパティが null ではない場合に発生します。
-
- パラメーターおよび を null にすることはできません。
-
- が待機しているか、 パラメーターで指定されている オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。この例外は、ローカル エンドポイントと が同じアドレス ファミリではない場合にも発生します。
-
- は閉じられています。
- コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。
-
-
- リモート ホストに接続する非同期要求を開始します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
- 引数が無効です。この例外は、複数のバッファーが指定されているときに、 プロパティが null ではない場合に発生します。
-
- パラメーターおよび を null にすることはできません。
-
- が待機しているか、 パラメーターで指定されている オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。この例外は、ローカル エンドポイントと が同じアドレス ファミリではない場合にも発生します。
-
- は閉じられています。
- コール スタックの上位にある呼び出し元が、要求された操作のアクセス許可を保持していません。
-
-
- 最後に実行された 操作または 操作の時点で、 がリモート ホストに接続されていたかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 最後に実行された操作の時点で、 がリモート リソースに接続されていた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションでマネージ リソースも破棄します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
-
- クラスによって使用されていたリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- を待機状態にします。
- 保留中の接続のキューの最大長。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ローカル エンドポイントを取得します。
-
- が通信に使用している 。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ストリーム が Nagle アルゴリズムを使用するかどうかを指定する 値を取得または設定します。
-
- が Nagle アルゴリズムを使用する場合は false。それ以外の場合は true。既定値は、false です。
-
- へのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 基になるオペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターがインターネット プロトコル Version 4 (IPv4) をサポートしているかどうかを示します。
- オペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターが IPv4 プロトコルをサポートしている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- 基になるオペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターで、インターネット プロトコル Version 6 (IPv6) をサポートしているかどうかを示します。
- オペレーティング システムおよびネットワーク アダプターが IPv6 プロトコルをサポートしている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
-
- のプロトコル型を取得します。
-
- 値の 1 つ。
-
-
- 接続されている オブジェクトからデータを受信する非同期要求を開始します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
- 引数が無効です。 パラメーターの プロパティまたは プロパティは、有効なバッファーを参照する必要があります。これらのプロパティは、どちらか 1 つを設定できます。一度に両方のプロパティを設定することはできません。
-
- パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。
-
- は閉じられています。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
-
-
- の受信バッファーのサイズを指定する値を取得または設定します。
- 受信バッファーのサイズ (バイト単位) を格納している 。既定値は 8192 です。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。
-
- は閉じられています。
- 設定操作として指定された値が 0 未満です。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 指定したネットワーク デバイスから、データの非同期の受信を開始します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
-
- に null を指定することはできません。
-
- パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。
-
- は閉じられています。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。
-
-
- リモート エンドポイントを取得します。
-
- の通信先の 。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 接続されている オブジェクトに、データを非同期に送信します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターの プロパティまたは プロパティは、有効なバッファーを参照する必要があります。これらのプロパティは、どちらか 1 つを設定できます。一度に両方のプロパティを設定することはできません。
-
- パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
- がまだ接続されていないか、 、 、または の各メソッドによって取得されませんでした。
-
-
-
- の送信バッファーのサイズを指定する値を取得または設定します。
- 送信バッファーのサイズ (バイト単位) を格納している 。既定値は 8192 です。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。
-
- は閉じられています。
- 設定操作として指定された値が 0 未満です。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 特定のリモート ホストにデータを非同期的に送信します。
- I/O 操作が保留中の場合は、true を返します。操作の完了時に、 パラメーターの イベントが発生します。I/O 操作が同期的に完了した場合は、false を返します。この場合、 パラメーターの イベントは発生しません。メソッド呼び出しから制御が戻った直後に、パラメーターとして渡された オブジェクトを調べて操作の結果を取得できます。
- この非同期ソケット操作に使用する オブジェクト。
-
- に null を指定することはできません。
-
- パラメーターに指定された オブジェクトを使用してソケット操作が既に進行していました。
- このメソッドには Windows XP 以降が必要です。
-
- は閉じられています。
- 指定されたプロトコルはコネクション指向ですが、 がまだ接続されていません。
-
-
-
- での送受信を無効にします。
- 許可されなくなる操作を指定する 値の 1 つ。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。詳細については、次の「解説」を参照してください。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- によって送信されたインターネット プロトコル (IP) パケットの有効期間 (TTL) の値を指定する値を取得または設定します。
- TTL の値。
- TTL 値には、負の数を設定できません。
- このプロパティは、 ファミリまたは ファミリのソケットに対してだけ設定できます。
- ソケットへのアクセスを試みているときにエラーが発生しました。このエラーは、TTL に 255 より大きい値を設定しようとしたときにも返されます。
-
- は閉じられています。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 非同期ソケット操作を表します。
-
-
- 空の インスタンスを作成します。
- このプラットフォームはサポートされていません。
-
-
- 非同期ソケット メソッドとの接続を受け入れるために使用するソケットまたは作成されたソケットを取得または設定します。
- 非同期ソケット メソッドとの接続を受け入れるために使用する または作成されたソケット。
-
-
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを取得します。
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを表す 配列。
-
-
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーの配列を取得または設定します。
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーの配列を表す 。
- 設定操作であいまいなバッファーが指定されています。この例外は、 が null 以外の値に設定されている状態で、 プロパティに null 以外の値を設定しようとした場合に発生します。
-
-
- ソケット操作で転送するバイト数を取得します。
- ソケット操作で転送するバイト数を格納する 。
-
-
- 非同期操作を完了させるために使用されるイベントです。
-
-
-
- が使用されているときに接続エラーが発生した場合、例外を取得します。
-
- プロパティに を指定したときの接続エラーの原因を示す 。
-
-
-
- メソッドが正常に完了した後に作成され、接続された オブジェクト。
- 接続された オブジェクト。
-
-
- 非同期操作で送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位) を取得します。
- 送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位) を格納する 。
-
-
-
- インスタンスが使用するアンマネージ リソースを解放し、必要に応じてマネージ リソースを破棄します。
-
-
-
- クラスによって使用されていたリソースを解放します。
-
-
- このコンテキスト オブジェクトで最近実行されたソケット操作の種類を取得します。
- このコンテキスト オブジェクトで最近実行されたソケット操作の種類を示す インスタンス。
-
-
-
- プロパティによって参照されるデータ バッファーへのオフセット (バイト単位) を取得します。
-
- プロパティによって参照されるデータ バッファーへのオフセット (バイト単位) を格納する 。
-
-
- 非同期操作の完了時に呼び出されるメソッドを表します。
- シグナル状態のイベント。
-
-
- 非同期操作のリモート IP エンドポイントを取得または設定します。
- 非同期操作のリモート IP エンドポイントを表す 。
-
-
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを設定します。
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファー。
- 操作を開始するデータ バッファーのオフセット (バイト単位)。
- バッファー内で送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位)。
- あいまいなバッファーが指定されています。この例外は、 プロパティが null ではなく、 プロパティも null ではない場合に発生します。
- 引数が範囲外です。この例外は、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さよりも大きい場合に発生します。また、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さから パラメーターを引いた長さよりも大きい場合にも、この例外が発生します。
-
-
- 非同期ソケット メソッドで使用するデータ バッファーを設定します。
- 操作を開始するデータ バッファーのオフセット (バイト単位)。
- バッファー内で送信または受信するデータの最大量 (バイト単位)。
- 引数が範囲外です。この例外は、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さよりも大きい場合に発生します。また、 パラメーターがゼロ未満であるか、 プロパティの配列の長さから パラメーターを引いた長さよりも大きい場合にも、この例外が発生します。
-
-
- 非同期ソケット操作の結果を取得または設定します。
- 非同期ソケット操作の結果を表す 。
-
-
- この非同期ソケット操作に関連付けられたユーザー オブジェクトまたはアプリケーション オブジェクトを取得または設定します。
- この非同期ソケット操作に関連付けられたユーザー オブジェクトまたはアプリケーション オブジェクトを表すオブジェクト。
-
-
- このコンテキスト オブジェクトで最近実行された非同期ソケット操作の型。
-
-
- ソケットの Accept 操作。
-
-
- ソケットの Connect 操作。
-
-
- ソケット操作なし。
-
-
- ソケットの Receive 操作。
-
-
- ソケットの ReceiveFrom 操作。
-
-
- ソケットの Send 操作。
-
-
- ソケットの SendTo 操作。
-
-
-
- メソッドが使用する定数を定義します。
-
-
- 送信と受信の両方の を無効にします。このフィールドは定数です。
-
-
- 受信の を無効にします。このフィールドは定数です。
-
-
- 送信の を無効にします。このフィールドは定数です。
-
-
-
- クラスのインスタンスが表すソケットの種類を指定します。
-
-
- データグラムをサポートしています。これはコネクションレスで、固定 (通常は短い) 最大長の、信頼性のないメッセージです。メッセージが喪失または複製されたり、正しい順序で受信されなかったりする可能性があります。 型の はデータの送受信に先立って接続する必要がなく、複数のピアと通信できます。 はデータグラム プロトコル ( ) と を使用します。
-
-
- データの複製および境界の維持を行うことなく、信頼性が高く双方向の、接続ベースのバイト ストリームをサポートします。この種類の Socket は、単一のピアと通信し、通信を開始する前にリモート ホスト接続を確立しておく必要があります。 は伝送制御プロトコル ( ) および InterNetwork を使用します。
-
-
- 不明な Socket 型を指定します。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d4438b213..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
-
- 클래스가 지원하는 프로토콜을 지정합니다.
-
-
- Transmission Control 프로토콜입니다.
-
-
- User Datagram 프로토콜입니다.
-
-
- 알 수 없는 프로토콜입니다.
-
-
- 지정되지 않은 프로토콜입니다.
-
-
- Berkeley 소켓 인터페이스를 구현합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 주소 패밀리, 소켓 종류 및 프로토콜을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
- , 및 을 조합했을 때 소켓이 잘못된 경우
-
-
- 지정된 소켓 종류 및 프로토콜을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
- 과 을 조합했을 때 소켓이 잘못된 경우
-
-
- 들어오는 연결 시도를 받아들이는 비동기 작업을 시작합니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
- 인수가 잘못된 경우.제공된 버퍼의 크기가 너무 작으면 이 예외가 발생합니다.버퍼의 크기는 최소한 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16)바이트 이상이어야 합니다.버퍼를 여러 개 지정하고 속성이 null이 아닌 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다.
- 인수가 범위를 벗어난 경우. 가 0보다 작으면 이 예외가 발생합니다.
- 잘못된 작업이 요청된 경우.받아들이는 이 연결을 수신 대기하지 않거나 받아들인 소켓이 바인딩되어 있으면 이 예외가 발생합니다. 메서드를 호출하기 전에 및 메서드를 호출해야 합니다.소켓이 이미 연결되어 있거나 지정된 매개 변수를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
- 의 주소 패밀리를 가져옵니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
-
- 을 로컬 끝점과 연결합니다.
-
- 과 연결된 로컬 입니다.
-
- 가 null입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 원격 호스트 연결에 대한 비동기 요청을 취소합니다.
-
- 메서드 중 하나를 호출하여 원격 호스트에 대한 연결을 요청하는 데 사용되는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null일 수 없으며, 도 null일 수 없습니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
- 원격 호스트 연결에 대한 비동기 요청을 시작합니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
- 인수가 잘못된 경우.버퍼를 여러 개 지정하고 속성이 null이 아니면 이 예외가 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null일 수 없으며, 도 null일 수 없습니다.
-
- 이 수신 대기 중이거나 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.로컬 끝점과 가 같은 주소 패밀리에 포함되지 않은 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
- 원격 호스트 연결에 대한 비동기 요청을 시작합니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
- 인수가 잘못된 경우.버퍼를 여러 개 지정하고 속성이 null이 아니면 이 예외가 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null일 수 없으며, 도 null일 수 없습니다.
-
- 이 수신 대기 중이거나 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.로컬 끝점과 가 같은 주소 패밀리에 포함되지 않은 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 호출 스택에 있는 상위 호출자에게 요청된 작업에 대한 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
-
- 이 마지막으로 또는 작업을 수행할 때 원격 호스트에 연결되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 가장 최근 작업에서 이 원격 리소스에 연결되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 필요에 따라 관리되는 리소스를 삭제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스에서 사용한 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 을 수신 상태로 둡니다.
- 보류 중인 연결 큐의 최대 길이입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 로컬 끝점을 가져옵니다.
-
- 이 통신하는 데 사용하는 입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 스트림에서 Nagle 알고리즘을 사용하는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
-
- 에서 Nagle 알고리즘을 사용하면 false이고, 그렇지 않으면 true입니다.기본값은 false입니다.
-
- 에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우.자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 내부 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv4(인터넷 프로토콜 버전 4)를 지원하는지 여부를 나타냅니다.
- 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv4 프로토콜을 지원하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 내부 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv6(인터넷 프로토콜 버전 6)을 지원하는지 여부를 나타냅니다.
- 운영 체제 및 네트워크 어댑터에서 IPv6 프로토콜을 지원하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
-
- 의 프로토콜 종류를 가져옵니다.
-
- 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 연결된 개체에서 데이터를 받기 위해 비동기 요청을 시작합니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
- 인수가 잘못된 경우. 매개 변수의 또는 속성이 올바른 버퍼를 참조하지 않는 경우.이러한 속성 중 하나를 설정할 수 있지만 두 속성을 동시에 설정할 수는 없습니다.
-
- 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
-
-
- 의 수신 버퍼 크기를 지정하는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 수신 버퍼의 크기(바이트)가 들어 있는 입니다.기본값은 8192입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- set 작업에 지정된 값이 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 지정된 네트워크 장치에서 비동기적으로 데이터를 받기 시작합니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
-
- 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우
-
-
- 원격 끝점을 가져옵니다.
-
- 이 통신에 사용하는 입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 데이터를 연결된 개체에 비동기적으로 보냅니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 또는 속성이 올바른 버퍼를 참조하지 않는 경우.이러한 속성 중 하나를 설정할 수 있지만 두 속성을 동시에 설정할 수는 없습니다.
-
- 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
- 이 아직 연결되지 않았거나 , 또는 메서드를 통해 소켓을 가져오지 못한 경우
-
-
-
- 의 송신 버퍼 크기를 지정하는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 송신 버퍼의 크기(바이트)가 들어 있는 입니다.기본값은 8192입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- set 작업에 지정된 값이 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 특정 원격 호스트에 데이터를 비동기적으로 보냅니다.
- I/O 작업이 보류 중인 경우 true를 반환합니다.작업이 완료되면 매개 변수에 대한 이벤트가 발생합니다.I/O 작업이 동기적으로 완료된 경우 false를 반환합니다.이 경우에는 매개 변수에서 이벤트가 발생하지 않으며, 메서드 호출이 반환된 직후 매개 변수로 전달된 개체를 검사하여 작업 결과를 검색할 수 있습니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업에 사용할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
-
- 매개 변수에 지정된 개체를 사용하여 소켓 작업이 이미 진행 중인 경우
- 이 메서드에 Windows XP 이상이 필요한 경우.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
- 연결 지향 프로토콜이 지정되었는데 이 아직 연결되지 않은 경우
-
-
-
- 에서 보내기 및 받기를 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.
- 더 이상 허용하지 않을 작업을 지정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우자세한 내용은 설명 부분을 참조하십시오.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 에서 보낸 IP(인터넷 프로토콜) 패킷의 TTL(Time-To-Live) 값을 지정하는 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- TTL 값입니다.
- TTL 값은 음수로 설정할 수 있습니다.
-
- 또는 패밀리의 소켓이 아닌 소켓에 대해 이 속성을 설정한 경우
- 소켓에 액세스하려고 시도하는 동안 오류가 발생한 경우TTL을 255보다 큰 값으로 설정하고자 할 때에도 이 오류가 반환됩니다.
-
- 이 닫힌 경우
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 작업을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 빈 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
- 플랫폼이 지원되지 않는 경우
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 메서드를 통해 연결을 허용하기 위해 만들었거나 사용할 소켓을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 비동기 소켓 메서드를 통해 연결을 허용하기 위해 만들었거나 사용할 입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 가져옵니다.
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 나타내는 배열입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼의 배열을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼의 배열을 나타내는 입니다.
- 설정 작업에 지정된 버퍼가 명확하지 않은 경우. 속성이 null이 아닌 값으로 설정되고, 속성을 null이 아닌 값으로 설정하고자 하는 경우, 이러한 예외가 발생합니다.
-
-
- 소켓 작업에서 전송된 바이트 수를 가져옵니다.
- 소켓 작업에서 전송된 바이트 수를 포함하는 입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 작업을 완료하는 데 사용할 이벤트입니다.
-
-
-
- 를 사용할 때 연결 실패가 발생하는 경우의 예외를 가져옵니다.
-
- 가 속성에 지정된 경우 연결 오류의 원인을 나타내는 입니다.
-
-
-
- 메서드가 성공적으로 완료된 후 만들어지고 연결되는 개체입니다.
- 연결된 개체입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 작업을 통해 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)을 가져옵니다.
- 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)을 포함하는 입니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 삭제합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
- 이 컨텍스트 개체를 사용하여 가장 최근에 수행한 소켓 작업의 유형을 가져옵니다.
- 이 컨텍스트 개체를 사용하여 가장 최근에 수행한 소켓 작업의 유형을 나타내는 인스턴스입니다.
-
-
-
- 속성에서 참조하는 데이터 버퍼의 오프셋(바이트)을 가져옵니다.
-
- 속성에서 참조하는 데이터 버퍼의 오프셋(바이트)이 포함된 입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 작업이 완료되면 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 신호를 받는 이벤트입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 작업의 원격 IP 끝점을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 비동기 작업의 원격 IP 끝점을 나타내는 입니다.
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 설정합니다.
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼입니다.
- 데이터 버퍼에서 작업이 시작되는 오프셋(바이트)입니다.
- 버퍼에서 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)입니다.
- 지정된 버퍼가 명확하지 않은 경우. 속성도 null이 아니고 속성도 null이 아니면 이 예외가 발생합니다.
- 인수가 범위를 벗어난 경우. 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나 속성에 지정된 배열 길이보다 크면 이 예외가 발생합니다.또한 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나, 속성에 지정된 배열 길이에서 매개 변수를 뺀 값보다 큰 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다.
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 메서드에 사용할 데이터 버퍼를 설정합니다.
- 데이터 버퍼에서 작업이 시작되는 오프셋(바이트)입니다.
- 버퍼에서 보내거나 받을 최대 데이터 양(바이트)입니다.
- 인수가 범위를 벗어난 경우. 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나 속성에 지정된 배열 길이보다 크면 이 예외가 발생합니다.또한 매개 변수가 0보다 작거나, 속성에 지정된 배열 길이에서 매개 변수를 뺀 값보다 큰 경우에도 이 예외가 발생합니다.
-
-
- 비동기 소켓 작업의 결과를 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 비동기 소켓 작업의 결과를 나타내는 입니다.
-
-
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업과 연결된 사용자 또는 응용 프로그램 개체를 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 이 비동기 소켓 작업과 연결된 사용자 또는 응용 프로그램 개체를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 이 컨텍스트 개체를 사용하여 가장 최근에 수행된 비동기 소켓 작업의 유형입니다.
-
-
- 소켓 Accept 작업입니다.
-
-
- 소켓 Connect 작업입니다.
-
-
- 소켓 작업이 없습니다.
-
-
- 소켓 Receive 작업입니다.
-
-
- 소켓 ReceiveFrom 작업입니다.
-
-
- 소켓 Send 작업입니다.
-
-
- 소켓 SendTo 작업입니다.
-
-
-
- 메서드에서 사용하는 상수를 정의합니다.
-
-
-
- 을 보내기와 받기 모두에 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.이 필드는 상수입니다.
-
-
-
- 을 받기에 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.이 필드는 상수입니다.
-
-
-
- 을 보내기에 사용할 수 없도록 설정합니다.이 필드는 상수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 인스턴스가 나타내는 소켓의 종류를 지정합니다.
-
-
- 고정된 최대 길이(대개 작음)의 신뢰할 수 없고 연결 없는 메시지인 데이터그램을 지원합니다.메시지가 손실되거나 중복될 수 있으며 메시지 순서가 잘못될 수도 있습니다. 종류의 은 데이터를 보내고 받기 전에 연결하지 않고도 여러 피어와 통신할 수 있습니다. 은 Datagram Protocol( )과 를 사용합니다.
-
-
- 데이터 중복이나 경계 유지 없이 신뢰성 있는 양방향 연결 기반의 바이트 스트림을 지원합니다.이 종류의 Socket은 단일 피어와 통신하며 이 소켓을 사용할 경우 통신을 시작하기 전에 원격 호스트에 연결해야 합니다. 은 Transmission Control Protocol( ) 및 InterNetwork 를 사용합니다.
-
-
- 알 수 없는 Socket 종류를 지정합니다.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bab4e69d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- Задает протокол, поддерживающий класс .
-
-
- Протокол TCP.
-
-
- Протокол UDP.
-
-
- Неизвестный протокол.
-
-
- Неуказанный протокол.
-
-
- Реализует интерфейс сокетов Berkeley.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя заданные семейство адресов, тип сокета и протокол.
- Одно из значений .
- Одно из значений .
- Одно из значений .
- Сочетание параметров , и приводит к неработоспособному сокету.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанный тип сокетов и протокол.
- Одно из значений .
- Одно из значений .
- Сочетание параметров и приводит к недопустимому сокету.
-
-
- Начинает асинхронную операцию, чтобы принять попытку входящего подключения.
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.Событие на параметре не произойдет и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Аргумент является недопустимым.Это исключение возникает, если обеспечиваемый буфер имеет недостаточный размер.Буфер должен иметь размер, равный, по крайней мере, 2 * (размер(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) байт.Это исключение также возникает, если задано несколько буферов, свойство не имеет значение "null".
- Аргумент вне диапазона.Исключение возникает, если объект имеет значение меньше 0.
- Предпринят запрос выполнения недопустимой операции.Это исключение возникает, если принимающий объект не производит прослушивание подключений или принимающий сокет является связанным.Требуется вызвать объект и метод перед вызовом метода .Это исключение также происходит, если сокет уже подключен или работа с сокетом уже выполнялась с использованием указанного параметра .
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
- Получает семейство адресов объекта .
- Одно из значений .
-
-
- Связывает объект с локальной конечной точкой.
- Локальный объект , который необходимо связать с объектом .
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Объект закрыт.
- У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Отменяет выполнение асинхронного запроса для подключения к удаленному узлу.
- Объект , используемый для запроса соединения с удаленным узлом путем вызова одного из методов .
- Параметр и не могут иметь значение NULL.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.
- Объект закрыт.
- У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции.
-
-
- Начинает выполнение асинхронного запроса для подключения к удаленному узлу.
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Аргумент является недопустимым.Это исключение возникает, если задано несколько буферов, свойство не имеет значение "null".
- Параметр и не могут иметь значение NULL.
-
- ведет прослушивание или работа с сокетом уже выполняется с использованием объекта , указанного параметром .
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.Это исключение возникает также в том случае, если локальная конечная точка и объект не принадлежат к одному семейству адресов.
- Объект закрыт.
- У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции.
-
-
- Начинает выполнение асинхронного запроса для подключения к удаленному узлу.
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Одно из значений .
- Одно из значений .
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Аргумент является недопустимым.Это исключение возникает, если задано несколько буферов, свойство не имеет значение "null".
- Параметр и не могут иметь значение NULL.
-
- ведет прослушивание или работа с сокетом уже выполняется с использованием объекта , указанного параметром .
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.Это исключение возникает также в том случае, если локальная конечная точка и объект не принадлежат к одному семейству адресов.
- Объект закрыт.
- У вызывающего оператора, находящегося в начале стека вызовов, нет разрешения для запрашиваемой операции.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, подключается ли объект к удаленному узлу в результате последней операции или .
- Значение true, если объект в результате последней операции был подключен к удаленному ресурсу; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые объектом , и по возможности — управляемые ресурсы.
- Значение true для освобождения управляемых и неуправляемых ресурсов; значение false для освобождения только неуправляемых ресурсов.
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые классом .
-
-
- Устанавливает объект в состояние прослушивания.
- Максимальная длина очереди ожидающих подключений.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Возвращает локальную конечную точку.
- Объект , который объект использует для взаимодействий.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Возвращает или задает значение , указывающее, используется ли поток в алгоритме Nagle.
- Значение false, если объект использует алгоритм Nagle; в противном случае — значение true.Значение по умолчанию — false.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к объекту .Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Указывает, поддерживают ли основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры протокол IPv4.
- Значение true, если основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры поддерживают протокол IPv4; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Указывает, поддерживают ли основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры протокол IPv6.
- Значение true, если основная операционная система и сетевые адаптеры поддерживают протокол IPv6; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Получает тип протокола объекта .
- Одно из значений .
-
-
- Начинает выполнение асинхронного запроса, чтобы получить данные из подключенного объекта .
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Аргумент был недопустимым.Свойства или на параметре должны ссылаться на допустимые буферы.Может быть установлено одно из этих свойств, но нельзя одновременно устанавливать оба свойства.
- Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре .
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.
- Объект закрыт.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
-
-
- Получает или задает значение, задающее размер приемного буфера объекта .
- Объект , который содержит значение размера приемного буфера в байтах.Значение по умолчанию — 8192.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.
- Объект закрыт.
- Значение, указанное для операции установки, меньше 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Начинает выполнение асинхронного приема данных с указанного сетевого устройства.
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Объект не может иметь значение "null".
- Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре .
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.
- Объект закрыт.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.
-
-
- Возвращает удаленную конечную точку.
- Объект , с которым взаимодействует объект .
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Выполняет асинхронную передачу данных на подключенный объект .
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Свойства или на параметре должны ссылаться на допустимые буферы.Может быть установлено одно из этих свойств, но нельзя одновременно устанавливать оба свойства.
- Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре .
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.
- Объект закрыт.
- Объект уже не подключен или он был получен посредством метода , или .
-
-
- Получает или задает значение, определяющее размер буфера передачи объекта .
- Объект , который содержит значение размера буфера передачи в байтах.Значение по умолчанию — 8192.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.
- Объект закрыт.
- Значение, указанное для операции установки, меньше 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Выполняет асинхронную передачу данных в указанный удаленный узел.
- Возвращает значение true, если операция ввода-вывода находится в состоянии ожидания.По завершении операции создается событие в параметре .Возвращает значение false, если операция ввода-вывода завершена синхронно.В данном случае событие на параметре не будет создано и объект , передаваемый как параметр, можно изучить сразу после получения результатов вызова метода для извлечения результатов операции.
- Объект для использования в данной асинхронной операции сокета.
- Объект не может иметь значение "null".
- Операция сокета уже выполнялась с использованием объекта , указанного в параметре .
- Этот метод доступен только в Windows XP и более поздних версиях.
- Объект закрыт.
- Указанный протокол работает с установлением соединения, но объект еще не подключен.
-
-
- Блокирует передачу и получение данных для объекта .
- Одно из значений , указывающее на то, что операция более не разрешена.
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе "Примечания".
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Получает или задает значение, задающее время существования (TTL) IP-пакетов, отправленных объектом .
- Значение времени существования TTL.
- В качестве величины срока жизни нельзя задать отрицательное число.
- Это свойство может быть установлено только для сокетов в семействах или .
- Произошла ошибка при попытке доступа к сокету.Эта ошибка также возвращается при попытке задать срок жизни больше, чем 255.
- Объект закрыт.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Представляет асинхронную операцию сокета.
-
-
- Создает пустой экземпляр класса .
- Платформа не поддерживается.
-
-
- Возвращает или задает сокет для применения или сокет, созданный для принятия запроса на подключения, с помощью асинхронного метода сокета.
- Объект для применения (сокет, созданный для принятия запроса на подключения с помощью асинхронного метода сокета).
-
-
- Получает буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
- Массив , представляющий буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
-
-
- Возвращает или задает массив буферов данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
- Объект , представляющий массив буферов данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
- Неоднозначное указание буферов для заданной операции.Это исключение возникает, если для свойства задано значение, отличное от NULL, и была предпринята попытка задать отличное от NULL значение для свойства .
-
-
- Получает количество байтов, переданных в операции сокета.
- Объект , содержащий количество байтов, переданных в операции сокета.
-
-
- Событие, используемое для завершения асинхронной операции.
-
-
- Получает исключение в случае сбоя соединения при использовании .
- Объект , указывающий причину ошибки соединения, если значение было задано для свойства .
-
-
- Созданный и подключенный объект после успешного выполнения метода .
- Подключенный объект .
-
-
- Получает значение, равное максимальному количеству данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено в асинхронной операции.
- Объект , содержащий значение, равное максимальному количеству данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено.
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые экземпляром класса , и при необходимости удаляет управляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые классом .
-
-
- Получает тип операции сокета, которая была выполнена последней с этим объектом контекста.
- Экземпляр класса , указывающий тип операции сокета, которая была выполнена последней с этим объектом контекста.
-
-
- Получает смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, на который ссылается свойство .
- Объект , содержащий смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, на который ссылается свойство .
-
-
- Представляет метод, вызываемый после завершения асинхронной операции.
- Сигнализирующее событие.
-
-
- Возвращает или задает удаленную конечную точка IP для асинхронной операции.
- Объект , представляющий удаленную конечную точка IP для асинхронной операции.
-
-
- Задает буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
- Буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
- Смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, при котором начинается операция.
- Максимальное количество данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено в буфере.
- Неоднозначное указание буферов.Это исключение возникает, если значения свойств и одновременно отличны от null.
- Аргумент вне диапазона.Это исключение возникает, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше длины массива, указанной в свойстве .Это исключение возникает также, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше разницы между длиной массива, указанной в свойстве , и значением параметра .
-
-
- Задает буфер данных для применения в асинхронном методе сокета.
- Смещение (в байтах) в буфере данных, при котором начинается операция.
- Максимальное количество данных (в байтах), которое может быть отправлено или получено в буфере.
- Аргумент вне диапазона.Это исключение возникает, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше длины массива, указанной в свойстве .Это исключение возникает также, если значение параметра меньше нуля или больше разницы между длиной массива, указанной в свойстве , и значением параметра .
-
-
- Возвращает или задает результат асинхронной операции сокета.
- Объект , представляющий результат асинхронной операции сокета.
-
-
- Возвращает или задает объект пользователя или приложения, связанный с данной асинхронной операцией сокета.
- Объект, который представляет объект пользователя или приложения, связанный с данной асинхронной операцией сокета.
-
-
- Тип асинхронной операции сокета, которая была выполнена последней с этим объектом контекста.
-
-
- Операция Accept сокета.
-
-
- Операция Connect сокета.
-
-
- Ни одна из операций сокета.
-
-
- Операция Receive сокета.
-
-
- Операция ReceiveFrom сокета.
-
-
- Операция Send сокета.
-
-
- Операция SendTo сокета.
-
-
- Определяет константы, используемые методом .
-
-
- Отключает объект как от приема, так и от передачи.Это поле является константой.
-
-
- Отключает объект от приема.Это поле является константой.
-
-
- Отключает объект от передачи.Это поле является константой.
-
-
- Указывает тип сокета, являющегося экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Поддерживает датаграммы — ненадежные сообщения с фиксированной (обычно малой) максимальной длиной, передаваемые без установления подключения.Возможны потеря и дублирование сообщений, а также их получение не в том порядке, в котором они отправлены.Объект типа не требует установки подключения до приема и передачи данных и может обеспечивать связь со множеством одноранговых узлов. использует протокол Datagram ( ) и .
-
-
- Поддерживает надежные двусторонние байтовые потоки в режиме с установлением подключения, без дублирования данных и без сохранения границ данных.Объект Socket этого типа взаимодействует с одним узлом и требует установления подключения к удаленному узлу перед началом передачи данных. использует протокол TCP ( ) и InterNetwork .
-
-
- Задает неизвестный тип Socket.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fe44e1802..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- 指定 类支持的协议。
-
-
- 传输控制协议。
-
-
- 用户数据报协议。
-
-
- 未知协议。
-
-
- 未指定的协议。
-
-
- 实现 Berkeley 套接字接口。
-
-
- 使用指定的地址族、套接字类型和协议初始化 类的新实例。
-
- 值之一。
-
- 值之一。
-
- 值之一。
-
- 、 和 的组合会导致无效套接字。
-
-
- 使用指定的地址族、套接字类型和协议初始化 类的新实例。
-
- 值之一。
-
- 值之一。
-
- 和 组合将导致套接字无效。
-
-
- 开始一个异步操作来接受一个传入的连接尝试。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
- 参数无效。如果所提供的缓冲区不够大,将会发生此异常。缓冲区必须至少为 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) 字节。如果指定了多个缓冲区,即 属性不为 null,也会发生此异常。
- 参数超出范围。如果 小于 0,将会发生此异常。
- 请求了无效操作。如果接收方 未侦听连接或者绑定了接受的套接字,将发生此异常。 和 方法必须先于 方法调用。如果套接字已连接或使用指定的 参数的套接字操作已经在进行中,也会发生此异常。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
- 获取 的地址族。
-
- 值之一。
-
-
- 使 与一个本地终结点相关联。
- 要与 关联的本地 。
-
- 为 null。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
- 已关闭。
- 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 取消一个对远程主机连接的异步请求。
-
- 对象,该对象用于通过调用 方法之一,请求与远程主机的连接。
-
- 参数不能为 null,并且 不能为空。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。
-
- 已关闭。
- 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。
-
-
- 开始一个对远程主机连接的异步请求。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。在这种情况下,将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
- 参数无效。如果指定了多个缓冲区,即 属性不为 null,将会发生此异常。
-
- 参数不能为 null,并且 不能为空。
-
- 正在侦听或已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。如果本地终结点和 不是相同的地址族,也会发生此异常。
-
- 已关闭。
- 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。
-
-
- 开始一个对远程主机连接的异步请求。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。在这种情况下,将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
-
- 值之一。
-
- 值之一。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
- 参数无效。如果指定了多个缓冲区,即 属性不为 null,将会发生此异常。
-
- 参数不能为 null,并且 不能为空。
-
- 正在侦听或已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。如果本地终结点和 不是相同的地址族,也会发生此异常。
-
- 已关闭。
- 调用堆栈上部的调用方无权执行所请求的操作。
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示 是在上次 还是 操作时连接到远程主机。
- 如果 在最近操作时连接到远程资源,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 使用的非托管资源,并可根据需要释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 释放 类使用的资源。
-
-
- 将 置于侦听状态。
- 挂起连接队列的最大长度。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 获取本地终结点。
-
- 当前用以进行通信的 。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 获取或设置 值,该值指定流 是否正在使用 Nagle 算法。
- 如果 使用 Nagle 算法,则为 false;否则为 true。默认值为 false。
- 试图访问 时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 指示基础操作系统和网络适配器是否支持 Internet 协议第 4 版 (IPv4)。
- 如果操作系统和网络适配器支持 IPv4 协议,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 指示基础操作系统和网络适配器是否支持 Internet 协议第 6 版 (IPv6)。
- 如果操作系统和网络适配器支持 IPv6 协议,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 获取 的协议类型。
-
- 值之一。
-
-
- 开始一个异步请求以便从连接的 对象中接收数据。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。在这种情况下,将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
- 参数无效。 参数的 或 属性必须引用有效的缓冲区。可以设置这两个属性中的某一个,但不能同时设置这两个属性。
- 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。
-
- 已关闭。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
-
- 获取或设置一个值,它指定 接收缓冲区的大小。
-
- ,它包含接收缓冲区的大小(以字节为单位)。默认值为 8192。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。
-
- 已关闭。
- 为设置操作指定的值小于 0。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 开始从指定网络设备中异步接收数据。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。在这种情况下,将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
-
- 不能为 null。
- 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。
-
- 已关闭。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。
-
-
- 获取远程终结点。
- 当前和 通信的 。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 将数据异步发送到连接的 对象。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。在这种情况下,将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
-
- 参数的 或 属性必须引用有效的缓冲区。可以设置这两个属性中的某一个,但不能同时设置这两个属性。
- 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。
-
- 已关闭。
-
- 尚未连接或者尚未通过 、 或 方法获得。
-
-
- 获取或设置一个值,该值指定 发送缓冲区的大小。
-
- ,它包含发送缓冲区的大小(以字节为单位)。默认值为 8192。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。
-
- 已关闭。
- 为设置操作指定的值小于 0。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 向特定远程主机异步发送数据。
- 如果 I/O 操作挂起,将返回 true。操作完成时,将引发 参数的 事件。如果 I/O 操作同步完成,将返回 false。在这种情况下,将不会引发 参数的 事件,并且可能在方法调用返回后立即检查作为参数传递的 对象以检索操作的结果。
- 要用于此异步套接字操作的 对象。
-
- 不能为 null。
- 已经在使用 参数中指定的 对象执行套接字操作。
- 此方法需要 Windows XP 或更高版本。
-
- 已关闭。
- 指定的协议是面向连接的,但 尚未连接。
-
-
- 禁用某 上的发送和接收。
-
- 值之一,它指定不再允许执行的操作。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。有关更多信息,请参见备注部分。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 获取或设置一个值,指定 发送的 Internet 协议 (IP) 数据包的生存时间 (TTL) 值。
- TTL 值。
- TTL 值不能设置为负数。
- 只有对于在 或 族中的套接字,才可以设置此属性。
- 试图访问套接字时发生错误。在尝试将 TTL 设置为大于 255 的值时,也将返回此错误。
-
- 已关闭。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 表示异步套接字操作。
-
-
- 创建一个空的 实例。
- 该平台不受支持。
-
-
- 获取或设置要使用的套接字或创建用于接受与异步套接字方法的连接的套接字。
- 要使用的 或者创建用于接受与异步套接字方法的连接的套接字。
-
-
- 获取要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。
- 一个 数组,表示要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。
-
-
- 获取或设置一个要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区数组。
- 一个 ,表示要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区数组。
- 存在不明确的缓冲区,这些缓冲区是在 set 操作上指定的。如果 属性已设置为非空值并且尝试将 属性设置为非空值,将引发此异常。
-
-
- 获取在套接字操作中传输的字节数。
- 一个 ,包含在套接字操作中传输的字节数。
-
-
- 用于完成异步操作的事件。
-
-
- 当使用 时,在出现连接故障的情况下获取异常。
- 一个 ,指示在为 属性指定 时发生连接错误的原因。
-
-
- 成功完成 方法后创建和连接的 对象。
- 连接的 对象。
-
-
- 获取可在异步操作中发送或接收的最大数据量(以字节为单位)。
- 一个 ,包含可发送或接收的最大数据量(以字节为单位)。
-
-
- 释放由 实例使用的非托管资源,并可选择释放托管资源。
-
-
- 释放 类使用的资源。
-
-
- 获取最近使用此上下文对象执行的套接字操作类型。
- 一个 实例,指示最近使用此上下文对象执行的套接字操作类型。
-
-
- 获取 属性引用的数据缓冲区的偏移量(以字节为单位)。
- 一个 ,包含 属性引用的数据缓冲区的偏移量(以字节为单位)。
-
-
- 表示异步操作完成时调用的方法。
- 终止的事件。
-
-
- 获取或设置异步操作的远程 IP 终结点。
- 一个 ,表示异步操作的远程 IP 终结点。
-
-
- 设置要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。
- 要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。
- 数据缓冲区中操作开始位置处的偏移量,以字节为单位。
- 可在缓冲区中发送或接收的最大数据量(以字节为单位)。
- 指定的缓冲区不明确。如果 属性不为 null, 属性也不为 null,将发生此异常。
- 参数超出范围。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度,将发生此异常。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度减去 参数的值,也会发生此异常。
-
-
- 设置要用于异步套接字方法的数据缓冲区。
- 数据缓冲区中操作开始位置处的偏移量,以字节为单位。
- 可在缓冲区中发送或接收的最大数据量(以字节为单位)。
- 参数超出范围。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度,将发生此异常。如果 参数小于零或大于 属性中的数组长度减去 参数的值,也会发生此异常。
-
-
- 获取或设置异步套接字操作的结果。
- 一个 ,表示异步套接字操作的结果。
-
-
- 获取或设置与此异步套接字操作关联的用户或应用程序对象。
- 一个对象,表示与此异步套接字操作关联的用户或应用程序对象。
-
-
- 最近使用此上下文对象执行的异步套接字操作的类型。
-
-
- 一个套接字 Accept 操作。
-
-
- 一个套接字 Connect 操作。
-
-
- 没有套接字操作。
-
-
- 一个套接字 Receive 操作。
-
-
- 一个套接字 ReceiveFrom 操作。
-
-
- 一个套接字 Send 操作。
-
-
- 一个套接字 SendTo 操作。
-
-
- 定义 方法使用的常量。
-
-
- 为发送和接收禁用 。此字段为常数。
-
-
- 禁用接收的 。此字段为常数。
-
-
- 禁用发送的 。此字段为常数。
-
-
- 指定 类的实例表示的套接字类型。
-
-
- 支持数据报,即最大长度固定(通常很小)的无连接、不可靠消息。消息可能会丢失或重复并可能在到达时不按顺序排列。 类型的 在发送和接收数据之前不需要任何连接,并且可以与多个对方主机进行通信。 使用数据报协议 ( ) 和 。
-
-
- 支持可靠、双向、基于连接的字节流,而不重复数据,也不保留边界。此类型的 Socket 与单个对方主机通信,并且在通信开始之前需要建立远程主机连接。 使用传输控制协议 ( ) 和 InterNetwork 。
-
-
- 指定未知的 Socket 类型。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Net.Sockets.xml b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Net.Sockets.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f0504227..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Net.Sockets.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,441 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Net.Sockets
-
-
-
- 指定 類別支援的通訊協定。
-
-
- 傳輸控制通訊協定。
-
-
- 使用者資料包通訊協定 (User Datagram Protocol,UDP)。
-
-
- 不明的通訊協定。
-
-
- 未指定的通訊協定。
-
-
- 實作 Berkeley 通訊端介面。
-
-
- 使用指定的通訊協定家族 (Family)、通訊端類型和通訊協定,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 一個 值。
- 其中一個 值。
- 其中一個 值。
-
- 、 和 組合所產生的無效通訊端。
-
-
- 使用指定的通訊端類型和通訊協定,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 其中一個 值。
- 其中一個 值。
-
- 和 組合產生無效通訊端。
-
-
- 開始非同步作業以接受連入的連接嘗試。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
- 引數是無效的。如果提供的緩衝區不夠大,就會發生這個例外狀況。緩衝區必須至少為 2 * (sizeof(SOCKADDR_STORAGE + 16) 位元組。如果指定多個緩衝區而 屬性不是 null,也會發生這個例外狀況。
- 引數超出範圍。如果 小於 0,就會發生這個例外狀況。
- 要求了無效的作業。如果接受的 不接聽連接或接受的通訊端已繫結,就會發生這個例外狀況。您必須先呼叫 和 方法,再呼叫 方法。此例外狀況也會在已與通訊端連線,或是通訊端作業已使用指定的 參數進行時發生。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
- 取得 的通訊協定家族 (Family)。
- 一個 值。
-
-
- 使 與本機端點建立關聯。
- 要與 關聯的本機 。
-
- 為 null。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 取消遠端主機連接的非同步要求。
-
- 物件,藉由呼叫一個 方法來要求與遠端主機連接。
-
- 參數不可為 null,而且 也不可為 null。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。
-
-
- 開始與遠端主機連接的非同步要求。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。在這個情況下,就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
- 引數是無效的。如果指定多個緩衝區而 屬性不是 null,就會發生這個例外狀況。
-
- 參數不可為 null,而且 也不可為 null。
-
- 正在接聽,或是通訊端作業正在進行並且使用 參數所指定的 物件。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。如果本機端點和 不是同一個通訊協定家族 (Family),也會發生這個例外狀況。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。
-
-
- 開始與遠端主機連接的非同步要求。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。在這個情況下,就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
- 其中一個 值。
- 其中一個 值。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
- 引數是無效的。如果指定多個緩衝區而 屬性不是 null,就會發生這個例外狀況。
-
- 參數不可為 null,而且 也不可為 null。
-
- 正在接聽,或是通訊端作業正在進行並且使用 參數所指定的 物件。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。如果本機端點和 不是同一個通訊協定家族 (Family),也會發生這個例外狀況。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 在呼叫堆疊中位置較高的呼叫端對於要求的作業沒有使用權限。
-
-
- 取得值,指出上一個 或 作業是否將 連接至遠端主機。
- 如果最近一次的作業是將 連接到遠端資源,則為 true,否則,即為 false。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性處置 Managed 資源。
- true,表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源;false,表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 釋放 類別所使用的資源。
-
-
- 將 置於接聽狀態。
- 暫止連接佇列的最大長度。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 取得本機端點。
-
- , 正將它用於通訊。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 取得或設定 值,指定資料流 是否使用 Nagle 演算法。
- 如果 使用 Nagle 演算法,則為 false,否則為 true。預設值為 false。
- 嘗試存取 時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 指出基礎作業系統和網路配置器是否支援網際網路通訊協定第 4 版 (IPv4)。
- 如果作業系統和網路配置器支援 IPv4 通訊協定則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 指出基礎作業系統和網路配置器是否支援網際網路通訊協定第 6 版 (IPv6)。
- 如果作業系統和網路配置器支援 IPv6 通訊協定則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 取得 的通訊協定 (Protocol) 類型。
- 其中一個 值。
-
-
- 開始非同步要求,以接收來自已連接的 物件的資料。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。在這個情況下,就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
- 引數無效。 參數上的 或 屬性必須參考有效的緩衝區。這兩個屬性可能有一個已經設定,但不會同時都已設定。
- 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
-
- 取得或設定值,指定 之接收緩衝區的大小。
-
- ,包含接收緩衝區的大小 (以位元組為單位)。預設值為 8192。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 為設定作業指定的值小於 0。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 開始從指定的網路裝置非同步接收資料。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。在這個情況下,就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
-
- 不可以是 null。
- 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。
-
-
- 取得遠端端點。
-
- , 正在與其通訊。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 將資料以非同步方式傳送至已連接的 物件。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。在這個情況下,就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
-
- 參數上的 或 屬性必須參考有效的緩衝區。這兩個屬性可能有一個已經設定,但不會同時都已設定。
- 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 尚未透過 、 或 方法取得 ,或尚未連接。
-
-
- 取得或設定值,指定 之傳送緩衝區的大小。
-
- ,包含傳送緩衝區的大小 (以位元組為單位)。預設值為 8192。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 為設定作業指定的值小於 0。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 非同步傳送資料至特定的遠端主機。
- 如果 I/O 作業暫止,則傳回 true。作業完成時會引發與 參數有關的 事件。如果 I/O 作業同步完成,則傳回 false。在這個情況下,就不會引發與 參數有關的 事件,而在方法呼叫傳回後會立即檢查做為參數傳遞的 物件,以擷取作業的結果。
-
- 物件,用於這個非同步通訊端作業。
-
- 不可以是 null。
- 通訊端作業已使用 參數內指定的 物件正在進行中。
- 這個方法需要 Windows XP (含) 以後版本。
-
- 已經關閉。
- 指定的通訊協定是連接導向的,但尚未連接 。
-
-
- 暫停 上的傳送和接收作業。
- 其中一個 值,指定將不再允許的作業。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。如需詳細資訊,請參閱「備註」一節。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 取得或設定值,指定 傳送之網際網路通訊協定 (IP) 封包的存留時間 (TTL) 值。
- TTL 值。
- TTL 值不能設定為負數。
- 這個屬性只可為 或 家族中的通訊端設定。
- 嘗試存取通訊端時發生錯誤。當嘗試將 TTL 設定為大於 255 的值時,也會傳回這個錯誤。
-
- 已經關閉。
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 代表非同步 (Asynchronous) 通訊端作業。
-
-
- 建立空的 執行個體。
- 不支援平台。
-
-
- 取得或設定要使用的通訊端,或是已建立並且使用非同步通訊端方法接受連線的通訊端。
- 要使用的 ,或是已建立並且使用非同步通訊端方法接受連線的通訊端。
-
-
- 取得要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。
-
- 陣列,表示要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。
-
-
- 取得或設定要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區之陣列。
-
- ,表示要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區之陣列。
- Set 作業指定了不明確的緩衝區。如果 屬性設定成非 Null 值,且嘗試將 屬性設定為非 Null 值,就會發生這個例外狀況。
-
-
- 取得通訊端作業中所傳輸的位元組數目。
-
- ,內含通訊端作業中所傳輸的位元組數目。
-
-
- 用來完成非同步作業的事件。
-
-
- 取得使用 時發生連接失敗的例外狀況 (Exception)。
-
- ,指出當指定 屬性的 條件下發生連接錯誤的原因。
-
-
-
- 方法成功完成後已建立和連接的 物件。
- 連接的 物件。
-
-
- 取得非同步作業中要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。
-
- ,內含要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。
-
-
- 釋放 執行個體所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性地處置 Managed 資源。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的資源。
-
-
- 取得最近使用這個內容物件執行的通訊端作業類型。
-
- 執行個體,代表最近使用這個內容物件執行的通訊端作業類型。
-
-
- 取得 屬性所參考之資料緩衝區中的位移 (以位元組為單位)。
-
- ,內含 屬性所參考之資料緩衝區中的位移 (以位元組為單位)。
-
-
- 代表在非同步作業完成時所呼叫的方法。
- 收到信號的事件。
-
-
- 取得或設定非同步作業的遠端 IP 端點。
-
- ,表示非同步作業的遠端 IP 端點。
-
-
- 設定要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。
- 要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。
- 作業開始的資料緩衝區位移 (以位元組為單位)。
- 緩衝區中要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。
- 指定了不明確的緩衝區。如果 屬性和 屬性都不是 null,就會發生這個例外狀況。
- 引數超出範圍。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度,就會發生這個例外狀況。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度減去 參數,也會發生這個例外狀況。
-
-
- 設定要和非同步通訊端方法一起使用的資料緩衝區。
- 作業開始的資料緩衝區位移 (以位元組為單位)。
- 緩衝區中要傳送或接收的資料量上限 (以位元組為單位)。
- 引數超出範圍。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度,就會發生這個例外狀況。如果 參數小於零或大於 屬性中的陣列長度減去 參數,也會發生這個例外狀況。
-
-
- 取得或設定非同步通訊端作業的結果。
-
- ,表示非同步通訊端作業的結果。
-
-
- 取得或設定與這個非同步通訊端作業相關聯的使用者或應用程式物件。
- 物件,表示與這個非同步通訊端作業相關聯的使用者或應用程式物件。
-
-
- 最近使用這個內容物件執行的非同步通訊端作業類型。
-
-
- 通訊端 Accept 作業。
-
-
- 通訊端 Connect 作業。
-
-
- 沒有任何一個通訊端作業。
-
-
- 通訊端 Receive 作業。
-
-
- 通訊端 ReceiveFrom 作業。
-
-
- 通訊端 Send 作業。
-
-
- 通訊端 SendTo 作業。
-
-
- 定義 方法所使用的常數。
-
-
- 停用關閉傳送和接收的 。這個欄位是常數。
-
-
- 停用接收的 。這個欄位是常數。
-
-
- 停用傳送的 。這個欄位是常數。
-
-
- 指定 類別的執行個體 (Instance) 所表示的通訊端 (Socket) 類型。
-
-
- 支援資料包 (Datagram),這些資料包是固定 (一般為小型) 最大長度的無連線、不可靠訊息。訊息可能會遺失或重複而抵達的順序也可能會混亂。 類型的 在傳送和接收資料之前並不需要先連線,並且可以與多個對等端通訊。 會使用資料包通訊協定 ( ) 以及 。
-
-
- 支援可靠、雙向、連接架構的位元組資料流,而不會導致資料重複且不需保留界限。這個類型的 Socket 可與單一對等端通訊,而在可以開始通訊之前必須連接遠端主機。 會使用「傳輸控制通訊協定」( ) 以及 InterNetwork 。
-
-
- 指定未知的 Socket 類型。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Net.Sockets.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index ea08604a2..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/System.Threading.4.3.0.nupkg b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/System.Threading.4.3.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index cd94c20cf..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/System.Threading.4.3.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 55cfb2081..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ThirdPartyNotices.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-This Microsoft .NET Library may incorporate components from the projects listed
-below. Microsoft licenses these components under the Microsoft .NET Library
-software license terms. The original copyright notices and the licenses under
-which Microsoft received such components are set forth below for informational
-purposes only. Microsoft reserves all rights not expressly granted herein,
-whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise.
-
-1. .NET Core (https://github.com/dotnet/core/)
-
-.NET Core
-Copyright (c) .NET Foundation and Contributors
-
-The MIT License (MIT)
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-SOFTWARE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 92b6c443d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/dotnet_library_license.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-
-MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS
-
-
-MICROSOFT .NET LIBRARY
-
-These license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation (or based on where you live, one of its affiliates) and you. Please read them. They apply to the software named above, which includes the media on which you received it, if any. The terms also apply to any Microsoft
-
-· updates,
-
-· supplements,
-
-· Internet-based services, and
-
-· support services
-
-for this software, unless other terms accompany those items. If so, those terms apply.
-
-BY USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THEM, DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-IF YOU COMPLY WITH THESE LICENSE TERMS, YOU HAVE THE PERPETUAL RIGHTS BELOW.
-
-1. INSTALLATION AND USE RIGHTS.
-
-a. Installation and Use. You may install and use any number of copies of the software to design, develop and test your programs.
-
-b. Third Party Programs. The software may include third party programs that Microsoft, not the third party, licenses to you under this agreement. Notices, if any, for the third party program are included for your information only.
-
-2. ADDITIONAL LICENSING REQUIREMENTS AND/OR USE RIGHTS.
-
-a. DISTRIBUTABLE CODE. The software is comprised of Distributable Code. “Distributable Code” is code that you are permitted to distribute in programs you develop if you comply with the terms below.
-
-i. Right to Use and Distribute.
-
-· You may copy and distribute the object code form of the software.
-
-· Third Party Distribution. You may permit distributors of your programs to copy and distribute the Distributable Code as part of those programs.
-
-ii. Distribution Requirements. For any Distributable Code you distribute, you must
-
-· add significant primary functionality to it in your programs;
-
-· require distributors and external end users to agree to terms that protect it at least as much as this agreement;
-
-· display your valid copyright notice on your programs; and
-
-· indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Microsoft from any claims, including attorneys’ fees, related to the distribution or use of your programs.
-
-iii. Distribution Restrictions. You may not
-
-· alter any copyright, trademark or patent notice in the Distributable Code;
-
-· use Microsoft’s trademarks in your programs’ names or in a way that suggests your programs come from or are endorsed by Microsoft;
-
-· include Distributable Code in malicious, deceptive or unlawful programs; or
-
-· modify or distribute the source code of any Distributable Code so that any part of it becomes subject to an Excluded License. An Excluded License is one that requires, as a condition of use, modification or distribution, that
-
-· the code be disclosed or distributed in source code form; or
-
-· others have the right to modify it.
-
-3. SCOPE OF LICENSE. The software is licensed, not sold. This agreement only gives you some rights to use the software. Microsoft reserves all other rights. Unless applicable law gives you more rights despite this limitation, you may use the software only as expressly permitted in this agreement. In doing so, you must comply with any technical limitations in the software that only allow you to use it in certain ways. You may not
-
-· work around any technical limitations in the software;
-
-· reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the software, except and only to the extent that applicable law expressly permits, despite this limitation;
-
-· publish the software for others to copy;
-
-· rent, lease or lend the software;
-
-· transfer the software or this agreement to any third party; or
-
-· use the software for commercial software hosting services.
-
-4. BACKUP COPY. You may make one backup copy of the software. You may use it only to reinstall the software.
-
-5. DOCUMENTATION. Any person that has valid access to your computer or internal network may copy and use the documentation for your internal, reference purposes.
-
-6. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. The software is subject to United States export laws and regulations. You must comply with all domestic and international export laws and regulations that apply to the software. These laws include restrictions on destinations, end users and end use. For additional information, see www.microsoft.com/exporting.
-
-7. SUPPORT SERVICES. Because this software is “as is,” we may not provide support services for it.
-
-8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement, and the terms for supplements, updates, Internet-based services and support services that you use, are the entire agreement for the software and support services.
-
-9. APPLICABLE LAW.
-
-a. United States. If you acquired the software in the United States, Washington state law governs the interpretation of this agreement and applies to claims for breach of it, regardless of conflict of laws principles. The laws of the state where you live govern all other claims, including claims under state consumer protection laws, unfair competition laws, and in tort.
-
-b. Outside the United States. If you acquired the software in any other country, the laws of that country apply.
-
-10. LEGAL EFFECT. This agreement describes certain legal rights. You may have other rights under the laws of your country. You may also have rights with respect to the party from whom you acquired the software. This agreement does not change your rights under the laws of your country if the laws of your country do not permit it to do so.
-
-11. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THE SOFTWARE IS LICENSED “AS-IS.” YOU BEAR THE RISK OF USING IT. MICROSOFT GIVES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES OR CONDITIONS. YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL CONSUMER RIGHTS OR STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS WHICH THIS AGREEMENT CANNOT CHANGE. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER YOUR LOCAL LAWS, MICROSOFT EXCLUDES THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
-
-FOR AUSTRALIA – YOU HAVE STATUTORY GUARANTEES UNDER THE AUSTRALIAN CONSUMER LAW AND NOTHING IN THESE TERMS IS INTENDED TO AFFECT THOSE RIGHTS.
-
-12. LIMITATION ON AND EXCLUSION OF REMEDIES AND DAMAGES. YOU CAN RECOVER FROM MICROSOFT AND ITS SUPPLIERS ONLY DIRECT DAMAGES UP TO U.S. $5.00. YOU CANNOT RECOVER ANY OTHER DAMAGES, INCLUDING CONSEQUENTIAL, LOST PROFITS, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.
-
-This limitation applies to
-
-· anything related to the software, services, content (including code) on third party Internet sites, or third party programs; and
-
-· claims for breach of contract, breach of warranty, guarantee or condition, strict liability, negligence, or other tort to the extent permitted by applicable law.
-
-It also applies even if Microsoft knew or should have known about the possibility of the damages. The above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you because your country may not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or other damages.
-
-Please note: As this software is distributed in Quebec, Canada, some of the clauses in this agreement are provided below in French.
-
-Remarque : Ce logiciel étant distribué au Québec, Canada, certaines des clauses dans ce contrat sont fournies ci-dessous en français.
-
-EXONÉRATION DE GARANTIE. Le logiciel visé par une licence est offert « tel quel ». Toute utilisation de ce logiciel est à votre seule risque et péril. Microsoft n’accorde aucune autre garantie expresse. Vous pouvez bénéficier de droits additionnels en vertu du droit local sur la protection des consommateurs, que ce contrat ne peut modifier. La ou elles sont permises par le droit locale, les garanties implicites de qualité marchande, d’adéquation à un usage particulier et d’absence de contrefaçon sont exclues.
-
-LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES-INTÉRÊTS ET EXCLUSION DE RESPONSABILITÉ POUR LES DOMMAGES. Vous pouvez obtenir de Microsoft et de ses fournisseurs une indemnisation en cas de dommages directs uniquement à hauteur de 5,00 $ US. Vous ne pouvez prétendre à aucune indemnisation pour les autres dommages, y compris les dommages spéciaux, indirects ou accessoires et pertes de bénéfices.
-
-Cette limitation concerne :
-
-· tout ce qui est relié au logiciel, aux services ou au contenu (y compris le code) figurant sur des sites Internet tiers ou dans des programmes tiers ; et
-
-· les réclamations au titre de violation de contrat ou de garantie, ou au titre de responsabilité stricte, de négligence ou d’une autre faute dans la limite autorisée par la loi en vigueur.
-
-Elle s’applique également, même si Microsoft connaissait ou devrait connaître l’éventualité d’un tel dommage. Si votre pays n’autorise pas l’exclusion ou la limitation de responsabilité pour les dommages indirects, accessoires ou de quelque nature que ce soit, il se peut que la limitation ou l’exclusion ci-dessus ne s’appliquera pas à votre égard.
-
-EFFET JURIDIQUE. Le présent contrat décrit certains droits juridiques. Vous pourriez avoir d’autres droits prévus par les lois de votre pays. Le présent contrat ne modifie pas les droits que vous confèrent les lois de votre pays si celles-ci ne le permettent pas.
-
-
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoAndroid10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/MonoTouch10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/net45/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/net45/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 7868cf043..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 7868cf043..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/win8/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/win8/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wp80/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wp80/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/wpa81/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinios10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinmac20/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarintvos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/lib/xamarinwatchos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoAndroid10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/MonoTouch10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/net45/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/net45/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index c77b70bc0..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72254652d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1797 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when one thread acquires a object that another thread has abandoned by exiting without releasing it.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and inner exception.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the inner exception, the index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the index of the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and the abandoned mutex.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Gets the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex, or null if the abandoned mutex could not be identified.
- 1
-
-
- Gets the index of the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known.
- The index, in the array of wait handles passed to the method, of the object that represents the abandoned mutex, or –1 if the index of the abandoned mutex could not be determined.
- 1
-
-
- Represents ambient data that is local to a given asynchronous control flow, such as an asynchronous method.
- The type of the ambient data.
-
-
- Instantiates an instance that does not receive change notifications.
-
-
- Instantiates an local instance that receives change notifications.
- The delegate that is called whenever the current value changes on any thread.
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the ambient data.
- The value of the ambient data.
-
-
- The class that provides data change information to instances that register for change notifications.
- The type of the data.
-
-
- Gets the data's current value.
- The data's current value.
-
-
- Gets the data's previous value.
- The data's previous value.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the value changes because of a change of execution context.
- true if the value changed because of a change of execution context; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Notifies a waiting thread that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to non-signaled.
-
-
- Enables multiple tasks to cooperatively work on an algorithm in parallel through multiple phases.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The number of participating threads.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than 32,767.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The number of participating threads.
- The to be executed after each phase. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) may be passed to indicate no action is taken.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than 32,767.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be an additional participant.
- The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- Adding a participant would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be additional participants.
- The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate.
- The number of additional participants to add to the barrier.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.-or-Adding participants would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Gets the number of the barrier's current phase.
- Returns the number of the barrier's current phase.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets the total number of participants in the barrier.
- Returns the total number of participants in the barrier.
-
-
- Gets the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase.
- Returns the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be one less participant.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be fewer participants.
- The number of additional participants to remove from the barrier.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.
- The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. -or-current participant count is less than the specified participantCount
- The total participant count is less than the specified
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
- If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout.
- if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
- If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a cancellation token.
- if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier, while observing a cancellation token.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval.
- true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out, or it is greater than 32,767.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval, while observing a cancellation token.
- true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when the post-phase action of a fails
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified inner exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Represents a method to be called within a new context.
- An object containing information to be used by the callback method each time it executes.
- 1
-
-
- Represents a synchronization primitive that is signaled when its count reaches zero.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of class with the specified count.
- The number of signals initially required to set the .
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Increments the 's current count by one.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Increments the 's current count by a specified value.
- The value by which to increase .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than or equal to 0.
- The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than after count is incremented by
-
-
- Gets the number of remaining signals required to set the event.
- The number of remaining signals required to set the event.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets the numbers of signals initially required to set the event.
- The number of signals initially required to set the event.
-
-
- Determines whether the event is set.
- true if the event is set; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Resets the to the value of .
- The current instance has already been disposed..
-
-
- Resets the property to a specified value.
- The number of signals required to set the .
- The current instance has alread been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Registers a signal with the , decrementing the value of .
- true if the signal caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The current instance is already set.
-
-
- Registers multiple signals with the , decrementing the value of by the specified amount.
- true if the signals caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of signals to register.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 1.
- The current instance is already set. -or- Or is greater than .
-
-
- Attempts to increment by one.
- true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero, this method will return false.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is equal to .
-
-
- Attempts to increment by a specified value.
- true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero this will return false.
- The value by which to increase .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than or equal to 0.
- The current instance is already set.-or- + is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, while observing a .
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to wait for the event to be set.
- A that is used to wait for the event to be set.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Indicates whether an is reset automatically or manually after receiving a signal.
- 2
-
-
- When signaled, the resets automatically after releasing a single thread. If no threads are waiting, the remains signaled until a thread blocks, and resets after releasing the thread.
-
-
- When signaled, the releases all waiting threads and remains signaled until it is manually reset.
-
-
- Represents a thread synchronization event.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled, and whether it resets automatically or manually.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, and the name of a system synchronization event.
- true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
- The name of a system-wide synchronization event.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, the name of a system synchronization event, and a Boolean variable whose value after the call indicates whether the named system event was created.
- true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
- The name of a system-wide synchronization event.
- When this method returns, contains true if a local event was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system event was created; false if the specified named system event already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system event.
- The name of the system synchronization event to open.
-
- is an empty string. -or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named system event does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, causing threads to block.
- true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false.
- The method was previously called on this .
- 2
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to signaled, allowing one or more waiting threads to proceed.
- true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false.
- The method was previously called on this .
- 2
-
-
- Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named synchronization event was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system synchronization event to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named synchronization event if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists, but the user does not have the desired security access.
-
-
- Manages the execution context for the current thread. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Captures the execution context from the current thread.
- An object representing the execution context for the current thread.
- 1
-
-
- Runs a method in a specified execution context on the current thread.
- The to set.
- A delegate that represents the method to be run in the provided execution context.
- The object to pass to the callback method.
-
- is null.-or- was not acquired through a capture operation. -or- has already been used as the argument to a call.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides atomic operations for variables that are shared by multiple threads.
- 2
-
-
- Adds two 32-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation.
- The new value stored at .
- A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in .
- The value to be added to the integer at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Adds two 64-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation.
- The new value stored at .
- A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in .
- The value to be added to the integer at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two double-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two 32-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two 64-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two platform-specific handles or pointers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one.
- The original value in .
- The destination , whose value is compared with the value of and possibly replaced by .
- The that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two objects for reference equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first object.
- The original value in .
- The destination object that is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The object that replaces the destination object if the comparison results in equality.
- The object that is compared to the object at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two single-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two instances of the specified reference type for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The type to be used for , , and . This type must be a reference type.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Decrements a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The decremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be decremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Decrements the specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The decremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be decremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a double-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a 32-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a 64-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a platform-specific handle or pointer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets an object to a specified value and returns a reference to the original object, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a single-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a variable of the specified type to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The type to be used for and . This type must be a reference type.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The incremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be incremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The incremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be incremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronizes memory access as follows: The processor that executes the current thread cannot reorder instructions in such a way that memory accesses before the call to execute after memory accesses that follow the call to .
-
-
- Returns a 64-bit value, loaded as an atomic operation.
- The loaded value.
- The 64-bit value to be loaded.
- 1
-
-
- Provides lazy initialization routines.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference type with the type's default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized reference of type .
- A reference of type to initialize if it has not already been initialized.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference or value type with its default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized.
- A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference or value type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized.
- A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated.
- The function that is called to initialize the reference or value.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- The reference of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The function that is called to initialize the reference.
- The reference type of the reference to be initialized.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
- returned null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when recursive entry into a lock is not compatible with the recursion policy for the lock.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- The exception that caused the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
- 2
-
-
- Specifies whether a lock can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-
-
- If a thread tries to enter a lock recursively, an exception is thrown. Some classes may allow certain recursions when this setting is in effect.
-
-
- A thread can enter a lock recursively. Some classes may restrict this capability.
-
-
- Notifies one or more waiting threads that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
-
-
- Provides a slimmed down version of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with an initial state of nonsignaled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled and a specified spin count.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
- The number of spin waits that will occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets whether the event is set.
- true if the event has is set; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, which causes threads to block.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to signaled, which allows one or more threads waiting on the event to proceed.
-
-
- Gets the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
- Returns the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current receives a signal, while observing a .
- The to observe.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the underlying object for this .
- The underlying event object fore this .
-
-
- Provides a mechanism that synchronizes access to objects.
- 2
-
-
- Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- The object on which to acquire the monitor lock.
- The parameter is null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to wait.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. Note If no exception occurs, the output of this method is always true.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
-
- Releases an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- The object on which to release the lock.
- The parameter is null.
- The current thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Determines whether the current thread holds the lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread holds the lock on ; otherwise, false.
- The object to test.
-
- is null.
-
-
- Notifies a thread in the waiting queue of a change in the locked object's state.
- The object a thread is waiting for.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Notifies all waiting threads of a change in the object's state.
- The object that sends the pulse.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The parameter is null.
- 1
-
-
- Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock.
- The parameter is null.
-
- is negative, and not equal to .
- 1
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
- is negative, and not equal to .
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- A representing the amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait.
- The parameter is null.
- The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
- 1
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
- The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock.
- true if the call returned because the caller reacquired the lock for the specified object. This method does not return if the lock is not reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- 1
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue.
- true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- The number of milliseconds to wait before the thread enters the ready queue.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- The value of the parameter is negative, and is not equal to .
- 1
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue.
- true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- A representing the amount of time to wait before the thread enters the ready queue.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- The value of the parameter in milliseconds is negative and does not represent (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
- 1
-
-
- A synchronization primitive that can also be used for interprocess synchronization.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the mutex; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, and a string that is the name of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false.
- The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed.
- The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, a string that is the name of the mutex, and a Boolean value that, when the method returns, indicates whether the calling thread was granted initial ownership of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false.
- The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed.
- When this method returns, contains a Boolean that is true if a local mutex was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system mutex was created; false if the specified named system mutex already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
- The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system mutex.
- The name of the system mutex to open.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named mutex does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases the once.
- The calling thread does not own the mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named mutex was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system mutex to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named mutex if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
-
-
- Represents a lock that is used to manage access to a resource, allowing multiple threads for reading or exclusive access for writing.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default property values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the lock recursion policy.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy.
-
-
- Gets the total number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode.
- The number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for read mode, and exits read mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for upgradeable mode, and exits upgradeable mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for write mode, and exits write mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in read mode.
- true if the current thread has entered read mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
- true if the current thread has entered upgradeable mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in write mode.
- true if the current thread has entered write mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates the recursion policy for the current object.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy.
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in read mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 (zero) if the current thread has not entered read mode, 1 if the thread has entered read mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered the lock recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 if the current thread has not entered upgradeable mode, 1 if the thread has entered upgradeable mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered upgradeable mode recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in write mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 if the current thread has not entered write mode, 1 if the thread has entered write mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered write mode recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional integer time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in read mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter read mode.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in upgradeable mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter upgradeable mode.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in write mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter write mode.
- 2
-
-
- Limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is greater than .
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, and optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The name of a named system semaphore object.
-
- is greater than .-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have .
- The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object, and specifying a variable that receives a value indicating whether a new system semaphore was created.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently.
- The name of a named system semaphore object.
- When this method returns, contains true if a local semaphore was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system semaphore was created; false if the specified named system semaphore already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
-
- is greater than . -or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have .
- The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
-
- Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system semaphore.
- The name of the system semaphore to open.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named semaphore does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Exits the semaphore and returns the previous count.
- The count on the semaphore before the method was called.
- The semaphore count is already at the maximum value.
- A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore.
- The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have .-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with .
- 1
-
-
- Exits the semaphore a specified number of times and returns the previous count.
- The count on the semaphore before the method was called.
- The number of times to exit the semaphore.
-
- is less than 1.
- The semaphore count is already at the maximum value.
- A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore.
- The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have rights.-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with rights.
- 1
-
-
- Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named semaphore was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system semaphore to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named semaphore if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when the method is called on a semaphore whose count is already at the maximum.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Represents a lightweight alternative to that limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of requests that can be granted concurrently.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial and maximum number of requests that can be granted concurrently.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is less than 0, or is greater than , or is equal to or less than 0.
-
-
- Returns a that can be used to wait on the semaphore.
- A that can be used to wait on the semaphore.
- The has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the number of remaining threads that can enter the object.
- The number of remaining threads that can enter the semaphore.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Releases the object once.
- The previous count of the .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The has already reached its maximum size.
-
-
- Releases the object a specified number of times.
- The previous count of the .
- The number of times to exit the semaphore.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 1.
- The has already reached its maximum size.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout.
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The instance has been disposed, or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , while observing a .
- The token to observe.
-
- was canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.-or-The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a to specify the timeout.
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
- The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a that specifies the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
- The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the .
- A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval.
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , while observing a .
- A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered.
- The token to observe.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval.
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The token to observe.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out-or-timeout is greater than .
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Represents a method to be called when a message is to be dispatched to a synchronization context.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- 2
-
-
- Provides a mutual exclusion lock primitive where a thread trying to acquire the lock waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure with the option to track thread IDs to improve debugging.
- Whether to capture and use thread IDs for debugging purposes.
-
-
- Acquires the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling Enter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Releases the lock.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock.
-
-
- Releases the lock.
- A Boolean value that indicates whether a memory fence should be issued in order to immediately publish the exit operation to other threads.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock.
-
-
- Gets whether the lock is currently held by any thread.
- true if the lock is currently held by any thread; otherwise false.
-
-
- Gets whether the lock is held by the current thread.
- true if the lock is held by the current thread; otherwise false.
- Thread ownership tracking is disabled.
-
-
- Gets whether thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance.
- true if thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance; otherwise false.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than milliseconds.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Provides support for spin-based waiting.
-
-
- Gets the number of times has been called on this instance.
- Returns an integer that represents the number of times has been called on this instance.
-
-
- Gets whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch.
- Whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch.
-
-
- Resets the spin counter.
-
-
- Performs a single spin.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied.
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- The argument is null.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired.
- True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The argument is null.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired.
- True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a TimeSpan that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The argument is null.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Provides the basic functionality for propagating a synchronization context in various synchronization models.
- 2
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates a copy of the synchronization context.
- A new object.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the synchronization context for the current thread.
- A object representing the current synchronization context.
- 1
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has completed.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has started.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, dispatches an asynchronous message to a synchronization context.
- The delegate to call.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- 2
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, dispatches a synchronous message to a synchronization context.
- The delegate to call.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app. The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Sets the current synchronization context.
- The object to be set.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when a method requires the caller to own the lock on a given Monitor, and the method is invoked by a caller that does not own that lock.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Provides thread-local storage of data.
- Specifies the type of data stored per-thread.
-
-
- Initializes the instance.
-
-
- Initializes the instance.
- Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them through the property.
-
-
- Initializes the instance with the specified function.
- The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized.
-
- is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initializes the instance with the specified function.
- The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized.
- Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them via the property.
-
- is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the resources used by this instance.
- A Boolean value that indicates whether this method is being called due to a call to .
-
-
- Releases the resources used by this instance.
-
-
- Gets whether is initialized on the current thread.
- true if is initialized on the current thread; otherwise false.
- The instance has been disposed.
-
-
- Creates and returns a string representation of this instance for the current thread.
- The result of calling on the .
- The instance has been disposed.
- The for the current thread is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- The initialization function attempted to reference recursively.
- No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied.
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of this instance for the current thread.
- Returns an instance of the object that this ThreadLocal is responsible for initializing.
- The instance has been disposed.
- The initialization function attempted to reference recursively.
- No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied.
-
-
- Gets a list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance.
- A list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance.
- The instance has been disposed.
-
-
- Contains methods for performing volatile memory operations.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the object reference from the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The reference to that was read. This reference is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
- The type of field to read. This must be a reference type, not a value type.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a memory operation appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified object reference to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the object reference is written.
- The object reference to write. The reference is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
- The type of field to write. This must be a reference type, not a value type.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when an attempt is made to open a system mutex or semaphore that does not exist.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/de/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/de/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fb943bbf..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/de/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1799 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn ein Thread ein -Objekt abruft, das von einem anderen Thread abgebrochen wurde, indem das Objekt beim Beenden nicht freigegeben wurde.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem festgelegten Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung und einer festgelegten inneren Ausnahme.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, der inneren Ausnahme, dem Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, dem Index des abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und dem abgebrochenen Mutex.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Ruft den abgebrochenen Mutex ab, das die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt).
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt, oder null, wenn der abgebrochene Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte.
- 1
-
-
- Ruft den Index des abgebrochenen Mutex ab, der die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt).
- Der Index des -Objekts, das der abgebrochene Mutex darstellt, im Array von WaitHandles, die an die -Methode übergeben wurden, oder -1, wenn der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt Umgebungsdaten dar, die für eine angegebene asynchrone Ablaufsteuerung lokal sind, wie etwa eine asynchrone Methode.
- Der Typ der Umgebungsdaten.
-
-
- Instanziiert eine -Instanz, die keine Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt.
-
-
- Instanziiert eine lokale -Instanz, die Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt.
- Der Delegat, der aufgerufen wird, wenn sich der aktuelle Wert auf einem beliebigen Thread ändert.
-
-
- Ruft den Wert der Umgebungsdaten ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Der Wert der Umgebungsdaten.
-
-
- Die Klasse, die -Instanzen, die sich für Änderungsbenachrichtigungen registrieren, Informationen über Datenänderungen zur Verfügung stellt.
- Der Typ der Daten.
-
-
- Ruft den aktuellen Wert der Daten ab.
- Der aktuelle Wert der Daten.
-
-
- Ruft den vorherigen Wert der Daten ab.
- Der vorherige Wert der Daten.
-
-
- Gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungskontexts ändert.
- true, wenn sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungstexts ändert, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen wartenden Thread über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
-
-
- Ermöglicht es mehreren Aufgaben, parallel über mehrere Phasen gemeinsam an einem Algorithmus zu arbeiten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
- Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads.
-
- ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
- Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads.
-
- , die nach jeder Phase ausgeführt wird. NULL (Nothing in Visual Basic) wird möglicherweise übergeben, um keine Aktion anzugeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein eines weiteren Teilnehmers.
- Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Einen Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein weiterer Teilnehmer.
- Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen.
- Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die der Grenze hinzugefügt werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.– oder – -Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.
- Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Ruft die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze ab.
- Gibt die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze zurück.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
- Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab.
- Gibt die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben.
- Gibt die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt , dass ein Teilnehmer nicht mehr vorhanden ist.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über die geringere Anzahl von Teilnehmern.
- Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die aus der Grenze entfernt werden sollen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
- Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. – oder –aktuelle Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene participantCount
- Die gesamte Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
- Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet.
- wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
- Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt.
- wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere erreichen. Dabei wird ein Abbruchtoken überwacht.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen.
- True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, oder er ist größer als 32.767.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt.
- True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1 Millisekunde. Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt einen unendlichen Timeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die bei einem Fehler der Nachphasenaktion einer ausgelöst wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen internen Ausnahme.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die in einem neuen Kontext aufgerufen werden muss.
- Ein Objekt mit den Informationen, die von der Rückrufmethode bei jeder Ausführung verwendet werden.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt einen Synchronisierungsprimitiven dar, der signalisiert wird, wenn seine Anzahl 0 (null) erreicht.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen Anzahl.
- Die zum Festlegen von ursprünglich erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um 1.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer oder gleich .
-
-
- Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um einen angegebenen Wert.
- Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner oder gleich 0.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer gleich , nach die Anzahl schrittweise durch erhöht wird.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl verbleibender Signale ab, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind.
- Die Anzahl verbleibender Signale, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Signalen ab, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren.
- Die Anzahl von Signalen, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren.
-
-
- Bestimmt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde.
- True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Setzt auf den Wert von zurück.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Setzt die -Eigenschaft auf einen angegebenen Wert zurück.
- Die zum Festlegen von erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Registriert ein Signal beim und dekrementiert den Wert von .
- True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund des Signals 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.
-
-
- Registriert mehrere Signale bei und verringert den Wert von um den angegebenen Wert.
- True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund der Signale 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl zu registrierender Signale.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. -oder- ist größer als .
-
-
- Versucht, um eins zu inkrementieren.
- True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, gibt diese Methode false zurück.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist gleich .
-
-
- Versucht, durch einen angegebenen Wert zu inkrementieren.
- True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, wird false zurückgegeben.
- Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner oder gleich 0.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – + ist gleich oder größer als .
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Ruft ein ab, das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten.
- Ein , das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Gibt an, ob eine -Klasse nach dem Empfangen eines Signals automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- 2
-
-
- Bei Signalisierung wird die -Methode automatisch nach der Freigabe eines einzigen Threads zurückgesetzt.Wenn sich keine Threads in der Warteschlange befinden, bleibt die -Methode solange signalisiert, bis ein Thread blockiert wird. Sie wird zurückgesetzt, nachdem der Thread freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Bei Signalisierung gibt die -Methode alle wartenden Threads frei. Sie bleibt solange signalisiert, bis sie manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
-
-
- Stellt ein Threadsynchronisierungsereignis dar.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn er auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses an.
- true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses und eine boolesche Variable an, deren Wert nach dem Aufruf angibt, ob das benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde.
- true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Ereignis erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsereignis bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemereignis darstellt.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge. - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Das benannte Systemereignis ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf nicht signalisiert fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden.
- true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false.
- Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen.
- 2
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf signalisiert fest und ermöglicht so einem oder mehreren wartenden Threads fortzufahren.
- true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false.
- Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen.
- 2
-
-
- Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den gewünschten Sicherheitszugriff.
-
-
- Verwaltet den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Zeichnet den Ausführungskontext des aktuellen Threads auf.
- Ein -Objekt, das den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread darstellt.
- 1
-
-
- Führt für den aktuellen Thread eine Methode in einem angegebenen Ausführungskontext aus.
- Der festzulegende .
- Ein -Delegat, der die im bereitgestellten Ausführungskontext auszuführende Methode darstellt.
- Das Objekt, das an die Rückrufmethode übergeben werden soll.
-
- ist null.– oder – wurde nicht durch einen Aufzeichnungsvorgang ermittelt. – oder – wurde bereits als Argument für einen Aufruf von verwendet.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Stellt atomare Operationen für Variablen bereit, die von mehreren Threads gemeinsam genutzt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe.
- Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert.
- Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert.
- Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe.
- Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert.
- Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert.
- Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit doppelter Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei plattformspezifische Handles oder Zeiger hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Der Ziel- , dessen Wert mit dem Wert von verglichen und möglicherweise durch ersetzt wird.
- Der , der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der , der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Objekte hinsichtlich ihrer Verweisgleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit das erste Objekt.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Zielobjekt, das mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Das Objekt, das das Zielobjekt ersetzt, wenn beim Vergleich Gleichheit festgestellt wird.
- Das Objekt, das mit dem Objekt in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit einfacher Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Instanzen des angegebenen Referenztyps hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit die erste.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- Der Typ, der für , und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Dekrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der dekrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Dekrementiert den Wert der angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der dekrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit doppelter Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine 64-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein plattformspezifisches Handle bzw. einen plattformspezifischen Zeiger auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein Objekt auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt einen Verweis auf das ursprüngliche Objekt zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit einfacher Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine Variable vom angegebenen Typ in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- Der Typ, der für und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der inkrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der inkrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronisiert den Speicherzugriff wie folgt: Der Prozessor, der den aktuellen Thread ausführt, kann Anweisungen nicht so neu anordnen, dass Speicherzugriffe vor dem Aufruf von nach Speicherzugriffen ausgeführt werden, die nach dem Aufruf von erfolgen.
-
-
- Gibt einen 64-Bit-Wert zurück, der in einer atomaren Operation geladen wird.
- Der geladene Wert.
- Der zu ladende 64-Bit-Wert.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt verzögerte Initialisierungsroutinen bereit.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Verweis vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert.
- Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis oder den Wert zu initialisieren.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Der Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis zu initialisieren.
- Der Verweistyp des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
- gibt null (Nothing in Visual Basic) zurück.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die rekursive Anforderung einer Sperre nicht mit der Rekursionsrichtlinie der Sperre kompatibel ist.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- Die Ausnahme, die die aktuelle Ausnahme verursacht hat.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
- 2
-
-
- Gibt an, ob eine Sperre mehrmals dem gleichen Thread zugewiesen werden kann.
-
-
- Wenn ein Thread rekursiv versucht, eine Sperre zu erhalten, wird eine Ausnahme ausgelöst.Einige Klassen gestatten gewisse Rekursionen, wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist.
-
-
- Ein Thread kann rekursiv eine Sperre erhalten.Einige Klassen beschränken diese Möglichkeit einer rekursiven Zuweisung.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen oder mehrere wartende Threads über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll, false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
-
-
- Stellt eine verschlankte Version von bereit.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit dem Anfangszustand „nicht signalisiert“.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
- True, um den Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festzulegen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll, und einer festgelegten Spin-Anzahl.
- True, um den Anfangszustand auf "signalisiert" festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf "nicht signalisiert" festzulegen.
- Die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde.
- True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „nicht signalisiert“ fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „signalisiert“ fest und ermöglicht so die weitere Ausführung eines oder mehrerer wartender Threads.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen ab, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
- Gibt die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen zurück, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle ein Signal empfängt, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. Dabei wird ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Ruft das zugrunde liegende -Objekt für dieses ab.
- Das zugrunde liegende -Ereignisobjekt für dieses .
-
-
- Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, der den Zugriff auf Objekte synchronisiert.
- 2
-
-
- Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Das Objekt, für das die Monitorsperre erhalten werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- 1
-
-
- Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.Hinweis Wenn keine Ausnahme auftritt, ist die Ausgabe dieser Methode immer true.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
-
- Hebt eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt auf.
- Das Objekt, dessen Sperre aufgehoben werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aktuelle Thread besitzt die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt nicht.
- 1
-
-
- Bestimmt, ob der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt enthält.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für enthält, andernfalls false.
- Das zu überprüfende Objekt.
-
- ist null.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen Thread in der Warteschlange für abzuarbeitende Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des gesperrten Objekts.
- Das Objekt, auf das ein Thread wartet.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- 1
-
-
- Benachrichtigt alle wartenden Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des Objekts.
- Das Objekt, das den Impuls sendet.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- 1
-
-
- Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- 1
-
-
- Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
-
- Versucht über eine angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
- ist negativ und ungleich .
- 1
-
-
- Versucht für die angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
- ist negativ und ungleich .
-
-
- Versucht über einen angegebenen Zeitraum hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Eine , die die Zeitspanne darstellt, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als .
- 1
-
-
- Versucht für die angegebene Dauer, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Zeitspanne, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als .
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.
- true, wenn der Aufruf beendet wurde, weil der Aufrufer die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt erneut erhalten hat.Diese Methode wird nicht beendet, wenn die Sperre nicht erneut erhalten wird.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- 1
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein.
- true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- Der Wert des -Parameters ist negativ und ungleich .
- 1
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein.
- true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Ein , der die Zeit angibt, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- Der Wert des -Parameters in Millisekunden ist negativ und stellt nicht (-1 Millisekunde) dar, oder er ist größer als .
- 1
-
-
- Ein primitiver Synchronisierungstyp, der auch für die prozessübergreifende Synchronisierung verwendet werden kann.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des Mutex zuzuweisen, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, sowie mit einer Zeichenfolge, die den Namen des Mutex darstellt.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false.
- Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, mit einer Zeichenfolge mit dem Namen des Mutex sowie mit einem booleschen Wert, der beim Beenden der Methode angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex gewährt wurde.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false.
- Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode einen booleschen Wert, der true ist, wenn ein lokaler Mutex erstellt wurde (d. h. wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das den benannten Systemmutex darstellt.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Der benannte Mutex ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Gibt das einmal frei.
- Der aufrufende Thread ist nicht im Besitz des Mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn der benannte Mutex erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Mutex darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
-
-
- Stellt eine Sperre dar, mit der der Zugriff auf eine Ressource verwaltet wird. Mehrere Threads können hierbei Lesezugriff oder exklusiven Schreibzugriff erhalten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaftswerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Angabe der Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre.
- Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von eindeutigen Threads ab, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- Die Anzahl von eindeutigen Threads, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Lesemodus und beendet den Lesemodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den erweiterbaren Modus und beendet den erweiterbaren Modus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Schreibmodus und beendet den Schreibmodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Lesemodus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Schreibmodus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für das aktuelle -Objekt angibt.
- Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Lesemodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Lesemodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread die Sperre n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den erweiterbaren Modus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Schreibmodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Schreibmodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den Schreibmodus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein ganzzahliger Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Lesemodus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Lesemodus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des erweiterbaren Modus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Schreibmodus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Schreibmodus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Schränkt die Anzahl von Threads ein, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Pool von Ressourcen zugreifen können.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen an.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist größer als .
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts.
-
- ist größer als .- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an, gibt eine Variable an, die einen Wert empfängt, der angibt, ob ein neues Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde.
- Die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können.
- Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Semaphor erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
-
- ist größer als . - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
-
- Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemsemaphor darstellt.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Beendet das Semaphor und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf.
- Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten.
- Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über .- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit geöffnet.
- 1
-
-
- Gibt das Semaphor eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode.
- Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf.
- Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten.
- Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über -Rechte.- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit -Rechten geöffnet.
- 1
-
-
- Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn das benannte Semaphor erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Semaphor darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die -Methode für ein Semaphor aufgerufen wird, dessen Zähler bereits den Maximalwert aufweist.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Eine einfache Alternative zu , die die Anzahl der Threads beschränkt, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Ressourcenpool zugreifen können.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche sowie die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist kleiner als 0, oder ist größer als , oder ist kleiner gleich 0.
-
-
- Gibt ein zurück, das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten.
- Ein , das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten.
-
- wurde verworfen.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads ab, für die das Eintreten in das -Objekt zulässig ist.
- Die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads, für die das Eintreten in das Semaphor zulässig ist.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die von verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Gibt das -Objekt einmal frei.
- Die vorherige Anzahl von .
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht.
-
-
- Gibt das -Objekt eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei.
- Die vorherige Anzahl von .
- Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in eintreten kann.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei das Timeout mit einer 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen angegeben wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Instanz wurde freigegeben, oder die erstellten freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.- oder - Die erstellten bereits freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
- Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine den Timeout angibt und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
- Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben Die , die erstellt hat, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Eintritt in .
- Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird, während ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , während ein ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls, während ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.- oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die aufgerufen werden muss, wenn eine Nachricht an einen Synchronisierungskontext gesendet werden soll.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Stellt einen sich gegenseitig ausschließenden Sperrprimitiven bereit, wobei ein Thread, der versucht, die Sperre abzurufen, wiederholt in einer Schleife wartet, bis die Sperre verfügbar wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Struktur mit der Option, Thread-IDs nachzuverfolgen, um das Debuggen zu vereinfachen.
- Gibt an, ob Thread-IDs zu Debugzwecken erfasst und verwendet werden.
-
-
- Ruft die Sperre zuverlässig ab, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von Enter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre auf.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre.
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre auf.
- Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob eine Arbeitsspeicherumgrenzung ausgegeben werden soll, um den Beendigungsvorgang sofort für andere Threads zu veröffentlichen.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird.
- True, wenn die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird.
- True, wenn die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird deaktiviert.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist.
- True, wenn die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als Millisekunden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Stellt Unterstützung für Spin-basierte Wartevorgänge bereit.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von -Aufrufen für diese Instanz ab.
- Gibt eine ganze Zahl zurück, die angibt, wie häufig für diese Instanz aufgerufen wurde.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst.
- Gibt an, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst.
-
-
- Setzt die Spin-Anzahl zurück.
-
-
- Führt einen Spin-Vorgang aus.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist.
- True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist.
- True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Ein , das die Wartezeit in Millisekunden darstellt, oder ein TimeSpan-Wert, der -1 Millisekunden für Warten ohne Timeout darstellt.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Stellt die Grundfunktionen für die Weitergabe eines Synchronisierungskontexts in unterschiedlichen Synchronisierungsmodellen bereit.
- 2
-
-
- Erstellt eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
-
-
- Erstellt beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine Kopie des Synchronisierungskontexts.
- Ein neues -Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft den Synchronisierungskontext für den aktuellen Thread ab.
- Ein -Objekt, das den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext darstellt.
- 1
-
-
- Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang abgeschlossen wurde.
-
-
- Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang gestartet wurde.
-
-
- Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine asynchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext.
- Der aufzurufende -Delegat.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine synchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext.
- Der aufzurufende -Delegat.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Legt den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext fest.
- Das festzulegende -Objekt.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn der Aufrufer für eine Methode über eine Sperre für einen bestimmten Monitor verfügen muss und die Methode von einem Aufrufer aufgerufen wird, der nicht über diese Sperre verfügt.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Stellt einen lokalen Datenspeicher eines Threads bereit.
- Gibt den für jeden Thread gespeicherten Datentyp an.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz.
- Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion.
- Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen.
-
- ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion.
- Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen.
- Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen.
-
- ist ein null-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
- Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob diese Methode aufgrund eines Aufrufs von aufgerufen wird.
-
-
- Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob für den aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde.
- True, wenn erfolgreich im aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
-
-
- Erstellt eine Zeichenfolgendarstellung dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread und gibt sie zurück.
- Das Ergebnis des Aufrufs von für .
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
- Der für den aktuellen Thread ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen.
- Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben.
-
-
- Ruft den Wert dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Gibt eine Instanz des Objekts zurück, für dessen Initialisierung dieser ThreadLocal zuständig ist.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
- Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen.
- Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben.
-
-
- Ruft eine Liste aller Werte ab, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert werden.
- Eine Liste aller Werte, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert sind.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
-
-
- Enthält Methoden für die Durchführung von Vorgängen für flüchtigen Speicher.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Objektverweis aus dem angegebenen Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der Verweis auf , der gelesen wurde.Dieser Verweis entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Verweis, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
- Der Typ des zu lesenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Arbeitsspeichervorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Objektverweis in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Objektverweis geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Objektverweis.Der Verweis wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
- Der Typ des zu schreibenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn versucht wird, einen nicht vorhandenen Systemmutex oder ein nicht vorhandenes Semaphor zu öffnen.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/es/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/es/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3431de9eb..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/es/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1803 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando un subproceso adquiere un objeto que otro subproceso ha abandonado al salir sin liberarlo.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un índice especificado para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error y una excepción interna especificados.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, la excepción interna, el índice para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y la exclusión mutua abandonada.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Obtiene la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce.
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada o null si no se han podido identificar las exclusiones mutuas abandonadas.
- 1
-
-
- Obtiene el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce.
- Índice, en la matriz de identificadores de espera que se ha pasado al método , del objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada, o –1 si no se puede determinar el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada.
- 1
-
-
- Representa datos ambiente locales de un flujo de control asincrónico determinado, por ejemplo, un método asincrónico.
- Tipo de los datos ambiente.
-
-
- Crea una instancia que no recibe las notificaciones de cambio.
-
-
- Crea una instancia local que recibe notificaciones de cambio.
- Delegado al que se llama cuando cambia el valor actual en cualquier subproceso.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el valor de los datos ambiente.
- Valor de los datos ambiente.
-
-
- Clase que proporciona información de cambio de datos a las instancias que se registran para las notificaciones de cambios.
- Tipo de los datos.
-
-
- Obtiene el valor actual de los datos.
- Valor actual de los datos.
-
-
- Obtiene el valor anterior de los datos.
- Valor anterior de los datos.
-
-
- Devuelve un valor que indica si el valor cambia debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución.
- true si el valor cambió debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución; de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Notifica que se ha producido un evento a un subproceso en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Habilita varias tareas para que cooperen en un algoritmo en paralelo a través de varias fases.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase .
- Número de subprocesos que participan.
-
- es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase .
- Número de subprocesos que participan.
-
- que se ejecutará después de cada fase. null (Nothing en Visual Basic) se puede pasar para indicar que no se realiza ninguna acción.
-
- es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber un participante adicional.
- Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- Agregar un participante haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber participantes adicionales.
- Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes.
- Número de participantes adicionales que se van a agregar a la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 0.O bienAgregar haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de la fase actual de la barrera.
- Devuelve el número de la fase actual de la barrera.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de participantes de la barrera.
- Devuelve el número total de participantes de la barrera.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual.
- Devuelve el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber un participante menos.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber menos participantes.
- Número de participantes adicionales que se van a quitar de la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 0.
- La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. O bienel recuento del participante actual es menor que el participantCount especificado
- El recuento del participante total es menor que el especificado
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
- Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera.
- si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
- Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
- si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen la barrera mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o es mayor de 32.767.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
- Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Excepción que se inicia cuando se produce un error en la acción posterior a la fase de
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con la excepción interna especificada.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Representa un método al que se va a llamar dentro de un nuevo contexto.
- Objeto que contiene la información que va a utilizar el método de devolución de llamadas cada vez que se ejecute.
- 1
-
-
- Representa una primitiva de sincronización que está señalada cuando su recuento alcanza el valor cero.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el recuento especificado.
- Número de señales necesarias inicialmente para establecer .
-
- es menor que 0.
-
-
- Incrementa en uno el recuento actual de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es mayor o igual que .
-
-
- Incrementa en un valor especificado el recuento actual de .
- Valor en que se va a aumentar .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor o igual que 0.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es igual o mayor que después de incrementar la cuenta en
-
-
- Obtiene el número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento.
- El número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene los números de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento.
- El número de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento.
-
-
- Determina si se establece el evento.
- Es true si se establece el evento; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Restablece en el valor de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Restablece la propiedad según un valor especificado.
- Número de señales necesario para establecer .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El valor de es menor que 0.
-
-
- Registra una señal con y disminuye el valor de .
- Es true si la señal hizo que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.
-
-
- Registra varias señales con reduciendo el valor de según la cantidad especificada.
- Es true si las señales hicieron que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso.
- Número de señales que se va a registrar.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 1.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida. -o bien- es mayor que .
-
-
- Intenta incrementar en uno.
- Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, este método devolverá false.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es igual a .
-
-
- Intenta incrementar en un valor especificado.
- Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, se devolverá false.
- Valor en que se va a aumentar .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor o igual que 0.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien + es igual o mayor que .
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera.
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token .
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , mientras se observa un token .
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera.
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token .
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Obtiene un objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento.
- Objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Indica si un objeto se restablece automática o manualmente después de recibir una señal.
- 2
-
-
- El objeto , cuando está señalado, se restablece automáticamente después de haber liberado un único subproceso.Si hay ningún subproceso en espera, el objeto permanece señalado hasta que un subproceso se bloquea y se restablece después de haber liberado el subproceso.
-
-
- El objeto , cuando está señalado, libera todos los subprocesos en espera y permanece señalado hasta que se restablece manualmente.
-
-
- Representa un evento de sincronización de subprocesos.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente y si se restablece automática o manualmente.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente y el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
- Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de .
- No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente, el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema y una variable booleana cuyo valor después de la llamada indica si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
- Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema.
- Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se ha creado un evento local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el evento del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de .
- No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe.
- Un objeto que representa el evento del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía. O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es null.
- El evento del sistema con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, haciendo que los subprocesos se bloqueen.
- true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false.
- No se ha llamado previamente al método en este .
- 2
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en señalado, permitiendo que uno o varios subprocesos en espera continúen.
- true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false.
- No se ha llamado previamente al método en este .
- 2
-
-
- Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si el evento de sincronización con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el evento de sincronización con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad deseado.
-
-
- Administra el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Captura el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.
- Objeto que representa el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.
- 1
-
-
- Ejecuta un método en un contexto de ejecución especificado en el subproceso actual.
- Contexto de ejecución que se va a establecer.
- Delegado que representa el método que se va a ejecutar en el contexto de ejecución proporcionado.
- Objeto que se pasa al método de devolución de llamada.
-
- es null.O bien no se adquirió a través de una operación de captura. O bien ya se ha utilizado como argumento de una llamada a .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Proporciona operaciones atómicas para las variables compartidas por varios subprocesos.
- 2
-
-
- Agrega dos enteros de 32 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica.
- Nuevo valor almacenado en .
- Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en .
- Valor que se va a agregar al entero en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Agrega dos enteros de 64 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica.
- Nuevo valor almacenado en .
- Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en .
- Valor que se va a agregar al entero en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión doble para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos enteros de 32 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos enteros de 64 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos identificadores o punteros específicos de plataforma para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero.
- Valor original de .
- Estructura de destino, cuyo valor se compara con el valor de y que posiblemente se reemplace por .
- Estructura que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Estructura que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos objetos para comprobar si sus referencias son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los objetos.
- Valor original de .
- Objeto de destino que se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Objeto que reemplaza el objeto de destino si la comparación da como resultado la igualdad de ambos parámetros.
- Objeto que se compara con el objeto que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión sencilla para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos instancias del tipo de referencia especificado para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza la primera.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- Tipo que se va a utilizar para , y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Disminuye el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor reducido.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Disminuye el valor de la variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor reducido.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión doble en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un entero de 32 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un entero de 64 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un puntero o identificador específico de plataforma en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un objeto en un valor especificado y devuelve una referencia al objeto original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión sencilla en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece una variable del tipo especificado en un valor determinado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- Tipo que se va a utilizar para y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor incrementado.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor incrementado.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sincroniza el acceso a la memoria de la siguiente forma: el procesador que ejecuta el subproceso actual no puede reordenar instrucciones de forma que los accesos a la memoria anteriores a la llamada a se ejecuten después de los accesos a memoria que siguen a la llamada a .
-
-
- Devuelve un valor de 64 bits, cargado como una operación atómica.
- Valor cargado.
- Valor de 64 bits que se va a cargar.
- 1
-
-
- Proporciona rutinas de inicialización diferida.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia de tipo que se ha inicializado.
- Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto.
- Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia o el valor.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
- devuelve un valor NULL (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Excepción que se inicia cuando la entrada recursiva en un bloqueo no es compatible con la directiva de recursividad del bloqueo.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema.
- Excepción que ha producido la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
- 2
-
-
- Especifica si el mismo subproceso puede entrar varias veces en un bloqueo.
-
-
- Si un subproceso intenta entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva, se inicia una excepción.Algunas clases pueden permitir cierta recursividad cuando se aplica esta configuración.
-
-
- Un subproceso puede entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva.Algunas clases pueden limitar esta posibilidad.
-
-
- Notifica que se ha producido un evento a uno o varios subprocesos en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- true para establecer el estado inicial de señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Proporciona una versión reducida de .
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el estado inicial establecido en no señalado.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado y con el recuento circular especificado.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
- Número de esperas circulares que se van a producir antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados que usa el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se ha establecido el evento.
- Es true si se ha establecido el evento; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, por lo que se bloquean los subprocesos.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en señalado, lo que permite la continuación de uno o varios subprocesos que están esperando en el evento.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
- Devuelve el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto actual.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Es true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token .
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que el actual reciba una señal, mientras se observa un token .
-
- que se va a observar.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, utilizando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el , usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token .
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtiene el objeto para este .
- Objeto de evento subyacente de este .
-
-
- Proporciona un mecanismo que sincroniza el acceso a los objetos.
- 2
-
-
- Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo de monitor.
- El parámetro es null.
- 1
-
-
- Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.Nota Si no se produce ninguna excepción, el resultado de este método siempre es true.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
-
- Libera un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Objeto en el que se va a liberar el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso actual no posee el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Determina si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en el objeto especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en ; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto que se va a probar.
- El valor de es null.
-
-
- Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto bloqueado al subproceso que se encuentra en la cola de espera.
- Objeto que está esperando un subproceso.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto a todos los subprocesos que se encuentran en espera.
- Objeto que envía el pulso.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
- 1
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el número de segundos especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
-
- es negativo y no es igual a .
- 1
-
-
- Intenta, durante el número especificado de milisegundos, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
- es negativo y no es igual a .
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el período de tiempo especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
-
- que representa el período de tiempo que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita.
- El parámetro es null.
- El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
- 1
-
-
- Intenta, durante el periodo de tiempo indicado, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Tiempo que se va a esperar el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
- El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Es true si la llamada fue devuelta porque el llamador volvió a adquirir el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.Este método no devuelve ningún resultado si el bloqueo no vuelve a adquirirse.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- 1
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- Número de milisegundos que se va a estar a la espera antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- El valor de la parámetro es negativo y no es igual a .
- 1
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
-
- que representa la cantidad de tiempo que se va a esperar antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- El valor de la parámetro en milisegundos es negativo y no representa (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
- 1
-
-
- Primitiva de sincronización que puede usarse también para la sincronización entre procesos.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua.
- true para otorgar la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada, de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua y una cadena que representa el nombre de la exclusión mutua.
- true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false.
- Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene .
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua, una cadena que es el nombre de la exclusión mutua y un valor booleano que, cuando se devuelva el método, indicará si se concedió la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada.
- true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false.
- Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre.
- Cuando se devuelve este método, contiene un valor booleano que es true si se creó una exclusión mutua local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada; el valor es false si la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene .
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe.
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- La excepción mutua con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Libera una vez la instancia de .
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee la exclusión mutua.
- 1
-
-
- Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si la exclusión mutua con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla.
-
-
- Representa un bloqueo que se utiliza para administrar el acceso a un recurso y que permite varios subprocesos para la lectura o acceso exclusivo para la escritura.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con los valores de propiedad predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase especificando la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
- Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- Número de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de lectura y sale del modo de lectura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de actualización y sale del modo de actualización si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de escritura y sale del modo de escritura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual entró en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica la directiva de recursividad del objeto actual.
- Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo Lectura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo Lectura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el bloqueo n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de actualización, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de actualización pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de actualización n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de escritura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de escritura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de escritura n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con un tiempo de espera entero opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de lectura.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de actualización.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de escritura.
- 2
-
-
- Limita el número de subprocesos que pueden tener acceso a un recurso o grupo de recursos simultáneamente.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es mayor que .
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, y especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre.
-
- es mayor que .o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene .
- No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase , especificando el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema y especificando una variable que recibe un valor que indica si se creó un semáforo del sistema nuevo.
- Número inicial de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente.
- Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre.
- Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se creó un semáforo local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
-
- es mayor que . o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene .
- No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo.
-
-
- Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe.
- Objeto que representa el semáforo del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- El semáforo con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Sale del semáforo y devuelve el recuento anterior.
- Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método .
- El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo.
- Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre.
- El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene .o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con .
- 1
-
-
- Sale del semáforo un número especificado de veces y devuelve el recuento anterior.
- Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método .
- Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo.
-
- es menor que 1.
- El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo.
- Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre.
- El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene derechos.o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con derechos.
- 1
-
-
- Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si el semáforo con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el semáforo con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente o null si se produjo un error en la misma.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo.
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando se llama al método en un semáforo cuyo recuento ya ha alcanzado el valor máximo.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Representa una alternativa ligera a que limita el número de subprocesos que puede obtener acceso a la vez a un recurso o a un grupo de recursos.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es menor que 0.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial y máximo de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es menor que 0, o es mayor que , o es igual o menor que 0.
-
-
- Devuelve un objeto que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo.
-
- que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo.
- Se ha eliminado .
-
-
- Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que puede introducir el objeto .
- Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que pueden entrar en el semáforo.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto recursos administrados como no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Libera una vez el objeto .
- Recuento anterior de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo.
-
-
- Libera el objeto un número especificado de veces.
- Recuento anterior de .
- Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 1.
- El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera.
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento .
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
- El se ha eliminado la instancia, o la que creó se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , mientras se observa un elemento .
- Token que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.o bienEl que creó ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando para especificar el tiempo de espera.
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que .
- Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento .
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que .
- Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim El que creó ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca .
- Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo.
- Token que se va a observar.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito o bien tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- Token que se va a observar.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinitoo bientiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- Representa el método al que hay que llamar cuando se va a enviar un mensaje a un contexto de sincronización.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- 2
-
-
- Proporciona una primitiva de bloqueo de exclusión mutua donde un subproceso que intenta adquirir el bloqueo espera en un bucle repetidamente comprobando hasta que haya un bloqueo disponible.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la estructura con la opción de realizar el seguimiento de los identificadores de subprocesos para mejorar la depuración.
- Indica si se han de capturar y utilizar identificadores de subprocesos con fines de depuración.
-
-
- Adquiere el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a Enter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo.
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo.
- Valor booleano que indica si una barrera de memoria debe emitirse para publicar inmediatamente la operación de salida a otros subprocesos.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si un subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo.
- Es true si cualquier subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual mantiene actualmente el bloqueo.
- Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está deshabilitado.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado para esta instancia.
- Es true si se ha habilitado el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos para esta instancia; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que milisegundos.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Proporciona compatibilidad con la espera basada en ciclos.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que se ha llamado a en esta instancia.
- Devuelve un entero que representa el número de veces que se ha llamado en esta instancia.
-
-
- Obtiene si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado.
- Si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado.
-
-
- Restablece el contador de ciclos.
-
-
- Realiza un único ciclo.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado.
- Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado.
- Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o TimeSpan que representa -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Proporciona la funcionalidad básica para propagar un contexto de sincronización en varios modelos de sincronización.
- 2
-
-
- Crea una nueva instancia de la clase .
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, crea una copia del contexto de sincronización.
- Un nuevo objeto .
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el contexto de sincronización del subproceso actual.
- Objeto que representa el contexto de sincronización actual.
- 1
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha completado una operación.
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha iniciado una operación.
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje asincrónico a un contexto de sincronización.
- Delegado de al que se va a llamar.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- 2
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje sincrónico a un contexto de sincronización.
- Delegado de al que se va a llamar.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Establece el contexto de sincronización actual.
- Objeto que se va a establecer.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando un método requiere que el llamador sea propietario del bloqueo en un Monitor dado y un llamador al que no pertenece ese bloqueo llama al método.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Proporciona almacenamiento local de los datos de un subproceso.
- Especifica el tipo de datos que se almacena por subproceso.
-
-
- Inicializa la instancia de .
-
-
- Inicializa la instancia de .
- Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad .
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro .
-
- que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente.
-
- es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro .
-
- que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente.
- Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad .
-
- es una referencia null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de .
- Valor booleano que indica si se llama a este método debido a una llamada a .
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de .
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se inicializa en el subproceso actual.
- Es true si se inicializa en el subproceso actual; en caso contrario, es false.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Crea y devuelve una representación de cadena de esta instancia del subproceso actual.
- Resultado de llamar al método en .
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
- La propiedad del subproceso actual es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic).
- La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a .
- No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el valor de esta instancia del subproceso actual.
- Devuelve una instancia del objeto que ThreadLocal es responsable de inicializar.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
- La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a .
- No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor.
-
-
- Obtiene una lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia.
- Lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Contiene los métodos para realizar operaciones de memoria volátil.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee la referencia al objeto desde el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Referencia al que se ha leído.Esta referencia es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
- Tipo del campo que se va a leer.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de memoria antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe la referencia de objeto especificada en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe la referencia de objeto.
- Referencia de objeto que se va a escribir.La referencia se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
- Tipo del campo que se va a escribir.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor.
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando se intenta abrir una exclusión mutua o semáforo del sistema que no existe.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/fr/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/fr/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bbaf9759..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/fr/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1833 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Exception levée lorsqu'un thread acquiert un objet qu'un autre thread a abandonné en se terminant sans le libérer.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un index spécifié pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur et une exception interne spécifiés.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'exception interne, l'index pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'index du mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et le mutex abandonné.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Obtient le mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu.
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou null si les mutex abandonnés n'ont pas pu être identifiés.
- 1
-
-
- Obtient l'index du mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu.
- Index, dans le tableau de handles d'attente passés à la méthode , de l'objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou -1 si l'index du mutex abandonné n'a pas pu être déterminé.
- 1
-
-
- Représente les données ambiantes qui sont locales à un flux de contrôle asynchrone donné, par exemple une méthode asynchrone.
- Type des données ambiantes.
-
-
- Instancie une instance de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification.
-
-
- Instancie une instance locale de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification.
- Le délégué est appelé à chaque modification de la valeur actuelle sur n'importe quel thread.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit la valeur des données ambiantes.
- Valeur des données ambiantes.
-
-
- Classe qui fournit les informations de modification des données aux instances de qui s'inscrivent pour les notifications de modification.
- Type des données.
-
-
- Obtient la valeur actuelle des données.
- Valeur actuelle des données.
-
-
- Obtient la valeur précédente des données.
- Valeur précédente des données.
-
-
- Retourne une valeur qui indique si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution.
- true si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Avertit un thread en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé".
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
-
-
- Permet à plusieurs tâches de travailler en parallèle de manière coopérative sur un algorithme via plusieurs phases.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe .
- Nombre de threads participants.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe .
- Nombre de threads participants.
-
- à exécuter après chaque phase. null (nothing en Visual Basic) peut être passé pour indiquer qu'aucune action n'est effectuée.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura un participant supplémentaire.
- Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'ajout d'un participant provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura des participants supplémentaires.
- Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier.
- Nombre de participants supplémentaires à ajouter au cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.ouL'ajout de participants ( ) provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Obtient le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement.
- Retourne le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement.
- Retourne le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle.
- Retourne le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura un participant en moins.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura moins de participants.
- Nombre de participants supplémentaires à supprimer du cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
- La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. oule nombre de participant actuel est inférieur au participantCount spécifié
- Le nombre total de participants est inférieur au spécifié
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
- Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente.
- si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
- Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
- si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps.
- true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini, ou sa valeur est supérieure à 32 767.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
- true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- L'exception levée lorsque l'action post-phase d'un échoue.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'exception interne spécifiée.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Représente une méthode à appeler dans un nouveau contexte.
- Objet contenant les informations que la méthode de rappel doit utiliser à chacune de ses exécutions.
- 1
-
-
- Représente une primitive de synchronisation qui est signalée lorsque son décompte atteint zéro.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du décompte spécifié.
- Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir .
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Incrémente de un le décompte actuel de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est supérieur ou égal à .
-
-
- Incrémente d'une valeur spécifiée le décompte actuel de .
- Valeur d'incrément de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur ou égal à 0.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est égal à ou supérieur à une fois le nombre été incrémenté par
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement.
- Nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement.
- Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement.
-
-
- Détermine si l'événement est défini.
- true si l'événement est défini ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Réinitialise avec la valeur .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Définit la propriété spécifiée sur la valeur indiquée.
- Nombre de signaux requis pour définir .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Enregistre un signal avec le , en décrémentant la valeur de .
- true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison du signal et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.
-
-
- Inscrit plusieurs signaux avec , en décrémentant la valeur de selon la valeur spécifiée.
- true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison des signaux et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de signaux à inscrire.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. - ou - Ou est supérieur à .
-
-
- Essaie d'incrémenter par un.
- true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, cette méthode retourne la valeur false.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est égal à .
-
-
- Essaie d'incrémenter par une valeur spécifiée.
- true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, la valeur false est retournée.
- Valeur d'incrément de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur ou égal à 0.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou + est supérieur ou égal à .
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, tout en observant un .
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Obtient un qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir.
-
- qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Indique si un est réinitialisé automatiquement ou manuellement après la réception d'un signal.
- 2
-
-
- Une fois signalé, le se réinitialise automatiquement après avoir libéré un seul thread.Si aucun thread n'attend, le conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à ce qu'un thread se bloque et se réinitialise après l'avoir libéré.
-
-
- Lorsqu'il est signalé, le libère tous les threads en attente et conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à sa réinitialisation manuelle.
-
-
- Représente un événement de synchronisation de threads.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement et s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme étant signalé ; false pour le définir comme étant non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- dépasse 260 caractères.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système et une variable booléenne dont la valeur après l'appel indique si l'événement système nommé a été créé.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système.
- Cette méthode retourne true si un événement local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si l'événement système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si l'événement système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- dépasse 260 caractères.
-
-
- Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente l'événement système nommé.
- Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide. ou dépasse 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- L'événement de système nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant non signalé, entraînant le blocage des threads.
- true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false.
- La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce .
- 2
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant signalé, ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente de continuer.
- true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false.
- La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce .
- 2
-
-
- Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si l'événement de synchronisation nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir.
- Lorsque cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente l'événement de synchronisation nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou dépasse 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur n'a pas l'accès de sécurité voulu.
-
-
- Gère le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Capture le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.
- Objet capturant le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.
- 1
-
-
- Exécute une méthode dans un contexte d'exécution spécifié sur le thread actuel.
-
- à définir.
- Délégué représentant la méthode à exécuter dans le contexte d'exécution fourni.
- Objet à passer à la méthode de rappel.
-
- a la valeur null.ouLe n'a pas été acquis à l'aide d'une opération de capture. ouLe a déjà été utilisé comme argument pour un appel .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Fournit des opérations atomiques pour des variables partagées par plusieurs threads.
- 2
-
-
- Ajoute deux entiers 32 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- La nouvelle valeur stockée à .
- Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans .
- Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Ajoute deux entiers 64 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- La nouvelle valeur stockée à .
- Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans .
- Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante double précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux entiers signés de 32 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux entiers signés de 64 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux handles ou pointeurs spécifiques à la plateforme et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
-
- de destination, dont la valeur est comparée à celle de et qui peut être remplacée par .
-
- qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
-
- comparée à la valeur de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux objets et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité des références.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Objet de destination comparé à et qui peut être remplacé.
- Objet qui remplace l'objet de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Objet qui est comparé à l'objet se trouvant à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante simple précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux instances du type référence spécifié et remplace la première en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée avec et qui peut être remplacée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- Type à utiliser pour , et .Ce type doit être un type référence.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Décrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur décrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Décrémente la variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur décrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante double précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte un entier signé 32 bits à une valeur spécifiée, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un entier signé 64 bits, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un handle ou un pointeur spécifique à la plateforme, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un objet, puis retourne une référence à l'objet d'origine sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante simple précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à une variable du type spécifié et retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- Type à utiliser pour et .Ce type doit être un type référence.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur incrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur incrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronise l'accès à la mémoire comme suit : le processeur qui exécute le thread actuel ne peut pas réorganiser les instructions de sorte que les accès à la mémoire avant l'appel de s'exécutent après les accès à la mémoire postérieurs à l'appel de .
-
-
- Retourne une valeur 64 bits chargée sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur chargée.
- Valeur 64 bits à charger.
- 1
-
-
- Fournit des routines d'initialisation tardives.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible avec le constructeur par défaut du type s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Référence initialisée de type .
- Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur avec son constructeur par défaut s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée.
- Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée.
- Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié.
- Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence ou la valeur.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence.
- Type référence de la référence à initialiser.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
- a retourné null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- L'exception levée lorsque l'entrée récursive dans un verrou n'est pas compatible avec la stratégie de récurrence pour le verrou.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours.
- Exception qui a provoqué l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
- 2
-
-
- Spécifie si un verrou peut être entré plusieurs fois par le même thread.
-
-
- Si un thread essaie d'entrer un verrou de manière récursive, une exception est levée.Certaines classes peuvent autoriser certaines récurrences lorsque ce paramètre est appliqué.
-
-
- Un thread peut entrer un verrou de manière récursive.Certaines classes peuvent restreindre cette fonction.
-
-
- Avertit un ou plusieurs threads en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini comme signalé.
- true pour définir un état initial signalé ; false pour définir un état initial non signalé.
-
-
- Fournit une version allégée de .
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'état initial "non signalé".
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé".
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé" et un nombre de spins spécifié.
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
- Nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'événement est défini.
- true si l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement à "non signalé", ce qui entraîne le blocage des threads.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement à "signalé", ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente sur l'événement de continuer à s'exécuter.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
- Retourne le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel reçoive un signal, tout en observant un .
-
- à observer.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtient l'objet sous-jacent pour ce .
- Objet d'événement sous-jacent pour ce .
-
-
- Fournit un mécanisme qui synchronise l'accès aux objets.
- 2
-
-
- Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou du moniteur.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.Remarque Si aucune exception ne se produit, la sortie de cette méthode est toujours true.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
-
- Libère un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- Objet sur lequel libérer le verrou.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread en cours ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Détermine si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur l'objet spécifié.
- true si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur ; sinon, false.
- Objet à tester.
-
- a la valeur null.
-
-
- Avertit un thread situé dans la file d'attente en suspens d'un changement d'état de l'objet verrouillé.
- Objet attendu par un thread.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Avertit tous les threads en attente d'un changement d'état de l'objet.
- Objet qui envoie l'impulsion.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Essaie d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- 1
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
-
- Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours du nombre spécifié de millisecondes.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
- est négatif et différent de .
- 1
-
-
- Tente, pendant le nombre spécifié de millisecondes, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
- est négatif et différent de .
-
-
- Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours de la période spécifiée.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
-
- représentant le délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à .
- 1
-
-
- Tente, pendant le délai spécifié, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à .
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.
- true si l'appel est retourné car l'appelant a de nouveau acquis le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.Cette méthode ne retourne rien si le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- 1
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre avant que le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- La valeur du paramètre est négative et différente de .
- 1
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
-
- qui représente le temps à attendre avant que le thread n'intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- La valeur en millisecondes du paramètre est négative et ne représente pas (–1 milliseconde) ou est supérieure à .
- 1
-
-
- Primitive de synchronisation qui peut également être utilisée pour la synchronisation entre processus.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex.
- true pour accorder au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, et une chaîne représentant le nom du mutex.
- true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false.
- Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom.
- Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- est plus de 260 caractères.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, une chaîne qui représente le nom du mutex et une valeur booléenne qui, quand la méthode retourne son résultat, indique si la propriété initiale du mutex a été accordée au thread appelant.
- true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false.
- Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom.
- Cette méthode retourne une valeur booléenne qui est true si un mutex local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le mutex système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le mutex système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
- Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- est plus de 260 caractères.
-
-
- Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente le mutex système nommé.
- Nom du mutex système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Le mutex nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Libère l'objet une seule fois.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si le mutex nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom du mutex système à ouvrir.
- Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente la structure mutex nommée si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
-
-
- Représente un verrou utilisé pour gérer l'accès à une ressource, en autorisant plusieurs threads pour la lecture ou un accès exclusif en écriture.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des valeurs de propriété par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
- Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture.
- Nombre de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode lecture, et quitte le mode lecture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode pouvant être mis à niveau, et quitte le mode pouvant être mis à niveau si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode écriture, et quitte le mode écriture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique la stratégie de récurrence pour l'objet actuel.
- Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 (zéro) si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode lecture, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode lecture mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 si le n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode écriture de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente entier facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode lecture.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode lecture.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode écriture.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode écriture.
- 2
-
-
- Limite le nombre des threads qui peuvent accéder simultanément à une ressource ou un pool de ressources.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est supérieur à .
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, et en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé.
-
- est supérieur à .ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas .
- Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système et en spécifiant une variable qui reçoit une valeur indiquant si un sémaphore système a été créé.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément.
- Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé.
- Cette méthode retourne true si un sémaphore local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
-
- est supérieur à . ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas .
- Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
-
- Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente le sémaphore système nommé.
- Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Le sémaphore nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Quitte le sémaphore et retourne le compteur antérieur.
- Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode .
- Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé.
- Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits .
- 1
-
-
- Quitte le sémaphore un nombre spécifié de fois et retourne le compteur précédent.
- Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode .
- Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé.
- Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits .
- 1
-
-
- Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si le sémaphore nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir.
- Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente le sémaphore nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
-
-
- Exception levée lorsque la méthode est appelée sur un sémaphore dont le compteur est déjà au maximum.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Représente une alternative légère à qui limite le nombre de threads pouvant accéder simultanément à une ressource ou à un pool de ressources.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial et le nombre maximal de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou est supérieur à ou est inférieur ou égal à 0.
-
-
- Retourne un qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore.
-
- qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore.
-
- a été supprimé.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder à l'objet .
- Nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder au sémaphore.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par le , et libère éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour ne libérer que les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Libère l'objet une seule fois.
- Décompte précédent de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale.
-
-
- Libère l'objet un nombre de fois déterminé.
- Décompte précédent de .
- Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente.
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- Le instance a été supprimée, ou qui créé a été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , tout en observant un .
- Jeton à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.ouLes créés a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour spécifier le délai d'attente.
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
- L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
- L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée Le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone avant d'accéder à .
- Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore.
- Jeton à observer.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. ou délai d'attente supérieur à .
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- Jeton à observer.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.oudélai d'attente supérieur à .
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Représente une méthode à appeler lorsqu'un message doit être distribué à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- 2
-
-
- Fournit une primitive de verrou d'exclusion mutuelle où un thread qui tente d'acquérir le verrou attend dans une boucle en vérifiant de manière répétée jusqu'à ce que le verrou devienne disponible.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la structure de avec l'option permettant de suivre les ID de thread afin d'améliorer le débogage.
- Indique s'il faut capturer et utiliser des ID de thread à des fins de débogage.
-
-
- Acquiert le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler ENTRÉE.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Libère le verrou.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou.
-
-
- Libère le verrou.
- Valeur booléenne qui indique si une barrière mémoire doit être émise pour publier immédiatement l'opération de sortie sur d'autres threads.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread.
- True si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel.
- True si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel ; sinon, false.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est désactivé.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le suivi de la propriété des threads est activé pour cette instance.
- True si le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé pour cette instance ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à millisecondes.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Fournit une prise en charge de l'attente basée sur les spins.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où a été appelé sur cette instance.
- Retourne un entier qui représente le nombre d'appels de sur cette instance.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé.
- Indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé.
-
-
- Réinitialise le compteur de spins.
-
-
- Exécute un seul spin.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire.
- True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire.
- True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre, ou TimeSpan qui représente -1 millième de seconde pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Fournit les fonctionnalités de base pour propager un contexte de synchronisation dans plusieurs modèles de synchronisation.
- 2
-
-
- Crée une instance de la classe .
-
-
- En cas de substitution dans une classe dérivée, crée une copie du contexte de synchronisation.
- Nouvel objet .
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le contexte de synchronisation du thread actuel.
- Objet représentant le contexte de synchronisation actuel.
- 1
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est terminée.
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est lancée.
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message asynchrone à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Délégué à appeler.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- 2
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message synchrone à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Délégué à appeler.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Définit le contexte de synchronisation actuel.
- Objet à définir.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Exception levée lorsqu'une méthode exige de l'appelant qu'il possède un verrou sur un objet Monitor donné et que la méthode est appelée par un appelant qui ne possède pas ce verrou.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Fournit le stockage local des données de thread.
- Spécifie le type de données stockées par thread.
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de .
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de .
- Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété .
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée.
-
- appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé.
-
- est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée.
-
- appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé.
- Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété .
-
- est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de .
- Valeur booléenne qui indique si cette méthode est appelée en raison d'un appel à .
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de .
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si est initialisé sur le thread actuel.
- True si est initialisé sur le thread actuel ; sinon, false.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
-
-
- Crée et retourne une représentation sous forme de chaîne de cette instance pour le thread actuel.
- Résultat de l'appel à sur .
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
- Le du thread actuel est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
- La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive.
- Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit la valeur de cette instance pour le thread actuel.
- Retourne une instance de l'objet dont ce ThreadLocal est chargé de l'initialisation.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
- La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive.
- Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie.
-
-
- Obtient une liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance.
- Liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
-
-
- Contient des méthodes permettant d'effectuer des opérations de mémoire volatile.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la référence d'objet à partir du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Référence à qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière référence écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
- Type du champ à lire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de mémoire apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la référence d'objet spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la référence d'objet est écrite.
- Référence d'objet à écrire.La référence est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
- Type du champ dans lequel écrire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur.
-
-
- Exception levée lors d'une tentative d'ouverture d'un mutex système ou d'un sémaphore qui n'existe pas.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/it/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/it/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3446f031d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/it/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1800 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando un thread acquisisce un oggetto che un altro thread ha abbandonato uscendo senza rilasciarlo.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un indice specificato per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per i metodi o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore e l'eccezione interna specificati.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'eccezione interna, l'indice per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, specificati e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'indice del mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e il mutex abbandonato specificati.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Ottiene il mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure null se il mutex abbandonato non è stato identificato.
- 1
-
-
- Ottiene l'indice del mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto.
- Nella matrice degli handle in attesa passati al metodo , indice dell'oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure –1 se l'indice del mutex abbandonato non è stato determinato.
- 1
-
-
- Rappresenta dati di ambiente locali rispetto a un flusso di controllo asincrono specificato, ad esempio un metodo asincrono.
- Tipo dei dati di ambiente.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di che non riceve notifiche di modifica.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di locale che riceve notifiche di modifica.
- Delegato chiamato ogni volta che il valore corrente cambia in qualsiasi thread.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il valore dei dati di ambiente.
- Valore dei dati di ambiente.
-
-
- Classe che fornisce le informazioni di modifica dei dati alle istanze di registrate per le notifiche di modifica.
- Tipo di dati.
-
-
- Ottiene il valore corrente dei dati.
- Valore corrente dei dati.
-
-
- Ottiene il valore precedente dei dati.
- Valore precedente dei dati.
-
-
- Restituisce un valore che indica se il valore cambia a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione.
- true se il valore è cambiato a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Notifica a un thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato.
-
-
- Consente a più attività di funzionare cooperativamente in un algoritmo in parallelo tramite più fasi.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe .
- Numero di thread che partecipano.
-
- è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe .
- Numero di thread che partecipano.
- Oggetto da eseguire dopo ogni fase. Può essere passato Null (Nothing in Visual Basic) per indicare che non è stata intrapresa alcuna azione.
-
- è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante aggiuntivo.
- Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'aggiunta di un partecipante provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti partecipanti aggiuntivi.
- Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti.
- Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da aggiungere alla barriera.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.- oppure -L'aggiunta di partecipanti provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.
- Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di fase corrente della barriera.
- Restituisce il numero di fase corrente della barriera.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
- Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera.
- Restituisce il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente.
- Restituisce il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante in meno.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti meno partecipanti.
- Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da rimuovere dalla barriera.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.
- La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. - oppure -il conteggio del partecipante corrente è minore del conteggio del partecipante specificato
- Il conteggio totale dei partecipanti è minore del specificato
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
- Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout.
- true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
- Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito, oppure è più grande di 32.767.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando l'azione post-fase di un oggetto non viene eseguita correttamente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con l'eccezione interna specificata.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare all'interno di un nuovo contesto.
- Oggetto contenente informazioni che devono essere utilizzate dal metodo di callback ogni volta che viene eseguito.
- 1
-
-
- Rappresenta un primitiva di sincronizzazione segnalata quando il relativo conteggio raggiunge lo zero.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il conteggio specificato.
- Numero di segnali inizialmente richiesti per impostare l'oggetto .
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Incrementa di uno il conteggio corrente di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è maggiore di o uguale a .
-
-
- Incrementa di un valore specificato il conteggio corrente di .
- Valore che indica l'incremento di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore o uguale a 0.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è uguale o maggiore a dopo che il conteggio è incrementato da
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento.
- Numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento.
- Numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento.
-
-
- Determina se l'evento è impostato.
- true se l'evento è impostato, altrimenti false.
-
-
- Reimposta sul valore di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Reimposta la proprietà al valore specificato.
- Numero di segnali necessari per impostare l'oggetto .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Registra un segnale con l'oggetto , decrementando il valore di .
- true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa del segnale e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.
-
-
- Registra più segnali con l'oggetto , decrementandone il valore di della quantità specificata.
- true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa dei segnali e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di segnali da registrare.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 1.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata. oppure è maggiore di .
-
-
- Tenta di incrementare di uno.
- true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, questo metodo restituirà false.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è uguale a .
-
-
- Tenta di incrementare in base a un valore specificato.
- true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, verrà restituito false.
- Valore che indica l'incremento di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore o uguale a 0.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - + è uguale o maggiore di .
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout.
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout.
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Ottiene un oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento.
- Oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Indica se verrà reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente dopo la ricezione di un segnale.
- 2
-
-
- Con la segnalazione, viene reimpostato automaticamente dopo il rilascio di un singolo thread.Se non sono presenti thread in attesa, resta segnalato fino al blocco di un thread e viene reimpostato dopo il rilascio del thread.
-
-
- Con la segnalazione, rilascia tutti i thread in attesa e resta segnalato finché non viene reimpostato manualmente.
-
-
- Rappresenta un evento di sincronizzazione dei thread.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
- Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti .
- Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema e una variabile Boolean il cui valore dopo la chiamata specifica se l'evento di sistema denominato è stato creato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
- Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un evento locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato l'evento di sistema denominato specificato; false se l'evento di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti .
- Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta l'evento di sistema denominato.
- Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire.
-
- è una stringa vuota. In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- L'evento di sistema denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread.
- true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false.
- Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa di procedere.
- true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false.
- Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata.
- true se l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire.
- Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo, o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
-
- è una stringa vuota.In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza desiderato.
-
-
- Gestisce il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Acquisisce il contesto di esecuzione dal thread corrente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Esegue un metodo in un contesto di esecuzione specifico sul thread corrente.
- Oggetto da impostare.
- Delegato che rappresenta il metodo da eseguire nel contesto di esecuzione fornito.
- Oggetto da passare al metodo di callback.
-
- è null.- oppure - non è stato acquisito tramite un'operazione di acquisizione. - oppure - è stato già utilizzato come argomento per una chiamata .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Fornisce operazioni atomiche per variabili condivise da più thread.
- 2
-
-
- Somma due interi a 32 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica.
- Nuovo valore archiviato in .
- Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in .
- Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Somma due interi a 64 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica.
- Nuovo valore archiviato in .
- Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in .
- Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione doppia per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due interi con segno a 32 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due interi con segno a 64 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due puntatori o handle specifici della piattaforma per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo elemento.
- Valore originale in .
- Oggetto di destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con il valore di e, se possibile, sostituito da .
- Oggetto che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Oggetto confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due oggetti per verificarne l'uguaglianza dei riferimenti; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo oggetto.
- Valore originale in .
- Oggetto di destinazione confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Oggetto che sostituisce l'oggetto di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Oggetto confrontato con l'oggetto in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione singola per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due istanze del tipo di riferimento specificato per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce la prima istanza.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- Tipo da usare per , e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Diminuisce una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore diminuito.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Diminuisce la variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore diminuito.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione doppia su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un intero con segno a 32 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un intero con segno a 64 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un puntatore o un handle specifico della piattaforma su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un oggetto su un valore specificato e restituisce un riferimento all'oggetto originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione singola su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta una variabile del tipo indicato sul valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- Tipo da usare per e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore aumentato.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore aumentato.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sincronizza l'accesso alla memoria come segue: il processore che esegue il thread corrente non può riordinare le istruzioni in modo tale che gli accessi alla memoria prima della chiamata al metodo vengano eseguiti dopo quelli successivi alla chiamata al metodo .
-
-
- Restituisce un valore a 64 bit, caricato come operazione atomica.
- Valore caricato.
- Valore a 64 bit da caricare.
- 1
-
-
- Fornisce routine di inizializzazione differita.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata.
- Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata.
- Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto.
- Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento o il valore.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
- restituisce null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando una voce ricorsiva in un blocco non è compatibile con i criteri di ricorsione per tale blocco.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- Eccezione che ha causato l'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
- 2
-
-
- Specifica se lo stesso thread può accedere a un blocco più volte.
-
-
- Se un thread tenta di accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo, viene generata un'eccezione.È possibile che alcune classi consentano particolari ricorsioni quando questa impostazione è attivata.
-
-
- Un thread può accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo.Alcune classi possono limitare questa funzionalità.
-
-
- Notifica a uno o più thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con un valore Booleano che indica se lo stato iniziale deve essere impostato su segnalato.
- Viene restituito true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato.
-
-
- Fornisce una versione più snella di .
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con uno stato iniziale di non segnalato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato e un conteggio rotazioni specificato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
- Numero di attese di rotazione che devono verificarsi prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e facoltativamente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- True per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se l'evento è impostato.
- true se l'evento è impostato; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa dell'evento di procedere.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
- Restituisce il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non riceve un segnale, osservando un oggetto .
- Oggetto da osservare.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Ottiene l'oggetto sottostante per questo oggetto .
- Oggetto evento sottostante per questo oggetto .
-
-
- Fornisce un meccanismo che sincronizza l'accesso agli oggetti.
- 2
-
-
- Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- Oggetto sui cui acquisire il blocco del monitoraggio.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.Nota Se non si verifica alcuna eccezione, l'output di questo metodo è sempre true.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
-
- Viene rilasciato un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- Oggetto sul quale rilasciare il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il blocco per l'oggetto specificato non è di proprietà del thread corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Determina se il thread corrente specificato contiene il blocco sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente è responsabile del blocco su ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto da testare.
-
- è null.
-
-
- Notifica a un thread della coda di attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto bloccato è stato modificato.
- Oggetto atteso da un thread.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- 1
-
-
- Notifica a tutti i thread in attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto è stato modificato.
- Oggetto che invia l'impulso.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
-
- Viene eseguito, per un numero specificato di millisecondi, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
- è negativo e non è uguale a .
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire, per il numero di millisecondi specificato, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
- è negativo e non è uguale a .
-
-
- Viene eseguito, per una quantità di tempo specificata, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Oggetto che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di .
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire, per la quantità di tempo specificata, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Quantità di tempo che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di .
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.
- true se la chiamata è stata restituita perché il chiamante ha riacquisito il blocco per l'oggetto specificato.Non viene restituito alcun valore se il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- 1
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Numero di millisecondi da attendere prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- Il valore del parametro è negativo e non è uguale a .
- 1
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il tempo di attesa prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- Il valore del parametro in millisecondi è negativo e non rappresenta (–1 millisecondo) oppure è maggiore di .
- 1
-
-
- Primitiva di sincronizzazione che può essere usata anche per la sincronizzazione interprocesso.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex e con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome.
- Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti .
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex, con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex e con un valore booleano che, quando il metodo viene restituito, indichi se al thread chiamante era stata concessa la proprietà iniziale del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un valore booleano che è true se è stato creato un mutex locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il mutex di sistema denominato specificato; false se il mutex di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
- Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti .
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex di sistema denominato.
- Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Il mutex denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto una volta.
- Il thread chiamante non ha la proprietà del mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata.
- true se il mutex denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta il mutex denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
-
-
- Rappresenta un blocco usato per gestire l'accesso a una risorsa, consentendo a più thread l'accesso in lettura o l'accesso esclusivo in scrittura.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con i valori predefiniti delle proprietà.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
- Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
- Numero di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità lettura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità aggiornabile ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità scrittura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica i criteri di ricorsione per l'oggetto corrente.
- Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità lettura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità lettura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stato attivato il blocco in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità scrittura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout intero facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità lettura.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità lettura.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità aggiornabile.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità scrittura.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità scrittura.
- 2
-
-
- Limita il numero di thread che possono accedere a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse contemporaneamente.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è maggiore di .
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, nonché indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato.
-
- è maggiore di .-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di .
- Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema e specificando una variabile che riceve un valore che indica se è stato creato un nuovo semaforo di sistema.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente.
- Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un semaforo locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato; false se il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
-
- è maggiore di . -oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di .
- Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome.
-
-
- Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo di sistema denominato.
- Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Il semaforo denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Esce dal semaforo e restituisce il conteggio precedente.
- Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo .
- Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato.
- Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con .
- 1
-
-
- Esce dal semaforo il numero di volte specificato e restituisce il conteggio precedente.
- Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo .
- Numero di uscite dal semaforo.
-
- è minore di 1.
- Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato.
- Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di diritti .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con i diritti .
- 1
-
-
- Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è riuscita.
- true se l'apertura del semaforo denominato è riuscita; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire.
- Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, quest'ultimo contiene un oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo denominato se la chiamata è riuscita o null se la chiamata non è riuscita.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando il metodo viene chiamato su un semaforo il cui conteggio ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Rappresenta un'alternativa semplificata a che limita il numero di thread che possono accedere simultaneamente a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale e massimo di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è minore di 0, o è maggiore di o è uguale o minore di 0.
-
-
- Restituisce un oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo.
- Oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo.
- L'interfaccia è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere all'oggetto .
- Numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere al semaforo.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e, facoltativamente, le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto una volta.
- Numero precedente di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima.
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto un numero di volte specificato.
- Numero precedente di .
- Numero di uscite dal semaforo.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 1.
-
- ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può immettere .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout.
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto .
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il istanza è stata eliminata, o che ha creato è stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto osservando un oggetto .
- Token da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.-oppure-Il creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per specificare il timeout.
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
- L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto .
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
- L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata L'oggetto che ha creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di immettere .
- Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo.
- Token da osservare.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. -oppure- timeout è maggiore di .
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Token da osservare.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.-oppure-timeout è maggiore di .
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare quando un messaggio deve essere inviato a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- 2
-
-
- Fornisce un primitiva di blocco a esclusione reciproca in cui un thread che tenta di acquisire il blocco attende in un ciclo eseguendo controlli ripetuti finché il blocco non diventa disponibile.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della struttura con l'opzione di rilevamento degli ID dei thread per migliorare il debug.
- Valore che indica se acquisire e utilizzare gli ID dei thread per scopi di debug.
-
-
- Acquisisce il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a Enter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco.
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco.
- Valore booleano che indica se generare un limite di memoria per pubblicare immediatamente l'operazione di uscita agli altri thread.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread.
- true se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente.
- true se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente; in caso contrario, false.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è disabilitato.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread.
- true se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito o il timeout è più grande di millisecondi.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Fornisce il supporto per l'attesa basata su rotazione.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di chiamate di su questa istanza.
- Restituisce un intero che rappresenta il numero di volte in cui è stato chiamato su questa istanza.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto.
- Valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto.
-
-
- Reimposta il contatore delle rotazioni.
-
-
- Esegue una sola rotazione.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- L'argomento è null.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato.
- True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'argomento è null.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato.
- True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa. In alternativa, per un'attesa indefinita, oggetto TimeSpan che rappresenta -1 millisecondi.
- L'argomento è null.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Fornisce la funzionalità di base per propagare un contesto di sincronizzazione in vari modelli di sincronizzazione.
- 2
-
-
- Crea una nuova istanza della classe .
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, crea una copia del contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Nuovo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il contesto di sincronizzazione per il thread corrente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di completamento di un'operazione.
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di avvio di un'operazione.
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio asincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Delegato di da chiamare.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- 2
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio sincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Delegato di da chiamare.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Imposta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente.
- Oggetto da impostare.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando un metodo richiede che il chiamante sia il proprietario del blocco su un Monitor specifico, e tale metodo viene richiamato da un chiamante che non è proprietario del blocco.
- 2
-
-
- Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Consente l'archiviazione dei dati nella memoria locale dei thread.
- Specifica il tipo di dati archiviati per thread.
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza .
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza .
- Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di .
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata.
- Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza.
-
- è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata.
- Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza.
- Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di .
-
- è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di .
- Valore booleano che indica se questo metodo viene chiamato a causa di una chiamata a .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di .
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se l'oggetto è inizializzato sul thread corrente.
- true se viene inizializzato sul thread corrente; in caso contrario, false.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Crea e restituisce una rappresentazione di stringa di questa istanza per il thread corrente.
- Risultato della chiamata di su .
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
- L'oggetto per il thread corrente è un riferimento Null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a .
- Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il valore di questa istanza per il thread corrente.
- Restituisce un'istanza dell'oggetto della cui inizializzazione è responsabile questo oggetto ThreadLocal.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
- La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a .
- Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory.
-
-
- Ottiene un elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza.
- Elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Contiene metodi per l'esecuzione di operazioni relative alla memoria volatile.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il riferimento a un oggetto dal campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Riferimento a che è stato letto.Questo riferimento è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
- Tipo di campo da leggere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di memoria compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il riferimento a un oggetto specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il riferimento a un oggetto.
- Riferimento a un oggetto da scrivere.Il riferimento viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
- Tipo di campo da scrivere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore.
-
-
- Eccezione generata durante il tentativo di aprire un semaforo o un mutex di sistema inesistente.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ja/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ja/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e2f71c3a..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ja/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1950 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- スレッドが、別のスレッドが解放せずに終了することによって放棄した オブジェクトを取得したときにスローされる例外。
- 1
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックスと、ミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列内における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを、指定したエラー メッセージと内部例外を使用して初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。
-
-
- エラー メッセージ、内部例外、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、およびミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- エラー メッセージ、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、および放棄されたミューテックスを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスを取得します。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。放棄されたミューテックスを識別できなかった場合は null。
- 1
-
-
- 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスのインデックスを取得します。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクトの、 メソッドに渡された待機ハンドルの配列内でのインデックス。放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスが識別できなかった場合は –1。
- 1
-
-
- 非同期メソッドなど、特定の非同期制御フローに対してローカルなアンビエント データを表します。
- アンビエント データの型。
-
-
- 変更通知を受信しない インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。
-
-
- 変更通知を受信する ローカル インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。
- どのスレッド上であっても現在の値が変更されたなら必ず呼び出されるデリゲート。
-
-
- アンビエント データの値を取得または設定します。
- アンビエント データの値。
-
-
- 変更通知のために登録する インスタンスに対するデータ変更情報を提供するクラス。
- データの型。
-
-
- データの現在の値を取得します。
- データの現在の値。
-
-
- データの前の値を取得します。
- データの前の値。
-
-
- 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更されたかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更された場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- イベントが発生したことを待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
- 複数のタスクが、複数のフェーズを通じて 1 つのアルゴリズムで並行して協調的に動作できるようにします。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 参加しているスレッドの数。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 参加しているスレッドの数。
- 各フェーズ後に実行する 。null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) は操作が行われないことを示すために渡されることがあります。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。
-
-
- 参加要素が 1 つ追加されることを に通知します。
- 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- 複数の参加要素が追加されることを に通知します。
- 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。
- バリアに追加する追加の参加要素の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。または 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。
- メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を取得します。
- バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を返します。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
- メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- バリア内の参加要素の合計数を取得します。
- バリア内の参加要素の合計数を返します。
-
-
- 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を取得します。
- 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を返します。
-
-
- 参加要素が 1 つ削除されることを に通知します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- 複数の参加要素が削除されることを に通知します。
- バリアから削除する追加の参加要素の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。
- バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 または現在の参加要素数が、指定された participantCount より小さい値です
- 参加要素の総数が、指定した より小さくなっています。
-
-
- 参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
- すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
- すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
-
- オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが 32,767 を超えています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、 オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
-
- のフェーズ後アクションに失敗したときにスローされる例外。
-
-
- エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
- 指定した内部例外を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。
-
-
- エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- 新しいコンテキスト内で呼び出すメソッドを表します。
- コールバック メソッドが実行されるたびに使用する情報を格納したオブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- カウントが 0 になったときに通知される同期プリミティブを表します。
-
-
- 指定されたカウントを使用して クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- の設定に最初に必要な通知の数。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
-
- の現在のカウントを 1 つインクリメントします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または が 以上です。
-
-
-
- の現在のカウントを指定された値だけインクリメントします。
-
- を増やす値。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 以下です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。またはカウントが ずつインクリメントされた後、 が 以上です
-
-
- イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数を取得します。
- イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数を取得します。
- イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数。
-
-
- イベントが設定されているかどうかを判断します。
- イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
-
- を の値にリセットします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- プロパティを指定した値にリセットします。
-
- の設定に必要な通知の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
- 通知を に登録して、 の値をデクリメントします。
- 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。
-
-
- 複数の通知を に登録して、 の値を指定された量だけデクリメントします。
- 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 登録する通知の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 1 未満です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。-または- または、 が より大きいです。
-
-
-
- を 1 つインクリメントすることを試みます。
- インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、このメソッドは false を返します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- と が等価です。
-
-
-
- を指定した値だけインクリメントすることを試みます。
- インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、これは false を返します。
-
- を増やす値。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 以下です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または + は、 以上です。
-
-
-
- が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
- イベントの設定を待機するために使用する を取得します。
- イベントの設定を待機するために使用する 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- シグナルを受信した後で が自動的にリセットされるか、または手動でリセットされるかを示します。
- 2
-
-
- シグナルを受信すると、 は 1 つのスレッドを解放した後で自動的にリセットされます。待機しているスレッドがない場合、 はスレッドがブロックされるまでシグナル状態のままとなり、そのスレッドを解放した後でリセットされます。
-
-
- シグナルを受信すると、 は待機しているスレッドをすべて解放し、手動でリセットされるまでシグナル状態のままとなります。
-
-
- スレッドの同期イベントを表します。
- 2
-
-
- 待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、および、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
-
-
- この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、およびシステムの同期イベントの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
- システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- が 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、システム同期イベントの名前、および、呼び出し後の値によって名前付きイベントが作成されたかどうかを示すブール変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
- システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル イベントが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム イベントが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム イベントが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- が 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム イベントを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null なので、
- 名前付きシステム イベントが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。
- 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。
- 2
-
-
- イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定し、待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。
- 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。
- 2
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きの同期イベントが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付き同期イベントを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null なので、
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを管理します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドから実行コンテキストをキャプチャします。
- 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- 現在のスレッドで指定した実行コンテキストを使用してメソッドを実行します。
- 設定する 。
- 指定した実行コンテキストで実行するメソッドを表す デリゲート。
- コールバック メソッドに渡すオブジェクト。
-
- は null なので、またはキャプチャ操作で が取得されませんでした。または は、 呼び出しの引数として既に使用されています。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 複数のスレッドで共有される変数に分割不可能な操作を提供します。
- 2
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 32 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。
-
- に格納された新しい値。
- 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。
-
- にある整数に加算する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 64 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。
-
- に格納された新しい値。
- 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。
-
- にある整数に加算する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの倍精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの 32 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの 64 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つのプラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を の値と比較し、場合によっては によって置き換える、比較先の 。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える 。
-
- にある値と比較する 。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つのオブジェクトの参照が等値であるかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初のオブジェクトを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
-
- と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先のオブジェクト。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先のオブジェクトを置き換えるオブジェクト。
-
- にあるオブジェクトと比較するオブジェクト。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの単精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 指定した参照型 の 2 つのインスタンスが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
-
- 、 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- デクリメントされた値。
- 値がデクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントしてその結果を格納します。
- デクリメントされた値。
- 値がデクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を倍精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 32 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 64 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、プラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターに指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値をオブジェクトとして設定し、元のオブジェクトへの参照を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を単精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した型 の変数に指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
-
- 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- インクリメントされた値。
- 値がインクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- インクリメントされた値。
- 値がインクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- メモリ アクセスを同期します。現在のスレッドを実行中のプロセッサは、 を呼び出す前のメモリ アクセスを の呼び出し後のメモリ アクセスより後に実行するように命令を並べ替えることはできなくなります。
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として 64 ビット値を読み込んで返します。
- 読み込まれた値。
- 読み込む 64 ビット値。
- 1
-
-
- 限定的な初期化ルーチンを提供します。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、型の既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された参照。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。
- ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。
-
- を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。
- ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。
-
- を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。
- 参照または値を初期化するために呼び出される関数。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。
- 参照を初期化するために呼び出される関数。
- 初期化される参照の参照型。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
- null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) を返しました。
-
-
- 再帰的にロックに入る処理が、ロックの再帰ポリシーと互換性がない場合にスローされる例外です。
- 2
-
-
- エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 2
-
-
- エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 2
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 現在の例外を引き起こした例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
- 2
-
-
- 同じスレッドが複数回ロックに入れるかどうかを指定します。
-
-
- スレッドが、再帰的にロックに入ろうとすると、例外がスローされます。クラスによっては、この設定が適用されている場合に、特定の再帰が認められることがあります。
-
-
- スレッドが再帰的にロックに入ることができます。クラスによっては、この機能が制限されていることがあります。
-
-
- イベントが発生したことを、1 つ以上の待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示す Boolean 型の値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
-
- の規模を小さくしたバージョンを提供します。
-
-
- 初期状態を非シグナル状態にして、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値および指定されたスピン カウントを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true、アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- イベントが設定されているかどうかを取得します。
- イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定して、イベント上で待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。
-
-
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を取得します。
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を返します。
-
-
- 現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、現在の が信号を受信するまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- この の オブジェクトを取得します。
- この の基になる イベント オブジェクト。
-
-
- オブジェクトへのアクセスを同期する機構を提供します。
- 2
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得します。
- モニター ロックを取得する対象となるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得し、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。メモ 例外が発生しない場合、このメソッドの出力は常に true です。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを解放します。
- ロックを解放する対象となるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 現在のスレッドが、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが指定したオブジェクトのロックを保持しているかどうかを判断します。
- 現在のスレッドが のロックを保持している場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- テストするオブジェクト。
-
- は null です。
-
-
- ロックされたオブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機キュー内のスレッドに通知します。
- スレッドが待機するオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機中のすべてのスレッドに通知します。
- パルスを送るオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
-
- 指定したミリ秒間に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- が負で、 と等価でありません。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定したミリ秒間試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- が負で、 と等価でありません。
-
-
- 指定した時間内に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機する時間を表す 。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定した時間にわたって試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機する時間。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。
- 指定したオブジェクトのロックを呼び出し元が再取得したために、呼び出しが戻った場合は true。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されないと制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。
- 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの待機時間 (ミリ秒)。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
-
- パラメーターの値が負で、 と等しくありません。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。
- 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの時間を表す 。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
-
- パラメーターのミリ秒単位の値が負で、かつ (–1 ミリ秒) ではありません。または より大きい値です。
- 1
-
-
- 同期プリミティブは、プロセス間の同期にも使用できます。
- 1
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを、既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 呼び出し元スレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権を与える場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値と、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列、およびメソッドから戻るときにミューテックスの初期所有権が呼び出し元のスレッドに付与されたかどうかを示すブール値を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るとき、ローカル ミューテックスが作成された場合 (つまり が null または空の文字列の場合) または指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合は、ブール値 true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム ミューテックスを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- 名前付きミューテックスが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- を一度解放します。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドはミューテックスを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きミューテックスが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。
- このメソッドから戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きミューテックスを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- リソースへのアクセス管理に使用するロックを表し、複数のスレッドによる読み取りや排他アクセスでの書き込みを実現します。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティ値で初期化します。
-
-
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 読み取りモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には読み取りモードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合にはアップグレード可能モードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 書き込みモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には書き込みモードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在の オブジェクトの再帰ポリシーを示す値を取得します。
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回ロックに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回アップグレード可能モードに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回書き込みモードに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを表す整数を指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 読み取りモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- アップグレード可能モードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- 書き込みモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 書き込みモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限します。
- 1
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
-
- が より大きくなっています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。
-
- が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定し、新しいシステム セマフォが作成されたかどうかを示す値を受け取る変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の最大数。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル セマフォが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
-
- が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム セマフォの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- 名前付きセマフォが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- セマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。
-
- メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。
- セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。
- 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 で開かれませんでした。
- 1
-
-
- 指定した回数だけセマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。
-
- メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。
- セマフォから出る回数。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。
- セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。
- 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに 権限がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 権限で開かれませんでした。
- 1
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きのセマフォが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム セマフォの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きセマフォを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- カウントが既に最大値であるセマフォに対して メソッドが呼び出された場合にスローされる例外。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限する の軽量版を表します。
-
-
- 同時に許可される要求の初期数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
- 同時に許可される要求の初期数および最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、 が を超えているか、または が 0 以下です。
-
-
- セマフォの待機に使用できる を返します。
- セマフォの待機に使用できる です。
-
- は破棄されています。
-
-
-
- オブジェクトに入る、残りのスレッド数を取得します。
- セマフォに入る、残りのスレッド数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションとして、マネージ リソースを解放することもできます。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
-
- のオブジェクトを一度解放します。
-
- の前のカウント。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。
-
-
- 指定された回数だけ、 オブジェクトを解放します。
-
- の前のカウント。
- セマフォから出る回数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。
-
- は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。
-
-
-
- に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
- インスタンスが破棄されている、または 作成 破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する トークン。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または 作成 既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を使用してタイムアウトを指定し、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
- semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、タイムアウトを指定する を使用して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
- semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 を作成した は既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。
- 観察する トークン。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します または タイムアウトは より大きい値です。
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する トークン。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表しますまたはタイムアウトは より大きい値です。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
- メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチするときに呼び出すメソッドを表します。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- ロックが使用可能になるまで、ロックを取得しようとするスレッドがループの繰り返しチェック内で待機する相互排他ロック プリミティブを提供します。
-
-
- デバッグを向上させるためにスレッド ID を追跡するオプションを使用して、 構造体の新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- デバッグのためにスレッド ID をキャプチャして使用するかどうか。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックを取得します。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- 引数は、Enter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- ロックを解放します。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。
-
-
- ロックを解放します。
- 終了操作を他のスレッドに直ちに発行するためにメモリ フェンスを発行する必要があるかどうかを示すブール値。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。
-
-
- ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。
- ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。
- ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が無効です。
-
-
- このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっているかどうかを取得します。
- このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが ミリ秒を超えています。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- スピンベースの待機のサポートを提供します。
-
-
- このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を取得します。
- このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を表す整数を返します。
-
-
- 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうかを取得します。
- 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうか。
-
-
- スピン カウンターをリセットします。
-
-
- 単一のスピンを実行します。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるまで回転します。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。
- タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。
- タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す TimeSpan。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
- 同期コンテキストをさまざまな同期モデルに反映させるための基本機能を提供します。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを作成します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期コンテキストのコピーを作成します。
- 新しい オブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドの同期コンテキストを取得します。
- 現在の同期コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の完了を伝える通知に応答します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の開始を伝える通知に応答します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、非同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。
- 呼び出す デリゲート。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。
- 呼び出す デリゲート。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 現在の同期コンテキストを設定します。
- 設定する オブジェクト
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 指定した Monitor でロックを所有していることが呼び出し元の条件となるメソッドを、そのロックを所有していない呼び出し元が呼び出した場合にスローされる例外です。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- データのスレッド ローカル ストレージを提供します。
- スレッド単位で格納されるデータの型を指定します。
-
-
-
- インスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
-
- インスタンスを初期化します。
- インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。
-
-
-
- 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。
- 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。
-
- が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。
-
-
-
- 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。
- 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。
- インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。
-
- が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
- この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。
-
- が呼び出されたことが原因でこのメソッドが呼び出されているかどうかを示すブール値。
-
-
- この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドで が初期化されているかどうかを取得します。
-
- が現在のスレッドで初期化される場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの文字列形式を作成して返します。
-
- で を呼び出した結果。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
- 現在のスレッドの は null 参照 (Visual Basic での Nothing) です。
- 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。
- 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの値を取得または設定します。
- この ThreadLocal が初期化するオブジェクトのインスタンスを返します。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
- 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。
- 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。
-
-
- このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリストを取得します。
- このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリスト。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
-
-
- 不揮発性メモリの操作を実行するためのメソッドが含まれます。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定したフィールドからオブジェクト参照を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた への参照。この参照は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
- 読み取るフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前にメモリ操作が配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクト参照を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- オブジェクト参照を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込むオブジェクト参照。参照は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
- 書き込むフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。
-
-
- 存在しないシステム ミューテックスまたはシステム セマフォを開こうとしたときにスローされる例外。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ko/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ko/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd5f63d87..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ko/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1952 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 스레드가 다른 스레드에서 해제하지 않고 종료하여 중단한 개체를 가져오면 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 중단된 뮤텍스의 지정된 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지, 내부 예외, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 중단된 뮤텍스(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체이며, 중단된 뮤텍스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 null입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다.
-
- 메서드에 전달된 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체의 인덱스이고, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 –1입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 비동기 메서드와 같은 지정된 비동기 제어 흐름에 로컬인 앰비언트 데이터를 나타냅니다.
- 앰비언트 데이터의 형식입니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 받지 않는 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 받는 로컬 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다.
- 스레드에서 현재 값이 변경될 때마다 호출되는 대리자입니다.
-
-
- 앰비언트 데이터의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 앰비언트 데이터의 값입니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 등록하는 인스턴스에 데이터 변경 정보를 제공하는 클래스입니다.
- 데이터 형식입니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 현재 값을 가져옵니다.
- 데이터의 현재 값입니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 이전 값을 가져옵니다.
- 데이터의 이전 값입니다.
-
-
- 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
-
-
- 여러 작업이 여러 단계에 걸쳐 특정 알고리즘에서 병렬로 함께 작동할 수 있도록 합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 참여 스레드의 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 참여 스레드의 수입니다.
- 각 단계 후에 실행할 입니다. 아무 작업도 수행되지 않았음을 나타내기 위해 null(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)이 전달될 수 있습니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다.
- 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다.
- 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다.
- 장벽에 추가할 추가 참가자의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우.또는 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.
- 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 가져옵니다.
- 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 반환합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
- 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 가져옵니다.
- 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 하나 감소함을 에 알립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 감소함을 에 알립니다.
- 장벽에서 제거할 추가 참가자의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우.
- 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. 또는현재 참가자 수가 지정된 participantCount보다 작습니다.
- 총 참가자 수가 지정된 보다 작습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
- 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
- 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 개체를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 다른 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 없거나, 32,767보다 큰 경우.
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 개체를 사용하여 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
-
- 의 사후 단계 작업이 실패할 경우 throw되는 예외입니다.
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다.
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 새 컨텍스트 내에서 호출될 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 콜백 메서드가 실행될 때마다 사용할 정보가 포함된 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 수가 0에 도달하는 경우 신호를 받는 동기화 기본 형식을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 지정된 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 설정하는 데 처음 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 현재 수를 1씩 늘립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 현재 수를 지정된 값만큼 늘립니다.
-
- 를 늘릴 값입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는개수가 만큼 증가된 후에 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다.
- 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
-
- 를 의 값으로 다시 설정합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 속성을 지정된 값으로 재설정합니다.
-
- 를 설정하는 데 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 값을 줄이면서 신호를 에 등록합니다.
- 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.
-
-
- 지정된 양만큼 값을 줄이면서 여러 신호를 에 등록합니다.
- 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 등록할 신호의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 1보다 작은 경우.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. -또는- 가 보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 하나씩 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다.
- 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. 가 이미 0이면 이 메서드에서 false를 반환합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 와 같은 경우
-
-
- 지정된 값만큼 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다.
- 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. 가 이미 0이면 false를 반환합니다.
-
- 를 늘릴 값입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 + 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
-
- 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 을 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 이 신호를 받은 후 자동이나 수동으로 다시 설정되는지 여부를 나타냅니다.
- 2
-
-
- 신호를 받으면 이 스레드 하나를 해제한 후 자동으로 다시 설정됩니다.대기 중인 스레드가 없으면 은 스레드가 차단될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지되다가 스레드를 해제한 후 다시 설정됩니다.
-
-
- 신호를 받으면 이 대기하는 스레드를 모두 해제하고 수동으로 다시 설정될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지됩니다.
-
-
- 스레드 동기화 이벤트를 나타냅니다.
- 2
-
-
- 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부와 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부 및 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
-
- 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부, 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름 및 호출 후 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 이벤트가 만들어지거나( 이 null 또는 빈 문자열) 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 만들어지면 true가 포함되고 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 이미 있으면 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 이벤트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우 또는 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
- 가 null입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 이 이벤트를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다.
- 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우
- 2
-
-
- 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다.
- 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 명명된 synchronization 이벤트(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공적으로 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 동기화 이벤트를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 취급됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
- 가 null입니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 원하는 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 관리합니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 실행 컨텍스트를 캡처합니다.
- 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 지정된 실행 컨텍스트에서 메서드를 실행합니다.
- 설정할 입니다.
- 제공된 실행 컨텍스트에서 실행할 메서드를 나타내는 대리자입니다.
- 콜백 메서드로 전달할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null입니다.또는캡처 작업을 통해 를 가져오지 않은 경우 또는 가 이미 호출의 인수로 사용된 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 다중 스레드에서 공유하는 변수에 대한 원자 단위 연산을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 두 32비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다.
-
- 에 저장된 새 값입니다.
- 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다.
-
- 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 두 64비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다.
-
- 에 저장된 새 값입니다.
- 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다.
-
- 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 배 정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개의 부호 있는 32비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개의 부호 있는 64비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 플랫폼별 핸들이나 포인터가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 값과 비교되어 로 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상 입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개체의 참조가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 개체를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 대상 개체입니다.
- 비교한 결과 같은 경우 대상 개체를 바꾸는 개체입니다.
-
- 의 개체와 비교할 개체입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 참조 형식 의 두 인스턴스가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
-
- , 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 감소한 값입니다.
- 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 감소한 값입니다.
- 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 배정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 64비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 플랫폼별 핸들 또는 포인터를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 개체를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 참조를 원래 개체로 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 형식 의 변수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
-
- 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 증가한 값입니다.
- 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 증가한 값입니다.
- 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 다음과 같이 메모리 액세스를 동기화합니다. 현재 스레드를 실행하는 프로세서는 에 대한 호출 이전의 메모리 액세스가 에 대한 호출 이후의 메모리 액세스 뒤에 실행되는 방식으로 명령을 다시 정렬할 수 없습니다.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 로드된 64비트 값을 반환합니다.
- 로드된 값입니다.
- 로드될 64비트 값입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 초기화 지연 루틴을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 형식의 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 참조입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 해당 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다.
- 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다.
-
- 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다. 이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다.
- 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다.
-
- 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다. 이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다.
- 참조 또는 값을 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다.
- 참조를 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 참조 형식입니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
- 가 null을 반환합니다(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing).
-
-
- 잠금에 대한 재귀 정책과 맞지 않는 방식으로 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다.
- 현재 예외를 발생시킨 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 동일한 스레드에서 잠금을 여러 번 시작할 수 있는지 여부를 지정합니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작하려고 하면 예외가 throw됩니다.이 설정을 적용하는 경우 일부 클래스에서 특정 재귀가 허용될 수도 있습니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 수 있습니다.일부 클래스에서는 이 기능이 제한될 수 있습니다.
-
-
- 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
-
-
-
- 의 슬림 다운 버전을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 신호 없음을 초기 상태로 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 지정된 회전 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다.
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수입니다.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정되었는지를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 이벤트에서 대기 중인 하나 이상의 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다.
-
-
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 가져옵니다.
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 현재 이 신호를 받을 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 이 의 내부 개체를 가져옵니다.
- 이 에 대한 내부 이벤트 개체입니다.
-
-
- 개체에 대한 액세스를 동기화하는 메커니즘을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져옵니다.
- 모니터 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정합니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.예외가 발생하지 않는 경우 이 메서드의 출력은 항상 true입니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 잠금을 해제할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 현재 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 현재 스레드에 지정된 개체에 대한 잠금이 있는지 여부를 확인합니다.
- 현재 스레드에 에 대한 잠금이 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 테스트할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
-
-
- 대기 중인 큐에 포함된 스레드에 잠겨 있는 개체의 상태 변경을 알립니다.
- 스레드에서 기다리는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 대기 중인 모든 스레드에 개체 상태 변경을 알립니다.
- 펄스를 보내는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우
-
-
- 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다리는 시간을 나타내는 입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 대기할 시간입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 지정된 개체 잠금을 호출자가 다시 가져와 호출이 반환되면 true입니다.잠금을 다시 가져오지 않으면 이 메서드는 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
- 1
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다.
- 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 밀리초 수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 값이 음이고 와 같지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다.
- 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 시간을 나타내는 입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (-1밀리초)를 나타내지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
- 1
-
-
- 프로세스 간 동기화에 사용할 수도 있는 동기화 기본 형식입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 호출 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 뮤텍스 이름인 문자열을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
-
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값, 뮤텍스의 이름인 문자열 및 메서드에서 반환할 때 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권이 부여되었는지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이(가) null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우)나 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우에는 true인 부울이 포함되고, 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 이미 있는 경우에는 false이(가) 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 을(를) 한 번 해제합니다.
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스를 소유하지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을(를) 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
- 여러 스레드에서 읽을 수 있도록 허용하거나 쓰기를 위한 단독 액세스를 허용하여 리소스에 대한 액세스를 관리하는 데 사용되는 잠금을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 기본 속성 값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 읽기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 읽기 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 업그레이드 가능 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 쓰기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 쓰기 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 개체에 대한 재귀 정책을 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 잠금을 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 업그레이드 가능 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 쓰기 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 제한 시간(정수)을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 읽기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 쓰기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한합니다.
- 1
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고, 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하고, 새 시스템 세마포가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 받을 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 최대 요청 수입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 세마포가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이 null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우) 또는 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 만들어진 경우에는 true가 포함되고, 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 이미 있는 경우에는 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우 또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 세마포를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다.
-
- 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다.
- 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우
- 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 가 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 를 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 횟수만큼 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다.
-
- 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다.
- 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.
- 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우
- 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 권한이 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 권한을 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정한 명명된 세마포(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공했는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 세마포를 열었으면 true이고, 그 열지 않았으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출에 성공한 경우에는 명명된 세마포를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우에는 null을 포함합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
-
-
- 카운트가 이미 최대값에 도달한 세마포에서 메서드를 호출하면 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한하는 대신 사용할 수 있는 간단한 클래스를 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
- 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 및 최대 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 가 보다 크거나 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우.
-
-
- 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 을(를) 반환합니다.
- 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 입니다.
-
- 가 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 개체에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 세마포에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다.
-
-
-
- 개체를 한 번 해제합니다.
-
- 의 이전 횟수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다.
-
-
-
- 개체를 지정된 횟수만큼 해제합니다.
-
- 의 이전 횟수입니다.
- 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.
-
- 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다.
-
-
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제 또는 만든 가 삭제 되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우또는 만든 이미 삭제 되었습니다.
-
-
-
- (으)로 제한 시간을 지정하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
- semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 을(를) 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
- semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
-
-
- (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다.
-
-
- 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 또는 제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우
-
-
-
- 을 관찰하는 동안 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우또는제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
- 메시지가 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치될 때 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 잠금을 얻으려는 스레드가 잠금을 사용할 수 있을 때까지 루프에서 반복적으로 확인하면서 대기하는 기본적인 상호 배타 잠금을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 디버깅을 향상시키기 위해 스레드 ID를 추적하는 옵션을 사용하여 구조체의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 디버깅 용도로 스레드 ID를 캡처하고 사용할지 여부입니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으며 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 인수는 Enter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다.
-
-
- 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 종료 작업을 다른 스레드에 즉시 게시하기 위해 메모리 펜스를 실행할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적을 사용할 수 없습니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 밀리초보다 큰 경우.
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 회전 기반 대기를 지원합니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 나타내는 정수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부입니다.
-
-
- 회전 수를 다시 설정합니다.
-
-
- 단일 회전을 수행합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족될 때까지 회전합니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다.
- 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다.
- 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 TimeSpan입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
- 다양한 동기화 모델에서 동기화 컨텍스트를 전파하기 위한 기본 기능을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의된 경우 동기화 컨텍스트의 복사본을 만듭니다.
- 새 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 동기화 컨텍스트를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 완료되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 시작되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 비동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다.
- 호출할 대리자입니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다.
- 호출할 대리자입니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 설정합니다.
- 설정할 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 메서드가 지정된 Monitor에 대해 잠금을 소유하도록 호출자에게 요구하지만 해당 잠금을 소유하지 않는 호출자가 해당 메서드를 호출할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 스레드 로컬 저장소를 제공합니다.
- 스레드별로 저장되는 데이터의 형식을 지정합니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부
-
-
- 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다.
-
- 는 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다.
- 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부
-
- 이 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)인 경우
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
- 호출로 인해 이 메서드가 호출되는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 가 현재 스레드에서 초기화되었는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 가 초기화되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 현재 스레드에 대한 이 인스턴스의 문자열 표현을 만들고 반환합니다.
-
- 에서 을 호출한 결과입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
- 현재 스레드의 는 null 참조입니다(Visual Basic에서는 Nothing).
- 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다.
- 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다.
-
-
- 현재 인스턴스에 대한 이 인스턴스의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 이 ThreadLocal이 초기화를 담당하는 개체의 인스턴스를 반환합니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
- 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다.
- 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록을 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 휘발성 메모리 작업을 수행하기 위한 메서드가 포함되어 있습니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에서 개체 참조를 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 에 대한 참조입니다.이 참조는 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
- 읽을 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 메모리 작업이 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 메모리 작업을 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 개체 참조를 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 개체 참조를 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 개체 참조입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 참조를 볼 수 있도록 참조를 즉시 씁니다.
- 쓸 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
-
-
- 존재하지 않는 시스템 뮤텍스 또는 세마포를 열려고 시도할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ru/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ru/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ca30336b..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/ru/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1761 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Исключение вызывается, когда некоторый поток получает объект , брошенный другим потоком путем выхода без высвобождения.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя конкретиый индекс брошенного мьютекса, (если применимо), а также объект , представляющий мьютекс.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и внутренним исключением.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанное сообщения об ошибке, внутреннее исключение, индекс брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также объект , представляющего мьютекс.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным сообщением об ошибке, индексом брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также брошенным мьютексом.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Получает брошенный мьютекс, вызвавший исключение (если он известен).
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс, или null, если брошенный мьютекс не может быть идентифицирован.
- 1
-
-
- Получает индекс брошенного мьютекса, вызвавшего исключение (если он известен).
- Индекс в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, передаваемый в метод , объекта , представляющего брошенный мьютекс, или же -1, если индекс брошенного мьютекса невозможно определить.
- 1
-
-
- Представляет внешние данные, локальные для данного асинхронного потока управления, такие как асинхронный метод.
- Тип внешних данных.
-
-
- Создает экземпляр экземпляра , который не получает уведомления об изменениях.
-
-
- Создает экземпляр локального экземпляра , который получает уведомления об изменениях.
- Делегат, который вызывается при каждом изменении текущего значения в любом потоке.
-
-
- Получает или задает значение внешних данных.
- Значение внешних данных.
-
-
- Класс, предоставляющий сведения об изменениях данных экземплярам , которые зарегистрированы для получения уведомлений об изменениях.
- Тип данных.
-
-
- Получает текущее значение данных.
- Текущее значение данных.
-
-
- Получает предыдущее значение данных.
- Предыдущее значение данных.
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее, изменяется ли значение из-за изменения контекста выполнения.
- Значение true, если значение изменено из-за изменения контекста выполнения; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Уведомляет ожидающий поток о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение.
-
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
-
-
- Позволяет нескольким задачам параллельно работать с алгоритмом, используя несколько фаз.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса .
- Количество участвующих потоков.
-
- меньше 0 или больше 32,767.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса .
- Количество участвующих потоков.
-
- для исполнения после каждой фазы. Значение null (Nothing in Visual Basic) может быть передано, чтобы указать, что действия не предпринимаются.
-
- меньше 0 или больше 32,767.
-
-
- Уведомляет о добавлении дополнительного участника.
- Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Добавление участника приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Уведомляет барьер о добавлении дополнительных участников.
- Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники.
- Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо добавить в барьер.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.– или –Добавление участников приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Получает номер текущей фазы барьера.
- Возвращает номер текущего этапа барьера.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает общее количество участников в барьере.
- Возвращает общее количество участников в барьере.
-
-
- Получает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал в текущей фазе.
- Возвращает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал на текущем этапе.
-
-
- Уведомляет о удалении одного участника.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Уведомляет барьер об удалении нескольких участников.
- Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо удалить из барьера.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. – или –текущее количество участников меньше указанного participantCount
- Общее число участников меньше указанного
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера другими участниками.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
- Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
- Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания, или превышает 32767.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Исключение, которое возникает при сбое действия барьера , выполняемого в конце фазы
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным внутренним исключением.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Представляет метод, вызываемый в новом контексте.
- Объект, содержащий информацию, используемую всякий раз методом обратного вызова при каждом выполнении.
- 1
-
-
- Представляет примитив синхронизации, на который отправляется сигнал при достижении его подсчетом нуля.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным количеством.
- Количество сигналов, первоначально необходимое для задания объекта .
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Увеличивает текущий подсчет на один.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение параметра больше или равно значению свойства .
-
-
- Увеличивает текущее количество в объекте на указанное значение.
- Значение, на которое нужно увеличить .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение меньше или равно 0.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или – равно или больше после увеличения счета параметром
-
-
- Получает количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события.
- Количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события.
- Количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события.
-
-
- Определяет, установлено ли событие.
- Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Сбрасывает свойство на значение свойства .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Присваивает свойству заданное значение.
- Количество сигналов, необходимое для установки объекта .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Регистрирует сигнал с событием , уменьшая значение свойства .
- Значение true, если после сигнала подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.
-
-
- Регистрирует несколько сигналов с объектом , уменьшая значение свойства на указанное число.
- Значение true, если после сигналов подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false.
- Количество сигналов, которое необходимо зарегистрировать.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 1.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан. - или- Или значение больше .
-
-
- Попытка увеличить на единицу.
- Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, метод возвращает значение false.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- равно .
-
-
- Пытается увеличить на указанное значение.
- Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, возвращается значение false.
- Значение, на которое нужно увеличить .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение меньше или равно 0.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение свойства + больше или равно значению свойства .
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до установки .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлено , в то же время контролируя .
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Получает дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события.
- Дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Указывает, сбрасывается ли автоматически или вручную после получения сигнала.
- 2
-
-
- При получении сигнала сбрасывается автоматически после освобождения одиночного потока.При отсутствии ожидающих потоков остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока поток не блокируется и не сбрасывается после освобождения потока.
-
-
- При получении сигнала, высвобождает все ожидающие потоки и остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока не сбрасывается вручную.
-
-
- Представляет синхронизированное событие потока.
- 2
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяя, получает ли сигнал, ожидающий дескриптор, и производится ли сброс автоматически или вручную.
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего получает ли сигнал дескриптор ожидания, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, сбрасывается ли он автоматически или вручную, а также имя системного события синхронизации.
- true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
- Имя общесистемного события синхронизации.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
- Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего, является ли дескриптор ожидания изначально сигнальным, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, происходит ли сброс автоматически или вручную, имя системного события синхронизации и логическую переменную, значение которой показывает, было ли создано системное именованное событие.
- true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
- Имя общесистемного события синхронизации.
- Когда данный метод возвращает значение, он содержит true, если было создано локальное событие (то есть, если имеет значение null или пустую строку) или было создано системное событие с заданным именем; либо значение false, если указанное именованное событие уже существовало.Этот параметр передается без инициализации.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
- Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
-
-
- Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованное системное событие.
- Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия.
- Параметр содержит пустую строку. -или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Именованное системное событие не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков.
- true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false.
- Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод .
- 2
-
-
- Задает сигнальное состояние события, позволяя одному или нескольким ожидающим потокам продолжить.
- true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false.
- Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод .
- 2
-
-
- Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованное событие синхронизации было успешно открыто; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия.
- Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованное событие синхронизации, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился ошибкой.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр содержит пустую строку.-или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет требуемых прав доступа.
-
-
- Управляет контекстом выполнения текущего потока.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Перехватывает контекст выполнения из текущего потока.
- Объект , представляющий контекст выполнения хоста для текущего потока.
- 1
-
-
- Выполняет метод в указанном контексте выполнения в текущем потоке.
- Задаваемый .
- Делегат , представляющий выполняемый метод в предоставленном контексте выполнения.
- Данный объект передается в метод обратного вызова.
- Параметр имеет значение null.– или – не был получен во время операции отслеживания. – или – уже использовался в качестве аргумента в вызове .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Предоставляет атомарные операции для переменных, используемых совместно несколькими потоками.
- 2
-
-
- Добавляет два 32-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции.
- Новое значение сохраняется в .
- Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в .
- Значение, добавляемое к целому в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Добавляет два 64-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции.
- Новое значение сохраняется в .
- Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в .
- Значение, добавляемое к целому в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой двойной точности на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два 32-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два 64-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два зависящих от платформы обработчика или указателя на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое из значений.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение , которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено .
- Значение , которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение , которое сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два объекта на равенство ссылок и, если они равны, заменяет первый объект.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевой объект, который будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменен.
- Объект, который заменит целевой объект, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Объект, который сравнивается с объектом в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой с обычной точностью на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два экземпляра указанного ссылочного типа на равенство и, если это так, заменяет первый из них.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic).
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- Тип, используемый для , и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Уменьшаемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Уменьшаемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает число с плавающей запятой с двойной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Присваивает 32-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Присваивает 64-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает указатель или обработчик, зависящий от платформы в виде атомарной операции, и возвращает ссылку на исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает объект указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает ссылку на исходный объект.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает число с плавающей запятой с одинарной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает определенное значение для переменной указанного типа и возвращает исходное значение (атомарная операция).
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic).
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- Тип, используемый для и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Увеличиваемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Увеличиваемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Синхронизирует доступ к памяти следующим образом: процессор, выполняющий текущий поток, не способен упорядочить инструкции так, чтобы обращения к памяти до вызова метода выполнялись после обращений к памяти, следующих за вызовом метода .
-
-
- Возвращает 64-разрядное значение, загруженное в виде атомарной операции.
- Загруженное значение.
- Загружаемое 64-разрядное значение.
- 1
-
-
- Обеспечивает процедуры неактивной инициализации.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип его конструктором типа по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализируемая ссылка типа .
- Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения его конструктором по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано.
- Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель.
- Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано.
- Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель.
- Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр.
- Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки или значения.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована.
- Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки.
- Ссылочный тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
- вернул значение NULL (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Исключение генерируется, когда рекурсивная запись блокировки не совпадает с рекурсивной политикой блокировки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
- 2
-
-
- Указывает, можно ли несколько раз войти в блокировку из одного и того же потока.
-
-
- Если поток пытается войти в блокировку рекурсивно, выдается ошибка.Некоторые классы могут допускать определенные виды рекурсий при активированном параметре.
-
-
- Допускается рекурсивный вход потока в блокировку.Некоторые классы могут игнорировать эту возможность.
-
-
- Уведомляет один или более ожидающих потоков о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, показывающим наличие сигнального состояния.
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
-
-
- Предоставляет уменьшенную версию .
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса начальным состоянием nonsignaled.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение.
- значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение, а также указанным числом прокруток.
- Значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния.
- Число ожиданий прокруток до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, установлено ли событие.
- Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Устанавливает несигнальное состояние события, позволяя продолжить выполнение одному или нескольким потокам, ожидающим событие.
-
-
- Получает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
- Возвращает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до установки текущего объекта .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до получения сигнала текущим объектом . Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя объект для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя значение для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если был задан; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Возвращает базовый объект для данного .
- Базовый объект события для данного объекта .
-
-
- Предоставляет механизм для синхронизации доступа к объектам.
- 2
-
-
- Получает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Объект, для которого получается блокировка монитора.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- 1
-
-
- Получает монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.Примечание. Если исключение не возникает, выходное значение этого метода всегда true.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
-
-
- Освобождает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Объект, блокировка которого освобождается.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Данный поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Определяет, содержит ли текущий поток блокировку указанного объекта.
- Значение true, если текущий поток владеет блокировкой в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект для тестирования.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
-
-
- Уведомляет поток в очереди готовности об изменении состояния объекта с блокировкой.
- Объект, ожидаемый потоком.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Уведомляет все ожидающие потоки об изменении состояния объекта.
- Объект, посылающий импульс.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- 1
-
-
- Пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта на заданное количество миллисекунд.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
- 1
-
-
- В течение заданного количества миллисекунд пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта в течение заданного количества времени.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Класс , представляющий количество времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение –1 миллисекунды обозначает бесконечное ожидание.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
- 1
-
-
- В течение заданного периода времени пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Период времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение -1 обозначает бесконечное ожидание.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.
- true, если вызов осуществил возврат из-за того, что вызывающий поток заново получил блокировку заданного объекта.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка вновь не получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- 1
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности.
- Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Количество миллисекунд для ожидания постановки в очередь готовности.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
- 1
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности.
- Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Класс , представляющий количество времени, до истечения которого поток поступает в очередь ожидания.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- Значение параметра в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
- 1
-
-
- Примитив синхронизации, который также может использоваться в межпроцессной синхронизации.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса стандартными свойствами.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения мьютексом; в противном случае — false.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, а также иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
- длиннее 260 символов.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса, и логическое значение, которое при возврате метода показывает, предоставлено ли вызывающему потоку изначальное владение мьютексом.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени.
- При возврате из метода содержит логическое значение true, если был создан локальный мьютекс (то есть, если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан именованный системный мьютекс; значение false, если указанный именованный системный мьютекс уже существует.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
- длиннее 260 символов.
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованный системный мьютекс.
- Имя системного мьютекса для открытия.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Именованный мьютекс не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Освобождает объект один раз.
- Вызывающий поток не является владельцем мьютекса.
- 1
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованный мьютекс был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного мьютекса для открытия.
- Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованный мьютекс, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если произошел сбой вызова.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа.
-
-
- Представляет блокировку, используемую для управления доступом к ресурсу, которая позволяет нескольким потокам производить считывание или получать монопольный доступ на запись.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями свойств по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанием политики рекурсии блокировок.
- Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки.
-
-
- Получает общее количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме записи.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима чтения и выходит из режима чтения, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для обновляемого режима и выходит из обновляемого режима, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима записи и выходит из режима записи, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме записи.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее политику рекурсии для текущего объекта .
- Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки.
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме чтения, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в режим чтения, 1, если поток вошел в режим чтения, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в блокировку рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в обновляемом режиме, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в обновляемый режим, 1, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме записи, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток, не вошел в режим записи, 1, если поток вошел в режим записи, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в режим записи рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания целым числом.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в режим чтения.
- 2
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в обновляемый режим.
- 2
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в режиме записи.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в режим записи.
- 2
-
-
- Ограничивает число потоков, которые могут одновременно получать доступ к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
- Значение больше значения .
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости имя объекта системного семафора.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
- Имя объекта именованного системного семафора.
- Значение больше значения .-или- длиннее 260 символов.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости задающий имя объекта системного семафора и переменную, получающую значение, которое указывает, был ли создан новый системный семафор.
- Начальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно.
- Имя объекта именованного системного семафора.
- При возврате этот метод содержит значение true, если был создан локальный семафор (то есть если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан заданный именованный системный семафор; значение false, если указанный именованный семафор уже существовал.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным.
- Значение больше значения . -или- длиннее 260 символов.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованный системный семафор.
- Имя системного семафора для открытия.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Именованный семафор не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Выходит из семафора и возвращает последнее значение счетчика.
- Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода .
- Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение.
- Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором.
- Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами доступа .
- 1
-
-
- Выходит из семафора указанное число раз и возвращает последнее значение счетчика.
- Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода .
- Количество требуемых выходов из семафора.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.
- Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение.
- Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором.
- Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами .
- 1
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованный семафор был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного семафора для открытия.
- При возврате этот метод содержит объект , представляющий именованный семафор, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился неудачно.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
-
-
- Исключение, выдаваемое при вызове метода для семафора, значение счетчика которого уже равно максимальному.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Представляет упрощенную альтернативу семафору , ограничивающему количество потоков, которые могут параллельно обращаться к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая первоначальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая изначальное и максимальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
-
- меньше 0 или больше, чем , или меньше или равен 0.
-
-
- Возвращает дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора.
- Дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора.
- Объект удален.
-
-
- Возвращает количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в объект .
- Количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в семафор.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые журналом , и при необходимости освобождает также управляемые ресурсы.
- Значение true позволяет освободить как управляемые, так и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false освобождает только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Освобождает объект один раз.
- Предыдущее количество в семафоре .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- уже достиг максимального размера.
-
-
- Освобождает объект указанное число раз.
- Предыдущее количество в семафоре .
- Количество требуемых выходов из семафора.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.
-
- уже достиг максимального размера.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока он не сможет войти в .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания.
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
- Экземпляр был удален, или создания был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , и контролирует токен .
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.-или- Создания уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение для определения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение , которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен Класс , создавший , уже удален.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в .
- Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени.
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени, контролируя .
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , контролируя .
- Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор.
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени.
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. -или- Время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени и контролируя .
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.-или-Время ожидания больше .
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Указывает метод, вызываемый при отправке сообщения в контекст синхронизации.
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- 2
-
-
- Предоставляет примитив взаимно исключающей блокировки, в котором поток, пытающийся получить блокировку, ожидает в состоянии цикла, проверяя доступность блокировки.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр структуры параметром для отслеживания идентификаторов потоков для повышения качества отладки.
- Следует ли перенаправлять и использовать идентификаторы потоков для отладки.
-
-
- Получает блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова Enter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Снимает блокировку.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки.
-
-
- Снимает блокировку.
- Логическое значение, указывающее, следует ли выпустить барьер памяти, чтобы немедленно опубликовать операцию выхода для других потоков.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки.
-
-
- Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли какой-либо поток блокировку в настоящий момент.
- Значение true, если в настоящее время блокировка удерживается каким-либо потоком; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли текущий поток блокировку.
- Значение true, если блокировка удерживается текущим потоком; в противном случае — значение false.
- Отслеживание владения потоков отключено.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, включено ли отслеживание владельца потока для данного экземпляра.
- Значение true, если для данного экземпляра включено отслеживание владельца потока; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Предоставляет поддержку ожидания на основе прокруток.
-
-
- Получает число раз, которое был вызван для этого экземпляра.
- Возвращает целое число, представляющее количество вызовов метода для данного экземпляра.
-
-
- Получает значение, показывающее, даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста.
- Даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста.
-
-
- Сбрасывает подсчет прокруток.
-
-
- Выполняет одну прокрутку.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Объект , указывающий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или TimeSpan, представляющий значение -1 миллисекунда, в случае неограниченного ожидания.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Обеспечивает базовую функциональность для распространения контекста синхронизации в различных моделях синхронизации.
- 2
-
-
- Создает новый экземпляр класса .
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе создает копию контекста синхронизации.
- Новый объект .
- 2
-
-
- Получает контекст синхронизации для текущего потока
- Объект , представляющий текущий контекст синхронизации.
- 1
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о завершении операции.
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о запуске операции.
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отправляет асинхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации.
- Вызываемый делегат .
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- 2
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отправляет синхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации.
- Вызываемый делегат .
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Задает текущий контекст синхронизации.
- Задаваемый объект .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Исключение, которое выдается в то время, когда методу требуется вызвавший его объект для получения блокировки данного Monitor, а метод вызван объектом, не являющимся владельцем блокировки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса со стандартными свойствами.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Предоставляет хранилище для данных, локальных для потока.
- Задает тип данных, хранимых для каждого потока.
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр .
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр .
- Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства .
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией .
- Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации.
-
- является пустой ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией .
- Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации.
- Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства .
- Параметр является пустой (null) ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром .
- Логическое значение, указывающее, вызывается ли данный метод из-за вызова метода .
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром .
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, инициализирован ли объект в текущем потоке.
- Значение true, если инициализируется в текущем потоке; в противном случае — значение false.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
-
- Создает и возвращает строковое представление данного экземпляра для текущего потока.
- Результат вызова метода для свойства .
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
- для текущего потока представляет пустую ссылку (Nothing в Visual Basic).
- Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку .
- Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики.
-
-
- Получает или задает значение данного экземпляра для текущего потока.
- Возвращает экземпляр объекта, за инициализацию которого ответственен данный ThreadLocal.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
- Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку .
- Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики.
-
-
- Получает список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру.
- Список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
-
- Содержит методы для выполнения операций энергозависимой памяти.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает ссылку на объект из указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанная ссылка на объект .Эта ссылка является последней, записанной любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
- Тип считываемого поля.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция памяти появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданную ссылку на объект в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается ссылка на объект.
- Записываемая ссылка на объект.Ссылка записывается немедленно, так что она становится видимой для всех процессоров компьютера.
- Тип поля, в которое выполняется запись.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения.
-
-
- Исключение, которое выдается при попытке открыть не существующий в системе семафор или мьютекс.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c174ad66..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1854 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 当某个线程获取由另一个线程放弃(即在未释放的情况下退出)的 对象时引发的异常。
- 1
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 用被放弃的互斥体的指定索引(如果可用)和表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息和内部异常初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息、内部异常、被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果可用)以及表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息、被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果可用)以及被放弃的互斥体初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体(如果已知的话)。
- 如果未能识别被放弃的互斥体,则为表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象或 null。
- 1
-
-
- 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果已知的话)。
- 如果未能确定被放弃的互斥体的索引,则为传递给 方法的等待句柄数组中的索引、表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象的索引或 –1。
- 1
-
-
- 表示对于给定异步控制流(如异步方法)是本地数据的环境数据。
- 环境数据的类型。
-
-
- 实例化不接收更改通知的 实例。
-
-
- 实例化接收更改通知的 本地实例。
- 只要当前值在任何线程上发生更改时便会调用的委托。
-
-
- 获取或设置环境数据的值。
- 环境数据的值。
-
-
- 向针对更改通知进行了注册的 实例提供数据更改信息的类。
- 数据的类型。
-
-
- 获取数据的当前值。
- 数据的当前值。
-
-
- 获取数据的上一个值。
- 数据的上一个值。
-
-
- 返回一个值,该值指示是否由于执行上下文更改而更改了值。
- 如果由于执行上下文更改而更改了值,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 通知正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
-
-
- 使多个任务能够采用并行方式依据某种算法在多个阶段中协同工作。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例。
- 参与线程的数量。
-
- 小于 0 或大于 32,767。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例。
- 参与线程的数量。
- 在每个阶段之后要执行的 。可以传递 null (在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing) 以指示不执行任何操作。
-
- 小于 0 或大于 32,767。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会有另一个参与者。
- 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 添加参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会有多个其他参与者。
- 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。
- 要添加到屏障的其他参与者的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。- 或 -添加 参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 获取屏障的当前阶段的编号。
- 返回屏障的当前阶段的编号。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取屏障中参与者的总数。
- 返回屏障中参与者的总数。
-
-
- 获取屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。
- 返回屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会减少一个参与者。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会减少一些参与者。
- 要从屏障中移除的其他参与者的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。
- 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 - 或 -当前的参与者计数小于指定 participantCount
- 参与者总数小于指定的
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
- 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后,如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常,该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。
- 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
- 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后,如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常,该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时,同时观察取消标记。
- 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者达到屏障,同时观察取消标记。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,同时使用 对象测量时间间隔。
- 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 32,767。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,使用 对象测量时间间隔,同时观察取消标记。
- 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 毫秒的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
-
- 阶段后操作失败时引发的异常。
-
-
- 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的内部异常初始化 类的新实例。
- 导致当前异常的异常。
-
-
- 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 表示要在新上下文中调用的方法。
- 一个对象,包含回调方法在每次执行时要使用的信息。
- 1
-
-
- 表示在计数变为零时处于有信号状态的同步基元。
-
-
- 使用指定计数初始化 类的新实例。
- 设置 时最初必需的信号数。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 将 的当前计数加 1。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 等于或大于 。
-
-
- 将 的当前计数增加指定值。
-
- 的增量值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于或等于零。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 -在计数由 递增后, 大于或等于 。
-
-
- 获取设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。
- 设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取设置事件时最初必需的信号数。
- 设置事件时最初必需的信号数。
-
-
- 确定是否设置了事件。
- 如果设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 将 重置为 的值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 将 属性重新设置为指定值。
- 设置 时所必需的信号的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 向 注册信号,同时减小 的值。
- 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 当前实例已设置 。
-
-
- 向 注册多个信号,同时将 的值减少指定数量。
- 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要注册的信号的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 1。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 大于 。
-
-
- 增加一个 的尝试。
- 如果成功增加,则为 true;否则为 false。如果 已为零,则此方法将返回 false。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 等于 。
-
-
- 增加指定值的 的尝试。
- 如果成功增加,则为 true;否则为 false。如果 已为零,则此方法将返回 false。
-
- 的增量值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于或等于零。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - + 大于等于 。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,并使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时,同时观察 。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时使用 测量超时。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,并使用 测量超时,同时观察 。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 获取用于等待要设置的事件的 。
- 用于等待要设置的事件的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 指示在接收信号后是自动重置 还是手动重置。
- 2
-
-
- 当终止时, 在释放一个线程后自动重置。如果没有等待的线程, 将保持终止状态直到一个线程阻止,并在释放此线程后重置。
-
-
- 当终止时, 释放所有等待的线程,并在手动重置前保持终止状态。
-
-
- 表示一个线程同步事件。
- 2
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,以及它是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 如果为 true,则将初始状态设置为终止;如果为 false,则将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,它是自动重置还是手动重置,以及系统同步事件的名称。
- 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的,则 true 将初始状态设置为终止;false 将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 系统范围内同步事件的名称。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名事件,原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,它是自动重置还是手动重置,系统同步事件的名称,以及一个 Boolean 变量(其值在调用后表示是否创建了已命名的系统事件)。
- 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的,则 true 将初始状态设置为终止;false 将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 系统范围内同步事件的名称。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了本地事件(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统事件,则包含 true;如果指定的命名系统事件已存在,则为 false。该参数未经初始化即被传递。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名事件,原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 打开指定名称为同步事件(如果已经存在)。
- 一个对象,表示已命名的系统事件。
- 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。
-
- 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的系统事件不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的事件存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为非终止状态,导致线程阻止。
- 如果该操作成功,则为 true;否则,为 false。
- 之前已对此 调用 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为终止状态,允许一个或多个等待线程继续。
- 如果该操作成功,则为 true;否则,为 false。
- 之前已对此 调用 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 打开指定名称为同步事件(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名同步事件成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名同步事件的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的事件存在,但用户不具备所需的安全访问权限。
-
-
- 管理当前线程的执行上下文。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 从当前线程捕获执行上下文。
- 一个 对象,表示当前线程的执行上下文。
- 1
-
-
- 在当前线程上的指定执行上下文中运行某个方法。
- 要设置的 。
- 一个 委托,表示要在提供的执行上下文中运行的方法。
- 要传递给回调方法的对象。
-
- 为 null。- 或 - 不是通过捕获操作获取的。- 或 - 已用作 调用的参数。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 为多个线程共享的变量提供原子操作。
- 2
-
-
- 对两个 32 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数,上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。
- 存储在 处的新值。
- 一个变量,包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。
- 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 对两个 64 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数,上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。
- 存储在 处的新值。
- 一个变量,包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。
- 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个双精度浮点数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个 32 位有符号整数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个 64 位有符号整数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个平台特定的句柄或指针是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值与 的值进行比较并且可能被 替换的目标 。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的 。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的 。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个对象是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个对象。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标对象。
- 在比较结果相等时替换目标对象的对象。
- 与位于 处的对象进行比较的对象。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个单精度浮点数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较指定的引用类型 的两个实例是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。这是一个引用参数(在 C# 中是 ref,在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef)。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- 用于 , 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递减的值。
- 其值要递减的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递减的值。
- 其值要递减的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将双精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将 32 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将 64 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将平台特定的句柄或指针设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将对象设置为指定的值并返回对原始对象的引用。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将单精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将指定类型 的变量设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。这是一个引用参数(在 C# 中是 ref,在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef)。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- 用于 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递增的值。
- 其值要递增的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递增的值。
- 其值要递增的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 按如下方式同步内存存取:执行当前线程的处理器在对指令重新排序时,不能采用先执行 调用之后的内存存取,再执行 调用之前的内存存取的方式。
-
-
- 返回一个以原子操作形式加载的 64 位值。
- 加载的值。
- 要加载的 64 位值。
- 1
-
-
- 提供延迟初始化例程。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化引用。
- 在类型尚未初始化的情况下,要初始化的类型 的引用。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。
- 对布尔值的引用,该值确定目标是否已初始化。
- 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用,用于初始化 。如果 为 null,则新的对象将被实例化。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用指定函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。
- 对布尔值的引用,该值确定目标是否已初始化。
- 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用,用于初始化 。如果 为 null,则新的对象将被实例化。
- 调用函数以初始化该引用或值。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用指定函数初始化目标引用类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在类型尚未初始化的情况下,要初始化的类型 的引用。
- 调用函数以初始化该引用。
- 要初始化的引用的引用类型。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
- 返回 null(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 当进入锁定状态的递归与此锁定的递归策略不兼容时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 引发当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
- 2
-
-
- 指定同一个线程是否可以多次进入一个锁定状态。
-
-
- 如果线程尝试以递归方式进入锁定状态,将引发异常。某些类可能会在此设置生效时允许使用特定的递归方式。
-
-
- 线程可以采用递归方式进入锁定状态。某些类可能会限制此功能。
-
-
- 通知一个或多个正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 用一个指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的布尔值初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则将初始状态设置为终止;如果为 false,则将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
-
- 提供 的简化版本。
-
-
- 使用非终止初始状态初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止状态)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止或指定的旋转数)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
- 在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 为 true 则释放托管资源和非托管资源;为 false 则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取是否已设置事件。
- 如果设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为非终止,从而导致线程受阻。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为有信号,从而允许一个或多个等待该事件的线程继续。
-
-
- 获取在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
- 返回在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了当前 为止。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设定 ,使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设定 ,使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔,同时观察 。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到 接收到信号,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到当前 已设定,使用 测量时间间隔。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到当前 已设定,使用 测量时间间隔,同时观察 。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 获取此 的基础 对象。
- 此 的基础 事件对象。
-
-
- 提供同步访问对象的机制。
- 2
-
-
- 在指定对象上获取排他锁。
- 在其上获取监视器锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 1
-
-
- 获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。注意 如果没有发生异常,则此方法的输出始终为 true。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 释放指定对象上的排他锁。
- 在其上释放锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 当前线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 确定当前线程是否保留指定对象上的锁。
- 如果当前线程持有 锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要测试的对象。
-
- 为 null。
-
-
- 通知等待队列中的线程锁定对象状态的更改。
- 线程正在等待的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 通知所有的等待线程对象状态的更改。
- 发送脉冲的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 尝试获取指定对象的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 1
-
-
- 尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 等待锁所需的毫秒数。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 为负且不等于 。
- 1
-
-
- 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 等待锁所需的毫秒数。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 为负且不等于 。
-
-
- 在指定的时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
-
- ,表示等待锁所需的时间量。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不等于 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
- 1
-
-
- 在指定的一段时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获得了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 用于等待锁的时间。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不等于 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。
- 如果调用由于调用方重新获取了指定对象的锁而返回,则为 true。如果未重新获取该锁,则此方法不会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
- 1
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔,则线程进入就绪队列。
- 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁,则为 true;如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁,则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
- 线程进入就绪队列之前等待的毫秒数。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
-
- 参数值为负且不等于 。
- 1
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔,则线程进入就绪队列。
- 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁,则为 true;如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁,则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
-
- ,表示线程进入就绪队列之前等待的时间量。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
-
- 参数值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不表示 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
- 1
-
-
- 还可用于进程间同步的同步基元。
- 1
-
-
- 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权)初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果给调用线程赋予互斥体的初始所属权,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称)初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权(如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的);否则为 false。
-
- 的名称。如果值为 null,则 是未命名的。
- 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 无法创建命名的互斥体,原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 使用可指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称的 Boolean 值和当线程返回时可指示调用线程是否已赋予互斥体的初始所有权的 Boolean 值初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权(如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的);否则为 false。
-
- 的名称。如果值为 null,则 是未命名的。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了局部互斥体(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统互斥体,则包含布尔值 true;如果指定的命名系统互斥体已存在,则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。
- 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 无法创建命名的互斥体,原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 打开指定的已命名的互斥体(如果已经存在)。
- 表示已命名的系统互斥体的对象。
- 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的 mutex 不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的互斥体存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 释放 一次。
- 调用线程不拥有互斥体。
- 1
-
-
- 打开指定的已命名的互斥体(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名互斥体成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名互斥体的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的互斥体存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
-
-
- 表示用于管理资源访问的锁定状态,可实现多线程读取或进行独占式写入访问。
-
-
- 使用默认属性值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 在指定锁定递归策略的情况下初始化 类的新实例。
- 枚举值之一,用于指定锁定递归策略。
-
-
- 获取已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的总数。
- 已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的数量。
-
-
- 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 减少读取模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出读取模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 减少可升级模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出可升级模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 减少写入模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出写入模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入读取模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入可升级模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入写入模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前 对象的递归策略。
- 枚举值之一,用于指定锁定递归策略。
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入读取模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程未进入读取模式,则为 0(零);如果线程已进入读取模式但却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入锁定模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入可升级模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程没有进入可升级模式,则为 0;如果线程已进入可升级模式却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入可升级模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入写入模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程没有进入写入模式,则为 0;如果线程已进入写入模式却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入写入模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态,可以选择整数超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 获取等待进入读取模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入读取模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 获取等待进入可升级模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入可升级模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 获取等待进入写入模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入写入模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 限制可同时访问某一资源或资源池的线程数。
- 1
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
-
- 大于 。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数,可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
- 命名系统信号量对象的名称。
-
- 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名的信号量,可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数,还可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称,以及指定一个变量来接收指示是否创建了新系统信号量的值。
- 可以同时满足的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时满足的信号量的最大请求数。
- 命名系统信号量对象的名称。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了本地信号量(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统信号量,则包含 true;如果指定的命名系统信号量已存在,则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。
-
- 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名的信号量,可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。
-
-
- 打开指定名称为信号量(如果已经存在)。
- 一个对象,表示已命名的系统信号量。
- 要打开的系统信号量的名称。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的信号量不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的信号量存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 退出信号量并返回前一个计数。
- 调用 方法前信号量的计数。
- 信号量计数已是最大值。
- 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。
- 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但用户不具备 。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但它未用 打开。
- 1
-
-
- 以指定的次数退出信号量并返回前一个计数。
- 调用 方法前信号量的计数。
- 退出信号量的次数。
-
- 为小于 1。
- 信号量计数已是最大值。
- 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。
- 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但用户不具备 权限。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但它不是以 权限打开的。
- 1
-
-
- 打开指定名称为信号量(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名信号量成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统信号量的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名信号的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的信号量存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。
-
-
- 对计数已达到最大值的信号量调用 方法时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 对可同时访问资源或资源池的线程数加以限制的 的轻量替代。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,以指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,同时指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量和最大数量。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
-
- 小于 0,或 大于 ,或 小于等于 0。
-
-
- 返回一个可用于在信号量上等待的 。
- 可用于在信号量上等待的 。
- 已释放了 。
-
-
- 获取可以输入 对象的剩余线程数。
- 可以输入信号量的剩余线程数。
-
-
- 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 若要释放托管资源和非托管资源,则为 true;若仅释放非托管资源,则为 false。
-
-
- 释放 对象一次。
-
- 的前一个计数。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已达到其最大大小。
-
-
- 释放 对象指定的次数。
-
- 的前一个计数。
- 退出信号量的次数。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 为小于 1。
-
- 已达到其最大大小。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,并使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时,同时观察 。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
- 实例已被释放,或 创建 已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 标记。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 已释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时使用 来指定超时。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
- semaphoreSlim 实例已处理
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,并使用 来指定超时,同时观察 。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
- semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 创建了 的 已经被释放。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待。
- 输入信号量时完成任务。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待,使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待,使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待。
- 输入信号量时完成任务。
- 要观察的 标记。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待,使用 度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时 - 或 - 超时大于 。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待,使用 度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 标记。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时- 或 -超时大于 。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 表示在消息即将被调度到同步上下文时要调用的方法。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- 2
-
-
- 提供一个相互排斥锁基元,在该基元中,尝试获取锁的线程将在重复检查的循环中等待,直至该锁变为可用为止。
-
-
- 使用用于跟踪线程 ID 以改善调试的选项初始化 结构的新实例。
- 是否捕获线程 ID 并将其用于调试目的。
-
-
- 采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
- 在调用 Enter 之前, 参数必须初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 释放锁。
- 启用线程所有权跟踪,当前线程不是此锁的所有者。
-
-
- 释放锁。
- 一个布尔值,该值指示是否应发出内存界定,以便将退出操作立即发布到其他线程。
- 启用线程所有权跟踪,当前线程不是此锁的所有者。
-
-
- 获取锁当前是否已由任何线程占用。
- 如果锁当前已由任何线程占用,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 获取锁是否已由当前线程占用。
- 如果锁已由当前线程占用,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 禁用线程所有权跟踪。
-
-
- 获取是否已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪。
- 如果已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 毫秒。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 提供对基于自旋的等待的支持。
-
-
- 获取已对此实例调用 的次数。
- 返回一个整数,该整数表示已对此实例调用 的次数。
-
-
- 获取对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器,同时触发强制上下文切换。
- 对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器,同时触发强制上下文切换。
-
-
- 重置自旋计数器。
-
-
- 执行单一自旋。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足之前自旋。
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。
- 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足,则为 true;否则为 false
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。
- 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足,则为 true;否则为 false
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
- 一个 ,表示等待的毫秒数;或者一个 TimeSpan,表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 提供在各种同步模型中传播同步上下文的基本功能。
- 2
-
-
- 创建 类的新实例。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,创建同步上下文的副本。
- 一个新 对象。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程的同步上下文。
- 一个 对象,它表示当前同步上下文。
- 1
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,响应操作已完成的通知。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,响应操作已开始的通知。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,将异步消息分派到同步上下文。
- 要调用的 委托。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- 2
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,将同步消息分派到同步上下文。
- 要调用的 委托。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 设置当前同步上下文。
- 要设置的 对象。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 当某个方法请求调用方拥有给定 Monitor 上的锁时将引发该异常,而且由不拥有该锁的调用方调用此方法。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 提供数据的线程本地存储。
- 指定每线程的已存储数据的类型。
-
-
- 初始化 实例。
-
-
- 初始化 实例。
- 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。
- 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索,则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。
-
- 是 null 引用(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。
- 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索,则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。
- 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。
-
- 为 null 引用(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放此 实例使用的资源。
- 一个布尔值,该值指示是否由于调用 的原因而调用此方法。
-
-
- 释放此 实例使用的资源。
-
-
- 获取是否在当前线程上初始化 。
- 如果在当前线程上初始化 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 已释放 实例。
-
-
- 创建并返回当前线程的此实例的字符串表示形式。
- 对 调用 的结果。
- 已释放 实例。
- 当前线程的 为 null 引用(Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
- 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。
- 没有提供默认构造函数,且没有提供值工厂。
-
-
- 获取或设置当前线程的此实例的值。
- 返回此 ThreadLocal 负责初始化的对象的实例。
- 已释放 实例。
- 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。
- 没有提供默认构造函数,且没有提供值工厂。
-
-
- 获取当前由已经访问此实例的所有线程存储的所有值的列表。
- 访问此实例由所有线程存储的当前的所有值的列表。
- 已释放 实例。
-
-
- 包含用于执行易失内存操作的方法。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 从指定的字段读取对象引用。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 对读取的 的引用。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该引用都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新引用。
- 要读取的字段。
- 要读取的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型,而不是值类型。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入如下所示的防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存栅:如果内存操作出现在代码中的此方法之前,则处理器不能将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的对象引用写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将对象引用写入的字段。
- 要写入的对象引用。立即写入一个引用,以使该引用对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
- 要写入的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型,而不是值类型。
-
-
- 在尝试打开不存在的系统互斥体或信号量时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ff1745d9..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netcore50/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1885 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 當一個執行緒取得另一個執行緒已放棄,但是結束時並未釋放的 物件時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 1
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用已放棄 Mutex 的指定索引 (若適用的話) 以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件,初始化 類別的新執行個體 。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和內部例外狀況初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息、內部例外狀況、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話),以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 以指定的錯誤訊息、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話) 以及放棄的 Mutex 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 取得造成例外狀況的已放棄 Mutex (若為已知)。
-
- 物件,表示已放棄的 Mutex;若無法識別已放棄的 Mutex,則為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 取得造成例外狀況之已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若為已知)。
- 等候控制代碼陣列中的索引 (已傳遞給 物件的 方法),表示已放棄的 Mutex;如果無法判斷已放棄 Mutex 的索引,則為 -1。
- 1
-
-
- 表示對於指定的非同步控制流程為本機的環境資料,例如非同步方法。
- 環境資料的類型。
-
-
- 具現化不會接收變更告知的 執行個體。
-
-
- 具現化會接收變更告知的 本機執行個體。
- 每當在任何執行緒上變更目前的值就會呼叫委派。
-
-
- 取得或設定環境資料的值。
- 環境資料的值。
-
-
- 會提供資料變更資訊給 執行個體的的類別,該執行個體會註冊變更告知。
- 資料的類型。
-
-
- 取得資料目前的值。
- 資料目前的值。
-
-
- 取得資料先前的值。
- 資料先前的值。
-
-
- 傳回值,指出值是否會因為執行內容的變更而變更。
- 如果值會因為執行內容的變更而變更,則為 true;否則為 false。
-
-
- 向等候的執行緒通知發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號,false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
-
-
- 允許多項工作在多個階段中以平行方式來合作處理某個演算法。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 參與執行緒的數目。
-
- 小於 0 或大於 32,767。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 參與執行緒的數目。
- 要在每個階段之後執行的 。可以傳遞 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing) 表示不執行任何動作。
-
- 小於 0 或大於 32,767。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示還會有一個其他參與者。
- 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 加入參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示還會有多個其他參與者。
- 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。
- 要加入至屏障的其他參與者數目。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。-或-加入 參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 取得屏障目前階段的編號。
- 傳回屏障目前階段的編號。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得在屏障中的參與者總數。
- 傳回在屏障中的參與者總數。
-
-
- 取得在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。
- 傳回在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示會減少一個參與者。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示會減少一些參與者。
- 要從屏障中移除的其他參與者數目。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。
- 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 -或-目前的參與者計數少於指定的 participantCount
- 參與者總計數小於指定的
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
- 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後,如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外,會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中,並擲回所有參與執行緒。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。
- 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
- 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後,如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外,會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中,並擲回所有參與執行緒。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時),同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達,同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)。
- 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 32,767 的逾時。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔),同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 在 的後續階段動作失敗時所擲回的例外狀況。
-
-
- 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的內部例外狀況,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 表示要在新內容裡面呼叫的方法。
- 物件,它包含回呼方法所使用的資訊。
- 1
-
-
- 代表當計數到達零時收到訊號的同步處理原始物件。
-
-
- 使用指定的計數,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 設定 時最初所需的訊號次數。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 將 目前的計數遞增一。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- 等於或大於 。
-
-
- 將 目前的計數遞增所指定的值。
-
- 所要增加的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於或等於 0。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或-計數遞增 後, 會等於或大於
-
-
- 取得設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。
- 設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。
- 設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。
-
-
- 判斷事件是否已設定。
- 如果已設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 將 重設為 的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 將 屬性重設為指定的值。
- 設定 時所需的訊號次數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 向 註冊訊號,並遞減 的值。
- 如果訊號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。
-
-
- 向 註冊多個訊號,並將 的值遞減指定的數量。
- 如果信號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要註冊的訊號數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 1。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。或 大於 。
-
-
- 嘗試將 遞增一。
- 如果遞增成功則為 true,否則為 false。如果 已經位於零,這個方法將傳回 false。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 等於 。
-
-
- 嘗試以指定的值遞增 。
- 如果遞增成功則為 true,否則為 false。如果 已經為零,這將傳回 false。
-
- 所要增加的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於或等於 0。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- + 等於或大於 。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時),同時觀察 。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時),同時觀察 。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 取得用來等候事件獲得設定的 。
-
- ,其會用於等候事件獲得設定。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 表示收到信號之後,是否會自動或手動重設 。
- 2
-
-
- 收到信號通知時, 在釋放單一執行緒後會自動重設。如果沒有任何執行緒在等待,則 會保持收到信號的狀態,直到有執行緒被封鎖為止,接著就釋放這個執行緒並將自己重設。
-
-
- 收到信號通知時, 會釋放所有正在等待的執行緒,並保持收到信號的狀態,直到被手動重設為止。
-
-
- 表示執行緒同步處理事件。
- 2
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號,以及是以自動還是手動方式來重設。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號,false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設,以及系統同步處理事件的名稱。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立),false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
- 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的事件已存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的事件,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設、系統同步處理事件的名稱,以及呼叫之後的布林變數值 (此值可指示是否已建立具名系統事件)。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立),false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
- 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機事件 (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的已命名系統事件,則會包含 true;如果指定的已命名系統事件已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的事件已存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的事件,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統事件的物件。
- 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名系統事件不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名事件存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,會造成執行緒封鎖。
- 如果作業成功,則為 true,否則為 false .
- 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,讓一個或多個等候執行緒繼續執行。
- 如果作業成功,則為 true,否則為 false .
- 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名同步處理事件,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含 物件,此物件代表具名同步處理事件,如果呼叫失敗,則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名事件已存在,但是使用者沒有所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 管理目前執行緒的執行內容。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 從目前的執行緒擷取執行內容。
-
- 物件,表示目前執行緒的執行內容。
- 1
-
-
- 在目前執行緒上的指定執行內容中執行方法。
- 要設定的 。
-
- 委派,表示要在所提供執行內容中執行的方法。
- 要傳遞至回呼 (Callback) 方法的物件。
-
- 為 null。-或- 不是透過擷取作業取得。-或-已經將 當做 呼叫的引數使用。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 為多重執行緒共用的變數提供不可部分完成的作業 (Atomic Operation)。
- 2
-
-
- 將兩個 32 位元整數加相,並以總和取代第一個整數,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 新值儲存於 。
- 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。
- 要加入 的整數的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將兩個 64 位元整數加相,並以總和取代第一個整數,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 新值儲存於 。
- 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。
- 要加入 的整數的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個雙精確度浮點數是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個 32 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等,如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個 64 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等,如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個平台特定的控制代碼或指標是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端 ,其值會與 的值進行比較,且可能被 所取代。
-
- ,當比較的結果相等時會取代目的端值。
-
- ,會與 的值相比較。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個物件的參考是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個物件。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端物件,此物件會與 進行比較且可能被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端物件的物件。
- 與 的物件相比較的物件。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個單精確度浮點數是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較指定參考類型 的兩個執行個體是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref,在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- 要用於 、 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞減後的值。
- 值會被遞減的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞減後的值。
- 值會被遞減的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將雙精確度浮點數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將 32 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將 64 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將平台特定的控制代碼或指標設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將物件設定為指定值,然後傳回原始物件的參考,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將單精確度浮點數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將指定類型 的變數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref,在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- 要用於 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞增後的值。
- 值會被遞增的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞增後的值。
- 值會被遞增的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 同步處理記憶體存取,如下所示:執行目前執行緒的處理器無法以下列方式重新排列指示:呼叫 之前的記憶體存取在呼叫 後的記憶體存取之後執行。
-
-
- 傳回 64 位元的值 (載入為不可部分完成的作業)。
- 載入的值。
- 要載入的 64 位元值。
- 1
-
-
- 提供延遲初始化常式。
-
-
- 如果目標參考型別尚未初始化,則使用該型別的預設建構函式來進行初始化。
- 型別 的已初始化參考。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用其預設建構函式來初始化目標的參考型別或實值型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。
- 布林值的參考,這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。
- 物件的參考,這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null,則具現化新的物件。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考或實值型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。
- 布林值的參考,這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。
- 物件的參考,這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null,則具現化新的物件。
- 呼叫來初始化參考或值的函式。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。
- 呼叫來初始化參考的函式。
- 要初始化之參考的參考型別。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
- 傳回 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 當遞迴進入鎖定與鎖定的遞迴原則不相符時,擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性,執行過當地語系化。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性,執行過當地語系化。
- 造成目前例外狀況的例外狀況。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
- 2
-
-
- 指定相同的執行緒是否可以多次進入鎖定。
-
-
- 如果執行緒嘗試遞迴地進入鎖定,則會擲回例外狀況。某些類別可能會在此設定有效時允許特定的遞迴。
-
-
- 執行緒可以遞迴地進入鎖定。某些類別可能會限制此功能。
-
-
- 告知一個以上的等候中執行緒已發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用布林值 (Boolean) 來初始化 類別的新執行個體,指出初始狀態是否設定為信號狀態。
- 如果初始狀態設定為信號狀態,為 true;初始狀態設定為非信號狀態則為 false。
-
-
- 提供 的精簡版本。
-
-
- 使用未收到訊號的初始狀態來初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號,false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值以及指定的微調計數,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號,false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。
- 在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示釋放 Managed 與 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得值,表示事件是否已設定。
- 如果已設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,會造成執行緒封鎖。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為已收到訊號,讓正在等候該事件的一或多個執行緒繼續執行。
-
-
- 取得在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
- 傳回在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔)。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到目前的 收到訊號為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 以測量時間間隔。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 以量測時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 取得這個 的基礎 物件。
- 這個 的基礎 事件物件。
-
-
- 提供一套機制,同步處理物件的存取。
- 2
-
-
- 取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 要從其上取得監視器鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要等候的物件。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。注意:如果沒有發生例外狀況,這個方法的輸出一律為 true。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
-
- 釋出指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 要從其上釋出鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 目前執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 判斷目前執行緒是否保持鎖定指定的物件。
- 如果目前的執行緒持有 的鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要測試的物件。
-
- 為 null。
-
-
- 通知等候佇列中的執行緒,鎖定物件的狀態有所變更。
- 執行緒正等候的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 通知所有等候中的執行緒,物件的狀態有所變更。
- 送出 Pulse 的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的毫秒數時間內)。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的毫秒數。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 為負,且不等於 。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試在指定的毫秒數內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的毫秒數。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 為負,且不等於 。
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的時間內)。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
-
- ,代表等候鎖定的時間量。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試在指定的時間內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的時間長度。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。
- 如果由於呼叫端重新取得指定物件的鎖定而傳回呼叫,則為 true。如果鎖定不被重新取得,則這個方法不會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
- 1
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間,執行緒會進入就緒序列。
- 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定,則為 true;如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定,則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後,此方法才會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
- 在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的毫秒數。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
-
- 參數的值為負,且不等於 。
- 1
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間,執行緒會進入就緒序列。
- 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定,則為 true;如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定,則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後,此方法才會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
-
- ,代表在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的時間量。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
-
- 參數的毫秒值為負,且不表示 (-1 毫秒),或大於 。
- 1
-
-
- 同步處理原始物件,該物件也可用於進行處理序之間的同步處理。
- 1
-
-
- 使用預設屬性,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值,以及代表 Mutex 名稱的字串,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex,則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
- 的名稱。如果值是 null,則 未命名。
- 具名的 Mutex 存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 無法建立具名的 Mutex,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值、代表 Mutex 名稱的字串,以及當方法傳回時表示是否將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex,則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
- 的名稱。如果值是 null,則 未命名。
- 當這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機 Mutex (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的具名系統 Mutex,則會包含 true 的布林值;如果指定的具名系統 Mutex 已存在,則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
- 具名的 Mutex 存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 無法建立具名的 Mutex,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統 Mutex 的物件。
- 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名 Mutex 不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名 Mutex 存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 釋出 一次。
- 呼叫執行緒並不擁有 Mutex。
- 1
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名 Mutex,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。
- 當這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含代表具名 Mutex 的 物件;如果呼叫失敗,則為 null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名 Mutex 存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 代表鎖定,用來管理資源存取,允許多個執行緒的讀取權限或獨佔寫入權限。
-
-
- 使用預設屬性值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 指定鎖定遞迴原則,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 一個列舉值,指定鎖定遞迴原則。
-
-
- 取得已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒總數。
- 已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒數目。
-
-
- 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 嘗試進入讀取模式的鎖定。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試進入可升級模式的鎖定狀態。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試進入寫入模式的鎖定。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 減少讀取模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束讀取模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 減少可升級模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束可升級模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 減少寫入模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束寫入模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入讀取模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入可升級模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入寫入模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前 物件的遞迴原則。
- 一個列舉值,指定鎖定遞迴原則。
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入讀取模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入讀取模式,則為 0 (零);如果執行緒已進入讀取模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入鎖定 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入可升級模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入可升級模式,則為 0;如果執行緒已進入可升級模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入可升級模式 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入寫入模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入寫入模式,則為 0;如果執行緒已進入寫入模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入寫入模式 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的整數逾時,進入讀取模式的鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在讀取模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 取得等待進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入讀取模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 取得等待進入可升級模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入可升級模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 取得等待進入寫入模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入寫入模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 限制可以同時存取資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。
- 1
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,以及指定並行項目的最大數目及選擇性地保留某些項目。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
-
- 大於 。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,然後指定初始項目數目與並行項目的最大數目,以及選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
- 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。
-
- 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的號誌存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的號誌,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,然後指定初始項目物件數目與並行項目的最大數目,選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱,以及指定接收值的變數,指出是否已建立新的系統號誌。
- 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的初始數目。
- 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的最大數目。
- 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機號誌 (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的已命名系統號誌,則會包含 true;如果指定的已命名系統號誌已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
-
- 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的號誌存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的號誌,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統號誌的物件。
- 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名號誌不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名號誌存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 結束號誌,並傳回上一個計數。
- 呼叫 方法之前,號誌上的計數。
- 號誌計數已達到最大值。
- 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是使用者沒有 。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是並未以 開啟。
- 1
-
-
- 以指定的次數結束號誌,並回到上一個計數。
- 呼叫 方法之前,號誌上的計數。
- 結束號誌的次數。
-
- 为小于 1。
- 號誌計數已達到最大值。
- 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是使用者沒有 權限。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是並未以 權限開啟。
- 1
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名號誌,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含 物件,此物件代表具名信號,如果呼叫失敗,則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名號誌存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 在已經達到最大計數的號誌上呼叫 方法時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 代表 的輕量型替代品,限制可同時存取一項資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。
-
-
- 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目及最大數目,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
-
- 小於 0,或者 大於 ,或者 等於或小於 0。
-
-
- 傳回可用來等候號誌的 。
- 可用來等候號誌的 。
-
- 已經處置。
-
-
- 取得可以進入 物件的剩餘執行緒數目。
- 可以進入號誌的剩餘執行緒數目。
-
-
- 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 則表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 釋出 物件一次。
-
- 的先前計數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已經達到其大小上限。
-
-
- 釋出 物件指定的次數。
-
- 的先前計數。
- 結束號誌的次數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 为小于 1。
-
- 已經達到其大小上限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
- 实例已被释放,或 创建 已被释放。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或- 创建 已释放。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 來指定逾時。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
- semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 來指定逾時,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
- semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 已處置建立 的 。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 。
- 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,同時觀察 。
- 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 來測量時間間隔。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限 -或- 逾時大於 。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 來測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
-
- 是不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限-或-逾時大於 。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 表示要將訊息分派至同步處理內容時,所要呼叫的方法。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- 2
-
-
- 提供互斥鎖定基本作業,在這個作業中,嘗試取得鎖定的執行緒會用迴圈方式等候,並重複檢查,直到鎖定可用為止。
-
-
- 使用可追蹤執行緒 ID 以改善偵錯的選項,初始化 結構的新執行個體。
- 是否要擷取並使用執行緒 ID 以進行偵錯。
-
-
- 以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 Enter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 釋放鎖定。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。
-
-
- 釋放鎖定。
- 布林值,表示是否應該發出記憶體柵欄,以便立即將結束作業發行至其他執行緒。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示此鎖定目前是否由任何執行緒持有。
- 如果此鎖定目前由任何執行緒持有則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 取得值,表示此鎖定是否由目前執行緒持有。
- 如果此鎖定由目前執行緒持有則為 true,否則為 false。
- 已停用執行緒擁有權追蹤。
-
-
- 取得值,表示這個執行個體是否已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤。
- 如果這個執行個體已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 毫秒的逾時。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 提供微調式等候支援。
-
-
- 取得已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。
- 傳回整數,表示已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器,並觸發強制的環境切換。
- 下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器,並觸發強制的環境切換。
-
-
- 重設微調計數器。
-
-
- 執行單一微調。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件為止。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。
- 如果滿足條件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。
- 如果滿足條件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 TimeSpan,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 提供在各種同步處理模式中傳播同步處理內容的基本功能。
- 2
-
-
- 建立 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會建立同步處理內容的複本。
- 新的 物件。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒的同步處理內容。
-
- 物件,代表目前的同步處理內容。
- 1
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會回應作業已經完成的通知。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會回應作業已經啟動的通知。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會將非同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。
- 要呼叫的 委派。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- 2
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會將同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。
- 要呼叫的 委派。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 設定目前的同步處理內容。
- 要設定的 物件。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 方法要求呼叫端擁有指定 Monitor 的鎖定,但是不擁有鎖定的呼叫端叫用方法時所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設屬性來初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 提供資料的執行緒區域儲存區。
- 指定依個別執行緒儲存的資料型別。
-
-
- 初始化 執行個體。
-
-
- 初始化 執行個體。
- 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值,並透過 屬性將它們公開。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。
- 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時,系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。
-
- 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。
- 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時,系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。
- 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值,並透過 屬性將它們公開。
-
- 為 null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。
- 布林值,表示是否會因為呼叫 而呼叫這個方法。
-
-
- 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示 是否已在目前執行緒中完成初始化。
- 如果已在目前執行緒上初始化 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 已處置 執行個體。
-
-
- 建立並傳回目前執行緒的這個執行個體的字串表示。
- 在 上呼叫 的結果。
- 已處置 執行個體。
- 目前執行緒的 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
- 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。
- 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式,也沒有提供任何値 Factory。
-
-
- 取得或設定目前執行緒的這個執行個體的值。
- 傳回這個 ThreadLocal 負責初始化之物件的執行個體。
- 已處置 執行個體。
- 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。
- 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式,也沒有提供任何値 Factory。
-
-
- 取得清單,其中包含已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存的所有值。
- 已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存之所有值的清單。
- 已處置 執行個體。
-
-
- 包含用來執行動態記憶體作業的方法。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 從指定的欄位讀取物件參考。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取之 的參考。這個參考是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
- 要讀取之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別,不得為實值型別。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現記憶體作業,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的物件參考寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入物件參考的欄位。
- 要寫入的物件參考。立即寫入此參考,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此參考。
- 要寫入之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別,不得為實值型別。
-
-
- 當嘗試開啟不存在的系統 Mutex 或號誌時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a68050b1..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72254652d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1797 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when one thread acquires a object that another thread has abandoned by exiting without releasing it.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and inner exception.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the inner exception, the index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the index of the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and the abandoned mutex.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Gets the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex, or null if the abandoned mutex could not be identified.
- 1
-
-
- Gets the index of the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known.
- The index, in the array of wait handles passed to the method, of the object that represents the abandoned mutex, or –1 if the index of the abandoned mutex could not be determined.
- 1
-
-
- Represents ambient data that is local to a given asynchronous control flow, such as an asynchronous method.
- The type of the ambient data.
-
-
- Instantiates an instance that does not receive change notifications.
-
-
- Instantiates an local instance that receives change notifications.
- The delegate that is called whenever the current value changes on any thread.
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the ambient data.
- The value of the ambient data.
-
-
- The class that provides data change information to instances that register for change notifications.
- The type of the data.
-
-
- Gets the data's current value.
- The data's current value.
-
-
- Gets the data's previous value.
- The data's previous value.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the value changes because of a change of execution context.
- true if the value changed because of a change of execution context; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Notifies a waiting thread that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to non-signaled.
-
-
- Enables multiple tasks to cooperatively work on an algorithm in parallel through multiple phases.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The number of participating threads.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than 32,767.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The number of participating threads.
- The to be executed after each phase. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) may be passed to indicate no action is taken.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than 32,767.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be an additional participant.
- The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- Adding a participant would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be additional participants.
- The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate.
- The number of additional participants to add to the barrier.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.-or-Adding participants would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Gets the number of the barrier's current phase.
- Returns the number of the barrier's current phase.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets the total number of participants in the barrier.
- Returns the total number of participants in the barrier.
-
-
- Gets the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase.
- Returns the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be one less participant.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be fewer participants.
- The number of additional participants to remove from the barrier.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.
- The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. -or-current participant count is less than the specified participantCount
- The total participant count is less than the specified
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
- If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout.
- if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
- If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a cancellation token.
- if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier, while observing a cancellation token.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval.
- true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out, or it is greater than 32,767.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval, while observing a cancellation token.
- true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when the post-phase action of a fails
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified inner exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Represents a method to be called within a new context.
- An object containing information to be used by the callback method each time it executes.
- 1
-
-
- Represents a synchronization primitive that is signaled when its count reaches zero.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of class with the specified count.
- The number of signals initially required to set the .
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Increments the 's current count by one.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Increments the 's current count by a specified value.
- The value by which to increase .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than or equal to 0.
- The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than after count is incremented by
-
-
- Gets the number of remaining signals required to set the event.
- The number of remaining signals required to set the event.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets the numbers of signals initially required to set the event.
- The number of signals initially required to set the event.
-
-
- Determines whether the event is set.
- true if the event is set; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Resets the to the value of .
- The current instance has already been disposed..
-
-
- Resets the property to a specified value.
- The number of signals required to set the .
- The current instance has alread been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Registers a signal with the , decrementing the value of .
- true if the signal caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The current instance is already set.
-
-
- Registers multiple signals with the , decrementing the value of by the specified amount.
- true if the signals caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of signals to register.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 1.
- The current instance is already set. -or- Or is greater than .
-
-
- Attempts to increment by one.
- true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero, this method will return false.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is equal to .
-
-
- Attempts to increment by a specified value.
- true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero this will return false.
- The value by which to increase .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than or equal to 0.
- The current instance is already set.-or- + is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, while observing a .
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to wait for the event to be set.
- A that is used to wait for the event to be set.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Indicates whether an is reset automatically or manually after receiving a signal.
- 2
-
-
- When signaled, the resets automatically after releasing a single thread. If no threads are waiting, the remains signaled until a thread blocks, and resets after releasing the thread.
-
-
- When signaled, the releases all waiting threads and remains signaled until it is manually reset.
-
-
- Represents a thread synchronization event.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled, and whether it resets automatically or manually.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, and the name of a system synchronization event.
- true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
- The name of a system-wide synchronization event.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, the name of a system synchronization event, and a Boolean variable whose value after the call indicates whether the named system event was created.
- true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
- The name of a system-wide synchronization event.
- When this method returns, contains true if a local event was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system event was created; false if the specified named system event already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system event.
- The name of the system synchronization event to open.
-
- is an empty string. -or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named system event does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, causing threads to block.
- true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false.
- The method was previously called on this .
- 2
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to signaled, allowing one or more waiting threads to proceed.
- true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false.
- The method was previously called on this .
- 2
-
-
- Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named synchronization event was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system synchronization event to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named synchronization event if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists, but the user does not have the desired security access.
-
-
- Manages the execution context for the current thread. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Captures the execution context from the current thread.
- An object representing the execution context for the current thread.
- 1
-
-
- Runs a method in a specified execution context on the current thread.
- The to set.
- A delegate that represents the method to be run in the provided execution context.
- The object to pass to the callback method.
-
- is null.-or- was not acquired through a capture operation. -or- has already been used as the argument to a call.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides atomic operations for variables that are shared by multiple threads.
- 2
-
-
- Adds two 32-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation.
- The new value stored at .
- A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in .
- The value to be added to the integer at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Adds two 64-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation.
- The new value stored at .
- A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in .
- The value to be added to the integer at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two double-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two 32-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two 64-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two platform-specific handles or pointers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one.
- The original value in .
- The destination , whose value is compared with the value of and possibly replaced by .
- The that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two objects for reference equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first object.
- The original value in .
- The destination object that is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The object that replaces the destination object if the comparison results in equality.
- The object that is compared to the object at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two single-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two instances of the specified reference type for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The type to be used for , , and . This type must be a reference type.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Decrements a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The decremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be decremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Decrements the specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The decremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be decremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a double-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a 32-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a 64-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a platform-specific handle or pointer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets an object to a specified value and returns a reference to the original object, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a single-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a variable of the specified type to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The type to be used for and . This type must be a reference type.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The incremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be incremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The incremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be incremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronizes memory access as follows: The processor that executes the current thread cannot reorder instructions in such a way that memory accesses before the call to execute after memory accesses that follow the call to .
-
-
- Returns a 64-bit value, loaded as an atomic operation.
- The loaded value.
- The 64-bit value to be loaded.
- 1
-
-
- Provides lazy initialization routines.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference type with the type's default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized reference of type .
- A reference of type to initialize if it has not already been initialized.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference or value type with its default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized.
- A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference or value type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized.
- A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated.
- The function that is called to initialize the reference or value.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- The reference of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The function that is called to initialize the reference.
- The reference type of the reference to be initialized.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
- returned null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when recursive entry into a lock is not compatible with the recursion policy for the lock.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- The exception that caused the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
- 2
-
-
- Specifies whether a lock can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-
-
- If a thread tries to enter a lock recursively, an exception is thrown. Some classes may allow certain recursions when this setting is in effect.
-
-
- A thread can enter a lock recursively. Some classes may restrict this capability.
-
-
- Notifies one or more waiting threads that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
-
-
- Provides a slimmed down version of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with an initial state of nonsignaled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled and a specified spin count.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
- The number of spin waits that will occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets whether the event is set.
- true if the event has is set; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, which causes threads to block.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to signaled, which allows one or more threads waiting on the event to proceed.
-
-
- Gets the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
- Returns the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current receives a signal, while observing a .
- The to observe.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the underlying object for this .
- The underlying event object fore this .
-
-
- Provides a mechanism that synchronizes access to objects.
- 2
-
-
- Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- The object on which to acquire the monitor lock.
- The parameter is null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to wait.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. Note If no exception occurs, the output of this method is always true.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
-
- Releases an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- The object on which to release the lock.
- The parameter is null.
- The current thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Determines whether the current thread holds the lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread holds the lock on ; otherwise, false.
- The object to test.
-
- is null.
-
-
- Notifies a thread in the waiting queue of a change in the locked object's state.
- The object a thread is waiting for.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Notifies all waiting threads of a change in the object's state.
- The object that sends the pulse.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The parameter is null.
- 1
-
-
- Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock.
- The parameter is null.
-
- is negative, and not equal to .
- 1
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
- is negative, and not equal to .
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- A representing the amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait.
- The parameter is null.
- The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
- 1
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
- The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock.
- true if the call returned because the caller reacquired the lock for the specified object. This method does not return if the lock is not reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- 1
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue.
- true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- The number of milliseconds to wait before the thread enters the ready queue.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- The value of the parameter is negative, and is not equal to .
- 1
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue.
- true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- A representing the amount of time to wait before the thread enters the ready queue.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- The value of the parameter in milliseconds is negative and does not represent (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
- 1
-
-
- A synchronization primitive that can also be used for interprocess synchronization.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the mutex; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, and a string that is the name of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false.
- The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed.
- The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, a string that is the name of the mutex, and a Boolean value that, when the method returns, indicates whether the calling thread was granted initial ownership of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false.
- The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed.
- When this method returns, contains a Boolean that is true if a local mutex was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system mutex was created; false if the specified named system mutex already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
- The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system mutex.
- The name of the system mutex to open.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named mutex does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases the once.
- The calling thread does not own the mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named mutex was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system mutex to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named mutex if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
-
-
- Represents a lock that is used to manage access to a resource, allowing multiple threads for reading or exclusive access for writing.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default property values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the lock recursion policy.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy.
-
-
- Gets the total number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode.
- The number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for read mode, and exits read mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for upgradeable mode, and exits upgradeable mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for write mode, and exits write mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in read mode.
- true if the current thread has entered read mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
- true if the current thread has entered upgradeable mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in write mode.
- true if the current thread has entered write mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates the recursion policy for the current object.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy.
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in read mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 (zero) if the current thread has not entered read mode, 1 if the thread has entered read mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered the lock recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 if the current thread has not entered upgradeable mode, 1 if the thread has entered upgradeable mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered upgradeable mode recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in write mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 if the current thread has not entered write mode, 1 if the thread has entered write mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered write mode recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional integer time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in read mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter read mode.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in upgradeable mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter upgradeable mode.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in write mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter write mode.
- 2
-
-
- Limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is greater than .
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, and optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The name of a named system semaphore object.
-
- is greater than .-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have .
- The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object, and specifying a variable that receives a value indicating whether a new system semaphore was created.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently.
- The name of a named system semaphore object.
- When this method returns, contains true if a local semaphore was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system semaphore was created; false if the specified named system semaphore already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
-
- is greater than . -or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have .
- The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
-
- Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system semaphore.
- The name of the system semaphore to open.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named semaphore does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Exits the semaphore and returns the previous count.
- The count on the semaphore before the method was called.
- The semaphore count is already at the maximum value.
- A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore.
- The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have .-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with .
- 1
-
-
- Exits the semaphore a specified number of times and returns the previous count.
- The count on the semaphore before the method was called.
- The number of times to exit the semaphore.
-
- is less than 1.
- The semaphore count is already at the maximum value.
- A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore.
- The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have rights.-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with rights.
- 1
-
-
- Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named semaphore was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system semaphore to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named semaphore if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when the method is called on a semaphore whose count is already at the maximum.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Represents a lightweight alternative to that limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of requests that can be granted concurrently.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial and maximum number of requests that can be granted concurrently.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is less than 0, or is greater than , or is equal to or less than 0.
-
-
- Returns a that can be used to wait on the semaphore.
- A that can be used to wait on the semaphore.
- The has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the number of remaining threads that can enter the object.
- The number of remaining threads that can enter the semaphore.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Releases the object once.
- The previous count of the .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The has already reached its maximum size.
-
-
- Releases the object a specified number of times.
- The previous count of the .
- The number of times to exit the semaphore.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 1.
- The has already reached its maximum size.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout.
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The instance has been disposed, or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , while observing a .
- The token to observe.
-
- was canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.-or-The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a to specify the timeout.
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
- The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a that specifies the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
- The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the .
- A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval.
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , while observing a .
- A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered.
- The token to observe.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval.
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The token to observe.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out-or-timeout is greater than .
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Represents a method to be called when a message is to be dispatched to a synchronization context.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- 2
-
-
- Provides a mutual exclusion lock primitive where a thread trying to acquire the lock waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure with the option to track thread IDs to improve debugging.
- Whether to capture and use thread IDs for debugging purposes.
-
-
- Acquires the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling Enter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Releases the lock.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock.
-
-
- Releases the lock.
- A Boolean value that indicates whether a memory fence should be issued in order to immediately publish the exit operation to other threads.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock.
-
-
- Gets whether the lock is currently held by any thread.
- true if the lock is currently held by any thread; otherwise false.
-
-
- Gets whether the lock is held by the current thread.
- true if the lock is held by the current thread; otherwise false.
- Thread ownership tracking is disabled.
-
-
- Gets whether thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance.
- true if thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance; otherwise false.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than milliseconds.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Provides support for spin-based waiting.
-
-
- Gets the number of times has been called on this instance.
- Returns an integer that represents the number of times has been called on this instance.
-
-
- Gets whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch.
- Whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch.
-
-
- Resets the spin counter.
-
-
- Performs a single spin.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied.
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- The argument is null.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired.
- True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The argument is null.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired.
- True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a TimeSpan that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The argument is null.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Provides the basic functionality for propagating a synchronization context in various synchronization models.
- 2
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates a copy of the synchronization context.
- A new object.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the synchronization context for the current thread.
- A object representing the current synchronization context.
- 1
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has completed.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has started.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, dispatches an asynchronous message to a synchronization context.
- The delegate to call.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- 2
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, dispatches a synchronous message to a synchronization context.
- The delegate to call.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app. The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Sets the current synchronization context.
- The object to be set.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when a method requires the caller to own the lock on a given Monitor, and the method is invoked by a caller that does not own that lock.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Provides thread-local storage of data.
- Specifies the type of data stored per-thread.
-
-
- Initializes the instance.
-
-
- Initializes the instance.
- Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them through the property.
-
-
- Initializes the instance with the specified function.
- The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized.
-
- is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initializes the instance with the specified function.
- The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized.
- Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them via the property.
-
- is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the resources used by this instance.
- A Boolean value that indicates whether this method is being called due to a call to .
-
-
- Releases the resources used by this instance.
-
-
- Gets whether is initialized on the current thread.
- true if is initialized on the current thread; otherwise false.
- The instance has been disposed.
-
-
- Creates and returns a string representation of this instance for the current thread.
- The result of calling on the .
- The instance has been disposed.
- The for the current thread is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- The initialization function attempted to reference recursively.
- No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied.
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of this instance for the current thread.
- Returns an instance of the object that this ThreadLocal is responsible for initializing.
- The instance has been disposed.
- The initialization function attempted to reference recursively.
- No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied.
-
-
- Gets a list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance.
- A list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance.
- The instance has been disposed.
-
-
- Contains methods for performing volatile memory operations.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the object reference from the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The reference to that was read. This reference is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
- The type of field to read. This must be a reference type, not a value type.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a memory operation appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified object reference to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the object reference is written.
- The object reference to write. The reference is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
- The type of field to write. This must be a reference type, not a value type.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when an attempt is made to open a system mutex or semaphore that does not exist.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/de/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/de/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fb943bbf..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/de/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1799 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn ein Thread ein -Objekt abruft, das von einem anderen Thread abgebrochen wurde, indem das Objekt beim Beenden nicht freigegeben wurde.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem festgelegten Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung und einer festgelegten inneren Ausnahme.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, der inneren Ausnahme, dem Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, dem Index des abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und dem abgebrochenen Mutex.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Ruft den abgebrochenen Mutex ab, das die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt).
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt, oder null, wenn der abgebrochene Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte.
- 1
-
-
- Ruft den Index des abgebrochenen Mutex ab, der die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt).
- Der Index des -Objekts, das der abgebrochene Mutex darstellt, im Array von WaitHandles, die an die -Methode übergeben wurden, oder -1, wenn der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt Umgebungsdaten dar, die für eine angegebene asynchrone Ablaufsteuerung lokal sind, wie etwa eine asynchrone Methode.
- Der Typ der Umgebungsdaten.
-
-
- Instanziiert eine -Instanz, die keine Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt.
-
-
- Instanziiert eine lokale -Instanz, die Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt.
- Der Delegat, der aufgerufen wird, wenn sich der aktuelle Wert auf einem beliebigen Thread ändert.
-
-
- Ruft den Wert der Umgebungsdaten ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Der Wert der Umgebungsdaten.
-
-
- Die Klasse, die -Instanzen, die sich für Änderungsbenachrichtigungen registrieren, Informationen über Datenänderungen zur Verfügung stellt.
- Der Typ der Daten.
-
-
- Ruft den aktuellen Wert der Daten ab.
- Der aktuelle Wert der Daten.
-
-
- Ruft den vorherigen Wert der Daten ab.
- Der vorherige Wert der Daten.
-
-
- Gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungskontexts ändert.
- true, wenn sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungstexts ändert, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen wartenden Thread über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
-
-
- Ermöglicht es mehreren Aufgaben, parallel über mehrere Phasen gemeinsam an einem Algorithmus zu arbeiten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
- Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads.
-
- ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
- Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads.
-
- , die nach jeder Phase ausgeführt wird. NULL (Nothing in Visual Basic) wird möglicherweise übergeben, um keine Aktion anzugeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein eines weiteren Teilnehmers.
- Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Einen Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein weiterer Teilnehmer.
- Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen.
- Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die der Grenze hinzugefügt werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.– oder – -Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.
- Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Ruft die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze ab.
- Gibt die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze zurück.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
- Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab.
- Gibt die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben.
- Gibt die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt , dass ein Teilnehmer nicht mehr vorhanden ist.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über die geringere Anzahl von Teilnehmern.
- Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die aus der Grenze entfernt werden sollen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
- Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. – oder –aktuelle Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene participantCount
- Die gesamte Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
- Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet.
- wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
- Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt.
- wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere erreichen. Dabei wird ein Abbruchtoken überwacht.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen.
- True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, oder er ist größer als 32.767.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt.
- True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1 Millisekunde. Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt einen unendlichen Timeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die bei einem Fehler der Nachphasenaktion einer ausgelöst wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen internen Ausnahme.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die in einem neuen Kontext aufgerufen werden muss.
- Ein Objekt mit den Informationen, die von der Rückrufmethode bei jeder Ausführung verwendet werden.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt einen Synchronisierungsprimitiven dar, der signalisiert wird, wenn seine Anzahl 0 (null) erreicht.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen Anzahl.
- Die zum Festlegen von ursprünglich erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um 1.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer oder gleich .
-
-
- Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um einen angegebenen Wert.
- Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner oder gleich 0.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer gleich , nach die Anzahl schrittweise durch erhöht wird.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl verbleibender Signale ab, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind.
- Die Anzahl verbleibender Signale, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Signalen ab, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren.
- Die Anzahl von Signalen, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren.
-
-
- Bestimmt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde.
- True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Setzt auf den Wert von zurück.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Setzt die -Eigenschaft auf einen angegebenen Wert zurück.
- Die zum Festlegen von erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Registriert ein Signal beim und dekrementiert den Wert von .
- True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund des Signals 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.
-
-
- Registriert mehrere Signale bei und verringert den Wert von um den angegebenen Wert.
- True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund der Signale 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl zu registrierender Signale.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. -oder- ist größer als .
-
-
- Versucht, um eins zu inkrementieren.
- True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, gibt diese Methode false zurück.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist gleich .
-
-
- Versucht, durch einen angegebenen Wert zu inkrementieren.
- True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, wird false zurückgegeben.
- Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner oder gleich 0.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – + ist gleich oder größer als .
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Ruft ein ab, das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten.
- Ein , das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Gibt an, ob eine -Klasse nach dem Empfangen eines Signals automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- 2
-
-
- Bei Signalisierung wird die -Methode automatisch nach der Freigabe eines einzigen Threads zurückgesetzt.Wenn sich keine Threads in der Warteschlange befinden, bleibt die -Methode solange signalisiert, bis ein Thread blockiert wird. Sie wird zurückgesetzt, nachdem der Thread freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Bei Signalisierung gibt die -Methode alle wartenden Threads frei. Sie bleibt solange signalisiert, bis sie manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
-
-
- Stellt ein Threadsynchronisierungsereignis dar.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn er auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses an.
- true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses und eine boolesche Variable an, deren Wert nach dem Aufruf angibt, ob das benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde.
- true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Ereignis erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsereignis bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemereignis darstellt.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge. - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Das benannte Systemereignis ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf nicht signalisiert fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden.
- true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false.
- Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen.
- 2
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf signalisiert fest und ermöglicht so einem oder mehreren wartenden Threads fortzufahren.
- true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false.
- Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen.
- 2
-
-
- Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den gewünschten Sicherheitszugriff.
-
-
- Verwaltet den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Zeichnet den Ausführungskontext des aktuellen Threads auf.
- Ein -Objekt, das den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread darstellt.
- 1
-
-
- Führt für den aktuellen Thread eine Methode in einem angegebenen Ausführungskontext aus.
- Der festzulegende .
- Ein -Delegat, der die im bereitgestellten Ausführungskontext auszuführende Methode darstellt.
- Das Objekt, das an die Rückrufmethode übergeben werden soll.
-
- ist null.– oder – wurde nicht durch einen Aufzeichnungsvorgang ermittelt. – oder – wurde bereits als Argument für einen Aufruf von verwendet.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Stellt atomare Operationen für Variablen bereit, die von mehreren Threads gemeinsam genutzt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe.
- Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert.
- Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert.
- Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe.
- Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert.
- Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert.
- Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit doppelter Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei plattformspezifische Handles oder Zeiger hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Der Ziel- , dessen Wert mit dem Wert von verglichen und möglicherweise durch ersetzt wird.
- Der , der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der , der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Objekte hinsichtlich ihrer Verweisgleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit das erste Objekt.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Zielobjekt, das mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Das Objekt, das das Zielobjekt ersetzt, wenn beim Vergleich Gleichheit festgestellt wird.
- Das Objekt, das mit dem Objekt in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit einfacher Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Instanzen des angegebenen Referenztyps hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit die erste.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- Der Typ, der für , und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Dekrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der dekrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Dekrementiert den Wert der angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der dekrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit doppelter Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine 64-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein plattformspezifisches Handle bzw. einen plattformspezifischen Zeiger auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein Objekt auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt einen Verweis auf das ursprüngliche Objekt zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit einfacher Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine Variable vom angegebenen Typ in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- Der Typ, der für und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der inkrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der inkrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronisiert den Speicherzugriff wie folgt: Der Prozessor, der den aktuellen Thread ausführt, kann Anweisungen nicht so neu anordnen, dass Speicherzugriffe vor dem Aufruf von nach Speicherzugriffen ausgeführt werden, die nach dem Aufruf von erfolgen.
-
-
- Gibt einen 64-Bit-Wert zurück, der in einer atomaren Operation geladen wird.
- Der geladene Wert.
- Der zu ladende 64-Bit-Wert.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt verzögerte Initialisierungsroutinen bereit.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Verweis vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert.
- Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis oder den Wert zu initialisieren.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Der Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis zu initialisieren.
- Der Verweistyp des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
- gibt null (Nothing in Visual Basic) zurück.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die rekursive Anforderung einer Sperre nicht mit der Rekursionsrichtlinie der Sperre kompatibel ist.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- Die Ausnahme, die die aktuelle Ausnahme verursacht hat.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
- 2
-
-
- Gibt an, ob eine Sperre mehrmals dem gleichen Thread zugewiesen werden kann.
-
-
- Wenn ein Thread rekursiv versucht, eine Sperre zu erhalten, wird eine Ausnahme ausgelöst.Einige Klassen gestatten gewisse Rekursionen, wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist.
-
-
- Ein Thread kann rekursiv eine Sperre erhalten.Einige Klassen beschränken diese Möglichkeit einer rekursiven Zuweisung.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen oder mehrere wartende Threads über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll, false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
-
-
- Stellt eine verschlankte Version von bereit.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit dem Anfangszustand „nicht signalisiert“.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
- True, um den Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festzulegen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll, und einer festgelegten Spin-Anzahl.
- True, um den Anfangszustand auf "signalisiert" festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf "nicht signalisiert" festzulegen.
- Die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde.
- True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „nicht signalisiert“ fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „signalisiert“ fest und ermöglicht so die weitere Ausführung eines oder mehrerer wartender Threads.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen ab, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
- Gibt die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen zurück, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle ein Signal empfängt, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. Dabei wird ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Ruft das zugrunde liegende -Objekt für dieses ab.
- Das zugrunde liegende -Ereignisobjekt für dieses .
-
-
- Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, der den Zugriff auf Objekte synchronisiert.
- 2
-
-
- Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Das Objekt, für das die Monitorsperre erhalten werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- 1
-
-
- Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.Hinweis Wenn keine Ausnahme auftritt, ist die Ausgabe dieser Methode immer true.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
-
- Hebt eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt auf.
- Das Objekt, dessen Sperre aufgehoben werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aktuelle Thread besitzt die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt nicht.
- 1
-
-
- Bestimmt, ob der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt enthält.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für enthält, andernfalls false.
- Das zu überprüfende Objekt.
-
- ist null.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen Thread in der Warteschlange für abzuarbeitende Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des gesperrten Objekts.
- Das Objekt, auf das ein Thread wartet.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- 1
-
-
- Benachrichtigt alle wartenden Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des Objekts.
- Das Objekt, das den Impuls sendet.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- 1
-
-
- Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- 1
-
-
- Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
-
- Versucht über eine angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
- ist negativ und ungleich .
- 1
-
-
- Versucht für die angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
- ist negativ und ungleich .
-
-
- Versucht über einen angegebenen Zeitraum hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Eine , die die Zeitspanne darstellt, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als .
- 1
-
-
- Versucht für die angegebene Dauer, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Zeitspanne, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als .
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.
- true, wenn der Aufruf beendet wurde, weil der Aufrufer die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt erneut erhalten hat.Diese Methode wird nicht beendet, wenn die Sperre nicht erneut erhalten wird.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- 1
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein.
- true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- Der Wert des -Parameters ist negativ und ungleich .
- 1
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein.
- true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Ein , der die Zeit angibt, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- Der Wert des -Parameters in Millisekunden ist negativ und stellt nicht (-1 Millisekunde) dar, oder er ist größer als .
- 1
-
-
- Ein primitiver Synchronisierungstyp, der auch für die prozessübergreifende Synchronisierung verwendet werden kann.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des Mutex zuzuweisen, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, sowie mit einer Zeichenfolge, die den Namen des Mutex darstellt.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false.
- Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, mit einer Zeichenfolge mit dem Namen des Mutex sowie mit einem booleschen Wert, der beim Beenden der Methode angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex gewährt wurde.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false.
- Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode einen booleschen Wert, der true ist, wenn ein lokaler Mutex erstellt wurde (d. h. wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das den benannten Systemmutex darstellt.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Der benannte Mutex ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Gibt das einmal frei.
- Der aufrufende Thread ist nicht im Besitz des Mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn der benannte Mutex erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Mutex darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
-
-
- Stellt eine Sperre dar, mit der der Zugriff auf eine Ressource verwaltet wird. Mehrere Threads können hierbei Lesezugriff oder exklusiven Schreibzugriff erhalten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaftswerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Angabe der Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre.
- Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von eindeutigen Threads ab, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- Die Anzahl von eindeutigen Threads, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Lesemodus und beendet den Lesemodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den erweiterbaren Modus und beendet den erweiterbaren Modus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Schreibmodus und beendet den Schreibmodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Lesemodus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Schreibmodus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für das aktuelle -Objekt angibt.
- Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Lesemodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Lesemodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread die Sperre n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den erweiterbaren Modus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Schreibmodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Schreibmodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den Schreibmodus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein ganzzahliger Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Lesemodus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Lesemodus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des erweiterbaren Modus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Schreibmodus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Schreibmodus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Schränkt die Anzahl von Threads ein, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Pool von Ressourcen zugreifen können.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen an.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist größer als .
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts.
-
- ist größer als .- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an, gibt eine Variable an, die einen Wert empfängt, der angibt, ob ein neues Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde.
- Die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können.
- Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Semaphor erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
-
- ist größer als . - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
-
- Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemsemaphor darstellt.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Beendet das Semaphor und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf.
- Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten.
- Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über .- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit geöffnet.
- 1
-
-
- Gibt das Semaphor eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode.
- Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf.
- Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten.
- Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über -Rechte.- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit -Rechten geöffnet.
- 1
-
-
- Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn das benannte Semaphor erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Semaphor darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die -Methode für ein Semaphor aufgerufen wird, dessen Zähler bereits den Maximalwert aufweist.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Eine einfache Alternative zu , die die Anzahl der Threads beschränkt, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Ressourcenpool zugreifen können.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche sowie die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist kleiner als 0, oder ist größer als , oder ist kleiner gleich 0.
-
-
- Gibt ein zurück, das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten.
- Ein , das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten.
-
- wurde verworfen.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads ab, für die das Eintreten in das -Objekt zulässig ist.
- Die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads, für die das Eintreten in das Semaphor zulässig ist.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die von verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Gibt das -Objekt einmal frei.
- Die vorherige Anzahl von .
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht.
-
-
- Gibt das -Objekt eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei.
- Die vorherige Anzahl von .
- Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in eintreten kann.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei das Timeout mit einer 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen angegeben wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Instanz wurde freigegeben, oder die erstellten freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.- oder - Die erstellten bereits freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
- Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine den Timeout angibt und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
- Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben Die , die erstellt hat, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Eintritt in .
- Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird, während ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , während ein ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls, während ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.- oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die aufgerufen werden muss, wenn eine Nachricht an einen Synchronisierungskontext gesendet werden soll.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Stellt einen sich gegenseitig ausschließenden Sperrprimitiven bereit, wobei ein Thread, der versucht, die Sperre abzurufen, wiederholt in einer Schleife wartet, bis die Sperre verfügbar wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Struktur mit der Option, Thread-IDs nachzuverfolgen, um das Debuggen zu vereinfachen.
- Gibt an, ob Thread-IDs zu Debugzwecken erfasst und verwendet werden.
-
-
- Ruft die Sperre zuverlässig ab, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von Enter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre auf.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre.
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre auf.
- Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob eine Arbeitsspeicherumgrenzung ausgegeben werden soll, um den Beendigungsvorgang sofort für andere Threads zu veröffentlichen.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird.
- True, wenn die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird.
- True, wenn die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird deaktiviert.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist.
- True, wenn die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als Millisekunden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Stellt Unterstützung für Spin-basierte Wartevorgänge bereit.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von -Aufrufen für diese Instanz ab.
- Gibt eine ganze Zahl zurück, die angibt, wie häufig für diese Instanz aufgerufen wurde.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst.
- Gibt an, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst.
-
-
- Setzt die Spin-Anzahl zurück.
-
-
- Führt einen Spin-Vorgang aus.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist.
- True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist.
- True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Ein , das die Wartezeit in Millisekunden darstellt, oder ein TimeSpan-Wert, der -1 Millisekunden für Warten ohne Timeout darstellt.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Stellt die Grundfunktionen für die Weitergabe eines Synchronisierungskontexts in unterschiedlichen Synchronisierungsmodellen bereit.
- 2
-
-
- Erstellt eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
-
-
- Erstellt beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine Kopie des Synchronisierungskontexts.
- Ein neues -Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft den Synchronisierungskontext für den aktuellen Thread ab.
- Ein -Objekt, das den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext darstellt.
- 1
-
-
- Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang abgeschlossen wurde.
-
-
- Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang gestartet wurde.
-
-
- Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine asynchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext.
- Der aufzurufende -Delegat.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine synchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext.
- Der aufzurufende -Delegat.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Legt den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext fest.
- Das festzulegende -Objekt.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn der Aufrufer für eine Methode über eine Sperre für einen bestimmten Monitor verfügen muss und die Methode von einem Aufrufer aufgerufen wird, der nicht über diese Sperre verfügt.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Stellt einen lokalen Datenspeicher eines Threads bereit.
- Gibt den für jeden Thread gespeicherten Datentyp an.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz.
- Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion.
- Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen.
-
- ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion.
- Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen.
- Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen.
-
- ist ein null-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
- Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob diese Methode aufgrund eines Aufrufs von aufgerufen wird.
-
-
- Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob für den aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde.
- True, wenn erfolgreich im aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
-
-
- Erstellt eine Zeichenfolgendarstellung dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread und gibt sie zurück.
- Das Ergebnis des Aufrufs von für .
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
- Der für den aktuellen Thread ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen.
- Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben.
-
-
- Ruft den Wert dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Gibt eine Instanz des Objekts zurück, für dessen Initialisierung dieser ThreadLocal zuständig ist.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
- Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen.
- Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben.
-
-
- Ruft eine Liste aller Werte ab, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert werden.
- Eine Liste aller Werte, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert sind.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
-
-
- Enthält Methoden für die Durchführung von Vorgängen für flüchtigen Speicher.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Objektverweis aus dem angegebenen Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der Verweis auf , der gelesen wurde.Dieser Verweis entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Verweis, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
- Der Typ des zu lesenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Arbeitsspeichervorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Objektverweis in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Objektverweis geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Objektverweis.Der Verweis wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
- Der Typ des zu schreibenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn versucht wird, einen nicht vorhandenen Systemmutex oder ein nicht vorhandenes Semaphor zu öffnen.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/es/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/es/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3431de9eb..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/es/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1803 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando un subproceso adquiere un objeto que otro subproceso ha abandonado al salir sin liberarlo.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un índice especificado para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error y una excepción interna especificados.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, la excepción interna, el índice para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y la exclusión mutua abandonada.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Obtiene la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce.
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada o null si no se han podido identificar las exclusiones mutuas abandonadas.
- 1
-
-
- Obtiene el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce.
- Índice, en la matriz de identificadores de espera que se ha pasado al método , del objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada, o –1 si no se puede determinar el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada.
- 1
-
-
- Representa datos ambiente locales de un flujo de control asincrónico determinado, por ejemplo, un método asincrónico.
- Tipo de los datos ambiente.
-
-
- Crea una instancia que no recibe las notificaciones de cambio.
-
-
- Crea una instancia local que recibe notificaciones de cambio.
- Delegado al que se llama cuando cambia el valor actual en cualquier subproceso.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el valor de los datos ambiente.
- Valor de los datos ambiente.
-
-
- Clase que proporciona información de cambio de datos a las instancias que se registran para las notificaciones de cambios.
- Tipo de los datos.
-
-
- Obtiene el valor actual de los datos.
- Valor actual de los datos.
-
-
- Obtiene el valor anterior de los datos.
- Valor anterior de los datos.
-
-
- Devuelve un valor que indica si el valor cambia debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución.
- true si el valor cambió debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución; de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Notifica que se ha producido un evento a un subproceso en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Habilita varias tareas para que cooperen en un algoritmo en paralelo a través de varias fases.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase .
- Número de subprocesos que participan.
-
- es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase .
- Número de subprocesos que participan.
-
- que se ejecutará después de cada fase. null (Nothing en Visual Basic) se puede pasar para indicar que no se realiza ninguna acción.
-
- es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber un participante adicional.
- Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- Agregar un participante haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber participantes adicionales.
- Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes.
- Número de participantes adicionales que se van a agregar a la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 0.O bienAgregar haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de la fase actual de la barrera.
- Devuelve el número de la fase actual de la barrera.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de participantes de la barrera.
- Devuelve el número total de participantes de la barrera.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual.
- Devuelve el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber un participante menos.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber menos participantes.
- Número de participantes adicionales que se van a quitar de la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 0.
- La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. O bienel recuento del participante actual es menor que el participantCount especificado
- El recuento del participante total es menor que el especificado
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
- Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera.
- si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
- Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
- si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen la barrera mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o es mayor de 32.767.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
- Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Excepción que se inicia cuando se produce un error en la acción posterior a la fase de
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con la excepción interna especificada.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Representa un método al que se va a llamar dentro de un nuevo contexto.
- Objeto que contiene la información que va a utilizar el método de devolución de llamadas cada vez que se ejecute.
- 1
-
-
- Representa una primitiva de sincronización que está señalada cuando su recuento alcanza el valor cero.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el recuento especificado.
- Número de señales necesarias inicialmente para establecer .
-
- es menor que 0.
-
-
- Incrementa en uno el recuento actual de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es mayor o igual que .
-
-
- Incrementa en un valor especificado el recuento actual de .
- Valor en que se va a aumentar .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor o igual que 0.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es igual o mayor que después de incrementar la cuenta en
-
-
- Obtiene el número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento.
- El número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene los números de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento.
- El número de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento.
-
-
- Determina si se establece el evento.
- Es true si se establece el evento; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Restablece en el valor de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Restablece la propiedad según un valor especificado.
- Número de señales necesario para establecer .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El valor de es menor que 0.
-
-
- Registra una señal con y disminuye el valor de .
- Es true si la señal hizo que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.
-
-
- Registra varias señales con reduciendo el valor de según la cantidad especificada.
- Es true si las señales hicieron que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso.
- Número de señales que se va a registrar.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 1.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida. -o bien- es mayor que .
-
-
- Intenta incrementar en uno.
- Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, este método devolverá false.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es igual a .
-
-
- Intenta incrementar en un valor especificado.
- Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, se devolverá false.
- Valor en que se va a aumentar .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor o igual que 0.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien + es igual o mayor que .
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera.
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token .
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , mientras se observa un token .
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera.
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token .
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Obtiene un objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento.
- Objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Indica si un objeto se restablece automática o manualmente después de recibir una señal.
- 2
-
-
- El objeto , cuando está señalado, se restablece automáticamente después de haber liberado un único subproceso.Si hay ningún subproceso en espera, el objeto permanece señalado hasta que un subproceso se bloquea y se restablece después de haber liberado el subproceso.
-
-
- El objeto , cuando está señalado, libera todos los subprocesos en espera y permanece señalado hasta que se restablece manualmente.
-
-
- Representa un evento de sincronización de subprocesos.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente y si se restablece automática o manualmente.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente y el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
- Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de .
- No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente, el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema y una variable booleana cuyo valor después de la llamada indica si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
- Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema.
- Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se ha creado un evento local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el evento del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de .
- No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe.
- Un objeto que representa el evento del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía. O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es null.
- El evento del sistema con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, haciendo que los subprocesos se bloqueen.
- true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false.
- No se ha llamado previamente al método en este .
- 2
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en señalado, permitiendo que uno o varios subprocesos en espera continúen.
- true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false.
- No se ha llamado previamente al método en este .
- 2
-
-
- Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si el evento de sincronización con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el evento de sincronización con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad deseado.
-
-
- Administra el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Captura el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.
- Objeto que representa el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.
- 1
-
-
- Ejecuta un método en un contexto de ejecución especificado en el subproceso actual.
- Contexto de ejecución que se va a establecer.
- Delegado que representa el método que se va a ejecutar en el contexto de ejecución proporcionado.
- Objeto que se pasa al método de devolución de llamada.
-
- es null.O bien no se adquirió a través de una operación de captura. O bien ya se ha utilizado como argumento de una llamada a .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Proporciona operaciones atómicas para las variables compartidas por varios subprocesos.
- 2
-
-
- Agrega dos enteros de 32 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica.
- Nuevo valor almacenado en .
- Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en .
- Valor que se va a agregar al entero en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Agrega dos enteros de 64 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica.
- Nuevo valor almacenado en .
- Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en .
- Valor que se va a agregar al entero en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión doble para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos enteros de 32 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos enteros de 64 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos identificadores o punteros específicos de plataforma para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero.
- Valor original de .
- Estructura de destino, cuyo valor se compara con el valor de y que posiblemente se reemplace por .
- Estructura que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Estructura que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos objetos para comprobar si sus referencias son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los objetos.
- Valor original de .
- Objeto de destino que se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Objeto que reemplaza el objeto de destino si la comparación da como resultado la igualdad de ambos parámetros.
- Objeto que se compara con el objeto que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión sencilla para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos instancias del tipo de referencia especificado para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza la primera.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- Tipo que se va a utilizar para , y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Disminuye el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor reducido.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Disminuye el valor de la variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor reducido.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión doble en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un entero de 32 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un entero de 64 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un puntero o identificador específico de plataforma en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un objeto en un valor especificado y devuelve una referencia al objeto original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión sencilla en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece una variable del tipo especificado en un valor determinado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- Tipo que se va a utilizar para y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor incrementado.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor incrementado.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sincroniza el acceso a la memoria de la siguiente forma: el procesador que ejecuta el subproceso actual no puede reordenar instrucciones de forma que los accesos a la memoria anteriores a la llamada a se ejecuten después de los accesos a memoria que siguen a la llamada a .
-
-
- Devuelve un valor de 64 bits, cargado como una operación atómica.
- Valor cargado.
- Valor de 64 bits que se va a cargar.
- 1
-
-
- Proporciona rutinas de inicialización diferida.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia de tipo que se ha inicializado.
- Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto.
- Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia o el valor.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
- devuelve un valor NULL (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Excepción que se inicia cuando la entrada recursiva en un bloqueo no es compatible con la directiva de recursividad del bloqueo.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema.
- Excepción que ha producido la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
- 2
-
-
- Especifica si el mismo subproceso puede entrar varias veces en un bloqueo.
-
-
- Si un subproceso intenta entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva, se inicia una excepción.Algunas clases pueden permitir cierta recursividad cuando se aplica esta configuración.
-
-
- Un subproceso puede entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva.Algunas clases pueden limitar esta posibilidad.
-
-
- Notifica que se ha producido un evento a uno o varios subprocesos en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- true para establecer el estado inicial de señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Proporciona una versión reducida de .
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el estado inicial establecido en no señalado.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado y con el recuento circular especificado.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
- Número de esperas circulares que se van a producir antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados que usa el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se ha establecido el evento.
- Es true si se ha establecido el evento; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, por lo que se bloquean los subprocesos.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en señalado, lo que permite la continuación de uno o varios subprocesos que están esperando en el evento.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
- Devuelve el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto actual.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Es true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token .
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que el actual reciba una señal, mientras se observa un token .
-
- que se va a observar.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, utilizando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el , usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token .
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtiene el objeto para este .
- Objeto de evento subyacente de este .
-
-
- Proporciona un mecanismo que sincroniza el acceso a los objetos.
- 2
-
-
- Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo de monitor.
- El parámetro es null.
- 1
-
-
- Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.Nota Si no se produce ninguna excepción, el resultado de este método siempre es true.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
-
- Libera un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Objeto en el que se va a liberar el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso actual no posee el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Determina si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en el objeto especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en ; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto que se va a probar.
- El valor de es null.
-
-
- Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto bloqueado al subproceso que se encuentra en la cola de espera.
- Objeto que está esperando un subproceso.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto a todos los subprocesos que se encuentran en espera.
- Objeto que envía el pulso.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
- 1
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el número de segundos especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
-
- es negativo y no es igual a .
- 1
-
-
- Intenta, durante el número especificado de milisegundos, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
- es negativo y no es igual a .
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el período de tiempo especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
-
- que representa el período de tiempo que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita.
- El parámetro es null.
- El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
- 1
-
-
- Intenta, durante el periodo de tiempo indicado, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Tiempo que se va a esperar el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
- El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Es true si la llamada fue devuelta porque el llamador volvió a adquirir el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.Este método no devuelve ningún resultado si el bloqueo no vuelve a adquirirse.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- 1
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- Número de milisegundos que se va a estar a la espera antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- El valor de la parámetro es negativo y no es igual a .
- 1
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
-
- que representa la cantidad de tiempo que se va a esperar antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- El valor de la parámetro en milisegundos es negativo y no representa (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
- 1
-
-
- Primitiva de sincronización que puede usarse también para la sincronización entre procesos.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua.
- true para otorgar la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada, de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua y una cadena que representa el nombre de la exclusión mutua.
- true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false.
- Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene .
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua, una cadena que es el nombre de la exclusión mutua y un valor booleano que, cuando se devuelva el método, indicará si se concedió la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada.
- true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false.
- Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre.
- Cuando se devuelve este método, contiene un valor booleano que es true si se creó una exclusión mutua local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada; el valor es false si la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene .
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe.
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- La excepción mutua con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Libera una vez la instancia de .
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee la exclusión mutua.
- 1
-
-
- Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si la exclusión mutua con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla.
-
-
- Representa un bloqueo que se utiliza para administrar el acceso a un recurso y que permite varios subprocesos para la lectura o acceso exclusivo para la escritura.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con los valores de propiedad predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase especificando la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
- Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- Número de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de lectura y sale del modo de lectura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de actualización y sale del modo de actualización si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de escritura y sale del modo de escritura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual entró en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica la directiva de recursividad del objeto actual.
- Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo Lectura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo Lectura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el bloqueo n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de actualización, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de actualización pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de actualización n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de escritura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de escritura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de escritura n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con un tiempo de espera entero opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de lectura.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de actualización.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de escritura.
- 2
-
-
- Limita el número de subprocesos que pueden tener acceso a un recurso o grupo de recursos simultáneamente.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es mayor que .
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, y especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre.
-
- es mayor que .o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene .
- No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase , especificando el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema y especificando una variable que recibe un valor que indica si se creó un semáforo del sistema nuevo.
- Número inicial de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente.
- Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre.
- Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se creó un semáforo local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
-
- es mayor que . o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene .
- No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo.
-
-
- Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe.
- Objeto que representa el semáforo del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- El semáforo con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Sale del semáforo y devuelve el recuento anterior.
- Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método .
- El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo.
- Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre.
- El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene .o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con .
- 1
-
-
- Sale del semáforo un número especificado de veces y devuelve el recuento anterior.
- Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método .
- Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo.
-
- es menor que 1.
- El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo.
- Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre.
- El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene derechos.o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con derechos.
- 1
-
-
- Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si el semáforo con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el semáforo con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente o null si se produjo un error en la misma.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo.
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando se llama al método en un semáforo cuyo recuento ya ha alcanzado el valor máximo.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Representa una alternativa ligera a que limita el número de subprocesos que puede obtener acceso a la vez a un recurso o a un grupo de recursos.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es menor que 0.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial y máximo de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es menor que 0, o es mayor que , o es igual o menor que 0.
-
-
- Devuelve un objeto que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo.
-
- que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo.
- Se ha eliminado .
-
-
- Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que puede introducir el objeto .
- Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que pueden entrar en el semáforo.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto recursos administrados como no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Libera una vez el objeto .
- Recuento anterior de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo.
-
-
- Libera el objeto un número especificado de veces.
- Recuento anterior de .
- Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 1.
- El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera.
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento .
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
- El se ha eliminado la instancia, o la que creó se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , mientras se observa un elemento .
- Token que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.o bienEl que creó ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando para especificar el tiempo de espera.
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que .
- Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento .
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que .
- Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim El que creó ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca .
- Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo.
- Token que se va a observar.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito o bien tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- Token que se va a observar.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinitoo bientiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- Representa el método al que hay que llamar cuando se va a enviar un mensaje a un contexto de sincronización.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- 2
-
-
- Proporciona una primitiva de bloqueo de exclusión mutua donde un subproceso que intenta adquirir el bloqueo espera en un bucle repetidamente comprobando hasta que haya un bloqueo disponible.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la estructura con la opción de realizar el seguimiento de los identificadores de subprocesos para mejorar la depuración.
- Indica si se han de capturar y utilizar identificadores de subprocesos con fines de depuración.
-
-
- Adquiere el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a Enter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo.
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo.
- Valor booleano que indica si una barrera de memoria debe emitirse para publicar inmediatamente la operación de salida a otros subprocesos.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si un subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo.
- Es true si cualquier subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual mantiene actualmente el bloqueo.
- Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está deshabilitado.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado para esta instancia.
- Es true si se ha habilitado el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos para esta instancia; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que milisegundos.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Proporciona compatibilidad con la espera basada en ciclos.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que se ha llamado a en esta instancia.
- Devuelve un entero que representa el número de veces que se ha llamado en esta instancia.
-
-
- Obtiene si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado.
- Si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado.
-
-
- Restablece el contador de ciclos.
-
-
- Realiza un único ciclo.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado.
- Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado.
- Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o TimeSpan que representa -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Proporciona la funcionalidad básica para propagar un contexto de sincronización en varios modelos de sincronización.
- 2
-
-
- Crea una nueva instancia de la clase .
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, crea una copia del contexto de sincronización.
- Un nuevo objeto .
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el contexto de sincronización del subproceso actual.
- Objeto que representa el contexto de sincronización actual.
- 1
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha completado una operación.
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha iniciado una operación.
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje asincrónico a un contexto de sincronización.
- Delegado de al que se va a llamar.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- 2
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje sincrónico a un contexto de sincronización.
- Delegado de al que se va a llamar.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Establece el contexto de sincronización actual.
- Objeto que se va a establecer.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando un método requiere que el llamador sea propietario del bloqueo en un Monitor dado y un llamador al que no pertenece ese bloqueo llama al método.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Proporciona almacenamiento local de los datos de un subproceso.
- Especifica el tipo de datos que se almacena por subproceso.
-
-
- Inicializa la instancia de .
-
-
- Inicializa la instancia de .
- Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad .
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro .
-
- que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente.
-
- es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro .
-
- que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente.
- Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad .
-
- es una referencia null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de .
- Valor booleano que indica si se llama a este método debido a una llamada a .
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de .
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se inicializa en el subproceso actual.
- Es true si se inicializa en el subproceso actual; en caso contrario, es false.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Crea y devuelve una representación de cadena de esta instancia del subproceso actual.
- Resultado de llamar al método en .
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
- La propiedad del subproceso actual es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic).
- La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a .
- No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el valor de esta instancia del subproceso actual.
- Devuelve una instancia del objeto que ThreadLocal es responsable de inicializar.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
- La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a .
- No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor.
-
-
- Obtiene una lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia.
- Lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Contiene los métodos para realizar operaciones de memoria volátil.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee la referencia al objeto desde el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Referencia al que se ha leído.Esta referencia es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
- Tipo del campo que se va a leer.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de memoria antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe la referencia de objeto especificada en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe la referencia de objeto.
- Referencia de objeto que se va a escribir.La referencia se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
- Tipo del campo que se va a escribir.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor.
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando se intenta abrir una exclusión mutua o semáforo del sistema que no existe.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/fr/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/fr/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bbaf9759..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/fr/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1833 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Exception levée lorsqu'un thread acquiert un objet qu'un autre thread a abandonné en se terminant sans le libérer.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un index spécifié pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur et une exception interne spécifiés.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'exception interne, l'index pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'index du mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et le mutex abandonné.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Obtient le mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu.
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou null si les mutex abandonnés n'ont pas pu être identifiés.
- 1
-
-
- Obtient l'index du mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu.
- Index, dans le tableau de handles d'attente passés à la méthode , de l'objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou -1 si l'index du mutex abandonné n'a pas pu être déterminé.
- 1
-
-
- Représente les données ambiantes qui sont locales à un flux de contrôle asynchrone donné, par exemple une méthode asynchrone.
- Type des données ambiantes.
-
-
- Instancie une instance de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification.
-
-
- Instancie une instance locale de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification.
- Le délégué est appelé à chaque modification de la valeur actuelle sur n'importe quel thread.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit la valeur des données ambiantes.
- Valeur des données ambiantes.
-
-
- Classe qui fournit les informations de modification des données aux instances de qui s'inscrivent pour les notifications de modification.
- Type des données.
-
-
- Obtient la valeur actuelle des données.
- Valeur actuelle des données.
-
-
- Obtient la valeur précédente des données.
- Valeur précédente des données.
-
-
- Retourne une valeur qui indique si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution.
- true si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Avertit un thread en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé".
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
-
-
- Permet à plusieurs tâches de travailler en parallèle de manière coopérative sur un algorithme via plusieurs phases.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe .
- Nombre de threads participants.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe .
- Nombre de threads participants.
-
- à exécuter après chaque phase. null (nothing en Visual Basic) peut être passé pour indiquer qu'aucune action n'est effectuée.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura un participant supplémentaire.
- Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'ajout d'un participant provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura des participants supplémentaires.
- Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier.
- Nombre de participants supplémentaires à ajouter au cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.ouL'ajout de participants ( ) provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Obtient le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement.
- Retourne le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement.
- Retourne le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle.
- Retourne le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura un participant en moins.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura moins de participants.
- Nombre de participants supplémentaires à supprimer du cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
- La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. oule nombre de participant actuel est inférieur au participantCount spécifié
- Le nombre total de participants est inférieur au spécifié
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
- Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente.
- si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
- Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
- si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps.
- true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini, ou sa valeur est supérieure à 32 767.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
- true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- L'exception levée lorsque l'action post-phase d'un échoue.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'exception interne spécifiée.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Représente une méthode à appeler dans un nouveau contexte.
- Objet contenant les informations que la méthode de rappel doit utiliser à chacune de ses exécutions.
- 1
-
-
- Représente une primitive de synchronisation qui est signalée lorsque son décompte atteint zéro.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du décompte spécifié.
- Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir .
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Incrémente de un le décompte actuel de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est supérieur ou égal à .
-
-
- Incrémente d'une valeur spécifiée le décompte actuel de .
- Valeur d'incrément de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur ou égal à 0.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est égal à ou supérieur à une fois le nombre été incrémenté par
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement.
- Nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement.
- Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement.
-
-
- Détermine si l'événement est défini.
- true si l'événement est défini ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Réinitialise avec la valeur .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Définit la propriété spécifiée sur la valeur indiquée.
- Nombre de signaux requis pour définir .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Enregistre un signal avec le , en décrémentant la valeur de .
- true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison du signal et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.
-
-
- Inscrit plusieurs signaux avec , en décrémentant la valeur de selon la valeur spécifiée.
- true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison des signaux et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de signaux à inscrire.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. - ou - Ou est supérieur à .
-
-
- Essaie d'incrémenter par un.
- true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, cette méthode retourne la valeur false.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est égal à .
-
-
- Essaie d'incrémenter par une valeur spécifiée.
- true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, la valeur false est retournée.
- Valeur d'incrément de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur ou égal à 0.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou + est supérieur ou égal à .
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, tout en observant un .
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Obtient un qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir.
-
- qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Indique si un est réinitialisé automatiquement ou manuellement après la réception d'un signal.
- 2
-
-
- Une fois signalé, le se réinitialise automatiquement après avoir libéré un seul thread.Si aucun thread n'attend, le conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à ce qu'un thread se bloque et se réinitialise après l'avoir libéré.
-
-
- Lorsqu'il est signalé, le libère tous les threads en attente et conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à sa réinitialisation manuelle.
-
-
- Représente un événement de synchronisation de threads.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement et s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme étant signalé ; false pour le définir comme étant non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- dépasse 260 caractères.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système et une variable booléenne dont la valeur après l'appel indique si l'événement système nommé a été créé.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système.
- Cette méthode retourne true si un événement local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si l'événement système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si l'événement système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- dépasse 260 caractères.
-
-
- Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente l'événement système nommé.
- Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide. ou dépasse 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- L'événement de système nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant non signalé, entraînant le blocage des threads.
- true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false.
- La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce .
- 2
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant signalé, ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente de continuer.
- true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false.
- La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce .
- 2
-
-
- Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si l'événement de synchronisation nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir.
- Lorsque cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente l'événement de synchronisation nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou dépasse 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur n'a pas l'accès de sécurité voulu.
-
-
- Gère le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Capture le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.
- Objet capturant le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.
- 1
-
-
- Exécute une méthode dans un contexte d'exécution spécifié sur le thread actuel.
-
- à définir.
- Délégué représentant la méthode à exécuter dans le contexte d'exécution fourni.
- Objet à passer à la méthode de rappel.
-
- a la valeur null.ouLe n'a pas été acquis à l'aide d'une opération de capture. ouLe a déjà été utilisé comme argument pour un appel .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Fournit des opérations atomiques pour des variables partagées par plusieurs threads.
- 2
-
-
- Ajoute deux entiers 32 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- La nouvelle valeur stockée à .
- Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans .
- Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Ajoute deux entiers 64 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- La nouvelle valeur stockée à .
- Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans .
- Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante double précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux entiers signés de 32 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux entiers signés de 64 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux handles ou pointeurs spécifiques à la plateforme et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
-
- de destination, dont la valeur est comparée à celle de et qui peut être remplacée par .
-
- qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
-
- comparée à la valeur de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux objets et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité des références.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Objet de destination comparé à et qui peut être remplacé.
- Objet qui remplace l'objet de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Objet qui est comparé à l'objet se trouvant à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante simple précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux instances du type référence spécifié et remplace la première en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée avec et qui peut être remplacée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- Type à utiliser pour , et .Ce type doit être un type référence.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Décrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur décrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Décrémente la variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur décrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante double précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte un entier signé 32 bits à une valeur spécifiée, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un entier signé 64 bits, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un handle ou un pointeur spécifique à la plateforme, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un objet, puis retourne une référence à l'objet d'origine sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante simple précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à une variable du type spécifié et retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- Type à utiliser pour et .Ce type doit être un type référence.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur incrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur incrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronise l'accès à la mémoire comme suit : le processeur qui exécute le thread actuel ne peut pas réorganiser les instructions de sorte que les accès à la mémoire avant l'appel de s'exécutent après les accès à la mémoire postérieurs à l'appel de .
-
-
- Retourne une valeur 64 bits chargée sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur chargée.
- Valeur 64 bits à charger.
- 1
-
-
- Fournit des routines d'initialisation tardives.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible avec le constructeur par défaut du type s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Référence initialisée de type .
- Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur avec son constructeur par défaut s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée.
- Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée.
- Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié.
- Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence ou la valeur.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence.
- Type référence de la référence à initialiser.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
- a retourné null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- L'exception levée lorsque l'entrée récursive dans un verrou n'est pas compatible avec la stratégie de récurrence pour le verrou.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours.
- Exception qui a provoqué l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
- 2
-
-
- Spécifie si un verrou peut être entré plusieurs fois par le même thread.
-
-
- Si un thread essaie d'entrer un verrou de manière récursive, une exception est levée.Certaines classes peuvent autoriser certaines récurrences lorsque ce paramètre est appliqué.
-
-
- Un thread peut entrer un verrou de manière récursive.Certaines classes peuvent restreindre cette fonction.
-
-
- Avertit un ou plusieurs threads en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini comme signalé.
- true pour définir un état initial signalé ; false pour définir un état initial non signalé.
-
-
- Fournit une version allégée de .
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'état initial "non signalé".
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé".
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé" et un nombre de spins spécifié.
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
- Nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'événement est défini.
- true si l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement à "non signalé", ce qui entraîne le blocage des threads.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement à "signalé", ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente sur l'événement de continuer à s'exécuter.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
- Retourne le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel reçoive un signal, tout en observant un .
-
- à observer.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtient l'objet sous-jacent pour ce .
- Objet d'événement sous-jacent pour ce .
-
-
- Fournit un mécanisme qui synchronise l'accès aux objets.
- 2
-
-
- Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou du moniteur.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.Remarque Si aucune exception ne se produit, la sortie de cette méthode est toujours true.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
-
- Libère un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- Objet sur lequel libérer le verrou.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread en cours ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Détermine si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur l'objet spécifié.
- true si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur ; sinon, false.
- Objet à tester.
-
- a la valeur null.
-
-
- Avertit un thread situé dans la file d'attente en suspens d'un changement d'état de l'objet verrouillé.
- Objet attendu par un thread.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Avertit tous les threads en attente d'un changement d'état de l'objet.
- Objet qui envoie l'impulsion.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Essaie d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- 1
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
-
- Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours du nombre spécifié de millisecondes.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
- est négatif et différent de .
- 1
-
-
- Tente, pendant le nombre spécifié de millisecondes, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
- est négatif et différent de .
-
-
- Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours de la période spécifiée.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
-
- représentant le délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à .
- 1
-
-
- Tente, pendant le délai spécifié, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à .
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.
- true si l'appel est retourné car l'appelant a de nouveau acquis le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.Cette méthode ne retourne rien si le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- 1
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre avant que le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- La valeur du paramètre est négative et différente de .
- 1
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
-
- qui représente le temps à attendre avant que le thread n'intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- La valeur en millisecondes du paramètre est négative et ne représente pas (–1 milliseconde) ou est supérieure à .
- 1
-
-
- Primitive de synchronisation qui peut également être utilisée pour la synchronisation entre processus.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex.
- true pour accorder au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, et une chaîne représentant le nom du mutex.
- true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false.
- Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom.
- Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- est plus de 260 caractères.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, une chaîne qui représente le nom du mutex et une valeur booléenne qui, quand la méthode retourne son résultat, indique si la propriété initiale du mutex a été accordée au thread appelant.
- true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false.
- Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom.
- Cette méthode retourne une valeur booléenne qui est true si un mutex local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le mutex système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le mutex système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
- Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- est plus de 260 caractères.
-
-
- Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente le mutex système nommé.
- Nom du mutex système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Le mutex nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Libère l'objet une seule fois.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si le mutex nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom du mutex système à ouvrir.
- Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente la structure mutex nommée si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
-
-
- Représente un verrou utilisé pour gérer l'accès à une ressource, en autorisant plusieurs threads pour la lecture ou un accès exclusif en écriture.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des valeurs de propriété par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
- Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture.
- Nombre de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode lecture, et quitte le mode lecture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode pouvant être mis à niveau, et quitte le mode pouvant être mis à niveau si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode écriture, et quitte le mode écriture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique la stratégie de récurrence pour l'objet actuel.
- Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 (zéro) si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode lecture, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode lecture mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 si le n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode écriture de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente entier facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode lecture.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode lecture.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode écriture.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode écriture.
- 2
-
-
- Limite le nombre des threads qui peuvent accéder simultanément à une ressource ou un pool de ressources.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est supérieur à .
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, et en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé.
-
- est supérieur à .ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas .
- Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système et en spécifiant une variable qui reçoit une valeur indiquant si un sémaphore système a été créé.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément.
- Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé.
- Cette méthode retourne true si un sémaphore local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
-
- est supérieur à . ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas .
- Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
-
- Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente le sémaphore système nommé.
- Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Le sémaphore nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Quitte le sémaphore et retourne le compteur antérieur.
- Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode .
- Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé.
- Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits .
- 1
-
-
- Quitte le sémaphore un nombre spécifié de fois et retourne le compteur précédent.
- Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode .
- Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé.
- Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits .
- 1
-
-
- Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si le sémaphore nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir.
- Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente le sémaphore nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
-
-
- Exception levée lorsque la méthode est appelée sur un sémaphore dont le compteur est déjà au maximum.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Représente une alternative légère à qui limite le nombre de threads pouvant accéder simultanément à une ressource ou à un pool de ressources.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial et le nombre maximal de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou est supérieur à ou est inférieur ou égal à 0.
-
-
- Retourne un qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore.
-
- qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore.
-
- a été supprimé.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder à l'objet .
- Nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder au sémaphore.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par le , et libère éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour ne libérer que les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Libère l'objet une seule fois.
- Décompte précédent de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale.
-
-
- Libère l'objet un nombre de fois déterminé.
- Décompte précédent de .
- Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente.
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- Le instance a été supprimée, ou qui créé a été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , tout en observant un .
- Jeton à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.ouLes créés a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour spécifier le délai d'attente.
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
- L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
- L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée Le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone avant d'accéder à .
- Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore.
- Jeton à observer.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. ou délai d'attente supérieur à .
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- Jeton à observer.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.oudélai d'attente supérieur à .
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Représente une méthode à appeler lorsqu'un message doit être distribué à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- 2
-
-
- Fournit une primitive de verrou d'exclusion mutuelle où un thread qui tente d'acquérir le verrou attend dans une boucle en vérifiant de manière répétée jusqu'à ce que le verrou devienne disponible.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la structure de avec l'option permettant de suivre les ID de thread afin d'améliorer le débogage.
- Indique s'il faut capturer et utiliser des ID de thread à des fins de débogage.
-
-
- Acquiert le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler ENTRÉE.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Libère le verrou.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou.
-
-
- Libère le verrou.
- Valeur booléenne qui indique si une barrière mémoire doit être émise pour publier immédiatement l'opération de sortie sur d'autres threads.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread.
- True si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel.
- True si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel ; sinon, false.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est désactivé.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le suivi de la propriété des threads est activé pour cette instance.
- True si le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé pour cette instance ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à millisecondes.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Fournit une prise en charge de l'attente basée sur les spins.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où a été appelé sur cette instance.
- Retourne un entier qui représente le nombre d'appels de sur cette instance.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé.
- Indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé.
-
-
- Réinitialise le compteur de spins.
-
-
- Exécute un seul spin.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire.
- True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire.
- True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre, ou TimeSpan qui représente -1 millième de seconde pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Fournit les fonctionnalités de base pour propager un contexte de synchronisation dans plusieurs modèles de synchronisation.
- 2
-
-
- Crée une instance de la classe .
-
-
- En cas de substitution dans une classe dérivée, crée une copie du contexte de synchronisation.
- Nouvel objet .
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le contexte de synchronisation du thread actuel.
- Objet représentant le contexte de synchronisation actuel.
- 1
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est terminée.
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est lancée.
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message asynchrone à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Délégué à appeler.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- 2
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message synchrone à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Délégué à appeler.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Définit le contexte de synchronisation actuel.
- Objet à définir.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Exception levée lorsqu'une méthode exige de l'appelant qu'il possède un verrou sur un objet Monitor donné et que la méthode est appelée par un appelant qui ne possède pas ce verrou.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Fournit le stockage local des données de thread.
- Spécifie le type de données stockées par thread.
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de .
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de .
- Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété .
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée.
-
- appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé.
-
- est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée.
-
- appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé.
- Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété .
-
- est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de .
- Valeur booléenne qui indique si cette méthode est appelée en raison d'un appel à .
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de .
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si est initialisé sur le thread actuel.
- True si est initialisé sur le thread actuel ; sinon, false.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
-
-
- Crée et retourne une représentation sous forme de chaîne de cette instance pour le thread actuel.
- Résultat de l'appel à sur .
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
- Le du thread actuel est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
- La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive.
- Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit la valeur de cette instance pour le thread actuel.
- Retourne une instance de l'objet dont ce ThreadLocal est chargé de l'initialisation.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
- La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive.
- Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie.
-
-
- Obtient une liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance.
- Liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
-
-
- Contient des méthodes permettant d'effectuer des opérations de mémoire volatile.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la référence d'objet à partir du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Référence à qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière référence écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
- Type du champ à lire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de mémoire apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la référence d'objet spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la référence d'objet est écrite.
- Référence d'objet à écrire.La référence est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
- Type du champ dans lequel écrire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur.
-
-
- Exception levée lors d'une tentative d'ouverture d'un mutex système ou d'un sémaphore qui n'existe pas.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/it/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/it/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3446f031d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/it/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1800 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando un thread acquisisce un oggetto che un altro thread ha abbandonato uscendo senza rilasciarlo.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un indice specificato per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per i metodi o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore e l'eccezione interna specificati.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'eccezione interna, l'indice per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, specificati e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'indice del mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e il mutex abbandonato specificati.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Ottiene il mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure null se il mutex abbandonato non è stato identificato.
- 1
-
-
- Ottiene l'indice del mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto.
- Nella matrice degli handle in attesa passati al metodo , indice dell'oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure –1 se l'indice del mutex abbandonato non è stato determinato.
- 1
-
-
- Rappresenta dati di ambiente locali rispetto a un flusso di controllo asincrono specificato, ad esempio un metodo asincrono.
- Tipo dei dati di ambiente.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di che non riceve notifiche di modifica.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di locale che riceve notifiche di modifica.
- Delegato chiamato ogni volta che il valore corrente cambia in qualsiasi thread.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il valore dei dati di ambiente.
- Valore dei dati di ambiente.
-
-
- Classe che fornisce le informazioni di modifica dei dati alle istanze di registrate per le notifiche di modifica.
- Tipo di dati.
-
-
- Ottiene il valore corrente dei dati.
- Valore corrente dei dati.
-
-
- Ottiene il valore precedente dei dati.
- Valore precedente dei dati.
-
-
- Restituisce un valore che indica se il valore cambia a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione.
- true se il valore è cambiato a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Notifica a un thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato.
-
-
- Consente a più attività di funzionare cooperativamente in un algoritmo in parallelo tramite più fasi.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe .
- Numero di thread che partecipano.
-
- è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe .
- Numero di thread che partecipano.
- Oggetto da eseguire dopo ogni fase. Può essere passato Null (Nothing in Visual Basic) per indicare che non è stata intrapresa alcuna azione.
-
- è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante aggiuntivo.
- Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'aggiunta di un partecipante provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti partecipanti aggiuntivi.
- Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti.
- Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da aggiungere alla barriera.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.- oppure -L'aggiunta di partecipanti provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.
- Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di fase corrente della barriera.
- Restituisce il numero di fase corrente della barriera.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
- Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera.
- Restituisce il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente.
- Restituisce il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante in meno.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti meno partecipanti.
- Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da rimuovere dalla barriera.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.
- La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. - oppure -il conteggio del partecipante corrente è minore del conteggio del partecipante specificato
- Il conteggio totale dei partecipanti è minore del specificato
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
- Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout.
- true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
- Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito, oppure è più grande di 32.767.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando l'azione post-fase di un oggetto non viene eseguita correttamente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con l'eccezione interna specificata.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare all'interno di un nuovo contesto.
- Oggetto contenente informazioni che devono essere utilizzate dal metodo di callback ogni volta che viene eseguito.
- 1
-
-
- Rappresenta un primitiva di sincronizzazione segnalata quando il relativo conteggio raggiunge lo zero.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il conteggio specificato.
- Numero di segnali inizialmente richiesti per impostare l'oggetto .
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Incrementa di uno il conteggio corrente di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è maggiore di o uguale a .
-
-
- Incrementa di un valore specificato il conteggio corrente di .
- Valore che indica l'incremento di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore o uguale a 0.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è uguale o maggiore a dopo che il conteggio è incrementato da
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento.
- Numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento.
- Numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento.
-
-
- Determina se l'evento è impostato.
- true se l'evento è impostato, altrimenti false.
-
-
- Reimposta sul valore di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Reimposta la proprietà al valore specificato.
- Numero di segnali necessari per impostare l'oggetto .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Registra un segnale con l'oggetto , decrementando il valore di .
- true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa del segnale e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.
-
-
- Registra più segnali con l'oggetto , decrementandone il valore di della quantità specificata.
- true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa dei segnali e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di segnali da registrare.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 1.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata. oppure è maggiore di .
-
-
- Tenta di incrementare di uno.
- true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, questo metodo restituirà false.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è uguale a .
-
-
- Tenta di incrementare in base a un valore specificato.
- true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, verrà restituito false.
- Valore che indica l'incremento di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore o uguale a 0.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - + è uguale o maggiore di .
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout.
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout.
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Ottiene un oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento.
- Oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Indica se verrà reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente dopo la ricezione di un segnale.
- 2
-
-
- Con la segnalazione, viene reimpostato automaticamente dopo il rilascio di un singolo thread.Se non sono presenti thread in attesa, resta segnalato fino al blocco di un thread e viene reimpostato dopo il rilascio del thread.
-
-
- Con la segnalazione, rilascia tutti i thread in attesa e resta segnalato finché non viene reimpostato manualmente.
-
-
- Rappresenta un evento di sincronizzazione dei thread.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
- Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti .
- Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema e una variabile Boolean il cui valore dopo la chiamata specifica se l'evento di sistema denominato è stato creato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
- Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un evento locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato l'evento di sistema denominato specificato; false se l'evento di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti .
- Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta l'evento di sistema denominato.
- Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire.
-
- è una stringa vuota. In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- L'evento di sistema denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread.
- true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false.
- Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa di procedere.
- true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false.
- Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata.
- true se l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire.
- Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo, o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
-
- è una stringa vuota.In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza desiderato.
-
-
- Gestisce il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Acquisisce il contesto di esecuzione dal thread corrente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Esegue un metodo in un contesto di esecuzione specifico sul thread corrente.
- Oggetto da impostare.
- Delegato che rappresenta il metodo da eseguire nel contesto di esecuzione fornito.
- Oggetto da passare al metodo di callback.
-
- è null.- oppure - non è stato acquisito tramite un'operazione di acquisizione. - oppure - è stato già utilizzato come argomento per una chiamata .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Fornisce operazioni atomiche per variabili condivise da più thread.
- 2
-
-
- Somma due interi a 32 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica.
- Nuovo valore archiviato in .
- Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in .
- Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Somma due interi a 64 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica.
- Nuovo valore archiviato in .
- Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in .
- Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione doppia per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due interi con segno a 32 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due interi con segno a 64 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due puntatori o handle specifici della piattaforma per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo elemento.
- Valore originale in .
- Oggetto di destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con il valore di e, se possibile, sostituito da .
- Oggetto che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Oggetto confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due oggetti per verificarne l'uguaglianza dei riferimenti; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo oggetto.
- Valore originale in .
- Oggetto di destinazione confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Oggetto che sostituisce l'oggetto di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Oggetto confrontato con l'oggetto in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione singola per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due istanze del tipo di riferimento specificato per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce la prima istanza.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- Tipo da usare per , e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Diminuisce una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore diminuito.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Diminuisce la variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore diminuito.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione doppia su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un intero con segno a 32 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un intero con segno a 64 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un puntatore o un handle specifico della piattaforma su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un oggetto su un valore specificato e restituisce un riferimento all'oggetto originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione singola su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta una variabile del tipo indicato sul valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- Tipo da usare per e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore aumentato.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore aumentato.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sincronizza l'accesso alla memoria come segue: il processore che esegue il thread corrente non può riordinare le istruzioni in modo tale che gli accessi alla memoria prima della chiamata al metodo vengano eseguiti dopo quelli successivi alla chiamata al metodo .
-
-
- Restituisce un valore a 64 bit, caricato come operazione atomica.
- Valore caricato.
- Valore a 64 bit da caricare.
- 1
-
-
- Fornisce routine di inizializzazione differita.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata.
- Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata.
- Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto.
- Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento o il valore.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
- restituisce null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando una voce ricorsiva in un blocco non è compatibile con i criteri di ricorsione per tale blocco.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- Eccezione che ha causato l'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
- 2
-
-
- Specifica se lo stesso thread può accedere a un blocco più volte.
-
-
- Se un thread tenta di accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo, viene generata un'eccezione.È possibile che alcune classi consentano particolari ricorsioni quando questa impostazione è attivata.
-
-
- Un thread può accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo.Alcune classi possono limitare questa funzionalità.
-
-
- Notifica a uno o più thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con un valore Booleano che indica se lo stato iniziale deve essere impostato su segnalato.
- Viene restituito true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato.
-
-
- Fornisce una versione più snella di .
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con uno stato iniziale di non segnalato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato e un conteggio rotazioni specificato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
- Numero di attese di rotazione che devono verificarsi prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e facoltativamente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- True per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se l'evento è impostato.
- true se l'evento è impostato; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa dell'evento di procedere.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
- Restituisce il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non riceve un segnale, osservando un oggetto .
- Oggetto da osservare.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Ottiene l'oggetto sottostante per questo oggetto .
- Oggetto evento sottostante per questo oggetto .
-
-
- Fornisce un meccanismo che sincronizza l'accesso agli oggetti.
- 2
-
-
- Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- Oggetto sui cui acquisire il blocco del monitoraggio.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.Nota Se non si verifica alcuna eccezione, l'output di questo metodo è sempre true.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
-
- Viene rilasciato un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- Oggetto sul quale rilasciare il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il blocco per l'oggetto specificato non è di proprietà del thread corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Determina se il thread corrente specificato contiene il blocco sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente è responsabile del blocco su ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto da testare.
-
- è null.
-
-
- Notifica a un thread della coda di attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto bloccato è stato modificato.
- Oggetto atteso da un thread.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- 1
-
-
- Notifica a tutti i thread in attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto è stato modificato.
- Oggetto che invia l'impulso.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
-
- Viene eseguito, per un numero specificato di millisecondi, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
- è negativo e non è uguale a .
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire, per il numero di millisecondi specificato, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
- è negativo e non è uguale a .
-
-
- Viene eseguito, per una quantità di tempo specificata, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Oggetto che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di .
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire, per la quantità di tempo specificata, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Quantità di tempo che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di .
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.
- true se la chiamata è stata restituita perché il chiamante ha riacquisito il blocco per l'oggetto specificato.Non viene restituito alcun valore se il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- 1
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Numero di millisecondi da attendere prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- Il valore del parametro è negativo e non è uguale a .
- 1
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il tempo di attesa prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- Il valore del parametro in millisecondi è negativo e non rappresenta (–1 millisecondo) oppure è maggiore di .
- 1
-
-
- Primitiva di sincronizzazione che può essere usata anche per la sincronizzazione interprocesso.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex e con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome.
- Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti .
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex, con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex e con un valore booleano che, quando il metodo viene restituito, indichi se al thread chiamante era stata concessa la proprietà iniziale del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un valore booleano che è true se è stato creato un mutex locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il mutex di sistema denominato specificato; false se il mutex di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
- Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti .
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex di sistema denominato.
- Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Il mutex denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto una volta.
- Il thread chiamante non ha la proprietà del mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata.
- true se il mutex denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta il mutex denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
-
-
- Rappresenta un blocco usato per gestire l'accesso a una risorsa, consentendo a più thread l'accesso in lettura o l'accesso esclusivo in scrittura.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con i valori predefiniti delle proprietà.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
- Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
- Numero di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità lettura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità aggiornabile ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità scrittura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica i criteri di ricorsione per l'oggetto corrente.
- Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità lettura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità lettura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stato attivato il blocco in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità scrittura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout intero facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità lettura.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità lettura.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità aggiornabile.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità scrittura.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità scrittura.
- 2
-
-
- Limita il numero di thread che possono accedere a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse contemporaneamente.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è maggiore di .
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, nonché indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato.
-
- è maggiore di .-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di .
- Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema e specificando una variabile che riceve un valore che indica se è stato creato un nuovo semaforo di sistema.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente.
- Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un semaforo locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato; false se il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
-
- è maggiore di . -oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di .
- Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome.
-
-
- Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo di sistema denominato.
- Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Il semaforo denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Esce dal semaforo e restituisce il conteggio precedente.
- Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo .
- Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato.
- Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con .
- 1
-
-
- Esce dal semaforo il numero di volte specificato e restituisce il conteggio precedente.
- Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo .
- Numero di uscite dal semaforo.
-
- è minore di 1.
- Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato.
- Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di diritti .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con i diritti .
- 1
-
-
- Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è riuscita.
- true se l'apertura del semaforo denominato è riuscita; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire.
- Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, quest'ultimo contiene un oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo denominato se la chiamata è riuscita o null se la chiamata non è riuscita.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando il metodo viene chiamato su un semaforo il cui conteggio ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Rappresenta un'alternativa semplificata a che limita il numero di thread che possono accedere simultaneamente a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale e massimo di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è minore di 0, o è maggiore di o è uguale o minore di 0.
-
-
- Restituisce un oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo.
- Oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo.
- L'interfaccia è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere all'oggetto .
- Numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere al semaforo.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e, facoltativamente, le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto una volta.
- Numero precedente di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima.
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto un numero di volte specificato.
- Numero precedente di .
- Numero di uscite dal semaforo.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 1.
-
- ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può immettere .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout.
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto .
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il istanza è stata eliminata, o che ha creato è stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto osservando un oggetto .
- Token da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.-oppure-Il creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per specificare il timeout.
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
- L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto .
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
- L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata L'oggetto che ha creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di immettere .
- Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo.
- Token da osservare.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. -oppure- timeout è maggiore di .
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Token da osservare.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.-oppure-timeout è maggiore di .
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare quando un messaggio deve essere inviato a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- 2
-
-
- Fornisce un primitiva di blocco a esclusione reciproca in cui un thread che tenta di acquisire il blocco attende in un ciclo eseguendo controlli ripetuti finché il blocco non diventa disponibile.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della struttura con l'opzione di rilevamento degli ID dei thread per migliorare il debug.
- Valore che indica se acquisire e utilizzare gli ID dei thread per scopi di debug.
-
-
- Acquisisce il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a Enter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco.
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco.
- Valore booleano che indica se generare un limite di memoria per pubblicare immediatamente l'operazione di uscita agli altri thread.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread.
- true se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente.
- true se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente; in caso contrario, false.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è disabilitato.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread.
- true se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito o il timeout è più grande di millisecondi.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Fornisce il supporto per l'attesa basata su rotazione.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di chiamate di su questa istanza.
- Restituisce un intero che rappresenta il numero di volte in cui è stato chiamato su questa istanza.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto.
- Valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto.
-
-
- Reimposta il contatore delle rotazioni.
-
-
- Esegue una sola rotazione.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- L'argomento è null.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato.
- True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'argomento è null.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato.
- True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa. In alternativa, per un'attesa indefinita, oggetto TimeSpan che rappresenta -1 millisecondi.
- L'argomento è null.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Fornisce la funzionalità di base per propagare un contesto di sincronizzazione in vari modelli di sincronizzazione.
- 2
-
-
- Crea una nuova istanza della classe .
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, crea una copia del contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Nuovo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il contesto di sincronizzazione per il thread corrente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di completamento di un'operazione.
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di avvio di un'operazione.
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio asincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Delegato di da chiamare.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- 2
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio sincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Delegato di da chiamare.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Imposta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente.
- Oggetto da impostare.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando un metodo richiede che il chiamante sia il proprietario del blocco su un Monitor specifico, e tale metodo viene richiamato da un chiamante che non è proprietario del blocco.
- 2
-
-
- Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Consente l'archiviazione dei dati nella memoria locale dei thread.
- Specifica il tipo di dati archiviati per thread.
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza .
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza .
- Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di .
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata.
- Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza.
-
- è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata.
- Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza.
- Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di .
-
- è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di .
- Valore booleano che indica se questo metodo viene chiamato a causa di una chiamata a .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di .
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se l'oggetto è inizializzato sul thread corrente.
- true se viene inizializzato sul thread corrente; in caso contrario, false.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Crea e restituisce una rappresentazione di stringa di questa istanza per il thread corrente.
- Risultato della chiamata di su .
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
- L'oggetto per il thread corrente è un riferimento Null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a .
- Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il valore di questa istanza per il thread corrente.
- Restituisce un'istanza dell'oggetto della cui inizializzazione è responsabile questo oggetto ThreadLocal.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
- La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a .
- Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory.
-
-
- Ottiene un elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza.
- Elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Contiene metodi per l'esecuzione di operazioni relative alla memoria volatile.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il riferimento a un oggetto dal campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Riferimento a che è stato letto.Questo riferimento è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
- Tipo di campo da leggere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di memoria compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il riferimento a un oggetto specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il riferimento a un oggetto.
- Riferimento a un oggetto da scrivere.Il riferimento viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
- Tipo di campo da scrivere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore.
-
-
- Eccezione generata durante il tentativo di aprire un semaforo o un mutex di sistema inesistente.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ja/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ja/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e2f71c3a..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ja/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1950 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- スレッドが、別のスレッドが解放せずに終了することによって放棄した オブジェクトを取得したときにスローされる例外。
- 1
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックスと、ミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列内における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを、指定したエラー メッセージと内部例外を使用して初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。
-
-
- エラー メッセージ、内部例外、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、およびミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- エラー メッセージ、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、および放棄されたミューテックスを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスを取得します。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。放棄されたミューテックスを識別できなかった場合は null。
- 1
-
-
- 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスのインデックスを取得します。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクトの、 メソッドに渡された待機ハンドルの配列内でのインデックス。放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスが識別できなかった場合は –1。
- 1
-
-
- 非同期メソッドなど、特定の非同期制御フローに対してローカルなアンビエント データを表します。
- アンビエント データの型。
-
-
- 変更通知を受信しない インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。
-
-
- 変更通知を受信する ローカル インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。
- どのスレッド上であっても現在の値が変更されたなら必ず呼び出されるデリゲート。
-
-
- アンビエント データの値を取得または設定します。
- アンビエント データの値。
-
-
- 変更通知のために登録する インスタンスに対するデータ変更情報を提供するクラス。
- データの型。
-
-
- データの現在の値を取得します。
- データの現在の値。
-
-
- データの前の値を取得します。
- データの前の値。
-
-
- 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更されたかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更された場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- イベントが発生したことを待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
- 複数のタスクが、複数のフェーズを通じて 1 つのアルゴリズムで並行して協調的に動作できるようにします。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 参加しているスレッドの数。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 参加しているスレッドの数。
- 各フェーズ後に実行する 。null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) は操作が行われないことを示すために渡されることがあります。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。
-
-
- 参加要素が 1 つ追加されることを に通知します。
- 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- 複数の参加要素が追加されることを に通知します。
- 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。
- バリアに追加する追加の参加要素の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。または 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。
- メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を取得します。
- バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を返します。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
- メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- バリア内の参加要素の合計数を取得します。
- バリア内の参加要素の合計数を返します。
-
-
- 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を取得します。
- 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を返します。
-
-
- 参加要素が 1 つ削除されることを に通知します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- 複数の参加要素が削除されることを に通知します。
- バリアから削除する追加の参加要素の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。
- バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 または現在の参加要素数が、指定された participantCount より小さい値です
- 参加要素の総数が、指定した より小さくなっています。
-
-
- 参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
- すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
- すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
-
- オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが 32,767 を超えています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、 オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
-
- のフェーズ後アクションに失敗したときにスローされる例外。
-
-
- エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
- 指定した内部例外を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。
-
-
- エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- 新しいコンテキスト内で呼び出すメソッドを表します。
- コールバック メソッドが実行されるたびに使用する情報を格納したオブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- カウントが 0 になったときに通知される同期プリミティブを表します。
-
-
- 指定されたカウントを使用して クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- の設定に最初に必要な通知の数。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
-
- の現在のカウントを 1 つインクリメントします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または が 以上です。
-
-
-
- の現在のカウントを指定された値だけインクリメントします。
-
- を増やす値。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 以下です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。またはカウントが ずつインクリメントされた後、 が 以上です
-
-
- イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数を取得します。
- イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数を取得します。
- イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数。
-
-
- イベントが設定されているかどうかを判断します。
- イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
-
- を の値にリセットします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- プロパティを指定した値にリセットします。
-
- の設定に必要な通知の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
- 通知を に登録して、 の値をデクリメントします。
- 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。
-
-
- 複数の通知を に登録して、 の値を指定された量だけデクリメントします。
- 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 登録する通知の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 1 未満です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。-または- または、 が より大きいです。
-
-
-
- を 1 つインクリメントすることを試みます。
- インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、このメソッドは false を返します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- と が等価です。
-
-
-
- を指定した値だけインクリメントすることを試みます。
- インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、これは false を返します。
-
- を増やす値。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 以下です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または + は、 以上です。
-
-
-
- が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
- イベントの設定を待機するために使用する を取得します。
- イベントの設定を待機するために使用する 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- シグナルを受信した後で が自動的にリセットされるか、または手動でリセットされるかを示します。
- 2
-
-
- シグナルを受信すると、 は 1 つのスレッドを解放した後で自動的にリセットされます。待機しているスレッドがない場合、 はスレッドがブロックされるまでシグナル状態のままとなり、そのスレッドを解放した後でリセットされます。
-
-
- シグナルを受信すると、 は待機しているスレッドをすべて解放し、手動でリセットされるまでシグナル状態のままとなります。
-
-
- スレッドの同期イベントを表します。
- 2
-
-
- 待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、および、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
-
-
- この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、およびシステムの同期イベントの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
- システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- が 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、システム同期イベントの名前、および、呼び出し後の値によって名前付きイベントが作成されたかどうかを示すブール変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
- システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル イベントが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム イベントが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム イベントが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- が 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム イベントを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null なので、
- 名前付きシステム イベントが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。
- 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。
- 2
-
-
- イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定し、待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。
- 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。
- 2
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きの同期イベントが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付き同期イベントを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null なので、
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを管理します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドから実行コンテキストをキャプチャします。
- 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- 現在のスレッドで指定した実行コンテキストを使用してメソッドを実行します。
- 設定する 。
- 指定した実行コンテキストで実行するメソッドを表す デリゲート。
- コールバック メソッドに渡すオブジェクト。
-
- は null なので、またはキャプチャ操作で が取得されませんでした。または は、 呼び出しの引数として既に使用されています。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 複数のスレッドで共有される変数に分割不可能な操作を提供します。
- 2
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 32 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。
-
- に格納された新しい値。
- 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。
-
- にある整数に加算する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 64 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。
-
- に格納された新しい値。
- 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。
-
- にある整数に加算する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの倍精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの 32 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの 64 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つのプラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を の値と比較し、場合によっては によって置き換える、比較先の 。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える 。
-
- にある値と比較する 。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つのオブジェクトの参照が等値であるかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初のオブジェクトを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
-
- と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先のオブジェクト。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先のオブジェクトを置き換えるオブジェクト。
-
- にあるオブジェクトと比較するオブジェクト。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの単精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 指定した参照型 の 2 つのインスタンスが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
-
- 、 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- デクリメントされた値。
- 値がデクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントしてその結果を格納します。
- デクリメントされた値。
- 値がデクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を倍精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 32 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 64 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、プラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターに指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値をオブジェクトとして設定し、元のオブジェクトへの参照を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を単精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した型 の変数に指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
-
- 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- インクリメントされた値。
- 値がインクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- インクリメントされた値。
- 値がインクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- メモリ アクセスを同期します。現在のスレッドを実行中のプロセッサは、 を呼び出す前のメモリ アクセスを の呼び出し後のメモリ アクセスより後に実行するように命令を並べ替えることはできなくなります。
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として 64 ビット値を読み込んで返します。
- 読み込まれた値。
- 読み込む 64 ビット値。
- 1
-
-
- 限定的な初期化ルーチンを提供します。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、型の既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された参照。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。
- ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。
-
- を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。
- ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。
-
- を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。
- 参照または値を初期化するために呼び出される関数。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。
- 参照を初期化するために呼び出される関数。
- 初期化される参照の参照型。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
- null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) を返しました。
-
-
- 再帰的にロックに入る処理が、ロックの再帰ポリシーと互換性がない場合にスローされる例外です。
- 2
-
-
- エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 2
-
-
- エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 2
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 現在の例外を引き起こした例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
- 2
-
-
- 同じスレッドが複数回ロックに入れるかどうかを指定します。
-
-
- スレッドが、再帰的にロックに入ろうとすると、例外がスローされます。クラスによっては、この設定が適用されている場合に、特定の再帰が認められることがあります。
-
-
- スレッドが再帰的にロックに入ることができます。クラスによっては、この機能が制限されていることがあります。
-
-
- イベントが発生したことを、1 つ以上の待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示す Boolean 型の値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
-
- の規模を小さくしたバージョンを提供します。
-
-
- 初期状態を非シグナル状態にして、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値および指定されたスピン カウントを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true、アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- イベントが設定されているかどうかを取得します。
- イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定して、イベント上で待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。
-
-
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を取得します。
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を返します。
-
-
- 現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、現在の が信号を受信するまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- この の オブジェクトを取得します。
- この の基になる イベント オブジェクト。
-
-
- オブジェクトへのアクセスを同期する機構を提供します。
- 2
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得します。
- モニター ロックを取得する対象となるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得し、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。メモ 例外が発生しない場合、このメソッドの出力は常に true です。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを解放します。
- ロックを解放する対象となるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 現在のスレッドが、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが指定したオブジェクトのロックを保持しているかどうかを判断します。
- 現在のスレッドが のロックを保持している場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- テストするオブジェクト。
-
- は null です。
-
-
- ロックされたオブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機キュー内のスレッドに通知します。
- スレッドが待機するオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機中のすべてのスレッドに通知します。
- パルスを送るオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
-
- 指定したミリ秒間に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- が負で、 と等価でありません。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定したミリ秒間試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- が負で、 と等価でありません。
-
-
- 指定した時間内に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機する時間を表す 。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定した時間にわたって試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機する時間。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。
- 指定したオブジェクトのロックを呼び出し元が再取得したために、呼び出しが戻った場合は true。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されないと制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。
- 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの待機時間 (ミリ秒)。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
-
- パラメーターの値が負で、 と等しくありません。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。
- 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの時間を表す 。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
-
- パラメーターのミリ秒単位の値が負で、かつ (–1 ミリ秒) ではありません。または より大きい値です。
- 1
-
-
- 同期プリミティブは、プロセス間の同期にも使用できます。
- 1
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを、既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 呼び出し元スレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権を与える場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値と、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列、およびメソッドから戻るときにミューテックスの初期所有権が呼び出し元のスレッドに付与されたかどうかを示すブール値を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るとき、ローカル ミューテックスが作成された場合 (つまり が null または空の文字列の場合) または指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合は、ブール値 true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム ミューテックスを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- 名前付きミューテックスが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- を一度解放します。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドはミューテックスを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きミューテックスが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。
- このメソッドから戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きミューテックスを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- リソースへのアクセス管理に使用するロックを表し、複数のスレッドによる読み取りや排他アクセスでの書き込みを実現します。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティ値で初期化します。
-
-
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 読み取りモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には読み取りモードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合にはアップグレード可能モードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 書き込みモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には書き込みモードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在の オブジェクトの再帰ポリシーを示す値を取得します。
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回ロックに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回アップグレード可能モードに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回書き込みモードに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを表す整数を指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 読み取りモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- アップグレード可能モードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- 書き込みモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 書き込みモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限します。
- 1
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
-
- が より大きくなっています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。
-
- が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定し、新しいシステム セマフォが作成されたかどうかを示す値を受け取る変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の最大数。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル セマフォが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
-
- が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム セマフォの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- 名前付きセマフォが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- セマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。
-
- メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。
- セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。
- 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 で開かれませんでした。
- 1
-
-
- 指定した回数だけセマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。
-
- メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。
- セマフォから出る回数。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。
- セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。
- 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに 権限がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 権限で開かれませんでした。
- 1
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きのセマフォが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム セマフォの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きセマフォを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- カウントが既に最大値であるセマフォに対して メソッドが呼び出された場合にスローされる例外。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限する の軽量版を表します。
-
-
- 同時に許可される要求の初期数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
- 同時に許可される要求の初期数および最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、 が を超えているか、または が 0 以下です。
-
-
- セマフォの待機に使用できる を返します。
- セマフォの待機に使用できる です。
-
- は破棄されています。
-
-
-
- オブジェクトに入る、残りのスレッド数を取得します。
- セマフォに入る、残りのスレッド数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションとして、マネージ リソースを解放することもできます。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
-
- のオブジェクトを一度解放します。
-
- の前のカウント。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。
-
-
- 指定された回数だけ、 オブジェクトを解放します。
-
- の前のカウント。
- セマフォから出る回数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。
-
- は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。
-
-
-
- に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
- インスタンスが破棄されている、または 作成 破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する トークン。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または 作成 既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を使用してタイムアウトを指定し、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
- semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、タイムアウトを指定する を使用して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
- semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 を作成した は既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。
- 観察する トークン。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します または タイムアウトは より大きい値です。
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する トークン。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表しますまたはタイムアウトは より大きい値です。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
- メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチするときに呼び出すメソッドを表します。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- ロックが使用可能になるまで、ロックを取得しようとするスレッドがループの繰り返しチェック内で待機する相互排他ロック プリミティブを提供します。
-
-
- デバッグを向上させるためにスレッド ID を追跡するオプションを使用して、 構造体の新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- デバッグのためにスレッド ID をキャプチャして使用するかどうか。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックを取得します。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- 引数は、Enter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- ロックを解放します。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。
-
-
- ロックを解放します。
- 終了操作を他のスレッドに直ちに発行するためにメモリ フェンスを発行する必要があるかどうかを示すブール値。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。
-
-
- ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。
- ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。
- ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が無効です。
-
-
- このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっているかどうかを取得します。
- このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが ミリ秒を超えています。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- スピンベースの待機のサポートを提供します。
-
-
- このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を取得します。
- このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を表す整数を返します。
-
-
- 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうかを取得します。
- 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうか。
-
-
- スピン カウンターをリセットします。
-
-
- 単一のスピンを実行します。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるまで回転します。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。
- タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。
- タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す TimeSpan。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
- 同期コンテキストをさまざまな同期モデルに反映させるための基本機能を提供します。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを作成します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期コンテキストのコピーを作成します。
- 新しい オブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドの同期コンテキストを取得します。
- 現在の同期コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の完了を伝える通知に応答します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の開始を伝える通知に応答します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、非同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。
- 呼び出す デリゲート。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。
- 呼び出す デリゲート。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 現在の同期コンテキストを設定します。
- 設定する オブジェクト
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 指定した Monitor でロックを所有していることが呼び出し元の条件となるメソッドを、そのロックを所有していない呼び出し元が呼び出した場合にスローされる例外です。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- データのスレッド ローカル ストレージを提供します。
- スレッド単位で格納されるデータの型を指定します。
-
-
-
- インスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
-
- インスタンスを初期化します。
- インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。
-
-
-
- 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。
- 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。
-
- が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。
-
-
-
- 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。
- 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。
- インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。
-
- が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
- この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。
-
- が呼び出されたことが原因でこのメソッドが呼び出されているかどうかを示すブール値。
-
-
- この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドで が初期化されているかどうかを取得します。
-
- が現在のスレッドで初期化される場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの文字列形式を作成して返します。
-
- で を呼び出した結果。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
- 現在のスレッドの は null 参照 (Visual Basic での Nothing) です。
- 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。
- 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの値を取得または設定します。
- この ThreadLocal が初期化するオブジェクトのインスタンスを返します。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
- 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。
- 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。
-
-
- このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリストを取得します。
- このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリスト。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
-
-
- 不揮発性メモリの操作を実行するためのメソッドが含まれます。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定したフィールドからオブジェクト参照を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた への参照。この参照は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
- 読み取るフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前にメモリ操作が配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクト参照を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- オブジェクト参照を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込むオブジェクト参照。参照は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
- 書き込むフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。
-
-
- 存在しないシステム ミューテックスまたはシステム セマフォを開こうとしたときにスローされる例外。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ko/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ko/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd5f63d87..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ko/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1952 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 스레드가 다른 스레드에서 해제하지 않고 종료하여 중단한 개체를 가져오면 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 중단된 뮤텍스의 지정된 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지, 내부 예외, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 중단된 뮤텍스(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체이며, 중단된 뮤텍스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 null입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다.
-
- 메서드에 전달된 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체의 인덱스이고, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 –1입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 비동기 메서드와 같은 지정된 비동기 제어 흐름에 로컬인 앰비언트 데이터를 나타냅니다.
- 앰비언트 데이터의 형식입니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 받지 않는 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 받는 로컬 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다.
- 스레드에서 현재 값이 변경될 때마다 호출되는 대리자입니다.
-
-
- 앰비언트 데이터의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 앰비언트 데이터의 값입니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 등록하는 인스턴스에 데이터 변경 정보를 제공하는 클래스입니다.
- 데이터 형식입니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 현재 값을 가져옵니다.
- 데이터의 현재 값입니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 이전 값을 가져옵니다.
- 데이터의 이전 값입니다.
-
-
- 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
-
-
- 여러 작업이 여러 단계에 걸쳐 특정 알고리즘에서 병렬로 함께 작동할 수 있도록 합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 참여 스레드의 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 참여 스레드의 수입니다.
- 각 단계 후에 실행할 입니다. 아무 작업도 수행되지 않았음을 나타내기 위해 null(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)이 전달될 수 있습니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다.
- 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다.
- 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다.
- 장벽에 추가할 추가 참가자의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우.또는 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.
- 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 가져옵니다.
- 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 반환합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
- 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 가져옵니다.
- 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 하나 감소함을 에 알립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 감소함을 에 알립니다.
- 장벽에서 제거할 추가 참가자의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우.
- 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. 또는현재 참가자 수가 지정된 participantCount보다 작습니다.
- 총 참가자 수가 지정된 보다 작습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
- 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
- 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 개체를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 다른 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 없거나, 32,767보다 큰 경우.
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 개체를 사용하여 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
-
- 의 사후 단계 작업이 실패할 경우 throw되는 예외입니다.
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다.
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 새 컨텍스트 내에서 호출될 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 콜백 메서드가 실행될 때마다 사용할 정보가 포함된 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 수가 0에 도달하는 경우 신호를 받는 동기화 기본 형식을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 지정된 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 설정하는 데 처음 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 현재 수를 1씩 늘립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 현재 수를 지정된 값만큼 늘립니다.
-
- 를 늘릴 값입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는개수가 만큼 증가된 후에 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다.
- 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
-
- 를 의 값으로 다시 설정합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 속성을 지정된 값으로 재설정합니다.
-
- 를 설정하는 데 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 값을 줄이면서 신호를 에 등록합니다.
- 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.
-
-
- 지정된 양만큼 값을 줄이면서 여러 신호를 에 등록합니다.
- 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 등록할 신호의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 1보다 작은 경우.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. -또는- 가 보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 하나씩 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다.
- 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. 가 이미 0이면 이 메서드에서 false를 반환합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 와 같은 경우
-
-
- 지정된 값만큼 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다.
- 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. 가 이미 0이면 false를 반환합니다.
-
- 를 늘릴 값입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 + 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
-
- 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 을 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 이 신호를 받은 후 자동이나 수동으로 다시 설정되는지 여부를 나타냅니다.
- 2
-
-
- 신호를 받으면 이 스레드 하나를 해제한 후 자동으로 다시 설정됩니다.대기 중인 스레드가 없으면 은 스레드가 차단될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지되다가 스레드를 해제한 후 다시 설정됩니다.
-
-
- 신호를 받으면 이 대기하는 스레드를 모두 해제하고 수동으로 다시 설정될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지됩니다.
-
-
- 스레드 동기화 이벤트를 나타냅니다.
- 2
-
-
- 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부와 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부 및 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
-
- 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부, 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름 및 호출 후 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 이벤트가 만들어지거나( 이 null 또는 빈 문자열) 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 만들어지면 true가 포함되고 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 이미 있으면 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 이벤트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우 또는 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
- 가 null입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 이 이벤트를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다.
- 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우
- 2
-
-
- 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다.
- 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 명명된 synchronization 이벤트(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공적으로 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 동기화 이벤트를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 취급됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
- 가 null입니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 원하는 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 관리합니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 실행 컨텍스트를 캡처합니다.
- 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 지정된 실행 컨텍스트에서 메서드를 실행합니다.
- 설정할 입니다.
- 제공된 실행 컨텍스트에서 실행할 메서드를 나타내는 대리자입니다.
- 콜백 메서드로 전달할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null입니다.또는캡처 작업을 통해 를 가져오지 않은 경우 또는 가 이미 호출의 인수로 사용된 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 다중 스레드에서 공유하는 변수에 대한 원자 단위 연산을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 두 32비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다.
-
- 에 저장된 새 값입니다.
- 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다.
-
- 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 두 64비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다.
-
- 에 저장된 새 값입니다.
- 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다.
-
- 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 배 정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개의 부호 있는 32비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개의 부호 있는 64비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 플랫폼별 핸들이나 포인터가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 값과 비교되어 로 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상 입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개체의 참조가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 개체를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 대상 개체입니다.
- 비교한 결과 같은 경우 대상 개체를 바꾸는 개체입니다.
-
- 의 개체와 비교할 개체입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 참조 형식 의 두 인스턴스가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
-
- , 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 감소한 값입니다.
- 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 감소한 값입니다.
- 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 배정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 64비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 플랫폼별 핸들 또는 포인터를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 개체를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 참조를 원래 개체로 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 형식 의 변수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
-
- 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 증가한 값입니다.
- 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 증가한 값입니다.
- 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 다음과 같이 메모리 액세스를 동기화합니다. 현재 스레드를 실행하는 프로세서는 에 대한 호출 이전의 메모리 액세스가 에 대한 호출 이후의 메모리 액세스 뒤에 실행되는 방식으로 명령을 다시 정렬할 수 없습니다.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 로드된 64비트 값을 반환합니다.
- 로드된 값입니다.
- 로드될 64비트 값입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 초기화 지연 루틴을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 형식의 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 참조입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 해당 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다.
- 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다.
-
- 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다. 이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다.
- 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다.
-
- 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다. 이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다.
- 참조 또는 값을 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다.
- 참조를 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 참조 형식입니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
- 가 null을 반환합니다(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing).
-
-
- 잠금에 대한 재귀 정책과 맞지 않는 방식으로 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다.
- 현재 예외를 발생시킨 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 동일한 스레드에서 잠금을 여러 번 시작할 수 있는지 여부를 지정합니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작하려고 하면 예외가 throw됩니다.이 설정을 적용하는 경우 일부 클래스에서 특정 재귀가 허용될 수도 있습니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 수 있습니다.일부 클래스에서는 이 기능이 제한될 수 있습니다.
-
-
- 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
-
-
-
- 의 슬림 다운 버전을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 신호 없음을 초기 상태로 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 지정된 회전 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다.
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수입니다.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정되었는지를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 이벤트에서 대기 중인 하나 이상의 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다.
-
-
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 가져옵니다.
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 현재 이 신호를 받을 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 이 의 내부 개체를 가져옵니다.
- 이 에 대한 내부 이벤트 개체입니다.
-
-
- 개체에 대한 액세스를 동기화하는 메커니즘을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져옵니다.
- 모니터 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정합니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.예외가 발생하지 않는 경우 이 메서드의 출력은 항상 true입니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 잠금을 해제할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 현재 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 현재 스레드에 지정된 개체에 대한 잠금이 있는지 여부를 확인합니다.
- 현재 스레드에 에 대한 잠금이 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 테스트할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
-
-
- 대기 중인 큐에 포함된 스레드에 잠겨 있는 개체의 상태 변경을 알립니다.
- 스레드에서 기다리는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 대기 중인 모든 스레드에 개체 상태 변경을 알립니다.
- 펄스를 보내는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우
-
-
- 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다리는 시간을 나타내는 입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 대기할 시간입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 지정된 개체 잠금을 호출자가 다시 가져와 호출이 반환되면 true입니다.잠금을 다시 가져오지 않으면 이 메서드는 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
- 1
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다.
- 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 밀리초 수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 값이 음이고 와 같지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다.
- 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 시간을 나타내는 입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (-1밀리초)를 나타내지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
- 1
-
-
- 프로세스 간 동기화에 사용할 수도 있는 동기화 기본 형식입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 호출 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 뮤텍스 이름인 문자열을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
-
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값, 뮤텍스의 이름인 문자열 및 메서드에서 반환할 때 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권이 부여되었는지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이(가) null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우)나 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우에는 true인 부울이 포함되고, 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 이미 있는 경우에는 false이(가) 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 을(를) 한 번 해제합니다.
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스를 소유하지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을(를) 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
- 여러 스레드에서 읽을 수 있도록 허용하거나 쓰기를 위한 단독 액세스를 허용하여 리소스에 대한 액세스를 관리하는 데 사용되는 잠금을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 기본 속성 값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 읽기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 읽기 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 업그레이드 가능 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 쓰기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 쓰기 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 개체에 대한 재귀 정책을 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 잠금을 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 업그레이드 가능 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 쓰기 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 제한 시간(정수)을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 읽기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 쓰기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한합니다.
- 1
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고, 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하고, 새 시스템 세마포가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 받을 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 최대 요청 수입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 세마포가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이 null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우) 또는 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 만들어진 경우에는 true가 포함되고, 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 이미 있는 경우에는 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우 또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 세마포를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다.
-
- 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다.
- 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우
- 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 가 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 를 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 횟수만큼 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다.
-
- 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다.
- 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.
- 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우
- 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 권한이 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 권한을 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정한 명명된 세마포(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공했는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 세마포를 열었으면 true이고, 그 열지 않았으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출에 성공한 경우에는 명명된 세마포를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우에는 null을 포함합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
-
-
- 카운트가 이미 최대값에 도달한 세마포에서 메서드를 호출하면 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한하는 대신 사용할 수 있는 간단한 클래스를 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
- 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 및 최대 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 가 보다 크거나 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우.
-
-
- 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 을(를) 반환합니다.
- 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 입니다.
-
- 가 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 개체에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 세마포에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다.
-
-
-
- 개체를 한 번 해제합니다.
-
- 의 이전 횟수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다.
-
-
-
- 개체를 지정된 횟수만큼 해제합니다.
-
- 의 이전 횟수입니다.
- 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.
-
- 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다.
-
-
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제 또는 만든 가 삭제 되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우또는 만든 이미 삭제 되었습니다.
-
-
-
- (으)로 제한 시간을 지정하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
- semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 을(를) 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
- semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
-
-
- (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다.
-
-
- 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 또는 제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우
-
-
-
- 을 관찰하는 동안 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우또는제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
- 메시지가 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치될 때 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 잠금을 얻으려는 스레드가 잠금을 사용할 수 있을 때까지 루프에서 반복적으로 확인하면서 대기하는 기본적인 상호 배타 잠금을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 디버깅을 향상시키기 위해 스레드 ID를 추적하는 옵션을 사용하여 구조체의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 디버깅 용도로 스레드 ID를 캡처하고 사용할지 여부입니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으며 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 인수는 Enter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다.
-
-
- 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 종료 작업을 다른 스레드에 즉시 게시하기 위해 메모리 펜스를 실행할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적을 사용할 수 없습니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 밀리초보다 큰 경우.
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 회전 기반 대기를 지원합니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 나타내는 정수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부입니다.
-
-
- 회전 수를 다시 설정합니다.
-
-
- 단일 회전을 수행합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족될 때까지 회전합니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다.
- 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다.
- 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 TimeSpan입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
- 다양한 동기화 모델에서 동기화 컨텍스트를 전파하기 위한 기본 기능을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의된 경우 동기화 컨텍스트의 복사본을 만듭니다.
- 새 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 동기화 컨텍스트를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 완료되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 시작되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 비동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다.
- 호출할 대리자입니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다.
- 호출할 대리자입니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 설정합니다.
- 설정할 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 메서드가 지정된 Monitor에 대해 잠금을 소유하도록 호출자에게 요구하지만 해당 잠금을 소유하지 않는 호출자가 해당 메서드를 호출할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 스레드 로컬 저장소를 제공합니다.
- 스레드별로 저장되는 데이터의 형식을 지정합니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부
-
-
- 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다.
-
- 는 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다.
- 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부
-
- 이 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)인 경우
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
- 호출로 인해 이 메서드가 호출되는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 가 현재 스레드에서 초기화되었는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 가 초기화되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 현재 스레드에 대한 이 인스턴스의 문자열 표현을 만들고 반환합니다.
-
- 에서 을 호출한 결과입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
- 현재 스레드의 는 null 참조입니다(Visual Basic에서는 Nothing).
- 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다.
- 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다.
-
-
- 현재 인스턴스에 대한 이 인스턴스의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 이 ThreadLocal이 초기화를 담당하는 개체의 인스턴스를 반환합니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
- 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다.
- 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록을 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 휘발성 메모리 작업을 수행하기 위한 메서드가 포함되어 있습니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에서 개체 참조를 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 에 대한 참조입니다.이 참조는 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
- 읽을 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 메모리 작업이 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 메모리 작업을 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 개체 참조를 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 개체 참조를 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 개체 참조입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 참조를 볼 수 있도록 참조를 즉시 씁니다.
- 쓸 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
-
-
- 존재하지 않는 시스템 뮤텍스 또는 세마포를 열려고 시도할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ru/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ru/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ca30336b..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/ru/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1761 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Исключение вызывается, когда некоторый поток получает объект , брошенный другим потоком путем выхода без высвобождения.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя конкретиый индекс брошенного мьютекса, (если применимо), а также объект , представляющий мьютекс.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и внутренним исключением.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанное сообщения об ошибке, внутреннее исключение, индекс брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также объект , представляющего мьютекс.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным сообщением об ошибке, индексом брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также брошенным мьютексом.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Получает брошенный мьютекс, вызвавший исключение (если он известен).
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс, или null, если брошенный мьютекс не может быть идентифицирован.
- 1
-
-
- Получает индекс брошенного мьютекса, вызвавшего исключение (если он известен).
- Индекс в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, передаваемый в метод , объекта , представляющего брошенный мьютекс, или же -1, если индекс брошенного мьютекса невозможно определить.
- 1
-
-
- Представляет внешние данные, локальные для данного асинхронного потока управления, такие как асинхронный метод.
- Тип внешних данных.
-
-
- Создает экземпляр экземпляра , который не получает уведомления об изменениях.
-
-
- Создает экземпляр локального экземпляра , который получает уведомления об изменениях.
- Делегат, который вызывается при каждом изменении текущего значения в любом потоке.
-
-
- Получает или задает значение внешних данных.
- Значение внешних данных.
-
-
- Класс, предоставляющий сведения об изменениях данных экземплярам , которые зарегистрированы для получения уведомлений об изменениях.
- Тип данных.
-
-
- Получает текущее значение данных.
- Текущее значение данных.
-
-
- Получает предыдущее значение данных.
- Предыдущее значение данных.
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее, изменяется ли значение из-за изменения контекста выполнения.
- Значение true, если значение изменено из-за изменения контекста выполнения; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Уведомляет ожидающий поток о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение.
-
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
-
-
- Позволяет нескольким задачам параллельно работать с алгоритмом, используя несколько фаз.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса .
- Количество участвующих потоков.
-
- меньше 0 или больше 32,767.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса .
- Количество участвующих потоков.
-
- для исполнения после каждой фазы. Значение null (Nothing in Visual Basic) может быть передано, чтобы указать, что действия не предпринимаются.
-
- меньше 0 или больше 32,767.
-
-
- Уведомляет о добавлении дополнительного участника.
- Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Добавление участника приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Уведомляет барьер о добавлении дополнительных участников.
- Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники.
- Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо добавить в барьер.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.– или –Добавление участников приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Получает номер текущей фазы барьера.
- Возвращает номер текущего этапа барьера.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает общее количество участников в барьере.
- Возвращает общее количество участников в барьере.
-
-
- Получает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал в текущей фазе.
- Возвращает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал на текущем этапе.
-
-
- Уведомляет о удалении одного участника.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Уведомляет барьер об удалении нескольких участников.
- Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо удалить из барьера.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. – или –текущее количество участников меньше указанного participantCount
- Общее число участников меньше указанного
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера другими участниками.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
- Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
- Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания, или превышает 32767.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Исключение, которое возникает при сбое действия барьера , выполняемого в конце фазы
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным внутренним исключением.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Представляет метод, вызываемый в новом контексте.
- Объект, содержащий информацию, используемую всякий раз методом обратного вызова при каждом выполнении.
- 1
-
-
- Представляет примитив синхронизации, на который отправляется сигнал при достижении его подсчетом нуля.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным количеством.
- Количество сигналов, первоначально необходимое для задания объекта .
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Увеличивает текущий подсчет на один.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение параметра больше или равно значению свойства .
-
-
- Увеличивает текущее количество в объекте на указанное значение.
- Значение, на которое нужно увеличить .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение меньше или равно 0.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или – равно или больше после увеличения счета параметром
-
-
- Получает количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события.
- Количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события.
- Количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события.
-
-
- Определяет, установлено ли событие.
- Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Сбрасывает свойство на значение свойства .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Присваивает свойству заданное значение.
- Количество сигналов, необходимое для установки объекта .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Регистрирует сигнал с событием , уменьшая значение свойства .
- Значение true, если после сигнала подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.
-
-
- Регистрирует несколько сигналов с объектом , уменьшая значение свойства на указанное число.
- Значение true, если после сигналов подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false.
- Количество сигналов, которое необходимо зарегистрировать.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 1.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан. - или- Или значение больше .
-
-
- Попытка увеличить на единицу.
- Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, метод возвращает значение false.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- равно .
-
-
- Пытается увеличить на указанное значение.
- Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, возвращается значение false.
- Значение, на которое нужно увеличить .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение меньше или равно 0.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение свойства + больше или равно значению свойства .
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до установки .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлено , в то же время контролируя .
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Получает дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события.
- Дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Указывает, сбрасывается ли автоматически или вручную после получения сигнала.
- 2
-
-
- При получении сигнала сбрасывается автоматически после освобождения одиночного потока.При отсутствии ожидающих потоков остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока поток не блокируется и не сбрасывается после освобождения потока.
-
-
- При получении сигнала, высвобождает все ожидающие потоки и остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока не сбрасывается вручную.
-
-
- Представляет синхронизированное событие потока.
- 2
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяя, получает ли сигнал, ожидающий дескриптор, и производится ли сброс автоматически или вручную.
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего получает ли сигнал дескриптор ожидания, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, сбрасывается ли он автоматически или вручную, а также имя системного события синхронизации.
- true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
- Имя общесистемного события синхронизации.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
- Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего, является ли дескриптор ожидания изначально сигнальным, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, происходит ли сброс автоматически или вручную, имя системного события синхронизации и логическую переменную, значение которой показывает, было ли создано системное именованное событие.
- true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
- Имя общесистемного события синхронизации.
- Когда данный метод возвращает значение, он содержит true, если было создано локальное событие (то есть, если имеет значение null или пустую строку) или было создано системное событие с заданным именем; либо значение false, если указанное именованное событие уже существовало.Этот параметр передается без инициализации.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
- Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
-
-
- Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованное системное событие.
- Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия.
- Параметр содержит пустую строку. -или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Именованное системное событие не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков.
- true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false.
- Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод .
- 2
-
-
- Задает сигнальное состояние события, позволяя одному или нескольким ожидающим потокам продолжить.
- true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false.
- Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод .
- 2
-
-
- Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованное событие синхронизации было успешно открыто; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия.
- Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованное событие синхронизации, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился ошибкой.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр содержит пустую строку.-или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет требуемых прав доступа.
-
-
- Управляет контекстом выполнения текущего потока.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Перехватывает контекст выполнения из текущего потока.
- Объект , представляющий контекст выполнения хоста для текущего потока.
- 1
-
-
- Выполняет метод в указанном контексте выполнения в текущем потоке.
- Задаваемый .
- Делегат , представляющий выполняемый метод в предоставленном контексте выполнения.
- Данный объект передается в метод обратного вызова.
- Параметр имеет значение null.– или – не был получен во время операции отслеживания. – или – уже использовался в качестве аргумента в вызове .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Предоставляет атомарные операции для переменных, используемых совместно несколькими потоками.
- 2
-
-
- Добавляет два 32-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции.
- Новое значение сохраняется в .
- Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в .
- Значение, добавляемое к целому в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Добавляет два 64-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции.
- Новое значение сохраняется в .
- Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в .
- Значение, добавляемое к целому в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой двойной точности на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два 32-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два 64-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два зависящих от платформы обработчика или указателя на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое из значений.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение , которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено .
- Значение , которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение , которое сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два объекта на равенство ссылок и, если они равны, заменяет первый объект.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевой объект, который будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменен.
- Объект, который заменит целевой объект, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Объект, который сравнивается с объектом в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой с обычной точностью на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два экземпляра указанного ссылочного типа на равенство и, если это так, заменяет первый из них.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic).
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- Тип, используемый для , и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Уменьшаемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Уменьшаемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает число с плавающей запятой с двойной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Присваивает 32-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Присваивает 64-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает указатель или обработчик, зависящий от платформы в виде атомарной операции, и возвращает ссылку на исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает объект указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает ссылку на исходный объект.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает число с плавающей запятой с одинарной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает определенное значение для переменной указанного типа и возвращает исходное значение (атомарная операция).
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic).
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- Тип, используемый для и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Увеличиваемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Увеличиваемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Синхронизирует доступ к памяти следующим образом: процессор, выполняющий текущий поток, не способен упорядочить инструкции так, чтобы обращения к памяти до вызова метода выполнялись после обращений к памяти, следующих за вызовом метода .
-
-
- Возвращает 64-разрядное значение, загруженное в виде атомарной операции.
- Загруженное значение.
- Загружаемое 64-разрядное значение.
- 1
-
-
- Обеспечивает процедуры неактивной инициализации.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип его конструктором типа по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализируемая ссылка типа .
- Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения его конструктором по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано.
- Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель.
- Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано.
- Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель.
- Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр.
- Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки или значения.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована.
- Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки.
- Ссылочный тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
- вернул значение NULL (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Исключение генерируется, когда рекурсивная запись блокировки не совпадает с рекурсивной политикой блокировки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
- 2
-
-
- Указывает, можно ли несколько раз войти в блокировку из одного и того же потока.
-
-
- Если поток пытается войти в блокировку рекурсивно, выдается ошибка.Некоторые классы могут допускать определенные виды рекурсий при активированном параметре.
-
-
- Допускается рекурсивный вход потока в блокировку.Некоторые классы могут игнорировать эту возможность.
-
-
- Уведомляет один или более ожидающих потоков о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, показывающим наличие сигнального состояния.
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
-
-
- Предоставляет уменьшенную версию .
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса начальным состоянием nonsignaled.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение.
- значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение, а также указанным числом прокруток.
- Значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния.
- Число ожиданий прокруток до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, установлено ли событие.
- Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Устанавливает несигнальное состояние события, позволяя продолжить выполнение одному или нескольким потокам, ожидающим событие.
-
-
- Получает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
- Возвращает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до установки текущего объекта .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до получения сигнала текущим объектом . Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя объект для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя значение для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если был задан; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Возвращает базовый объект для данного .
- Базовый объект события для данного объекта .
-
-
- Предоставляет механизм для синхронизации доступа к объектам.
- 2
-
-
- Получает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Объект, для которого получается блокировка монитора.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- 1
-
-
- Получает монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.Примечание. Если исключение не возникает, выходное значение этого метода всегда true.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
-
-
- Освобождает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Объект, блокировка которого освобождается.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Данный поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Определяет, содержит ли текущий поток блокировку указанного объекта.
- Значение true, если текущий поток владеет блокировкой в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект для тестирования.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
-
-
- Уведомляет поток в очереди готовности об изменении состояния объекта с блокировкой.
- Объект, ожидаемый потоком.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Уведомляет все ожидающие потоки об изменении состояния объекта.
- Объект, посылающий импульс.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- 1
-
-
- Пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта на заданное количество миллисекунд.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
- 1
-
-
- В течение заданного количества миллисекунд пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта в течение заданного количества времени.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Класс , представляющий количество времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение –1 миллисекунды обозначает бесконечное ожидание.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
- 1
-
-
- В течение заданного периода времени пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Период времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение -1 обозначает бесконечное ожидание.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.
- true, если вызов осуществил возврат из-за того, что вызывающий поток заново получил блокировку заданного объекта.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка вновь не получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- 1
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности.
- Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Количество миллисекунд для ожидания постановки в очередь готовности.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
- 1
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности.
- Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Класс , представляющий количество времени, до истечения которого поток поступает в очередь ожидания.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- Значение параметра в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
- 1
-
-
- Примитив синхронизации, который также может использоваться в межпроцессной синхронизации.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса стандартными свойствами.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения мьютексом; в противном случае — false.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, а также иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
- длиннее 260 символов.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса, и логическое значение, которое при возврате метода показывает, предоставлено ли вызывающему потоку изначальное владение мьютексом.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени.
- При возврате из метода содержит логическое значение true, если был создан локальный мьютекс (то есть, если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан именованный системный мьютекс; значение false, если указанный именованный системный мьютекс уже существует.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
- длиннее 260 символов.
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованный системный мьютекс.
- Имя системного мьютекса для открытия.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Именованный мьютекс не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Освобождает объект один раз.
- Вызывающий поток не является владельцем мьютекса.
- 1
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованный мьютекс был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного мьютекса для открытия.
- Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованный мьютекс, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если произошел сбой вызова.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа.
-
-
- Представляет блокировку, используемую для управления доступом к ресурсу, которая позволяет нескольким потокам производить считывание или получать монопольный доступ на запись.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями свойств по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанием политики рекурсии блокировок.
- Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки.
-
-
- Получает общее количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме записи.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима чтения и выходит из режима чтения, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для обновляемого режима и выходит из обновляемого режима, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима записи и выходит из режима записи, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме записи.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее политику рекурсии для текущего объекта .
- Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки.
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме чтения, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в режим чтения, 1, если поток вошел в режим чтения, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в блокировку рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в обновляемом режиме, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в обновляемый режим, 1, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме записи, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток, не вошел в режим записи, 1, если поток вошел в режим записи, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в режим записи рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания целым числом.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в режим чтения.
- 2
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в обновляемый режим.
- 2
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в режиме записи.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в режим записи.
- 2
-
-
- Ограничивает число потоков, которые могут одновременно получать доступ к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
- Значение больше значения .
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости имя объекта системного семафора.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
- Имя объекта именованного системного семафора.
- Значение больше значения .-или- длиннее 260 символов.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости задающий имя объекта системного семафора и переменную, получающую значение, которое указывает, был ли создан новый системный семафор.
- Начальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно.
- Имя объекта именованного системного семафора.
- При возврате этот метод содержит значение true, если был создан локальный семафор (то есть если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан заданный именованный системный семафор; значение false, если указанный именованный семафор уже существовал.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным.
- Значение больше значения . -или- длиннее 260 символов.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованный системный семафор.
- Имя системного семафора для открытия.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Именованный семафор не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Выходит из семафора и возвращает последнее значение счетчика.
- Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода .
- Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение.
- Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором.
- Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами доступа .
- 1
-
-
- Выходит из семафора указанное число раз и возвращает последнее значение счетчика.
- Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода .
- Количество требуемых выходов из семафора.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.
- Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение.
- Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором.
- Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами .
- 1
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованный семафор был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного семафора для открытия.
- При возврате этот метод содержит объект , представляющий именованный семафор, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился неудачно.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
-
-
- Исключение, выдаваемое при вызове метода для семафора, значение счетчика которого уже равно максимальному.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Представляет упрощенную альтернативу семафору , ограничивающему количество потоков, которые могут параллельно обращаться к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая первоначальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая изначальное и максимальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
-
- меньше 0 или больше, чем , или меньше или равен 0.
-
-
- Возвращает дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора.
- Дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора.
- Объект удален.
-
-
- Возвращает количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в объект .
- Количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в семафор.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые журналом , и при необходимости освобождает также управляемые ресурсы.
- Значение true позволяет освободить как управляемые, так и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false освобождает только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Освобождает объект один раз.
- Предыдущее количество в семафоре .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- уже достиг максимального размера.
-
-
- Освобождает объект указанное число раз.
- Предыдущее количество в семафоре .
- Количество требуемых выходов из семафора.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.
-
- уже достиг максимального размера.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока он не сможет войти в .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания.
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
- Экземпляр был удален, или создания был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , и контролирует токен .
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.-или- Создания уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение для определения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение , которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен Класс , создавший , уже удален.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в .
- Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени.
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени, контролируя .
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , контролируя .
- Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор.
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени.
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. -или- Время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени и контролируя .
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.-или-Время ожидания больше .
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Указывает метод, вызываемый при отправке сообщения в контекст синхронизации.
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- 2
-
-
- Предоставляет примитив взаимно исключающей блокировки, в котором поток, пытающийся получить блокировку, ожидает в состоянии цикла, проверяя доступность блокировки.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр структуры параметром для отслеживания идентификаторов потоков для повышения качества отладки.
- Следует ли перенаправлять и использовать идентификаторы потоков для отладки.
-
-
- Получает блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова Enter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Снимает блокировку.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки.
-
-
- Снимает блокировку.
- Логическое значение, указывающее, следует ли выпустить барьер памяти, чтобы немедленно опубликовать операцию выхода для других потоков.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки.
-
-
- Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли какой-либо поток блокировку в настоящий момент.
- Значение true, если в настоящее время блокировка удерживается каким-либо потоком; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли текущий поток блокировку.
- Значение true, если блокировка удерживается текущим потоком; в противном случае — значение false.
- Отслеживание владения потоков отключено.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, включено ли отслеживание владельца потока для данного экземпляра.
- Значение true, если для данного экземпляра включено отслеживание владельца потока; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Предоставляет поддержку ожидания на основе прокруток.
-
-
- Получает число раз, которое был вызван для этого экземпляра.
- Возвращает целое число, представляющее количество вызовов метода для данного экземпляра.
-
-
- Получает значение, показывающее, даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста.
- Даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста.
-
-
- Сбрасывает подсчет прокруток.
-
-
- Выполняет одну прокрутку.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Объект , указывающий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или TimeSpan, представляющий значение -1 миллисекунда, в случае неограниченного ожидания.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Обеспечивает базовую функциональность для распространения контекста синхронизации в различных моделях синхронизации.
- 2
-
-
- Создает новый экземпляр класса .
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе создает копию контекста синхронизации.
- Новый объект .
- 2
-
-
- Получает контекст синхронизации для текущего потока
- Объект , представляющий текущий контекст синхронизации.
- 1
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о завершении операции.
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о запуске операции.
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отправляет асинхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации.
- Вызываемый делегат .
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- 2
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отправляет синхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации.
- Вызываемый делегат .
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Задает текущий контекст синхронизации.
- Задаваемый объект .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Исключение, которое выдается в то время, когда методу требуется вызвавший его объект для получения блокировки данного Monitor, а метод вызван объектом, не являющимся владельцем блокировки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса со стандартными свойствами.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Предоставляет хранилище для данных, локальных для потока.
- Задает тип данных, хранимых для каждого потока.
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр .
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр .
- Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства .
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией .
- Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации.
-
- является пустой ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией .
- Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации.
- Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства .
- Параметр является пустой (null) ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром .
- Логическое значение, указывающее, вызывается ли данный метод из-за вызова метода .
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром .
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, инициализирован ли объект в текущем потоке.
- Значение true, если инициализируется в текущем потоке; в противном случае — значение false.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
-
- Создает и возвращает строковое представление данного экземпляра для текущего потока.
- Результат вызова метода для свойства .
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
- для текущего потока представляет пустую ссылку (Nothing в Visual Basic).
- Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку .
- Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики.
-
-
- Получает или задает значение данного экземпляра для текущего потока.
- Возвращает экземпляр объекта, за инициализацию которого ответственен данный ThreadLocal.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
- Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку .
- Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики.
-
-
- Получает список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру.
- Список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
-
- Содержит методы для выполнения операций энергозависимой памяти.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает ссылку на объект из указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанная ссылка на объект .Эта ссылка является последней, записанной любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
- Тип считываемого поля.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция памяти появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданную ссылку на объект в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается ссылка на объект.
- Записываемая ссылка на объект.Ссылка записывается немедленно, так что она становится видимой для всех процессоров компьютера.
- Тип поля, в которое выполняется запись.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения.
-
-
- Исключение, которое выдается при попытке открыть не существующий в системе семафор или мьютекс.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c174ad66..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1854 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 当某个线程获取由另一个线程放弃(即在未释放的情况下退出)的 对象时引发的异常。
- 1
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 用被放弃的互斥体的指定索引(如果可用)和表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息和内部异常初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息、内部异常、被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果可用)以及表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息、被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果可用)以及被放弃的互斥体初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体(如果已知的话)。
- 如果未能识别被放弃的互斥体,则为表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象或 null。
- 1
-
-
- 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果已知的话)。
- 如果未能确定被放弃的互斥体的索引,则为传递给 方法的等待句柄数组中的索引、表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象的索引或 –1。
- 1
-
-
- 表示对于给定异步控制流(如异步方法)是本地数据的环境数据。
- 环境数据的类型。
-
-
- 实例化不接收更改通知的 实例。
-
-
- 实例化接收更改通知的 本地实例。
- 只要当前值在任何线程上发生更改时便会调用的委托。
-
-
- 获取或设置环境数据的值。
- 环境数据的值。
-
-
- 向针对更改通知进行了注册的 实例提供数据更改信息的类。
- 数据的类型。
-
-
- 获取数据的当前值。
- 数据的当前值。
-
-
- 获取数据的上一个值。
- 数据的上一个值。
-
-
- 返回一个值,该值指示是否由于执行上下文更改而更改了值。
- 如果由于执行上下文更改而更改了值,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 通知正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
-
-
- 使多个任务能够采用并行方式依据某种算法在多个阶段中协同工作。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例。
- 参与线程的数量。
-
- 小于 0 或大于 32,767。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例。
- 参与线程的数量。
- 在每个阶段之后要执行的 。可以传递 null (在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing) 以指示不执行任何操作。
-
- 小于 0 或大于 32,767。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会有另一个参与者。
- 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 添加参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会有多个其他参与者。
- 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。
- 要添加到屏障的其他参与者的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。- 或 -添加 参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 获取屏障的当前阶段的编号。
- 返回屏障的当前阶段的编号。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取屏障中参与者的总数。
- 返回屏障中参与者的总数。
-
-
- 获取屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。
- 返回屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会减少一个参与者。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会减少一些参与者。
- 要从屏障中移除的其他参与者的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。
- 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 - 或 -当前的参与者计数小于指定 participantCount
- 参与者总数小于指定的
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
- 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后,如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常,该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。
- 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
- 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后,如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常,该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时,同时观察取消标记。
- 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者达到屏障,同时观察取消标记。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,同时使用 对象测量时间间隔。
- 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 32,767。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,使用 对象测量时间间隔,同时观察取消标记。
- 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 毫秒的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
-
- 阶段后操作失败时引发的异常。
-
-
- 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的内部异常初始化 类的新实例。
- 导致当前异常的异常。
-
-
- 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 表示要在新上下文中调用的方法。
- 一个对象,包含回调方法在每次执行时要使用的信息。
- 1
-
-
- 表示在计数变为零时处于有信号状态的同步基元。
-
-
- 使用指定计数初始化 类的新实例。
- 设置 时最初必需的信号数。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 将 的当前计数加 1。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 等于或大于 。
-
-
- 将 的当前计数增加指定值。
-
- 的增量值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于或等于零。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 -在计数由 递增后, 大于或等于 。
-
-
- 获取设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。
- 设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取设置事件时最初必需的信号数。
- 设置事件时最初必需的信号数。
-
-
- 确定是否设置了事件。
- 如果设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 将 重置为 的值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 将 属性重新设置为指定值。
- 设置 时所必需的信号的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 向 注册信号,同时减小 的值。
- 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 当前实例已设置 。
-
-
- 向 注册多个信号,同时将 的值减少指定数量。
- 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要注册的信号的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 1。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 大于 。
-
-
- 增加一个 的尝试。
- 如果成功增加,则为 true;否则为 false。如果 已为零,则此方法将返回 false。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 等于 。
-
-
- 增加指定值的 的尝试。
- 如果成功增加,则为 true;否则为 false。如果 已为零,则此方法将返回 false。
-
- 的增量值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于或等于零。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - + 大于等于 。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,并使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时,同时观察 。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时使用 测量超时。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,并使用 测量超时,同时观察 。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 获取用于等待要设置的事件的 。
- 用于等待要设置的事件的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 指示在接收信号后是自动重置 还是手动重置。
- 2
-
-
- 当终止时, 在释放一个线程后自动重置。如果没有等待的线程, 将保持终止状态直到一个线程阻止,并在释放此线程后重置。
-
-
- 当终止时, 释放所有等待的线程,并在手动重置前保持终止状态。
-
-
- 表示一个线程同步事件。
- 2
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,以及它是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 如果为 true,则将初始状态设置为终止;如果为 false,则将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,它是自动重置还是手动重置,以及系统同步事件的名称。
- 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的,则 true 将初始状态设置为终止;false 将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 系统范围内同步事件的名称。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名事件,原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,它是自动重置还是手动重置,系统同步事件的名称,以及一个 Boolean 变量(其值在调用后表示是否创建了已命名的系统事件)。
- 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的,则 true 将初始状态设置为终止;false 将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 系统范围内同步事件的名称。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了本地事件(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统事件,则包含 true;如果指定的命名系统事件已存在,则为 false。该参数未经初始化即被传递。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名事件,原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 打开指定名称为同步事件(如果已经存在)。
- 一个对象,表示已命名的系统事件。
- 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。
-
- 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的系统事件不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的事件存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为非终止状态,导致线程阻止。
- 如果该操作成功,则为 true;否则,为 false。
- 之前已对此 调用 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为终止状态,允许一个或多个等待线程继续。
- 如果该操作成功,则为 true;否则,为 false。
- 之前已对此 调用 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 打开指定名称为同步事件(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名同步事件成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名同步事件的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的事件存在,但用户不具备所需的安全访问权限。
-
-
- 管理当前线程的执行上下文。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 从当前线程捕获执行上下文。
- 一个 对象,表示当前线程的执行上下文。
- 1
-
-
- 在当前线程上的指定执行上下文中运行某个方法。
- 要设置的 。
- 一个 委托,表示要在提供的执行上下文中运行的方法。
- 要传递给回调方法的对象。
-
- 为 null。- 或 - 不是通过捕获操作获取的。- 或 - 已用作 调用的参数。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 为多个线程共享的变量提供原子操作。
- 2
-
-
- 对两个 32 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数,上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。
- 存储在 处的新值。
- 一个变量,包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。
- 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 对两个 64 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数,上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。
- 存储在 处的新值。
- 一个变量,包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。
- 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个双精度浮点数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个 32 位有符号整数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个 64 位有符号整数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个平台特定的句柄或指针是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值与 的值进行比较并且可能被 替换的目标 。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的 。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的 。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个对象是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个对象。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标对象。
- 在比较结果相等时替换目标对象的对象。
- 与位于 处的对象进行比较的对象。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个单精度浮点数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较指定的引用类型 的两个实例是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。这是一个引用参数(在 C# 中是 ref,在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef)。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- 用于 , 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递减的值。
- 其值要递减的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递减的值。
- 其值要递减的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将双精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将 32 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将 64 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将平台特定的句柄或指针设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将对象设置为指定的值并返回对原始对象的引用。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将单精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将指定类型 的变量设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。这是一个引用参数(在 C# 中是 ref,在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef)。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- 用于 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递增的值。
- 其值要递增的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递增的值。
- 其值要递增的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 按如下方式同步内存存取:执行当前线程的处理器在对指令重新排序时,不能采用先执行 调用之后的内存存取,再执行 调用之前的内存存取的方式。
-
-
- 返回一个以原子操作形式加载的 64 位值。
- 加载的值。
- 要加载的 64 位值。
- 1
-
-
- 提供延迟初始化例程。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化引用。
- 在类型尚未初始化的情况下,要初始化的类型 的引用。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。
- 对布尔值的引用,该值确定目标是否已初始化。
- 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用,用于初始化 。如果 为 null,则新的对象将被实例化。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用指定函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。
- 对布尔值的引用,该值确定目标是否已初始化。
- 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用,用于初始化 。如果 为 null,则新的对象将被实例化。
- 调用函数以初始化该引用或值。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用指定函数初始化目标引用类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在类型尚未初始化的情况下,要初始化的类型 的引用。
- 调用函数以初始化该引用。
- 要初始化的引用的引用类型。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
- 返回 null(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 当进入锁定状态的递归与此锁定的递归策略不兼容时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 引发当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
- 2
-
-
- 指定同一个线程是否可以多次进入一个锁定状态。
-
-
- 如果线程尝试以递归方式进入锁定状态,将引发异常。某些类可能会在此设置生效时允许使用特定的递归方式。
-
-
- 线程可以采用递归方式进入锁定状态。某些类可能会限制此功能。
-
-
- 通知一个或多个正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 用一个指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的布尔值初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则将初始状态设置为终止;如果为 false,则将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
-
- 提供 的简化版本。
-
-
- 使用非终止初始状态初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止状态)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止或指定的旋转数)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
- 在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 为 true 则释放托管资源和非托管资源;为 false 则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取是否已设置事件。
- 如果设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为非终止,从而导致线程受阻。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为有信号,从而允许一个或多个等待该事件的线程继续。
-
-
- 获取在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
- 返回在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了当前 为止。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设定 ,使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设定 ,使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔,同时观察 。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到 接收到信号,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到当前 已设定,使用 测量时间间隔。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到当前 已设定,使用 测量时间间隔,同时观察 。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 获取此 的基础 对象。
- 此 的基础 事件对象。
-
-
- 提供同步访问对象的机制。
- 2
-
-
- 在指定对象上获取排他锁。
- 在其上获取监视器锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 1
-
-
- 获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。注意 如果没有发生异常,则此方法的输出始终为 true。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 释放指定对象上的排他锁。
- 在其上释放锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 当前线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 确定当前线程是否保留指定对象上的锁。
- 如果当前线程持有 锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要测试的对象。
-
- 为 null。
-
-
- 通知等待队列中的线程锁定对象状态的更改。
- 线程正在等待的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 通知所有的等待线程对象状态的更改。
- 发送脉冲的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 尝试获取指定对象的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 1
-
-
- 尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 等待锁所需的毫秒数。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 为负且不等于 。
- 1
-
-
- 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 等待锁所需的毫秒数。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 为负且不等于 。
-
-
- 在指定的时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
-
- ,表示等待锁所需的时间量。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不等于 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
- 1
-
-
- 在指定的一段时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获得了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 用于等待锁的时间。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不等于 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。
- 如果调用由于调用方重新获取了指定对象的锁而返回,则为 true。如果未重新获取该锁,则此方法不会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
- 1
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔,则线程进入就绪队列。
- 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁,则为 true;如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁,则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
- 线程进入就绪队列之前等待的毫秒数。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
-
- 参数值为负且不等于 。
- 1
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔,则线程进入就绪队列。
- 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁,则为 true;如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁,则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
-
- ,表示线程进入就绪队列之前等待的时间量。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
-
- 参数值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不表示 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
- 1
-
-
- 还可用于进程间同步的同步基元。
- 1
-
-
- 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权)初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果给调用线程赋予互斥体的初始所属权,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称)初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权(如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的);否则为 false。
-
- 的名称。如果值为 null,则 是未命名的。
- 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 无法创建命名的互斥体,原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 使用可指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称的 Boolean 值和当线程返回时可指示调用线程是否已赋予互斥体的初始所有权的 Boolean 值初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权(如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的);否则为 false。
-
- 的名称。如果值为 null,则 是未命名的。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了局部互斥体(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统互斥体,则包含布尔值 true;如果指定的命名系统互斥体已存在,则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。
- 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 无法创建命名的互斥体,原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 打开指定的已命名的互斥体(如果已经存在)。
- 表示已命名的系统互斥体的对象。
- 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的 mutex 不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的互斥体存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 释放 一次。
- 调用线程不拥有互斥体。
- 1
-
-
- 打开指定的已命名的互斥体(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名互斥体成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名互斥体的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的互斥体存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
-
-
- 表示用于管理资源访问的锁定状态,可实现多线程读取或进行独占式写入访问。
-
-
- 使用默认属性值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 在指定锁定递归策略的情况下初始化 类的新实例。
- 枚举值之一,用于指定锁定递归策略。
-
-
- 获取已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的总数。
- 已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的数量。
-
-
- 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 减少读取模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出读取模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 减少可升级模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出可升级模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 减少写入模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出写入模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入读取模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入可升级模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入写入模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前 对象的递归策略。
- 枚举值之一,用于指定锁定递归策略。
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入读取模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程未进入读取模式,则为 0(零);如果线程已进入读取模式但却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入锁定模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入可升级模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程没有进入可升级模式,则为 0;如果线程已进入可升级模式却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入可升级模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入写入模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程没有进入写入模式,则为 0;如果线程已进入写入模式却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入写入模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态,可以选择整数超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 获取等待进入读取模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入读取模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 获取等待进入可升级模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入可升级模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 获取等待进入写入模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入写入模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 限制可同时访问某一资源或资源池的线程数。
- 1
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
-
- 大于 。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数,可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
- 命名系统信号量对象的名称。
-
- 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名的信号量,可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数,还可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称,以及指定一个变量来接收指示是否创建了新系统信号量的值。
- 可以同时满足的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时满足的信号量的最大请求数。
- 命名系统信号量对象的名称。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了本地信号量(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统信号量,则包含 true;如果指定的命名系统信号量已存在,则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。
-
- 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名的信号量,可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。
-
-
- 打开指定名称为信号量(如果已经存在)。
- 一个对象,表示已命名的系统信号量。
- 要打开的系统信号量的名称。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的信号量不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的信号量存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 退出信号量并返回前一个计数。
- 调用 方法前信号量的计数。
- 信号量计数已是最大值。
- 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。
- 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但用户不具备 。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但它未用 打开。
- 1
-
-
- 以指定的次数退出信号量并返回前一个计数。
- 调用 方法前信号量的计数。
- 退出信号量的次数。
-
- 为小于 1。
- 信号量计数已是最大值。
- 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。
- 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但用户不具备 权限。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但它不是以 权限打开的。
- 1
-
-
- 打开指定名称为信号量(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名信号量成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统信号量的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名信号的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的信号量存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。
-
-
- 对计数已达到最大值的信号量调用 方法时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 对可同时访问资源或资源池的线程数加以限制的 的轻量替代。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,以指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,同时指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量和最大数量。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
-
- 小于 0,或 大于 ,或 小于等于 0。
-
-
- 返回一个可用于在信号量上等待的 。
- 可用于在信号量上等待的 。
- 已释放了 。
-
-
- 获取可以输入 对象的剩余线程数。
- 可以输入信号量的剩余线程数。
-
-
- 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 若要释放托管资源和非托管资源,则为 true;若仅释放非托管资源,则为 false。
-
-
- 释放 对象一次。
-
- 的前一个计数。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已达到其最大大小。
-
-
- 释放 对象指定的次数。
-
- 的前一个计数。
- 退出信号量的次数。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 为小于 1。
-
- 已达到其最大大小。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,并使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时,同时观察 。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
- 实例已被释放,或 创建 已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 标记。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 已释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时使用 来指定超时。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
- semaphoreSlim 实例已处理
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,并使用 来指定超时,同时观察 。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
- semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 创建了 的 已经被释放。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待。
- 输入信号量时完成任务。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待,使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待,使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待。
- 输入信号量时完成任务。
- 要观察的 标记。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待,使用 度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时 - 或 - 超时大于 。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待,使用 度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 标记。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时- 或 -超时大于 。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 表示在消息即将被调度到同步上下文时要调用的方法。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- 2
-
-
- 提供一个相互排斥锁基元,在该基元中,尝试获取锁的线程将在重复检查的循环中等待,直至该锁变为可用为止。
-
-
- 使用用于跟踪线程 ID 以改善调试的选项初始化 结构的新实例。
- 是否捕获线程 ID 并将其用于调试目的。
-
-
- 采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
- 在调用 Enter 之前, 参数必须初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 释放锁。
- 启用线程所有权跟踪,当前线程不是此锁的所有者。
-
-
- 释放锁。
- 一个布尔值,该值指示是否应发出内存界定,以便将退出操作立即发布到其他线程。
- 启用线程所有权跟踪,当前线程不是此锁的所有者。
-
-
- 获取锁当前是否已由任何线程占用。
- 如果锁当前已由任何线程占用,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 获取锁是否已由当前线程占用。
- 如果锁已由当前线程占用,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 禁用线程所有权跟踪。
-
-
- 获取是否已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪。
- 如果已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 毫秒。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 提供对基于自旋的等待的支持。
-
-
- 获取已对此实例调用 的次数。
- 返回一个整数,该整数表示已对此实例调用 的次数。
-
-
- 获取对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器,同时触发强制上下文切换。
- 对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器,同时触发强制上下文切换。
-
-
- 重置自旋计数器。
-
-
- 执行单一自旋。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足之前自旋。
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。
- 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足,则为 true;否则为 false
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。
- 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足,则为 true;否则为 false
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
- 一个 ,表示等待的毫秒数;或者一个 TimeSpan,表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 提供在各种同步模型中传播同步上下文的基本功能。
- 2
-
-
- 创建 类的新实例。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,创建同步上下文的副本。
- 一个新 对象。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程的同步上下文。
- 一个 对象,它表示当前同步上下文。
- 1
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,响应操作已完成的通知。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,响应操作已开始的通知。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,将异步消息分派到同步上下文。
- 要调用的 委托。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- 2
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,将同步消息分派到同步上下文。
- 要调用的 委托。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 设置当前同步上下文。
- 要设置的 对象。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 当某个方法请求调用方拥有给定 Monitor 上的锁时将引发该异常,而且由不拥有该锁的调用方调用此方法。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 提供数据的线程本地存储。
- 指定每线程的已存储数据的类型。
-
-
- 初始化 实例。
-
-
- 初始化 实例。
- 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。
- 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索,则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。
-
- 是 null 引用(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。
- 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索,则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。
- 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。
-
- 为 null 引用(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放此 实例使用的资源。
- 一个布尔值,该值指示是否由于调用 的原因而调用此方法。
-
-
- 释放此 实例使用的资源。
-
-
- 获取是否在当前线程上初始化 。
- 如果在当前线程上初始化 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 已释放 实例。
-
-
- 创建并返回当前线程的此实例的字符串表示形式。
- 对 调用 的结果。
- 已释放 实例。
- 当前线程的 为 null 引用(Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
- 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。
- 没有提供默认构造函数,且没有提供值工厂。
-
-
- 获取或设置当前线程的此实例的值。
- 返回此 ThreadLocal 负责初始化的对象的实例。
- 已释放 实例。
- 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。
- 没有提供默认构造函数,且没有提供值工厂。
-
-
- 获取当前由已经访问此实例的所有线程存储的所有值的列表。
- 访问此实例由所有线程存储的当前的所有值的列表。
- 已释放 实例。
-
-
- 包含用于执行易失内存操作的方法。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 从指定的字段读取对象引用。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 对读取的 的引用。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该引用都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新引用。
- 要读取的字段。
- 要读取的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型,而不是值类型。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入如下所示的防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存栅:如果内存操作出现在代码中的此方法之前,则处理器不能将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的对象引用写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将对象引用写入的字段。
- 要写入的对象引用。立即写入一个引用,以使该引用对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
- 要写入的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型,而不是值类型。
-
-
- 在尝试打开不存在的系统互斥体或信号量时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ff1745d9..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.0/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1885 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 當一個執行緒取得另一個執行緒已放棄,但是結束時並未釋放的 物件時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 1
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用已放棄 Mutex 的指定索引 (若適用的話) 以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件,初始化 類別的新執行個體 。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和內部例外狀況初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息、內部例外狀況、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話),以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 以指定的錯誤訊息、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話) 以及放棄的 Mutex 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 取得造成例外狀況的已放棄 Mutex (若為已知)。
-
- 物件,表示已放棄的 Mutex;若無法識別已放棄的 Mutex,則為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 取得造成例外狀況之已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若為已知)。
- 等候控制代碼陣列中的索引 (已傳遞給 物件的 方法),表示已放棄的 Mutex;如果無法判斷已放棄 Mutex 的索引,則為 -1。
- 1
-
-
- 表示對於指定的非同步控制流程為本機的環境資料,例如非同步方法。
- 環境資料的類型。
-
-
- 具現化不會接收變更告知的 執行個體。
-
-
- 具現化會接收變更告知的 本機執行個體。
- 每當在任何執行緒上變更目前的值就會呼叫委派。
-
-
- 取得或設定環境資料的值。
- 環境資料的值。
-
-
- 會提供資料變更資訊給 執行個體的的類別,該執行個體會註冊變更告知。
- 資料的類型。
-
-
- 取得資料目前的值。
- 資料目前的值。
-
-
- 取得資料先前的值。
- 資料先前的值。
-
-
- 傳回值,指出值是否會因為執行內容的變更而變更。
- 如果值會因為執行內容的變更而變更,則為 true;否則為 false。
-
-
- 向等候的執行緒通知發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號,false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
-
-
- 允許多項工作在多個階段中以平行方式來合作處理某個演算法。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 參與執行緒的數目。
-
- 小於 0 或大於 32,767。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 參與執行緒的數目。
- 要在每個階段之後執行的 。可以傳遞 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing) 表示不執行任何動作。
-
- 小於 0 或大於 32,767。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示還會有一個其他參與者。
- 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 加入參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示還會有多個其他參與者。
- 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。
- 要加入至屏障的其他參與者數目。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。-或-加入 參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 取得屏障目前階段的編號。
- 傳回屏障目前階段的編號。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得在屏障中的參與者總數。
- 傳回在屏障中的參與者總數。
-
-
- 取得在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。
- 傳回在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示會減少一個參與者。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示會減少一些參與者。
- 要從屏障中移除的其他參與者數目。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。
- 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 -或-目前的參與者計數少於指定的 participantCount
- 參與者總計數小於指定的
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
- 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後,如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外,會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中,並擲回所有參與執行緒。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。
- 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
- 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後,如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外,會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中,並擲回所有參與執行緒。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時),同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達,同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)。
- 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 32,767 的逾時。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔),同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 在 的後續階段動作失敗時所擲回的例外狀況。
-
-
- 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的內部例外狀況,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 表示要在新內容裡面呼叫的方法。
- 物件,它包含回呼方法所使用的資訊。
- 1
-
-
- 代表當計數到達零時收到訊號的同步處理原始物件。
-
-
- 使用指定的計數,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 設定 時最初所需的訊號次數。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 將 目前的計數遞增一。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- 等於或大於 。
-
-
- 將 目前的計數遞增所指定的值。
-
- 所要增加的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於或等於 0。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或-計數遞增 後, 會等於或大於
-
-
- 取得設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。
- 設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。
- 設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。
-
-
- 判斷事件是否已設定。
- 如果已設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 將 重設為 的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 將 屬性重設為指定的值。
- 設定 時所需的訊號次數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 向 註冊訊號,並遞減 的值。
- 如果訊號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。
-
-
- 向 註冊多個訊號,並將 的值遞減指定的數量。
- 如果信號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要註冊的訊號數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 1。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。或 大於 。
-
-
- 嘗試將 遞增一。
- 如果遞增成功則為 true,否則為 false。如果 已經位於零,這個方法將傳回 false。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 等於 。
-
-
- 嘗試以指定的值遞增 。
- 如果遞增成功則為 true,否則為 false。如果 已經為零,這將傳回 false。
-
- 所要增加的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於或等於 0。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- + 等於或大於 。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時),同時觀察 。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時),同時觀察 。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 取得用來等候事件獲得設定的 。
-
- ,其會用於等候事件獲得設定。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 表示收到信號之後,是否會自動或手動重設 。
- 2
-
-
- 收到信號通知時, 在釋放單一執行緒後會自動重設。如果沒有任何執行緒在等待,則 會保持收到信號的狀態,直到有執行緒被封鎖為止,接著就釋放這個執行緒並將自己重設。
-
-
- 收到信號通知時, 會釋放所有正在等待的執行緒,並保持收到信號的狀態,直到被手動重設為止。
-
-
- 表示執行緒同步處理事件。
- 2
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號,以及是以自動還是手動方式來重設。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號,false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設,以及系統同步處理事件的名稱。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立),false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
- 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的事件已存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的事件,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設、系統同步處理事件的名稱,以及呼叫之後的布林變數值 (此值可指示是否已建立具名系統事件)。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立),false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
- 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機事件 (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的已命名系統事件,則會包含 true;如果指定的已命名系統事件已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的事件已存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的事件,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統事件的物件。
- 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名系統事件不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名事件存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,會造成執行緒封鎖。
- 如果作業成功,則為 true,否則為 false .
- 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,讓一個或多個等候執行緒繼續執行。
- 如果作業成功,則為 true,否則為 false .
- 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名同步處理事件,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含 物件,此物件代表具名同步處理事件,如果呼叫失敗,則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名事件已存在,但是使用者沒有所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 管理目前執行緒的執行內容。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 從目前的執行緒擷取執行內容。
-
- 物件,表示目前執行緒的執行內容。
- 1
-
-
- 在目前執行緒上的指定執行內容中執行方法。
- 要設定的 。
-
- 委派,表示要在所提供執行內容中執行的方法。
- 要傳遞至回呼 (Callback) 方法的物件。
-
- 為 null。-或- 不是透過擷取作業取得。-或-已經將 當做 呼叫的引數使用。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 為多重執行緒共用的變數提供不可部分完成的作業 (Atomic Operation)。
- 2
-
-
- 將兩個 32 位元整數加相,並以總和取代第一個整數,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 新值儲存於 。
- 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。
- 要加入 的整數的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將兩個 64 位元整數加相,並以總和取代第一個整數,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 新值儲存於 。
- 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。
- 要加入 的整數的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個雙精確度浮點數是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個 32 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等,如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個 64 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等,如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個平台特定的控制代碼或指標是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端 ,其值會與 的值進行比較,且可能被 所取代。
-
- ,當比較的結果相等時會取代目的端值。
-
- ,會與 的值相比較。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個物件的參考是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個物件。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端物件,此物件會與 進行比較且可能被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端物件的物件。
- 與 的物件相比較的物件。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個單精確度浮點數是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較指定參考類型 的兩個執行個體是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref,在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- 要用於 、 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞減後的值。
- 值會被遞減的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞減後的值。
- 值會被遞減的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將雙精確度浮點數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將 32 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將 64 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將平台特定的控制代碼或指標設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將物件設定為指定值,然後傳回原始物件的參考,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將單精確度浮點數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將指定類型 的變數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref,在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- 要用於 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞增後的值。
- 值會被遞增的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞增後的值。
- 值會被遞增的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 同步處理記憶體存取,如下所示:執行目前執行緒的處理器無法以下列方式重新排列指示:呼叫 之前的記憶體存取在呼叫 後的記憶體存取之後執行。
-
-
- 傳回 64 位元的值 (載入為不可部分完成的作業)。
- 載入的值。
- 要載入的 64 位元值。
- 1
-
-
- 提供延遲初始化常式。
-
-
- 如果目標參考型別尚未初始化,則使用該型別的預設建構函式來進行初始化。
- 型別 的已初始化參考。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用其預設建構函式來初始化目標的參考型別或實值型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。
- 布林值的參考,這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。
- 物件的參考,這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null,則具現化新的物件。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考或實值型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。
- 布林值的參考,這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。
- 物件的參考,這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null,則具現化新的物件。
- 呼叫來初始化參考或值的函式。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。
- 呼叫來初始化參考的函式。
- 要初始化之參考的參考型別。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
- 傳回 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 當遞迴進入鎖定與鎖定的遞迴原則不相符時,擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性,執行過當地語系化。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性,執行過當地語系化。
- 造成目前例外狀況的例外狀況。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
- 2
-
-
- 指定相同的執行緒是否可以多次進入鎖定。
-
-
- 如果執行緒嘗試遞迴地進入鎖定,則會擲回例外狀況。某些類別可能會在此設定有效時允許特定的遞迴。
-
-
- 執行緒可以遞迴地進入鎖定。某些類別可能會限制此功能。
-
-
- 告知一個以上的等候中執行緒已發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用布林值 (Boolean) 來初始化 類別的新執行個體,指出初始狀態是否設定為信號狀態。
- 如果初始狀態設定為信號狀態,為 true;初始狀態設定為非信號狀態則為 false。
-
-
- 提供 的精簡版本。
-
-
- 使用未收到訊號的初始狀態來初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號,false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值以及指定的微調計數,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號,false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。
- 在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示釋放 Managed 與 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得值,表示事件是否已設定。
- 如果已設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,會造成執行緒封鎖。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為已收到訊號,讓正在等候該事件的一或多個執行緒繼續執行。
-
-
- 取得在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
- 傳回在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔)。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到目前的 收到訊號為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 以測量時間間隔。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 以量測時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 取得這個 的基礎 物件。
- 這個 的基礎 事件物件。
-
-
- 提供一套機制,同步處理物件的存取。
- 2
-
-
- 取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 要從其上取得監視器鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要等候的物件。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。注意:如果沒有發生例外狀況,這個方法的輸出一律為 true。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
-
- 釋出指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 要從其上釋出鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 目前執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 判斷目前執行緒是否保持鎖定指定的物件。
- 如果目前的執行緒持有 的鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要測試的物件。
-
- 為 null。
-
-
- 通知等候佇列中的執行緒,鎖定物件的狀態有所變更。
- 執行緒正等候的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 通知所有等候中的執行緒,物件的狀態有所變更。
- 送出 Pulse 的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的毫秒數時間內)。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的毫秒數。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 為負,且不等於 。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試在指定的毫秒數內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的毫秒數。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 為負,且不等於 。
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的時間內)。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
-
- ,代表等候鎖定的時間量。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試在指定的時間內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的時間長度。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。
- 如果由於呼叫端重新取得指定物件的鎖定而傳回呼叫,則為 true。如果鎖定不被重新取得,則這個方法不會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
- 1
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間,執行緒會進入就緒序列。
- 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定,則為 true;如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定,則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後,此方法才會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
- 在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的毫秒數。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
-
- 參數的值為負,且不等於 。
- 1
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間,執行緒會進入就緒序列。
- 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定,則為 true;如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定,則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後,此方法才會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
-
- ,代表在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的時間量。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
-
- 參數的毫秒值為負,且不表示 (-1 毫秒),或大於 。
- 1
-
-
- 同步處理原始物件,該物件也可用於進行處理序之間的同步處理。
- 1
-
-
- 使用預設屬性,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值,以及代表 Mutex 名稱的字串,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex,則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
- 的名稱。如果值是 null,則 未命名。
- 具名的 Mutex 存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 無法建立具名的 Mutex,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值、代表 Mutex 名稱的字串,以及當方法傳回時表示是否將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex,則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
- 的名稱。如果值是 null,則 未命名。
- 當這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機 Mutex (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的具名系統 Mutex,則會包含 true 的布林值;如果指定的具名系統 Mutex 已存在,則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
- 具名的 Mutex 存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 無法建立具名的 Mutex,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統 Mutex 的物件。
- 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名 Mutex 不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名 Mutex 存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 釋出 一次。
- 呼叫執行緒並不擁有 Mutex。
- 1
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名 Mutex,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。
- 當這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含代表具名 Mutex 的 物件;如果呼叫失敗,則為 null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名 Mutex 存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 代表鎖定,用來管理資源存取,允許多個執行緒的讀取權限或獨佔寫入權限。
-
-
- 使用預設屬性值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 指定鎖定遞迴原則,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 一個列舉值,指定鎖定遞迴原則。
-
-
- 取得已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒總數。
- 已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒數目。
-
-
- 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 嘗試進入讀取模式的鎖定。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試進入可升級模式的鎖定狀態。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試進入寫入模式的鎖定。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 減少讀取模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束讀取模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 減少可升級模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束可升級模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 減少寫入模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束寫入模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入讀取模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入可升級模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入寫入模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前 物件的遞迴原則。
- 一個列舉值,指定鎖定遞迴原則。
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入讀取模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入讀取模式,則為 0 (零);如果執行緒已進入讀取模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入鎖定 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入可升級模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入可升級模式,則為 0;如果執行緒已進入可升級模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入可升級模式 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入寫入模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入寫入模式,則為 0;如果執行緒已進入寫入模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入寫入模式 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的整數逾時,進入讀取模式的鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在讀取模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 取得等待進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入讀取模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 取得等待進入可升級模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入可升級模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 取得等待進入寫入模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入寫入模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 限制可以同時存取資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。
- 1
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,以及指定並行項目的最大數目及選擇性地保留某些項目。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
-
- 大於 。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,然後指定初始項目數目與並行項目的最大數目,以及選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
- 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。
-
- 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的號誌存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的號誌,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,然後指定初始項目物件數目與並行項目的最大數目,選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱,以及指定接收值的變數,指出是否已建立新的系統號誌。
- 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的初始數目。
- 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的最大數目。
- 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機號誌 (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的已命名系統號誌,則會包含 true;如果指定的已命名系統號誌已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
-
- 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的號誌存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的號誌,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統號誌的物件。
- 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名號誌不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名號誌存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 結束號誌,並傳回上一個計數。
- 呼叫 方法之前,號誌上的計數。
- 號誌計數已達到最大值。
- 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是使用者沒有 。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是並未以 開啟。
- 1
-
-
- 以指定的次數結束號誌,並回到上一個計數。
- 呼叫 方法之前,號誌上的計數。
- 結束號誌的次數。
-
- 为小于 1。
- 號誌計數已達到最大值。
- 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是使用者沒有 權限。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是並未以 權限開啟。
- 1
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名號誌,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含 物件,此物件代表具名信號,如果呼叫失敗,則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名號誌存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 在已經達到最大計數的號誌上呼叫 方法時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 代表 的輕量型替代品,限制可同時存取一項資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。
-
-
- 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目及最大數目,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
-
- 小於 0,或者 大於 ,或者 等於或小於 0。
-
-
- 傳回可用來等候號誌的 。
- 可用來等候號誌的 。
-
- 已經處置。
-
-
- 取得可以進入 物件的剩餘執行緒數目。
- 可以進入號誌的剩餘執行緒數目。
-
-
- 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 則表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 釋出 物件一次。
-
- 的先前計數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已經達到其大小上限。
-
-
- 釋出 物件指定的次數。
-
- 的先前計數。
- 結束號誌的次數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 为小于 1。
-
- 已經達到其大小上限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
- 实例已被释放,或 创建 已被释放。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或- 创建 已释放。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 來指定逾時。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
- semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 來指定逾時,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
- semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 已處置建立 的 。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 。
- 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,同時觀察 。
- 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 來測量時間間隔。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限 -或- 逾時大於 。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 來測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
-
- 是不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限-或-逾時大於 。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 表示要將訊息分派至同步處理內容時,所要呼叫的方法。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- 2
-
-
- 提供互斥鎖定基本作業,在這個作業中,嘗試取得鎖定的執行緒會用迴圈方式等候,並重複檢查,直到鎖定可用為止。
-
-
- 使用可追蹤執行緒 ID 以改善偵錯的選項,初始化 結構的新執行個體。
- 是否要擷取並使用執行緒 ID 以進行偵錯。
-
-
- 以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 Enter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 釋放鎖定。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。
-
-
- 釋放鎖定。
- 布林值,表示是否應該發出記憶體柵欄,以便立即將結束作業發行至其他執行緒。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示此鎖定目前是否由任何執行緒持有。
- 如果此鎖定目前由任何執行緒持有則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 取得值,表示此鎖定是否由目前執行緒持有。
- 如果此鎖定由目前執行緒持有則為 true,否則為 false。
- 已停用執行緒擁有權追蹤。
-
-
- 取得值,表示這個執行個體是否已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤。
- 如果這個執行個體已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 毫秒的逾時。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 提供微調式等候支援。
-
-
- 取得已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。
- 傳回整數,表示已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器,並觸發強制的環境切換。
- 下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器,並觸發強制的環境切換。
-
-
- 重設微調計數器。
-
-
- 執行單一微調。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件為止。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。
- 如果滿足條件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。
- 如果滿足條件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 TimeSpan,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 提供在各種同步處理模式中傳播同步處理內容的基本功能。
- 2
-
-
- 建立 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會建立同步處理內容的複本。
- 新的 物件。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒的同步處理內容。
-
- 物件,代表目前的同步處理內容。
- 1
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會回應作業已經完成的通知。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會回應作業已經啟動的通知。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會將非同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。
- 要呼叫的 委派。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- 2
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會將同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。
- 要呼叫的 委派。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 設定目前的同步處理內容。
- 要設定的 物件。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 方法要求呼叫端擁有指定 Monitor 的鎖定,但是不擁有鎖定的呼叫端叫用方法時所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設屬性來初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 提供資料的執行緒區域儲存區。
- 指定依個別執行緒儲存的資料型別。
-
-
- 初始化 執行個體。
-
-
- 初始化 執行個體。
- 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值,並透過 屬性將它們公開。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。
- 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時,系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。
-
- 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。
- 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時,系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。
- 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值,並透過 屬性將它們公開。
-
- 為 null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。
- 布林值,表示是否會因為呼叫 而呼叫這個方法。
-
-
- 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示 是否已在目前執行緒中完成初始化。
- 如果已在目前執行緒上初始化 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 已處置 執行個體。
-
-
- 建立並傳回目前執行緒的這個執行個體的字串表示。
- 在 上呼叫 的結果。
- 已處置 執行個體。
- 目前執行緒的 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
- 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。
- 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式,也沒有提供任何値 Factory。
-
-
- 取得或設定目前執行緒的這個執行個體的值。
- 傳回這個 ThreadLocal 負責初始化之物件的執行個體。
- 已處置 執行個體。
- 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。
- 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式,也沒有提供任何値 Factory。
-
-
- 取得清單,其中包含已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存的所有值。
- 已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存之所有值的清單。
- 已處置 執行個體。
-
-
- 包含用來執行動態記憶體作業的方法。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 從指定的欄位讀取物件參考。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取之 的參考。這個參考是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
- 要讀取之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別,不得為實值型別。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現記憶體作業,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的物件參考寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入物件參考的欄位。
- 要寫入的物件參考。立即寫入此參考,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此參考。
- 要寫入之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別,不得為實值型別。
-
-
- 當嘗試開啟不存在的系統 Mutex 或號誌時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index c77b70bc0..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72254652d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1797 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when one thread acquires a object that another thread has abandoned by exiting without releasing it.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and inner exception.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the inner exception, the index for the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and a object that represents the mutex.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message, the index of the abandoned mutex, if applicable, and the abandoned mutex.
- An error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The index of the abandoned mutex in the array of wait handles if the exception is thrown for the method, or –1 if the exception is thrown for the or methods.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex.
-
-
- Gets the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known.
- A object that represents the abandoned mutex, or null if the abandoned mutex could not be identified.
- 1
-
-
- Gets the index of the abandoned mutex that caused the exception, if known.
- The index, in the array of wait handles passed to the method, of the object that represents the abandoned mutex, or –1 if the index of the abandoned mutex could not be determined.
- 1
-
-
- Represents ambient data that is local to a given asynchronous control flow, such as an asynchronous method.
- The type of the ambient data.
-
-
- Instantiates an instance that does not receive change notifications.
-
-
- Instantiates an local instance that receives change notifications.
- The delegate that is called whenever the current value changes on any thread.
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the ambient data.
- The value of the ambient data.
-
-
- The class that provides data change information to instances that register for change notifications.
- The type of the data.
-
-
- Gets the data's current value.
- The data's current value.
-
-
- Gets the data's previous value.
- The data's previous value.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates whether the value changes because of a change of execution context.
- true if the value changed because of a change of execution context; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Notifies a waiting thread that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to non-signaled.
-
-
- Enables multiple tasks to cooperatively work on an algorithm in parallel through multiple phases.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The number of participating threads.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than 32,767.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The number of participating threads.
- The to be executed after each phase. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) may be passed to indicate no action is taken.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than 32,767.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be an additional participant.
- The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- Adding a participant would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be additional participants.
- The phase number of the barrier in which the new participants will first participate.
- The number of additional participants to add to the barrier.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.-or-Adding participants would cause the barrier's participant count to exceed 32,767.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Gets the number of the barrier's current phase.
- Returns the number of the barrier's current phase.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets the total number of participants in the barrier.
- Returns the total number of participants in the barrier.
-
-
- Gets the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase.
- Returns the number of participants in the barrier that haven’t yet signaled in the current phase.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be one less participant.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action.
-
-
- Notifies the that there will be fewer participants.
- The number of additional participants to remove from the barrier.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.
- The barrier already has 0 participants.-or-The method was invoked from within a post-phase action. -or-current participant count is less than the specified participantCount
- The total participant count is less than the specified
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
- If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout.
- if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
- If an exception is thrown from the post phase action of a Barrier after all participating threads have called SignalAndWait, the exception will be wrapped in a BarrierPostPhaseException and be thrown on all participating threads.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a cancellation token.
- if all participants reached the barrier within the specified time; otherwise false
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier, while observing a cancellation token.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval.
- true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out, or it is greater than 32,767.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- Signals that a participant has reached the barrier and waits for all other participants to reach the barrier as well, using a object to measure the time interval, while observing a cancellation token.
- true if all other participants reached the barrier; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The method was invoked from within a post-phase action, the barrier currently has 0 participants, or the barrier is signaled by more threads than are registered as participants.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when the post-phase action of a fails
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified inner exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor is required to ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Represents a method to be called within a new context.
- An object containing information to be used by the callback method each time it executes.
- 1
-
-
- Represents a synchronization primitive that is signaled when its count reaches zero.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of class with the specified count.
- The number of signals initially required to set the .
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Increments the 's current count by one.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Increments the 's current count by a specified value.
- The value by which to increase .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than or equal to 0.
- The current instance is already set.-or- is equal to or greater than after count is incremented by
-
-
- Gets the number of remaining signals required to set the event.
- The number of remaining signals required to set the event.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets the numbers of signals initially required to set the event.
- The number of signals initially required to set the event.
-
-
- Determines whether the event is set.
- true if the event is set; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Resets the to the value of .
- The current instance has already been disposed..
-
-
- Resets the property to a specified value.
- The number of signals required to set the .
- The current instance has alread been disposed.
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Registers a signal with the , decrementing the value of .
- true if the signal caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The current instance is already set.
-
-
- Registers multiple signals with the , decrementing the value of by the specified amount.
- true if the signals caused the count to reach zero and the event was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of signals to register.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 1.
- The current instance is already set. -or- Or is greater than .
-
-
- Attempts to increment by one.
- true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero, this method will return false.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is equal to .
-
-
- Attempts to increment by a specified value.
- true if the increment succeeded; otherwise, false. If is already at zero this will return false.
- The value by which to increase .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than or equal to 0.
- The current instance is already set.-or- + is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, while observing a .
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the is set, using a to measure the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- has been canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed. -or- The that created has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Gets a that is used to wait for the event to be set.
- A that is used to wait for the event to be set.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Indicates whether an is reset automatically or manually after receiving a signal.
- 2
-
-
- When signaled, the resets automatically after releasing a single thread. If no threads are waiting, the remains signaled until a thread blocks, and resets after releasing the thread.
-
-
- When signaled, the releases all waiting threads and remains signaled until it is manually reset.
-
-
- Represents a thread synchronization event.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled, and whether it resets automatically or manually.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, and the name of a system synchronization event.
- true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
- The name of a system-wide synchronization event.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying whether the wait handle is initially signaled if created as a result of this call, whether it resets automatically or manually, the name of a system synchronization event, and a Boolean variable whose value after the call indicates whether the named system event was created.
- true to set the initial state to signaled if the named event is created as a result of this call; false to set it to nonsignaled.
- One of the values that determines whether the event resets automatically or manually.
- The name of a system-wide synchronization event.
- When this method returns, contains true if a local event was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system event was created; false if the specified named system event already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- The named event cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system event.
- The name of the system synchronization event to open.
-
- is an empty string. -or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named system event does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, causing threads to block.
- true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false.
- The method was previously called on this .
- 2
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to signaled, allowing one or more waiting threads to proceed.
- true if the operation succeeds; otherwise, false.
- The method was previously called on this .
- 2
-
-
- Opens the specified named synchronization event, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named synchronization event was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system synchronization event to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named synchronization event if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named event exists, but the user does not have the desired security access.
-
-
- Manages the execution context for the current thread. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Captures the execution context from the current thread.
- An object representing the execution context for the current thread.
- 1
-
-
- Runs a method in a specified execution context on the current thread.
- The to set.
- A delegate that represents the method to be run in the provided execution context.
- The object to pass to the callback method.
-
- is null.-or- was not acquired through a capture operation. -or- has already been used as the argument to a call.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides atomic operations for variables that are shared by multiple threads.
- 2
-
-
- Adds two 32-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation.
- The new value stored at .
- A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in .
- The value to be added to the integer at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Adds two 64-bit integers and replaces the first integer with the sum, as an atomic operation.
- The new value stored at .
- A variable containing the first value to be added. The sum of the two values is stored in .
- The value to be added to the integer at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two double-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two 32-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two 64-bit signed integers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two platform-specific handles or pointers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one.
- The original value in .
- The destination , whose value is compared with the value of and possibly replaced by .
- The that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two objects for reference equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first object.
- The original value in .
- The destination object that is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The object that replaces the destination object if the comparison results in equality.
- The object that is compared to the object at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two single-precision floating point numbers for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first value.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced.
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compares two instances of the specified reference type for equality and, if they are equal, replaces the first one.
- The original value in .
- The destination, whose value is compared with and possibly replaced. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- The value that replaces the destination value if the comparison results in equality.
- The value that is compared to the value at .
- The type to be used for , , and . This type must be a reference type.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Decrements a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The decremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be decremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Decrements the specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The decremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be decremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a double-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a 32-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a 64-bit signed integer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a platform-specific handle or pointer to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets an object to a specified value and returns a reference to the original object, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a single-precision floating point number to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value.
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sets a variable of the specified type to a specified value and returns the original value, as an atomic operation.
- The original value of .
- The variable to set to the specified value. This is a reference parameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- The value to which the parameter is set.
- The type to be used for and . This type must be a reference type.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The incremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be incremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Increments a specified variable and stores the result, as an atomic operation.
- The incremented value.
- The variable whose value is to be incremented.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronizes memory access as follows: The processor that executes the current thread cannot reorder instructions in such a way that memory accesses before the call to execute after memory accesses that follow the call to .
-
-
- Returns a 64-bit value, loaded as an atomic operation.
- The loaded value.
- The 64-bit value to be loaded.
- 1
-
-
- Provides lazy initialization routines.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference type with the type's default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized reference of type .
- A reference of type to initialize if it has not already been initialized.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference or value type with its default constructor if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized.
- A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference or value type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- A reference or value of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- A reference to a Boolean value that determines whether the target has already been initialized.
- A reference to an object used as the mutually exclusive lock for initializing . If is null, a new object will be instantiated.
- The function that is called to initialize the reference or value.
- The type of the reference to be initialized.
- Permissions to access the constructor of type were missing.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
-
- Initializes a target reference type by using a specified function if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The initialized value of type .
- The reference of type to initialize if it hasn't already been initialized.
- The function that is called to initialize the reference.
- The reference type of the reference to be initialized.
- Type does not have a default constructor.
-
- returned null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when recursive entry into a lock is not compatible with the recursion policy for the lock.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a system-supplied message that describes the error.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified message that describes the error.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The message that describes the exception. The caller of this constructor must make sure that this string has been localized for the current system culture.
- The exception that caused the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
- 2
-
-
- Specifies whether a lock can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-
-
- If a thread tries to enter a lock recursively, an exception is thrown. Some classes may allow certain recursions when this setting is in effect.
-
-
- A thread can enter a lock recursively. Some classes may restrict this capability.
-
-
- Notifies one or more waiting threads that an event has occurred. This class cannot be inherited.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the initial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
-
-
- Provides a slimmed down version of .
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with an initial state of nonsignaled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled.
- true to set the initial state signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value indicating whether to set the intial state to signaled and a specified spin count.
- true to set the initial state to signaled; false to set the initial state to nonsignaled.
- The number of spin waits that will occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Gets whether the event is set.
- true if the event has is set; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to nonsignaled, which causes threads to block.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Sets the state of the event to signaled, which allows one or more threads waiting on the event to proceed.
-
-
- Gets the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
- Returns the number of spin waits that will be occur before falling back to a kernel-based wait operation.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current receives a signal, while observing a .
- The to observe.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval.
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until the current is set, using a to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- true if the was set; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the underlying object for this .
- The underlying event object fore this .
-
-
- Provides a mechanism that synchronizes access to objects.
- 2
-
-
- Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- The object on which to acquire the monitor lock.
- The parameter is null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquires an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to wait.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock. Note If no exception occurs, the output of this method is always true.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
-
- Releases an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- The object on which to release the lock.
- The parameter is null.
- The current thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Determines whether the current thread holds the lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread holds the lock on ; otherwise, false.
- The object to test.
-
- is null.
-
-
- Notifies a thread in the waiting queue of a change in the locked object's state.
- The object a thread is waiting for.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Notifies all waiting threads of a change in the object's state.
- The object that sends the pulse.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- 1
-
-
- Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The parameter is null.
- 1
-
-
- Attempts to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock.
- The parameter is null.
-
- is negative, and not equal to .
- 1
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified number of milliseconds, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The number of milliseconds to wait for the lock.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
-
- is negative, and not equal to .
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object.
- true if the current thread acquires the lock; otherwise, false.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- A representing the amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait.
- The parameter is null.
- The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
- 1
-
-
- Attempts, for the specified amount of time, to acquire an exclusive lock on the specified object, and atomically sets a value that indicates whether the lock was taken.
- The object on which to acquire the lock.
- The amount of time to wait for the lock. A value of –1 millisecond specifies an infinite wait.
- The result of the attempt to acquire the lock, passed by reference. The input must be false. The output is true if the lock is acquired; otherwise, the output is false. The output is set even if an exception occurs during the attempt to acquire the lock.
- The input to is true.
- The parameter is null.
- The value of in milliseconds is negative and is not equal to (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock.
- true if the call returned because the caller reacquired the lock for the specified object. This method does not return if the lock is not reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- 1
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue.
- true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- The number of milliseconds to wait before the thread enters the ready queue.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- The value of the parameter is negative, and is not equal to .
- 1
-
-
- Releases the lock on an object and blocks the current thread until it reacquires the lock. If the specified time-out interval elapses, the thread enters the ready queue.
- true if the lock was reacquired before the specified time elapsed; false if the lock was reacquired after the specified time elapsed. The method does not return until the lock is reacquired.
- The object on which to wait.
- A representing the amount of time to wait before the thread enters the ready queue.
- The parameter is null.
- The calling thread does not own the lock for the specified object.
- The thread that invokes Wait is later interrupted from the waiting state. This happens when another thread calls this thread's method.
- The value of the parameter in milliseconds is negative and does not represent (–1 millisecond), or is greater than .
- 1
-
-
- A synchronization primitive that can also be used for interprocess synchronization.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the mutex; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, and a string that is the name of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false.
- The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed.
- The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a Boolean value that indicates whether the calling thread should have initial ownership of the mutex, a string that is the name of the mutex, and a Boolean value that, when the method returns, indicates whether the calling thread was granted initial ownership of the mutex.
- true to give the calling thread initial ownership of the named system mutex if the named system mutex is created as a result of this call; otherwise, false.
- The name of the . If the value is null, the is unnamed.
- When this method returns, contains a Boolean that is true if a local mutex was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system mutex was created; false if the specified named system mutex already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
- The named mutex exists and has access control security, but the user does not have .
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
- is longer than 260 characters.
-
-
- Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system mutex.
- The name of the system mutex to open.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named mutex does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Releases the once.
- The calling thread does not own the mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Opens the specified named mutex, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named mutex was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system mutex to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named mutex if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named mutex exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
-
-
- Represents a lock that is used to manage access to a resource, allowing multiple threads for reading or exclusive access for writing.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default property values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the lock recursion policy.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy.
-
-
- Gets the total number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode.
- The number of unique threads that have entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for read mode, and exits read mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for upgradeable mode, and exits upgradeable mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Reduces the recursion count for write mode, and exits write mode if the resulting count is 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in read mode.
- true if the current thread has entered read mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
- true if the current thread has entered upgradeable mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates whether the current thread has entered the lock in write mode.
- true if the current thread has entered write mode; otherwise, false.
- 2
-
-
- Gets a value that indicates the recursion policy for the current object.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies the lock recursion policy.
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in read mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 (zero) if the current thread has not entered read mode, 1 if the thread has entered read mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered the lock recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in upgradeable mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 if the current thread has not entered upgradeable mode, 1 if the thread has entered upgradeable mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered upgradeable mode recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the number of times the current thread has entered the lock in write mode, as an indication of recursion.
- 0 if the current thread has not entered write mode, 1 if the thread has entered write mode but has not entered it recursively, or n if the thread has entered write mode recursively n - 1 times.
- 2
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional integer time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in read mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered read mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in upgradeable mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered upgradeable mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or -1 ( ) to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Tries to enter the lock in write mode, with an optional time-out.
- true if the calling thread entered write mode, otherwise, false.
- The interval to wait, or -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter. The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in read mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter read mode.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in upgradeable mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter upgradeable mode.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the total number of threads that are waiting to enter the lock in write mode.
- The total number of threads that are waiting to enter write mode.
- 2
-
-
- Limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently.
- 1
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is greater than .
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, and optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The name of a named system semaphore object.
-
- is greater than .-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have .
- The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of entries and the maximum number of concurrent entries, optionally specifying the name of a system semaphore object, and specifying a variable that receives a value indicating whether a new system semaphore was created.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be satisfied concurrently.
- The name of a named system semaphore object.
- When this method returns, contains true if a local semaphore was created (that is, if is null or an empty string) or if the specified named system semaphore was created; false if the specified named system semaphore already existed. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
-
- is greater than . -or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is less than 1.-or- is less than 0.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists and has access control security, and the user does not have .
- The named semaphore cannot be created, perhaps because a wait handle of a different type has the same name.
-
-
- Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists.
- An object that represents the named system semaphore.
- The name of the system semaphore to open.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- The named semaphore does not exist.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Exits the semaphore and returns the previous count.
- The count on the semaphore before the method was called.
- The semaphore count is already at the maximum value.
- A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore.
- The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have .-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with .
- 1
-
-
- Exits the semaphore a specified number of times and returns the previous count.
- The count on the semaphore before the method was called.
- The number of times to exit the semaphore.
-
- is less than 1.
- The semaphore count is already at the maximum value.
- A Win32 error occurred with a named semaphore.
- The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but the user does not have rights.-or-The current semaphore represents a named system semaphore, but it was not opened with rights.
- 1
-
-
- Opens the specified named semaphore, if it already exists, and returns a value that indicates whether the operation succeeded.
- true if the named semaphore was opened successfully; otherwise, false.
- The name of the system semaphore to open.
- When this method returns, contains a object that represents the named semaphore if the call succeeded, or null if the call failed. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
-
- is an empty string.-or- is longer than 260 characters.
-
- is null.
- A Win32 error occurred.
- The named semaphore exists, but the user does not have the security access required to use it.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when the method is called on a semaphore whose count is already at the maximum.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Represents a lightweight alternative to that limits the number of threads that can access a resource or pool of resources concurrently.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial number of requests that can be granted concurrently.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is less than 0.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class, specifying the initial and maximum number of requests that can be granted concurrently.
- The initial number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
- The maximum number of requests for the semaphore that can be granted concurrently.
-
- is less than 0, or is greater than , or is equal to or less than 0.
-
-
- Returns a that can be used to wait on the semaphore.
- A that can be used to wait on the semaphore.
- The has been disposed.
-
-
- Gets the number of remaining threads that can enter the object.
- The number of remaining threads that can enter the semaphore.
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the unmanaged resources used by the , and optionally releases the managed resources.
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
- Releases the object once.
- The previous count of the .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
- The has already reached its maximum size.
-
-
- Releases the object a specified number of times.
- The previous count of the .
- The number of times to exit the semaphore.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is less than 1.
- The has already reached its maximum size.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the .
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout.
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer that specifies the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The instance has been disposed, or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , while observing a .
- The token to observe.
-
- was canceled.
- The current instance has already been disposed.-or-The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a to specify the timeout.
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
- The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed
-
-
- Blocks the current thread until it can enter the , using a that specifies the timeout, while observing a .
- true if the current thread successfully entered the ; otherwise, false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
- The semaphoreSlim instance has been disposed The that created has already been disposed.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the .
- A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval.
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a 32-bit signed integer to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The to observe.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , while observing a .
- A task that will complete when the semaphore has been entered.
- The token to observe.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval.
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The current instance has already been disposed.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Asynchronously waits to enter the , using a to measure the time interval, while observing a .
- A task that will complete with a result of true if the current thread successfully entered the , otherwise with a result of false.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The token to observe.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out-or-timeout is greater than .
-
- was canceled.
-
-
- Represents a method to be called when a message is to be dispatched to a synchronization context.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- 2
-
-
- Provides a mutual exclusion lock primitive where a thread trying to acquire the lock waits in a loop repeatedly checking until the lock becomes available.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the structure with the option to track thread IDs to improve debugging.
- Whether to capture and use thread IDs for debugging purposes.
-
-
- Acquires the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling Enter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Releases the lock.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock.
-
-
- Releases the lock.
- A Boolean value that indicates whether a memory fence should be issued in order to immediately publish the exit operation to other threads.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread is not the owner of this lock.
-
-
- Gets whether the lock is currently held by any thread.
- true if the lock is currently held by any thread; otherwise false.
-
-
- Gets whether the lock is held by the current thread.
- true if the lock is held by the current thread; otherwise false.
- Thread ownership tracking is disabled.
-
-
- Gets whether thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance.
- true if thread ownership tracking is enabled for this instance; otherwise false.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Attempts to acquire the lock in a reliable manner, such that even if an exception occurs within the method call, can be examined reliably to determine whether the lock was acquired.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- True if the lock is acquired; otherwise, false. must be initialized to false prior to calling this method.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than milliseconds.
- The argument must be initialized to false prior to calling TryEnter.
- Thread ownership tracking is enabled, and the current thread has already acquired this lock.
-
-
- Provides support for spin-based waiting.
-
-
- Gets the number of times has been called on this instance.
- Returns an integer that represents the number of times has been called on this instance.
-
-
- Gets whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch.
- Whether the next call to will yield the processor, triggering a forced context switch.
-
-
- Resets the spin counter.
-
-
- Performs a single spin.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied.
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- The argument is null.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired.
- True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- The number of milliseconds to wait, or (-1) to wait indefinitely.
- The argument is null.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
-
-
- Spins until the specified condition is satisfied or until the specified timeout is expired.
- True if the condition is satisfied within the timeout; otherwise, false
- A delegate to be executed over and over until it returns true.
- A that represents the number of milliseconds to wait, or a TimeSpan that represents -1 milliseconds to wait indefinitely.
- The argument is null.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out -or- timeout is greater than .
-
-
- Provides the basic functionality for propagating a synchronization context in various synchronization models.
- 2
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, creates a copy of the synchronization context.
- A new object.
- 2
-
-
- Gets the synchronization context for the current thread.
- A object representing the current synchronization context.
- 1
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has completed.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, responds to the notification that an operation has started.
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, dispatches an asynchronous message to a synchronization context.
- The delegate to call.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- 2
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, dispatches a synchronous message to a synchronization context.
- The delegate to call.
- The object passed to the delegate.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app. The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Sets the current synchronization context.
- The object to be set.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when a method requires the caller to own the lock on a given Monitor, and the method is invoked by a caller that does not own that lock.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
- Provides thread-local storage of data.
- Specifies the type of data stored per-thread.
-
-
- Initializes the instance.
-
-
- Initializes the instance.
- Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them through the property.
-
-
- Initializes the instance with the specified function.
- The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized.
-
- is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initializes the instance with the specified function.
- The invoked to produce a lazily-initialized value when an attempt is made to retrieve without it having been previously initialized.
- Whether to track all values set on the instance and expose them via the property.
-
- is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
-
-
- Releases the resources used by this instance.
- A Boolean value that indicates whether this method is being called due to a call to .
-
-
- Releases the resources used by this instance.
-
-
- Gets whether is initialized on the current thread.
- true if is initialized on the current thread; otherwise false.
- The instance has been disposed.
-
-
- Creates and returns a string representation of this instance for the current thread.
- The result of calling on the .
- The instance has been disposed.
- The for the current thread is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- The initialization function attempted to reference recursively.
- No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied.
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of this instance for the current thread.
- Returns an instance of the object that this ThreadLocal is responsible for initializing.
- The instance has been disposed.
- The initialization function attempted to reference recursively.
- No default constructor is provided and no value factory is supplied.
-
-
- Gets a list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance.
- A list for all of the values currently stored by all of the threads that have accessed this instance.
- The instance has been disposed.
-
-
- Contains methods for performing volatile memory operations.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the value of the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The value that was read. This value is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
-
-
- Reads the object reference from the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears after this method in the code, the processor cannot move it before this method.
- The reference to that was read. This reference is the latest written by any processor in the computer, regardless of the number of processors or the state of processor cache.
- The field to read.
- The type of field to read. This must be a reference type, not a value type.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a memory operation appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified value to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the value is written.
- The value to write. The value is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
-
-
- Writes the specified object reference to the specified field. On systems that require it, inserts a memory barrier that prevents the processor from reordering memory operations as follows: If a read or write appears before this method in the code, the processor cannot move it after this method.
- The field where the object reference is written.
- The object reference to write. The reference is written immediately so that it is visible to all processors in the computer.
- The type of field to write. This must be a reference type, not a value type.
-
-
- The exception that is thrown when an attempt is made to open a system mutex or semaphore that does not exist.
- 2
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception. If the parameter is not null, the current exception is raised in a catch block that handles the inner exception.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fb943bbf..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/de/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1799 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn ein Thread ein -Objekt abruft, das von einem anderen Thread abgebrochen wurde, indem das Objekt beim Beenden nicht freigegeben wurde.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem festgelegten Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung und einer festgelegten inneren Ausnahme.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, der inneren Ausnahme, dem Index für den abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und einem -Objekt, das den Mutex darstellt.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer festgelegten Fehlermeldung, dem Index des abgebrochenen Mutex (falls zutreffend) und dem abgebrochenen Mutex.
- Eine Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex im Array von WaitHandles, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode ausgelöst wird, oder -1, wenn die Ausnahme für die -Methode oder die -Methode ausgelöst wird.
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt.
-
-
- Ruft den abgebrochenen Mutex ab, das die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt).
- Ein -Objekt, das den abgebrochenen Mutex darstellt, oder null, wenn der abgebrochene Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte.
- 1
-
-
- Ruft den Index des abgebrochenen Mutex ab, der die Ausnahme verursacht hat (falls bekannt).
- Der Index des -Objekts, das der abgebrochene Mutex darstellt, im Array von WaitHandles, die an die -Methode übergeben wurden, oder -1, wenn der Index des abgebrochenen Mutex nicht bestimmt werden konnte.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt Umgebungsdaten dar, die für eine angegebene asynchrone Ablaufsteuerung lokal sind, wie etwa eine asynchrone Methode.
- Der Typ der Umgebungsdaten.
-
-
- Instanziiert eine -Instanz, die keine Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt.
-
-
- Instanziiert eine lokale -Instanz, die Änderungsbenachrichtigungen empfängt.
- Der Delegat, der aufgerufen wird, wenn sich der aktuelle Wert auf einem beliebigen Thread ändert.
-
-
- Ruft den Wert der Umgebungsdaten ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Der Wert der Umgebungsdaten.
-
-
- Die Klasse, die -Instanzen, die sich für Änderungsbenachrichtigungen registrieren, Informationen über Datenänderungen zur Verfügung stellt.
- Der Typ der Daten.
-
-
- Ruft den aktuellen Wert der Daten ab.
- Der aktuelle Wert der Daten.
-
-
- Ruft den vorherigen Wert der Daten ab.
- Der vorherige Wert der Daten.
-
-
- Gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungskontexts ändert.
- true, wenn sich der Wert aufgrund einer Änderung des Ausführungstexts ändert, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen wartenden Thread über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
-
-
- Ermöglicht es mehreren Aufgaben, parallel über mehrere Phasen gemeinsam an einem Algorithmus zu arbeiten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
- Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads.
-
- ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
- Die Anzahl teilnehmender Threads.
-
- , die nach jeder Phase ausgeführt wird. NULL (Nothing in Visual Basic) wird möglicherweise übergeben, um keine Aktion anzugeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0 oder größer als 32,767.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein eines weiteren Teilnehmers.
- Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Einen Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über das Vorhandensein weiterer Teilnehmer.
- Die Phasennummer der Grenze, an der die neuen Teilnehmer zuerst teilnehmen.
- Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die der Grenze hinzugefügt werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.– oder – -Teilnehmer hinzuzufügen würde verursachen, dass die Teilnehmeranzahl der Barriere 32.767 überschreitet.
- Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Ruft die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze ab.
- Gibt die Nummer der aktuellen Phase der Grenze zurück.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
- Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab.
- Gibt die Gesamtanzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze ab, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben.
- Gibt die Anzahl von Teilnehmern für die Grenze zurück, die in der aktuellen Phase noch nicht signalisiert haben.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt , dass ein Teilnehmer nicht mehr vorhanden ist.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt über die geringere Anzahl von Teilnehmern.
- Die Anzahl zusätzlicher Teilnehmer, die aus der Grenze entfernt werden sollen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
- Die Barriere hat bereits 0 Teilnehmer.– oder –Die Methode wurde aus einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen. – oder –aktuelle Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene participantCount
- Die gesamte Teilnehmeranzahl ist kleiner als der angegebene
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
- Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet.
- wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
- Wenn eine Ausnahme aus der Post-Phasenaktion einer Grenze ausgelöst wird, nachdem alle teilnehmenden Threads SignalAndWait aufgerufen haben, wird die Ausnahme in einer BarrierPostPhaseException umbrochen und für alle teilnehmenden Threads ausgelöst.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt.
- wenn alle Teilnehmer die Grenze innerhalb der angegebenen Zeit erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere erreichen. Dabei wird ein Abbruchtoken überwacht.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen.
- True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, oder er ist größer als 32.767.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Signalisiert, dass ein Teilnehmer die Barriere erreicht hat und darauf wartet, dass alle anderen Teilnehmer die Barriere ebenfalls erreichen. Dabei wird das Zeitintervall mit einem -Objekt gemessen und ein Abbruchtoken berücksichtigt.
- True, wenn alle anderen Teilnehmer die Grenze erreicht haben, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1 Millisekunde. Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt einen unendlichen Timeout an.
- Die Methode wurde innerhalb einer Postphasenaktion aufgerufen, die Barriere hat derzeit 0 Teilnehmer, oder die Barriere wird von mehr Threads gemeldet als Teilnehmer registriert sind.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die bei einem Fehler der Nachphasenaktion einer ausgelöst wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen internen Ausnahme.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die in einem neuen Kontext aufgerufen werden muss.
- Ein Objekt mit den Informationen, die von der Rückrufmethode bei jeder Ausführung verwendet werden.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt einen Synchronisierungsprimitiven dar, der signalisiert wird, wenn seine Anzahl 0 (null) erreicht.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit der angegebenen Anzahl.
- Die zum Festlegen von ursprünglich erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um 1.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer oder gleich .
-
-
- Erhöht die aktuelle Anzahl von um einen angegebenen Wert.
- Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner oder gleich 0.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – ist größer gleich , nach die Anzahl schrittweise durch erhöht wird.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl verbleibender Signale ab, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind.
- Die Anzahl verbleibender Signale, die zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich sind.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- True, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Signalen ab, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren.
- Die Anzahl von Signalen, die ursprünglich zum Festlegen des Ereignisses erforderlich waren.
-
-
- Bestimmt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde.
- True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Setzt auf den Wert von zurück.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Setzt die -Eigenschaft auf einen angegebenen Wert zurück.
- Die zum Festlegen von erforderliche Anzahl von Signalen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Registriert ein Signal beim und dekrementiert den Wert von .
- True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund des Signals 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.
-
-
- Registriert mehrere Signale bei und verringert den Wert von um den angegebenen Wert.
- True, wenn die Anzahl aufgrund der Signale 0 (null) erreicht hat und das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl zu registrierender Signale.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt. -oder- ist größer als .
-
-
- Versucht, um eins zu inkrementieren.
- True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, gibt diese Methode false zurück.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist gleich .
-
-
- Versucht, durch einen angegebenen Wert zu inkrementieren.
- True, wenn die Anzahl erfolgreich erhöht wurde, andernfalls false.Wenn bereits 0 (null) ist, wird false zurückgegeben.
- Der Wert, um den erhöht werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner oder gleich 0.
- Die aktuelle Instanz ist bereits festgelegt.– oder – + ist gleich oder größer als .
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Wartezeit in Millisekunden oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis festgelegt wird, wobei ein zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- True, wenn festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben. - Oder - Die , die erstellte, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Ruft ein ab, das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten.
- Ein , das verwendet wird, um auf das festzulegende Ereignis zu warten.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Gibt an, ob eine -Klasse nach dem Empfangen eines Signals automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- 2
-
-
- Bei Signalisierung wird die -Methode automatisch nach der Freigabe eines einzigen Threads zurückgesetzt.Wenn sich keine Threads in der Warteschlange befinden, bleibt die -Methode solange signalisiert, bis ein Thread blockiert wird. Sie wird zurückgesetzt, nachdem der Thread freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Bei Signalisierung gibt die -Methode alle wartenden Threads frei. Sie bleibt solange signalisiert, bis sie manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
-
-
- Stellt ein Threadsynchronisierungsereignis dar.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll. false, wenn er auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses an.
- true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt an, ob das WaitHandle anfänglich signalisiert ist, wenn es als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wurde, und ob es automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird, und gibt den Namen eines Systemsynchronisierungsereignisses und eine boolesche Variable an, deren Wert nach dem Aufruf angibt, ob das benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde.
- true, um den anfänglichen Zustand auf signalisiert festzulegen, wenn das benannte Ereignis als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird; false, um den Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festzulegen.
- Einer der -Werte, die bestimmen, ob das Ereignis automatisch oder manuell zurückgesetzt wird.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Ereignis erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemereignis erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsereignis bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Ereignis kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemereignis darstellt.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge. - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Das benannte Systemereignis ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf nicht signalisiert fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden.
- true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false.
- Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen.
- 2
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf signalisiert fest und ermöglicht so einem oder mehreren wartenden Threads fortzufahren.
- true, wenn die Operation erfolgreich ausgeführt wird, andernfalls false.
- Die -Methode wurde zuvor für dieses aufgerufen.
- 2
-
-
- Öffnet das bestimmte benannte Synchronisierungsereignis, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name eines systemweiten Synchronisierungsereignisses, das zu öffnen ist.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Synchronisierungsereignis darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Ereignis ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den gewünschten Sicherheitszugriff.
-
-
- Verwaltet den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Zeichnet den Ausführungskontext des aktuellen Threads auf.
- Ein -Objekt, das den Ausführungskontext für den aktuellen Thread darstellt.
- 1
-
-
- Führt für den aktuellen Thread eine Methode in einem angegebenen Ausführungskontext aus.
- Der festzulegende .
- Ein -Delegat, der die im bereitgestellten Ausführungskontext auszuführende Methode darstellt.
- Das Objekt, das an die Rückrufmethode übergeben werden soll.
-
- ist null.– oder – wurde nicht durch einen Aufzeichnungsvorgang ermittelt. – oder – wurde bereits als Argument für einen Aufruf von verwendet.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Stellt atomare Operationen für Variablen bereit, die von mehreren Threads gemeinsam genutzt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe.
- Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert.
- Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert.
- Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Fügt in einer atomaren Operation zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen hinzu und ersetzt die erste Ganzzahl durch die Summe.
- Der unter gespeicherte neue Wert.
- Eine Variable, die den ersten Wert enthält, der hinzugefügt werden soll.Die Summe der beiden Werte wird in gespeichert.
- Der Wert, der der Ganzzahl in hinzugefügt werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit doppelter Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei 32-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei 64-Bit-Ganzzahlen mit Vorzeichen hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei plattformspezifische Handles oder Zeiger hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Der Ziel- , dessen Wert mit dem Wert von verglichen und möglicherweise durch ersetzt wird.
- Der , der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der , der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Objekte hinsichtlich ihrer Verweisgleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit das erste Objekt.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Zielobjekt, das mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Das Objekt, das das Zielobjekt ersetzt, wenn beim Vergleich Gleichheit festgestellt wird.
- Das Objekt, das mit dem Objekt in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Gleitkommazahlen mit einfacher Genauigkeit hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit den ersten Wert.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Vergleicht zwei Instanzen des angegebenen Referenztyps hinsichtlich ihrer Gleichheit und ersetzt bei vorliegender Gleichheit die erste.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert in .
- Das Ziel, dessen Wert mit verglichen und möglicherweise ersetzt wird.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Der Wert, der den Zielwert ersetzt, wenn der Vergleich Gleichheit ergibt.
- Der Wert, der mit dem Wert in verglichen wird.
- Der Typ, der für , und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Dekrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der dekrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Dekrementiert den Wert der angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der dekrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert dekrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit doppelter Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine 64-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein plattformspezifisches Handle bzw. einen plattformspezifischen Zeiger auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation ein Objekt auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt einen Verweis auf das ursprüngliche Objekt zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt in einer atomaren Operation eine Gleitkommazahl mit einfacher Genauigkeit auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Legt eine Variable vom angegebenen Typ in einer atomaren Operation auf einen angegebenen Wert fest und gibt den ursprünglichen Wert zurück.
- Der ursprüngliche Wert von .
- Die Variable, die auf den angegebenen Wert festgelegt werden soll.Dies ist ein Verweisparameter (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Der Wert, auf den der -Parameter festgelegt ist.
- Der Typ, der für und verwendet werden soll.Dieser Typ muss ein Referenztyp sein.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der inkrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Inkrementiert den Wert einer angegebenen Variablen und speichert das Ergebnis in einer atomaren Operation.
- Der inkrementierte Wert.
- Die Variable, deren Wert inkrementiert werden soll.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronisiert den Speicherzugriff wie folgt: Der Prozessor, der den aktuellen Thread ausführt, kann Anweisungen nicht so neu anordnen, dass Speicherzugriffe vor dem Aufruf von nach Speicherzugriffen ausgeführt werden, die nach dem Aufruf von erfolgen.
-
-
- Gibt einen 64-Bit-Wert zurück, der in einer atomaren Operation geladen wird.
- Der geladene Wert.
- Der zu ladende 64-Bit-Wert.
- 1
-
-
- Stellt verzögerte Initialisierungsroutinen bereit.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Verweis vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit seinem Standardkonstruktor, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweis- oder Werttyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Ein Verweis oder Wert vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf einen booleschen Wert, der bestimmt, ob das Ziel bereits initialisiert wurde.
- Ein Verweis auf ein Objekt, das für die Initialisierung von als sich gegenseitig ausschließende Sperre verwendet wird.Wenn null ist, wird ein neues Objekt instanziiert.
- Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis oder den Wert zu initialisieren.
- Der Typ des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Berechtigungen, auf den Konstruktor des Typs zuzugreifen, haben gefehlt.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
-
- Initialisiert einen Zielverweistyp mit einer angegebenen Funktion, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Der initialisierte Wert vom Typ .
- Der Verweis vom Typ , der initialisiert werden soll, wenn er noch nicht initialisiert wurde.
- Die Funktion, die aufgerufen wird, um den Verweis zu initialisieren.
- Der Verweistyp des zu initialisierenden Verweises.
- Der Typ besitzt keinen Standardkonstruktor.
-
- gibt null (Nothing in Visual Basic) zurück.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die rekursive Anforderung einer Sperre nicht mit der Rekursionsrichtlinie der Sperre kompatibel ist.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer vom System generierten Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Meldung, die den Fehler beschreibt.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Meldung, in der die Ausnahme beschrieben wirdDer Aufrufer dieses Konstruktors muss sicherstellen, dass diese Zeichenfolge für die aktuelle Systemkultur lokalisiert wurde.
- Die Ausnahme, die die aktuelle Ausnahme verursacht hat.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
- 2
-
-
- Gibt an, ob eine Sperre mehrmals dem gleichen Thread zugewiesen werden kann.
-
-
- Wenn ein Thread rekursiv versucht, eine Sperre zu erhalten, wird eine Ausnahme ausgelöst.Einige Klassen gestatten gewisse Rekursionen, wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist.
-
-
- Ein Thread kann rekursiv eine Sperre erhalten.Einige Klassen beschränken diese Möglichkeit einer rekursiven Zuweisung.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen oder mehrere wartende Threads über das Eintreten eines Ereignisses.Diese Klasse kann nicht vererbt werden.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
- true, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf signalisiert festgelegt werden soll, false, wenn der anfängliche Zustand auf nicht signalisiert festgelegt werden soll.
-
-
- Stellt eine verschlankte Version von bereit.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit dem Anfangszustand „nicht signalisiert“.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll.
- True, um den Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf „nicht signalisiert“ festzulegen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob der Anfangszustand auf „signalisiert“ festgelegt werden soll, und einer festgelegten Spin-Anzahl.
- True, um den Anfangszustand auf "signalisiert" festzulegen, false um den Anfangszustand auf "nicht signalisiert" festzulegen.
- Die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die vom verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional auch die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um nur nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob das Ereignis festgelegt wurde.
- True, wenn das Ereignis festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „nicht signalisiert“ fest, sodass Threads blockiert werden.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Legt den Zustand des Ereignisses auf „signalisiert“ fest und ermöglicht so die weitere Ausführung eines oder mehrerer wartender Threads.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen ab, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
- Gibt die Anzahl von Spin-Wartevorgängen zurück, die vor dem Fallback auf einen kernelbasierten Wartevorgang stattfinden.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle ein Signal empfängt, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird, wobei ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis das aktuelle festgelegt wird. Dabei wird ein -Wert zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet und ein überwacht.
- true, wenn der festgelegt wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Ruft das zugrunde liegende -Objekt für dieses ab.
- Das zugrunde liegende -Ereignisobjekt für dieses .
-
-
- Stellt einen Mechanismus bereit, der den Zugriff auf Objekte synchronisiert.
- 2
-
-
- Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Das Objekt, für das die Monitorsperre erhalten werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- 1
-
-
- Erhält eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.Hinweis Wenn keine Ausnahme auftritt, ist die Ausgabe dieser Methode immer true.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
-
- Hebt eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt auf.
- Das Objekt, dessen Sperre aufgehoben werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aktuelle Thread besitzt die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt nicht.
- 1
-
-
- Bestimmt, ob der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt enthält.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre für enthält, andernfalls false.
- Das zu überprüfende Objekt.
-
- ist null.
-
-
- Benachrichtigt einen Thread in der Warteschlange für abzuarbeitende Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des gesperrten Objekts.
- Das Objekt, auf das ein Thread wartet.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- 1
-
-
- Benachrichtigt alle wartenden Threads über eine Änderung am Zustand des Objekts.
- Das Objekt, das den Impuls sendet.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- 1
-
-
- Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- 1
-
-
- Versucht, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
-
- Versucht über eine angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
- ist negativ und ungleich .
- 1
-
-
- Versucht für die angegebene Anzahl von Millisekunden, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Anzahl der Millisekunden, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
-
- ist negativ und ungleich .
-
-
- Versucht über einen angegebenen Zeitraum hinweg, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread die Sperre erhält, andernfalls false.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Eine , die die Zeitspanne darstellt, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als .
- 1
-
-
- Versucht für die angegebene Dauer, eine exklusive Sperre für das angegebene Objekt zu erhalten, und legt atomar einen Wert fest, der angibt, ob die Sperre angenommen wurde.
- Das Objekt, für das die Sperre erhalten werden soll.
- Die Zeitspanne, für die auf die Sperre gewartet werden soll.Ein Wert von -1 Millisekunde gibt eine unbegrenzte Wartezeit an.
- Das Ergebnis des Versuchs, die Sperre abzurufen, übergeben als Verweis.Die Eingabe muss false sein.Die Ausgabe ist true, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wurde. Andernfalls ist die Ausgabe false.Die Ausgabe wird auch dann festgelegt, wenn eine Ausnahme bei dem Versuch auftritt, die Sperre abzurufen.
- Die Eingabe für ist true.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der Wert von in Millisekunden ist negativ und ungleich (-1 Millisekunde), oder er ist größer als .
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.
- true, wenn der Aufruf beendet wurde, weil der Aufrufer die Sperre für das angegebene Objekt erneut erhalten hat.Diese Methode wird nicht beendet, wenn die Sperre nicht erneut erhalten wird.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- 1
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein.
- true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- Der Wert des -Parameters ist negativ und ungleich .
- 1
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre für ein Objekt auf und blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er die Sperre erneut erhält.Wenn das angegebene Timeoutintervall abläuft, tritt der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads ein.
- true, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, bevor die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist. false, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde, nachdem die angegebene Zeitspanne verstrichen ist.Die Methode wird erst beendet, wenn die Sperre erneut erhalten wurde.
- Das Objekt, auf das gewartet werden soll.
- Ein , der die Zeit angibt, die gewartet wird, bevor der Thread in die Warteschlange für abgearbeitete Threads eintritt.
- Der -Parameter ist null.
- Der aufrufende Thread besitzt keine Sperre für das angegebene Objekt.
- Der Thread, der Wait aufruft, wird später im Wartezustand unterbrochen.Dieser Fall tritt ein, wenn ein anderer Thread die -Methode dieses Threads aufruft.
- Der Wert des -Parameters in Millisekunden ist negativ und stellt nicht (-1 Millisekunde) dar, oder er ist größer als .
- 1
-
-
- Ein primitiver Synchronisierungstyp, der auch für die prozessübergreifende Synchronisierung verwendet werden kann.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des Mutex zuzuweisen, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, sowie mit einer Zeichenfolge, die den Namen des Mutex darstellt.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false.
- Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einem booleschen Wert, der angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex zugewiesen werden soll, mit einer Zeichenfolge mit dem Namen des Mutex sowie mit einem booleschen Wert, der beim Beenden der Methode angibt, ob dem aufrufenden Thread der anfängliche Besitz des Mutex gewährt wurde.
- true, um dem aufrufenden Thread den anfänglichen Besitz des benannten Systemmutex zuzuweisen, wenn der benannte Systemmutex als Ergebnis dieses Aufrufs erstellt wird, andernfalls false.
- Der Name des .Bei einem Wert von null ist das unbenannt.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode einen booleschen Wert, der true ist, wenn ein lokaler Mutex erstellt wurde (d. h. wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn der angegebene benannte Systemmutex bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
- ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
-
- Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das den benannten Systemmutex darstellt.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Der benannte Mutex ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Gibt das einmal frei.
- Der aufrufende Thread ist nicht im Besitz des Mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Öffnet den bestimmten benannten Mutex, wenn er bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn der benannte Mutex erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemmutex.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Mutex darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Der benannte Mutex ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den erforderlichen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
-
-
- Stellt eine Sperre dar, mit der der Zugriff auf eine Ressource verwaltet wird. Mehrere Threads können hierbei Lesezugriff oder exklusiven Schreibzugriff erhalten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaftswerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse unter Angabe der Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre.
- Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von eindeutigen Threads ab, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- Die Anzahl von eindeutigen Threads, denen die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Lesemodus und beendet den Lesemodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den erweiterbaren Modus und beendet den erweiterbaren Modus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Verringert die Rekursionszahl für den Schreibmodus und beendet den Schreibmodus, wenn das Rekursionsergebnis 0 (null) ist.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Lesemodus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre dem aktuellen Thread im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist.
- true, wenn sich der aktuelle Thread im Schreibmodus befindet, andernfalls false.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für das aktuelle -Objekt angibt.
- Einer der Enumerationswerte, der die Rekursionsrichtlinie für die Sperre angibt.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Lesemodus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Lesemodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Lesemodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread die Sperre n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im erweiterbaren Modus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im erweiterbaren Modus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den erweiterbaren Modus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der als Indikator für eine Rekursion angibt, wie oft dem aktuellen Thread die Sperre im Schreibmodus zugewiesen ist.
- 0 (null), wenn sich der aktuelle Thread nicht im Schreibmodus befindet, 1, wenn sich der Thread im Schreibmodus befindet und diesen nicht rekursiv angefordert hat, oder n, wenn der Thread den Schreibmodus n - 1 Mal rekursiv angefordert hat.
- 2
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein ganzzahliger Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Lesemodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Lesemodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den erweiterbaren Modus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Die Zeit in Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder -1 ( ), um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre im Schreibmodus zu erhalten. Optional wird ein Timeout berücksichtigt.
- true, wenn der aufrufende Thread den Schreibmodus erhalten hat, andernfalls false.
- Das Zeitintervall bis zum Timeout, oder -1 Millisekunden, um unbegrenzt zu warten.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Lesemodus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Lesemodus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im erweiterbaren Modus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des erweiterbaren Modus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft die Gesamtzahl von Threads ab, die auf eine Zuweisung der Sperre im Schreibmodus warten.
- Die Gesamtzahl von Threads, die auf eine Zuweisung des Schreibmodus warten.
- 2
-
-
- Schränkt die Anzahl von Threads ein, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Pool von Ressourcen zugreifen können.
- 1
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen an.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist größer als .
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts.
-
- ist größer als .- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse, gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Einträgen und die maximale Anzahl von gleichzeitigen Einträgen sowie optional den Namen eines Systemsemaphorobjekts an, gibt eine Variable an, die einen Wert empfängt, der angibt, ob ein neues Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde.
- Die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig ausgeführt werden können.
- Der Name eines benannten Systemsemaphorobjekts.
- Enthält nach dem Beenden dieser Methode den Wert true, wenn ein lokales Semaphor erstellt wurde (d. h., wenn gleich null oder eine leere Zeichenfolge ist) oder wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor erstellt wurde. Der Wert ist false, wenn das angegebene benannte Systemsemaphor bereits vorhanden war.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert übergeben.
-
- ist größer als . - oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.- oder - ist kleiner als 0.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden und verfügt über Zugriffssteuerungssicherheit, aber der Benutzer verfügt nicht über .
- Das benannte Semaphor kann nicht erstellt werden, möglicherweise weil ein WaitHandle eines anderen Typs denselben Namen hat.
-
-
- Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist.
- Ein Objekt, das das benannte Systemsemaphor darstellt.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist nicht vorhanden.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Beendet das Semaphor und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf.
- Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten.
- Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über .- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit geöffnet.
- 1
-
-
- Gibt das Semaphor eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei und gibt die vorherige Anzahl zurück.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor vor dem Aufruf der -Methode.
- Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Die Anzahl für das Semaphor weist bereits den maximalen Wert auf.
- Bei einem benannten Semaphor ist ein Win32-Fehler aufgetreten.
- Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar. Der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über -Rechte.- oder - Das aktuelle Semaphor stellt ein benanntes Systemsemaphor dar, es wurde jedoch nicht mit -Rechten geöffnet.
- 1
-
-
- Öffnet das angegebene benannte Semaphor, wenn es bereits vorhanden ist, und gibt einen Wert zurück, der angibt, ob der Vorgang erfolgreich war.
- true, wenn das benannte Semaphor erfolgreich geöffnet wurde; andernfalls false.
- Der Name des zu öffnenden Systemsemaphors.
- Enthält nach Beenden der Methode ein -Objekt, das das benannte Semaphor darstellt, wenn der Aufruf erfolgreich ausgeführt wurde, oder null, wenn der Aufruf fehlgeschlagen ist.Dieser Parameter wird nicht initialisiert behandelt.
-
- ist eine leere Zeichenfolge.- oder - ist länger als 260 Zeichen.
-
- ist null.
- Ein Win32-Fehler ist aufgetreten.
- Das benannte Semaphor ist vorhanden, der Benutzer verfügt jedoch nicht über den nötigen Sicherheitszugriff, um es zu verwenden.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn die -Methode für ein Semaphor aufgerufen wird, dessen Zähler bereits den Maximalwert aufweist.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Eine einfache Alternative zu , die die Anzahl der Threads beschränkt, die gleichzeitig auf eine Ressource oder einen Ressourcenpool zugreifen können.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist kleiner als 0.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse und gibt die ursprüngliche sowie die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen an, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die anfängliche Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
- Die maximale Anzahl von Anforderungen für das Semaphor, die gleichzeitig gewährt werden können.
-
- ist kleiner als 0, oder ist größer als , oder ist kleiner gleich 0.
-
-
- Gibt ein zurück, das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten.
- Ein , das verwendet werden kann um auf die Semaphore zu warten.
-
- wurde verworfen.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads ab, für die das Eintreten in das -Objekt zulässig ist.
- Die Anzahl der verbleibenden Threads, für die das Eintreten in das Semaphor zulässig ist.
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die von verwendeten nicht verwalteten Ressourcen und optional die verwalteten Ressourcen frei.
- true, um sowohl verwaltete als auch nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben, false, um ausschließlich nicht verwaltete Ressourcen freizugeben.
-
-
- Gibt das -Objekt einmal frei.
- Die vorherige Anzahl von .
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
- Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht.
-
-
- Gibt das -Objekt eine festgelegte Anzahl von Malen frei.
- Die vorherige Anzahl von .
- Die Anzahl von Malen, die das Semaphor freigegeben werden soll.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist kleiner als 1.
- Der hat bereits seine maximale Größe erreicht.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in eintreten kann.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei das Timeout mit einer 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen angegeben wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die Instanz wurde freigegeben, oder die erstellten freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein überwacht wird.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.- oder - Die erstellten bereits freigegeben wurde.
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei ein zum Angeben des Timeouts verwendet wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
- Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben
-
-
- Blockiert den aktuellen Thread, bis er in die Warteschlange von eingereiht werden kann, wobei eine den Timeout angibt und ein überwacht wird.
- true, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in die Warteschlange von eingereiht wurde, andernfalls false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
- Die semaphoreSlim-Instanz wurde freigegeben Die , die erstellt hat, wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Eintritt in .
- Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , wobei eine 32-Bit-Ganzzahl mit Vorzeichen zum Messen des Zeitintervalls verwendet wird, während ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das zu überwachende .
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum , während ein ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die abgeschlossen wird, wenn das Semaphor eingegeben wurde.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Die aktuelle Instanz wurde bereits freigegeben.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an. - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Wartet asynchron auf den Zutritt zum unter Verwendung einer zum Messen des Zeitintervalls, während ein beobachtet wird.
- Eine Aufgabe, die mit dem Ergebnis true abgeschlossen wird, wenn der aktuelle Thread erfolgreich in gewechselt ist, andernfalls mit dem Ergebnis false.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- Das zu überwachende -Token.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.- oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
- wurde abgebrochen.
-
-
- Stellt eine Methode dar, die aufgerufen werden muss, wenn eine Nachricht an einen Synchronisierungskontext gesendet werden soll.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Stellt einen sich gegenseitig ausschließenden Sperrprimitiven bereit, wobei ein Thread, der versucht, die Sperre abzurufen, wiederholt in einer Schleife wartet, bis die Sperre verfügbar wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Struktur mit der Option, Thread-IDs nachzuverfolgen, um das Debuggen zu vereinfachen.
- Gibt an, ob Thread-IDs zu Debugzwecken erfasst und verwendet werden.
-
-
- Ruft die Sperre zuverlässig ab, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von Enter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre auf.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre.
-
-
- Hebt die Sperre auf.
- Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob eine Arbeitsspeicherumgrenzung ausgegeben werden soll, um den Beendigungsvorgang sofort für andere Threads zu veröffentlichen.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread ist nicht Besitzer dieser Sperre.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird.
- True, wenn die Sperre zurzeit von einem Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird.
- True, wenn die Sperre vom aktuellen Thread verwendet wird, andernfalls false.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird deaktiviert.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist.
- True, wenn die Threadbesitznachverfolgung für diese Instanz aktiviert ist, andernfalls false.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Versucht, die Sperre zuverlässig abzurufen, sodass auch bei einer Ausnahme innerhalb des Methodenaufrufs zuverlässig untersucht werden kann, um zu bestimmen, ob die Sperre abgerufen wurde.
- Eine -Struktur, die die Anzahl der zu wartenden Millisekunden angibt, oder eine -Struktur, die -1 Millisekunden zum unendlichen Warten angibt.
- True, wenn die Sperre abgerufen wird, andernfalls false. muss vor dem Aufrufen dieser Methode mit false initialisiert werden.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als Millisekunden.
- Das -Argument muss vor dem Aufrufen von TryEnter mit false initialisiert werden.
- Die Threadbesitznachverfolgung wird aktiviert, und der aktuelle Thread hat diese Sperre bereits abgerufen.
-
-
- Stellt Unterstützung für Spin-basierte Wartevorgänge bereit.
-
-
- Ruft die Anzahl von -Aufrufen für diese Instanz ab.
- Gibt eine ganze Zahl zurück, die angibt, wie häufig für diese Instanz aufgerufen wurde.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst.
- Gibt an, ob der nächste Aufruf von den Prozessor ergibt und einen erzwungenen Kontextwechsel auslöst.
-
-
- Setzt die Spin-Anzahl zurück.
-
-
- Führt einen Spin-Vorgang aus.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist.
- True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Die Anzahl von Millisekunden, die gewartet wird, oder (-1) für Warten ohne Timeout.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl, aber nicht -1. Der Wert -1 gibt einen Endlostimeout an.
-
-
- Führt Spin-Vorgänge aus, bis die angegebene Bedingung erfüllt wird oder das angegebene Timeout abgelaufen ist.
- True, wenn die Bedingung innerhalb des Timeouts erfüllt wird, andernfalls false.
- Ein Delegat, der immer wieder ausgeführt wird, bis true zurückgegeben wird.
- Ein , das die Wartezeit in Millisekunden darstellt, oder ein TimeSpan-Wert, der -1 Millisekunden für Warten ohne Timeout darstellt.
- Das -Argument ist Null.
-
- ist eine negative Zahl ungleich -1 Millisekunden, die ein unendliches Timeout darstellt, - oder - Timeout ist größer als .
-
-
- Stellt die Grundfunktionen für die Weitergabe eines Synchronisierungskontexts in unterschiedlichen Synchronisierungsmodellen bereit.
- 2
-
-
- Erstellt eine neue Instanz der -Klasse.
-
-
- Erstellt beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine Kopie des Synchronisierungskontexts.
- Ein neues -Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Ruft den Synchronisierungskontext für den aktuellen Thread ab.
- Ein -Objekt, das den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext darstellt.
- 1
-
-
- Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang abgeschlossen wurde.
-
-
- Antwortet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse auf die Benachrichtigung, dass ein Vorgang gestartet wurde.
-
-
- Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine asynchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext.
- Der aufzurufende -Delegat.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- 2
-
-
- Sendet beim Überschreiben in einer abgeleiteten Klasse eine synchrone Meldung an einen Synchronisierungskontext.
- Der aufzurufende -Delegat.
- Das an den Delegaten übergebene Objekt.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Legt den aktuellen Synchronisierungskontext fest.
- Das festzulegende -Objekt.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn der Aufrufer für eine Methode über eine Sperre für einen bestimmten Monitor verfügen muss und die Methode von einem Aufrufer aufgerufen wird, der nicht über diese Sperre verfügt.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardeigenschaften.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
- Stellt einen lokalen Datenspeicher eines Threads bereit.
- Gibt den für jeden Thread gespeicherten Datentyp an.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz.
- Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen.
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion.
- Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen.
-
- ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initialisiert die -Instanz mit der angegebenen -Funktion.
- Das , das aufgerufen wird, um einen verzögert initialisierten Wert zu erzeugen, wenn versucht wird, ohne vorherige Initialisierung abzurufen.
- Ob alle Werte, die für die Instanz festgelegt werden, verfolgt werden und über die -Eigenschaft verfügbar gemacht sollen.
-
- ist ein null-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Gibt alle von der aktuellen Instanz der -Klasse verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
- Ein boolescher Wert, der angibt, ob diese Methode aufgrund eines Aufrufs von aufgerufen wird.
-
-
- Gibt die von dieser -Instanz verwendeten Ressourcen frei.
-
-
- Ruft einen Wert ab, der angibt, ob für den aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde.
- True, wenn erfolgreich im aktuellen Thread initialisiert wurde, andernfalls false.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
-
-
- Erstellt eine Zeichenfolgendarstellung dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread und gibt sie zurück.
- Das Ergebnis des Aufrufs von für .
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
- Der für den aktuellen Thread ist ein NULL-Verweis (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen.
- Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben.
-
-
- Ruft den Wert dieser Instanz für den aktuellen Thread ab oder legt ihn fest.
- Gibt eine Instanz des Objekts zurück, für dessen Initialisierung dieser ThreadLocal zuständig ist.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
- Die Initialisierungsfunktion versuchte, auf rekursiv zu verweisen.
- Kein Standardkonstruktor wird bereitgestellt, und keine Wertfactory wird angegeben.
-
-
- Ruft eine Liste aller Werte ab, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert werden.
- Eine Liste aller Werte, die aktuell von allen Threads, die auf diese Instanz zugegriffen haben, gespeichert sind.
- Die -Instanz wurde freigegeben.
-
-
- Enthält Methoden für die Durchführung von Vorgängen für flüchtigen Speicher.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Wert des angegebenen Felds.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der gelesene Wert.Dieser Wert entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Wert, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
-
-
- Liest den Objektverweis aus dem angegebenen Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn nach dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht vor diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Der Verweis auf , der gelesen wurde.Dieser Verweis entspricht dem letzten von einem Prozessor im Computer geschriebenen Verweis, unabhängig von der Anzahl der Prozessoren und dem Zustand des Prozessorcaches.
- Das zu lesende Feld.
- Der Typ des zu lesenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Arbeitsspeichervorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Wert in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Wert geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Wert.Der Wert wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
-
-
- Schreibt den angegebenen Objektverweis in das angegebene Feld.Auf Systemen, auf denen dies erforderlich ist, wird eine Arbeitsspeicherbarriere eingefügt, die verhindert, dass der Prozessor Arbeitsspeichervorgänge wie folgt neu anordnet: Wenn vor dieser Methode im Code ein Lese- oder Schreibvorgang ausgeführt wird, kann dieser vom Prozessor nicht hinter diese Methode verschoben werden.
- Das Feld, in das der Objektverweis geschrieben wird.
- Der zu schreibende Objektverweis.Der Verweis wird sofort geschrieben, sodass er für alle Prozessoren im Computer sichtbar ist.
- Der Typ des zu schreibenden Felds.Dabei muss es sich um einen Verweistyp und keinen Werttyp handeln.
-
-
- Die Ausnahme, die ausgelöst wird, wenn versucht wird, einen nicht vorhandenen Systemmutex oder ein nicht vorhandenes Semaphor zu öffnen.
- 2
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit Standardwerten.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
-
-
- Initialisiert eine neue Instanz der -Klasse mit einer angegebenen Fehlermeldung und einem Verweis auf die innere Ausnahme, die diese Ausnahme ausgelöst hat.
- Die Fehlermeldung, in der die Ursache der Ausnahme erklärt wird.
- Die Ausnahme, die die Ursache der aktuellen Ausnahme ist.Wenn der -Parameter nicht null ist, wird die aktuelle Ausnahme in einem catch-Block ausgelöst, der die innere Ausnahme behandelt.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3431de9eb..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/es/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1803 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando un subproceso adquiere un objeto que otro subproceso ha abandonado al salir sin liberarlo.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un índice especificado para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error y una excepción interna especificados.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, la excepción interna, el índice para la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado, el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada, si es aplicable, y la exclusión mutua abandonada.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- Índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada en la matriz de identificadores de espera si la excepción se produce para el método , o –1 si la excepción se produce para los métodos o .
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada.
-
-
- Obtiene la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce.
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada o null si no se han podido identificar las exclusiones mutuas abandonadas.
- 1
-
-
- Obtiene el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada que produjo la excepción, si se conoce.
- Índice, en la matriz de identificadores de espera que se ha pasado al método , del objeto que representa la exclusión mutua abandonada, o –1 si no se puede determinar el índice de la exclusión mutua abandonada.
- 1
-
-
- Representa datos ambiente locales de un flujo de control asincrónico determinado, por ejemplo, un método asincrónico.
- Tipo de los datos ambiente.
-
-
- Crea una instancia que no recibe las notificaciones de cambio.
-
-
- Crea una instancia local que recibe notificaciones de cambio.
- Delegado al que se llama cuando cambia el valor actual en cualquier subproceso.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el valor de los datos ambiente.
- Valor de los datos ambiente.
-
-
- Clase que proporciona información de cambio de datos a las instancias que se registran para las notificaciones de cambios.
- Tipo de los datos.
-
-
- Obtiene el valor actual de los datos.
- Valor actual de los datos.
-
-
- Obtiene el valor anterior de los datos.
- Valor anterior de los datos.
-
-
- Devuelve un valor que indica si el valor cambia debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución.
- true si el valor cambió debido a un cambio de contexto de ejecución; de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Notifica que se ha producido un evento a un subproceso en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Habilita varias tareas para que cooperen en un algoritmo en paralelo a través de varias fases.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase .
- Número de subprocesos que participan.
-
- es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase .
- Número de subprocesos que participan.
-
- que se ejecutará después de cada fase. null (Nothing en Visual Basic) se puede pasar para indicar que no se realiza ninguna acción.
-
- es menor que 0 o mayor que 32,767.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber un participante adicional.
- Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- Agregar un participante haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber participantes adicionales.
- Número de fase de la barrera en la que primero participarán los nuevos participantes.
- Número de participantes adicionales que se van a agregar a la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 0.O bienAgregar haría que el recuento de participantes de la barrera superase los 32.767.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de la fase actual de la barrera.
- Devuelve el número de la fase actual de la barrera.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de participantes de la barrera.
- Devuelve el número total de participantes de la barrera.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual.
- Devuelve el número de participantes de la barrera que no aún no se han señalado en la fase actual.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber un participante menos.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase.
-
-
- Notifica a que va a haber menos participantes.
- Número de participantes adicionales que se van a quitar de la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 0.
- La barrera ya tiene 0 participantes.O bienEl método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase. O bienel recuento del participante actual es menor que el participantCount especificado
- El recuento del participante total es menor que el especificado
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
- Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera.
- si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
- Si una excepción se produce de la acción de fase de envío de una barrera después de todos los subprocesos hayan llamado a SignalAndWait, la excepción se ajustará en una BarrierPostPhaseException y se producirá en todos los subprocesos que participan.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
- si todos los participantes alcanzaron la barrera dentro del tiempo especificado; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen la barrera mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes alcancen también la barrera usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o es mayor de 32.767.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Señala que un participante ha alcanzado la barrera y espera a que todos los demás participantes la alcancen también usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token de cancelación.
- Es true si todos los demás participantes alcanzaron la barrera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El método se invocó desde dentro de una acción posterior a la fase, la barrera tiene actualmente 0 participantes, o la barrera la señalan más subprocesos de los que están registrados como participantes.
-
-
- Excepción que se inicia cuando se produce un error en la acción posterior a la fase de
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con la excepción interna especificada.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que esta cadena se ha traducido para la actual referencia cultural del sistema.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Representa un método al que se va a llamar dentro de un nuevo contexto.
- Objeto que contiene la información que va a utilizar el método de devolución de llamadas cada vez que se ejecute.
- 1
-
-
- Representa una primitiva de sincronización que está señalada cuando su recuento alcanza el valor cero.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el recuento especificado.
- Número de señales necesarias inicialmente para establecer .
-
- es menor que 0.
-
-
- Incrementa en uno el recuento actual de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es mayor o igual que .
-
-
- Incrementa en un valor especificado el recuento actual de .
- Valor en que se va a aumentar .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor o igual que 0.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien es igual o mayor que después de incrementar la cuenta en
-
-
- Obtiene el número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento.
- El número de señales restantes necesario para establecer el evento.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene los números de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento.
- El número de señales que se necesitan inicialmente para establecer el evento.
-
-
- Determina si se establece el evento.
- Es true si se establece el evento; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Restablece en el valor de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Restablece la propiedad según un valor especificado.
- Número de señales necesario para establecer .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El valor de es menor que 0.
-
-
- Registra una señal con y disminuye el valor de .
- Es true si la señal hizo que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.
-
-
- Registra varias señales con reduciendo el valor de según la cantidad especificada.
- Es true si las señales hicieron que el recuento alcanzara el valor cero y se estableció el evento; de lo contrario, falso.
- Número de señales que se va a registrar.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 1.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida. -o bien- es mayor que .
-
-
- Intenta incrementar en uno.
- Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, este método devolverá false.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es igual a .
-
-
- Intenta incrementar en un valor especificado.
- Es true si el incremento se realizó correctamente; en caso contrario, es false.Si ya está en el valor cero, se devolverá false.
- Valor en que se va a aumentar .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor o igual que 0.
- La instancia actual ya está establecida.O bien + es igual o mayor que .
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera.
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token .
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , mientras se observa un token .
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera.
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto , usando un objeto para medir el tiempo de espera, mientras se observa un token .
- Es true si se estableció el objeto ; de lo contrario, es false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
- Se ha cancelado .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado. o bien, que creó sido eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Obtiene un objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento.
- Objeto que se usa para esperar a que se establezca el evento.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Indica si un objeto se restablece automática o manualmente después de recibir una señal.
- 2
-
-
- El objeto , cuando está señalado, se restablece automáticamente después de haber liberado un único subproceso.Si hay ningún subproceso en espera, el objeto permanece señalado hasta que un subproceso se bloquea y se restablece después de haber liberado el subproceso.
-
-
- El objeto , cuando está señalado, libera todos los subprocesos en espera y permanece señalado hasta que se restablece manualmente.
-
-
- Representa un evento de sincronización de subprocesos.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente y si se restablece automática o manualmente.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente y el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
- Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de .
- No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando si el identificador de espera se señala inicialmente cuando se crea como resultado de esta llamada, si se restablece automática o manualmente, el nombre de un evento de sincronización del sistema y una variable booleana cuyo valor después de la llamada indica si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado si el evento con nombre se crea como resultado de esta llamada; es false para establecerlo en no señalado.
- Uno de los valores de que determina si el evento se restablece de forma automática o manual.
- Nombre de un evento de sincronización para todo el sistema.
- Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se ha creado un evento local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se ha creado el evento del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el evento del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario carece de .
- No se puede crear el evento con nombre, quizás porque un identificador de espera de un tipo diferente tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe.
- Un objeto que representa el evento del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía. O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es null.
- El evento del sistema con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, haciendo que los subprocesos se bloqueen.
- true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false.
- No se ha llamado previamente al método en este .
- 2
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en señalado, permitiendo que uno o varios subprocesos en espera continúen.
- true si la operación se realiza correctamente; en caso contrario, false.
- No se ha llamado previamente al método en este .
- 2
-
-
- Abre el evento de sincronización con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si el evento de sincronización con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre del evento de sincronización que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el evento de sincronización con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.O bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El evento con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad deseado.
-
-
- Administra el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Captura el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.
- Objeto que representa el contexto de ejecución del subproceso actual.
- 1
-
-
- Ejecuta un método en un contexto de ejecución especificado en el subproceso actual.
- Contexto de ejecución que se va a establecer.
- Delegado que representa el método que se va a ejecutar en el contexto de ejecución proporcionado.
- Objeto que se pasa al método de devolución de llamada.
-
- es null.O bien no se adquirió a través de una operación de captura. O bien ya se ha utilizado como argumento de una llamada a .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Proporciona operaciones atómicas para las variables compartidas por varios subprocesos.
- 2
-
-
- Agrega dos enteros de 32 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica.
- Nuevo valor almacenado en .
- Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en .
- Valor que se va a agregar al entero en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Agrega dos enteros de 64 bits y reemplaza el primer entero por la suma, como una operación atómica.
- Nuevo valor almacenado en .
- Variable que contiene el primer valor que se va a agregar.La suma de los dos valores se almacena en .
- Valor que se va a agregar al entero en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión doble para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos enteros de 32 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos enteros de 64 bits con signo para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primer valor.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos identificadores o punteros específicos de plataforma para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero.
- Valor original de .
- Estructura de destino, cuyo valor se compara con el valor de y que posiblemente se reemplace por .
- Estructura que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Estructura que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos objetos para comprobar si sus referencias son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los objetos.
- Valor original de .
- Objeto de destino que se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Objeto que reemplaza el objeto de destino si la comparación da como resultado la igualdad de ambos parámetros.
- Objeto que se compara con el objeto que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos números de punto flotante de precisión sencilla para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza el primero de los valores.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compara dos instancias del tipo de referencia especificado para comprobar si son iguales y, si lo son, reemplaza la primera.
- Valor original de .
- Destino, cuyo valor se compara con y que posiblemente se reemplace.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valor que reemplaza el valor de destino si la comparación da como resultado una igualdad.
- Valor que se compara con el valor que hay en .
- Tipo que se va a utilizar para , y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Disminuye el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor reducido.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Disminuye el valor de la variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor reducido.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a reducir.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión doble en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un entero de 32 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un entero de 64 bits con signo en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un puntero o identificador específico de plataforma en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un objeto en un valor especificado y devuelve una referencia al objeto original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece un número de punto flotante de precisión sencilla en un valor especificado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Establece una variable del tipo especificado en un valor determinado y devuelve el valor original, como una operación atómica.
- Valor original de .
- Variable que se va a establecer en el valor especificado.Este es un parámetro de referencia (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valor en el que está establecido el parámetro .
- Tipo que se va a utilizar para y .Este tipo debe ser un tipo de referencia.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor incrementado.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Aumenta el valor de una variable especificada y almacena el resultado, como una operación atómica.
- Valor incrementado.
- Variable cuyo valor se va a incrementar.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sincroniza el acceso a la memoria de la siguiente forma: el procesador que ejecuta el subproceso actual no puede reordenar instrucciones de forma que los accesos a la memoria anteriores a la llamada a se ejecuten después de los accesos a memoria que siguen a la llamada a .
-
-
- Devuelve un valor de 64 bits, cargado como una operación atómica.
- Valor cargado.
- Valor de 64 bits que se va a cargar.
- 1
-
-
- Proporciona rutinas de inicialización diferida.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia de tipo que se ha inicializado.
- Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor con su constructor predeterminado si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino o tipo de valor utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia o valor de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Referencia a un valor booleano que determina si ya se ha inicializado el destino.
- Referencia a un objeto que se usa como bloqueo mutuamente excluyente para la inicialización de .Si es null, se creará una instancia de un nuevo objeto.
- Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia o el valor.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- Faltaban los permisos para tener acceso al constructor de tipo .
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
-
- Inicializa un tipo de referencia de destino utilizando la función especificada si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Valor inicializado de tipo .
- Referencia de tipo que se va a inicializar si aún no se ha inicializado.
- Función que se llama para inicializar la referencia.
- Tipo de referencia que se va a inicializar.
- El tipo no contiene un constructor predeterminado.
-
- devuelve un valor NULL (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Excepción que se inicia cuando la entrada recursiva en un bloqueo no es compatible con la directiva de recursividad del bloqueo.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje proporcionado por el sistema que describe el error.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un mensaje de error especificado que describe el error.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje que describe la excepción.El llamador de este constructor debe asegurarse de que la cadena se ha traducido para la referencia cultural actual del sistema.
- Excepción que ha producido la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
- 2
-
-
- Especifica si el mismo subproceso puede entrar varias veces en un bloqueo.
-
-
- Si un subproceso intenta entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva, se inicia una excepción.Algunas clases pueden permitir cierta recursividad cuando se aplica esta configuración.
-
-
- Un subproceso puede entrar en un bloqueo de forma recursiva.Algunas clases pueden limitar esta posibilidad.
-
-
- Notifica que se ha producido un evento a uno o varios subprocesos en espera.Esta clase no puede heredarse.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- true para establecer el estado inicial de señalado; false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Proporciona una versión reducida de .
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el estado inicial establecido en no señalado.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si hay que establecer el estado inicial en señalado y con el recuento circular especificado.
- Es true para establecer el estado inicial en señalado; es false para establecer el estado inicial en no señalado.
- Número de esperas circulares que se van a producir antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados que usa el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- true para liberar tanto los recursos administrados como los no administrados; false para liberar únicamente los recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se ha establecido el evento.
- Es true si se ha establecido el evento; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en no señalado, por lo que se bloquean los subprocesos.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Establece el estado del evento en señalado, lo que permite la continuación de uno o varios subprocesos que están esperando en el evento.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
- Devuelve el número de esperas circulares que se producirán antes de una operación de espera basada en kernel.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el objeto actual.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Es true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, es false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, usando un entero de 32 bits con signo para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token .
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que el actual reciba una señal, mientras se observa un token .
-
- que se va a observar.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el actual, utilizando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que se establezca el , usando un objeto para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras se observa un token .
- true si se estableció ; en caso contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtiene el objeto para este .
- Objeto de evento subyacente de este .
-
-
- Proporciona un mecanismo que sincroniza el acceso a los objetos.
- 2
-
-
- Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo de monitor.
- El parámetro es null.
- 1
-
-
- Adquiere un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.Nota Si no se produce ninguna excepción, el resultado de este método siempre es true.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
-
- Libera un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Objeto en el que se va a liberar el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso actual no posee el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Determina si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en el objeto especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo en ; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto que se va a probar.
- El valor de es null.
-
-
- Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto bloqueado al subproceso que se encuentra en la cola de espera.
- Objeto que está esperando un subproceso.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Notifica un cambio de estado del objeto a todos los subprocesos que se encuentran en espera.
- Objeto que envía el pulso.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- 1
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
- 1
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el número de segundos especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.
- El parámetro es null.
-
- es negativo y no es igual a .
- 1
-
-
- Intenta, durante el número especificado de milisegundos, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos durante los que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
-
- es negativo y no es igual a .
-
-
- Intenta adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado durante el período de tiempo especificado.
- Es true si el subproceso actual adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, es false.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
-
- que representa el período de tiempo que se va a esperar para adquirir el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita.
- El parámetro es null.
- El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
- 1
-
-
- Intenta, durante el periodo de tiempo indicado, adquirir un bloqueo exclusivo en el objeto especificado y establece de forma atómica un valor que indica si se realizó el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Tiempo que se va a esperar el bloqueo.Un valor de –1 milisegundo especifica una espera infinita.
- Resultado del intento de adquirir el bloqueo, pasado por referencia.La entrada debe ser false.El resultado es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; en caso contrario, el resultado es false.El resultado se establece aunque se produzca una excepción durante el intento de adquirir el bloqueo.
- La entrada es true.
- El parámetro es null.
- El valor de en milisegundos es negativo y no es igual a (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Es true si la llamada fue devuelta porque el llamador volvió a adquirir el bloqueo para el objeto especificado.Este método no devuelve ningún resultado si el bloqueo no vuelve a adquirirse.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- 1
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
- Número de milisegundos que se va a estar a la espera antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- El valor de la parámetro es negativo y no es igual a .
- 1
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo en un objeto y bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que vuelve a adquirir el bloqueo.Si transcurre el intervalo de tiempo de espera especificado, el subproceso entra en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- Es true si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo antes de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado; es false si se volvió a adquirir el bloqueo después de que transcurriera el período de tiempo especificado.El método no devuelve ningún resultado hasta que se vuelva a adquirir el bloqueo.
- Objeto en el que se va a esperar.
-
- que representa la cantidad de tiempo que se va a esperar antes de que el subproceso entre en la cola de subprocesos listos.
- El parámetro es null.
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee el bloqueo del objeto especificado.
- El subproceso que invoca Wait se interrumpe más adelante desde el estado de espera.Esto sucede cuando otro subproceso llame a este subproceso método.
- El valor de la parámetro en milisegundos es negativo y no representa (– 1 milisegundo), o es mayor que .
- 1
-
-
- Primitiva de sincronización que puede usarse también para la sincronización entre procesos.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua.
- true para otorgar la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada, de lo contrario, false.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua y una cadena que representa el nombre de la exclusión mutua.
- true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false.
- Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene .
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con un valor booleano que indica si el subproceso que realiza la llamada debe tener la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua, una cadena que es el nombre de la exclusión mutua y un valor booleano que, cuando se devuelva el método, indicará si se concedió la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua al subproceso que realiza la llamada.
- true para otorgar al subproceso que realiza la llamada la propiedad inicial de la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre si esta se crea como resultado de dicha llamada; de lo contrario, false.
- Nombre del objeto .Si el valor es null, no tiene nombre.
- Cuando se devuelve este método, contiene un valor booleano que es true si se creó una exclusión mutua local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada; el valor es false si la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre especificada ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso, pero el usuario no tiene .
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- No se puede crear la exclusión mutua con nombre; posiblemente porque un identificador de espera de otro tipo tiene el mismo nombre.
-
- tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
-
- Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe.
- Objeto que representa la exclusión mutua del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- La excepción mutua con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Libera una vez la instancia de .
- El subproceso que realiza la llamada no posee la exclusión mutua.
- 1
-
-
- Abre la exclusión mutua con nombre especificada, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si la exclusión mutua con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre de la exclusión mutua del sistema que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa la exclusión mutua con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente, o null si se produjo un error en la llamada.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- La exclusión mutua con nombre existe, pero el usuario no dispone del acceso de seguridad exigido para utilizarla.
-
-
- Representa un bloqueo que se utiliza para administrar el acceso a un recurso y que permite varios subprocesos para la lectura o acceso exclusivo para la escritura.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con los valores de propiedad predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase especificando la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
- Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- Número de subprocesos únicos que han entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de lectura y sale del modo de lectura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de actualización y sale del modo de actualización si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Reduce el recuento de recursividad para el modo de escritura y sale del modo de escritura si el recuento resultante es 0 (cero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual entró en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- true si el subproceso actual entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica la directiva de recursividad del objeto actual.
- Uno de los valores de enumeración que especifica la directiva de recursividad de bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo Lectura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo Lectura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el bloqueo n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de actualización, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de actualización pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de actualización n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que el subproceso actual ha entrado en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, como una indicación de recursividad.
- 0 (cero) si el subproceso actual no entró en modo de escritura, 1 si el subproceso entró en modo de escritura pero no lo hizo de forma recursiva o n si el subproceso entró de forma recursiva en el modo de escritura n - 1 veces.
- 2
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con un tiempo de espera entero opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo Lectura; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de actualización; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o -1 ( ) para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Intenta entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura, con tiempo de espera opcional.
- true si el subproceso que realiza la llamada entró en modo de escritura; en caso contrario, false.
- Intervalo de espera, o -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de lectura.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de lectura.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de actualización.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de actualización.
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en el bloqueo en modo de escritura.
- Número total de subprocesos que están a la espera de entrar en modo de escritura.
- 2
-
-
- Limita el número de subprocesos que pueden tener acceso a un recurso o grupo de recursos simultáneamente.
- 1
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es mayor que .
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , que especifica el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, y especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre.
-
- es mayor que .o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene .
- No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo.
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia nueva de la clase , especificando el número inicial de entradas y el número máximo de entradas simultáneas, especificando de forma opcional el nombre de un objeto semáforo de sistema y especificando una variable que recibe un valor que indica si se creó un semáforo del sistema nuevo.
- Número inicial de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes para el semáforo que se puede satisfacer simultáneamente.
- Nombre de un objeto de semáforo del sistema con nombre.
- Cuando este método devuelve un resultado, contiene true si se creó un semáforo local (es decir, si es null o una cadena vacía) o si se creó el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado; es false si el semáforo del sistema con nombre especificado ya existía.Este parámetro se pasa sin inicializar.
-
- es mayor que . o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
-
- es menor que 1.o bien es menor que 0.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe y tiene seguridad de control de acceso y el usuario no tiene .
- No se puede crear el semáforo con nombre, probablemente porque tiene el mismo nombre que un identificador de espera de otro tipo.
-
-
- Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe.
- Objeto que representa el semáforo del sistema con nombre.
- Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- El semáforo con nombre no existe.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Sale del semáforo y devuelve el recuento anterior.
- Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método .
- El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo.
- Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre.
- El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene .o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con .
- 1
-
-
- Sale del semáforo un número especificado de veces y devuelve el recuento anterior.
- Recuento en el semáforo antes de la llamada al método .
- Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo.
-
- es menor que 1.
- El recuento del semáforo ya está en el valor máximo.
- Error de Win32 con un semáforo con nombre.
- El semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero el usuario no tiene derechos.o bienEl semáforo actual representa un semáforo de sistema con nombre, pero no se abrió con derechos.
- 1
-
-
- Abre el semáforo con nombre especificado, si ya existe, y devuelve un valor que indica si la operación se realizó correctamente.
- true si el semáforo con nombre se abrió correctamente; si no, false.
- Nombre del semáforo del sistema que se va a abrir.
- Cuando este método vuelve, contiene un objeto que representa el semáforo con nombre si la llamada se realizó correctamente o null si se produjo un error en la misma.Este parámetro se trata como sin inicializar.
-
- es una cadena vacía.o bien tiene más de 260 caracteres.
- El valor de es null.
- Se ha producido un error de Win32.
- El semáforo con nombre existe, pero el usuario no tiene el acceso de seguridad necesario para utilizarlo.
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando se llama al método en un semáforo cuyo recuento ya ha alcanzado el valor máximo.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Representa una alternativa ligera a que limita el número de subprocesos que puede obtener acceso a la vez a un recurso o a un grupo de recursos.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es menor que 0.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase , especificando el número inicial y máximo de solicitudes que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número inicial de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
- Número máximo de solicitudes del semáforo que se pueden conceder simultáneamente.
-
- es menor que 0, o es mayor que , o es igual o menor que 0.
-
-
- Devuelve un objeto que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo.
-
- que se puede usar para esperar en el semáforo.
- Se ha eliminado .
-
-
- Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que puede introducir el objeto .
- Obtiene el número de subprocesos restantes que pueden entrar en el semáforo.
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos no administrados utilizados por el objeto y, de forma opcional, libera los recursos administrados.
- Es true para liberar tanto recursos administrados como no administrados; es false para liberar únicamente recursos no administrados.
-
-
- Libera una vez el objeto .
- Recuento anterior de .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
- El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo.
-
-
- Libera el objeto un número especificado de veces.
- Recuento anterior de .
- Número de veces que se abandona el semáforo.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es menor que 1.
- El ya se ha alcanzado su tamaño máximo.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir .
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera.
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits con signo que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento .
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
- El se ha eliminado la instancia, o la que creó se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , mientras se observa un elemento .
- Token que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.o bienEl que creó ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando para especificar el tiempo de espera.
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que .
- Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim
-
-
- Bloquea el subproceso actual hasta que pueda introducir , usando un que especifica el tiempo de espera mientras se observa un elemento .
- true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de-1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito o - tiempo de espera es mayor que .
- Se ha eliminado la instancia de semaphoreSlim El que creó ya se ha eliminado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca .
- Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica espera que se introduzca , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un entero de 32 bits para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
-
- que se va a observar.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará cuando se entre en el semáforo.
- Token que se va a observar.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo.
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- La instancia actual ya se ha eliminado.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinito o bien tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- De forma asincrónica, espera introducir , usando un para medir el intervalo de tiempo, mientras observa un elemento .
- Tarea que se completará con un resultado true si el subproceso actual introdujo correctamente ; de lo contrario, el resultado será false.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- Token que se va a observar.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1, que representa el tiempo de espera infinitoo bientiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
- se ha cancelado.
-
-
- Representa el método al que hay que llamar cuando se va a enviar un mensaje a un contexto de sincronización.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- 2
-
-
- Proporciona una primitiva de bloqueo de exclusión mutua donde un subproceso que intenta adquirir el bloqueo espera en un bucle repetidamente comprobando hasta que haya un bloqueo disponible.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la estructura con la opción de realizar el seguimiento de los identificadores de subprocesos para mejorar la depuración.
- Indica si se han de capturar y utilizar identificadores de subprocesos con fines de depuración.
-
-
- Adquiere el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a Enter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo.
-
-
- Libera el bloqueo.
- Valor booleano que indica si una barrera de memoria debe emitirse para publicar inmediatamente la operación de salida a otros subprocesos.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual no es el propietario de este bloqueo.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si un subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo.
- Es true si cualquier subproceso mantiene actualmente el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el subproceso actual mantiene actualmente el bloqueo.
- Es true si el subproceso actual mantiene el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está deshabilitado.
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado para esta instancia.
- Es true si se ha habilitado el seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos para esta instancia; de lo contrario, es false.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Intenta adquirir el bloqueo de manera confiable de modo que, incluso si se produce una excepción en la llamada al método, se pueda examinar de manera confiable para determinar si se adquirió el bloqueo.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o estructura que representa -1 milisegundos para esperar indefinidamente.
- Es true si se adquiere el bloqueo; de lo contrario, es false. se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a este método.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que milisegundos.
- El argumento se debe inicializar en false antes de llamar a TryEnter.
- El seguimiento de propiedad de subprocesos está habilitado, y el subproceso actual ya ha adquirido este bloqueo.
-
-
- Proporciona compatibilidad con la espera basada en ciclos.
-
-
- Obtiene el número de veces que se ha llamado a en esta instancia.
- Devuelve un entero que representa el número de veces que se ha llamado en esta instancia.
-
-
- Obtiene si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado.
- Si la llamada siguiente a da paso al procesador, lo que activa un cambio de contexto forzado.
-
-
- Restablece el contador de ciclos.
-
-
- Realiza un único ciclo.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado.
- Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- Número de milisegundos de espera o (-1) para esperar indefinidamente.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 que representa un tiempo de espera infinito.
-
-
- Itera en ciclos hasta que se satisface la condición especificada o se agota el tiempo de espera indicado.
- Es true si la condición se satisface dentro del tiempo de espera; de lo contrario, es false.
- Delegado que se va a ejecutar una y otra vez hasta que devuelva true.
- Estructura que representa el número de milisegundos de espera o TimeSpan que representa -1 milisegundo para esperar indefinidamente.
- El argumento de es nulo.
-
- es un número negativo distinto de -1 milisegundo, que representa un tiempo de espera infinito, o el tiempo de espera es mayor que .
-
-
- Proporciona la funcionalidad básica para propagar un contexto de sincronización en varios modelos de sincronización.
- 2
-
-
- Crea una nueva instancia de la clase .
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, crea una copia del contexto de sincronización.
- Un nuevo objeto .
- 2
-
-
- Obtiene el contexto de sincronización del subproceso actual.
- Objeto que representa el contexto de sincronización actual.
- 1
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha completado una operación.
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, responde a la notificación de que se ha iniciado una operación.
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje asincrónico a un contexto de sincronización.
- Delegado de al que se va a llamar.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- 2
-
-
- Cuando se invalida en una clase derivada, envía un mensaje sincrónico a un contexto de sincronización.
- Delegado de al que se va a llamar.
- Objeto que se ha pasado al delegado.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Establece el contexto de sincronización actual.
- Objeto que se va a establecer.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando un método requiere que el llamador sea propietario del bloqueo en un Monitor dado y un llamador al que no pertenece ese bloqueo llama al método.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con propiedades predeterminadas.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
- Proporciona almacenamiento local de los datos de un subproceso.
- Especifica el tipo de datos que se almacena por subproceso.
-
-
- Inicializa la instancia de .
-
-
- Inicializa la instancia de .
- Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad .
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro .
-
- que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente.
-
- es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Inicializa una instancia de con la función especificada por el parámetro .
-
- que se invoca para generar un valor de inicialización diferida cuando se intenta recuperar sin que se haya inicializado anteriormente.
- Si se va a hacer un seguimiento de todos los valores establecidos en la instancia y exponerlos a través de la propiedad .
-
- es una referencia null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Libera todos los recursos usados por la instancia actual de la clase .
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de .
- Valor booleano que indica si se llama a este método debido a una llamada a .
-
-
- Libera los recursos utilizados por esta instancia de .
-
-
- Obtiene un valor que indica si se inicializa en el subproceso actual.
- Es true si se inicializa en el subproceso actual; en caso contrario, es false.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Crea y devuelve una representación de cadena de esta instancia del subproceso actual.
- Resultado de llamar al método en .
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
- La propiedad del subproceso actual es una referencia nula (Nothing en Visual Basic).
- La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a .
- No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor.
-
-
- Obtiene o establece el valor de esta instancia del subproceso actual.
- Devuelve una instancia del objeto que ThreadLocal es responsable de inicializar.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
- La función de inicialización intentó hacer referencia de forma recursiva a .
- No se proporciona ningún constructor predeterminado y no se proporciona ningún generador de valor.
-
-
- Obtiene una lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia.
- Lista de todos los valores almacenados actualmente por todos los subprocesos que han tenido acceso a esta instancia.
- La instancia de se ha eliminado.
-
-
- Contiene los métodos para realizar operaciones de memoria volátil.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee el valor del campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Valor que se ha leído.El valor es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
-
-
- Lee la referencia al objeto desde el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura tras este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla antes de este método.
- Referencia al que se ha leído.Esta referencia es el último que haya escrito cualquier procesador del equipo, independientemente del número de procesadores y del estado de la memoria caché del procesador.
- Campo que se va a leer.
- Tipo del campo que se va a leer.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de memoria antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe el valor especificado en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe el valor.
- Valor que se va a escribir.El valor se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
-
-
- Escribe la referencia de objeto especificada en el campo especificado.En los sistemas que lo requieren, inserta una barrera de memoria que impide que el procesador reordene las operaciones de memoria del modo siguiente: si aparece una operación de lectura o de escritura antes de este método en el código, el procesador no puede moverla después de este método.
- Campo donde se escribe la referencia de objeto.
- Referencia de objeto que se va a escribir.La referencia se escribe inmediatamente de manera que sea visible para todos los procesadores del equipo.
- Tipo del campo que se va a escribir.Debe ser un tipo de referencia, no un tipo de valor.
-
-
- Excepción que se produce cuando se intenta abrir una exclusión mutua o semáforo del sistema que no existe.
- 2
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con valores predeterminados.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
-
-
- Inicializa una nueva instancia de la clase con el mensaje de error especificado y una referencia a la excepción interna que representa la causa de esta excepción.
- Mensaje de error que explica la razón de la excepción.
- La excepción que es la causa de la excepción actual.Si el parámetro no es null, la excepción actual se produce en un bloque catch que controla la excepción interna.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bbaf9759..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/fr/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1833 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Exception levée lorsqu'un thread acquiert un objet qu'un autre thread a abandonné en se terminant sans le libérer.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un index spécifié pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur et une exception interne spécifiés.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'exception interne, l'index pour le mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et un objet qui représente le mutex.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié, l'index du mutex abandonné, le cas échéant, et le mutex abandonné.
- Message d'erreur qui indique la raison de l'exception.
- Index du mutex abandonné dans le tableau des handles d'attente si l'exception est levée pour la méthode , ou -1 si l'exception est levée pour les méthodes ou .
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné.
-
-
- Obtient le mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu.
- Objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou null si les mutex abandonnés n'ont pas pu être identifiés.
- 1
-
-
- Obtient l'index du mutex abandonné qui a provoqué l'exception, s'il est connu.
- Index, dans le tableau de handles d'attente passés à la méthode , de l'objet qui représente le mutex abandonné ou -1 si l'index du mutex abandonné n'a pas pu être déterminé.
- 1
-
-
- Représente les données ambiantes qui sont locales à un flux de contrôle asynchrone donné, par exemple une méthode asynchrone.
- Type des données ambiantes.
-
-
- Instancie une instance de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification.
-
-
- Instancie une instance locale de qui ne reçoit pas de notifications de modification.
- Le délégué est appelé à chaque modification de la valeur actuelle sur n'importe quel thread.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit la valeur des données ambiantes.
- Valeur des données ambiantes.
-
-
- Classe qui fournit les informations de modification des données aux instances de qui s'inscrivent pour les notifications de modification.
- Type des données.
-
-
- Obtient la valeur actuelle des données.
- Valeur actuelle des données.
-
-
- Obtient la valeur précédente des données.
- Valeur précédente des données.
-
-
- Retourne une valeur qui indique si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution.
- true si la valeur est modifiée en raison d'un changement du contexte d'exécution ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Avertit un thread en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé".
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
-
-
- Permet à plusieurs tâches de travailler en parallèle de manière coopérative sur un algorithme via plusieurs phases.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe .
- Nombre de threads participants.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe .
- Nombre de threads participants.
-
- à exécuter après chaque phase. null (nothing en Visual Basic) peut être passé pour indiquer qu'aucune action n'est effectuée.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou supérieur à 32,767.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura un participant supplémentaire.
- Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'ajout d'un participant provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura des participants supplémentaires.
- Numéro de la phase du cloisonnement à laquelle les nouveaux participants participeront en premier.
- Nombre de participants supplémentaires à ajouter au cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.ouL'ajout de participants ( ) provoquerait l'augmentation du nombre de participants du cloisonnement au-delà de 32 767.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Obtient le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement.
- Retourne le numéro de la phase actuelle du cloisonnement.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement.
- Retourne le nombre total de participants au cloisonnement.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle.
- Retourne le nombre de participants au cloisonnement qui n'ont pas encore été signalés dans la phase actuelle.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura un participant en moins.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase.
-
-
- Signale à qu'il y aura moins de participants.
- Nombre de participants supplémentaires à supprimer du cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
- La barrière a déjà 0 participant.ouLa méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase. oule nombre de participant actuel est inférieur au participantCount spécifié
- Le nombre total de participants est inférieur au spécifié
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
- Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente.
- si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
- Si une exception est levée par l'action de post-phase d'un cloisonnement après que tous les threads participants aient appelé SignalAndWait, l'exception sera incluse dans un wrapper dans une BarrierPostPhaseException et levée pour tous les threads participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
- si tous les participants ont atteint le cloisonnement dans le délai spécifié ; sinon false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps.
- true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini, ou sa valeur est supérieure à 32 767.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- Signale qu'un participant a atteint le cloisonnement et qu'il attend que tous les autres participants atteignent également le cloisonnement, à l'aide d'un objet qui mesure l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un jeton d'annulation.
- true si tous les autres participants ont atteint le cloisonnement ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- La méthode a été appelée à partir d'une action post-phase, le cloisonnement comporte actuellement 0 participants, ou il est signalé par un nombre de threads plus important que celui enregistré en tant que participants.
-
-
- L'exception levée lorsque l'action post-phase d'un échoue.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'exception interne spécifiée.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture du système en cours.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Représente une méthode à appeler dans un nouveau contexte.
- Objet contenant les informations que la méthode de rappel doit utiliser à chacune de ses exécutions.
- 1
-
-
- Représente une primitive de synchronisation qui est signalée lorsque son décompte atteint zéro.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe à l'aide du décompte spécifié.
- Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir .
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Incrémente de un le décompte actuel de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est supérieur ou égal à .
-
-
- Incrémente d'une valeur spécifiée le décompte actuel de .
- Valeur d'incrément de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur ou égal à 0.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou est égal à ou supérieur à une fois le nombre été incrémenté par
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement.
- Nombre de signaux restants requis pour définir l'événement.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement.
- Nombre de signaux initialement requis pour définir l'événement.
-
-
- Détermine si l'événement est défini.
- true si l'événement est défini ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Réinitialise avec la valeur .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Définit la propriété spécifiée sur la valeur indiquée.
- Nombre de signaux requis pour définir .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Enregistre un signal avec le , en décrémentant la valeur de .
- true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison du signal et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.
-
-
- Inscrit plusieurs signaux avec , en décrémentant la valeur de selon la valeur spécifiée.
- true si le décompte a atteint zéro en raison des signaux et que l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de signaux à inscrire.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie. - ou - Ou est supérieur à .
-
-
- Essaie d'incrémenter par un.
- true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, cette méthode retourne la valeur false.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est égal à .
-
-
- Essaie d'incrémenter par une valeur spécifiée.
- true si l'incrémentation a réussi ; sinon, false.Si est déjà à zéro, la valeur false est retournée.
- Valeur d'incrément de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur ou égal à 0.
- L'instance actuelle est déjà définie.ou + est supérieur ou égal à .
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que soit défini, tout en observant un .
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le soit défini, à l'aide d'un permettant de mesurer le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée. - ou - le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Obtient un qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir.
-
- qui est utilisé pour attendre l'événement à définir.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Indique si un est réinitialisé automatiquement ou manuellement après la réception d'un signal.
- 2
-
-
- Une fois signalé, le se réinitialise automatiquement après avoir libéré un seul thread.Si aucun thread n'attend, le conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à ce qu'un thread se bloque et se réinitialise après l'avoir libéré.
-
-
- Lorsqu'il est signalé, le libère tous les threads en attente et conserve l'état signalé jusqu'à sa réinitialisation manuelle.
-
-
- Représente un événement de synchronisation de threads.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement et s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme étant signalé ; false pour le définir comme étant non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- dépasse 260 caractères.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant si le handle d'attente est signalé initialement s'il a été créé à la suite de cet appel, s'il se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement, ainsi que le nom d'un événement de synchronisation du système et une variable booléenne dont la valeur après l'appel indique si l'événement système nommé a été créé.
- true pour définir l'état initial comme signalé si l'événement nommé est créé en conséquence de cet appel ; false pour le définir comme non signalé.
- L'une des valeurs qui déterminent si l'événement se réinitialise automatiquement ou manuellement.
- Nom d'un événement de synchronisation à l'échelle du système.
- Cette méthode retourne true si un événement local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si l'événement système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si l'événement système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- L'événement nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- dépasse 260 caractères.
-
-
- Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente l'événement système nommé.
- Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide. ou dépasse 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- L'événement de système nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant non signalé, entraînant le blocage des threads.
- true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false.
- La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce .
- 2
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement comme étant signalé, ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente de continuer.
- true si l'opération aboutit ; sinon, false.
- La méthode a été précédemment appelée sur ce .
- 2
-
-
- Ouvre l'événement de synchronisation nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si l'événement de synchronisation nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom de l'événement de synchronisation système à ouvrir.
- Lorsque cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente l'événement de synchronisation nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou dépasse 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- L'événement nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur n'a pas l'accès de sécurité voulu.
-
-
- Gère le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Capture le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.
- Objet capturant le contexte d'exécution du thread actuel.
- 1
-
-
- Exécute une méthode dans un contexte d'exécution spécifié sur le thread actuel.
-
- à définir.
- Délégué représentant la méthode à exécuter dans le contexte d'exécution fourni.
- Objet à passer à la méthode de rappel.
-
- a la valeur null.ouLe n'a pas été acquis à l'aide d'une opération de capture. ouLe a déjà été utilisé comme argument pour un appel .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Fournit des opérations atomiques pour des variables partagées par plusieurs threads.
- 2
-
-
- Ajoute deux entiers 32 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- La nouvelle valeur stockée à .
- Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans .
- Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Ajoute deux entiers 64 bits et remplace le premier entier par la somme, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- La nouvelle valeur stockée à .
- Variable qui contient la première valeur à ajouter.La somme des deux valeurs est stockée dans .
- Valeur à ajouter à l'entier à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante double précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux entiers signés de 32 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux entiers signés de 64 bits et remplace la première valeur en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux handles ou pointeurs spécifiques à la plateforme et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
-
- de destination, dont la valeur est comparée à celle de et qui peut être remplacée par .
-
- qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
-
- comparée à la valeur de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux objets et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité des références.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Objet de destination comparé à et qui peut être remplacé.
- Objet qui remplace l'objet de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Objet qui est comparé à l'objet se trouvant à .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux nombres à virgule flottante simple précision et remplace le premier en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée à et qui peut être remplacée.
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Compare deux instances du type référence spécifié et remplace la première en cas d'égalité.
- Valeur d'origine dans .
- Destination, dont la valeur est comparée avec et qui peut être remplacée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valeur qui remplace la valeur de destination si la comparaison conclut à une égalité.
- Valeur comparée à celle de .
- Type à utiliser pour , et .Ce type doit être un type référence.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Décrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur décrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Décrémente la variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur décrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être décrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante double précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte un entier signé 32 bits à une valeur spécifiée, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un entier signé 64 bits, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un handle ou un pointeur spécifique à la plateforme, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un objet, puis retourne une référence à l'objet d'origine sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à un nombre à virgule flottante simple précision, puis retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Affecte une valeur spécifiée à une variable du type spécifié et retourne la valeur d'origine, sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur d'origine de .
- Variable à laquelle affecter la valeur spécifiée.C'est un paramètre référence (ref en C#, ByRef en Visual Basic).
- Valeur affectée au paramètre .
- Type à utiliser pour et .Ce type doit être un type référence.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur incrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Incrémente une variable spécifiée et stocke le résultat sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur incrémentée.
- Variable dont la valeur doit être incrémentée.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Synchronise l'accès à la mémoire comme suit : le processeur qui exécute le thread actuel ne peut pas réorganiser les instructions de sorte que les accès à la mémoire avant l'appel de s'exécutent après les accès à la mémoire postérieurs à l'appel de .
-
-
- Retourne une valeur 64 bits chargée sous la forme d'une opération atomique.
- Valeur chargée.
- Valeur 64 bits à charger.
- 1
-
-
- Fournit des routines d'initialisation tardives.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible avec le constructeur par défaut du type s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Référence initialisée de type .
- Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur avec son constructeur par défaut s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée.
- Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible ou un type valeur à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence ou valeur de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Référence à une valeur booléenne qui détermine si la cible a déjà été initialisée.
- Référence à un objet utilisé comme verrou mutuellement exclusif pour l'initialisation de .Si est null null, un nouvel objet est instancié.
- Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence ou la valeur.
- Type de la référence à initialiser.
- Autorisations pour accéder au constructeur de type manquant.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise un type référence cible à l'aide d'une fonction spécifiée s'il n'a pas déjà été initialisé.
- Valeur initialisée de type .
- Référence de type à initialiser si elle ne l'a pas déjà été.
- Fonction appelée pour initialiser la référence.
- Type référence de la référence à initialiser.
- Le type n'a pas de constructeur par défaut.
-
- a retourné null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- L'exception levée lorsque l'entrée récursive dans un verrou n'est pas compatible avec la stratégie de récurrence pour le verrou.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message système qui décrit l'erreur.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message spécifié décrivant l'erreur.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message qui décrit l'exception.L'appelant de ce constructeur doit vérifier que cette chaîne a été localisée pour la culture système en cours.
- Exception qui a provoqué l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
- 2
-
-
- Spécifie si un verrou peut être entré plusieurs fois par le même thread.
-
-
- Si un thread essaie d'entrer un verrou de manière récursive, une exception est levée.Certaines classes peuvent autoriser certaines récurrences lorsque ce paramètre est appliqué.
-
-
- Un thread peut entrer un verrou de manière récursive.Certaines classes peuvent restreindre cette fonction.
-
-
- Avertit un ou plusieurs threads en attente qu'un événement s'est produit.Cette classe ne peut pas être héritée.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini comme signalé.
- true pour définir un état initial signalé ; false pour définir un état initial non signalé.
-
-
- Fournit une version allégée de .
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec l'état initial "non signalé".
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé".
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne indiquant si l'état initial doit être défini à "signalé" et un nombre de spins spécifié.
- true pour définir l'état initial à "signalé" ; false pour le définir à "non signalé".
- Nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par et éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour libérer uniquement les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'événement est défini.
- true si l'événement a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement à "non signalé", ce qui entraîne le blocage des threads.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Définit l'état de l'événement à "signalé", ce qui permet à un ou plusieurs threads en attente sur l'événement de continuer à s'exécuter.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
- Retourne le nombre d'attentes de spins qui se produiront avant de revenir à une opération d'attente basée sur le noyau.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel reçoive un signal, tout en observant un .
-
- à observer.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce que le actuel soit défini, à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- true si a été défini ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtient l'objet sous-jacent pour ce .
- Objet d'événement sous-jacent pour ce .
-
-
- Fournit un mécanisme qui synchronise l'accès aux objets.
- 2
-
-
- Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou du moniteur.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquiert un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.Remarque Si aucune exception ne se produit, la sortie de cette méthode est toujours true.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
-
- Libère un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- Objet sur lequel libérer le verrou.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread en cours ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Détermine si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur l'objet spécifié.
- true si le thread actuel détient le verrou sur ; sinon, false.
- Objet à tester.
-
- a la valeur null.
-
-
- Avertit un thread situé dans la file d'attente en suspens d'un changement d'état de l'objet verrouillé.
- Objet attendu par un thread.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Avertit tous les threads en attente d'un changement d'état de l'objet.
- Objet qui envoie l'impulsion.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- 1
-
-
- Essaie d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- 1
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
-
- Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours du nombre spécifié de millisecondes.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
- est négatif et différent de .
- 1
-
-
- Tente, pendant le nombre spécifié de millisecondes, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou en millisecondes.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
-
- est négatif et différent de .
-
-
- Tentatives d'acquisition d'un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié au cours de la période spécifiée.
- true si le thread actuel acquiert le verrou ; sinon, false.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
-
- représentant le délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à .
- 1
-
-
- Tente, pendant le délai spécifié, d'acquérir un verrou exclusif sur l'objet spécifié et définit de manière atomique une valeur qui indique si le verrou a été pris.
- Objet sur lequel acquérir le verrou.
- Délai d'attente du verrou.Une valeur de –1 milliseconde spécifie une attente infinie.
- Résultat de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou, passé par la référence.L'entrée doit avoir la valeur false.La sortie a la valeur true si un verrou est acquis ; sinon, elle a la valeur false.La sortie est définie même si une exception se produit lors de la tentative d'acquisition du verrou.
- L'entrée du paramètre a la valeur true.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- La valeur en millisecondes de est négative et différente de (–1 milliseconde), ou elle est supérieure à .
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.
- true si l'appel est retourné car l'appelant a de nouveau acquis le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.Cette méthode ne retourne rien si le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- 1
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre avant que le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- La valeur du paramètre est négative et différente de .
- 1
-
-
- Libère le verrou d'un objet et bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il acquière à nouveau le verrou.Si le délai d'attente spécifié est écoulé, le thread intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- true si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition avant l'expiration du délai spécifié ; false si le verrou a fait l'objet d'une nouvelle acquisition après l'expiration du délai spécifié.La méthode ne retourne pas de valeur tant que le verrou n'est pas acquis à nouveau.
- Objet sur lequel attendre.
-
- qui représente le temps à attendre avant que le thread n'intègre la file d'attente opérationnelle.
- Le paramètre a la valeur null.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le verrou pour l'objet spécifié.
- Le thread qui appelle Wait quitte ensuite l'état d'attente.Cela se produit lorsqu'un autre thread appelle la méthode de ce thread.
- La valeur en millisecondes du paramètre est négative et ne représente pas (–1 milliseconde) ou est supérieure à .
- 1
-
-
- Primitive de synchronisation qui peut également être utilisée pour la synchronisation entre processus.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex.
- true pour accorder au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, et une chaîne représentant le nom du mutex.
- true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false.
- Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom.
- Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- est plus de 260 caractères.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec une valeur booléenne qui indique si le thread appelant doit avoir la propriété initiale du mutex, une chaîne qui représente le nom du mutex et une valeur booléenne qui, quand la méthode retourne son résultat, indique si la propriété initiale du mutex a été accordée au thread appelant.
- true pour donner au thread appelant la propriété initiale du mutex système nommé si celui-ci est créé en réponse à cet appel ; sinon, false.
- Nom du .Si cette valeur est null, est sans nom.
- Cette méthode retourne une valeur booléenne qui est true si un mutex local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le mutex système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le mutex système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
- Le mutex nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas .
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
- est plus de 260 caractères.
-
-
- Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente le mutex système nommé.
- Nom du mutex système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Le mutex nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Libère l'objet une seule fois.
- Le thread appelant ne possède pas le mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Ouvre le mutex nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si le mutex nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom du mutex système à ouvrir.
- Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente la structure mutex nommée si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le mutex nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
-
-
- Représente un verrou utilisé pour gérer l'accès à une ressource, en autorisant plusieurs threads pour la lecture ou un accès exclusif en écriture.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des valeurs de propriété par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
- Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture.
- Nombre de threads uniques qui ont entré le verrou en mode lecture.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode lecture, et quitte le mode lecture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode pouvant être mis à niveau, et quitte le mode pouvant être mis à niveau si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Réduit le nombre de récurrences pour le mode écriture, et quitte le mode écriture si le nombre résultant est 0 (zéro).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture.
- true si le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture ; sinon, false.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique la stratégie de récurrence pour l'objet actuel.
- Une des valeurs d'énumération qui spécifie la stratégie de récurrence du verrou.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode lecture, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 (zéro) si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode lecture, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode lecture mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 si le thread actuel n'a pas entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, 1 si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau mais pas de façon récursive, ou n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où le thread actuel a entré le verrou en mode écriture, comme une indication de récurrence.
- 0 si le n si le thread a entré le verrou en mode écriture de façon récursive n - 1 fois.
- 2
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente entier facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode lecture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode lecture, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode de mise à niveau, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Essaie d'entrer le verrou en mode écriture, avec un délai d'attente facultatif.
- true si le thread appelant est entré en mode écriture, sinon, false.
- Intervalle d'attente, ou -1 milliseconde pour un délai d'attente infini.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode lecture.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode lecture.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode pouvant être mis à niveau.
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer le verrou en mode écriture.
- Nombre total de threads qui attendent pour entrer en mode écriture.
- 2
-
-
- Limite le nombre des threads qui peuvent accéder simultanément à une ressource ou un pool de ressources.
- 1
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est supérieur à .
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, et en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé.
-
- est supérieur à .ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas .
- Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe en spécifiant le nombre initial d'entrées et le nombre maximal d'entrées simultanées, en spécifiant en option le nom d'un objet sémaphore système et en spécifiant une variable qui reçoit une valeur indiquant si un sémaphore système a été créé.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peut être satisfait simultanément.
- Nom d'un objet de sémaphore système nommé.
- Cette méthode retourne true si un sémaphore local a été créé (en d'autres termes, si est null ou une chaîne vide) ou si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié a été créé ; false si le sémaphore système nommé spécifié existait déjà.Ce paramètre est passé sans être initialisé.
-
- est supérieur à . ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- est inférieur à 1.ou est inférieur à 0.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe et possède la sécurité du contrôle d'accès, et l'utilisateur n'a pas .
- Le sémaphore nommé ne peut pas être créé, peut-être parce qu'un handle d'attente d'un type différent possède le même nom.
-
-
- Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié s'il existe déjà.
- Objet qui représente le sémaphore système nommé.
- Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Le sémaphore nommé n'existe pas.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Quitte le sémaphore et retourne le compteur antérieur.
- Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode .
- Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé.
- Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits .
- 1
-
-
- Quitte le sémaphore un nombre spécifié de fois et retourne le compteur précédent.
- Compteur du sémaphore avant appel de la méthode .
- Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- Le compteur du sémaphore est déjà à la valeur maximale.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite avec un sémaphore nommé.
- Le sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais l'utilisateur ne détient pas de droits .ouLe sémaphore actuel représente un sémaphore système nommé, mais il n'a pas été ouvert avec des droits .
- 1
-
-
- Ouvre le sémaphore nommé spécifié, s'il existe déjà, et retourne une valeur indiquant si l'opération a réussi.
- true si le sémaphore nommé a été ouvert ; sinon, false.
- Nom du sémaphore système à ouvrir.
- Quand cette méthode est retournée, contient un objet qui représente le sémaphore nommé si l'appel a réussi, ou null si l'appel a échoué.Ce paramètre est traité comme étant non initialisé.
-
- est une chaîne vide.ou est plus de 260 caractères.
-
- a la valeur null.
- Une erreur Win32 s'est produite.
- Le sémaphore nommé existe, mais l'utilisateur ne possède pas l'accès de sécurité requis pour l'utiliser.
-
-
- Exception levée lorsque la méthode est appelée sur un sémaphore dont le compteur est déjà au maximum.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Représente une alternative légère à qui limite le nombre de threads pouvant accéder simultanément à une ressource ou à un pool de ressources.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est inférieur à 0.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe , en spécifiant le nombre initial et le nombre maximal de demandes qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre initial de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
- Nombre maximal de demandes pour le sémaphore qui peuvent être accordées simultanément.
-
- est inférieur à 0 ou est supérieur à ou est inférieur ou égal à 0.
-
-
- Retourne un qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore.
-
- qui peut être utilisé pour l'attente sur le sémaphore.
-
- a été supprimé.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder à l'objet .
- Nombre de threads restants qui peuvent accéder au sémaphore.
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources non managées utilisées par le , et libère éventuellement les ressources managées.
- true pour libérer les ressources managées et non managées ; false pour ne libérer que les ressources non managées.
-
-
- Libère l'objet une seule fois.
- Décompte précédent de .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
- Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale.
-
-
- Libère l'objet un nombre de fois déterminé.
- Décompte précédent de .
- Nombre de fois où quitter le sémaphore.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est inférieur à 1.
- Le a déjà atteint sa taille maximale.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à .
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente.
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- Le instance a été supprimée, ou qui créé a été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , tout en observant un .
- Jeton à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.ouLes créés a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour spécifier le délai d'attente.
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
- L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée
-
-
- Bloque le thread actuel jusqu'à ce qu'il puisse accéder à , à l'aide d'un qui spécifie le délai d'attente, tout en observant un .
- true si le thread actuel a accédé avec succès à ; sinon, false.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
-
- à observer.
-
- a été annulé.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
- L'instance de semaphoreSlim a été supprimée Le qui a créé a déjà été supprimé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone avant d'accéder à .
- Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un entier signé 32 bits pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
-
- à observer.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine après l'accès au sémaphore.
- Jeton à observer.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps.
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millisecondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 milliseconde de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'instance actuelle a déjà été supprimée.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini. ou délai d'attente supérieur à .
-
-
- Attend de façon asynchrone d'accéder à , à l'aide d'un pour mesurer l'intervalle de temps, tout en observant un .
- Tâche qui se termine avec une valeur true si le thread actuel accède correctement à , sinon la valeur false est retournée.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente -1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- Jeton à observer.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.oudélai d'attente supérieur à .
-
- a été annulé.
-
-
- Représente une méthode à appeler lorsqu'un message doit être distribué à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- 2
-
-
- Fournit une primitive de verrou d'exclusion mutuelle où un thread qui tente d'acquérir le verrou attend dans une boucle en vérifiant de manière répétée jusqu'à ce que le verrou devienne disponible.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la structure de avec l'option permettant de suivre les ID de thread afin d'améliorer le débogage.
- Indique s'il faut capturer et utiliser des ID de thread à des fins de débogage.
-
-
- Acquiert le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler ENTRÉE.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Libère le verrou.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou.
-
-
- Libère le verrou.
- Valeur booléenne qui indique si une barrière mémoire doit être émise pour publier immédiatement l'opération de sortie sur d'autres threads.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé, et le thread actuel n'est pas le propriétaire de ce verrou.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread.
- True si le verrou est actuellement détenu par un thread ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel.
- True si le verrou est détenu par le thread actuel ; sinon, false.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est désactivé.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si le suivi de la propriété des threads est activé pour cette instance.
- True si le suivi de la propriété du thread est autorisé pour cette instance ; sinon, false.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Tente d'acquérir le verrou de façon fiable, de sorte que même si une exception se produit dans l'appel de méthode, peut être examiné de façon fiable pour déterminer si le verrou a été acquis.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre ou qui représente - 1 millième de seconde, pour attendre indéfiniment.
- True si le verrou est acquis ; sinon, false. doit être initialisé avec la valeur false avant l'appel à cette méthode.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 milliseconde, qui représente un délai d'attente infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à millisecondes.
- L'argument doit être initialisé sur false avant d'appeler TryEnter.
- Le suivi de la propriété du thread est activé et le thread actuel a déjà acquis ce verrou.
-
-
- Fournit une prise en charge de l'attente basée sur les spins.
-
-
- Obtient le nombre de fois où a été appelé sur cette instance.
- Retourne un entier qui représente le nombre d'appels de sur cette instance.
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé.
- Indique si l'appel suivant à générera le processeur, en déclenchant un changement de contexte forcé.
-
-
- Réinitialise le compteur de spins.
-
-
- Exécute un seul spin.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire.
- True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
- Nombre de millisecondes à attendre, ou (-1) pour un délai d'attente infini.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1, qui représente un délai d'attente infini.
-
-
- Effectue des spins jusqu'à ce que la condition spécifiée soit satisfaite ou jusqu'à ce que le délai d'attente expire.
- True si la condition est satisfaite dans le délai d'attente ; sinon, false.
- Délégué à exécuter de façon répétée jusqu'à ce qu'il retourne la valeur true.
-
- qui représente le nombre de millièmes de secondes à attendre, ou TimeSpan qui représente -1 millième de seconde pour attendre indéfiniment.
- L'argument a la valeur null.
-
- est un nombre négatif autre que -1 millisecondes, qui représente un délai d'expiration infini - ou - le délai d'attente est supérieur à .
-
-
- Fournit les fonctionnalités de base pour propager un contexte de synchronisation dans plusieurs modèles de synchronisation.
- 2
-
-
- Crée une instance de la classe .
-
-
- En cas de substitution dans une classe dérivée, crée une copie du contexte de synchronisation.
- Nouvel objet .
- 2
-
-
- Obtient le contexte de synchronisation du thread actuel.
- Objet représentant le contexte de synchronisation actuel.
- 1
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est terminée.
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, répond à la notification selon laquelle une opération est lancée.
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message asynchrone à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Délégué à appeler.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- 2
-
-
- Lors d'une substitution dans une classe dérivée, distribue un message synchrone à un contexte de synchronisation.
- Délégué à appeler.
- Objet passé au délégué.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Définit le contexte de synchronisation actuel.
- Objet à définir.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Exception levée lorsqu'une méthode exige de l'appelant qu'il possède un verrou sur un objet Monitor donné et que la méthode est appelée par un appelant qui ne possède pas ce verrou.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec des propriétés par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
- Fournit le stockage local des données de thread.
- Spécifie le type de données stockées par thread.
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de .
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de .
- Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété .
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée.
-
- appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé.
-
- est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Initialise l'instance de avec la fonction spécifiée.
-
- appelé pour produire une valeur initialisée tardivement lorsqu'une tentative est effectuée pour récupérer sans qu'il ait été précédemment initialisé.
- Indique s'il faut suivre toutes les valeurs définies dans l'instance et les exposer via la propriété .
-
- est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
-
-
- Libère toutes les ressources utilisées par l'instance actuelle de la classe .
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de .
- Valeur booléenne qui indique si cette méthode est appelée en raison d'un appel à .
-
-
- Libère les ressources utilisées par cette instance de .
-
-
- Obtient une valeur qui indique si est initialisé sur le thread actuel.
- True si est initialisé sur le thread actuel ; sinon, false.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
-
-
- Crée et retourne une représentation sous forme de chaîne de cette instance pour le thread actuel.
- Résultat de l'appel à sur .
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
- Le du thread actuel est une référence null (Nothing en Visual Basic).
- La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive.
- Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie.
-
-
- Obtient ou définit la valeur de cette instance pour le thread actuel.
- Retourne une instance de l'objet dont ce ThreadLocal est chargé de l'initialisation.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
- La fonction d'initialisation a tenté de référencer de manière récursive.
- Aucun constructeur par défaut n'est fourni et aucune fabrique de valeurs n'est fournie.
-
-
- Obtient une liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance.
- Liste de toutes les valeurs actuellement stockées par tous les threads qui ont accès à cette instance.
- L'instance de a été supprimée.
-
-
- Contient des méthodes permettant d'effectuer des opérations de mémoire volatile.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la valeur du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Valeur qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière valeur écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
-
-
- Lit la référence d'objet à partir du champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît après cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer avant cette méthode.
- Référence à qui a été lue.Il s'agit de la dernière référence écrite par un processeur de l'ordinateur, quel que soit le nombre de processeurs ou l'état du cache de processeur.
- Champ à lire.
- Type du champ à lire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de mémoire apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la valeur spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la valeur est écrite.
- Valeur à écrire.La valeur est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
-
-
- Écrit la référence d'objet spécifiée dans le champ spécifié.Sur les systèmes le nécessitant, insère une barrière de mémoire qui empêche le processeur de réorganiser les opérations de mémoire comme suit : si une opération de lecture ou d'écriture apparaît avant cette méthode dans le code, le processeur ne peut pas la déplacer après cette méthode.
- Champ dans lequel la référence d'objet est écrite.
- Référence d'objet à écrire.La référence est écrite immédiatement, de sorte qu'elle est visible pour tous les processeurs de l'ordinateur.
- Type du champ dans lequel écrire.Il doit s'agir d'un type référence, et non d'un type valeur.
-
-
- Exception levée lors d'une tentative d'ouverture d'un mutex système ou d'un sémaphore qui n'existe pas.
- 2
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec les valeurs par défaut.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
-
-
- Initialise une nouvelle instance de la classe avec un message d'erreur spécifié et une référence à l'exception interne ayant provoqué cette exception.
- Message d'erreur indiquant la raison de l'exception.
- Exception qui constitue la cause de l'exception actuelle.Si le paramètre n'est pas null, l'exception en cours est levée dans un bloc catch qui gère l'exception interne.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3446f031d..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/it/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1800 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando un thread acquisisce un oggetto che un altro thread ha abbandonato uscendo senza rilasciarlo.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un indice specificato per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per i metodi o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore e l'eccezione interna specificati.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'eccezione interna, l'indice per il mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, specificati e un oggetto che rappresenta il mutex.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente verrà generata in un blocco catch che gestisce l'eccezione interna.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il messaggio di errore, l'indice del mutex abbandonato, se applicabile, e il mutex abbandonato specificati.
- Messaggio di errore che spiega il motivo dell'eccezione.
- Indice del mutex abbandonato nella matrice degli handle di attesa se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo , –1 se l'eccezione viene generata per il metodo o .
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato.
-
-
- Ottiene il mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure null se il mutex abbandonato non è stato identificato.
- 1
-
-
- Ottiene l'indice del mutex abbandonato che ha causato l'eccezione, se noto.
- Nella matrice degli handle in attesa passati al metodo , indice dell'oggetto che rappresenta il mutex abbandonato oppure –1 se l'indice del mutex abbandonato non è stato determinato.
- 1
-
-
- Rappresenta dati di ambiente locali rispetto a un flusso di controllo asincrono specificato, ad esempio un metodo asincrono.
- Tipo dei dati di ambiente.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di che non riceve notifiche di modifica.
-
-
- Crea un'istanza dell'istanza di locale che riceve notifiche di modifica.
- Delegato chiamato ogni volta che il valore corrente cambia in qualsiasi thread.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il valore dei dati di ambiente.
- Valore dei dati di ambiente.
-
-
- Classe che fornisce le informazioni di modifica dei dati alle istanze di registrate per le notifiche di modifica.
- Tipo di dati.
-
-
- Ottiene il valore corrente dei dati.
- Valore corrente dei dati.
-
-
- Ottiene il valore precedente dei dati.
- Valore precedente dei dati.
-
-
- Restituisce un valore che indica se il valore cambia a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione.
- true se il valore è cambiato a seguito di una modifica del contesto di esecuzione; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Notifica a un thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato.
-
-
- Consente a più attività di funzionare cooperativamente in un algoritmo in parallelo tramite più fasi.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe .
- Numero di thread che partecipano.
-
- è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe .
- Numero di thread che partecipano.
- Oggetto da eseguire dopo ogni fase. Può essere passato Null (Nothing in Visual Basic) per indicare che non è stata intrapresa alcuna azione.
-
- è minore di 0 o maggiore di 32,767.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante aggiuntivo.
- Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'aggiunta di un partecipante provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti partecipanti aggiuntivi.
- Numero di fase della barriera in corrispondenza di cui parteciperanno inizialmente i nuovi partecipanti.
- Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da aggiungere alla barriera.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.- oppure -L'aggiunta di partecipanti provocherebbe il superamento del conteggio del partecipante della barriera di 32.767.
- Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di fase corrente della barriera.
- Restituisce il numero di fase corrente della barriera.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
- Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera.
- Restituisce il numero totale di partecipanti nella barriera.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente.
- Restituisce il numero di partecipanti nella barriera che non hanno ancora eseguito la segnalazione nella fase corrente.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che sarà presente un partecipante in meno.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase.
-
-
- Notifica all'oggetto che saranno presenti meno partecipanti.
- Numero di partecipanti aggiuntivi da rimuovere dalla barriera.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.
- La barriera dispone già di 0 partecipanti.- oppure -Il metodo è stato richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase. - oppure -il conteggio del partecipante corrente è minore del conteggio del partecipante specificato
- Il conteggio totale dei partecipanti è minore del specificato
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
- Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout.
- true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
- Se un'eccezione viene generata da un'azione post-fase di una Barriera dopo che tutti thread che partecipano hanno chiamato SignalAndWait, l'eccezione verrà sottoposta a wrapping in un BarrierPostPhaseException e sarà generata su tutti i thread che partecipano.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un Signed Integer a 32 bit per misurare il timeout, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- true se tutti i partecipanti raggiungono la barriera entro il tempo specificato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito, oppure è più grande di 32.767.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Segnala che un partecipante ha raggiunto la barriera e attende che venga raggiunta anche da tutti gli altri partecipanti, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo, al contempo osservando un token di annullamento.
- true se tutti gli altri partecipanti hanno raggiunto la barriera. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi, che rappresenta un timeout infinito.
- Il metodo viene richiamato dall'interno di un'azione post-fase, la barriera dispone attualmente di 0 partecipanti o la barriera viene segnalata da più thread registrati come partecipanti.
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando l'azione post-fase di un oggetto non viene eseguita correttamente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con l'eccezione interna specificata.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.È necessario che il chiamante del costruttore assicuri che la stringa sia stata localizzata per le impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare all'interno di un nuovo contesto.
- Oggetto contenente informazioni che devono essere utilizzate dal metodo di callback ogni volta che viene eseguito.
- 1
-
-
- Rappresenta un primitiva di sincronizzazione segnalata quando il relativo conteggio raggiunge lo zero.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con il conteggio specificato.
- Numero di segnali inizialmente richiesti per impostare l'oggetto .
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Incrementa di uno il conteggio corrente di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è maggiore di o uguale a .
-
-
- Incrementa di un valore specificato il conteggio corrente di .
- Valore che indica l'incremento di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore o uguale a 0.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - è uguale o maggiore a dopo che il conteggio è incrementato da
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento.
- Numero di segnali restanti necessari per impostare l'evento.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite utilizzate dall'oggetto ed eventualmente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite, false per rilasciare solo quelle non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento.
- Numero di segnali necessari inizialmente per impostare l'evento.
-
-
- Determina se l'evento è impostato.
- true se l'evento è impostato, altrimenti false.
-
-
- Reimposta sul valore di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Reimposta la proprietà al valore specificato.
- Numero di segnali necessari per impostare l'oggetto .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Registra un segnale con l'oggetto , decrementando il valore di .
- true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa del segnale e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.
-
-
- Registra più segnali con l'oggetto , decrementandone il valore di della quantità specificata.
- true se il conteggio ha raggiunto lo zero a causa dei segnali e l'evento è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di segnali da registrare.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 1.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata. oppure è maggiore di .
-
-
- Tenta di incrementare di uno.
- true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, questo metodo restituirà false.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è uguale a .
-
-
- Tenta di incrementare in base a un valore specificato.
- true se l'incremento ha avuto esito positivo. In caso contrario, false.Se è già zero, verrà restituito false.
- Valore che indica l'incremento di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore o uguale a 0.
- L'istanza corrente è già impostata.- oppure - + è uguale o maggiore di .
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout.
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure, per un'attesa indefinita, (-1).
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout.
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto non viene impostato, utilizzando un oggetto per misurare il timeout e al contempo osservando un oggetto .
- true se è stato impostato. In caso contrario, false.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata. oppure l'oggetto aveva creato è già stato eliminato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Ottiene un oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento.
- Oggetto utilizzato per attendere l'impostazione dell'evento.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Indica se verrà reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente dopo la ricezione di un segnale.
- 2
-
-
- Con la segnalazione, viene reimpostato automaticamente dopo il rilascio di un singolo thread.Se non sono presenti thread in attesa, resta segnalato fino al blocco di un thread e viene reimpostato dopo il rilascio del thread.
-
-
- Con la segnalazione, rilascia tutti i thread in attesa e resta segnalato finché non viene reimpostato manualmente.
-
-
- Rappresenta un evento di sincronizzazione dei thread.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
- Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti .
- Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando se l'handle di attesa è inizialmente segnalato se creato a seguito di questa chiamata e se la reimpostazione viene eseguita automaticamente o manualmente e indicando il nome di un evento di sincronizzazione di sistema e una variabile Boolean il cui valore dopo la chiamata specifica se l'evento di sistema denominato è stato creato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato se l'evento denominato viene creato in seguito a questa chiamata; false per impostare lo stato su non segnalato.
- Uno dei valori di che determina se l'evento viene reimpostato automaticamente o manualmente.
- Nome di un evento di sincronizzazione a livello di sistema.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un evento locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato l'evento di sistema denominato specificato; false se l'evento di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non possiede i diritti .
- Non è possibile creare l'evento denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta l'evento di sistema denominato.
- Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire.
-
- è una stringa vuota. In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- L'evento di sistema denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread.
- true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false.
- Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa di procedere.
- true se l'operazione ha esito positivo; in caso contrario, false.
- Il metodo non è stato chiamato precedentemente in questo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Apre l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata.
- true se l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome dell'evento di sincronizzazione del sistema da aprire.
- Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta l'evento di sincronizzazione denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo, o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
-
- è una stringa vuota.In alternativa è di lunghezza superiore a 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- L'evento denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza desiderato.
-
-
- Gestisce il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Acquisisce il contesto di esecuzione dal thread corrente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di esecuzione per il thread corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Esegue un metodo in un contesto di esecuzione specifico sul thread corrente.
- Oggetto da impostare.
- Delegato che rappresenta il metodo da eseguire nel contesto di esecuzione fornito.
- Oggetto da passare al metodo di callback.
-
- è null.- oppure - non è stato acquisito tramite un'operazione di acquisizione. - oppure - è stato già utilizzato come argomento per una chiamata .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Fornisce operazioni atomiche per variabili condivise da più thread.
- 2
-
-
- Somma due interi a 32 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica.
- Nuovo valore archiviato in .
- Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in .
- Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Somma due interi a 64 bit e sostituisce il primo intero con la somma, come operazione atomica.
- Nuovo valore archiviato in .
- Variabile contenente il primo valore da sommare.La somma dei due valori viene archiviata in .
- Valore da sommare all'intero in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione doppia per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due interi con segno a 32 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due interi con segno a 64 bit per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due puntatori o handle specifici della piattaforma per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo elemento.
- Valore originale in .
- Oggetto di destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con il valore di e, se possibile, sostituito da .
- Oggetto che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Oggetto confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due oggetti per verificarne l'uguaglianza dei riferimenti; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo oggetto.
- Valore originale in .
- Oggetto di destinazione confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Oggetto che sostituisce l'oggetto di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Oggetto confrontato con l'oggetto in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due numeri a virgola mobile e precisione singola per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce il primo valore.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Confronta due istanze del tipo di riferimento specificato per verificarne l'uguaglianza; se sono uguali, sostituisce la prima istanza.
- Valore originale in .
- Destinazione, il cui valore viene confrontato con e, se possibile, sostituito.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Valore che sostituisce il valore di destinazione se il confronto rileva l'uguaglianza.
- Valore confrontato con il valore in corrispondenza di .
- Tipo da usare per , e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Diminuisce una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore diminuito.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Diminuisce la variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore diminuito.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere diminuito.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione doppia su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un intero con segno a 32 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un intero con segno a 64 bit su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un puntatore o un handle specifico della piattaforma su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un oggetto su un valore specificato e restituisce un riferimento all'oggetto originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta un numero a virgola mobile e precisione singola su un valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Imposta una variabile del tipo indicato sul valore specificato e restituisce il valore originale, come operazione atomica.
- Valore originale di .
- Variabile da impostare sul valore specificato.Rappresenta un parametro di riferimento (ref in C#, ByRef in Visual Basic).
- Valore su cui è impostato il parametro .
- Tipo da usare per e .Questo tipo deve essere un tipo di riferimento.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore aumentato.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Aumenta una variabile specificata e archivia il risultato, come operazione atomica.
- Valore aumentato.
- Variabile il cui valore deve essere aumentato.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Sincronizza l'accesso alla memoria come segue: il processore che esegue il thread corrente non può riordinare le istruzioni in modo tale che gli accessi alla memoria prima della chiamata al metodo vengano eseguiti dopo quelli successivi alla chiamata al metodo .
-
-
- Restituisce un valore a 64 bit, caricato come operazione atomica.
- Valore caricato.
- Valore a 64 bit da caricare.
- 1
-
-
- Fornisce routine di inizializzazione differita.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione con il relativo costruttore predefinito se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata.
- Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento o di valore di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento o valore di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Riferimento a un valore booleano che determina se la destinazione è già stata inizializzata.
- Riferimento a un oggetto utilizzato come blocco a esclusione reciproca per l'inizializzazione di .Se è null, verrà creata un'istanza di un nuovo oggetto.
- Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento o il valore.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Le autorizzazioni per accedere al costruttore di tipo erano mancanti.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
-
- Inizializza un tipo di riferimento di destinazione utilizzando una funzione specificata se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Valore inizializzato di tipo .
- Riferimento di tipo da inizializzare se non è già stato inizializzato.
- Funzione chiamata per inizializzare il riferimento.
- Tipo del riferimento da inizializzare.
- Il tipo non dispone di un costruttore predefinito.
-
- restituisce null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando una voce ricorsiva in un blocco non è compatibile con i criteri di ricorsione per tale blocco.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio fornito dal sistema in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio specifico in cui viene descritto l'errore.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio in cui viene descritta l'eccezione.Il chiamante di questo costruttore deve assicurare che la stringa sia stata localizzata in base alle impostazioni cultura correnti del sistema.
- Eccezione che ha causato l'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
- 2
-
-
- Specifica se lo stesso thread può accedere a un blocco più volte.
-
-
- Se un thread tenta di accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo, viene generata un'eccezione.È possibile che alcune classi consentano particolari ricorsioni quando questa impostazione è attivata.
-
-
- Un thread può accedere a un blocco in modo ricorsivo.Alcune classi possono limitare questa funzionalità.
-
-
- Notifica a uno o più thread in attesa che si è verificato un evento.La classe non può essere ereditata.
- 2
-
-
- Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con un valore Booleano che indica se lo stato iniziale deve essere impostato su segnalato.
- Viene restituito true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostare lo stato iniziale su non segnalato.
-
-
- Fornisce una versione più snella di .
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con uno stato iniziale di non segnalato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato e un conteggio rotazioni specificato.
- true per impostare lo stato iniziale su segnalato; false per impostarlo su non segnalato.
- Numero di attese di rotazione che devono verificarsi prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e facoltativamente rilascia le risorse gestite.
- True per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se l'evento è impostato.
- true se l'evento è impostato; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su non segnalato, provocando il blocco dei thread.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Imposta lo stato dell'evento su segnalato, per consentire a uno o più thread in attesa dell'evento di procedere.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
- Restituisce il numero di attese di rotazione che si verificheranno prima di eseguire il fallback su un'operazione di attesa basata sul kernel.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non riceve un segnale, osservando un oggetto .
- Oggetto da osservare.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché l'oggetto corrente non viene impostato, usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- true se l'oggetto è stato impostato; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Ottiene l'oggetto sottostante per questo oggetto .
- Oggetto evento sottostante per questo oggetto .
-
-
- Fornisce un meccanismo che sincronizza l'accesso agli oggetti.
- 2
-
-
- Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- Oggetto sui cui acquisire il blocco del monitoraggio.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- 1
-
-
- Acquisisce un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.Nota Se non si verifica alcuna eccezione, l'output di questo metodo è sempre true.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
-
- Viene rilasciato un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- Oggetto sul quale rilasciare il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il blocco per l'oggetto specificato non è di proprietà del thread corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Determina se il thread corrente specificato contiene il blocco sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente è responsabile del blocco su ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto da testare.
-
- è null.
-
-
- Notifica a un thread della coda di attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto bloccato è stato modificato.
- Oggetto atteso da un thread.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- 1
-
-
- Notifica a tutti i thread in attesa che lo stato dell'oggetto è stato modificato.
- Oggetto che invia l'impulso.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
-
- Viene eseguito, per un numero specificato di millisecondi, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
- è negativo e non è uguale a .
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire, per il numero di millisecondi specificato, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Tempo di attesa espresso in millisecondi prima che si verifichi il blocco.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
-
- è negativo e non è uguale a .
-
-
- Viene eseguito, per una quantità di tempo specificata, il tentativo di acquisire un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato.
- true se il thread corrente acquisisce il blocco; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Oggetto che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di .
- 1
-
-
- Prova ad acquisire, per la quantità di tempo specificata, un blocco esclusivo sull'oggetto specificato e imposta atomicamente un valore che indica se il blocco è stato ottenuto.
- Oggetto sul quale acquisire il blocco.
- Quantità di tempo che rappresenta la durata di attesa del blocco.Un valore di –1 millisecondo specifica un'attesa infinita.
- Risultato del tentativo di acquisizione del blocco passato dal riferimento.L'input deve essere false.L'output è true se il blocco viene acquisito; in caso contrario, l'output è false.L'output viene impostato anche se si verifica un'eccezione durante il tentativo di acquisire il blocco.
- L'input di è true.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il valore di in millisecondi è negativo ed è diverso da (–1 millisecondi) oppure è maggiore di .
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.
- true se la chiamata è stata restituita perché il chiamante ha riacquisito il blocco per l'oggetto specificato.Non viene restituito alcun valore se il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- 1
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Numero di millisecondi da attendere prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- Il valore del parametro è negativo e non è uguale a .
- 1
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco su un oggetto e interrompe il thread corrente finché riacquisisce il blocco.Allo scadere dell'intervallo di timeout specificato, il thread viene inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- true se il blocco è stato riacquisito prima che sia trascorso il tempo specificato; false se il blocco è stato riacquisito dopo che è trascorso il tempo specificato.Il metodo non restituisce alcun valore finché il blocco non viene riacquisito.
- Oggetto per il quale attendere.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il tempo di attesa prima che il thread venga inserito nella coda di thread pronti.
- Il valore del parametro è null.
- Il thread chiamante non è il proprietario del blocco per l'oggetto specificato.
- Il thread da cui è stato richiamato Wait viene interrotto in seguito dallo stato di attesa.L'interruzione si verifica quando il metodo di questo thread viene chiamato da un altro thread.
- Il valore del parametro in millisecondi è negativo e non rappresenta (–1 millisecondo) oppure è maggiore di .
- 1
-
-
- Primitiva di sincronizzazione che può essere usata anche per la sincronizzazione interprocesso.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex e con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome.
- Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti .
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un valore booleano che indica se il thread chiamante deve avere la proprietà iniziale del mutex, con una stringa che rappresenta il nome del mutex e con un valore booleano che, quando il metodo viene restituito, indichi se al thread chiamante era stata concessa la proprietà iniziale del mutex.
- true per concedere al thread chiamante la proprietà iniziale del mutex di sistema denominato, se questo è stato creato come risultato della chiamata; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome di .Se il valore è null, l'oggetto è senza nome.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un valore booleano che è true se è stato creato un mutex locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il mutex di sistema denominato specificato; false se il mutex di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
- Il mutex denominato esiste e dispone della sicurezza del controllo di accesso, ma l'utente non dispone dei diritti .
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Non è possibile creare il mutex denominato, probabilmente perché esiste un handle di attesa di diverso tipo con lo stesso nome.
-
- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
-
- Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il mutex di sistema denominato.
- Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Il mutex denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto una volta.
- Il thread chiamante non ha la proprietà del mutex.
- 1
-
-
- Apre il mutex denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è stata completata.
- true se il mutex denominato è stato aperto correttamente; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome del mutex di sistema da aprire.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene un oggetto di che rappresenta il mutex denominato se la chiamata ha esito positivo o null se la chiamata ha esito negativo.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il mutex denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
-
-
- Rappresenta un blocco usato per gestire l'accesso a una risorsa, consentendo a più thread l'accesso in lettura o l'accesso esclusivo in scrittura.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con i valori predefiniti delle proprietà.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
- Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
- Numero di thread univoci per i quali è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità lettura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità aggiornabile ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Riduce il numero di ricorsioni per la modalità scrittura ed esce da questa modalità se il numero risultante è 0 (zero).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura.
- true se per il thread corrente è stata attivata la modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica i criteri di ricorsione per l'oggetto corrente.
- Uno dei valori di enumerazione che specifica i criteri di ricorsione del blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità lettura, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità lettura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità lettura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stato attivato il blocco in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità aggiornabile, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità aggiornabile in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di volte in cui per il thread corrente è stato attivato il blocco in modalità scrittura, come indicazione della ricorsione.
- 0 (zero) se per il thread corrente non è stata attivata la modalità scrittura, 1 se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura ma non in modo ricorsivo o n se per il thread è stata attivata la modalità scrittura in modo ricorsivo n - 1 volte.
- 2
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout intero facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità lettura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità lettura; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità aggiornabile con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità aggiornabile; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure -1 ( ) per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Prova ad attivare il blocco in modalità scrittura con un timeout facoltativo.
- true se il thread chiamante è passato in modalità scrittura; in caso contrario, false.
- Intervallo di attesa oppure -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità lettura.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità lettura.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità aggiornabile.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità aggiornabile.
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione del blocco in modalità scrittura.
- Numero complessivo di thread in attesa di attivazione della modalità scrittura.
- 2
-
-
- Limita il numero di thread che possono accedere a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse contemporaneamente.
- 1
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è maggiore di .
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, nonché indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato.
-
- è maggiore di .-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di .
- Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe , specificando il numero di accessi iniziale e il numero massimo di accessi contemporanei, indicando facoltativamente il nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema e specificando una variabile che riceve un valore che indica se è stato creato un nuovo semaforo di sistema.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere soddisfatte contemporaneamente.
- Nome di un oggetto semaforo di sistema denominato.
- Quando questo metodo viene restituito, contiene true se è stato creato un semaforo locale (ovvero, se il valore di è null o una stringa vuota) oppure se è stato creato il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato; false se il semaforo di sistema denominato specificato è già esistente.Questo parametro viene passato non inizializzato.
-
- è maggiore di . -oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è minore di 1.-oppure- è minore di 0.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste ed è dotato di sicurezza del controllo di accesso e l'utente non dispone di .
- Non è possibile creare il semaforo denominato, probabilmente a causa di un handle di attesa di tipo diverso con lo stesso nome.
-
-
- Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo di sistema denominato.
- Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Il semaforo denominato non esiste.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Esce dal semaforo e restituisce il conteggio precedente.
- Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo .
- Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato.
- Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con .
- 1
-
-
- Esce dal semaforo il numero di volte specificato e restituisce il conteggio precedente.
- Conteggio del semaforo prima della chiamata del metodo .
- Numero di uscite dal semaforo.
-
- è minore di 1.
- Il conteggio del semaforo ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32 relativo a un semaforo denominato.
- Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma l'utente non dispone di diritti .-oppure-Il semaforo corrente rappresenta un semaforo di sistema denominato, ma non è stato aperto con i diritti .
- 1
-
-
- Apre il semaforo denominato specificato, se esistente, e restituisce un valore che indica se l'operazione è riuscita.
- true se l'apertura del semaforo denominato è riuscita; in caso contrario, false.
- Nome del semaforo di sistema da aprire.
- Quando viene eseguita la restituzione del metodo, quest'ultimo contiene un oggetto che rappresenta il semaforo denominato se la chiamata è riuscita o null se la chiamata non è riuscita.Questo parametro viene trattato come non inizializzato.
- Il parametro è una stringa vuota.-oppure- è più lungo di 260 caratteri.
-
- è null.
- Si è verificato un errore Win32.
- Il semaforo denominato esiste, ma l'utente non dispone dell'accesso di sicurezza necessario per utilizzarlo.
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando il metodo viene chiamato su un semaforo il cui conteggio ha già raggiunto il valore massimo.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Rappresenta un'alternativa semplificata a che limita il numero di thread che possono accedere simultaneamente a una risorsa o a un pool di risorse.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è minore di 0.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe specificando il numero iniziale e massimo di richieste che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero iniziale di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
- Numero massimo di richieste per il semaforo che possono essere concesse simultaneamente.
-
- è minore di 0, o è maggiore di o è uguale o minore di 0.
-
-
- Restituisce un oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo.
- Oggetto che può essere usato per attendere il semaforo.
- L'interfaccia è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere all'oggetto .
- Numero di thread rimanenti che possono accedere al semaforo.
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse usate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse non gestite usate dall'oggetto e, facoltativamente, le risorse gestite.
- true per rilasciare sia le risorse gestite sia quelle non gestite; false per rilasciare solo le risorse non gestite.
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto una volta.
- Numero precedente di .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima.
-
-
- Rilascia l'oggetto un numero di volte specificato.
- Numero precedente di .
- Numero di uscite dal semaforo.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è minore di 1.
-
- ha già raggiunto la dimensione massima.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può immettere .
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout.
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto .
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- Il istanza è stata eliminata, o che ha creato è stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto osservando un oggetto .
- Token da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.-oppure-Il creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per specificare il timeout.
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
- L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata
-
-
- Blocca il thread corrente finché non può accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto che specifica il timeout e osservando un oggetto .
- true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente ; in caso contrario, false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
- L'istanza semaphoreSlim è stata eliminata L'oggetto che ha creato è già stato eliminato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di immettere .
- Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un intero con segno a 32 bit per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- Oggetto da osservare.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata quando si accede al semaforo.
- Token da osservare.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo.
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'istanza corrente è già stata eliminata.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato. -oppure- timeout è maggiore di .
-
-
- Attende in modo asincrono di accedere all'oggetto , usando un oggetto per misurare l'intervallo di tempo e osservando un oggetto .
- Attività che verrà completata con un risultato true se il thread corrente ha immesso correttamente , in caso contrario, con un risultato false.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- Token da osservare.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.-oppure-timeout è maggiore di .
-
- è stato annullato.
-
-
- Rappresenta un metodo da chiamare quando un messaggio deve essere inviato a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- 2
-
-
- Fornisce un primitiva di blocco a esclusione reciproca in cui un thread che tenta di acquisire il blocco attende in un ciclo eseguendo controlli ripetuti finché il blocco non diventa disponibile.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della struttura con l'opzione di rilevamento degli ID dei thread per migliorare il debug.
- Valore che indica se acquisire e utilizzare gli ID dei thread per scopi di debug.
-
-
- Acquisisce il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a Enter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco.
-
-
- Rilascia il blocco.
- Valore booleano che indica se generare un limite di memoria per pubblicare immediatamente l'operazione di uscita agli altri thread.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente non è il proprietario di questo blocco.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread.
- true se attualmente il blocco è mantenuto da un thread; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente.
- true se il blocco è mantenuto dal thread corrente; in caso contrario, false.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è disabilitato.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread.
- true se per questa istanza è abilitato il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread; in caso contrario, false.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Tenta di acquisire il blocco in modo affidabile, in modo tale che anche se si verifica un'eccezione all'interno della chiamata al metodo, è possibile esaminare l'oggetto in maniera affidabile per determinare se il blocco è stato acquisito.
-
- che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure che rappresenta -1 millisecondi per un'attesa indefinita.
- True se il blocco è stato acquisito. In caso contrario, False.Prima di chiamare questo metodo è necessario inizializzare su False.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito o il timeout è più grande di millisecondi.
- È necessario inizializzare l'argomento su False prima della chiamata a TryEnter.
- Il rilevamento della proprietà dei thread è abilitato e il thread corrente ha già acquisito questo blocco.
-
-
- Fornisce il supporto per l'attesa basata su rotazione.
-
-
- Ottiene il numero di chiamate di su questa istanza.
- Restituisce un intero che rappresenta il numero di volte in cui è stato chiamato su questa istanza.
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto.
- Valore che indica se la chiamata successiva a comporterà la cessione del processore, attivando un cambio imposto di contesto.
-
-
- Reimposta il contatore delle rotazioni.
-
-
- Esegue una sola rotazione.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- L'argomento è null.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato.
- True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- Numero di millisecondi di attesa oppure (-1) per un'attesa indefinita.
- L'argomento è null.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 che rappresenta un timeout indeterminato.
-
-
- Esegue rotazioni finché non è stata soddisfatta la condizione specificata o fino allo scadere del timeout specificato.
- True se la condizione viene soddisfatta entro lo scadere del timeout. In caso contrario, False.
- Delegato da eseguire ripetutamente finché non restituisce true.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il numero di millisecondi di attesa. In alternativa, per un'attesa indefinita, oggetto TimeSpan che rappresenta -1 millisecondi.
- L'argomento è null.
-
- è un numero negativo diverso da -1 millisecondi che rappresenta un timeout infinito - o - il timeout è più grande di .
-
-
- Fornisce la funzionalità di base per propagare un contesto di sincronizzazione in vari modelli di sincronizzazione.
- 2
-
-
- Crea una nuova istanza della classe .
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, crea una copia del contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Nuovo oggetto .
- 2
-
-
- Ottiene il contesto di sincronizzazione per il thread corrente.
- Oggetto che rappresenta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente.
- 1
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di completamento di un'operazione.
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, risponde alla notifica di avvio di un'operazione.
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio asincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Delegato di da chiamare.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- 2
-
-
- Quando ne viene eseguito l'override in una classe derivata, invia un messaggio sincrono a un contesto di sincronizzazione.
- Delegato di da chiamare.
- Oggetto passato al delegato.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Imposta il contesto di sincronizzazione corrente.
- Oggetto da impostare.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Eccezione generata quando un metodo richiede che il chiamante sia il proprietario del blocco su un Monitor specifico, e tale metodo viene richiamato da un chiamante che non è proprietario del blocco.
- 2
-
-
- Consente l'inizializzazione di una nuova istanza della classe con le proprietà predefinite.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
- Consente l'archiviazione dei dati nella memoria locale dei thread.
- Specifica il tipo di dati archiviati per thread.
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza .
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza .
- Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di .
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata.
- Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza.
-
- è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Inizializza l'istanza di con la funzione specificata.
- Oggetto richiamato per produrre un valore con inizializzazione differita quando si tenta di recuperare l'oggetto senza che sia stato inizializzato in precedenza.
- Se tenere traccia di tutti i valori impostati sull'istanza ed esporli mediante la proprietà di .
-
- è un riferimento null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
-
-
- Rilascia tutte le risorse utilizzate dall'istanza corrente della classe .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di .
- Valore booleano che indica se questo metodo viene chiamato a causa di una chiamata a .
-
-
- Rilascia le risorse utilizzate da questa istanza di .
-
-
- Ottiene un valore che indica se l'oggetto è inizializzato sul thread corrente.
- true se viene inizializzato sul thread corrente; in caso contrario, false.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Crea e restituisce una rappresentazione di stringa di questa istanza per il thread corrente.
- Risultato della chiamata di su .
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
- L'oggetto per il thread corrente è un riferimento Null (Nothing in Visual Basic).
- La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a .
- Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory.
-
-
- Ottiene o imposta il valore di questa istanza per il thread corrente.
- Restituisce un'istanza dell'oggetto della cui inizializzazione è responsabile questo oggetto ThreadLocal.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
- La funzione di inizializzazione tenta di fare riferimento in modo ricorsivo a .
- Non è fornito alcun costruttore predefinito e non è fornito alcun valore di factory.
-
-
- Ottiene un elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza.
- Elenco di tutti i valori attualmente archiviati da tutti i thread che hanno eseguito l'accesso a questa istanza.
- L'istanza di è stata eliminata.
-
-
- Contiene metodi per l'esecuzione di operazioni relative alla memoria volatile.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il valore del campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Valore letto.Questo valore è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
-
-
- Legge il riferimento a un oggetto dal campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare dopo questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione precedente al metodo stesso.
- Riferimento a che è stato letto.Questo riferimento è l'ultimo che è stato scritto da un processore qualsiasi nel computer, indipendentemente dal numero di processori o dallo stato della cache del processore.
- Campo da leggere.
- Tipo di campo da leggere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di memoria compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il valore specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il valore.
- Valore da scrivere.Il valore viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
-
-
- Scrive il riferimento a un oggetto specificato nel campo specificato.Nei sistemi in cui è richiesto, inserisce una barriera di memoria che impedisce al processore di riordinare le operazioni di memoria nel modo seguente: se un'operazione di lettura o di scrittura compare prima di questo metodo nel codice, il processore non potrà spostarla in una posizione successiva al metodo stesso.
- Campo in cui viene scritto il riferimento a un oggetto.
- Riferimento a un oggetto da scrivere.Il riferimento viene scritto immediatamente, in modo da essere reso visibile a tutti i processori nel computer.
- Tipo di campo da scrivere.Deve essere un tipo di riferimento, non un tipo di valore.
-
-
- Eccezione generata durante il tentativo di aprire un semaforo o un mutex di sistema inesistente.
- 2
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con valori predefiniti.
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
-
-
- Inizializza una nuova istanza della classe con un messaggio di errore specificato e un riferimento all'eccezione interna che è la causa dell'eccezione corrente.
- Messaggio di errore nel quale viene indicato il motivo dell’eccezione
- Eccezione causa dell'eccezione corrente.Se il parametro non è null, l'eccezione corrente viene generata in un blocco catch in cui viene gestita l'eccezione interna.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e2f71c3a..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ja/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1950 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- スレッドが、別のスレッドが解放せずに終了することによって放棄した オブジェクトを取得したときにスローされる例外。
- 1
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックスと、ミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列内における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを、指定したエラー メッセージと内部例外を使用して初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。
-
-
- エラー メッセージ、内部例外、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、およびミューテックスを表す オブジェクトを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null ではない場合、現在の例外は内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで発生します。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- エラー メッセージ、放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスを指定する場合はそのインデックス、および放棄されたミューテックスを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
- メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は、待機ハンドルの配列における放棄されたミューテックスのインデックス。 メソッドまたは メソッドで例外がスローされる場合は -1。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。
-
-
- 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスを取得します。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクト。放棄されたミューテックスを識別できなかった場合は null。
- 1
-
-
- 例外の原因となった、放棄されたミューテックスがわかっている場合は、そのミューテックスのインデックスを取得します。
- 放棄されたミューテックスを表す オブジェクトの、 メソッドに渡された待機ハンドルの配列内でのインデックス。放棄されたミューテックスのインデックスが識別できなかった場合は –1。
- 1
-
-
- 非同期メソッドなど、特定の非同期制御フローに対してローカルなアンビエント データを表します。
- アンビエント データの型。
-
-
- 変更通知を受信しない インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。
-
-
- 変更通知を受信する ローカル インスタンスをインスタンス生成します。
- どのスレッド上であっても現在の値が変更されたなら必ず呼び出されるデリゲート。
-
-
- アンビエント データの値を取得または設定します。
- アンビエント データの値。
-
-
- 変更通知のために登録する インスタンスに対するデータ変更情報を提供するクラス。
- データの型。
-
-
- データの現在の値を取得します。
- データの現在の値。
-
-
- データの前の値を取得します。
- データの前の値。
-
-
- 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更されたかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 実行コンテキストの変更が原因で値が変更された場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- イベントが発生したことを待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
- 複数のタスクが、複数のフェーズを通じて 1 つのアルゴリズムで並行して協調的に動作できるようにします。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 参加しているスレッドの数。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 参加しているスレッドの数。
- 各フェーズ後に実行する 。null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) は操作が行われないことを示すために渡されることがあります。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、または 32,767 を超えています。
-
-
- 参加要素が 1 つ追加されることを に通知します。
- 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- 複数の参加要素が追加されることを に通知します。
- 新しい参加要素が最初に参加するバリアのフェーズ番号。
- バリアに追加する追加の参加要素の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。または 参加要素を追加すると、バリアの参加要素数が 32,767 を超えます。
- メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を取得します。
- バリアの現在のフェーズの番号を返します。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
- メソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- バリア内の参加要素の合計数を取得します。
- バリア内の参加要素の合計数を返します。
-
-
- 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を取得します。
- 現在のフェーズでまだ通知していないバリア内の参加要素の数を返します。
-
-
- 参加要素が 1 つ削除されることを に通知します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。
-
-
- 複数の参加要素が削除されることを に通知します。
- バリアから削除する追加の参加要素の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。
- バリアでは、既に 0 個の参加要素があります。またはメソッドは、フェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されました。 または現在の参加要素数が、指定された participantCount より小さい値です
- 参加要素の総数が、指定した より小さくなっています。
-
-
- 参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
- すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
- すべての参加しているスレッドが SignalAndWait を呼び出した後に、バリアのフェーズ後のアクションから例外がスローされた場合、その例外は BarrierPostPhaseException にラップされ、参加しているすべてのスレッドでスローされます。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 指定した時間内にすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
-
- オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが 32,767 を超えています。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
- 取り消しトークンを観察すると同時に、 オブジェクトを使用して時間間隔を計測し、参加要素がバリアに到達し、他のすべての参加要素もバリアに到達するまで待機することを通知します。
- 他のすべての参加要素がバリアに到達した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- メソッドがフェーズ後アクション内から呼び出されたか、バリア内に参加要素が含まれていないか、または参加要素として登録されているよりも多くのスレッドによってバリアがシグナル状態です。
-
-
-
- のフェーズ後アクションに失敗したときにスローされる例外。
-
-
- エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
- 指定した内部例外を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。
-
-
- エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元では、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- 新しいコンテキスト内で呼び出すメソッドを表します。
- コールバック メソッドが実行されるたびに使用する情報を格納したオブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- カウントが 0 になったときに通知される同期プリミティブを表します。
-
-
- 指定されたカウントを使用して クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
- の設定に最初に必要な通知の数。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
-
- の現在のカウントを 1 つインクリメントします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または が 以上です。
-
-
-
- の現在のカウントを指定された値だけインクリメントします。
-
- を増やす値。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 以下です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。またはカウントが ずつインクリメントされた後、 が 以上です
-
-
- イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数を取得します。
- イベントの設定に必要な残りの通知の数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数を取得します。
- イベントの設定に最初に必要な通知の数。
-
-
- イベントが設定されているかどうかを判断します。
- イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
-
- を の値にリセットします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- プロパティを指定した値にリセットします。
-
- の設定に必要な通知の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
- 通知を に登録して、 の値をデクリメントします。
- 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。
-
-
- 複数の通知を に登録して、 の値を指定された量だけデクリメントします。
- 通知によってカウントが 0 になり、イベントが設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 登録する通知の数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 1 未満です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。-または- または、 が より大きいです。
-
-
-
- を 1 つインクリメントすることを試みます。
- インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、このメソッドは false を返します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- と が等価です。
-
-
-
- を指定した値だけインクリメントすることを試みます。
- インクリメントが正常に行われた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。 が既に 0 の場合、これは false を返します。
-
- を増やす値。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が 0 以下です。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に設定されています。または + は、 以上です。
-
-
-
- が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 を使用してタイムアウトを計測し、 が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または、 を作成した が破棄されています。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
- イベントの設定を待機するために使用する を取得します。
- イベントの設定を待機するために使用する 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- シグナルを受信した後で が自動的にリセットされるか、または手動でリセットされるかを示します。
- 2
-
-
- シグナルを受信すると、 は 1 つのスレッドを解放した後で自動的にリセットされます。待機しているスレッドがない場合、 はスレッドがブロックされるまでシグナル状態のままとなり、そのスレッドを解放した後でリセットされます。
-
-
- シグナルを受信すると、 は待機しているスレッドをすべて解放し、手動でリセットされるまでシグナル状態のままとなります。
-
-
- スレッドの同期イベントを表します。
- 2
-
-
- 待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、および、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
-
-
- この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、およびシステムの同期イベントの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
- システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- が 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- この呼び出しの結果として待機ハンドルが作成された場合に待機ハンドルの初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうか、待機ハンドルが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるか、システム同期イベントの名前、および、呼び出し後の値によって名前付きイベントが作成されたかどうかを示すブール変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きイベントが作成された場合に初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- イベントが自動的にリセットされるかまたは手動でリセットされるかを指定する 値の 1 つ。
- システム全体で有効な同期イベントの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル イベントが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム イベントが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム イベントが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きイベントが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きイベントを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- が 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム イベントを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null なので、
- 名前付きシステム イベントが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。
- 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。
- 2
-
-
- イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定し、待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。
- 正常に操作できた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- この で メソッドが既に呼び出されています。
- 2
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付き同期イベントを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きの同期イベントが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム同期イベントの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付き同期イベントを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または が 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null なので、
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きイベントは存在しますが、必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを管理します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドから実行コンテキストをキャプチャします。
- 現在のスレッドの実行コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- 現在のスレッドで指定した実行コンテキストを使用してメソッドを実行します。
- 設定する 。
- 指定した実行コンテキストで実行するメソッドを表す デリゲート。
- コールバック メソッドに渡すオブジェクト。
-
- は null なので、またはキャプチャ操作で が取得されませんでした。または は、 呼び出しの引数として既に使用されています。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 複数のスレッドで共有される変数に分割不可能な操作を提供します。
- 2
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 32 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。
-
- に格納された新しい値。
- 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。
-
- にある整数に加算する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、2 つの 64 ビット整数を加算し、最初の整数を合計で置き換えます。
-
- に格納された新しい値。
- 加算する最初の値を含む変数。2 つの値の合計は、 に格納されます。
-
- にある整数に加算する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの倍精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの 32 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの 64 ビット符号付き整数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つのプラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を の値と比較し、場合によっては によって置き換える、比較先の 。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える 。
-
- にある値と比較する 。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つのオブジェクトの参照が等値であるかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初のオブジェクトを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
-
- と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先のオブジェクト。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先のオブジェクトを置き換えるオブジェクト。
-
- にあるオブジェクトと比較するオブジェクト。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 2 つの単精度浮動小数点数が等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の値を置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 指定した参照型 の 2 つのインスタンスが等しいかどうかを比較します。等しい場合は、最初の 1 つを置き換えます。
-
- の元の値。
- 値を と比較し、場合によっては置き換える比較先。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。
- 比較した結果が等しい場合に比較先の値を置き換える値。
-
- にある値と比較する値。
-
- 、 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- デクリメントされた値。
- 値がデクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をデクリメントしてその結果を格納します。
- デクリメントされた値。
- 値がデクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を倍精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 32 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を 64 ビット符号付き整数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、プラットフォーム固有のハンドルまたはポインターに指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値をオブジェクトとして設定し、元のオブジェクトへの参照を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した値を単精度浮動小数点数として設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した型 の変数に指定した値を設定し、元の値を返します。
-
- の元の値。
- 指定した値に設定する変数。これは参照パラメーターです (C# では ref、Visual Basic では ByRef)。
-
- パラメーターに設定される値。
-
- 、および に使用する型。この型は、参照型である必要があります。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- インクリメントされた値。
- 値がインクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として、指定した変数をインクリメントし、結果を格納します。
- インクリメントされた値。
- 値がインクリメントされる変数。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- メモリ アクセスを同期します。現在のスレッドを実行中のプロセッサは、 を呼び出す前のメモリ アクセスを の呼び出し後のメモリ アクセスより後に実行するように命令を並べ替えることはできなくなります。
-
-
- 分割不可能な操作として 64 ビット値を読み込んで返します。
- 読み込まれた値。
- 読み込む 64 ビット値。
- 1
-
-
- 限定的な初期化ルーチンを提供します。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、型の既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された参照。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、既定のコンストラクターを使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。
- ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。
-
- を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照または値型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照または値。
- ターゲットが既に初期化されているかどうかを判断するブール値への参照。
-
- を初期化するために相互排他的ロックとして使用されるオブジェクトへの参照。 が null の場合、新しいオブジェクトがインスタンス化されます。
- 参照または値を初期化するために呼び出される関数。
- 初期化される参照の型。
- 型 のコンストラクターにアクセスするためのアクセス許可がありませんでした。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
-
- まだ初期化されていない場合、指定された関数を使用してターゲット参照型を初期化します。
- 型 の初期化された値。
- まだ初期化されていない場合は、初期化する型 の参照。
- 参照を初期化するために呼び出される関数。
- 初期化される参照の参照型。
- 型 には既定のコンストラクターがありません。
-
- null (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) を返しました。
-
-
- 再帰的にロックに入る処理が、ロックの再帰ポリシーと互換性がない場合にスローされる例外です。
- 2
-
-
- エラーを説明するシステム提供のメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 2
-
-
- エラーを説明する指定したメッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 2
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外を説明するメッセージ。このコンストラクターの呼び出し元は、この文字列が現在のシステムのカルチャに合わせてローカライズ済みであることを確認しておく必要があります。
- 現在の例外を引き起こした例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
- 2
-
-
- 同じスレッドが複数回ロックに入れるかどうかを指定します。
-
-
- スレッドが、再帰的にロックに入ろうとすると、例外がスローされます。クラスによっては、この設定が適用されている場合に、特定の再帰が認められることがあります。
-
-
- スレッドが再帰的にロックに入ることができます。クラスによっては、この機能が制限されていることがあります。
-
-
- イベントが発生したことを、1 つ以上の待機中のスレッドに通知します。このクラスは継承できません。
- 2
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示す Boolean 型の値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
-
- の規模を小さくしたバージョンを提供します。
-
-
- 初期状態を非シグナル状態にして、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
-
-
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定するかどうかを示すブール値および指定されたスピン カウントを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 初期状態をシグナル状態に設定する場合は true。初期状態を非シグナル状態に設定する場合は false。
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- によって使用されているアンマネージ リソースを解放し、オプションでマネージ リソースも解放します。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true、アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
- イベントが設定されているかどうかを取得します。
- イベントが設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- イベントの状態を非シグナル状態に設定し、スレッドをブロックします。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- イベントの状態をシグナル状態に設定して、イベント上で待機している 1 つ以上のスレッドが進行できるようにします。
-
-
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を取得します。
- カーネル ベースの待機操作に戻る前に発生するスピン待機の数を返します。
-
-
- 現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、現在の が信号を受信するまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 を使用して時間間隔を計測し、現在の が設定されるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
-
- が設定されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- この の オブジェクトを取得します。
- この の基になる イベント オブジェクト。
-
-
- オブジェクトへのアクセスを同期する機構を提供します。
- 2
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得します。
- モニター ロックを取得する対象となるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを取得し、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。メモ 例外が発生しない場合、このメソッドの出力は常に true です。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックを解放します。
- ロックを解放する対象となるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 現在のスレッドが、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが指定したオブジェクトのロックを保持しているかどうかを判断します。
- 現在のスレッドが のロックを保持している場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- テストするオブジェクト。
-
- は null です。
-
-
- ロックされたオブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機キュー内のスレッドに通知します。
- スレッドが待機するオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトの状態が変更されたことを、待機中のすべてのスレッドに通知します。
- パルスを送るオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
-
- 指定したミリ秒間に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- が負で、 と等価でありません。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定したミリ秒間試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機するミリ秒単位の時間。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- が負で、 と等価でありません。
-
-
- 指定した時間内に、指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を試みます。
- 現在のスレッドがロックを取得した場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機する時間を表す 。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。
- 1
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクトの排他ロックの取得を指定した時間にわたって試み、ロックが取得されたかどうかを示す値をアトミックに設定します。
- ロックの取得が行われるオブジェクト。
- ロックを待機する時間。–1 ミリ秒という値は、無期限の待機を指定します。
- ロックを取得しようとした結果で、参照渡しです。入力は false でなければなりません。ロックが取得された場合、出力は true になります。それ以外の場合、出力は false です。ロックを取得しようとしている間に例外が発生した場合でも、出力は設定されます。
-
- への入力は true です。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
-
- の値 (ミリ秒) が負で、かつ (-1 ミリ秒) と等価でありません。または より大きい値です。
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。
- 指定したオブジェクトのロックを呼び出し元が再取得したために、呼び出しが戻った場合は true。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されないと制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。
- 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの待機時間 (ミリ秒)。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
-
- パラメーターの値が負で、 と等しくありません。
- 1
-
-
- オブジェクトのロックを解放し、現在のスレッドがロックを再取得するまでそのスレッドをブロックします。指定されたタイムアウト期限を過ぎると、スレッドは実行待ちキューに入ります。
- 指定した時間が経過する前にロックが再取得された場合は true。指定した時間が経過した後にロックが再取得された場合は false。このメソッドは、ロックが再取得されるまで制御を戻しません。
- 待機を行うオブジェクト。
- スレッドが実行待ちキューに入るまでの時間を表す 。
-
- パラメーターが null です。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドは、指定したオブジェクトのロックを所有していません。
- Wait を呼び出したスレッドは、後で待機中の状態を中断されます。これは、別のスレッドがこのスレッドの メソッドを呼び出すと発生します。
-
- パラメーターのミリ秒単位の値が負で、かつ (–1 ミリ秒) ではありません。または より大きい値です。
- 1
-
-
- 同期プリミティブは、プロセス間の同期にも使用できます。
- 1
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを、既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 呼び出し元スレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権を与える場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値と、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 呼び出し元のスレッドにミューテックスの初期所有権があるかどうかを示すブール値、ミューテックスの名前を表す文字列、およびメソッドから戻るときにミューテックスの初期所有権が呼び出し元のスレッドに付与されたかどうかを示すブール値を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- この呼び出しの結果として名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合に、呼び出し元スレッドに名前付きシステム ミューテックスの初期所有権を付与する場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- の名前。値が null の場合、 は無名になります。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るとき、ローカル ミューテックスが作成された場合 (つまり が null または空の文字列の場合) または指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが作成された場合は、ブール値 true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム ミューテックスが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きミューテックスが存在しますが、ユーザーに がありません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
- 260 文字を超えています。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム ミューテックスを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- 名前付きミューテックスが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- を一度解放します。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドはミューテックスを所有していません。
- 1
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きミューテックスを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きミューテックスが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム ミューテックスの名前。
- このメソッドから戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きミューテックスを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きミューテックスは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- リソースへのアクセス管理に使用するロックを表し、複数のスレッドによる読み取りや排他アクセスでの書き込みを実現します。
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティ値で初期化します。
-
-
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 読み取りモードでロックに入った一意のスレッドの数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 読み取りモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には読み取りモードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合にはアップグレード可能モードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 書き込みモードの再帰カウントを減らし、結果のカウントが 0 (ゼロ) の場合には書き込みモードを終了します。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入ったかどうかを示す値を取得します。
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 2
-
-
- 現在の オブジェクトの再帰ポリシーを示す値を取得します。
- ロック再帰ポリシーを指定する列挙値のいずれか。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが読み取りモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは読み取りモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回ロックに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドはアップグレード可能モードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回アップグレード可能モードに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドが書き込みモードでロックに入った回数を、再帰を示す値として取得します。
- 0 (ゼロ) の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入っていません。1 の場合、現在のスレッドは書き込みモードに入ったが、再帰はしていません。n の場合、現在のスレッドは再帰的に n - 1 回書き込みモードに入りました。
- 2
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを表す整数を指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、読み取りモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが読み取りモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、アップグレード可能モードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドがアップグレード可能モードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- オプションのタイムアウトを指定して、書き込みモードでロックに入ることを試みます。
- 呼び出し元のスレッドが書き込みモードに入った場合は true、それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機する間隔。無制限に待機する場合は -1 ミリ秒。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 読み取りモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 読み取りモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- アップグレード可能モードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- アップグレード可能モードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- 書き込みモードでロックに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数を取得します。
- 書き込みモードに入るのを待機しているスレッドの総数。
- 2
-
-
- リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限します。
- 1
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
-
- が より大きくなっています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。
-
- が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
-
- エントリ数の初期値と同時実行エントリの最大数を指定し、オプションでシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前を指定し、新しいシステム セマフォが作成されたかどうかを示す値を受け取る変数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に満たされるセマフォの要求の最大数。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォ オブジェクトの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、ローカル セマフォが作成された場合 ( が null または空の文字列の場合)、または指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが作成された場合は true が格納されます。指定した名前付きシステム セマフォが既に存在する場合は false が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化せずに渡されます。
-
- が より大きくなっています。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。または が 0 未満です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- アクセス制御セキュリティを使用した名前付きセマフォが存在しており、ユーザーに がありません。
- 名前付きセマフォを作成できません。別の型の待機ハンドルに同じ名前が付けられていることが原因として考えられます。
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開きます。
- 名前付きシステム セマフォを表すオブジェクト。
- 開くシステム セマフォの名前。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- 名前付きセマフォが存在しません。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- セマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。
-
- メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。
- セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。
- 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 で開かれませんでした。
- 1
-
-
- 指定した回数だけセマフォから出て、前のカウントを返します。
-
- メソッドが呼び出される前のセマフォのカウント。
- セマフォから出る回数。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。
- セマフォのカウントは既に最大値です。
- 名前付きセマフォで Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、ユーザーに 権限がありません。または現在のセマフォは名前付きシステム セマフォを表していますが、 権限で開かれませんでした。
- 1
-
-
- 既に存在する場合は、指定した名前付きセマフォを開き操作が成功したかどうかを示す値を返します。
- 名前付きのセマフォが正常に開かれた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 開くシステム セマフォの名前。
- このメソッドから制御が戻るときに、呼び出しに成功した場合は名前付きセマフォを表す オブジェクトが格納されます。呼び出しに失敗した場合は null が格納されます。このパラメーターは初期化前として処理されます。
-
- が空の文字列です。または 260 文字を超えています。
-
- は null です。
- Win32 エラーが発生しました。
- 名前付きセマフォは存在しますが、それを使用するために必要なセキュリティ アクセスがユーザーにありません。
-
-
- カウントが既に最大値であるセマフォに対して メソッドが呼び出された場合にスローされる例外。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- リソースまたはリソースのプールに同時にアクセスできるスレッドの数を制限する の軽量版を表します。
-
-
- 同時に許可される要求の初期数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
-
- が 0 未満です。
-
-
- 同時に許可される要求の初期数および最大数を指定して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の初期数。
- 同時に許可されるセマフォの要求の最大数。
-
- が 0 より小さいか、 が を超えているか、または が 0 以下です。
-
-
- セマフォの待機に使用できる を返します。
- セマフォの待機に使用できる です。
-
- は破棄されています。
-
-
-
- オブジェクトに入る、残りのスレッド数を取得します。
- セマフォに入る、残りのスレッド数。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
-
- が使用しているアンマネージ リソースを解放します。オプションとして、マネージ リソースを解放することもできます。
- マネージ リソースとアンマネージ リソースの両方を解放する場合は true。アンマネージ リソースだけを解放する場合は false。
-
-
-
- のオブジェクトを一度解放します。
-
- の前のカウント。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。
-
-
- 指定された回数だけ、 オブジェクトを解放します。
-
- の前のカウント。
- セマフォから出る回数。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- 1 より小さい値です。
-
- は、既にその最大サイズに達しました。
-
-
-
- に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
-
- タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、タイムアウト値を 32 ビット符号付き整数で指定して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
- インスタンスが破棄されている、または 作成 破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 観察する トークン。
-
- が取り消されました。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。または 作成 既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- を使用してタイムアウトを指定し、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
- semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、タイムアウトを指定する を使用して、 に入れるようになるまで、現在のスレッドをブロックします。
- 現在のスレッドが に正常に入った場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する 。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
- semaphoreSlim インスタンスが破棄されました。 を作成した は既に破棄されています。
-
-
-
- に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
- 32 ビット符号付き整数を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- 観察する 。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
-
- を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- セマフォに入っているときに完了するタスク。
- 観察する トークン。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 現在のインスタンスは既に破棄されています。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します または タイムアウトは より大きい値です。
-
-
-
- を使用して時間間隔を測定しながら、 を観察すると同時に、 に移行するために非同期に待機します。
- 現在のスレッドが正常に を入力した場合は true、それ以外の場合は false で完了するタスク。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- 観察する トークン。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表しますまたはタイムアウトは より大きい値です。
-
- が取り消されました。
-
-
- メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチするときに呼び出すメソッドを表します。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- ロックが使用可能になるまで、ロックを取得しようとするスレッドがループの繰り返しチェック内で待機する相互排他ロック プリミティブを提供します。
-
-
- デバッグを向上させるためにスレッド ID を追跡するオプションを使用して、 構造体の新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- デバッグのためにスレッド ID をキャプチャして使用するかどうか。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックを取得します。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- 引数は、Enter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- ロックを解放します。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。
-
-
- ロックを解放します。
- 終了操作を他のスレッドに直ちに発行するためにメモリ フェンスを発行する必要があるかどうかを示すブール値。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドはこのロックの所有者ではありません。
-
-
- ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。
- ロックが現在いずれかのスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されているかどうかを取得します。
- ロックが現在のスレッドによって保持されている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が無効です。
-
-
- このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっているかどうかを取得します。
- このインスタンスに対してスレッド所有権の追跡が有効になっている場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- メソッド呼び出し内で例外が発生した場合でも、 を確実に確認して、ロックが取得されたかどうかを判断できるような信頼性の高い方法で、ロックの取得を試みます。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す 。
- ロックが取得された場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。このメソッドを呼び出す前に、 を false に初期化する必要があります。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが ミリ秒を超えています。
-
- 引数は、TryEnter を呼び出す前に false に初期化する必要があります。
- スレッドの所有権の追跡が有効で、現在のスレッドは既にこのロックを取得しています。
-
-
- スピンベースの待機のサポートを提供します。
-
-
- このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を取得します。
- このインスタンスで が呼び出された回数を表す整数を返します。
-
-
- 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうかを取得します。
- 次に を呼び出したときにプロセッサが生成され、強制的にコンテキストが切り替えられるかどうか。
-
-
- スピン カウンターをリセットします。
-
-
- 単一のスピンを実行します。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるまで回転します。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。
- タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
- 待機するミリ秒数。無制限に待機する場合は (-1)。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
- が -1 以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。
-
-
- 指定した条件が満たされるか、指定したタイムアウトが経過するまで回転します。
- タイムアウト内に条件が満たされた場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
- true を返すまで繰り返し実行されるデリゲート。
- 待機するミリ秒数を表す 。無制限に待機する場合は、-1 ミリ秒を表す TimeSpan。
-
- 引数が null です。
-
- が -1 ミリ秒以外の負数です。-1 は無制限のタイムアウトを表します。または、タイムアウトが を超えています。
-
-
- 同期コンテキストをさまざまな同期モデルに反映させるための基本機能を提供します。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを作成します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期コンテキストのコピーを作成します。
- 新しい オブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- 現在のスレッドの同期コンテキストを取得します。
- 現在の同期コンテキストを表す オブジェクト。
- 1
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の完了を伝える通知に応答します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、操作の開始を伝える通知に応答します。
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、非同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。
- 呼び出す デリゲート。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- 2
-
-
- 派生クラスでオーバーライドされた場合、同期メッセージを同期コンテキストにディスパッチします。
- 呼び出す デリゲート。
- デリゲートに渡されたオブジェクト。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 現在の同期コンテキストを設定します。
- 設定する オブジェクト
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 指定した Monitor でロックを所有していることが呼び出し元の条件となるメソッドを、そのロックを所有していない呼び出し元が呼び出した場合にスローされる例外です。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定のプロパティを使用して初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
- データのスレッド ローカル ストレージを提供します。
- スレッド単位で格納されるデータの型を指定します。
-
-
-
- インスタンスを初期化します。
-
-
-
- インスタンスを初期化します。
- インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。
-
-
-
- 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。
- 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。
-
- が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。
-
-
-
- 関数を指定して、 インスタンスを初期化します。
- 前もって初期化せずに を取得しようとすると、後で初期化された値を生成するために が呼び出されます。
- インスタンスに設定されているすべての値を追跡し、それらの値を プロパティを通じて公開するかどうか。
-
- が null 参照 (Visual Basic の場合は Nothing) です。
-
-
-
- クラスの現在のインスタンスによって使用されているすべてのリソースを解放します。
-
-
- この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。
-
- が呼び出されたことが原因でこのメソッドが呼び出されているかどうかを示すブール値。
-
-
- この インスタンスによって使用されているリソースを解放します。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドで が初期化されているかどうかを取得します。
-
- が現在のスレッドで初期化される場合は true。それ以外の場合は false。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの文字列形式を作成して返します。
-
- で を呼び出した結果。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
- 現在のスレッドの は null 参照 (Visual Basic での Nothing) です。
- 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。
- 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。
-
-
- 現在のスレッドのこのインスタンスの値を取得または設定します。
- この ThreadLocal が初期化するオブジェクトのインスタンスを返します。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
- 初期化関数が、 を再帰的に参照しようとしました。
- 既定のコンストラクターが指定されず、値ファクトリが指定されていません。
-
-
- このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリストを取得します。
- このインスタンスにアクセスした全スレッドによって現在格納されているすべての値のリスト。
-
- インスタンスは破棄されています。
-
-
- 不揮発性メモリの操作を実行するためのメソッドが含まれます。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定されたフィールドの値を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた値。この値は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
-
-
- 指定したフィールドからオブジェクト参照を読み取ります。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの後に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの前へ移動できなくなります。
- 読み取られた への参照。この参照は、プロセッサの数やプロセッサ キャッシュの状態にかかわらず、コンピューター内のいずれかのプロセッサによって書き込まれた最新の値です。
- 読み取るフィールド。
- 読み取るフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前にメモリ操作が配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定した値を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- 値を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込む値。値は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
-
-
- 指定したオブジェクト参照を指定したフィールドに書き込みます。これが求められるシステムにおいて、プロセッサがメモリ操作を並べ替えるのを防止するメモリ バリアを挿入します。つまり、コード内でこのメソッドの前に読み取りまたは書き込みが配置されている場合、プロセッサはその操作をこのメソッドの後へ移動できなくなります。
- オブジェクト参照を書き込むフィールド。
- 書き込むオブジェクト参照。参照は即座に書き込まれるため、コンピューター内のすべてのプロセッサに対して可視になります。
- 書き込むフィールドの型。この型は、値型ではなく、参照型である必要があります。
-
-
- 存在しないシステム ミューテックスまたはシステム セマフォを開こうとしたときにスローされる例外。
- 2
-
-
-
- クラスの新しいインスタンスを既定値で初期化します。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージを使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
-
-
- 指定したエラー メッセージと、この例外の原因である内部例外への参照を使用して、 クラスの新しいインスタンスを初期化します。
- 例外の原因を説明するエラー メッセージ。
- 現在の例外の原因である例外。 パラメーターが null でない場合は、内部例外を処理する catch ブロックで現在の例外が発生します。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd5f63d87..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ko/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1952 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 스레드가 다른 스레드에서 해제하지 않고 종료하여 중단한 개체를 가져오면 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 중단된 뮤텍스의 지정된 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지, 내부 예외, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스 및 중단된 뮤텍스(해당 사항이 있을 경우)를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
- 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스이고, 또는 메서드에 대해 예외가 throw되면 –1입니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
-
-
- 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다.
- 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체이며, 중단된 뮤텍스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 null입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 예외의 발생시킨 중단된 뮤텍스를 가져옵니다.
-
- 메서드에 전달된 대기 핸들의 배열에서 중단된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체의 인덱스이고, 중단된 뮤텍스의 인덱스를 식별할 수 없는 경우에는 –1입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 비동기 메서드와 같은 지정된 비동기 제어 흐름에 로컬인 앰비언트 데이터를 나타냅니다.
- 앰비언트 데이터의 형식입니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 받지 않는 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 받는 로컬 인스턴스를 인스턴스화합니다.
- 스레드에서 현재 값이 변경될 때마다 호출되는 대리자입니다.
-
-
- 앰비언트 데이터의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 앰비언트 데이터의 값입니다.
-
-
- 변경 알림을 등록하는 인스턴스에 데이터 변경 정보를 제공하는 클래스입니다.
- 데이터 형식입니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 현재 값을 가져옵니다.
- 데이터의 현재 값입니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 이전 값을 가져옵니다.
- 데이터의 이전 값입니다.
-
-
- 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 실행 컨텍스트가 변경되어 값이 변경되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
-
-
- 여러 작업이 여러 단계에 걸쳐 특정 알고리즘에서 병렬로 함께 작동할 수 있도록 합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 참여 스레드의 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 참여 스레드의 수입니다.
- 각 단계 후에 실행할 입니다. 아무 작업도 수행되지 않았음을 나타내기 위해 null(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)이 전달될 수 있습니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 32,767보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다.
- 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 추가 참가자가 있음을 에 알립니다.
- 새 참가자가 처음으로 참여할 장벽의 단계 번호입니다.
- 장벽에 추가할 추가 참가자의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우.또는 참가자를 추가하면 해당 장애물 참가자 수가 32,767을 초과하게 됩니다.
- 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 가져옵니다.
- 장벽의 현재 단계 번호를 반환합니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
- 이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 가져옵니다.
- 장벽에 있는 참가자의 총 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 단계에서 아직 신호를 받지 않은 장벽의 참가자 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 하나 감소함을 에 알립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 감소함을 에 알립니다.
- 장벽에서 제거할 추가 참가자의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우.
- 해당 장애물에 이미 0 참가자가 있습니다.또는이 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되었습니다. 또는현재 참가자 수가 지정된 participantCount보다 작습니다.
- 총 참가자 수가 지정된 보다 작습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
- 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
- 모든 참가 스레드가 SignalAndWait를 호출한 후에 Barrier의 단계 후 작업에서 예외가 throw되는 경우 예외가 BarrierPostPhaseException에서 래핑되고 모든 참가 스레드에서 throw됩니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 지정된 시간 내에 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 개체를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 다른 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 없거나, 32,767보다 큰 경우.
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
- 참가자가 장벽에 도달했다는 신호를 보내고 취소 토큰을 확인하면서 개체를 사용하여 시간 제한을 측정하여 다른 모든 참가자도 장벽에 도달할 때까지 기다립니다.
- 다른 모든 참가자가 장벽에 도달했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수인 경우
- 메서드는 사후 단계 작업 내에서 호출되며 현재 장애물에 0 참가자가 있거나 장애물이 참가자로 등록된 것보다 많은 스레드에서 신호를 받습니다.
-
-
-
- 의 사후 단계 작업이 실패할 경우 throw되는 예외입니다.
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 내부 예외를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다.
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 맞게 지역화되었는지 확인하는 데 필요합니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 새 컨텍스트 내에서 호출될 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 콜백 메서드가 실행될 때마다 사용할 정보가 포함된 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 수가 0에 도달하는 경우 신호를 받는 동기화 기본 형식을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 지정된 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 설정하는 데 처음 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 현재 수를 1씩 늘립니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 현재 수를 지정된 값만큼 늘립니다.
-
- 를 늘릴 값입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는개수가 만큼 증가된 후에 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 필요한 남아 있는 신호의 수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제합니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트를 설정하는 데 처음으로 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다.
- 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
-
- 를 의 값으로 다시 설정합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 속성을 지정된 값으로 재설정합니다.
-
- 를 설정하는 데 필요한 신호의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
-
- 의 값을 줄이면서 신호를 에 등록합니다.
- 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.
-
-
- 지정된 양만큼 값을 줄이면서 여러 신호를 에 등록합니다.
- 신호로 인해 수가 0에 도달하고 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 등록할 신호의 수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 1보다 작은 경우.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다. -또는- 가 보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 하나씩 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다.
- 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. 가 이미 0이면 이 메서드에서 false를 반환합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 와 같은 경우
-
-
- 지정된 값만큼 를 증가하려고 시도했습니다.
- 늘렸으면 true이고 그렇지 않으면 false입니다. 가 이미 0이면 false를 반환합니다.
-
- 를 늘릴 값입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 설정되어 있습니다.또는 + 가 보다 크거나 같은 경우
-
-
-
- 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 제한을 측정하여 가 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우 -또는- 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 을 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트가 설정될 때까지 대기하는 데 사용되는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 이 신호를 받은 후 자동이나 수동으로 다시 설정되는지 여부를 나타냅니다.
- 2
-
-
- 신호를 받으면 이 스레드 하나를 해제한 후 자동으로 다시 설정됩니다.대기 중인 스레드가 없으면 은 스레드가 차단될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지되다가 스레드를 해제한 후 다시 설정됩니다.
-
-
- 신호를 받으면 이 대기하는 스레드를 모두 해제하고 수동으로 다시 설정될 때까지 신호를 받은 상태로 유지됩니다.
-
-
- 스레드 동기화 이벤트를 나타냅니다.
- 2
-
-
- 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부와 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부 및 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
-
- 이 호출의 결과로 만들어진 대기 핸들의 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부, 대기 핸들을 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 여부, 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름 및 호출 후 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 이벤트가 만들어진 경우 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고, 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
- 이벤트를 자동으로 다시 설정할지 수동으로 다시 설정할지 결정하는 값 중 하나입니다.
- 시스템 차원의 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 이벤트가 만들어지거나( 이 null 또는 빈 문자열) 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 만들어지면 true가 포함되고 명명된 지정 시스템 이벤트가 이미 있으면 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 이벤트를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 이벤트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우 또는 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
- 가 null입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 이벤트가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 이 이벤트를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다.
- 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우
- 2
-
-
- 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다.
- 작업이 성공적으로 수행되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 메서드가 이 에 대해 이전에 호출된 경우
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 명명된 synchronization 이벤트(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공적으로 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 동기화 이벤트를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 동기화 이벤트의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 동기화 이벤트를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 취급됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 이 260자보다 긴 경우
-
- 가 null입니다.
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 이벤트가 있지만 사용자에게 원하는 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 관리합니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 실행 컨텍스트를 캡처합니다.
- 현재 스레드의 실행 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 지정된 실행 컨텍스트에서 메서드를 실행합니다.
- 설정할 입니다.
- 제공된 실행 컨텍스트에서 실행할 메서드를 나타내는 대리자입니다.
- 콜백 메서드로 전달할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null입니다.또는캡처 작업을 통해 를 가져오지 않은 경우 또는 가 이미 호출의 인수로 사용된 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 다중 스레드에서 공유하는 변수에 대한 원자 단위 연산을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 두 32비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다.
-
- 에 저장된 새 값입니다.
- 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다.
-
- 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 두 64비트 정수를 더하고 첫 번째 정수를 합계로 바꿉니다.
-
- 에 저장된 새 값입니다.
- 더할 첫 번째 값이 있는 변수입니다.두 값의 합계는 에 저장됩니다.
-
- 에서 정수에 더할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 배 정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개의 부호 있는 32비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개의 부호 있는 64비트 정수가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 플랫폼별 핸들이나 포인터가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 값과 비교되어 로 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상 입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 개체의 참조가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 개체를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 대상 개체입니다.
- 비교한 결과 같은 경우 대상 개체를 바꾸는 개체입니다.
-
- 의 개체와 비교할 개체입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 두 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 첫 번째 값을 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 참조 형식 의 두 인스턴스가 같은지 비교하여 같으면 두 값 중 하나를 바꿉니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
-
- 와 비교되어 바뀔 수 있는 값을 가진 대상입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다.
- 비교 결과가 같은 경우 대상 값을 바꿀 값입니다.
-
- 의 값과 비교할 값입니다.
-
- , 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 감소한 값입니다.
- 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 감소시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 감소한 값입니다.
- 값을 감소시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 배정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 부호 있는 64비트 정수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 플랫폼별 핸들 또는 포인터를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 개체를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 참조를 원래 개체로 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 단정밀도 부동 소수점 숫자를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 형식 의 변수를 지정된 값으로 설정하고 원래 값을 반환합니다.
-
- 의 원래 값입니다.
- 지정된 값으로 설정할 변수입니다.이것은 참조 매개 변수입니다. C#에서는 ref이고, Visual Basic에서는 ByRef입니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 설정값입니다.
-
- 및 에 사용될 형식입니다.이 형식은 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 증가한 값입니다.
- 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 지정된 변수를 증가시키고 결과를 저장합니다.
- 증가한 값입니다.
- 값을 증가시킬 변수입니다.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 다음과 같이 메모리 액세스를 동기화합니다. 현재 스레드를 실행하는 프로세서는 에 대한 호출 이전의 메모리 액세스가 에 대한 호출 이후의 메모리 액세스 뒤에 실행되는 방식으로 명령을 다시 정렬할 수 없습니다.
-
-
- 원자 단위 연산으로 로드된 64비트 값을 반환합니다.
- 로드된 값입니다.
- 로드될 64비트 값입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 초기화 지연 루틴을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 형식의 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 참조입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 해당 기본 생성자를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다.
- 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다.
-
- 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다. 이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 또는 값 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조 또는 값입니다.
- 대상이 이미 초기화되었는지 여부를 결정하는 부울 값에 대한 참조입니다.
-
- 을 초기화할 때 상호 배타적인 잠금으로 사용할 개체에 대한 참조입니다. 이 null이면 새 개체를 인스턴스화할 수 있습니다.
- 참조 또는 값을 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 형식입니다.
- 형식 의 생성자에 액세스할 수 있는 권한이 없습니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
-
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 지정된 함수를 사용하여 대상 참조 형식을 초기화합니다.
- 초기화된 형식의 값입니다.
- 아직 초기화되지 않은 경우 초기화할 형식의 참조입니다.
- 참조를 초기화하기 위해 호출되는 함수입니다.
- 초기화할 참조의 참조 형식입니다.
- 형식 에 기본 생성자가 없는 경우
-
- 가 null을 반환합니다(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing).
-
-
- 잠금에 대한 재귀 정책과 맞지 않는 방식으로 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 시스템 제공 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 오류를 설명하는 지정된 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외를 설명하는 메시지입니다.이 생성자의 호출자는 이 문자열이 현재 시스템 문화권에 따라 지역화되었는지 확인해야 합니다.
- 현재 예외를 발생시킨 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 동일한 스레드에서 잠금을 여러 번 시작할 수 있는지 여부를 지정합니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작하려고 하면 예외가 throw됩니다.이 설정을 적용하는 경우 일부 클래스에서 특정 재귀가 허용될 수도 있습니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 잠금을 재귀적으로 시작할 수 있습니다.일부 클래스에서는 이 기능이 제한될 수 있습니다.
-
-
- 하나 이상의 대기 중인 스레드에 이벤트가 발생했음을 알립니다.이 클래스는 상속될 수 없습니다.
- 2
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true를 사용하고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false를 사용합니다.
-
-
-
- 의 슬림 다운 버전을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 신호 없음을 초기 상태로 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 지정된 회전 수를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 초기 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정하려면 true이고 초기 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정하려면 false입니다.
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수입니다.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true이고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false입니다.
-
-
- 이벤트가 설정되었는지를 가져옵니다.
- 이벤트가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 스레드가 차단되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 없음으로 설정합니다.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 이벤트에서 대기 중인 하나 이상의 스레드가 계속 진행되도록 이벤트 상태를 신호 받음으로 설정합니다.
-
-
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 가져옵니다.
- 커널 기반의 대기 작업으로 대체하기 전에 수행되는 회전 대기 수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 부호 있는 32비트 정수로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 현재 이 신호를 받을 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
-
- 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
-
- 을 확인하면서 으로 시간 간격을 측정하여 현재 이 설정될 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
-
- 가 설정되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 이 의 내부 개체를 가져옵니다.
- 이 에 대한 내부 이벤트 개체입니다.
-
-
- 개체에 대한 액세스를 동기화하는 메커니즘을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져옵니다.
- 모니터 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정합니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.예외가 발생하지 않는 경우 이 메서드의 출력은 항상 true입니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 잠금을 해제할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 현재 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 현재 스레드에 지정된 개체에 대한 잠금이 있는지 여부를 확인합니다.
- 현재 스레드에 에 대한 잠금이 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 테스트할 개체입니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
-
-
- 대기 중인 큐에 포함된 스레드에 잠겨 있는 개체의 상태 변경을 알립니다.
- 스레드에서 기다리는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 대기 중인 모든 스레드에 개체 상태 변경을 알립니다.
- 펄스를 보내는 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 시간(밀리초) 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다릴 밀리초 수입니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 음수이고 와 같지 않은 경우
-
-
- 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오려고 했습니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 가져오면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 기다리는 시간을 나타내는 입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 시간 동안 지정된 개체의 단독 잠금을 가져오고 잠금 설정 여부를 나타내는 값을 자동으로 설정하려고 시도합니다.
- 잠금을 가져올 개체입니다.
- 잠금을 대기할 시간입니다.-1밀리초 값은 무한 대기를 지정합니다.
- 잠금을 얻기 위한 시도의 결과로서, 참조에 의해 전달됩니다.입력은 false여야 합니다.잠금을 얻으면 출력이 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 출력이 false입니다.잠금을 얻으려는 시도 도중에 예외가 발생해도 출력이 설정됩니다.
-
- 에 대한 입력이 true인 경우
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
-
- 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (–1밀리초)와 같지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 지정된 개체 잠금을 호출자가 다시 가져와 호출이 반환되면 true입니다.잠금을 다시 가져오지 않으면 이 메서드는 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
- 1
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다.
- 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 밀리초 수입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 값이 음이고 와 같지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 개체의 잠금을 해제한 다음 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 현재 스레드를 차단합니다.지정된 시간 제한 간격이 지나면 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어갑니다.
- 지정된 시간이 경과하기 전에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 true이고, 지정된 시간이 경과한 후에 잠금을 다시 가져오면 false입니다.이 메서드는 잠금을 다시 가져올 때까지 반환하지 않습니다.
- 대기할 개체입니다.
- 스레드가 준비된 큐에 들어가기 전에 대기할 시간을 나타내는 입니다.
-
- 매개 변수가 null인 경우
- 호출한 스레드가 지정된 개체 잠금을 소유하지 않는 경우
- Wait를 호출하는 스레드가 나중에 대기 상태에서 중단된 경우.이는 다른 스레드에서 이 스레드의 메서드를 호출할 때 발생합니다.
-
- 매개 변수의 값(밀리초)이 음수이고 (-1밀리초)를 나타내지 않거나 보다 큰 경우
- 1
-
-
- 프로세스 간 동기화에 사용할 수도 있는 동기화 기본 형식입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 호출 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값과 뮤텍스 이름인 문자열을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
-
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 가져야 할지를 나타내는 부울 값, 뮤텍스의 이름인 문자열 및 메서드에서 반환할 때 호출한 스레드에 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권이 부여되었는지를 나타내는 부울 값을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 이 호출의 결과로 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어지는 경우 호출한 스레드에 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스의 초기 소유권을 부여하려면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 의 이름입니다.값이 null이면 이(가) 명명되지 않습니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이(가) null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우)나 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 만들어진 경우에는 true인 부울이 포함되고, 지정된 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스가 이미 있는 경우에는 false이(가) 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
- 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 을(를) 한 번 해제합니다.
- 호출한 스레드가 뮤텍스를 소유하지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정한 명명된 뮤텍스(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 수행되었는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 뮤텍스를 열었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 뮤텍스의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출이 성공적으로 실행된 경우 이름이 지정된 뮤텍스를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우는 null을(를) 포함해야 합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 뮤텍스가 있지만 사용자에게 이 뮤텍스를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스 권한이 없는 경우
-
-
- 여러 스레드에서 읽을 수 있도록 허용하거나 쓰기를 위한 단독 액세스를 허용하여 리소스에 대한 액세스를 관리하는 데 사용되는 잠금을 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 기본 속성 값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 고유 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 읽기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 읽기 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 업그레이드 가능 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 쓰기 모드의 재귀 횟수를 줄이고, 결과 횟수가 0이 되면 쓰기 모드를 종료합니다.
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작했는지를 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 개체에 대한 재귀 정책을 나타내는 값을 가져옵니다.
- 잠금 재귀 정책을 지정하는 열거형 값 중 하나입니다.
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 읽기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 잠금을 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 업그레이드 가능 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 재귀를 확인하기 위해 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작한 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작하지 않았으면 0이고, 스레드에서 쓰기 모드를 시작했지만 재귀적으로 시작하지 않았으면 1이고, 스레드에서 재귀적으로 쓰기 모드를 n-1회 시작했으면 n입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 제한 시간(정수)을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 읽기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 업그레이드 가능 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 -1( )입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 제한 시간을 선택적으로 적용하여 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 합니다.
- 호출하는 스레드에서 쓰기 모드가 시작되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 간격이거나, 무기한 대기하려는 경우 -1밀리초입니다.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 읽기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 읽기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 업그레이드 가능 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 업그레이드 가능 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 쓰기 모드로 잠금을 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수를 가져옵니다.
- 쓰기 모드를 시작하려고 대기 중인 스레드의 총 개수입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한합니다.
- 1
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
-
- 초기 항목 수 및 최대 동시 항목 수를 지정하고, 선택적으로 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름을 지정하고, 새 시스템 세마포가 만들어졌는지 여부를 나타내는 값을 받을 변수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 동시에 충족될 수 있는 세마포의 최대 요청 수입니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포 개체의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 로컬 세마포가 만들어진 경우(즉, 이 null이거나 빈 문자열인 경우) 또는 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 만들어진 경우에는 true가 포함되고, 지정한 명명된 시스템 세마포가 이미 있는 경우에는 false가 포함됩니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 상태로 전달됩니다.
-
- 가 보다 큰 경우 또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.또는 가 0보다 작은 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 존재하고 액세스 제어 보안이 있지만 사용자에게 이 없는 경우
- 명명된 세마포를 만들 수 없는 경우. 다른 형식의 대기 핸들이 같은 이름을 가지고 있기 때문인 것 같습니다.
-
-
- 이미 있는 경우 지정한 명명된 세마포를 엽니다.
- 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 없는 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다.
-
- 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다.
- 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우
- 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 가 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 를 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정된 횟수만큼 세마포를 종료하고 이전 카운트를 반환합니다.
-
- 메서드가 호출되기 전의 세마포 카운트입니다.
- 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다.
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.
- 세마포 카운트가 이미 최대값인 경우
- 명명된 세마포에서 Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 사용자에게 권한이 없는 경우또는현재 세마포가 명명된 시스템 세마포를 나타내지만 세마포가 권한을 사용하여 열리지 않은 경우
- 1
-
-
- 지정한 명명된 세마포(이미 존재하는 경우)를 열고 작업이 성공했는지를 나타내는 값을 반환합니다.
- 명명된 세마포를 열었으면 true이고, 그 열지 않았으면 false입니다.
- 열려는 시스템 세마포의 이름입니다.
- 이 메서드가 반환될 때 호출에 성공한 경우에는 명명된 세마포를 나타내는 개체를 포함하고 호출에 실패한 경우에는 null을 포함합니다.이 매개 변수는 초기화되지 않은 것으로 처리됩니다.
-
- 이 빈 문자열인 경우또는 260 자 보다 깁니다.
-
- 가 null인 경우
- Win32 오류가 발생한 경우
- 명명된 세마포가 있지만 사용자에게 이 세마포를 사용하는 데 필요한 보안 액세스가 없는 경우
-
-
- 카운트가 이미 최대값에 도달한 세마포에서 메서드를 호출하면 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 리소스 또는 리소스 풀에 동시에 액세스할 수 있는 스레드 수를 제한하는 대신 사용할 수 있는 간단한 클래스를 나타냅니다.
-
-
- 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작은 경우
-
-
- 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 및 최대 요청 수를 지정하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 초기 요청 수입니다.
- 세마포에 동시에 부여할 수 있는 최대 요청 수입니다.
-
- 가 0보다 작거나 가 보다 크거나 가 0보다 작거나 같은 경우.
-
-
- 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 을(를) 반환합니다.
- 세마포에서 대기하는 데 사용할 수 있는 입니다.
-
- 가 삭제된 경우
-
-
-
- 개체에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수를 가져옵니다.
- 세마포에 들어갈 수 있는 남아 있는 스레드의 수입니다.
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 에서 사용하는 관리되지 않는 리소스를 해제하고, 관리되는 리소스를 선택적으로 해제할 수 있습니다.
- 관리되는 리소스와 관리되지 않는 리소스를 모두 해제하려면 true로 설정하고, 관리되지 않는 리소스만 해제하려면 false로 설정합니다.
-
-
-
- 개체를 한 번 해제합니다.
-
- 의 이전 횟수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다.
-
-
-
- 개체를 지정된 횟수만큼 해제합니다.
-
- 의 이전 횟수입니다.
- 세마포를 종료할 횟수입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 1 보다 작으면입니다.
-
- 이 이미 최대 크기에 도달했습니다.
-
-
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 부호 있는 32비트 정수를 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제 또는 만든 가 삭제 되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우또는 만든 이미 삭제 되었습니다.
-
-
-
- (으)로 제한 시간을 지정하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
- semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다
-
-
-
- 을(를) 확인하면서 제한 시간을 지정하는 을(를) 사용하여 현재 스레드가 에 진입할 수 있을 때까지 스레드를 차단합니다.
- 현재 스레드가 에 진입했으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
- semaphoreSlim 인스턴스가 삭제되었습니다 을 만든 가 이미 삭제되었습니다.
-
-
-
- (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다.
-
-
- 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
-
- 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 32비트 부호 있는 정수를 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 확인할 입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 관찰하는 동안 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 세마포가 입력되었을 때 완료될 작업입니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
-
- 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 현재 인스턴스가 이미 삭제된 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우 또는 제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우
-
-
-
- 을 관찰하는 동안 을(를) 사용하여 시간 간격을 측정하여 (으)로 전환될 때까지 비동기적으로 기다립니다.
- 현재 스레드가 성공적으로 에 들어온 경우 true의 결과로 완료되는 작업이고, 그렇지 않으면 false의 결과로 완료되는 작업입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 확인할 토큰입니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우또는제한 시간이 보다 큰 경우
-
- 이 취소되었습니다.
-
-
- 메시지가 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치될 때 호출할 메서드를 나타냅니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 잠금을 얻으려는 스레드가 잠금을 사용할 수 있을 때까지 루프에서 반복적으로 확인하면서 대기하는 기본적인 상호 배타 잠금을 제공합니다.
-
-
- 디버깅을 향상시키기 위해 스레드 ID를 추적하는 옵션을 사용하여 구조체의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 디버깅 용도로 스레드 ID를 캡처하고 사용할지 여부입니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으며 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 인수는 Enter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다.
-
-
- 잠금을 해제합니다.
- 종료 작업을 다른 스레드에 즉시 게시하기 위해 메모리 펜스를 실행할지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이 잠금의 소유자가 아닙니다.
-
-
- 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 스레드에서 현재 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 잠금을 보유하고 있으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적을 사용할 수 없습니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에 대해 스레드 소유권 추적이 사용되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 메서드 호출에서 예외가 발생하는 경우에도 안정적인 방식으로 잠금을 얻으려고 시도합니다. 잠금을 얻었는지 확인하기 위해 을 안정적으로 검사할 수 있습니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 입니다.
- 잠금을 얻었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.이 메서드를 호출하기 전에 을 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 밀리초보다 큰 경우.
-
- 인수는 TryEnter를 호출하기 전에 false로 초기화해야 합니다.
- 스레드 소유권 추적 기능을 사용할 수 있으며 현재 스레드가 이미 이 잠금을 획득했습니다.
-
-
- 회전 기반 대기를 지원합니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에서 가 호출된 횟수를 나타내는 정수를 반환합니다.
-
-
- 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 다음 호출이 프로세서를 생성하여 강제 컨텍스트 전환을 트리거할지 여부입니다.
-
-
- 회전 수를 다시 설정합니다.
-
-
- 단일 회전을 수행합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족될 때까지 회전합니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다.
- 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)이거나, 무기한 대기할 경우 (-1)입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1 이외의 음수인 경우
-
-
- 지정된 조건이 충족되거나 지정된 제한 시간이 만료될 때까지 회전합니다.
- 제한 시간 내에 지정된 조건이 충족되면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
- true를 반환할 때까지 계속 실행되는 대리자입니다.
- 대기할 시간(밀리초)을 나타내는 이거나, 무한 대기하도록 -1밀리초를 나타내는 TimeSpan입니다.
-
- 인수가 null인 경우
-
- 이 무기한 시간 제한을 나타내는 -1밀리초 이외의 음수이거나 시간 제한이 보다 큰 경우.
-
-
- 다양한 동기화 모델에서 동기화 컨텍스트를 전파하기 위한 기본 기능을 제공합니다.
- 2
-
-
-
- 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의된 경우 동기화 컨텍스트의 복사본을 만듭니다.
- 새 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 스레드의 동기화 컨텍스트를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 나타내는 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 완료되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의되면 작업이 시작되었음을 알리는 메시지에 응답합니다.
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 비동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다.
- 호출할 대리자입니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 파생 클래스에서 재정의될 때 동기 메시지를 동기화 컨텍스트로 디스패치합니다.
- 호출할 대리자입니다.
- 대리자에 전달된 개체입니다.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 현재 동기화 컨텍스트를 설정합니다.
- 설정할 개체입니다.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 메서드가 지정된 Monitor에 대해 잠금을 소유하도록 호출자에게 요구하지만 해당 잠금을 소유하지 않는 호출자가 해당 메서드를 호출할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본 속성을 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
- 데이터의 스레드 로컬 저장소를 제공합니다.
- 스레드별로 저장되는 데이터의 형식을 지정합니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
-
- 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부
-
-
- 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다.
-
- 는 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 함수를 사용하여 의 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
- 를 이전에 초기화하지 않고 검색하려고 하는 경우 lazily-initialized 값을 생성하기 위해 호출되는 입니다.
- 인스턴스에 설정된 모든 값을 추적하고 해당 값을 속성을 통해 노출할지 여부
-
- 이 null 참조(Visual Basic의 경우 Nothing)인 경우
-
-
-
- 클래스의 현재 인스턴스에서 사용하는 모든 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
- 호출로 인해 이 메서드가 호출되는지 여부를 나타내는 부울 값입니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에서 사용하는 리소스를 해제합니다.
-
-
-
- 가 현재 스레드에서 초기화되었는지 여부를 가져옵니다.
- 현재 스레드에서 가 초기화되었으면 true이고, 그렇지 않으면 false입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 현재 스레드에 대한 이 인스턴스의 문자열 표현을 만들고 반환합니다.
-
- 에서 을 호출한 결과입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
- 현재 스레드의 는 null 참조입니다(Visual Basic에서는 Nothing).
- 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다.
- 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다.
-
-
- 현재 인스턴스에 대한 이 인스턴스의 값을 가져오거나 설정합니다.
- 이 ThreadLocal이 초기화를 담당하는 개체의 인스턴스를 반환합니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
- 초기화 함수는 를 재귀적으로 참조하려고 했습니다.
- 기본 생성자가 제공되지 않으며 값 팩터리가 제공되지 않습니다.
-
-
- 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록을 가져옵니다.
- 이 인스턴스에 액세스한 모든 스레드가 현재 저장한 모든 값의 목록입니다.
-
- 인스턴스가 삭제된 경우
-
-
- 휘발성 메모리 작업을 수행하기 위한 메서드가 포함되어 있습니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드의 값을 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 값입니다.이 값은 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에서 개체 참조를 읽습니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 뒤에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 앞으로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 읽은 에 대한 참조입니다.이 참조는 프로세서 수나 프로세서 캐시의 상태에 관계없이 컴퓨터의 어떠한 프로세서에서든 마지막으로 쓴 것입니다.
- 읽을 필드입니다.
- 읽을 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 메모리 작업이 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 메모리 작업을 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 값을 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 값을 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 값입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 값을 볼 수 있도록 값을 즉시 씁니다.
-
-
- 지정된 필드에 지정된 개체 참조를 씁니다.필요한 시스템에서는 프로세서가 메모리 작업을 다시 정렬하는 것을 막는 메모리 차단을 다음과 같이 삽입합니다. 코드에서 읽기 또는 쓰기가 이 메서드 앞에 나타나는 경우 프로세서가 이 메서드 뒤로 읽기 또는 쓰기를 이동할 수 없습니다.
- 개체 참조를 쓴 필드입니다.
- 쓸 개체 참조입니다.컴퓨터의 모든 프로세서에서 참조를 볼 수 있도록 참조를 즉시 씁니다.
- 쓸 필드의 형식입니다.이 형식은 값 형식이 아니라 참조 형식이어야 합니다.
-
-
- 존재하지 않는 시스템 뮤텍스 또는 세마포를 열려고 시도할 때 throw되는 예외입니다.
- 2
-
-
- 기본값으로 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
-
-
- 지정된 오류 메시지와 해당 예외의 근본 원인인 내부 예외에 대한 참조를 사용하여 클래스의 새 인스턴스를 초기화합니다.
- 예외에 대한 이유를 설명하는 오류 메시지입니다.
- 현재 예외의 원인이 되는 예외입니다. 매개 변수가 null이 아니면 현재 예외는 내부 예외를 처리하는 catch 블록에서 발생합니다.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ca30336b..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/ru/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1761 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- Исключение вызывается, когда некоторый поток получает объект , брошенный другим потоком путем выхода без высвобождения.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя конкретиый индекс брошенного мьютекса, (если применимо), а также объект , представляющий мьютекс.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и внутренним исключением.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , используя указанное сообщения об ошибке, внутреннее исключение, индекс брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также объект , представляющего мьютекс.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение вызывается в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным сообщением об ошибке, индексом брошенного мьютекса (если применимо), а также брошенным мьютексом.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причины исключения.
- Индекс брошенного мьютекса в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, если выдается исключение для метода , или –1, если исключение выдается для методов или .
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс.
-
-
- Получает брошенный мьютекс, вызвавший исключение (если он известен).
- Объект , представляющий брошенный мьютекс, или null, если брошенный мьютекс не может быть идентифицирован.
- 1
-
-
- Получает индекс брошенного мьютекса, вызвавшего исключение (если он известен).
- Индекс в массиве дескрипторов ожидания, передаваемый в метод , объекта , представляющего брошенный мьютекс, или же -1, если индекс брошенного мьютекса невозможно определить.
- 1
-
-
- Представляет внешние данные, локальные для данного асинхронного потока управления, такие как асинхронный метод.
- Тип внешних данных.
-
-
- Создает экземпляр экземпляра , который не получает уведомления об изменениях.
-
-
- Создает экземпляр локального экземпляра , который получает уведомления об изменениях.
- Делегат, который вызывается при каждом изменении текущего значения в любом потоке.
-
-
- Получает или задает значение внешних данных.
- Значение внешних данных.
-
-
- Класс, предоставляющий сведения об изменениях данных экземплярам , которые зарегистрированы для получения уведомлений об изменениях.
- Тип данных.
-
-
- Получает текущее значение данных.
- Текущее значение данных.
-
-
- Получает предыдущее значение данных.
- Предыдущее значение данных.
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее, изменяется ли значение из-за изменения контекста выполнения.
- Значение true, если значение изменено из-за изменения контекста выполнения; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Уведомляет ожидающий поток о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение.
-
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
-
-
- Позволяет нескольким задачам параллельно работать с алгоритмом, используя несколько фаз.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса .
- Количество участвующих потоков.
-
- меньше 0 или больше 32,767.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса .
- Количество участвующих потоков.
-
- для исполнения после каждой фазы. Значение null (Nothing in Visual Basic) может быть передано, чтобы указать, что действия не предпринимаются.
-
- меньше 0 или больше 32,767.
-
-
- Уведомляет о добавлении дополнительного участника.
- Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Добавление участника приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Уведомляет барьер о добавлении дополнительных участников.
- Номер фазы барьера, в которой сначала участвуют новые участники.
- Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо добавить в барьер.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.– или –Добавление участников приведет к превышению 32 767 счетчиком участников барьера.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Получает номер текущей фазы барьера.
- Возвращает номер текущего этапа барьера.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает общее количество участников в барьере.
- Возвращает общее количество участников в барьере.
-
-
- Получает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал в текущей фазе.
- Возвращает количество участников в барьере, которые еще не создали сигнал на текущем этапе.
-
-
- Уведомляет о удалении одного участника.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа.
-
-
- Уведомляет барьер об удалении нескольких участников.
- Число дополнительных участников, которых необходимо удалить из барьера.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Барьер уже содержит 0 участников.– или –Метод был вызван из действия после этапа. – или –текущее количество участников меньше указанного participantCount
- Общее число участников меньше указанного
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера другими участниками.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
- Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
- Если создается исключение из действия следующего этапа барьера после того, как все участвующие потоки вызвали SignalAndWait, исключение будет вставлено в BarrierPostPhaseException и создано для всех участвующих потоков.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Значение true, если все участники достигли барьера за указанное время; в противном случае — значение false
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания, или превышает 32767.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Сообщает, что участник достиг барьера и ожидает достижения барьера всеми другими участниками, используя объект для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен отмены.
- Значение true, если все остальные участники достигли барьера; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Метод был вызван из действия после этапа, барьер в настоящий момент имеет 0 участников или барьер получает сигналы от большего числа потоков, чем зарегистрировано участников.
-
-
- Исключение, которое возникает при сбое действия барьера , выполняемого в конце фазы
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным внутренним исключением.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающий оператор этого конструктора необходим, чтобы убедиться, локализована ли данная строка для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Представляет метод, вызываемый в новом контексте.
- Объект, содержащий информацию, используемую всякий раз методом обратного вызова при каждом выполнении.
- 1
-
-
- Представляет примитив синхронизации, на который отправляется сигнал при достижении его подсчетом нуля.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса указанным количеством.
- Количество сигналов, первоначально необходимое для задания объекта .
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Увеличивает текущий подсчет на один.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение параметра больше или равно значению свойства .
-
-
- Увеличивает текущее количество в объекте на указанное значение.
- Значение, на которое нужно увеличить .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение меньше или равно 0.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или – равно или больше после увеличения счета параметром
-
-
- Получает количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события.
- Количество сигналов, оставшееся до установки события.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события.
- Количество сигналов, изначально нужное для установки события.
-
-
- Определяет, установлено ли событие.
- Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Сбрасывает свойство на значение свойства .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Присваивает свойству заданное значение.
- Количество сигналов, необходимое для установки объекта .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Регистрирует сигнал с событием , уменьшая значение свойства .
- Значение true, если после сигнала подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.
-
-
- Регистрирует несколько сигналов с объектом , уменьшая значение свойства на указанное число.
- Значение true, если после сигналов подсчет стал равен нулю и было создано событие; в противном случае — значение false.
- Количество сигналов, которое необходимо зарегистрировать.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение параметра меньше 1.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан. - или- Или значение больше .
-
-
- Попытка увеличить на единицу.
- Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, метод возвращает значение false.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- равно .
-
-
- Пытается увеличить на указанное значение.
- Значение true, если увеличение выполнено успешно; в противном случае — значение false.Если значение свойства уже равно нулю, возвращается значение false.
- Значение, на которое нужно увеличить .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Значение меньше или равно 0.
- Текущий экземпляр уже задан.– или –Значение свойства + больше или равно значению свойства .
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до установки .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или значение (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлено , в то же время контролируя .
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен объект , используя значение для измерения времени ожидания. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если установлено событие ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален. — или — , создавший , был удален.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Получает дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события.
- Дескриптор , используемый для ожидания установки события.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Указывает, сбрасывается ли автоматически или вручную после получения сигнала.
- 2
-
-
- При получении сигнала сбрасывается автоматически после освобождения одиночного потока.При отсутствии ожидающих потоков остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока поток не блокируется и не сбрасывается после освобождения потока.
-
-
- При получении сигнала, высвобождает все ожидающие потоки и остается сигнальным до тех пор, пока не сбрасывается вручную.
-
-
- Представляет синхронизированное событие потока.
- 2
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяя, получает ли сигнал, ожидающий дескриптор, и производится ли сброс автоматически или вручную.
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего получает ли сигнал дескриптор ожидания, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, сбрасывается ли он автоматически или вручную, а также имя системного события синхронизации.
- true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
- Имя общесистемного события синхронизации.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
- Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
-
-
- Выполняет инициализацию нового экземпляра класса , определяющего, является ли дескриптор ожидания изначально сигнальным, если он был создан в результате данного вызова, происходит ли сброс автоматически или вручную, имя системного события синхронизации и логическую переменную, значение которой показывает, было ли создано системное именованное событие.
- true, чтобы задать сигнальное начальное состояние, если создано названное событие в результате этого вызова; false, чтобы задать несигнальное начальное состояние.
- Одно из значений определяет, сбрасывается ли событие автоматически или вручную.
- Имя общесистемного события синхронизации.
- Когда данный метод возвращает значение, он содержит true, если было создано локальное событие (то есть, если имеет значение null или пустую строку) или было создано системное событие с заданным именем; либо значение false, если указанное именованное событие уже существовало.Этот параметр передается без инициализации.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, имеет настройки управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованное событие не может быть создано, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
- Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
-
-
- Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованное системное событие.
- Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия.
- Параметр содержит пустую строку. -или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Именованное системное событие не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков.
- true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false.
- Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод .
- 2
-
-
- Задает сигнальное состояние события, позволяя одному или нескольким ожидающим потокам продолжить.
- true, если операция прошла успешно; в противном случае — false.
- Для данного объекта ранее вызывался метод .
- 2
-
-
- Открывает указанное именованное событие синхронизации, если оно уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованное событие синхронизации было успешно открыто; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного события синхронизации для открытия.
- Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованное событие синхронизации, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился ошибкой.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр содержит пустую строку.-или-Длина параметра превышает 260 символов.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованное событие существует, но у пользователя нет требуемых прав доступа.
-
-
- Управляет контекстом выполнения текущего потока.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Перехватывает контекст выполнения из текущего потока.
- Объект , представляющий контекст выполнения хоста для текущего потока.
- 1
-
-
- Выполняет метод в указанном контексте выполнения в текущем потоке.
- Задаваемый .
- Делегат , представляющий выполняемый метод в предоставленном контексте выполнения.
- Данный объект передается в метод обратного вызова.
- Параметр имеет значение null.– или – не был получен во время операции отслеживания. – или – уже использовался в качестве аргумента в вызове .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Предоставляет атомарные операции для переменных, используемых совместно несколькими потоками.
- 2
-
-
- Добавляет два 32-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции.
- Новое значение сохраняется в .
- Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в .
- Значение, добавляемое к целому в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Добавляет два 64-разрядных целых числа и заменяет первое число на сумму в виде атомарной операции.
- Новое значение сохраняется в .
- Переменная, содержащая первое добавляемое значение.Сумма двух значений сохраняется в .
- Значение, добавляемое к целому в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой двойной точности на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два 32-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два 64-разрядных целых числа со знаком на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два зависящих от платформы обработчика или указателя на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое из значений.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение , которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено .
- Значение , которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение , которое сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два объекта на равенство ссылок и, если они равны, заменяет первый объект.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевой объект, который будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменен.
- Объект, который заменит целевой объект, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Объект, который сравнивается с объектом в .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два числа с плавающей запятой с обычной точностью на равенство и, если они равны, заменяет первое значение.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Сравнивает два экземпляра указанного ссылочного типа на равенство и, если это так, заменяет первый из них.
- Исходное значение в .
- Целевое значение, которое будет сравниваться со значением параметра и, возможно, будет заменено.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic).
- Значение, которое заменит целевое значение, если результатом сравнения будет равенство.
- Значение сравнивается со значением .
- Тип, используемый для , и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Уменьшаемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Уменьшает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Уменьшаемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой уменьшается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает число с плавающей запятой с двойной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Присваивает 32-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Присваивает 64-разрядному целому числу со знаком заданное значение и возвращает исходное значение в виде атомарной операции.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает указатель или обработчик, зависящий от платформы в виде атомарной операции, и возвращает ссылку на исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает объект указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает ссылку на исходный объект.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает число с плавающей запятой с одинарной точностью указанным значением в виде атомарной операции и возвращает исходное значение.
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Задает определенное значение для переменной указанного типа и возвращает исходное значение (атомарная операция).
- Исходное значение параметра .
- Переменная, которая задается указанным значением.Это ссылочный параметр (ref в C#, ByRef в Visual Basic).
- Значение, в которое задан параметр .
- Тип, используемый для и .Этот тип должен быть ссылочным типом.
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Увеличиваемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Увеличивает значение заданной переменной и сохраняет результат в виде атомарной операции.
- Увеличиваемое значение.
- Переменная, у которой увеличивается значение.
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- Синхронизирует доступ к памяти следующим образом: процессор, выполняющий текущий поток, не способен упорядочить инструкции так, чтобы обращения к памяти до вызова метода выполнялись после обращений к памяти, следующих за вызовом метода .
-
-
- Возвращает 64-разрядное значение, загруженное в виде атомарной операции.
- Загруженное значение.
- Загружаемое 64-разрядное значение.
- 1
-
-
- Обеспечивает процедуры неактивной инициализации.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип его конструктором типа по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализируемая ссылка типа .
- Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения его конструктором по умолчанию, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано.
- Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель.
- Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип или тип значения с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка или значение типа , которое необходимо инициализировать, если оно еще не инициализировано.
- Ссылка на логическое значение, определяющее, инициализирована ли цель.
- Ссылка на объект, используемый как взаимоисключающая блокировка для инициализации параметра .Если равно null, то нового объект будет создан экземпляр.
- Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки или значения.
- Тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Разрешения на доступ к конструктору типа отсутствовали.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует целевой ссылочный тип с использованием указанной функцией, если он еще не инициализирован.
- Инициализированное значение типа .
- Ссылка типа , которую необходимо инициализировать, если она еще не инициализирована.
- Функция, которая вызывается для инициализации ссылки.
- Ссылочный тип инициализируемой ссылки.
- Тип не имеет конструктора по умолчанию.
-
- вернул значение NULL (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Исключение генерируется, когда рекурсивная запись блокировки не совпадает с рекурсивной политикой блокировки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса системным сообщением, содержащим описание ошибки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с использованием заданного сообщения, содержащего описание ошибки.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение с описанием исключения.Вызывающему объекту этого конструктора необходимо убедиться, что эта строка локализована для текущего языка и региональных параметров системы.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
- 2
-
-
- Указывает, можно ли несколько раз войти в блокировку из одного и того же потока.
-
-
- Если поток пытается войти в блокировку рекурсивно, выдается ошибка.Некоторые классы могут допускать определенные виды рекурсий при активированном параметре.
-
-
- Допускается рекурсивный вход потока в блокировку.Некоторые классы могут игнорировать эту возможность.
-
-
- Уведомляет один или более ожидающих потоков о том, что произошло событие.Этот класс не наследуется.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, показывающим наличие сигнального состояния.
- Значение true для задания начального состояния сигнальным; false для задания несигнального начального состояния.
-
-
- Предоставляет уменьшенную версию .
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса начальным состоянием nonsignaled.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение.
- значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, нужно ли для начального состояния задать сигнальное значение, а также указанным числом прокруток.
- Значение true для задания начального сигнального состояния; значение false для задания начального несигнального состояния.
- Число ожиданий прокруток до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые (а при необходимости и управляемые) ресурсы, используемые объектом .
- Значение true, чтобы освободить управляемые и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false, чтобы освободить только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, установлено ли событие.
- Значение true, если событие установлено; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Задает несигнальное состояние события, вызывая блокирование потоков.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Устанавливает несигнальное состояние события, позволяя продолжить выполнение одному или нескольким потокам, ожидающим событие.
-
-
- Получает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
- Возвращает число ожиданий прокруток, которые произойдут до возврата к операции ожидания на основе ядра.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до установки текущего объекта .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя 32-разрядное знаковое целое число для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до получения сигнала текущим объектом . Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя объект для измерения интервала времени.
- Значение true, если выполнялась установка ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока не будет установлен текущий объект , используя значение для измерения интервала времени. Кроме того, метод контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если был задан; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- Возвращает базовый объект для данного .
- Базовый объект события для данного объекта .
-
-
- Предоставляет механизм для синхронизации доступа к объектам.
- 2
-
-
- Получает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Объект, для которого получается блокировка монитора.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- 1
-
-
- Получает монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.Примечание. Если исключение не возникает, выходное значение этого метода всегда true.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
-
-
- Освобождает эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Объект, блокировка которого освобождается.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Данный поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Определяет, содержит ли текущий поток блокировку указанного объекта.
- Значение true, если текущий поток владеет блокировкой в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект для тестирования.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
-
-
- Уведомляет поток в очереди готовности об изменении состояния объекта с блокировкой.
- Объект, ожидаемый потоком.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Уведомляет все ожидающие потоки об изменении состояния объекта.
- Объект, посылающий импульс.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- 1
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- 1
-
-
- Пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта на заданное количество миллисекунд.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
- 1
-
-
- В течение заданного количества миллисекунд пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Количество миллисекунд, в течение которых ожидать блокировку.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
-
-
- Пытается получить эксклюзивную блокировку указанного объекта в течение заданного количества времени.
- Значение true, если текущий поток получает блокировку; в противном случае — значение false.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Класс , представляющий количество времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение –1 миллисекунды обозначает бесконечное ожидание.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
- 1
-
-
- В течение заданного периода времени пытается получить монопольную блокировку указанного объекта и единым блоком задает значение, указывающее, была ли выполнена блокировка.
- Объект, блокировка которого получается.
- Период времени, в течение которого ожидается блокировка.Значение -1 обозначает бесконечное ожидание.
- Результат попытки получить блокировку, переданную по ссылке.Входное значение должно равняться false.Выходное значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — выходное значение false.Выходное значение задается, даже если при попытке получить блокировку возникает исключение.
- Входное значение параметра — true.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Значение в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.
- true, если вызов осуществил возврат из-за того, что вызывающий поток заново получил блокировку заданного объекта.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка вновь не получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- 1
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности.
- Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Количество миллисекунд для ожидания постановки в очередь готовности.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- Значение параметра отрицательно и не равно .
- 1
-
-
- Освобождает блокировку объекта и блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока тот не получит блокировку снова.Если указанные временные интервалы истекают, поток встает в очередь готовности.
- Значение true, если блокировка была получена заново до истечения заданного времени; значение false, если блокировка была получена заново по истечении заданного времени.Этот метод не осуществляет возврат, если блокировка не была получена.
- Объект, в котором следует ожидать.
- Класс , представляющий количество времени, до истечения которого поток поступает в очередь ожидания.
- Параметр имеет значение null.
- Вызывающий поток не владеет блокировкой для указанного объекта.
- Поток, который вызывает Wait, позже прерывается из состояния ожидания.Это происходит, когда другой поток вызывает метод данного потока.
- Значение параметра в миллисекундах отрицательно и не равно (–1 миллисекунда), или больше чем .
- 1
-
-
- Примитив синхронизации, который также может использоваться в межпроцессной синхронизации.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса стандартными свойствами.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения мьютексом; в противном случае — false.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, а также иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
- длиннее 260 символов.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса логическим значением, указывающим, должен ли вызывающий поток быть изначальным владельцем мьютекса, иметь строку, являющуюся именем мьютекса, и логическое значение, которое при возврате метода показывает, предоставлено ли вызывающему потоку изначальное владение мьютексом.
- Значение true для предоставления вызывающему потоку изначального владения именованным системным мьютексом, если этот мьютекс создан данным вызовом; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя .Если значение равно null, у объекта нет имени.
- При возврате из метода содержит логическое значение true, если был создан локальный мьютекс (то есть, если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан именованный системный мьютекс; значение false, если указанный именованный системный мьютекс уже существует.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, имеет безопасность управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс не может быть создан; вероятно, дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
- длиннее 260 символов.
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованный системный мьютекс.
- Имя системного мьютекса для открытия.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Именованный мьютекс не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Освобождает объект один раз.
- Вызывающий поток не является владельцем мьютекса.
- 1
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный мьютекс, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованный мьютекс был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного мьютекса для открытия.
- Когда выполнение этого метода завершается, содержит объект , представляющий именованный мьютекс, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если произошел сбой вызова.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный мьютекс существует, но у пользователя нет необходимой для его использования безопасности доступа.
-
-
- Представляет блокировку, используемую для управления доступом к ресурсу, которая позволяет нескольким потокам производить считывание или получать монопольный доступ на запись.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями свойств по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанием политики рекурсии блокировок.
- Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки.
-
-
- Получает общее количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Количество уникальных потоков, вошедших в блокировку в режиме чтения.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается выполнить вход в блокировку в режиме записи.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима чтения и выходит из режима чтения, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для обновляемого режима и выходит из обновляемого режима, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- Уменьшает счетчик глубины рекурсии для режима записи и выходит из режима записи, если счетчик принял значение 0 (нуль).
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, вошел ли текущий поток в блокировку в режиме записи.
- Значение true, если текущий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- 2
-
-
- Возвращает значение, указывающее политику рекурсии для текущего объекта .
- Одно из значений перечисления, определяющее политику рекурсии блокировки.
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме чтения, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в режим чтения, 1, если поток вошел в режим чтения, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в блокировку рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в обновляемом режиме, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток не вошел в обновляемый режим, 1, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в обновляемый режим рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Получает количество раз, которые текущий поток входил в блокировку в режиме записи, как показатель рекурсии.
- 0 (нуль), если текущий поток, не вошел в режим записи, 1, если поток вошел в режим записи, но не рекурсивно, или n, если поток вошел в режим записи рекурсивно n - 1 раз.
- 2
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания целым числом.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме чтения с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим чтения; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в обновляемом режиме с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в обновляемый режим; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или -1 ( ) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Пытается войти в блокировку в режиме записи с необязательным указанием времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если вызывающий поток вошел в режим записи; в противном случае false.
- Период ожидания или значение -1 миллисекунда для ожидания в течение неограниченного времени.
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в блокировку в режиме чтения.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих вхождения в режим чтения.
- 2
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в обновляемом режиме.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в обновляемый режим.
- 2
-
-
- Получает общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в блокировку в режиме записи.
- Общее количество потоков, ожидающих входа в режим записи.
- 2
-
-
- Ограничивает число потоков, которые могут одновременно получать доступ к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов.
- 1
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
- Значение больше значения .
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости имя объекта системного семафора.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
- Имя объекта именованного системного семафора.
- Значение больше значения .-или- длиннее 260 символов.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , задающий начальное количество входов и максимальное количество одновременных входов, а также при необходимости задающий имя объекта системного семафора и переменную, получающую значение, которое указывает, был ли создан новый системный семафор.
- Начальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть удовлетворено одновременно.
- Имя объекта именованного системного семафора.
- При возврате этот метод содержит значение true, если был создан локальный семафор (то есть если параметр имеет значение null или содержит пустую строку) или был создан заданный именованный системный семафор; значение false, если указанный именованный семафор уже существовал.Этот параметр передается неинициализированным.
- Значение больше значения . -или- длиннее 260 символов.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.-или-Значение параметра меньше 0.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, имеет параметры безопасности управления доступом, а пользователь не имеет прав .
- Именованный семафор не может быть создан, видимо потому что дескриптор ожидания другого типа имеет то же имя.
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует.
- Объект, представляющий именованный системный семафор.
- Имя системного семафора для открытия.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Именованный семафор не существует.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Выходит из семафора и возвращает последнее значение счетчика.
- Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода .
- Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение.
- Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором.
- Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами доступа .
- 1
-
-
- Выходит из семафора указанное число раз и возвращает последнее значение счетчика.
- Счетчик семафора перед вызовом метода .
- Количество требуемых выходов из семафора.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.
- Счетчик семафора уже имеет максимальное значение.
- Произошла ошибка Win32, связанная с именованным семафором.
- Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но пользователь не имеет прав .-или-Текущий семафор представляет именованный системный семафор, но он не был открыт с правами .
- 1
-
-
- Открывает указанный именованный семафор, если он уже существует, и возвращает значение, указывающее, успешно ли выполнена операция.
- Значение true, если именованный семафор был успешно открыт; в противном случае — значение false.
- Имя системного семафора для открытия.
- При возврате этот метод содержит объект , представляющий именованный семафор, если вызов завершился успешно, или значение null, если вызов завершился неудачно.Этот параметр обрабатывается как неинициализированный.
- Параметр равен пустой строке.-или- длиннее 260 символов.
- Свойство имеет значение null.
- Произошла ошибка Win32.
- Именованный семафор существует, но у пользователя нет необходимых для его использования прав доступа.
-
-
- Исключение, выдаваемое при вызове метода для семафора, значение счетчика которого уже равно максимальному.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Представляет упрощенную альтернативу семафору , ограничивающему количество потоков, которые могут параллельно обращаться к ресурсу или пулу ресурсов.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая первоначальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Значение параметра меньше 0.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса , указывая изначальное и максимальное число запросов, которые могут выполняться одновременно.
- Начальное количество запросов для семафора, которое может быть обеспечено одновременно.
- Максимальное количество запросов семафора, которое может быть обеспеченно одновременно.
-
- меньше 0 или больше, чем , или меньше или равен 0.
-
-
- Возвращает дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора.
- Дескриптор , который можно использовать для ожидания семафора.
- Объект удален.
-
-
- Возвращает количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в объект .
- Количество оставшихся потоков, которым разрешено входить в семафор.
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает неуправляемые ресурсы, используемые журналом , и при необходимости освобождает также управляемые ресурсы.
- Значение true позволяет освободить как управляемые, так и неуправляемые ресурсы; значение false освобождает только неуправляемые ресурсы.
-
-
- Освобождает объект один раз.
- Предыдущее количество в семафоре .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- уже достиг максимального размера.
-
-
- Освобождает объект указанное число раз.
- Предыдущее количество в семафоре .
- Количество требуемых выходов из семафора.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- имеет значение меньше 1.
-
- уже достиг максимального размера.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток, пока он не сможет войти в .
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания.
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком, которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
- Экземпляр был удален, или создания был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , и контролирует токен .
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.-или- Создания уже был удален.
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение для определения времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен
-
-
- Блокирует текущий поток до тех пор, пока он не сможет войти в , используя значение , которое определяет время ожидания, и контролирует токен .
- Значение true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в ; в противном случае — значение false.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
-
- был отменен.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Экземпляр semaphoreSlim был уничтожен Класс , создавший , уже удален.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в .
- Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени.
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя 32-разрядное целое число со знаком для измерения интервала времени, контролируя .
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или (-1) для неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Токен отмены , который следует контролировать.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , контролируя .
- Задача, которая завершается при входе в семафор.
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени.
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Текущий экземпляр уже был удален.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания. -или- Время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Асинхронно ожидает входа в , используя для измерения интервала времени и контролируя .
- Задача, которая будет завершаться с результатом true, если текущий поток успешно вошел в , и с результатом false в противном случае.
- Период , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или период , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Токен , который следует контролировать.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.-или-Время ожидания больше .
-
- был отменен.
-
-
- Указывает метод, вызываемый при отправке сообщения в контекст синхронизации.
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- 2
-
-
- Предоставляет примитив взаимно исключающей блокировки, в котором поток, пытающийся получить блокировку, ожидает в состоянии цикла, проверяя доступность блокировки.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр структуры параметром для отслеживания идентификаторов потоков для повышения качества отладки.
- Следует ли перенаправлять и использовать идентификаторы потоков для отладки.
-
-
- Получает блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова Enter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Снимает блокировку.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки.
-
-
- Снимает блокировку.
- Логическое значение, указывающее, следует ли выпустить барьер памяти, чтобы немедленно опубликовать операцию выхода для других потоков.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоков и текущий поток не является владельцем этой блокировки.
-
-
- Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли какой-либо поток блокировку в настоящий момент.
- Значение true, если в настоящее время блокировка удерживается каким-либо потоком; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Получает значение, определяющее, имеет ли текущий поток блокировку.
- Значение true, если блокировка удерживается текущим потоком; в противном случае — значение false.
- Отслеживание владения потоков отключено.
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, включено ли отслеживание владельца потока для данного экземпляра.
- Значение true, если для данного экземпляра включено отслеживание владельца потока; в противном случае — значение false.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Пытается получить блокировку надежным способом, то есть даже если в вызове метода возникает исключение, можно надежно изучить и определить, была ли получена блокировка.
- Объект , представляющий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или объект , представляющий -1 миллисекунду для неограниченного ожидания.
- Значение true, если блокировка получена; в противном случае — значение false.Перед вызовом этого метода необходимо инициализировать параметр .
-
- является отрицательным числом, отличным от значения -1 миллисекунды, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
- Аргумент должен быть инициализирован в false до вызова TryEnter.
- Включено отслеживание владения потоками, и текущий поток уже получил эту блокировку.
-
-
- Предоставляет поддержку ожидания на основе прокруток.
-
-
- Получает число раз, которое был вызван для этого экземпляра.
- Возвращает целое число, представляющее количество вызовов метода для данного экземпляра.
-
-
- Получает значение, показывающее, даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста.
- Даст ли следующий вызов к доступ к процессору, запуская обязательное переключение контекста.
-
-
- Сбрасывает подсчет прокруток.
-
-
- Выполняет одну прокрутку.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Время ожидания в миллисекундах или функция (-1) в случае неограниченного времени ожидания.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
- Параметр является отрицательным числом, отличным от -1, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания.
-
-
- Выполняет прокрутки до удовлетворения заданного условия или истечения заданного времени ожидания.
- Значение true, если условие удовлетворено до истечения времени ожидания; в противном случае — значение false.
- Делегат для циклического выполнения до возврата этим делегатом значения true.
- Объект , указывающий время ожидания в миллисекундах, или TimeSpan, представляющий значение -1 миллисекунда, в случае неограниченного ожидания.
- Аргументом параметра является null.
-
- является отрицательным числом отличный значение -1 миллисекунд, которое представляет неограниченное время ожидания - или - время ожидания больше .
-
-
- Обеспечивает базовую функциональность для распространения контекста синхронизации в различных моделях синхронизации.
- 2
-
-
- Создает новый экземпляр класса .
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе создает копию контекста синхронизации.
- Новый объект .
- 2
-
-
- Получает контекст синхронизации для текущего потока
- Объект , представляющий текущий контекст синхронизации.
- 1
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о завершении операции.
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отвечает на уведомление о запуске операции.
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отправляет асинхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации.
- Вызываемый делегат .
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- 2
-
-
- При переопределении в производном классе отправляет синхронное сообщение в контекст синхронизации.
- Вызываемый делегат .
- Передаваемый делегату объект.
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- Задает текущий контекст синхронизации.
- Задаваемый объект .
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Исключение, которое выдается в то время, когда методу требуется вызвавший его объект для получения блокировки данного Monitor, а метод вызван объектом, не являющимся владельцем блокировки.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса со стандартными свойствами.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
- Предоставляет хранилище для данных, локальных для потока.
- Задает тип данных, хранимых для каждого потока.
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр .
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр .
- Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства .
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией .
- Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации.
-
- является пустой ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Инициализирует экземпляр с заданной функцией .
- Объект , вызываемый для получения неактивно инициализированного значения при совершении попытки получить без предварительной инициализации.
- Следует ли отслеживать все значения, заданные в экземпляре, и представлять их с помощью свойства .
- Параметр является пустой (null) ссылкой (Nothing в Visual Basic).
-
-
- Освобождает все ресурсы, используемые текущим экземпляром класса .
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром .
- Логическое значение, указывающее, вызывается ли данный метод из-за вызова метода .
-
-
- Освобождает ресурсы, используемые данным экземпляром .
-
-
- Получает значение, указывающее, инициализирован ли объект в текущем потоке.
- Значение true, если инициализируется в текущем потоке; в противном случае — значение false.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
-
- Создает и возвращает строковое представление данного экземпляра для текущего потока.
- Результат вызова метода для свойства .
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
- для текущего потока представляет пустую ссылку (Nothing в Visual Basic).
- Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку .
- Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики.
-
-
- Получает или задает значение данного экземпляра для текущего потока.
- Возвращает экземпляр объекта, за инициализацию которого ответственен данный ThreadLocal.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
- Инициализация попыталась создать рекурсивную ссылку .
- Не предоставляются конструктор по умолчанию и значение фабрики.
-
-
- Получает список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру.
- Список всех значений, хранящихся в настоящий момент всеми потоками, которые получили доступа к данному экземпляру.
- Экземпляр класса был удален.
-
-
- Содержит методы для выполнения операций энергозависимой памяти.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает значение указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанное значение.Это значение является последним, записанным любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
-
-
- Считывает ссылку на объект из указанного поля.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется после данного метода в коде, процессор не сможет переместить ее перед этим методом.
- Прочитанная ссылка на объект .Эта ссылка является последней, записанной любым процессором компьютера, независимо от количества процессоров и от состояния кэша процессоров.
- Считываемое поле.
- Тип считываемого поля.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция памяти появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданное значение в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается значение.
- Записываемое значение.Значение записывается немедленно, так что оно становится видимым для всех процессоров компьютера.
-
-
- Записывает заданную ссылку на объект в указанное поле.В системах, которым это необходимо, вставляет барьер памяти, не позволяющий процессору изменять порядок операций памяти следующим образом: если операция чтения или записи появляется перед данным методом в коде, процессор не сможет поместить ее после этого метода.
- Поле, в которое записывается ссылка на объект.
- Записываемая ссылка на объект.Ссылка записывается немедленно, так что она становится видимой для всех процессоров компьютера.
- Тип поля, в которое выполняется запись.Должен быть ссылочным типом или типом значения.
-
-
- Исключение, которое выдается при попытке открыть не существующий в системе семафор или мьютекс.
- 2
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса значениями по умолчанию.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
-
-
- Инициализирует новый экземпляр класса с указанным сообщением об ошибке и ссылкой на внутреннее исключение, вызвавшее это исключение.
- Сообщение об ошибке с объяснением причин исключения.
- Исключение, которое вызвало текущее исключение.Если значение параметра не равно null, текущее исключение сгенерировано в блоке catch, обрабатывающем внутреннее исключение.
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c174ad66..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hans/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1854 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 当某个线程获取由另一个线程放弃(即在未释放的情况下退出)的 对象时引发的异常。
- 1
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 用被放弃的互斥体的指定索引(如果可用)和表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息和内部异常初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息、内部异常、被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果可用)以及表示该互斥体的 对象初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 用指定的错误信息、被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果可用)以及被放弃的互斥体初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误消息。
- 如果对 方法引发异常,则为等待句柄数组中被放弃的互斥体的索引,如果对 或 方法引发异常,则为 –1。
- 一个 对象,表示被放弃的互斥体。
-
-
- 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体(如果已知的话)。
- 如果未能识别被放弃的互斥体,则为表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象或 null。
- 1
-
-
- 获取导致异常的被放弃的互斥体的索引(如果已知的话)。
- 如果未能确定被放弃的互斥体的索引,则为传递给 方法的等待句柄数组中的索引、表示该被放弃的互斥体的 对象的索引或 –1。
- 1
-
-
- 表示对于给定异步控制流(如异步方法)是本地数据的环境数据。
- 环境数据的类型。
-
-
- 实例化不接收更改通知的 实例。
-
-
- 实例化接收更改通知的 本地实例。
- 只要当前值在任何线程上发生更改时便会调用的委托。
-
-
- 获取或设置环境数据的值。
- 环境数据的值。
-
-
- 向针对更改通知进行了注册的 实例提供数据更改信息的类。
- 数据的类型。
-
-
- 获取数据的当前值。
- 数据的当前值。
-
-
- 获取数据的上一个值。
- 数据的上一个值。
-
-
- 返回一个值,该值指示是否由于执行上下文更改而更改了值。
- 如果由于执行上下文更改而更改了值,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 通知正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
-
-
- 使多个任务能够采用并行方式依据某种算法在多个阶段中协同工作。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例。
- 参与线程的数量。
-
- 小于 0 或大于 32,767。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例。
- 参与线程的数量。
- 在每个阶段之后要执行的 。可以传递 null (在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing) 以指示不执行任何操作。
-
- 小于 0 或大于 32,767。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会有另一个参与者。
- 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 添加参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会有多个其他参与者。
- 新参与者将首先参与的屏障的阶段编号。
- 要添加到屏障的其他参与者的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。- 或 -添加 参与者将导致屏障的参与者计数超过 32,767。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 获取屏障的当前阶段的编号。
- 返回屏障的当前阶段的编号。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取屏障中参与者的总数。
- 返回屏障中参与者的总数。
-
-
- 获取屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。
- 返回屏障中尚未在当前阶段发出信号的参与者的数量。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会减少一个参与者。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。
-
-
- 通知 ,告知其将会减少一些参与者。
- 要从屏障中移除的其他参与者的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。
- 屏障已经有 0 个参与者。- 或 -该方法从阶段后操作中调用。 - 或 -当前的参与者计数小于指定 participantCount
- 参与者总数小于指定的
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
- 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后,如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常,该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。
- 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
- 在所有参与线程调用了 SignalAndWait 之后,如果关卡的后期阶段操作中引发了异常,该异常将包装在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中并在所有参与线程上引发。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时,同时观察取消标记。
- 如果所有参与者都已在指定时间内达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者达到屏障,同时观察取消标记。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,同时使用 对象测量时间间隔。
- 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 32,767。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
- 发出参与者已达到屏障的信号,并等待所有其他参与者也达到屏障,使用 对象测量时间间隔,同时观察取消标记。
- 如果所有其他参与者已达到屏障,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 毫秒的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 该方法从阶段后操作中调用,当前屏障具有 0 个参与者,或该屏障被注册为参与者的更多线程终止。
-
-
-
- 阶段后操作失败时引发的异常。
-
-
- 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的内部异常初始化 类的新实例。
- 导致当前异常的异常。
-
-
- 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方需要确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 表示要在新上下文中调用的方法。
- 一个对象,包含回调方法在每次执行时要使用的信息。
- 1
-
-
- 表示在计数变为零时处于有信号状态的同步基元。
-
-
- 使用指定计数初始化 类的新实例。
- 设置 时最初必需的信号数。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 将 的当前计数加 1。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 等于或大于 。
-
-
- 将 的当前计数增加指定值。
-
- 的增量值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于或等于零。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 -在计数由 递增后, 大于或等于 。
-
-
- 获取设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。
- 设置事件时所必需的剩余信号数。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 如果为 true,则同时释放托管资源和非托管资源;如果为 false,则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取设置事件时最初必需的信号数。
- 设置事件时最初必需的信号数。
-
-
- 确定是否设置了事件。
- 如果设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 将 重置为 的值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 将 属性重新设置为指定值。
- 设置 时所必需的信号的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 向 注册信号,同时减小 的值。
- 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 当前实例已被释放。
- 当前实例已设置 。
-
-
- 向 注册多个信号,同时将 的值减少指定数量。
- 如果信号导致计数变为零并且设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要注册的信号的数量。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于 1。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - 大于 。
-
-
- 增加一个 的尝试。
- 如果成功增加,则为 true;否则为 false。如果 已为零,则此方法将返回 false。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 等于 。
-
-
- 增加指定值的 的尝试。
- 如果成功增加,则为 true;否则为 false。如果 已为零,则此方法将返回 false。
-
- 的增量值。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 小于或等于零。
- 当前实例已设置 。- 或 - + 大于等于 。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,并使用 32 位带符号整数测量超时,同时观察 。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,同时使用 测量超时。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了 为止,并使用 测量超时,同时观察 。
- 如果设置了 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 的 已被释放。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 获取用于等待要设置的事件的 。
- 用于等待要设置的事件的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 指示在接收信号后是自动重置 还是手动重置。
- 2
-
-
- 当终止时, 在释放一个线程后自动重置。如果没有等待的线程, 将保持终止状态直到一个线程阻止,并在释放此线程后重置。
-
-
- 当终止时, 释放所有等待的线程,并在手动重置前保持终止状态。
-
-
- 表示一个线程同步事件。
- 2
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,以及它是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 如果为 true,则将初始状态设置为终止;如果为 false,则将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,它是自动重置还是手动重置,以及系统同步事件的名称。
- 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的,则 true 将初始状态设置为终止;false 将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 系统范围内同步事件的名称。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名事件,原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定在此调用后创建的等待句柄最初是否处于终止状态,它是自动重置还是手动重置,系统同步事件的名称,以及一个 Boolean 变量(其值在调用后表示是否创建了已命名的系统事件)。
- 如果命名事件是通过此调用创建的,则 true 将初始状态设置为终止;false 将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
- 值之一,它确定事件是自动重置还是手动重置。
- 系统范围内同步事件的名称。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了本地事件(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统事件,则包含 true;如果指定的命名系统事件已存在,则为 false。该参数未经初始化即被传递。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名事件存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名事件,原因可能是与另一个不同类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 打开指定名称为同步事件(如果已经存在)。
- 一个对象,表示已命名的系统事件。
- 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。
-
- 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的系统事件不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的事件存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为非终止状态,导致线程阻止。
- 如果该操作成功,则为 true;否则,为 false。
- 之前已对此 调用 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为终止状态,允许一个或多个等待线程继续。
- 如果该操作成功,则为 true;否则,为 false。
- 之前已对此 调用 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 打开指定名称为同步事件(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名同步事件成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统同步事件的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名同步事件的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是空字符串。- 或 - 的长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的事件存在,但用户不具备所需的安全访问权限。
-
-
- 管理当前线程的执行上下文。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 从当前线程捕获执行上下文。
- 一个 对象,表示当前线程的执行上下文。
- 1
-
-
- 在当前线程上的指定执行上下文中运行某个方法。
- 要设置的 。
- 一个 委托,表示要在提供的执行上下文中运行的方法。
- 要传递给回调方法的对象。
-
- 为 null。- 或 - 不是通过捕获操作获取的。- 或 - 已用作 调用的参数。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 为多个线程共享的变量提供原子操作。
- 2
-
-
- 对两个 32 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数,上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。
- 存储在 处的新值。
- 一个变量,包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。
- 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 对两个 64 位整数进行求和并用和替换第一个整数,上述操作作为一个原子操作完成。
- 存储在 处的新值。
- 一个变量,包含要添加的第一个值。两个值的和存储在 中。
- 要添加到整数中的 位置的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个双精度浮点数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个 32 位有符号整数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个 64 位有符号整数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个平台特定的句柄或指针是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值与 的值进行比较并且可能被 替换的目标 。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的 。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的 。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个对象是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个对象。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标对象。
- 在比较结果相等时替换目标对象的对象。
- 与位于 处的对象进行比较的对象。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较两个单精度浮点数是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比较指定的引用类型 的两个实例是否相等,如果相等,则替换第一个。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 其值将与 进行比较并且可能被替换的目标。这是一个引用参数(在 C# 中是 ref,在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef)。
- 比较结果相等时替换目标值的值。
- 与位于 处的值进行比较的值。
- 用于 , 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递减的值。
- 其值要递减的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递减指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递减的值。
- 其值要递减的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将双精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将 32 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将 64 位有符号整数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将平台特定的句柄或指针设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将对象设置为指定的值并返回对原始对象的引用。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将单精度浮点数设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式,将指定类型 的变量设置为指定的值并返回原始值。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要设置为指定值的变量。这是一个引用参数(在 C# 中是 ref,在 Visual Basic 中是 ByRef)。
-
- 参数被设置为的值。
- 用于 和 的类型。此类型必须是引用类型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递增的值。
- 其值要递增的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 以原子操作的形式递增指定变量的值并存储结果。
- 递增的值。
- 其值要递增的变量。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 按如下方式同步内存存取:执行当前线程的处理器在对指令重新排序时,不能采用先执行 调用之后的内存存取,再执行 调用之前的内存存取的方式。
-
-
- 返回一个以原子操作形式加载的 64 位值。
- 加载的值。
- 要加载的 64 位值。
- 1
-
-
- 提供延迟初始化例程。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化引用。
- 在类型尚未初始化的情况下,要初始化的类型 的引用。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用其默认构造函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。
- 对布尔值的引用,该值确定目标是否已初始化。
- 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用,用于初始化 。如果 为 null,则新的对象将被实例化。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用或值类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用指定函数初始化目标引用或值类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在尚未初始化的情况下要初始化的类型 的引用或值。
- 对布尔值的引用,该值确定目标是否已初始化。
- 对用作相互排斥锁的对象的引用,用于初始化 。如果 为 null,则新的对象将被实例化。
- 调用函数以初始化该引用或值。
- 要初始化的引用的类型。
- 缺少访问类型 的构造函数的权限。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
-
- 在目标引用类型尚未初始化的情况下,使用指定函数初始化目标引用类型。
- 类型 的初始化值。
- 在类型尚未初始化的情况下,要初始化的类型 的引用。
- 调用函数以初始化该引用。
- 要初始化的引用的引用类型。
- 类型 没有默认的构造函数。
-
- 返回 null(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 当进入锁定状态的递归与此锁定的递归策略不兼容时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用由系统提供的用来描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的描述错误的消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 描述该异常的消息。此构造函数的调用方必须确保此字符串已针对当前系统区域性进行了本地化。
- 引发当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
- 2
-
-
- 指定同一个线程是否可以多次进入一个锁定状态。
-
-
- 如果线程尝试以递归方式进入锁定状态,将引发异常。某些类可能会在此设置生效时允许使用特定的递归方式。
-
-
- 线程可以采用递归方式进入锁定状态。某些类可能会限制此功能。
-
-
- 通知一个或多个正在等待的线程已发生事件。此类不能被继承。
- 2
-
-
- 用一个指示是否将初始状态设置为终止的布尔值初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则将初始状态设置为终止;如果为 false,则将初始状态设置为非终止。
-
-
- 提供 的简化版本。
-
-
- 使用非终止初始状态初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止状态)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示是否将初始状态设置为终止或指定的旋转数)初始化 类的新实例。
- 若要将初始状态设置为终止,则为 true;若要将初始状态设置为非终止,则为 false。
- 在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 为 true 则释放托管资源和非托管资源;为 false 则仅释放非托管资源。
-
-
- 获取是否已设置事件。
- 如果设置了事件,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为非终止,从而导致线程受阻。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 将事件状态设置为有信号,从而允许一个或多个等待该事件的线程继续。
-
-
- 获取在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
- 返回在回退到基于内核的等待操作之前发生的自旋等待数量。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设置了当前 为止。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设定 ,使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到设定 ,使用 32 位已签名整数测量时间间隔,同时观察 。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到 接收到信号,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到当前 已设定,使用 测量时间间隔。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直到当前 已设定,使用 测量时间间隔,同时观察 。
- 如果已设置 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 获取此 的基础 对象。
- 此 的基础 事件对象。
-
-
- 提供同步访问对象的机制。
- 2
-
-
- 在指定对象上获取排他锁。
- 在其上获取监视器锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 1
-
-
- 获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。注意 如果没有发生异常,则此方法的输出始终为 true。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 释放指定对象上的排他锁。
- 在其上释放锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 当前线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 确定当前线程是否保留指定对象上的锁。
- 如果当前线程持有 锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要测试的对象。
-
- 为 null。
-
-
- 通知等待队列中的线程锁定对象状态的更改。
- 线程正在等待的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 通知所有的等待线程对象状态的更改。
- 发送脉冲的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 1
-
-
- 尝试获取指定对象的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 1
-
-
- 尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 等待锁所需的毫秒数。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 为负且不等于 。
- 1
-
-
- 在指定的毫秒数内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获取了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 等待锁所需的毫秒数。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 为负且不等于 。
-
-
- 在指定的时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁。
- 如果当前线程获取该锁,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
-
- ,表示等待锁所需的时间量。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不等于 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
- 1
-
-
- 在指定的一段时间内尝试获取指定对象上的排他锁,并自动设置一个值,指示是否获得了该锁。
- 在其上获取锁的对象。
- 用于等待锁的时间。值为 -1 毫秒表示指定无限期等待。
- 尝试获取锁的结果,通过引用传递。输入必须为 false。如果已获取锁,则输出为 true;否则输出为 false。即使在尝试获取锁的过程中发生异常,也会设置输出。
- 对 的输入是 true。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不等于 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。
- 如果调用由于调用方重新获取了指定对象的锁而返回,则为 true。如果未重新获取该锁,则此方法不会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
- 1
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔,则线程进入就绪队列。
- 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁,则为 true;如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁,则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
- 线程进入就绪队列之前等待的毫秒数。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
-
- 参数值为负且不等于 。
- 1
-
-
- 释放对象上的锁并阻止当前线程,直到它重新获取该锁。如果已用指定的超时时间间隔,则线程进入就绪队列。
- 如果在指定的时间过期之前重新获取该锁,则为 true;如果在指定的时间过期之后重新获取该锁,则为 false。此方法只有在重新获取该锁后才会返回。
- 要在其上等待的对象。
-
- ,表示线程进入就绪队列之前等待的时间量。
-
- 参数为 null。
- 调用线程不拥有指定对象的锁。
- 调用 Wait 的线程稍后从等待状态中断。当另一个线程调用此线程的 方法时会发生这种情况。
-
- 参数值(以毫秒为单位)为负且不表示 (-1 毫秒),或者大于 。
- 1
-
-
- 还可用于进程间同步的同步基元。
- 1
-
-
- 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权)初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果给调用线程赋予互斥体的初始所属权,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 使用 Boolean 值(指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称)初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权(如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的);否则为 false。
-
- 的名称。如果值为 null,则 是未命名的。
- 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 无法创建命名的互斥体,原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 使用可指示调用线程是否应具有互斥体的初始所有权以及字符串是否为互斥体的名称的 Boolean 值和当线程返回时可指示调用线程是否已赋予互斥体的初始所有权的 Boolean 值初始化 类的新实例。
- 如果为 true,则给予调用线程已命名的系统互斥体的初始所属权(如果已命名的系统互斥体是通过此调用创建的);否则为 false。
-
- 的名称。如果值为 null,则 是未命名的。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了局部互斥体(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统互斥体,则包含布尔值 true;如果指定的命名系统互斥体已存在,则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。
- 命名的互斥体存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 无法创建命名的互斥体,原因可能是与其他类型的等待句柄同名。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 打开指定的已命名的互斥体(如果已经存在)。
- 表示已命名的系统互斥体的对象。
- 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的 mutex 不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的互斥体存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 释放 一次。
- 调用线程不拥有互斥体。
- 1
-
-
- 打开指定的已命名的互斥体(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名互斥体成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统互斥体的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名互斥体的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的互斥体存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权限。
-
-
- 表示用于管理资源访问的锁定状态,可实现多线程读取或进行独占式写入访问。
-
-
- 使用默认属性值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 在指定锁定递归策略的情况下初始化 类的新实例。
- 枚举值之一,用于指定锁定递归策略。
-
-
- 获取已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的总数。
- 已进入读取模式锁定状态的独有线程的数量。
-
-
- 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 减少读取模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出读取模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 减少可升级模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出可升级模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 减少写入模式的递归计数,并在生成的计数为 0(零)时退出写入模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入读取模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入可升级模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前线程是否已进入写入模式的锁定状态。
- 如果当前线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 2
-
-
- 获取一个值,该值指示当前 对象的递归策略。
- 枚举值之一,用于指定锁定递归策略。
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入读取模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程未进入读取模式,则为 0(零);如果线程已进入读取模式但却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入锁定模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入可升级模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程没有进入可升级模式,则为 0;如果线程已进入可升级模式却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入可升级模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程进入写入模式锁定状态的次数,用于指示递归。
- 如果当前线程没有进入写入模式,则为 0;如果线程已进入写入模式却不是以递归方式进入的,则为 1;或者如果线程已经以递归方式进入写入模式 n - 1 次,则为 n。
- 2
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态,可以选择整数超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入读取模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入读取模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入可升级模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入可升级模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 -1 ( ),表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 尝试进入写入模式锁定状态,可以选择超时时间。
- 如果调用线程已进入写入模式,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的间隔;或为 -1 毫秒,表示无限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 获取等待进入读取模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入读取模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 获取等待进入可升级模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入可升级模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 获取等待进入写入模式锁定状态的线程总数。
- 等待进入写入模式的线程总数。
- 2
-
-
- 限制可同时访问某一资源或资源池的线程数。
- 1
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
-
- 大于 。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数,可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
- 命名系统信号量对象的名称。
-
- 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名的信号量,可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,并指定初始入口数和最大并发入口数,还可以选择指定系统信号量对象的名称,以及指定一个变量来接收指示是否创建了新系统信号量的值。
- 可以同时满足的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时满足的信号量的最大请求数。
- 命名系统信号量对象的名称。
- 在此方法返回时,如果创建了本地信号量(即,如果 为 null 或空字符串)或指定的命名系统信号量,则包含 true;如果指定的命名系统信号量已存在,则为 false。此参数未经初始化即被传递。
-
- 大于 。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。- 或 - 小于 0。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 命名信号量存在并具有访问控制安全性,但用户不具有 。
- 无法创建命名的信号量,可能是因为存在同名但类型不同的等待句柄。
-
-
- 打开指定名称为信号量(如果已经存在)。
- 一个对象,表示已命名的系统信号量。
- 要打开的系统信号量的名称。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 命名的信号量不存在。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的信号量存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 退出信号量并返回前一个计数。
- 调用 方法前信号量的计数。
- 信号量计数已是最大值。
- 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。
- 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但用户不具备 。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但它未用 打开。
- 1
-
-
- 以指定的次数退出信号量并返回前一个计数。
- 调用 方法前信号量的计数。
- 退出信号量的次数。
-
- 为小于 1。
- 信号量计数已是最大值。
- 发生已命名信号量的 Win32 错误。
- 当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但用户不具备 权限。- 或 -当前信号量表示一个已命名的系统信号量,但它不是以 权限打开的。
- 1
-
-
- 打开指定名称为信号量(如果已经存在),并返回指示操作是否成功的值。
- 如果命名信号量成功打开,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 要打开的系统信号量的名称。
- 当此方法返回时,如果调用成功,则包含表示命名信号的 对象;否则为 null。该参数未经初始化即被处理。
-
- 是一个空字符串。- 或 - 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为 null。
- 发生了一个 Win32 错误。
- 已命名的信号量存在,但用户不具备使用它所需的安全访问权。
-
-
- 对计数已达到最大值的信号量调用 方法时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 对可同时访问资源或资源池的线程数加以限制的 的轻量替代。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,以指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
-
- 小于 0。
-
-
- 初始化 类的新实例,同时指定可同时授予的请求的初始数量和最大数量。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的初始请求数。
- 可以同时授予的信号量的最大请求数。
-
- 小于 0,或 大于 ,或 小于等于 0。
-
-
- 返回一个可用于在信号量上等待的 。
- 可用于在信号量上等待的 。
- 已释放了 。
-
-
- 获取可以输入 对象的剩余线程数。
- 可以输入信号量的剩余线程数。
-
-
- 释放 类的当前实例所使用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放由 占用的非托管资源,还可以另外再释放托管资源。
- 若要释放托管资源和非托管资源,则为 true;若仅释放非托管资源,则为 false。
-
-
- 释放 对象一次。
-
- 的前一个计数。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已达到其最大大小。
-
-
- 释放 对象指定的次数。
-
- 的前一个计数。
- 退出信号量的次数。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 为小于 1。
-
- 已达到其最大大小。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,并使用 32 位带符号整数来指定超时,同时观察 。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
- 实例已被释放,或 创建 已被释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时观察 。
- 要观察的 标记。
-
- 已取消。
- 当前实例已被释放。- 或 - 创建 已释放。
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,同时使用 来指定超时。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
- semaphoreSlim 实例已处理
-
-
- 阻止当前线程,直至它可进入 为止,并使用 来指定超时,同时观察 。
- 如果当前线程成功进入 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
- semaphoreSlim 实例已处理 创建了 的 已经被释放。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待。
- 输入信号量时完成任务。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待,使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待,使用 32 位带符号整数度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 要观察的 。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待。
- 输入信号量时完成任务。
- 要观察的 标记。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 输入 的异步等待,使用 度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 当前实例已被释放。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时 - 或 - 超时大于 。
-
-
- 在观察 时,输入 的异步等待,使用 度量时间间隔。
- 如果当前线程成功输入了 ,则为将通过 true 的结果一起完成的任务,否则将通过 false 的结果完成。
- 表示等待毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 要观察的 标记。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时- 或 -超时大于 。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 表示在消息即将被调度到同步上下文时要调用的方法。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- 2
-
-
- 提供一个相互排斥锁基元,在该基元中,尝试获取锁的线程将在重复检查的循环中等待,直至该锁变为可用为止。
-
-
- 使用用于跟踪线程 ID 以改善调试的选项初始化 结构的新实例。
- 是否捕获线程 ID 并将其用于调试目的。
-
-
- 采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
- 在调用 Enter 之前, 参数必须初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 释放锁。
- 启用线程所有权跟踪,当前线程不是此锁的所有者。
-
-
- 释放锁。
- 一个布尔值,该值指示是否应发出内存界定,以便将退出操作立即发布到其他线程。
- 启用线程所有权跟踪,当前线程不是此锁的所有者。
-
-
- 获取锁当前是否已由任何线程占用。
- 如果锁当前已由任何线程占用,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 获取锁是否已由当前线程占用。
- 如果锁已由当前线程占用,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 禁用线程所有权跟踪。
-
-
- 获取是否已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪。
- 如果已为此实例启用了线程所有权跟踪,则为 true;否则为 false。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 尝试采用可靠的方式获取锁,这样,即使在方法调用中发生异常的情况下,都能采用可靠的方式检查 以确定是否已获取锁。
- 表示等待的毫秒数的 ,或表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)的 。
- 如果已获取锁,则为 true,否则为 false。调用此方法前,必须将 始化为 false。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 毫秒。
- 在调用 TryEnter 之前, 参数必须在初始化为 false。
- 线程所有权跟踪已启用,当前线程已获取此锁定。
-
-
- 提供对基于自旋的等待的支持。
-
-
- 获取已对此实例调用 的次数。
- 返回一个整数,该整数表示已对此实例调用 的次数。
-
-
- 获取对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器,同时触发强制上下文切换。
- 对 的下一次调用是否将产生处理器,同时触发强制上下文切换。
-
-
- 重置自旋计数器。
-
-
- 执行单一自旋。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足之前自旋。
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。
- 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足,则为 true;否则为 false
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
- 等待的毫秒数,或为 (-1),表示无限期等待。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 是一个非 -1 的负数,而 -1 表示无限期超时。
-
-
- 在指定条件得到满足或指定超时过期之前自旋。
- 如果条件在超时时间内得到满足,则为 true;否则为 false
- 在返回 true 之前重复执行的委托。
- 一个 ,表示等待的毫秒数;或者一个 TimeSpan,表示 -1 毫秒(无限期等待)。
-
- 参数为 null。
-
- 是 -1 毫秒之外的负数,表示无限超时或者超时大于 。
-
-
- 提供在各种同步模型中传播同步上下文的基本功能。
- 2
-
-
- 创建 类的新实例。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,创建同步上下文的副本。
- 一个新 对象。
- 2
-
-
- 获取当前线程的同步上下文。
- 一个 对象,它表示当前同步上下文。
- 1
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,响应操作已完成的通知。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,响应操作已开始的通知。
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,将异步消息分派到同步上下文。
- 要调用的 委托。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- 2
-
-
- 在派生类中重写时,将同步消息分派到同步上下文。
- 要调用的 委托。
- 传递给委托的对象。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 设置当前同步上下文。
- 要设置的 对象。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 当某个方法请求调用方拥有给定 Monitor 上的锁时将引发该异常,而且由不拥有该锁的调用方调用此方法。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认属性初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
- 提供数据的线程本地存储。
- 指定每线程的已存储数据的类型。
-
-
- 初始化 实例。
-
-
- 初始化 实例。
- 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。
- 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索,则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。
-
- 是 null 引用(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函数初始化 实例。
- 如果在 之前尚未初始化的情况下尝试对其进行检索,则会调用 生成延迟初始化的值。
- 是否要跟踪实例上的所有值集并通过 属性将其公开。
-
- 为 null 引用(在 Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
-
-
- 释放由 类的当前实例占用的所有资源。
-
-
- 释放此 实例使用的资源。
- 一个布尔值,该值指示是否由于调用 的原因而调用此方法。
-
-
- 释放此 实例使用的资源。
-
-
- 获取是否在当前线程上初始化 。
- 如果在当前线程上初始化 ,则为 true;否则为 false。
- 已释放 实例。
-
-
- 创建并返回当前线程的此实例的字符串表示形式。
- 对 调用 的结果。
- 已释放 实例。
- 当前线程的 为 null 引用(Visual Basic 中为 Nothing)。
- 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。
- 没有提供默认构造函数,且没有提供值工厂。
-
-
- 获取或设置当前线程的此实例的值。
- 返回此 ThreadLocal 负责初始化的对象的实例。
- 已释放 实例。
- 初始化函数尝试以递归方式引用 。
- 没有提供默认构造函数,且没有提供值工厂。
-
-
- 获取当前由已经访问此实例的所有线程存储的所有值的列表。
- 访问此实例由所有线程存储的当前的所有值的列表。
- 已释放 实例。
-
-
- 包含用于执行易失内存操作的方法。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 读取指定字段的值。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 读取的值。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该值都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新值。
- 要读取的字段。
-
-
- 从指定的字段读取对象引用。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之后,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之前。
- 对读取的 的引用。无论处理器的数目或处理器缓存的状态如何,该引用都是由计算机的任何处理器写入的最新引用。
- 要读取的字段。
- 要读取的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型,而不是值类型。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入如下所示的防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存栅:如果内存操作出现在代码中的此方法之前,则处理器不能将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的值写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将值写入的字段。
- 要写入的值。立即写入一个值,以使该值对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
-
-
- 将指定的对象引用写入指定字段。在需要进行此操作的系统上,插入防止处理器重新对内存操作进行排序的内存屏障,如下所示:如果读取或写入操作在代码中出现在此方法之前,则处理器无法将其移至此方法之后。
- 将对象引用写入的字段。
- 要写入的对象引用。立即写入一个引用,以使该引用对计算机中的所有处理器都可见。
- 要写入的字段的类型。此类型必须是引用类型,而不是值类型。
-
-
- 在尝试打开不存在的系统互斥体或信号量时引发的异常。
- 2
-
-
- 使用默认值初始化 类的新实例。
-
-
- 使用指定的错误消息初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
-
-
- 使用指定错误消息和对作为此异常原因的内部异常的引用来初始化 类的新实例。
- 解释异常原因的错误信息。
- 导致当前异常的异常。如果 参数不为 null,则当前异常将在处理内部异常的 catch 块中引发。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ff1745d9..000000000
--- a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/netstandard1.3/zh-hant/System.Threading.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1885 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- System.Threading
-
-
-
- 當一個執行緒取得另一個執行緒已放棄,但是結束時並未釋放的 物件時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 1
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用已放棄 Mutex 的指定索引 (若適用的話) 以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件,初始化 類別的新執行個體 。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和內部例外狀況初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息、內部例外狀況、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話),以及表示此 Mutex 的 物件,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 以指定的錯誤訊息、已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若適用的話) 以及放棄的 Mutex 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋發生例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 如果針對 方法擲回例外狀況,則為等候控制代碼陣列中已放棄 Mutex 的索引;如果針對 或 方法擲回例外狀況,則為 -1。
-
- 物件,表示放棄的 Mutex。
-
-
- 取得造成例外狀況的已放棄 Mutex (若為已知)。
-
- 物件,表示已放棄的 Mutex;若無法識別已放棄的 Mutex,則為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 取得造成例外狀況之已放棄 Mutex 的索引 (若為已知)。
- 等候控制代碼陣列中的索引 (已傳遞給 物件的 方法),表示已放棄的 Mutex;如果無法判斷已放棄 Mutex 的索引,則為 -1。
- 1
-
-
- 表示對於指定的非同步控制流程為本機的環境資料,例如非同步方法。
- 環境資料的類型。
-
-
- 具現化不會接收變更告知的 執行個體。
-
-
- 具現化會接收變更告知的 本機執行個體。
- 每當在任何執行緒上變更目前的值就會呼叫委派。
-
-
- 取得或設定環境資料的值。
- 環境資料的值。
-
-
- 會提供資料變更資訊給 執行個體的的類別,該執行個體會註冊變更告知。
- 資料的類型。
-
-
- 取得資料目前的值。
- 資料目前的值。
-
-
- 取得資料先前的值。
- 資料先前的值。
-
-
- 傳回值,指出值是否會因為執行內容的變更而變更。
- 如果值會因為執行內容的變更而變更,則為 true;否則為 false。
-
-
- 向等候的執行緒通知發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號,false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
-
-
- 允許多項工作在多個階段中以平行方式來合作處理某個演算法。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 參與執行緒的數目。
-
- 小於 0 或大於 32,767。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 參與執行緒的數目。
- 要在每個階段之後執行的 。可以傳遞 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing) 表示不執行任何動作。
-
- 小於 0 或大於 32,767。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示還會有一個其他參與者。
- 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 加入參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示還會有多個其他參與者。
- 新參與者將第一次參與其中的屏障階段編號。
- 要加入至屏障的其他參與者數目。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。-或-加入 參與者會造成屏障的參與者計數超過 32,767。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 取得屏障目前階段的編號。
- 傳回屏障目前階段的編號。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得在屏障中的參與者總數。
- 傳回在屏障中的參與者總數。
-
-
- 取得在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。
- 傳回在目前階段中尚未發出訊號的屏障中參與者數目。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示會減少一個參與者。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。
-
-
- 通知 ,表示會減少一些參與者。
- 要從屏障中移除的其他參與者數目。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。
- 屏障已經有 0 個參與者。-或-此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用。 -或-目前的參與者計數少於指定的 participantCount
- 參與者總計數小於指定的
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
- 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後,如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外,會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中,並擲回所有參與執行緒。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。
- 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
- 所有參與執行緒皆已呼叫 SignalAndWait 後,如果從 Barrier 的階段後動作擲回例外,會將例外狀況包裝在 BarrierPostPhaseException 中,並擲回所有參與執行緒。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時),同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 如果所有參與者已在指定時間內達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達,同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達屏障 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔)。
- 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 32,767 的逾時。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 發出訊號,表示參與者已到達屏障,並且在等候所有其他參與者到達 (使用 物件以測量時間間隔),同時觀察取消語彙基元。
- 如果所有其他參與者已達到屏障則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時。
- 此方法是從 post-phase 動作中叫用,屏障目前有 0 個參與者,或者使用該屏障的執行緒數量多於註冊為參與者的數量。
-
-
- 在 的後續階段動作失敗時所擲回的例外狀況。
-
-
- 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的內部例外狀況,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已經為目前系統的文化特性當地語系化。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 表示要在新內容裡面呼叫的方法。
- 物件,它包含回呼方法所使用的資訊。
- 1
-
-
- 代表當計數到達零時收到訊號的同步處理原始物件。
-
-
- 使用指定的計數,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 設定 時最初所需的訊號次數。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 將 目前的計數遞增一。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- 等於或大於 。
-
-
- 將 目前的計數遞增所指定的值。
-
- 所要增加的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於或等於 0。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或-計數遞增 後, 會等於或大於
-
-
- 取得設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。
- 設定事件時需要的剩餘訊號次數。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示同時釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。
- 設定事件一開始時所需要的訊號次數。
-
-
- 判斷事件是否已設定。
- 如果已設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 將 重設為 的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 將 屬性重設為指定的值。
- 設定 時所需的訊號次數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 向 註冊訊號,並遞減 的值。
- 如果訊號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。
-
-
- 向 註冊多個訊號,並將 的值遞減指定的數量。
- 如果信號使計數到達零且設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要註冊的訊號數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於 1。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。或 大於 。
-
-
- 嘗試將 遞增一。
- 如果遞增成功則為 true,否則為 false。如果 已經位於零,這個方法將傳回 false。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 等於 。
-
-
- 嘗試以指定的值遞增 。
- 如果遞增成功則為 true,否則為 false。如果 已經為零,這將傳回 false。
-
- 所要增加的值。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 小於或等於 0。
- 目前的執行個體已經設定。-或- + 等於或大於 。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時)。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量逾時),同時觀察 。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時)。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了 為止 (使用 以測量逾時),同時觀察 。
- 如果已設定 則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或者-已處置建立 的 。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 取得用來等候事件獲得設定的 。
-
- ,其會用於等候事件獲得設定。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 表示收到信號之後,是否會自動或手動重設 。
- 2
-
-
- 收到信號通知時, 在釋放單一執行緒後會自動重設。如果沒有任何執行緒在等待,則 會保持收到信號的狀態,直到有執行緒被封鎖為止,接著就釋放這個執行緒並將自己重設。
-
-
- 收到信號通知時, 會釋放所有正在等待的執行緒,並保持收到信號的狀態,直到被手動重設為止。
-
-
- 表示執行緒同步處理事件。
- 2
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號,以及是以自動還是手動方式來重設。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號,false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設,以及系統同步處理事件的名稱。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立),false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
- 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的事件已存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的事件,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體、指定等候控制代碼是否一開始就會收到信號 (如果它是因這個呼叫而建立)、是以自動還是手動方式進行重設、系統同步處理事件的名稱,以及呼叫之後的布林變數值 (此值可指示是否已建立具名系統事件)。
- true 表示初始狀態設定為已收到信號 (如果具名事件是因這個呼叫而建立),false 表示初始狀態設定為未收到信號。
- 其中一個 值,判斷是以自動還是手動方式重設事件。
- 整個系統的同步處理事件名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機事件 (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的已命名系統事件,則會包含 true;如果指定的已命名系統事件已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的事件已存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的事件,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統事件的物件。
- 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名系統事件不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名事件存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,會造成執行緒封鎖。
- 如果作業成功,則為 true,否則為 false .
- 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,讓一個或多個等候執行緒繼續執行。
- 如果作業成功,則為 true,否則為 false .
- 之前在這個 上呼叫 方法。
- 2
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名同步處理事件 (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名同步處理事件,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要開啟的系統同步處理事件的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含 物件,此物件代表具名同步處理事件,如果呼叫失敗,則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 長度超過 260 個字元。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名事件已存在,但是使用者沒有所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 管理目前執行緒的執行內容。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 從目前的執行緒擷取執行內容。
-
- 物件,表示目前執行緒的執行內容。
- 1
-
-
- 在目前執行緒上的指定執行內容中執行方法。
- 要設定的 。
-
- 委派,表示要在所提供執行內容中執行的方法。
- 要傳遞至回呼 (Callback) 方法的物件。
-
- 為 null。-或- 不是透過擷取作業取得。-或-已經將 當做 呼叫的引數使用。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 為多重執行緒共用的變數提供不可部分完成的作業 (Atomic Operation)。
- 2
-
-
- 將兩個 32 位元整數加相,並以總和取代第一個整數,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 新值儲存於 。
- 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。
- 要加入 的整數的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將兩個 64 位元整數加相,並以總和取代第一個整數,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 新值儲存於 。
- 包含要加入的第一個值的變數。這兩個值的總和會存放在 中。
- 要加入 的整數的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個雙精確度浮點數是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個 32 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等,如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個 64 位元帶正負號的整數是否相等,如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個平台特定的控制代碼或指標是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端 ,其值會與 的值進行比較,且可能被 所取代。
-
- ,當比較的結果相等時會取代目的端值。
-
- ,會與 的值相比較。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個物件的參考是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個物件。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端物件,此物件會與 進行比較且可能被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端物件的物件。
- 與 的物件相比較的物件。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較兩個單精確度浮點數是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個值。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 比較指定參考類型 的兩個執行個體是否相等;如果相等,則取代第一個。
-
- 中的原始值。
- 目的端,其值會與 進行比較且可能已被取代。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref,在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。
- 當比較的結果相等時,會取代目的端值的值。
- 與 的值比較的值。
- 要用於 、 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞減後的值。
- 值會被遞減的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 遞減特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞減後的值。
- 值會被遞減的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將雙精確度浮點數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將 32 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將 64 位元帶正負號的整數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將平台特定的控制代碼或指標設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將物件設定為指定值,然後傳回原始物件的參考,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將單精確度浮點數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 將指定類型 的變數設定為指定值,然後傳回原始值,成為不可部分完成的作業。
-
- 的原始值。
- 要設定為特定值的變數。此為參考參數 (在 C# 中為 ref,在 Visual Basic 中為 ByRef)。
-
- 參數要設定成的值。
- 要用於 和 的類型。此類型必須是參考類型。
- The address of is a null pointer.
-
-
- 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞增後的值。
- 值會被遞增的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 遞增特定變數並將結果儲存起來,成為不可部分完成的作業。
- 遞增後的值。
- 值會被遞增的變數。
- The address of is a null pointer.
- 1
-
-
- 同步處理記憶體存取,如下所示:執行目前執行緒的處理器無法以下列方式重新排列指示:呼叫 之前的記憶體存取在呼叫 後的記憶體存取之後執行。
-
-
- 傳回 64 位元的值 (載入為不可部分完成的作業)。
- 載入的值。
- 要載入的 64 位元值。
- 1
-
-
- 提供延遲初始化常式。
-
-
- 如果目標參考型別尚未初始化,則使用該型別的預設建構函式來進行初始化。
- 型別 的已初始化參考。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用其預設建構函式來初始化目標的參考型別或實值型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。
- 布林值的參考,這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。
- 物件的參考,這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null,則具現化新的物件。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考或實值型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考或實值。
- 布林值的參考,這個值可判斷目標是否已初始化。
- 物件的參考,這個物件用來當做初始化 時的互斥鎖定。如果 為 null,則具現化新的物件。
- 呼叫來初始化參考或值的函式。
- 要初始化之參考的型別。
- 缺少存取型別 之建構函式的使用權限。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
-
- 如果目標型別尚未初始化,則使用指定的函式來初始化目標的參考型別。
- 型別 的已初始化實值。
- 要初始化 (如果尚未初始化) 的型別 的參考。
- 呼叫來初始化參考的函式。
- 要初始化之參考的參考型別。
-
- 型別沒有預設的建構函式。
-
- 傳回 null (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 當遞迴進入鎖定與鎖定的遞迴原則不相符時,擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 以系統提供的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤說明訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性,執行過當地語系化。
- 2
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 說明例外狀況的訊息。這個建構函式的呼叫端必須確保這個字串已針對目前系統的文化特性,執行過當地語系化。
- 造成目前例外狀況的例外狀況。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
- 2
-
-
- 指定相同的執行緒是否可以多次進入鎖定。
-
-
- 如果執行緒嘗試遞迴地進入鎖定,則會擲回例外狀況。某些類別可能會在此設定有效時允許特定的遞迴。
-
-
- 執行緒可以遞迴地進入鎖定。某些類別可能會限制此功能。
-
-
- 告知一個以上的等候中執行緒已發生事件。此類別無法被繼承。
- 2
-
-
- 使用布林值 (Boolean) 來初始化 類別的新執行個體,指出初始狀態是否設定為信號狀態。
- 如果初始狀態設定為信號狀態,為 true;初始狀態設定為非信號狀態則為 false。
-
-
- 提供 的精簡版本。
-
-
- 使用未收到訊號的初始狀態來初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號,false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。
-
-
- 使用表示是否要將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號的布林值以及指定的微調計數,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示會將初始狀態設定為已收到訊號,false 表示會將初始狀態設定為未收到訊號。
- 在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
-
- is less than 0 or greater than the maximum allowed value.
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示釋放 Managed 與 Unmanaged 資源,false 表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 取得值,表示事件是否已設定。
- 如果已設定事件則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為未收到信號,會造成執行緒封鎖。
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 將事件的狀態設定為已收到訊號,讓正在等候該事件的一或多個執行緒繼續執行。
-
-
- 取得在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
- 傳回在回到以核心為基礎的等候作業之前進行微調等候的次數。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止 (使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔)。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數以測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1, which represents an infinite time-out.
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到目前的 收到訊號為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 。
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
-
- was canceled.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 以測量時間間隔。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed.
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到設定了目前的 為止,並使用 以量測時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果設定了 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- was canceled.
-
- is a negative number other than -1 milliseconds, which represents an infinite time-out. -or-The number of milliseconds in is greater than .
- The maximum number of waiters has been exceeded.
- The object has already been disposed or the that created has been disposed.
-
-
- 取得這個 的基礎 物件。
- 這個 的基礎 事件物件。
-
-
- 提供一套機制,同步處理物件的存取。
- 2
-
-
- 取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 要從其上取得監視器鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要等候的物件。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。注意:如果沒有發生例外狀況,這個方法的輸出一律為 true。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
-
- 釋出指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 要從其上釋出鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 目前執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 判斷目前執行緒是否保持鎖定指定的物件。
- 如果目前的執行緒持有 的鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要測試的物件。
-
- 為 null。
-
-
- 通知等候佇列中的執行緒,鎖定物件的狀態有所變更。
- 執行緒正等候的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 通知所有等候中的執行緒,物件的狀態有所變更。
- 送出 Pulse 的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的毫秒數時間內)。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的毫秒數。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 為負,且不等於 。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試在指定的毫秒數內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的毫秒數。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 為負,且不等於 。
-
-
- 嘗試取得指定物件的獨佔鎖定 (在指定的時間內)。
- 如果目前執行緒取得鎖定,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
-
- ,代表等候鎖定的時間量。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。
- 1
-
-
- 嘗試在指定的時間內取得指定之物件的獨佔鎖定,並且完整設定值,指出是否採用鎖定。
- 要取得鎖定的物件。
- 等候鎖定的時間長度。-1 毫秒的值會指定無限期等候。
- 嘗試取得鎖定的結果 (以傳址方式傳遞)。輸入必須是 false。如果已取得鎖定,輸出就是 true;否則輸出為 false。嘗試取得鎖定期間,即使發生例外狀況,仍然會設定輸出。
-
- 的輸入為 true。
-
- 參數為 null。
-
- 的毫秒值為負且不等於 (-1 毫秒) 或大於 。
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。
- 如果由於呼叫端重新取得指定物件的鎖定而傳回呼叫,則為 true。如果鎖定不被重新取得,則這個方法不會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
- 1
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間,執行緒會進入就緒序列。
- 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定,則為 true;如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定,則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後,此方法才會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
- 在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的毫秒數。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
-
- 參數的值為負,且不等於 。
- 1
-
-
- 釋出物件的鎖並且封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒重新取得鎖定為止。如果超過指定的逾時間隔時間,執行緒會進入就緒序列。
- 如果在經過指定的時間之前重新取得鎖定,則為 true;如果在經過指定的時間之後重新取得鎖定,則為 false。要等到重新取得鎖定之後,此方法才會傳回。
- 要等候的物件。
-
- ,代表在執行緒進入就緒佇列之前要等候的時間量。
-
- 參數為 null。
- 呼叫執行緒沒有指定物件的鎖定。
- 叫用 Wait 的執行緒稍後會從等候狀態被插斷。這會當另一個執行緒呼叫這個執行緒的 方法時發生。
-
- 參數的毫秒值為負,且不表示 (-1 毫秒),或大於 。
- 1
-
-
- 同步處理原始物件,該物件也可用於進行處理序之間的同步處理。
- 1
-
-
- 使用預設屬性,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值,以及代表 Mutex 名稱的字串,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex,則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
- 的名稱。如果值是 null,則 未命名。
- 具名的 Mutex 存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 無法建立具名的 Mutex,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 使用表示呼叫執行緒是否應該具有 Mutex 的初始擁有權的布林值、代表 Mutex 名稱的字串,以及當方法傳回時表示是否將 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒的布林值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- true 表示如果這個呼叫的結果建立了具名系統 Mutex,則將具名系統 Mutex 的初始擁有權授與呼叫執行緒,否則為 false。
-
- 的名稱。如果值是 null,則 未命名。
- 當這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機 Mutex (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的具名系統 Mutex,則會包含 true 的布林值;如果指定的具名系統 Mutex 已存在,則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
- 具名的 Mutex 存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 無法建立具名的 Mutex,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統 Mutex 的物件。
- 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名 Mutex 不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名 Mutex 存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 釋出 一次。
- 呼叫執行緒並不擁有 Mutex。
- 1
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名 mutex (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名 Mutex,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要開啟的系統 Mutex 的名稱。
- 當這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含代表具名 Mutex 的 物件;如果呼叫失敗,則為 null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名 Mutex 存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 代表鎖定,用來管理資源存取,允許多個執行緒的讀取權限或獨佔寫入權限。
-
-
- 使用預設屬性值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 指定鎖定遞迴原則,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 一個列舉值,指定鎖定遞迴原則。
-
-
- 取得已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒總數。
- 已進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的唯一執行緒數目。
-
-
- 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。
-
- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero. -or- is greater than zero.
- 2
-
-
- 嘗試進入讀取模式的鎖定。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered read mode. -or-The current thread may not acquire the read lock when it already holds the write lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.This limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試進入可升級模式的鎖定狀態。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試進入寫入模式的鎖定。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock in any mode. -or-The current thread has entered read mode, so trying to enter the lock in write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 減少讀取模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束讀取模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in read mode.
-
-
- 減少可升級模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束可升級模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in upgradeable mode.
-
-
- 減少寫入模式遞迴的計數,如果得出的計數為 0 (零),則結束寫入模式。
- The current thread has not entered the lock in write mode.
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入讀取模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入可升級模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前執行緒是否已進入寫入模式的鎖定。
- 如果目前執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 2
-
-
- 取得值,表示目前 物件的遞迴原則。
- 一個列舉值,指定鎖定遞迴原則。
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入讀取模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入讀取模式,則為 0 (零);如果執行緒已進入讀取模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入鎖定 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入可升級模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入可升級模式,則為 0;如果執行緒已進入可升級模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入可升級模式 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒已進入寫入模式鎖定的次數,做為遞迴的表示。
- 如果目前執行緒尚未進入寫入模式,則為 0;如果執行緒已進入寫入模式,但是尚未遞迴進入該模式,則為 1;如果執行緒已遞迴進入寫入模式 n - 1 次,則為 n。
- 2
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的整數逾時,進入讀取模式的鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在讀取模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入讀取模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在可升級模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入可升級模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter upgradeable mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要永遠等候,則為 -1 ( )。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to (-1), which is the only negative value allowed.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 嘗試以選用的逾時,在寫入模式下進入鎖定狀態。
- 如果呼叫執行緒已進入寫入模式,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 等待的間隔,或 -1 毫秒無限期等待。
- The property is and the current thread has already entered the lock. -or-The current thread initially entered the lock in read mode, and therefore trying to enter write mode would create the possibility of a deadlock. -or-The recursion number would exceed the capacity of the counter.The limit is so large that applications should never encounter it.
- The value of is negative, but it is not equal to -1 milliseconds, which is the only negative value allowed.-or-The value of is greater than milliseconds.
- The object has been disposed.
-
-
- 取得等待進入讀取模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入讀取模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 取得等待進入可升級模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入可升級模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 取得等待進入寫入模式鎖定狀態的執行緒總數。
- 等待進入寫入模式的執行緒總數。
- 2
-
-
- 限制可以同時存取資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。
- 1
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,以及指定並行項目的最大數目及選擇性地保留某些項目。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
-
- 大於 。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,然後指定初始項目數目與並行項目的最大數目,以及選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
- 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。
-
- 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的號誌存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的號誌,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
-
- 初始化 類別的新執行個體,然後指定初始項目物件數目與並行項目的最大數目,選擇性地指定系統號誌物件的名稱,以及指定接收值的變數,指出是否已建立新的系統號誌。
- 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的初始數目。
- 可以同時滿足之號誌要求的最大數目。
- 具名系統號誌物件的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果已建立本機號誌 (也就是說,如果 為 null 或空字串),或是已建立指定的已命名系統號誌,則會包含 true;如果指定的已命名系統號誌已存在則為 false。這個參數會以未初始化的狀態傳遞。
-
- 大於 。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 为小于 1。-或- 小於 0。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名的號誌存在,而且具有存取控制安全性,但是使用者沒有 。
- 無法建立具名的號誌,可能是因為不同類型的等候控制代碼擁有相同名稱。
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在)。
- 表示具名系統號誌的物件。
- 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 具名號誌不存在。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名號誌存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 結束號誌,並傳回上一個計數。
- 呼叫 方法之前,號誌上的計數。
- 號誌計數已達到最大值。
- 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是使用者沒有 。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是並未以 開啟。
- 1
-
-
- 以指定的次數結束號誌,並回到上一個計數。
- 呼叫 方法之前,號誌上的計數。
- 結束號誌的次數。
-
- 为小于 1。
- 號誌計數已達到最大值。
- 具名號誌中發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是使用者沒有 權限。-或-目前的號誌代表具名系統號誌,但是並未以 權限開啟。
- 1
-
-
- 開啟指定的具名號誌 (如果已經存在),並傳回值,指出作業是否成功。
- 如果已成功開啟具名號誌,則為 true;否則為 false。
- 要開啟之系統號誌的名稱。
- 這個方法傳回時,如果呼叫成功,則包含 物件,此物件代表具名信號,如果呼叫失敗,則為null。這個參數會被視為未初始化。
-
- 為空字串。-或- 长度超过 260 个字符。
-
- 為 null。
- 發生 Win32 錯誤。
- 具名號誌存在,但是使用者並沒有使用它所需的安全性存取權。
-
-
- 在已經達到最大計數的號誌上呼叫 方法時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 代表 的輕量型替代品,限制可同時存取一項資源或資源集區的執行緒數目。
-
-
- 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
-
- 小於 0。
-
-
- 指定可同時授與的初始要求數目及最大數目,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 可同時授與給號誌的初始要求數目。
- 可以同時授與之號誌要求的最大數目。
-
- 小於 0,或者 大於 ,或者 等於或小於 0。
-
-
- 傳回可用來等候號誌的 。
- 可用來等候號誌的 。
-
- 已經處置。
-
-
- 取得可以進入 物件的剩餘執行緒數目。
- 可以進入號誌的剩餘執行緒數目。
-
-
- 釋放 類別目前的執行個體所使用的全部資源。
-
-
- 釋放 所使用的 Unmanaged 資源,並選擇性釋放 Managed 資源。
- true 表示釋放 Managed 和 Unmanaged 資源,false 則表示只釋放 Unmanaged 資源。
-
-
- 釋出 物件一次。
-
- 的先前計數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已經達到其大小上限。
-
-
- 釋出 物件指定的次數。
-
- 的先前計數。
- 結束號誌的次數。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 为小于 1。
-
- 已經達到其大小上限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來指定逾時,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數;若要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
- 实例已被释放,或 创建 已被释放。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,同時觀察 。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
-
- 已取消。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。-或- 创建 已释放。
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 來指定逾時。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
- semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置
-
-
- 封鎖目前的執行緒,直到這個執行緒可以進入 為止,並使用 來指定逾時,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則為 true,否則為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 已取消。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
- semaphoreSlim 執行個體已經處置 已處置建立 的 。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 。
- 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 32 位元帶正負號的整數來測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 要觀察的 。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,同時觀察 。
- 將會在號誌 (Semaphore) 輸入後完成的工作。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 來測量時間間隔。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 目前的執行個體已經處置。
-
- 是不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限 -或- 逾時大於 。
-
-
- 以非同步方式等候進入 ,並使用 來測量時間間隔,同時觀察 。
- 如果目前的執行緒成功進入 ,則工作會完成且結果為 true,否則結果為 false。
-
- ,代表等候毫秒數;或是 ,代表無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 要觀察的 語彙基元。
-
- 是不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限-或-逾時大於 。
-
- 已取消。
-
-
- 表示要將訊息分派至同步處理內容時,所要呼叫的方法。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- 2
-
-
- 提供互斥鎖定基本作業,在這個作業中,嘗試取得鎖定的執行緒會用迴圈方式等候,並重複檢查,直到鎖定可用為止。
-
-
- 使用可追蹤執行緒 ID 以改善偵錯的選項,初始化 結構的新執行個體。
- 是否要擷取並使用執行緒 ID 以進行偵錯。
-
-
- 以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 Enter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 釋放鎖定。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。
-
-
- 釋放鎖定。
- 布林值,表示是否應該發出記憶體柵欄,以便立即將結束作業發行至其他執行緒。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒不是這個鎖定的擁有者。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示此鎖定目前是否由任何執行緒持有。
- 如果此鎖定目前由任何執行緒持有則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 取得值,表示此鎖定是否由目前執行緒持有。
- 如果此鎖定由目前執行緒持有則為 true,否則為 false。
- 已停用執行緒擁有權追蹤。
-
-
- 取得值,表示這個執行個體是否已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤。
- 如果這個執行個體已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤則為 true,否則為 false。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 嘗試以可靠的方式取得鎖定,例如即使方法呼叫中發生例外狀況,還是能可靠地檢查 以判斷是否已取得鎖定。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 ,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
- 如果取得鎖定則為 true,否則為 false。 必須在呼叫這個方法之前初始化為 false。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 毫秒的逾時。
-
- 引數必須在呼叫 TryEnter 之前初始化為 False。
- 已啟用執行緒擁有權追蹤,且目前的執行緒已經取得這個鎖定。
-
-
- 提供微調式等候支援。
-
-
- 取得已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。
- 傳回整數,表示已在這個執行個體上呼叫 的次數。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器,並觸發強制的環境切換。
- 下一次呼叫 時是否讓出處理器,並觸發強制的環境切換。
-
-
- 重設微調計數器。
-
-
- 執行單一微調。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件為止。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。
- 如果滿足條件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
- 要等候的毫秒數,如果要無限期等候,則為 (-1)。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
- 是一個不等於 -1 的負數,-1 表示等候逾時為無限。
-
-
- 執行微調,直到滿足指定的條件或是指定的逾時過期為止。
- 如果滿足條件則為 true,否則為 false。
- 會重複執行直到傳回 true 為止的委派。
-
- ,表示要等候的毫秒數,或是 TimeSpan,表示無限期等候的 -1 毫秒。
-
- 引數為 null。
-
- 是除了 -1 毫秒以外的負數,表示無限逾時,或是大於 的逾時。
-
-
- 提供在各種同步處理模式中傳播同步處理內容的基本功能。
- 2
-
-
- 建立 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會建立同步處理內容的複本。
- 新的 物件。
- 2
-
-
- 取得目前執行緒的同步處理內容。
-
- 物件,代表目前的同步處理內容。
- 1
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會回應作業已經完成的通知。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會回應作業已經啟動的通知。
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會將非同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。
- 要呼叫的 委派。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- 2
-
-
- 在衍生類別中覆寫時,會將同步訊息分派至同步處理內容。
- 要呼叫的 委派。
- 傳送至委派的物件。
- The method was called in a Windows Store app.The implementation of for Windows Store apps does not support the method.
- 2
-
-
- 設定目前的同步處理內容。
- 要設定的 物件。
- 1
-
-
-
-
-
- 方法要求呼叫端擁有指定 Monitor 的鎖定,但是不擁有鎖定的呼叫端叫用方法時所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設屬性來初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
- 提供資料的執行緒區域儲存區。
- 指定依個別執行緒儲存的資料型別。
-
-
- 初始化 執行個體。
-
-
- 初始化 執行個體。
- 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值,並透過 屬性將它們公開。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。
- 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時,系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。
-
- 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 使用指定的 函式來初始化 的執行個體。
- 當嘗試擷取未事先初始化的 時,系統會叫用 來產生延遲初始化的值。
- 是否要追蹤所有在執行個體上設定的值,並透過 屬性將它們公開。
-
- 為 null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
-
-
- 將 類別目前的執行個體所使用的資源全部釋出。
-
-
- 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。
- 布林值,表示是否會因為呼叫 而呼叫這個方法。
-
-
- 釋放這個 執行個體所使用的資源。
-
-
- 取得值,這個值表示 是否已在目前執行緒中完成初始化。
- 如果已在目前執行緒上初始化 則為 true,否則為 false。
- 已處置 執行個體。
-
-
- 建立並傳回目前執行緒的這個執行個體的字串表示。
- 在 上呼叫 的結果。
- 已處置 執行個體。
- 目前執行緒的 是 Null 參考 (在 Visual Basic 中為 Nothing)。
- 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。
- 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式,也沒有提供任何値 Factory。
-
-
- 取得或設定目前執行緒的這個執行個體的值。
- 傳回這個 ThreadLocal 負責初始化之物件的執行個體。
- 已處置 執行個體。
- 初始化函式會嘗試遞迴參考 。
- 沒有提供任何預設的建構函式,也沒有提供任何値 Factory。
-
-
- 取得清單,其中包含已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存的所有值。
- 已存取這個執行個體的所有執行緒目前所儲存之所有值的清單。
- 已處置 執行個體。
-
-
- 包含用來執行動態記憶體作業的方法。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 讀取指定之欄位的值。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取的值。這個值是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
-
-
- 從指定的欄位讀取物件參考。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之後出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之前移動它。
- 已讀取之 的參考。這個參考是由電腦中的任何處理器最新寫入的,與處理器的數目或處理器快取的狀態無關。
- 要讀取的欄位。
- 要讀取之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別,不得為實值型別。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現記憶體作業,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的值寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入此值的欄位。
- 要寫入的值。立即寫入此值,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此值。
-
-
- 將指定的物件參考寫入指定的欄位。在需要它的系統上,以如下方式插入可防止處理器重新排序記憶體作業的記憶體屏障:如果程式碼中這個方法之前出現讀取或寫入,處理器便無法在這個方法之後移動它。
- 寫入物件參考的欄位。
- 要寫入的物件參考。立即寫入此參考,好讓電腦中的所有處理器都可以看到此參考。
- 要寫入之欄位的型別。此型別必須是參考型別,不得為實值型別。
-
-
- 當嘗試開啟不存在的系統 Mutex 或號誌時,所擲回的例外狀況。
- 2
-
-
- 使用預設值,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
-
-
- 使用指定的錯誤訊息和造成這個例外狀況原因的內部例外狀況參考,初始化 類別的新執行個體。
- 解釋例外狀況原因的錯誤訊息。
- 導致目前例外狀況的例外。如果 參數不是 null,則目前的例外狀況會在處理內部例外的 catch 區塊中引發。
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/portable-net45+win8+wp8+wpa81/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/win8/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/win8/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wp80/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wp80/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wpa81/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/wpa81/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinios10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinmac20/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarintvos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._ b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/ref/xamarinwatchos10/_._
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb..000000000
diff --git a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/runtimes/aot/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll b/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/runtimes/aot/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 88d53725e..000000000
Binary files a/packages/System.Threading.4.3.0/runtimes/aot/lib/netcore50/System.Threading.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/.signature.p7s b/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index c5502e90f..000000000
Binary files a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0.nupkg b/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 85751ebdc..000000000
Binary files a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/lib/Microsoft.VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.dll b/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/lib/Microsoft.VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 3157bf0da..000000000
Binary files a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/lib/Microsoft.VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/lib/Microsoft.VisualBasic.dll b/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/lib/Microsoft.VisualBasic.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 0306626da..000000000
Binary files a/packages/VisualBasic.PowerPacks.Vs.1.0.0/lib/Microsoft.VisualBasic.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.3/.signature.p7s b/packages/log4net.3.0.3/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a8b0abe6..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.3/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/.signature.p7s b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/.signature.p7s
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c73a2c21..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/.signature.p7s and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/README.md b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 34374d566..000000000
--- a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# log4net
-[](https://www.nuget.org/packages/log4net)
-[](https://www.nuget.org/packages/log4net)
-
-# Introduction
-
-Apache log4net is a sub project of the Apache Logging Services project.
-Apache log4net graduated from the Apache Incubator in February 2007.
-Web site: http://logging.apache.org/log4net
-
-# Documentation
-
-For the latest documentation see the log4net web site at:
-http://logging.apache.org/log4net
-
-# Contributing
-
-log4net development happens on [Github](https://github.com/apache/logging-log4net)
-and on our [mailing list](https://logging.apache.org/support.html).
-Please join the mailing list and discuss bigger changes before working on them.
-
-For bigger changes we must ask you to sign a [Contributor License Agreement](http://www.apache.org/licenses/#clas).
-
-# Developing
-
-log4net targets net462 and netstandard2.0.
-
-Please see
-- [CONTRIBUTING.md](doc/CONTRIBUTING.md)
-- [BUILDING.md](doc/BUILDING.md)
-- [RELEASING.md](doc/RELEASING.md)
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/net462/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/net462/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 63054eea6..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/net462/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/net462/log4net.pdb b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/net462/log4net.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index 6749e3dab..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/net462/log4net.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index a11cb29fd..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.pdb b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.pdb
deleted file mode 100644
index bb63592e3..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/lib/netstandard2.0/log4net.pdb and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/log4net.3.0.4.nupkg b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/log4net.3.0.4.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index bce0dfc96..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/log4net.3.0.4.nupkg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/package-icon.png b/packages/log4net.3.0.4/package-icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b596e668..000000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.3.0.4/package-icon.png and /dev/null differ